Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 20, 2014.

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

CONNECTURE, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

Delaware   7372   58-2488736

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(IRS Employer

Identification No.)

18500 West Corporate Drive, Suite 250

Brookfield, WI 53045

(262) 432-8282

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

Robert Douglas Schneider

Chief Executive Officer

18500 West Corporate Drive, Suite 250

Brookfield, WI 53045

(262) 432-8282

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Joseph G. Silver

Christopher C. Paci

Samer M. Zabaneh

DLA Piper LLP (US)

1251 Avenue of the Americas, 27th Floor

New York, New York 10020

(212) 835-6000

 

James P. Purko

Chief Financial Officer

Connecture, Inc.

18500 West Corporate Drive, Suite 250

Brookfield, WI 53045

(262) 432-8282

 

Patrick O’Brien

Michael D. Beauvais

Ropes & Gray LLP

Prudential Tower, 800 Boylston Street

Boston, MA 02199

(617) 951-7000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), check the following box.  ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (check one):

 

¨  Large accelerated filer      ¨  Accelerated filer
x  Non-accelerated filer (do not check if a smaller reporting company)    ¨  Smaller reporting company

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of
Securities To Be Registered
  Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price (1)(2)
  Amount of
Registration Fee (3)

Common Stock, par value $0.001

  $86,250,000   $10,022.25

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act.
(2) Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
(3) Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)

                    , 2014

             Shares

 

LOGO

COMMON STOCK

 

 

Connecture, Inc. is offering                  shares of its common stock. This is our initial public offering and no public market exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $         and $         per share.

 

 

We will list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “            .”

 

 

We are an “emerging growth company” under the federal securities laws and are subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 14.

 

 

PRICE $             A SHARE

 

 

 

      

Price to
Public

      

Underwriting
Discounts
and
Commissions

      

Proceeds to
Company(1)

 

Per share

       $                    $                    $            

Total

       $                               $                               $                       

 

(1) We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain FINRA-related expenses. See “Underwriters.”

The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional               shares of common stock to cover over-allotments at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to purchasers on                     , 2014.

 

 

 

MORGAN STANLEY    J.P. MORGAN

 

  WELLS FARGO SECURITIES  
RAYMOND JAMES       WILLIAM BLAIR   

                    , 2014


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     14   

Special Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements and Industry Data

     38   

Use of Proceeds

     39   

Dividend Policy

     41   

Capitalization

     42   

Dilution

     43   

Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data

     44   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     48   

Business

     74   

Management

     92   
     Page  

Executive Compensation

     99   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     106   

Principal and Selling Stockholders

     110   

Description of Capital Stock

     112   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     117   

Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock

     119   

Underwriters

     123   

Legal Matters

     128   

Experts

     128   

Where You Can Find Additional Information

     128   

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1   
 

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free-writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. We have not, the selling stockholders have not and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide you any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares of common stock offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus or any free-writing prospectus is accurate only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or of any sale of shares of our common stock.

Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation

Through and including                     , 2014 (the 25th day after the commencement of our initial public offering), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in our initial public offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

For investors outside the United States: we have not, the selling stockholders have not and the underwriters have not done anything that would permit this offering, or possession or distribution of this prospectus, in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States, Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and is a brief overview of key aspects of the offering. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and the information set forth in the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Some of the statements in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements. See the section titled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data” for more information.

CONNECTURE, INC.

Overview

We are a leading web-based consumer shopping, enrollment and retention platform for health insurance distribution. Our solutions support the industry evolution towards a consumer-centric experience that is transforming how health insurance is purchased and distributed. We offer a personalized health insurance shopping experience that recommends the best fit insurance plan based on an individual’s preferences, health status, preferred providers, medications and expected out-of-pocket costs. Our customers are health insurance marketplace operators, such as health plans, brokers and exchange operators, that must distribute health insurance in a cost-effective manner to a growing number of insured consumers. Our solutions automate key functions in the health insurance distribution process, allowing our customers to price and present plan options accurately to consumers and efficiently enroll, renew and manage plan members.

The United States health insurance marketplace is undergoing a tremendous structural change that is fundamentally altering how health insurance is purchased and distributed. More consumers now have access to health insurance with more plan options and places to buy their insurance than ever before. As a result, consumers need effective decision support tools to help them optimize their health insurance choices. Concurrently, health plans and brokers that have traditionally distributed a more limited set of plans to employers through group coverage must now cost-effectively sell insurance in the more fragmented individual market and in public and private exchanges, which are online marketplaces sponsored either by a non-government entity, such as an employer, insurance broker or other distributor (in the case of private exchanges) or by a federal or state government entity (in the case of public exchanges) for health insurance and related products that allow individuals and businesses to compare products and make purchases directly from health plans. These changes are driving significant demand for innovative technology solutions to more effectively help consumers navigate the new health insurance marketplace and for health plans, brokers and other aggregators of covered lives to deploy cost-effective distribution channels.

We have a 15-year history of providing technology-enabled health plan sales automation solutions. In 2013, our solutions were used by plan sponsors, brokers and consumers representing over 20 million lives, or annual shoppers, and facilitated over $130 billion of annual plan premiums. As of June 30, 2014, our expanding customer base included more than 70 health plans, including 20 of the top 25 health plans (based on total enrollment). Our personalized health insurance shopping experience is available to all 52 million Medicare beneficiaries through our enablement of Medicare.gov and 1-800-Medicare call center agents. As of June 30, 2014, our technology powered more than 30 private, state and federal exchanges.

As of December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014, total stockholders’ deficit was $106.1 million and $119.4 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014, our net loss was $26.4 million and $12.1 million, respectively. Over the same periods, our adjusted EBITDA loss was $17.3 million and $5.6 million, respectively. Please refer to “Consolidated Selected Financial Data—

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Adjusted Gross Margin and Adjusted EBITDA” in this prospectus for a discussion of the limitations of adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most comparable generally accepted accounting principles measurement.

Industry Background

The United States health insurance industry is responsible for the administration of healthcare benefits to over 200 million individuals covered by commercial health insurance and is experiencing a structural transformation in which shopping for and enrollment in health insurance products is transitioning from a group-based distribution model to an individual consumer marketplace. This transformation, in conjunction with regulatory and competitive pressure on distribution and overhead costs, places substantial new business and technology requirements on health plans, brokers and aggregators of covered lives and has created an attractive growth opportunity in the markets we serve.

Consumer-centric marketplace. We estimate that approximately 100 million individuals will be shopping for and enrolling in health insurance annually through the individual market and public and private exchanges by 2018. This evolution is being driven by a shift in responsibility for health insurance purchasing from employers to individuals, placing increased importance on better, more informed decision-making, and is changing where these purchases are being made. This trend is evident in several key market segments:

 

    Individual Insurance Market: The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or PPACA, which mandates broader health insurance coverage, is expected to drive growth in the under-65 individual market from 20 million lives in 2012 to 57 million in 2017 and create new opportunities for health plans, brokers and retailers (or other aggregators of covered lives) to sell directly to individuals.

 

    Employer-sponsored Insurance Market: For individuals who currently receive insurance through their employers, employees are increasingly bearing a greater share of the cost of these benefits. This trend creates an increased need for employees to engage in the shopping experience, purchase the appropriate levels of coverage and understand the overall financial implications.

 

    Exchange-based Insurance Market: Employers are expected to move approximately 40 million lives to private exchanges by 2018 as a mechanism to make health insurance a defined contribution benefit and decouple benefit expenses from medical cost inflation trends.

 

    Medicaid Market:  As a result of expanded eligibility under PPACA, average monthly Medicaid enrollment is expected to expand from approximately 58 million individuals in 2013 to approximately 73 million individuals by 2024, creating new opportunities for Medicaid managed care organizations to expand into the individual market.

 

    Medicare Market: We believe that the number of participants in Medicare Advantage and Medicare Supplement plans will increase from approximately 25 million individuals in 2013 to approximately 32 million individuals in 2018 and that there will be increased movement from group Medicare Advantage plans to retail Medicare Advantage plans.

Pressure to manage distribution costs and operating expenses. Health plans and brokers are under increasing pressure to lower distribution costs. Recent federal restrictions on health plan profitability and increased competition for members on exchanges have driven health plans to find ways to better manage areas of non-medical cost structure, such as sales commissions and internal information technology development. As a result, health plans have undertaken efforts to lower brokerage commissions and to implement innovative third-party technologies to reduce investment in internally-developed software. Similarly, brokers who now face depressed commissions from health plans need to leverage technology-based, automated processes to sell more cost-effectively and to identify product cross-selling opportunities.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

Increasing opportunity for technology. As shopping and enrollment in health insurance transitions to an individual, retail-oriented consumer marketplace, there is significant opportunity for intuitive, web-based technologies to automate and lower the cost of health insurance distribution, as well as increase enrollment opportunities and member retention. As of 2012, approximately $25.0 billion was spent to distribute health insurance annually. As technology becomes increasingly critical to support a more consumer-centric shopping and enrollment process, we believe, based on our assumptions and estimates, that $3.4 billion was spent annually on technology to automate health insurance distribution as of 2013 and that this amount will increase to $5.2 billion by 2017.

The Connecture Platform

We are a leading web-based consumer shopping, enrollment and retention platform for health insurance distribution. Our solutions support the industry evolution towards a consumer-centric experience that is transforming how health insurance is purchased and distributed. We simplify the health insurance shopping experience with data-driven, personalized plan comparison and shopping tools that empower individual consumers who are now faced with more decisions to make better health insurance choices. For health plans, brokers and exchange operator customers, we deliver a powerful and unified distribution platform that we believe increases their revenue opportunity as they serve a growing, but fragmented insured population, while also reducing the costs associated with acquiring new and retaining current members. We automate the following key functions of the health insurance distribution process:

 

    Rate Setting and Modeling: prices and presents plan options accurately to consumers;

 

    Shopping and Quoting: allows consumers to view and compare plans;

 

    Application and Enrollment: streamlines application and enrollment operations;

 

    Renewal Management: streamlines the renewal process;

 

    Member Management: updates plan details based on members’ work or life changes; and

 

    Exchange Integration: connects to state and federal exchanges to determine subsidy eligibility.

We believe the breadth, depth and scale of the Connecture solutions across key functional areas are critical to our success in the complex and changing health insurance marketplace for the following reasons:

Our personalized and data driven shopping experience helps consumers make better purchasing decisions. We believe that our interactive and intuitive health insurance shopping experience offers better decision support for consumers. Our solutions offer personalized health plan recommendations based on the individual’s self-entered preferences, health status, preferred providers, medication and expected out-of-pocket costs. Our data-driven recommendations engine also uses empirical data, a consumer’s actual claims experience and proprietary algorithms to find the best matches among available plan options. We believe that our personalized shopping experience results in a more effective health plan selection that represents the best match given historical and expected levels of healthcare utilization.

Our unified platform across multiple product types is designed to maximize enrollment and member retention. Our platform is designed to deliver a seamless shopping and enrollment mechanism in a marketplace that is characterized by a wide range of potential insurance alternatives and changing insurance eligibility for both currently and previously insured individuals. For brokers that seek to sell the full array of health insurance products, we believe we offer the only unified solution across a broad range of health insurance products, including subsidized and unsubsidized individual plans, group plans, Medicare Advantage, Medicare Supplement and Part D and Medicaid. For health plans that seek to minimize membership churn, our solution enables customers to enroll and retain members as their plan eligibility changes. Our solution integrates with the Federal Health Exchange and allows for calculation of subsidies. For the over-65 population, our solutions integrate Medicare Advantage, Medicare Supplement and Medicare Part D plan data which also allows senior retirees to make informed choices if they transition from a group plan to an individual plan.

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Our technology enables rapid deployment of public and private single- and multi-payer exchanges. Our technology allows our health plan, broker and aggregator customers to capitalize on the migration to public and private exchanges. Our exchange solutions allow quick deployment of a customized online marketplace where consumers can shop for a plan of their choice and employers or other plan sponsors can set defined contributions. For brokers that are looking to set up multi-payer exchanges, which are private exchanges generally promoted by third parties such as brokers or benefits consultants that offer a broad range of health plans for individuals to choose from, the breadth of our relationships with health plans and knowledge of locally-regulated insurance products allow us to rapidly implement exchanges. For health plans that are looking to sell single-payer exchanges, which are private exchanges that generally offer only plans sponsored by a single health plan, directly to employers, our ability to offer easy-to-use technology that can handle the broader eligibility needs of employees and their dependents allows them to offer a complete integrated solution. We have an established track record of scalability and reliability with our more than 30 exchange customers.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe we have the following key competitive strengths:

Health plan shopping and enrollment leadership . We have a 15-year history in the technology-enabled health plan shopping and enrollment market:

 

    Leadership in the commercial under-65 health insurance market with over one million enrollments in the one-year period ending March 31, 2014, the date of the closing of the first enrollment period under PPACA;

 

    Nearly ten years as the web-based technology solution for Medicare.gov;

 

    Technology utilized in leading public and private exchange solutions; and

 

    Relationships with a broad range of health plans and brokers, including 20 of the top 25 health plans (based on total enrollment).

Domain and technology development expertise . The health insurance market is characterized by high levels of regulation associated with the many plan types that can be sold to eligible individuals and how information related to these plans is presented and marketed. We believe our knowledge of the complex health insurance market and our proven ability to innovate positions us to be a continued leader in our industry. Further, our technology assists our customers to compete more effectively by allowing them to introduce new products, enter new markets and change pricing and benefit designs dynamically and efficiently.

Configurable and scalable platform to meet customer needs. Our platform is designed to handle both high degrees of configurability and significant growth in users without requiring major software re-engineering or capital expenditures by our customers, allowing us to scale rapidly. We offer a platform that is comprehensive across key sales automation functions and also has individual software applications that can integrate with common existing customer software. We deliver quick deployment solutions in the cloud as well as large scale enterprise solutions. Today, our technology is used by many of the largest health plans and brokers, and we also power the country’s largest multi-payer exchange, Medicare.gov, and successfully handle approximately two million Medicare Advantage and Medicare Part D electronic enrollments.

Large and valuable database of health plan and drug cost information and ancillary products . We believe that our large database of health plan and drug cost information enables us to deliver higher value to our customers and consumers. We are a primary source of health plan and pharmacy data for Medicare products available on Medicare.gov, and the broad range of our health plan relationships makes us a valuable and extensive source of permission-based health plan information. These data are critical for consumers to make difficult decisions about trade-offs between plan premiums vs. out-of-pocket costs, physician network and pharmaceutical formularies. We believe our large dataset of health plan and drug cost information powers our empirically-driven recommendations

 

 

4


Table of Contents

engine that provides consumers more precise decision-support tools. In addition, our platform also supports many ancillary products such as dental, life insurance, critical illness and wellness.

Tenured, experienced management team. Our management team has significant experience in high growth healthcare, technology and consulting companies, including Truven Health Analytics (formerly Thomson Reuters Healthcare), Optum (part of UnitedHealth Group), Ernst & Young, PricewaterhouseCoopers and Accenture. Our management team has been responsible for driving innovation in the healthcare information technology industry. We believe we have the management team in place to continue developing and marketing innovative solutions that meet the needs of our customers.

Visible, recurring software and technology services revenue model. Our business is characterized by high customer retention rates and recurring revenue. Most of our revenue is derived from multi-year contracts for software and services. In the past two years, our customer revenue retention rate has exceeded 95% and recurring revenue has grown to over 70% of revenue. As a result, we have significant visibility into future financial performance. As of June 30, 2014, we had $87.7 million of business in contracted backlog and a deferred revenue balance of $78.1 million that we expect to recognize in subsequent years.

Our Growth Strategy

Key elements of our growth strategy include the following:

Add new customers and expand covered lives within our existing base of health plans and brokers. We believe our market leadership positions us to take advantage of key industry trends. We intend to continue engaging additional top national and regional health plans and brokers as they seek innovative solutions to maximize enrollment and retention while minimizing costs as they capitalize on the opportunity to serve the over 100 million expected members in individual and exchange markets. We also believe new market entrants such as retailers and Accountable Care Organizations, or ACOs, present new customer categories for us.

Leverage core technology to establish leadership in the private health plan exchange business. As more small and medium sized employers move away from defined benefit plans and towards defined contribution plans, the number of health exchanges, both single- and multi-payer, are expected to significantly increase. Unlike a defined benefit plan, in which employers provide a standard set of health benefits and cover a substantial portion of the health insurance premiums, under a defined contribution plan, employers make cash contributions to health savings accounts that employees can use to purchase insurance products of their choosing. This model allows employers to more accurately predict and limit healthcare costs, while also affording employees a greater number of choices relative to a defined benefit plan. As employers move their employees to defined contribution plans, employers can utilize our software to create private exchanges that allow employees to select their own health benefits. We intend to leverage our technological expertise and our long-lasting relationships with health plans to continue capturing these emerging exchanges, as well as single and multi-payer broker private exchanges. We are currently a leader in the retiree exchange space, an industry providing online private exchanges for both retirees under 65 years old and Medicare beneficiaries that is at the forefront of exchange technology adoption, and we believe that our capabilities there position us for further growth in other exchanges. We believe there is a significant opportunity to provide full service private exchange solutions that integrate call center capabilities.

Further penetrate our existing customer base. We believe there is a significant opportunity in our existing customer base to cross-sell our full set of applications, as most of our customers utilize less than half of what we are able to offer. Additionally, many of our customers could utilize our solutions across other products within their overall set of offerings, such as a health plan expanding from individual to group product offerings. For example, we initially provided limited solutions to a regional subsidiary of a national customer and then were

 

 

5


Table of Contents

asked to add a full solution across the entire enterprise based on our initial performance. We also believe our development of new products and capabilities will continue to address evolving customer needs and facilitate additional cross-selling of software applications and solutions.

Expand new products and distribution channels. We plan to expand into new products and distribution channels by leveraging our current technology and innovation expertise. We believe there are significant growth opportunities in private exchanges in partnership with health plans, data analytics and ancillary product offerings to broaden our value proposition to customers. We maintain a robust pipeline of new software applications and solutions and believe our analytical capabilities differentiate our solutions in the marketplace by improving shopping recommendations, enhancing the customer shopping experience and integrating into customer relationship management, or CRM, solutions. We are also broadening our targeted customers to include retailers and other aggregators of covered lives.

Monetize the shift to the individual market . PPACA is expected to drive growth in the under-65 individual market from 20 million lives in 2012 to 57 million in 2017, representing an increase in annual commission spend of $4.2 billion. Given our leadership in the individual market and with exchanges, we believe that we are well positioned to capitalize on the ongoing shift from the traditional group distribution model to an individual, retail-oriented marketplace. We also believe we can capture a greater share of commission spend by offering more comprehensive exchange solutions, including full service support, to our customers.

Summary Risk Factors

Our business is subject to a number of risks that you should understand before making an investment decision. These risks are discussed more fully in the section titled “Risk Factors” following this prospectus summary. Some of these risks are:

 

    We have a history of losses and we may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability.

 

    Failure to manage our growth effectively could increase our expenses, decrease our revenue and prevent us from implementing our business strategy.

 

    The market for health insurance exchanges in the United States is relatively undeveloped, rapidly evolving and volatile. If the market develops more slowly than we expect, or if market participants select alternative channels for the purchase and sale of health insurance, it could harm our business.

 

    The market in which we compete is highly competitive, and we may not be able to compete successfully.

 

    If our existing customers do not continue or renew their agreements with us, renew at lower fee levels or decline to license additional software or purchase additional applications and services from us, our business could be harmed.

 

    A significant amount of our revenue is derived from a limited number of customers, and any reduction in revenue from any of these customers could harm our business.

 

    A limited number of our stockholders will have the ability to influence the outcome of director elections and other matters requiring stockholder approval. After this offering our directors, executive officers and their affiliated entities will own approximately         % of our outstanding common stock.

 

    We may be sued by third parties for infringement or other violation of their intellectual or proprietary rights.

 

    If our security measures are breached or fail, and unauthorized persons gain access to customers’ and consumers’ data, our software and services might be perceived as being unsecure, customers and consumers might curtail or stop using our software and services, and we might incur significant liabilities.

 

 

6


Table of Contents
    The healthcare and health insurance industries are heavily regulated. Our failure to comply with regulatory requirements could create liability for us, result in adverse publicity and negatively affect our business.

 

    We will face increased costs as a result of being a public company.

Corporate Information

We were organized in 1999 under the name Healthplanet.com, Inc., which subsequently changed to SimplyHealth.com, Inc. later that year, and in 2002 changed our name to Connecture, Inc. We are headquartered in Brookfield, Wisconsin and our principal executive offices are located at 18500 West Corporate Drive, Suite 250, Brookfield, Wisconsin 53045. Our telephone number is (262) 432-8282. Our corporate website address is www.connecture.com. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus.

“Connecture,” “DRX,” “Destination RX” and “InsureAdvantage” are trademarks or logos appearing in this prospectus owned by Connecture, Inc. or one of its subsidiaries. Through claimed common law trademark protection, we also protect other marks which identify our services, such as RxHealth, and we have registered numerous domain names including “connecture.com.” All other trademarks, service marks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, or (c) in which we become a large accelerated filer, which means that we have been public for at least 12 months, have filed at least one annual report and the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last day of our then most recently completed second fiscal quarter, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. We refer to the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 herein as the “JOBS Act,” and references herein to “emerging growth company” shall have the meaning associated with such term in the JOBS Act.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

  

             shares

Common stock offered by selling stockholders

  

             shares

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

  

             shares

Over-allotment option

  

The selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters the option, exercisable for 30 days following the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an additional              shares of common stock.

Use of proceeds

  

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:

 

•     to pay accumulated and unpaid dividends on our outstanding shares of Series A and Series B preferred stock that have accrued at a rate of 8% per annum of the original issue price of each such share of preferred stock; the amount payable was $7.1 million as of June 30, 2014 and is estimated to be $         million upon the closing of this offering;

 

•     to repay, when due, outstanding promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of approximately $2.7 million and accrued unpaid interest thereon; the amount payable was $3.1 million as of June 30, 2014 and is estimated to be $         million upon the closing of this offering; and

 

•     to repay, when due, outstanding promissory notes (held by investors affiliated with members of our board or directors) in the aggregate principal amount of approximately $1.3 million and accrued unpaid interest thereon; the amount payable was $1.3 million as of June 30, 2014 and is estimated to be $         million upon the closing of this offering, which includes an exit fee of $0.6 million. See the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

We intend to use the remainder for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including to develop new technologies, fund capital expenditures, make investments in or acquisitions of other businesses, solutions or technologies or repay a portion of our outstanding borrowings. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds.”

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Proceeds to be paid to certain affiliated parties

  

In connection with this offering, our executive officers, directors, beneficial owners of 5% or more of our outstanding shares of capital stock, and affiliated entities, will receive approximately $         million in payment upon conversion of outstanding shares of our preferred stock, of unpaid dividends accumulated through the closing of this offering.

  

In connection with this offering, our executive officers, directors, beneficial owners of 5% or more of our outstanding shares of capital stock, and affiliated entities, will receive approximately $         million upon repayment of outstanding promissory notes and unpaid interest thereon. See the section title “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Risk factors

  

See the section titled “Risk Factors” for a discussion of factors that you should consider carefully before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock.

Voting rights

  

Shares of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted on by stockholders generally. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock.”

Dividend policy

  

We do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. See the section titled “Dividend Policy.”

Proposed NASDAQ symbol

  

“            ”

Our fiscal year ends on December 31. Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus (i) is based upon 45,136,790 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014 and (ii) excludes:

 

    5,650,255 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2014, having a weighted-average exercise price of $0.643 per share;

 

    1,324,712 shares of common stock available for future issuance under our 2010 Stock Plan as of June 30, 2014, which shall be added to the number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan as described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Benefit Plans;” and

 

                 shares of common stock, subject to increase on an annual basis, reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

Unless otherwise noted, the information in this prospectus assumes:

 

    the conversion of all of our outstanding shares of preferred stock into shares of common stock prior to or upon the closing of this offering;

 

    the underwriters’ overallotment option is not exercised;

 

    the initial public offering price is $         per share of common stock, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; and

 

    the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and effectiveness of our amended and restated bylaws, which will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

Unless otherwise noted, the information in this prospectus gives effect to the one-for-26 reverse stock split effected on August 3, 2012.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables set forth summary consolidated financial and other data on a historical and pro forma basis and should be read in conjunction with the sections entitled “Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and with our consolidated financial statements, related notes, and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and summary balance sheet data as of June 30, 2014 from our unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period, and our operating results for the six months ended June 30, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the entire year ending December 31, 2014. The results presented for 2012 below do not reflect the results of DestinationRX, Inc., which we acquired in January 2013. The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is included for informational purposes only and does not purport to reflect our actual results of operations or financial position for the periods presented. The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information should not be relied upon as being indicative of our financial condition or results of operations had this offering and the use of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds” occurred on the dates assumed. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information also does not project our results of operations or financial position for any future period or date.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations Data

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014     2013                 2013                             2012              
     (in thousands, except per share amounts)  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

        

Revenue

   $ 35,251      $ 19,288      $ 58,326      $ 29,626   

Cost of Revenue (1)

     25,354        21,639        50,173        22,886   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Margin

     9,897        (2,351     8,153        6,740   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Expenses:

        

Research and Development (1)

     8,685        5,803        11,806        7,371   

Sales and Marketing (1)

     3,709        3,099        6,800        6,644   

General and Administrative (1)

     6,351        5,270        12,187        7,492   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Operating Expenses

     18,745        14,172        30,793        21,507   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from Operations

     (8,848     (16,523     (22,640     (14,767
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Expenses:

        

Interest Expense

     2,386        2,519        4,644        1,992   

Other Expense

     826                        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before Income taxes

     (12,060     (19,042     (27,284     (16,759
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income Tax (Expense) Benefit

     (11     1,031        900        3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Loss

   $ (12,071   $ (18,011   $ (26,384   $ (16,756
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Loss per common share—basic and diluted

   $ (25.37   $ (35.96   $ (54.46   $ (4.68
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

10


Table of Contents
     Six Months Ended June 30,     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014     2013                 2013                             2012              
     (dollars in thousands, except share and per share amounts)  

Pro forma net loss per common share—basic and diluted (2)

   $ (0.31     $ (0.67  
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding—basic and diluted

     552,164        552,164        552,164        4,061,586   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding—pro forma

     45,136,790          45,136,790     
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

Other Financial Data:

        

Adjusted gross margin (3)

     11,947        (539     11,984        7,572   

Adjusted EBITDA (4)

     (5,587     (14,083     (17,291     (13,054

 

(1) Cost of revenue and operating expenses include stock-based compensation expense as follows (in thousands):

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,      Year Ended December 31,  
             2014                      2013                          2013                              2012              
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of Revenue

   $ 61       $ 30       $ 92       $ 121   

Research and Development

     40         15         55         48   

Sales and Marketing

     17         17         34         61   

General and Administrative

     589         150         458         470   

 

(2) Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share have been calculated assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate 44,584,626 shares of common stock as of the beginning of the applicable period.
(3) We define adjusted gross margin as gross margin before depreciation and amortization expense, as well as stock-based compensation expense. See section titled “Adjusted Gross Margin and Adjusted EBITDA” below for more information and for a reconciliation of adjusted gross margin to gross margin, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.
(4) We define adjusted EBITDA as net loss before net interest, other expense, taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, adjusted to eliminate stock-based compensation and non-cash impairments of goodwill, intangible, and long-lived assets, if any.

Our Segments

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,     Year Ended December 31,  
             2014                      2013                         2013                             2012              
     (dollars in thousands)  

Segment Statements of Operations Data:

  

   

Revenue:

         

Enterprise/Commercial

   $ 17,960       $ 10,500      $ 33,028      $ 28,341   

Enterprise/State

     7,086         30        3,177        65   

Medicare

     7,900         6,566        15,941          

Private Exchange

     2,305         2,192        6,180        1,220   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Revenue

   $ 35,251       $ 19,288      $ 58,326      $ 29,626   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Margin:

         

Enterprise/Commercial

   $ 2,454       $ (4,390   $ (747   $ 7,241   

Enterprise/State

     2,148         (1,492     (1,121     (784

Medicare

     4,823         2,692        7,839          

Private Exchange

     472         839        2,182        283   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Gross Margin

   $ 9,897       $ (2,351   $ 8,153      $ 6,740   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

 

     As of June 30, 2014  
     Actual     Pro Forma (1)  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 297     

Accounts receivable—net of allowances

     12,877        12,877   

Total assets

     85,843     

Deferred revenue, total

     78,142        78,142   

Total liabilities

     153,516     

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

     51,682     

Common Stock

     1     

Additional paid-in capital

     7,783     

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (119,355     (119,355

 

(1) The pro forma as adjusted balance sheet data gives effect to (i) assumed conversion of 44,584,626 of redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock on a one-for-one basis, (ii) mandatory $7.1 million payment of June 30, 2014 accumulated redeemable convertible preferred stock dividends and (iii) issuance and sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering prices of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Adjusted Gross Margin and Adjusted EBITDA

Within this prospectus we use adjusted gross margin and adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or adjusted EBITDA, to provide investors with additional information regarding our financial results. Adjusted gross margin and adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP (Generally Accepted Accounting Principles) financial measures. We define adjusted gross margin as gross margin before depreciation and amortization and stock-based compensation expense. We define adjusted EBITDA as net loss before net interest, other expenses, taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, adjusted to eliminate stock-based compensation and non-cash impairments of goodwill, intangible and long-lived assets, if any. We have provided below reconciliations of these measures to the most directly comparable with GAAP financial measures, which for adjusted gross margin is gross margin, and for adjusted EBITDA is net loss.

We have included adjusted gross margin and adjusted EBITDA as supplemental financial measures in this prospectus because they are key measures used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget and to develop short- and long-term operational plans. We believe the exclusion of non-cash charges such as depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation from adjusted EBITDA and adjusted gross margin allows us to have better insight into the core operating performance of our business. The amount of such expenses in any specific period may not directly correlate with the underlying performance of our business operations during the period and such expenses can vary significantly between periods. The use of adjusted EBITDA and adjusted gross margin provides consistency and comparability with our past financial performance and facilitates period-to-period comparisons of operations that could otherwise be masked by the effect of the expenses that we exclude from these non-GAAP financial measures and facilitates comparisons with other peer companies, many of which use similar non-GAAP financial measures to supplement their GAAP results. Additionally, securities analysts use a measure similar to adjusted EBITDA and adjusted gross margin as supplemental measures to evaluate the overall operating performance and comparison of companies, and we anticipate that after consummating this offering, our investor and analyst presentations will include these measures. Accordingly, we believe that adjusted gross margin and adjusted EBITDA provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

Our use of adjusted gross margin and adjusted EBITDA as analytical tools has limitations, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our financial results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

    although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized might have to be replaced in the future, and adjusted gross margin and adjusted EBITDA do not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;

 

    adjusted gross margin and adjusted EBITDA do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

    adjusted gross margin and adjusted EBITDA do not reflect the potentially dilutive impact of stock-based compensation;

 

    adjusted gross margin and adjusted EBITDA do not reflect interest or tax payments that could reduce the cash available to us; and

 

    other companies, including companies in our industry, might calculate adjusted gross margin and adjusted EBITDA or similarly titled measures differently, which reduces their usefulness as comparative measures.

Because of these and other limitations, you should consider adjusted gross margin and adjusted EBITDA alongside other GAAP-based financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, gross margin, net loss and our other GAAP financial results. The following table presents a reconciliation of adjusted gross margin to gross margin and adjusted EBITDA to net loss for each of the periods indicated:

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,     Year Ended December 31,  
             2014                     2013                         2013                             2012              
     (dollars in thousands)  

Reconciliation from Gross Margin to Adjusted Gross Margin:

        

Gross margin

   $ 9,897      $ (2,351   $ 8,153      $ 6,740   

Depreciation and amortization

     1,989        1,782        3,739        711   

Stock-based compensation expense

     61        30        92        121   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted gross margin

   $ 11,947      $ (539   $ 11,984      $ 7,572   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation from Net Loss to Adjusted EBITDA:

        

Net loss

   $ (12,071   $ (18,011   $ (26,384   $ (16,756

Depreciation and amortization

     2,554        2,228        4,710        1,013   

Interest expense

     2,386        2,519        4,644        1,992   

Other expense

     826                        

Income taxes

     11        (1,031     (900     (3

Stock-based compensation expense

     707        212        639        700   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net adjustments

     6,484        3,928        9,093        3,702   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (5,587   $ (14,083   $ (17,291   $ (13,054
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

13


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below and all other information contained in this prospectus before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock. Our business, prospects, financial condition or operating results could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks, as well as other risks not currently known to us or that are currently considered immaterial. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment. In assessing these risks, you should also refer to the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before deciding to purchase any shares of our common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business

We have had a history of losses and we may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability.

We experienced a net loss of $26.4 million and $16.8 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively, and a net loss of $12.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2014. We cannot predict if we will achieve profitability in the near future or at all. We expect to make significant future expenditures to develop and expand our business. Our recent growth in revenue may not be sustainable, and we might not achieve sufficient revenue to achieve or maintain profitability. We may incur significant losses in the future for a number of reasons, including the other risks described in this prospectus, and we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications and delays and other unknown events. Accordingly, we may not be able to achieve or maintain profitability, and we may incur significant losses for the foreseeable future.

Failure to manage our growth effectively could increase our expenses, decrease our revenue and prevent us from implementing our business strategy.

We have been experiencing a period of growth, which puts strain on our business. To manage this and our anticipated future growth effectively, we must continue to maintain and enhance our information technology infrastructure, financial and accounting systems and controls. We also must attract, train and retain a significant number of qualified software engineers, technical and management personnel, sales and marketing personnel, customer support personnel and professional services personnel. Failure to effectively manage our rapid growth could lead us to over-invest or under-invest in development and operations, result in weaknesses in our infrastructure, systems or controls, give rise to operational mistakes, losses, loss of productivity or business opportunities and result in loss of employees and reduced productivity of remaining employees. Our growth could require significant capital expenditures and might divert financial resources from other projects such as the development of new products and services. If our management is unable to effectively manage our growth, our expenses might increase more than expected, our revenue could decline or might grow more slowly than expected, and we might be unable to implement our business strategy. The quality of our products and services might suffer, which could negatively affect our reputation and harm our ability to retain and attract customers.

The market for health insurance exchanges in the United States is relatively undeveloped, rapidly evolving and volatile, which makes it difficult to forecast adoption rates and demand for our solutions. If the market does not develop or develops more slowly than we expect, or if individuals, brokers or health plans select more traditional or alternative channels for the purchase and sale of health insurance, it could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

The market for health insurance exchanges in the United States is relatively undeveloped, rapidly evolving and volatile. Accordingly, our future financial performance will depend in part on growth in this market and on our ability to adapt to emerging demands and trends in this market. Demand for our exchange solutions has been driven in large part by recent regulatory changes, broader use of the Internet, shifts from group plans to the purchase of individual plans and advances in technology. It is difficult to predict with any precision adoption

 

14


Table of Contents

rates or the future growth rate and size of our target market. The market for health insurance sales automation software is relatively new and unproven, and it is uncertain whether it will achieve and sustain high levels of demand and market acceptance. The volatility and rapidly evolving nature of the market in which we operate, as well as other factors that are beyond our control, reduces our ability to accurately evaluate our long-term outlook and forecast annual performance.

Additionally, our success depends in part upon widespread individual and health plan acceptance of the Internet as a shopping platform and marketplace for the purchase and sale of health insurance. Individuals, employers, employees and health plans may choose to depend on more traditional sources, such as individual agents, or alternative sources may develop, including as a result of significant reforms to healthcare legislation through the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or PPACA, and the Healthcare and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or HCERA, which we refer to collectively as Healthcare Reform.

A reduction in demand for health insurance exchanges caused by lack of acceptance, technological challenges, competing solutions or as a result of individuals, brokers or health plans determining that other distribution channels for health insurance are superior to ours would have a material adverse effect on our business, growth, results of operations and financial condition.

Our estimate of the market size for our solutions may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the market size is accurate, we cannot assure you that our business will serve a significant portion of the market.

Our estimate of the market size for our solutions is subject to significant uncertainty and is based on assumptions and estimates, including our internal analysis and industry experience, which may not prove to be accurate. Our ability to serve a significant portion of this estimated market is subject to many factors, including our success in implementing our business strategy, which is subject to many risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, even if our estimate of the market size is accurate, we cannot assure you that our business will serve a significant portion of this estimated market for our solutions.

We operate in the highly competitive software industry. If we are not able to compete effectively, our business and operating results will be harmed.

The software market is highly competitive and is likely to attract increased competition, which could make it hard for us to succeed. Small, specialized providers continue to become more sophisticated and effective. In addition, large, well-financed, and technologically sophisticated software companies might focus more on our market. The size and financial strength of these entities is increasing as a result of continued consolidation in both the IT and health insurance industries. We expect large integrated software companies to become more active in our market, both through acquisitions and internal investment. As costs fall and technology improves, increased market saturation might change the competitive landscape in favor of our competitors.

Some of our current competitors have greater name recognition, longer operating histories, and significantly greater resources than we do. As a result, our competitors might be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards, or customer requirements. In addition, current and potential competitors have established, and might in the future establish, cooperative relationships with vendors of complementary products, technologies, or services to increase the availability of their products in the marketplace. Accordingly, new competitors or alliances might emerge that have greater market share, a larger customer base, more widely adopted proprietary technologies, greater marketing expertise, greater financial resources and larger sales forces than we have, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage. Further, in light of these advantages, even if our products and services are more effective than those of our competitors, current or potential customers might accept competitive offerings in lieu of purchasing our offerings. Increased competition is likely to result in pricing pressures, which could negatively impact our sales, profitability or market share. In addition to new niche vendors, who offer stand-alone products and services, we face competition from existing enterprise vendors, including those currently focused on software solutions that have information systems in

 

15


Table of Contents

place with potential customers in our target market. These existing enterprise vendors might promise products or services that offer ease of integration with existing systems and which leverage existing vendor relationships. In addition, large health plans often have internal technology staffs and proprietary software for benefits and distribution management, making them less likely to buy our solutions.

If our existing customers do not continue or renew their agreements with us, renew at lower fee levels or decline to license additional software or purchase additional applications and services from us, it could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.

We derive a significant portion of our revenue from renewal of existing customer agreements and sales of additional software and services to existing customers and expect to continue to do so. As a result, achieving a high renewal rate of our customer agreements and selling additional software and services is critical to our future operating results.

We generally sell our software and services pursuant to agreements for terms of multiple years. Our customers may choose not to renew these contracts after the initial contract period expires. Additionally, some of our customers are able to terminate their respective contracts without cause or for convenience at any time. We may not be able to accurately predict future trends in customer renewals, and our customers’ renewal rates may decline or fluctuate. Without the continuance or renewal of our customer contracts our business and operating results may suffer.

Factors that may affect the renewal rate for our existing contracts, and our ability to sell additional applications and services, include:

 

    the price, performance and functionality of our offering;

 

    the availability, price, performance and functionality of competing solutions;

 

    our ability to develop complementary applications and services;

 

    our continued ability to access the pricing and other data necessary to enable us to deliver reliable offerings to customers;

 

    the stability, performance and security of our hosting infrastructure and hosting services;

 

    changes in healthcare laws, regulations or trends; and

 

    the business environment of our customers.

If any of our customers terminate or do not renew their contracts for our services, renew on less favorable terms, or do not purchase additional functionality or software, our revenue may grow more slowly than expected or decline, and our profitability and gross margins may be harmed.

A significant amount of our revenue is derived from a limited number of customers, and any reduction in revenue from any of these customers could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our ten largest customers by revenue in the past two years accounted for approximately 49.1% and 71.8% of our consolidated revenue in 2013 and 2012, respectively, and 56.1% of our revenue in the first six months of 2014. Our largest customer by revenue in the past two years, Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Michigan, accounted for approximately 9.6% and 21.3% of our revenue in 2013 and 2012, respectively, and 10.1% of our revenue in the first six months of 2014. If any of our key customers decides not to renew its contracts with us, or to renew on less favorable terms, our business, revenue, reputation, and our ability to obtain new customers could be materially and adversely affected.

 

16


Table of Contents

We have experienced quarterly fluctuations, and expect to continue to experience quarterly fluctuations, in our operating results due to a number of factors, including the seasonality of our revenue, the sales and implementation cycles for our products and services and other factors, that make our future results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations.

Our business is subject to seasonal fluctuations and our operating results are traditionally strongest in the fourth quarter of each year as a result of the open enrollment period established by PPACA. Therefore, our stock price might be based on expectations of future performance that we might not meet and, if our revenue or operating results fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, the price of our common stock could decline substantially.

The sales cycle for our products and services can vary from, on average, two to four months for our cloud-based solutions, and from four to 12 or more months for our enterprise solutions, from initial contact to contract execution. After a customer contract is signed, we provide an implementation process for the customer which typically ranges from two to four months for our cloud-based implementations and from three to 15 months for complex enterprise implementations, each from contract execution to completion of implementation. As a result, the period of time between contract signing and recognition of associated revenue may be lengthy, and we are not able to predict with certainty the period in which implementation will be completed.

During the sales and implementation cycles for our enterprise segments, we expend substantial time and effort, and incur significant additional operating expenses, but accounting principles do not allow us to recognize the resulting revenue until implementation is complete and the services are available for use by our customers, at which time we begin recognition of implementation revenue over the life of the contract or the expected life of the customer relationship, whichever is longer. Unanticipated difficulties and delays in implementation might arise as a result of failure by us or our customers to complete one or more of our or their respective responsibilities and, if implementation periods are extended or implementations are cancelled, revenue recognition could be delayed or fail to occur.

Our operating results have varied in the past. In addition to the other risk factors listed in this section, some of the important factors that may cause fluctuations in our quarterly operating results include:

 

    the extent to which our products and services achieve or maintain market acceptance;

 

    our ability to introduce new products and services and enhancements to our existing products and services on a timely basis;

 

    new competitors and the introduction of enhanced products and services from competitors;

 

    the financial condition of our current and potential customers;

 

    changes in customer budgets and procurement policies;

 

    the amount and timing of our investment in research and development activities;

 

    technical difficulties with our products or interruptions in our services;

 

    our ability to hire and retain qualified personnel, including the rate of expansion of our sales force;

 

    changes in the regulatory environment related to benefits and healthcare;

 

    regulatory compliance costs;

 

    the timing, size and ability to successfully integrate potential future acquisitions; and

 

    unforeseen legal expenses, including litigation and settlement costs.

In addition, a significant portion of our operating expense is relatively fixed in nature, and planned expenditures are based in part on expectations regarding future revenue. Accordingly, unexpected revenue shortfalls might decrease our gross margins and could cause significant changes in our operating results from quarter to quarter. If this occurs, the trading price of our common stock could fall substantially, either suddenly or over time.

 

17


Table of Contents

In the event that our proprietary software does not operate properly, our reputation would suffer, claims would likely be asserted against us, and we would likely be required to divert our resources from other purposes, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Proprietary software development is time-consuming, expensive and complex. We may experience difficulties with software development, industry standards, design or marketing that could delay or prevent the development, introduction, or implementation of new solutions and enhancements. If our solutions do not function reliably or fail to achieve customer expectations in terms of performance, customers could assert liability claims against us and/or attempt to cancel their contracts with us. This could damage our reputation and impair our ability to attract or maintain customers.

Moreover, software as complex as ours has in the past contained, and may in the future contain, or develop, undetected defects or errors. Material performance problems or defects in our products and services might arise in the future. Errors might result from the interface of our services with legacy systems and data, which we did not develop and the function of which is outside of our control. Defects or errors might arise in our existing or new software or service processes. Because changes in health plan and legal requirements and practices relating to health insurance are frequent, we are continuously discovering defects and errors in our software and service processes compared against these requirements and practices. These defects and errors and any failure by us to identify and address them could result in loss of enrollment by our customers, loss of revenue or market share, liability to customers or others, failure to achieve market acceptance or expansion, diversion of development and other resources, injury to our reputation, and increased service and maintenance costs. Defects or errors in our product or service processes might discourage existing or potential customers from purchasing services from us. Correcting defects or errors could prove to be impossible or impracticable. The costs incurred in correcting any defects or errors or in responding to resulting claims or liability might be substantial and could adversely affect our operating results.

Our customers might assert claims against us in the future alleging that they suffered damages due to a defect, error, or other failure of our product or service processes. A claim could subject us to significant legal defense costs and adverse publicity regardless of the merits or eventual outcome of such claim.

If our transition from our current technology platforms to new platforms does not occur rapidly or as efficiently as anticipated, it could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We are expanding our cloud-based software-as-a-service, or SaaS, offerings, including building new shared capabilities such as consumer shopping and personalization. Our ability to (i) complete that development and (ii) efficiently transition existing enterprise-platform customers to new cloud-based components is important to our future operating results. We are also investing in platform delivery improvements that will lower our cost of implementation and configuration and improve competitiveness. Our SaaS business model depends heavily on achieving economies of scale because the initial upfront investment is costly and the associated revenue is recognized on a ratable basis. If we fail to achieve efficient transitions, improvements to our capabilities, appropriate economies of scale or if we fail to manage or anticipate the evolution and demand of the SaaS pricing model, then our business and operating results will be adversely affected.

If we do not continue to provide innovative products and services, along with high quality support services, that are useful to our customers and consumers of insurance products, we might not remain competitive and our newer solutions may not be adopted by new and existing customers, which would have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Our success depends in part on our ability to successfully develop and sell innovative products and services that health insurance plans and brokers and their customers will utilize. We must continue to invest significant resources in research and development in order to enhance our existing products and services and introduce new high quality products and services that customers will want. If we are unable to predict preferences of our

 

18


Table of Contents

customers or consumers or industry changes, or if we are unable to modify our products and services on a timely basis, we might lose customers. Our operating results would also suffer if our innovations are not responsive to the needs of our customers, are not appropriately timed with market opportunity, or are not effectively brought to market. As technology continues to develop, our competitors might be able to offer results that are, or that are perceived to be, substantially similar to or better than those generated by us. This would force us to compete on additional product and service attributes and to expend significant resources in order to remain competitive.

Our success also depends on providing high quality support services to resolve any issues related to our products and services. High quality education and customer support are important for the successful marketing and sale of our products and services and for the renewal of existing customers. If we do not help our customers quickly resolve issues and provide effective ongoing support, our ability to sell additional products and services to existing customers would suffer and our reputation with existing or potential customers would be harmed.

We rely on data center providers, Internet infrastructure, bandwidth providers, third-party computer hardware and software, other third parties, and our own systems for providing services to our customers, and any failure of or interruption in the services provided by these third parties or our own systems could expose us to litigation and may negatively impact our relationships with customers, adversely affecting our brand and our business.

We currently serve our customers from two data centers, one located in Atlanta, Georgia and the other located in El Segundo, California. While we control and have access to our servers, we do not control the operation of these facilities. The owners of our data center facilities have no obligation to renew their agreements with us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If we are unable to renew these agreements on commercially reasonable terms, or if one of our data center operators is acquired, we may be required to transfer our servers and other infrastructure to new data center facilities, and we may incur significant costs and possible service interruption in connection with doing so. Problems faced by our third-party data center locations, with the telecommunications network providers with whom we or they contract, or with the systems by which our telecommunications providers allocate capacity among their customers, including us, could adversely affect the experience of our customers. Our third-party data centers operators could decide to close their facilities without adequate notice. In addition, any financial difficulties, such as bankruptcy faced by our third-party data centers operators or any of the service providers with whom we or they contract may have negative effects on our business, the nature and extent of which are difficult to predict.

In addition, our ability to deliver our web-based services depends on the development and maintenance of the infrastructure of the Internet by third parties. This includes maintenance of a reliable network backbone with the necessary speed, data capacity, bandwidth capacity and security. Our services are designed to operate without interruption in accordance with our service level commitments. However, we have experienced and expect that we will experience future interruptions and delays in services and availability from time to time. In the event of a catastrophic event with respect to one or more of our systems, we may experience an extended period of system unavailability, which could negatively impact our relationship with customers. To operate without interruption, both we and our service providers must guard against:

 

    damage from fire, power loss, natural disasters and other force majeure events outside our control;

 

    communications failures;

 

    software and hardware errors, failures and crashes;

 

    security breaches, computer viruses, hacking, denial-of-service attacks and similar disruptive problems; and

 

    other potential interruptions.

We also rely on purchased or leased computer hardware and software licensed from third parties in order to offer our services. These licenses are generally commercially available on varying terms. However, it is possible

 

19


Table of Contents

that this hardware and software might not continue to be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Any loss of the right to use any of this hardware or software could result in delays in the provisioning of our services until equivalent technology is either developed by us, or, if available, is identified, obtained and integrated.

We exercise limited control over third-party vendors, which increases our vulnerability to problems with technology and information services they provide. Interruptions in our network access and services might in connection with third-party technology and information services reduce our revenue, cause us to issue refunds to customers for prepaid and unused subscription services, subject us to potential liability, or adversely affect our renewal rates. Although we maintain insurance for our business, the coverage under our policies might not be adequate to compensate us for all losses that may occur. In addition, we might not be able to continue to obtain adequate insurance coverage at an acceptable cost, if at all.

Various events could interrupt customers’ access to our platform, exposing us to significant costs.

The ability to access our platform is critical to our customers. Our operations and facilities are vulnerable to interruption and/or damage from a number of sources, many of which are beyond our control, including, without limitation: (i) power loss and telecommunications failures, (ii) fire, flood, hurricane, and other natural disasters, (iii) software and hardware errors, failures or crashes in our own systems or in other systems, (iv) computer viruses, denial-of-service attacks, hacking and similar disruptive problems in our own systems and in other systems, and (v) civil unrest, war, and/or terrorism. We have implemented various measures to protect against interruptions of customers’ access to our platform. If customers’ access is interrupted because of problems in the operation of our facilities, we could be exposed to significant claims by customers. Our plans for disaster recovery and business continuity rely on third-party providers of related services. If those vendors fail us at a time when our systems are not operating correctly, we could incur a loss of revenue and liability for failure to fulfill our obligations. Any significant instances of system downtime could negatively affect our reputation and ability to retain customers and sell our services, which would adversely impact our revenue.

If our security measures are breached or fail, and unauthorized persons gain access to customers’ and consumers’ data, our products and services might be perceived as being unsecure, customers and consumers might curtail or stop using our products and services, and we might incur significant liabilities.

Our products and services involve the collection, processing, storage and transmission of customers’ and consumers’ confidential information, which may include sensitive individually identifiable information that is subject to stringent statutory and regulatory obligations. Because of the sensitivity of this information, security features of our software and applications are very important. From time to time we may detect vulnerabilities in our systems, which, even if they do not result in a security breach, may reduce customer confidence and require substantial resources to address. If our security measures or those of our third-party service providers are breached or fail and/or are bypassed as a result of third-party action, employee error, malfeasance, or otherwise, someone might be able to obtain unauthorized access to our customers’ confidential information and/or patient data. As a result, our reputation could be damaged, our business might suffer, and we could face damages for contract breach, penalties for violation of applicable laws or regulations, and significant costs for remediation efforts to prevent future occurrences.

In addition, we rely on various third parties, including health plans, brokers and other third-party service providers and consumers themselves, as users of our system, for key activities to protect and promote the security of our systems and the data and information accessible within them, such as enrollment information, consumer status changes and payment. On occasion, certain individuals have failed to perform these activities. For example, authorized users have failed to administer and use the login/password appropriately, which may allow the system to be accessed by unauthorized third parties. When we become aware of such breaches or incidents, we work with our customers to remedy the issue, terminate inappropriate access as necessary, and provide additional instruction in order to avoid the reoccurrence of such problems. Although to date these breaches have

 

20


Table of Contents

not resulted in claims against us or in material harm to our business, failures to perform these activities might result in claims against us, which could expose us to significant expense, legal liability, and harm to our reputation, which might result in loss of business.

Our security measures, and those of our third-party service providers, may not detect or prevent all attempts to hack our systems, denial-of-service attacks, viruses, malicious software, security breaches or other attacks and similar disruptions that may jeopardize the security of information stored in or transmitted by our sites, networks and systems or that we or our third-party service providers otherwise maintain, including payment card systems which may subject us to fines or higher transaction fees or limit or terminate our access to certain payment methods. Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target, we and our hosting service providers might not be able to detect or prevent these techniques or to implement adequate preventive measures until after the techniques or other attacks have already been launched. If an actual or perceived breach of our security or that of our hosting service providers occurs, the market perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed and we could lose sales and customers. In addition, our customers might authorize or enable third parties to access their information and data that is stored on our systems. Because we do not control such access, we cannot ensure the complete integrity or security of such data in our systems.

For a more detailed discussion of the risks associated with a failure by us to comply with any of the federal and state standards regarding patient privacy, identity theft prevention and detection and data security, see the risk factor below under “—Risks Related to Regulation—The healthcare and health insurance industries are heavily regulated. Our failure to comply with regulatory requirements could create liability for us, result in adverse publicity and negatively affect our business.”

Our substantial level of indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry, expose us to interest rate risk to the extent of our variable rate debt and prevent us from meeting obligations on our indebtedness.

We have a substantial amount of indebtedness. As of June 30, 2014, our total indebtedness was $54.5 million. Our substantial level of indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and increase the possibility that we may be unable to generate cash sufficient to pay, when due, the principal, interest or other amounts due in respect of our indebtedness. Our substantial indebtedness, combined with our other existing and any future financial obligations and contractual commitments, could have important adverse consequences. For example, it could:

 

    make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness, including making interest payments on our debt obligations, and any failure to comply with the obligations under any of our debt instruments, including restrictive covenants, could result in an event of default under the agreements governing such indebtedness;

 

    require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing funds available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, selling and marketing efforts, research and development and other purposes;

 

    cause us to incur substantial fees from time to time in connection with debt amendments or refinancing;

 

    increase our exposure to rising interest rates because a portion of our borrowings is at variable interest rates;

 

    place us at a disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt;

 

    limit our ability to pursue acquisitions;

 

    limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the health insurance industry;

 

21


Table of Contents
    limit our ability to borrow additional funds, or to dispose of assets to raise funds, if needed, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, selling and marketing efforts, research and development and other corporate purposes; and

 

    increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions, which could place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have relatively less indebtedness.

See the section titled “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Senior Credit Facility” for a description of our bank credit facility, as well as details related to prior non-compliance with financial covenants thereof and the subsequent amendment of the credit facility.

We might require additional capital to support business growth, and this capital might not be available.

We intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth and might require additional funds to respond to business challenges or opportunities, including the need to develop new products and services or enhance our existing services, enhance our operating infrastructure, and acquire complementary businesses and technologies. Accordingly, we might need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. If we raise additional funds through new issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. Any debt financing secured by us in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital-raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which might make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. In addition, we might not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly limited.

Because we recognize revenue and expense relating to delivery of software, transaction fees and professional services over varying periods, downturns or upturns in sales are not immediately reflected in full in our operating results.

We recognize recurring revenue monthly over the term of our contracts and recognize the majority of our professional services revenue ratably over the contract term or the estimated expected life of the customer relationship, whichever is longer. As a result, a portion of the revenue we report each quarter is the recognition of deferred revenue from contracts we entered into during previous quarters. Consequently, a shortfall in demand for our software solutions and professional services or a decline in new or renewed contracts in any one quarter might not significantly reduce our revenue for that quarter, but could negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. Accordingly, the effect of significant downturns in new or renewed sales of our products and services is not reflected in full in our results of operations until future periods. Our revenue recognition model also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our revenue through additional sales in any period, because revenue from new customers must be recognized over the applicable term of the contracts or the estimated expected life of the customer relationship period, whichever is longer. In addition, we recognize professional services expenses as incurred, which could cause professional services gross margin to be negative.

We have recorded a significant amount of goodwill, intangible assets and deferred implementation costs. We may need to record write-downs from future impairments of these assets, which could adversely affect our costs and business operations.

Our consolidated balance sheet includes significant goodwill, intangible assets and deferred implementation costs, including approximately $26.8 million in goodwill, $17.4 million in other intangible assets and $23.4 million of deferred implementation costs, together representing approximately 79% of our total assets as of June 30, 2014. The determination of related estimated useful lives and whether these assets are impaired involves significant judgments and our ability to accurately predict future cash flows related to these intangible assets may

 

22


Table of Contents

not be accurate. We test our goodwill for impairment each fiscal year, but we also test goodwill, other intangible assets and deferred implementation costs for impairment at any time when there is a change in circumstances that indicates that the carrying value of these assets may be impaired. Any future determination that these assets are carried at greater than their fair value could result in substantial non-cash impairment charges, which could significantly impact our reported operating results.

If we are required to collect sales and use taxes in additional jurisdictions, we might be subject to liability for additional sales and use taxes and our future sales may decrease.

We might incur significant expenses, and, as a result, lose sales, if states successfully impose broader guidelines on state sales and use taxes or successfully argue that current guidelines apply to us. We currently collect sales and use tax in a limited number of states. A successful assertion by one or more states requiring us to collect sales or other taxes on the licensing of our software or sale of our services could result in substantial tax liabilities for past transactions and otherwise harm our business. Each state has different rules and regulations governing sales and use taxes, and these rules and regulations are subject to varying interpretations that change over time. We review these rules and regulations periodically and, when we believe we are subject to sales and use taxes in a particular state, voluntarily engage with state tax authorities in order to determine how to comply with their rules and regulations. We cannot assure you that we will not be subject to sales and use taxes or related interest and penalties for past sales or use taxes in states where we currently believe no such taxes are required.

Vendors of services, like us, are typically held responsible by taxing authorities for the collection and payment of any applicable sales and similar taxes. If one or more taxing authorities determines that taxes should have, but have not, been paid with respect to our services, we might be liable for past taxes in addition to taxes going forward. Liability for past taxes might also include substantial interest and penalty charges. Our customer contracts typically provide that our customers must pay all applicable sales and similar taxes. Nevertheless, our customers might be reluctant to pay back taxes and might refuse responsibility for interest or penalties associated with those taxes. If we are required to collect and pay back taxes and the associated interest and penalties, and if our customers fail or refuse to reimburse us for all or a portion of these amounts (or if we decline to seek reimbursement from our clients), we will incur unplanned expenses that may be substantial. Moreover, imposition of such taxes on us going forward will effectively increase the cost of our software and services to our customers and might adversely affect our ability to retain existing customers or to gain new customers in the areas in which such taxes are imposed.

We might not be able to utilize a significant portion of our net operating loss or other tax credit carryforwards, which could adversely affect our future operating cash flows.

As of December 31, 2013, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards due to prior period losses, which if not utilized, will begin to expire in 2020. These carryforwards could expire unused and be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities, which could adversely affect our future operating cash flows.

In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, our ability to utilize net operating loss carryforwards or other tax attributes in any taxable year may be limited if we experience an “ownership change.” A Section 382 “ownership change” generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders who own at least 5% of our stock increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. Similar rules might apply under state tax laws. As a result of prior equity issuances and other transactions in our stock, we have previously experienced “ownership changes” under Section 382 which limit the amount of net operating losses available to us. This offering or future issuances of our stock could cause an additional “ownership change.” Accordingly, the application of Section 382 could have a material effect on the use of our net operating loss carryforwards or other tax attributes, which could adversely affect our future operating cash flows.

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, we have recorded a full valuation allowance against net operating loss carryforwards, because we believe it is more likely than not that some portion or all of these deferred tax assets will not be realized.

 

23


Table of Contents

Failure to adequately expand our direct sales force will impede our growth.

We believe that our future growth will depend on the continued expansion of our direct sales force and its ability to obtain new customers and sell additional products and services to existing customers. Identifying and recruiting qualified personnel and training them in the use of our software requires significant time, expense, and attention. It can take up to six months or longer before a new sales representative is fully trained and productive. Our business may be adversely affected if our efforts to expand and train our direct sales force do not generate a corresponding increase in revenue. In particular, if we are unable to hire and develop sufficient numbers of productive direct sales personnel or if new direct sales personnel are unable to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, sales of our products and services will suffer and our growth will be impeded.

Our government business relies on working effectively with the prime contractors that hold the contract with the government customers and those contracts being renewed or extended, as applicable. To the extent those relationships are not positively maintained or such contracts, such as our subcontract in connection with the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS, contract, are not renewed or extended, it could have a material adverse effect on our business.

In our government business to date, we have only worked as a subcontractor to prime contractors and systems integrators that contract directly with the federal government and state governments. In the scope of these relationships, we have provided specified components of the applicable government entity’s overall request, but have not assumed responsibility for the operation of the government websites. Based on our risk analysis of multiple factors, including the scope of the government entity’s request, the total potential contract value and the terms and conditions of the applicable contract, we have determined that operating in a subcontractor role has been most appropriate for our government business. It may or may not be more beneficial for us to contract directly with the government due to various factors including insurance, risk and liability issues. In order to secure government business, it is important that we identify and market our capabilities to the prime contractor community, participate on joint requests for proposals, and maintain effective working relationships throughout the term of the contract.

In many cases, payment for our products and services is dependent upon the prime contractor getting paid by the government customer. As such, we may not be paid on a timely basis or at all if the prime contractor or other subcontractors have not completed their work.

We use staff contracting firms located internationally or that source their resources from outside the United States to augment our employee base and assist in the development, distribution and delivery of our solutions. Future work with these firms might expose us to risks that could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We use staff contracting firms (both onshore and offshore) to scale up or down based on customer needs, work across various time zones to meet speed to market requirements, and lower our total cost of delivery. For over nine years, we have used staff contracting firms with employees located internationally. Associated risks include:

 

    operating in international markets requires significant resources and management attention and might subject us to regulatory, economic, and political risks that are different from those in the United States, including data privacy and security considerations;

 

    ability of our vendor firms to continue to identify and staff local talent that meets our quality and turnaround requirements;

 

    currency fluctuations which raises the price of offshore labor and does not allow us to obtain cost efficiencies;

 

    difficulties in working with firms that staff and manage foreign operations;

 

    weaker protection for intellectual property and other legal rights than in the United States and practical difficulties in enforcing intellectual property and other rights outside of the United States;

 

24


Table of Contents
    adverse tax consequences; and

 

    unstable regional economic and political conditions.

In addition, our customers may require us to staff projects with only employed or domestically-based staff. That requirement could increase our cost of delivery, which in turn could decrease our competiveness and lower our overall profitability.

Any future litigation against us could be costly and time-consuming to defend and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may become subject, from time to time, to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business such as claims brought by our customers in connection with commercial disputes or employment claims made by our current or former employees. Litigation might result in substantial costs and may divert management’s attention and resources, which might seriously harm our business, overall financial condition, and operating results. We generally intend to defend ourselves vigorously; however, we cannot be certain of the ultimate outcomes of any claims that may arise in the future. Insurance might not cover such claims, might not provide sufficient payments to cover all the costs to resolve one or more such claims, and might not continue to be available on terms acceptable to us. A claim brought against us that is uninsured or underinsured could result in unanticipated costs, thereby reducing our operating results and leading analysts or potential investors to reduce their expectations of our performance, which could reduce the trading price of our stock. Additionally, certain litigation or the resolution of certain litigation may affect the availability or cost of some of our insurance coverage, which could adversely impact our results of operations and cash flows, expose us to increased risks that would be uninsured and adversely impact our ability to attract officers and directors.

We might be unable to adequately protect our intellectual property, and intellectual property claims against us could result in the loss of significant rights. Even if we are successful in enforcing our intellectual property rights, we may incur significant costs in doing so, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our success depends in part upon our ability to protect our core technology and intellectual property. To accomplish this, we rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including trademark, copyright, trade secret and other intellectual property rights, as well as customary contractual protections. Our intellectual property rights extend to our technologies and software applications. We also rely on intellectual property licensed from third parties. Our attempts to protect our intellectual property might be challenged by others or invalidated through administrative process or litigation. To the extent that our intellectual property and other proprietary rights are not adequately protected, third parties might gain access to our proprietary information, develop and market products or services similar to ours, or use trademarks similar to ours, each of which could materially harm our business.

From time to time, third parties have alleged, and may allege in the future that we have violated their intellectual property rights. If we are forced to defend ourselves against intellectual property infringement claims, regardless of the merit or ultimate result of such claims, we may face costly litigation, diversion of technical and management personnel, limitations on our ability to market or provide our products and services. As a result of any such dispute, we may have to:

 

    develop non-infringing technology;

 

    pay damages or refund fees;

 

    enter into or modify royalty or licensing agreements;

 

    cease providing certain products or services; or

 

    take other actions to resolve the claims.

 

25


Table of Contents

Moreover, if we are unable to implement one or more of the remedial actions described above, we may be prevented from continuing to offer, and our customers may be prevented from continuing to use, any of our affected products or services.

The use of open source software in our products and solutions may expose us to additional risks and harm our intellectual property rights.

Some of our products and solutions use or incorporate software that is subject to one or more open source licenses. Open source software is typically freely accessible, usable, and modifiable. Certain open source software licenses require a user who intends to distribute the open source software as a component of the user’s software to disclose publicly part or all of the source code to the user’s software. In addition, certain open source software licenses require the user of such software to make any derivative works of the open source code available to others on potentially unfavorable terms or at no cost.

The terms of many open source licenses to which we are subject have not been interpreted by United States or foreign courts. Accordingly, there is a risk that those licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our solutions. In that event, we could be required to seek licenses from third parties in order to continue offering our products or solutions, to re-develop our products or solutions, to discontinue sales of our products or solutions, or to release our proprietary software code under the terms of an open source license, any of which could harm our business. Further, given the nature of open source software, it may be more likely that third parties might assert copyright and other intellectual property infringement claims against us based on our use of these open source software programs.

While we monitor the use of all open source software in our products, solutions, processes, and technology and try to ensure that no open source software is used in such a way as to require us to disclose the source code to the related product or solution when we do not wish to do so, it is possible that such use may have inadvertently occurred in deploying our proprietary solutions. In addition, if a third-party software provider has incorporated certain types of open source software into software we license from such third party for our products and solutions without our knowledge, we could, under certain circumstances, be required to disclose the source code to our products and solutions. This could harm our intellectual property position and our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Our confidentiality arrangements with employees and others may not adequately prevent disclosure of trade secrets and other proprietary information, and any such disclosure could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We have devoted substantial resources to the development of our technology, business operations and business plans. In order to protect our trade secrets and proprietary information, we rely in significant part on confidentiality arrangements with our employees, independent contractors, advisers and customers. These arrangements may not be effective to prevent disclosure of confidential information, including trade secrets, and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. In addition, others may independently discover trade secrets and proprietary information, and in such cases we would not be able to assert trade secret rights against such parties. The loss of trade secret protection could make it easier for third parties to compete with our products and services by copying functionality. In addition, any changes in, or unexpected interpretations of, the trade secret and other intellectual property laws may compromise our ability to enforce our trade secret and intellectual property rights. Costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights, and failure to obtain or maintain trade secret protection could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

26


Table of Contents

If we acquire companies or technologies in the future, they could prove difficult to integrate, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value, and adversely affect our operating results and the value of our common stock.

As part of our business strategy, we might acquire, enter into joint ventures with, or make investments in complementary companies, services, and technologies in the future. For example, in 2013, we acquired DestinationRx, Inc., or DRX. We spent considerable time, effort, and money acquiring this company and integrating it into our business. Acquisitions and investments involve numerous risks, including:

 

    difficulties in identifying and acquiring products, technologies or businesses that will help our business;

 

    difficulties in integrating operations, technologies, services and personnel;

 

    diversion of financial and managerial resources from existing operations;

 

    risk of entering new markets in which we have little to no experience; and

 

    delays in customer purchases due to uncertainty and the inability to maintain relationships with customers of the acquired businesses.

If we fail to properly evaluate acquisitions or investments, we might not achieve the anticipated benefits of any such acquisitions, we might incur costs in excess of what we anticipate, and management resources and attention might be diverted from other necessary or valuable activities, which would have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Consolidation in the health insurance industry in which our customers operate could cause us to lose customers or could reduce the volume of services purchased by consolidated customers following an acquisition or merger, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Consolidation in the health insurance industry has accelerated in recent years, and this trend could continue. We may lose customers due to industry consolidation, and we may not be able to expand sales of our solutions and services to new customers to replace lost customers. In addition, new companies or organizations that result from such consolidation may decide that our solutions are no longer needed because of their own internal processes or the use of alternative solutions. As these entities consolidate, competition to provide solutions and services to industry participants will become more intense and the importance of establishing relationships with large industry participants will become greater. These industry participants may try to use their market power to negotiate price reductions for our solutions. Also, if consolidation of larger current customers occurs, the combined company may represent a larger percentage of business for us and, as a result, we are likely to rely more significantly on the combined company’s revenue to continue to achieve growth. As a result, industry consolidation or consolidation among current customers or potential customers could adversely affect our business.

We depend on our senior management team and other key employees, and the loss of one or more key personnel or an inability to attract hire, integrate and retain highly skilled personnel could adversely affect our business.

Our success depends largely upon the continued services of key personnel. We also rely on our leadership team in the areas of research and development, marketing, services, and general and administrative functions, and on mission-critical individual contributors in research and development. From time to time, there may be changes in our executive management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, which could disrupt our business. The loss of one or more of our executive officers or other key employees could have a serious adverse effect on our business. The replacement of one or more of our executive officers or other key employees would involve significant time and expense and may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives.

 

27


Table of Contents

To continue to execute our growth strategy, we also must identify, hire and retain highly skilled personnel. Competition is intense for engineers with high levels of experience in designing and developing software and Internet-related services. We might not be successful in maintaining our unique culture and continuing to attract and retain qualified personnel. We have from time to time in the past experienced, and we expect to continue to experience in the future, difficulty in hiring and retaining highly skilled personnel with appropriate qualifications. The pool of qualified personnel is limited overall and specifically in the geographic regions in which our principal offices are located. Failure to identify, hire and retain necessary key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Consumers of health insurance are increasingly relying on mobile devices as part of their decision-making process. If we are unsuccessful in expanding the capabilities of our shopping tools for mobile platforms, it could adversely affect our business.

We believe that consumers of health insurance are increasingly relying on mobile devices, such as smartphones and tablets, in connection with their health insurance purchasing decisions. Traditionally, our solutions have been designed for desktop platforms, and we must develop new capabilities to deliver compelling user experiences via mobile devices. To deliver high quality mobile offerings, it is important that our solutions integrate with a wide range of other mobile technologies, systems, networks and standards that we do not control. We may not be successful in developing products that operate effectively with these technologies, systems, networks or standards. Further, our success on mobile platforms will be dependent on our interoperability with popular mobile operating systems that we do not control, such as Android, iOS and Windows Mobile, and any change in such systems that degrade our functionality or give preferential treatment to competitive products could adversely affect usage of our solutions through mobile devices. If we fail to achieve success with our mobile offerings, our ability to deliver compelling user experiences to consumers as they increasingly rely on mobile devices in connection with their health insurance purchasing decisions will be constrained and our business could be adversely affected.

If we cannot maintain our corporate culture as we grow, we could lose the innovation, teamwork, passion and focus on execution that we believe contribute to our success, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We believe that a critical component to our success has been our corporate culture. We have invested substantial time and resources in building our team. As we continue to grow, we may find it difficult to maintain the innovation, teamwork, passion and focus on execution that we believe are important aspects of our corporate culture. Any failure to preserve our culture could negatively affect our future success, including our ability to retain and recruit personnel and to effectively focus on and pursue our corporate objectives.

Failure by our customers to obtain proper permissions and waivers might result in claims against us or may limit or prevent our use of data, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We require our customers to provide necessary notices and to obtain necessary permissions and waivers for use and disclosure of information on our platform, and we require contractual assurances from them that they have done so and will do so. If, however, despite these requirements and contractual obligations, our customers do not obtain necessary permissions and waivers, then our use and disclosure of information that we receive from them or on their behalf might be limited or prohibited by state or federal privacy laws or other laws. This could impair our functions, processes and databases that reflect, contain, or are based upon such data and might prevent use of such data. In addition, this could interfere with, or prevent creation or use of, rules, analyses, or other data-driven activities that benefit us and our business. Moreover, we might be subject to claims or liability for use or disclosure of information by reason of lack of valid notices, agreements, permissions or waivers. These claims or liabilities could subject us to unexpected costs and adversely affect our operating results.

 

28


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Regulation

The healthcare and health insurance industries are heavily regulated. Our failure to comply with regulatory requirements could create liability for us, result in adverse publicity and negatively affect our business.

The healthcare and health insurance industries are highly regulated and are subject to changing political, legislative, regulatory, and other influences. Existing and new laws and regulations could create unexpected liabilities for us, cause us to incur additional costs and restrict our operations. These laws and regulations are complex and their application to specific services and relationships are not clear. In particular, many existing laws and regulations affecting healthcare and health insurance and related benefits or products when enacted, did not anticipate the services that we provide, and these laws and regulations might be applied to our services in ways that we do not anticipate. Our failure to accurately anticipate the application of these laws and regulations, or our failure to comply, could require us to change our operations or cease using certain datasets, create liability for us, result in adverse publicity, and negatively affect our business. Some of the risks we face from the regulation of healthcare and health insurance are as follows:

 

    Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act. Numerous lawsuits have challenged and continue to challenge the constitutionality and other aspects of PPACA, and regulations and regulatory guidance continue to be issued on various aspects of PPACA that may affect our business. While many of the provisions of PPACA are not directly applicable to us, PPACA, as enacted, affects the business of many of our customers. Our customers might experience changes in the numbers of individuals they insure as a result of Medicaid expansion and the creation of state and national exchanges. Although we are unable to predict with any reasonable certainty or otherwise quantify the likely impact of PPACA on our business model, financial condition, or results of operations, changes in the business of our customers and the number of individuals they insure may negatively impact our business.

 

    False or Fraudulent Claim Laws. There are numerous federal and state laws that forbid submission of false information or the failure to disclose information in connection with submission and payment of claims for reimbursement from the government. In some cases, these laws also forbid abuse of existing systems for such submission and payment. Any contract we have with a government entity or in support of a government entity requires us to comply with these laws and regulations. Any failure of our services to comply with these laws and regulations could result in substantial liability, including but not limited to criminal liability, could adversely affect demand for our services, and could force us to expend significant capital, research and development, and other resources to address the failure. Any determination by a court or regulatory agency that our services with government customers violate these laws and regulations could subject us to civil or criminal penalties, invalidate all or portions of some of our government customer contracts, require us to change or terminate some portions of our business, require us to refund portions of our services fees, cause us to be disqualified from serving not only government customers but also all customers doing business with government payers, and have an adverse effect on our business.

 

   

HIPAA and Other Privacy and Security Requirements. There are numerous federal and state laws and regulations related to the privacy and security of personal health information. In particular, regulations promulgated pursuant to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, established privacy and security standards, or Privacy Standards and Security Standards, that limit the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health information, and require the implementation of administrative, physical, and technological safeguards to ensure the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of individually identifiable health information in electronic form. Health plans, healthcare clearinghouses, and most providers are considered by the HIPAA regulations to be “Covered Entities.” With respect to our operations, we are a Business Associate of our health plan customers and we are directly subject to the privacy and security regulations established under HIPAA. We enter into written Business Associate Agreements with our health plan customers, under which we are required to safeguard individually identifiable health information and comply with restrictions how we may use

 

29


Table of Contents
 

and disclose such information. Effective February 2010, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, or ARRA, and effective March 2013, the HIPAA Omnibus Final Rules extended the direct application of certain provisions of the Privacy Standards and Security Standards to us when we are functioning as a Business Associate of our health plan customers. ARRA and the HIPAA Omnibus Final Rule also subject Business Associates to direct oversight and audit by the HHS.

Violations of the Privacy Standards and Security Standards might result in civil and criminal penalties, and ARRA increased the penalties for HIPAA violations and strengthened the enforcement provisions of HIPAA. For example, ARRA authorizes state attorneys general to bring civil actions seeking either injunctions or damages in response to violations of Privacy Standards and Security Standards that threaten the privacy of state residents. Additionally, some health plans interpret HIPAA requirements differently than we do, and as our customers are the Covered Entity under HIPAA we may be required to comply with their interpretations.

We might not be able to adequately address the business risks created by HIPAA implementation. Furthermore, we are unable to predict what changes to HIPAA or other laws or regulations might be made in the future or how those changes could affect our business or the costs of compliance.

In addition to the Privacy Standards and Security Standards, most states have enacted patient confidentiality laws that protect against the disclosure of confidential medical and/or health information, and many states have adopted or are considering further legislation in this area, including privacy safeguards, security standards, and data security breach notification requirements. Such state laws, if more stringent than HIPAA requirements, are not preempted by the federal requirements and we are required to comply with them. Additionally, other laws or standards may apply to our operations, including requirements related to handling certain financial information, federal tax information, or FTI, and payment card association operating rules with respect to credit card data.

Failure by us to comply with any state standards regarding patient privacy may subject us to penalties, including civil monetary penalties and, in some circumstances, criminal penalties. Such failure may injure our reputation and adversely affect our ability to retain customers and attract new customers.

 

    Medicare and Medicaid Regulatory Requirements. We have contracts with health plans that offer Medicare Managed Care (also known as Medicare Advantage or Medicare Part C). We also have contracts with health plans that offer Medicare prescription drug benefits (also known as Medicare Part D) plans. The activities of the Medicare plans are regulated by CMS. Though our health plan customers remain responsible to comply with CMS requirements, we operate as a First Tier, Downstream & Related Entity, or FDR, in support of our customers. Some of the activities that we might perform, such as the enrollment of beneficiaries, may be subject to CMS and/or state regulation, and such regulations may force us to change the way we do business or otherwise restrict our ability to provide services to such plans. Moreover, the regulatory environment with respect to these programs has become, and will likely continue to become, increasingly complex.

 

   

Financial Services-Related Laws and Rules. Financial services and electronic payment processing services are subject to numerous laws, regulations and industry standards, some of which might impact our operations and subject us, our vendors, and our customers to liability as a result of the payment distribution and processing solutions we offer. In addition, payment distribution and processing solutions might be impacted by payment card association operating rules, certification requirements, and rules governing electronic funds transfers. If we fail to comply with applicable payment processing rules or requirements, we might be subject to fines and changes in transaction fees and may lose our ability to process credit and debit card transactions or facilitate other types of billing and payment solutions. Moreover, payment transactions processed using the Automated Clearing House Network, or ACH, are subject to network operating rules promulgated by the National Automated Clearing House Association and to various federal laws regarding such operations, including laws pertaining to electronic funds transfers, and these rules and laws might impact our billing and payment solutions.

 

30


Table of Contents
 

Further, our solutions might impact the ability of our payer customers to comply with state prompt payment laws. These laws require payers to pay healthcare claims meeting the statutory or regulatory definition of a “clean claim” within a specified time frame.

 

    Insurance Broker Laws. Insurance laws in the United States are often complex, and states have broad authority to adopt regulations regarding brokerage activities. These regulations typically include the licensing of insurance brokers and agents and govern the handling and investment of customer funds held in a fiduciary capacity. We and our broker/agency customers may be subject to some of these regulations, and may not be able to fully comply.

 

    ERISA. The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or ERISA, regulates how employee benefits are provided to or through certain types of employer-sponsored health benefits plans. ERISA is a set of laws and regulations that is subject to periodic interpretation by the United States Department of Labor as well as the federal courts. In some circumstances, and under certain customer contracts, we might be deemed to have assumed duties that make us an ERISA fiduciary, and thus be required to carry out our operations in a manner that complies with ERISA in all material respects. We believe that our current operations do not render us subject to ERISA fiduciary obligations, and therefore that we are in material compliance with ERISA and that any such compliance does not currently have a material adverse effect on our operations. However, there can be no assurance that continuing ERISA compliance efforts or any future changes to ERISA will not have a material adverse effect on us.

 

    Third-Party Administrator Laws. Numerous states in which we do business have adopted regulations governing entities engaged in third-party administrator, or TPA, activities. TPA regulations typically impose requirements regarding enrollment into benefits plans, claims processing and payments, and the handling of customer funds. Although we do not believe we are currently acting as a TPA, changes in state regulations could result in us being obligated to comply with such regulations, which might require us to obtain licenses to provide TPA services in such states.

The growth in the Medicare plan market is important to the overall growth rate of our business. The marketing and sale of Medicare plans are subject to numerous, complex and frequently changing laws and regulations, and the impact of changes in laws related to Medicare or any failure to comply with them could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The number of people eligible for Medicare is one of the most significant drivers in the growth of Medicare plans. Any changes in the eligibility requirements for Medicare such as raising the age of eligibility would decrease the available pool of recipients and lower our growth expectations.

The marketing and sale of Medicare plans are subject to numerous laws, regulations and guidelines at both the Federal and state level. The marketing and sale of Medicare Advantage and Medicare Part D prescription drug plans are principally regulated by CMS, which is a division of the United States Department of Health and Human Services, and the marketing and sale of Medicare supplement plans is principally regulated on a state- by- state basis by state departments of insurance. The laws and regulations applicable to the marketing and sale of Medicare plans lack clarity, are numerous and complex, were not drafted to contemplate health insurance exchanges, and change frequently, particularly with respect to regulations and guidance issued by CMS for Medicare Advantage and Medicare Part D prescription drug plans and by the various state departments of insurance for Medicare supplement plans.

As a result of these laws, regulations and guidelines, we have altered, and will need to continue to alter, our business operations and procedures, including without limitation, to comply with these changing requirements. Though our health plan customers remain responsible to comply with CMS requirements, we operate as an FDR, in support of our customers. Changes to the laws, regulations and guidelines relating to Medicare plans, the scope of their application to our business, their interpretation by regulators or our health plan customers, or the manner

 

31


Table of Contents

in which they are enforced could be incompatible with our business model. As a result, our business could be slowed or we could be prevented from operating portions of our business altogether, either of which would materially harm our results of operations and financial condition, particularly if this occurred during the Medicare annual enrollment period, which is when the vast majority of Medicare plans are sold.

Health plans may adjust their commission rates to comply with regulatory guidelines, such as those published by CMS with respect to the marketing of Medicare Advantage and Medicare Part D prescription drug plans. If these contractual changes result in reduced commissions, our revenue may decline. Because insurance rates may vary between health plans, plans and enrollment dates, changes in enrollment mix may impact our commission revenue. Future changes in health plan pricing practices could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In March 2010, the Federal government enacted significant reforms to healthcare legislation through the PPACA and the HCERA, which we refer to collectively as Healthcare Reform. In addition, one of the elements of the recently passed Budget Control Act of 2011 is the creation of a joint select committee on deficit reduction to develop recommendations, including changes to entitlement programs such as Medicare, to reduce the national debt by at least $1.5 trillion over 10 years. In connection with the United Sates Congress’s failure to agree on a proposal to lower the national deficit, the Budget Control Act mandates automatic cuts to domestic and defense spending, including a significant reduction in Medicare spending. The impact that Healthcare Reform and the Budget Control Act will have on the market for Medicare plans could change the demand for Medicare plans, the way these plans are delivered, or the commissions that health plans pay to us in connection with their sale or otherwise adversely impact us.

In the event that these laws and regulations or changes in these laws and regulations, or other laws and regulations that impact the marketing and sale of Medicare plans, adversely impact our ability or our customers’ ability to market any type of Medicare plan on an exchange platform or the commissions that we receive for selling these plans, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be harmed.

Additional regulatory requirements placed on our software, services, and content could impose increased costs on us, delay or prevent our introduction of new service types, and impair the function or value of our existing service types.

Our products and services are and are likely to continue to be subject to increasing regulatory requirements in a number of ways. As these requirements proliferate, we must change or adapt our products and services to comply. Changing regulatory requirements might render our services obsolete or might prevent us from pursuing our business objective or developing new services. This might in turn impose additional costs upon us to comply or to further develop our products and services. It might also make introduction of new product or service types more costly or more time-consuming than we currently anticipate. It might even prevent introduction by us of new products or services or cause the continuation of our existing products or services to become unprofitable or impossible.

Potential government subsidy of services similar to ours, or creation of a single-payer system, might reduce customer demand.

Recently, entities including brokers and United States federal and state governments have offered to subsidize adoption of online benefits platforms or clearinghouses. In addition, prior proposals regarding healthcare reform have included the concept of creation of a single payer for health insurance. This kind of consolidation of critical benefits activity could negatively impact the demand for our services.

 

32


Table of Contents

Risk Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Common Stock

An active, liquid, and orderly market for our common stock may not develop.

Prior to this offering, there was no market for shares of our common stock. An active trading market for our common stock might never develop or be sustained, which could depress the market price of our common stock and affect your ability to sell our shares. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and might bear no relationship to the price at which our common stock will trade following the completion of this offering. The trading price of our common stock following this offering is likely to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. These factors include:

 

    our operating performance and the operating performance of similar companies;

 

    the overall performance of the equity markets;

 

    announcements by us or our competitors of acquisitions, business plans, or commercial relationships;

 

    threatened or actual litigation;

 

    changes in laws or regulations relating to the sale of health insurance;

 

    any major change in our board of directors or management;

 

    publication of research reports or news stories about us, our competitors, or our industry, or positive or negative recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage by securities analysts;

 

    large volumes of sales of our shares of common stock by existing stockholders; and

 

    general political and economic conditions.

In addition, the stock market in general, and the market for technology companies in particular, has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These fluctuations might be even more pronounced in the trading market for our stock shortly following this offering. Securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the overall market and in the market price of a company’s securities. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs, divert our management’s attention and resources, and harm our business, operating results, and financial condition.

Our management team has no prior experience managing a public company, and regulatory compliance may divert its attention from day-to-day management of our business, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

The individuals who now constitute our management team have no prior experience managing a publicly-traded company or complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies. Our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage our continued transition to a public company that will be subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under the federal securities laws and the regulations imposed by                     . In particular, these new obligations will require substantial attention from our senior management and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business, which could materially and adversely impact our business operations.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and might not use them effectively.

We cannot specify with certainty the particular uses of the net proceeds we will receive from this offering. Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, including for any of the purposes described in “Use of Proceeds.” Accordingly, you will have to rely on the judgment of our management

 

33


Table of Contents

with respect to the use of the proceeds, with only limited information concerning management’s specific intentions. Our management might spend a portion or all of the net proceeds from this offering in ways that our stockholders do not desire or that might not yield a favorable return. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business. Pending their use, we might invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

A limited number of stockholders will have the ability to influence the outcome of director elections and other matters requiring stockholder approval.

After this offering, our directors, executive officers, and their affiliated entities will beneficially own more than     % of our outstanding common stock (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options after June 30, 2014). In particular, after this offering,             , collectively will beneficially own approximately     % (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options after June 30, 2014). These stockholders, if they act together, could exert substantial influence over matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the amendment of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, and the approval of mergers or other business combination transactions.

This concentration of ownership might discourage, delay, or prevent a change in control of our company, which could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their stock as part of a sale of our company and might reduce our stock price. These actions may be taken even if they are opposed by other stockholders, including those who purchase shares in this offering.

Future sales of shares of our common stock by existing stockholders could depress the market value of our common stock.

Upon completion of this offering, there will be              shares of our common stock outstanding. The              shares being sold in this offering will be freely tradable immediately after this offering (except for shares purchased by affiliates) and of the              shares outstanding on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of              (assuming no exercise of outstanding options after June 30, 2014),              shares may be sold upon expiration of lock-up agreements 180 days after the date of this offering (subject in some cases to volume limitations). In addition, as of             , there were outstanding options to purchase              shares of our common stock that, if exercised, will result in these additional shares becoming available for sale upon expiration of the lock-up agreements. A large portion of these shares and options are held by a small number of persons and investment funds. Sales by these stockholders or option holders of a substantial number of shares after this offering could significantly reduce the market price of our common stock. Moreover, after this offering, some holders of shares of common stock will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering the shares they currently hold, or to include these shares in registration statements that we might file for ourselves or other stockholders.

We also intend to register all common stock that we may issue under our equity incentive plans. Effective upon the completion of this offering, an aggregate of              shares of our common stock will be reserved for future issuance under these plans (assuming no exercise of outstanding options after June 30, 2014). Once we register these shares, which we plan to do shortly after the completion of this offering, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements referred to above. If a large number of these shares are sold in the public market, the sales could reduce the trading price of our common stock. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a more detailed description of sales that may occur in the future.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price will be substantially higher than the net tangible book value of each outstanding share of common stock immediately after this offering. If you purchase common stock in this

 

34


Table of Contents

offering, you will suffer immediate and substantial dilution. At an assumed initial public offering price of $         with net proceeds to the Company of $         million, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, investors who purchase shares in this offering from us will have contributed approximately     % of the total amount of funding we have received to date, but the shares purchased from us in this offering will represent only approximately     % of the total voting rights. The dilution will be $         per share in the net tangible book value of the common stock from the assumed initial public offering price. In addition, if outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock are exercised, there could be further dilution. For more information refer to “Dilution.”

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research or reports about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will, to some extent, depend on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us and our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our common stock or change their opinion of our common stock, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

We will incur significant increased expenses and administrative burdens as a public company, which could have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial results.

We will face increased legal, accounting, administrative and other costs and expenses as a public company that we do not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including the requirements of Section 404, as well as rules and regulations subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and the             , impose additional reporting and other obligations on public companies. We expect that compliance with public company requirements will increase our costs and make some activities more time-consuming. A number of those requirements will require us to carry out activities we have not done previously. For example, we will create new board committees and adopt new internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures. In addition, we will incur additional expenses associated with our SEC reporting requirements. Furthermore, if we identify any issues in complying with those requirements (for example, if we or our auditors identify a material weakness or significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting), we could incur additional costs rectifying those issues, and the existence of those issues could adversely affect us, our reputation or investor perceptions of us. We also expect that it will be more expensive to obtain director and officer liability insurance. Risks associated with our status as a public company may make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. We expect that the additional reporting and other obligations imposed on us by these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and the costs of our related legal, accounting and administrative activities by approximately $         million per year. These increased costs will require us to divert a significant amount of money that we could otherwise use to expand our business and achieve our strategic objectives. Advocacy efforts by stockholders and third parties may also prompt additional changes in governance and reporting requirements, which could further increase our costs.

We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our common stock and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common stock.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and do not currently intend to do so for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. Therefore, you are not likely to receive any dividends on your common stock for the foreseeable future, and the success of an investment in shares of our common stock will depend upon future appreciation in its value, if any. There is no guarantee that shares of our common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which our stockholders purchased their shares.

 

35


Table of Contents

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law might discourage, delay, or prevent a change in control of our company or changes in our management and, therefore, depress the trading price of our common stock.

Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law might discourage, delay, or prevent a merger, acquisition, or other change in control that stockholders consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares of our common stock. These provisions might also prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our management. These provisions include:

 

    limitations on the removal of directors;

 

    advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations;

 

    limitations on the ability of stockholders to call special meetings;

 

    the inability of stockholders to cumulate votes at any election of directors;

 

    the classification of our board of directors into three classes with only one class, representing approximately one-third of our directors, standing for election at each annual meeting; and

 

    the ability of our board of directors to make, alter or repeal our amended and restated bylaws.

Our board of directors has the ability to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred stock without stockholder approval. In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder, generally a person which together with its affiliates owns, or within the last three years has owned, 15% of our voting stock, for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner.

The existence of the foregoing provisions and anti-takeover measures could limit the price that investors are willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. They could also deter potential acquirers of our company, thereby reducing the likelihood that you could receive a premium for your common stock in an acquisition.

We currently qualify as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

The JOBS Act permits “emerging growth companies” like us to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the exemption from complying with new or revised accounting standards provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act as long as we are an emerging growth company. An emerging growth company can therefore delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies.

For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we intend to take advantage of certain other exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies including, but not limited to, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved, and exemptions from the requirements of auditor attestation reports on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We have elected to take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised

 

36


Table of Contents

accounting standards under Section 102(B)(1), which will allow us to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until those standards apply to private companies. As a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates.

We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, or (c) in which we become a large accelerated filer, which means that we have been public for at least 12 months, have filed at least one annual report and the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last day of our then most recently completed second fiscal quarter, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

 

37


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus, including the sections titled “Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business,” contains forward-looking statements. In particular, statements pertaining to our capital resources, dividend policy and results of operations contain forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements convey our current expectations or forecasts of future events. All statements contained in this prospectus, other than statements of historical fact, are forward-looking. You can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “can,” “continue,” “could,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “plans,” “seeks,” “should,” “will,” or “would” or the negative of these terms or similar words or phrases.

There are a number of important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the results anticipated by these forward-looking statements. These important factors include those that we discuss in the section titled “Risk Factors.” You should read these factors and the other cautionary statements made in this prospectus as being applicable to all related forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this prospectus. If one or more of these factors materialize, or if any underlying assumptions prove incorrect, our actual results, performance or achievements may vary materially from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Accordingly, we cannot guarantee future results or performance. We undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market share, is based on information from various sources (including and other industry publications, surveys, forecasts and our internal research), and on assumptions that we have made, which we believe are reasonable, based on those data and other similar sources and on our knowledge of the markets for our services. Our internal research has not been verified by any independent source, and we have not independently verified any third-party information and cannot assure you of its accuracy or completeness. While we believe the market position, market opportunity and market share information included in this prospectus is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the projections, assumptions and estimates included in this prospectus.

 

38


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $         million, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares, there will be no change in total proceeds to us, as any additional shares would be sold by the selling stockholders.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We intend to use approximately $         million of the net proceeds from this offering to:

 

    pay unpaid dividends accumulated through the closing of this offering on our outstanding shares of preferred stock, as follows:

 

    $         million in dividends will be paid on our outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock, which have accrued at a rate of 8% per annum of the original issue price of each such share of preferred stock, of which the amount payable in cash as of June 30, 2014 is $4.0 million and is estimated to be $         million upon the closing of this offering; and

 

    $         million in dividends will be paid on our outstanding shares of Series B preferred stock, which have accrued at a rate of 8% per annum of the original issue price of each such share of preferred stock, of which the amount payable in cash as of June 30, 2014 is $3.1 million and is estimated to be $         million upon the closing of this offering.

 

    repay outstanding promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of approximately $2.7 million and accrued unpaid interest thereon; the amount payable was $3.1 million as of June 30, 2014 and is estimated to be $         million upon the closing of this offering.

 

    repay outstanding promissory notes (held by investors affiliated with members of our board of directors) in the aggregate principal amount of approximately $1.3 million and accrued unpaid interest thereon; the amount payable was $1.3 million as of June 30, 2014 and is estimated to be $         million upon the closing of this offering, which includes an exit fee of $0.6 million. See the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

We intend to use the remainder for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including to develop new technologies, fund capital expenditures, make investments in or acquisitions of other businesses, solutions or technologies or repay a portion of our outstanding borrowings. We currently have no plan or proposal to make any particular such investment or acquisition. We do not have current specific plans for the use of a significant portion of the net proceeds from this offering.

As a result of the anticipated payment of accumulated and unpaid dividends on our outstanding shares of preferred stock, certain of our executive officers, directors, beneficial owners of 5% or more of our outstanding shares of common stock and affiliated entities who are holders of our preferred stock will receive approximately $         million in dividends on our outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock, which have accumulated at a rate of 8% per annum of the original issue price of each such share of preferred stock, of which the amount payable in cash as of          is $         million, and approximately $         million in dividends on our outstanding shares of Series B preferred stock, which have accumulated at a rate of 8% per annum of the original issue price of each such share of preferred stock, of which the amount payable in cash as of          is $         million.

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders. In the event that the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the selling stockholders who are our executive officers, members of our board of directors, beneficial owners of 5% or more of our

 

39


Table of Contents

outstanding shares of common stock and affiliated entities, will receive approximately $         million of net proceeds from the sale of shares in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions payable by such selling stockholders.

Pending the uses mentioned above, we intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade securities. Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds to us from this offering, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the proceeds.

 

40


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock and we do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Neither Delaware law nor our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering requires our board of directors to declare dividends on our common stock. Any future determination to declare cash dividends on our common stock will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, covenants under our credit facility with Wells Fargo, or Credit Facility, and other debt instruments, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

41


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our consolidated cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 30, 2014, on:

 

    an actual basis;

 

    a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock and Series B preferred stock into 44,584,626 shares of common stock, (ii) the payment of all accrued but unpaid dividends on the shares of Series A preferred stock and Series B preferred stock, totaling approximately $         million upon the closing of this offering and (iii) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation; and

 

    a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the pro forma matters described above and to further reflect our receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table below is for illustrative purposes only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

You should read the information in this table together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes, the sections titled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the other information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of June 30, 2014
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
as adjusted
     (in thousands, except share and per
share data)

Capitalization:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 297       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

      

Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 26,100,000 shares designated, 24,888,073 issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma

     24,888       

Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 20,700,000 shares designated, 19,696,553 issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma

     19,697       

Stockholders’ Deficit:

      

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 54,700,000 shares authorized, 552,164 shares issued and outstanding, actual; $0.001 par value,                  shares authorized,                  shares issued and outstanding, pro forma

     1       

Additional paid-in capital

     7,783       

Accumulated deficit

     (127,139     (127,139  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (119,355    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

Total capitalization

   $ (74,770    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

42


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the per share offering price of the common stock is substantially in excess of the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.

As of June 30, 2014, we had a net tangible book value of $         million, or approximately $         per share of common stock (based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding on a pro forma basis). Net tangible book value represents total tangible assets (total assets less goodwill and other intangible assets) less total consolidated liabilities, and pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities and divided by the total number of shares of common stock outstanding after giving effect to the conversion of our preferred stock into shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering. Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after the completion of this offering.

After giving effect to the sale of              shares of common stock offered by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of                     , 2014 would have been $         million, or $         per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $         per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $         per share to new investors in our common stock. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Initial public offering price per share

   $        

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2014

   $     

Increase per share attributable to this offering

   $     

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

   $     

Net tangible book value dilution per share to investors in this offering

   $     

The following table shows, as of June 30, 2014, on the pro froma basis described above, the difference between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the weighted average price paid per share by existing stockholders and by investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering:

 

                                                                                                                                      
     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number    Percentage     Amount      Percentage    

Existing Stockholders

                   $                             $            

New Investors

        $          
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

                   $                      $            
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, by $         per share and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering by $         per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

 

43


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The tables on the following pages set forth the consolidated financial and operating data as of and for the periods indicated. Financial information for periods prior to 2012 has not been provided. The condensed consolidated statements of operations data presented below for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The condensed consolidated statements of operations data presented below for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 and the condensed consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2014 have been derived from the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited financial information on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements.

The results presented for 2012 below do not reflect the results of DestinationRX, Inc., which we acquired in January 2013.

The following information should be read in conjunction with our condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes, the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the other information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations Data

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2014     2013     2013     2012  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

     (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)   

Revenue

   $ 35,251      $ 19,288      $ 58,326      $ 29,626   

Cost of Revenue (1)

     25,354        21,639        50,173        22,886   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Margin

     9,897        (2,351     8,153        6,740   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Expenses:

        

Research and Development (1)

     8,685        5,803        11,806        7,371   

Sales and Marketing (1)

     3,709        3,099        6,800        6,644   

General and Administrative (1)

     6,351        5,270        12,187        7,492   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Operating Expenses

     18,745        14,172        30,793        21,507   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from Operations

     (8,848     (16,523     (22,640     (14,767
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Expenses:

        

Interest Expense

     2,386        2,519        4,644        1,992   

Other Expense

     826                        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before Income taxes

     (12,060     (19,042     (27,284     (16,759
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income Tax (Expense) Benefit

     (11     1,031        900        3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Loss

   $ (12,071   $ (18,011   $ (26,384   $ (16,756
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Loss per common share—basic and diluted

   $ (25.37   $ (35.96   $ (54.46   $ (4.68
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per common share—basic and diluted (2)

   $ (0.31     $ (0.67  
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding—basic and diluted

     552,164        552,164        552,164        4,061,586   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding—pro forma

     45,136,790          45,136,790     
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

Other Financial Data:

        

Adjusted gross margin (3)

     11,947        (539     11,984        7,572   

Adjusted EBITDA (4)

     (5,587     (14,083     (17,291     (13,054

 

44


Table of Contents

 

(1) Cost of revenue and operating expenses include stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
     Year Ended
December 31,
 
        2014            2013             2013              2012      
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of Revenue

   $ 61       $ 30       $ 92       $ 121   

Research and Development

     40         15         55         48   

Sales and Marketing

     17         17         34         61   

General and Administrative

     589         150         458         470   

 

(2) Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share have been calculated assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate 44,584,626 shares of common stock as of the beginning of the applicable period.
(3) We define adjusted gross margin as gross margin before depreciation and amortization expense, as well as stock-based compensation expense. See the section titled “Adjusted Gross Margin and Adjusted EBITDA” below for more information and for a reconciliation of adjusted gross margin to gross margin, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.
(4) We defined adjusted EBITDA as net loss before net interest, other expense, taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, adjusted to eliminate stock-based compensation and non-cash impairments of goodwill, intangible and long-lived assets, if any. See the section titled “Adjusted Gross Margin and Adjusted EBITDA” below for more information and for a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to EBITDA, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.

Our Segments

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2014      2013         2013             2012      
     (dollars in thousands)  

Segment Statements of Operations Data:

         

Revenue:

         

Enterprise/Commercial

   $ 17,960       $ 10,500      $ 33,028      $ 28,341   

Enterprise/State

     7,086         30        3,177        65   

Medicare

     7,900         6,566        15,941          

Private Exchange

     2,305         2,192        6,180        1,220   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Revenue

   $ 35,251       $ 19,288      $ 58,326      $ 29,626   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Margin:

         

Enterprise/Commercial

   $ 2,454       $ (4,390   $ (747   $ 7,241   

Enterprise/State

     2,148         (1,492     (1,121     (784

Medicare

     4,823         2,692        7,839          

Private Exchange

     472         839        2,182        283   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Gross Margin

   $ 9,897       $ (2,351   $ 8,153      $ 6,740   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

45


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet Data

 

     As of June 30, 2014     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     Actual     Pro Forma (1)     2013     2012  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 297          2,277        1,476   

Accounts receivable—net of allowances

     12,877        12,877        20,935        6,183   

Total assets

     85,843          94,233        24,125   

Deferred revenue, total

     78,142        78,142        87,855        40,070   

Capital lease obligations, total

     739        739        975          

Long-term debt

     49,363          32,818        5,562   

Total liabilities

     153,516          150,542        54,689   

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

     51,682               49,475        46,060   

Common Stock

     1          1        1   

Additional paid-in capital

     7,783          9,013        12,059   

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (119,355     (119,355     (106,054     (76,624

 

(1) The pro forma as adjusted balance sheet data gives effect to (i) assumed conversion of 44,584,626 of redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock on a one-for-one basis, (ii) mandatory $7.1 million payment of June 30, 2014 accumulated redeemable convertible preferred stock dividends and (iii) issuance and sale of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering prices of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Adjusted Gross Margin and Adjusted EBITDA

Within this prospectus we use adjusted gross margin and adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or adjusted EBITDA, to provide investors with additional information regarding our financial results. Adjusted gross margin and adjusted EBITDA are non-GAAP (Generally Accepted Accounting Principles) financial measures. We have provided below reconciliations of these measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures, which for adjusted gross margin is gross margin, and for adjusted EBITDA is net loss.

We have included adjusted gross margin and adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because they are key measures used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget, and to develop short- and long-term operational plans. We believe the exclusion of non-cash charges such as depreciation, amortization and stock-based compensation from adjusted EBITDA and adjusted gross margin allows us to have better insight into the core operating performance of our business. The amount of such expenses in any specific period may not directly correlate with the underlying performance of our business operations during the period and such expenses can vary significantly between periods. The use of adjusted EBITDA and adjusted gross margin provides consistency and comparability with our past financial performance and facilitates period-to-period comparisons of operations that could otherwise be masked by the effect of the expenses that we exclude from these non-GAAP financial measures and facilitates comparisons with other peer companies, many of which use similar non-GAAP financial measures to supplement their GAAP results. Additionally, securities analysts use a measure similar to adjusted EBITDA and adjusted gross margin as supplemental measures to evaluate the overall operating performance and comparison of companies, and we anticipate that after consummating this offering, our investor and analyst presentations will include these measures. Accordingly, we believe that adjusted gross margin and adjusted EBITDA provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results.

 

46


Table of Contents

Our use of adjusted gross margin and adjusted EBITDA as analytical tools has limitations, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our financial results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

    although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized might have to be replaced in the future, and adjusted gross margin and adjusted EBITDA do not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;

 

    adjusted gross margin and adjusted EBITDA do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

    adjusted gross margin and adjusted EBITDA do not reflect the potentially dilutive impact of stock-based compensation;

 

    adjusted gross margin and adjusted EBITDA do not reflect interest or tax payments that could reduce the cash available to us; and

 

    other companies, including companies in our industry, might calculate adjusted gross margin and adjusted EBITDA or similarly titled measures differently, which reduces their usefulness as comparative measures.

Because of these and other limitations, you should consider adjusted gross margin and adjusted EBITDA alongside other GAAP-based financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, gross margin, net loss and our other GAAP financial results. The following table presents a reconciliation of adjusted gross margin to gross margin and adjusted EBITDA to net loss for each of the periods indicated:

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2014     2013     2013     2012  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Reconciliation from Gross Margin to Adjusted Gross Margin:

        

Gross Margin

   $ 9,897      $ (2,351   $ 8,153      $ 6,740   

Depreciation and amortization

     1,989        1,782        3,739        711   

Stock-based compensation expense

     61        30        92        121   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted gross margin

   $ 11,947      $ (539   $ 11,984      $ 7,572   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation from Net Loss to Adjusted EBITDA:

        

Net loss

   $ (12,071   $ (18,011   $ (26,384   $ (16,756

Depreciation and amortization

     2,554        2,228        4,710        1,013   

Interest expense

     2,386        2,519        4,644        1,992   

Other expense

     826                        

Income taxes

     11        (1,031     (900     (3

Stock-based compensation expense

     707        212        639        700   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net Adjustments

     6,484        3,928        9,093        3,702   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (5,587   $ (14,083   $ (17,291   $ (13,054
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

47


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in the section titled “Risk Factors.”

Overview

We are a leading web-based consumer shopping, enrollment and retention platform for health insurance distribution. Our solutions support the industry evolution towards a consumer-centric experience that is transforming how health insurance is purchased and distributed. Our solutions offer personalized health insurance shopping experience that recommends the best fit insurance plan based on an individual’s preferences, health status, preferred providers, medications and expected out-of-pocket costs. Our customers are health insurance marketplace operators, such as health plans, brokers, and exchange operators, that must distribute health insurance in a cost-effective manner to a growing number of insured consumers. Our solutions automate key functions in the health insurance distribution process, allowing our customers to price and present plan options accurately to consumers and efficiently enroll, renew and manage plan members.

We serve four separate but related market segments: Enterprise/Commercial, Enterprise/State, Medicare and Private Exchange. Our largest market segment is the Enterprise/Commercial market, in which we sell our solutions to health plans. Our Enterprise/State segment sells our sales automation solutions to state governments, which allow our state government customers to offer customized individual and small group exchanges. Our Medicare segment sells web-based Medicare plan comparison and enrollment tools to a variety of different customers, including health plans, pharmacy benefit managers, or PBMs, pharmacies, field marketing organizations, or FMOs, and call centers. Lastly, our Private Exchange, or On Ramp, segment sells comprehensive defined-contribution benefit exchange solutions to benefit consultants, brokers, exchange operators and aggregators. We believe our presence in these markets and resulting access to such a broad and diverse customer base gives us a strong position at the center of the health insurance distribution marketplace.

We sell our web-based solutions and related services primarily through our direct sales force. We derive most of our revenue from software services fees, which primarily consist of monthly subscription fees paid to us for access to, usage and hosting of our web-based insurance distribution software solutions, and related production support services. Software services fees paid to us from our Enterprise/Commercial customers are based on the size of the health plan for a specified period of time, which usually ranges from three to five years, and the number of software modules used. Software services fees paid to us from our Enterprise/State customers are based on the number of software solutions modules contracted to be used, for a specified period of time, which usually ranges from one to three years. Software services fees paid to us from our Medicare and Private Exchange customers are based on the volume of enrollments for which our software solutions are utilized for a contracted period, which usually ranges from one to three years. Software services revenue accounted for approximately 68% and 57% of our total revenue during the years ended 2013 and 2012, respectively, and for approximately 73% of our total revenue for each of the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013.

Our customer contracts are generally only cancellable by the customer in an instance of our uncured breach, although some of our customers are able to terminate their respective contracts without cause or for convenience. Of our top 20 customers by 2013 revenue, nine customers can terminate their contract for convenience upon written notice of between 30 and 60 days. These customers represented approximately $4.0 million, or 4.6% of our Contracted Backlog balance as of June 30, 2014.

 

48


Table of Contents

Another component of our revenue is professional services, which we primarily derive from the implementation of our customers onto our platform, typically including discovery, configuration and deployment, integration, testing and training. In general, it takes from six to fifteen months to implement a new Enterprise/Commercial or Enterprise/State customer’s insurance distribution solution and from one to three months to implement a new Medicare or Private Exchange insurance distribution solution. Professional services revenue accounted for approximately 24% and 42% of our total revenue during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and for approximately 24% and 23% of our total revenue for each of the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013.

We also derive a small portion of our revenue from commissions earned on annual employee enrollments in which our health plan network and software solutions are used in connection with each enrollment.

We believe that there is a substantial market for our products and services, and we have been investing in growth over the past two years. In particular, we have continued to invest in technology and services to better serve our customers, which we believe are an important source of growth for our business. We have also substantially increased our marketing and sales efforts and expect those increased efforts to continue. As we have invested in growth, we have had operating losses in each of the last two years. Due to the nature of our customer relationships, which have been very stable with relatively few customer losses over the past two years, and the long-term subscription nature of our financial model, we believe that our current investment in growth may lead to increased revenue, which would allow us to achieve profitability in the future. Of course, our ability to achieve profitability will continue to be subject to many factors beyond our control.

Management is focused on risks that could have an adverse impact on our operations and our key financial and operating performance metrics, as described below, and takes actions to mitigate those risks. In our Enterprise/Commercial segment, for example, while fluctuations in bookings are not uncommon given the sales cycle for product and services in that segment, management routinely assesses staffing levels required to support contracted business volume and adjusts staffing levels accordingly. As part of its ongoing assessment of our software capabilities, management also considers industry trends, such as consumers’ increased reliance on mobile devices, to determine where to allocate research and development funding. One of our overall strategic initiatives is to continue to increase the percentage of software services revenue (and reduce professional services revenue as a percentage of total revenue) as we believe this will have a positive impact on overall gross margins in the future.

Key Financial and Operating Performance Metrics

We regularly monitor a number of financial and operating metrics in order to measure our current performance and project our future performance. These metrics help us develop and refine our growth strategies and make strategic decisions. We discuss consolidated revenue, gross margin and the components of operating loss, as well as segment revenue and components of segment gross margin, in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Components of Operating Results.” In addition, we utilize other key metrics as described below.

Contracted Backlog

We believe the balance of contracted future billings, or Contracted Backlog, is an important indicator of the economic health of our business, as it provides an important source of visibility into our future sources of revenue.

We have generally signed multiple-year subscription contracts for our software services. The timing of our invoices to our customer is a negotiated term and thus varies among our software contracts. For multiple-year agreements, it is common to invoice an initial amount at contract signing for implementation work that is deferred, followed by subsequent annual, quarterly or monthly invoices once we launch a customer, which is when our product is usable by the customer. At any point in the contract term, there may be amounts that we

 

49


Table of Contents

have not yet been contractually able to invoice. Until such time as these amounts are invoiced, they are not recorded in revenue, deferred revenue or elsewhere in our consolidated financial statements and are considered by us to be Contracted Backlog. The amount of our total Contracted Backlog for software services and professional services contracts, which we define as including both cancellable and non-cancellable portions of our customer agreements that we have not yet billed, was approximately $70.2 million as of December 31, 2012, $76.2 million as of December 31, 2013 and $87.7 million as of June 30, 2014. Our total Contracted Backlog does not take into account contractual provisions that give customers a right to terminate their agreements with us. We fulfill Contracted Backlog associated with a customer contract when the customer implementation process is complete. Our implementation timelines can vary between one and 15 months based on the type of solution, source and condition of the data we receive from third parties, the configurations that we agree to provide and the size of the customer. As a result, our implementation timelines are subject to significant uncertainties, which can have a material impact on our total Contracted Backlog and Contracted Backlog that we fulfill in the current year. Based on our current implementation forecasts, we expect to fulfill our total Contracted Backlog as of June 30, 2014 over a period of approximately four years, with the substantial majority expected to be fulfilled after 2014. The portion of Contracted Backlog as of June 30, 2014 not reasonably expected to be fulfilled in 2014 is approximately $62.0 million.

The anticipated impact of the June 30, 2014 Contracted Backlog on each future year is as follows:

 

Year

   Millions of Dollars  

2015

   $ 29.4   

2016

     15.2   

2017

     9.5   

2018

     6.5   

2019

     1.3   
  

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 62.0   
  

 

 

 

We expect that the amount of our Contracted Backlog relative to the total value of our contracts will change from period to period for several reasons, including the amount of cash collected early in the contract term, the specific timing and duration of large customer contracts, varying invoicing cycles of customer contracts, potential customer upsells dependent on our customer contracts, the specific timing of customer renewal and changes in customer financial circumstances. Accordingly, we believe that fluctuations in our Contracted Backlog may not be a reliable indicator of our future revenue beyond one year.

Software Revenue Retention Rate

We believe that our ability to retain our customers and expand the revenue we generate from them over time is an important component of our growth strategy and reflects the long-term value of our customer relationships. We measure our performance on this basis using a metric we refer to as our Software Revenue Retention Rate. We calculate this metric for a particular period by establishing the group of our customers that had active contracts for a given period. We then calculate our Software Revenue Retention Rate by taking the amount of software revenue we recognized for this group in the subsequent comparable period (for which we are reporting the rate) and dividing it by the software revenue we recognized for the group in the prior period. Our active customers accounted for 96% and 100% of our revenue during the periods ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, and 100% and 94% during the periods ended June 30, 2014 and June 30, 2013, respectively.

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, our Software Revenue Retention Rate exceeded 95%.

 

50


Table of Contents

Adjusted Gross Margin and Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted gross margin represents our gross margin before depreciation and amortization, as well as stock-based compensation expense. Adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or adjusted EBITDA, represents our earnings before net interest and other expense, taxes, and depreciation and amortization expense, adjusted to eliminate stock-based compensation and non-cash impairments of goodwill, intangible, and other long-lived assets, if any. Adjusted gross margin and adjusted EBITDA are not measures calculated in accordance with GAAP, or Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. Please refer to “Consolidated Selected Financial Data—Adjusted Gross Margin and Adjusted EBITDA” in this prospectus for a discussion of the limitations of adjusted gross margin and adjusted EBITDA and reconciliations of adjusted gross margin to gross margin and adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most comparable GAAP measurements, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013.

Components of Operating Results

Revenue

We derive most of our revenue from software services fees, which primarily consist of monthly subscription fees paid to us for access to, usage and hosting of our web-based insurance distribution software solutions, and related production support services.

Software services fees paid to us from our Enterprise/Commercial customers are contracted rates based on the size of the health plan using our solutions for a specified period of time, which usually ranges from three to five years, and the number of software modules used. Software services fees paid to us from our Enterprise/State customers are contracted rates based on the number of software solutions modules being used for a specified period of time, which usually ranges from one to three years. Software services fees paid to us from our Medicare and Private Exchange customers are based on the volume of enrollments for which our software solutions are utilized for a contracted period, which usually ranges from one to three years. Our customer contracts are generally only cancellable by the customer in an instance of our uncured breach, although some of our customers are able to terminate their respective contracts without cause or for convenience. Software services revenue accounted for approximately 68% and 57% of our total revenue during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and for approximately 73% of our total revenue for each of the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013.

Another component of our revenue is professional services, which we primarily derive from the implementation of our customers onto our platform, typically including discovery, configuration and deployment, integration, testing and training. We derive the majority of our professional services revenue from the implementation of our customers onto our platform. In general, it takes from six to fifteen months to implement a new enterprise customer’s insurance distribution solution and from one to three months to implement a new Medicare or Private Exchange insurance distribution solutions. Professional services revenue accounted for approximately 24% and 42% of our total revenue during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and for approximately 24% and 23% of our total revenue for each of the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

We also derive a small portion of other revenue from commissions earned on annual employee enrollments in which our health plan network and software solutions are used in connection with each enrollment.

For all contractual arrangements that include multiple elements, we allocate revenue from a customer contract to software services and professional services based on the type of multiple element arrangement. For instance, with respect to multiple-element arrangements containing hosted software, we identify each software and professional services unit of accounting based on the terms of the customer contract and allocate revenue to each unit of accounting based on the relative selling price of each deliverable. Revenue from each element is

 

51


Table of Contents

recognized as each element is delivered. Similarly, for multiple-element arrangements containing non-hosted software, during the periods reported we accounted for the entire arrangement as a single unit of accounting, because some or all of the deliverable elements did not have stand-alone value when the related contracts were executed. In these situations, all revenue has been deferred until delivery of the final element, at which time the contract value is recognized ratably over the longer of the contract or expected customer relationship. Less than 5% of all of our customers in each of the periods reported had multiple-element arrangements containing non-hosted software.

We generally invoice our customers for software services in advance, in monthly, quarterly or annual installments. We invoice our Medicare and Private Exchange customers for implementation fees at the inception of the arrangement. We generally invoice our Enterprise/Commercial and Enterprise/State customers for implementation fees at various contractually defined times throughout the implementation process. Implementation fees that have been invoiced are initially recorded as deferred revenue until recognized.

Overhead Allocation

Expenses associated with our facilities and depreciation are allocated between cost of revenue and operating expenses based on employee payroll costs determined by the nature of work performed.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue primarily consists of salaries and other personnel-related costs, including benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation, for employees providing services to our customers and supporting our Enterprise and software-as-a-service, or SaaS, platform infrastructures. Additional expenses in cost of revenue include co-location facility costs for our data centers, depreciation expense for computer equipment directly associated with generating revenue, infrastructure maintenance costs, amortization expenses associated with deferred implementation costs and acquired intangible assets, allocated overhead and other direct costs.

Our cost of revenue is expensed as we incur the costs, with the exception of certain direct, incremental costs associated with new Enterprise/Commercial and Enterprise/State customer implementation efforts, which we capitalize. The related revenue from fees we receive for our implementation services performed before a customer is operating on our platform is deferred until the commencement of the monthly subscription and recognized as revenue ratably over the longer of the related contract term or the estimated expected life of the customer relationship. Therefore, certain costs incurred in providing these services are expensed in periods prior to the recognition of the corresponding revenue. Our cost associated with providing implementation services has been significantly higher as a percentage of revenue than our cost associated with providing our monthly subscription services due to the labor associated with providing implementation services.

We plan to continue to expand our capacity to support our growth, which will result in higher cost of revenue in absolute dollars. However, we expect cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue to decline and gross margins to increase primarily from the growth of the percentage of our revenue from software services and the realization of economies of scale driven by retention of our customers.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses consist of research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses. Salaries and personnel-related costs are the most significant component of each of these expense categories. We expect to continue to hire new employees in these areas in order to support our anticipated revenue growth. As a result, we expect our operating expenses to increase in both aggregate dollars and as a percentage of revenue in the near term, but to decrease as a percentage of revenue over the longer term as we achieve economies of scale.

 

52


Table of Contents

Research and development expense.  The nature of our research and development activities includes market requirements and definition, product design, software development, quality assurance and product release. Research and development expense consists primarily of salaries and other personnel-related costs, including benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation for our research and development employees. Additional expenses include costs related to the development, quality assurance, and testing of new technology, and enhancement of our existing platform technology, consulting, travel and allocated overhead. We believe continuing to invest in research and development efforts is essential to maintaining our competitive position. We expect our research and development expense to increase in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue for the near term, but decrease as a percentage of revenue over the longer term as we achieve economies of scale.

Sales and marketing expense.  Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of salaries and other personnel-related costs, including benefits, bonuses, stock-based compensation and commissions for our sales and marketing employees. We record expense for commissions at the time of contract signing. Additional expenses include advertising, lead generation, promotional event programs, corporate communications, travel and allocated overhead. We expect our sales and marketing expense to increase in both absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue in the foreseeable future as we further increase the number of our sales and marketing employees and expand our marketing activities in order to continue to grow our business.

General and administrative expense.  General and administrative expense consists primarily of salaries and other personnel-related costs, including benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation for administrative, finance and accounting, information systems, legal, information technology and human resource employees. Additional expenses include consulting and professional fees, insurance and other corporate expenses, and travel. We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase as a result of operating as a public company and will include costs associated with compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and other regulations governing public companies, increased costs of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, increased professional services expenses and costs associated with an enhanced investor relations function.

Other Expenses

Other expenses consists primarily of interest expense incurred on outstanding borrowings under our financing obligations, existing notes and credit facilities. Additionally, in the six months ended June 30, 2014, we recorded a $0.6 million non-operating charge to Other Expense in connection with a $1.3 million bridge loan extended to us by certain of our investors. The charge was recorded to recognize a liability associated with an exit fee that was included in the terms of the bridge loan and which is payable upon maturity of the bridge loan.

Income Tax (Expense) Benefit

Income taxes primarily consist of United States federal and state income tax net operating loss benefits, net of changes in valuation allowances. Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount we believe is more likely than not to be realized.

We recorded a net income tax benefit of approximately $0.9 million and $0.0 million in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The benefit in 2013 resulted primarily from a $1.2 million benefit realized in the six months ended June 30, 2013 related to the change in our estimate of the Company deferred tax assets, which, as a result of the January 2013 acquisition of DRX, we believe are more likely than not to be realized.

As a result of cumulative net operating losses we have net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes of $46.8 million as of December 31, 2013. State net operating loss carryforwards were approximately $34.7 million as of December 31, 2013. Our net operating losses will expire at various dates beginning in 2020, if not utilized. As a result of prior equity issuances and other transactions in our stock, we have previously experienced “ownership changes” under Section 382 which limit the amount of net operating

 

53


Table of Contents

loss carryforwards available to us. We may also experience ownership changes in the future, such as those contemplated in this offering or future transactions in our stock, which may result in further limitation of the amount of net operating losses which may be available in future years.

Results of Operations

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations Data

The following table sets forth our condensed consolidated statements of operations data for each of the periods indicated.

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Year Ended December 31,  
     2014     2013     2013     2012  
     (in thousands, except share amounts)  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

        

Revenue

   $ 35,251      $ 19,288      $ 58,326      $ 29,626   

Cost of Revenue (1)

     25,354        21,639        50,173        22,886   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Margin

     9,897        (2,351     8,153        6,740   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Expenses:

        

Research and Development (1)

     8,685        5,803        11,806        7,371   

Sales and Marketing (1)

     3,709        3,099        6,800        6,644   

General and Administrative (1)

     6,351        5,270        12,187        7,492   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Operating Expenses

     18,745        14,172        30,793        21,507   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from Operations

     (8,848     (16,523     (22,640     (14,767
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Expenses:

        

Interest Expense

     2,386        2,519        4,644        1,992   

Other Expense

     826                        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before Income taxes

     (12,060     (19,042     (27,284     (16,759
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income Tax (Expense) Benefit

     (11     1,031        900        3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Loss

   $ (12,071   $ (18,011   $ (26,384   $ (16,756
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding—basic and diluted

     552,164        552,164        552,164        4,061,586   

Other Financial Data:

        

Adjusted gross margin

     11,947        (539     11,984        7,572   

Adjusted EBITDA

     (5,587     (14,083     (17,291     (13,054

 

(1) Cost of revenue and operating expenses include stock-based compensation expense as follows:

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
     Year Ended
December 31,
 
        2014            2013             2013              2012      
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of Revenue

   $ 61       $ 30       $ 92       $ 121   

Research and Development

     40         15         55         48   

Sales and Marketing

     17         17         34         61   

General and Administrative

     589         150         458         470   

 

54


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth our condensed consolidated statements of operations data as a percentage of revenue for each of the periods indicated.

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
        2014           2013        2013     2012  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations Data as Percentage of Revenue:

        

Revenue

     100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0

Cost of Revenue

     71.9        112.2        86.0        77.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Margin

     28.1     (12.2 )%      14.0     22.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Expenses:

        

Research and Development

     24.6     30.1     20.2     24.9

Sales and Marketing

     10.5        16.1        11.7        22.4   

General and Administrative

     18.0        27.3        20.9        25.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Operating Expenses

     53.2     73.5     52.8     72.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from Operations

     (25.1 )%      (85.7 )%      (38.8 )%      (49.8 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Expenses:

        

Interest Expense

     6.8     13.1     8.0     6.7

Other Expense

     2.3        0.0        0.0        0.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before Income taxes

     (34.2 )%      (98.7 )%      (46.8 )%      (56.6 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income Tax (Expense) Benefit

     0.0     5.3     1.5     0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Loss

     (34.2 )%      (93.4 )%      (45.2 )%      (56.6 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Our Segments

The following table sets forth segment results for revenue and gross margin for the periods indicated:

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2014      2013         2013             2012      
     (dollars in thousands)  

Segment Statements of Operations Data:

         

Revenue:

         

Enterprise/Commercial

   $ 17,960       $ 10,500      $ 33,028      $ 28,341   

Enterprise/State

     7,086         30        3,177        65   

Medicare

     7,900         6,566        15,941          

Private Exchange

     2,305         2,192        6,180        1,220   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Revenue

   $ 35,251       $ 19,288      $ 58,326      $ 29,626   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross Margin:

         

Enterprise/Commercial

   $ 2,454       $ (4,390   $ (747   $ 7,241   

Enterprise/State

     2,148         (1,492     (1,121     (784

Medicare

     4,823         2,692        7,839          

Private Exchange

     472         839        2,182        283   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Gross Margin

   $ 9,897       $ (2,351   $ 8,153      $ 6,740   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

55


Table of Contents

Comparison of Six Months Ended June 30, 2014 and 2013

Revenue

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,     Period-to-Period Change  
     2014     2013    
     Amount      % of
Revenue
    Amount      % of
Revenue
        Amount              %      
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue by Type:

  

Software services

   $ 25,588         72.6   $ 14,033         72.8   $ 11,555         82.3

Professional services

     8,513         24.1        4,458         23.1        4,055         91.0   

Other

     1,150         3.3        797         4.1        353         44.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 35,251         100.0   $ 19,288         100.0   $ 15,963         82.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Growth in software services revenue was primarily attributable to the addition of new customers across all of our segments. Our professional services revenue increased between the six months ended June 30, 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014, due to revenue recognized from newly completed implementations.

Segment Revenue

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,     Period-to-Period Change  
     2014     2013    
     Amount      % of
Revenue
    Amount      % of
Revenue
        Amount          %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue by Segment:

  

Enterprise/Commercial

   $ 17,960         50.9   $ 10,500         54.4   $ 7,460         71.0

Enterprise/State

     7,086         20.1        30         0.2        7,056         *   

Medicare

     7,900         22.4        6,566         34.0        1,334         20.3   

Private Exchange

     2,305         6.5        2,192         11.4        113         5.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Revenue

   $ 35,251         100.0   $ 19,288         100.0   $ 15,963         82.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Not meaningful

The growth in our Enterprise/Commercial revenue was primarily attributable to a $5.1 million increase in our software services revenue and a $2.3 million increase in professional services revenue driven by an increase in the number of health plan customers using our platform as of June 30, 2014 as compared to June 30, 2013. The growth in our Enterprise/State revenue was primarily attributable to an increase of $4.5 million in software services revenue driven by new state exchange customers using our platform and a $2.6 million increase in professional services revenue, driven primarily by revenue recognized from new customer implementations completed in the fourth quarter of 2013. The growth in our Medicare and Private Exchange revenue was primarily attributable to a $1.9 million increase in software services revenue driven by an increase in the number of health plan and broker customers using our platform as of June 30, 2014 as compared to June 30, 2013, offset by a $0.8 million decrease in professional services revenue.

Cost of Revenue

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,     Period-to-Period Change  
     2014     2013    
     Amount      % of
Revenue
    Amount      % of
Revenue
        Amount              %      
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of Revenue

   $ 25,354         71.9   $ 21,639         112.2   $ 3,715         17.2

 

56


Table of Contents

The increase in cost of revenue in absolute dollars was primarily attributable to a $3.5 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs for employees providing services to our customers and supporting our enterprise and software-as-a-service, or SaaS, platform infrastructure and a $0.1 million increase in amortization, offset by a $0.1 million decrease in hosting costs to support our platform.

Segment Gross Margin

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,     Period-to-Period Change  
     2014     2013    
     Amount      % of
Revenue
    Amount     % of
Revenue
        Amount             %      
     (dollars in thousands)  

Segment Gross Margin:

  

Enterprise/Commercial

   $ 2,454         13.7   $ (4,390     (41.8 )%    $ 6,844        *   

Enterprise/State

     2,148         30.3        (1,492     *        3,640        *   

Medicare

     4,823         61.1        2,692        41.0     2,131        79.2   

Private Exchange

     472         20.5        839        38.3        (367     (43.7 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Gross Margin

   $ 9,897         28.1   $ (2,351     (12.2 )%    $ 12,248        *   
  

 

 

      

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

* Not meaningful

Enterprise/Commercial gross margin increased in absolute dollars by $6.8 million between the six months ended June 30, 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014. The increase was driven primarily by a $7.5 million increase in Enterprise/Commercial revenue, partially offset by a $0.6 million increase in Enterprise/Commercial cost of revenue. The increase in cost of revenue is primarily attributable to costs associated with providing implementation services, which increased due to a higher number of new health plan customer implementations. Our Enterprise/Commercial gross margin included $0.3 million and $0.2 million of depreciation and amortization for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Enterprise/State gross margin increased by $3.6 million between the six months ended June 30, 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014. The increase was driven primarily by a $7.1 million increase in Enterprise/State revenue, partially offset by a $3.4 million increase in Enterprise/State cost of revenue. The increase in cost of revenue is primarily attributable to amortization of previously deferred implementation costs related to new customer implementations that were completed in the fourth quarter of 2013. Our Enterprise/State gross margin included $0.1 million in depreciation and amortization for both of the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013.

Medicare gross margin increased by $2.1 million between the six months ended June 30, 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014. The increase was driven primarily by a $1.3 million increase in Medicare revenue, in addition to a $0.8 million decrease in Medicare cost of revenue. The decrease in cost of revenue is primarily attributable to a decrease in personnel costs. Our Medicare gross margin included $1.3 million and $1.2 million in depreciation and amortization for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Private Exchange gross margin decreased by $0.4 million between the six months ended June 30, 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014. The $0.5 million increase in Private Exchange cost of revenue drove the decrease in gross margin, offset by a $0.1 million increase in Private Exchange revenue. The increase in cost of revenue is primarily attributable to an increase in personnel costs to support new customer implementation efforts. Our Private Exchange gross margin included $0.4 million in depreciation and amortization for both the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013.

The negative gross margins recorded in the Enterprise/Commercial and Enterprise/State reportable segments during the six months ended June 30, 2013 were primarily caused by the amount of indirect labor and overhead

 

57


Table of Contents

in cost of revenue that indirectly support future revenue, but which may not be deferred and capitalized to “deferred implementation costs” on our consolidated balance sheet. Specifically, in both reportable segments, the Company experienced a significant level of new customer implementation activity (more than 30 software implementations) during the period reported. The Company deferred the corresponding implementation services revenue and direct costs associated with those implementations, but expensed the associated indirect labor and overhead in cost of revenue. As the Enterprise/Commercial and Enterprise/State software implementations were completed during the fourth quarter of 2013 and the first quarter of 2014, the Company started amortizing the deferred revenue and related deferred implementation costs associated with these implementations. The transition from a period of implementing software with no revenue to a period of customer software usage and revenue recognition is a key driver of the change from the negative gross margins recorded in the Enterprise/Commercial and Enterprise/State reportable segments during the six months ended June 30, 2013 to positive gross margins in the six months ended June 30, 2014.

Research and Development

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,     Period-to-Period Change  
     2014     2013    
     Amount      % of
Revenue
    Amount      % of
Revenue
        Amount              %      
     (dollars in thousands)  

Research and Development

   $ 8,685         24.6   $ 5,803         30.1   $ 2,882         49.7

The increase in research and development expense in dollars was primarily attributable to a $1.8 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs, due to additional research and development headcount. Additionally, we experienced a $0.4 million increase in engineering consulting fees for assistance in product development and $0.2 million related to increases in travel costs driven by an increase in headcount.

The impact of increased expenditures on these research and development activities during the periods in question resulted in expanded product capabilities with our Private Exchange software solution, which have since translated into new customer contracts and revenue opportunities for us in 2014, and productivity enhancements via reduced implementation cycle times in our Enterprise/Commercial software solutions, which we anticipate will lead to lower implementation costs in future periods. The increased expenditures on these activities have also resulted in expanded product capabilities with our Enterprise/State solution that will allow us to pursue sales opportunities in new markets and improved Medicare shopping, enrollment and member engagement software capabilities, which we expect will lead to incremental sales in future periods.

Sales and Marketing

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,     Period-to-Period
Change
 
     2014     2013    
     Amount      % of
Revenue
    Amount      % of
Revenue
    Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Sales and Marketing

   $ 3,709         10.5   $ 3,099         16.1   $ 610         19.7

 

58


Table of Contents

The increase in sales and marketing expense in dollars was primarily attributable to a $0.2 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs, due to sales employees hired to continue driving revenue growth, and a $0.3 million increase in sales commission and bonus expense.

General and Administrative

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,     Period-to-Period
Change
 
     2014     2013    
     Amount      % of
Revenue
    Amount      % of
Revenue
    Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

General and Administrative

   $ 6,351         18.0   $ 5,270         27.3   $ 1,081         20.5

The increase in general and administrative expense in dollars was primarily attributable to a $0.8 million increase in professional service fees. In addition, we experienced a $0.4 million increase in stock-based compensation expense. While we expect our general and administrative expenses will grow in absolute dollars as our business grows, we believe such expenses as a percent of revenues will decline.

Interest Expense

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,     Period-to-Period
Change
 
     2014     2013    
     Amount      % of
Revenue
    Amount      % of
Revenue
    Amount     %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Interest Expense

   $ 2,386         6.8   $ 2,519         13.1   ($ 133     (5.3 )% 

The decrease in interest expense in dollars was primarily attributable to a lower weighted average cost of debt on our outstanding borrowings during the six months ended June 30, 2014 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Period-to-Period
Change
 
     2013     2012    
     Amount      % of
Revenue
    Amount      % of
Revenue
    Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue by Type:

  

Software services

   $ 39,673         68.0   $ 16,906         57.1   $ 22,767         134.7

Professional services

     13,995         24.0        12,402         41.9        1,593         12.8   

Other

     4,658         8.0        318         1.1        4,340         *   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 58,326         100.0   $ 29,626         100.0   $ 28,700         96.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Not meaningful

The increase in software services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily attributable to a $14.7 million increase in revenue associated with our acquisition of DRX in January 2013, as well as year-over-year growth in software services revenue attributed to the completion of new customer implementations in the third and fourth quarter of 2013 within our Enterprise/Commercial and Enterprise/State segments.

 

59


Table of Contents

The increase in other revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily attributable to commission revenue from DRX, which we acquired in January 2013.

For all arrangements that include multiple elements, the allocation of revenue from a customer contract to software services and professional services is based on the type of multiple-element arrangement. For multiple-element arrangements containing hosted software, we identify each software and professional services unit of accounting based on the terms of the customer contract and allocate revenue to each unit of accounting based on the relative selling price of each deliverable. Revenue from each element is recognized as each element is delivered. For multiple-element arrangements containing non-hosted software, during the periods reported we accounted for the entire arrangement as a single unit of accounting, because some or all of the deliverable elements did not have stand-alone value when the related contracts were executed. In these situations, all revenue has been deferred until delivery of the final element, at which time the contract value is recognized ratably over the longer of the contract or expected customer relationship. Less than 5% of all customers in each of the periods ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 had multiple-element arrangements containing non-hosted software.

Segment Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Period-to-Period
Change
 
     2013     2012    
     Amount      % of
Revenue
    Amount      % of
Revenue
    Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenue by Segment:

  

Enterprise/Commercial

   $ 33,028         56.6   $ 28,341         95.7   $ 4,687         16.5

Enterprise/State

     3,177         5.4        65         0.2        3,112         *   

Medicare

     15,941         27.3                0.0        15,941         N/A   

Private Exchange

     6,180         10.6        1,220         4.1        4,960         406.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Revenue

   $ 58,326         100.0   $ 29,626         100.0   $ 28,700         96.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Not meaningful

The growth in Enterprise/Commercial revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily attributable to a $6.9 million increase in our software services revenue driven by an increase in the number of health plan customers using our platform as of December 31, 2013 as compared to December 31, 2012, partially offset by a $2.2 million decrease in professional services and other revenue. The growth in Enterprise/State revenue year-over-year was primarily attributable to an increase of $1.3 million in our software services revenue and $1.8 million increase in professional services revenue, both driven by an increase in the number of state customers using our platform following the completion of implementation efforts during the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. The growth in the Medicare and Private Exchange revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily attributable to our acquisition of DRX in January 2013.

Cost of Revenue

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Period-to-Period
Change
 
     2013     2012    
     Amount      % of
Revenue
    Amount      % of
Revenue
    Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Cost of Revenue

   $ 50,173         86.0   $ 22,886         77.2   $ 27,287         119.2

 

60


Table of Contents

The increase in cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was attributable to a $11.2 million increase in costs associated with our acquisition of DRX in January 2013. In addition, the increase was attributed to a $9.5 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs associated with staffing that was added during the year and a $13.8 million increase in professional fees, both in support of customer growth. In addition, we experienced a $0.7 million increase in hosting expenses to support our platforms, a $1.6 million increase in travel expenses to customer sites and a $0.5 million increase in recruiting costs driven by additional hiring. These amounts were offset by a $11.0 million increase in implementation costs that we deferred during the year and which will be recognized in future periods.

Segment Gross Margin

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Period-to-Period
Change
 
     2013     2012    
     Amount     % of
Revenue
    Amount     % of
Revenue
    Amount     %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Segment Gross Margin:

  

Enterprise/Commercial

   $ (747     (2.3 )%    $ 7,241        25.5   $ (7,988     *   

Enterprise/State

     (1,121     (35.3     (784     *        (337     *   

Medicare

     7,839        49.2               N/A        7,839        N/A   

Private Exchange

     2,182        35.3        283        23.2     1,899        *   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Gross Margin

   $ 8,153        14.0   $ 6,740        22.8   $ 1,413        21.0
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

* Not meaningful

The decrease in Enterprise/Commercial gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was driven by a $12.7 million, or 60.1%, increase in Enterprise/Commercial cost of revenue, partially offset by a $4.7 million, or 16.5%, increase in Enterprise/Commercial revenue. The increase in cost of revenue was primarily attributable to costs associated with providing implementation services, which increased due to a higher number of new health plan customer implementations in 2013 as compared to 2012. Our Enterprise/Commercial gross margin included $0.5 million and $0.5 million of depreciation and amortization for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The decrease in Enterprise/State gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was driven by a $3.4 million increase in Enterprise/State cost of revenue, partially offset by a $3.1 million increase in Enterprise/State revenue. The increase in cost of revenue was primarily attributable to costs associated with providing implementation services, which increased due to a higher number of new state customer implementations in 2013 as compared to 2012. Our Enterprise/State gross margin included $0.1 million of depreciation and amortization for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

The increase in Medicare and Private Exchange gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily attributable to our acquisition of DRX in January 2013.

Research and Development

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Period-to-Period
Change
 
     2013     2012    
     Amount      % of
Revenue
    Amount      % of
Revenue
    Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Research and Development

   $ 11,806         20.2   $ 7,371         24.9   $ 4,435         60.2

 

61


Table of Contents

The increase in research and development expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily attributable to a $1.7 million increase in costs associated with our acquisition of DRX in January 2013. In addition, we experienced a $1.4 million increase in salaries and personnel-related costs associated with research and development personnel hired in 2013 and a $1.2 million increase in engineering consulting fees, both related to continued development and feature enhancements to our next generation of software services which translated into new 2014 private exchange contracts, software implementation productivity enhancements and expanded software features used by our Enterprise/State and Medicare segment customers. In absolute dollars, we expect to continue to invest in the research and development of our current and proposed software services over the foreseeable future. Additionally, we experienced a $0.2 million increase in travel expenses to customer sites.

Sales and Marketing

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Period-to-Period
Change
 
     2013     2012    
     Amount      % of
Revenue
    Amount      % of
Revenue
    Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Sales and Marketing

   $ 6,800         11.7   $ 6,644         22.4   $ 156         2.3

The increase in sales and marketing expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily attributable to a $1.2 million increase in costs associated with our acquisition of DRX in January 2013, partially offset by a $0.6 million decrease in commissions and sales bonus expenses due to decreased bookings year over year within our Enterprise/Commercial segment.

General and Administrative

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Period-to-Period
Change
 
     2013     2012    
     Amount      % of
Revenue
    Amount      % of
Revenue
    Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

General and Administrative

   $ 12,187         20.9   $ 7,492         25.3   $ 4,695         62.7

The increase in general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily attributable to a $3.8 million increase in costs associated with our acquisition of DRX in January of 2013, as well as a $0.7 million increase in consulting and professional fees directly related to the acquisition of and integration of DRX into our business and a $0.2 million increase related to added personnel to support our growing business. In addition, we experienced an increase in general and administrative personnel to support our growing business.

We expect to continue to hire additional general and administrative personnel to support the growth of our business, and therefore expect general and administrative expense, in absolute dollars, will continue to increase. However, we expect revenue growth to outpace general and administrative expense growth and so expect general and administrative expense, as a percentage of revenue, to decrease in the future.

 

62


Table of Contents

Interest Expense

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Period-to-Period
Change
 
     2013     2012    
     Amount      % of
Revenue
    Amount      % of
Revenue
    Amount      %  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Interest Expense

   $ 4,644         8.0   $ 1,992         6.7   $ 2,652         133.1

The increase in interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was primarily attributed to a $27.3 million increase in our outstanding borrowings during 2013.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses. In accordance with GAAP, we base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results might differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe the following accounting policies are critical to the process of making significant judgments and estimates in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

We have elected to take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards under Section 102(B)(1), which will allow us to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until those standards apply to private companies. As a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates.

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue

We derive our revenue primarily from the following sources: (a) the sale, implementation and ongoing support of our insurance distribution solutions; (b) fees from brokers for the right to access our multi-payer quoting platform; (c) our Medicare.gov contract, which is a cost-plus-fixed-fee contract; and (d) commissions earned on annual employee enrollments in which our health plan network and software solutions are used in connection with each enrollment. In all contractual arrangements, we determine whether persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, services have been rendered, the fee is fixed or determinable, and collection is probable. If any of these criteria are not met, the Company does not recognize revenue until all of the criteria are met.

We have multiple sources of revenue, which fall under different sets of revenue recognition rules including accounting for revenue under hosted and non-hosted arrangements and percentage of completion accounting. The determination of whether the contract meets the definition of software and the corresponding separability of the elements and fair value assessments require judgment.

We recognize revenue for upfront license and implementation fees over the longer of the term of the customer agreement or the estimated customer relationship period based on various factors including, but not limited to, contract terms, contract extensions and renewals, customer attrition, the nature and pace of technology

 

63


Table of Contents

advancements and obsolescence, and the anticipated impact of demand, competition, and other regulatory and economic factors.

Most of our deferred revenue relate to professional services performed for our Enterprise/Commercial and Enterprise/States customers, which require a more extensive and lengthy implementation. We continue to evaluate the term over which our Enterprise/State implementation fee revenue is recognized as we gain more experience with customer contract renewals given the Enterprise/State segment is less mature than our Enterprise/Commercial segment. At December 31, 2013, deferred revenue related to the Enterprise/State segment was $26.8 million and is being recognized in our statements of operations over a weighted average period of approximately 2.5 years. If the weighted average period was increased by one year to 3.5 years the Enterprise/State revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013 would have decreased by approximately $0.8 million.

Deferred Implementation Costs

We capitalize certain direct, incremental costs associated with new customer implementation efforts in our Enterprise/Commercial and Enterprise/State reporting segments, and we account for those costs as deferred implementation costs, to the extent that they are deemed recoverable. We had $19.9 million and $4.5 million of deferred implementation costs recorded as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and $23.4 million recorded as of June 30, 2014. The increase in deferred implementation costs is correlated with the increase in implementation of new software solutions resulting from health insurance customers responding to changes mandated by the PPACA. The increase in deferred implementation costs from fiscal 2012 to 2013 is also correlated to the increase in the deferred revenue for the respective periods for fees the Company received for implementation services before customer acceptance of the delivered software and professional services. Deferred implementation costs are amortized over the respective estimated customer relationship period consistent with the recognition of deferred revenue. The deferred implementation cost balance is subject to periodic impairment evaluation to determine recoverability of the asset. At every reporting period, we evaluate the recoverability of the deferred implementation costs, factoring in the remaining implementation schedule, estimated cost to complete the implementation effort and the probability of revenue in excess of deferred costs capitalized.

Goodwill and Acquired Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate of the fair value of consideration transferred in a business combination over the fair value of assets acquired, net of liabilities assumed. Goodwill is not amortized, but is subject to an annual impairment test. We test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level annually on October 31, or more frequently if events or changes in business circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable.

We test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level using a two-step approach. In step one, we determine if the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the unit’s carrying value. If step one indicates that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, we perform step two, determining the fair value of goodwill and, if the carrying value of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value, recording an impairment charge.

We have three reporting units with goodwill, Enterprise/Commercial, Medicare and Private Exchange; the Enterprise/Commercial, Medicare and Private Exchange reporting units have $7.7 million, $14.7 million and $4.3 million of goodwill, respectively, as of June 30, 2014. To determine the fair value of our reporting units, we primarily use a discounted cash flow analysis which requires significant assumptions and estimates about future operations. Significant judgments inherent in this discounted cash flow analysis include the expected revenue growth and operating margins and the determination of an appropriate discount rate.

We review acquired intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability is assessed by comparing the carrying

 

64


Table of Contents

amount of the asset to the undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. Measurement of any impairment loss is based on estimated fair value.

Given the significance of our goodwill and intangible assets, an adverse change in fair value could result in an impairment charge, which could be material to our financial statements. Each reporting unit had greater than 10% excess fair value over carrying value as of June 30, 2014.

Stock-Based Compensation

We have issued one type of stock-based award under our equity incentive plans: stock options. Stock-based awards granted to employees, directors and third parties are measured at fair value at each grant date. When determining the fair market value of our stock options, there are significant judgments involved in estimating the fair value of our common stock and determining our expected stock price volatility using what we consider to be comparable publicly traded companies.

Determination of the Fair Value of Common Stock on Grant Dates

Prior to our IPO, we were a private company with no active public market for our common stock. We have periodically determined for financial reporting purposes the estimated per share fair value of our common stock at various dates using contemporaneous valuations performed with the assistance of an independent third-party in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, “Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation,” or the Practice Aid. We performed these valuations as of August 31, 2012, December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013, and utilized the probability weighted expected return model, or PWERM, approach to allocate our equity value to our common shares. The PWERM approach employs various market, income, or cost approach calculations depending on the likelihood of various liquidation scenarios. In conducting the valuations, we considered all objective and subjective factors that we believed to be relevant for each valuation conducted, including management’s estimate of our business condition, prospects, and operating performance at each valuation date. Within the valuations performed by our management, a range of factors, assumptions, and methodologies were used. The significant factors included:

 

    the fact that we are a privately held technology company and our common stock is illiquid;

 

    the nature and history of our business;

 

    our historical financial performance;

 

    our discounted future cash flows, based on our projected operating results;

 

    valuations of comparable public companies;

 

    the potential impact on common stock of liquidation preference rights of redeemable convertible preferred stock under different valuation scenarios;

 

    general economic conditions and the specific outlook for our industry;

 

    the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for shares of our common stock such as an IPO or a sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions, or remaining a private company; and

 

    the state of the initial public offering market for similarly situated privately held technology companies.

The dates of our stock valuations have coincided within a reasonable period of the dates of our stock-based compensation grants.

 

65


Table of Contents

The additional factors considered when determining any changes in fair value between the most recent valuation and the grant dates included our stage of development, our operating and financial performance, current business conditions and the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies.

There are significant judgments and estimates inherent in these valuations. These judgments and estimates include assumptions regarding the probability of future events for the company including an IPO, a strategic merger or sale, our remaining a private company, the sale of our assets and resulting dissolution of our company and the time to completing an IPO or other liquidity event. When determining the value of any of these four possible outcomes, we primarily use the income approach to determine the equity value of our company. Significant assumptions include the future operating performance, primarily the expected revenue growth and gross margins and the determination of an appropriate discount rate and marketability discount. If we made different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense, net loss and net loss per common share could have been significantly different. A $1 per share increase in the stock valuation would impact the grant date fair values of the options granted during the year ended December 31, 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 by approximately $1 per option.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, as well as for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We measure deferred tax assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which we expect to recover or settle those temporary differences. We recognize the effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities in the results of operations in the period that includes the enactment date.

We reduce the measurement of a deferred tax asset, if necessary, by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that we will not realize some or all of the deferred tax asset. We recorded a valuation allowance for a portion of our deferred tax assets of $37.9 million as of December 31, 2013 and $27.1 million as of December 31, 2012 based on the projected profitability of the entity in the respective tax jurisdiction, which includes a full valuation allowance against net operating loss carryforwards. The valuation allowance is based on an evaluation of the uncertainty that the carryforwards will be realized. Our net income could increase if we determine we will be able to use more carryforwards than currently expected. Conversely, our net income could decrease if we determine we are unable to realize our deferred tax assets in the future.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources of Liquidity

Prior to our IPO, we funded our operations primarily through cash from operating activities, bank and subordinated debt borrowings. Our cash and cash equivalents as of June 30, 2014 were held for working capital purposes. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Our policy is to invest any cash in excess of our immediate requirements in investments designed to preserve the principal balance and provide liquidity. Accordingly, our cash and cash equivalents are invested primarily in demand deposit and money market accounts that are currently providing only a minimal return.

Senior Credit Facility

On January 15, 2013, we entered into a bank credit facility to provide for short-term working capital and long-term investment needs, as amended and restated from time to time, or the “Credit Facility”. The Credit Facility replaced our previous bank facility, or Loan Agreement, which was paid in full on January 15, 2013.

 

66


Table of Contents

The Credit Facility initially provided for $22.5 million of term loans, or Senior Term Loans, and $5.0 million of revolving credit, or the “Senior Revolving Credit Facility”, through January 15, 2018, or the “Maturity Date”. The Senior Term Loans require quarterly principal payments of $0.3 million commencing on March 31, 2013, with the unpaid principal balance payable in full on the Maturity Date.

The Senior Term Loans accrue interest at a rate based on the London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, plus a LIBOR margin payable monthly. The Senior Revolving Credit Facility accrues interest monthly at a rate based on LIBOR, the Fed Funds Rate or bank’s Prime Rate. The interest rates on the outstanding Senior Term Loans and Senior Revolving Credit Facility advances were 6.0% to 7.8% as of December 31, 2013.

The Credit Facility contains customary representations, warranties and covenants of the Company, as well as various limitations on the activities of the Company as they relate to additional indebtedness, junior liens, investments, capital expenditures, and mergers and acquisitions. As of December 31, 2013, we were not in compliance with financial covenants, and subsequent to year-end, the noncompliance was waived (see below).

On March 12, 2014, we amended the Credit Facility to, among other things, increase the Senior Revolving Credit Facility by $5.0 to $10.0 million and waive the Company’s December 31, 2013 non-compliance with financial covenants. The March 12, 2014 amendment removed the Fixed Charge Coverage and Total Debt/EBITDA covenants, as defined in the Credit Facility, and replaced them with a monthly building EBITDA covenant and a minimum liquidity covenant. The monthly building EBITDA covenant sets forth specific levels of cumulative EBITDA, as defined, on a monthly basis, which are measured on and reported on a monthly basis; as of June 30, 2014 the monthly building EBITDA covenant was $(8.5) million. The minimum liquidity covenant requires us to maintain a minimum liquidity level of $5.0 million at all times, with minimum liquidity defined as the sum of cash and cash equivalents and borrowing capacity available to us under the $10.0 million Senior Revolving Credit Facility. As of June 30, 2014, we were in compliance with both the monthly building EBITDA and minimum liquidity covenants.

Subordinated Loans

On March 18, 2013, we entered into a Senior Subordinated Term Loan Agreement with THL Corporate Finance, Inc., or the “THL Note”, for total proceeds of $10.0 million less $0.2 million of original issue discount, or OID, to finance the repayment of the Harbert Notes and to fund working capital needs. The THL Note maturity date is July 15, 2018, with the principal balance payable in full at the maturity date. Interest on the THL Note accrues at a variable rate of LIBOR plus a LIBOR margin, and is payable monthly. As of December 31, 2013, the rate was 10.0% and the outstanding balance, net of OID, was $9.8 million.

In the first half of 2014, we amended the THL Note to, among other things, provide $20.0 million of additional subordinated term note financing through July 2018. The $20.0 million additional financing was reduced by approximately $0.5 million of original issue discount and accrues variable interest at LIBOR plus a LIBOR margin and is payable monthly. The initial interest rate is 12.5%. The amendment also provides for contingent prepayment penalties of up to 3.0% of the THL Note and a contingent $2.0 million fee if we do not complete a qualified capital raise by December 31, 2014, as defined in the THL Note amendment. The proceeds from the additional financing were used to repay outstanding amounts due on the Senior Revolving Credit Facility and fund working capital needs.

On May 29, 2014, we borrowed $1.3 million under a subordinated, one-year term note from certain of our stockholders and parties controlled by our stockholders. The note accrues interest at a fixed 14.0% and contains a contingent exit fee of $0.6 million payable upon occurrence of a Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined in our Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended). The proceeds were used to fund working capital needs.

 

67


Table of Contents

On January 15, 2013, we entered into a subordinated promissory note with the sellers of DRX, or the DRX Seller Note. The $3.0 million principal amount is subject to adjustment upon resolution of the working capital, as well as the satisfaction of customary escrow provisions. As of December 31, 2013, the working capital adjustment reduced the principal amount of the DRX Seller Note by $0.3 million to $2.7 million. Interest accrues at a rate of 8.0% and is payable with the adjusted principal on the January 15, 2015 maturity date.

During 2012, we entered into various borrowing arrangements to finance purchases of computer equipment and software. These borrowing arrangements included a $1.2 million master lease with a third-party financing company, which bore interest at a fixed annual rate of 8.0% and was collateralized by certain specifically identified software licenses on software installed in 2013.

On February 16, 2011, we entered into a promissory note with Harbert Mezzanine Partners, as amended from time to time, or the Harbert Note, for total proceeds of $6.0 million to finance the cash portion of a prior acquisition and to fund working capital needs. Interest accrued on the Harbert Note at a rate of 13.5% and was payable monthly. Simultaneous with the Harbert Note we issued four warrants for 7,436,098, 1,581,751, 1,741,982 and 1,227,609 shares of Common, Series C preferred, Series D preferred and Series D-1 preferred stock, respectively. The fair value of the warrants on the issuance date amounted to approximately $0.7 million, recognized on the balance sheet as a discount on notes payable to be amortized to interest expense over the term of the Harbert Note using the effective interest rate method. As of December 31, 2012, unamortized note discount amounted to approximately $0.4 million and the balance outstanding on the Harbert Note was $6.0 million. On January 15, 2013, the Harbert Note was amended to include a warrant to purchase shares of Series A and Series B preferred stock and common stock equivalent to 4.5% of the fully diluted outstanding shares of the Company, in the event the Harbert Note was not paid in full by July 1, 2013. On March 15, 2013, the Harbert Note was paid in full and the warrant was purchased by us for cash and retired.

On February 16, 2011, we entered into promissory notes, as amended from time to time, or the Insurix Notes, with the sellers of Insurix totaling $1.0 million with an interest rate of 4.0% plus the Prime Rate, payable monthly. Principal payments on the Insurix notes occurred at various amounts and dates through the maturity date of February 1, 2014. Payment for the obligations under the Insurix Notes was secured by the assets of the Company and the notes were subordinate to, in order of preference, the Loan Agreement and the Harbert Note. As of December 31, 2012, $0.2 million was outstanding on the Insurix Notes. The Insurix Notes were paid in full during 2013.

The following table summarizes the principal balances of our outstanding borrowings as of June 30, 2014:

 

     Outstanding
Principal Balance
 
     (dollars
in thousands)
 

Credit Facility: Revolving line of credit

   $ 296   

Credit Facility: Term loans

     20,813   

Subordinated Loans

     33,368   
  

 

 

 
   $ 54,477   
  

 

 

 

We believe that cash from operations, the proceeds from our offering, cash on hand and available capacity under our Credit Facility will provide liquidity to meet anticipated future short term capital requirements for the next twelve months. The sufficiency of these liquidity sources to fund necessary and committed capital needs will be dependent upon our ability to meet our covenant requirements of our Credit Facility. See the section titled “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Senior Credit Facility” for a description of our Credit Facility.

In the future we may seek to access the capital markets to raise additional equity financing for various business reasons, including required debt payments and acquisitions. The timing, term, size, and pricing of any

 

68


Table of Contents

such financing will depend on investor interest and market conditions, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain any such financing. In addition, if we are unable to comply with our debt covenants in the future and as a result default on our loan agreements, approximately $51.1 million of our outstanding borrowings would become immediately payable, which could adversely affect our financial condition.

Cash Flows

Our cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows:

 

     Six Months
Ended June 30,
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2014     2013     2013     2012  
     (dollars in thousands)  

Net cash flows provided by (used in):

        

Operating activities

   $ (16,079   $ 2,161      $ 1,702      $ (2,305

Investing activities

     (396     (26,241     (27,096     (1,081

Financing activities

     14,495        23,897        26,195        3,694   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

   $ (1,980   $ (183   $ 801      $ 308   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Activities

For the six months ended June 30, 2014, our net cash and cash equivalents used in operating activities of $16.1 million consisted of a net loss of $12.1 million and $7.7 million of cash used by changes in working capital, partially offset by $3.7 million in adjustments for non-cash items. The cash used by changes in working capital primarily consisted of a decrease in deferred revenue of $9.7 million. The decrease in deferred revenue was a result of contracts closed during prior periods with associated upfront fees, on which we began recognizing revenue ratably over the customer contract period as implementations were completed and software services have commenced.

For the six months ended June 30, 2013, our net cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities of $2.2 million consisted of a net loss of $18.0 million, offset by $17.9 million of cash provided by changes in working capital and $2.3 million in adjustments for non-cash items. The cash provided by changes in working capital consisted primarily of an increase in deferred revenue of $25.8 million. The increase in deferred revenue was a result of contracts closed during the period with associated upfront fees, which will be recognized as revenue ratably over the customer contract period beginning once the software services have commenced.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, net cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities of $1.7 million consisted of a net loss of $26.4 million partially offset by $21.4 million of cash provided by changes in working capital and $6.7 million in adjustments for non-cash items. The cash provided by changes in working capital primarily consisted of an increase in deferred revenue of $41.8 million, partially offset by a decrease in operating cash flow due to a $11.3 million increase in accounts receivable. The increase in deferred revenue was a result of contracts closed during the period with associated upfront fees, which will be recognized as revenue ratably over the customer contract period beginning once the software services have commenced. The increase in accounts receivable was primarily attributable to the growth of our revenue and fees invoiced for the period.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, our net cash and cash equivalents used in operating activities of $2.3 million consisted of a net loss of $16.8 million, offset by $11.7 million of cash provided by changes in working capital and $2.7 million in adjustments for non-cash items. The increase in cash resulting from changes in working capital primarily consisted of an increase in deferred revenue of $13.2 million. The increase in deferred revenue was a result of contracts closed during the period with associated upfront fees, which will be recognized as revenue, ratably over the customer contract period, beginning once the software services have commenced.

 

69


Table of Contents

A substantial amount of revenue in a period comes from the recognition of previously collected and deferred revenue, while period-end accounts receivable balances are directly influenced by the timing of contractually negotiated milestone and time-based advance billings and their subsequent collection. We generally have the contractual right to invoice and collect fees from customers ahead of delivery and revenue recognition of our software and professional services.

Investing Activities

For the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, net cash used in investing activities was $0.4 million and $26.2 million, respectively. We spent $25.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, on the acquisition of DRX, net of cash acquired. In addition, we spent $0.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 for the purchase of property and equipment.

Net cash used in investing activities totaled $27.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. We spent $25.9 million on the acquisition of DRX, net of cash acquired. In addition, we spent $1.2 million to purchase property and equipment. For the year ended December 31, 2012, net cash used in investing activities was $1.1 million, for the purchase of property and equipment.

Financing Activities

For the six months ended June 30, 2014, net cash provided by financing activities was $14.5 million, consisting of $30.8 million in proceeds from credit facility and term-debt borrowings partially offset by $14.9 million of debt and capital lease obligation payments, $1.0 million of deferred business acquisition purchase price and $0.5 million of financing fees paid.

For the six months ended June 30, 2013, net cash provided by financing activities was $23.9 million, primarily consisting of $36.8 million in proceeds from credit facility and term-debt borrowings, partially offset by $11.5 million in repayments of debt and capital lease obligations and $1.1 million of financing fees paid.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, net cash provided by financing activities was $26.2 million, consisting of $39.9 million in proceeds from credit facility and term-debt borrowings, partially offset by $12.3 million of repayments of debt and capital lease obligations and $1.2 million of financing fees paid.

Net cash provided by financing activities totaled $3.7 million for 2012, which resulted primarily from $4.0 million in proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock and $0.5 million in proceeds from stock option exercises, partially offset by $0.8 million in repayments of debt obligations.

Operating and Capital Expenditure Requirements

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents balances and cash generated from operations will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements through at least the next 12 months, including expected capital expenditure requirements of approximately $1.0 million to $2.0 million. If our available cash and cash equivalents balances are insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements, we may seek to sell additional equity or convertible debt securities or enter into an additional credit facility. The sale of equity and convertible debt securities may result in dilution to our stockholders and those securities may have rights senior to those of our common shares. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of convertible debt securities, these securities could contain covenants that would restrict our operations. We may require additional capital beyond our currently anticipated amounts. Additional capital may not be available on reasonable terms, or at all.

 

70


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Our principal commitments consist of obligations under our outstanding debt facilities, non-cancelable leases for our office space and computer equipment and purchase commitments for our co-location and other support services. The following table summarizes these contractual obligations as of December 31, 2013. Future events could cause actual payments to differ from these estimates.

 

Contractual Obligations:

  Total     Less than 1
year
    1-3 years     3-5 years     More than 5
years
 
    (dollars in thousands)  

Long-term debt—Revolving line of credit:

         

Principal (1)

    4,306        4,306                        

Interest (3)

    167        167                        

Long-term debt—Other senior and subordinated:

         

Principal (2)

    34,114        1,125        4,989        28,000          

Interest (3)

    11,171        2,612        5,443        3,116          

Operating lease obligations

    10,571        1,520        2,604        2,091        4,356   

Capital lease obligations

    1,056        524        440        92          

Deferred acquisition purchase price obligation (4)

    4,000        3,000        1,000                 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 65,385      $ 13,254      $ 14,476      $ 33,299      $ 4,356   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Repayment of the revolving line of credit is due at end of the term in January 2018. Early repayment is allowed and the revolving line of credit and interest was repaid in the six months ended June 30, 2014.
(2) The Company refinanced its debt in the six months ended June 30, 2014. Other senior and subordinated debt obligations increased approximately $21.9 million, before interest. Inclusive of estimated interest, the Long-term debt—Other senior and subordinated obligations would increase by approximately $1.2 million, $6.3 million and $20.2 million in the less than 1 year, 1-3 years and 3-5 years periods, respectively.
(3) Includes estimated interest payments based on contractual rates as of December 31, 2013.
(4) Amount of contingent DRX acquisition consideration payable as of December 31, 2013. Ultimate payment could be less if contractual earn-out targets are not achieved.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of June 30, 2014, we had standby letters of credit totaling $0.2 million as security for rented office space.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, No. 2014-09, Revenue From Contracts With Customers (Topic 606), that outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. The ASU is based on the principle that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The ASU also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to fulfill a contract. Entities have the option of using either a full retrospective or a modified retrospective approach for the adoption of the new standard. The ASU becomes effective for the Company at the beginning of its 2017 fiscal year; early adoption is not permitted. We are currently assessing the impact that this standard will have on our consolidated financial statements.

In April 2014, the FASB issued ASC No. 2014-08, Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205), on reporting discontinued operations and disclosures of disposals of components of an entity. The new guidance changes the requirements for reporting discontinued operations. A discontinued operation may include a component of an entity or a group of components of an entity. A disposal of a component of an entity or a group of components of an entity is required to be reported in discontinued operations if the disposal represents a

 

71


Table of Contents

strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results and when the component or group of components meets the criteria to be classified as held for sale, is disposed by sale or is disposed of by other than by sale. This guidance is effective on a prospective basis for annual periods beginning January 1, 2015. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Risk

Market risk is the risk of loss to future earnings, values or future cash flows that may result from changes in the price of a financial instrument. The value of a financial instrument might change as a result of changes in interest rates, exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices and other market changes. We do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative, hedging or trading purposes, although in the future we might enter into exchange rate hedging arrangements to manage the risks described below.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates. Borrowings under the term loan and revolving line of credit with Wells Fargo Bank, which was entered into in January 2013, bear interest at rates that are variable. Borrowings under the THL Corporate Finance, Inc. subordinated promissory note bear interest at rates that are variable. Increases in the LIBOR or Prime Rate would increase the amount of interest payable under these borrowings. As of June 30, 2014, we had total borrowings of $50.5 million subject to a variable interest rate. As a result, each change of one percentage point in interest rates would result in an approximate $0.5 million change in our annual interest expense on our outstanding borrowings as of June 30, 2014. Any debt we incur in the future may also bear interest at variable rates. Borrowings outstanding under our other credit arrangements are not subject to interest rate risk because they bear interest at fixed rates.

Inflation Risk

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition, or results of operations. We continue to monitor the impact of inflation in order to minimize its effects through pricing strategies, productivity improvements and cost reductions. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

JOBS Act

The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduce certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies. As defined in the JOBS Act, a public company whose initial public offering of common equity securities occurred after December 8, 2011 and whose annual gross revenue is less than $1.0 billion will, in general, qualify as an “emerging growth company” until the earliest of:

 

    the last day of its fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of its initial public offering of common equity securities;

 

    the last day of its fiscal year in which it has annual gross revenue of $1.0 billion or more;

 

    the date on which it has, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; and

 

    the date on which it is deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” which will occur at such time as the company (a) has an aggregate worldwide market value of common equity securities held by non-affiliates of $700 million or more as of the last business day of its most recently completed second fiscal quarter, (b) has been required to file annual and quarterly reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 for a period of at least 12 months and (c) has filed at least one annual report pursuant to the Securities Act of 1934.

 

72


Table of Contents

Under this definition, we will be an “emerging growth company” upon completion of this offering and could remain an emerging growth company until as late as December 31, 2019.

As an “emerging growth company” we have chosen to rely on such exemptions and are therefore not required to, among other things, (i) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404, (ii) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, (iii) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the PCAOB regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis) and (iv) disclose certain executive compensation-related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation to median employee compensation.

 

73


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a leading web-based consumer shopping, enrollment and retention platform for health insurance distribution. Our solutions support the industry evolution towards a consumer-centric experience that is transforming how health insurance is purchased and distributed. We offer a personalized health insurance shopping experience that recommends the best fit insurance plan based on an individual’s preferences, health status, preferred providers, medications and expected out-of-pocket costs. Our customers are health insurance marketplace operators such as health plans, brokers and exchange operators, who must distribute health insurance in a cost-effective manner to a growing number of insured consumers. Our solutions automate key functions in the health insurance distribution process, allowing our customers to price and present plan options accurately to consumers and efficiently enroll, renew and manage plan members.

The United States health insurance marketplace is undergoing a tremendous structural change that is fundamentally altering how health insurance is purchased and distributed. More consumers now have access to health insurance with more plan options and places to buy their insurance than ever before. As a result, consumers need effective decision-support tools to help them optimize their health insurance choices. Concurrently, health plans and brokers that have traditionally distributed a more limited set of plans to employers through group coverage must now cost-effectively sell insurance in the more fragmented individual market and in public and private exchanges, which are online marketplaces sponsored either by a non-government entity, such as an employer, insurance broker or other distributor (in the case of private exchanges) or by a federal or state government entity (in the case of public exchanges) for health insurance and related products that allow individuals and businesses to compare products and make purchases directly from health plans. These changes are driving significant demand for innovative technology solutions to more effectively help consumers navigate the new health insurance marketplace and for health plans, brokers and other aggregators of covered lives to deploy cost-effective distribution channels.

All of our state and federal government contracts contain provisions allowing the government counterparty to terminate the contract for convenience, or for a lack of adequate funding, generally with 30 days’ written notice, which we believe to be customary for government contracts.

We have a 15-year history of providing technology-enabled health plan sales automation solutions. In 2013, our solutions were used by plan sponsors, brokers and consumers representing over 20 million lives and facilitated over $130 billion of annual plan premiums. Our expanding customer base includes more than 70 health plans, including 20 of the top 25 health plans (based on total enrollment). Our personalized health insurance shopping experience is available to all 52 million Medicare beneficiaries through our enablement of Medicare.gov and 1-800-Medicare call center agents. Our technology powers more than 30 private, state and federal exchanges.

As of December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014, total stockholders’ deficit was $106.1 million and $119.4 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014, our net loss was $26.4 million and $12.1 million, respectively. Over the same periods, our adjusted EBITDA loss was $17.3 million and $5.6 million, respectively. Please refer to “Consolidated Selected Financial Data—Adjusted Gross Margin and Adjusted EBITDA” in this prospectus for a discussion of the limitations of adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most comparable GAAP measurement.

Industry Background

The United States health insurance industry is responsible for the administration of healthcare benefits to over 200 million individuals covered by commercial health insurance and is experiencing a structural transformation in which shopping for and enrollment in health insurance products is transitioning from a

 

74


Table of Contents

wholesale or group-based distribution model to an individual or retail-oriented consumer marketplace. This transformation, in conjunction with regulatory and competitive pressure on distribution and overhead costs, places substantial new business and technology requirements on health plan, brokers and aggregators of covered lives and prospective customers and has created an attractive growth opportunity in the markets we serve.

Consumer-Centric Marketplace

We estimate that approximately 100 million individuals will be shopping for and enrolling in health insurance annually through the individual market and public and private exchanges by 2018. This evolution is being driven by a shift in responsibility for health insurance purchasing to individuals from employers, placing increased importance on better, more informed decision-making, and is changing where these purchases are being made. This trend is evident in several key health insurance membership market segments:

 

    Individual Insurance Market: The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or PPACA, which mandates broader health insurance coverage, is expected to drive growth in the under-65 individual market from 20 million lives in 2012 to 57 million in 2017 and create new opportunities for health plans, brokers and retailers to sell directly to individuals.

 

    Employer-sponsored Insurance Market: For individuals who currently receive insurance through their employers, there has been a trend toward employees bearing a greater share of the cost of these benefits. According to a Towers Watson survey, over the last three years, more than 70% of companies increased employee share or premium contributions. Employees’ share of premium costs increased nearly 7% between 2013 and 2014 and employees’ total cost share, including premiums and out-of-pocket costs, were 37% in 2014. This trend creates an increased need for employees to engage in the shopping experience, purchase the right levels of coverage and better understand the overall financial implications of their benefit selection decisions.

 

    Exchange-based Insurance Market: According to a study by Accenture, employers are expected to move approximately 40 million lives to private exchanges by 2018 as a mechanism to make health insurance a defined contribution benefit and decouple benefit expenses from medical cost inflation trends. As part of this shift, large employers are increasingly moving retirees from group Medicare Advantage plans to retail Medicare Advantage plans that are distributed through retiree exchanges.

 

    Medicaid Market: As a result of expanded eligibility under PPACA, average monthly Medicaid enrollment is expected to expand from approximately 58 million individuals in 2013 to approximately 73 million individuals by 2024, creating new opportunities for Medicaid managed care organizations to expand into the individual market.

 

    Medicare Market: We believe that the number of participants in Medicare Advantage and Medicare Supplement plans will increase from approximately 25 million individuals in 2013 to approximately 32 million individuals in 2018 and that there will be increased movement from group Medicare Advantage plans to retail Medicare Advantage plans.

As a whole, these trends are directing an evolution of health insurance technology toward supporting more effective and consumer-friendly solutions that help consumers to better compare and enroll in plans based on their actual healthcare needs and to optimize their increased health insurance responsibility and spend.

Pressure to Manage Distribution Costs and Operating Expenses

While health plans and brokers need to support a more individualized and fragmented health insurance shopping and enrollment process, they are under increasing pressure to lower distribution costs. Recent federal restrictions on health plan profitability and increased competition for members on exchanges have driven health plans to find ways to better manage areas of non-medical cost structure, such as sales commissions and internal information technology development. As a result, health plans have undertaken efforts to lower brokerage

 

75


Table of Contents

commissions and to implement innovative third-party technologies to reduce investment in internally-developed software. Similarly, brokers who now face depressed commissions from health plans need to leverage technology-based, automated processes to sell more cost-effectively and to identify product cross-selling opportunities, such as with ancillary products, as part of the plan selection process.

Increasing Opportunity for Technology

As shopping and enrollment in health insurance transitions to an individual, retail-oriented consumer marketplace, there is significant opportunity for intuitive, web-based technologies to automate and lower the cost of health insurance distribution, as well as increase enrollment opportunities and member retention. As of 2012, approximately $25 billion was spent to distribute health insurance annually, the majority of which is spent on sales commissions that support manual, people-based processes. As technology becomes increasingly critical to support a more consumer-centric, fragmented shopping and enrollment process, we believe, based on our assumptions and estimates, that $3.4 billion was spent annually on web-based shopping and enrollment solutions as of 2013 and that this amount should reach $5.2 billion by 2017, representing 15% annual growth. According to a Harvard Business Review article authored by McKinsey & Company on health insurance technology, a robust technology program can deliver up to 65% in cost reduction, a 90% reduction in turnaround time on key insurance processes and improve conversion rates by more than 20%.

The Connecture Platform

We are a leading web-based consumer shopping, enrollment and retention platform for health insurance distribution. Our solutions support the industry evolution towards a consumer-centric experience that is transforming how health insurance is purchased and distributed. We simplify the health insurance shopping experience with data-driven, personalized plan comparison and shopping tools that empower individual consumers who are now faced with more decisions to make better health insurance choices. For health plans, brokers and exchange operator customers, we deliver a powerful and unified distribution platform that we believe increases their revenue opportunity as they serve a growing, but fragmented insured population, while also reducing the costs associated with acquiring new and retaining current members.

The Connecture Sales Automation Solution

 

LOGO

We automate the following key functions of the health insurance distribution process for our health plans, brokers and exchange operator customers:

 

    Rate Setting and Modeling: prices and presents plan options accurately to consumers;

 

    Shopping and Quoting: allows consumers to view and compare plans, including estimated premiums, out-of-pocket costs and plan benefits;

 

    Application and Enrollment: streamlines application and enrollment operations, eliminating manual processes and paper processing;

 

    Renewal Management: streamlines the renewal process, eliminating manual processes and paper processing;

 

    Member Management: updates plan offering details based on members’ work or life changes; and

 

    Exchange Integration: connects to state and federal exchanges to determine subsidy eligibility.

 

76


Table of Contents

We believe the breadth, depth and scale of the Connecture solutions across key functional areas are critical to our success in the complex and changing health insurance marketplace for the following reasons:

Our personalized and data-driven shopping experience helps consumers make better health insurance purchasing decisions

We believe that our interactive and intuitive health insurance shopping experience offers better decision support for consumers to choose their health plan. Our solutions offer personalized health plan recommendations based on the individual’s self-entered preferences, health status, preferred providers, medication and expected out-of-pocket costs. Our data-driven recommendations engine also uses empirical data, a consumer’s actual claims experience and proprietary algorithms to find the best matches among available plan options. We believe that our personalized shopping experience results in a more effective health plan selection because individuals are able to better understand the plans they are purchasing, select plans that provide appropriate coverage and lower total costs and represent the best match given historical and expected levels of healthcare utilization.

Our unified platform across multiple product types is designed to maximize enrollment and member retention opportunities

Our platform is designed to deliver a seamless shopping and enrollment mechanism in a marketplace that is characterized by a wide range of potential insurance alternatives and changing insurance eligibility for both currently and previously insured individuals. For brokers that seek to sell the full array of health insurance products, we believe we offer the only unified solution that serves all insurable populations across a broad range of health insurance products including subsidized or unsubsidized individual plans, group plans, Medicare Advantage, Medicare Supplement, Medicare Part D and Medicaid. For health plans that seek to minimize membership churn, our solution enables customers to enroll and retain members as their plan eligibility changes. For example, for a previously uninsured individual or an individual whose employer no longer provides health insurance, our solution integrates with the Federal Health Exchange and allows for calculation of subsidies and enrollment in qualifying individual plans. For the over-65 population, our solution integrates Medicare Advantage, Medicare Supplement and Medicare Part D plan data nationally, which allows seniors to make informed choices as they potentially transition from a local group plan to an appropriate nationwide individual plan. Because our platform can both identify appropriate eligibility and present available plan options, our customers are able to minimize lost membership opportunities to competing brokers and health plans.

Our technology enables rapid deployment of public and private single- and multi-payer exchanges to help customers adapt to evolving market needs

Our technology allows our health plan, broker and aggregator customers to capitalize on the migration to public and private exchanges. Our exchange solutions allow quick deployment of a customized online marketplace where consumers can shop for a plan of their choice and employers or other plan sponsors can set defined contributions to subsidize the cost of the plans. For brokers that are looking to set up multi-payer exchanges, which are private exchanges generally promoted by third parties such as brokers or benefits consultants that offer a broad range of health plans for individuals to choose from, for employers and consumers, the breadth of our existing relationships with health plans and knowledge of highly locally-regulated insurance products allow us to rapidly implement robust exchanges because we can more easily integrate their health plan data and offer greater choice to consumers. For health plans that are looking to sell single-payer exchanges, which are private exchanges that generally offer only plans sponsored by a single health plan, directly to employers, our ability to offer easy-to-use technology that can handle the broader eligibility needs of employees and their dependents allows them to offer a complete integrated solution. Exchange offerings represented approximately 16% of our revenue in 2013, and we have an established track record of scalability and reliability with our more than 30 exchange customers.

 

77


Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe we have the following key competitive strengths:

Health plan shopping and enrollment leadership

While the health insurance industry is in the midst of adapting to rapidly changing requirements, we have a 15 year history in the technology-enabled health plan shopping and enrollment market serving individuals both under and over-65, including the following:

 

    Leadership in the commercial under-65 health insurance market with over one million enrollments in the one-year period ending March 31, 2014, the date of the closing of the first enrollment period under PPACA;

 

    Nearly ten years as the web-based technology solution for Medicare.gov;

 

    Technology utilized in leading public and private exchange solutions; and

 

    Relationships with a broad range of health plans and brokers, including 20 of the top 25 health plans (based on total enrollment).

Domain and technology development expertise

The health insurance market is characterized by high levels of regulation associated with the many plan types that can be sold to eligible individuals and how information related to these plans is presented and marketed. We believe our knowledge of the complex health insurance market and our proven ability to innovate positions us to be a continued leader in our industry. Further, our technology assists our customers to compete more effectively by allowing them to introduce new products and change pricing and benefit designs dynamically. For example, in response to the market’s need for technology to capture new membership opportunities brought about by the PPACA, we successfully implemented new solutions for over 30 health plan customers in 2013 alone. We also believe that our solutions allow our customers to more effectively enter new markets and distribute new products faster and more efficiently.

Configurable and scalable platform to meet customer needs

Our platform is designed to handle both high degrees of configurability and significant growth in users without requiring major software re-engineering or capital expenditures by our customers. Our solutions are cost-effective for our customers because we offer a platform that is comprehensive across key sales automation functions, but also has individual software applications that can integrate with common existing customer software applications. We deliver quick deployment solutions in the cloud as well as large scale enterprise solutions. Today, our technology is used by many of the largest health plans and brokers to power their critical shopping and enrollment functions. We also power the country’s largest multi-payer exchange, Medicare.gov, and successfully handle over 20% of all Medicare Advantage and Medicare Part D enrollments, or approximately two million members annually.

Large and valuable database of health plan and drug cost information and ancillary products

We believe that our large database of health plan and drug cost information enables us to deliver higher value to our customers and consumers alike. We are a primary source of health plan and pharmacy data for Medicare products available on Medicare.gov and the broad range of our health plan relationships makes us a valuable and extensive source of permission-based health plan information. These data are critical for consumers to make difficult decisions about trade-offs between plan premiums vs. out-of-pocket costs, physician networks and pharmaceutical formularies. We believe our large dataset of health plan and drug cost information powers our empirically-driven recommendations engine that provides consumers with more precise decision-support tools. In addition, our platform also supports many ancillary products such as dental, life insurance, critical

 

78


Table of Contents

illness and wellness which allows health plans and brokers to sell a more customized package of insurance products, thereby helping to differentiate the consumer shopping experience and maximizing our customers’ revenue opportunity.

Tenured, experienced management team

Our management team has significant experience in high growth healthcare, technology and consulting companies, including Truven Health Analytics (formerly Thomson Reuters Healthcare), Optum (part of UnitedHealth Group), Ernst & Young, PricewaterhouseCoopers and Accenture. Our management team has been responsible for driving innovation in the healthcare information technology industry. Within our own organization, our management team has been responsible for identifying key market needs and broadening our capabilities to serve our customers. For example, we have leveraged our historical expertise in the individual, commercial, and under-65 market to additionally serve Medicare, Medicaid and the exchanges. We believe we have the management team in place to continue developing and marketing innovative solutions that meet the current and future needs of our customers.

Visible, recurring software and technology services revenue model

Our business is characterized by high customer retention rates and recurring revenue. Most of our revenue is derived from multi-year contracts for software and services. In the past two years, our software revenue retention rate has exceeded 95% and recurring revenue has grown to over 70% of revenue. As a result, we have significant visibility into our future financial performance. As of June 30, 2014, we had approximately $87.7 million of business in contracted backlog and a deferred revenue balance of approximately $78.1 million that we expect to recognize in the coming years.

Our Growth Strategy

We intend to strengthen our position as a leading web-based consumer shopping, enrollment and retention platform for health insurance distribution. Key elements of our growth strategy include the following:

Add new customers and expand covered lives within our existing base of growing health plans and broker customers

We believe our market leadership positions us to take advantage of key trends. We are currently working with 20 of the top 25 health plans in the country (based on total enrollment), including more than half of the Blue Cross and Blue Shield plans. We intend to continue engaging additional top national and regional health plans and brokers as they seek innovative solutions to maximize enrollment and retention while minimizing costs as they shift their businesses to capitalize on the opportunity to serve the over 100 million expected members in individual and exchange markets. Furthermore, we believe new market entrants such as retailers and Accountable Care Organizations, or ACOs, that offer health plans present entirely new customer categories for us. We also expect to capitalize on this by leveraging our expertise and leadership position in retiree exchanges to win customers in the rapidly growing under-65 market.

Leverage core technology to establish leadership in the private health plan exchange business

As more small and medium sized employers move away from defined benefit plans and towards defined contribution plans, the number of single-health plan exchanges are expected to significantly increase. Unlike a defined benefit plan in which employers provide a standard set of health benefits and cover a substantial portion of the health insurance premiums, under a defined contribution plan, employers make cash contributions to health savings accounts that employees can use to purchase insurance products of their choosing. This model allows employers to more accurately predict and limit healthcare costs, while also affording employees a greater number of choices relative to a defined benefit plan. As employers move their employees to defined contribution

 

79


Table of Contents

plans, employers can utilize our software to create private exchanges that allow employees to select their own health benefits. We intend to leverage our technological expertise and our long-lasting relationships with health plans to continue capturing these emerging exchanges as well as single and multi-payer broker private exchanges. We are currently a leader in the retiree exchange space, an industry providing online private exchanges for both retirees under 65 years old and Medicare beneficiaries that is at the forefront of exchange technology adoption, and believe that our capabilities there position us well for further growth in other exchanges as those markets mature as well as seek an integrated platform across all segments. Finally, we believe there is a significant opportunity to provide more full service private exchange solutions which integrate call center capabilities that leverage our proprietary technology.

Further penetrate our existing customer base

We believe there is a significant opportunity in our existing customer base to cross-sell our full set of applications, as most of our customers utilize less than half of what we are able to offer. Additionally, many of our customers could utilize our solutions across other products within their overall set of offerings, such as a health plan expanding from individual to group product offerings. For example, we initially provided limited solutions to a regional subsidiary of a national customer and then were asked to add a full solution across the entire enterprise based on our initial performance. We also believe our development of new products and capabilities will continue to address evolving customer needs and facilitate additional cross-selling of software applications and solutions.

Expand into new products and distribution channels

We plan to expand into new products and distribution channels by leveraging our current technology and innovation expertise. We believe there are significant growth opportunities in private exchanges in partnership with health plans, data analytics and ancillary product offerings to broaden our value proposition to customers. We maintain a robust pipeline of innovative projects that we believe will drive future growth in revenue per customer. We believe our analytical capabilities differentiate our solutions in the marketplace by improving shopping recommendations, enhancing the customer shopping experience and integrating into customer relationship management, or CRM, solutions.

Monetize the shift to the individual market

PPACA is expected to drive growth in the under-65 individual market from 20 million lives in 2012 to 57 million in 2017. This is projected to be one of the fastest growing segments in the U.S health insurance marketplace and represents an increase in annual commission spend of $4.2 billion over this same period. Given our leadership in the individual market and with exchanges, we believe that we are well positioned to capitalize on this market trend. Specifically, we believe our technology will play a significant role in member acquisition and retention due to the ongoing shift from the traditional group distribution model to an individual, retail-oriented marketplace. We also believe we can capture a greater share of commission spend by offering more comprehensive exchange solutions, including full service support, to our customers.

Connecture Platform

Our portfolio of solutions, as summarized below, includes a comprehensive set of software applications for health plans focused on enterprise-wide sales automation (including the creation of single health plan private exchanges), for health plans and pharmacy benefit managers, or PBMs, focused on Medicare shopping and enrollment automation, for aggregators (brokers, health plans, retailers and other intermediaries) focused on private exchanges, and for state government agencies focused on creating individual and small group exchanges.

Our platform allows customers to add solutions and applications to the platform based on specific market segment needs and functional priorities. Each application is modular and functions independently, yet can integrate together to create a comprehensive and robust solution.

 

80


Table of Contents

Enterprise Solution for Health Plans

The Connecture InsureAdvantage solution automates sales and enrollment processing in order to allow health plans to operate more cost-effectively, extend reach and provide a better consumer and/or employer/broker experience. The full consumer lifecycle for sales automation is managed, from business acquisition through renewals. Our platform allows a broad range of consumers (individual plan sales, group sales, or single health plan private exchanges) to make better health insurance decisions. Consumers, brokers and other agents can more easily shop for, purchase and renew insurance. The product can be configured for any size of health plan.

InsureAdvantage streamlines workflow for health insurance distribution and automates multiple lines of business, including health, dental, group life, vision, accidental death and dismemberment, short-term disability and long-term disability. InsureAdvantage is web-based, secure and scalable.

The business functions automated by InsureAdvantage for the individual consumer market include:

Shopping

The Shopping application allows for the capture of consumer information, the comparison of plans and viewing of rates. In addition, users can retrieve previously saved quotes, copy and create new quotes and indicate acceptance of plans online. The functionality supports the PPACA rules related to open enrollment, metal tier plan information and member-level rate display.

InsureAdvantage also offers a Plan Advisor Tool which allows the consumer, broker or sales representative to shop and compare plans, products and key benefit features via an interactive “guided shopping” experience based on questions around the consumer’s individual risk tolerance, ability to pay more up-front/higher deductible, personal health factors, desired add-on plans or riders. These questions are then rated and scored and plans are presented based on how the consumer answered each question. There are also subsidy and cost calculators to help the prospective member gauge financial risk. Each implementation is designed to match the health plan’s current website and brand.

Enrollment

An Online Application steps the user through an easy to navigate electronic application. Questions (or fields) can be standard or dynamic. Enrollment enables the health plan to combine enrollment forms for multiple products into one online application. Once an electronic application has been started, the user can save and return at a later time to complete it. A consumer can also receive assistance with completing the application from the broker or sales representative. The broker or sales representative may aid in determining the best coverage fit for his or her customer, based on presented plan details and prices. The broker or sales representative can start the online application process for his or her customer and then forward the application to the customer for completion. eSignature is also supported.

Administrative Review

Applications that do not meet the health plan’s established rules will be routed to an internal user where they can review and approve, withdraw or indicate that an applicant is not eligible for the coverage requested. To expedite the approval process, administrative reviewers can also edit Individual new business enrollments. For example, enrollments held for approval due to circumstances such as home address checks, health plan specific configuration checks or attachment uploads can be edited to allow the process to continue moving forward.

Renewals

InsureAdvantage’s Renewal application is comprised of a series of workflow steps which will allow for the automatic initiation of the renewal process without manual intervention; health plans, however, can also

 

81


Table of Contents

configure business rules to denote renewal groups and subject such groups to the manual renewal process. Functionality includes renewal import, renewal quoting & acceptance, renewal export, package generation and distribution, recommended and alternate plan mapping and agent/broker PDF generation.

Policy Administration

InsureAdvantage’s Policy Administration application allows members the ability to update their profiles with work and life event changes at any point throughout the year through an online portal. The system will track the requested change of coverage through a defined approval process.

The member is able to perform the following functions within the system:

 

    View and modify subscriber and dependent information (e.g., name, address, phone numbers, e-mail, student status, date of birth, gender, social security number);

 

    Add and remove dependents from coverage;

 

    View current benefits and rates;

 

    View address information; and

 

    View and modify payment information.

Health plans can also determine unique business rules to determine if administrative review is necessary for specific policy changes.

InsureAdvantage utilizes common capabilities for both the individual consumer and the employer group’s needs. The business functions automated by InsureAdvantage for employer groups include:

Quoting

New Business Quoting provides a guided workflow to capture basic employer demographic information and employee census details in order to view available plans and corresponding rates. Within each new business quote, the user can view the composite/age rates, estimated premiums, plan benefits and benefit comparisons.

InsureAdvantage also provides a guided workflow designed specifically for defined contribution in addition to traditional defined benefit plans. Users can initiate a defined contribution quote by selecting an array of plans options. These options are defined by the health plan and configured within the product server and rate repository. The collection of employer demographics and census information can serve both defined contribution and defined benefit quoting.

Employer and Employee Shopping

The Shopping application allows for the capture of basic consumer information, the comparison of plans and viewing of rates. In addition, users can retrieve previously saved quotes, copy and create new quotes and indicate acceptance of plans online. The functionality supports the PPACA rules related to open enrollment, metal tier plan information and member-level rate display.

InsureAdvantage for groups also offers a Plan Advisor Tool which allows the employee-consumer, or the human resources administrator at the employer, the broker or sales representative working with them, to shop and compare plans, products and key benefit features via an interactive “guided shopping” experience based on questions around their own individual risk tolerance, ability to pay more up-front/higher deductible, personal health factors, desired add-on plans or riders, etc. These questions are rated and scored. Plans are presented based on how the consumer answers each question. Each implementation is designed to match the health plan’s current website and brand. There is both a subsidy calculator and a cost calculator to help the prospective member gauge financial risk.

 

82


Table of Contents

Enrollment and Renewals

Developed specifically for the group market, InsureAdvantage leverages common capabilities from the Individual applications and delivers necessary functionality tailored for employer group and employee enrollment. Comprehensive functionality also supports the group renewal process.

Group Policy Administration

The Group Policy Administration application allows human resources administrators and members the ability to update profiles with work and life event changes at any point throughout the year through an online portal. The system tracks the requested change of coverage through a defined approval process.

Most customer implementations of InsureAdvantage for groups today are focused on the smaller group market (employers with 100 or less employees). However, larger group sizes are being supported for single health plan exchanges and the product line is being enhanced to streamline group set-up for larger size groups.

We also offer single-health plan private exchanges as an extension to InsureAdvantage. These private exchanges enable insurance health plans to offer more choices to their employer customers. They facilitate an array of defined contribution and defined benefit plans, promote flexibility and consumer personalization and include medical and ancillary products in the consumer offering. We enable a one-stop shopping and enrollment experience that allows employers to make available to their employees a list of plans and benefits for consideration, pricing, selection and enrollment, including recommendation of best fit plans.

We also offer integration of a health plan’s consumer enrollment website to the Federal exchange through a Direct Enrollment capability supported by the Federal exchange. This enables the health plan to maximize member retention by presenting only their Qualified Health Plans. This synchronization and connectivity solution operated in production for several of our customers during the enrollment cycle that commenced on October 1, 2013.

Enterprise Solution for State Exchanges

We offer to state governments a solution that enables states creating public exchanges under PPACA to offer customized individual consumer, or AHBE, and small group, or SHOP, exchanges. Leveraging the InsureAdvantage framework, the state solution has been customized for the government exchange market and includes three major functional components that facilitate plan selection:

 

    AHBE Shopping and Enrollment Applications—Intuitive tools that help consumers examine, compare and enroll in the best insurance options available for them and their families. Our individual shopping solution for state exchanges includes a range of plan comparison, consumer decision support and provider search tools.

 

    SHOP Exchanges—For employer and employee shopping, quoting and enrollment.

 

    Health Plan Management—Provides states and health plans with proven tools, methods and best practices that minimize maintenance costs and allow the exchange to remain a successful and sustainable distribution platform.

Medicare Solution

We provide innovative, web-based Medicare plan comparison and enrollment tools for health plans, PBMs, pharmacies, field marketing organizations, or FMOs, and call centers. These products are used by the Medicare population through commercial health plans, retiree transition exchanges (group to individual, group to group) provided by benefits consulting firms and Medicare.gov. More than 30% of 2013 plan year enrollees in Medicare Part D plans used our product to compare and enroll.

 

83


Table of Contents

Key capabilities offered for our Medicare solution include:

Consumer Plan Comparison and Shopping

The Plan Comparison and Shopping application is deployable in multiple portal website configurations including consumer, agent/broker and call center representative. The application supports the most common Medicare plan options including Medicare Advantage, or MA, Medicare Advantage Prescription Drug, or MAPD, Prescription Drug, or PDP, and Medicare Supplement plans. In addition to operating as a stand-alone website, the offering can also be made available as an Application Programming Interface or API. This allows the customer to embed the functionality within their existing internet assets without the need for a separate website.

Plan Comparison and Retention

Our Plan Comparison and Retention application utilizes features from the shopping application to improve the efficiency of the policy renewal process. Medicare beneficiaries can receive their forms pre-populated with their personal information from the new business enrollment process, seeing plan options and cost estimates built on known information, such as age and pharmaceutical drug utilization. These pre-filled forms minimize potential errors and can expedite the enrollment process. Beneficiaries are also offered a Short Enrollment Request Form to facilitate enrolling in a different plan offered by the same health plan (when allowed by Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS).

On-line Enrollment

The On-line Enrollment application can be fully integrated with the Plan Comparison and Shopping application. The application unifies multiple distribution channels (e.g., brokers, field marketing organizations, call centers, etc.) into a single automated application submission to the health plan. Reporting is also available on an integrated basis. Common Medicare plan options including MA, MAPD, PDP and Medicare Supplement plans are supported with dynamic form generation coupled with extensive customization options.

Mobile Field Enrollment

In many cases brokers and agents are in the field and do not have access to the internet at the time of meeting with prospective beneficiaries. Our Mobile Field Enrollment application allows the user to store the enrollment data locally on their tablet and sync with the health plan once they are online. Customer information can also be loaded from the agent/broker’s contact address book located on their tablet. In addition to enrollment forms, other sales information, including presentations and scope of appointment forms are available electronically on the tablet as well.

Private Exchanges

Our Private Exchange, or On Ramp, provides benefit consultants, brokers, exchange operators and aggregators with a group defined-contribution benefit exchange solution. The solution enables users to provide their employer and individual customers with a compliant benefit shopping, enrollment and post-enrollment benefits management experience. Brokers are empowered with a custom-branded private exchange environment that provides analytics and decision support. Our Private Exchange solution expands upon our single-plan shopping and enrollment tools by allowing users to compare plans, premiums and products from among multiple health plans within a specific geography. Our solution also allows customers to sell commercial and Medicare products.

Through our RxHealth Insurance Agency, Inc. subsidiary, we are a CMS-approved Web Broker Entity, which allows us to assist customers online with (i) completing enrollment in Qualified Health Plans offered in

 

84


Table of Contents

the individual market through the Federal Exchange; (ii) applying for tax credits and cost sharing reductions for Qualified Health Plans; and (iii) other customer service assistance related to health insurance coverage and enrollment processes through the Federal Exchange. Using Web Broker Entity services allows brokers, agencies and aggregators to provide a CMS-approved technology platform to consumers shopping for Qualified Health Plans. However, we believe many brokers, agencies and aggregators lack the technical resources and capabilities to independently obtain CMS approval. Therefore, by extending our Web Broker Entity services to these brokers, agencies and aggregators as part of our private exchange solution, we believe that we can provide enhanced services to those customers that other private exchange providers lacking CMS approval cannot offer.

Under 65 Plan Comparison and Enrollment

Building upon our shopping and enrollment applications, our Private Exchange applications delivers individual consumer and group quoting in a multi-payer configuration. The ability to intake an employer’s employee roster is supported to pre-fill demographic information and decrease process time. Brokers can monitor in-progress activity of the employees and analyze their sold group business, as well as create customized proposals for their customers.

Consumers and employees are provided medical plan decision support, including demographic and health condition analysis, provider network lookup, financial/out-of-pocket decision modeling, out-of-pocket cost calculator and drug comparison services as described below. In addition to medical products, ancillary and supplemental products (e.g., dental, vision, disability, etc.) are also supported in a single user shopping experience. Once the end-user has made plan selections, electronic enrollment during both annual open enrollment and special enrollment periods is available.

The solution includes integration with third-party benefits administration, consumer-directed health account management (FSA/HSA), call center services and population health and wellness management vendors.

Retiree Group Plan Comparison and Enrollment

Developed for the employer seeking to transition its retirees from its current group coverage to individual Medicare plans, the Retiree Group Plan Comparison application allows for the creation of customized employer websites. The roster of eligible retirees can be pre-populated prior to making the site available for the retiree to select a new coverage plan. Health plans that have been selected by the employer are displayed to the retiree. Our Private Exchange solution not only includes technology, but also a repository of participating health plan and ancillary health plan data and integration connectivity. This repository enables the broker and exchange operator to deploy an offering quickly by avoiding an independent sourcing effort.

Drug Compare

We offer our customers, including PBMs, private exchanges and the federal government’s Medicare.gov website, a member engagement tool for drug pricing comparison called Drug Compare. We believe Drug Compare is the most widely-used and comprehensive drug pricing comparison database. In 2013, Drug Compare was made available to an audience of approximately 100 million people. Using this application, dose equivalent therapeutic alternatives are priced according to the shopper’s or member’s benefit and formulary. Lower cost formulary options are suggested, including direct generics, generic alternatives, brands, over the counter drugs, pill-splitting and alternative dosing schedules. Side-by-side pricing and safety comparisons are provided, as well as alerts regarding potential medication management interactions for a member. Our data network includes the ability to comparison shop across nearly 50,000 retail and mail-order pharmacy locations.

Professional Services and Customer Support

We deliver and support the Connecture platform and solutions utilizing teams of highly qualified business and technical personnel.

 

85


Table of Contents

Implementation : We provide implementation services to our customers in order to help ensure seamless deployment and effective utilization of our solutions. Our customer implementation teams follow a five-step approach for each implementation:

 

    Requirements Identification, including project planning and coordination to establish key milestones, documenting business and technical requirements, establishing a rollout strategy and planning operational and market adoption activities;

 

    Configuration and deployment, including configuring our applications to meet identified requirements and defining needs for the specific business rules associated with each market segment and function automated;

 

    Integration, including connecting the Connecture platform functionality to a customer’s currently existing systems, such as core administration, membership and billing as well as connecting to public and private exchanges;

 

    Testing, including testing of various scenarios and use cases, unique functionality, inbound and outbound feeds, and regression testing; and

 

    Training, including train the trainer and internal user sessions to learn how to implement and access our solutions.

Production Support : Once deployed, customers have the option of maintaining various business rules, rates, plans and products on their own utilizing our proprietary tools, or having us maintain the platform on their behalf.

Software Application Maintenance : Product R&D staff provide regular upgrades to the licensed applications, including updates for common regulatory items and new functionality.

Customers

Our customers include many of the nation’s leading commercial and Medicare health plans, public and private exchanges and PBMs.

Sales and Marketing

We sell substantially all of our software solutions through our direct sales organization. Our direct sales team comprises health plan-focused and exchange-focused field sales professionals who are organized primarily by business segment. In our Private Exchange market, we also work closely with our customers to ensure that they are reaching their target audiences (e.g., employer groups) effectively as in some cases our contracts include fees tied to adoption or enrollment volume.

We generate customer leads, accelerate sales opportunities and build brand awareness through our marketing programs and strategic relationships. Our marketing programs target insurance and benefits executives, technology professionals and government department leaders. Our principal marketing programs include:

 

    use of our website to provide application and company information, as well as learning opportunities for potential customers;

 

    business development representatives who respond to incoming leads and convert them into new sales opportunities;

 

    participation in, and sponsorship of, user conferences, executive events, trade shows and industry events, including our user conferences;

 

86


Table of Contents
    integrated marketing campaigns, including direct email, blogs, podcasts and webinars; and

 

    public relations, analyst relations and social media initiatives.

Competition

While we do not believe any single competitor provides an offering as comprehensive as our platform, we face competition from various sources, many of which have greater resources than we have.

Our competition includes:

 

    insurance health plans and national brokers that have invested in internally developed customer acquisition and retention solutions;

 

    various niche software vendors;

 

    systems integrators and large consulting firms;

 

    third party administrators and call centers that may look to add technology capabilities; and

 

    general enterprise resource planning or CRM software vendors.

We believe that competition for our software and services is based primarily on the following factors:

 

    user experience and personalization;

 

    breadth and depth of application functionality;

 

    domain expertise in health insurance, benefits and healthcare consumerism, as well as in commercial and government sectors;

 

    capability for customization through configuration, integration, security, scalability and reliability of applications;

 

    size and variety of customer base;

 

    extensive health plan and API data network;

 

    cloud-based and on-premise delivery model options;

 

    ability to integrate with legacy enterprise infrastructures and third-party applications such as CRM; and

 

    ability to rapidly innovate and respond to customer needs and regulatory requirements.

We believe that we compete effectively based upon these criteria. Nonetheless, the increasing acceptance of automated solutions in the health insurance marketplace and the adoption of more sophisticated technology and legislative reform will result in increased competition.

Technology Infrastructure and Operations

As a software vendor, we have primarily deployed our solutions using hosted and software-as-a-service, or SaaS, models. Our customers typically access our software via the web or mobile devices, rather than by installing software on their premises. Through both our single-tenant and multi-tenant platforms, our customers have options as to the configuration that best meets their needs. The multi-tenant approach provides significant operating leverage and improved efficiency as it helps us to reduce our fixed cost base and minimize unused capacity on our hardware. In addition, we believe our software architecture gives us an advantage over vendors of legacy systems, who may be using a less flexible architecture that would require significant time and expense to update. Our enterprise customers utilize a single-tenant software application which allows improved configurability and support for a variety of unique integrations.

 

87


Table of Contents

We host our applications and serve our hosted customers from two data centers in separate locations. We rely on third-party vendors to operate these data centers, which are designed to host mission-critical computer systems and have industry-standard measures in place to minimize service interruptions. Our technical operations staff manages the technology stacks supporting our platforms and uses automated monitoring tools throughout our system to detect unusual events or malfunctions that could interfere with our customers’ use of the Connecture solutions. We monitor application health by verifying that the applications, interfaces and supporting middleware are operational. If our monitoring tools detect a problem, they notify our technical operations staff, who respond immediately to diagnose and resolve the problem. We take the security of our data and our systems very seriously, and we focus on minimizing the risk of vulnerabilities in our system at the levels of software design and system and network administration.

Compliance and Certifications

We voluntarily obtain third-party security examinations relating to security and data privacy. We contract with a qualified security assessor to conduct our annual ISO 27002. In addition, on an annual basis, we have a qualified security assessor complete an audit of compliance against the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards, or PCI-DSS, applicable to Level 2 service providers. These standards focus on application and network security controls for companies that process, transmit or store credit card data on behalf of customers. We anticipate being in a position to meet PCI compliance requirements as a Level 2 service provider by the end of 2014 and typically submit our Service Assessment Questionnaire Part D Attestation of Compliance documenting this assessment to the four major credit card brands annually. We also meet the requirements for a Business Associate as required by the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, or HIPAA. We have performed a self-assessment against the security controls contained in the Health Information Trust Alliance Common Security Framework, or HITRUST CSF. In addition, we have completed our MARS-e, or Minimum Acceptable Risk Standards for Exchanges, assessment in preparation for CMS review and with respect to integration with the Federally Facilitated Marketplace, or FFM, /healthcare.gov.

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of trade secret, copyright and trademark laws, license agreements, confidentiality procedures, confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements and technical measures to protect the intellectual property used in our business. We generally enter into confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements with our employees, consultants, vendors and customers. We also seek to control access to and distribution of our software, documentation and other proprietary information.

We use several registered trademarks for our products and services, such as “Connecture,” “DRX,” “DestinationRX” and “InsureAdvantage,” which are registered marks of Connecture in the United States. Through claimed common law trademark protection, we also protect other marks which identify our services, such as RxHealth, and we have reserved numerous domain names, including “connecture.com.”

We also rely on certain intellectual property rights that we license from third parties.

Government Regulation

The healthcare and health insurance industries are highly regulated and entities are required to comply with extensive and complex United States laws and regulations at the federal and state levels. Although many regulatory and governmental requirements do not directly apply to our business, our customers are required to comply with a variety of United States laws, and we may be impacted by these laws as a result of our contractual obligations. We have attempted to structure our operations to comply with applicable legal requirements, but there can be no assurance that our operations will not be challenged or impacted by enforcement initiatives.

 

88


Table of Contents

Requirements of PPACA

In March 2010, the President signed into law the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or PPACA. As enacted, PPACA will change how healthcare services are covered, delivered and reimbursed through expanded coverage of uninsured individuals, reduced Medicare program spending and insurance market reforms.

Although numerous lawsuits challenged the constitutionality of PPACA, the United States Supreme Court on June 28, 2012, upheld the constitutionality of PPACA except for provisions that would have allowed HHS to penalize states that did not implement the Medicaid expansion with the loss of existing federal Medicaid funding. Consequently, a number of states opted out of the Medicaid expansion. Since that time, several states that initially opted out of the Medicaid expansion changed their positions and expanded Medicaid coverage. While many of the provisions of PPACA will not be directly applicable to us, PPACA, as enacted, might affect the business of many of our customers. Health plans and large employers might experience changes in the numbers of individuals they insure as a result of Medicaid expansion and the creation of state and national exchanges. Although we are unable to predict with any reasonable certainty or otherwise quantify the likely impact of PPACA on our business model, financial condition or results of operations, changes in the business of our customers and the number of individuals they insure may negatively impact our business.

Requirements Regarding the Confidentiality, Privacy and Security of Personal Information

HIPAA and Other Privacy and Security Requirements. There are numerous federal and state laws and regulations related to the privacy and security of personal health information. In particular, regulations promulgated pursuant to HIPAA established privacy and security standards that limit the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health information and require the implementation of administrative, physical and technological safeguards to ensure the confidentiality, integrity and availability of individually identifiable health information in electronic form. Health plans, healthcare clearinghouses and most providers are considered by the HIPAA regulations to be “Covered Entities.” With respect to our operations, we are a Business Associate of our health plan customers and we are directly subject to the privacy and security regulations established under HIPAA. We enter into written Business Associate Agreements with our health plan customers, under which we are required to safeguard individually identifiable health information and comply with restrictions how we may use and disclose such information. Effective February 2010, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, or ARRA, and effective March 2013, the HIPAA Omnibus Final Rules extended the direct application of certain provisions of the Privacy Standards and Security Standards to us when we are functioning as a Business Associate of our health plan customers. ARRA and the HIPAA Omnibus Final Rule also subject Business Associates to direct oversight and audit by the HHS.

Violations of the Privacy Standards and Security Standards might result in civil and criminal penalties, and ARRA increased the penalties for HIPAA violations and strengthened the enforcement provisions of HIPAA. For example, ARRA authorizes state attorneys general to bring civil actions seeking either injunctions or damages in response to violations of Privacy Standards and Security Standards that threaten the privacy of state residents. Additionally, some health plans interpret HIPAA requirements differently than we do, and as our customers are the Covered Entity under HIPAA we may be required to comply with their interpretations.

We might not be able to adequately address the business risks created by HIPAA implementation. Furthermore, we are unable to predict what changes to HIPAA or other laws or regulations might be made in the future or how those changes could affect our business or the costs of compliance.

In addition to the Privacy Standards and Security Standards, most states have enacted patient confidentiality laws that protect against the disclosure of confidential medical and/or health information, and many states have adopted or are considering further legislation in this area, including privacy safeguards, security standards and data security breach notification requirements. Such state laws, if more stringent than HIPAA requirements, are not preempted by the federal requirements and we are required to comply with them. Additionally, other laws or

 

89


Table of Contents

standards may apply to our operations, including requirements related to handling certain financial information, federal tax information, or FTI, and payment card association operating rules with respect to credit card data.

Failure by us to comply with any state standards regarding patient privacy may subject us to penalties, including civil monetary penalties and, in some circumstances, criminal penalties. Such failure may injure our reputation and adversely affect our ability to retain customers and attract new customers.

Medicare and Medicaid Regulatory Requirements

We have contracts with insurance health plans who offer Medicare Managed Care (also known as Medicare Advantage or Medicare Part C) and Medicaid managed care plans. We also have contracts with insurance health plans who offer Medicare prescription drug benefits (also known as Medicare Part D) plans. The activities of the Medicare plans are regulated by CMS, and Medicaid is regulated at both the state and federal level. Though our health plan customers remain responsible to comply with CMS and other regulatory requirements, we operate as a First Tier, Downstream & Related Entity, or FDR, in support of our Medicare customers. Some of the activities that we might perform, such as the enrollment of beneficiaries, may be subject to CMS and/or state regulation, and such regulations may force us to change the way we do business or otherwise restrict our ability to provide services to such plans. Moreover, the regulatory environment with respect to these programs has become, and will likely continue to become, increasingly complex.

Financial Services-Related Laws and Rules

Financial services and electronic payment processing services are subject to numerous laws, regulations and industry standards, some of which might impact our operations and subject us, our vendors and our customers to liability as a result of the solutions we offer. In addition, our solutions might be impacted by payment card association operating rules, certification requirements and rules governing electronic funds transfers. If we fail to comply with applicable payment processing rules or requirements, we might be subject to fines and changes in transaction fees and may lose our ability to process credit and debit card transactions or facilitate other types of billing and payment solutions. Moreover, payment transactions processed using the Automated Clearing House Network, or ACH, are subject to network operating rules promulgated by the National Automated Clearing House Association and to various federal laws regarding such operations, including laws pertaining to electronic funds transfers, and these rules and laws might impact our billing and payment solutions.

Insurance Broker Laws

Insurance laws in the United States are often complex, and states have broad authority to adopt regulations regarding brokerage activities. These regulations typically include the licensing of insurance brokers and agents and govern the handling and investment of customer funds held in a fiduciary capacity. We and our broker/agency customers may be subject to some of these regulations, and may not be able to fully comply.

ERISA and Third-Party Administrator Laws

The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or ERISA, regulates how employee benefits are provided to or through certain types of employer-sponsored health benefits plans. ERISA is a set of laws and regulations that is subject to periodic interpretation by the United States Department of Labor as well as the federal courts. We believe that our current operations do not render us subject to ERISA fiduciary obligations, and therefore any such compliance does not currently have a material adverse effect on our operations. However, there can be no assurance that continuing ERISA compliance efforts or any future changes to ERISA will not have a material adverse effect on us.

 

90


Table of Contents

Numerous states in which we do business have adopted regulations governing entities engaged in third-party administrator, or TPA, activities. TPA regulations typically impose requirements regarding enrollment into benefits plans, claims processing and payments and the handling of customer funds. Although we do not believe we are currently acting as a TPA, changes in state regulations could result in us being obligated to comply with such regulations, which might require us to obtain licenses to provide TPA services in such states.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we have become involved in legal or regulatory proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not currently a party to any material litigation or regulatory proceeding and we are not aware of any pending or threatened litigation or regulatory proceeding against us that could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows.

Employees

As of July 31, 2014, we had 429 employees, all of whom are based in the United States. We consider our current relationship with our employees to be good. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or is a party to a collective bargaining agreement.

 

91


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors.

 

Name

  

Age

    

Position

Robert Douglas Schneider

     58       Chief Executive Officer, President and Director

James P. Purko

     41       Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

David A. Sockel

     50       Chief Revenue Officer

Michael Y. Cho

     51       Chief Innovation Officer, New Markets

Mark E. Granville

     59       Senior Vice President and General Manager, InsureAdvantage

Lea DeVillers

     46       General Counsel

A. John Ansay (2)

     58       Director

Vickie L. Capps (2)

     53       Director

Adam B. Dolder (1)(3)

     41       Director

David A. Jones, Jr. (3)

     56       Director and Chairman of the Board

Alan J. Ying (1)(2)

     42       Director

Paul Kusserow (1)(3)

     53       Director

 

(1) Member of Compensation Committee
(2) Member of Audit Committee
(3) Member of Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Robert Douglas Schneider has served as our Chief Executive Officer and President since January 2012. Prior to joining us, Mr. Schneider served in various positions with the healthcare information technology business of Thomson Reuters Corporation (now Truven Health Analytics) from 1995 to 2000 and from 2001 to 2011. From 2007 to 2011 at Thomson Reuters, he served as Executive Vice President for Innovation and Products, where he was responsible for product management, healthcare analytics and new market innovation. Mr. Schneider holds a B.S. in systems analysis from Miami University (Ohio) and an MBA from the Stanford Graduate School of Business. Mr. Schneider’s extensive leadership experience with healthcare information technology companies and in the healthcare industry, along with his perspective as our Chief Executive Officer, makes him a crucial member of our board of directors.

James P. Purko has served as our Chief Financial Officer and Secretary since February 2011. Previously, he served in various positions at HK Systems, Inc., a provider of automated material handling and logistics solutions now known as Dematic Corp. following its 2010 acquisition by the Dematic Group, from 2002 to 2011, most recently as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from 2008 to 2010, where he held executive responsibility for the Finance and IT functions of the Company. Prior to joining HK Systems, Mr. Purko worked as an auditor and audit manager for Arthur Andersen LLP from 1995 to 2002. Mr. Purko holds a B.B.A. in accounting from the University of Wisconsin—Madison and an MBA from the University of Chicago Booth School of Business. He is a certified public accountant and a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

David A. Sockel has served as our Chief Revenue Officer since May 2011. Prior to becoming our Chief Revenue Officer, Mr. Sockel served as the chief executive officer of HealthPlan CRM, a provider of healthcare member acquisition and marketing solutions, from September 2010 to April 2011. Prior to that time, Mr. Sockel served in various positions with us from 1999 to 2010, including as a Senior Vice President for Corporate and Sales Development from July 2009 to August 2010 and a Vice President of Operations and Business Development from 1999 to 2009. Mr. Sockel holds a B.S. in business administration and marketing from the University of Illinois Champaign-Urbana, an M.A. in public policy from the University of Chicago and an MBA from the University of Chicago Booth School of Business.

Michael Y. Cho has served as our Chief Innovation Officer, New Markets since January 2013. Mr. Cho was the founder, president and chief executive officer of DRX from 2001 until December 2010 and its chief strategist

 

92


Table of Contents

from January 2011 until we acquired it in January 2013. Mr. Cho holds a BA from Columbia University and an MBA from the Anderson Graduate School of Management at the University of California, Los Angeles.

Mark E. Granville has served as our Senior Vice President and General Manager, InsureAdvantage since October 2012. Previously, Mr. Granville worked for the healthcare business of Thomson Reuters (now Truven Health Analytics Inc.), a provider of healthcare data, analytics and advisory services, where he served as Senior Vice President, Analytic Consulting, from January 2012 to October 2012 and as Senior Vice President, Client Experience from August 2009 to December 2012. He holds a B.B.A. in management information systems from Bowling Green State University and an MBA from the University of Wyoming—Casper.

Lea DeVillers has served as our General Counsel since June 2013. Previously, she was Corporate Counsel for us from December 2010 to June 2013. Prior to joining Connecture, she was in-house counsel for Blue Cross Blue Shield of Minnesota, a health insurance company, from 1996 to 2002, where she provided legal advice to the government programs business unit on a variety of transactional, regulatory compliance, and policy and legislative affairs matters. Ms. DeVillers was not employed from 2002 to 2010 when she was devoting her full time to family matters. Ms. DeVillers holds a B.A. from the University of Wisconsin—Milwaukee and a J.D. from the University of Virginia School of Law.

Board of Directors

A. John Ansay has been a member of our board of directors since August 2014. Mr. Ansay is the co-founder of Equian, LLC (formerly Health Systems International, Inc.), a payment integrity service and technology provider to the commercial health and workers’ compensation markets that he co-founded in 2001. He has also served as a Principal for Ansay & Associates, LLC, an independent insurance agency, since 1980. He currently serves on the board of directors of Equian, Ansay & Associates and The Retirement Advantage, a third-party administrator for retirement plans. Mr. Ansay holds a B.S. in business from Marquette University. He also holds Certified Insurance Counselor (CIC) and Certified Public Accountant (CPA) designations. We believe that Mr. Ansay’s diverse experience in the healthcare industry and insurance industries makes him a valuable member of our board of directors.

Vickie L. Capps has been a member of our board of directors since August 2014. Ms. Capps was the Chief Financial Officer of DJO Global, Inc., a medical device company, from 2002 to 2013. Prior to joining DJO Global, Inc., Ms. Capps served as the chief financial officer of several other public and private companies and as a senior audit and accounting professional at Ernst & Young LLP. Ms. Capps has served as a member of the board of directors of Otonomy, Inc., a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company, since March 2014 and is the chair of its audit committee. In addition, Ms. Capps is a member of the Senior Advisory Board of Consonance Capital Partners, a healthcare investment firm, and is a member of the board of directors of RF Surgical Systems, Inc., and the chair of its audit committee and is a member of the board of directors of Eagle Rx, Inc., a provider of pharmacy services to the hospice industry. From 2007 to July 2010, Ms. Capps served as a member of the board of directors of SenoRx, Inc., a medical device company, prior to its acquisition by C. R. Bard, Inc. in July 2010. Ms. Capps is a California Certified Public Accountant and was recognized as CFO of the Year by the San Diego Business Journal in 2009 and 2010. Ms. Capps holds a Bachelor’s degree in Business Administration/Accounting from San Diego State University. We believe that Ms. Capps’ strong skill set consisting of corporate finance, accounting, operations, investor relations, capital markets and strategic business development, along with her experience in the healthcare industry, makes her a valuable member of our board of directors.

Adam B. Dolder has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2012. Mr. Dolder is a Managing Director, Head of Private Equity and a member of the Investment Committee at Great Point Partners, LLC, which he joined in 2006. Mr. Dolder currently serves on the boards of Aris Radiology, American Surgical Holdings, BNN Holdings Corp., PCF Opco Holdings, PPT Holdings Corp, Citra Health Solutions (FKA Orange Health Solutions) and Softbox Systems. Mr. Dolder holds a B.S. from Wake Forest University and an MBA from Harvard Business School. We believe Mr. Dolder’s diverse experience in the healthcare industry and his

 

93


Table of Contents

background in private equity and managing his firm’s investments make him a valuable member of our board of directors.

David A. Jones, Jr. has been a member of our board of directors since 2004 and Chairman of the Board since 2011. Mr. Jones is the Chairman of Chrysalis Ventures, LLC, a venture capital firm which he founded in 1993. Mr. Jones has served on the board of directors of Humana Inc., a leading health and well-being company, since 1993 and served as chairman of the board from 2005 through 2010. In addition, Mr. Jones currently serves on the boards of HCCA HoldCo, LLC and MyHealthDIRECT, Inc. Mr. Jones also serves on the boards of the Jefferson County (Kentucky) Board of Education and the Humana Foundation and is a member of the Health Executives Network. Mr. Jones has a B.A. from Yale University and a J.D. from Yale University Law School. We believe Mr. Jones’ diverse experience in the healthcare industry and his knowledge of emerging technologies and business models through his experience as a successful venture capital investor make him a valuable member and Chairman of our board of directors.

Paul Kusserow has been a member of our board of directors since October 2014. Since June 2014, Mr. Kusserow has served as the Vice Chairman and President, Development of Alignment Healthcare, Inc., an integrated clinical care company. Prior to joining Alignment Healthcare, Mr. Kusserow was Senior Vice President and Chief Strategy, Innovations and Corporate Development Officer of Humana Inc., a leading health and well-being company, from January 2008 through July 2013 and remained with the company through December 2013. Mr. Kusserow currently serves on the board of directors of New Century Health, Inc. and AxelaCare Health Solutions, LLC. Mr. Kusserow previously served as the chairman of the board of directors of Availity Inc. and Healthsense, Inc. Mr. Kusserow holds a B.A. from Wesleyan University and an M.A. in English from Oxford University. We believe Mr. Kusserow’s extensive experience in the healthcare industry make him a valuable member of our board of directors.

Alan J. Ying has been a member of our board of directors since June 2012. Dr. Ying is a founder and Managing Director of Polus Capital, a venture capital firm, which he founded in October 2013. Previously, he was a Venture Partner at Chrysalis Ventures, LLC from May 2010 to October 2013, the Managing Member of Asterism Capital Management, an investment advisory firm, from September 2009 to August 2012 and the Chief Medical Officer for the healthcare business of Thompson Reuters from 2006 to 2008. Dr. Ying is also the Non-Executive Chairman of KLAS Enterprises, a healthcare analytics provider and was a visiting scholar at Duke University’s Fuqua School of Business from 2008 to 2012. Dr. Ying trained in general surgery at Duke University and received an M.D. from The Ohio State University and a B.A. in Philosophy from Rice University. We believe Dr. Ying’s diverse experience in the healthcare industry makes him a valuable member of our board of directors.

Our executive officers are elected by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

In addition to the information presented above regarding each director’s specific experience, qualifications, attributes and skills, we also believe that all of our directors have demonstrated business acumen, ethical integrity and an ability to exercise sound judgment, as well as a commitment of service to us and our board of directors.

Board Composition and Structure

Our board of directors currently consists of seven members.

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, each to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. The authorized number of directors may be

 

94


Table of Contents

changed by resolution of the board of directors. Vacancies on our board of directors can be filled by a majority vote of the board of directors.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change of control. Mr. Jones and Mr. Dolder are the Class I directors, and their terms will expire in 2015. Mr. Ansay and Dr. Ying are the Class II directors, and their terms will expire in 2016. Mr. Schneider, Mr. Kusserow and Ms. Capps are the Class III directors, and their terms will expire in 2017.

Mr. Dolder has informed us that he intends to resign from our board of directors prior to the first anniversary of the closing of our initial public offering.

Director Independence

In August 2014, our board of directors undertook a review of the independence of the directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his or her ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that A. John Ansay, Vickie L. Capps, Adam Dolder, David A. Jones and Alan J. Ying are “independent directors” as defined under the rules of the NASDAQ Global Select Market and Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, rules and regulations. In October 2014, our board of directors undertook a similar review and additionally determined that Mr. Kusserow is also an “independent director” as defined under the rules of the NASDAQ Global Select Market and SEC rules and regulations.

During its independence review, our board of directors considered that Mr. Ansay is an officer, part-owner and board member of Ansay & Associates, LLC, an independent insurance agency that in June 2014 entered into an agreement with the Company pursuant to which Ansay & Associates will license certain of the Company’s products in the ordinary course of business. Our board of directors determined that this relationship does not impair Mr. Ansay’s independence or result in a material relationship with us that could compromise Mr. Ansay’s ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities because the agreement was entered into in the ordinary course of business for both the Company and Ansay & Associates and the fees the Company is to receive under the agreement do not otherwise require disclosure pursuant to Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K or otherwise impair Mr. Ansay’s independence under the rules of the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

Selection Arrangements

Each member of our board of directors was elected according to the provisions of our current voting agreement, which entitles certain holders of our capital stock to elect directors. This right and the voting agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering, and there will be no further obligation to which we are a party regarding the election of our directors.

Risk Management

Our risk management function is overseen by our board of directors. Upon the completion of this offering, through our management reports, our internal risk management committee and company policies, such as our corporate governance guidelines, our code of business conduct and ethics and our audit committee’s and compensation committee’s review of financial and other risks, we expect to keep our board of directors apprised of material risks and provide our directors access to all information necessary for them to understand and evaluate how these risks interrelate, how they affect us and how our management addresses those risks. Upon the completion of this offering, we expect Mr. Schneider, as our Chief Executive Officer, to work with our independent directors and with management once material risks are identified by the board of directors or management to address such risk. If the identified risk poses an actual or potential conflict with management, our independent directors conduct an assessment by themselves.

 

95


Table of Contents

Committees of Our Board of Directors

Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, which have the composition and responsibilities described below.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

    appointing, compensating, retaining and overseeing our independent auditors;

 

    approving the audit and non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditors;

 

    reviewing, with our independent auditors, all critical accounting policies and procedures;

 

    reviewing with management the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control structure and procedures for financial reports;

 

    reviewing and discussing with management and the independent auditor our annual audited financial statements and any certification, report, opinion or review rendered by the independent auditor;

 

    reviewing and investigating conduct alleged to be in violation of our code of conduct and establishing procedures for our receipt, retention and treatment of complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters and the confidential, anonymous submission by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters;

 

    preparing the audit committee report required in our annual proxy statement;

 

    reviewing the appointment, organization, budget, staffing and charter of the internal audit function, and the annual internal audit plan, and reviewing with management any reports of the internal audit function; and

 

    reviewing and evaluating, at least annually, its own performance and the adequacy of the committee charter.

Upon the completion of this offering, our audit committee will be composed of Mr. Ansay, Ms. Capps and Dr. Ying. Ms. Capps has been appointed to serve as the chairperson of our audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of Mr. Ansay, Ms. Capps and Dr. Ying is independent under the applicable requirements of the NASDAQ Global Select Market and SEC rules and regulations. Our board of directors has determined that each of Mr. Ansay, Ms. Capps and Dr. Ying meet the requirements for financial literacy and sophistication under the applicable requirements of the NASDAQ Global Select Market and SEC rules and regulations, and that Ms. Capps qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” under the applicable requirements of the NASDAQ Global Select Market and SEC rules and regulations. Upon the completion of this offering, the composition of our audit committee will comply with all applicable requirements of the SEC and the listing requirements of the NASDAQ Global Select Market and all of our audit committee members will be independent directors.

Our board of directors has adopted an audit committee charter to be effective upon the completion of this offering. We believe that the composition of our audit committee, and our audit committee’s charter and functioning, will comply with the applicable requirements of the NASDAQ Global Select Market and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

    reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers;

 

96


Table of Contents
    reviewing and approving salaries, bonuses, incentive compensation, equity awards benefits and perquisites of our Chief Executive Officer and our other executive officers;

 

    recommending the establishment and terms of our incentive compensation plans and equity compensation plans, and administering such plans;

 

    recommending compensation programs for directors;

 

    preparing disclosures regarding executive compensation and any related reports required by the rules of the SEC;

 

    making and approving grants of options and other equity awards to all executive officers, directors and all other eligible individuals; and

 

    reviewing and evaluating, at least annually, its own performance and the adequacy of the committee charter.

Our compensation committee is currently composed of Mr. Dolder, Mr. Kusserow and Dr. Ying, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors. Dr. Ying has been appointed to serve as the chairperson of our compensation committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our compensation committee is independent under the applicable requirements of the NASDAQ Global Select Market and SEC rules and regulations, is a non-employee director, as defined by Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and is an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Our board of directors has adopted a compensation committee charter. We believe that the composition of our compensation committee and our compensation committee’s charter and functioning, will comply with the applicable requirements of and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

    assisting our board of directors in identifying qualified director nominees and recommending nominees for each annual meeting of stockholders;

 

    developing, recommending and reviewing corporate governance principles and a code of conduct applicable to us;

 

    assisting our board of directors in its evaluation of its performance and the performance of each of its committees; and

 

    reviewing and evaluating, at least annually, its own performance and the adequacy of the committee charter.

Upon the completion of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will be composed of Mr. Dolder, Mr. Kusserow and Mr. Jones. Mr. Jones is the chairperson of our nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of these individuals is independent under the applicable requirements of the NASDAQ Global Select Market and SEC rules and regulations.

Our board of directors has adopted a nominating and corporate governance committee charter. We believe that the composition of our nominating and corporate governance committee, and our nominating and corporate governance committee’s charter and functioning, will comply with the applicable requirements of the NASDAQ Global Select Market and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to comply with future requirements to the extent they become applicable to us.

 

97


Table of Contents

Following the completion of this offering, the full text of our audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee charters will be posted on the investor relations portion of our website at http://www.connecture.com. We do not incorporate the information contained on, or accessible through, our corporate website into this prospectus, and you should not consider it part of this prospectus.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our board of directors has adopted a code of business conduct. The code applies to all of our employees and officers (including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions), directors and consultants. Following the completion of this offering, the full text of our code of conduct will be posted on the investor relations portion of our website at http://www.connecture.com. We do not incorporate the information contained on, or accessible through, our corporate website into this prospectus, and you should not consider it part of this prospectus.

Director Compensation

Historically, we have not paid any cash compensation to our directors for their services as directors or as members of committees of our board of directors. We do, however, reimburse our directors for expenses associated with attending meetings of our board of directors and meetings of committees of our board of directors. In 2014, we have granted stock options to Alan J. Ying, who is a member of our board of directors and formerly affiliated with Chrysalis Ventures. In connection with the offering, we have adopted a policy pursuant to which our non-employee directors are entitled to receive an annual cash fee of $44,000 and following the completion of this offering, will be entitled to receive an annual equity award of $66,000 in restricted stock. The number of shares subject to these options will be determined by dividing $66,000 by the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant, and these options will vest monthly over 12 months beginning one month following the date of grant. The audit committee chairperson will receive an annual fee of $12,000. The compensation committee chairperson will receive an annual fee of $10,000. The nominating and corporate governance committee chairperson will receive an annual fee of $10,000. Members of our board of directors will continue to be reimbursed for travel and other out-of-pocket expenses in connection with attending meetings.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee is an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

 

98


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

2013 Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents compensation information for fiscal 2013 paid to or accrued for our principal executive officer and our two other most highly compensated persons serving as executive officers as of December 31, 2013. We refer to these executive officers as our “named executive officers.”

 

Name and Principal Position

   Salary      Bonus (1)      All Other
Compensation (2)
     Total  

Robert Douglas Schneider

   $ 300,112       $ 138,750       $       $ 438,862   

President and Chief Executive Officer

           

David A. Sockel

     225,000         208,125         1,487         434,612   

Chief Revenue Officer

           

Mark E. Granville

     225,006         104,063         2,363         331,432   

Senior Vice President and General Manager, InsureAdvantage

           

 

(1) Amounts represent discretionary annual bonus payouts determined by the Compensation Committee. The bonuses were not paid pursuant to a formal bonus plan and no quantitative targets have been established by the Compensation Committee in connection with the payment of bonuses. All bonus payments are entirely at the discretion of the Compensation Committee based on a comprehensive assessment of the individual’s performance.
(2) Consists solely of 401(k) matching contributions.

Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2013

The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding option awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2013.

 

     Option Awards  

Name

   Number of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised Options
Exercisable (1)
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable (1)
    Option Exercise
Price
     Option
Expiration Date
 

Robert Douglas Schneider

     633,636 (2)       214,289 (2)     $ 0.572         12/31/2021   
     1,141,789 (3)       380,597 (3)       0.622         10/26/2022   

David A. Sockel

     116,546 (4)       349,686 (4)       0.622         10/26/2022   

Mark E. Granville

     116,546 (4)       349,686 (4)       0.622         10/26/2022   

 

(1) Shares of common stock.
(2) This option grant vested as to 1/4 of the total option grant on December 31, 2011, the date of grant, as to 1/4 of the total option grant on December 31, 2012 and as to 1/4 of the total option grant on December 31, 2013 and vests as to the remaining shares on December 31, 2014. In January 2014, Mr. Schneider agreed to amend this option grant to reduce the total number of underlying shares by 156,110. As a result, on December 31, 2014, this option grant will vest as to 175,262 shares.
(3) This option grant vested as to 1/4 of the total option grant on October 26, 2012, the date of grant, as to 1/4 of the total option grant on December 31, 2012, as to 1/4 of the total option grant on December 31, 2013 and vests as to the remaining 1/4 of the total option grant on December 31, 2014.
(4) This option grant vested as to 116,546 shares on August 3, 2013, as to 116,546 shares on August 3, 2014 and vests as to 116,582 shares on August 3, 2015 and to the remaining 116,558 shares upon a Series B Investor Return Event, as defined below in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Benefit Plans—2010 Stock Plan.”

 

99


Table of Contents

Agreements with Named Executive Officers

Each of our named executive officers is subject to certain obligations relating to non-competition, non-solicitation, proprietary information and assignment of inventions. Pursuant to these obligations, each named executive officer has agreed (i) not to solicit our employees or customers during employment and for a period of 12 months after the termination of employment, (ii) not to compete with us or assist any other person to compete with us during employment and a period of 12 months after the termination of employment and (iii) to protect our confidential and proprietary information and to assign to us intellectual property developed during the course of employment.

Employment Agreements

The following is a summary of the employment agreements with our named executive officers as currently in effect.

Robert Douglas Schneider is party to an employment agreement with us effective December 31, 2011. This employment agreement has no specific term and constitutes at-will employment. Mr. Schneider’s current annual base salary is $300,000. Mr. Schneider is also eligible to receive benefits that are substantially similar to those of our other employees. Under his employment agreement, Mr. Schneider is eligible to receive an annual bonus with a target payment of 50% of his then current annual base salary. Payment of any bonus to Mr. Schneider is subject to the sole and absolute discretion of the Compensation Committee. If the Company completes this offering prior to December 31, 2014, then as of January 1, 2015, Mr. Schneider’s annual base salary will be increased to $400,000, and Mr. Schneider will be eligible to receive an annual bonus of up to 125% of his then current annual base salary.

Additionally, Mr. Schneider is party to a transaction bonus agreement with us effective October 26, 2012. Pursuant to this agreement, we are obligated to pay a transaction bonus to Mr. Schneider in the amount of $76,199, payable in a single lump sum within ten business days after the closing date of the first “transaction” occurring after the date of the agreement. For purposes of this agreement, a “transaction” is generally defined as (i) the disposition of all or substantially all of our assets or (ii) a change of control. An initial public offering of our common stock does not constitute a change of control for purposes of this agreement.

Each of Mr. Schneider, Mr. Granville and Mr. Sockel is party to a bonus agreement with us effective December 31, 2013. Pursuant to these agreements, the We are obligated to pay each of our named executive officers a bonus upon the earliest to occur of the following events: (i) an initial public offering, (ii) a change in control, (iii) the closing of an equity financing in which we receive gross proceeds of at least $20,000,000 or (iv) October 1, 2014. The amount of the bonus will depend on which event triggers the right to payment. Mr. Schneider’s agreement provides that he will be entitled to a bonus of $1.3 million if an initial public offering is the triggering event and a bonus of $1.0 million if the bonus is triggered by the remaining events. The agreements for Mr. Granville and Mr. Sockel provide that each officer will be entitled to a bonus of $300,000 if an initial public offering is the triggering event and a bonus of $250,000 if the bonus is triggered by the remaining events.

In addition, each of Mr. Schneider, Mr. Granville and Mr. Sockel is also party to a separation pay agreement with us. Pursuant to Mr. Schneider’s agreement, in the event Mr. Schneider is terminated without cause or if Mr. Schneider voluntarily terminates his employment with us for good reason, we are obligated to pay him (i) an amount equal to 100% of his then current annual base salary, to be paid out in monthly installments over a period of twelve months and (ii) the premium for Mr. Schneider and his dependents’ group health care continuation coverage for twelve months. Pursuant to Mr. Granville’s agreement, in the event that Mr. Granville is terminated without cause, we are obligated to pay him (i) an amount equal to 25% of his then current annual base salary, to be paid out in equal monthly installments over a period of three months and (ii) the premium for Mr. Granville

 

100


Table of Contents

and his dependents’ group health care continuation coverage for three months. Pursuant to Mr. Sockel’s agreement, in the event that Mr. Sockel is terminated without cause, we are obligated to pay him (i) an amount equal to 50% of his then current annual base salary, to be paid out in equal monthly installments over a period of six months; (ii) the premium for Mr. Sockel and his dependents’ group health care continuation coverage for six months; and (iii) a lump sum payment for Mr. Sockel’s accrued but unused vacation as of the date of his termination. Each of the severance benefits described above is contingent on named executive officers (i) executing a separation and release agreement; (ii) continuing compliance with certain restrictive covenants set forth in their employment agreements or separation pay agreements and (iii) cooperating with us as reasonably necessary during the separation pay period (as defined in each separation pay agreement). For purposes of these separation pay agreements, “without cause” is defined as any termination for reasons other than (i) death; (ii) disability; (iii) mutual agreement; or (iv) cause. “Cause” is defined as (i) willful insubordination; (ii) any act or omissions which is, or is likely to be, intentionally injurious to the Company or the business reputation of the Company; (iii) willful misconduct, dishonesty, fraud or malfeasance that results in injury to the Company; or (iv) arrest, indictment for, conviction or the entry of a plea of guilty or no contest to a felony or crime involving moral turpitude. For purposes of Mr. Schneider’s agreement, “good reason” is defined as Mr. Schneider’s resignation: (i) if we, without his written consent, (a) materially reduce Mr. Schneider’s then current authority, duties or responsibilities; (b) materially reduce Mr. Schneider’s then current base salary, unless substantially all other executive management employees’ base salaries are similarly or proportionally reduced; or (c) materially change the geographic location at which Mr. Schneider must perform services for us; and (ii) in the case of (i)(b) and (i)(c), Mr. Schneider provides written notice of the action to us within 60 days, we do not remedy the action within 30 days (the cure period) and Mr. Schneider resigns within ten days of the expiration of the cure period.

Under our 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, or the 2010 Stock Plan, the stock option agreements applicable to our named executive officers provide that in the event of a change of control, the stock options granted to our named executive officers will vest in full immediately before and contingent upon the change of control, subject to continuous service through the date of the change of control. An initial public offering of our common stock does not constitute a change of control under the 2010 Stock Plan.

We anticipate entering into new employment agreement with our current named executive officers in connection with this offering.

Limitations of Liability; Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a corporation’s board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors and other corporate agents. As permitted by Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, no director will be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Pursuant to Delaware law such protection would be not available for liability:

 

    for any breach of a duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

    for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    for any transaction from which the director derived an improper benefit; or

 

    for an act or omission for which the liability of a director is expressly provided by an applicable statute, including unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering also provides that if Delaware law is amended after the approval by our stockholders of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal

 

101


Table of Contents

liability of directors, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering further provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws also authorize us to indemnify any of our employees or agents and authorize us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or agent for any liability arising out of his or her action in that capacity, whether or not Delaware law would otherwise permit indemnification.

In addition, our amended and restated bylaws to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering provide that we are required to advance expenses to our directors and officers as incurred in connection with legal proceedings against them for which they may be indemnified and that the rights conferred in the amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions.

At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in material claims for indemnification. We believe that our indemnity agreements and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaw provisions to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and executive officers.

Indemnity Agreements

We have entered into indemnity agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify each director and officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering for expenses such as, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in our right, arising out of the person’s services as our director or executive officer or as the director or executive officer of any subsidiary of ours or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

Benefit Plans

2010 Stock Plan

Our 2010 Stock Plan was adopted by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders in March 2010. Our 2010 Stock Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and stock appreciation rights to our employees, directors and consultants who provide services to us. As of December 31, 2013, options to purchase 5,520,163 shares of common stock were outstanding and 1,454,814 shares of common stock were reserved for future grant under this plan. As of December 31, 2013, no awards have been granted under the 2010 Stock Plan other than incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options.

 

102


Table of Contents

We will not grant any additional awards under our 2010 Stock Plan following this offering. Instead, we will grant equity awards under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. However, our 2010 Stock Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of all outstanding equity awards granted under the 2010 Stock Plan.

The standard form of option agreement under the 2010 Stock Plan provides that options will vest 25% upon a Series B Investor Return Event, with the remaining 75% of the total option grant vesting as to 33.33% on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, 33.33% on the second anniversary of the vesting commencement date and 33.34% on the third anniversary of the vesting commencement date, subject to continued service through each applicable date. A Series B Investor Return Event is the occurrence of a change of control, or other transaction, if in such transaction each holder of Series B preferred stock receives an amount necessary to ensure a return of greater than $3.00 per share.

Under our 2010 Stock Plan, our board of directors, or its designated committee, has the authority to grant options with early exercise rights and to provide for accelerated vesting. The standard form of option agreement provides that in the event of a change of control, the options will vest in full immediately before and contingent upon the change of control, subject to continuous service through the date of the change of control. An initial public offering of our common stock does not constitute a change of control under the 2010 Stock Plan.

Our 2010 Stock Plan provides that our board of directors, or its designated committee, may equitably and proportionally adjust or substitute outstanding options upon certain events, including, without limitation, changes in our capitalization through stock splits, recapitalizations, mergers or consolidations. The standard form of option agreement under our 2010 Stock Plan provides that upon exercise, participants must execute an agreement pursuant to which the participant agrees to be bound by, and subject to, any agreements among the Company’s stockholders then in effect. Under the our investors’ rights agreement, all stockholders party to the agreement agree that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of our stock or any rights to acquire our stock for 180 days following this offering.

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

Our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan was approved by our board of directors and our stockholders in             . It is intended to make available incentives that will assist us to attract, retain and motivate employees (including officers), consultants and directors. We may provide these incentives through the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares and units and other cash-based or stock-based awards.

A total of              shares of our common stock will be initially authorized and reserved for issuance under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. This reserve will automatically increase on January 1, 2015 and each subsequent anniversary through 2024, by an amount equal to the smaller of (a)     % of the number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31, or (b) an amount determined by the board. This reserve will be increased to include any shares remaining available under our 2010 Stock Plan at the time of its termination or issuable upon exercise of options granted under our 2010 Stock Plan that expire or terminate without having been exercised in full.

Appropriate adjustments will be made in the number of authorized shares and other numerical limits in the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and in outstanding awards to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants’ rights in the event of a stock split or other change in our capital structure. Shares subject to awards which expire or are cancelled or forfeited will again become available for issuance under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. The shares available will not be reduced by awards settled in cash or by shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations; the net number of shares issued upon the exercise of stock appreciation rights or options exercised by means of a net exercise or by tender of previously owned shares will be deducted from the shares available under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

103


Table of Contents

The 2014 Equity Incentive Plan will be generally administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors. Subject to the provisions of the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, the compensation committee will determine in its discretion the persons to whom and the times at which awards are granted, the sizes of such awards and all of their terms and conditions. The compensation committee will have the authority to construe and interpret the terms of the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and awards granted under it. The 2014 Equity Incentive Plan provides, subject to certain limitations, for indemnification by us of any director, officer or employee against all judgments, amounts paid in settlement, and reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with any legal action arising from such person’s action or failure to act in administering the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

The 2014 Equity Incentive Plan will authorize the compensation committee, without further stockholder approval, to provide for the cancellation of stock options or stock appreciation rights with exercise prices in excess of the fair market value of the underlying shares of common stock in exchange for new options or other equity awards with exercise prices equal to the fair market value of the underlying common stock or a cash payment.

Awards may be granted under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan to our employees, (including officers), directors or consultants or those of any present or future parent or subsidiary corporation or other affiliated entity. All awards will be evidenced by a written agreement between us and the holder of the award and may include any of the following:

 

    Stock options . We may grant nonstatutory stock options or incentive stock options (as described in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code), each of which gives its holder the right, during a specified term (not exceeding 10 years) and subject to any specified vesting or other conditions, to purchase a number of shares of our common stock at an exercise price per share determined by the administrator, which may not be less than the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant.

 

    Stock appreciation rights . A stock appreciation right gives its holder the right, during a specified term (not exceeding 10 years) and subject to any specified vesting or other conditions, to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the date of grant of the award and the date of its exercise. We may pay the appreciation in shares of our common stock or in cash, except that a stock appreciation right granted in tandem with a related option is payable only in stock.

 

    Restricted stock . The administrator may grant restricted stock awards either as a bonus or as a purchase right at such price as the administrator determines. Shares of restricted stock remain subject to forfeiture until vested, based on such terms and conditions as the administrator specifies. Holders of restricted stock will have the right to vote the shares and to receive any dividends paid, except that the dividends may be subject to the same vesting conditions as the related shares.

 

    Restricted stock units . Restricted stock units represent rights to receive shares of our common stock (or their value in cash) at a future date without payment of a purchase price (unless required under applicable state corporate laws), subject to vesting or other conditions specified by the administrator. Holders of restricted stock units have no voting rights or rights to receive cash dividends unless and until shares of common stock are issued in settlement of such awards. However, the administrator may grant restricted stock units that entitle their holders to dividend equivalent rights.

 

   

Performance shares and performance units . Performance shares and performance units are awards that will result in a payment to their holder only if specified performance goals are achieved during a specified performance period. Performance share awards are rights denominated in shares of our common stock, while performance unit awards are rights denominated in dollars. The administrator establishes the applicable performance goals based on one or more measures of business performance enumerated in the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, such as net revenue, gross margin, net income or total stockholder return. To the extent earned, performance share and unit awards may be settled in cash or in shares of our common stock. Holders of performance shares or performance units have no voting

 

104


Table of Contents
 

rights or rights to receive cash dividends unless and until shares of common stock are issued in settlement of such awards. However, the administrator may grant performance shares that entitle their holders to dividend equivalent rights.

 

    Cash-based awards and other stock-based awards . The administrator may grant cash-based awards that specify a monetary payment or range of payments or other stock-based awards that specify a number or range of shares or units that, in either case, are subject to vesting or other conditions specified by the administrator. Settlement of these awards may be in cash or shares of our common stock, as determined by the administrator. Their holder will have no voting rights or right to receive cash dividends unless and until shares of our common stock are issued pursuant to the award. The administrator may grant dividend equivalent rights with respect to other stock-based awards.

In the event of a change in control as described in the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, the acquiring or successor entity may assume or continue all or any awards outstanding under the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan or substitute substantially equivalent awards. Any awards which are not assumed or continued in connection with a change in control or are not exercised or settled prior to the change in control will terminate effective as of the time of the change in control. The compensation committee may provide for the acceleration of vesting of any or all outstanding awards upon such terms and to such extent as it determines, except that the vesting of all awards held by members of the board of directors who are not employees will automatically be accelerated in full. The 2014 Equity Incentive Plan will also authorize the compensation committee, in its discretion and without the consent of any participant, to cancel each or any outstanding award denominated in shares upon a change in control in exchange for a payment to the participant with respect to each share subject to the cancelled award of an amount equal to the excess of the consideration to be paid per share of common stock in the change in control transaction over the exercise price per share, if any, under the award.

The 2014 Equity Incentive Plan will continue in effect until it is terminated by the administrator, provided, however, that all awards will be granted, if at all, within ten years of its effective date. The administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan at any time, provided that without stockholder approval, the plan cannot be amended to increase the number of shares authorized, change the class of persons eligible to receive incentive stock options, or effect any other change that would require stockholder approval under any applicable law or listing rule.

401(k)

We have established a tax-qualified employee savings and retirement plan for all employees who satisfy certain eligibility requirements, including requirements relating to age and length of service. Under our 401(k) plan, employees may elect to reduce their current compensation by up to the statutory limit, $17,500 in 2013, and have us contribute the amount of this reduction to the 401(k) plan. We match 20% up to the first 6% of employee contributions. Our contributions for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 were $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively. We intend for the 401(k) plan to qualify under Section 401 of the Code so that contributions by employees or by us to the 401(k) plan, and income earned on plan contributions, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from the 401(k) plan.

 

105


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Since January 1, 2011, there has not been, nor is there currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which we were or are a party in which the amount involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements with directors and executive officers, which are described where required in the section titled “Management,” and the transactions described below.

2012 Recapitalization and Series B Preferred Stock Financing

On August 3, 2012, in connection with the sale of our Series B preferred stock, we entered into an exchange agreement with the holders of our then-outstanding preferred stock, common stock and stock options and the holders of then-outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our preferred stock or common stock pursuant to which (i) holders of shares, or warrants to purchase shares, of our preferred stock or common stock that wished to sell their stock or warrants exchanged their shares or warrants for a total of 14,402,818 shares of our Series B preferred stock; (ii) holders of shares of our preferred stock and certain holders of shares of our common stock that wished to retain their stock exchanged their shares for 24,888,073 shares of our Series A preferred stock; (iii) all eligible stock options then-outstanding became fully vested and exercisable; (iv) certain option holders exercised their options for 33,897,000 shares of our common stock; and (v) certain option holders exercised their options for shares of our common stock and exchanged such shares of common stock for 1,293,735 shares of our Series B preferred stock. Immediately following the closing of the exchange agreement, we effected a 26-for-1 reverse stock split of all of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock and all of our issued and outstanding stock options.

Immediately following the transactions entered into pursuant to the exchange agreement, all stockholders and warrant holders that received shares of our Series B preferred stock pursuant to the exchange agreement sold 15,696,553 shares of Series B preferred stock, constituting all of the Series B preferred stock issued pursuant to the exchange agreement, to GPP—Connecture, LLC at a purchase price of $1.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $15,696,553. Certain members of our board of directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities at the time of the transaction sold shares of Series B preferred stock to GPP—Connecture, LLC in the transaction. The table below summarizes these sales.

 

Seller

   Shares of Series B
Preferred
Sold
     Aggregate Purchase
Price
 

TTP Fund, L.P. (1)

     6,566,567       $ 6,566,567   

Harbert Mezzanine Partners II SBIC (2)

     1,736,298       $ 1,736,298   

Daniel Maynard (3)

     1,609,966       $ 1,609,966   

Encubate Technology Ventures, L.P. (4)

     821,218       $ 821,218   

David A. Sockel (5)

     114,501       $ 114,501   

James P. Purko (6)

     114,501       $ 114,501   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     10,963,051       $ 10,963,051   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) TTP Fund, L.P. was a holder of more than 5% of a class of our voting securities at the time of the sale. Gardiner W. Garrard, an affiliate of TTP Fund, L.P., was a member of our board of directors at the time of the sale.
(2) Harbert Mezzanine Partners II SBIC was a holder of warrants exchanged pursuant to the exchange agreement, and upon completion of the exchange agreement, was the holder of more than 5% of a class of our voting securities at the time of the sale.
(3) Daniel Maynard was a holder of more than 5% of a class of our voting securities, a member of our board of directors and our President at the time of the sale.

 

106


Table of Contents
(4) Encubate Technology Ventures, L.P. was a holder of more than 5% of a class of our voting securities at the time of the sale.
(5) David A. Sockel is our Chief Revenue Officer.
(6) James P. Purko is our Chief Financial Officer and Secretary.

In connection with the sale of Series B preferred stock by our stockholders, we sold an aggregate of 4,000,000 shares of our Series B preferred stock at a purchase price of $1.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $4.0 million, all of which shares were sold to entities affiliated with certain members of our board of directors or holders of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities. The table below summarizes these sales.

 

Purchaser

   Shares of Series B
Preferred
Stock Purchased
     Aggregate Purchase
Price
 

GPP—Connecture, LLC (1)

     2,000,000       $ 2,000,000   

Chrysalis Ventures II, L.P. (2)

     2,000,000       $ 2,000,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     4,000,000       $ 4,000,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) GPP—Connecture, LLC is a holder of more than 5% of a class of our voting securities. Adam B. Dolder, an affiliate of GPP—Connecture, LLC, is a member of our board of directors.
(2) Chrysalis Ventures II, L.P. is a holder of more than 5% of a class of our voting securities. David A. Jones, Jr., an affiliate of Chrysalis Ventures II, L.P., is a member of our board of directors.

Investors’ Rights Agreement

In connection with our Series B preferred stock financing, we entered into an investors’ rights agreement with certain of our stockholders, including GPP—Connecture, LLC, Chrysalis Ventures II, L.P., LiveOak Equity Partners, L.P., SSM Venture Associates, L.P. and SSM Venture Partners II, L.P., each a holder of more than 5% of a class of our voting securities. Adam B. Dolder, an affiliate of GPP—Connecture, LLC, and David A. Jones, Jr., an affiliate of Chrysalis Ventures II, L.P., are members of our board of directors. The investors’ rights agreement, among other things:

 

    grants such stockholders certain registration rights with respect to shares of our common stock, including shares of common stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the shares of Series B preferred stock;

 

    obligates us to deliver periodic financial statements to the stockholders who are parties to the investors’ rights agreement, including GPP—Connecture, LLC, Chrysalis Ventures II, L.P., LiveOak Equity Partners, L.P., SSM Venture Associates, L.P. and SSM Venture Partners II, L.P.; and

 

    grants a right of first offer with respect to sales of our shares by us, subject to specified exceptions, to the stockholders who are parties to the investors’ rights agreement.

For more information regarding the registration rights provided in this agreement, please see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” Certain provisions of this agreement will terminate upon completion of this offering. This summary discusses certain material provisions of the investors’ rights agreement and is qualified by the full text of investors’ rights agreement filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Voting Agreement

In connection with our Series B preferred stock financing, we entered into a voting agreement with certain of our stockholders, including GPP—Connecture, LLC, Chrysalis Ventures II, L.P., LiveOak Equity Partners, L.P., SSM Venture Associates, L.P. and SSM Venture Partners II, L.P., each a holder of more than 5% of a class of our

 

107


Table of Contents

voting securities. Adam B. Dolder, an affiliate of GPP—Connecture, LLC, and David A. Jones, Jr., an affiliate of Chrysalis Ventures II, L.P., are members of our board of directors. The voting agreement provides, among other things:

 

    for the voting of shares with respect to the constituency and size of the board of directors;

 

    for the designation of our directors by certain of our stockholders; and

 

    for the voting of shares with respect to certain transactions approved by a majority of the holders of our outstanding preferred stock.

This agreement will terminate upon completion of this offering. This is not a complete description of the voting agreement and is qualified by the full text of the agreement, filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement

In connection with our Series B preferred stock financing, we entered into a restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement, with certain of our stockholders, including GPP—Connecture, LLC, Chrysalis Ventures II, L.P., LiveOak Equity Partners, L.P., SSM Venture Associates, L.P. and SSM Venture Partners II, L.P., each a holder of more than 5% of a class of our voting securities. Adam B. Dolder, an affiliate of GPP—Connecture, LLC, and David A. Jones, Jr., an affiliate of Chrysalis Ventures II, L.P., are members of our board of directors. The restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement, among other things:

 

    grants our investors certain rights of first refusal and co-sale with respect to proposed transfers of our securities by certain stockholders; and

 

    grants us certain rights of first refusal with respect to proposed transfers of our securities by certain stockholders.

This agreement will terminate upon completion of this offering. This is not a complete description of the right of first refusal and co-sale agreement and is qualified by the full text of the agreement, filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Employment Agreements

Please see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Arrangements with Named Executive Officers—Employment Agreements” for information on compensation and employment arrangements with our named executive officers.

Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Further, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. These agreements provide for the indemnification of our directors and officers for all reasonable expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action or proceeding brought against them by reason of the fact that they are or were our agents. We believe that these indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. For further information, see the section titled “Executive Compensation—Limitations of Liability; Indemnification of Directors and Officers.”

 

108


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

For more information regarding these agreements, see the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” This is not a complete description of the registration rights contained in the investors’ rights agreement and is qualified by the full text of the investors’ rights agreement filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Other Related Party Transactions

On May 29, 2014, we entered into a note purchase agreement with GPP—Connecture, LLC and Chrysalis Ventures II, L.P., each a holder of more than 5% of a class of our voting securities, pursuant to which GPP—Connecture, LLC and Chrysalis Ventures II, L.P. provided us a loan in an aggregate amount of $1.3 million in exchange for subordinated promissory notes due June 1, 2015 with principal amounts of $0.8 million and $0.5 million respectively. The notes carry an annual interest rate of 14% and contain a contingent exit fee of $0.6 million payable upon occurrence of a Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined in our Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended). As of June 30, 2014, the full principal on the notes remains outstanding, and no interest has been paid. We anticipate repaying the subordinated promissory notes with a portion of the proceeds from this offering. Adam B. Dolder, an affiliate of GPP—Connecture, LLC, and David A. Jones, Jr., an affiliate of Chrysalis Ventures II, L.P., are members of our board of directors. David Kroin and Joseph Pesce, affiliates of GPP—Connecture, LLC, were members of our board of directors at the time we entered into the note purchase agreement.

On January 15, 2013, we acquired DRX. Michael Y. Cho, our current Chief Innovation Officer, New Markets, was an employee and stockholder of DRX at the time of its acquisition and, as a stockholder of DRX, Mr. Cho received $1.1 million. Mr. Cho was not our employee at the time of the acquisition. In addition, in connection with our acquisition of DRX, GPP—Connecture, LLC and Chrysalis Ventures II, L.P. entered into a subordinated note guaranty agreement pursuant to which GPP—Connecture, LLC and Chrysalis Ventures II, L.P. agreed to unconditionally guarantee the payment of principal on a $3.0 million subordinated promissory note issued to the sellers of DRX. The principal on the note was subsequently adjusted down by $0.3 million to $2.7 million. Pursuant to the terms of the note guaranty agreement, the former DRX stockholders agreed that any interest payable on the subordinated promissory note will be payable to GPP—Connecture, LLC and Chrysalis Ventures II, L.P. instead of to such former DRX stockholders. The note carries an annual interest rate of 8%. As of June 30, 2014, the entire adjusted principal on the note remains outstanding, and no interest has been paid.

Additionally, in 2013, we paid Great Point Partners, LLC, an affiliate of GPP—Connecture, LLC, $0.6 million for services performed by Great Point Partners in connection with our acquisition of DRX.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

As provided by our audit committee charter, our audit committee must review and approve in advance any related party transaction. Pursuant to our Related Party Transactions Policy to be effective upon the consummation of the offering, all of our directors, officers and employees are required to report to our audit committee any such related party transaction prior to its completion. Each of the related party transactions described above that was submitted to our board of directors was approved by disinterested members of our board of directors after disclosure of the interest of the related party in the transaction.

 

109


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table and footnotes set forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of October 17, 2014, subject to certain assumptions set forth in the footnotes and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the shares of common stock offered in the public offering under this prospectus for:

 

    each stockholder, or group of affiliated stockholders, who we know beneficially owns more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock;

 

    each of our named executive officers;

 

    each of our current directors;

 

    all of our current directors and current executive officers as a group; and

 

    each of the selling stockholders.

Beneficial ownership of shares is determined under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and generally includes any shares over which a person exercises sole or shared voting or investment power. Except as indicated by footnote, and subject to applicable community property laws, we believe each person identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock beneficially owned by them. Shares of common stock subject to options and warrants currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of October 17, 2014, are deemed to be outstanding for calculating the number and percentage of outstanding shares of the person holding such options and warrants, but are not deemed to be outstanding for calculating the percentage ownership of any other person.

Applicable percentage ownership in the following table is based on 45,136,790 shares of common stock outstanding as of October 17, 2014, assuming the conversion of our preferred stock into common stock, and              shares of common stock outstanding after completion of this offering.

Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each person listed on the table is c/o Connecture, Inc., 18500 West Corporate Drive, Suite 250, Brookfield, WI 53045. Beneficial ownership or voting power representing less than 1% is denoted with an asterisk (*).

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

   Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to the
Offering
    Shares Beneficially
Owned After the
Offering
   Number
of Shares
to be
Sold if
Under-
writers’
Option is
Exercised
in Full
   Shares Beneficially
Owned After the
Offering if
Underwriters’
Option
is Exercised in Full
     Shares      Percentage     Shares    Percentage         Shares    Percentage

5% Stockholders:

                   

GPP—Connecture LLC (1)

     17,696,553         39.2              

Chrysalis Ventures II, L.P. (2)

     12,886,316         28.5              

Entities affiliated with SSM Partners (3)

     9,132,620         20.2              

LiveOak Equity Partners, L.P. (4)

     4,773,387         10.6              

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

                   

Robert Douglas Schneider (5)

     1,667,572         3.6              

David Sockel (6)

     240,961         *                 

Mark E. Granville (7)

     233,092         *                 

A. John Ansay (8)

             *                 

Vickie L. Capps (9)

             *                 

Adam B. Dolder (10)

     17,696,553         39.2              

Paul Kusserow (11)

             *                 

David A. Jones, Jr. (2)

     12,886,316         28.5              

Alan J. Ying (12)

     131,175         *                 

All executive officers and directors as a group (12 persons) (13)

     33,153,505         69.5              

 

110


Table of Contents

 

(1) Great Point Partners I, LP, or GPPLP, is the sole manager and controlling member of GPP—Connecture LLC, or GPPC. Great Point Partners I GP, LLC is the general partner of GPPLP and Great Point Partners, LLC, or Great Point, is the investment manager of GPPLP and by virtue of such status, Great Point may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the shares held by GPPC. Each of Dr. Jeffrey R. Jay, M.D., as senior managing member of Great Point, and Mr. David Kroin, as special managing member of Great Point, has voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by GPPC and therefore may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the shares held by GPPC. Mr. Kroin was a member of our board of directors until August 2014. The address of GPPC is 165 Mason Street, 3rd Floor, Greenwich, CT 06830. For a discussion of our material relationships with GPPC, see the section titles “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
(2) Chrysalis Partners II, LLC, or CP II LLC, is the general partner of Chrysalis Ventures II, L.P., or CV II LP, and as such may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by CV II LP. Investment and voting decisions with respect to the shares held by CV II LP are made by an advisory committee of CP II LLC that consists of David A. Jones, Jr., who is a member of our board of directors, Koleman Karleski, Wright Steenrod and Irv Bailey, each of whom is a member of CP II LLC. The address of CV II LP and CP II LLC is 101 South Fifth Street, Suite 1650, Louisville, KY 40202. For a discussion of our material relationships with CV II LP, see the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
(3) Represents 7,640,186 shares held by SSM Venture Partners II, L.P., or SSMVP, and 1,492,434 shares held by SSM Venture Associates, L.P., or SSMVA. SSM Corporation serves as the general partner of SSM II, L.P., which serves as the general partner of SSMVP and SSMVA and by virtue of such status, SSM Corporation and SSM II, L.P. each may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of shares held by SSMVP and SSMVA. Jim Witherington, a former director of the Company, and Wilson Orr, are the directors and majority holders of SSM Corporation and by virtue of such status, may also be deemed to be the beneficial owners of shares held by SSMVP and SSMVA. The address of SSMVP and SSMVA is 6075 Poplar Avenue, Suite 335, Memphis, Tennessee 38119. For a discussion of our material relationships with SSMVP and SSMVA, see the section titles “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
(4) James A. Gilbert, a former director of the Company, is the managing member of the general partner of LiveOak Equity Partners, L.P., or LiveOak, and by virtue of such status, may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the shares held by LiveOak. The address of LiveOak is 1268 Park Vista Dr., Atlanta, GA 30319. For a discussion of our material relationships with LiveOak, see the section titles “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
(5) Includes 1,658,342 shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of October 17, 2014. Mr. Schneider is our Chief Executive Officer and President and a member of our board of directors.
(6) Includes 233,092 shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of October 17, 2014. Mr. Sockel is our Chief Revenue Officer.
(7) Represents 233,092 shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of October 17, 2014. Mr. Granville is our Senior Vice President and General Manager, InsureAdvantage.
(8) Mr. Ansay does not hold any shares or any shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of October 17, 2014. Mr. Ansay is a member of our board of directors.
(9) Ms. Capps does not hold any shares or any shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of October 17, 2014. Ms. Capps is a member of our board of directors.
(10) Represents shares held by GPPC. Mr. Dolder is a managing director and member of the investment committee at Great Point Partners, LLC and a minority investor in GPPC, and by virtue of such status, may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the shares held by GPPC. Mr. Dolder is a member of our board of directors.
(11) Mr. Kusserow does not hold any shares or any shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of October 17, 2014.
(12) Represents 131,175 shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of October 17, 2014. Dr. Ying is a member of our board of directors.
(13) Includes 2,553,537 shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of October 17, 2014.

 

111


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following is a summary of our capital stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, forms of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Immediately following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of              shares of common stock, $0.001 par value and 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.001 par value.

Common Stock

As of June 30, 2014, there were 45,136,790 shares of our common stock outstanding that were held of record by approximately 27 stockholders, assuming the conversion of our preferred stock into shares of common stock. There will be              shares of common stock outstanding (assuming no exercise of outstanding options) after giving effect to the sale of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus.

The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders generally and do not have cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors may elect all of the directors standing for election. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends declared by our board of directors out of assets legally available. See the section titled “Dividend Policy.” Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and the liquidation preference of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares of common stock are, and all shares of common stock to be outstanding upon completion of this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

Upon the closing of this offering, all outstanding shares of our Series A and Series B preferred stock will be converted into shares of common stock. Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue from time to time up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, in one or more series. Our board of directors will determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of any series, any or all of which may be greater than or senior to the rights of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and reduce the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation, and the likelihood that holders of preferred stock will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control, which could depress the market price of our common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Registration Rights

We have entered into an investors’ rights agreement dated as of August 3, 2012 with certain holders of our preferred stock. Subject to the terms of this agreement, holders of 44,488,876 shares (on an as converted to common stock basis) have registration rights, which includes demand registration rights, piggyback registration

 

112


Table of Contents

rights and short-form registration rights. The following description of the terms of the investors’ rights agreement is intended as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the investors’ rights agreement filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part.

The holders of these registration rights have waived their rights to demand and piggyback registration of their shares until the expiration of the lock-up period applicable to this offering. See the section titled “Underwriters.”

The registration rights described below, granted pursuant to the investor’s rights agreement, will terminate, with respect to any particular stockholder, upon the occurrence after the completion of this offering of the total shares of common stock held by and issuable to the particular stockholder constituting less than 1% of the shares of common stock then outstanding as shown on our most recent report or statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. Each party to the investor’s rights agreement has agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock for a period of 180 days following the effective date of the registration statement related to this offering.

Demand Registration Rights

At any time following 180 days after the completion of this offering, but subject to certain exceptions, the holders of 40% of then outstanding registrable securities with demand registration rights may demand that we effect a registration under the Securities Act covering the public offering and sale of all or part of the registrable securities held by those stockholders. Upon any such demand and as soon as practicable, we must effect the registration of the registrable securities that we have been requested to register, together with all other registrable securities that we may have been requested to register by other stockholders pursuant to the piggyback registration rights described below. These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters, if any, to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under specified circumstances. In addition, we are not obligated to effect a demand registration if we have already effected two demand registrations or if the proposed aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, of the shares to be registered by the holders requesting registration is less than $5.0 million.

We have the ability to delay the filing of a registration statement, subject to certain restrictions, if the board of directors determines in its judgment that it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration to be effected at such time.

Piggyback Registration Rights

Pursuant to our investors’ rights agreement, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to a registration related to any employee benefit plan, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization or other Rule 145 transaction or a registration in which the only common stock being registered is stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered, the holders of then outstanding registrable securities are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right to include their registrable securities in such registration. As of June 30, 2014, the holders of approximately 44,488,876 shares of registrable securities will be entitled to notice of this registration and will be entitled to include their shares of common stock in the registration statement to the extent not waived. The underwriter(s) of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit the number of shares having registration rights to be included in the registration statement.

Short-Form Registration Rights

Following this offering, if we become eligible to file registration statements on Form S-3, any holder of registrable securities then outstanding that is party to the investors’ rights agreement may request in writing that

 

113


Table of Contents

we effect a registration on Form S-3 under the Securities Act, so long as the proposed aggregate offering price of the shares to be registered by the holders requesting registration is at least $1.5 million, subject to certain exceptions.

We have the ability to delay the filing of a registration statement, subject to certain restrictions, if the board of directors determines in its judgment that it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration to be effected at such time.

Expenses of Registration

With specified exceptions, we are required to pay all expenses of registration, excluding underwriters’ discounts, commissions and stock transfer taxes.

Anti-Takeover Provisions Under Our Charter and Bylaws and Delaware Law

Certain provisions of Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions, which are summarized below, may have the effect of discouraging coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

Undesignated Preferred Stock . As discussed above, our board of directors has the ability to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

Limitations on the Ability of Stockholders to Act by Written Consent or Call a Special Meeting . We have provided in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that our stockholders may not act by written consent. This limit on the ability of our stockholders to act by written consent may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our amended and restated bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our amended and restated bylaws.

In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the chairperson of our board of directors, the chief executive officer or a majority of the board of directors. A stockholder may not call a special meeting, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for holders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals . Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. However, our amended and restated bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed. These provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

 

114


Table of Contents

Classified Board . Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that our board of directors is divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. As a result, one class (i.e., approximately one-third of our board of directors) will be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. This provision may discourage a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us as it is more difficult and time-consuming for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors on a classified board.

Board Vacancies Filled Only by Majority of Directors . Vacancies and newly created seats on our board may be filled only by a majority of the number of then-authorized members of our board of directors. Only our board of directors may determine the number of directors on our board. The inability of stockholders to determine the number of directors or to fill vacancies or newly created seats on our board of directors makes it more difficult to change the composition of our board of directors, but these provisions promote a continuity of existing management.

No Cumulative Voting . The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that there shall be no cumulative voting and our amended and restated bylaws do not expressly provide for cumulative voting.

Directors Removed Only for Cause. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for the removal of a director only with cause and by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66  2 3 % of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of our directors.

Amendment of Charter Provisions . The amendment of the provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires approval by holders of at least 66  2 3 % of our outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (in addition to any rights of the holders of our outstanding capital stock to vote on such amendment under the Delaware General Corporation Law). The amendment of the provisions in our amended and restated bylaws requires approval by either a majority of our board of directors or holders of at least 66  2 3 % of our outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (in addition to any rights of the holders of our outstanding capital stock to vote on such amendment under the Delaware General Corporation Law).

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute . We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law which regulates corporate acquisitions of publicly held companies. This law provides that a specified person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of a publicly held Delaware corporation, or an interested stockholder, may not engage in business combinations with the corporation for a period of three years after the date on which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in advance in a manner prescribed by Delaware law. The law does not include interested stockholders prior to the time our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. The law defines the term “business combination” to include mergers, asset sales and other transactions in which the interested stockholder receives or could receive a financial benefit on other than a pro rata basis with other stockholders. This provision has an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by our board of directors, including discouraging takeover attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of our common stock. With approval of our stockholders, we could amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in the future to avoid the restrictions imposed by this anti-takeover law.

The provisions of Delaware law and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

 

115


Table of Contents

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Our transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent’s address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219, and its telephone number is (718) 921-8200.

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “            .”

 

116


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market could reduce prevailing market prices. Furthermore, since a substantial number of shares will be subject to contractual and legal restrictions on resale as described below, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after these restrictions lapse could adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of              shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of outstanding options or warrants. Of these shares, all of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are purchased by “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining              shares of common stock held by existing stockholders are “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if their resale qualifies for an exemption from registration described below under Rules 144 or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

As a result of the contractual restrictions described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, the restricted shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

    0 shares will be eligible for sale upon completion of this offering; and

 

             shares will be eligible for sale upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements, described below, beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

In addition, of the 5,650,255 shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2014, options to purchase 3,022,267 shares were vested as of June 30, 2014. Shares issued upon the exercise of such vested options will be eligible for sale 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

Lock-Up Agreements and Obligations

We and all of our officers and directors, as well as the other holders of substantially all shares of common stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering, have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not to offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into shares or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock, or enter into any swap or other arrangement for transfer to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, for a period of at least 180 days after the date of the final prospectus related to this offering. The agreement is subject to certain exceptions as set forth in the section titled “Underwriting.”

In addition, each grant agreement under our 2010 Stock Plan issued by us contains requirements that any exercising participant sign stockholder agreements that contain restrictions similar to those set forth in the lock-up agreements described above, limiting the disposition of securities issuable pursuant to those plans and agreements for a period of at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus.

10b5-1 Plans

Prior to or after the completion of the offering, certain of our employees, including our executive officers, and/or directors, may enter into written trading plans that are intended to comply with Rule 10b5-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Sales under these trading plans would not be permitted until the expiration of the lock-up agreements relating to the offering described above.

 

117


Table of Contents

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for 90 days, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for a least six months (including any period of consecutive ownership of preceding non-affiliated holders) would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for 90 days, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates who own shares that were acquired from us or an affiliate of ours at least six months prior to the proposed sale are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately              shares immediately after this offering; and

 

    The average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 of the Securities Act, as currently in effect, permits any of our employees, officers, directors or consultants who purchased or received shares from us pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract to resell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without compliance with certain restrictions. Subject to any applicable lock-up agreements, Rule 701 provides that affiliates may sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus without complying with the holding period requirement of Rule 144 and that non-affiliates may sell such shares in reliance on Rule 144 beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus without complying with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice requirements of Rule 144.

Registration Rights

Upon completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of 44,488,876 shares of our common stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration.

Form S-8 Registration Statements

Following the completion of this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the shares of our common stock that are issuable pursuant to our 2010 Stock Plan and 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Benefit Plans.” Subject to the lock-up agreements described above, other contractual lock-up obligations set forth in the grant agreements under each such plan and any applicable vesting restrictions, shares registered under these registration statements will be available for resale in the public market immediately upon the effectiveness of these registration statements, except with respect to Rule 144 volume limitations that apply to our affiliates.

 

118


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF

COMMON STOCK

This section summarizes the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder. For purposes of this summary, a “non-U.S. holder” is any beneficial owner that for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not a U.S. person. The term “U.S. person” means:

 

    an individual citizen or resident of the U.S.;

 

    a corporation or entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the U.S. or any state or political subdivision thereof, including the District of Columbia or otherwise treated as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

    an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of source; or

 

    a trust (i) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the U.S. and which has one or more U.S. persons who have authority to control all substantive decisions of the trust or (ii) which has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

Generally, an individual may be treated as a resident of the U.S. in any calendar year for U.S. federal income tax purposes by, among other ways, being present in the U.S. for at least 31 days in that calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three-year period ending in the current calendar year. For purposes of this calculation, such individual would count all of the days in which the individual was present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year, and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year. Residents are taxed for U.S. federal income tax purposes as if they were citizens of the U.S.

If a partnership, including any entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is a beneficial owner of common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships that are beneficial owners of our common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences to them of the ownership and disposition of our common stock.

This summary applies only to non-U.S. holders who acquire our common stock pursuant to this offering and who hold our common stock as a capital asset (generally property held for investment). This summary generally does not address tax considerations that may be relevant to particular investors because of their specific circumstances, or because they are subject to special rules. Certain former U.S. citizens or long-term residents, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, life insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, dealers in securities or currencies, brokers, banks or other financial institutions, certain trusts, hybrid entities, pension funds and investors that hold our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or conversion transaction are among those categories of potential investors that are subject to special rules not covered in this discussion. This summary does not consider the tax consequences for partnerships, entities classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes or persons who hold their interests through a partnership or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. This summary does not address any U.S. federal alternative minimum tax on unearned income Medicare contribution tax, U.S. federal gift tax consequences, or state or local or non-U.S. tax consequences. This summary does not provide a complete analysis of all potential tax considerations. The information provided below is based on existing authorities. These authorities may change, or the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, might interpret the existing authorities differently. We have not sought and do not plan to seek any ruling from the IRS with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will agree with our statements and conclusions. The tax considerations of owning or disposing of common stock could differ from those described below.

 

119


Table of Contents

INVESTORS CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF COMMON STOCK SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AND THE CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES OR UNDER ANY OTHER U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. LAWS AND ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATIES.

Distributions on Shares of Our Common Stock

Historically, we have never declared or paid dividends on our common stock, and we do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. See the section titled “Dividend Policy” above. However, if we were to make a distribution of cash or other property with respect to our common stock (other than certain distributions of stock which may be made free of tax), or if we were to effect a redemption that is treated for tax purposes as a distribution, such distributions would constitute dividends to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those dividends exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess would constitute a return of capital and would first reduce a holder’s basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then would be treated as gain from the sale of stock.

Subject also to the discussion under “Backup Withholding and Information Reporting” and “Legislation Relating to Foreign Accounts” below, gross amount of any dividend (out of earnings and profits) paid to a non-U.S. holder of common stock generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% unless the holder is entitled to an exemption from or reduced rate of withholding under an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive an exemption or a reduced treaty rate, prior to the payment of a dividend, a non-U.S. holder must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or successor forms) certifying qualification for the exemption or reduced rate.

Dividends received by a non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder (and dividends attributable to a non-U.S. holder’s permanent establishment or fixed base in the U.S. if an applicable income tax treaty applies) are exempt from this withholding tax. To obtain this exemption, prior to the payment of a dividend, a non-U.S. holder must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form) properly certifying this exemption. Effectively connected dividends (or dividends attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base in the U.S. if an applicable income tax treaty applies), although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition, dividends received by a corporate non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the corporate non-U.S. holder (or dividends attributable to a corporate non-U.S. holder’s permanent establishment or fixed base in the U.S. if an applicable income tax treaty applies) may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty).

A non-U.S. holder who provides us with an IRS Form W-8BEN IRS Form W-8BEN-E or an IRS Form W-8ECI may be required to periodically update such form.

A non-U.S. holder of common stock that is eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts currently withheld if an appropriate claim for refund is timely filed with the IRS.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

Subject to the discussion under “Backup Withholding and Information Reporting” and “Legislation Relating to Foreign Accounts” below, a non-U.S. holder will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gains realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of common stock (including a redemption, but only if

 

120


Table of Contents

the redemption would be traded as a sale or exchange rather than a distribution for U.S. federal income tax purposes) unless:

 

    the gain is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the non-U.S. holder (or attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base in the U.S. if an applicable income tax treaty applies), in which case the non-U.S. holder generally will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates and, if the non-U.S. holder is a corporation, the branch profits tax may apply, at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty;

 

    the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the U.S. for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met, in which case the non-U.S. holder will be required to pay a flat 30% tax (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the U.S. and such non-U.S. holder’s country of residence) on the net gain derived from the disposition, which tax may be offset by U.S. source capital losses recognized during the taxable year of the disposition, if any, provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses; or

 

    our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of (i) the five-year period preceding the disposition or (ii) the holder’s holding period for our common stock. We believe that we are not currently, and we are not likely to become, a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Generally, a corporation is a U.S. real property holding corporation only if the fair market value of its United States real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. If we become a U.S. real property holding corporation after this offering, so long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market (as defined under applicable law) and continues to be so traded, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain recognized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of shares of our common stock as a result of such status unless (i) such holder actually or constructively owned more than 5% of our common stock at any time during the shorter of (A) the five-year period preceding the disposition, or (B) the holder’s holding period for our common stock, and (ii) we were a U.S. real property holding corporation at any time during such period when the more than 5% ownership test was met. If any gain on your disposition is taxable because we are a U.S. real property holding corporation and your ownership of our common stock exceeds 5%, you will be taxed on such disposition generally in the manner applicable to U.S. persons. Any such non-U.S. holder that owns or has owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of our common stock is urged to consult that holder’s own tax advisor with respect to the particular tax consequences to such holder for the gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of shares of our common stock if we were to be or to become a U.S. real property holding company.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. A similar report is sent to the recipient. Pursuant to tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in the non-U.S. holder’s country of residence.

Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to a non-U.S. holder may be subject to additional information reporting and backup withholding. Backup withholding will not apply if the non-U.S. holder establishes an exemption, for example, by properly certifying its non-U.S. person status on an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or successor forms). Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S.

 

121


Table of Contents

person. Additional rules relating to backup withholding and information reporting requirements with respect to payments of the proceeds from the disposition of shares of our common stock are as follows:

 

    If the proceeds are paid to or through the U.S. office of a broker, the proceeds generally will be subject to backup withholding and information reporting, unless you certify under penalties of perjury (usually on IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E) that you are not a U.S. person or you otherwise establish an exemption.

 

    If the proceeds are paid to or through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is not a U.S. person and is not a foreign person with certain specified U.S. connections, or a U.S.-related person, information reporting and backup withholding generally will not apply.

 

    If the proceeds are paid to or through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is a U.S. person or a U.S.-related person, the proceeds generally will be subject to information reporting (but not to backup withholding), unless you certify under penalties of perjury (usually on IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E) that you are not a U.S. person or you otherwise establish an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Rather, the U.S. federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a credit or refund may be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Legislation Relating to Foreign Accounts

Under legislation enacted in 2010 and related guidance, commonly referred to as “FATCA”, a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax will be imposed on dividends on stock of U.S. corporations, and on the gross proceeds from the disposition of such stock, paid to a “foreign financial institution” (as specially defined by such law and applicable guidance), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury to collect and provide to the U.S. Treasury substantial information regarding its U.S. account holders and certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners. A 30% U.S. federal withholding tax will also apply to dividends paid on stock of U.S. corporations and on the gross proceeds from the disposition of such stock paid to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification that it does not have any substantial U.S. owners or a certification identifying the direct and indirect substantial U.S. owners of the entity. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder may be eligible for refunds or credits of such withholding taxes. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph. Investors are urged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of these rules to their investment in our common stock.

These withholding requirements apply to payments of dividends made on or after July 1, 2014 and will apply to payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock on or after January 1, 2017.

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

The estates of nonresident alien individuals are generally subject to U.S. federal estate tax on property with a U.S. situs. Because we are a U.S. corporation, our common stock will be U.S. situs property and therefore will be included in the taxable estate of a nonresident alien decedent. The U.S. federal estate tax liability of the estate of a nonresident alien may be affected by a tax treaty between the U.S. and the decedent’s country of residence.

THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION OF U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. IT IS NOT TAX ADVICE. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAWS.

 

122


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITERS

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and J. P. Morgan Securities LLC are acting as representatives, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

 

Name

  

Number of
Shares

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

J. P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  

Raymond James & Associates, Inc.

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  
  

 

Total:

  
  

 

The underwriters and the representatives are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representatives,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below. Sales of the shares that are taken, if any, may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $         per share under the public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions, and proceeds before expenses to us and the selling stockholders. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to an additional              shares of common stock.

 

            Total  
     Per
Share
     No
Exercise
     Full
Exercise
 

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us

   $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to selling stockholders

   $         $         $     

 

123


Table of Contents

The estimated offering expenses payable by us, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $        . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for expenses relating to clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority up to $        .

The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed 5% of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.

We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the trading symbol “            .”

We and all directors and officers and the holders of all of our outstanding stock and stock options have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and J. P. Morgan Securities LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus (the restricted period):

 

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock (as such term is used in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) or any securities so owned convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock;

 

    file any registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock;

 

    enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock; or

 

    publicly disclose the intention to make any such offer, sale, pledge or disposition of shares of common stock

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and J. P. Morgan Securities LLC on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

The restrictions described in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to:

 

    the sale of shares to the underwriters;

 

    transactions by any person other than us relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the offering of the shares; provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is required or voluntarily made in connection with subsequent sales of the common stock or other securities acquired in such open market transactions;

 

    the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of common stock, provided that (i) such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the restricted period and (ii) no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in respect of the transfer or distribution during the restricted period;

 

    transfers of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock as a bona fide gift or charitable contribution in a transaction not involving a disposition for value, provided that the shares underlying such transfers are subject to the foregoing restrictions;

 

    transfers of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock by will or other testamentary document or by intestacy in a transaction not involving a disposition for value, provided that the shares underlying such transfers are subject to the foregoing restrictions;

 

124


Table of Contents
    transfers or dispositions of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the director, officer or security holder or the immediate family of the director, officer or security holder in a transaction not involving a disposition for value, provided that the shares underlying such transfers or dispositions are subject to the foregoing restrictions;

 

    distributions of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock to beneficiaries or affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 501(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) of the undersigned, including, without limitation, limited partners, members or stockholders of the undersigned or any of its affiliates’ directors or officers or to any investment fund or other entity controlled or managed by the directors, officers or security holders, provided that the shares underlying such distributions are subject to the foregoing restrictions;

 

    (i) receipt from the Company of shares of common stock upon the exercise of an option, or (ii) the disposition of shares of Common Stock to the Company in connection with a “net” or “cashless” exercise of an option or in a transaction solely in connection with the payment of taxes due (including estimated taxes) with respect to the “net” or “cashless” exercise of an option, and only to the extent in connection with the termination of employment with the Company, or net settlement of restricted stock units or the vesting of restricted stock, in each case, pursuant to a plan or agreement disclosed herein, provided that the shares of Common Stock received upon such exercise shall be subject to the foregoing restrictions and no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in respect of the distribution during the restricted period;

 

    transfers or dispositions of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock in connection with the conversion of any of our outstanding preferred stock into shares of our common stock;

 

    transfers of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of our common stock involving a change of control of the Company, provided that until such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is completed, the shares of our common stock owned by the director, officer or security holder, as applicable, otherwise remain subject to the foregoing restrictions;

 

    transfers of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock that occurs by operation of law including pursuant to a qualified domestic order in connection with a divorce settlement or other court order; or

 

    transfers of shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock in connection with termination of employment or other termination of a service provider and pursuant to agreements wherein we have the option to repurchase such securities or agreements wherein we have a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such shares.

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and J. P. Morgan Securities LLC, in their sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time.

In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess

 

125


Table of Contents

of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain losses, claims, damages and liabilities, including losses, claims, damages or liabilities under the Securities Act.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. In January 2013, we entered into the Credit Facility with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, an affiliate of an underwriter of this offering, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investment and securities activities may involve our securities and instruments. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to customers that they acquire, long or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Pricing of the Offering

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our future prospects and those of our industry in general, our sales, earnings and certain other financial and operating information in recent periods, and the price-earnings ratios, price-sales ratios, market prices of securities, and certain financial and operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

 

126


Table of Contents

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of any shares of our common stock may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  (a)   to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (b)   to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  (c)   in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

  (a)   it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, or FSMA, received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

  (b)   it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

127


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

DLA Piper LLP (US), New York, New York will provide us with an opinion as to the validity of the common stock offered under this prospectus. Ropes  & Gray LLP, Boston, Massachusetts will pass upon certain legal matters related to this offering for the underwriters.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Connecture, Inc. as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related financial statement schedule included in this Prospectus, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of DestinationRx, Inc. as of January 14, 2013 and December 31, 2012 and for the period from January 1, 2013 through January 14, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012, included in this Prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their report appearing herein and are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered under this prospectus. As permitted under the rules and regulations of the SEC, this prospectus does not contain all of the information in and exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits and schedules. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference. You may inspect a copy of any materials we file with the SEC, including the registration statement, without charge at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part of these documents may be obtained from the Public Reference Room of the SEC, 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549, upon payment of fees prescribed by the SEC. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the website is http://www.sec.gov. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

Upon completion of the offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and we will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s Public Reference Room and the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.investor.connecture.com. Upon completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus.

We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing financial statements audited by our independent registered public accounting firm and quarterly reports for the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year containing unaudited interim financial information. Our telephone number is (262) 432-8282.

 

128


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Connecture, Inc.

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

     F-6   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

     F-7   

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

     F-28   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-29   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

     F-30   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-31   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-32   

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-33   

DestinationRX, Inc.

  

Independent Auditors’ Report

     F-48   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 14, 2013 and December 31, 2012

     F-49   

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the period from January 1 through January 14, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012

     F-50   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit for the period from January 1 through January 14, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012

     F-51   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the period from January 1 through January 14, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012

     F-52   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements as of January 14, 2013 and December 31, 2012, for the period from January 1, 2013 through January 14, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012

     F-53   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Connecture, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Brookfield, Wisconsin

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Connecture, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”), as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the years then ended. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the table of contents to the consolidated financial statements. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Milwaukee, Wisconsin

August 29, 2014

 

F-2


Table of Contents

CONNECTURE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(In thousands, except share and per share information)

 

     2013     2012  

ASSETS

    

CURRENT ASSETS:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,277      $ 1,476   

Accounts receivable—net of allowances of $266 and $144 in 2013 and 2012, respectively

     20,935        6,183   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,010        728   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     24,222        8,387   

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT—Net

     1,974        1,441   

GOODWILL

     26,779        8,368   

OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS—Net

     19,414        1,431   

DEFERRED IMPLEMENTATION COSTS

     19,899        4,496   

OTHER ASSETS

     1,945        2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 94,233      $ 24,125   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

    

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 8,445      $ 2,732   

Accrued payroll and related liabilities

     6,397        4,551   

Other liabilities

     7,737        1,501   

Current maturities of debt

     5,431        194   

Deferred revenue

     43,528        11,937   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     71,538        20,915   

DEFERRED REVENUE

     44,327        28,133   

DEFERRED TAX LIABILITY

     15        11   

LONG-TERM DEBT

     32,818        5,562   

OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

     1,844        68   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     150,542        54,689   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 7)

    

REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK:

    

Series A convertible preferred stock

     27,769        25,712   

Series B convertible preferred stock

     21,976        20,348   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

     49,745        46,060   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT:

    

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 54,700,000 and 52,500,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and, 552,164 shares issued and outstanding as of both December 31, 2013 and 2012

     1        1   

Additional paid-in capital

     9,013        12,059   

Accumulated deficit

     (115,068     (88,684
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (106,054     (76,624
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

   $ 94,233      $ 24,125   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements are an integral part of the statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

CONNECTURE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(In thousands, except share and per share information)

 

     2013     2012  

REVENUE

   $ 58,326      $ 29,626   

COST OF REVENUE

     50,173        22,886   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

GROSS MARGIN

     8,153        6,740   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES:

    

Research and development

     11,806        7,371   

Sales and marketing

     6,800        6,644   

General and administrative

     12,187        7,492   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     30,793        21,507   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LOSS FROM OPERATIONS

     (22,640     (14,767

INTEREST EXPENSE

     4,644        1,992   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LOSS BEFORE BENEFIT FOR INCOME TAXES

     (27,284     (16,759

BENEFIT FOR INCOME TAXES

     900        3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET LOSS

   $ (26,384   $ (16,756
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

   $ (26,384   $ (16,756
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE:

    

Basic and diluted

   $ (54.46   $ (4.68
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma (unaudited)

    

Basic and diluted

   $ (0.67  
  

 

 

   

WEIGHTED-AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING:

    

Basic and diluted

     552,164        4,061,586   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma (unaudited)

    

Basic and diluted

     45,136,790     
  

 

 

   

The accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements are an integral part of the statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

CONNECTURE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(In thousands, except share and per share information)

 

    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In

Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’

Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount        

BALANCES—January 1, 2012

    170,568,545      $ 171      $ 17,239      $ (71,928   $ (54,518

Preferred Stock dividends,
Series D and Series D-1 Preferred Stock

                  (786            (786

2010 stock option plan exercise

    34,137,000        34        466               500   

Reverse stock split

    (13,801,153     (204     204                 

Shares exchanged for Series A preferred stock

    (24,142,780            1,258               1,258   

Shares exchanged for Series B preferred stock

    (166,209,448            (5,546            (5,546

Preferred Stock dividends,
Series A and Series B Preferred Stock

                  (1,476            (1,476

Stock-based compensation expense

                  700               700   

Net loss

                         (16,756     (16,756
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCES—December 31, 2012

    552,164        1        12,059        (88,684     (76,624

Preferred Stock dividends,
Series A and Series B Preferred Stock

                  (3,685            (3,685

Stock-based compensation expense

                  639               639   

Net loss

                         (26,384     (26,384
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCES—December 31, 2013

    552,164      $ 1      $ 9,013      $ (115,068   $ (106,054
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements are an integral part of the statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

CONNECTURE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     2013     2012  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

    

Net loss

   $ (26,384   $ (16,756

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     4,710        1,013   

Bad debt expense

     25        135   

Stock-based compensation expense

     639        700   

Deferred tax benefit

     (1,197     (1

Interest accretion on financing obligations

     2,474          

Change in fair value of warrants

            892   

Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisition:

    

Accounts receivable

     (11,340     (495

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (989     (512

Deferred implementation costs

     (15,403     (4,496

Accounts payable

     5,573        1,244   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     1,754        2,790   

Deferred revenue

     41,840        13,181   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     1,702        (2,305
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

    

Purchases of property and equipment

     (1,217     (1,081

Business acquisition, net of cash acquired

     (25,879       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (27,096     (1,081
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

    

Borrowings under revolving line of credit

     7,626        24,270   

Repayments under revolving line of credit

     (4,517     (24,270

Borrowings of term debt

     32,300          

Repayments of term debt

     (7,319     (806

Payment of capital lease obligations

     (463       

Financing fees paid

     (1,182       

Repurchase of warrants

     (250       

Proceeds from stock option exercises

            500   

Issuance of Series B preferred stock

            4,000   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     26,195        3,694   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     801        308   

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of year

     1,476        1,168   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of year

   $ 2,277      $ 1,476   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 2,020      $ 957   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 53      $ 93   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

    

Purchase of property and equipment in accounts payable

   $      $ 167   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued preferred stock dividends

   $ 3,685      $ 2,262   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition consideration

   $ 6,309      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital leases

   $ 1,232      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements are an integral part of the statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

CONNECTURE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share information)

1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Description of Business —Connecture, Inc. and its subsidiaries, including DestinationRx, Inc., or DRX, RxHealth Insurance Agency, Inc., and Insurix, Inc. (collectively, the “Company”) is a Delaware corporation. The Company is a leading web-based consumer shopping, enrollment and retention platform for health insurance distribution. The Company’s solutions support the industry evolution towards a consumer-centric experience that is transforming how health insurance is purchased and distributed. The Company’s solutions offer a personalized health insurance shopping experience that recommends the best fit insurance plan based on an individual’s preferences, health status, preferred providers, medications and expected out-of-pocket costs. The Company’s customers are health insurance marketplace operators, such as health plans, brokers and exchange operators, that must distribute health insurance in a cost-effective manner to a growing number of insured consumers. The Company’s solutions automate key functions in the health insurance distribution process, allowing its customers to price and present plan options accurately to consumers and efficiently enroll, renew and manage plan members.

On January 15, 2013, the Company acquired DRX, a provider of web-based shopping and enrollment systems for consumers of Medicare health plans, as well as those used to compare name brand pharmaceuticals with therapeutic alternatives. This acquisition offers an integrated distribution platform for multiple health insurance marketplace operators, including health plans, brokers and exchange operators.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Unaudited Pro Forma Presentation —The Company has confidentially submitted a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, for the proposed initial public offering, or IPO, of shares of its common stock. If the Company’s IPO is consummated, all of the redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding will convert into common stock on a one-for-one basis.

The unaudited pro forma net loss per common share for the year ended December 31, 2013 assumes completion of the IPO and the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 44,584,626 shares of common stock as if such shares converted as of January 1, 2013.

The Company believes that the unaudited pro forma net loss per common share provides material information to investors because the conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock is expected to occur upon the closing of the Company’s IPO and, therefore, the disclosure of pro forma net loss per common share provides a measure of net loss per common share that is more comparable to what will be reported as a public company.

Basis of Presentation —The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Connecture, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates —The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make extensive estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents —The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are maintained at financial institutions and, at times, balances may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has never experienced any losses related to these balances. Interest-bearing amounts on deposit in excess of federally insured limits as of December 31, 2013 approximated $1,775.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts —The Company’s normal and customary terms for customer payment is 30 days. The outstanding accounts receivable can vary significantly based on timing of billing milestones, renewals and other factors. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. The estimates are based on the composition of the accounts receivable aging, historical bad debts, changes in payment patterns, customer creditworthiness, and current economic trends. The Company writes off uncollectible receivables after all reasonable efforts are made to collect payment.

Property and Equipment —Property and equipment are stated at historical cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally three to five years. Repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred and major leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized over the remaining term of the lease or their estimated useful lives, whichever is shorter. The Company records a gain or loss on the disposal of property and equipment based on the difference between the proceeds received, if any, and the net book value of the assets disposed on the date of disposal.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets —The Company evaluates its long-lived assets for potential impairment when impairment indicators exist. Potential impairment is assessed when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances have occurred that indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recovered. The Company had no impairments during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Intangible Assets —Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, ranging from three to ten years. The carrying amount of intangible assets are reviewed whenever circumstances arise that indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of intangible assets is compared to the undiscounted future cash flows the assets are expected to generate. If the asset is considered to be impaired, the carrying value is compared to the fair value and this difference is recognized as an impairment loss. The Company had no impairments of intangible assets during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Goodwill —Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Goodwill is tested for impairment at a reporting unit level.

The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment on an annual basis, or more frequently if an event or circumstance changes that would indicate that goodwill might be impaired. These events or circumstances would include a significant change in the business climate, legal factors, operating performance indicator, competition, sale or disposition of a significant portion of the business, or other factors.

In 2013, the Company changed its annual goodwill impairment test date from December 31 to October 31. The selection of October 31 is preferable as it aligns the timing of the annual impairment test with the completion of the Company’s planning and budgeting process, and will allow the Company to utilize updated business plans that result from the budget process to estimate the fair value of the reporting units on a more timely basis.

No impairment was identified in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Financial Instruments and Concentration of Credit Risk —The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments, which include cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable, approximate their carrying values due to the short-term nature of these instruments.

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk are principally cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company’s credit risk is managed by investing its cash and cash equivalents in high quality money market instruments with established financial institutions. Concentrations of credit risk related to accounts receivable are limited to several customers to whom the Company makes substantial sales.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

The Company has not experienced any material losses related to receivables from individual customers, geographic regions or groups of customers. As of and for the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company had one customer that accounted for approximately 10% of total revenue and total accounts receivable. The following table summarizes the customers that individually comprise greater than 10% of total revenue and/or total accounts receivable as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012:

 

     2012  

Customers

   Revenue     Accounts
Receivable
 

A

     21     26

B

     7        16   

C

     8        14   

Advertising Costs —Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, approximated $368 and $142, respectively.

Fair Value Measurements —Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 820, “Fair Value Measurements”, establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that inputs that are most observable be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants operating within the same marketplace as the Company would use in pricing the Company’s asset or liability based on independently derived and objectively determinable market data. Unobservable inputs are inputs that cannot be sourced from a broad active market in which assets or liabilities identical or similar to those of the Company are traded. The input hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the degree to which the exit price is independently observable or determinable as follows:

Level 1 —Valuation based on quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Since valuations are based on quoted prices that are readily and regularly available in an active market, they do not entail a significant degree of judgment. The Company has no Level 1 financial instrument assets or liabilities.

Level 2 —Valuation based on quoted market prices of investments that are not actively traded or for which certain significant inputs are not observable, either directly or indirectly, such as municipal bonds. The Company has no Level 2 financial instrument assets or liabilities.

Level 3 —Valuation based on inputs that are unobservable and reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use as fair value. The Company’s only Level 3 financial instrument is the DRX acquisition contingent consideration (See Note 4).

Revenue Recognition —The Company’s revenue is derived from four sources: (a) the sales of implementation and ongoing support of the Company’s software automation solutions; (b) fees from brokers for the right to access our multi-payer quoting platform; (c) a government cost-plus-fixed-fee contract; and (d) commissions. In all contractual arrangements, the Company determines whether persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, services have been rendered, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection is probable. If any of these criteria are not met, the Company does not recognize revenue until all of the criteria are met.

a) Software Automation Solutions Fees

Contractual terms for the delivery and ongoing support of the Company’s software automation solutions generally consist of multiple components including: (a) software license fees, (b) software maintenance fees, (c) software usage fees, (d) professional services fees, (e) hosting fees and (f) production support fees.

Software license fees represent amounts paid for the right to use the solution. Software usage fees represent amounts paid for the same rights of usage, but cover only a specific period of time, after which usage rights expire. Software maintenance fees typically accompany software license fees and represent amounts

 

F-9


Table of Contents

paid for the right to receive commercially available updates and upgrades to the solution. Professional services fees represent amounts charged for services performed in connection with the configuration, integration and implementation of the solutions in accordance with customer specifications. Hosting fees represent fees related to post implementation hosting and monitoring of the solution. Production support fees are charged for the ongoing rate, benefits and related content management of the platform.

The Company’s contracts with its customers typically bundle multiple services and are generally priced on a fixed fee basis. The term over which the Company is committed to deliver these services can range from several months to several years.

The majority of the Company’s software automation solutions sold in the Enterprise/Commercial and Medicare segments are arrangements in which the software is licensed for a specific term and hosted on the Company’s infrastructure. These arrangements are referred to as hosted arrangements and are accounted for under ASC 605, Revenue Recognition. A small percentage of the Company’s software automation solutions, sold primarily in the Enterprise/State segment, are arrangements in which the software is not hosted on the Company’s infrastructure. These arrangements include the licensed use of the software and are subject to accounting under ASC 985, Software Revenue Recognition.

For all arrangements (whether hosted or non-hosted) that include multiple elements, the Company evaluates each element in an arrangement to determine whether it represents a separate unit of accounting. An element constitutes a separate unit of accounting when the delivered item has standalone value and delivery of the undelivered element is probable. Elements generally include implementation services, software licensing or usage fees and maintenance or other services.

Accounting guidance for multiple element arrangements containing hosted software provide a hierarchy to use when determining the relative selling price for each unit of accounting. Vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of selling price, based on the price at which the item is regularly sold by the vendor on a standalone basis, should be used if it exists. If VSOE of selling price is not available, third-party evidence of selling price is used to establish the selling price if it exists. If VSOE and third-party evidence do not exist, the Company allocates the arrangement fee to the separate units of accounting based on its best estimate of selling price.

For hosted arrangements with multiple elements that are separate units of accounting, VSOE and third-party evidence do not currently exist and accordingly, the Company allocates the arrangement fee to the separate units of accounting based on management’s best estimate of selling price, when available. The Company determines its best estimate of selling price for services based on its overall pricing objectives, taking into consideration market conditions and customer-specific factors and by reviewing historical data related to sales of the Company’s services. The ownership of the technology and rights to the related code remain with the Company for hosted arrangements.

Multiple deliverable arrangements accounting guidance for non-hosted arrangements provide an allocation of revenue to the separate elements based upon VSOE. To date, the elements of the Company’s non-hosted arrangements, whereby the customers take possession of the software, have not been sold separately. Therefore, the contractual consideration for a delivered element for the non-hosted arrangements does not qualify as a separate unit of accounting as VSOE does not currently exist for any element of the Company’s non-hosted arrangements. Accordingly, the delivered elements are combined with the other consideration for the remaining undelivered elements as a single unit of accounting. Revenue for the arrangement is recognized over the customer arrangement.

b) Broker Multi-Payer Quoting Platform Fees

The Company provides an online quoting platform service to insurance brokers through its Private Exchange segment. The Company charges the brokers a monthly fee for access to the service. Revenue from the access fees is recognized in the period that the service is provided.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

c) Government Cost-Plus-Fixed-Fee

The Company uses a percentage-of-completion method of accounting for its federal government contract in its Medicare segment. Costs incurred to date are compared to total estimated project costs and revenue is recognized in proportion to costs incurred. The Company periodically evaluates the actual status of the project to ensure that the estimated cost to complete each contract remains accurate and estimated losses, if any, are recognized in the period in which such losses are determined. There was no unbilled revenue as of the consolidated balance sheet dates, relating to the government contract.

d) Commissions

Within the Private Exchange segment, the Company earns commissions on annual employee enrollments in which the Company’s health plan network and software solutions are used in connection with each enrollment. Commissions are recorded in the period the enrollment is completed.

Cost of Revenue —Cost of revenue primarily consists of employee compensation and benefits, professional services costs and depreciation and amortization of assets directly associated with generating revenue. In addition, the Company allocates a portion of overhead, such as rent, facility depreciation and utilities, to cost of revenue based on employee salary.

Deferred Implementation Costs —The Company’s accounting policy is to capitalize direct, incremental costs of an undelivered customer contract element. The Company accounts for direct, incremental costs of delivering a customer contract element as deferred implementation costs, to the extent that they are deemed recoverable. Deferred implementation costs as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are $19,899 and $4,496, respectively due to the increase in customer implementations. Deferred implementation costs are amortized over the respective term of the related customer contract arrangement consistent with the recognition of deferred revenue.

Stock-Based Compensation —The Company applies a fair-value based measurement method in accounting for share-based payment transactions with employees. Compensation cost is recognized based on the grant-date fair value, amortized on a straight-line basis over the options’ vesting period.

Preferred Stock Dividends —Given the Company’s accumulated deficit, the Company’s accounting policy is to record the mandatorily payable dividends as a reduction of additional paid-in capital (APIC) until such point where APIC is zero with the offset as an increase to redeemable preferred stock on the consolidated balance sheets. Once APIC is reduced to zero any remaining dividends would increase the Company’s accumulated deficit.

Software Development Costs —The Company accounts for internally generated software development costs in accordance with ASC Subtopic 985-20, Costs of Software to be Sold, Leased, or Marketed. Capitalization of software development costs begins upon the establishment of technological feasibility, which the Company defines as the development of a working model and the completion of testing the software. The establishment of technological feasibility and the ongoing assessment of the recoverability of these costs requires considerable judgment by Company management with respect to certain external factors, including, but not limited to, anticipated future gross revenue, estimated economic life, and changes in technology. Such costs are reported at the lower of unamortized cost or net realizable value. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, there were no capitalized and unamortized software development costs.

Comprehensive Loss —The Company’s net loss equals comprehensive loss for the years ending December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Income Taxes —Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that the change becomes enacted. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized. The Company’s policy for recording interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions is to record such items in income tax expense.

Basic and Diluted Net Loss Per Common Share —The Company uses the two-class method to compute net loss per common share because the Company has issued securities, other than common stock, that contractually entitle the holders to participate in dividends and earnings of the Company. The two-class method requires earnings for the period to be allocated between common stock and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive distributed and undistributed earnings. Holders of each series of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to participate in distributions, when and if declared by the board of directors, that are made to common stockholders, and as a result are considered participating securities.

Under the two-class method, for periods with net income, basic net income per common share is computed by dividing the net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Net income attributable to common stockholders is computed by subtracting from net income the portion of current year earnings that the participating securities would have been entitled to receive pursuant to their dividend rights had all of the year’s earnings been distributed. No such adjustment to earnings is made during periods with a net loss, as the holders of the participating securities have no obligation to fund losses. Due to net losses for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, basic and diluted loss per share were the same, as the effect of potentially dilutive securities would have been anti-dilutive.

New Accounting Standards —In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, No. 2014-09, Revenue From Contracts With Customers (Topic 606) , that outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. The ASU is based on the principle that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The ASU also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to fulfill a contract. Entities have the option of using either a full retrospective or a modified retrospective approach for the adoption of the new standard. The ASU becomes effective for the Company at the beginning of its 2017 fiscal year; early adoption is not permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact that this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In April 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-08, Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205) , on reporting discontinued operations and disclosures of disposals of components of an entity. The new guidance changes the requirements for reporting discontinued operations. A discontinued operation may include a component of an entity or a group of components of an entity. A disposal of a component of an entity or a group of components of an entity is required to be reported in discontinued operations if the disposal represents a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results and when the component or group of components meets the criteria to be classified as held for sale, is disposed by sale or is disposed of by other than by sale. This guidance is effective on a prospective basis for annual periods beginning January 1, 2015. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

3. NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE

Diluted loss per common share is the same as basic loss per common share for all periods presented because the effects of potentially dilutive items were anti-dilutive given the Company’s net loss. The following common share equivalent securities have been excluded from the calculation of weighted-average common shares outstanding because the effect is anti-dilutive for the periods presented:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

Anti-Dilutive Common Share Equivalents

   2013          2012      

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     44,584,626         36,859,184   

Stock options

     1,730,429           

Warrant to purchase common stock

     396,285         304,365   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total anti-dilutive common share equivalents

     46,711,340         37,163,549   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per common share is calculated as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2013     2012  

Numerator:

    

Net loss

   $ (26,384   $ (16,756

Less: Preferred stock dividends

     3,685        2,262   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stock

   $ (30,069   $ (19,018
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     552,164        4,061,586   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (54.46   $ (4.68
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The basic and diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2012 have been adjusted to assume the August 2012 reverse stock split occurred as of the beginning of the period presented, or at the time of basic or dilutive security issuance, if later.

Pro forma Net Loss per Common Share (Unaudited)— The numerator and denominator used in computing the unaudited pro forma net loss per common share for the year ended December 31, 2013 have been adjusted to assume the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock on a one-for-one basis as of the beginning of the period presented. Pro forma net loss per common share does not give effect to potential dilutive securities where the impact would be anti-dilutive.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2013
 
     (Unaudited)  

Numerator:

  

Net loss

   $ (26,384

Less: Preferred stock dividends

     3,685   
  

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stock

   $ (30,069
  

 

 

 

Denominator:

  

Historical denominator for basic and diluted net loss per common share—weighted-average common shares

     552,164   

Plus: assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to common stock

     44,584,626   
  

 

 

 

Denominator for pro forma basic and diluted loss per common share

     45,136,790   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share

   $ (0.67
  

 

 

 

 

F-13


Table of Contents

4. DRX ACQUISITION

On January 15, 2013, the Company completed the stock acquisition of DRX, for a cash purchase price of $27,000 plus a $3,000 note payable to sellers (subject to adjustment), a $1,000 deferred cash purchase price, and contingent consideration of up to $3,000.

The contingent consideration consists of two annual earn-out payments based on actual 2013 and 2014 DRX revenue exceeding contractual targets. The contingent consideration is measured at fair value on a recurring basis, using Level 3 inputs (Defined in Note 2). The Company arrived at recorded fair value measurements using a probability-weighted estimate of future DRX revenue and resulting contingent earn-out payments, discounted at a risk-adjusted rate. The following is the change in the total recorded contingent consideration during the year ended December 31, 2013:

 

     2013  

Beginning of year

   $   

Earn out related to acquisition

     2,570   

Accretion

     262   

Payment

       
  

 

 

 

End of year

   $ 2,832   
  

 

 

 

The amount of the annual 2013 earn-out is $2,000 recorded in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013.

The preliminary allocation of the purchase price for DRX as of December 31, 2013, is as follows:

 

     2013  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 1,121   

Trade accounts receivable

     3,437   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     202   

Intangible assets

     20,400   

Goodwill

     18,411   

Other long-term assets

     443   

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

     (8,481

Deferred tax liability

     (1,201

Other long-term liabilities

     (1,023
  

 

 

 

Total purchase price

   $ 33,309   
  

 

 

 

The goodwill is primarily attributable to synergies with the software and services that DRX provides and the anticipated value of selling the Company’s software and services to DRX’s existing client base. The goodwill and intangible assets have been assigned to the Medicare and Private Exchange operating segments. The goodwill and intangible assets are not deductible for income tax purposes.

The values allocated to intangible assets, are as follows:

 

Gross

   Carrying
Amount
     Weighted-
Average
Useful Life

Customer relationships

   $ 6,600       10 years

Acquired technology

     10,300       5 years

Covenants not to compete

     700       2.5 years

Trademarks

     2,800       10 years

The Company is working to resolve a customary escrow provision and performing an ongoing tax analysis to value acquired net operating losses due to Internal Revenue Code limits on the amount of acquired DRX net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards that may be used in future years, because of the current and prior substantive ownership changes of DRX.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Revenue and net income attributable to DRX from acquisition date through December 31, 2013 were approximately $21,000 and $3,000, respectively. The following unaudited supplemental pro forma information presents the Company’s results of operations as though the acquisition of DRX had occurred on January 1, 2012. The information is not indicative of the Company’s operating results which would have occurred had the acquisition been consummated as of that date. The pro forma information below does not include anticipated synergies, the impact of purchase accounting adjustments or certain other expected benefits of the acquisition and should not be used as a predictive measure of the Company’s future results of operations.

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

   Pro Forma
Unaudited
2012
 

Total revenue

   $ 46,909   

(Loss) from operations

     (16,590

Net (loss)

     (21,072

Net (loss) per share—basic and diluted

   $ (5.19

The pro forma financial information has been adjusted, where applicable, for: (i) amortization of acquired intangible assets, (ii) additional interest expense on acquisition financing, and (iii) the income tax effect of the pro forma adjustments.

5. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consisted of the following as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

     2013     2012  

Furniture and fixtures

   $ 449      $ 259   

Computer equipment

     2,480        1,457   

Leasehold improvements

     430        376   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment—gross

     3,359        2,092   

Accumulated depreciation

     (1,385     (651
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment—net

   $ 1,974      $ 1,441   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was approximately $852 and $500, respectively.

6. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill —The year-over-year increase in the carrying value of Medicare and Private Exchange goodwill resulted from the January 15, 2013 DRX acquisition (See Note 4). The Company has no accumulated goodwill impairments as of December 31, 2013 or 2012.

 

     Total      Enterprise:
Commercial
     Enterprise:
State
     Medicare      Private
Exchange
 

Balance as of January 1, 2012

   $ 8,368       $ 7,732       $       $       $ 636   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

     8,368         7,732                         636   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Acquisition

     18,411                         14,711         3,700   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2013

   $ 26,779       $ 7,732       $       $ 14,711       $ 4,336   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Other Intangible Assets —Other intangible assets consist of the following as of December 31, 2013:

 

     Years    Gross
Carrying
Value
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Value
 

Customer relationships

   3–10    $ 7,298       $ (906   $ 6,392   

Covenants not to compete

   2.5–5      800         (327     473   

Acquired technology

   3–5      11,792         (2,966     8,826   

Trademarks

   10      2,800         (268     2,532   

Software

   3      1,626         (435     1,191   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other intangible assets—net

      $ 24,316       $ (4,902   $ 19,414   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other intangible assets consist of the following as of December 31, 2012:

 

     Years    Gross
Carrying
Value
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Value
 

Customer relationships

   3–10    $ 698       $ (213   $ 485   

Covenants not to compete

   5      100         (38     62   

Acquired technology

   3–5      1,492         (752     740   

Software

   3      185         (41     144   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other intangible assets—net

      $ 2,475       $ (1,044   $ 1,431   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, was $3,858 and $513, respectively, and has been recorded in cost of revenue and general and administrative expenses.

Estimated future amortization expense for the Company’s intangible assets is as follows:

 

Year Ending

December 31

   Amount  

2014

   $ 4,126   

2015

     3,984   

2016

     3,234   

2017

     3,060   

2018 and thereafter

     5,010   
  

 

 

 

Total future amortization expense

   $ 19,414   
  

 

 

 

7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Capital Leases —As of December 31, 2013, capital lease obligations consisted of the following:

 

7.98% lease obligation on ERP software, expiring July 2016, payable in variable monthly installments.

   $ 853   

Various lease obligations on computer equipment and office furniture, expiring April 2017, payable in fixed monthly installments bearing interest of 3.7% to 11.8%

     122   
  

 

 

 
     975   

Less current maturities

     (524
  

 

 

 

Long-term portion

   $ 451   
  

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Future minimum capital lease payments are as follows:

 

Years Ended

December 31

   Amount  

2014

   $ 524   

2015

     440   

2016 and thereafter

     92   
  

 

 

 
     1,056   

Less amount representing interest

     (81
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 975   
  

 

 

 

The Company’s most significant capital lease relates to the 2013 lease of enterprise resource planning, or ERP, software. The leased software asset is included in other intangible assets—net, in the accompanying December 31, 2013 consolidated balance sheet as follows:

 

ERP Software

   $ 1,232   

Less accumulated amortization

     (342
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 890   
  

 

 

 

Amortization of the software asset under capital lease totaled $342 for the year ended December 31, 2013, and is included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

In addition to the accounting software capital lease obligation the Company is separately contracted with third-parties for maintenance and hosting obligations of approximately $30 per month through September 2017. The monthly maintenance and hosting obligations are cancellable for an immaterial amount, with customary advance notice to the maintenance and hosting vendors.

Operating Leases —The Company leases office space under operating leases that expire at various dates through 2025. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, was approximately $1,439 and $785, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases with initial or remaining terms equal to or exceeding one year are as follows:

 

Year Ending

December 31

   Operating
Leases
 

2014

   $ 1,520   

2015

     1,292   

2016

     1,312   

2017

     1,183   

2018 and thereafter

     5,264   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 10,571   
  

 

 

 

The leases provide for escalating rent over the term of the leases. The rent costs associated with such leases are aggregated and recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The difference between the monthly rent payment and the straight-line rent requires an accrual of rent to be recognized and then amortized over the term of the lease.

Accrued straight-line rent as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 amounted to approximately $227 and $20, respectively, and is included in other long-term liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

Letter of Credit —As security for certain leased property, the Company was required to provide a lessor an unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit in the amount $200 as of December 31, 2013.

Deposits —From time to time the Company has been required to remit security deposits as a condition of certain of its office leases. The deposits are included in other assets on the balance sheet and amount to approximately $740 as of December 31, 2013.

Indemnifications —The Company provides certain indemnifications from time to time in the normal course of business to its customers in its professional services and software license agreements and to strategic partners through certain insurance industry association marketing agreements that contain certain indemnifications for claims that may arise from acts or omissions, patent or trademark infringement, breach of contractual representations and warranties or intentional or grossly negligent acts. These indemnifications may require the Company to reimburse the indemnified party for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party. The Company has not had an indemnification claim, and does not expect to have a material claim in the future. As such, the Company has not recorded any liability for these indemnifications in the consolidated financial statements.

In August 2013, a client of the Company’s acquired DRX subsidiary tendered a demand for indemnification for a claim filed against the client arising from the alleged incorrect ranking of plans on the client’s Medicare Part D website. DRX designed and hosted the interactive website. No specific damages were asserted in the claim, and the claim relates to services provided to the client prior to the Company’s acquisition of DRX. The DRX sellers have specifically indemnified the Company for any liability arising from this matter in the DRX Agreement and Plan of Merger. As of December 31, 2013, the Company has not accrued a loss contingency for this matter as a loss is not deemed probable or estimable.

Litigation —In the normal course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries are named as defendants in lawsuits in which claims are asserted against the Company. In the opinion of management, the liabilities, if any, which may ultimately result from such lawsuits are not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

8. DEBT

Debt consisted of the following as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

     2013     2012  

Senior term loans

   $ 21,375      $   

Senior revolving credit facilities

     4,306          

Subordinated loans

     12,568        5,756   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     38,249        5,756   

Less: current maturities of debt

     (5,431     (194
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

   $ 32,818      $ 5,562   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Senior Debt —On January 15, 2013, the Company entered into a bank credit facility to provide for short-term working capital and long-term investment needs (the “Credit Facility” as amended and restated from time-to-time). The Credit Facility replaced the Company’s previous bank facility (the “Loan Agreement”), which was paid in full on January 15, 2013.

The Credit Facility provides for $22,500 of term loans (the “Senior Term Loans”) and $5,000 of revolving credit (the “Senior Revolving Credit Facility”) through January 15, 2018 (the “Maturity Date”). The Senior Term Loans require quarterly principal payments of $281 commencing on March 31, 2013, with the unpaid principal balance payable in full on the Maturity Date.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

The Senior Term Loans accrue interest at a rate based on LIBOR plus a LIBOR Margin payable monthly. The Senior Revolving Credit Facility accrues interest monthly at a rate based on LIBOR, the Fed Funds Rate or bank’s Prime Rate. The interest rate on the outstanding Senior Term Loans and Senior Revolving Credit Facility advances were 6.00% to 7.75% as of December 31, 2013.

The Credit Facility contains customary representations, warranties and covenants of the Company, as well as various limitations on the activities of the Company as they relate to additional indebtedness, junior liens, investments, capital expenditures, and mergers and acquisitions. Furthermore, the Credit Facility does not permit the payment of cash dividends. As of December 31, 2013, the Company was not in compliance with financial covenants, and subsequent to year-end, the noncompliance was waived (See Note 16).

THL Promissory Note —On March 18, 2013 the Company entered into a Senior Subordinated Term Loan Agreement with THL Corporate Finance, Inc., or the THL Note, for total proceeds of $10,000 less $200 of original issue discount, or OID, to finance the repayment of the Harbert Notes and to provide working capital. The THL Note maturity date is July 15, 2018, with the principal balance payable in full at the maturity date. Interest on the THL Note accrues at a variable rate of LIBOR plus a LIBOR Margin, as defined, and is payable monthly. As of December 31, 2013, the rate was 10.0% and the outstanding balance, net of OID, was $9,829.

DRX Seller Note —On January 15, 2013, the Company entered into a subordinated promissory note with the sellers of DRX (the “DRX Seller Note”). The $3,000 principal amount is subject to adjustment upon resolution of the Closing Day Working Capital, as defined in the Company’s purchase agreement with the DRX sellers. As of December 31, 2013, the principal adjustment reduced the DRX Seller Note by $261 to $2,739. The adjusted principal accrues interest at 8.0% and is payable with the adjusted principal on the January 15, 2015 maturity date.

Harbert Note —On February 16, 2011, the Company entered into a promissory note with Harbert Mezzanine Partners (the “Harbert Note” as amended from time to time) for total proceeds of $6,000 to finance the cash portion of a prior acquisition and to provide working capital. Interest accrued on the Harbert Note at a rate of 13.5% and was payable monthly. Simultaneous with the Harbert Note the Company issued four warrants for 7,436,098, 1,581,751, 1,741,982 and 1,227,609 shares of Common, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred and Series D-1 Preferred stock, respectively. The fair value of the warrants on the issuance date amounted to approximately $701, recognized on the balance sheet as a discount on notes payable to be amortized to interest expense over the term of the Harbert Note using the effective interest rate method. As of December 31 2012, unamortized note discount amounted to approximately $438 and the balance outstanding on the Harbert Note was $6,000.

On January 15, 2013, the Harbert Note was amended to include a warrant to purchase shares of Series A and Series B Preferred Stock and common stock equivalent to 4.5% of the fully diluted outstanding shares of the Company, in the event the Harbert Note was not paid in full by July 1, 2013. On March 15, 2013, the Harbert Note was paid in full and the warrant was purchased for $250 by the Company and retired.

Insurix Seller Notes —On February 16, 2011, the Company entered into promissory notes (the “Insurix Notes” as amended from time to time) with the sellers of Insurix totaling $1,000 with an interest rate of 4% plus the Prime Rate, payable monthly. Principal payments on the Insurix notes are to occur at various amounts and dates through the maturity date of February 1, 2014. Payment for the obligations under the Insurix Notes is secured by the assets of the Company and the notes are subordinate to, in order of preference, the Loan Agreement and the Harbert Note. As of December 31, 2012, $194 was outstanding on the Insurix Notes. The Insurix Notes were paid in full during 2013.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Future principal payments on debt as of December 31, 2013, are as follows:

 

Years Ending

December 31

      

2014

   $ 5,431   

2015

     3,864   

2016

     1,125   

2017

     844   

2018

     27,156   
  

 

 

 
     38,420   

Less original issue discount

     (171
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 38,249   
  

 

 

 

Based on rates for instruments with comparable maturities and credit quality, which are classified as Level 2 inputs (Defined in Note 2), the estimated fair value of the Company’s total debt was approximately $37,300 as of December 31, 2013.

Subsequent to year-end, the Credit Facility and THL Note were amended (See Note 16).

9. RECAPITALIZATION

On August 3, 2012, the Company completed a recapitalization which included the following transactions:

The Company authorized the issuance of 25,000,000, 20,000,000, and 52,500,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, and Common Stock, respectively.

Certain stockholders exchanged 94,689,947 shares of Series C, Series D, and Series D-1 Preferred Stock for 23,966,622 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, which comprised approximately 51% of fully diluted ownership of the Company. In addition, 24,142,780 shares of Common Stock were exchanged for 921,451 shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

Certain stockholders of the Company exchanged 165,375,473 shares of Series C, Series D, Series D-1 Preferred Stock, and Common Stock for 12,666,520 shares of Series B Preferred Stock. All previously issued and outstanding warrants for the purchase of Common Stock, Series C, Series D and Series D-1 Preferred Stock were exercised and simultaneously exchanged for 1,736,298 shares of Series B Preferred Stock. In addition, 33,897,000 options to purchase Common Stock were exercised and simultaneously exchanged for 1,293,735 shares of Series B Preferred Stock. Following these exchanges, holders of the Series B Preferred Stock (collectively the “Sellers”), comprised approximately 33% of fully diluted ownership of the Company. The Sellers then sold 15,696,533 shares of Series B Preferred Stock to a new investor in the Company.

Following the completion of these transactions, the Company issued 2,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock to the new investor and 2,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock to an existing investor in an offering raising $4,000 of cash.

Following these exchange transactions, all of the shares of Series C, Series D and Series D-1 Preferred Stock were retired, and the Company effected a 26 for 1 reverse stock split of all issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock.

Upon completion of the recapitalization transactions, the following classes of stock were issued and outstanding:

24,888,073 shares of Series A Preferred Stock were issued and outstanding

 

F-20


Table of Contents

19,696,533 shares of Series B Preferred Stock were issued and outstanding

552,049 shares of Common Stock were issued and outstanding

The basic and diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2012 have been adjusted to assume the August 2012 reverse stock split occurred as of the beginning of the period presented, or at the time of basic or dilutive security issuance, if later.

10. REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company has authorized the issuance of 46,800,000 and 45,000,000 shares, respectively, of Preferred Stock, par value of $0.001 per share. The following table summarizes the number of shares designated, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series A Preferred Stock)—26,100,000 and 25,000,000 shares designated as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively

     24,888,073   

Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series B Preferred Stock)—20,700,000 and 20,000,000 shares designated as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively

     19,696,553   
  

 

 

 

Total preferred stock shares issued and outstanding

     44,584,626   
  

 

 

 

The rights and preferences of the Series A and B Preferred Stock (collectively, the “Preferred Stock”) are as follows:

Conversion —Each class of the Preferred Stock is convertible into common stock based on a rate which equals the quotient obtained by dividing the purchase price per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the amount of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization) of the respective stock class by the Conversion Price. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Conversion Price and the as-adjusted purchase price for the Series A and Series B Preferred Stock was equal to $1.00 and such shares would therefore convert into common stock on a one-for-one basis as of such dates. Upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, any accrued but unpaid dividends shall be paid in cash to the holder upon the earlier to occur of any liquidation or winding up the Company, or a qualified initial public offering. Conversion of the Preferred Stock can occur at any time at the option of the holder and is automatic under certain circumstances, including a qualifying initial public offering. The conversion rate is subject to antidilution adjustments under certain circumstances such as the issuance of additional equity securities or for subdivisions or combinations of common stock. Such anti-dilutive adjustments are not expected to adjust the conversion rate upon the occurrence of a qualified IPO.

Dividends —Dividends accrue on the Preferred Stock at 8% per annum on the invested amount plus unpaid dividends and are cumulative whether or not declared by the Board of Directors. Dividends are payable if declared by the Board of Directors. No dividends can be declared or paid in respect of common stock unless at the same time dividends are declared and paid as to the Preferred Stock in equal per share amounts as if the Preferred Stock has been converted into common stock. Cumulative undeclared dividends were approximately $5,161 and $1,476 as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Voting Rights —Each outstanding share of Preferred Stock is entitled to one vote for each share of common stock into which the Preferred Stock can be converted.

Liquidation —In the event of a liquidation, sale or merger, the holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled to receive proceeds, prior to and in preference to the holders of common stock and any class of stock ranking junior to the Preferred Stock, of any funds legally available from a liquidation or the net proceeds, in the case of a sale or merger, whether in cash, securities or property, available for distribution to the stockholders of the Company or payable to the stockholders of the Company in an amount (the “Liquidation Amount”) equal to the invested amount per share plus the aggregate amount of all declared or accrued, but unpaid, dividends in respect of such

 

F-21


Table of Contents

shares of the Preferred Stock. Subsequent to the settlement of all preferential amounts payable to the holders of the Preferred Stock in the event of such liquidation, sale or merger of the Company, all remaining assets of the Company or proceeds of the sale or merger shall be distributed to the common stockholders and Preferred Stock holders pro rata as if such holders of the Preferred Stock were common stockholders of the Company. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the liquidation value of all outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock was approximately $49,700 and $46,000, respectively.

Redemption —At any time after the fifth (5th) anniversary of the original issue date of August 3, 2012, the holders of the Preferred Stock have the right to require the Company to redeem the Preferred Stock, subject to the sufficiency of legally available funds, provided that such election is made by at least a majority of the holders of the Preferred Stock and neither a liquidation, sale or merger or qualifying initial public offering has been effected prior to such date. The redemption price for each share shall be the greater of the fair market value or the Liquidation Amount of each such share as of the date of the request for redemption. The fifth anniversary of the original issue date for holders of Preferred Stock is August 3, 2017, at which point redemption rights are effective.

11. STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

Common Stock —As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company has authorized the issuance of 52,500,000 shares of common stock, par value of $0.001 per share.

Reserved Shares —As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 the Company has 8,288,042 shares of common stock reserved for issuance in connection with the Company’s stock incentive plans and Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock.

In connection with the August 2012 recapitalization, all holders of options granted under the then frozen 2002 Incentive Stock Plan were paid a cash bonus in exchange for forfeiting those options as the option exercise prices were higher than fair value at the time of the recapitalization. The cash bonus totaled approximately $147 and was recognized as compensation expense in 2012.

On August 3, 2012, in connection with the recapitalization, 34,137,000 options previously granted under the 2010 Incentive Stock Plan (the “2010 Plan”) were exercised by the holders of the options and the shares simultaneously sold by the holders for cash. The vesting period on these options was accelerated to facilitate the exercise and $272 of stock-based compensation expense was recognized as a result of the accelerated vesting. The aggregate exercise price paid to exercise the options was approximately $500. In 2012, in connection with the recapitalization, the Board of Directors amended the 2010 Plan to reserve an aggregate of 215,489,084 shares for issuance under the plan; following the 26:1 reverse stock split, there were 8,288,042 shares reserved for issuance under the 2010 Plan.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Activity under the Company’s stock incentive plans is summarized as follows:

 

     Number of
Shares
    Average
Price (a)
     Average
Life
(Years) (b)
 

Outstanding—January 1, 2012

     63,088,478      $ 0.020         9.15   

Options exercised

     (34,137,000     0.015      

Options forfeited

     (1,948,250     0.064      

Effect of reverse stock split

     (25,964,641     0.022      

Options granted

     4,701,960        0.622      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Outstanding—December 31, 2012

     5,740,547      $ 0.622         9.66   

Options exercised

                 

Options forfeited

     (582,984     0.622      

Options granted

     362,600        0.977      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Outstanding as of December 31, 2013

     5,520,163      $ 0.635         8.72   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exercisable—December 31, 2013

     2,991,251      $ 0.607         8.58   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Weighted-average exercise price
(b) Weighted-average contractual life remaining

As of December 31, 2013 approximately $1,354 of total unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested awards is expected to be recognized over the remaining vesting periods, approximately three years. Aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding as of December 31, 2013 was approximately $29,800.

The weighted average estimated fair value of the Company’s stock options granted at grant date were $5.22 per option during the year ended December 31, 2013. The consolidated statements of operations include $639 and $700 in stock-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The weighted average fair value of stock options is estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Because the Company does not have a sufficient history to estimate the expected term, the Company has elected to use the simplified method for estimating expected term equal to the midpoint between the vesting period and the contractual term. The Company currently estimates volatility by using the weighted average historical volatility of comparable public companies. The risk-free interest rate is the rate available as of the option date on zero-coupon U.S. government issues with a remaining term equal to the expected term of the option. The Company has not paid dividends in the past and does not plan to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. The Company has estimated forfeitures in determining the weighted average fair value calculation. The forfeiture rate used for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, was 11%. The Company’s estimate of forfeitures will be adjusted over the requisite service period based on the extent to which actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from the estimate. The following are significant weighted average assumptions used for estimating the fair value of options issued in 2013 under the Company’s stock option plans:

 

     Grants  

Common stock share value

   $ 6.04   

Expected life (years)

     6.00   

Volatility

     50.21

Interest rate

     1.61

Dividend yield

    

 

F-23


Table of Contents

12. INCOME TAXES

The (provision) benefit for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, consists of:

 

     2013     2012  

Current tax expense:

    

Federal

   $ (91   $   

State

     (206     2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current tax (provision) benefit

     (297     2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax expense:

    

Federal

     1,044        2   

State

     153        (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax benefit

     1,197        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total benefit for income taxes

   $ 900      $ 3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The (provision) benefit for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 differs from the amount of income tax determined by applying the applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax rate to the loss before (provision) benefit for income taxes as a result of the following:

 

     2013     2012  

Federal statutory rate

     34.0     34.0

Effect of:

    

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

     (0.1 )%      0.0

Valuation Allowance

     (32.4 )%      (31.9 )% 

Other, net

     1.8     (2.1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Overall income tax rate

     3.3     0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets are comprised of the following as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

     2013     2012  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforward

   $ 17,917      $ 12,969   

Deferred revenue

     31,809        14,551   

Research and development credit

     45        37   

Accrued payroll and related liabilities

     2,252        1,230   

Other

     518        265   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation allowance

     (37,896     (27,066
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 14,645      $ 1,986   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Intangible assets

   $ (6,899   $ (364

Deferred implementation costs

     (7,761     (1,633
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (14,660     (1,997
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

   $ (15   $ (11
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Based on the uncertainties associated with future realization of the deferred tax asset, the Company established a valuation allowance, which reduces the deferred tax assets to an amount whose realization is more likely than not. The net change in the valuation allowance for the deferred tax asset was $10,830 and $2,794 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Differences between effective and statutory tax rates are caused substantially by the change in the valuation allowance.

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company has federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $46,805 and $34,674, respectively, available to offset future earnings and research and development credits of approximately $45 and $37, respectively, and also available to offset future federal income tax. The net operating loss carryforwards and research and development tax credit carryforwards expire at various dates from 2020 through 2032. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, state net operating loss carryforwards were approximately $44,201 and $29,132, respectively. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, management has recorded a full valuation allowance against net operating losses because management believes it is more likely than not that some portion or all of these deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, certain substantial changes in the Company’s ownership may result in a limitation of the amount of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards which can be used in future years.

The Company has recorded no liability for unrecognized tax benefits and related interest and penalties as of December 31, 2013 and 2012.

The Company files income tax returns in the US federal tax jurisdiction and various state jurisdictions. The federal tax years for 2010 through 2013 remain open for examination. The state tax years for 2009, through 2013 remain open for examination. The Company is currently not under examination by any tax jurisdictions for any years.

13. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT PLAN

The Company sponsors a 401(k) profit sharing plan. All eligible employees of the Company who have reached the age of eighteen may participate in the plan. Each plan year, the Company’s Board of Directors will determine the amount, if any, that the Company will contribute to the plan as a Company matching contribution for that year. The Company recognized expense of approximately $270 and zero for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, to fund Company contributions to the plan.

14. SEGMENTS OF BUSINESS

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which discrete financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or CODM, for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. The Company’s CODM is the Chief Executive Officer and the CODM reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis and for each operating segment, for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance.

The Company is organized into four reportable segments, which are based on software and service offerings. The Company’s reportable segments are consistent with its operating segments and are as follows:

Enterprise/Commercial —Offers the Company’s insurance distribution solutions to health plans.

Enterprise/State —Offers the Company’s sales automation solutions to state governments, which allows the Company’s state customers to offer customized individual and small group exchanges.

Medicare —Offers web-based Medicare plan comparison, prescription drug comparison and enrollment tools for health plans, pharmacy benefit managers, pharmacies, field marketing organizations, and call centers.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

Private Exchange —Offers defined-contribution benefit exchange solutions to benefit consultants, brokers, exchange operators and aggregators.

The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. The Company does not allocate property and equipment assets or capital expenditures to reportable segments.

The Company evaluates the performance of its segments based on gross margin, which is regularly reviewed by the CODM and provides insight into our individual segments and their ability to contribute to future debt service and working capital requirements of the Company.

Unallocated corporate expenses, and assets that are not considered when the Company’s CODM evaluates segment performance are grouped within Corporate in the following segment information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

     2013     2012  

Revenue from external customers by segment:

    

Enterprise/Commercial

   $ 33,028      $ 28,341   

Enterprise/State

     3,177        65   

Medicare

     15,941          

Private Exchange

     6,180        1,220   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated revenue

   $ 58,326      $ 29,626   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin by segment:

    

Enterprise/Commercial

   $ (747   $ 7,241   

Enterprise/State

     (1,121     (784

Medicare

     7,839          

Private Exchange

     2,182        283   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated gross margin

   $ 8,153      $ 6,740   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated operating expenses:

    

Research and development

   $ 11,806      $ 7,371   

Sales and marketing

     6,800        6,644   

General and administrative

     12,187        7,492   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consolidated operating expenses

   $ 30,793      $ 21,507   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated loss from operations

   $ (22,640   $ (14,767
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     2013      2012  

Identifiable assets by segment:

     

Enterprise/Commercial

   $ 31,353       $ 17,432   

Enterprise/State

     11,712         1,328   

Medicare

     31,943           

Private Exchange

     10,362         1,573   

Corporate

     8,863         3,792   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated assets

   $ 94,233       $ 24,125   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization by segment:

     

Enterprise/Commercial

   $ 523       $ 486   

Enterprise/State

     123         65   

Medicare

     2,514           

Private Exchange

     862         266   

Corporate

     688         196   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated depreciation and amortization

   $ 4,710       $ 1,013   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

All Company assets were held and all revenue was generated in the United States during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

15. RELATED PARTIES

During 2013, the Company expensed and paid approximately $600 of fees to a Company stockholder for services in connection with the Company’s January 15, 2013 acquisition of DRX. The transaction fees are a component of general and administrative expenses in the accompanying December 31, 2013 statement of operations.

Subsequent to year-end, on May 29, 2014, the Company and two stockholders entered into a loan agreement (the “Related Party Bridge Loan”) (See Note 16).

16. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated events subsequent to December 31, 2013, through August 29, 2014.

During 2014, the Company completed the following financing transactions, which increased overall borrowing capacity of the Company by approximately $25,800:

Credit Facility —The Company amended the Credit Facility to among other things increase the Senior Revolving Credit Facility by $5,000 to $10,000 of revolving credit and waive the Company’s December 31, 2013 non-compliance with financial covenants. The amendments removed the Fixed Charge Coverage and Total Debt/EBITDA covenants, as defined in the Credit Agreement, and replaced them with a monthly building EBITDA covenant and a minimum liquidity covenant. The Company was in compliance with the amended covenants as of June 30, 2014.

THL Notes —The Company amended the THL Note to, among other things, provide $20,000 of additional subordinated term note financing through July 2018. The $20,000 additional financing is reduced by approximately $500 of original issue discount and accrues variable interest at LIBOR plus a LIBOR Margin, as defined. The initial interest rate of 12.5% is payable monthly. The amendment also provides for contingent prepayment penalties of up to 3.0% of the THL Note and a contingent $2,000 fee if Company does not complete a qualified capital raise by December 31, 2014, as defined in the THL Note amendment. The proceeds from the additional financing were used to repay outstanding amounts due on the Senior Revolving Credit Facility and fund working capital needs.

Related Party Bridge Loan —On May 29, 2014 the Company entered into a $1,250 subordinated, one-year term note financing from two related party stockholders or entities controlled by stockholders of the Company. The note accrues interest at a fixed 14.0% and contains a contingent exit fee of $625 payable upon occurrence of a Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined in the Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended). The proceeds were used to fund working capital needs.

On January 7, 2014, the Company granted 286,202 of non-qualified stock options. The stock options had a weighted estimate grant date fair value of $5.40 per option.

*  *  *  *  *  *

 

F-27


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (in thousands)

 

     Balance at
Beginning
of Period
     Additions
(Reversals)
Charged To
Expense
     Additions
(Reversals)
Charged To
Revenue
    Acquired      Deductions     Balance
at End of
Period
 

Trade receivable allowances:

               

Year ended December 31, 2013

   $ 144       $ 25       $ (40   $ 262       $ (125   $ 266   

Year ended December 31, 2012

     34         135                        (25     144   

Deferred tax asset valuation allowance:

               

Year ended December 31, 2013

   $ 27,066       $ 10,211         N/A      $ 619       $      $ 37,896   

Year ended December 31, 2012

     24,271         2,795         N/A                       27,066   

 

F-28


Table of Contents

CONNECTURE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     As of
June 30,
2014
    As of
December 31,
2013
    As of
June 30,
2014
Pro Forma
 

ASSETS

      

CURRENT ASSETS:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 297      $ 2,277     

Accounts receivable—net of allowances

     12,877        20,935        12,877   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,134        1,010        1,134   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     14,308        24,222     

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT—Net

     1,859        1,974        1,859   

GOODWILL

     26,779        26,779        26,779   

OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS—Net

     17,356        19,414        17,356   

DEFERRED IMPLEMENTATION COSTS

     23,416        19,899        23,416   

OTHER ASSETS

     2,125        1,945        2,125   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 85,843      $ 94,233      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

      

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

      

Accounts payable

   $ 6,550      $ 8,445      $ 6,550   

Accrued payroll and related liabilities

     6,017        6,397        6,017   

Other liabilities

     7,842        7,737     

Current maturities of debt

     5,114        5,431     

Deferred revenue

     44,545        43,528        44,543   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     70,068        71,538     

DEFERRED REVENUE

     33,597        44,327        33,599   

DEFERRED TAX LIABILITY

     15        15        15   

LONG-TERM DEBT

     49,363        32,818     

OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

     473        1,844        473   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     153,516        150,542     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES—NOTE 5

      

REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK:

      

Series A Convertible preferred stock

     28,850        27,769          

Series B Convertible preferred stock

     22,832        21,976          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

     51,682        49,745          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT:

      

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 54,700,000 shares authorized, 552,164 shares issued and outstanding

     1        1     

Additional paid-in capital

     7,783        9,013     

Accumulated deficit

     (127,139     (115,068     (127,139
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (119,355     (106,054  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK, AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

   $ 85,843      $ 94,233      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements are an integral part of the statements.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

CONNECTURE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2014, AND JUNE 30, 2013

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     June 30, 2014     June 30, 2013  

REVENUE

   $ 35,251      $ 19,288   

COST OF REVENUE

     25,354        21,639   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

GROSS MARGIN

     9,897        (2,351
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

OPERATING EXPENSES:

    

Research and development

     8,685        5,803   

Sales and marketing

     3,709        3,099   

General and administrative

     6,351        5,270   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     18,745        14,172   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LOSS FROM OPERATIONS

     (8,848     (16,523

OTHER EXPENSES:

    

Interest expense

     2,386        2,519   

Other expense

     826          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expense

     3,212        2,519   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LOSS BEFORE (PROVISION) BENEFIT FOR INCOME TAXES

     (12,060     (19,042

(PROVISION) BENEFIT FOR INCOME TAXES

     (11     1,031   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET LOSS

   $ (12,071   $ (18,011
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

COMPREHENSIVE LOSS:

    

NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE:

   $ (12,071   $ (18,011
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted

   $ (25.37   $ (35.96
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted—Pro forma

   $ (0.31  
  

 

 

   

Weighted-average common shares outstanding:

    

Basic and diluted

     552,164        552,164   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted—Pro forma

     45,136,790     
  

 

 

   

The accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements are an integral part of the statements.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

CONNECTURE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2014 AND JUNE 30, 2013

(In thousands, except shares)

 

     Common Stock      Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’

Deficit
 
     Shares      Amount         

BALANCES—December 31, 2012

     552,164       $ 1       $ 12,059      $ (88,684   $ (76,624

Preferred Stock dividends, Series A and Series B Preferred Stock

                     (1,844            (1,844

Stock-based compensation expense

                     212               212   

Net loss

             (18,011     (18,011
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCES—June 30, 2013

     552,164       $ 1       $ 10,427      $ (106,694   $ (96,267
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Common Stock      Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’

Deficit
 
     Shares      Amount         

BALANCES—December 31, 2013

     552,164       $ 1       $ 9,013      $ (115,068   $ (106,054

Preferred Stock dividends, Series A and Series B Preferred Stock

                     (1,937            (1,937

Stock-based compensation expense

                     707               707   

Net loss

             (12,071     (12,071
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCES—June 30, 2014

     552,164       $ 1       $ 7,783      $ (127,139   $ (119,355
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements are an integral part of the statements.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

CONNECTURE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2014, AND JUNE 30, 2013

(Dollars in thousands)

 

     June 30, 2014     June 30, 2013  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

    

Net loss

   $ (12,071   $ (18,011

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     2,554        2,228   

Stock-based compensation expense

     707        212   

Deferred tax benefit

            (1,199

Interest accretion on financing obligations

     480        1,051   

Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisition:

    

Accounts receivable

     8,058        (3,735

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (204     (11

Deferred implementation costs

     (3,517     (6,262

Accounts payable

     (1,880     3,311   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     (493     (1,177

Deferred revenue

     (9,713     25,754   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

     (16,079     2,161   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

    

Purchases of property and equipment

     (396     (362

Business acquisition, net of cash acquired

            (25,879
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (396     (26,241
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

    

Borrowings under revolving line of credit

     10,076        4,493   

Repayments under revolving line of credit

     (14,086     (4,482

Borrowings of term debt

     20,767        32,300   

Repayments of term debt

     (563     (6,757

Payment of capital lease obligations

     (248     (261

Financing fees paid

     (451     (1,146

Payment of deferred business acquisition purchase price

     (1,000       

Repurchase of warrants

            (250
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     14,495        23,897   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     (1,980     (183

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of period

     2,277        1,476   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of period

   $ 297      $ 1,293   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

    

Cash paid for interest

   $ 3,027      $ 1,368   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 103      $ 31   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

    

Purchase of property and equipment in accounts payable

   $ 15      $ 121   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued preferred stock dividends

   $ 1,937      $ 1,844   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquisition consideration

   $      $ 6,570   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital leases

   $      $ 1,232   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements are an integral part of the statements.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

CONNECTURE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data information)

 

1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Connecture, Inc. and its subsidiaries, including DestinationRx, Inc., or DRX, RxHealth Insurance Agency, Inc., and Insurix, Inc. (collectively, the “Company”) is a Delaware corporation. The Company is a leading web-based consumer shopping, enrollment and retention platform for health insurance distribution. The Company’s solutions support the industry evolution towards a consumer-centric experience that is transforming how health insurance is purchased and distributed. The Company’s solutions offer a personalized health insurance shopping experience that recommends the best fit insurance plan based on an individual’s preferences, health status, preferred providers, medications and expected out-of-pocket costs. The Company’s customers are health insurance marketplace operators (e.g., health plans, brokers and exchange operators) who must distribute health insurance in a cost-effective manner to a growing number of insured consumers. The Company’s solutions automate key functions in the health insurance distribution process, allowing our customers to price and present plan options accurately to consumers and efficiently enroll, renew and manage members.

On January 15, 2013, the Company acquired DRX, a provider of web-based shopping and enrollment systems for consumers of Medicare health plans, as well as those used to compare name brand pharmaceuticals with therapeutic alternatives. This acquisition offers an integrated distribution platform for multiple health insurance marketplace operators, including health plans, brokers and exchange operators.

 

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Unaudited Pro Forma Presentation —The Company has filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, for the proposed initial public offering, or IPO, of shares of its common stock. If the Company’s IPO is consummated, all of the redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding will convert into common stock on a one-for-one basis. The unaudited pro forma stockholders’ deficit, as adjusted for the assumed conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock, is set forth in the June 30, 2014 unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet.

The unaudited pro forma net loss per common share for the six months ended June 30, 2014, assumes completion of the IPO and the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 44,584,626 shares of common stock as if such shares converted as of January 1, 2014.

The Company believes that the unaudited pro forma net loss per common share provides material information to investors because the conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock is expected to occur upon the closing of the Company’s IPO and, therefore, the disclosure of pro forma net loss per common share provides a measure of net loss per common share that is more comparable to what will be reported as a public company.

Basis of Presentation —The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Connecture, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated.

Interim Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Information —The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements and footnotes have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, or GAAP, as contained in the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or the Codification or ASU, for interim financial information, and with Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, the interim financial information includes all adjustments of a normal recurring nature necessary for a fair presentation of the results of

 

F-33


Table of Contents

operations, financial position, changes in stockholders’ deficit and cash flows. The results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results for the full year or the results for any future periods. These unaudited consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and related footnotes for the year ended December 31, 2013 appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Use of Estimates —The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make extensive estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents —The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are maintained at financial institutions and, at times, balances may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has never experienced any losses related to these balances. Interest-bearing amounts on deposit in excess of federally insured limits as of June 30, 2014 approximated $20.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts —The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. The estimates are based on the composition of the accounts receivable aging, historical bad debts, changes in payment patterns, customer creditworthiness, and current economic trends.

Financial Instruments and Concentration of Credit Risk —Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk are principally accounts receivable. The Company has not experienced any material losses related to receivables from individual customers, geographic regions or groups of customers. The following summarizes customers that individually comprise greater than 10% of total revenue in the six months ended June 30, 2014 and/or total accounts receivables at June 30, 2014:

 

     2014  

Customers

   Revenue     Accounts
Receivable
 

A

     10     12

B

     10        13   

Fair Value Measurements —Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 820, Fair Value Measurements , establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that inputs that are most observable be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants operating within the same marketplace as the Company would use in pricing the Company’s asset or liability based on independently derived and objectively determinable market data. Unobservable inputs are inputs that cannot be sourced from a broad active market in which assets or liabilities identical or similar to those of the Company are traded. The input hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the degree to which the exit price is independently observable or determinable as follows:

Level 1 —Valuation based on quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Since valuations are based on quoted prices that are readily and regularly available in an active market, they do not entail a significant degree of judgment. The Company has no Level 1 financial instrument assets or liabilities.

Level 2 —Valuation based on quoted market prices of investments that are not actively traded or for which certain significant inputs are not observable, either directly or indirectly, such as municipal bonds. The Company has no Level 2 financial instrument assets or liabilities.

Level 3 —Valuation based on inputs that are unobservable and reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use as fair value. The Company’s only Level 3 financial instrument is the DRX acquisition contingent consideration (See Note 3).

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition —The Company’s revenue is derived from four sources: (a) the sales of implementation and ongoing support of the Company’s software automation solutions; (b) fees from brokers for the right to access our multi-payer quoting platform; (c) a government cost-plus-fixed-fee contract; and (d) commissions. In all contractual arrangements, the Company determines whether persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, services have been rendered, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection is probable. If any of these criteria are not met, the Company does not recognize revenue until all of the criteria are met.

a) Software Automation Solutions Fees

Contractual terms for the delivery and ongoing support of the Company’s software automation solutions generally consist of multiple components including: (a) software license fees, (b) software maintenance fees, (c) software usage fees, (d) professional services fees, (e) hosting fees and (f) production support fees.

Software license fees represent amounts paid for the right to use the solution. Software usage fees represent amounts paid for the same rights of usage, but cover only a specific period of time, after which usage rights expire. Software maintenance fees typically accompany software license fees and represent amounts paid for the right to receive commercially available updates and upgrades to the solution. Professional services fees represent amounts charged for services performed in connection with the configuration, integration and implementation of the solutions in accordance with customer specifications. Hosting fees represent fees related to post implementation hosting and monitoring of the solution. Production support fees are charged for the ongoing rate, benefits and related content management of the platform.

The Company’s contracts with its customers typically bundle multiple services and are generally priced on a fixed fee basis. The term over which the Company is committed to deliver these services can range from several months to several years.

The majority of the Company’s software automation solutions sold in the Enterprise/Commercial and Medicare segments are arrangements in which the software is licensed for a specific term and hosted on the Company’s infrastructure. These arrangements are referred to as hosted arrangements and are accounted for under ASC 605, Revenue Recognition. A small percentage of the Company’s software automation solutions, sold primarily in the Enterprise/State segment, are arrangements in which the software is not hosted on the Company’s infrastructure. These arrangements include the licensed use of the software and are subject to accounting under ASC 985, Software Revenue Recognition.

For all arrangements (whether hosted or non-hosted) that include multiple elements, the Company evaluates each element in an arrangement to determine whether it represents a separate unit of accounting. An element constitutes a separate unit of accounting when the delivered item has standalone value and delivery of the undelivered element is probable. Elements generally include implementation services, software licensing or usage fees and maintenance or other services.

Accounting guidance for multiple element arrangements containing hosted software provide a hierarchy to use when determining the relative selling price for each unit of accounting. Vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of selling price, based on the price at which the item is regularly sold by the vendor on a standalone basis, should be used if it exists. If VSOE of selling price is not available, third-party evidence of selling price is used to establish the selling price if it exists. If VSOE and third-party evidence do not exist, the Company allocates the arrangement fee to the separate units of accounting based on its best estimate of selling price.

For hosted arrangements with multiple elements that are separate units of accounting, VSOE and third-party evidence do not currently exist and accordingly, the Company allocates the arrangement fee to the separate units of accounting based on management’s best estimate of selling price, when available. The Company determines its best estimate of selling price for services based on its overall pricing objectives, taking into consideration market conditions and customer-specific factors and by reviewing historical data

 

F-35


Table of Contents

related to sales of the Company’s services. The ownership of the technology and rights to the related code remain with the Company for hosted arrangements.

Multiple deliverable arrangements accounting guidance for non-hosted arrangements provide an allocation of revenue to the separate elements based on VSOE. To date, the elements of the Company’s non-hosted arrangements, whereby the customers take possession of the software, have not been sold separately. Therefore, the contractual consideration for a delivered element for the non-hosted arrangements does not qualify as a separate unit of accounting as VSOE does not currently exist for any element of the Company’s non-hosted arrangements. Accordingly, the delivered elements are combined with the other consideration for the remaining undelivered elements as a single unit of accounting. Revenue for the arrangement is recognized over the customer arrangement.

b) Broker Multi-Payer Quoting Platform Fees

The Company provides an online quoting platform service to insurance brokers through its Private Exchange segment. The Company charges the brokers a monthly fee for access to the service. Revenue from the access fees is recognized in the period that the service is provided.

c) Government Cost-Plus-Fixed-Fee

The Company uses a percentage-of-completion method of accounting for its Federal government contract in its Medicare segment. Costs incurred to date are compared to total estimated project costs and revenue is recognized in proportion to costs incurred. The Company periodically evaluates the actual status of the project to ensure that the estimated cost to complete each contract remains accurate and estimated losses, if any, are recognized in the period in which such losses are determined. There was no unbilled revenue as of the consolidated balance sheet dates, relating to the government contract.

d) Commissions

Within the Private Exchange segment, the Company earns commissions on annual employee enrollments in which the Company’s health plan network and software solutions are used in connection with each enrollment. Commissions are recorded in the period the enrollment is completed.

Cost of Revenue —Cost of revenue primarily consists of employee compensation and benefits, professional services and amortization for assets directly associated with generating revenue. In addition, the Company allocates a portion of overhead, such as rent, facility depreciation and utilities, to cost of revenue based on employee salary.

Deferred Implementation Costs —The Company’s accounting policy is to capitalize direct, incremental costs of an undelivered customer contract element. The Company accounts for direct, incremental costs of delivering a customer contract element as deferred implementation costs, to the extent that they are deemed recoverable. Deferred implementation costs at June 30, 2014, and December 31, 2013 are $23,416 and $19,899, respectively. Deferred implementation costs are amortized over the respective term of the related customer contract arrangement consistent with the recognition of deferred revenue.

Stock-Based Compensation —The Company applies a fair-value based measurement method in accounting for share-based payment transactions with employees. Compensation cost is recognized based on the grant-date fair value, amortized on a straight-line basis over the options’ vesting period.

Preferred Stock Dividends —Given the Company’s accumulated deficit, the Company’s accounting policy is to record the mandatorily payable dividends as a reduction of additional paid-in capital (APIC) until such point where APIC is zero with the offset as an increase to redeemable preferred stock on the condensed consolidated

 

F-36


Table of Contents

balance sheets. Once APIC is reduced to zero any remaining dividends would increase the Company’s accumulated deficit.

Software Development Costs —The Company accounts for internally generated software development costs in accordance with ASC Subtopic 985-20, Costs of Software to be Sold, Leased, or Marketed. Capitalization of software development costs begins upon the establishment of technological feasibility, which the Company defines as the development of a working model and the completion of testing the software. The establishment of technological feasibility and the ongoing assessment of the recoverability of these costs requires considerable judgment by Company management with respect to certain external factors, including, but not limited to, anticipated future gross revenue, estimated economic life, and changes in technology. Such costs are reported at the lower of unamortized cost or net realizable value. As of June 30, 2014, and December 31, 2013, there were no capitalized and unamortized software development costs.

Comprehensive Loss —The Company’s net loss equals comprehensive loss for all periods presented.

Income Taxes —Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that the change becomes enacted. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized. The Company’s policy for recording interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions is to record such items in income tax expense.

Basic and Diluted Net Loss Per Common Share —The Company uses the two-class method to compute net loss per common share because the Company has issued securities, other than common stock, that contractually entitle the holders to participate in dividends and earnings of the Company. The two-class method requires earnings for the period to be allocated between common stock and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive distributed and undistributed earnings. Holders of each series of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to participate in distributions, when and if declared by the board of directors that are made to common stockholders, and as a result are considered participating securities.

Under the two-class method, for periods with net income, basic net income per common share is computed by dividing the net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Net income attributable to common stockholders is computed by subtracting from net income the portion of current year earnings that the participating securities would have been entitled to receive pursuant to their dividend rights had all of the year’s earnings been distributed. No such adjustment to earnings is made during periods with a net loss, as the holders of the participating securities have no obligation to fund losses. Diluted net loss per common share is computed under the two-class method by using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding plus, for periods with net income attributable to common stockholders, the potential dilutive effects of stock options and warrants. In addition, the Company analyzes the potential dilutive effect of the outstanding participating securities under the “if-converted” method when calculating diluted earnings per share, in which it is assumed that the outstanding participating securities convert into common stock at the beginning of the period. The Company reports the more dilutive of the approaches (two-class or “if-converted”) as its diluted net income per share during the period. Due to net losses for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, basic and diluted loss per share were the same, as the effect of potentially dilutive securities would have been anti-dilutive.

New Accounting Standards —In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue From Contracts With Customers (Topic 606) , that outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. The

 

F-37


Table of Contents

ASU is based on the principle that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The ASU also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to fulfill a contract. Entities have the option of using either a full retrospective or a modified retrospective approach for the adoption of the new standard. The ASU becomes effective for the Company at the beginning of its 2017 fiscal year; early adoption is not permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact that this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In April 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-08, Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205) , new accounting guidance on reporting discontinued operations and disclosures of disposals of components of an entity. The new guidance changes the requirements for reporting discontinued operations. A discontinued operation may include a component of an entity or a group of components of an entity. A disposal of a component of an entity or a group of components of an entity is required to be reported in discontinued operations if the disposal represents a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results and when the component or group of components meets the criteria to be classified as held for sale, is disposed by sale or is disposed of by other than by sale. This guidance is effective on a prospective basis for annual periods beginning January 1, 2015. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

 

3. DRX ACQUISITION

On January 15, 2013, the Company completed the stock acquisition of DRX, for a cash purchase price of $27,000 plus a $3,000 note payable to sellers (subject to adjustment), a $1,000 deferred cash purchase price, and contingent consideration of up to $3,000.

The contingent consideration consists of two annual earn-out payments based on actual 2013 and 2014 DRX revenue exceeding contractual targets. The contingent consideration is measured at fair value on a recurring basis, using Level 3 inputs (defined in Note 2). The Company arrived at recorded fair value measurements using a probability-weighted estimate of future DRX revenue and resulting contingent earn-out payments, discounted at a risk-adjusted rate. The following is the change in the recorded contingent consideration during the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013:

 

     2014      2013  

Beginning at January 1

   $ 2,832       $   

Earn out related to acquisition

             2,570   

Accretion

     95         121   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at June 30

   $ 2,927       $ 2,691   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company is working to resolve a customary escrow provision and performing an ongoing tax analysis to value acquired net operating losses due to Internal Revenue Code limits on the amount of acquired DRX net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards that may be used in future years, because of the current and prior substantive ownership changes of DRX.

 

F-38


Table of Contents
4. OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Other intangible assets consist of the following at June 30, 2014:

 

     Years    Gross
Carrying
Value
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Value
 

Customer relationships

   3–10    $ 7,298       $ (1,266   $ 6,032   

Covenants not to compete

   2.5–5      800         (477     323   

Acquired technology

   3–5      11,792         (4,116     7,676   

Trademarks

   10      2,800         (408     2,392   

Software

   3      1,630         (697     933   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other intangible assets—net

      $ 24,320       $ (6,964   $ 17,356   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other intangible assets consist of the following at December 31, 2013:

 

     Years    Gross
Carrying
Value
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Value
 

Customer relationships

   3–10    $ 7,298       $ (906   $ 6,392   

Covenants not to compete

   2.5–5      800         (327     473   

Acquired technology

   3–5      11,792         (2,966     8,826   

Trademarks

   10      2,800         (268     2,532   

Software

   3      1,626         (435     1,191   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other intangible assets—net

      $ 24,316       $ (4,902   $ 19,414   
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization expense for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, was $2,062 and $1,824, respectively and has been recorded in cost of revenue and general and administrative expenses.

Estimated future amortization expense for the Company’s intangible assets is as follows:

 

Year Ending

December 31

   Amount  

Remainder of 2014

   $ 2,062   

2015

     3,968   

2016

     3,218   

2017

     3,044   

2018

     1,138   

2019

     1,000   

thereafter

     2,926   
  

 

 

 

Total future amortization expense

   $ 17,356   
  

 

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents
5. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Capital Leases —As of June 30, 2014, capital lease obligations consisted of the following:

 

7.98% lease obligation on ERP software, expiring July 2016, payable in variable monthly installments

   $ 648   

Various lease obligations on computer equipment and office furniture, expiring April 2017, payable in fixed monthly installments bearing interest of 3.7% to 11.8%

     91   
  

 

 

 
     739   

Less current maturities

     (465
  

 

 

 

Long-term portion

   $ 274   
  

 

 

 

Future minimum capital lease payments are as follows:

 

Years Ended

December 31

   Amount  

Remainder of 2014

   $ 259   

2015

     440   

2016

     82   

2017

     9   
  

 

 

 
     790   

Less amount representing interest

     (51
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 739   
  

 

 

 

The Company’s most significant capital lease relates to the 2013 lease of enterprise resource planning, or ERP, software. The leased software asset is included in other intangible assets—net, in the accompanying June 30, 2014, consolidated balance sheet as follows:

 

ERP Software

   $ 1,232   

Less accumulated amortization

     (548
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 684   
  

 

 

 

Amortization of the software asset under capital lease for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013 totaled $206 and $137, respectively, and is included in general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Operating Leases —The Company leases office space under operating leases that expire at various dates through 2025. Rent expense for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, was approximately $766 and $646, respectively.

Letter of Credit —As security for certain leased property, the Company was required to provide a lessor an unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit in the amount $200 at June 30, 2014.

Indemnifications —The Company provides certain indemnifications from time to time in the normal course of business to its customers in its professional services and software license agreements and to strategic partners through certain insurance industry association marketing agreements that contain certain indemnifications for claims that may arise from acts or omissions, patent or trademark infringement, breach of contractual representations and warranties or intentional or grossly negligent acts. These indemnifications may require the Company to reimburse the indemnified party for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party. The Company has not had an indemnification claim, and does not expect to have a material claim in the future. As such, the Company has not recorded any liability for these indemnifications in the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

In August 2013 a client of the Company’s acquired DRX subsidiary tendered a demand for indemnification for a claim filed against the client arising from the alleged incorrect ranking of plans on the client’s Medicare Part D website. DRX designed and hosted the interactive website. No specific damages were asserted in the claim, and the claim relates to services provided to the client prior to the Company’s acquisition of DRX. The DRX sellers have specifically indemnified the Company for any liability arising from this matter in the DRX Agreement and Plan of Merger. As of June 30, 2014, the Company has not accrued a loss contingency for this matter as a loss is not deemed probable or estimable.

Litigation —In the normal course of business, the Company and its subsidiaries are named as defendants in lawsuits in which claims are asserted against the Company. In the opinion of management, the liabilities, if any, which may ultimately result from such lawsuits are not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

6. DEBT

Debt consisted of the following at June 30, 2014, and December 31, 2013:

 

     2014     2013  

Senior term loans

   $ 20,813      $ 21,375   

Senior revolving credit facilities

     296        4,306   

Subordinated loans

     33,368        12,568   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     54,477        38,249   

Less: current maturities of debt

     (5,114     (5,431
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

   $ 49,363      $ 32,818   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Senior Debt —On January 15, 2013, the Company entered into a bank credit facility to provide for short-term working capital and long-term investment needs (the “Credit Facility” as amended and restated from time-to-time). The Credit Facility replaced the Company’s previous bank facility (the “Loan Agreement”), which was paid in full on January 15, 2013.

The Credit Facility provides for $22,500 of term loans (the “Senior Term Loans”) and a revolving credit (the “Senior Revolving Credit Facility”) through January 15, 2018 (the “Maturity Date”). The Senior Term Loans require quarterly principal payments of $281 commencing on March 31, 2013, with the unpaid principal balance payable in full on the Maturity Date. During six months ended June 30, 2014, the Credit Facility was amended to among other things increase the Senior Revolving Credit Facility from $5,000 to $10,000 and to replace the financial covenants.

The Senior Term Loans accrue interest at a rate based on LIBOR plus a LIBOR Margin payable monthly. The Senior Revolving Credit Facility accrues interest monthly at a rate based on LIBOR, the Fed Funds Rate or bank’s Prime Rate. As of June 30, 2014, the interest rate on the outstanding Senior Term Loans and Senior Revolving Credit Facility advances were 6.50% and 8.25%, respectively.

The Credit Facility contains customary representations, warranties and covenants of the Company, as well as various limitations on the activities of the Company as they relate to additional indebtedness, junior liens, investments, capital expenditures, and mergers and acquisitions. As of June 30, 2014, the Company was in compliance with financial covenants.

THL Promissory Note —On March 18, 2013 the Company entered into a Senior Subordinated Term Loan Agreement with THL Corporate Finance, Inc., or THL Note, as amended and restated from time-to-time, for total proceeds of $10,000 less $200 of original issue discount, or OID, to finance the repayment of the Harbert Notes and to provide working capital.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

In the six months ended June 30, 2014, the THL Note was amended to among other things, (i) increase the term loan amount from $10,000 to $30,000, (ii) add a variable prepayment premium ranging from 3.00% to zero percent of principal depending if repayment were to occur in the first 12 to 36 months following the amendment, and (iii) add a contingent $2,000 fee should the Company fail to raise $25,000 in equity prior to December 31, 2014. The total proceeds of the incremental borrowing in the six months ended June 30, 2014 were $20,000 less $483 of OID.

The THL Note maturity date is July 15, 2018, with the principal balance payable in full at the maturity date. Interest on the THL Note accrues at a variable rate of LIBOR plus a LIBOR Margin, as defined, and is payable monthly. At June 30, 2014, the rate was 12.50% and the outstanding balance, net of OID, was $29,379.

DRX Seller Note —On January 15, 2013, the Company entered into a subordinated promissory note with the sellers of DRX (the “DRX Seller Note”). The $3,000 principal amount is subject to adjustment upon resolution of the Closing Day Working Capital, as defined in the Company’s purchase agreement with the DRX sellers. As of June 30, 2014, the adjusted principal amount of the DRX Seller Note was $2,739. The adjusted principal accrues interest at 8.0% and is payable with the adjusted principal on the January 15, 2015 maturity date.

Harbert Note —On February 16, 2011, the Company entered into a promissory note with Harbert Mezzanine Partners (the “Harbert Note” as amended from time to time) for total proceeds of $6,000 to finance the cash portion of a prior acquisition and to provide working capital. Interest accrued on the Harbert Note at a rate of 13.5% and was payable monthly. Simultaneous with the Harbert Note the Company issued four warrants for 7,436,098, 1,581,751, 1,741,982 and 1,227,609 shares of Common, Series C Preferred, Series D Preferred and Series D-1 Preferred stock, respectively. The fair value of the warrants on the issuance date amounted to approximately $701, recognized on the balance sheet as a discount on notes payable to be amortized to interest expense over the term of the Harbert Note using the effective interest rate method.

On January 15, 2013, the Harbert Note was amended to include a warrant to purchase shares of Series A and Series B Preferred Stock and common stock equivalent to 4.5% of the fully diluted outstanding shares of the Company, in the event the Harbert Note was not paid in full by July 1, 2013. On March 15, 2013, the Harbert Note was paid in full and the warrant was purchased for cash by the Company and retired.

Insurix Seller Notes —On February 16, 2011, the Company entered into promissory notes (the “Insurix Notes” as amended from time to time) with the sellers of Insurix totaling $1,000 with an interest rate of 4% plus the Prime Rate, payable monthly. The Insurix Notes were paid in full during the six months ended June 30, 2013.

Related Party Bridge Notes —On May 29, 2014, the Company entered into a $1,250 subordinated term note financing with two related party stockholders or entities controlled by stockholders of the Company (the “Related Party Bridge Notes”). The notes accrue interest at a fixed 14.0% which is payable with principal on the June 1, 2015 maturity date. The Relate Party Bridge Notes contain a contingent exit fee of $625 payable upon a “Deemed Liquidation Event”, as defined. The Company recorded $625 for the probable and estimable amount of the contingent exit fee as a component of other expense in the accompanying June 30, 2014 statement of operations.

Based on rates for instruments with comparable maturities and credit quality, which are Level 2 inputs (Defined in Note 2), the estimated fair value of the Company’s total debt as of June 30, 2014 approximates the carrying value.

 

F-42


Table of Contents
7. REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

As of June 30, 2014, and December 31, 2013, the Company has authorized the issuance of 46,800,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value of $0.001 per share. The following table summarizes the number of shares designated, issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2014, and December 31, 2013:

 

Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series A Preferred Stock) — 26,100,000 shares designated

     24,888,073   

Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Series B Preferred Stock) — 20,700,000 shares designated

     19,696,553   
  

 

 

 

Total preferred stock shares issued and outstanding

     44,584,626   
  

 

 

 

The rights and preferences of the Series A and B Preferred Stock (collectively, the “Preferred Stock”) are as follows:

Conversion —Each class of the Preferred Stock is convertible into common stock based on a rate which equals the quotient obtained by dividing the purchase price per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the amount of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization) of the respective stock class by the Conversion Price. As of June 30, 2014, and December 31, 2013, the Conversion Price and the as-adjusted purchase price for the Series A and Series B Preferred Stock was equal to $1.00 and such shares would therefore convert into common stock on a one-for-one basis as of such dates. Upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, any accrued but unpaid dividends shall be paid in cash to the holder upon the earlier to occur of any liquidation or winding up the Company, or a qualified initial public offering. Conversion of the Preferred Stock can occur at any time at the option of the holder and is automatic under certain circumstances, including a qualifying initial public offering. The conversion rate is subject to antidilution adjustments under certain circumstances such as the issuance of additional equity securities or for subdivisions or combinations of common stock. Such anti-dilutive adjustments are not expected to adjust the conversion rate upon the occurrence of a qualified IPO.

Dividends —Dividends accrue on the Preferred Stock at 8% per annum on the invested amount plus unpaid dividends and are cumulative whether or not declared by the Board of Directors. Dividends are payable if declared by the Board of Directors. No dividends can be declared or paid in respect of common stock unless at the same time dividends are declared and paid as to the Preferred Stock in equal per share amounts as if the Preferred Stock has been converted into common stock. Cumulative undeclared dividends were approximately $7,100 and $5,161 at June 30, 2014, and December 31, 2013, respectively.

Voting Rights —Each outstanding share of Preferred Stock is entitled to one vote for each share of common stock into which the Preferred Stock can be converted.

Liquidation —In the event of a liquidation, sale or merger, the holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled to receive proceeds, prior to and in preference to the holders of common stock and any class of stock ranking junior to the Preferred Stock, of any funds legally available from a liquidation or the net proceeds, in the case of a sale or merger, whether in cash, securities or property, available for distribution to the stockholders of the Company or payable to the stockholders of the Company in an amount (the “Liquidation Amount”) equal to the invested amount per share plus the aggregate amount of all declared or accrued, but unpaid, dividends in respect of such shares of the Preferred Stock. Subsequent to the settlement of all preferential amounts payable to the holders of the Preferred Stock in the event of such liquidation, sale or merger of the Company, all remaining assets of the Company or proceeds of the sale or merger shall be distributed to the common stockholders and Preferred Stock holders pro rata as if such holders of the Preferred Stock were common stockholders of the Company. As of June 30, 2014, and December 31, 2013, the liquidation value of all outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock was approximately $51,700 and $49,700, respectively.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Redemption —At any time after the fifth (5th) anniversary of the original issue date of August 3, 2012, the holders of the Preferred Stock have the right to require the Company to redeem the Preferred Stock, subject to the sufficiency of legally available funds, provided that such election is made by at least a majority of the holders of the Preferred Stock and neither a liquidation, sale or merger or qualifying initial public offering has been effected prior to such date. The redemption price for each share shall be the greater of the fair market value or the Liquidation Amount of each such share as of the date of the request for redemption. The fifth anniversary of the original issue date for holders of Preferred Stock is August 3, 2017, at which point redemption rights are effective.

 

8. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

Activity under the Company’s stock incentive plan for the six months ended June 30, 2014 is summarized as follows:

 

     Number of
Options
    Average
Price (a)
     Average
Life
(Years) (b)
 

Outstanding—January 1, 2014

     5,520,163      $ 0.635         8.72   

Options exercised

            

Options forfeited

     (156,110     0.572      

Options granted

     286,202        0.775      
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Outstanding—June 30, 2014

     5,650,255      $ 0.643         7.91   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

Exercisable—June 30, 2014

     3,022,267      $ 0.622         7.99   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

(a) Weighted-average exercise price
(b) Weighted-average contractual life remaining

As of June 30, 2014, approximately $2,192 of total unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested awards is expected to be recognized over the remaining vesting periods, approximately two years.

The weighted average estimated fair value of the Company’s stock options granted at grant date were $5.40 per option during the six months ended June 30, 2014. The following are significant weighted average assumptions used for estimating the fair value of options issued during the six months ended June 30, 2014 under the Company’s stock option plans:

 

     Grants  

Common stock share value

   $ 6.04   

Expected life (years)

     5.75   

Volatility

     50.33

Interest rate

     2.03

Dividend yield

    

During the six months ended June 30, 2013 there were no options granted, exercised or forfeited. The consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss include $707 and $212 in stock-based compensation expense for the periods ended June 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

F-44


Table of Contents
9. NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE

Diluted loss per common share is the same as basic loss per common share for all periods presented because the effects of potentially dilutive items were anti-dilutive given the Company’s net loss. The following common share equivalent securities have been excluded from the calculation of weighted-average common shares outstanding because the effect is anti-dilutive for the periods presented:

 

     Six Months Ended  
     June 30,  

Anti-Dilutive Common Share Equivalents

   2014      2013  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

     

Series A

     24,888,073         24,888,073   

Series B

     19,696,553         19,696,553   

Stock options

     3,964,095         803,092   

Warrants to purchase common stock

             799,031   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total anti-dilutive common share equivalents

     48,548,721         46,186,749   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per common share is calculated as follows:

 

     Six Months Ended  
     June 30,  
     2014     2013  

Numerator:

    

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (12,071   $ (18,011

Less: Preferred stock dividends

     1,937        1,844   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stock

   $ (14,008   $ (19,855
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     552,164        552,164   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (25.37   $ (35.96
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro Forma Net Loss Per Common Share (Unaudited) —The numerator and denominator used in computing the unaudited pro forma net loss per common share for the six months ended June 30, 2014 have been adjusted to assume the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock as of the beginning of the period presented or at the time of issuance, if later. Pro forma net loss per common share does not give effect to potential dilutive securities where the impact would be anti-dilutive.

 

     Six Months
Ended
June 30, 2014
 

Numerator:

  

Net loss

   $ (12,071

Less: Preferred stock dividends

     1,937   
  

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stock

   $ (14,008
  

 

 

 

Denominator:

  

Historical denominator for basic and diluted net loss per common share—weighted-average common shares

     552,164   

Plus: assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to common stock

     44,584,626   
  

 

 

 

Denominator for pro forma basic and diluted loss per common share

     45,136,790   

Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (0.31
  

 

 

 

 

F-45


Table of Contents
10. INCOME TAXES

The Company’s effective tax rate for the six months ended June 30, 2014 differs from statutory federal income tax rates primarily due changes in the deferred tax asset valuation allowance and current state income taxes. The $1,209 income tax benefit in the six months ended June 30, 2013 was largely attributable to the impact of acquired DRX deferred tax liabilities and the ability to reduce the Company’s valuation allowance established in periods prior to the DRX acquisition.

 

11. RELATED PARTIES

As discussed in Note 6, on May 29, 2014 the Company and two stockholders entered into the Related Party Bridge Notes. As of June 30, 2014, the Company has not paid any amounts under the Related Party Bridge Notes.

 

12. SEGMENTS OF BUSINESS

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which discrete financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or CODM, for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. The Company’s CODM is the Chief Executive Officer and the CODM reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis and for each operating segment, for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance.

The Company is organized into four reportable segments, which are based on software and service offerings. The Company’s reportable segments are consistent with its operating segments and are as follows:

Enterprise/Commercial —Offers the Company’s insurance distribution solutions to health plans.

Enterprise/State —Offers the Company’s sales automation solutions to state governments, which allows the Company’s state customers to offer customized individual and small group exchanges.

Medicare —Offers web-based Medicare plan comparison, prescription drug comparison and enrollment tools for health plans, pharmacy benefit managers, pharmacies, field marketing organizations, and call centers.

Private Exchange —Offers defined-contribution benefit exchange solutions to benefit consultants, brokers, exchange operators and aggregators.

The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. The Company does not allocate property and equipment assets or capital expenditures to reportable segments.

The Company evaluates the performance of its segments based on gross margin, which is regularly reviewed by the CODM and provides insight into our individual segments and their ability to contribute to future debt service and working capital requirements of the Company.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Unallocated corporate expenses and assets that are not considered when the Company’s CODM evaluates segment performance are grouped within Corporate in the following segment information as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013:

 

     2014     2013  

Revenue from external customers by segment:

    

Enterprise/Commercial

   $ 17,960      $ 10,500   

Enterprise/State

     7,086        30   

Medicare

     7,900        6,566   

Private Exchange

     2,305        2,192   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated revenue

   $ 35,251      $ 19,288   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross margin by segment:

    

Enterprise/Commercial

   $ 2,454      $ (4,390

Enterprise/State

     2,148        (1,492

Medicare

     4,823        2,692   

Private Exchange

     472        839   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated gross margin

   $ 9,897      $ (2,351
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated operating expenses:

    

Research and development

     8,685        5,803   

Sales and marketing

     3,709        3,099   

General and administrative

     6,351        5,270   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consolidated operating expenses

   $ 18,745      $ 14,172   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated loss from operations

   $ (8,848   $ (16,523
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     2014      2013  

Depreciation and amortization by segment:

     

Enterprise/Commercial

   $ 296       $ 240   

Enterprise/State

     64         58   

Medicare

     1,285         1,207   

Private Exchange

     443         419   

Corporate

     466         304   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated depreciation and amortization

   $ 2,554       $ 2,228   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

All Company assets were held and all revenue was generated in the United States during the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 2013. The following are identifiable assets by segment as of June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013:

 

     2014      2013  

Enterprise/Commercial

   $ 29,003       $ 31,353   

Enterprise/State

     10,788         11,712   

Medicare

     29,006         31,943   

Private Exchange

     10,370         10,362   

Corporate

     6,676         8,863   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consolidated assets

   $ 85,843       $ 94,233   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

13. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated events subsequent to June 30, 2014 through August 29, 2014.

*  *  *  *  *  *

 

F-47


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

To the Board of Directors

DestinationRx, Inc. and Subsidiary

Los Angeles, California

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of DestinationRx, Inc. and its subsidiary (the “Company”), which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as of January 14, 2013 and December 31, 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the period from January 1, 2013 through January 14, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012 and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the Company’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of DestinationRx, Inc. and subsidiary as of January 14, 2013 and December 31, 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods from January 1, 2013 through January 14, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012 in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Milwaukee, Wisconsin

August 28, 2014

 

F-48


Table of Contents

DESTINATIONRX, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF JANUARY 14, 2013 AND DECEMBER 31, 2012

(In thousands, except share and per share information)

 

     January 14,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 

ASSETS

    

CURRENT ASSETS:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4,694      $ 5,437   

Accounts receivable—less allowances of $262 and $262

     3,354        3,657   

Prepaid expenses

     202        199   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     8,250        9,293   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT—At cost—less accumulated depreciation totaling $1,315 and $1,307, respectively

     371        379   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

OTHER ASSETS:

    

Intangible assets—net of accumulated amortization

     64        65   

Deposits

     8        3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other assets

     72        68   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 8,693      $ 9,740   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

    

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 185      $ 210   

Accrued expenses

     2,986        2,134   

Accrued payroll

     1,259        1,964   

Deferred revenue—current portion

     5,051        5,303   

Obligations under capital lease—current portion

     88        88   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     9,569        9,699   

DEFERRED REVENUE—Less current portion

     924        933   

OBLIGATIONS UNDER CAPITAL LEASE—Less current portion

     99        105   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     10,592        10,737   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT:

    

Preferred stock, $.0001 par value—27,195,004 shares authorized, issued and outstanding

     3        3   

Common stock, $.0001 par value—101,000,000 shares authorized, 57,193,082 issued and outstanding

     6        6   

Treasury stock—at cost—6,742,197 shares

     (3,371     (3,371

Additional paid-in capital

     23,755        23,745   

Accumulated deficit

     (22,292     (21,380
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (1,899     (997
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

   $ 8,693      $ 9,740   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

DESTINATIONRX, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1 THROUGH JANUARY 14, 2013 AND THE YEAR

ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012

(In thousands, except share and per share information)

 

     January 14,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 

REVENUE:

    

Governmental contracts

   $ 147      $ 3,980   

Commercial contracts

     441        13,302   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue (related party revenue of $595 in 2012)

     588        17,282   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

EXPENSES:

    

Commissions

     15        1,101   

General, administrative, sales, and cost of revenue

     1,481        14,724   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total expenses

     1,496        15,825   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

OPERATING (LOSS) INCOME

     (908     1,457   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):

    

Interest income

            1   

Interest expense

            (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

            (9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(LOSS) INCOME BEFORE (PROVISION) BENEFIT FOR INCOME TAXES

     (908     1,448   

(PROVISION) BENEFIT FOR INCOME TAXES

     (4     10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET (LOSS) INCOME

   $ (912   $ 1,458   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

   $ (912   $ 1,458   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

DESTINATIONRX, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1 THROUGH JANUARY 14, 2013 AND THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012

(In thousands, except shares and per share information)

 

     Preferred Stock      Common Stock      Treasury Stock     Additional
Paid-In

Capital
     Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’

Deficit
 
     Shares      Amount      Shares      Amount      Shares      Amount         

BALANCE—January 1, 2012

     27,195,004       $ 3         56,675,582       $ 5         6,742,197       $ (3,371   $ 23,372       $ (22,838   $ (2,829

Issuance of common stock for stock options exercised

                     17,500                           3                3   

Share-based compensation

                                                    348                348   

Issuance of common stock for warrant exercised

                     500,000         1                        22                23   

Net income

                                                            1,458        1,458   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE—December 31, 2012

     27,195,004       $ 3         57,193,082       $ 6         6,742,197       $ (3,371   $ 23,745       $ (21,380   $ (997
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share-based compensation

                                                    10                10   

Net loss

                                                            (912     (912
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE—January 14, 2013

     27,195,004       $ 3         57,193,082       $ 6         6,742,197       $ (3,371   $ 23,755       $ (22,292   $ (1,899
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

DESTINATIONRX, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1 THROUGH JANUARY 14, 2013 AND THE YEAR

ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012

(In thousands, except share and per share information)

 

     January 14,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

    

Net (loss) income

   $ (912   $ 1,458   

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash flows from operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     9        328   

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

            58   

Share-based compensation

     10        348   

Decrease (increase) in operating assets:

    

Accounts receivable

     303        (997

Prepaid expenses & other current assets

     (3     72   

Deposits

     (5     144   

Increase (decrease) in operating liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

     (25     8   

Accrued expenses and accrued payroll

     147        1,993   

Deferred revenue

     (261     224   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

     (737     3,636   

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

    

Investment in property, equipment & software

            (135
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

            (135

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

    

Payments on capital lease obligations

     (6     (88

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

            26   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (6     (62
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     (743     3,439   

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of period

     5,437        1,998   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of period

   $ 4,694      $ 5,437   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

    

Interest paid

   $      $ 10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income taxes paid

   $      $ 34   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NONCASH INVESTING ACTIVATES—Assets acquired under capital leases

   $      $ 104   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

DESTINATIONRX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AS OF JANUARY 14, 2013 AND DECEMBER 31, 2012, FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 2013 THROUGH JANUARY 14, 2013 AND THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2012

(In thousands, except share and per share information)

1. ORGANIZATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Nature of Operations —DestinationRx, Inc. (the “Company”) was incorporated in the State of Delaware. The Company provides technology-based services to governmental and commercial organizations, including educational, strategic, and transaction-support tools to navigate the health care marketplace. The Company provides these services throughout the United States.

Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation— The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of DestinationRx, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary, RxHealth Insurance Agency, Inc., or RxHealth, DestinationRx does not have any minority stock ownership interests in which it has a controlling financial interest that would require consolidation. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Use of Estimates— The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (US GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents— The Company considers all highly liquid investments and securities with original maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. The Company places its cash with high-quality financial institutions and limits its credit exposure with any one financial institution. At times, the Company’s interest-bearing account balances may exceed federally insured limits. However, the Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk on cash and cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable— The Company grants uncollateralized credit to all qualified customers. On a periodic basis, the Company evaluates its accounts receivable and determines the requirement for an allowance for doubtful accounts, based on the history of past write-offs, collections and current credit conditions. An account receivable balance is written off when it is determined that all collection efforts have been exhausted.

Property and Equipment— Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

 

Computer equipment

   3 years

Furniture and fixtures

   5 years

Office equipment

   5 years

Software

   5 years

Leasehold improvements

   Remaining life of the lease

Expenditures for renewals or betterments that materially extend the useful life of an asset or increase its productivity are capitalized. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs that do not extend asset lives or improve productivity are charged to the appropriate expense accounts as incurred. When assets are sold, retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and a gain or loss is recognized for the difference between the carrying cost of the asset and the proceeds of sale, if any.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Intangible Assets —The Company’s intangible assets consist of software, software licenses, purchased database technology, website development costs, copyrights and trademarks. The costs are capitalized as incurred and amortized over the remaining useful life beginning when the asset is purchased or the software licenses, copyrights and trademarks are issued. Upon a decision by the Company to no longer pursue the copyright or trademark, the capitalized costs are expensed.

Accounting for the Impairment of Long-lived Assets— The Company accounts for long-lived assets with definite useful lives pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment , which requires impairment losses to be recorded on long-lived assets when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recorded when the net book value of the assets exceeds the fair value, as measured by projected undiscounted future cash flows. Management will review long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the assets may be impaired. No impairment charges have been recorded for the period from January 1 through January 14, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012.

Financial Instruments and Concentration of Credit Risk —The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments, which include cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable, approximate their carrying values due to the short-term nature of these instruments.

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk are principally cash and cash equivalents and billed and unbilled accounts receivable. Concentrations of credit risk related to billed and unbilled accounts receivable are limited to several customers to whom the Company makes substantial sales. The Company has not experienced any material losses related to receivables from individual customers, geographic regions or groups of customers.

The following table summarizes the customers that individually comprise greater than 10% of total revenue and/or total accounts receivable:

 

     2012  
     Revenue     Accounts
Receivable
 

Customer A

     22     18

Customer B

     14     8

The concentration as of and for the period from January 1 through January 14, 2013 was materially consistent with 2012.

Revenue Recognition —The Company generates revenue primarily from the licensing of its price comparison, decision support and enrollment technologies to government and commercial entities. The Company enters into agreements with clients establishing the legal and general business terms of the relationship. The engagements vary depending upon the type of services provided and range in duration from several months to several years.

Revenue from government cost-plus-fixed-fee contracts is recognized using the percentage-of-completion method of accounting in accordance with ASC 605-35, Construction-Type and Production-Type Contracts . There were no unbilled revenue as of January 14, 2013 or December 31, 2012, relating to government contracts.

Revenue from price comparison software, enrollment technologies and the related hosting and other business services provided are generally sold as time-based license agreements to commercial entities.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Revenue from commissions attributed to RxHealth is recognized when members enroll using the Company’s tool. Commissions represent a percentage of the insurance premium paid to the health plan. Commission rates vary by health plan and by the type of plan purchased by the member.

In accordance with ASC 985-605, Software Revenue Recognition , a software element is present only when the customer has the contractual right to take possession of the software at any time during the hosting period without significant penalty and it is feasible for the customer to either run the software on its own hardware or contract with another party unrelated to the vendor to host the software. Therefore, ASC 985-605 only applies to hosting arrangements in which the customer has such an option. Arrangements that are not within the scope of ASC 985-605 are service contracts that require the allocation of certain professional fees for hosting elements to be recognized as the service is provided. The Company recognizes revenue tied to hosting agreements including software license fees ratably over the term of the agreement, and the customer is not given the option or contractual right to take possession of the software as noted in ASC 985-605.

For multiple-element arrangements where contracts can include hosting and post-contract support, each element of the arrangement is analyzed and a portion of the total arrangement fee is allocated to the elements based on the relative selling price, regardless of any separate prices stated within the contract for each element. The multiple deliverables contained in each agreement are accounted for separately over their respective delivery period provided that they are separate units of accounting. The selling price used for each deliverable is based on vendor-specific objective evidence if available or estimated selling price if vendor-specific objective evidence is not available. Objective evidence of fair value includes the price charged for each element when it is sold separately. The estimated selling price is the price that the Company would transact if the deliverable were sold regularly on a standalone basis. Arrangement consideration is allocated at the inception of each arrangement to all deliverables using the relative selling price method. The relative selling price method allocates any discount in the arrangement proportionally to each deliverable on the basis of each deliverable’s selling price.

Deferred Revenue— Advance payments received for services to be provided under contract agreements are deferred until the requisite service is provided and accepted, at which time revenue is considered earned and recognized.

Deferred revenue consists mostly of the unamortized portion of software license and hosting arrangements billed and paid by the customers. The software license and hosting fees are amortized ratably over the life of the contract.

Software Development and Maintenance— Purchased software is recorded at cost and amortized over the estimated economic life of three years. The Company capitalizes costs for the development of internal use software, including coding and software configuration costs and costs of upgrades and enhancements, in accordance with ASC 350-40, Internal-Use Software . These costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over a three-year period. The Company reviews its capitalized software periodically for possible impairment. Amortization expense related to these capitalized development costs was immaterial in the period from January 1 through January 14, 2013 and $22 for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Development costs for software that will be sold or licensed to third parties are expensed as incurred and consist primarily of research and development costs incurred prior to the achievement of technological feasibility. The Company capitalizes software development costs for software that will be sold or licensed to third parties after the software reaches technological feasibility, if it has been determined the software will result in probable future economic benefits and management has committed to funding the project.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Comprehensive Loss —The Company’s net loss equals comprehensive (loss) income for the period of January 1 through January 14, 2013 and the year ending December 31, 2012.

Income Taxes— The Company accounts for income taxes under FASB ASC 740, Income Taxes . ASC 740 requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences in future years of differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their financial reporting amounts at each period end based on enacted tax laws and statutory tax rate applicable to the periods in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income.

ASC 740 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements and prescribes a recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. ASC 740 also provides guidance on de-recognition of tax benefits, classification on the balance sheet, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and transition. The Company has determined that there are no unrecognized tax benefits that would, if recognized, affect the effective tax rate. As of January 14, 2013, the open tax years for the Company were 2009 to 2012 and 2008 to 2012 respectively for federal and various states.

Lease Commitments— The Company recognizes rent expense for its office facilities on the straight-line basis over the terms of the related leases.

Advertising— The Company expenses advertising costs as they are incurred. Advertising expense was $4 for the period from January 1 through January 14, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012, was $38.

Share-Based Compensation— The Company accounts for share-based compensation in accordance with FASB ASC Topic No. 718, Stock Compensation , or ASC 718. ASC 718 establishes an accounting standard of share-based payment, which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards, including employee stock options, based on estimated fair values. Share-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the applicable vesting period of the stock option award using the straight-line method.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements —In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-11, Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities , or ASU No. 2011-11. This ASU requires the Company to disclose both net and gross information about assets and liabilities that have been offset, if any, and the related arrangements. The disclosures under this new guidance are required to be provided retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. The Company was required to apply the amendments for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. The adoption of ASU No. 2011-11 did not have a material impact on financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, No. 2014-09, Revenue From Contracts With Customers (Topic 606) , that outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. The ASU is based on the principle that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The ASU also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to fulfill a contract. Entities have the option of using either a full retrospective or a modified retrospective approach for the adoption of the new standard. The ASU becomes effective for the Company at the beginning of its 2018 fiscal year; early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact that this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

In April 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-08, Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205), on reporting discontinued operations and disclosures of disposals of components of an entity. The new guidance changes the requirements for reporting discontinued operations. A discontinued operation may include a component of an entity or a group of components of an entity. A disposal of a component of an entity or a group of components of an entity is required to be reported in discontinued operations if the disposal represents a strategic shift that has (or will have) a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results and when the component or group of components meets the criteria to be classified as held for sale, is disposed by sale or is disposed of by other than by sale. This guidance is effective on a prospective basis annual periods beginning January 1, 2015. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment as of January 14, 2013 and December 31, 2012, consists of the following:

 

     January 14,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 

Computer equipment

   $ 1,258      $ 1,258   

Leasehold improvements

     165        165   

Furniture and fixtures

     172        172   

Office equipment

     91        91   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,686        1,686   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (1,315     (1,307
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 371      $ 379   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total depreciation charged to operations was $8 and $252 for the period from January 1 through January 14, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012, respectively.

Capital Leases— The Company leases various types of computer and office equipment and office furniture under capital leases expiring at different times through the year 2017. The leases either transfer the risks of ownership or contain a bargain purchase option. The following is a summary of leased assets included in the accompanying balance sheet under property and equipment:

 

     January 14,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 

Computer, office equipment and furniture

   $ 815      $ 815   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (623     (620
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 192      $ 195   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation of assets held under capital leases totaled $3 and $113 for the period from January 1 through January 14, 2013 and for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

4. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible assets as of January 14, 2013 and December 31, 2012, consist of the following:

 

     January 14,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 

Software

   $ 141      $ 141   

Software license

     217        217   

Purchased database technology

     332        332   

Website development costs

     833        833   

Copyrights

     5        5   

Trademarks

     3        3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,531        1,531   

Less accumulated amortization

     (1,467     (1,466
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 64      $ 65   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total amortization charged to operations was $1 and $76 for the period from January 1 through January 14, 2013, and the year ended December 31, 2012, respectively. The estimated amortization expense for the Company’s intellectual property for each of the next two years is as follows:

 

Years Ended December 31

      

2013

   $ 37   

2014

     27   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 64   
  

 

 

 

5. OBLIGATIONS UNDER CAPITAL LEASE

As of January 14, 2013 and December 31, 2012, capital lease obligations consisted of the following:

 

     January 14,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 

8.66% lease obligation on office equipment, expiring March 2013, payable in monthly installments including interest

   $ 1       $ 1   

7.34% lease obligation on computer equipment, expiring August 2014, payable in monthly installments of $6, including interest

     94         99   

11.77% lease obligation on office furniture, expiring April 2017, payable in monthly installments of $2 including interest

     92         93   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     187         193   

Less current maturities

     88         88   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term portion

   $ 99       $ 105   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-58


Table of Contents

As of January 14, 2013, future minimum capital lease payments are as follows:

 

Years Ended December 31

      

2013

   $ 98   

2014

     58   

2015

     28   

2016

     28   

2017

     9   
  

 

 

 
     221   

Less amount representing interest

     (34
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 187   
  

 

 

 

6. STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

Preferred Stock —DestinationRx is authorized to issue up to 27,195,004 shares of $0.0001 par value preferred stock, of which 25,304,135 shares are Series A and 1,890,869 shares are Series A-1; all are currently outstanding. Both Series A and Series A-1 Preferred stocks have dividend and liquidation preference and can be converted into common stocks.

Voting Rights —The holders of Series A and Series A-1 Preferred stock have the right to one vote for each share of common stock into which such preferred stock could then be converted. The holders of Series A Preferred stock, voting as a separate class, shall have the exclusive right to elect three directors of the Company.

Conversion Rights —Preferred stockholders have full voting rights and powers equal to holders of common stocks. Each share of the Series A and Series A-1 Preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into common stock at the rate of $0.685 and $0.617 per share, respectively. Such conversions will occur automatically upon the earlier of majority vote of stockholders of the preferred stock or upon closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock that yields aggregate proceeds to the Company of at least $30,000 at a per-share price of at least $3.425.

Dividend Rights— The holders of the outstanding shares of preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends, out of any funds legally available thereof, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment on the common stock at the rate of $0.055 per share of Series A Preferred stock and $0.049 per share of Series A-1 Preferred stock, if, and when declared by the Board of Directors. The rights to such dividends are not cumulative.

Liquidation Preference— In the event of liquidation of the Company, the holders of preferred stock are entitled, pro rata, to receive a liquidation preference equal to $0.685 per share plus unpaid dividends of Series A Preferred Stock and $0.617 per share plus unpaid dividends of Series A-1 Preferred Stock. After payment of the full preferential amount payable to the preferred stockholders, the remaining assets of the Company shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Series A and Series A-1 Preferred stock (on an as-if converted to common stock basis) and the holders of common stock.

Common Stock —As of January 14, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company has authorized the issuance of 101,000,000 shares of common stock, par value of $.0001 per share. The Company issued 517,500 shares of common stock for stock options and warrants exercised during 2012.

Treasury Stock —As of January 14, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company had 6,742,197 shares outstanding. The Company used the cost method to account for the transactions.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

7. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS

2001 Stock Option Plan —DestinationRx, Inc.’s Board of Directors approved the DestinationRx, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) for the benefit of its officers, directors, employees and selected other persons who contribute to the growth and success of the Company. The Plan is administered by the Board of Directors, which has the authority to grant options, determine the exercise price, interpret the Plan and prescribe rules and regulations to fulfill this responsibility. All such stock options expire no later than ten years from the date of grant and generally provide for vesting over a period of four years from the date of grant.

Upon termination of services, other than for cause by the Company, options which have not been previously exercised are exercisable, to the extent vested on the date of cessation, until ninety days following the date of cessation or six months if due to death or disability.

The Company has reserved 13,338,750 shares of common stock for issuance under the Plan. As of January 14, 2013 and December 31, 2012, there were 2,143,000 shares of common stock available for grant remaining under the Plan.

Stock Options —The weighted average fair value of stock options is estimated at date of grant using a Black-Sholes option-pricing model. The Company recognized compensation expense of $10 and $348 for stock options during the period from January 1 through January 14, 2013 and for the year ending 2012, which is recorded under general, administrative and sales in the consolidated statement of income. There were no stock options granted during the period from January 1 through January 14, 2013 or for the year ending 2012.

The following table sets forth stock option information related to the Company’s stock option plan during 2012. There are no material changes during the period from January 1 through January 14, 2013.

 

     Number of
Options
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life

(Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding—January 1, 2012

     11,141,750      $ 0.27         7.32       $ 431   

Canceled

     (54,856     0.39         

Forfeited

     (26,144     0.50         

Exercised

     (17,500     0.19         
  

 

 

         

Outstanding—December 31, 2012

     11,043,250        0.27         6.31         429   
  

 

 

         

Exercisable—December 31, 2012

     7,862,016        0.29         5.54         429   
  

 

 

         

The following table summarizes the number and weighted average grant date fair value of the Company’s unvested stock options during 2012:

 

     Number of
Non-vested
Options
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Outstanding—January 1, 2012

     6,100,946      $ 0.233   

Vested

     (2,893,568     0.246   

Forfeited

     (26,144     0.270   
  

 

 

   

Unvested—December 31, 2012

     3,181,234        0.222   
  

 

 

   

There were no material changes during the period from January 1 through January 14, 2013.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

As of January 14, 2013 and December 31, 2012, total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested share-based payments totaled $796 and $806, respectively. The unrecognized compensation cost will be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 2.2 years.

The Company uses common stock reserved for issuance under the Plan to satisfy stock option exercises. Cash received from stock options exercised during 2012 was $3 and the tax expense for exercises during 2012 was $0.

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2012. There were no material changes during the period from January 1 through January 14, 2013.

 

     Options Outstanding      Options Exercisable  

Exercise
Price

   Number of
Shares
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Life
(Years)
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Number of
Shares
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 

$0.010

     1,851,250         2.33       $ 0.010         1,851,250       $ 0.010   

  0.100

     165,000         3.44         0.100         165,000         0.100   

  0.230

     5,662,500         8.22         0.230         2,517,928         0.230   

  0.315

     191,000         4.26         0.315         191,000         0.315   

  0.500

     3,173,500         5.49         0.500         3,136,838         0.500   
  

 

 

          

 

 

    
     11,043,250               7,862,016      
  

 

 

          

 

 

    

Warrants —As of January 14, 2013 and December 31, 2012, there were 2,603,846 warrants outstanding, all of which were vested with a weighted average exercise price of $0.50.

8. INCOME TAXES

The components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes are as follows for the period from January 1 through January 14, 2013 and for the year ended December 31, 2012:

 

     January 14,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 

Current:

     

Federal

   $       $   

State

     4         (10
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     4         (10
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred:

     

Federal

               

State

               

Total

               
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provision (benefit) for income taxes

   $ 4       $ (10
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-61


Table of Contents

Significant components of deferred tax assets and (liabilities) as of January 14, 2013 and December 31, 2012, are as follows:

 

     January 14,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 

Net operating loss carryforward

   $ 7,040      $ 6,608   

Allowances and accruals

     659        367   

Depreciation and amortization

     (19     (23

State taxes and other

     9        325   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets—net

     7,689        7,277   

Valuation allowance

     (7,689     (7,277
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets—net

   $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of January 14, 2013, the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $17,800 and $16,400, respectively, which expire in the years 2014 through 2031.

As of December 31, 2012, the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $16,400 and $15,300, respectively, which expire in the years 2014 through 2031.

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent on the generation of future taxable income during periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.

Based upon management’s projections of future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will not realize the benefits of these deductible differences. Accordingly, a valuation allowance of $7,689 and $7,277 has been recorded as of January 14, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the provision (benefit) for income tax is as follows:

 

     January 14,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 

Statutory federal income tax rate (at 34%)

   $ (309   $ 492   

Effect of state taxes—net of federal

     (51     96   

Change in valuation allowance

     364        (555

Other—net

            (43
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

   $ 4      $ (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-62


Table of Contents

9. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT PLAN

The Company sponsors a 401(k) profit sharing plan. All eligible employees of the Company who have reached the age of eighteen may participate in the plan. Each plan year, the Company’s Board of Directors will determine the amount, if any, that the Company will contribute to the plan as a Company matching contribution for that year. The Company did not make a matching contribution for the period from January 1 through January 14, 2013 or the year ended December 31, 2012. Company contributions vest as follows:

 

Years of Service

   Percent
Vested
 

1

     25

2

     50   

3

     75   

4

     100   

10. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Leases —The Company leases office facilities in Los Angeles, California, Chicago, Illinois and Columbia, Maryland under noncancelable operating leases expiring in various years through 2017. Total rental expense charged to operations for the year ended December 31, 2012, was $495. Rental expense for the period from January 1 through January 14, 2013 was immaterial.

The future minimum rental payments required under these operating leases are as follows:

 

Years Ended December 31

      

2013

   $ 411   

2014

     428   

2015

     445   

2016

     459   

2017

     303   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,046   
  

 

 

 

Indemnification —Under the organization documents, the Company’s directors, officers, employees and agents are indemnified against certain liabilities arising out of the performance of their duties to the Company. The Company’s maximum exposure under these agreements is unknown as this would involve future claims that may be made against the Company that have not yet occurred. However, based on experience, the Company expects the risk of loss to be remote.

Litigation —From time to time, the Company is involved in various routine legal proceedings incidental to the conduct of the business. See Note 12 for further discussion of a litigation matter that arose subsequent to year end.

11. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTION

A customer with $595 of sales during the year ended December 31, 2012, is a related party stockholder with approximately 8% ownership interest in the Company. Deferred revenue related to this customer was $1,872 as of January 14, 2013 and $1,923 as of December 31, 2012.

12. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Subsequent events have been evaluated through August 28, 2014, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

On January 14, 2013, the Company and its Principal Stockholders entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, or as amended, the Merger Agreement, with Connecture, Inc., or Connecture, pursuant to which all of the Common Stock and Preferred Stock of the Company was acquired by a wholly-owned subsidiary of Connecture. In consideration for Connecture’s acquisition of the Company, stockholders received cash proceeds of $27,000 plus a seller’s note payable of $3,000 and additional cash consideration of $1,000 paid subsequent to closing of the transaction. In addition, the stockholders may receive additional cash consideration of up to $3,000 in earn out payments which are contingent upon certain revenue targets. The transaction closed on January 15, 2013. The purchase of the Company has been accounted for as a business combination under Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 805, Business Combinations. Connecture has elected to push down the new basis of accounting of the new owners to the Company’s financial statements. The net purchase price has been allocated to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their respective fair values as of the date of consummation. The excess of the purchase price over these allocated values has been assigned to goodwill.

In addition, the Company issued 2,016,250 shares of common stock for options exercised effective immediately prior to the effective time and contingent upon the consummation of the merger.

During the period of January 1 through January 14, 2013, the Company incurred $899 of non-recurring expenses directly related to the acquisition of the Company by Connecture.

On July 22, 2013, a third-party benefit and insurance company, or Third-Party Claimant, filed a claim in arbitration against a client of the Company, or the Client. The Claim alleged unfair competition by Client arising from the alleged incorrect ranking of Third-Party Claimant on Client’s Medicare Part D website, and no specific damages were asserted in the Claim. The Client tendered indemnification for its alleged liability to the Company, based on the terms of the contract existing between the Company and Client whereby the Company designed and hosted Client’s Medicare Part D interactive website. The Company has not agreed to indemnify Client, however the Company tendered Client’s indemnification demand to its liability insurer. The insurer agreed under a reservation of rights to defend and indemnify Client as an additional insured under the Company’s general liability insurance policy, for any liability caused to Client arising from the Company’s negligence subject to certain policy limits and exclusions. The Third-Party Claimant and Client are planning to mediate their dispute in 2014. The Company’s stockholders have provided indemnification to Connecture for any liability arising from this matter. As of January 14, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company has not accrued a loss contingency for this matter as a loss is not deemed probable or estimable.

*  *  *  *  *  *

 

F-64


Table of Contents

 

 

LOGO

                     Shares

Common Stock

PROSPECTUS

 

MORGAN STANLEY    J.P. MORGAN

 

  WELLS FARGO SECURITIES  
RAYMOND JAMES       WILLIAM BLAIR   

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us, in connection with the sale of common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fee and the listing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

   $                

FINRA filing fee

  

NASDAQ listing fee

  

Blue sky fees and expenses

  

Transfer agent and registrar fees

  

Accounting fees and expenses

  

Legal fees and expenses

  

Printing and engraving costs

  

Miscellaneous expenses

  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $     
  

 

 

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities (including reimbursement for expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act.

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability:

 

    For any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty;

 

    For acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    Under section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation law regarding unlawful dividends and stock purchases; or

 

    For any transaction for which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

    As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated bylaws to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering provide that:

 

    we are required to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to very limited exceptions;

 

    we may indemnify our other employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to very limited exceptions;

 

    we are required to advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors and officers in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to very limited exceptions;

 

II-1


Table of Contents
    we may advance expenses, as incurred, to our employees and agents in connection with a legal proceeding; and

 

    the rights conferred in our amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive.

We intend to enter into indemnity agreements with each of our current directors and officers to give these directors and officers additional contractual assurances regarding the scope of the indemnification set forth in our restated certificate of incorporation and to provide additional procedural protections. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving our directors, officers or employees regarding which indemnification is sought, nor are we aware of any threatened litigation that may result in material claims for indemnification.

The indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and the indemnity agreements entered into between us and each of our directors and officers may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the our directors and officers for liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

Reference is also made to the underwriting agreement, which provides for the indemnification of our officers, directors and controlling persons against certain liabilities.

We are seeking to obtain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance and expect the insurance to include coverage for securities matters.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

In the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, we have sold and issued the following unregistered securities:

 

  1. On August 3, 2012, we issued 15,696,553 shares of our Series B preferred stock in exchange for shares our then-outstanding preferred stock and common stock and for then-outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our preferred stock or common stock.

 

  2. On August 3, 2012, we issued 24, 888,073 shares of our Series A preferred stock in exchange for shares of our then-outstanding preferred stock and common stock.

 

  3. On August 3, 2012, we sold and issued 4,000,000 shares of our Series B preferred stock to two accredited investors at a purchase price of $1.00 per share for an aggregate consideration of $4.0 million.

 

  4. During the three-year period ending June 30, 2014, as adjusted for the 26-for-1 reverse stock split effected in August 2012, an aggregate of 1,313,063 shares of our common stock were issued to employees, consultants and directors upon exercise of stock options under our 2010 Stock Plan, for an aggregate consideration of approximately $500,018.

 

  5. During the three-year period ending June 30, 2014, as adjusted for the 26-for-1 reverse stock split effected in August 2012, we have granted to employees, consultants and directors options to purchase 6,475,502 shares of our common stock under our 2010 Stock Plan. The exercise price per share of these options as adjusted for the 26-for-1 reverse stock split effected in August 2012, ranged from $0.572 to $0.977.

No underwriters were involved in the foregoing sales of securities. The issuances of the securities described above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act, in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering, Regulation S of the Securities Act or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to compensation benefits plans and contracts relating to compensation.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Exhibits. See the Exhibit Index attached to this registration statement, which is incorporated by reference herein.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules. Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is either inapplicable or is shown in our consolidated financial statements or notes thereto, other than with respect to the statement above related to dividend payments.

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters, at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification by the Registrant for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment to the registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Milwaukee, Wisconsin on October 20, 2014.

 

CONNECTURE, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Robert Douglas Schneider

 

Robert Douglas Schneider

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES AND POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Robert Douglas Schneider and James P. Purko and each of them, his or her true and lawful agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to (i) act on, sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement together with all schedules and exhibits thereto and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, together with all schedules and exhibits thereto, (ii) act on, sign and file such certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, (iii) act on and file any supplement to any prospectus included in this registration statement or any such amendment or any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (iv) take any and all actions which may be necessary or appropriate to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby approving, ratifying and confirming all that such agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact or any of his substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    R OBERT D OUGLAS S CHNEIDER

   President, Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director   October 20, 2014
Robert Douglas Schneider     

/ S /    J AMES P. P URKO

   Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   October 20, 2014
James P. Purko     

/ S /    D AVID A. J ONES , J R .

   Director   October 20, 2014
David A. Jones, Jr.     

/ S /    A. J OHN A NSAY

   Director   October 20, 2014
A. John Ansay     

/ S /    V ICKIE L. C APPS

   Director   October 20, 2014
Vickie L. Capps     

/ S /    A DAM B. D OLDER

   Director   October 20, 2014
Adam B. Dolder     

/ S /    P AUL K USSEROW

   Director   October 20, 2014

Paul Kusserow

    

/ S /    A LAN J. Y ING

   Director   October 20, 2014
Alan J. Ying     

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement
2.1   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated January 14, 2013, by and among the Registrant, DRX Acquisition Co., DestinationRx, Inc. and the principal stockholders named therein
2.2   Stock Purchase Agreement, dated February 16, 2011, by and among the Registrant, Patrick Downend and Aaron Downend
2.3   Exchange Agreement, dated August 3, 2012, by and among the Registrant and the stockholders party thereto.
3.1.1   Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated August 3, 2012
3.1.2   Certificate of Amendment to Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated January 15, 2013
3.2*   Form of Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be effective upon closing of the offering
3.3   Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect
3.4*   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon closing of the offering
4.1   Investor Rights Agreement, dated August 3, 2012
4.2   Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated August 3, 2012
4.3   Voting Agreement, dated August 3, 2012
5.1*   Opinion of DLA Piper LLP
10.1*   Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and officers
10.2   2010 Stock Plan, as amended, and form of agreement thereunder
10.3.1**   Credit Agreement, dated January 15, 2013, by and among Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent for the lenders named therein, the Registrant and DestinationRx, Inc.
10.3.2   First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated March 18, 2013
10.3.3   Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated December 10, 2013
10.3.4   Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated March 12, 2014
10.3.5   Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated May 29, 2014
10.3.6   Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated June 12, 2014
10.3.7   Guaranty and Security Agreement, dated January 15, 2013, by and among Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent for the lenders named therein, the Registrant and DestinationRx, Inc.
10.3.8   Trademark Security Agreement, dated January 15, 2013, by and among Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent for the lenders named therein, the Registrant and DestinationRx, Inc.
10.3.9   Patent Security Agreement, dated January 15, 2013, by and among Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent for the lenders named therein, the Registrant and DestinationRx, Inc.
10.3.10   Copyright Security Agreement, dated January 15, 2013, by and among Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent for the lenders named therein, the Registrant and DestinationRx, Inc.
10.4.1**   Second Lien Term Loan Agreement, dated March 18, 2013, by and among THL Corporate Finance, Inc., as administrative agent for the lenders named therein, the Registrant and DestinationRx, Inc.
10.4.2   First Amendment to Term Loan Agreement, dated December 4, 2013
10.4.3   Second Amendment to Term Loan Agreement, dated March 20, 2014


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

10.4.4    Third Amendment to Term Loan Agreement, dated May 29, 2014
10.4.5    Fourth Amendment to Term Loan Agreement, dated June 12, 2014
10.5    Note Purchase Agreement, dated May 29, 2014, by and among the Registrant, GPP—Connecture, LLC and Chrysalis Ventures II, L.P.
10.6.1    Subordinated Promissory Note, dated January 15, 2013, by and among the Registrant and Randall P. Herman, on behalf of the stockholders DestinationRx, Inc.
10.6.2    Subordinated Note Guaranty, dated January 15, 2013, by and among GPP—Connecture, LLC and Chrysalis Ventures II, L.P. and Randall P. Herman
10.7.1    Lease Agreement, dated May 10, 2012, by and among CORE Realty Holdings Management, Inc. and the Registrant
10.7.2    First Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated January 31, 2013, by and among CORE Realty Holdings Management, Inc. and the Registrant
10.7.3    Second Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated February 4, 2014, by and among CORE Realty Holdings Management, Inc. and the Registrant
10.8.1    Lease Agreement, dated September 30, 2013, by and among TR 55 Allen Plaza LLC and the Registrant
10.8.2    First Amendment to Lease Agreement, dated December 31, 2013, by and among TR 55 Allen Plaza LLC and the Registrant
10.9    Lease Agreement, dated November 1, 2011, by and among 600 Wilshire Property LLC and the Registrant
10.10.1    Employment Agreement, effective as of December 31, 2011, by and among the Registrant and Robert Douglas Schneider
10.10.2    Letter Agreement, dated October 18, 2014, by and among the Registrant and Robert Douglas Schneider
10.10.3    Transaction Bonus Agreement, dated October 26, 2012, by and among the Registrant and Robert Douglas Schneider
10.10.4    Bonus Agreement, dated December 31, 2013, by and among the Registrant and Robert Douglas Schneider
10.10.5    Separation Pay Agreement, dated December 31, 2011, as amended, by and among the Registrant and Robert Douglas Schneider
10.11.1    Bonus Agreement, dated December 31, 2013, by and among the Registrant and David A. Sockel
10.11.2    Separation Pay Agreement, dated July 23, 2012, by and among the Registrant and David A. Sockel
10.12.1    Bonus Agreement, dated December 31, 2013, by and among the Registrant and Mark E. Granville
10.12.2    Separation Pay Agreement, dated September 10, 2012, by and among the Registrant and Mark E. Granville
10.13*    2014 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreement thereunder
21.1    List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm relating to the Registrant
23.2    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm relating to DestinationRx, Inc.
23.3*    Consent of DLA Piper LLP (US) (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1    Power of Attorney (see page II-5 to this Registration Statement on Form S-1)

 

* To be filed by amendment.
** Portions of this agreement have been redacted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment that has been submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Exhibit 2.1

Execution Copy

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

Dated January 14, 2013

by and among

Connecture, Inc.,

DRX Acquisition Company,

DestinationRx, Inc.,

and the Principal Stockholders named herein


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

             Page  

ARTICLE I

 

CONSTRUCTION; INTERPRETATION; KNOWLEDGE

     1   
 

1.1

 

Defined Terms

     1   
 

1.2

 

Construction

     1   
 

1.3

 

Interpretation

     2   
 

1.4

 

Knowledge

     2   

ARTICLE II

 

THE MERGER

     2   
 

2.1

 

The Merger

     2   
 

2.2

 

Effective Time; Closing Date

     2   
 

2.3

 

Effect of the Merger

     2   
 

2.4

 

Organizational Documents

     3   
 

2.5

 

Directors and Officers

     3   
 

2.6

 

Approval by Company Stockholders

     3   
 

2.7

 

Further Assurances

     3   

ARTICLE III

 

EFFECTS OF THE MERGER; CONSIDERATION

     3   
 

3.1

 

Conversion of Capital Stock of the Company

     3   
 

3.2

 

Options and Warrants

     4   
 

3.3

 

Withholding

     4   
 

3.4

 

Delivery of Merger Consideration; Payment and Exchange Procedures

     4   
 

3.5

 

Post-Closing Working Capital Statement; Settlement

     6   
 

3.6

 

Dissenting Shares

     6   
 

3.7

 

Escrow Deposit

     7   
 

3.8

 

Earn-Out

     7   
 

3.9

 

Additional Cash Payment

     11   

ARTICLE IV

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES AS TO THE COMPANY

     11   
 

4.1

 

Due Organization, Good Standing and Power

     11   
 

4.2

 

Authorization; Enforceability

     12   
 

4.3

 

Governmental Authorization

     12   
 

4.4

 

Non-Contravention; Consents; Restrictive Documents

     12   
 

4.5

 

Capitalization; Subsidiaries

     13   
 

4.6

 

Financial Statements; Company’s Books

     14   
 

4.7

 

No Undisclosed Liabilities

     15   
 

4.8

 

Interested Person Transactions

     15   
 

4.9

 

Tax Matters

     15   
 

4.10

 

Absence of Certain Changes

     17   
 

4.11

 

Contracts

     18   
 

4.12

 

Government Contracts

     19   
 

4.13

 

Insurance Coverage

     22   
 

4.14

 

Litigation

     22   
 

4.15

 

Compliance with Laws; Permits

     22   
 

4.16

 

Properties; Sufficiency of Assets

     24   
 

4.17

 

Accounts Receivable

     25   
 

4.18

 

Intellectual Property

     25   
 

4.19

 

Environmental, Health and Safety Matters

     30   
 

4.20

 

Employee Benefit Plans; ERISA

     30   

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

             Page  
 

4.21

 

Interests in Counterparties and Others

     32   
 

4.22

 

Employees and Contractors

     32   
 

4.23

 

Workers’ Compensation/OSHA

     35   
 

4.24

 

No Indebtedness

     35   
 

4.25

 

Customers and Suppliers

     35   
 

4.26

 

Warranties

     35   
 

4.27

 

Absence of Certain Business Practices

     36   
 

4.28

 

Anti-Bribery

     36   
 

4.29

 

Finders’ Fees

     36   
 

4.30

 

Full Disclosure

     37   

ARTICLE V

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     37   
 

5.1

 

Authority

     37   
 

5.2

 

Governmental Authorization

     37   
 

5.3

 

Non-Contravention; Consents; Restrictive Documents

     37   
 

5.4

 

Shares of Capital Stock

     38   

ARTICLE VI

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES AS TO THE BUYER AND MERGER SUB

     38   
 

6.1

 

Organization and Existence

     38   
 

6.2

 

Authorization; Enforceability

     38   
 

6.3

 

Non-Contravention

     38   
 

6.4

 

Available Funds

     38   
 

6.5

 

Financial Statements

     38   
 

6.6

 

Compliance with Laws; Litigation

     39   

ARTICLE VII

 

CERTAIN COVENANTS

     39   
 

7.1

 

Conduct of Business of the Company

     39   
 

7.2

 

No Solicitation of Transactions

     41   
 

7.3

 

Notification of Certain Matters

     41   
 

7.4

 

Required Stockholder Approval

     41   
 

7.5

 

Review of the Company

     42   
 

7.6

 

Reasonable Efforts

     42   
 

7.7

 

Satisfaction and Termination of Equity Arrangements

     42   
 

7.8

 

Termination of Liens

     42   
 

7.9

 

Termination of Certain Agreements and Similar Arrangements

     42   
 

7.10

 

Benefits

     43   
 

7.11

 

Transfer Taxes

     43   
 

7.12

 

Parachute Payments

     43   

ARTICLE VIII

 

TAX MATTERS

     43   
 

8.1

 

Returns for Pre-Closing Tax Periods Due After Closing Date

     43   
 

8.2

 

Arbitration of Disputes Regarding Returns

     44   
 

8.3

 

Apportionment of Taxes

     44   
 

8.4

 

Cooperation

     45   
 

8.5

 

Tax Proceedings

     45   

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

             Page  

ARTICLE IX

 

CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

     45   
 

9.1

 

Conditions of the Obligations of the Buyer

     45   
 

9.2

 

Conditions to Obligations of the Company

     47   

ARTICLE X

 

SURVIVAL; INDEMNIFICATION

     48   
 

10.1

 

Survival

     48   
 

10.2

 

Indemnification

     49   
 

10.3

 

Procedures

     50   
 

10.4

 

Right to Assert Claims

     51   
 

10.5

 

Offset of Loss

     51   
 

10.6

 

Merger Consideration Adjustment

     51   

ARTICLE XI

 

MISCELLANEOUS

     52   
 

11.1

 

Termination

     52   
 

11.2

 

Notices

     52   
 

11.3

 

Amendments and Waivers

     53   
 

11.4

 

Expenses

     53   
 

11.5

 

Successors and Assigns

     53   
 

11.6

 

Third Party Beneficiaries

     54   
 

11.7

 

Governing Law

     54   
 

11.8

 

Waiver of Trial by Jury

     54   
 

11.9

 

Counterparts

     54   
 

11.10

 

Headings

     54   
 

11.11

 

Entire Agreement

     54   
 

11.12

 

Confidentiality

     54   
 

11.13

 

Public Announcements

     55   
 

11.14

 

Severability

     55   
 

11.15

 

Representative

     55   

 

iii


AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

This AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER, dated as of January 14, 2013 (this “ Agreement ”), is by and among Connecture, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Buyer ”), DRX Acquisition Company, a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Buyer (“ Merger Sub ”), DestinationRx, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the persons and entities listed as Principal Stockholders on the signature pages hereto (each, a “ Principal Stockholder ” and collectively the “ Principal Stockholders ”) and Randall P. Herman (the “ Representative ”), solely in his capacity as the Representative. Buyer, Merger Sub, the Company, the Principal Stockholders and the Representative are each referred to herein as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties ”.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement and in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), the Buyer, Merger Sub and the Company will enter into a business combination transaction pursuant to which Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company (the “ Merger ”), with the Company as the surviving company (the “ Surviving Company ”);

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (i) has determined that the Merger is in the best interests of the Company and its Stockholders, and has approved and adopted this Agreement and declared its advisability, and has approved the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (ii) has recommended that the Stockholders approve and adopt this Agreement and the Merger;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Buyer has approved and adopted this Agreement and has approved the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of Merger Sub has (i) approved the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and declared its advisability and (ii) recommended that the Buyer, as the sole stockholder of Merger Sub, approve and adopt this Agreement and the Merger.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

CONSTRUCTION; INTERPRETATION; KNOWLEDGE

1.1 Defined Terms . For purposes of this Agreement, capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings specified in Annex I .

1.2 Construction . Unless the context requires otherwise, (a) all references to Sections, Articles, Exhibits, Annexes or Schedules are to the Sections, Articles, Exhibits, Annexes or Schedules of or to this Agreement, (b) each of the Schedules will apply only to the corresponding section or subsection of this Agreement, (c) each term defined in this Agreement has the meaning assigned to it, (d) each accounting term not otherwise defined in this Agreement has the meaning commonly applied to it in accordance with GAAP, (e) words in the singular include the plural and vice versa, (f) all reference to $


or dollar amounts will be to lawful currency of the United States, (g) to the extent the term “ day ” or “ days ” is used, it will mean calendar days, (h) the pronoun “ his ” refers to the masculine, feminine, and neuter, (i) the words “ herein ,” “ hereby ,” “ hereof ,” “ hereunder ,” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section, Article, or other subdivision, (j) the terms “ including ” and includes ” mean “ including or includes without limitation ,” (k) reference to and the definition of any document shall be deemed a reference to such document as it may be amended, supplemented, revised, or modified, in writing, as of the date of this Agreement or on the date of any document, instrument or certification making reference to such document but disregarding any amendment, supplement, replacement or novation made in breach of this Agreement, and (l) reference to any Law shall be construed as a reference to such Law as in effect on the date hereof or on the date of any document, instrument or certification making reference to such Law.

1.3 Interpretation . No provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in favor of, or against, any of the Parties by reason of the extent to which any such Party or its counsel participated in the drafting of this Agreement or by reason of the extent to which any such provision is inconsistent with any prior draft of this Agreement or any provision of this Agreement.

1.4 Knowledge . All references to the “ knowledge of the Company ” or to words of similar import will be deemed to be references to the actual knowledge of the Knowledge Persons and such knowledge that would reasonably be expected to be known by such Knowledge Persons in the ordinary and usual course of the performance of their professional responsibility, in each case after due inquiry.

ARTICLE II

THE MERGER

2.1 The Merger . At the Effective Time, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and in accordance with the DGCL, (i) Merger Sub shall be merged with and into the Company, (ii) the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub shall cease, and (iii) the Company shall be the Surviving Company of the Merger and shall continue its legal existence pursuant to the DGCL.

2.2 Effective Time; Closing Date . The closing of the Merger and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Closing ”) shall take place remotely via the exchange of final documents and signature pages thereto, at 10:00 a.m. local time on the date (the “ Closing Date ”) that is two (2) Business Days after the date on which all the conditions set forth in Article IX have been satisfied or waived (other than those conditions which by their nature are satisfied at Closing), or such other time, date and place as is mutually agreed upon by Buyer and the Representative. On the Closing Date as soon as practicable following the Closing, the Company and Merger Sub shall cause the Merger to be consummated by filing a duly executed certificate of merger in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Certificate of Merger ”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and the parties hereto shall make all other filings or recordings required by the DGCL or other applicable Law in connection with the Merger. The Merger shall become effective at such time as the Certificate of Merger is duly filed in accordance with the provisions of Section 251 of the DGCL, or at such later time as may be stated in the Certificate of Merger (the date and time when the Merger is effective, the “ Effective Time ”).

2.3 Effect of the Merger . At the Effective Time, the effect of the Merger shall be as provided herein and in the applicable provisions of the DGCL. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and subject thereto, at the Effective Time, all the property, rights, privileges, powers, franchises and assets of the Company and Merger Sub shall vest in the Surviving Company, and all debts, liabilities, obligations and duties of the Company and Merger Sub shall become the debts, liabilities, obligations and duties of the Surviving Company.

 

2


2.4 Organizational Documents . At the Effective Time:

(a) The certificate of incorporation of the Company, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be the certificate of incorporation of the Surviving Company, as amended in the manner set forth in the Certificate of Merger.

(b) The bylaws of Merger Sub, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be the bylaws of the Surviving Company, until thereafter amended as provided by Law and such bylaws.

2.5 Directors and Officers . From and after the Effective Time, (a) the directors of Merger Sub serving immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the directors of the Surviving Company and (b) the officers of Merger Sub serving immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the officers of the Surviving Company, each to hold office until his or her respective successors are duly elected or appointed and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation or removal in accordance with the operating agreement of the Surviving Company.

2.6 Approval by Company Stockholders . Promptly, and no later than twenty-four (24) hours following the execution of this Agreement by the Company, the Company shall provide evidence (including copies of written consents) to Buyer that it has secured the Requisite Stockholder Approval. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, the Company’s Board of Directors shall unanimously recommend approval of the Merger by the Stockholders and include such recommendation in the written consent executed by the Stockholders.

2.7 Further Assurances . If, at any time after the Effective Time, Buyer or the Surviving Company shall consider or be advised that any deeds, bills of sale, assignments or assurances or any other acts or things are necessary, desirable or proper (a) to vest, perfect or confirm, of record or otherwise, in the Surviving Company, its right, title or interest in, to or under any of the properties, rights, privileges, powers, franchises or assets of either the Company or Merger Sub, or (b) otherwise to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, the Surviving Company and its proper officers and directors, as applicable, or their designees shall be authorized to execute and deliver, in the name and on behalf of the Company or Merger Sub, all such deeds, bills of sale, assignments and assurances and do, in the name and on behalf of the Company or Merger Sub, all such other acts and things necessary, desirable or proper to vest, perfect or confirm its right, title or interest in, to or under any of the properties, rights, privileges, powers, franchises or assets of the Company or Merger Sub, as applicable, and otherwise to carry out the purposes of this Agreement.

ARTICLE III

EFFECTS OF THE MERGER; CONSIDERATION

3.1 Conversion of Capital Stock of the Company . At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the Company, Merger Sub, the Buyer, any Stockholder or any other holder of any Capital Stock of the Company:

(a) each share of Common Stock of Merger Sub issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into and become one share of Common Stock in the Surviving Company owned by Buyer;

 

3


(b) all Common Stock and Preferred Stock that is owned by the Company as treasury stock shall be cancelled, retired and shall cease to exist, without any conversion thereof, and no distribution shall be made with respect thereto (the “ Cancelled Treasury Shares ”);

(c) except for Cancelled Treasury Shares and Dissenting Shares (in accordance with Section 3.6 ):

(i) each share of Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into the right to receive a cash amount equal to the Series A Liquidation Amount Per Share or the Series A-1 Liquidation Amount Per Share, as applicable; and

(ii) after payment has been made to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series A-1 Preferred Stock of the full amounts to which they shall be entitled under subparagraph (i) above, the holders of each outstanding share of Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive payments of the remainder of the Closing Cash Consideration, with such distribution to be pro rata among the holders of Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock according to the number of shares of Common Stock held by such holder and, with respect to holders of Preferred Stock, the number of shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible; and

(d) pursuant to Section 3.2 , as of the Effective Time, any Options and Warrants shall automatically be cancelled and terminated.

3.2 Options and Warrants . Prior to the Effective Time, the Company will take all necessary actions so that each Option and Warrant that has not been exercised shall be automatically cancelled and terminated as of the Effective Time so that no Party has any liability on or after the Effective Time with respect to such Options and Warrants.

3.3 Withholding . Each of the Buyer and the Surviving Company shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from any consideration otherwise payable pursuant to Section 3.1 to any holder of Capital Stock such consideration as it is required to deduct and withhold under any provision of any applicable Law respecting Taxes. To the extent that any consideration is so deducted, withheld and remitted to the applicable Taxing Authority, such deducted and withheld consideration shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Person in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made.

3.4 Delivery of Merger Consideration; Payment and Exchange Procedures .

(a) At the Effective Time, the Merger Consideration shall be distributed by Buyer as follows, all as set forth on a funds flow memorandum reasonably agreed to by Buyer and the Company prior to Closing:

(i) On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Closing, Buyer shall deliver the Closing Cash Consideration to the Exchange Agent (the “ Exchange Fund ”) pursuant to the terms of the Exchange Agent Agreement;

(ii) On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Closing, Buyer shall deposit the Note and the Expense Escrow Amount with the Escrow Agent (the “ Escrow Deposit ”) pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement in order to secure payment of the Indemnified Parties’ right for indemnification under Article X and any adjustment to the Merger Consideration pursuant to Section 3.5 ; and

(iii) At Closing, Buyer shall deliver (A) the payoff amounts set forth on the Payoff Letters to the holders of Indebtedness in satisfaction thereof and (B) any unpaid Company Transaction Expenses (collectively, the “ Closing Payables ”).

 

4


(b) The Buyer has appointed U.S. Bank National Association as paying and exchange agent (the “ Exchange Agent ”) for the purpose of exchanging certificates (“ Certificates ”) of the Capital Stock for the Merger Consideration, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, as set forth in this Section 3.4(b) .

(i) As soon as reasonably practicable on or after the Effective Time, the Buyer will cause the Exchange Agent to send, to the extent not already sent by the Company prior to Closing, to each holder of record of shares of Capital Stock as of the Effective Time, whose shares of Capital Stock were converted or exchanged, as applicable, into the right to receive a portion of the Merger Consideration pursuant to Section 3.1 , a letter of transmittal (which shall specify that the delivery shall be effected, and risk of loss and title shall pass, only upon proper delivery of the Certificates to the Exchange Agent), including instructions for use in effecting the surrender of such Certificates to the Exchange Agent in exchange for a portion of the Merger Consideration. The Exchange Agent shall, pursuant to irrevocable instructions, deliver the portion of the Merger Consideration payable at Closing to each Stockholder out of the Exchange Fund. The Exchange Fund shall not be used for any other purpose.

(ii) Each holder of shares of Capital Stock that have been converted or exchanged, as applicable, into the right to receive a portion of the Exchange Fund, upon surrender to the Exchange Agent of a Certificate, together with a properly completed letter of transmittal, duly executed and completed in accordance with the instructions thereto, and such other documents as may reasonably be required by the Buyer or the Exchange Agent, will be paid in exchange therefor cash representing, in the aggregate, the portion and type of the Exchange Fund that such holder has the right to receive pursuant to the provisions of this Article III (less any required Tax withholding). Such cash shall be paid as promptly as practicable (but in any event within five Business Days) after receipt by the Exchange Agent of the Certificates and letter of transmittal in accordance with the foregoing. No interest shall be paid or accrued on any consideration payable to holders of Certificates. Until so surrendered, each such Certificate shall, after the Effective Time, represent for all purposes only the right to receive such portion and type of the Merger Consideration as contemplated by Section 3.1 .

(iii) After the Effective Time, the Company shall not register the transfer of any Capital Stock. From and after the Effective Time, the holders of Certificates representing the Capital Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall cease to have any rights with respect to such Capital Stock, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or by applicable Law. If, after the Effective Time, Certificates are presented to the Exchange Agent or the Buyer, they shall be cancelled and exchanged for the consideration provided for, and in accordance with the procedures set forth, in this Article III .

(c) Any portion of the Exchange Fund that remains unclaimed by the holders of shares of Capital Stock six months after the Effective Time shall be returned to the Buyer, upon demand, and any such holder who has not exchanged its shares of Capital Stock for a portion of the Merger Consideration in accordance with this Section 3.4 prior to that time shall thereafter look only to the Buyer for delivery of the applicable portion of the Merger Consideration in respect of such holder’s shares of Capital Stock.

 

5


(d) Neither the Buyer, the Surviving Company nor the Company shall be liable to any holder of shares of Capital Stock for any consideration properly delivered to a public official pursuant to applicable abandoned property Laws. Any portion of the Merger Consideration payable in accordance with this Agreement remaining unclaimed by holders of shares of Capital Stock immediately prior to such time as such amounts would otherwise escheat to or become property of any Governmental Authority shall, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, become the property of the Buyer free and clear of any claims or interest of any Person previously entitled thereto.

3.5 Post-Closing Working Capital Statement; Settlement .

(a) Not less than two nor more than ten Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall prepare and deliver to the Buyer a good faith estimate of the working capital adjustment, determined in accordance with the guidelines set forth in Annex III (the “ Working Capital Adjustment ”), as of the Closing Date (the “ Estimated Closing Date Working Capital Adjustment ”) as if it were the actual Closing Date Working Capital Adjustment, but based upon the Company’s review of financial information then available and inquiries of personnel responsible for the preparation of the financial information relating to the Company in the Ordinary Course. The Estimated Closing Date Working Capital Adjustment shall be subject to the approval of Buyer, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If the Estimated Closing Date Working Capital Adjustment (determined in accordance with the guidelines set forth in Annex III ) exceeds the Closing Cash Amount, then the amount of such excess (the “ Adjustment Excess ”) shall increase the principal amount of the Note. If the Estimated Closing Date Working Capital Adjustment (determined in accordance with the guidelines set forth in Annex III ) is less than the Closing Cash Amount, then the amount of such shortfall is referred to as the “ Adjustment Shortfall ”.

(b) No later than 180 days following the Closing Date, Buyer will prepare and deliver to the Representative a statement (the “ Closing Date Working Capital Adjustment Statement ”) showing, in reasonable detail, a calculation of the Working Capital Adjustment as of the Closing Date. The Closing Date Working Capital Adjustment Statement shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP and the guidelines set forth in Annex III , as consistently applied by the Company. The Working Capital Adjustment as of the Closing Date, determined in accordance with this Section 3.5(b) , is referred to herein as “ Closing Date Working Capital Adjustment ”.

(c) If the Closing Date Working Capital Adjustment is greater than the Estimated Closing Date Working Capital Adjustment (such excess, the “ Working Capital Adjustment Excess ”), then the amount of such Working Capital Adjustment Excess shall be added to the principal amount of the Note.

(d) If the Closing Date Working Capital Adjustment is less than the Estimated Closing Date Working Capital Adjustment (such shortfall, the “ Working Capital Adjustment Shortfall ”), then the principal amount of the Note shall be reduced by the amount of such Working Capital Adjustment Shortfall.

3.6 Dissenting Shares .

(a) Effect on Dissenting Shares . Notwithstanding any provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock held by a holder who has demanded or demands and has perfected or perfects such demand for appraisal of such holder’s shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock in accordance with Section 262 of the DGCL and has neither effectively withdrawn nor waived or otherwise lost such holder’s right to such appraisal (the “ Dissenting Shares ”) shall not be converted into the right to receive any portion of the consideration payable in

 

6


accordance with Article III , but shall be entitled to only such rights as are granted by the DGCL. The Buyer shall be entitled to retain or obtain a refund from the Exchange Fund for any portion of the Merger Consideration payable by the Buyer under Article III that would otherwise have been paid to holders of such Dissenting Shares pending resolution of the claims of such holders, and the Stockholders shall not be entitled to any portion thereof.

(b) Loss of Dissenting Share Status . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.6(a) , if any holder of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock who demands appraisal of such holder’s shares under the DGCL shall effectively withdraw, waive or otherwise lose (through the failure to perfect or otherwise) such holder’s right to appraisal, then as of the Effective Time or the occurrence of such event, whichever later occurs, such holder’s shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, shall automatically be converted into the right to receive the applicable consideration payable by the Buyer under Article III , without interest thereon, as and when payable pursuant to this Agreement, following the surrender of the Certificate or Certificates representing such shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock.

(c) Notice of Dissenting Shares . The Company shall give the Buyer: (i) prompt notice of any demands for appraisal of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock received by the Company, withdrawals of any demands, and any other instruments served pursuant to the DGCL and received by the Company; and (ii) the opportunity to direct all negotiations and proceedings with respect to any such demands for appraisal. The Company shall not, except with the prior written consent of the Buyer, make any payment with respect to any demands for appraisal of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock or offer to settle any such demands other than by operation of law or pursuant to a final order of a court of competent jurisdiction.

3.7 Escrow Deposit . At the Closing, the Buyer shall deposit with the Escrow Agent pursuant to the Escrow Agreement the Escrow Deposit. The Escrow Deposit shall be used as partial security to satisfy claims of the Indemnified Parties for indemnification pursuant to Article X , or to cover any Working Capital Adjustment Shortfall. The Escrow Agent shall hold the Escrow Deposit and collect and disburse cash proceeds from the Note and release such cash proceeds from the Escrow Deposit solely pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement. For purposes of federal and other taxes based on income, the parties agree that the Buyer will be treated as the owner of the Escrow Deposit and will be obligated to report all income, if any, that is earned on, or derived from, the Escrow Deposit as income of the Buyer, in the taxable year or years in which such income is properly includible, and shall be obligated to pay any taxes attributable thereto.

3.8 Earn-Out .

(a) For purposes of this Agreement:

(i) “ 2013 Earn-Out Payment ” means the portion of the 2013 Earn-Out Payment, if any, payable to the Exchange Agent for distribution pursuant to Section 3.8(g) below.

(ii) “ 2014 Earn-Out Payment ” means the portion of the 2014 Earn-Out Payment, if any, payable to the Exchange Agent for distribution pursuant to Section 3.8(j) below.

(iii) “ Earn-Out Payments ” mean, collectively, the 2013 Earn-Out Payment and the 2014 Earn-Out Payment.

(b) For purposes of this Section 3.8 , (i) “ 2013 Earn-Out Revenue ” means the aggregate revenue generated solely by the Business during the period beginning January 1, 2013 and

 

7


ending on December 31, 2013 determined in accordance with GAAP (consistent with the Company’s historical and past practices) net of broker commission fees for the RXHealth Agency Business less the amount of revenue included in such revenue of the Business attributable to any Later Acquired Business; and (ii) “ 2014 Earn-Out Revenue ” means the aggregate revenue generated solely by the Business during the period beginning January 1, 2014 and ending on December 31, 2014 determined in accordance with GAAP (consistent with the Company’s historical and past practices) net of broker commission fees for the RXHealth Agency Business less the amount of revenue included in such revenue of the Business attributable to any Later Acquired Business.

(c) On or before the earlier of May 31, 2014 or the completion of the audit of the financial statements of the Business for the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2013, Buyer shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Representative a statement (the “ Estimated 2013 Earn-Out Revenue Statement ”) setting forth in reasonable detail Buyer’s calculation of 2013 Earn-Out Revenue and Buyer’s calculation of the 2013 Earn-Out Payment, if any.

(d) Upon receipt from Buyer, Representative shall have 30 calendar days to review the Estimated 2013 Earn-Out Revenue Statement (the “ 2013 Earn-Out Revenue Review Period ”). During the 2013 Earn-Out Revenue Review Period, Representative shall have reasonable access, during normal business hours and with prior written notice, to the Surviving Corporation’s accountants, personnel, books and records and any other documents or information (including electronic copies of such documents or information to the extent reasonably practicable) reasonably requested by Representative (including the work papers of the Surviving Corporation’s auditors) in order to allow Representative to verify the accuracy of Buyer’s calculation of the 2013 Earn-Out Revenue and Buyer’s calculation of the 2013 Earn-Out Payment, if any. All information disclosed to Representative pursuant to this Section 3.8 shall be considered confidential information of Buyer and the Surviving Corporation, and Representative shall keep all such information strictly confidential; provided that the Representative may share such information with the holders of Capital Stock; and provided further that this confidentiality restriction shall not apply to information which: (i) is or becomes generally available to the public without breach of the commitment provided for in this Section 3.8(d) ; or (ii) is required to be disclosed by Law, Order or regulation of a court or tribunal or Governmental Authority (in which case, the Representative shall notify Buyer as early as reasonably practicable prior to disclosure to allow Buyer to take appropriate measures to preserve the confidentiality of such information). If Representative disagrees with Buyer’s computation of 2013 Earn-Out Revenue and/or Buyer’s calculation of the 2013 Earn-Out Payment, Representative may, on or prior to the last day of the 2013 Earn-Out Revenue Review Period, deliver a notice to Buyer (the “ 2013 Earn-Out Revenue Notice of Objection ”), which sets forth its objection to Buyer’s calculation of 2013 Earn-Out Revenue. Any 2013 Earn-Out Revenue Notice of Objection shall specify those items or amounts with which Representative disagrees, together with a detailed written explanation of the reasons for disagreement with each such item or amount, and shall set forth Representative’s calculation of 2013 Earn-Out Revenue and the 2013 Earn-Out Payment based on such objections. To the extent not set forth in the 2013 Earn-Out Revenue Notice of Objection, Representative shall be deemed to have agreed with Buyer’s calculation of all other items and amounts contained in the Estimated 2013 Earn-Out Revenue Statement.

(e) Unless Representative properly delivers the 2013 Earn-Out Revenue Notice of Objection to Buyer on or prior to the last day of the 2013 Earn-Out Revenue Review Period, Representative shall be deemed to have accepted Buyer’s calculation of 2013 Earn-Out Revenue and the 2013 Earn-Out Payment, and the Estimated 2013 Earn-Out Revenue Statement shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties hereto. If Representative timely delivers the 2013 Earn-Out Revenue Notice of Objection to Buyer on or prior to the last day of the 2013 Earn-Out Revenue Review Period, Representative and Buyer shall, during the 15 calendar days following such delivery or any mutually agreed extension thereof, use commercially reasonable efforts to reach written agreement on the disputed

 

8


items and amounts in order to determine the 2013 Earn-Out Revenue and 2013 Earn-Out Payment, if any. If, at the end of such period or any mutually agreed extension thereof, Representative and Buyer are unable to resolve their disagreements, either party may retain and refer their disagreements to the Arbiter. The parties shall instruct the Arbiter promptly to review this Section 3.8 and to determine solely with respect to the disputed items and amounts so submitted whether and to what extent, if any, the 2013 Earn-Out Revenue and the 2013 Earn-Out Payment set forth in the Estimated 2013 Earn-Out Revenue Statement requires adjustment. The Arbiter shall (i) be bound by the terms of this Section 3.8 , (ii) restrict its decision only to such items contained in the 2013 Earn-Out Revenue Notice of Objection that remain in dispute and (iii) base its determination solely on submissions by Representative and Buyer delivered to the Arbiter simultaneously (with a copy to the other party) and not on an independent review. Representative and Buyer shall make available to the Arbiter all relevant books and records and other items reasonably requested by the Arbiter. As promptly as practicable, but in no event later than 30 calendar days after its retention, the Arbiter shall deliver to Representative and Buyer a written report which sets forth its resolution of the disputed items and amounts and its calculation of 2013 Earn-Out Revenue; provided , however , that in no event shall 2013 Earn-Out Revenue or the 2013 Earn-Out Payment, in each case as determined by the Arbiter, be less than Buyer’s calculation of 2013 Earn-Out Revenue or the 2013 Earn-Out Payment, as applicable, set forth in the Estimated 2013 Earn-Out Revenue Statement nor more than Representative’s calculation of 2013 Earn-Out Revenue or the 2013 Earn-Out Payment, as applicable, set forth in the 2013 Earn-Out Revenue Notice of Objection. The decision of the Arbiter shall be final, conclusive, non-appealable and binding on the parties. After final determination of 2013 Earn-Out Revenue and the 2013 Earn-Out Payment, no holder of Capital Stock shall have any further right to make any claims against Buyer, the Surviving Corporation or any of their respective Affiliates in respect of any element of 2013 Earn-Out Revenue or the 2013 Earn-Out Payment that Representative raised or could have raised in the 2013 Earn-Out Revenue Notice of Objection. Representative (on behalf of the holders of Capital Stock) and Buyer shall each pay their own costs and expenses incurred under this Section 3.8 . The Arbiter shall allocate to Buyer the portion of its fees, costs and expenses equal to the portion of the contested amount of the 2013 Earn-Out Payment that is actually awarded to the holders of Capital Stock, if any, and shall allocate the remainder of its fees, costs and expenses, or all of its fees, costs and expenses, in the event there is no adjustment, to the Surviving Corporation, in which case the remainder of such fees, costs and expenses shall be deducted from the 2013 Earn-Out Payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Arbiter may, in its sole discretion, require that the non-prevailing party pay the fees and expenses (including fees and expenses of legal counsel) incurred by the prevailing party under this Section 3.8 or reimburse the prevailing party for such fees and expenses, and may elect to allocate to the non-prevailing party its fees, costs and expenses.

(f) The “ 2013 Earn-Out Payment ” shall mean an aggregate amount equal to (i) $1.00 per $1.00 of 2013 Earn-Out Revenue in excess of $17,100,000 (up to a maximum total 2013 Earn-Out Payment of $2,000,000), minus (ii) amounts, if any, due Buyer Indemnitees under Article X . In no event shall a 2013 Earn-Out Payment be payable if the 2013 Earn-Out Revenue is less than $17,100,000. The 2013 Earn-Out Payment payable to the holders of Capital Stock shall be equal to the calculation of the 2013 Earn-Out Payment: (i) as shown in the Estimated 2013 Earn-Out Revenue Statement delivered by Buyer to Representative pursuant to Section 3.8(d) , if no 2013 Earn-Out Revenue Notice of Objection with respect thereto is timely delivered by Representative to Buyer pursuant to Section 3.8(d) ; or (ii) if a 2013 Earn-Out Revenue Notice of Objection is so delivered, (A) as agreed in writing by Representative and Buyer pursuant to Section 3.8(e) or (B) in the absence of such agreement, as shown in the Arbiter’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 3.8(e) . In no event shall the 2013 Earn-Out Payment be greater than $2,000,000.

(g) Within five (5) Business Days following the date on which the 2013 Earn-Out Payment is finally determined in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.8 , Buyer shall pay, or cause to be paid, to Exchange Agent by wire transfer in immediately available funds an amount equal to the 2013 Earn-Out Payment. The Exchange Agent shall promptly distribute the 2013 Earn-Out Payment in accordance with the Exchange Agent Agreement.

 

9


(h) On or before the earlier of May 31, 2015 or the completion of the audit of the financial statements of the Business for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014, Buyer shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Representative a statement (the “ Estimated 2014 Earn-Out Revenue Statement ”) setting forth in reasonable detail Buyer’s calculation of 2014 Earn-Out Revenue and Buyer’s calculation of the 2014 Earn-Out Payment, if any. Buyer and Representative shall follow the same procedures set forth in Sections 3.8(c) and 3.8(d) with respect to the determination of 2014 Earn-Out Revenue and any defined terms in such Sections shall apply to 2014 Earn-Out Revenue in a corresponding manner.

(i) The “ 2014 Earn-Out Payment ” shall mean an aggregate amount equal to (i) $1.00 per each $1.00 of 2014 Earn-Out Revenue in excess of $22,000,000 (up to a maximum total 2014 Earn-Out Payment of $1,000,000), minus (ii) amounts, if any, due Buyer Indemnitees under Article X . In no event shall a 2014 Earn-Out Payment be payable if the 2014 Earn-Out Revenue is less than $22,000,000. The 2014 Earn-Out Payment payable to the holders of Capital Stock shall be equal to the calculation of the 2014 Earn-Out Payment: (i) as shown in the Estimated 2014 Earn-Out Revenue Statement delivered by Buyer to Representative pursuant to Section 3.8(h) , if no 2014 Earn-Out Revenue Notice of Objection with respect thereto is timely delivered by Representative to Buyer pursuant to Section 3.8(d) ; or (ii) if a 2014 Earn-Out Revenue Notice of Objection is so delivered, (A) as agreed in writing by Representative and Buyer pursuant to Section 3.8(e) or (B) in the absence of such agreement, as shown in the Arbiter’s calculation delivered pursuant to Section 3.8(e) . In no event shall the 2014 Earn-Out Payment exceed $1,000,000.

(j) Within five (5) Business Days following the date on which the 2014 Earn-Out Payment is finally determined in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.8 . Buyer shall pay, or cause to be paid, to Exchange Agent by wire transfer in immediately available funds an amount equal to the 2014 Earn-Out Payment. The Exchange Agent shall promptly distribute the 2014 Earn-Out Payment in accordance with the Exchange Agent Agreement.

(k) From and after the Closing and through and until December 31, 2014, except as expressly set forth below, Buyer and its Affiliates (i) shall have complete control and sole and absolute discretion with respect to decisions concerning the operations of the Business and (ii) shall be required only to take actions in connection with the Business that Buyer and its Affiliates believe to be in the best interests of Buyer and, as applicable, its Affiliates, and do not owe any duties, express or implied, to any holder of Capital Stock or any of its Affiliates by virtue of this Section 3.8 (other than to make the payments, if any, due under this Section 3.8 ); provided , however , that Buyer shall act in good faith and shall not take any action or omit to take any action which would unreasonably and materially interfere with the ability of the Surviving Corporation to achieve the Earn-Out Revenues. Without limiting the foregoing, until the calculation of the 2014 Earn-Out Payment, if any, is finally determined in accordance with this Section 3.8 , Buyer covenants and agrees (i) to maintain or cause to be maintained books and records for the Company in order to allow the Buyer and the Representative to accurately calculate the 2013 Earn-Out Revenue and the 2014 Earn-Out Revenue and the corresponding Earn-Out Payments, and to use the Company’s historical revenue recognition policy solely for purposes of calculating the Earn-Out Payments, and (ii) to consult with Michael Cho (for so long as he is employed by Buyer) and consider his recommendation in good faith with respect to actions (or inactions) which could reasonably be expected to materially adversely affect the Company’s business or its relationship with customers, suppliers or employees, including pricing decisions, branding decisions and allocations of business from common customers and other potential conflicts of interest between the Company and the Buyer or any of its Affiliates. Buyer further acknowledges that the Earn-Out Payments are contingent, in part, on the retention of certain key employees of the Surviving Company listed on Schedule 3.8(k) hereto (the “ Key

 

10


Employees . Unless otherwise agreed to by the Representative, in the event that the employment of any of such Key Employees is terminated by the Surviving Company prior to December 31, 2013 for a reason other than “ Cause ”, Buyer shall promptly pay, or cause to be paid, the aggregate amount of $3,000,000 to the Exchange Agent as Earn-Out Payments in full satisfaction of Buyer’s obligations under this Section 3.8 . For purposes of clarity, the obligation to accelerate payment of the Earn-Out Payments will not be triggered by the resignation of any Key Employees for any reason. The parties will cause the Exchange Agent to promptly distribute the Earn-Out Payments to the holders of Capital Stock in accordance with such holders’ Pro Rata Share.

(l) The right to receive any portion of the Earn-Out Payments (i) is solely a contractual right and is not a security (and shall confer upon the holders of Capital Stock only the rights of a general unsecured creditor); (ii) will not be represented by any form of certificate or instrument; (iii) does not give any holder of Capital Stock any dividend rights, voting rights, liquidation rights, preemptive rights or other similar rights; and (iv) is not redeemable.

3.9 Additional Cash Payment . On or before March 1, 2014 Buyer shall pay, or cause to be paid, to Exchange Agent by wire transfer in immediately available funds an amount up to $1,000,000 (the “ Additional Cash Payment ”); provided, however, in the event certain holders of Capital Stock are subject to estimated tax payments in advance of March 1, 2014, Buyer shall pay, or cause to be paid, to Exchange Agent by wire transfer in immediately available funds a portion of the Additional Cash Payment (not to exceed $200,000) by December 31, 2013. The Exchange Agent shall promptly distribute the Additional Cash Payment in accordance with the Exchange Agent Agreement. The Additional Cash Payment is intended to compensate holders of Capital Stock for additional Transaction Expenses and for the additional federal and state taxes payable by them for the sale of their Capital Stock in 2013 rather than 2012, including a gross up for the impact of the Additional Cash Payment itself. The Company has determined the aggregate impact of the differential tax rates on the holders of Capital Stock pursuant to the schedule attached as Annex IV . If current federal or state tax rates are reduced prior to Buyer’s payment of the Additional Cash Payment, the Representative will recalculate the aggregate impact of the differential tax rates in a manner consistent with Annex IV , but using changed rates, and the amount of the Additional Cash Payment will be reduced to the extent that the recalculated aggregate impact (including a gross up for the impact of the Additional Cash Payment itself) is less than $1,000,000.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES AS TO THE COMPANY

The representations and warranties set forth in this Article IV are made to Buyer and Merger Sub by the Company, as follows:

4.1 Due Organization, Good Standing and Power . The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company has the requisite power and authority and all governmental licenses, authorizations, permits, consents, and approvals required to carry on its business as conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted. The Company is duly qualified or licensed to conduct business as a foreign entity and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where such qualification is required, except where the failure to be so qualified would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has delivered to Buyer true and complete copies of the certificate of incorporation, bylaws and other governing documents of the Company and any amendments thereto.

 

11


4.2 Authorization; Enforceability .

(a) The Company’s execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it is, as contemplated by this Agreement, to become a party, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, are within its power and authority and, subject to the approval of the Merger and adoption of this Agreement pursuant to the Requisite Stockholder Approval, have been duly authorized by all necessary third party action. As of the Closing, the Company will have all requisite power and authority, and will take all action necessary to execute and deliver each Ancillary Agreement to which it is, as contemplated by this Agreement, to become a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement to which it is, as contemplated by this Agreement, to become a party. This Agreement has been, and as of the Closing each of the Ancillary Agreements to which Company is, as contemplated by this Agreement, to become a party will be, duly executed and delivered by Company. This Agreement constitutes, and as of the Closing each of the Ancillary Agreements to which Company is, as contemplated by this Agreement, to become a party will constitute, a legal, valid and binding agreement of Company, enforceable against it in accordance with its and their respective terms, subject to the effect, if any, of (i) applicable bankruptcy and other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and (ii) rules of law governing specific performance, injunction relief and other equitable remedies.

(b) The Board of Directors of the Company has unanimously (i) determined that this Agreement is fair to, and in the best interests of, the Company and the Stockholders, (ii) approved and declared advisable this Agreement and (iii) resolved to recommend that the Stockholders adopt this Agreement, and, as of the date hereof, none of the aforesaid actions by the Board of Directors of the Company has been amended, rescinded or modified.

4.3 Governmental Authorization . None of (a) the execution, delivery and performance by Company of this Agreement or (b) the execution, delivery, and performance by Company of each of the Ancillary Agreements to which it is, as contemplated by this Agreement, to become a party, requires or will require any action by or in respect of, or filing with, any Governmental Authority.

4.4 Non-Contravention; Consents; Restrictive Documents .

(a) Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.4(a), the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Agreements to which it is, as contemplated by this Agreement, to become a party, did not and will not (a) violate the organizational or governing documents of the Company, (b) violate any applicable Law or Order, (c) require any filing with or permit, consent, or approval of, or require the giving of any notice to (including under any right of first refusal or similar provision), any court or other Person (including filings, consents, or approvals required under any permits of the Company, or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries, or any licenses, leases, franchises, contracts, or other agreements to which Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries is or will be a party), (d) result in a violation or breach of, conflict with, constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation, or acceleration of any right or obligation of, Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries, or to a loss of any benefit to which Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries is entitled, under any agreement or other instrument binding upon or providing rights to Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries, or any franchise, permit, license, or other similar authorization held by Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries, or (e) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on any asset of Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries.

(b) Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.4(b), neither the Company nor any of the Company’s Subsidiaries is subject to, or a party to, any charter, bylaw, mortgage, Lien, lease, license, franchise, permit, instrument, Law, Order or any other restriction of any kind or character, that (a) has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or to materially and adversely affect

 

12


the assets or properties of the Company and the Company’s Subsidiaries taken as a whole; provided, however, that any action (or inaction) of the Surviving Corporation or third parties from and after the Effective Time shall not have any effect on the representation and warranty under Section 4.4(b)(1), (b) would prevent consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, compliance by the Company with the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which Company is, as contemplated by this Agreement, to become a party, or the continued operation of the Company’s business or the business of any of the Company’s Subsidiaries after the date of this Agreement or the Closing Date on substantially the same basis as historically operated or (c) would restrict the ability of Company or any of the Company’s Subsidiaries to acquire any property, market, sell, or otherwise distribute products or merchandise or provide its services or conduct business in any area.

4.5 Capitalization; Subsidiaries .

(a) Schedule 4.5(a) sets forth a true, correct and complete list of the authorized, issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Company as of the date hereof, including, with respect to each Option and Warrant, the number of the underlying shares of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock, the date of grant or issuance, as applicable, and the applicable exercise price thereof. The issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Company is duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and free of any preemptive rights in respect thereto. There is no other Capital Stock of the Company authorized, issued, reserved for issuance or outstanding. Each grant of an Option was duly authorized by all necessary corporate action no later than the date on which the grant of such Option was by its terms to be effective, the award agreement governing such grant was duly and timely executed and delivered by each party thereto, each such grant was made in accordance with the terms of the applicable compensation plan or arrangement of the Company and applicable Laws, the per share exercise price of each Option was equal to the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the applicable grant date, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors by reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method as described in Section 409A of the Code, and each such grant was properly accounted for in accordance with GAAP in the financial statements of the Company.

(b) Other than the Options and the Warrants, there are no outstanding or authorized options, warrants, stock appreciation, phantom stock, profit participation or similar rights with respect to the Capital Stock of the Company to which the Company is a party or is bound.

(c) The Company has no authorized or outstanding bonds, debentures, notes or other indebtedness the holders of which have the right to vote (or are convertible into, exchangeable for or evidencing the right to subscribe for or acquire securities having the right to vote) with the Stockholders on any matter.

(d) There are no Contracts to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound that require the Company to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any Capital Stock of, or other equity or voting interest in, the Company, or vote or dispose of any Capital Stock of the Company. There is no outstanding preemptive right, subscription, option, call, warrant or other right to acquire any Capital Stock of the Company; or outstanding security, instrument or obligation that is or may become convertible into or exchangeable for any Capital Stock of the Company.

(e) Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.5(e), neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries own, directly or indirectly, any capital stock, membership interests, or other securities of any Person. Each of the Company’s Subsidiaries is duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing in its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation, which is set forth on Schedule 4.5(e). Each of the Company’s Subsidiaries has the requisite power and authority and all governmental licenses,

 

13


authorizations, permits, consents, and approvals required to carry on its business as conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted. Each of the Company’s Subsidiaries is duly qualified or licensed to conduct business as a foreign entity and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where such qualification is required, except where the failure to be so qualified and in good standing would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company has delivered to Buyer true and complete copies of the certified articles of incorporation, bylaws and other governing documents and any amendments thereto of each of the Company’s Subsidiaries. Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.5(e), there are no authorized or outstanding (i) equity interests, or other securities of any of the Company’s Subsidiaries, (ii) securities convertible into, exchangeable or exercisable for equity interests, or other securities, of the Company’s Subsidiaries, (iii) options, warrants, or other rights to purchase or acquire from such Subsidiary, or obligations of such Subsidiary to issue, any equity interests, or other securities, including securities convertible into, exchangeable or exercisable for equity interests, or other securities of such Subsidiary or (iv) bonds, debentures, notes, or other indebtedness that entitle the holders to vote (or convertible into, exchangeable or exercisable for, securities that entitle the holders to vote) with holders of equity interests, or other securities of such Subsidiary on any matter.

(f) Other than obligations arising out of or related to this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements to which the Company is a party and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any outstanding obligations arising out of or related to any acquisition, merger, consolidation or other corporate reorganization involving the Company and any other Person.

4.6 Financial Statements; Company’s Books .

(a) The Company has delivered to the Buyer the Financial Statements, copies of which are attached as Schedule 4.6(a). The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, subject in the case of the Financial Statements referred to in clause (ii) of the definition thereof to normal recurring year-end adjustments (the effect of which will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect) and the absence of notes that, if presented, would not differ materially from those included in the December 31, 2011 financial statements. Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.6(a), the Financial Statements reflect the consistent application of such accounting principles throughout the periods involved. The Financial Statements are prepared on standalone basis without considering any normalization or other management adjustments during the historical period. The Financial Statements are correct and complete and derived from the books and records (including the general ledgers) of the Company, accurately reflect such books and records (including the general ledgers) and fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company and its Subsidiaries at the dates thereof and the consolidated results of the operations and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the periods indicated, subject in the case of the Financial Statements referred to in clause (ii) of the definition thereof to normal recurring year-end adjustments (the effect of which will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect). Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.6(a), no financial statements of any Person other than the Company are required by GAAP to be included in the financial statements of the Company. The Company has also made available to Buyer true and complete copies of all letters and similar written correspondence of any kind from the Company’s accountants to the Company during the 36 months preceding the execution of this Agreement, together with true and complete copies of all responses thereto.

(b) The books of account, minute books and stock record books, and other records of the Company, all of which have been made available to Buyer, are complete and correct in all material respects and represent actual, bona fide transactions and have been maintained in accordance with sound business practices. The Company does not maintain any off-the-book accounts and the Company’s assets are used only in accordance with management’s directives. All material actions of the Company

 

14


requiring the approval of the Board of Directors and the Stockholders under applicable Law and the Company’s charter documents have been so approved. The minute books of the Company contain accurate and complete records of all material meetings held of, and material actions taken by, the Stockholders and Board of Directors, and no meeting of the Stockholders or Board of Directors has been held for which minutes have not been prepared and are not contained in such minute books. Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.6(b), the Company does not have any of its books, records, systems, controls, data or information recorded, stored, maintained, operated, or otherwise wholly or partly dependent upon or held by any means that, including all means of access thereto and therefrom, are not under the exclusive ownership and direct control of the Company.

4.7 No Undisclosed Liabilities . There are no liabilities of the Company or its Subsidiaries, or, to the knowledge of the Company, facts or circumstances that could give rise to liabilities of the Company or its Subsidiaries, whether accrued, contingent, absolute, determined, determinable, or otherwise, other than (a) liabilities fully recorded or reserved for in the Balance Sheet as of the Balance Sheet Date, (b) liabilities specifically disclosed on Schedule 4.7, and (c) current liabilities incurred since the Balance Sheet Date in the Ordinary Course.

4.8 Interested Person Transactions . Schedule 4.8 contains a complete list of all amounts and obligations owed between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any of the Company’s Stockholders, directors, officers or Affiliates, on the other hand, and transactions and services provided since January 1, 2011 between the Company’s Stockholders, directors, officers or Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Company or its Subsidiaries, on the other hand. Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.8, since the Balance Sheet Date, there has not been any accrual of liability or incurrence of an obligation between Company or its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any of the Company’s Stockholders, directors, officers or Affiliates, on the other hand, any transaction or service provided between Company or its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any of the Company’s Stockholders, directors, officers or Affiliates, on the other hand, or any action taken (other than this Agreement) or any distributions or other payments of cash or property by Company or its Subsidiaries to any of the Company’s Stockholders, directors, officers or Affiliates on the other hand.

4.9 Tax Matters . Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.9:

(a) all Tax returns, statements, reports, and forms (including estimated Tax or information returns and reports) required under applicable Laws to be filed with any Taxing Authority on or prior to the Closing Date, with respect to any Pre-Closing Tax Period, by or on behalf of the Company or its Subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Returns ”) have been filed when due in accordance with all applicable Laws;

(b) all such Returns are true, complete, and correct in all material respects;

(c) all Taxes due and payable by or on behalf of the Company and its Subsidiaries, as of the date of this Agreement, and all Taxes due and payable by or on behalf of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the Closing (in each case, whether or not shown as due and payable on the Returns that have been filed) have been paid, or withheld and remitted to the appropriate Taxing Authority;

(d) all Taxes that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is (or was) required by applicable Laws to withhold or collect in connection with amounts paid or owing to any employee, independent contractor, creditor, customer, supplier, stockholder or other third party have been duly withheld or collected, and have been paid over to the appropriate Taxing Authority;

 

15


(e) the reserves, if any, established for Taxes with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries, for any Pre-Closing Tax Period (including any Pre-Closing Tax Period for which no Return has yet been filed) reflected on the books of the Company (excluding in each case any provision for deferred income Taxes) are adequate in accordance with GAAP;

(f) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has (i) requested any extension of time within which to file any Return except for extensions granted as a matter of right or (ii) been granted any extension or waiver of the statute of limitations applicable to any Tax which (after giving effect to such extension or waiver) has expired;

(g) there is no material action, suit, proceeding, claim, audit, or investigation pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against or with respect to the Company or its Subsidiaries in respect of any Tax;

(h) the Company does not own any interest in real property in any jurisdiction in which a Tax is imposed on the transfer of a controlling interest in an entity that owns any interest in real property and the Company is not a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code;

(i) there are no Liens for Taxes upon the assets of the Company or its Subsidiaries, except Liens for current Taxes not yet due;

(j) there are no deferred intercompany transactions between the Company and a Subsidiary or between two Subsidiaries of the Company and there is no excess loss account (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-19 with respect to the stock of any of the Company or its Subsidiaries);

(k) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries will be required to include any adjustment in Taxable income for any Post-Closing Tax Period under Section 481 of the Code (or any similar provision of the Tax laws of any jurisdiction);

(l) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has been the “distributing corporation” or the “controlled corporation” (in each case, within the meaning of Section 355(a)(1) of the Code) with respect to a transaction described in Section 355 of the Code within the two (2)-year period ending as of the date of this Agreement;

(m) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has been a member of any affiliated group of corporations, within the meaning of Section 1504 of the Code (or any predecessor provision or comparable provision of state, local or foreign law) filing a consolidated Return (other than a group the common parent of which was the Company);

(n) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any Tax allocation or Tax Sharing Agreement with any Person and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any liability for the Taxes of any Person (other than the Company or such Subsidiary) under Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of applicable state, local or foreign Law);

(o) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has been a member of an affiliated, combined, consolidated, unitary or similar group for state, local or foreign Tax purposes for any Taxable period, other than a group of which the Company or such Subsidiary is (or was) the common parent;

 

16


(p) the Company has made available to Buyer or its legal counsel or accountants copies of all Returns filed for the Company and its Subsidiaries for all Tax periods since January 1, 2007 and all private letter rulings, determination letters, closing agreements and other correspondence issued by or received from any Taxing Authority since the same date or that may apply to the Company or its Subsidiaries after the Closing Date;

(q) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries will be required to include any item of income in, or exclude any item of deduction from, Taxable income for any Post Closing Tax Period as a result of (i) any change in method of accounting for a Pre-Closing Tax Period, (ii) any “closing agreement” as described in Code Section 7121 (or any corresponding or similar provision of applicable state, local or foreign Tax Law) executed on or prior to the Closing Date, (iii) any intercompany transactions or any excess loss account described in the Treasury Regulations under Code Section 1502 (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, local or foreign Tax Law), (iv) any installment sale or open transaction disposition made at or prior to the Closing Date or (v) any prepaid amounts received at or prior to the Closing Date that will not be reflected on the books of the Company as of the Closing Date;

(r) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) is a party to any “reportable transaction” within the meaning of Section 1.6011-4 of the Treasury Regulations, (ii) has taken any position on a federal income Tax Return that could give rise to a substantial understatement of federal income Tax within the meaning of Code Section 6662 without disclosing such position as provided in the applicable Treasury Regulations, and (iii) has been a party to any transaction or arrangement which could reasonably be expected to cause an extension of any statute of limitations related to Taxes, including an extension because the transaction or arrangement was required to be, but was not, reported to any Taxing Authority;

(s) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries will be required to reduce any Tax Attribute by reason of the application of Treas. Reg. §1.1502-36 to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. “ Tax Attribute ” shall mean any item of basis of property, any item of loss (including a net operating loss carryover), any item of credit and any other tax item that would otherwise be taken into account in a Post-Closing Tax Period.

(t) Schedule 4.9(t) contains a list of all jurisdictions (whether foreign or domestic) in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (i) is required under applicable Laws to file any Returns, or (ii) has entered into any agreement or arrangement with any Taxing Authority, including, but not limited to, a closing agreement pursuant to Code Section 7121 (or any corresponding or similar provision of applicable state, local or foreign Tax Law), with regard to the Tax liability of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries affecting any Taxable period for which the applicable statute of limitations, after giving effect to extensions or waivers, has not expired. No claim has been made by any Taxing Authority in a jurisdiction where the Company or any of its Subsidiaries does not file Returns that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is or may be subject to Taxes imposed by that jurisdiction.

4.10 Absence of Certain Changes . Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.10, since December 31, 2011, (i) the Company has conducted its business in the Ordinary Course, (ii) there has not been any event, occurrence, development, circumstance, or state of facts that has had or which would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and (iii) the Company has not taken any action which would have constituted a violation of Section 7.1 .

 

17


4.11 Contracts .

(a) Except for this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, and except as disclosed on Schedule 4.11, neither Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to or bound by any of the following agreements (whether written or oral):

(i) any partnership, joint venture, or other similar Contract or arrangement, or any Contract relating to the acquisition or disposition of any business or assets (whether by merger, sale of stock, sale of assets, or otherwise);

(ii) any Contract relating to Indebtedness (in any case, whether incurred, assumed, guaranteed, or secured by any asset) or any Contract, indenture, or other instrument that contains restrictions with respect to payment of any distribution in respect of the Capital Stock;

(iii) any Contract that limits the freedom of the Company to market, sell, or otherwise distribute its products or provide its services in any geographic area, or to compete in any line of business or geographic area or with any Person;

(iv) any Contract which limits sub-contracting;

(v) any Contract which limits or restricts offshoring;

(vi) any Contract including most-favored customer or nation, benchmarking or any other provision which resets the pricing therein;

(vii) any Contract which contains limitations on assignment;

(viii) any Contract or arrangement with (i) any of its Affiliates, (ii) any Person 5% or more of whose outstanding voting securities are directly or indirectly owned, controlled, or held with power to vote by any of its Affiliates or (iii) any director or officer of Company or its Subsidiaries or with any “associate” or any member of the “immediate family” (as such terms are respectively defined in Rules 12b-2 and 16a-1 of the Exchange Act) of any such director or officer;

(ix) any management service, consulting, or any other similar type of Contract;

(x) any warranty, guaranty, or other similar undertaking with respect to a contractual performance extended by the Company or its Subsidiaries;

(xi) any Contract with no limitation on the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ liability thereunder;

(xii) any Contract which does not exclude implied warranties;

(xiii) any Contract which includes indemnities other than for confidentiality, intellectual property infringement, bodily injury and death, tax liability or compliance with applicable Laws;

(xiv) any employment, deferred compensation, severance, bonus, retirement, or other similar Contract or plan;

(xv) any Contract involving payments by or to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of more than $25,000 in any consecutive 12-month period;

 

18


(xvi) any Contract with any agency, dealer, sales representative, or distributor for the marketing, selling, and distribution of Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ products and services;

(xvii) any material license, franchise, or similar Contract;

(xviii) any leases of Company Real Property;

(xix) any Contract that would prevent consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, or the continued operation of the Business after the date of this Agreement or the Closing Date on substantially the same basis as historically operated; or

(xx) any other Contract not made in the Ordinary Course that is material to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

(b) Each Contract disclosed on Schedule 4.11 or any other schedule to this Agreement or required to be disclosed on Schedule 4.11 or any other schedule to this Agreement is a valid and binding Contract of the Company or such Subsidiary, is in full force and effect (subject to the effect, if any, of (i) applicable bankruptcy and other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and (ii) rules of law governing specific performance, injunction relief and other equitable remedies), and neither the Company nor the applicable Subsidiary nor any of their respective Affiliates nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any other party thereto, is in default or breach under the terms of any such Contract. To the knowledge of the Company, there is no event, occurrence, condition, or act (including the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and assuming the satisfaction of all conditions to the parties’ respective conditions to Closing) that, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, would reasonably be expected to result in a default or event of default under any such Contract by any of the parties thereto. The Company has delivered to the Buyer true and complete copies of each written Contract listed or required to be listed on Schedule 4.11 and true and complete summaries of all oral Contracts.

(c) Neither Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any written, or to the knowledge of the Company any oral, notice alleging breach of any Contract, terminating or threatening to terminate any Contract or of an intent not to renew a Contract.

4.12 Government Contracts .

(a) Section 4.12 of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a true, correct and complete list of each and every Government Contract and Government Bid to which the Company is a party or bound for which final payment has not been received. There are no such Government Contracts or Government Bids to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has represented itself in connection with the award of a Government Contract or response to a Government Bid as having 8(a) status, small disadvantaged business status, protégé status, historically underutilized business zone small business, veteran-owned small business or service-disabled veteran-owned small business status or preferential status. In addition, the Company represents and warrants that:

(i) With respect to each Government Contract (A) there are no audits, completed or to the knowledge of the Company underway, by any Governmental Authority that recommend that the Company make any payments to a Governmental Authority, other than in the Ordinary Course, (B) all applicable representations and certifications executed by the Company pertaining to such Governmental Contract were complete and correct in all material respects as of their effective date, and (C) there is no suspension, stop work order, cure notice, or show cause notice in effect for any Government Contract, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, has any Governmental Authority threatened to issue one.

 

19


(ii) The Company has complied in all material respects with all terms and conditions of each such Government Contract to which it is a party. The Company has complied with the material requirements of any applicable Law pertaining to each such Government Contract or Government Bid, including, but not limited to, the Federal Acquisition Regulation (the “ FAR ”) and any applicable agency supplement thereto, and any other applicable procurement Law or regulation.

(iii) There has been no (A) civil fraud or criminal investigation of the Company by any Governmental Authority or (B) indictment filed against the Company by any Governmental Authority. There has been no (1) default termination, or suspension or debarment proceeding against the Company or (2) contracting officer’s final decision or legal proceeding by which a Governmental Authority claims that the Company is liable to a Governmental Authority. The Company has not received any outstanding cure notice or show cause letter.

(iv) (A) The Company (during the last three years) has not been suspended or debarred from doing business with any Governmental Authority or (or during such three year period) was not, to the knowledge of the Company, the subject of a finding of material noncompliance, non-responsibility or ineligibility for contracting with any Governmental Authority, (B) the Company has conducted its operations in material compliance with all requirements of all applicable Law of any Governmental Authority, including all orders pertaining to all Government Contracts, and the Company has not received any determination of material noncompliance (except for routine matters relating to audits in the ordinary course of business), entered into any consent order or undertaken any internal investigation pertaining to any Government Contract, other than in the ordinary course of business, and (C) to the knowledge of the Company, there is no valid basis, nor specific circumstances that with the passage of time would reasonably be expected to become a basis, for the suspension or debarment of the Company from bidding on contracts or subcontracts for or with any Governmental Authority.

(v) No certification, representation or warranty made by the Company in any Government Contract, any Government Bid or any exhibit thereto or in any certificate, statement list, schedule or other document submitted or furnished to any Governmental Authority in connection with any Government Contract contained on the date so furnished or submitted any untrue statement of material fact, or failed to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein contained, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.

(vi) The Company has not received any written notice of any outstanding claims against the Company, either by a Governmental Authority or by any prime contractor, subcontractor, vendor or other third party arising under or relating to any Government Contract or Government Bid to which the Company is a party, (B) to the Company’s knowledge, no cost incurred by the Company pertaining to any Government Contract or Government Bid is the subject of an investigation or has been disallowed by the U.S. Government, and (C) there are no outstanding disputes between the Company, on the one hand, and any Governmental Authority, on the other hand, under the Contract Disputes Act or any other Federal statute or between the Company, on the one hand, and any prime contractor, subcontractor or vendor, on the other hand, arising under or relating to any such Government Contract or Government Bid. The Company has no interest in any pending claim under the Contract Disputes Act against the U.S. Government or any prime contractor, subcontractor or vendor arising under or relating to any Government Contract or Government Bid.

(vii) With respect to all Government Contracts to which the Company is a party:

(A) no Contract or task order under a Contract has, or currently projects, fully burdened costs incurred in excess of the Contract or order price, or in the case of flexibly priced or cost reimbursement contracts, fully burdened costs incurred in excess of the ceiling price or funded amount of the Contract or order;

 

20


(B) the Company has not assigned, granted a security interest in, or otherwise conveyed or transferred to any third party any account receivable or other right of the Company arising under any Government Contract;

(C) the Company has not made any disclosure to any Governmental Authority pursuant to any voluntary disclosure agreement;

(D) the Company is not subject to any forward pricing rate agreements in accordance with FAR Subpart 15.407-3 or Subpart 42.17; and

(E) the Company has not used any intellectual property developed under any Government Contract for purposes outside of the scope of such Government Contract without having obtained the necessary and appropriate prior permission, if required, of the Governmental Authority involved.

(viii) Within the past three (3) years, there have been no material claims or disputes between the Company and any prime contractor, subcontractor, or vendor relating to any Government Contract or outstanding Government Bid; and no money due to the Company pertaining to any such Government Contract or Government Bid has been withheld or set off other than in accordance with the withholding provisions of any such Government Contract or Government Bid.

(ix) All Government Contracts have been awarded to the Company, and all Government Bids have been submitted by the Company, in compliance with applicable procurement laws and regulations. None of the Company’s Government Contracts are subject to termination by a Governmental Authority solely as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents.

(x) Section 4.12(a)(x) of the Company Disclosure Schedule lists each final audit report received by the Company during the past three years issued by any Governmental Authority with respect to any Government Contract or of any indirect cost, other cost or cost accounting practice of the Company. The Company has made available to the Buyer correct and complete copies of each such report.

(b) All outstanding Government Bids were made in the ordinary course of business in a manner consistent with past practice. With respect to each outstanding Government Bid: (i) the Company has complied in all material respects with all requirements of all applicable Law, and (ii) all representations and certifications executed by the Company pertaining to such Bid were complete and correct in all material respects as of their effective date.

(c) During the past three years, neither the Company nor any “Principal” (as defined in FAR 52.209-5) of the Company, has been suspended, proposed for debarment or declared ineligible for the award of any Government Contract.

(d) The Company has not entered into any financing arrangement or assignment of proceeds with respect to the performance of any Government Contract other than as provided in the Company’s standard commercial bank agreements.

 

21


(e) During the past three years, the Company has not had access to non-public information or provided systems engineering, technical direction, consultation, technical evaluation, source selection services or services of any type, has not prepared specifications or statements of work, and has not engaged in any other conduct, in each case that would create an organizational conflict of interest in a future procurement that the Company currently plans to pursue and knows or reasonably anticipates will occur in the next three (3) years.

4.13 Insurance Coverage . Schedule 4.13 sets forth a list of all insurance policies and fidelity bonds covering the assets, business, operations, employees, officers, managers and stockholders, as applicable, of Company and its Subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Policies ”). Schedule 4.13 also sets forth a list and description of all claims made by the Company or any Subsidiary under any of the Policies (or any other insurance policies which were in effect) within the past three (3) years. With respect to each Policy, the Company has delivered to the Buyer a true and complete copy of each such Policy (including all amendments thereto). There is no claim by Company or any of its Subsidiaries pending under any of such Policies as to which coverage has been denied or, to the Company’s knowledge, questioned or disputed by the issuers or underwriters of any of the Policies. None of the insurers of Company or any of its Subsidiaries has issued a reservation of rights letter in the defense of claims. All premiums due and payable under the Policies have been paid, and neither Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any liability for any retrospective premium adjustment, audit premium adjustment, experience based liability or loss sharing cost adjustment under any of the Policies. There have been no gaps in Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ historical insurance coverage. The Company and its Subsidiaries have complied in all material respects with the terms and conditions of the Policies. The Policies are in full force and effect and following the Closing will insure the Company and its Subsidiaries and their Plans, assets, business, operations, employees, officers and directors, as applicable, to the same extent as they insured the Company and its Subsidiaries and their Plans, assets, business, operations, employees, officers and managers as applicable, prior to the Closing. Subject to applicable deductibles and policy limits, the Policies have been and are of the type and in amounts adequate to insure fully against the risks to which the Company and its Subsidiaries and their properties and assets are normally exposed in the operation of its businesses. To the knowledge of the Company, there is no threatened termination of, or premium increase with respect to, any of the Policies, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements will not result in any termination of, or premium increase with respect to, any of the Policies or any inability to assess claims incurred prior to Closing under any of the Policies. Since the last renewal date of any Policy, there has not been any material adverse change in the relationship of Company on the one hand, and its insurers, on the other hand, on the premiums payable pursuant to such Policies. To the knowledge of the Company, all of its issuers are solvent and are rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

4.14 Litigation . Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.14, there is no claim, action, suit, injunction, investigation, arbitration, or administrative or other proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against or affecting the Company or its Subsidiaries, or any of its properties or assets and, to the knowledge of the Company, there is no basis for any such claim, action, suit, investigation, arbitration, or administrative or other proceeding. None of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, nor any of their respective properties, assets or business, is subject to or bound by any Order that would prevent or otherwise interfere with the ability of the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or to otherwise perform its obligations under this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements to which it is, as contemplated by this Agreement, to become a party.

4.15 Compliance with Laws; Permits .

(a) The Company and its Subsidiaries have complied and are currently in compliance with all applicable Laws and Orders. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received, nor does the Company have knowledge of the issuance or proposed issuance of, any notice by any Governmental Authority of any violation or any alleged violation of any Law or Order.

 

22


(b) Schedule 4.15(b) sets forth a list of each license, certificate, authorization, qualification, permit, consent, and approval held by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or issued and held in respect of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or required to be so issued and held to carry on the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as currently conducted or required by Law or any Regulatory Authority, except in each case as for licenses, certificates, authorizations, qualifications, permits, consents, and approvals the failures of which to obtain would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each license, certificate, authorization, qualification, permit, consent, and approval disclosed on Schedule 4.15(b) is held by the Company or such Subsidiary, and is valid and in full force and effect and will not be terminated or impaired (or become terminated or impaired) as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements. There are no actions that must be taken by the Company or any Subsidiary within 90 days following the Closing Date that, if not taken, would result in the termination or impairment of any license, certificate, authorization, qualification, permit, consent, and approval held by Company or such Subsidiary, or issued and held in respect of Company or such Subsidiary, or required to be so issued and held to carry on the business of the Company or such Subsidiary, as currently conducted. Neither Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default under and, to the knowledge of the Company, no condition exists that with notice or lapse of time or both would reasonably be expected to constitute a default or violation under, any license, franchise, permit, consent, or approval or similar authorization held by the Company or such Subsidiary.

(c) Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.15(c), to the knowledge of the Company, all Persons providing services to the Company hold all valid licenses, certificates, authorizations, qualifications, permits, consents, and approvals required in connection with such Person’s performance of services to the Company. The Company has not received any notice of any action, investigation, inquiry or informational request pending or recommended by any Regulatory Authority having jurisdiction over the items disclosed on Schedule 4.15(c), either to revoke, withdraw, limit, discipline, or suspend any license, certificate, authorization, qualification, permit, consent, or approval.

(d) The Company and each of its Subsidiaries have complied with all applicable Data Privacy Laws and its internal privacy policies relating to the use, display, collection, storage, disclosure, processing and transfer of any Personal Information collected or obtained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or by third parties having authorized access to the records of Company or any Subsidiary. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement will comply with all applicable Laws relating to data privacy and the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ applicable privacy policies. True and correct copies of all applicable privacy policies and guidelines of the Company and its Subsidiaries have been made available to the Buyer. To the knowledge of the Company, the Company and its Subsidiaries have made all disclosures to users of its services or customers required by applicable Laws. The Company and its Subsidiaries have taken, on an on-going basis, reasonable and customary steps (including, without limitation, implementing and monitoring compliance with adequate measures with respect to technical, administrative and physical safeguards) to protect Personal Information against accidental or unlawful disclosure or accidental loss and against unauthorized access, use, transfer, modification, disclosure or other misuse. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has suffered any breach, unauthorized disclosure, or misuse or threatened breach, unauthorized disclosure, or misuse of any Personal Information and has not been the subject of any claim, proceeding or investigation of actual or threatened breach, unauthorized disclosure, or misuse of any Personal Information. To the knowledge of the Company, there has been no unauthorized access to or transfer of or other misuse of any Personal Information.

 

23


(e) The Company has taken the steps and implemented the procedures specified in Schedule 4.15(e) designed to protect the Systems from unauthorized activities and access and to preserve the availability, security, and integrity of the Systems and Company Data (including protecting such Systems from infection by malicious software and unauthorized activities and access). The Company has the disaster recovery and security plans, procedures and facilities for the Systems and Company Data specified in Schedule 4.15(e). Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has suffered any security incident that compromises the security or integrity of Company Data or Systems since its inception. The Company has not notified, nor been obligated to notify pursuant to applicable law or contract, any Person of any Security Breach involving Personal Data. The Company is not currently under investigation by any state, federal, or foreign jurisdiction regarding its protection, storage, use, and disclosure of Personal Data, nor has the Company received complaints from any person regarding the Company’s protection, storage, use, and disclosure of Personal Data. To the knowledge of the Company, no person has made any illegal or unauthorized use of Personal Data that was collected by or on behalf of the Business and is in the possession or control of the Business.

(f) The Company is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable Laws of the standards for Privacy or Security of Individually Identifiable Health Information, which were promulgated pursuant to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, Title II, Subtitle F, Sections 261-264, Public Law 104-191, and the Standards for Privacy of Individually Identifiable Health Information, 45 C.F.R. Parts 160-164, the Standards for Security of Electronic Protected Health Information, 45 C.F.R. Parts 160, 162 and 164, and the implementing regulations thereunder, and the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (“ HITECH ”) (collectively, “ HIPAA ”).

4.16 Properties; Sufficiency of Assets .

(a) The Company and each of its Subsidiaries have good and indefeasible title to, or in the case of leased or licensed property valid leasehold or licensed interests in, all property and assets (whether real or personal, tangible or intangible) reflected on the Balance Sheet or acquired after the Balance Sheet Date, except properties and assets, or interests in properties or assets, sold or otherwise disposed of since the Balance Sheet Date in the Ordinary Course. None of such property or assets is subject to any Liens, except for Permitted Liens.

(b) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries owns or has never owned any Company Real Property. Schedule 4.16(b) sets forth a list of all Company Real Property, including real property leased or otherwise used by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (the “ Leased Real Property ”). All leases of the Leased Real Property are valid, binding, and enforceable in accordance with their respective terms (subject to the effect, if any, of (i) applicable bankruptcy and other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and (ii) rules of law governing specific performance, injunction relief and other equitable remedies) and the Company or such Subsidiary is a tenant or possessor in good standing thereunder and all rents due under such leases have been paid. There does not exist under any such lease any default or, to the knowledge of the Company, any event which with notice or lapse of time, or both, would reasonably be expected to constitute a default under the leases with respect to the Leased Real Property. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries are each in peaceful and undisturbed possession of the space and/or estate under each of their respective leases to which it is a tenant and has good and valid rights of ingress to and egress from all such Leased Real Property and to the public street systems for all usual street, road, and utility purposes. None of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries nor any of their Affiliates is a landlord under any lease relating to Leased Real Property. None of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has received any notice of any violation with respect to any applicable Law relating to or affecting the Leased Real Property. None of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has received any notice of any appropriation, condemnation, or like proceeding, or of any violation of any

 

24


applicable zoning Law or Order relating to or affecting the Leased Real Property, and to the knowledge of the Company, no such proceeding has been threatened or commenced. None of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has received any notice of any pending or threatened foreclosure proceedings against any landlord entity with respect to the Leased Real Property that could adversely impact the rights of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as tenant to continue possession of the Leased Real Property.

(c) Schedule 4.16(c) sets forth a list of all personal property (including equipment) necessary for the conduct of the Business as presently conducted or as proposed to be conducted that is owned or leased by Company or any of its Subsidiaries and indicates whether each item of personal property is owned or leased. The assets owned or leased by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including, real, personal, tangible, and intangible property), or that they otherwise have or will have the right to use (including, real, personal, tangible, and intangible property), constitute all of the assets held for use or used in connection with the Business, are in good working condition (reasonable wear and tear excepted) and are sufficient to conduct the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as presently conducted or as proposed to be conducted.

4.17 Accounts Receivable . The Accounts Receivable outstanding on the date hereof do, and the Accounts Receivable outstanding on the Closing Date will, represent sales actually made or services actually performed in the Ordinary Course in bona fide, arms-length transactions completed in accordance with the terms and provisions contained in any documents relating thereto. Unless paid prior to the Closing Date, such Accounts Receivable are or will be as of the Closing Date collectible, without offset or counterclaim, net of the respective reserves shown on the Balance Sheet. The Company’s reserves for Accounts Receivable have been and will be adequate and determined in accordance with GAAP, consistent with past practice. The Company has not factored or discounted, or agreed to factor or discount, any Accounts Receivable. Schedule 4.17 contains a complete and accurate list of all Accounts Receivable as of November 30, 2012, which list sets forth the aging of such Accounts Receivable.

4.18 Intellectual Property .

(a) The Company and its Subsidiaries (i) own and have independently developed or acquired, or (ii) have the valid right or license to all Company IP Rights. The Company IP Rights are sufficient for the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries as currently conducted and as currently proposed to be conducted by the Company or any Subsidiary.

(b) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has transferred ownership of any Intellectual Property that is or was Company-Owned IP Rights, to any third party, or knowingly permitted the Company’s rights in any Intellectual Property that is or was Company-Owned IP Rights to enter the public domain or, with respect to any Intellectual Property for which the Company or its Subsidiaries have submitted an application or obtained a registration, lapse (other than through the expiration of registered Intellectual Property at the end of its maximum statutory term).

(c) The Company and its Subsidiaries own and have good and exclusive title to each item of Company-Owned IP Rights and each item of Company Registered Intellectual Property, free and clear of any Encumbrances. The right, license and interest of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company in and to all Third Party Intellectual Property Rights licensed by the Company or a Subsidiary from a third party are free and clear of all Liens (excluding restrictions contained in the applicable written license agreements with such third parties), other than Permitted Liens.

(d) Neither the execution and delivery or effectiveness of this Agreement nor the performance of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement will cause the forfeiture or termination of, or give rise to a right of forfeiture or termination of any Company-Owned IP Right, or impair the right

 

25


of the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company or Buyer to use, possess, sell or license any Company-Owned IP Right or portion thereof. After the Closing, all Company-Owned IP Rights will be fully transferable, alienable or licensable by Buyer without restriction and without payment of any kind to any third party.

(e) Schedule 4.18(e) lists all Company Products by name and version number.

(f) Schedule 4.18(f) lists all Company Registered Intellectual Property including the jurisdictions in which each such item of Intellectual Property has been issued or registered or in which any application for such issuance and registration has been filed, or in which any other filing or recordation has been made. Schedule 4.18(f) of the Company Disclosure Letter sets forth a list of all actions that are required to be taken by the Company or its Subsidiaries within 120 days of the Agreement Date with respect to any of the Company Registered Intellectual Property in order to avoid prejudice to, impairment or abandonment of such Company Registered Intellectual Property.

(g) Each item of Company Registered Intellectual Property is valid and subsisting (or in the case of applications, applied for), all registration, maintenance and renewal fees currently due in connection with such Company Registered Intellectual Property have been paid and all documents, recordations and certificates in connection with such Company Registered Intellectual Property currently required to be filed have been filed with the relevant patent, copyright, trademark or other authorities in the United States or foreign jurisdictions, as the case may be, for the purposes of prosecuting, maintaining and perfecting such Company Registered Intellectual Property and recording the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ ownership interests therein.

(h) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is or shall be as a result of the execution and delivery or effectiveness of this Agreement or the performance of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement, in breach of any Contract governing any Company IP Rights (the “ Company IP Rights Agreements ”) and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not result in the modification, cancellation, termination, suspension of, or acceleration of any payments with respect to the Company IP Rights Agreements, or give any non-Company party to any Company IP Rights Agreement the right to do any of the foregoing. Following the Closing, the Surviving Company (as wholly owned by Buyer) will be permitted to exercise all of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ rights under the Company IP Rights Agreements to the same extent the Company and its Subsidiaries would have been able to had the transactions contemplated by this Agreement not occurred and without the payment of any additional amounts or consideration other than ongoing fees, royalties or payments which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries would otherwise be required to pay.

(i) None of the Company IP Rights Agreements grants any third party exclusive rights to or under any Company IP Rights or grants any third party the right to sublicense any Company IP Rights, except as set forth in Schedule 4.18(i).

(j) There are no royalties, honoraria, fees or other payments payable by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any Person (other than salaries payable to employees, consultants and independent contractors not contingent on or related to use of their work product) as a result of the ownership, use, possession, license-in, license-out, sale, marketing, advertising or disposition of any Company-Owned IP Rights by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

(k) To the knowledge of the Company, there is no unauthorized use, unauthorized disclosure, infringement or misappropriation of any Company-Owned IP Rights, by any third party, including any employee or former employee of the Company or any Subsidiary. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has brought any action, suit or proceeding for infringement or misappropriation of any Intellectual Property or breach of any Company IP Rights Agreement.

 

26


(l) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has been sued in any suit, action or proceeding (or received any written notice or, to the knowledge of the Company, threat) which involves a claim of infringement or misappropriation of any Intellectual Property right of any third party or which contests the validity, ownership or right of the Company or any Subsidiary to exercise any Intellectual Property right, except as set forth in Schedule 4.18(l). Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received any written communication that involves an offer to license or grant any other rights or immunities under any Third Party Intellectual Property Right, except as set forth in Schedule 4.18(l).

(m) The Company and its Subsidiaries have no liability in connection with (i) infringement or misappropriation of the Intellectual Property rights of any third party or for unfair competition or unfair trade practices under the laws of any jurisdiction or (ii) any breach of any Contract relating to the use of Third Party Intellectual Property Rights. The operation of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries as such business is currently conducted and as currently proposed to be conducted by the Company or any Subsidiary, including (A) the design, development, manufacturing, reproduction, marketing, licensing, sale, offer for sale, importation, distribution, provision and/or use of any Company Product and (B) the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s use of any product, device or process used in the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries as currently conducted and as currently proposed to be conducted by the Company or any Subsidiary, has not, does not and will not infringe or misappropriate the Intellectual Property of any third party and has not, does not and will not constitute unfair competition or unfair trade practices under the laws of any jurisdiction and there is no substantial basis for a claim that the design, development, manufacturing, reproduction, marketing, licensing, sale, offer for sale, importation, distribution, provision and/or use of any Company Product or the operation of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, will infringe, is infringing or has infringed on or misappropriated any Third Party Intellectual Property Rights, or constitutes or has or will constitute unfair competition or unfair trade practices under the laws of any jurisdiction.

(n) None of the Company-Owned IP Rights, the Company Products, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is subject to any proceeding or outstanding order, Contract or stipulation (i) restricting in any manner the use, transfer, or licensing by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any Company-Owned IP Right or any Company Product, or which may affect the validity, use or enforceability of any such Company-Owned IP Right or Company Product, or (ii) restricting the conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in order to accommodate Third Party Intellectual Property Rights.

(o) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received any opinion of counsel that any Company Product or the operation of the business of the Company or any Subsidiary, as previously or currently conducted, or as currently proposed to be conducted by the Company or any Subsidiary, infringes or misappropriates any Third Party Intellectual Property Rights.

(p) Each of the Company and each Subsidiary has secured from all of its consultants, employees and independent contractors who independently or jointly contributed to the conception, reduction to practice, creation or development of any Company-Owned IP Rights unencumbered and unrestricted exclusive ownership of, all such third person’s Intellectual Property in such contribution that the Company or any Subsidiary does not already own by operation of law and such third party has not retained any rights or licenses with respect thereto. Without limiting the foregoing, the Company and each Subsidiary has obtained proprietary information and invention disclosure and assignment agreements from all current and former employees and consultants of the Company and each Subsidiary.

 

27


(q) No current or former employee, consultant or independent contractor of the Company or any Subsidiary (i) is in violation of any term or covenant of any Contract relating to employment, invention disclosure (including patent disclosure), invention assignment, non-disclosure or any other Contract with any other party by virtue of such employee’s, consultant’s or independent contractor’s being employed by, or performing services for, the Company or any Subsidiary or using trade secrets or proprietary information of a third party without permission; or (ii) has developed any technology, software or other copyrightable, patentable or otherwise proprietary work for the Company or any Subsidiary that is subject to any agreement under which such employee, consultant or independent contractor has assigned or otherwise granted to any third party any rights (including Intellectual Property rights) in or to such technology, software or other copyrightable, patentable or otherwise proprietary work developed for the Company or any Subsidiary.

(r) The employment of any employee of the Company or any Subsidiary or the use by the Company or any Subsidiary of the services of any consultant or independent contractor does not subject the Company or any Subsidiary to any liability to any third party for improperly soliciting such employee, consultant or independent contractor to work for the Company or any Subsidiary, whether such Liability is based on contractual or other legal obligations to such third party.

(s) No current or former employee, consultant or independent contractor of the Company or any Subsidiary has any right, license, claim or interest whatsoever in or with respect to any Company-Owned IP Rights.

(t) To the extent that any Intellectual Property that is or was Third Party Intellectual Property Rights are incorporated into, integrated or bundled with, or used by the Company or its Subsidiaries in the development, manufacture or compilation of any of the Company Products, the Company or a Subsidiary has a written agreement with such third party with respect thereto pursuant to which the Company or a Subsidiary either (i) have obtained complete, unencumbered and unrestricted ownership of, and are the exclusive owners of such Intellectual Property by operation of law or by valid assignment, or (ii) have obtained perpetual, non terminable (other than for breach) licenses (sufficient for the conduct of its business as currently conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries and as currently proposed to be conducted by the Company and any Subsidiary) to all such Third Party Intellectual Property Rights.

(u) The Company and its Subsidiaries have taken all commercially reasonable steps to protect and preserve the confidentiality of all confidential or non-public information (“ Confidential Information ”) included in the Company IP Rights. All use, disclosure or appropriation of Confidential Information owned by the Company or any Subsidiary by or to a third party has been pursuant to the terms of a written Contract between the Company or a Subsidiary and such third party. All use, disclosure or appropriation of Confidential Information by the Company and its Subsidiaries not owned by the Company or any Subsidiary has been pursuant to the terms of a written agreement between the Company or such Subsidiary and the owner of such Confidential Information, or is otherwise lawful. All current and former employees and consultants of the Company and its Subsidiaries having access to Confidential Information or proprietary information of any of their respective customers or business partners have executed and delivered to the Company or a Subsidiary an agreement regarding the protection of such Confidential Information or proprietary information (in the case of proprietary information of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ customers and business partners, to the extent required by such customers and business partners).

(v) Schedule 4.18(v) lists all software or other material that is distributed as “free software,” “open source software” or under a similar licensing or distribution terms (including but not limited to the GNU General Public License (GPL), GNU Lesser General Public License (LGPL), Mozilla

 

28


Public License (MPL), BSD licenses, the Artistic License, the Netscape Public License, the Sun Community Source License (SCSL), the Sun Industry Standards License (SISL) and the Apache License) (“ Open Source Materials ”) used by the Company or any Subsidiary in any way, and describes the manner in which such Open Source Materials were used (such description shall include whether (and, if so, how) the Open Source Materials were modified and/or distributed by the Company or any Subsidiary and the Company Product and the name of the file within such Company Product in which such Open Source Materials were used). The “ Proprietary Portion ” means the code base of the Company Products excluding files listed in Schedule 4.18(v).

(w) The Company is in compliance with the terms and conditions of all licenses for the Open Source Materials. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.18(w), neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has (i) incorporated Open Source Materials into, or combined Open Source Materials with, the Company IP Rights or Company Products; (ii) distributed Open Source Materials in conjunction with any Company IP Rights or Company Products; or (iii) used Open Source Materials, in such a way that, with respect to (i), (ii), or (iii), creates, or purports to create obligations for the Company or such Subsidiary with respect to any Company IP Rights or grant, or purport to grant, to any third party, any rights or immunities under any Company IP Rights (including using any Open Source Materials that require, as a condition of use, modification and/or distribution of such Open Source Materials that other software incorporated into, derived from or distributed with such Open Source Materials be (A) disclosed or distributed in source code form, (B) be licensed for the purpose of making derivative works, or (C) be redistributable at no charge).

(x) All Company Products sold, licensed, leased or delivered by the Company or any Subsidiary to customers and all services provided by or through the Company or any Subsidiary to customers on or prior to the Closing Date conform to applicable contractual commitments, express and implied warranties (to the extent not subject to legally effective express exclusions thereof), and conform in all material respects to packaging, advertising and marketing materials and to applicable product or service specifications or documentation. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any liability (and, to the knowledge of the Company and any Subsidiary, there is no legitimate basis for any present or future action, suit, proceeding, hearing, investigation, charge, complaint, claim or demand against the Company or any Subsidiary giving rise to any material liability relating to the foregoing Contracts) for replacement or repair thereof or other damages in connection therewith in excess of any reserves therefor reflected on the Balance Sheet.

(y) Neither the Company or any Subsidiary nor any other Person then acting on their behalf has disclosed, delivered or licensed to any Person, agreed to disclose, deliver or license to any Person, or permitted the disclosure or delivery to any escrow agent or other Person of, any Company Source Code. No event has occurred, and no circumstance or condition exists, that (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) will, or would reasonably be expected to, result in the disclosure, delivery or license by the Company or any Subsidiary or any Person then acting on their behalf to any Person of any Company Source Code. Schedule 4.18(y) identifies each Contract pursuant to which the Company or any Subsidiary has deposited, or is or may be required to deposit, with an escrow holder or any other Person, any of the Company Source Code, and describes whether the execution of this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, in and of itself, would reasonably be expected to result in the release from escrow of any Company Source Code.

(z) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is now or has ever been a member or promoter of, or a contributor to, any industry standards body or any similar organization that could reasonably be expected to require or obligate the Company or any Subsidiary to grant or offer to any other Person any license or right to any Company-Owned IP Rights. In addition, if any Company-Owned IP Rights were acquired from a Person other than an employee of or contractor to Company or any

 

29


Subsidiary, then such Person is not now nor has ever been a member or promoter of, or a contributor to, any industry standards body or any similar organization that could reasonably be expected to have required or obligated such Person to grant or offer to any other Person any license or right to such IP Right. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has a present obligation (and there is no substantial basis to expect that there will be a future obligation) to grant or offer to any other Person any license or right to any Company-Owned IP Rights by virtue of Company’s or any other Person’s membership in, promotion of, or contributions to any industry standards body or any similar organization.

4.19 Environmental, Health and Safety Matters . The Company, its Subsidiaries, and each of their respective Affiliates are, and have been since January 1, 2010, in compliance in all material respects with all Environmental, Health, and Safety Requirements. None of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates has received any written, or to the knowledge of the Company any oral, notice, report or other information regarding any actual or alleged violation of Environmental, Health, and Safety Requirements by the Company or its Subsidiaries, including any investigatory, remedial or corrective obligations, relating to any of them, their current or former facilities or the Leased Real Property arising under Environmental, Health, and Safety Requirements. None of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates has treated, stored, disposed of, arranged for or permitted the disposal of, transported, handled, or released any substance, including without limitation any Hazardous Materials, or owned or operated any property or facility (and no such property or facility is contaminated by any such substance) in a manner that has given or would reasonably be expected to give rise to material liabilities, including any material liability for investigation costs, response costs, remedial costs, corrective action costs, personal injury, property damage, natural resources damages or attorney and consultant fees and costs, pursuant to CERCLA or the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended, or any other Environmental, Health, and Safety Requirements.

4.20 Employee Benefit Plans; ERISA .

(a) Schedule 4.20(a) lists each “employee benefit plan” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, and each other plan, program, or arrangement that provides compensation or employment (or service) related benefits to any employee, former employee, or independent contractor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, that is sponsored, maintained or contributed to or required to be contributed to by the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, or any ERISA Affiliate, or with respect to which the Company has or may have any material liability (each, a “ Plan ”). Each Plan that is sponsored or maintained by the Company is set forth in Schedule 4.20(a)(i). Each Plan that sponsored or maintained by one of the Company’s Subsidiaries or is a Foreign Plan is set forth in Schedule 4.20(a)(ii). The Company has delivered to the Buyer true, correct and complete copies of the following with respect to each Plan: (i) all plan documents, including summary plan descriptions, and written descriptions of any unwritten Plan; (ii) if applicable, Forms 5500, and all attachments thereto, for the past three years; and (iii) the latest IRS opinion, advisory, or determination letter issued with respect to each Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code.

(b) Neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has ever sponsored, maintained, contributed to or had any obligation to contribute to a plan or arrangement that is: (i) subject to Title IV of ERISA; (ii) a multiemployer plan within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA; (iii) a “multiple employer plan” (within the meaning of ERISA or the Code); or (iv) maintained in connection with any trust described in Section 501(c)(9) of the Code. No Plan that is a health or welfare benefit plan is self-insured, other than any reimbursement account included in a Plan intended to qualify under Section 125 or 132(f) of the Code. No Plan provides post-termination health or welfare benefits other than as required by Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA or Section 4980B of the Code (“ COBRA ”) or similar state Law.

 

30


(c) Each Plan has been maintained, funded, and administered in all material respects in accordance with its terms. The Company, its ERISA Affiliates and the Plans are and have at all times been in compliance in all material respects with the Code, ERISA and other applicable Law. No prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, has occurred with respect to any Plan. No act or omission has occurred and no condition exists with respect to any Plan that could reasonably be expected to subject the Company or any ERISA Affiliate to any fine, penalty, tax or liability of any kind imposed under ERISA, the Code or other applicable Law. All contributions required to be made by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate to the Plans, under their terms or applicable Laws, have been made on or before their due date and a reasonable amount has been accrued on the books of the Company for any material unpaid contributions, and funding obligations to, each Plan for the current year.

(d) There are no pending investigations, claims or lawsuits which have been asserted or instituted by or against any Plan, against the assets of any of the trusts under such Plans or by or against a Plan sponsor, a Plan administrator, or any fiduciary of any Plan (other than routine benefit claims), and to the Company’s knowledge, there are no facts which could reasonably be expected to form the basis for any such investigation, claim or lawsuit.

(e) Each Plan intended to qualify under Section 401 of the Code is so qualified, the trust maintained pursuant thereto is exempt from federal income taxation under Section 501 of the Code, and such Plan has received a favorable EGTRRA determination, opinion or advisory letter from the IRS covering all tax-qualification provisions that are required to be stated in such Plan as of the Closing Date (or such Plan is within the applicable remedial amendment period for making any required changes and obtaining any such letter). No act or omission has occurred with respect to any such Plan which could cause the loss of such qualification or exemption, increase the cost of any such Plan, or result in the imposition on the Company or any ERISA Affiliate of any material liability, Lien, penalty, or tax under ERISA, the Code, or other applicable Law.

(f) Each Plan can be amended, terminated or otherwise discontinued at any time in accordance with its terms without participant consent or liability on the part of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate other than ordinary administrative expenses, accelerated vesting of non-vested accrued benefits as required by Law with respect to the Company’s 401(k) Plan, and the payment of any accrued benefits. Except as disclosed in Schedule 4.20(f), neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has announced or otherwise made a commitment to create any bonus or severance plan or program or any other employee benefit plan for any employee.

(g) Schedule 4.20(g) lists each compensation plan, agreement, or arrangement sponsored or maintained by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate at any time that is or was subject to Section 409A of the Code (each, an “ Arrangement ”). Each Arrangement complies with Section 409A of the Code and the applicable guidance thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) as to form and has been operated and maintained in compliance with the applicable requirements of Section 409A. Neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has any obligation to indemnify or hold harmless any individual for any liability that may result from the failure of an Arrangement to comply with the requirements of Section 409A.

(h) No Plan contains any provision which could prohibit the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not constitute a triggering event under any Plan or other arrangement, which (either alone or upon the occurrence of any additional or subsequent event) will or may result in any payment, acceleration, vesting or increase in benefits to any Person, except for accelerated vesting and payment of accrued benefits upon any termination of a Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code. No payment or benefit under any Plan or other compensatory arrangement may result in the payment or provision of any “parachute payment,” as defined in Section 280G of the Code, that would be nondeductible under Section 280G of the Code.

 

31


(i) The Company has no liability (whether actual, contingent, with respect to any of its assets or otherwise) with respect to any employee benefit plan or arrangement maintained by any entity that was an ERISA Affiliate before the date of this Agreement.

(j) None of the Plans is a Foreign Plan.

4.21 Interests in Counterparties and Others . Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.21, no officer or director of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates possesses, directly or indirectly, any ownership or pecuniary interest in, or is a trustee, director, manager, officer, Affiliate, or employee of, any Person that is a seller to, or supplier, lessor, lessee, licensor, or competitor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including any counterparty to any Contract required to be listed on Schedule 4.11(a) or Schedule 4.12. No officer or director of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or their Affiliates has directly or indirectly offered or solicited any significant payment or other benefit that Company considers or reasonably should consider to be improper in order to promote sales or help, procure, or maintain good relations with any seller to, or supplier, lessor, lessee, licensor, competitor, or potential competitor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including any counterparty to any Contract required to be listed on Schedule 4.11(a) or Schedule 4.12.

4.22 Employees and Contractors .

(a) Schedule 4.22(a) lists the following information for each employee of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries, including each employee on leave of absence or temporary layoff status: employer, name, job title, date of hire, date of commencement of employment, exempt/nonexempt status, dates of leave of absence or layoff status and anticipated date for return to work, rate of compensation, bonus and/or commission arrangement, severance arrangement, vacation, sick time, and personal leave accrued as of the Balance Sheet Date, and service credited for purposes of vesting and eligibility to participate under any Plan.

(b) Schedule 4.22(b) sets forth a true, correct and complete list of all severance Contracts and employment Contracts to which the Company or its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or its Subsidiaries is bound. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any obligation to pay any amount or provide any benefit to any former employee or officer, other than obligations (i) for which the Company has established a reserve for such amount on the Company Balance Sheet, and (ii) pursuant to Contracts entered into after the Balance Sheet Date. Except as otherwise set forth on Schedule 4.22(b), all of the employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries are employed at-will with no entitlement to notice or severance upon termination.

(c) Schedule 4.22(c) lists the following information for every independent contractor, consultant, or sales agent of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the past three years: name, responsibilities, date of engagement, compensation, date of engagement termination if applicable. All Persons who have performed services for the Company or its Subsidiaries as an independent contractor, consultant, or sales agent have, at all times while providing such services, been properly classified and qualified as an independent contractor in relation to the Company and its Subsidiaries for purposes of all applicable Laws, including those relating to Taxes, insurance, and employee benefits, and the Company has fully and accurately reported their compensation on IRS Forms 1099 or other applicable Tax forms for independent contractors when required to do so.

 

32


(d) Except as set forth in Schedule 4.22(d), to the knowledge of the Company, (i) no director, officer, or other key employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries intends to terminate such Person’s employment with the Company or its Subsidiaries, and (ii) no independent contractor, consultant, or sales agent intends to terminate such Person’s arrangement with the Company or its Subsidiaries. To the knowledge of the Company, no director, officer, employee, agent, consultant, or independent contractor of the Company or its Subsidiaries is bound by any Contract or subject to any Order that purports to limit the ability of such director, officer, employee, agent, consultant, or independent contractor (A) to engage in or continue or perform any conduct, activity, duties, or practice relating to the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries or (B) to assign to the Company or its Subsidiaries any rights to any invention, improvement, or discovery. No former or current employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries is a party to, or is otherwise bound by, any Contract that in any way adversely affected, affects, or could affect the ability of the Company or its Subsidiaries to continue to conduct its business as conducted.

(e) Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.22(e), (i) the Company and each of its Subsidiaries is and has been in material compliance with all Laws respecting employment, discrimination in employment, terms and conditions of employment, worker classification (including the proper classification of employees as exempt or nonexempt and the proper classification of workers as independent contractors and consultants), wage and hour laws, including but not limited to the Fair Labor Standard Act, the California Labor Code and the applicable state and federal statutes, occupational safety and health and employment practices, and immigration, including the Immigration Reform and Control Act. All employees classified as exempt from state and federal overtime and meal and rest period laws are properly classified as exempt under applicable law. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries have withheld or caused to be withheld all amounts required by Law or by agreement to be withheld from the wages, salaries, and other payments to employees; and are not liable for any arrears of wages, compensation, Taxes, penalties or other sums for failure to comply with any of the foregoing. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries have paid in full to all employees, independent contractors and consultants all wages, salaries, commissions, bonuses, benefits and other compensation due and payable to or on behalf of such employees, independent contractors and consultants. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is liable for any payment to any trust or other fund or to any Governmental Authority, with respect to unemployment compensation benefits, social security or other benefits or obligations for employees (other than routine payments to be made in the normal course of business and consistently with past practice). There are no pending claims against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under any workers compensation plan or policy or for long term disability.

(f) (i) Neither the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (A) has any obligations under COBRA with respect to any former employees or qualifying beneficiaries thereunder, except as disclosed in Schedule 4.22(f) or (B) has engaged, now or in the past, in any unfair labor practice, (ii) no unfair labor practice complaint against Company or any of its Subsidiaries is pending before the National Labor Relations Board or any similar Regulatory Authority in any other country, (iii) there is no labor strike, dispute, slowdown, or stoppage pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against or involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (iv) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any collective bargaining agreement and no collective bargaining agreement is currently being negotiated by Company or any of its Subsidiaries, alone or together, (v) neither Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has breached a collective bargaining agreement, (vi) to the knowledge of the Company, no representation question exists respecting employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and (vii) except as specifically disclosed on Schedule 4.22(f)(vii), no claim or controversy in respect of the employment of any employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has been asserted and is currently pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, against Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

33


(g) All employees, agents, and contractors of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries are legally authorized to work in the United States (or, for employees working outside the United States, in their jurisdictions of employment) because (in the United States) of their status as United States citizens, legal permanent residents, or by virtue of possessing a visa under Law relating to immigration control which visa allows for such employee to work in the United States, or (in or outside the United States) compliant with applicable Law. The Company and its Subsidiaries have properly completed all reporting and verification requirements pursuant to Law relating to immigration control for all of its employees, agents and contractors, including where applicable the Form I-9 or similar form outside the United States. The Company has retained for each current employee the Form I-9 or similar form throughout such employee’s period of employment with Company and has retained a Form I-9 or similar form for each former employee of Company for a period of one (1) year from the date of termination of such employee or three (3) years from the date of hire, whichever is later. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any notice from any Governmental Authority that Company or any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any Law pertaining to immigration control or that any current, former employee, agent or contractor of Company is or was not legally authorized to be employed in the United States or other location in which he or she was engaged or is or was using an invalid social security number and there is no pending, or to the Company’s knowledge threatened, charge or complaint under the Immigration Reform and Control Act against the Company.

(h) The Company and each of its Subsidiaries are in compliance in all respects with the Worker Adjustment Retraining Notification Act of 1988, as amended (“ WARN Act ”), or any similar state or local law. In the past two years, (i) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has effectuated a “plant closing” (as defined in the WARN Act) affecting any site of employment or one or more facilities or operating units within any site of employment or facility of their businesses; (ii) there has not occurred a “mass layoff” (as defined in the WARN Act) affecting any site of employment or facility of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; and (iii) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has been affected by any transaction or engaged in layoffs or employment terminations sufficient in number to trigger application of any similar state, local or foreign law or regulation. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries have caused any of its employees to suffer an “employment loss” (as defined in the WARN Act) during the 90 day period prior to the date hereof. All costs and expenses related in any way to the termination of employment (for any reason or no reason, and whether initiated by the Company, one of its Subsidiaries or the employee) of any employee of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries prior to the Closing, whether such costs and expenses have been incurred or are to be incurred in the future, shall be (except to the extent paid and discharged prior to the Closing Date) reflected in full as Liabilities on the Balance Sheet.

(i) None of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or any termination of employment or service as a consequence thereof will, individually or together with the occurrence of some other event (i) result in any payment (including severance, unemployment compensation, golden parachute, bonus or otherwise) becoming due to any Person, other than payments in respect of Options and/or Warrant terminations that are taken into account in the calculation of the Estimated Closing Date Working Capital Adjustment, (ii) materially increase or otherwise enhance any benefits otherwise payable by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (iii) result in the acceleration of the time of payment or vesting of any such benefits, except as required under Section 411(d)(3) of the Code, (iv) materially increase the amount of compensation due to any Person, or (v) result in the forgiveness in whole or in part of any material outstanding loans made by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any Person.

 

34


4.23 Workers’ Compensation/OSHA .

(a) The Company has provided Buyer with all inspection reports issued under either OSHA or any other occupational health and safety legislation. Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.23(a), there are no outstanding inspection orders or any pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened charges under OSHA or any other applicable occupational health and safety legislation. Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.23(a), there have been no fatal or OSHA reportable accidents that could lead to charges under OSHA or any other applicable occupational health and safety legislation. Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.23(a), the Company and each of its Subsidiaries have complied in all material respects with any Orders issued to it under OSHA or any other applicable occupational health and safety legislation and there are no appeals of any Orders that are currently outstanding.

(b) Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.23(b), there is not pending against Company or any of its Subsidiaries any workers’ compensation claims, and, to the knowledge of the Company, there are no facts that would reasonably be expected to give rise to such a claim or complaint. Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.23(b), neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any notice of a citation, penalty, or assessment from any agency with responsibility for workers’ compensation or occupational safety and health.

4.24 No Indebtedness . Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.24, as of, and after giving effect to, the Closing, neither Company nor any of its Subsidiaries will have any Indebtedness.

4.25 Customers and Suppliers .

(a) Schedule 4.25(a) sets forth a list of all customers that have made payments to the Company in excess of $50,000 and the ten (10) largest suppliers of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries, taken together, as measured by the dollar amount of payments or purchases therefrom, in each case during each of the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 and the eleven months ended November 30, 2012, showing the approximate total payments to Company and each of its Subsidiaries by each such customer and the approximate total purchases by Company and each of its Subsidiaries from each such supplier during such period.

(b) Since December 31, 2011, no customer or supplier listed on Schedule 4.25(a) has terminated its relationship with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or materially changed the pricing or other terms of its business with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and no customer or supplier listed on Schedule 4.25(a) has notified Company or any of its Subsidiaries that it intends to terminate or materially change the pricing or other terms of its business with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, except as disclosed in Schedule 4.25(b).

(c) The relationships of the Company with its suppliers and customers, are, in the good faith opinion of the Company, good commercial working relationships. Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.25(c), none of the Company’s suppliers or customers has canceled, terminated, or otherwise materially altered or notified Company, of any intention or otherwise threatened to cancel, terminate, or materially alter its relationship with the Company effective prior to, as of, or within one year after, the Closing. There has not been, and the Company has no reasonable basis to expect that there will be, any change in relations with suppliers or customers, as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements. There is not any present condition or state of facts or circumstances related to the Company’s customers and suppliers that would reasonably be expected to prevent the Business from being carried on after the Closing Date in the same manner as it is presently being carried on.

4.26 Warranties . Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.26, there is no currently pending claim for product liability, warranty or other claims by any third party (whether based on contract or tort and

 

35


whether relating to personal injury, including death, property damage or economic loss) arising from: (a) services rendered by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries during periods through and including the Closing Date, or (b) the operation of the Business during the period through and including the Closing Date. All services rendered by the Company and each of its Subsidiaries in connection with the Business have been in conformity with all applicable contractual commitments and all express and implied warranties, and neither Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any liability (and the Company has no knowledge of any basis for any present or future action, suit, proceeding, hearing, investigation, charge, complaint, claim, or demand giving rise to any liability) for Damages in connection therewith, except as disclosed on Schedule 4.26. No services provided by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the Business are subject to any guaranty, warranty, or other indemnity beyond the Company’s standard terms and conditions of sale set forth on Schedule 4.26.

4.27 Absence of Certain Business Practices . Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.27, neither the Company, nor any of its Subsidiaries nor any officer, director, employee, independent contractor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, nor any Person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, has (a) received, directly or indirectly, any rebates, payments, commissions, promotional allowances, or any other economic benefits, regardless of their nature or type, from any customer, governmental employee or other Person with whom the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has done business directly or indirectly, or (b) directly or indirectly, given or agreed to give any gift or similar benefit to any customer, governmental employee or other Person who is or may be in a position to help or hinder the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or assist the Company in connection with any actual or proposed transaction) which, in the case of either clause (a) or clause (b) above, would reasonably be expected to subject the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any damage or penalty in any civil, criminal, or governmental litigation. Neither the Company, nor any of its Subsidiaries nor any officer, director, employee, independent contractor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, nor any Person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has used any funds for unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment, or other expenses relating to political activity or otherwise, or has made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to governmental officials or employees from the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ funds or been reimbursed from Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ funds for any such payment, or is aware that any other Person associated with or acting on behalf of Company or any of its Subsidiaries has engaged in any such activities.

4.28 Anti-Bribery . None of the Company and its Subsidiaries has and, to the knowledge of the Company, no agent, employee or other Person associated with or acting on behalf of the Company or its Subsidiaries has, directly or indirectly: (i) made any unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity and related in any way to the Business; (ii) made or offered any payment or transfer of anything of value to any foreign or domestic government official or employee of any public international organization, or official or employee of any government-owned enterprise or institution (including any government hospitals or academic institutions) to obtain or retain business, induce the official or employee to do or omit to do anything in violation of a lawful duty, or secure an improper advantage; (iii) violated any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any other applicable anti-corruption statute; (iv) established or maintained any unlawful fund of corporate monies or other properties; or (v) made or proposed to make any bribe, payoff, influence payment, kickback, unlawful rebate, or other similar unlawful payment of any nature, including to healthcare providers or those employed by any governmental institutions.

4.29 Finders’ Fees . Except as disclosed on Schedule 4.29, there is no investment banker, broker, finder or other intermediary that has been retained by or is authorized to act on behalf of the Company, or any of its Affiliates, who might be entitled to any fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements. All amounts disclosed on Schedule 4.29 shall be paid by the Stockholders out of the Merger Consideration.

 

36


4.30 Full Disclosure . The representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Company has not has made any representations or statements that were misleading or inaccurate in any material respect or has withheld from or failed to disclose to Buyer any data, documents, or other information that could reasonably be expected to affect the Company’s ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, or the Company’s ability to conduct the Business in the Ordinary Course.

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

Each Principal Stockholder severally, and not jointly, represents and warrants solely as to himself, herself or itself, as the case may be, to the Buyer and Merger Sub as follows:

5.1 Authority . Such Principal Stockholder’s execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it is, as contemplated by this Agreement, to become a party, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, are within its capacity, power and authority and have been duly authorized by all necessary third party action. As of the Closing, such Principal Stockholder will have all requisite capacity, power and authority, and will take all action necessary to execute and deliver each Ancillary Agreement to which it is, as contemplated by this Agreement, to become a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement to which it is, as contemplated by this Agreement, to become a party. This Agreement has been, and as of the Closing each of the Ancillary Agreements to which such Principal Stockholder is, as contemplated by this Agreement, to become a party will be, duly executed and delivered by such Principal Stockholder. This Agreement constitutes, and as of the Closing each of the Ancillary Agreements to which such Principal Stockholder is, as contemplated by this Agreement, to become a party will constitute, a legal, valid and binding agreement of such Principal Stockholder, enforceable against it in accordance with its and their respective terms, subject to the effect, if any, of (i) applicable bankruptcy and other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and (ii) rules of law governing specific performance, injunction relief and other equitable remedies.

5.2 Governmental Authorization . None of (a) the execution, delivery and performance by such Principal Stockholder of this Agreement or (b) the execution, delivery, and performance by such Principal Stockholder of each of the Ancillary Agreements to which it is, as contemplated by this Agreement, to become a party, requires or will require any action by or in respect of, or filing with, any Governmental Authority.

5.3 Non-Contravention; Consents; Restrictive Documents . The execution, delivery, and performance by such Principal Stockholder of this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement to which Principal Stockholder is a party will not (a) violate the organizational or governing documents of Principal Stockholder, if any, (b) violate any applicable Law or Order or (c) require any filing with or permit, consent, or approval of, or the giving of any notice to, any court or other Person, except in the case of clauses (b) and (c) for such filings, permits, consents, approvals, or notices and violations that, individually or in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the Principal Stockholder’s right or ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or to otherwise perform its obligations under this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements to which it is, as contemplated by this Agreement, to become a party.

 

37


5.4 Shares of Capital Stock . Such Principal Stockholder is the record and beneficial owner of the shares of Capital Stock set forth opposite its name on Schedule 4.5(a) and has good and valid title to such shares, free and clear of any Liens. Such shares are not subject to any voting trust agreement or other contract, commitment, agreement or arrangement restricting or otherwise relating to the voting, dividend rights or disposition of such shares that will remain in effect after the Effective Time.

ARTICLE VI

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES AS TO THE BUYER AND MERGER SUB

Each of Buyer and Merger Sub represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

6.1 Organization and Existence . The Buyer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. Merger Sub is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

6.2 Authorization; Enforceability . Each of Buyer and Merger Sub has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Agreements to which it is, as contemplated by this Agreement, to become a party. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Buyer and Merger Sub and constitutes, and each of the Ancillary Agreements to which each of them is, as contemplated by this Agreement, to become a party, when executed, will be duly authorized, executed, and delivered by the Buyer and Merger Sub and will constitute, a valid and binding agreement of the Buyer or Merger Sub, enforceable against the Buyer or Merger Sub, as applicable in accordance with their respective terms, subject to the effect, if any, of (i) applicable bankruptcy and other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and (ii) rules of law governing specific performance, injunction relief and other equitable remedies.

6.3 Non-Contravention . The execution, delivery, and performance by the Buyer and Merger Sub of this Agreement and each Ancillary Agreement to which the Buyer or Merger Sub is a party will not (a) violate the organizational or governing documents of Buyer or Merger Sub, (b) violate any applicable Law or Order or (c) require any filing with or permit, consent, or approval of, or the giving of any notice to, any court or other Person, except in the case of clauses (b) and (c) for such filings, permits, consents, approvals, or notices and violations that, individually or in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the Buyer’s or Merger Sub’s right or ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or to otherwise perform its obligations under this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements to which it is, as contemplated by this Agreement, to become a party.

6.4 Available Funds . Subject to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Wells Fargo Credit Agreement, Buyer and Merger Sub will have as of the Closing and the Effective Time, sufficient cash (or the ability to draw funds down under any then-existing credit facilities) to pay any and all amounts to be paid by Buyer or Merger Sub at the Closing on the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement, and there is no restriction on the use of such cash for such purpose.

6.5 Financial Statements . Buyer has delivered to the Company the Buyer Financial Statements. The Buyer Financial Statements are derived from the books and records (including the general ledgers) of the Company, accurately reflect such books and records (including the general ledgers) and fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position of Buyer at the dates thereof and the consolidated results of the operations and cash flows of Buyer for the periods indicated, subject to normal recurring year-end adjustments (the effect of which will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect). No financial statements of any Person other than Buyer are required by GAAP to be included in the financial statements of Buyer.

 

38


6.6 Compliance with Laws; Litigation . Buyer and its Subsidiaries have complied and are currently in compliance in all material respect with all applicable Laws and Orders. Neither Buyer nor any of its Subsidiaries has received, nor does Buyer have knowledge of the issuance or proposed issuance of, any notice by any Governmental Authority of any violation or any alleged violation of any Law or Order. There is no claim, action, suit, injunction, investigation, arbitration, or administrative or other proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of Buyer, threatened against or affecting Buyer or its Subsidiaries, or any of its properties or assets that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

ARTICLE VII

CERTAIN COVENANTS

7.1 Conduct of Business of the Company .

(a) During the period from the date of this Agreement through the Closing, except as expressly contemplated or permitted by this Agreement or as approved by Buyer in writing, the Principal Stockholders will cause the Company to, and the Company will conduct its operations only in the Ordinary Course and, without limiting the generality or effect of the foregoing, use its commercially reasonable efforts to: (i) preserve intact its business organization, (ii) keep available the services of its officers and employees, (iii) continue in full force and effect without material modification all Policies, (iv) pay its Indebtedness and trade and other accounts payable punctually when and as the same will become due and payable and perform and observe, in all material respects, its duties and obligations under its Contracts, (v) maintain its relationships and goodwill with suppliers, franchisees, distributors, manufacturers, customers, landlords, employees, agents and others having business relationships with it as it would in the Ordinary Course, and (vi) not take any action that would render any representation or warranty of the Company untrue in any material respect. The Company will confer with Buyer concerning operational matters of a material nature and discuss with Buyer the business, operations, and finances of the Company.

(b) Without limiting the generality or effect of Section 7.1(a) , prior to the Closing, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Buyer:

(i) amend or modify its governing or organizational documents or those of its Subsidiaries from their form on the date of this Agreement;

(ii) increase the wage, salary or other compensation of, or increase the amount of any bonuses payable to, any director, manager, officer, or employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or enter into any employment, severance, or similar agreement with any director, manager, officer, or employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, in excess of $25,000 in the aggregate; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 7.1 shall restrict the Company’s ability to declare and accrue year-end bonuses to managers, officers, or employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, which bonuses are either paid prior to the Closing or are accrued prior to Closing and reflected as liabilities in the calculation of the Closing Date Working Capital Adjustment;

(iii) adopt, amend, or materially increase any benefits under any profit sharing, bonus, deferred compensation, savings, insurance, pension, retirement, or other Plan or policy;

 

39


(iv) amend or terminate any Contract listed, or required to be listed, on Schedule 4.11(a) or enter into any other Contract or commitment that would have been required to be listed on Schedule 4.11(a) other than in the Ordinary Course;

(v) incur, assume, or guarantee any Indebtedness in excess of $25,000 in the aggregate;

(vi) assume any contingent liability, other than in the Ordinary Course;

(vii) enter into or vary any Contract or assume any material liability outside of the Ordinary Course;

(viii) cancel or waive any claim or right of substantial value that, individually or in the aggregate, is material to the Company or amend any term of any Capital Stock or other securities of the Company;

(ix) enter into any derivatives transactions;

(x) set aside or pay any distribution with respect to any Capital Stock;

(xi) repurchase, redeem, or otherwise acquire directly or indirectly, any outstanding Capital Stock or make any payment to or for the benefit of Stockholders or holders of other Capital Stock or any of their Affiliates, except in the event of death, disability or termination of employment of such holder or as disclosed on Schedule 4.11(a);

(xii) make any change in financial accounting methods or practices, except as required by GAAP;

(xiii) make or change any material election in respect of Taxes, adopt or change any accounting method in respect of Taxes, change any period of accounting in respect of Taxes, file any material Return outside the ordinary course of business or any amendment to any Return, enter into any closing agreement or similar agreement or arrangement with respect to Taxes, settle any claim or assessment in respect of Taxes, take any action to surrender any right to claim a refund or credit of Taxes, or consent to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any claim or assessment in respect of Taxes;

(xiv) grant any option or right of pre-emption in respect of any Capital Stock;

(xv) create any Subsidiary;

(xvi) acquire, sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any material asset or property except in the Ordinary Course;

(xvii) except as expressly permitted under this Agreement (i) write-off as uncollectible any notes or accounts receivable except write-offs in the Ordinary Course charged to reserves, (ii) write-off, write-up, or write-down any other asset of the Company, except as required by GAAP, or (iii) alter the customary time periods for collection of accounts receivable or payments of accounts payable;

(xviii) grant any Lien other than a Permitted Lien;

 

40


(xix) pay, discharge, settle, or satisfy any claims, liabilities, or obligations (absolute, accrued, asserted or unasserted, contingent or otherwise) in excess of $25,000, other than the payment, discharge, or satisfaction of (i) liabilities reflected or reserved against on the Balance Sheet, (ii) liabilities incurred since the Balance Sheet Date in the Ordinary Course, or (iii) payment of Indebtedness in accordance with Section 7.8 ;

(xx) merge or consolidate with any Person;

(xxi) enter into any compromise or settlement of, or take any other action with respect to, any litigation, action, suit, claim, proceeding, or investigation;

(xxii) make any loan, advance, or capital contributions to any Person;

(xxiii) make any investment in any Person in excess of $50,000 in the aggregate;

(xxiv) terminate or close any material facility, business, or operation of the Company;

(xxv) grant or pay any severance or termination pay to any former officer, director, manager, or employee of the Company, except pursuant to agreements set forth on Schedule 4.11(a) ;

(xxvi) cause or take any other action that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

(xxvii) commit, agree to, or contract to do any of the foregoing.

7.2 No Solicitation of Transactions . From the date of this Agreement until the earlier to occur of the Closing or the date of termination of this Agreement, neither the Company nor any Principal Stockholder shall, nor shall the Company authorize or permit any of its directors, officers, employees, investment bankers, attorneys, accountants or other advisors or representatives or any of the Stockholders to, (a) directly or indirectly solicit, initiate, or knowingly or intentionally encourage or facilitate, any inquiries, offers or proposals regarding any acquisition of any Capital Stock (including by merger, consolidation or otherwise) or any of the Company’s assets; or (b) enter into, continue or otherwise participate in any discussions or negotiations regarding, furnish to any Person any information with respect to, assist or participate in any effort or attempt by any Person with respect to, or otherwise knowingly or intentionally cooperate in any way with, any such transaction.

7.3 Notification of Certain Matters . Each of the Company and Buyer shall give prompt notice to the other party of (a) the occurrence, or non-occurrence, of any event which would be likely to cause (i) any representation or warranty of such party contained in this Agreement to be untrue or inaccurate in any material respect or (ii) any covenant, condition or agreement of such party contained in this Agreement not to be complied with or satisfied; and (b) any failure of such party, to comply with or satisfy any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by it hereunder; provided that the delivery of any notice pursuant to this Section 7.3 shall not limit or otherwise affect the remedies available to the non-notifying party.

7.4 Required Stockholder Approval . The Company shall promptly (and no more than 4 hours) after the date of this Agreement (the “ Delivery Deadline ”) and in accordance with applicable Law and the Company’s organizational documents, solicit written consents to obtain their approval and

 

41


adoption of this Agreement, the Merger and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Company shall ensure that written consents are solicited from the Stockholders in compliance with applicable Law and the Company’s organizational documents, and all other applicable legal requirements. The Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to take all action necessary or advisable to secure the necessary votes required by applicable Law and the Company’s organizational documents to effect the Merger. The Board of Directors of the Company shall not alter, modify, change or revoke its unanimous approval of this Agreement, the Merger and the transactions contemplated hereby, including each of the matters set forth in Section 7.4 hereof. Each of the Principal Stockholders shall consent to the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, shall execute and deliver such written consent on the date hereof, and shall not exercise any dissenters’ rights in connection with the Merger.

7.5 Review of the Company . The Company will permit Buyer and its representatives to have, after the date of execution of this Agreement, reasonable access during normal business hours to the premises and to all the books and records of the Company and to cause the officers of the Company to furnish Buyer with such financial and operating data and other information with respect to the Business, properties, assets and liabilities of the Company as Buyer may from time to time reasonably request, provided that such reasonable access shall be provided at reasonable times pursuant to reasonable advance notice and shall not unreasonably interfere with the Company’s operation of the Business.

7.6 Reasonable Efforts . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, each of the Company and Buyer will cooperate and use its commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all appropriate actions (and to make, or cause to be made, all filings necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Laws) to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including their respective commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, prior to the Closing, all licenses, permits, consents, approvals, authorizations, qualifications, and Orders of Governmental Authorities and parties to Contracts, as applicable, as are necessary for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and to fulfill the conditions to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in no event will (a) Buyer or any of its Affiliates (including the Company after the Closing) be required to enter into or offer to enter into any divestiture, hold-separate, business limitation, or similar agreement or undertaking in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (b) Buyer or the Company be required to make any payment in connection with any consent or approval or condition to Closing set forth in any section of Article IX that is necessary or advisable for Buyer, Merger Sub, the Stockholders or the Company to obtain or satisfy in order to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

7.7 Satisfaction and Termination of Equity Arrangements . At or prior to the Closing, the Company will terminate all equity-based compensation plans or agreements listed, or required to be listed, in any of the Schedules attached to this Agreement or referred to in Section 4.20(a) .

7.8 Termination of Liens . Except as disclosed on Schedule 7.8, at the Closing (after giving effect to the payments described in Section 3.4(a)(iii) ), the Company will not have any outstanding Indebtedness, and the Company will cause all Liens, other than Permitted Liens on or against any assets of the Company or the Capital Stock, or rights securing Indebtedness, to be released prior to or contemporaneously with the Closing, and will provide the Buyer with documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Buyer evidencing such release.

7.9 Termination of Certain Agreements and Similar Arrangements . At or prior to the Closing, the Company will cause any and all voting trusts or agreements, registration rights agreements, pledge agreements, buy-sell agreements, rights of first refusal or preemptive rights, stockholders agreements, proxies or similar agreements, arrangements or understandings to which the Company is a party relating to the Capital Stock to be terminated and will provide Buyer with documentation reasonably satisfactory to Buyer evidencing such termination.

 

42


7.10 Benefits . Prior to the Closing Date, by proper resolution of the Company’s or applicable Subsidiary’s Board of Directors, and adoption of plan amendments, if necessary, the Company or applicable Subsidiary will cease all contributions to and discontinue the right of all participants to accrue additional benefits under the Company’s or applicable Subsidiary’s 401(k) plan, and terminate the 401(k) plan, effective no later than one day prior to the Closing Date. The form and substance of such resolutions and amendments will be subject to the reasonable advance review and approval by Buyer’s counsel. The Company or applicable Subsidiary shall take such other actions to terminate Plans before the Closing Date as requested by Buyer.

7.11 Transfer Taxes . All transfer, documentary, sales, use, stamp, registration, value added, and other such similar Taxes and fees, including any penalties and interest imposed on the Buyer or the Company, which are incurred in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, will be borne and paid by the Company when due, and the Company will, at its own expense, file all necessary Returns and other documentation with respect to all such Taxes (excluding income Taxes) and fees. Any amounts payable under this Section 7.11 shall be paid by the Company prior to or at Closing or shall be accrued as a current liability for purposes of calculating the Working Capital Adjustment.

7.12 Parachute Payments . To the extent that any payments or benefits may not be deductible under Section 280G of the Code, then prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall cause to be delivered to the Buyer evidence satisfactory to the Buyer that (i) such payments and benefits have been approved by stockholders in a manner consistent with Treasury Regulations Section 1.280G-1 to satisfy the stockholder approval exemption provisions thereunder so that all such payments and benefits shall be fully deductible, or (ii) if such payments have not been approved by stockholders in a manner consistent with Treasury Regulations Section 1.280G-1, the excess payments and benefits that would cause any amounts to be nondeductible under Section 280G of the Code have been irrevocably waived by the affected individuals and neither Buyer nor any of its Affiliates will have any liabilities with respect thereto. The Company shall provide to Buyer draft copies of calculations, waivers, stockholder disclosures and approvals for review and comment before distribution to stockholders.

ARTICLE VIII

TAX MATTERS

8.1 Returns for Pre-Closing Tax Periods Due After Closing Date .

(a) Preparation . The Buyer shall cause the Surviving Corporation to prepare and timely file all Returns of the Company that remain due with respect to Pre-Closing Tax Periods. If such Returns include items that could give rise to an indemnifiable obligation under Article X , the Buyer shall provide the Representative with copies of any such Returns to be filed by the Company at least 15 days prior to the due date thereof (giving effect to any extensions thereto) or, if required to be filed within 15 days after the Closing Date, as soon as possible following the Closing Date and sufficiently in advance of filing that the Representative shall have a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on any items on such Returns that could give rise to an indemnifiable obligation under Article X .

(b) Review and Comment Period . If the Representative disputes any items in such Returns that could give rise to an indemnifiable obligation under Article X , then, at least seven (7) days prior to the due date for the filing of such Returns, or as soon as possible after the Representative receives

 

43


a Return that is due within less than seven (7) days, Representative shall notify the Buyer of the existence of any objection specifying in reasonable detail the nature and basis of such objection (a “ Tax Dispute Notice ”). If the Representative does not provide comments on such Returns within the seven (7) day period prior to the due date for such Returns, the Buyer shall be entitled to file such Return promptly after the end of that seven (7) day period and, unless the Return was received by the Representative within that seven (7) day period, the Representative shall be deemed to have consented to the amount of any Pre-Closing Tax Period Tax liability shown on such Return.

8.2 Arbitration of Disputes Regarding Returns .

(a) Buyer and the Representative agree to consult and attempt to resolve in good faith any objection contained in a Tax Dispute Notice. If the Representative and the Buyer are unable to resolve any matter raised in the Tax Dispute Notice within 15 days after delivery to the Buyer of the Tax Dispute Notice, (or, if earlier, the due date of such Returns (after giving effect to any extensions thereto), then such disagreement shall be submitted to the Tax Arbitrator for dispute resolution.

(b) The Tax Arbitrator shall be instructed that the Tax Arbitrator may only consider those items and amounts as to which the Buyer and the Representative have disagreed and that in resolving any such dispute the Tax Arbitrator shall adopt the Tax position that is “more likely than not to be sustained,” and shall assume that the matter has already been identified by the appropriate Taxing Authority. The Tax Arbitrator shall be instructed to deliver to the Representative and the Buyer, as promptly as practicable (and in no event more than 30 days) after its appointment, a written report setting forth the resolution of any such disagreement and the reasons for such determination. Each party and its representatives, accountants and other advisors may be present while oral presentations are made to the Tax Arbitrator, and the Representative shall supply the Buyer, and the Buyer shall supply the Representative, with copies of any written representations that are made to the Tax Arbitrator. The fees, expenses and costs of the Tax Arbitrator shall be borne one-half by the Representative (on behalf of the Stockholders) and one-half by the Buyer.

(c) The parties agree that the Returns shall be filed in accordance with the determination of the Tax Arbitrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Return is due before the Tax Arbitrator renders its decision with respect to such Return, the Return may be filed in accordance with the Buyer’s good faith determination, but the position taken by the Buyer on such Returns shall not, on its own, determine, be deemed to determine, or be deemed to represent the consent of the Representative as to whether a claim for indemnification exists under Article X , nor, if such a claim for indemnification is found to exist, the amount of Damages incurred or sustained by the Indemnified Parties under such a claim, and for purposes of a claim for indemnification under Article X , such dispute as it relates to such Returns shall be resolved in accordance with the determination of the Tax Arbitrator unless there is a subsequent, contrary and final determination of a Taxing Authority.

8.3 Apportionment of Taxes . For purposes of this Agreement, all Taxes and Tax liabilities with respect to the income, assets or activities of the Company that relate to a Taxable year or other Taxable period beginning before and ending after the Closing Date will be apportioned between the Pre-Closing Tax Period and the Post-Closing Tax Period as follows: (a) in the case of Taxes other than those based upon income, sales, proceeds, profits, receipts, wages, compensation or similar items, on a per diem basis, allocating to the Pre-Closing Tax Period the amount of any such Taxes for the entire Taxable period multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the Taxable period up to and including the Closing Date, and the denominator of which is the total number of days in the Taxable period; and (b) in the case of Taxes based upon income, sales, proceeds, profits, receipts, wages, compensation or similar items, the amount attributable to a Pre-Closing Tax Period ending on the Closing Date shall be determined on the basis of a closing of the books as of the close of business on the Closing

 

44


Date, except that any deductions attributable to the Company liabilities which, for Tax purposes, are related to the Pre-Closing Tax Period but are not taken into account as the Company’s liabilities for purposes of Closing Date Working Capital, shall not be considered to reduce the amount of any Tax liability for a Pre-Closing Tax Period, but shall instead be allocated to the period beginning after the Closing Date solely for purposes of determining the existence and the amount of indemnifiable Damages hereunder (irrespective of the appropriate Tax reporting treatment, which shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Buyer, except as may be otherwise determined under Section 8.2).

8.4 Cooperation . In connection with the preparation of Returns, audit examinations and any other administrative or judicial proceedings relating to the Tax liabilities imposed on the Company for all Pre-Closing Tax Periods, the Buyer, the Company and the Representative will cooperate fully with each other, including the furnishing of or making available during normal business hours of records, personnel (as reasonably required), books of account, powers of attorney or other materials necessary or helpful for the preparation of such Returns, the conduct of audit examinations or the defense of claims by Taxing Authorities as to the imposition of Taxes.

8.5 Tax Proceedings . Buyer shall promptly notify the Representative in writing upon receipt by Buyer or the Company of any written notice of a Tax proceeding that could give rise to a claim for indemnification under Article X . Subject to the foregoing Section 8.4 , Buyer shall have the right to control the conduct of any such Tax proceeding. Buyer shall keep the Representative informed of all developments in any such Tax proceeding on a timely basis, shall provide to the Representative copies of any and all correspondence received from the Taxing Authority related to such Tax proceeding and shall provide the Representative with the opportunity to attend conferences, hearings and other meetings with or involving the Taxing Authority, and to review and provide comments with respect to written responses provided to the Taxing Authority with respect to such Tax proceeding. Buyer shall not settle any such Tax proceeding without consulting the Representative. To the extent that control or settlement rights with respect to a Tax proceeding pursuant to this Section 8.5 may overlap with a control or settlement right under Article X , the provisions of this Section 8.5 shall govern such Tax proceeding control or settlement right.

ARTICLE IX

CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

9.1 Conditions of the Obligations of the Buyer . The obligations of the Buyer to consummate the Closing are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions. Any condition specified in this Section 9.1 may be waived if consented to by the Buyer; provided, however , that no such waiver shall be effective against the Buyer unless it is set forth in writing signed by the Buyer.

(a) Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Company . (i) Each of the representations and warranties of the Company made in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects (or, if any specific representation or warranty of the Company is expressly qualified by concepts of “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect,” then such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects) as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing (as if made anew at and as of the Closing) (except for representation and warranties which address matters only as to a specified date, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct with respect to such specified date); (ii) the Company shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all terms, agreements and covenants contained in this Agreement required to be performed or complied with by the Company on or before the Closing Date; and (iii) the Company shall have delivered to the Buyer a certificate dated the Closing Date, confirming the satisfaction of the conditions contained in Sections 9.1(a) (Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Company), 9.1(c) (No Injunction, Etc.), 9.1(d)

 

45


(No Proceedings), 9.1(e) (Required Filings), 9.1(f) (Governmental Approvals), 9.1(g) (Third Party Consents), 9.1(h) (Absence of Litigation) 9.1(i) (No Material Adverse Change) and 9.1(j) (Release of Liens) and such other evidence of compliance with their obligations as Buyer may reasonably request.

(b) Secretary’s Certificate . The Company shall have delivered to the Buyer a certificate from the Secretary of the Company certifying as to the due adoption of resolutions by the Board of Directors and Stockholders of the Company authorizing the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements, and the consummation of all other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, as determined by Buyer in its reasonable discretion.

(c) No Injunction, Etc . No provision of any applicable Law and no Order or proceeding shall be in effect that shall prohibit or restrict the consummation of the Closing, or that shall impact adversely the operation of the Business.

(d) No Proceedings . No proceeding challenging this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements or seeking to prohibit, alter, prevent, or materially delay the Closing or seeking Damages incident to this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements, shall have been instituted by any Person before any Governmental Authority and be pending.

(e) Required Filings . All actions by or in respect of, or filings by, the Company with any Person required to permit the consummation of the Closing shall have been taken or made.

(f) Governmental Approvals . All of the consents, approvals, authorizations, exemptions, and waivers from Governmental Authorities that shall be required in order to enable the Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(g) Third Party Consents . All consents, approvals, or waivers, if any, disclosed on any Schedule attached to this Agreement, required under Contracts with customers, suppliers, insurers, landlords and other third parties in connection with a change of control of the Company, or otherwise required in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, are set forth on Schedule 9.1(g) and shall have been received.

(h) Absence of Litigation . There is no material action, suit, investigation, arbitration, or administrative or other proceeding pending or threatened against or affecting Company, or any of its properties or assets.

(i) No Material Adverse Change . No change, event, occurrence, or circumstance shall have occurred or arisen that, individually or when considered together with all other matters, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(j) Release of Liens . All Liens on or against any assets or Capital Stock shall have been released, and the Company shall have provided the Buyer with documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Buyer evidencing such release.

(k) Ancillary Agreements . Each of the Ancillary Agreements shall have been executed and delivered by the Company, the Buyer and any other parties that are, as contemplated by this Agreement, to become a party thereto.

 

46


(l) Finders’ Fees . The Company shall have paid all fees or commissions or delivered a release of all further obligations of the Company and its Affiliates signed by Triple Tree, LLC and any other investment banker, broker, finder or other intermediary that is entitled to receive Company Transaction Expenses in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements, which release shall state the amount of Company Transaction Expenses owed and shall be conditioned solely upon such Person’s receipt of such Company Transaction Expenses.

(m) Benefit Plans . The Company or any applicable Subsidiary shall have terminated or amended certain of its Plans, as mutually agreed upon by the Company and Buyer and the Company shall have provided the Buyer with documentation reasonably satisfactory to the Buyer evidencing such terminations or amendments.

(n) Good Standing Certificates . The Company shall have delivered to the Buyer a certificate of good standing for the Company from the Secretary of State of the States of California and Delaware, as of a date within 5 days of the Closing Date. The Company shall have delivered good standing certificates for each of the Company’s Subsidiaries in their respective jurisdictions of organization, as of a date within 10 days of the Closing Date.

(o) FIRPTA Certificate . At least one of the Principal Stockholders will request, and the Company shall provide to the requesting Principal Stockholder and to the Buyer in response to such request, on or prior to the Closing Date, a certificate in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.1445-2(c)(3) promulgated under the Code certifying that the Company is not a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code in a form that is consistent with Treasury Regulations Section 1.897-2(h), acceptable for filing with the IRS and in such form as is reasonably acceptable to the Buyer.

(p) Resignations . The Company shall have delivered evidence of the resignation of the Company’s and each of its Subsidiaries’ Board of Directors and officers effective as of the Closing.

(q) Other Deliveries . The Company shall have delivered such other usual and customary documents, instruments, and certificates as the Buyer may reasonably request.

(r) Execution of Credit Agreement . On terms that are acceptable to it, Buyer shall have entered into the Wells Fargo Credit Agreement in order to provide sufficient funds to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (and to pay any related transaction costs), and to provide Buyer with working capital in an amount reasonably satisfactory to Buyer.

9.2 Conditions to Obligations of the Company . The obligations of the Company to consummate the Closing are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions. Any condition specified in this Section 9.2 may be waived if consented to by the Representative on behalf of the Company; provided, however , that no such waiver shall be effective against the Representative unless such waiver is set forth in writing signed by the Representative.

(a) Representations, Warranties, and Covenants of the Buyer . (a) Each of the representations and warranties of the Buyer made in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects (or, if any specific representation or warranty of the Buyer is expressly qualified by concepts of “ materiality ” or “ Material Adverse Effect ,” then such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all respects) as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing (as if made anew at and as of the Closing); and (b) the Buyer shall have performed and complied with all terms, agreements and covenants contained in this Agreement required to be performed or complied with by the Buyer on or before the Closing Date.

 

47


(b) No Injunction, Etc . No provision of any applicable Law and no Order shall be in effect with respect to the Buyer that shall prohibit the consummation of the Closing.

(c) Ancillary Agreements . Each of the Ancillary Agreements to which the Buyer is a party shall have been executed and delivered by the Buyer or its designee.

(d) Required Filings . All actions by or in respect of, or filings by, the Buyer required to be made or done to permit the consummation of the Closing shall have been taken or made.

(e) Governmental Approvals . All of the consents, approvals, authorizations, exemptions, and waivers from Governmental Authorities that shall be required in order to enable the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(f) No Proceedings . No proceeding challenging this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements or seeking to prohibit, alter, prevent, or materially delay the Closing or seeking Damages incident to this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements, shall have been instituted by any Person before any Governmental Authority and be pending.

(g) Subordinated Note Guaranty . The Subordinated Note Guaranty shall have been executed and delivered by the Guarantors (as such term is defined in the Subordinated Note Guaranty).

(h) Other Deliveries . Buyer and Merger Sub shall have delivered such other usual and customary documents, instruments, and certificates as the Company may reasonably request.

ARTICLE X

SURVIVAL; INDEMNIFICATION

10.1 Survival . The representations and warranties of the Parties contained in this Agreement or in any certificates or other writing delivered pursuant to this Agreement or in connection herewith will survive the Closing for eighteen (18) months thereafter; provided, however , that (a) the Special Representations shall survive the Closing for three (3) years thereafter, (b) the SOL Representations shall survive the Closing until 60 days past the expiration of the statute of limitations applicable to matters covered thereby (after giving effect to any waiver or extension thereof granted by the applicable Party or the pendency of any litigation or dispute resolution process), and (c) the representations and warranties and certifications contained in the certificates delivered pursuant to Section 9.1(a) shall survive for the same duration that the representations and warranties to which they are applicable survive. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the indemnification obligations with respect to any representation or warranty in respect of which indemnity may be sought under this Agreement shall survive the time at which it would otherwise terminate pursuant to the preceding sentence if written notice of the inaccuracy or breach thereof giving rise to such right of indemnity has been given to the Party against whom such indemnification may be sought prior to such time. Subject to any applicable statutes of limitations, all covenants and agreements of the parties contained in this Agreement will survive the Closing indefinitely.

 

48


10.2 Indemnification .

(a) The Stockholders shall, jointly and severally, indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Company, each of its Subsidiaries and the Buyer and their respective officers, shareholders, directors, employees and Affiliates (the “ Indemnified Parties ”) against any and all liabilities, damages, losses (including diminution in value of the Company or its Subsidiaries or the Indemnified Parties’ interests in the Company or its Subsidiaries), costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees and expenses) (“ Damages ”), incurred or suffered by the Indemnified Parties as a result of, relating to or arising out of, (i) any failure of any representation or warranty made by the Company in this Agreement or any of the closing certificates delivered pursuant to Section 9.1(a) of this Agreement to be true and correct as of the Closing (as if made anew at the Closing), (ii) any breach of any covenant or agreement of the Company in this Agreement; (iii) any exercise of any dissenters’ rights; (iv) any Company Transaction Expenses not paid at Closing or accrued as a liability in Closing Date Working Capital Adjustment; (v) any liability for Taxes of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries attributable to a Pre-Closing Tax Period, including any of the matters disclosed on Schedule 4.9; (vi) the matter involving Walgreen’s disclosed on Schedule 4.13; (vii) the matters disclosed on Schedule 4.14; (viii) the matters disclosed on Schedule 4.23(b); and (ix) unbillable costs in excess of $200,000 incurred during the remaining contract term to provide protected feature enhancement pursuant to the Buck Marketing Agreement.

(b) In no event shall the Indemnified Parties be entitled to recover any Damages pursuant to Section 10.2(a)(i) until aggregate Damages as a result of all claims successfully made pursuant to Section 10.2(a)(i) exceed $300,000 (the “ Tipping Basket ”), at which point the Indemnified Parties shall be entitled to recover for all Damages without regard to the Tipping Basket; provided, that such limitation shall not apply to claims related to or arising from the Special Representations, the SOL Representations or fraudulent, knowing, willful or intentional breaches or conduct, for which, in each case, the Stockholders shall be liable for all Damages and such Damages shall not count against the Tipping Basket. The Stockholders’ aggregate liability pursuant to Section 10.2(a)(i) shall not exceed $3,000,000 for all breaches of representations and warranties other than (i) the Special Representations, the SOL Representations or any of the closing certificates delivered pursuant to Section 9.1(a) as they relate to such representations, and (ii) fraudulent, knowing, willful or intentional breaches or conduct. If any Indemnified Party is entitled to receive any amount from the Stockholders under Article X , then the Indemnified Party shall first seek recovery from the Escrow Deposit and then the Earn-Out Payments, if any, for, and shall retain from the Escrow Deposit and the Earn-Out Payments, if any, as much of such amount as is available and not subject to other pending claims. To the extent the Escrow Deposit and the Earn-Out Payments are insufficient to satisfy an indemnification obligation owed to an Indemnified Party, then the Stockholders shall be obligated to pay severally and by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account designated by the Buyer, such Stockholders’ respective Pro Rata Share of any remaining indemnification obligation owed under Article X ; provided, however, that in no event shall the aggregate amount of any Stockholders’ out-of-pocket indemnification obligations exceed the aggregate amount of cash Merger Consideration actually distributed to and received by such Stockholder.

(c) Each Principal Stockholder, severally and not jointly, shall indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnified Parties from and against any and all Damages incurred by the Indemnified Parties resulting from or arising out of any breach of, or any inaccuracy in, any representation or warranty made by such Principal Stockholder in Article V or any breach or default in performance by such Principal Stockholder of any of its covenants or obligations set forth in this Agreement required to be performed by or complied with on or prior to the Closing Date.

(d) By approval of this Agreement, the Stockholders (a) expressly waive any rights of indemnification against the Company or its Subsidiaries for acts, circumstances, and events that give rise to indemnification obligations of any Stockholder arising under this Section 10.2 , and (b) agree and acknowledge that no Stockholder will have any right of contribution from, or right of subrogation against, the Company or its Subsidiaries in the event it is required to take, or refrain from taking, any action, whether by the payment of money or otherwise, as a result of this Section 10.2 .

 

49


(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, for purposes of determining the amount of any Damages that are the subject matter of a claim for indemnification for the breach of a representation or warranty hereunder (but not for purposes of determining whether there has been a breach of any representation or warranty herein), an amount of $10,000 shall be the materiality standard for all purposes and, therefore, each representation and warranty contained in this Agreement shall be read without regard and without giving effect to any materiality or material adverse effect or like standard or qualification contained in such representation or warranty.

(f) The rights of any Indemnified Party to recover any amounts pursuant to this Article X shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of the Indemnified Parties for any breaches of any representation and warranty provision of the Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement or any certificate or other documents delivered hereunder or any claim against the Stockholders related to the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except for liabilities arising out of or based on fraudulent, knowing, willful or intentional breaches or conduct and for equitable remedies.

10.3 Procedures .

(a) If an Indemnified Party receives notice of the assertion or commencement of any Third Party Claim against such Indemnified Party with respect to which the Person against whom or which such indemnification is being sought (an “ Indemnifying Party ”) is obligated to provide indemnification under this Agreement, the Indemnified Party will give such Indemnifying Party reasonably prompt written notice thereof, but in any event not later than 30 days after receipt of such written notice of such Third Party Claim. Such notice by the Indemnified Party will describe the Third Party Claim in reasonable detail, will include copies of all available material written evidence thereof, and will indicate the estimated amount, if reasonably practicable, of the Damages that have been or may be sustained by the Indemnified Party. The Indemnifying Party will have the right to participate in, or, by giving written notice to the Indemnified Party, to assume the defense of, any Third Party Claim at such Indemnifying Party’s own expense and by such Indemnifying Party’s own counsel (reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party), and the Indemnified Party will cooperate in good faith in such defense.

(b) If, within 30 days after receiving notice of a Third Party Claim from an Indemnified Party pursuant to Section 10.3(a) , an Indemnifying Party delivers written notice to the Indemnified Party that the Indemnifying Party has elected to assume the defense of such Third Party Claim as provided in the last sentence of Section 10.3(a) , the Indemnifying Party will not be liable for any expenses subsequently incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection with the defense thereof; provided, however , that (i) if the Indemnifying Party fails to take reasonable steps necessary to defend diligently such Third Party Claim within 30 days after receiving written notice from the Indemnified Party that the Indemnified Party believes the Indemnifying Party has failed to take such steps or if the Indemnifying Party has not undertaken fully to indemnify the Indemnified Party in respect of all Damages relating to the matter, the Indemnified Party may assume its own defense, and the Indemnifying Party will be liable for all reasonable costs and expenses paid or incurred in connection therewith, and (ii) the Indemnified Party may employ separate counsel, and the Indemnifying Party will bear the expenses of such separate counsel, if in the written opinion of counsel to the Indemnified Party use of counsel of the Indemnifying Party’s choice would be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest. Without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, the Indemnifying Party will not enter into any settlement of any Third Party Claim that would lead to loss, liability, or create any financial or other obligation on the part of the Indemnified Party for which the Indemnified Party is not entitled to indemnification hereunder, or which provides for injunctive or other non-monetary relief applicable to the Indemnified Party, or does not include an unconditional release of all Indemnified Parties.

 

50


(c) Any claim by an Indemnified Party on account of Damages that does not result from a Third Party Claim (a “ Direct Claim ”) will be asserted by giving the Indemnifying Party reasonably prompt written notice thereof, but in any event not later than 30 days after the Indemnified Party becomes aware of such Direct Claim. Such notice by the Indemnified Party will describe the Direct Claim in reasonable detail, will include copies of all available material written evidence thereof, and will indicate the estimated amount, if reasonably practicable, of Damages that has been or may be sustained by the Indemnified Party. The Indemnifying Party will have a period of 30 days within which to respond in writing to such Direct Claim. If the Indemnifying Party does not so respond within such 30-day period, the Indemnifying Party will be deemed to have rejected such claim, in which event the Indemnified Party will be free to pursue such remedies as may be available to the Indemnified Party at the Indemnifying Party’s expense pursuant to the terms and subject to the provisions of this Agreement.

(d) A failure to give timely notice or to include any specified information in any notice as provided in this Section 10.3 will not affect the rights or obligations of any Party, except and only to the extent that, as a result of such failure, any Party that was entitled to receive such notice was deprived of its right to recover any payment under its applicable insurance coverage or was otherwise prejudiced as a result of such failure.

10.4 Right to Assert Claims . The right to indemnification or other remedy based upon the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements shall not be affected by any investigation (including any environmental investigation or assessment) conducted or any knowledge acquired or capable of being acquired at any time, whether before or after the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the Closing, with respect to the accuracy or inaccuracy of or compliance with any such representations, warranties, covenants and agreements. The waiver of any condition based on the accuracy of any representation or warranty, or on the performance of or compliance with any covenant or obligation, will not affect the right to indemnification, payment of Damages, or other remedy based upon such representations, warranties, covenants and obligations.

10.5 Offset of Loss . Any obligation to pay indemnifiable Damages shall be reduced by an amount equal to any income Tax benefits obtained by such Indemnified Person (or for its benefit) as a result of the event giving rise to such obligation, after taking into account (i) any insurance and other reimbursement benefits described in the preceding paragraph and (ii) the income Tax treatment of the Indemnified Party’s receipt of such insurance benefits and reimbursement. If the amount of indemnifiable Damages, at any time prior to or subsequent to the payment thereof pursuant to this Article X , is reduced pursuant to this Section 10.5, the amount of such reduction shall be offset against such payment obligation or, if already paid to an Indemnified Party, promptly repaid by the Indemnified Party, net of (i) any out-of-pocket expenses, (ii) increases in premiums or (iii) any deductible incurred in obtaining such reduction. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, including this Section 10.5, there shall be no affirmative obligation or duty on the part of either Buyer or the Surviving Company to obtain insurance with respect to any aspect of their respective businesses, operations or assets in excess of the insurance carried by the Company on the Closing Date.

10.6 Merger Consideration Adjustment . The Parties agree that any indemnification payment made pursuant to this Agreement shall be treated as an adjustment to the Merger Consideration for Tax purposes, unless otherwise required by Law.

 

51


ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

11.1 Termination .

(a) This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing:

(i) by the written consent of the Buyer and Company;

(ii) by the Buyer, if there has been a breach by the Company of any covenant, representation, or warranty contained in this Agreement that would prevent or has prevented the satisfaction of any condition to the obligations of the Buyer, as applicable, at the Closing, and such breach has not been waived by the Buyer, as applicable, or, in the case of a covenant breach, cannot be or has not been cured by the Company within the earlier of (i) 5 days after written notice thereof from the Buyer or (ii) the Closing Date;

(iii) by the Company, if there has been a breach by the Buyer of any covenant, representation, or warranty contained in this Agreement that would prevent or has prevented the satisfaction of any condition to the obligations of the Company at the Closing, and such breach has not been waived by the Company or, in the case of a covenant breach, cannot be or has not been cured by the Buyer, as applicable, within the earlier of (i) 5 days after written notice thereof by the Company or (ii) the Closing Date;

(iv) by Buyer, if Buyer determines in good faith that any event, occurrence, fact or circumstance has occurred which has had or is reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(v) by Buyer or the Company if the transactions contemplated hereby have not been consummated by January 15, 2013; provided, however, that (i) the Buyer or the Company, as applicable, will not be entitled to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 11.1(a)(v) if the Buyer’s breach of this Agreement, on the one hand, and the Company’s breach of this Agreement, on the other hand, has prevented the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(vi) by Buyer, if the Company does not deliver written consents evidencing the Requisite Stockholder Approval by the Delivery Deadline; and

(vii) by Buyer, if the Company shall have materially breached any of its obligations under Section 7.2 .

(b) In the event of termination of this Agreement as provided in Section 11.1(a) , this Agreement shall forthwith become void and there shall be no liability or obligation on the part of Buyer, Merger Sub or the Company, or any of their respective directors, officers or other employees, or stockholders, if applicable; provided, however, that each party hereto shall remain liable for any willful and intentional breaches of this Agreement by such party that occurred prior to its termination; and provided further, however, that the provisions of Article XI hereof (Miscellaneous) shall remain in full force and effect and survive any termination of this Agreement pursuant to the terms of this Section 11.1 .

11.2 Notices . Any notice, request, instruction or other document required or permitted to be given under this Agreement will be in writing and will be given to such party at its address set forth in Annex II attached to this Agreement or to such other address as the Party to whom notice is to be given

 

52


may provide in a written notice to the party giving such notice. Each such notice, request, or other communication will be effective (x) if given by certified mail, 72 hours after such communication is deposited in the mails with certified postage prepaid addressed as aforesaid, (y) 1 Business Day after being furnished to a nationally recognized overnight courier for next Business Day delivery, or (z) on the date sent if sent by electronic mail or facsimile transmission, receipt confirmed, in each case.

11.3 Amendments and Waivers .

(a) Amendment . Prior to the Closing, this Agreement may only be amended by a writing executed by Buyer, the Company and Merger Sub. After the Closing, this Agreement may only be amended by a writing executed by Buyer and the Representative.

(b) Extension; Waiver . At any time prior to the Effective Time, Buyer and Merger Sub, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, may, to the extent legally allowed, (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations of the other party hereto, (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties made to such party contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto, and (c) waive any of the covenants, agreements or conditions for the benefit of such party contained herein. Any agreement on the party of a party hereto to any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed on behalf of such party.

11.4 Expenses .

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement, the Buyer will pay the fees and expenses incurred or authorized by the Buyer (and its Affiliates) incident to this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and in preparing to consummate and consummating the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including all fees or commission of Triple Tree, LLC and any other investment banker, broker, finder or other intermediary with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements, and the out-of-pocket fees, disbursements, and other charges of its legal counsel, consultants, accountants and other representatives). The Stockholders shall bear their own fees and expenses, and the fees and expenses of the Company, incurred or authorized by the Stockholders, the Company or their respective Affiliates incident to this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and in preparing to consummate and consummating the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including (i) any sale, “stay-around,” retention, or similar bonuses or payments to current or former directors, officers, employees and consultants paid as a result of or in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the employer portion of any employment Taxes payable with respect thereto, (ii) the employer portion of any employment Taxes incurred with respect to the exercise of Options or Warrants, (iii) any payments to holders of Options in connection with the termination of Options and (iv) reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including the out-of-pocket fees, disbursements, and other charges of their respective legal counsel, consultants, accountants and other representatives) (collectively, “ Company Transaction Expenses ”), and such Company Transaction Expenses shall be paid by the Company prior to Closing or at the Closing pursuant to Section 3.4(a)(iii)(B) .

(b) If the Closing does not occur, each Party to this Agreement will pay its own fees and expenses incurred incident to this Agreement.

11.5 Successors and Assigns . The provisions of this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that no Party may assign, delegate or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement

 

53


without the consent of each other Party to this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Buyer may assign the Agreement and its rights and obligations hereunder (i) to a wholly-owned subsidiary of Buyer; (ii) in connection with a merger or consolidation of the Buyer or a sale of all or substantially all of its assets, to the Person who acquires the Buyer or all or substantially all of its assets, (ii) to any lender providing financing to the Buyer for collateral security purposes and (iii) to its Affiliates.

11.6 Third Party Beneficiaries . Except as provided in Article X , this Agreement is for the sole benefit of the Parties and their permitted assigns and nothing herein expressed or implied will give or be construed to give to any Person, other than the Parties and such permitted assigns, any legal or equitable rights under this Agreement; provided, however , that Wells Fargo Bank, National Association is an intended third party beneficiary of this Agreement in connection with the extension of credit to the Buyer pursuant to the Wells Fargo Credit Agreement.

11.7 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be interpreted in all respects in accordance with and under the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflicts of laws rules of such state.

11.8 Waiver of Trial by Jury . TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE PARTIES HEREBY KNOWINGLY, INTENTIONALLY AND VOLUNTARILY, WITH AND UPON THE ADVICE OF COMPETENT COUNSEL, WAIVE THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF, OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE.

11.9 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be an original with the same effect as if the signatures on each counterpart were upon the same instrument. Any counterpart, to the extent delivered by means of a facsimile machine or by .pdf, .tig, .gif, .peg or similar attachment to electronic mail, shall be treated in all manner and respects as an original executed counterpart and shall be considered to have the same binding legal effect as an original signed version delivered in person.

11.10 Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and will not control or affect the meaning or construction of any provisions of this Agreement.

11.11 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements (including the Schedules, Exhibits, and Annexes hereto and thereto) constitute the entire agreement among the Parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and such Ancillary Agreements. This Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements (including the Schedules, Exhibits, and Annexes) supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both oral and written, between the Parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and such Ancillary Agreements, including the letter agreement dated November 20, 2012.

11.12 Confidentiality . In consideration of the benefits of this Agreement to the Stockholders and the Company and in order to induce Buyer to enter into this Agreement, each Stockholder (by his, her or its approval hereof) and the Company hereby covenants, severally and not jointly, and agrees that from the date of this Agreement, through, and after the Closing, the Company, each Stockholder and its Affiliates shall keep confidential and not disclose to any other Person or use for their own benefit or the benefit of any other Person any confidential information regarding the Company. The obligation of the Company, the Stockholders and their Affiliates under this Section 11.12 shall not apply to information which: (a) is or becomes generally available to the public without breach of the commitment provided for in this Section 11.12 ; or (b) is required to be disclosed by Law, Order or regulation of a court or tribunal or Governmental Authority; provided , however , that in any such case, the Representative shall notify Buyer as early as reasonably practicable prior to disclosure to allow Buyer to take appropriate measures to preserve the confidentiality of such information.

 

54


11.13 Public Announcements . Each of the Company and, by their approval hereof, the Stockholders, agree that no public release or announcement concerning the transactions contemplated hereby shall be issued by them without the prior written consent of the Buyer, except as such release or announcement may be required by applicable law or the rules or regulations of any applicable securities exchange or regulatory or Governmental Authority to which the relevant Party is subject or submits, wherever situated, in which case the Party required to make the release or announcement shall use its reasonable best efforts to allow each other Party reasonable time to comment on such release or announcement in advance of such issuance, it being understood that the final form and content of any such release or announcement, to the extent so required, shall be at the final discretion of the Buyer.

11.14 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement, portion thereof or the application of any such provision or portion thereof to any Person or circumstance is held or declared invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect by any court or tribunal having jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision and such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision will be reformed, construed and enforced as if such provision had never been contained herein and there had been contained in this Agreement instead such valid, legal and enforceable provisions as would most nearly accomplish the intent and purpose of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision and the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect

11.15 Representative .

(a) Effective upon the receipt by the Company of the Requisite Stockholder Approval, by the approval of this Agreement, each Stockholder hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Representative as the true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact of the Stockholders, for and on behalf of the Stockholders, with full power of substitution and authority to act in the name, place and stead of the Stockholders with respect to the Merger and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, to act on behalf of the Stockholders in any litigation or arbitration involving this Agreement, to give and receive notices and communications on behalf of the Stockholders, and to do or refrain from doing all such further acts and things, and to execute all such documents as the Representative shall deem necessary or appropriate in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the power to (i) to agree to, negotiate, enter into settlements and compromises of, and demand arbitration and comply with orders of courts and awards of arbitrators with respect to claims for indemnification, to authorize deliver to Buyer or any Indemnified Party of any payment hereunder, and to otherwise act for the Stockholders with regard to all matters pertaining to indemnification referred to in this Agreement, (ii) execute and deliver all amendments, waivers, Ancillary Agreements, stock powers, certificates and documents that the Representative deems necessary or appropriate in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (iii) receive funds and make payments of funds to pay any amounts that the Representative has incurred or reasonably expects to incur in connection with the Stockholders’ obligations under this Agreement, including amounts required to pay the fees and expenses of professionals incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (iv) do or refrain from doing any further act or deed on behalf of the Stockholders that the Representative deems necessary or appropriate in his sole discretion relating to the subject matter of this Agreement as fully and completely as the Stockholders could do if personally present, and (v) receive service of process in connection with any claims under this Agreement.

(b) The appointment of the Representative shall be deemed coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable, and the Buyer and any other Person may conclusively and absolutely rely, without inquiry, upon any action of the Representative in all matters referred to herein. The

 

55


Stockholders hereby confirm all that the Representative shall do or cause to be done by virtue of his appointment as the Representative. The Representative shall act for all Stockholders on all of the matters set forth in this Agreement in the manner the Representative believes to be in the best interest of the Stockholders and consistent with the obligations under this Agreement, but the Representative shall not be responsible to the Stockholders for any losses or damages the Stockholders may suffer by the performance of his duties under this Agreement (or any failure to perform such duties) and the Stockholders shall fully indemnify, on a joint and several basis, the Representative from and against any such losses or damages, other than any such losses or damages arising from his willful violation of any applicable Law or gross negligence in the performance of his duties as the Representative under this Agreement, including reasonable legal fees and other costs and expenses of defending against any claim arising out of such duties. Such indemnification obligation may be satisfied by the Stockholders from any amount to be actually distributed to the Stockholders in accordance with the Escrow Agreement and the Exchange Agent Agreement (it being understood that the Representative shall be only entitled to a portion of any such amount to be distributed to the Stockholders and that the Representative’s right to any portion of such amount pursuant to this clause shall be subject to the prior right of Indemnified Parties to make claims for Damages).

(c) The Representative is not entitled to amend this Agreement or take any actions on behalf of the Stockholders prior to the receipt by the Company of the Requisite Stockholder Approval. The Representative may, in all questions arising hereunder, rely on the advice of counsel and other professionals, and for anything done, omitted or suffered in good faith by the Representative based on such advice, the Representative shall not be liable to anyone. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Representative shall have no duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth herein, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities on behalf of any Stockholder shall otherwise exist against the Representative.

(d) If the Representative shall die, become disabled or otherwise be unable or unwilling to fulfill his responsibilities as agent of the Stockholders, then a majority in interest of the Stockholders (based on the percentage of the Escrow Deposit to which they are entitled) shall appoint a successor agent for the Stockholders. The Person serving as the Representative may be replaced from time to time by the holders of a majority in interest of the Stockholders (based on the percentage of the Escrow Deposit to which they are entitled). In either case, the successor Representative shall promptly notify the Buyer of the identity of such successor Representative. Any such successor shall become the “Representative” for purposes of this Agreement. All expenses incurred by the Representative in connection with the performance of his duties as Representative shall be borne and paid exclusively by the Stockholders. All of the indemnities, immunities and powers granted to the Representative under this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

56


The parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

BUYER:
CONNECTURE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Robert Douglas Schneider

Name:   Robert Douglas Schneider
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
MERGER SUB:
DRX ACQUISITION COMPANY
By:  

/s/ Robert Douglas Schneider

Name:   Robert Douglas Schneider
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
COMPANY :
DESTINATIONRX, INC.
By:  

/s/ Randall P. Herman

Name:   Randall P. Herman
Title:   Chief Executive Officer
REPRESENTATIVE:

/s/ Randall P. Herman

Randall P. Herman

 

[Signature page to Merger Agreement]


The parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS:
LEMHI VENTURES FUND I, LP
By: Lemhi Ventures I, LLC
Its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Randall Schmidt

Name:   Randall Schmidt
Title:   Member
YANKEE INVESTMENT HOLDINGS LLC
By:  

/s/ Kenneth M. Shachmut

Name:   Kenneth M. Shachmut
Title:   President
DIAMOND CREEK INVESTMENTS, LTD.
By: Diamond Creek Investments, LTD
Its General Partner
By:  

/s/ Thomas McChristy

Name:   Thomas McChristy
Title:   President

/s/ Michael Cho

Michael Cho

/s/ Michael Chung

Michael Chung

 

[Signature page to Merger Agreement]


A NNEXES , S CHEDULES AND E XHIBITS *

 

Annexes

    

Annex I

          Definitions

Annex II

          Notices

Annex III

          Working Capital Guidelines

Annex IV

          Additional Cash Payment Calculation

Exhibits

    

Exhibit A

          Certificate of Merger

Exhibit B

          Form of Note

Exhibit C-1

          Escrow Agreement

Exhibit C-2

          Exchange Agent Agreement

Exhibit D

          Support Agreement

Schedules

    

Schedule 3.8(k)

          Earn-Out

Schedule 4.4

          Non-Contravention; Consents; Restrictive Documents

Schedule 4.5

          Capitalization; Subsidiaries

Schedule 4.6

          Financial Statements; Company’s Books

Schedule 4.7

          No Undisclosed Liabilities

Schedule 4.8

          Interested Person Transactions

Schedule 4.9

          Tax Matters

Schedule 4.10

          Absence of Certain Changes

Schedule 4.11

          Contracts

Schedule 4.12

          Government Contracts

Schedule 4.13

          Insurance Coverage

Schedule 4.14

          Litigation

Schedule 4.16

          Properties; Sufficiency of Assets

Schedule 4.17

          Accounts Receivable (As of November 30, 2012)

Schedule 4.18

          Intellectual Property

Schedule 4.20

          Employee Benefit Plans; ERISA

Schedule 4.21

          Interests in Counterparties and Others

Schedule 4.22

          Employees and Contractors

Schedule 4.23

          Workers’ Compensation/OSHA

Schedule 4.24

          Indebtedness

Schedule 4.25

          Customers and Suppliers

Schedule 4.26

          Warranties

Schedule 4.27

          Absence of Certain Business Practices

Schedule 4.29

          Finders’ Fees

Schedule 6.3

          Buyer’s Disclosure Schedule

Schedule 7.8

          Termination of Liens

Schedule 9.1(g)

          Conditions of the Obligations of Buyer


* The annexes, exhibits and schedules to the Agreement and Plan of Merger have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K because such annexes, exhibits and schedules do not contain information which is material to an investment decision or which is not otherwise disclosed in the relevant document. The Company hereby agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any such omitted annex, exhibit or schedule to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.


Annex I

Definitions

In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings when used herein with initial capital letters:

Accounts Receivable ”: all accounts receivable, including trade and miscellaneous accounts receivable, arising out of the Business.

Additional Cash Payment ”: as set forth in Section 3.9 .

Adjustment Excess ”: as set forth in Section 3.5(a) .

Adjustment Shortfall ”: as set forth in Section 3.5(a) .

Affiliate ”: with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the first Person. For the purposes of this definition, “ control ,” when used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and the terms “ controlling ” and “ controlled ” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. With respect to any natural Person, “ Affiliate ” will include such Person’s grandparents, any descendants of such Person’s grandparents, such Person’s spouse, the grandparents of such Person’s spouse, and any descendants of the grandparents of such Person’s spouse (in each case, whether by blood, adoption or marriage). For purposes of clarity, “Affiliate” shall not include any of the portfolio companies or limited partners of Lemhi Ventures or any other institutional Stockholder of the Company.

Agreement ”: as set forth in the introductory paragraph.

Ancillary Agreements ”: the Escrow Agreement, the Exchange Agent Agreement, the Support Agreements and the Note.

Arbiter ” shall mean Ernst & Young, LLP or, if Ernst & Young, LLP is unwilling to serve, another mutually acceptable nationally recognized firm of independent accountants that has not provided services to either the Company or Buyer in the preceding two years, or if no such firm is available and willing to serve, then a mutually acceptable expert in public accounting, in each case, upon which Buyer and Representative shall have mutually agreed (or, if Buyer and Representative are unable to agree, as determined by the American Arbitration Association sitting in Chicago, Illinois).

Arrangement :” as set forth in Section 4.20(g) .

Balance Sheet ”: the consolidated balance sheet of the Company, as of November 30, 2012, included in the Financial Statements.

Balance Sheet Date ”: November 30, 2012.

Board of Directors ”: the board of directors of the Company.


Buck Marketing Agreement ”: Marketing Agreement, dated October 1, 2010 by and between Buck Consultants, LLC and the Company by and through its affiliated company RXHealth Insurance Agency, Inc.

Business ”: the business of providing any prescription drug comparison and any Medicare and/or Senior Market (defined as age 65 and over) health plan comparison technology solutions and enrollment services, as currently conducted by the Company, and the business of providing non-Medicare health plan comparison and enrollment services using the Company’s technology platform.

Business Day ”: any day other than a Saturday or Sunday or a day on which the Federal Reserve Bank of New York is closed.

Buyer ”: as set forth in the introductory paragraph.

Buyer Financial Statements ”: (i) the audited balance sheet of Buyer as of December 31, 2011, together with the related audited statements of income and cash flow for the periods then ended and (ii) the unaudited balance sheet, together with the related unaudited statements of income and cash flow for the period ending on October 31, 2012.

Cancelled Treasury Shares ”: as set forth in Section 3.1(b) .

Capital Lease Obligations ”: with respect to any Person, for any applicable period, the obligations of such Person that are permitted or required to be classified and accounted for as capital obligations under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations at any date will be the capitalized amount of such obligations at such date determined in accordance with GAAP.

Capital Stock ” means the Common Stock and Preferred Stock.

Cause ” for termination shall mean: (i) conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, any felony or of any other crime involving dishonesty, moral turpitude or illegal drugs; (ii) Key Employee’s breach of any material provision of any agreement between Key Employee and the Buyer or any of its subsidiaries, which breach has not been cured within 5 days following notice to such Key Employee if such breach is capable of being cured, (iii) Key Employee’s refusal to abide by or comply with lawful directives of the Buyer or any of its subsidiaries or the Board of Directors of the Buyer or any of its subsidiaries; which refusal has not been cured within 5 days following notice to such Key Employee if such refusal is capable of being cured, (iv) Key Employee’s willful dishonesty, fraud, or misconduct with respect to the business or affairs of the Buyer or any of its subsidiaries, (v) intentional and material damage to any property of the Buyer or any of its subsidiaries, (vi) threats, acts of violence or unlawful harassment in the workplace or in the course and scope of any business activity on behalf of the Buyer or any of its subsidiaries; or (vii) conduct by Key Employee which demonstrates gross unfitness to serve (for example, (A) improper fraternization, flirtation and/or advances made by Key Employee to any Buyer or Buyer subsidiary personnel or any customers or prospects of the Buyer or any of its subsidiaries, (B) use of alcohol or drugs that interferes with the performance of Key Employee’s duties or compromises the integrity and reputation of the Buyer or any of its subsidiaries, (C) unauthorized possession of weapons, firearms, ammunitions or explosives by Key Employee while on any premises of the Buyer or any of its subsidiaries, or while rendering services on behalf of the Buyer or any of its subsidiaries, or (D) making malicious or derogatory statements that are reasonably likely to damage the integrity or reputation of the Buyer or any of its subsidiaries, their respective products and performance, or their respective officers, employees or directors).


CERCLA ” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, and any applicable rules, regulations, directives, Orders, and guidance promulgated thereunder, and any successor to such statute, rules, regulations, directives, Orders or guidance.

Certificate of Merger ”: as set forth in Section 2.2 .

Certificates ”: as set forth in Section 3.4(b) .

Closing ”: as set forth in Section 2.2 .

Closing Cash Amount ”: the amount of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents at Closing, determined as set forth in Section 3.5(b) .

Closing Cash Consideration ”: (i) $27,000,000 minus (ii) the Closing Payables, to the extent not reflected as liabilities in the calculation of the Estimated Closing Date Working Capital Adjustment, plus (iii) the Closing Cash Amount minus (iv) the Adjustment Shortfall, if any minus (v) the Expense Escrow Amount.

Closing Date ”: as set forth in Section 2.2 .

Closing Date Working Capital Adjustment ”: as set forth in Section 3.5(b) .

Closing Date Working Capital Adjustment Statement ”: as set forth in Section 3.5(b) .

Closing Payables ”: as set forth in Section 3.4(a)(iii) .

COBRA ”: as set forth in Section 4.20(b) .

Code ”: the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Company ”: as set forth in the introductory paragraph.

Company Data ” shall mean the data contained in the databases of the Company, including User Data and Personal Information.

Company IP Rights ”: (i) any and all Intellectual Property used in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries as currently conducted or as currently proposed to be conducted by the Company or any Subsidiary; and (ii) any and all other Intellectual Property owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries.

Company IP Rights Agreements : as set forth in Section 4.18(h) .

Company-Owned IP Rights ”: (i) Company IP Rights that are owned or are purportedly owned by or exclusively licensed to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; and (ii) Company IP Rights that were developed for the Company or a Subsidiary by full or part time employees or consultants of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

Company Products ”: all products or services produced, marketed, licensed, sold, distributed or performed by or on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and all products or services currently under development by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.


Company Registered Intellectual Property ”: all United States, international and foreign (i) patents and patent applications (including provisional applications); (ii) registered trademarks, applications to register trademarks, intent-to-use applications, or other registrations or applications related to trademarks; (iii) registered Internet domain names; (iv) registered copyrights and applications for copyright registration; and (v) any other Intellectual Property that is the subject of an application, certificate, filing, registration or other document issued, filed with, or recorded by any governmental authority owned by, registered or filed in the name of, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

Company Real Property ”: any real property and improvements at any time owned, leased, used, operated, or occupied (whether for storage, disposal, or otherwise) by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, together with any and all appurtenant easements and beneficial rights thereto.

Company Source Code ”: collectively, any software source code or confidential manufacturing specifications or designs, any material portion or aspect of software source code or confidential manufacturing specifications or designs, or any material proprietary information or algorithm contained in or relating to any software source code or confidential manufacturing specifications or designs, of any Company-Owned IP Rights or Company-Owned IP Rights embodied in Company Products.

Common Stock ”: shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company.

Company Transaction Expenses ”: as set forth in Section 11.4(a) .

Confidential Information : as set forth in Section 4.18(u) .

Contracts ”: contracts, leases and subleases, franchises, agreements, licenses, arrangements, commitments, letters of intent, memoranda of understanding, promises, obligations, rights, instruments, documents, indentures, mortgages, security interests, guarantees, and other similar arrangements whether written or oral, other than the Plans.

Contract Disputes Act ”: the Contract Disputes Act of 1978, as amended from time to time.

Damages ”: as set forth in Section 10.2(a) .

Data Privacy Laws ”: a data protection, privacy, security, confidentiality, or destruction Law in any relevant jurisdiction.

Delivery Deadline ”: as set forth in Section 7.4 .

DGCL ”: as set forth in the Recitals.

Direct Claim ”: as set forth in Section 10.3(c) .

Dissenting Shares ”: as set forth in Section 3.6(a) .

2013 Earn-Out Revenue ”: as set forth in Section 3.8(b) .

2014 Earn-Out Revenue ”: as set forth in Section 3.8(b) .

Earn-Out Payments : as set forth in Section 3.8(a)(iii) .

2013 Earn-Out Payment ”: as set forth in Section 3.8(a)(i) .


2014 Earn-Out Payment ”: as set forth in Section 3.8(a)(ii) .

Effective Time ”: as set forth in Section 2.2 .

EGTRRA ”: the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001, as amended.

Environmental, Health, and Safety Requirements ” shall mean all Laws and Orders concerning public health and safety, worker and occupational health and safety, natural resources and pollution or protection of the environment, including all those relating to the presence, use, production, generation, handling, transportation, treatment, storage, disposal, distribution, labeling, testing, processing, discharge, release, threatened release, control, or cleanup of any Hazardous Materials, materials, or wastes, chemical substances, or mixtures, pesticides, pollutants, contaminants, toxic chemicals, petroleum products or byproducts, fuel oil products and byproducts, mold, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls, noise, or radiation.

ERISA ”: the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

ERISA Affiliate ”: any Person that would be considered a single employer with the Company within the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA or Section 414 of the Code.

Escrow Agent ”: U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association.

Escrow Agreement ”: the Escrow Agreement to be dated as of the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 .

Escrow Deposit ”: as set forth in Section 3.4(a)(ii) .

Estimated Closing Date Working Capital Adjustment ”: as set forth in Section 3.5(a) .

Estimated 2013 Earn-Out Revenue Statement ”: as set forth in Section 3.8(c) .

Estimated 2014 Earn-Out Revenue Statement ”: as set forth in Section 3.8(h) .

2013 Earn-Out Revenue Notice of Objection ”: as set forth in Section 3.8(d) .

2013 Earn-Out Revenue Review Period ”: as set forth in Section 3.8(d) .

Exchange Act ”: the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Exchange Agent ”: as set forth in Section 3.4(b) .

Exchange Agent Agreement ”: the Exchange Agent Agreement to be dated as of the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit C-2 .

Exchange Fund ”: as set forth in Section 3.4(a)(i) .

Fair Labor Standards Act ”: the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended from time to time.


Expense Escrow Amount ”: $50,000 to be deposited into the Expense Escrow (as such term is defined in the Escrow Agreement) in accordance with Section 3.4(a)(ii) and disbursed pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement.

FAR ”: as set forth in Section 4.12(a)(ii).

Financial Statements ”: (i) the audited balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 2011, together with the related audited statements of income and cash flow for the periods then ended and (ii) the unaudited Balance Sheet, together with the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flow for the period ending on November 30, 2012, all of which are attached as Schedule 4.6(a) .

Foreign Plan ” means (i) any employee benefit plan, program, policy, practice or other arrangement mandated by a Governmental Authority outside the United States for the benefit of any current or former employees, officers, directors or independent contractors of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate; (ii) any employee benefit plan or other compensatory arrangement that is (A) maintained or contributed to by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate and (B) is subject to the Laws of a country other than the United States; or (iii) any employee benefit plan or other compensatory arrangement that covers or has covered employees, officers, directors, or independent contractors of the Company or any ERISA Affiliate whose services are performed primarily outside the United States.

GAAP ”: generally accepted accounting principles in effect from time to time in the United States of America, applied on a consistent basis.

Government Bid ” means a quotation, bid or proposal made by the Company that, if accepted or awarded to the Company would lead to a contract with any person or entity for the sale of products or services by the Company, and that is submitted by the Company to a Governmental Authority, including a prime contractor or a higher tier subcontractor to the United States government or any foreign government for the design, manufacture or sale of products or the provision of services by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

Government Contract ” means any prime contract, subcontract, basic ordering agreement, letter contract, purchase order, delivery order, task order, teaming agreement or other contract, or a legally binding commitment thereunder or relating thereto, to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound or otherwise is subject, the ultimate contracting party of which is a Governmental Authority.

Governmental Authority ”: any federal, state, county, city, municipal, or other local or foreign government or any subdivision, authority, commission, board, bureau, court, administrative panel, or other instrumentality thereof.

Guarantee ”: of or by any Person (the “ guaranteeing person ”), means, without duplication, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guaranteeing person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, by agreement to keep well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay or otherwise) or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment of such Indebtedness, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness of the payment of such Indebtedness, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the holders of such Indebtedness of the


payment thereof or to protect such holders against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part) or (b) any Lien on any assets of the guaranteeing person securing any Indebtedness of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the guaranteeing person.

Hazardous Materials ” means (a) petroleum or petroleum products, flammable materials, explosives, radioactive materials, radon gas, lead-based paint, asbestos in any form, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), transformers or other equipment that contain dielectric fluid containing PCBs and toxic mold or fungus of any kind or species, (b) any chemicals or other materials or substances which are defined as or included in the definition of “hazardous substances,” “hazardous wastes,” “hazardous materials,” “toxic substances,” “toxic pollutants,” “contaminants,” “pollutants,” or words of similar import under any applicable Environmental, Health, and Safety Requirements, and (c) any other chemical, material or substance; exposure to which is prohibited, limited or regulated under any applicable Environmental, Health, and Safety Requirements.

Immigration Reform and Control Act ”: the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Indebtedness ”: with respect to any Person, without duplication, (i) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, whether short-term or long-term, and whether secured or unsecured, or with respect to deposits or advances of any kind (other than deposits and advances of any Person relating to the purchase of products or services of the Company in the Ordinary Course), (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (iii) all obligations of such Person upon which interest charges are customarily paid (other than trade payables incurred in the Ordinary Course), (iv) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property or assets purchased by such Person, (v) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than current trade payables incurred in the Ordinary Course), (vi) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed, (vii) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (viii) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (ix) all net payments that such Person would have to make in the event of an early termination, on the date Indebtedness of such Person is being determined, in respect of outstanding interest rate protection agreements, foreign currency exchange arrangements or other interest or exchange rate hedging arrangements, (x) all obligations including reimbursement obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, fidelity bonds, surety bonds, performance bonds and bankers’ acceptances, (xi) obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise acquire for value any capital stock of such Person or any warrants, rights or options to acquire such capital stock, (xii) renewals, extensions, refundings, deferrals, restructurings, amendments and modifications of any such Indebtedness or Guarantee and (xiii) any other obligation that in accordance with GAAP is required to be reflected as debt on the balance sheet of such Person (other than trade payables and current accruals incurred in the Ordinary Course); provided , however , that obligations under the following capital leases shall not be considered “Indebtedness”: (y) that certain Master Lease Agreement dated as of April 23, 2007 with Dell Financial Services, L.P., and (z) that certain lease for office furniture with Mintaka Financial, LLC dated on or about April 9, 2012. The Indebtedness of any Person will include the Indebtedness of any partnership in which such Person is a general partner, other than to the extent that the instrument or agreement evidencing such Indebtedness expressly limits the liability of such Person in respect thereof.

Indemnified Parties ”: as set forth in Section 10.2(a) .

Indemnifying Party ”: as set forth in Section 10.3(a) .


Intellectual Property ” means any and all industrial and intellectual property rights and all rights associated therewith, throughout the world, including all patents and applications therefor and all reissues, divisions, renewals, extensions, provisionals, continuations and continuations-in-part thereof, all inventions (whether patentable or not), invention disclosures, improvements, trade secrets, proprietary information, know how, technology, technical data, proprietary processes and formulae, algorithms, specifications, customer lists and supplier lists, all industrial designs and any registrations and applications therefor, all trade names, logos, trade dress, trademarks and service marks, trademark and service mark registrations, trademark and service mark applications, and any and all goodwill associated with and symbolized by the foregoing items, Internet domain name registrations, Internet and World Wide Web URLs or addresses, all copyrights, copyright registrations and applications therefor, and all other rights corresponding thereto, all mask works, mask work registrations and applications therefor, and any equivalent or similar rights in semiconductor masks, layouts, architectures or topology, all computer software, including all source code, object code, firmware, development tools, files, records and data, all schematics, netlists, test methodologies, test vectors, emulation and simulation tools and reports, hardware development tools, and all rights in prototypes, breadboards and other devices, all databases and data collections and all rights therein, all moral and economic rights of authors and inventors, however denominated, and any similar or equivalent rights to any of the foregoing, and all tangible embodiments of the foregoing.

IRS ”: the Internal Revenue Service.

Key Employees ”: the individuals listed on Schedule 3.8(k).

Knowledge Persons ”: Randall P. Herman, Michael Finn, Michael Cho and Toby Rogers.

Later Acquired Business ” shall mean any entity or assets comprising a business separate and distinct from the Business that is acquired by the Surviving Corporation or any Affiliate or Subsidiary of the Surviving Corporation for value pursuant to a business acquisition or combination transaction occurring from and after the Closing. For purposes of clarification, revenue shall not be considered to be generated from a Later Acquired Business solely because it is attributable to a customer contract related to the Business entered into by the Surviving Corporation or any Affiliate or Subsidiary of the Surviving Corporation from and after the Closing.

Law ”: any federal, state, county, city, municipal, foreign, or other governmental statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, order, code, or requirement (including pursuant to any settlement agreement or consent decree) and any permit or license granted under any of the foregoing, or any requirement under the common law.

Leased Real Property ”: as set forth in Section 4.16(b) .

Lien ”: with respect to any property or asset, any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, charge, option, preemptive purchase right, easement, encumbrance, security interest, or other adverse claim of any kind in respect of such property or asset. For purposes of this Agreement, a Person will be deemed to own subject to a Lien any property or asset that it has acquired or holds subject to the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease, or other title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such property or asset.

Material Adverse Effect ”: any event, change, effect, condition or circumstance that has occurred which has a material adverse effect upon the financial condition of the Company, other than events, changes, effects, conditions or circumstances resulting from or relating to (a) applicable economic


or market conditions, (b) the announcement of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (c) the execution of, compliance with the terms of, or the taking of any action required by this Agreement, or the consummation of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (d) any change in GAAP or applicable Law or the interpretation thereof; (e) changes in national or international political or social conditions, whether or not pursuant to the declaration of a national emergency or war, or the occurrence of any military or terrorist attack, (f) any change in prevailing interest rates or market prices, (g) any material adverse effect or change on the Company that is cured by the Company prior to Closing, or (h) the failure of the Company to meet its financial projections, in and of itself.

Merger ”: as set forth in the Recitals.

Merger Consideration ” shall mean the sum of the Closing Cash Consideration, the amount of the Note paid to Stockholders, the Additional Cash Payment and the Earn-Out Payments, if any.

Note ”: Buyer’s promissory note in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B to be dated the Closing Date, in the initial principal amount of $3,000,000, plus the Adjustment Excess (if any), as adjusted pursuant to Sections 3.5(c) and 3.5(d) .

Open Source Materials ”: as set forth in Section 4.18(v) .

Options ”: the Company’s outstanding options to purchase Capital Stock, including options granted pursuant to the Company’s 2001 Stock Option Plan.

Order ”: any judgment, injunction, order, or decree that is issued by a Governmental Authority.

Ordinary Course ”: the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practices.

OSHA ”: the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended from time to time.

Parties ”: as set forth in the introductory paragraph.

Payoff Letters ”: as set forth in Section 9.1(n) .

Permitted Liens ”: (i) Liens for Taxes, assessments or other similar governmental charges that are not yet due or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and that are fully and properly reserved for in the Balance Sheet, (ii) any mechanics’, workmen’s, repairmen’s and other similar Liens arising or incurred in the Ordinary Course in respect of obligations that are not overdue and that are fully and properly reserved for in the Balance Sheet, (iii) Liens affecting the Company Real Property arising from recorded easements, easement agreements, rights-of-way, restrictions that do not detract materially from the value of the property subject thereto or materially impair access to or use of the property subject thereto, as determined by Buyer in its sole discretion.

Person ”: an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a limited liability company, an association, a trust, a joint stock company, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, any Governmental Authority, or other entity or organization.

Personal Information ”: any information relating to an identified or identifiable natural person (or, to the extent that applicable Data Privacy Laws apply to information about other Persons, an identified or identifiable Person).


Plan ”: as set forth in Section 4.20(a).

Policies ”: as set forth in Section 4.13 .

Post-Closing Tax Period ”: any Taxable period (or portion thereof) that is not a Pre-Closing Tax Period.

Pre-Closing Tax Period ”: any Taxable period (or portion thereof) ending on or before the Closing Date.

Preferred Stock ”: the Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock.

Principal Stockholders ”: as set forth in the introductory paragraph.

Proprietary Portion ”: as set forth in Section 4.18(v) .

Pro Rata Share ” means the number of shares of Capital Stock owned by a Stockholder divided by the aggregate number of shares of Capital Stock outstanding as of the Closing (other than Cancelled Shares and Dissenting Shares).

Regulatory Authority ”: any federal or state regulatory body or agency having jurisdiction or regulatory authority over the Company or its Affiliates.

Representative ”: as set forth in the introductory paragraph.

Requisite Stockholder Approval ” means the holders of (a) a majority of the Common Stock, Series A Preferred and Series A-1 Preferred, each voting separately as a class, (b) a majority of the Common Stock and Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, and (c) a majority of the Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class.

Returns ”: as set forth in Section 4.9(a) .

RXHealth ”: RXHealth Insurance Agency, Inc., a Delaware corporation wholly owned by the Company.

RXHealth Agency Business ”: the insurance agency and brokerage business conducted by RXHealth.

Section 409A ”: as set forth in Section 4.20(g) .

Security Breach ” shall mean any loss or misuse of, or unauthorized access to, Personal Information.

Series A Liquidation Amount Per Share ”: $0.685 per share of Series A Preferred Stock.

Series A Preferred Stock ”: shares of Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company.

Series A-1 Liquidation Amount Per Share ”: $0.617 per share of Series A-1 Preferred Stock.

Series A-1 Preferred Stock ”: shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company.


Shares ”: shares of Capital Stock.

SOL Representations ”: the representations and warranties contained in Section 4.2 (Authorization; Enforceability), Section 4.3 (Governmental Authorization), Section 4.5 (Capitalization; Subsidiaries), Section 4.9 (Tax Matters) and Section 4.22 (Employees and Contractors).

Special Representations ”: the representations and warranties contained in Section 4.15 (Compliance with Laws) and Section 4.18 (Intellectual Property).

Stockholders ”: the holders of Capital Stock.

Subsidiary ”: with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation, of which a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote generally in the election of directors thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof or (ii) any limited liability company, partnership, association, or other business entity, of which a majority of the partnership, membership or other similar ownership interests thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes of this definition, a Person or Persons will be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association, or other business entity if such Person or Persons will be allocated more than 50% of the limited liability company, partnership, association, or other business entity gains or losses, or is or controls the managing member or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association, or other business entity.

Subordinated Note Guaranty ”: the Subordinated Note Guaranty, dated as of the Closing Date, among GPP-Connecture, LLC and Chrysalis Ventures II, L.P. for the benefit of Payee (as such term is defined in the Note).

Support Agreements ”: the support, release and non-competition agreements, dated as of the Closing Date, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D , to be delivered by each of Randall P. Herman, Toby Rogers, Michael Cho, James Yocum, Michael Chung and Diamond Creek Investments, Ltd.

Systems ” shall mean the computer, information technology and data processing systems, facilities and services used by the Company, including all software, hardware, networks, communication facilities, platforms and related systems and services in the custody or control of the Company.

Tax ” and with the corresponding meaning “ Taxable ”: (i) any net income, alternative or add-on minimum tax, gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, ad valorem, value added, margins, transfer, franchise, profits, license, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, property, environmental, or windfall profit tax, withholding on amounts paid to or by the Company or any of its Affiliates, custom, duty, or other tax, escheat of unclaimed funds or property, governmental fee, or other like assessment or charge of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest, penalty, addition to tax, or additional amount imposed by any Taxing Authority, and (ii) any liability of the Company or any of its Affiliates for the payment of any amounts as a result of being a party to any Tax Sharing Agreements or with respect to the payment of any amounts of any of the foregoing types as a result of any express or implied obligation to indemnify any other Person.

Tax Arbitrator ” shall mean the Arbiter.

Tax Attribute ”: as set forth in Section 4.9(s) .


Tax Dispute Notice ”: as set forth in Section 8.1(b) .

Tax Sharing Agreements ”: all existing Tax sharing agreements or arrangements (whether oral or written) binding the Company or any of its Affiliates.

Taxing Authority ”: any Governmental Authority responsible for the imposition of any Tax.

Third Party Claim ”: any claim, demand, action, suit, or proceeding made or brought by any Person who or that is not a party to this Agreement.

Third Party Intellectual Property Rights ” means any Intellectual Property owned by a third party.

User Data ” shall mean any data (including Personal Information) or information collected by or on behalf of the Company from users of any Company website or otherwise.

WARN Act ”: as set forth in Section 4.22(h) .

Warrants ”: the Company’s outstanding warrants.

Wells Fargo Credit Agreement ”: that certain Credit Agreement to be entered into by and among Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent, the Lenders that are parties thereto as the Lenders, and Buyer and the Company as Borrowers.

Working Capital Adjustment ”: as set forth in Section 3.5(a) .

Working Capital Adjustment Excess ”: as set forth in Section 3.5(c) .

Working Capital Adjustment Shortfall ”: as set forth in Section 3.5(d) .

Exhibit 2.2

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

BY AND AMONG

CONNECTURE, INC.

PATRICK DOWNEND,

AND

AARON DOWNEND

Dated as of February 16, 2011


STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

THIS STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of February 16, 2011, by and among CONNECTURE, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Buyer ” or “ Connecture ”), Patrick Downend (“ Patrick ”) and Aaron Downend (“ Aaron ” and together with Patrick, the “ Sellers ” or individually, a “ Seller ”). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in Article 9 .

RECITALS

A. Insurix, Inc., a Connecticut corporation (the “ Company ”), is in the business (the “ Business ”) of: (i) developing, marketing, selling and implementing computer software which enables insurers, third party, brokers, broker associations and other insurance enterprises in the sale and administration of health insurance products and life insurance products (including assisting in rating, quoting, sales proposals, renewals, underwriting, health assessments, medical evidence of insurability and enrollment), and (ii) providing maintenance, hosting and support services relating to the software described in (i) above.

B. Sellers own in the aggregate all of the issued and outstanding shares of voting and non-voting common stock, $.01 par value per share, of the Company (the “ Shares ”). For the consideration and on the terms set forth in this Agreement, Sellers desire to sell to Connecture, and Connecture desires to purchase from Sellers, all of the Shares.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants, promises, representations and warranties set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration (the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by the parties), and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1.

SALE AND TRANSFER OF SHARES; CLOSING

1.1. Shares . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing, Sellers will sell and transfer the Shares to Buyer, and Buyer will purchase the Shares from Sellers, as follows:

 

Seller

   Number of Shares
of Voting Common
Stock
     Number of Shares
of Non-Voting
Common Stock
 

Patrick

     1,620         60   

Aaron

     0         320   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total:

     1,620         380   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

1.2. Purchase Price . The purchase price to be paid at Closing to each Seller for each Share held by them shall be equal to the product of (i) the quotient of (A) the sum of $6,100,000, plus the Working Capital Excess (if any) and the Unrestricted Cash (if any) of the Company that remains in the Company immediately following the Closing, and minus the Capital Lease Obligations (if any), Indebtedness (if any), unpaid Transaction Expenses (if any), and Working Capital Shortfall (if any) of the Company on the Closing Date,


divided by (B) the aggregate number of Shares of the Company, multiplied by (ii) the number of Shares held by each such Seller (the “ Closing Purchase “Consideration ”); provided, however, that with respect to each Seller, an amount equal to (I) $1,000,000 (the “ Deferred Payment Amount ”), divided by (II) the aggregate number of Shares of the Company, with the quotient thereof, being multiplied by (III) the number of Shares held by such Seller, shall not be paid to such Seller at Closing as part of the purchase price described above, and shall be evidenced by a Note (as hereinafter defined) that shall be delivered to such Seller as described in Section 1.4 below. The Closing Purchase Consideration amount paid by Buyer for the Shares shall be determined based on the Preliminary Closing Statement. The purchase price paid by Buyer for each Share shall be subject to adjustment following the Closing based upon the Final Closing Statement prepared in accordance with Section 1.9 hereof. The aggregate purchase price paid by Buyer for the Shares, as adjusted following the Closing in accordance with Section 1.9 hereof, shall in the aggregate be hereinafter referred to as the “ Final Purchase Consideration .”

1.3. Closing . Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the consummation of the purchase and sale of the Shares (the “ Stock Purchase ”) provided for in this Agreement (the “ Closing ”) will take place simultaneously with the execution and delivery of the Agreement by each of the parties hereto (the “ Closing Date ”). The Closing shall be effective as of 12:01 a.m. on the Closing Date. The Closing shall take place by facsimile or electronic exchange of executed agreements and instruments (with original counterparts of all such agreements and instruments to be delivered to the parties and their counsel promptly thereafter).

1.4. Cash and Notes at Closing; Delivery of Certificates . At the Closing, Buyer shall (i) pay to each Seller, by wire transfer of federal funds (pursuant to wire transfer instructions provided by Sellers to Buyer prior to Closing), a sum equal to the product of (A) the quotient of (x) the Closing Purchase Consideration less the Deferred Payment Amount, divided by (y) the aggregate number of Shares of the Company, multiplied by (B) the number of Shares owned by such Seller and (ii) deliver to each Seller a subordinated promissory note (each a “ Note ” and collectively, the “ Notes ”) (which Notes shall be jointly and severally payable by Buyer and the Company) in the amount equal to (I) the quotient of the Deferred Payment Amount divided by the aggregate number of Shares of the Company, multiplied by (II) the number of Shares owned by such Seller, with each Note being in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit J . At the Closing, Seller shall deliver to Buyer certificates representing the Shares, duly endorsed for transfer or accompany by duly executed stock powers with respect thereto.

1.5. Offset Rights . Buyer shall have the right to offset against its obligations of up to $750,000 (less any Customer Offset Amount (as hereinafter defined) that Buyer shall not be obligated to pay pursuant to the Notes) in indebtedness that shall be owed to Sellers pursuant to the Notes, any amounts that shall be owed to Buyer by Sellers with respect to (i) the indemnification obligations of Sellers under Section 6.2 hereof and (ii) the Shortfall obligations of Sellers under Section 1.9 hereof. Additionally, Buyer shall have the right to offset an amount equal to the Customer Offset Amount against its obligations under the Notes. Any such offsets shall be a relative amount of each Note in proportion to the number of Shares sold by each such Seller to Connecture. Buyer shall not exercise any right of offset against the indebtedness due under the Notes unless and until Buyer has provided any notice of offset or claim required to be delivered to Sellers under the applicable provisions of this Agreement and until the time period prescribed in such provisions for Sellers to respond to such offset or claim has expired. If, prior to the expiration of the applicable response period, Sellers notify Buyer in writing that they object in whole or in part to the offset or claim, then payments that become due under the Notes thereafter shall not be paid to the holders of the Notes, but shall be paid into an escrow held by a bank having an office in Atlanta, Georgia which is designated by Buyer until such time as the amount paid into escrow equals the amount which Buyer is seeking to offset against the Notes. Any payment or removal of such funds from such escrow account will require the signature of Buyer and Sellers or a final order of a court of competent jurisdiction or such other authority whose decision Buyer and Sellers agree to be bound by.

 

2


1.6. Customer Retention Payment; New Business Payment and Offset .

(a) Sellers right to be paid up to $183,000 of the Deferred Payment Amount pursuant to the Notes shall be based upon Connecture’s retention of the Customers listed on Schedule 1.6(a) hereto (the “ Customer Retention Payment Amount ”). Each of the Customers set forth on Schedule 1.6(a) (each, a “ Retention Customer ”) has been assigned a “Retention Payment Potential” as set forth opposite such Retention Customer’s name on such schedule. Provided that neither of the Retention Customers terminate services with Connecture within 12 months after the Closing Date, Connecture shall have no offset rights against the Notes as to the Retention Payment Potential assigned to such Retention Customers. However, Connecture shall have offset rights against the Notes in an amount equal to the Retention Payment Potential assigned to a Retention Customer as set forth on Schedule 1.6(a) in the event such Retention Customer terminates services with Connecture within 12 months after the Closing Date; provided, however, that in the event both Retention Customers terminate services with Connecture within 12 months after the Closing Date, the amount of the offset may not exceed $183,000. In the event Connecture desires to offset against the Notes any amounts that it may be entitled to offset as described below in this Section 1.6(a) , Connecture shall, within ninety (90) days following the notification of termination of services by a Retention Customer, (i) provide to Sellers documentation of said notification, and (ii) notify Sellers of the Retention Payment Potential of such Retention Customer (the “ Customer Offset Amount ”), with Connecture having the right to offset against the principal amounts owed pursuant to the Notes an amount equal to the Customer Offset Amount (but not to exceed $183,000 in the aggregate), which amount shall no longer be payable pursuant to the Notes, with each Note being offset against a relative amount in proportion to the number of Shares sold by each Seller to Connecture. In the event that Connecture provides notice of the Customer Offset Amount to Sellers within the time period required to do so set forth above (the “ Offset Notice ”), Sellers shall have the right to review (or cause their accounting and legal representatives and agents that sign confidentiality agreements to review) the books and records of Connecture and the Company relating to revenues received from Retention Customers during the 12-month period following the Closing Date; provided, that Sellers must deliver written notice to Connecture of their election to exercise such right within thirty (30) days of Connecture delivering the Offset Notice to Sellers. Connecture covenants and agrees that it shall (and shall cause the Company to), until expiration of the 12-month period following the Closing Date, use commercially reasonable efforts to conduct all business relating to, and provide products and services to, the Retention Customers consistent with the manner in which the Company conducted business relating to, and provided products and services to, the Retention Customers during the 12-month period prior to the Closing Date.

(b) The Company has presented proposals for new business to the prospective customers listed on Schedule 1.6(b), which prospective customers that have indicated an intent to enter into a license or similar agreement with the Company (the “ Prospects ”). If the Company or Connecture, at any time during the 120-day period following the Closing Date enters into a written license or similar agreement with any such Prospect, (the “ New Contract ”) then Connecture shall pay to Sellers in cash (in the same proportions as the cash paid at Closing), within thirty (30) days following receipt of the first twenty five percent (25%) of the Recurring Revenue that is payable to the Company or Buyer during the initial twelve (12) month period of such New Contract pursuant to its terms, additional purchase consideration equal to 100% of such Recurring Revenue payable to the Company or Buyer during such initial twelve (12) month period. Connecture shall exercise (and shall cause the Company to exercise) commercially reasonable diligent efforts to procure new business from, and to enter into license or similar agreements with, the Prospects (on the terms and conditions proposed to the Prospects by the Company as described in Schedule 1.6(b) and on other customary terms and conditions) as promptly as possible following the Closing.

1.7. Pre-Closing Actions . It is understood and agreed that Sellers have, prior to the Closing, caused the Company to distribute or otherwise dispose of Unrestricted Cash for, among other purposes, satisfaction of Capital Lease Obligations, satisfaction of Indebtedness, payment of Transaction Expenses, payment of bonuses to certain employees, and payment of dividends, distributions and/or other compensation to Sellers.

 

3


1.8. Further Action . If, at any time after the Closing, any such further action is necessary or desirable to carry out the terms of this Agreement or to vest Connecture with full right, title and possession to the Shares, the Sellers agree to take, and will take, all such lawful and necessary and desirable action to effectuate same.

1.9. Manner of Determining Purchase Price .

(a) Prior to the Closing Date, Sellers shall prepare and deliver to Connecture a statement setting forth a good-faith estimate of the Capital Lease Obligations (if any), Indebtedness (if any), unpaid Transaction Expenses (if any), Current Assets and Current Liabilities of the Company as of the Closing Date, based on the Company’s books and records and other information available, and including therein a calculation of the Closing Purchase Consideration (such statement being referred to herein as the “ Preliminary Closing Statement ”). The Sellers shall provide Connecture reasonable access to such working papers and other information reasonably available supporting such Preliminary Closing Statement, and Connecture shall have the right to review any detail reasonably requested by it with respect to such statement.

(b) Connecture shall, not later than thirty (30) days after the Closing Date, prepare and deliver to Sellers a good-faith statement of the Capital Lease Obligations(if any), Indebtedness(if any), unpaid Transaction Expenses(if any), Current Assets and Current Liabilities of the Company as of the Closing Date, based on the Company’s books and records and other information available, and including therein a calculation of the Final Purchase Consideration (such statement being referred to herein as the “ Proposed Final Closing Statement ”).

(c) If, within thirty (30) days following its receipt of the Proposed Final Closing Statement, both of the Sellers do not dispute in accordance with this Section 1.9 any item set forth in the Proposed Final Closing Statement or Connecture’s calculation of the Final Purchase Consideration shown therein, the Proposed Final Closing Statement shall be deemed to be the Final Closing Statement and the Final Purchase Consideration amount set forth therein shall be deemed to be final for all purposes under the Agreement.

(d) In the event that both of the Sellers have any dispute with regard to any item set forth in the Proposed Final Closing Statement or the calculation of the Final Purchase Consideration shown therein, such dispute shall be resolved in the following manner:

(i) Both of the Sellers shall notify Connecture in writing within thirty (30) days after the Sellers’ receipt of the Proposed Final Closing Statement that they dispute the Proposed Final Closing Statement, and such notice shall, to the extent possible, specify the amount of each item disputed and shall include reasonable detail regarding the nature of each disputed item (each, a “ Disputed Item ”).

(ii) During the thirty (30) day period following Connecture’s receipt of such notice, both of the Sellers and Connecture shall attempt to resolve the dispute with respect to any such Disputed Items and to agree upon the Final Closing Statement and the calculation of the Final Purchase Consideration.

(iii) If, at the end of the thirty (30) day period specified in Section 1.9(d)(ii) , both of the Sellers and Connecture shall have failed to reach a written agreement with respect to all or a portion of such dispute, the matter shall be referred to Grant Thornton LLP or such other nationally-recognized valuation or consulting firm as is acceptable to Connecture and both of the Sellers (the “ Neutral Auditor ”) within ten (10) days of the end of such period.

 

4


(iv) Each party hereto agrees to execute, if requested by the Neutral Auditor, a reasonable engagement letter. All fees and expenses relating to the work, if any, to be performed by the Neutral Auditor shall be borne pro rata by Connecture, on the one hand, and the Sellers, on the other, in proportion to the allocation of the dollar amount of the disputed Final Purchase Consideration, in the aggregate, between the Sellers and Connecture made by the Neutral Auditor such that the party with whom the Neutral Auditor agrees more closely pays a lesser proportion of the fees and expenses. For example, if the Sellers have Disputed Items totaling $500, and if the Neutral Auditor ultimately resolves the dispute by awarding Connecture $300 of the $500 contested, then the costs and expenses of the Neutral Auditor will be allocated 60% (i.e., 300 ÷ 500) to the Sellers and 40% (i.e., 200 ÷ 500) to Connecture. The Neutral Auditor shall act as an arbitrator to determine, based solely on the provisions of this Agreement and the presentations by Connecture and the Sellers, or representatives thereof, and not by independent review, only the resolution of the Disputed Items. The Neutral Auditor’s resolution of the unresolved items, shall be made within thirty (30) days of the submission of the unresolved items to the Neutral Auditor, shall be set forth in a written statement delivered to Connecture and the Sellers setting forth the Capital Lease Obligations(if any), Indebtedness(if any), unpaid Transaction Expenses (if any), Current Assets, Current Liabilities and Unrestricted Cash of the Company on the Closing Date (and including a calculation of the Final Purchase Consideration) and shall be deemed to be the Final Closing Statement as mutually agreed upon by the Sellers and Connecture for all purposes of this Agreement. Any changes to the Proposed Final Purchase Consideration resulting from such resolution of the unresolved items shall be made, and such Proposed Final Purchase Consideration, as so changed, shall be the Final Purchase Consideration for all purposes under this Agreement.

(e) During the period of the Sellers’ review of the Proposed Final Closing Statement: (i) Connecture shall provide the Sellers and their authorized representatives with reasonable access to the work papers, records and employees of the Company and Connecture (to the extent such persons were involved in the preparation of the Proposed Final Closing Statement), and (ii) each party shall cooperate with the other party and its authorized representatives, including providing, on a timely basis, such additional information as may be reasonably necessary; provided , however , that neither party shall be required to create any new information or records, or generate any additional data, in order to comply with its obligations under this Section 1.9(e) .

(f) Within five (5) Business Days after the completion of the Final Closing Statement and determination of the Final Purchase Consideration in accordance with this Section 1.9 , if (i) the Closing Purchase Consideration exceeds the Final Purchase Consideration (the “ Shortfall ”), the amount of the Shortfall shall be paid to Connecture by the Sellers, with each Seller having the obligation to pay a portion of the Shortfall in proportion to the number of Shares sold by each such Seller to Connecture, or (ii) the Final Purchase Consideration exceeds the Closing Purchase Consideration (the “ Excess ”), the amount of such Excess shall be paid by Connecture to the Sellers in relative amounts in proportion to the number of Shares sold by each such Seller to Connecture.

 

5


ARTICLE 2.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLERS

Each Seller hereby represents and warrants to Connecture, subject to such exceptions as are specifically disclosed with respect to specific numbered and lettered sections of this Article 2 in the disclosure schedule and schedule of exceptions (the “ Sellers Disclosure Schedule ”) delivered by Sellers to Connecture herewith, dated as of the date hereof, and organized with corresponding numbered and lettered sections and subsections, as follows:

2.1. Organization and Qualification . The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the state of its incorporation, and has all requisite corporate power and authority to conduct its business as now conducted and to own, use, license and lease its assets and properties. The Company is duly qualified, licensed or admitted to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which the ownership, use, licensing or leasing of its assets and properties, or the conduct or nature of its business, makes such qualification, licensing or admission necessary, except for such failures to be so duly qualified, licensed or admitted and in good standing that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on Company. Section 2.1 of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule sets forth each jurisdiction where Company is so qualified, licensed or admitted to do business and separately lists each other jurisdiction in which Company owns or leases real properties or has employees.

2.2. Authority Relative to this Agreement . Each Seller has all requisite power and authority to (a) execute and deliver this Agreement and the other agreements which are attached (or forms of which are attached) as exhibits hereto (the “ Ancillary Agreements ”) to which such Seller is a party; (b) perform his obligations hereunder and thereunder, and (c) consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery by Sellers of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which each Seller is a party and the consummation by Sellers of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and the performance by Sellers of their obligations hereunder and thereunder, have been duly and validly authorized , and no other action on the part of the Sellers is required to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation by Sellers of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. This Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which a Seller is a party have been duly and validly executed and delivered by such Seller and, assuming the due authorization and valid execution and delivery hereof by Connecture, each constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Sellers, enforceable against Sellers in accordance with its respective terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or other similar Laws relating to the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.

2.3. Capitalization . The authorized capital stock of Company consists of 20,000 shares of which 10,000 shares are voting common stock, par value $.01 per share (the “ Voting Common Stock ”), and 10,000 shares are non-voting common stock, par value $.01 per share (the “ Non-Voting Common Stock ”) (the Voting Common Stock and Non-Voting Common Stock being sometimes hereinafter referred to collectively as the “ Company Common Stock ”). As of the date of this Agreement, there are issued and outstanding: 2000 shares of Company Common Stock, of which 1,620 shares are Voting Common Stock and 380 shares are Non-Voting Common Stock. All of the issued and outstanding shares of Company Common Stock are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and have been issued in compliance with all applicable federal, state and foreign securities Laws. No shares of Company Common Stock are held in treasury. Section 2.3 of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule lists the name and state of residence of each holder of Company Common Stock, as well as the number of Company Common Stock shares held by each such holder. There are no outstanding warrants, stock purchase rights, options or Equity Equivalents and no agreements, arrangements or understandings to which Company or either Seller is a party (written or oral) providing for the Company to issue any warrants, options or Equity Equivalents, and there are no preemptive rights or agreements, arrangements or understandings to issue preemptive rights with respect to the issuance or sale of capital stock of the Company created by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of Company, or any agreement or other arrangement to which Company or either Seller is a party or to which any of them are bound, and there are no agreements, arrangements or understandings to which Company or either Seller is a party (written or oral) pursuant to which Company or a Seller has the right to elect to satisfy any Liability by issuing Company Common Stock or Equity Equivalents. Except as set forth in Section 2.3 of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule, neither the Company nor either Seller is a party or subject to any agreement or understanding, and, there is no agreement, arrangement or understanding between or among any Persons that affects, restricts or relates to voting, giving of written consents, dividend rights, transferability of shares or repurchase rights or obligations with respect to the Company’s capital stock, including any voting trust agreement or proxy. No debt securities of Company are issued or outstanding.

 

6


2.4. No Subsidiaries . Company has no Subsidiaries and does not otherwise hold any equity, membership, partnership, joint venture or other ownership interest in any Person.

2.5. No Conflicts . The execution and delivery by Sellers of this Agreement does not, and the performance by Sellers of their obligations under this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not:

(a) conflict with or result in a violation or breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of Company;

(b) conflict with or result in a violation or breach of any Law or Order applicable to Company, either Seller or any of their assets and properties; or

(c) except as disclosed in Section 2.5 of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule, (i) conflict with or result in a violation or breach of, (ii) constitute a default (or an event that, with or without notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default) under, (iii) result in or give to any Person any right of termination, cancellation, acceleration or modification in or with respect to, (iv) result in or give to any Person any additional rights or entitlement to increased, additional, accelerated or guaranteed payments or performance under, (v) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) upon Company or either Seller or any of their assets and properties, or (vi) result in the loss of a material benefit under, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any Contract to which Company is a party or by which any of the Shares or the Company’s assets and properties is bound.

2.6. Books and Records; Organizational Documents . The minute books and stock record books and other similar Books and Records of Company have been provided to Connecture or its counsel prior to the execution of this Agreement. Such minute books and other Books and Records contain a true and complete record of all actions taken at all meetings and by all written consents in lieu of meetings of the directors, stockholders and committees of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Company Board ”) from the date of Company’s incorporation through the date hereof. Company has prior to the execution of this Agreement provided to Connecture true and complete copies of its Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, each as amended through the date hereof. Company is not in violation of any provisions of its certificate of incorporation or bylaws, as currently in effect.

2.7. Company Financial Statements . Section 2.7 of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule sets forth the Company Financials. The Company Financials are correct and complete in all material respects and present fairly the financial condition and operating results of Company in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) applied on a consistent basis as of the dates and during the periods indicated therein, except for such variances from GAAP as are described in Section 2.7 of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule. Since December 31, 2009, there has been no change in any accounting policies, principles, methods or practices, including any change with respect to reserves (whether for bad debts, contingent liabilities or otherwise), of Company.

2.8. Absence of Changes . Since December 31, 2009, there has not been any Material Adverse Effect on Company. In addition, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or as set forth in Section 2.8 of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule (each such disclosure reflecting the appropriate sub-section to which it is responsive), since December 31, 2009, the Company has not:

(a) entered into any Contract or transaction or incurred any Liabilities outside of the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

 

7


(b) effected or approved any split, combination or reclassification of any Company Capital Stock or Equity Equivalents, or repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired, directly or indirectly, any shares of Company Capital Stock or Equity Equivalents, except for repurchases of Company Capital Stock pursuant to agreements with Company employees, officers, directors and consultants relating to repurchases at cost upon termination of service with Company;

(c) amended its certificate of incorporation or bylaws;

(d) transferred to any Person rights to any intellectual property other than grants of non-exclusive licenses in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices;

(e) made or agreed to make any disposition or sale of, waiver of rights to, license or lease of, or incurrence of any Lien on, any assets or properties of Company other than grants of non-exclusive licenses and leases of equipment in the ordinary course of business (and other than dispositions of obsolete assets or properties);

(f) made or agreed to make any purchase of any assets and properties of any Person other than in the ordinary course of business of Company consistent with past practice;

(g) made or agreed to make any capital expenditures or commitments for additions to its property, plant or equipment constituting capital assets in an amount exceeding $10 , 000 individually or $50,000 in the aggregate;

(h) made or agreed to make any write-off, write-down or revaluation or any determination to write off, write-down or revalue, any of its assets and properties, or any change in any reserves or liabilities associated therewith, other than write offs or write downs of accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business and in amounts not exceeding reserves shown on the Balance Sheet;

(i) failed to pay or otherwise satisfy any of its Liabilities that is presently due and payable except Liabilities that are being contested in good faith by appropriate means or proceedings;

(j) granted any severance or termination pay to any director, officer, employee or consultant, except as described in Section 2.8 of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule;

(k) granted or approved any increase in salary, rate of commissions, rate of consulting fees or any other compensation of any of its current or former officer, director, employee, independent contractor or consultant (other than increases in compensation paid to Sellers and other than increases in compensation of employees in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices);

(l) terminated or waived any material right or benefit;

(m) paid any stay or retention bonus;

(n) (i) made or changed any material election in respect of Taxes, adopted or changed any accounting method in respect of Taxes, (ii) entered into any tax allocation agreement, tax sharing agreement, tax indemnity agreement, closing agreement, or settlement or compromise of any claim or assessment in respect of Taxes, or (iii) consented to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any claim or assessment in respect of Taxes with any Taxing Authority or otherwise;

 

8


(o) failed to renew any insurance policy (other than any insurance policy replaced with another insurance policy providing comparable coverage); no insurance policy of Company has been cancelled or materially amended; and Company has given all notices and presented all claims (if any) under all such policies in a timely fashion;

(p) suffered physical damage, destruction or other casualty loss (whether or not covered by insurance) affecting any of the material real or personal property or equipment of Company; and

(q) entered into or approved any contract, arrangement or understanding or acquiesced in respect of any arrangement or understanding, to do, engage in or cause or having the effect of any of the foregoing.

2.9. No Undisclosed Liabilities . Except as disclosed in Section 2.9 of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule, as of the date of this Agreement, and except as reflected or reserved against in the Company Financials (including the notes thereto), there is no other Liability relating to or affecting the Company or any of its assets and properties other than Liabilities that are immaterial in amount in the aggregate and other than Liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice since December 31, 2009.

2.10. Taxes .

(a) All Tax Returns required to have been filed by or with respect to Company have been duly and timely filed (including any extensions), and each such Tax Return correctly and completely reflects Tax Liabilities and all other information required to be reported thereby, and each such Tax Return is true, correct and complete in all material respects. All Taxes due and payable by Company, whether or not shown on any Tax Return, or claimed to be due by any Tax Authority, have been paid or accrued on the applicable balance sheet included in Company Financials.

(b) Company did not have any liability for Taxes as of December 31, 2009 other than as reflected on the balance sheet included in the Company Financials. The unpaid Tax of Company did not, as of December 31, 2009, exceed the reserve for liability for Tax (other than the reserve for deferred taxes established to reflect timing differences between book and tax income) set forth on the face of the balance sheet included in Company Financials.

(c) No claim has ever been made to Company or its officers or directors by a Taxing Authority of any jurisdiction in which Company does not file Tax Returns that Company is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction.

(d) Company has withheld and paid all Taxes required to have been withheld and paid in connection with amounts paid or owing to any employee, creditor or independent contractor.

(e) Except as set forth in Section 2.10(e) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule, Sellers do not have knowledge of any actions by any Taxing Authority in connection with assessing additional Taxes against or in respect of it for any past period, and, to the knowledge of Sellers, there is no dispute or claim concerning any Tax liability of Company either threatened, claimed or raised by any Taxing Authority. There are no Liens (other than a Permitted Lien) for Taxes upon the assets and properties of Company. Section 2.10(e) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule indicates those Tax Returns, if any, of Company that have been audited or examined by Taxing Authorities, and indicates those Tax Returns of Company that currently are the subject of audit or examination. Company has delivered to Connecture complete and correct copies of all federal, state, local and foreign income Tax Returns filed by, and all Tax examination reports and statements of deficiencies assessed against or agreed to by, Company since the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.

 

9


(f) There are no outstanding agreements or waivers extending the statutory period of limitation applicable to any Tax Returns required to be filed by, or which include or are treated as including, Company or with respect to any Tax assessment or deficiency affecting Company.

(g) Company has not received any written ruling related to Taxes or entered into any agreement with a Taxing Authority relating to Taxes.

(h) Company has no liability for the Taxes of any Person other than Company (i) under Section 1.1502-6 of the Treasury regulations (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Law), (ii) as a transferee or successor, (iii) by Contract or (iv) otherwise.

(i) Company (i) has neither agreed to make nor is required to make any adjustment under Section 481 of the Internal Revenue Code by reason of a change in accounting method and (ii) is not a “consenting corporation” within the meaning of Section 341(f)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code.

(j) Company is not a party to or bound by any obligations under any tax sharing, tax allocation, tax indemnity or similar agreement or arrangement.

(k) Company was not included and is not includible in the Tax Return of any affiliated, consolidated, combined, unitary or similar group.

(l) Company has not made any payments, is not obligated to make any payments, nor is a party to any Contract that under certain circumstances could require it to make any payments that are not deductible as a result of the provisions set forth in Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code or the treasury regulations thereunder or would result in an excise tax to the recipient of any such payment under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code.

(m) All material elections with respect to income taxes affecting Company are set forth in Section 2.10(m) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule.

(n) Company is not nor has it ever been a United States real property holding corporation within the meaning of Section 897(c)(1)(A)(ii) of the Internal Revenue Code.

(o) Company is not a party to any joint venture, partnership, contract, or other arrangement that is treated as a partnership for federal, state, local or foreign Income Tax purposes.

(p) Company has never been treated as a C Corporation for Federal Income Tax purposes and does not have any earnings and profits within the meaning of subchapter C of the Internal Revenue Code.

(q) Company made a valid S Corporation election pursuant to Section 1362 of the Internal Revenue Code and made a valid similar election pursuant to all applicable state and local tax laws. The first S Corporation election with respect to Company was effective for the tax period beginning August 1, 2002, and such S Corporation election was continuously effective, and Company has complied with all rules and regulations applicable to S Corporations to maintain its status as such, from the beginning of such period through the date hereof.

(r) Company does not have a “net unrealized built-in gain” as defined in Section 1374 of the Internal Revenue Code and any similar provisions under state, local and foreign tax Laws.

 

10


2.11. Legal Proceedings . Except as set forth in Section 2.11 of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule:

(a) there are no Actions or Proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of Sellers, threatened against Company, Sellers or their respective assets and properties;

(b) There are no Orders outstanding against Company or Sellers, nor have Sellers received notice, or otherwise have knowledge of, any Orders outstanding against Company or Sellers; and there are no facts or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to give rise to any Action or Proceeding against, relating to or affecting Company or Sellers.

2.12. Compliance with Laws and Orders . Neither Company nor, to Sellers’ knowledge, any of Company’s directors, officers, or employees, has violated, or is currently in default or violation under, any Law or Order applicable to Company or any of its assets and properties, nor has there been any claim of violation, or any actual violation or any event that has occurred or circumstance that exists that (with or without notice or lapse of time) may constitute or result in a violation by the Company, of any such Laws and Orders by Company, except for violations of Laws that would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth in Section 2.12 of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule, Company has not violated any “Business Associate” agreement presented to Company by a “Covered Entity” as such terms are defined in the Standards for Privacy of Individually Identifiable Health Information (45 C.F.R. parts 160 and 164) (the “ Privacy Standards ”) promulgated pursuant to 45 C.F.R. § 160.103 of the Health Information Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”), and to Sellers’ knowledge, Company is not under investigation because of any violation of any Business Associate agreement presented to Company by a Covered Entity as applicable to the Business of the Company as it has been conducted and is contemplated as being conducted, except for any violations that would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. Company has not been, and to Sellers’ knowledge, none of Company’s employees or contractors have been, debarred or excluded or otherwise became ineligible to participate in any state or federal health care program, convicted of a criminal offense related to the provision of healthcare items or services, or under investigation or aware of any circumstance that would give rise to an investigation related to any healthcare services or healthcare program.

2.13. Plans; ERISA .

(a) Section 2.13 of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule identifies each Plan sponsored or maintained by Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates or to which Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates contributes.

(b) Except as set forth in Section 2.13 of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule with respect to each Plan required to be listed in Section 2.13 of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule: (i) each Plan has been administered in material compliance with its terms and is in material compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA (including, without limitation, the prohibited transaction provisions thereof), the Internal Revenue Code and other applicable Laws; (ii) there are no inquiries or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of Sellers, threatened by the IRS, the U.S. Department of Labor, the PBGC, or any participant or beneficiary with respect to the Plans; (iii) each Pension Plan which is intended to be a qualified plan within the meaning of Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code has received a favorable determination from the IRS as to its qualified status or is within the remedial amendment period (as defined in Section 401(b) of the Internal Revenue Code taking into account any pronouncements of the IRS relating to such period) for making any required changes; (iv) each Plan may, without liability, be amended, terminated or otherwise discontinued, except as specifically provided by federal law, (v) no Plan provides medical benefits to any Person who is not a current employee of Company (other than dependents of current employees) or any of its ERISA Affiliates and neither Company nor any of its ERISA Affiliates is contractually or otherwise obligated to provide any Person who is not a current employee of Company (other than dependents of current employees) with medical benefits, other than continuation coverage as required under section 4980B of the

 

11


Internal Revenue Code and Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA (“ COBRA ”) or other applicable law; (vi) Company has made or provided for all contributions required under the terms of such Plans and any applicable Laws for all periods through the Closing Date; (vii) there have been no “prohibited transactions” (as described in Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code or in Part 4 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA) involving any Plan; (viii) there has been no material violation of the “continuation coverage requirements” of COBRA with respect to any Welfare Plan to which such continuation coverage requirements apply; and (ix) there has been no material violation of the obligations imposed by Section 9801 of the Internal Revenue Code and Part 7 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA with respect to any Welfare Plan which is a group health plan (as defined in Section 5000(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code or Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA.

(c) Neither Company nor any of its ERISA Affiliates maintains or has ever maintained a Pension Plan which is subject to the minimum funding requirements of Part 3 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA or subject to Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code.

(d) Neither Company nor any of its ERISA Affiliates has ever maintained or been obligated to contribute to any multiemployer plan, as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA.

(e) Neither Company nor any of its ERISA Affiliates is bound by any collective bargaining agreement or legally binding arrangement to maintain or contribute to any Plan.

(f) Complete and correct copies of the following documents have been delivered by Company or Sellers to Connecture: (i) all current plan documents and insurance contracts (if any), and amendments thereto, with respect to each of the Plans, (ii) for each of the most recently ended three plan years, all IRS Form 5500 series forms (and any financial statements and other schedules attached thereto) filed with respect to any Plan, (iii) the most recent IRS determination letter for each Pension Plan (if any), and (iv) all current summary plan descriptions and subsequent summaries of material modifications with respect to each of the Plans subject to ERISA.

(g) Except as set forth in Section 2.13 of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not, alone or together with any other event (and except that the Company is obligated to pay accrued and unused vacation pay to terminated employees in the amounts set forth in Section 2.13 of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule and except that the Company has generally paid two weeks’ severance pay to terminated employees), (i) entitle any Person to severance pay, unemployment compensation or any other payment, or (ii) accelerate the time of payment or vesting, or increase the amount of compensation due to any such Person.

(h) The participant and beneficiary records with respect to each Plan are in the custody of Company (or an agent of Company who must, upon demand, provide such records to Company within a reasonable period of time), and such records accurately state in all material respects the benefits to which all participants and beneficiaries under such Plan are entitled.

2.14. Assets and Properties .

(a) Company has good and marketable right, title and interest in and to its tangible personal property free and clear of all Liens, except for (i) Liens for Taxes not yet due and payable; (ii) mechanic’s, materialmen’s, supplier’s, vendor’s or similar liens arising in the ordinary course securing amounts that are not delinquent or past due; and (iii) all matters of record, Liens and other imperfections of title and encumbrances that, individually or in the aggregate, would not materially detract from or interfere with the use of the properties subject thereto; and (iv) rights of lessors under leases of personal or real property (collectively, “ Permitted Liens ”). Section 2.14(a) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule lists all personal property of the Company that individually has a book value as of December 31, 2010, of at least

 

12


$10,000, as such amount is determined in good faith by Company, together with a brief description, including the type, purchase date and book value, of each such item of personal property or asset. All of the personal property of Company is in the possession and under the control of Company.

(b) Section 2.14(b) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule lists all real property leased or occupied by Company. Company owns no real property. All real property leased by Company is leased free and clear of all Liens, except for Permitted Liens, and no such property is subject to any Order to be sold or condemned, expropriated or otherwise taken by any public authority with or without payment of compensation therefore, nor to the knowledge of Sellers is any such proceeding threatened.

(c) Except as disclosed in Section 2.14(a) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule, all tangible personal property which is materially necessary for the operation of the Business is in good working order and condition in all material respects, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and its use complies in all material respects with all applicable Laws.

2.15. Intellectual Property .

(a) Section 2.15(a) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule (A) contains a complete list of each patent issued to Company and each registration of copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade names, domain names and maskworks, and that are included within Intangibles and Owned Software that have been issued to Company (collectively, “ Registrations ”), (B) identifies each pending application for Registration of Company with respect to the Intangibles and Owned Software, and (C) identifies all of Company’s applications for Registration or Registrations that have been withdrawn, abandoned, or have lapsed or been denied, other than any provisional patent application that has lapsed prior to the date of this Agreement.

(b) To the extent not set forth in Section 2.15(b) or (d) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule, Section 2.15(a) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule separately sets forth an accurate and complete list and description of each copyright registration and application, trademark, trademark application or registration, service mark, service mark application or registration, patent application or issued patent, and name and logo included in the Intangibles that is (as applicable) owned by Company, licensed by Company to or from third parties, Used by Company or under development by Company. Section 2.15(a) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule indicates Company’s ownership of such items or the source of Company’s right to Use such items.

(c) Section 2.15(b) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule is an accurate and complete list and description (including a name, product description, the language in which it is written and the type of hardware platform(s) on which it runs) of all of the following:

(i) All Software owned by Company or under development by Company or its Subsidiaries (“ Owned Software ”).

(ii) All Software, other than the Owned Software, that is Used by Company to provide services to customers of Company (collectively, “ Customer Software ”; the Owned Software and the Customer Software are collectively referred to as the “ Company Software ”).

(iii) All Software, other than Company Software that is licensed from third parties or otherwise Used by Company for any material purpose whatsoever (collectively, “ Other Software ”).

(d) No Software other than the Owned Software, Customer Software and Other Software is required to operate Company’s business as currently conducted and contemplated.

 

13


(e) Except as explained on Section 2.15(b) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule, Company has good title to the Owned Software and has the full right to Use all of the Customer Software and Other Software, as Used or required to operate Company’s business as currently conducted, free and clear of any Liens (other than Permitted Liens and other than restrictions set forth in license agreements provided to Connecture or, in the case of Other Software, as set forth in standard license agreements) that would affect the Use of such Software in connection with the operation of Company’s business as currently conducted, and no Person jointly owns any of the Owned Software. No Company Software was developed, created or reduced to practice by Company in connection with any services provided to a customer as a work made for hire or any vendor as a work made for hire.

(f) No rights of any third party not previously obtained are necessary to Use any Company Software or Other Software in the Company’s business as currently conducted.

(g) Except as separately identified and described in Section 2.15(b) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule, no Owned Software constitutes Publicly Available Software, no Publicly Available Software operates with or has been incorporated in whole or in part into any part of the Owned Software, and no Publicly Available Software has been used in whole or in part in the development of any part of the Owned Software, Customer Software or, to the knowledge of Sellers, Customer Software or Other Software in a manner that may subject the Owned Software, Customer Software or Other Software in whole or in part, to all or part of the license obligations governing any Publicly Available Software.

(h) To the knowledge of Sellers, none of Company’s officers, directors, employees or independent contractors have disclosed to (without proper obligation of confidentiality) or otherwise used or utilized on behalf of any Person other than Company, any trade secrets or proprietary information of the Company, or any third party to which Company owes a duty of confidentiality, including the source codes for the Company Software.

(i) None of the Owned Software or Intangibles attributable thereto are owned by or registered in the name of any current or former owner or stockholder, other stockholder, partner, director, executive, officer, employee, salesman, agent, customer, contractor, or representative, nor does any such Person have any interest therein or right thereto, including the right to royalty payments. All current and former owners or stockholders, partners, directors, executives, officers, employees, salesmen, agents, customers, contractors, and representatives of Company who participated in the development of the Owned Software or any Intangibles for the Company have executed and delivered to Company (A) an agreement regarding the protection of proprietary information, and (B) the assignment to Company of all rights in all Intangibles arising from the services performed for Company by such persons, with such agreements and assignment being substantially in the form as having been provided to Connecture.

(j) Except as identified and described in Section 2.15(j) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule and except as provided in agreements entered into by Company and customers in the ordinary course of business, Company has not entered into any written contract, agreement, license or other arrangement to indemnify any other Person against any charge of infringement of any Intangible.

(k) Company is not a party to or bound by nor, upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, will Connecture be a party to or bound by (as a result of any acts or agreements of Company), any license or other agreement requiring the payment by Company or its assigns of any royalty or license payment, excluding such agreements relating to the Customer Software to the extent such royalty or license payment is expressly set forth on Section 2.15(k) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule.

 

14


(l) Except as separately listed and described on Section 2.15(l) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule (and except for grants of licenses to customers in the ordinary course of business), Company has not granted third party any rights related to any Owned Software.

(m) Except as set forth on Section 2.15(p) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule, none of the Owned Software or Intangibles attributable thereto or other Intangibles owned by the Company or their respective past or current uses, directly or indirectly, by or through Company, or by or through any partner, customer, vendor, contractor or any representative of Company to the extent with respect to a third party’s use(in each case) such use was authorized by the Company, has violated, misappropriated, or infringed upon, or is violating, misappropriating or infringing upon, any patent, copyright, trade secret or other Intangible of any Person. Except as set forth on Section 2.15(p) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule, to the knowledge of Sellers, none of the Customer Software or its past or current uses, directly or indirectly, by or through Company, or by or through any partner, customer, vendor, contractor or any representative of Company to the extent with respect to a third party’s use(in each case) such use was authorized by the Company, has violated, misappropriated, or infringed upon, or is violating, misappropriating or infringing upon, any patent, copyright, trade secret or other Intangible of any Person.

(n) To the knowledge of Sellers, no Person is violating, misappropriating or infringing upon, or has violated, misappropriated, or infringed upon at any time, any of Company’s proprietary rights to any of the Company Software or Intangibles attributable thereto or other Intangibles owned by Company.

(o) Except as set forth on Section 2.15(o) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule, no litigation is pending and no claim has been made against Company or, to the knowledge of Sellers, is threatened, which contests the right of Company to Use any of the Owned Software, or any part or component thereof, whether by Company, or any partner, customer, vendor, contractor or any representative of Company, whether alone or in combination with any other product, Software or service. Except as set forth on Section 2.15(o) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule, no litigation is pending and no claim has been made against Company or, to the knowledge of Sellers, is threatened, which contests the right of Company to use any of the Customer Software or Other Software or any part or component thereof, whether by Company, or any partner, customer, vendor, contractor or any representative of Company or, whether alone or in combination with any other product, Software or service. No former employer of any employee or consultant of Company has made a claim against Company or, to the knowledge of Sellers, against any other Person, that Company or such employee or consultant is infringing, misappropriating or violating the Intangibles of such former employer. No litigation is pending, no claim has been made or, to the knowledge of Sellers, threatened against Company that contests the right of Company to Use any of the Other Software as it is Used in the business of Company on the Effective Date.

(p) Except as set forth in Section 2.15(p) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule, to the knowledge of Sellers, there is no patent or published patent application which contains claims that dominate or may dominate any of the claims in the Intangibles listed on Section 2.15(a) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule that relate to the Owned Software.

(q) Company has been and is in material compliance with the terms and conditions of any and all privacy policies and other policies governing the use of its and other Persons’ data, used in connection with Company’s business, as well as all applicable Laws and regulations on privacy. No claims, demands, or allegations have been made by any Person, entity or governmental body against Company asserting that it has not complied with the terms and conditions of any such policies, Laws or regulations and no such claims, to the knowledge of Sellers, are threatened by any Person, entity or governmental body, nor are there any valid grounds for any such claim.

 

15


2.16. Contracts .

(a) Section 2.16(a) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule contains a true and complete list of each Contract to which Company is a party (true and complete copies or, if none, reasonably complete and accurate written descriptions of which, together with all amendments and supplements thereto and all waivers of any material terms thereof, have been provided to Connecture prior to the execution of this Agreement).

(b) Each Contract required to be disclosed in Section 2.16(a) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule is in full force and effect and constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of Company, enforceable against Company in accordance with its terms, and, to the knowledge of Sellers, each other party thereto. Neither Company, nor, to the knowledge of Sellers, any other party to any Contract is in violation or breach of or default under any such Contract (or with notice or lapse of time or both, would be in violation or breach of or default under any such Contract); nor has the Company, or either Seller, or, to the knowledge of Sellers, any other party to any Contract, received notice that it is in violation or breach of or default under any such Contract (or with notice or lapse of time or both, would be in violation or breach of or default under any such Contract).

(c) Except as described in Section 2.16(c) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule, Company is not a party to or bound by any Contract that (i) automatically terminates or allows termination by the other party thereto upon consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or (ii) contains any covenant or other provision which limits Company’s ability to compete with any Person in any line of business or in any area or territory.

2.17. Customers .

(a) Section 2.17(a) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules sets forth a list of all of Company’s customers (“ Customers ”) and the amount of revenue recognized for each such customer for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010. Except as set forth in Schedule 2.17(a) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules, no Customer has delivered written notice to Company or Sellers that (a) it may or shall stop or materially decrease the rate of business done with Company or (b) it desires to renegotiate its contract with Company, in a manner such that the impact will be to materially decrease the rate of business done with Company. No Customer has ceased or materially reduced its purchases of Company’s products or services since December 31, 2009, or terminated its agreement or relationship with the Company. To Sellers’ knowledge, except as disclosed in Section 2.17(a) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule, no Customer has indicated through oral statements that (a) it shall stop or materially decrease the rate of business done with Company as compared to the 24 months prior to the date hereof or (b) it desires to renegotiate its contract with Company, the impact of which would be to materially decrease the rate of business done with Company.

(b) Section 2.17(b) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule lists all suppliers and vendors to Company that during the previous 12-month period represented five percent or more of the Company’s cost of goods or services sold, or is anticipated during the 12-month period from the date hereof to represent five percent or more of Company’s cost of goods or services. Except as set forth in Section 2.17(b) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule, no supplier is a sole source of supply of any good or service to Company The transactions contemplated hereby will not, to the knowledge of Sellers, adversely affect any relationship of the Company with its suppliers or vendors.

2.18. Insurance .

Company has policies of insurance and bonds of the type and in amounts that, to the knowledge of Sellers, are comparable to those carried by persons conducting businesses or owning assets similar to those of Company. There is no claim pending under any of such policies or bonds as to which the carrier has issued a denial of coverage or a reservation of rights in the respect to such claim or informed Company of its intent to do so. All premiums due and payable under all such policies and bonds have been paid and Company is

 

16


otherwise in compliance with the terms of such policies and bonds. Sellers have no knowledge of any threatened termination of any of such policies. Section 2.18 of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule contains a true and complete list (including the names and addresses of the insurers, the expiration dates thereof, the annual premiums and payment terms thereof, the period of time covered thereby and a brief description of the interests insured thereby) of all liability, property, workers’ compensation, directors’ and officers’ liability, electronic errors and omissions and other insurance policies currently in effect that insure the business, operations or employees of Company. To the knowledge of Sellers, the insurance coverage provided by the policies described in Section 2.18 of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule will not terminate or lapse by reason of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each policy listed in Section 2.18 of Sellers Disclosure Schedule is, to the knowledge of Sellers, is valid and binding and in full force and effect.

2.19. Affiliate Transactions . Except as disclosed in Section 2.19 of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules, Company has no Liabilities to or from any of its respective directors, officers, employees, immediate family members, or Affiliates or is a party to any Contract with any of its directors, officers, employees, immediate family members, or Affiliates (other than compensation and benefits received in the ordinary course of business as an officer, director or employee of Company). To the knowledge of Sellers, except as disclosed in Section 2.19 of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule, none of such persons has any direct or indirect ownership interest in any firm or corporation with which Company is affiliated or with which Company has a business relationship, or any firm or corporation that competes with Company, except for ownership of stock in publicly traded companies that may compete with Company.

2.20. Employees; Labor Relations .

(a) There is no (i) unfair labor practice, labor dispute (other than routine individual grievances) or labor arbitration proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of Sellers, threatened against Company relating to its business, (ii) activity or proceeding by a labor union or representative thereof to organize any employees of Company, or (iii) lockouts, strikes, slowdowns, work stoppages or threats thereof by or with respect to such employees.

(b) Section 2.20 of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule lists all employees, consultants and agents who on the date hereof perform services on a regular basis in the business operations of or for Company. The employment or engagement of all such employees, consultants and agents is terminable at will by Company without any liability to Company (except for payment of accrued vacation in the amounts set forth in Section 2.13 of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule and except that the Company has generally paid two weeks of severance pay to terminated employees). Except as set forth in Section 2.20 of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule, no such employee, consultant or agent is party to an employment or other agreement with Company, and Company, nor is there any agreement whereby Company may become, obligated to make severance payments of any kind to any such employee, consultant or agent (other than severance payments made by Company to terminated employees in accordance with past practice). To the knowledge of Sellers, no employee of Company intends to terminate or otherwise not continue such employment or engagement with Company after the Closing. The Company does not have any liability for claims by any independent contractor or any agency that furnished or furnishes independent contractors to Company. All current and former executives, officers, employees and contractors of Company who have had access to proprietary information of the Company have executed and delivered to Company an agreement regarding the protection of proprietary information, in substantially such form as has been provided to Connecture.

(c) Company is in compliance with all laws regarding employment, employment practices, terms and conditions of employment and wages, except for noncompliance that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company. Company has complied with all federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations and ordinances respecting health, safety and working conditions of its employees, including, without limitation, the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970,

 

17


Pub. L. 91-596, as amended, and all similar federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations and ordinances. To the knowledge of Sellers, Company’s operations do not involve any unusual risk to the health or safety of their employees (including, without limitation, any risk associated with hazardous airborne contaminants or hazardous chemicals or waste materials) and no employee of Company has suffered any adverse health consequence or significant personal injury as a result of his or her working conditions or employment by Company within the past five years.

2.21. Environmental Matters .

(a) Company does not require any Environmental Permits for the operation of its business.

(b) Company is in material compliance with all Environmental Laws.

(c) Company has not received any notice of alleged, actual or potential responsibility for, or any inquiry regarding, any Release or threatened or suspected Release of any Hazardous Material.

(d) Company has no obligation or Liability with respect to any Hazardous Material, including any Release or threatened or suspected Release of any Hazardous Material.

(e) Company has provided all notifications and warnings, made all reports, and kept and maintained all records required pursuant to Environmental Laws, except for such failures that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect on Company.

2.22. Accounts Receivable; Payables . The accounts receivable of Company as of the Closing Date are set forth in Section 2.22 to the Sellers Disclosure Schedule, and all accounts and notes receivable set forth therein (a) arose from bona fide transactions in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, and are payable on ordinary trade terms net of applicable reserves in amounts not exceeding those shown in the Balance Sheet, (b) are legal, valid and binding obligations of the respective debtors, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, (c) are not subject to any valid set-off or counterclaim, net of applicable reserves in amounts not exceeding those shown in the Balance Sheet, and (d) do not represent obligations for goods sold on consignment, on approval or on a sale-or-return basis, or are subject to any other repurchase or return arrangement. Company has incurred and maintained its accounts payable in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.

2.23. Other Negotiations . Except as disclosed in Section 2.23 of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule, neither Company nor any of its Affiliates (nor any investment banker, financial advisor, attorney, accountant or other Person retained by or acting for or on behalf of Company or any such Affiliate) (a) has entered into any Contract that conflicts with any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or (b) has entered into any Contract or had any discussions with any Person regarding any transaction involving Company that could reasonably be expected to result in Connecture, Company or any officer, director, employee, agent or Affiliate of any of them being subject to any claim for liability to said Person as a result of entering into this Agreement or consummating the transactions contemplated hereby.

2.24. Banks and Brokerage Accounts . Section 2.24 of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule sets forth (a) a true and complete list of the names and locations of all banks, trust companies, securities brokers and other financial institutions at which Company has an account or safe deposit box or maintains a banking, custodial, trading or other similar relationship, and (b) a true and complete list and description of each such account, box and relationship, indicating in each case the account number and the names of the respective officers, employees, agents or other similar representatives of Company having signatory power with respect thereto.

 

18


2.25. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . Company has not, directly or indirectly, used any corporate funds for unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity, made any unlawful payment to foreign or domestic government officials or employees or to foreign or domestic political parties or campaigns from corporate funds, violated any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other similar unlawful payment to any officer or employee of any Governmental or Regulatory Authority, a member of a foreign political party or a candidate for political office in a foreign country, for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of any such Person acting in his or her official capacity or inducing the Person to do or omit to do any action in violation of his or her lawful duty, inducing such Person to use his or her influence with any government to affect or influence any act or decision of such government or instrumentality, in order to assist Company to obtain or retain business for or with, or in directing business to, any Person.

2.26. Approvals .

(a) Section 2.26(a) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule contains a list of all Approvals (if any) of Governmental or Regulatory Authorities relating to the business conducted by Company that are required to be given to or obtained by Company from any and all Governmental or Regulatory Authorities in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(b) Section 2.26(b) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule contains a list of all Approvals that are required to be given to or obtained by Company from any and all third parties other than Governmental or Regulatory Authorities in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(c) Company has obtained all Approvals from Governmental or Regulatory Authorities necessary to conduct the business conducted by Company or its Subsidiaries in the manner as it is currently being conducted, except for Approvals the failure of which to obtain would not have a Material Adverse Effect on Company. There has been no written notice received by Company of any violation or non-compliance with any such Approvals. All Approvals from Governmental or Regulatory Authorities necessary to conduct the business conducted by Company as currently being conducted are set forth in Section 2.26(c) of the Sellers Disclosure Schedule.

(d) The affirmative vote or consent of the holders of all of the outstanding Company Capital Stock has been received and has not been revoked and is in full force and effect.

2.27. Investment Advisors . Except as described in Section 2.27 of the Sellers Disclosure Schedules, no broker, investment banker, financial advisor or other Person is entitled to any broker’s, finder’s, financial advisor’s or similar fee or commission in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby based on arrangements made by or on behalf of Company.

2.28. Title to Shares . Each Seller is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Shares being sold by such Seller hereunder, with good title thereto and, such Shares are owned free and clear of all Liens. No legend or other reference to any purported Lien appears upon any stock certificate representing either Seller’s equity securities of the Company. Upon Closing, Connecture will have good and valid title to all Shares, free and clear of all Liens (other than any Liens created by Connecture).

2.29. Indebtedness, Capital Lease Obligations and Transaction Expenses . Except as shown in the Preliminary Closing Statement, as of the Closing Date, Company has no Indebtedness, Capital Lease Obligations or liability for unpaid or accrued Transaction Expenses.

 

19


2.30. Disclosure . No representation or warranty of the Sellers made herein, in the Sellers Disclosure Schedule, or in any certificate or exhibit furnished or to be furnished pursuant to any express provision of this Agreement contains or will contain any untrue statement of a material fact, or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made herein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

ARTICLE 3.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF CONNECTURE

Connecture hereby represent and warrant to Sellers as follows:

3.1. Organization and Qualification . Connecture is a legal entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware.

3.2. Authority Relative to this Agreement . Connecture has all requisite power and authority to (a) execute and deliver this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party, (b) to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder, and (c) consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery by Connecture of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party and the consummation by Connecture of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and the performance by Connecture of its obligations hereunder and thereunder, have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary action by the Board of Directors of Connecture, and no other action on the part of the Board of Directors or shareholders of Connecture is required to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which it is a party and the consummation by Connecture of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. This Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements to which Connecture is a party have been or will be, as applicable, duly and validly executed and delivered by Connecture and, assuming the due authorization and the valid execution and delivery hereof by Sellers and/or the other parties thereto, constitutes or will constitute, as applicable, a legal, valid and binding obligation of Connecture, enforceable against Connecture in accordance with its respective terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or other similar Laws relating to the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.

3.3. No Conflicts . The execution and delivery by Connecture of this Agreement does not, and the performance by Connecture of its obligations under this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not:

(a) conflict with or result in a violation or breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of the certificate of incorporation or other governing documents of Connecture;

(b) conflict with or result in a violation or breach of any Law or Order applicable to Connecture or its assets or properties; or

(c) (i) conflict with or result in a violation or breach of, (ii) constitute a default (or an event that, with or without notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default) under, (iii) require Connecture to obtain any consent, approval or action of, make any filing with or give any notice to any Person, the violation of any of the foregoing under this Section 3.3 , which would reasonably be expected to hinder or prevent the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

3.4. Investment Advisors . No broker, investment banker, financial advisor or other Person is entitled to any broker’s, finder’s, financial advisor’s or similar fee or commission in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby based on arrangements made by or on behalf of Connecture, which fees shall be the sole responsibility of Connecture.

 

20


3.5. Third-Party Consents . Connecture is not required to obtain from any third party any consent, waiver or approval for the consummation of the Stock Purchase (other than consents which will be obtained at or prior to the Closing and consents, the absence of which could not reasonably be expected to hinder or prevent the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement).

3.6. Connecture Financials . Connecture has provided Sellers with Connecture’s balance sheet as of, and consolidated statements of income and cash flows for the fiscal years ended, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010 (the “Connecture Financials”). The Connecture Financials are correct and complete in all material respects and present fairly the financial condition and operating results of Connecture in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis as of the dates and during the periods indicated therein.

ARTICLE 4.

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

4.1. Expenses . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Stock Purchase, including all legal, accounting, financial advisory, consulting and all other fees and expenses of third parties (“ Third Party Expenses ”) incurred by a party in connection with the negotiation and effectuation of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, shall be the obligation of the respective party incurring such fees and expenses.

4.2. Intentionally Omitted .

4.3. Additional Documents and Further Assurances . Subsequent to the Closing, each party hereto, at the request of any other party, shall execute and deliver such other instruments and do and perform such other acts and things (including all action reasonably necessary to seek and obtain any and all consents and approvals of any Government or Regulatory Authority or Person required in connection with the Stock Purchase) as may be necessary or desirable for effecting completely the consummation of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

4.4. Public Announcements . No press release, public announcement or other disclosure related to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated herein (including with respect to the consideration to be paid hereunder), or, any other announcement or communication to the employees, customers or suppliers of Company, shall be issued or made without the approval of Connecture and Sellers, unless required by Law (in the reasonable opinion of counsel) in which case Connecture and Sellers shall have the right to review and comment on such press release or announcement prior to publication

4.5. Tax Matters .

(a) Tax Indemnification. Each Seller on his own behalf and on behalf of his successors and assigns agrees to indemnify (severally and jointly), Connecture and its Affiliates (including the Company following the Closing) and hold them harmless from and against (i) all Taxes (or the non-payment thereof) of the Company for all taxable periods or portions thereof ending on or before the Closing, (ii) any and all Taxes of any member of an affiliated, consolidated, combined, or unitary group of which the Company (or any predecessor) is or was a member on or prior to the Closing, including pursuant to Section 1.1502-6 of the Treasury Regulation or any analogous or similar state, local, or foreign law or regulation, and (iii) any and all Taxes of any Person (other than Company) imposed on Company as a transferee or successor, by contract or pursuant to any law, rule or regulation, which Taxes are imposed on

 

21


Company as a result of an event or transaction occurring prior to the Closing, in each such case excluding any Taxes to the extent reflected as a Current Liability in the Working Capital component of the Final Closing Statement.

(b) Allocation of Tax Liability for Straddle Periods . For purposes of the indemnity provisions of this Agreement, in the case of any Taxes that are imposed on a periodic basis and are payable for a Tax period that includes (but does not end on) the Closing Date, the portion of such Tax related to the portion of such Tax period ending on and including the Closing Date shall (i) in the case of any Taxes other than gross receipts, sales or use Taxes and Taxes based upon or related to income, be deemed to be the amount of such Tax for the entire Tax period multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days in the Tax period ending on and including the Closing Date and the denominator of which is the number of days in the entire Tax period, and (ii) in the case of any Tax based upon or related to income and any gross receipts, sales or use Tax, be deemed equal to the amount which would be payable if the relevant Tax period ended on and included the Closing Date.

(c) Preparation and Filing of Tax Returns; Payment of Taxes . Sellers shall prepare and file, or cause to be prepared and filed, all Tax Returns that are filed or required to be filed after the Closing by or with respect to the Company for taxable periods ending prior to or including the Closing Date. Each such Tax Return shall be prepared in a manner consistent with past practice, except as otherwise required by applicable Tax law. Sellers shall provide a draft of each such Tax Return to Connecture for Connecture’s review prior to filing and shall make any changes reasonably requested by Connecture that are (i) not inconsistent with past practice, (ii) permitted by applicable Tax law and (iii) in Seller’s good faith judgment, not expected to increase the Tax liability of Seller or any of its Affiliates for any Taxable period beginning prior to or including the Closing Date.

(d) Audits of Tax Returns . The Sellers will have the responsibility for, and the right to control, at Sellers’ expense, the audit of any federal or state income Tax Return of Company relating to a taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date, including any disposition of such audit; provided, however, that Connecture and Company will have the right, directly or through its designated representatives, to review in advance and comment upon all submissions made in the course of audits of such Tax Returns (including any administrative appeals thereof), and Connecture’s consent shall be required for any settlement by the Sellers that could affect the Tax liability of Connecture or any of its Affiliates (including Company) in any taxable period to the extent such Tax liability is not or would not be solely the liability of Sellers. With respect to all other Tax Returns, Connecture and Company will have the sole responsibility for, and the right to control the audit of, such Tax Returns, but, with respect to any federal or state income Tax Return that relates to a taxable period that includes, but does not end on, the Closing Date, the Sellers shall have the right to participate in and approve the disposition of the audit of any such Tax Return, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(e) Cooperation on Tax Matters . Connecture and Sellers shall cooperate fully, as and to the extent reasonably requested by the other party, in connection with the preparation and filing of any Tax Return with respect to Company and any audit, litigation or other proceeding with respect to Taxes of Company. Such cooperation shall include the retention and (upon the other party’s request) the provision of records and information which are reasonably relevant to any such Tax Return, audit, litigation or other proceeding or any Tax planning and making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder. Connecture and Sellers further agree, upon request, to use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any certificate or other document from any governmental authority or any other Person as may be necessary to mitigate, reduce or eliminate any Tax that could be imposed (including, but not limited to, any Transfer Taxes).

 

22


(f) Termination of Tax-Sharing Agreements . All Tax sharing agreements or similar arrangements with respect to or involving Company and its Subsidiaries shall be terminated prior to the Closing Date and, after the Closing Date, none of Company or its Subsidiaries shall be bound thereby or have any liability thereunder for amounts due in respect of periods ending on or before the Closing Date.

(g) Transfer Taxes . All transfer, documentary, sales, use, stamp, registration and other substantially similar Taxes incurred in connection with this Agreement (collectively, “Transfer Taxes”), if any, shall be borne by Sellers and shall be paid by Sellers when due. The Sellers will, at their expense, file all necessary Tax Returns and other documentation with respect to all such Transfer Taxes and, if required by applicable law, Connecture or Company will join in the execution of any such Tax Returns and other documentation. Sellers shall provide Connecture with evidence satisfactory to Connecture that such Transfer Taxes have been paid by Sellers.

(h) Section 338(h)(10) Election . Connecture covenants and agrees that it shall not (and shall not cause the Company to) file an election under Internal Revenue Code Section 338(h)(10) and any similar provision under applicable state or local law with respect to the transactions set forth herein.

ARTICLE 5.

CONDITIONS TO THE CLOSING

5.1. Conditions to Obligations of Each Party to Effect the Closing . The respective obligations of each party to this Agreement to consummate the Stock Purchase and to take the other actions required to be taken by them pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Closing of the following conditions (unless waived in writing by all parties):

(a) Governmental and Regulatory Approvals. Approvals from any Governmental or Regulatory Authority (if any) necessary for consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall have been obtained.

(b) No Injunctions or Regulatory Restraints; Illegality. No temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other Order issued by any Governmental or Regulatory Authority or other legal or regulatory restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the Stock Purchase shall be in effect (and no notice shall have been given of the intent to commence proceedings for such an Order or other prohibition); nor shall there be any action taken, or any Law or Order enacted, entered, enforced or deemed applicable to the Stock Purchase or the other transactions contemplated by the terms of this Agreement that would prohibit the consummation of the Stock Purchase; provided, however, that the party invoking this condition must use all commercially reasonable efforts to have such Order or injunction vacated.

5.2. Additional Conditions to Obligations of Sellers . The obligations of Sellers to consummate the Stock Purchase and to take the other actions required to be taken by Sellers pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Closing of each of the following conditions, any of which may be waived, in writing, exclusively by Sellers:

(a) Representations and Warranties. Each of the representations and warranties made by Connecture in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all respects.

(b) Performance. Connecture shall have performed and complied with, in all material respects, each agreement, covenant and obligation required by this Agreement to be so performed or complied with by Connecture at or before the Closing.

 

23


(c) Officers’ Certificates. Connecture shall have delivered to Sellers a certificate, dated the Closing Date and executed by an authorized agent of Connecture, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B-1 hereto, and a certificate, dated the Closing Date and executed by an authorized agent of Connecture, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B-2 hereto.

(d) Purchase Consideration. Connecture shall have paid to Sellers the Closing Purchase Consideration less the Deferred Payment Amount and less the Customer Retention Payment Amount as required pursuant to Section 1.4 hereof.

(e) Release Agreements. The Company shall have executed and delivered to Sellers a release in the form of Exhibit G (releasing all claims that Company may have against Sellers in their capacities as shareholders, officers, directors or employees of Company).

5.3. Additional Conditions to the Obligations of Connecture . The obligations of Connecture to consummate the Stock Purchase and to take the other actions required to be taken by Connecture pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Closing of each of the following conditions, any of which may be waived, in writing, exclusively by Connecture:

(a) Representations and Warranties. Each of the representations and warranties made by Sellers in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all respects.

(b) Performance. Sellers shall have performed and complied with, in all material respects, each agreement, covenant and obligation required by this Agreement to be so performed or complied with by Sellers on or before the Closing Date.

(c) Sellers’ Certificates. Sellers shall have delivered to Connecture a certificate, dated the Closing Date and executed by Sellers, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit C-1 hereto, and a certificate, dated the Closing Date and executed by Sellers, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit C-2 hereto.

(d) Third Party Consents. Connecture shall have been furnished with evidence satisfactory to it that Company and/or Sellers have obtained the Approvals of third parties (if any) set forth on Exhibit A .

(e) Employment/Consulting Agreements. Aaron shall have executed and delivered to Connecture, an Employment Covenants Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D , and Patrick shall have executed and delivered to Connecture, an Independent Contractor Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E , and each such agreement shall be in full force and effect.

(f) Non-competition Agreements. In consideration of Connecture consummating the Stock Purchase and ancillary to the sale of the business of the Company to Connecture, each Seller shall have executed and delivered to Connecture a Non-competition/Non-solicitation Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F (collectively, the “ Non-competition Agreements ”), and each such Non-competition Agreement shall be in full force and effect.

(g) Legal Opinion. Legal counsel to Company and Sellers shall have executed and delivered to Connecture a legal opinion substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H-2 (the “ Legal Opinion ”).

 

24


(i) Sellers’ Stock certificates. Sellers shall have delivered to Connecture, stock certificates representing the Shares, duly endorsed (or accompanied by duly executed stock powers) for transfer to Connecture.

(j) Release Agreements. Each Seller shall execute and deliver to Connecture a release in the form of Exhibit I.

(k) Good Standing Certificate. Sellers shall have delivered to Connecture a long form certificate of incorporation or similar instrument of the Company certified by the Secretary of State or equivalent Person of the State of Connecticut, dated not more than five (5) days prior to the Closing Date, certifying to the good standing of the Company and attaching thereto the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company and all amendments thereto.

(l) Estoppel Certificate. Sellers shall have delivered to Connecture an estoppel certificate executed on behalf of each landlord, dated as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to Connecture.

(m) Resignations of Directors and Officers. All directors and officers of Company shall have provided to Connecture written notice of resignation from the Company Board and all officer positions effective at or prior to the Closing.

(n) Subordination Agreements. Each Seller shall have entered into and delivered to Connecture, a Subordination Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit K .

(o) Transition Services Agreement. The Company and Corporate Information technologies, Inc. shall have entered into a Transition Services Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit L .

ARTICLE 6.

SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS;

INDEMNIFICATION PROVISIONS

6.1. Survival of Representations, Warranties, Covenants and Agreements . Notwithstanding any right of Connecture or Sellers (whether or not exercised) to investigate the affairs of Connecture or Company, each party shall have the right to rely fully upon the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of the other party contained in this Agreement or in any certificate delivered pursuant to Section 5.2(c) or Section 5.3(c) of this Agreement. Except as described below, all representations and warranties of Connecture and Sellers shall survive the Closing and continue until the date that is two years after the Closing Date; provided, however, that Company’s representations and warranties made pursuant to (a) Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 shall survive indefinitely, (b) Sections 2.10, 2.13 and 2.21 shall survive until 60 days after the expiration of the statute of limitations applicable to the matters referenced therein, (c) Section 2.12, paragraph (g) of Section 2.13, and Sections 2.20, 2.23, 2.25, 2.26 and 2.28 shall survive until the date that is thirty (30) months following the Closing Date, (d) Section 2.15 shall survive until the date that is three years following the Closing Date, and (e) Sections 2.27 and 2.29 shall survive until the date that is four years following the Closing Date. With respect to any alleged breach of any covenant or agreement in this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements that are to be performed from and after the Closing, all such covenants and agreements shall survive the Closing indefinitely.

 

25


6.2. Indemnification .

(a) Of the Connecture Indemnified Parties. Sellers shall, jointly and severally, indemnify and hold harmless Connecture and each of its officers, directors, stockholders, agents, employees, heirs, executors, successors and assigns (collectively, the “ Connecture Indemnified Parties ”) in respect of the aggregate of all expenses, losses, penalties, costs, deficiencies, liabilities and damages, including related counsel fees and expenses but excluding indirect, consequential or punitive damages except to the extent that such damages are due to third parties on account of third party claims (collectively, “ Indemnifiable Damages ”) incurred or suffered by any such Connecture Indemnified Party resulting from:

(i) Any inaccurate representation or warranty made by Sellers in this Agreement;

(ii) Any default in the performance of any of the covenants or agreements made by Sellers in this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements; and

(iii) any Indebtedness, Capital Lease Obligations and unpaid Transaction Expenses of the Company outstanding as of the Closing Date (except such amounts as are shown on the Preliminary Closing Statement or provided that the Sellers shall have paid any Shortfall due to Connecture under Section 1.9(f) , the Final Closing Statement).

(b) Of the Sellers. Connecture shall indemnify and hold harmless the Sellers and each of their agents, heirs, executors, successors and assigns (collectively the “ Seller Indemnified Parties ”) in respect of the aggregate of all Indemnifiable Damages incurred or suffered by Seller Indemnified Parties resulting from:

(i) Any inaccurate representation or warranty made by Connecture in this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements; and

(ii) Any default in the performance of any of the covenants or agreements made by Connecture in this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements.

(c) Exclusive Remedy. The Connecture Indemnified Parties’ sole and exclusive remedy against Sellers for any Indemnifiable Damages suffered resulting from a matter subject to Section 6.2(a)(i) above is the right to proceed for indemnification in the manner, and only to the extent, provided by this Article 6, other than with respect to fraud or willful misrepresentation. The Seller Indemnified Parties’ sole and exclusive remedy against Connecture for any Indemnifiable Damages suffered resulting from a matter subject to Section 6.2(b) above is the right to proceed for indemnification in the manner, and only to the extent, provided by this Article 6, other than with respect to fraud or willful misrepresentation.

(d) Limitations. The indemnification obligations described in Sections 6.2(a) and 6.2(b) shall be subject to each of the following principles or qualifications:

(i) No claim for the recovery of Indemnifiable Damages pursuant to Article 6 may be asserted after the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements giving rise to such claim shall have expired and be thus extinguished; provided , however , that claims first asserted in writing within the applicable period shall not thereafter be barred.

(ii) The Connecture Indemnified Parties shall be entitled to indemnification under Section 6.2(a)(i) only if the Indemnifiable Damages of the Connecture Indemnified Parties exceed $50,000 (the “ Company Basket ”) in the aggregate, in which event the Connecture Indemnified Parties shall

 

26


then be entitled to indemnification for all Indemnifiable Damages in excess of the Company Basket, subject to the Company Cap; provided , however , that the Company Basket shall not apply to Indemnifiable Damages that are attributable to (x) Indebtedness or Capital Lease Obligations of the Company or unpaid Transaction Expenses, or (y) a breach of the representations and warranties in Sections 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.10 or 2.27 hereof.

(iii) The Seller Indemnified Parties shall be entitled to indemnification under Section 6.2(b)(i) only if the Indemnifiable Damages of the Seller Indemnified Parties exceed $50,000 (the “ Connecture Basket ”) in the aggregate, in which event the Seller Indemnified Parties shall be entitled to indemnification for all Indemnifiable Damages in excess of the Company Basket), subject to the Connecture Cap; provided , however , that the Connecture basket shall not apply to Indemnifiable Damages that are attributable to a breach of the representations and warranties in Sections 3.1, 3.2 or 3.4.

(iv) In no event shall the aggregate amount of all indemnification payments to Connecture Indemnified Parties by Sellers (x) under Section 6.2(a)(i) (unless arising from an inaccurate representation or warranty of Sellers set forth in the first sentence of Section 2.1 or Sections 2.2, 2.3, 2.10, 2.13, 2.28 or 2.29) exceed 50% of the sum of the Final Purchase Consideration and the Continuing Customer Retention Payment Amount, (y) under Section 6.2(a)(i) (if and only if arising from an inaccurate representation or warranty of Sellers set forth in the first sentence of Section 2.1 or Sections 2.2, 2.3, 2.10, 2.13, 2.28 or 2.29) exceed the sum of the Final Purchase Consideration and the Continuing Customer Retention Payment Amount, and (z) under Section 6.2(a)(i), (ii) and (iii) in the aggregate exceed the sum of the Final Purchase Consideration and the Continuing Customer Retention Payment Amount (the “ Company Cap ”).

(v) In no event shall the aggregate amount of all indemnification payments to Seller Indemnified Parties by Connecture exceed the sum of the Final Purchase Consideration and the Continuing Customer Retention Payment Amount (the “ Connecture Cap ”).

(vi) In accordance with the terms and conditions contained herein, Connecture shall have the right to offset against up to $750,000 (less any Customer Offset Amount that Connecture shall not be obligated to pay pursuant to the Notes) of its obligations that shall be owed to Sellers pursuant to the Notes, any amounts that shall be owed to Connecture by Sellers with respect to (A) the indemnification obligations of Sellers under this Section 6.2 hereof and (B) the Shortfall obligations of Sellers under Section 1.9 hereof. Connecture agrees to first seek recovery of $750,000 in Indemnifiable Damages from the Notes (less any Shortfall amount recovered against the Notes), and only in the event that there shall be no further amounts to recover against the Notes, shall Connecture than have the right to collect any Indemnifiable Damages against Sellers. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Connecture shall have no right to offset against or otherwise withhold payment of any Excess owed to Sellers under Section 1.9(f) or any amount due to Sellers under Section 1.6(b).

(e) For purposes of determining the amount of Indemnifiable Damages resulting from the matters described in Section 6.2(a) or Section 6.2(b) , the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements applicable thereto shall be deemed not to include any qualification or limitation with respect to materiality (whether by the terms “material” or “materiality” or by reference to a “Material Adverse Effect,” a “Material Adverse Change,” or otherwise). For the avoidance of doubt, the qualifications and limitations that are set forth in the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements herein shall not be disregarded for purposes of determining whether or not a representation, warranty, covenant or agreement has been breached.

(f) After the Closing, the Sellers shall have no right of indemnity or contribution from Company (or any other right against Company) with respect to any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement hereunder.

 

27


6.3. Intentionally Omitted.

6.4. General Indemnification Procedures . The parties agree that the following indemnification procedures shall apply to all claims made pursuant to this Article 6.

(a) A Connecture Indemnified Party or a Seller Indemnified Party (the “ Indemnified Party ”) seeking indemnification pursuant to Section 6.2 shall give notice (the “ Indemnification Notice ”) as soon as reasonably practicable to the party from whom such indemnification is sought (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) of the assertion of any claim for Indemnifiable Damages or the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder and will give the Indemnifying Party such information with respect thereto as the Indemnifying Party may reasonably request, but failure to give such notice shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of any Liability hereunder (except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party has suffered actual prejudice thereby). Within fifteen (15)) days of the Indemnified Party providing the Indemnifying Party with an Indemnification Notice, the Indemnifying Party shall provide the Indemnified Party with written notice as to whether such party agrees with or disputes the assertion of the claim for Indemnifiable Damages.

(b) The Indemnifying Party shall have the right (but not the obligation), exercisable by written notice to the Indemnified Party within fifteen (15) days of receipt of notice from the Indemnified Party of the commencement of or assertion of any claim or action, suit or proceeding by a Person not a party to this Agreement (other than an Affiliate of any party) in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder (a “ Third Party Claim ”), to assume the defense and control the settlement of such Third Party Claim which involves (and continues to involve) solely monetary damages unless in the reasonable judgment of the Indemnified Party (based on the advice of counsel) such assumption would result in a conflict of interest with the rights of the Indemnified Party; provided that (A) the Indemnifying Party expressly agrees in such notice that, as between the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party, the Indemnifying Party shall be solely obligated to satisfy and discharge the Third Party Claim; (B) the defense of such Third Party Claim by the Indemnifying Party will not, in the reasonable judgment of the Indemnified Party, have any continuing Material Adverse Effect on the Indemnified Party; and (C) the Indemnifying Party makes reasonably adequate provision to ensure the Indemnified Party of the ability of the Indemnifying Party to satisfy the full amount of any adverse monetary judgment or settlement that may result (the conditions set forth in clauses (A), (B)and (C) are together referred to as the “ Litigation Conditions ”).

(c) Within fifteen (15) days after the Indemnifying Party has given written notice to the Indemnified Party of its intended exercise of its right to defend and control the right to settle a Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall give written notice to the Indemnifying Party of any objection thereto based upon the Litigation Conditions. If the Indemnified Party so objects, the Indemnified Party shall continue to defend the Third Party Claim until such time as such objection is withdrawn. If no such notice of objection is given, or if any such objection is withdrawn, the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to assume and conduct such defense, with counsel selected by the Indemnifying Party and reasonably acceptable to the Indemnified Party, until such time as the Indemnified Party shall give notice that any of the Litigation Conditions, in its reasonable judgment, are no longer satisfied. If the Indemnified Party is defending the claim after it has made an objection based upon the Litigation Conditions, the Indemnifying Party shall thereafter remain obligated to pay the amount found to be owing to, or agreed to in a settlement made pursuant to Section 6.4(e) with, the third party with respect to such Third Party Claim, and shall be obligated to pay the costs (including attorneys’ fees and reasonable expenses) incurred by the Indemnified Party defending such Third Party Claim. The Indemnified Party shall defend any Third Party Claim with counsel selected by it and reasonably acceptable to the Indemnifying Party.

 

28


(d) The Indemnified Party, as the case may be, shall have the right to participate in (but not control), at its own expense, the defense of any Third Party Claim which the other is defending as provided in this Agreement.

(e) Unless the Indemnifying Party shall have assumed the defense of such Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall have the sole and exclusive right to settle any Third Party Claim on such terms and conditions as it deems reasonably appropriate. If the Indemnifying Party shall not have assumed the defense of any Third Party Claim as provided in this Agreement, it shall not consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from, any such Third Party Claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(f) Regardless of whether the Indemnifying Party chooses to defend or prosecute any Third Party Claim, the parties shall cooperate in the defense or prosecution thereof and shall furnish such records, information and testimony, and attend such conferences, discovery proceedings, hearings, trials and appeals, as may be reasonably requested in connection therewith.

ARTICLE 7.

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

ARTICLE 8.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

8.1. Notices . All notices, requests and other communications hereunder must be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given only if delivered personally against written receipt or by facsimile transmission against facsimile confirmation or mailed by prepaid first class certified mail, return receipt requested, or mailed by overnight courier prepaid, to the parties at the following addresses or facsimile numbers:

If to Connecture:

Connecture, Inc.

101 Marietta Street, Suite 1600

Atlanta, Georgia 30303

Facsimile No.: 404.879.4675

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Morris, Manning & Martin, LLP

1600 Atlanta Financial Center

3343 Peachtree Road, N.E.

Atlanta, Georgia 30326

Facsimile No.: (404) 365-9532

Attn: Edward D. Hirsch, Esq.

 

29


If to Sellers:

Patrick Downend

283 Main Street

Ridgefield, Connecticut 06877

Telecopy No.:                     

and

Aaron Downend

19 North Canton Road

Simsbury, Connecticut 06092

Telecopy No.:                     

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Cohn Birnbaum & Shea P.C.

100 Pearl Street, 12 th Floor

Hartford, Connecticut 06103

Facsimile No.: (860) 727-0361

Attn: Michael F. Mulpeter, Esq.

All such notices, requests and other communications will (a) if delivered personally to the address as provided in this Section 8.1 , be deemed given upon delivery, (b) if delivered by facsimile transmission to the facsimile number as provided for in this Section 8.1 , be deemed given upon facsimile confirmation, (c) if delivered by mail in the manner described above to the address as provided for in this Section 8.1 , be deemed given on the earlier of the third Business Day following mailing or upon receipt, and (d) if delivered by overnight courier to the address as provided in this Section 8.1 , be deemed given on the earlier of the first Business Day following the date sent by such overnight courier or upon receipt (in each case, regardless of whether such notice, request or other communication is received by any other Person to whom a copy of such notice is to be delivered pursuant to this Section 8.1 ). Any party from time to time may change its address, facsimile number or other information for the purpose of notices to that party by giving notice specifying such change to the other parties.

8.2. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Exhibits and Schedules hereto, including Sellers Disclosure Schedule, constitute the entire Agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, which shall continue in full force and effect and shall survive any termination of this Agreement or the Closing in accordance with its terms.

8.3. Third Party Beneficiaries . The terms and provisions of this Agreement are intended solely for the benefit of each party and its respective successors or permitted assigns, and it is not the intention of the parties to confer third-party beneficiary rights, and this Agreement does not confer any such rights, upon any other Person other than (a) as set forth in Section 4.2, and (b) Persons entitled to indemnity under Article 6.

8.4. No Assignment; Binding Effect . Neither this Agreement nor any right, interest or obligation hereunder may be assigned (by operation of law or otherwise) by any party without the prior written consent of the other party and any attempt to do so will be void. Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement is binding upon, inures to the benefit of and is enforceable by the parties and their respective successors and assigns.

8.5. Headings . The headings and table of contents used in this Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and do not define or limit the provisions hereof.

 

30


8.6. Invalid Provisions . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under any present or future Law, and if the rights or obligations of any party under this Agreement will not be materially and adversely affected thereby, (a) such provision will be fully severable, (b) this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part hereof, (c) the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance herefrom, and (d) in lieu of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a legal, valid and enforceable provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible.

8.7. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic Laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the Laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

8.8. Waiver of Trial by Jury . In any action or proceeding arising herefrom, the parties consent to trial without a jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by any party against the other or their successors in respect of any matter arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, regardless of the form of action or proceeding.

8.9. Construction . The parties agree that this Agreement is the product of negotiation between sophisticated parties and individuals, all of whom were represented by counsel, and each of whom had an opportunity to participate in and did participate in, the drafting of each provision hereof. Accordingly, ambiguities in this Agreement, if any, shall not be construed strictly or in favor of or against any party but rather shall be given a fair and reasonable construction without regard to the rule of contra proferentem.

8.10. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

8.11. Jurisdiction . Each of the parties (a) consents to submit itself to the personal jurisdiction of any federal court located in the State of Delaware or in the Delaware state court if any dispute arises out of this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (b) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from any such court; and (c) agrees that it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in any court other than a federal court sitting in the State of Delaware or in a Delaware state court.

8.12. Mediation . Any dispute arising under or relating in any way to this Agreement shall first be subject to mandatory, non-binding mediation, facilitated by a mutually acceptable neutral mediator, to be conducted in Hartford, Connecticut or other mutually agreed location. If the parties fail to agree on a neutral mediator within a reasonable period of time, not to exceed thirty (30) days after either party has notified the other in writing of its desire to seek mediation, then mediation shall occur through the auspices of the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its mediation rules (except as modified herein). The costs and expenses and compensation of the mediator shall be borne by the parties equally. Each party shall bear its own legal fees, costs and travel expenses, except as otherwise provided herein. The mediation shall be conducted within sixty (60) days after the mediator has been appointed. If a party fails to participate in mediation and if the other party is the prevailing party in any subsequent litigation involving the dispute which is the subject of the requested mediation, then that party’s attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred in connection with the mediation shall be assessed against the non-prevailing party who failed to participate in mediation. Each party shall be represented at the mediation by persons(s) with the authority to settle the dispute and may be represented by counsel. Each party shall deliver a concise summary of his or its position

 

31


on the dispute to the mediator at least ten (10) days prior to the scheduled mediation date. The mediator will determine the format for the meetings, which shall be private. The mediator shall keep confidential information learned in private caucus with any party unless expressly authorized by such party to make disclosure of the information to the other party. The entire mediation process shall be confidential and the conduct, statements, submissions, promises, offers, views and opinions of the mediator and the parties shall not be discoverable or admissible in any legal proceeding for any purpose; provided, however, that evidence which is otherwise discoverable or admissible shall not be excluded from discovery or admission as a result of its use in the mediation. The mediation is agreed to be a settlement negotiation and shall constitute privileged communications. The mediator shall be disqualified as a witness, expert, or counsel for any party with respect to the dispute and any related matter.

ARTICLE 9.

DEFINITIONS

9.1. Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following defined terms shall have the meanings indicated below:

Actions or Proceedings ” means any action, suit, complaint, petition, investigation, proceeding, arbitration, litigation or Governmental or Regulatory Authority investigation, audit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, in law or in equity, or before any arbitrator or Governmental Regulatory Authority.

Affiliate ” means, as applied to any Person, (a) each other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with, that Person, and (b) as to a corporation, each director and officer thereof, and as to a partnership, each general partner thereof, and as to a limited liability company, each managing member or similarly authorized Person thereof. For the purposes of this definition, “ control ” (including with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by,” and “under common control with”) as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that Person, whether through ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise.

Agreement ” means this Agreement, including (unless the context otherwise requires), the Sellers Disclosure Schedule.

Approval ” means any approval, authorization, consent, permit, qualification or registration, or any waiver of any of the foregoing, required to be obtained from or made with, or any notice, statement or other communication required to be filed with or delivered to, any Governmental or Regulatory Authority or any other Person.

Books and Records ” means all files, documents, instruments, papers, books and records relating to Company, including financial statements, internal reports, Tax Returns and related work papers and letters from accountants, budgets, pricing guidelines, ledgers, journals, deeds, title policies, minute books, stock certificates and books, stock transfer ledgers, Contracts, Licenses, customer lists, computer files and programs (including data processing files and records), retrieval programs, operating data and plans and environmental studies and plans.

Business Day ” means a day other than Saturday, Sunday or any day on which banks located in the State of Georgia are authorized or obligated to close.

 

32


Capital Lease Obligations ” means, without duplication of any item that would otherwise be included in the term Current Liability, any obligation (including accrued interest) under a lease agreement that is required to be capitalized pursuant to GAAP.

Closing Purchase Consideration ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.2.

Company Financials ” means the balance sheet of Company as of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 (the “ Balance Sheet ”), and the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2009, and the related reviewed consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for such periods].

Contract ” means any of the following contracts, agreements, commitments, arrangements or understandings to which a specified Person or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, whether oral or in writing:

(i) any distributor, sales, advertising, agency or manufacturer’s representative contract, which involves the payment or receipt of more than $25,000 in any year;

(ii) any license agreement or other written or oral agreement or permission pursuant to which Company has granted to any third party with respect to any of the Intangibles or Software;

(iii) any license, sublicense, agreement or other permission pursuant to which Company Uses or otherwise possesses the Intangibles or Other Software of any third party (other than standard or off-the-shelf license agreements);

(iv) any agreement with any customer of Company’s business, which involves the payment or receipt of more than $25,000 in any year;

(v) any agreement pursuant to which any other party is granted exclusive marketing or other exclusive rights of any type or scope with respect to any of Company’s products or services;

(vi) any continuing contract for the purchase of materials, supplies, equipment or services by Company involving in the case of any such contract more than $5,000 over the life of the contract;

(vii) any contract that expires or may be renewed at the option of any Person other than Company so as to expire more than one year after the date of this Agreement and that involves payments of more than $5,000 over the life of the contract;

(viii) any trust indenture, mortgage, promissory note, loan agreement or other contract for the borrowing of money, any currency exchange, commodities or other hedging arrangement or any leasing transaction of the type required to be capitalized in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(ix) any contract for capital expenditures in excess of $2,500 in the aggregate;

(x) any contract imposing any restriction on the right or ability of Company to engage in any line of business or to compete with any other Person or any confidentiality, secrecy or non-disclosure contract;

(xi) any contract pursuant to which Company is a lessor of any machinery, equipment, motor vehicles, office furniture, fixtures or other personal property, which involves the receipt of more than $25,000 in any year;

(xii) any contract for the lease of real property;

 

33


(xiii) any contract with an officer, director, Affiliate or any other Person with whom Company does not deal at arm’s length; or

(xiv) any agreement of guarantee, support, indemnification, assumption or endorsement of, or any similar commitment with respect to, the obligations, liabilities (whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise) or indebtedness of any other Person.

Current Assets ” means, at any time, the current assets of the Company, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however that Current Assets shall exclude Unrestricted Cash. For the avoidance of doubt, Current Assets shall include earned but unbilled revenue as of the applicable date.

Current Liabilities ” means, at any time, the current liabilities of the Company, determined in accordance with GAAP. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Current Liabilities shall not include accrued vacation liability that has been earned and become payable by the Company since January 1, 2011 with respect to services provided by employees since January 1, 2011 only (but shall include deferred revenue as of the applicable date).

Environment ” means air, surface water, ground water, or land, including land surface or subsurface, and any receptors such as persons, wildlife, fish, biota or other natural resources.

Environmental Law ” means any federal, state, local or foreign environmental, health and safety or other Law relating to Hazardous Materials, including the Comprehensive, Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act, the Clean Air Act, the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, the Solid Waste Disposal Act and the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act.

Environmental Permit ” means any permit, license, approval, consent or authorization required under or in connection with any Environmental Law and includes without limitation any and all orders, consent orders or binding agreements issued or entered into by a Governmental or Regulatory Authority.

Equity Equivalents ” means securities (including options to purchase any shares of capital stock of the Company) which, by their terms, are or may be exercisable, convertible or exchangeable for or into common stock, preferred stock or other equity securities of Company at the election of the holder thereof.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

ERISA Affiliate ” shall refer to any trade or business whether or not incorporated, under common control with Company or Connecture, as applicable, within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m), or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code or Sections 4001(a) or (b) of ERISA.

Escrow Agent ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.5.

Excess ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.9(f).

Final Closing Statement ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.9.

Final Purchase Consideration ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.2.

GAAP ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 2.7.

 

34


Governmental or Regulatory Authority ” means any court, tribunal, arbitrator, authority, agency, bureau, board, commission, department, official or other instrumentality of the United States, any foreign country or any domestic or foreign state, county, city or other political subdivision, and shall include any stock exchange, quotation service and the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

Hazardous Material ” means (a) any chemical, material, substance or waste including, containing or constituting petroleum or petroleum products, solvents (including chlorinated solvents), nuclear or radioactive materials, asbestos in any form that is or could become friable, radon, lead-based paint, urea formaldehyde foam insulation or polychlorinated biphenyls, or (b) any chemicals, materials, substances or wastes which are now defined as or included in the definition of “hazardous substances,” “hazardous wastes,” “hazardous materials,” “extremely hazardous wastes,” “restricted hazardous wastes,” “toxic substances,” “toxic pollutants” or words of similar import under any Environmental Law.

Indebtedness ” of any Person means all obligations of such Person (a) for borrowed money, (b) evidenced by bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) for the deferred purchase price of goods or services (other than trade payables or accruals incurred in the ordinary course of business), (d) under capital leases and (e) in the nature of guarantees of the obligations described in clauses (a) through (d) above of any other Person.

Intangible ” means:

(i) Patents, patent applications, patent disclosures, all re-issues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuation-in-parts thereof and improvements thereto;

(ii) Trademarks, service marks, trade dress, logos, trade names, and corporate names and registrations and applications for registration thereof and all goodwill associated therewith;

(iii) Copyrights and registrations and applications for registration thereof;

(iv) Maskworks and registrations and applications for registration thereof;

(v) All right, title and interest in all computer software, data and documentation (including, without limitation, modifications, enhancements, revisions or versions of or to any of the foregoing and prior releases of any of the foregoing applicable to any operating environment);

(vi) Trade secrets and confidential business information (including ideas, formulas, compositions, inventions, whether patentable or unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice, know-how, processes and techniques, research and development information, drawings, flow charts, processes ideas, specifications, designs, plans, proposals, technical data, copyrightable works, financial, marketing, and business data, pricing and cost information, business and marketing plans, and customer and supplier lists and information);

(vii) All income, royalties, damages and payments with respect to any of the foregoing and all other rights thereunder including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements or misappropriations thereof, the right to sue and recover for past, present or future infringements or misappropriations thereof;

(viii) All rights to Use all of the foregoing forever; and

(ix) All other rights in, to, and under the foregoing in all countries.

 

35


Internal Revenue Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Investment Assets ” means all debentures, notes and other evidences of Indebtedness, stocks, securities (including rights to purchase and securities convertible into or exchangeable for other securities), interests in joint ventures and general and limited partnerships, mortgage loans and other investment or portfolio assets owned of record or beneficially by Company.

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service or any successor entity.

Law ” or “ Laws ” means any law, statute, order, decree, consent decree, judgment, rule, regulation, ordinance or other pronouncement having the effect of law whether in the United States, any foreign country, or any domestic or foreign state, county, city or other political subdivision or of any Governmental or Regulatory Authority.

Liabilities ” or “ Liability ” means all Indebtedness, obligations and other liabilities of a Person, whether absolute, accrued, contingent (or based upon any contingency), known or unknown, choate or inchoate, fixed or otherwise, or whether due or to become due.

Liens ” means any mortgage, pledge, assessment, security interest, lien, easement, condition, restriction, adverse claim, levy, charge, adverse claim or restriction or other encumbrance of any kind, or any conditional sale Contract, title retention Contract or other Contract to give any of the foregoing, except for any restrictions on transfer generally arising under any applicable federal or state securities law.

Material Adverse Effect ” or “ Material Adverse Change ” means any event, change, or effect that has occurred which has a material adverse effect upon the financial condition of Company or Connecture, as applicable, other than events, changes, effects, conditions or circumstances resulting from or relating to (a) the announcement of this Agreement and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement; or (b) any change in accounting requirements or principles or the adoption, implementation, promulgation, repeal, modification, reinterpretation or proposal of any Law subsequent to the date hereof or the interpretation thereof.

Order ” means any writ, judgment, decree, injunction or similar order of any Governmental or Regulatory Authority (in each such case whether preliminary or final).

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established under ERISA.

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company or partnership, proprietorship, other business organization, trust, union, association or Governmental or Regulatory Authority.

Plan ” means (i) each of the “employee benefit plans” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA), of which Company or any ERISA Affiliate is or ever was a sponsor or participating employer or as to which Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates makes contributions or is required to make contributions, and (ii) any employment, severance or other arrangement or policy of any of Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates (whether written or oral) providing for health, life, vision or dental insurance coverage (including self-insured arrangements), workers’ compensation, disability benefits, supplemental unemployment benefits, vacation benefits, fringe benefits, or for profit sharing, deferred compensation, bonuses, stock options, stock appreciation rights, incentive compensation or post-retirement insurance, compensation or benefits.

Preliminary Closing Statement ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.9.

 

36


Proposed Final Closing Statement ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.9.

Publicly Available Software ” means each of (i) any Software that contains, or is derived in any manner (in whole or in part) from, any software that is distributed as free Software, open source Software, “copyleft,” or similar licensing or distribution models, other than Software that has been clearly and conspicuously released into the public domain by its copyright holders, and (ii) any Software that requires as a condition of its use, modification and/or distribution that such Software or other Software incorporated into, derived from or distributed with such Software: (A) be disclosed or distributed in source code form; (B) be licensed for the purpose of making derivative works; or (C) be redistributable at no charge, other than a nominal fee or copying charge. Publicly Available Software includes, without limitation, Software licensed or distributed under any of the following licenses or distribution models, or licenses or distribution models similar to any of the following (regardless of Software license version): (a) GNU’s General Public License (GPL) or Lesser/Library GPL (LGPL); (b) the Artistic License (e.g., PERL); (c) the Mozilla Public License; (d) Common Public License (CPL), (e) the Netscape Public License; (f) the Sun Community Source License (SCSL); (g) the Sun Industry Source License (SISL); and (h) the Apache Software license.

Recurring Revenue ” means contractual fees for ongoing licensing and services, including hosting, maintenance, account management, and software license and usage fees and excluding non-recurring fees for implementation and other one-time efforts. Recurring Revenue shall not include revenues paid by Customers in consideration of products or services which are provided to Customers on a non-recurring basis (such as fees for service requests)].

Release ” means any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping or disposing of a Hazardous Material into the Environment.

Sellers Disclosure Schedule ” means the schedules delivered to Connecture by or on behalf of Sellers, containing all lists, descriptions, exceptions and other information and materials as are included therein in connection with the representations and warranties made by Sellers in Article 2 of this Agreement or otherwise.

Shortfall ” has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 1.9(f).

Software ” means any computer program, operating system, applications system, firmware or software of any nature, whether operational, under development or inactive, including all object code, source code, technical manuals, user manuals and other documentation thereof, whether in machine-readable form, programming language or any other language or symbols and whether stored, encoded, recorded or written on disk, tape, film, memory device, paper or other media of any nature.

Subsidiary ” means any Person in which Company or Connecture, as the context requires, directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries or otherwise, beneficially owns at least 50% of either the equity interest in, or the voting control of, such Person, whether or not existing on the date hereof.

Tax ” or “ Taxes ” means (i) any income, alternative or add-on minimum tax, gross income, gross receipts, franchise, profits, including estimated taxes relating to any of the foregoing, or other similar tax or other like assessment or charge of similar kind whatsoever, together with any interest and any penalty, addition to tax or additional amount imposed by any Taxing Authority responsible for the imposition of any such Tax (domestic or foreign); or (ii) any liability of a Person for the payment of any taxes, interest, penalty, addition to tax or like additional amount resulting from the application of Treas. Reg. §1.1502-6 or comparable provisions of any Taxing Authority in respect of a Tax Return of a Relevant Group or any Contract.

 

37


Tax Returns ” means any return, report, information return, schedule, certificate, statement or other document (including any related or supporting information) filed or required to be filed with, or, where none is required to be filed with a Taxing Authority, the statement or other document issued by, a Taxing Authority in connection with any Income Tax or Other Tax.

Taxing Authority ” means any governmental agency, board, bureau, body, department or authority of any United States federal, state or local jurisdiction or any foreign jurisdiction, having jurisdiction with respect to any Tax.

Transaction Expenses ” means all fees, disbursements, costs and expenses (including fees, costs and expenses of legal counsel, investment bankers, brokers or other representatives and consultants and appraisal fees, costs and expenses) incurred by Company in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements.

Unrestricted Cash ” means all Cash of the Company other than Cash that is restricted in any manner as to its ability to be immediately used for any purpose. For the avoidance of doubt, Unrestricted Cash shall not include any security deposits (including lease deposits or sublease deposits).

Use ” and variants thereof such as “Used” means to do any of the following: market, license, distribute, sell, lease, copy, modify, brand, update, make, create derivative works, publicly perform, publicly display, or otherwise use or exploit.

Working Capital ” means, as of the Closing Date, the Company’s Current Assets minus the Company’s Current Liabilities.

Working Capital Excess ” means the amount (if any) by which Working Capital exceeds the Working Capital Target Amount.

Working Capital Shortfall ” means the amount (if any) by which the Working Capital Target Amount exceeds Working Capital.

Working Capital Target Amount ” means $475,000.

 

38


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Connecture, Patrick and Aaron have caused this Agreement to be signed, all as of the date first written above.

 

CONNECTURE:     SELLERS:
Connecture, Inc.     Patrick:
By:  

/s/ Daniel Maynard

   

/s/ Patrick Downend

Name:  

Daniel Maynard

    Patrick Downend
Title:  

CEO

   
      Aaron:
     

/s/ Aaron Downend

      Aaron Downend

[Signature Page to Stock Purchase Agreement]


E XHIBITS AND S CHEDULES *

 

Exhibits

    

Exhibit A

          Form of List of Third Party Approvals

Exhibit B-1

          Form of Connecture Officer Certificate

Exhibit B-2

          Form of Connecture Secretary’s Certificate

Exhibit C-1

          Form of Sellers’ Certificate as to Representations, Warranties and Covenants

Exhibit C-2

          Form of Sellers’ Certificate as to Company and Sellers’ Documents

Exhibit D

          Form of Employment Covenants Agreement

Exhibit E

          Form of Independent Contractor Agreement

Exhibit F

          Form of Non-Competition/Non-Solicitation Agreement

Exhibit G

          Form of Company Release Agreement

Exhibit H

          Form of Legal Opinion

Exhibit I

          Form of Seller’s Release Agreement

Exhibit J

          Form of Promissory Note

Exhibit K-1

          Form of Subordination Agreement

Exhibit K-2

          Form of Subordination Agreement

Exhibit L

          Form of Transition Services Agreement

Schedules

    

Schedule 1.6(a)

          Customer Retention

Schedule 1.6(b)

          Proposed New Contract Terms and Conditions

Schedule 2.1

          Organization and Qualification

Schedule 2.3

          Capitalization

Schedule 2.5

          No Conflicts

Schedule 2.7

          Company Financial Statements

Schedule 2.8

          Absence of Changes

Schedule 2.9

          No Undisclosed Liabilities

Schedule 2.10

          Taxes

Schedule 2.11

          Legal Proceedings

Schedule 2.12

          Compliance With Laws and Orders

Schedule 2.13

          Plans; ERISA

Schedule 2.14

          Assets and Properties

Schedule 2.15

          Intellectual Property

Schedule 2.16

          Contracts

Schedule 2.17

          Customers

Schedule 2.18

          Insurance

Schedule 2.19

          Affiliate Transactions

Schedule 2.20

          Employees; Labor Relations

Schedule 2.22

          Accounts Receivable; Payables

Schedule 2.23

          Other Negotiations

Schedule 2.24

          Bank and Brokerage Accounts

Schedule 2.26

          Approvals

Schedule 2.27

          Investment Advisors


* The exhibits and schedules to the Stock Purchase Agreement have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K because such schedules and exhibits do not contain information which is material to an investment decision or which is not otherwise disclosed in the relevant document. The Company hereby agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any such omitted schedule or exhibit to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

Exhibit 2.3

EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

This Exchange Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of August 3, 2012 by and among Connecture, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the Persons listed on Schedule 1.1 (each individually a “ Non-Selling Old Preferred Holder ” and collectively, the “ Non-Selling Old Preferred Holders ”), the Persons listed on Schedule 1.2 (each individually an “ Optionholder ” and collectively, the “ Optionholders ”), the Persons listed on Schedule 1.3 (each individually a “ Seller ” and collectively, the “ Sellers ”), and the Persons listed on Schedule 1.4 (each individually an “ Exchanging Common Holder ” and collectively, the “ Exchanging Common Holders ”). The Company, the Non-Selling Old Preferred Holders, the Optionholders, the Sellers and the Exchanging Common Holders are referred to collectively herein as the “ Parties ” and individually as a “ Party .” The Non-Selling Old Preferred Holders, the Optionholders, the Sellers and the Exchanging Common Holders are referred to collectively herein as the “ Holders ” and individually as a “ Holder .”

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

A. The Non-Selling Old Preferred Holders and certain of the Sellers in the aggregate own all of the outstanding shares of the Company’s current Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series D-1 Preferred Stock (collectively, the “ Old Preferred Stock ”). Each Non-Selling Old Preferred Holder individually owns that number and type of shares of Non-Selling Old Preferred Stock set forth opposite its name on Schedule 1.1 . Each Non-Selling Old Preferred Holder desires to exchange that number and type of shares of Old Preferred Stock set forth opposite its name on Schedule 1.1 for that number of shares of the Company’s new Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Series A Stock ”) set forth opposite its name on Schedule 1.1 , and the Company desires to issue and exchange such Old Preferred Stock for such Series A Stock, as set forth on Schedule 1.1 and all on the terms set forth in this Agreement.

B. Each Optionholder individually owns that number of options to purchase shares of the Company’s current common stock (the “ Old Common Stock ”) set forth opposite its name on Schedule 1.2 . Each Optionholder exercised its options to purchase that number of shares of the Old Common Stock set forth opposite its name on Schedule 1.2 , and the Company issued the Old Common Stock upon the exercise of such options, as set forth on Schedule 1.2 .

C. Each Seller individually owns that number and type of shares of Old Common Stock and/or Old Preferred Stock set forth opposite its name on Schedule 1.3 or warrants to purchase shares of Old Common Stock and/or Old Preferred Stock set forth opposite its name on Schedule 1.3 (collectively, “Warrants”) . Each Seller desires to exchange that number and type of shares (or Warrants to purchase shares) of Old Common Stock and/or Old Preferred Stock set forth opposite its name on Schedule 1.3 for that number of shares of the Company’s new Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (the “ Series B Stock ”) set forth opposite its name on Schedule 1.3 , and the Company desires to issue and exchange such Warrants, Old Common Stock and Old Preferred Stock for such Series B Stock, as set forth on Schedule 1.3 and all on the terms set forth in this Agreement.


D. Each Exchanging Common Holder individually owns that number of shares of Old Common Stock set forth opposite its name on Schedule 1.4 . Each Exchanging Common Holder desires to exchange that number of shares of Old Common Stock set forth opposite its name on Schedule 1.4 for that number of shares of the Series A Stock set forth opposite its name on Schedule 1.4 , and the Company desires to issue and exchange such Old Common Stock for such Series A Stock, as set forth on Schedule 1.4 and all on the terms set forth in this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

Now, therefore, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises herein made, and in consideration of the representations, warranties, and covenants herein contained, the Parties agree as follows.

1. Agreement to Exchange .

1.1 The Exchange . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing (as defined below):

(a) each Non-Selling Old Preferred Holder shall transfer, convey, assign and exchange the shares of Old Preferred Stock set forth opposite such Non-Selling Old Preferred Holder’s name on Schedule 1.1 (the “ Exchanged Old Preferred Stock ”) to the Company, and, as consideration for such Exchanged Old Preferred Stock, the Company shall issue to each such Non-Selling Old Preferred Holder the number of shares of Series A Stock set forth opposite such Non-Selling Old Preferred Holder’s name on Schedule 1.1 ;

(b) each Seller (including any Optionholder that is a Seller and exercised his or her options to purchase shares of Old Common Stock as set forth on Schedule 1.2 ) shall transfer, convey, assign and exchange all of the shares of Old Common Stock and Old Preferred Stock set forth opposite such Seller’s name on Schedule 1.3 (the “ Exchanged Stock ”) to the Company, and, as consideration for such Exchanged Stock, the Company shall issue to each such Seller the number of shares of Series B Stock set forth opposite such Seller’s name on Schedule 1.3 ; and

(c) each Seller that holds Warrants (each, a “ Warrant Holder ”) shall transfer, convey, assign and exchange all of the Warrants set forth opposite such Warrant Holder’s name on Schedule 1.3 (the “ Exchanged Warrants ”) to the Company, and, as consideration for such Exchanged Warrants, the Company shall issue to each such Warrant Holder the number of shares of Series B Stock set forth opposite such Warrant Holder’s name on Schedule 1.3 ; and

(d) each Exchanging Common Holder shall transfer, convey, assign and exchange all of the shares of Old Common Stock set forth opposite such Exchanging Common Holder’s name on Schedule 1.4 (the “ Exchanged Old Common Stock ”) to the Company, and, as consideration for such Exchanged Old Common Stock, the Company shall issue to each such Exchanging Common Holder the number of shares of Series A Stock set forth opposite such Exchanging Common Holder’s name on Schedule 1.4 .

 

-2-


In connection with the exchange of the Exchanged Old Preferred Stock, Exchanged Stock, Exchanged Warrants and Exchanged Old Common Stock pursuant to Sections 1(a) , 1(b), 1(c) and 1(d) , respectively, and as a condition to Closing, each Holder (other than Sellers who will own no securities of the Company after the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement by and among such Seller, the Company, GPP—Connecture, LLC and the other parties thereto (the “ Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement ”)) shall execute that certain Investors Rights Agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Company and the other parties thereto (the “ Investors Rights Agreement ”), that certain Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Company and the other parties thereto (the “ Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement ”), and that certain Voting Agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Company and the other parties thereto (the “ Voting Agreement ”).

1.2 Closing . The closing of the transactions contemplated by Section 1.1 of this Agreement (the “ Closing ”) shall take place remotely via the exchange of documents and signatures, commencing at 10:00 a.m. eastern daylight time on the date of this Agreement (the “ Closing Date ”). All transactions contemplated herein to occur on and as of the Closing Date shall be deemed to have occurred in the order described in the Preliminary Statements and to be effective following the filing of the Company’s Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

1.3 Consent . Each of the Holders hereby consents to the transactions contemplated by Section 1.1 and irrevocably waives any applicable rights he or she may have pursuant to the Second Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement of Connecture, Inc., dated December 31, 2004, as amended and the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement of Connecture, Inc., dated March 12, 2004, as amended (collectively, the “ Prior Agreements ”) or otherwise in connection with the transactions contemplated by Section 1.1 or arising out of or relating to this Agreement. Each of the Holders hereby waives any and all notice obligations set forth in the Prior Agreements or any other applicable agreement.

1.4 Release . Effective as of the Closing, each of the Holders, for itself, and its heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns (collectively, the “ Releasors ”), completely and irrevocably releases and forever discharges the Company, GPP—Connecture, LLC and their respective affiliates, and each of their respective directors, officers, managers, members, stockholders, principals, employees, agents, representatives, predecessors, successors and assigns (collectively, the “ Released Parties ”) from any and all claims, damages, losses, demands, actions, suits, debts, agreements, obligations, judgments, promises and/or liabilities of any kind whatsoever in law or equity and causes of action of every kind and nature, or otherwise (including, claims for damages, costs, expenses, and attorneys’, brokers’ and accountants fees and expenses) arising out of or in any way related, directly or indirectly, to such Holder having been a equity holder of the Company prior to the Closing, which the Releasors can, shall or may have against any of the Released Parties, whether known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, unanticipated as well as anticipated (collectively, the “ Released Claims ”), and hereby irrevocably agrees to refrain from directly or indirectly asserting any claim or demand or commencing (or causing to be commenced or assisting with) any suit, action, or proceeding of any kind, in any court or before any tribunal, against any Released Party based upon any Released Claim. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, “Released Claims” does not include, and the provisions of this Section 1.4 shall not release or otherwise diminish, the obligations of any party set forth in or arising under any provisions of this Agreement, the Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement or, in the case of Harbert Mezzanine Partners II SBIC, L.P., the Loan and Security Agreement, dated February 16, 2011, among Connecture, Inc., Insurix, Inc. and Harbert Mezzanine Partners II SBIC, L.P., as amended.

 

-3-


2. Representations and Warranties .

2.1 Representations and Warranties of the Holders . Each Holder, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to the Company that the statements contained in this Section 2.1 are correct and complete as of the Closing, except as set forth in the corresponding section of the Disclosure Schedule.

(a) Authorization of Transaction . Such Holder, if an entity, is a corporation, limited partnership or limited liability company, as the case may be, duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of its formation. Such Holder has full power, authority and legal capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder. If such Holder is an entity, then the execution and delivery by such Holder of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the performance by such Holder of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly approved by all requisite corporate, limited partnership or limited liability company action of such Holder, as the case may be. This Agreement constitutes the valid and legally binding obligation of such Holder, enforceable against such Holder in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Upon the execution and delivery by such Holder of each Transaction Document to which such Holder is a party, such Transaction Document will constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of such Holder, enforceable against such Holder in accordance with the terms of such Transaction Document. Such Holder is not required to give any notice to, make any filing with, or obtain any Consent of any Governmental Body or any other Person in order to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Transaction Documents to which such Holder is a party.

(b) Non-Contravention . Neither the execution and the delivery of this Agreement nor the Transaction Documents to which such Holder is a party, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, will (i) violate or conflict with any Law or Order to which such Holder is subject, (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a default under, result in the acceleration of, create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate, modify, or cancel, or require any notice under any material Contract to which such Holder is a party or by which such Holder is bound or to which any of such Holder’s assets is subject, (iii) result in the imposition or creation of a Lien upon or with respect to the options exercised by the Optionholders or the Exchanged Old Preferred Stock, Exchanged Stock or Exchanged Old Common Stock, as the case may be, or (iv) violate any provision of the Organizational Documents of such Holder, if an entity.

(c) Brokers’ Fees . Such Holder has no liability or obligation to pay any fees or commissions to any broker, finder, or agent with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any Transaction Document.

 

-4-


(d) Exchanged Shares . Such Holder holds of record and owns beneficially (i) the number and type of shares of Old Preferred Stock set forth opposite such Holder’s name on Schedule 1.1 (if any), free and clear of any Liens, (ii) the options to purchase the number of shares of Old Common Stock set forth opposite such Holder’s name on Schedule 1.2 (if any), free and clear of any Liens, (iii) the number and type of shares of Old Common Stock and Old Preferred Stock set forth opposite such Holder’s name on Schedule 1.3 (if any), free and clear of any Liens, (iv) Warrants to purchase shares of Old Common Stock or Old Preferred Stock set forth opposite such Holder’s name on Schedule 1.3 (if any); and (v) the number of shares of Old Common Stock set forth opposite such Holder’s name on Schedule 1.4 (if any), free and clear of any Liens. Except for the Prior Agreements, such Holder is not a party to any option (other than the options set forth on Schedule 1.2 ), warrant, purchase right, or other Contract or commitment that could require such Holder to sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any of the securities of the Company held by such Holder. Except for the Prior Agreements, such Holder is not a party to any voting trust, proxy, or other Contract with respect to the voting of any of the securities of the Company held by such Holder.

Except for the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 2.1 , such Holder makes no representations or warranties, written or oral, statutory, express or implied, with respect to such Holder.

2.2 Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company represents and warrants to the Holders that the statements contained in this Section 2.2 are correct and complete as of the Closing.

(a) Organization of the Company . The Company is a corporation duly formed, validly existing, and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware.

(b) Authorization of Transaction . The Company has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder. This Agreement constitutes the valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against it in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Upon the execution and delivery by the Company of each Transaction Document to which it is a party, such Transaction Document will constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against it in accordance with the terms of such Transaction Document. Except as required to comply with applicable federal and state securities Laws, the Company is not required to give any notice to, make any filing with, or obtain any Consent of any Governmental Body in order to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Transaction Documents to which the Company is a party. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each Transaction Document to which the Company is a party have been duly authorized by the Company.

(c) Non-contravention . Neither the execution and the delivery of this Agreement nor the Transaction Documents to which the Company is a party, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, will (i) violate or conflict with any Law or Order to which the Company is subject, (ii) violate any provision of the Organizational Documents of the Company or (iii) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute a default under, result in the acceleration of, create in any party the right to accelerate, terminate, modify, or cancel, or require any notice under any Contract to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of its assets is subject.

 

-5-


(d) Brokers’ Fees . The Company does not have any liability or obligation to pay any fees or commissions to any broker, finder, or agent with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement for which any Holder could become liable or obligated.

(e) Issuance of Shares . As of the Closing, the Series A Stock, Old Common Stock and Series B Stock (the “ Issued Shares ”) being issued by the Company to the Holders pursuant to Section 1.1 will (i) be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and free of Liens and (ii) be held of record and beneficially by the applicable Holder as set forth in Section 1.1 and such Holder will have good and marketable title to his, her or its Issued Shares. The Issued Shares will be issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

Except for the representations and warranties set forth in Section 2.2 , the Company makes no representations or warranties, written or oral, statutory, express or implied, with respect to the Company, its subsidiaries, or their respective business, operations, assets, stock, liabilities, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects.

3. Definitions .

Consent ” means, with respect to any Person, any consent, approval, authorization, permission or waiver of, or registration, declaration or other action or filing with or exemption by such Person.

Contract ” means any oral or written contract, obligation, understanding, commitment, lease, license, purchase order, bid or other agreement.

Disclosure Schedule ” means the disclosure schedule delivered by the Holders to the Company on the date hereof. The information shown in the Disclosure Schedule shall specifically refer to the subsection of Section 2.1 to which such information is responsive. Terms used in the Disclosure Schedule and not otherwise defined therein have the same meanings as set forth in this Agreement.

Governmental Body ” means any foreign or domestic federal, state or local government or quasi-governmental authority or any department, agency, subdivision, court or other tribunal of any of the foregoing.

Law ” means any foreign or domestic federal, state or local law, statute, code, ordinance, regulation, rule, consent agreement, constitution or treaty of any Governmental Body, including common law.

Lien ” means any lien, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, charge, security interest, adverse claim, liability, interest, charge, preference, priority, proxy, transfer restriction (other than restrictions under the federal and state securities laws), encroachment, tax, order, community property interest, equitable interest, option, warrant, right of first refusal, easement, profit, license, servitude, right of way, covenant or zoning restriction.

 

-6-


Order ” means any order, award, decision, injunction, judgment, ruling, decree, charge, writ, subpoena or verdict entered, issued, made or rendered by any Governmental Body or arbitrator.

Organizational Documents ” means (a) any certificate or articles of incorporation, bylaws, certificate or articles of formation, operating agreement or partnership agreement, (b) any documents comparable to those described in clause (a) as may be applicable pursuant to any Law and (c) any amendment or modification to any of the foregoing.

Person ” means any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, association, joint stock company, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization, other business entity, or Governmental Body.

Transaction Documents ” means this Agreement and the Investors Rights Agreement, the Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, the Voting Agreement and all of the other agreements being executed and delivered pursuant to hereto and thereto.

4. Further Assurances . If at any time after the Closing, the Holders or the Company shall consider or be advised that any further documents, assignments or assurances in law or in any other things are necessary, desirable or proper to carry out the purpose of this Agreement, then the Holders and/or the Company, as the case may be, shall execute and deliver all such proper assignments and assurances in law and do all things necessary, desirable or proper to carry out the purpose of this Agreement.

5. Miscellaneous .

5.1 Press Releases and Public Announcements . No Holder shall issue any press release or make any public announcement relating to the subject matter of this Agreement without the prior written approval of the Company; provided , however , that any Holder may make any public disclosure it believes in good faith is required by applicable Law (in which case the disclosing Holder will use its reasonable best efforts to advise the other Parties prior to making the disclosure).

5.2 Survival . The representations, warranties and covenants set forth in this Agreement shall survive the Closing until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations.

5.3 Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including the documents referred to herein) constitutes the entire agreement among the Parties and supersedes any prior understandings, agreements, or representations by or among the Parties, written or oral, to the extent they relate in any way to the subject matter hereof.

5.4 Succession and Assignment . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties named herein and their respective successors and permitted assigns. No Holder may assign either this Agreement or any of its rights, interests, or obligations hereunder without the prior written approval of the Company.

 

-7-


5.5 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (including by means of facsimile), each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

5.6 Headings . The section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

5.7 Notices . All notices, requests, demands, claims, and other communications hereunder will be in writing. Any notice, request, demand, claim, or other communication hereunder shall be deemed duly given (a) when delivered personally to the recipient, (b) when sent by electronic mail or facsimile, on the date of transmission to such recipient, (c) one business day after being sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid), or (d) four business days after being mailed to the recipient by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, and addressed to the intended recipient as set forth below:

 

If to any Holder:    To the address set forth under its name on Schedule 1.1 , 1.2 , 1.3 or 1.4
If to the Company:   

Connecture, Inc.

18500 W. Corporate Drive

Suite 250

Brookfield, WI 53045

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Fax: 262.408.3840

Copy to:   

DLA Piper LLP (US)

One Atlantic Center

1201 West Peachtree Street

Suite 2800

Atlanta, Georgia

30309-3450

  

Attention: Joseph G. Silver

Fax: (404) 682-7854 Email:

joseph.silver@dlapiper.com

Any Party may change the address to which notices, requests, demands, claims, and other communications hereunder are to be delivered by giving the other Parties notice in the manner herein set forth.

 

-8-


5.8 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic Laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice or conflict of Law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the Laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

5.9 Amendments and Waivers . No amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall be valid unless the same shall be in writing and signed by each Party. No waiver by any Party of any provision of this Agreement or any default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder, whether intentional or not, shall be valid unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Party making such waiver nor shall such waiver be deemed to extend to any prior or subsequent default, misrepresentation, or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder or affect in any way any rights arising by virtue of any prior or subsequent such occurrence.

5.10 Severability . Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction.

5.11 Expenses . Each Party will bear its own costs and expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

5.12 Construction . The Parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement. Any reference to any Law shall be deemed also to refer to all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, unless the context requires otherwise. The word “including” shall mean including without limitation.

5.13 Incorporation of Exhibits and Disclosure Schedule . The Exhibits, Schedules and Disclosure Schedule identified in this Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof.

5.14 Confidentiality . Each Holder shall treat and hold as confidential all of the terms and conditions of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents; provided , however , that any Holder may disclose such information to its legal counsel, limited partners, investors, accountants, financial planners and/or other advisors on an as-needed basis so long as any such Person is bound by a confidentiality obligation with respect thereto.

5.15 Schedules . Nothing in the schedules hereto shall be deemed adequate to disclose an exception to a representation or warranty made herein unless the schedule identifies the exception with reasonable particularity and describes the relevant facts in reasonable detail. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the mere listing (or inclusion of a copy) of a document or other item shall not be deemed adequate to disclose an exception to a representation or warranty made herein (unless the representation or warranty has to do with the existence of the document or other item itself). The Parties intend that each representation, warranty, and covenant contained herein shall have independent significance. If any Party has breached any

 

-9-


representation, warranty or covenant contained herein in any respect, the fact that there exists another representation, warranty or covenant relating to the same subject matter (regardless of the relative levels of specificity) which the Party has not breached shall not detract from or mitigate the fact that the Party is in breach of the first representation, warranty, or covenant.

5.16 Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OF THE PARTIES WAIVES THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR OTHER LITIGATION OF ANY TYPE BROUGHT BY ANY OF THE PARTIES AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF ANY OTHER SUCH PARTY, WHETHER WITH RESPECT TO CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS OR OTHERWISE. THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE TRIED BY A COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, THE PARTIES FURTHER AGREE THAT THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IS WAIVED BY OPERATION OF THIS SECTION AS TO ANY ACTION, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER PROCEEDING WHICH SEEKS, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, TO CHALLENGE THE VALIDITY OR ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY PROVISION HEREOF. THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT.

[SIGNATURES APPEAR ON THE FOLLOWING PAGE]

 

-10-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:
Connecture, Inc.
By:  

/s/ R. Douglas Schneider

Name:   R. Douglas Schneider
Title:   CEO


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Allen R. Graber

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Allen R. Graber     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Andrew J. Schenker

     

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Andrew J. Schenker     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Andrew J. Schenker

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Andrew J. Schenker     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Anne G. Hennessy

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

Anne G. Hennessy

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Anne G. Hennessy

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

Anne G. Hennessy

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Harry A. Kopelman on behalf of Bernice Kopelman (deceased)

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Harry A. Kopelman, MD     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Boyd Faust

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Boyd Faust     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Brian Enright

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Brian Enright     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Brian Enright

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Brian Enright     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

CAL AIL INVESTMENT LIMITED

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

/s/ Frank Boner

        (Signature)
      Name:   Frank Boner
      Title:   Director
NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

Chrysalis Ventures II, L.P.

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

/s/ David A. Jones, Jr.

        (Signature)
      Name:   David A. Jones, Jr.
      Title:   Member
OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Harry A. Kopelman, MD

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   fbo Harry A. Kopelman, MD     By:  

 

      (Signature)
Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. as SEP IRA     Name:  

 

Custodian FBO Harry A. Kopelman (Smith Barney     Title:  

 

Account Number 404-6192G and CGMI IRA Tax

ID# 13-2919773)

     
NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Craig Stamm

     
  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Craig Stamm     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:
       
  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:         By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Curt Schumacher

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Curt Schumacher     By:  

 

      (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Daniel Maynard

     
  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Daniel Maynard     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Daniel Maynard

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Daniel Maynard     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Daniel Maynard

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Daniel Maynard     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:
       
  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:         By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:         By:  

 

      (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ David Geuss

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

David Geuss

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ David Sockel

     
  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   David Sockel     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ David Sockel

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   David Sockel     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ David Sockel

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   David Sockel     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:
       
  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:         By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:
       
  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:         By:  

 

      (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Edward D. McCrady 7-20-12

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

Edward D. McCrady

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Tomas Hurcik

    Egon Zehnder International S.A.
  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Tomas Hurcik     By:  

/s/ Tomas Hurcik

        (Signature)
      Name:   Tomas Hurcik
      Title:   CFO
NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:
       
  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:         By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Elizabeth Girouard

     
  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

Elizabeth Girouard

    By:  

 

      (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:
     

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:         By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Ellen H. Barry

     
  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Ellen H. Barry     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

 

    Encubate Capital Partners LLC
  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:         By:  

/s/ Fred R. Herbert

        (Signature)
      Name:   Fred R. Herbert
      Title:   Manager
NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

 

    Encubate Technology Ventures, L.P.
  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:   Encubate Technology Management LLC
      By:  

/s/ Fred R. Herbert

        (Signature)
      Name:   Fred R. Herbert
      Title:   Manager
NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Eric A. Grossman

   

/s/ Eric A. Grossman

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Eric A. Grossman     By:  

Eric A. Grossman

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

Frank Kinnett, LLC

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

/s/ Frank Kinnett

        (Signature)
      Name:   Frank Kinnett
      Title:   Managing Member
NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Gregory F. Hagood

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Gregory F. Hagood     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

WARRANTHOLDER

HARBERT MEZZANINE PARTNERS II SBIC,

L.P., a Delaware limited partnership

By:   HMP II SBIC GP, its General Partner
  By:   Harbert Mezzanine Partners II GP, LLC,
    Its Sole Manager
    By:   Harbert Mezzanine Managers II,
      Inc., its Sole Manager
  By:  

/s/ John S. Scott

  Title:   John S. Scott
    Managing Director


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ James Purko

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   James Purko     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Jerry Furness

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Jerry Furness     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Joe Feeney

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Joe Feeney     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Jonathan D. Goldman

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Jonathan D. Goldman     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Josh Taylor

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Josh Taylor     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:
/s/ Kevin McClain    

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

Kevin McClain

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Kevin McClain

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Kevin McClain     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

Leonard E. Borg, Jr.

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

/s/ Leonard E. Borg, Jr.

        (Signature)
      Name:  

Leonard E. Borg, Jr.

      Title:  

Self

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

Charles Schwab & Co. f/b/o

(Signature)    

Leonard E. Borg, Jr. IRA

        (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

/s/ Leonard E. Borg, Jr.

        (Signature)
      Name:  

Leonard E. Borg, Jr.

      Title:  

Beneficiary

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Lisa Mayer

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Lisa Mayer     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

Live Oak Equity Partners, LP

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

/s/ James A. Gilbert

        (Signature)
      Name:   James A. Gilbert
      Title:   Managing Member

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:

     
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

Live Oak Equity Partners, LP

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:   James A. Gilbert
      Title:   Managing Member


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Mary Franz

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Mary Franz     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Melissa L. Imes

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Melissa L. Imes     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      

Individual:

    Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Mike Schenk

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Mike Schenk     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      

Individual:

    Entity:

/s/ Minal Patel

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Minal Patel     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Nicole MacKin

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Nicole MacKin     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      

Individual:

    Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Peter Kongstvedt

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

Peter Kongstvedt

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Richard B. Gallagher

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Richard B. Gallagher     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Richard C. Stafford

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Richard C. Stafford     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

River Ridge Fund, L.P.

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

/s/ Gardiner W. Garrard III

        (Signature)
      Name:   /s/ Gardiner W. Garrard III
      Title:   Managing Member of River Ridge Fund, L.P.
NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Robert T. Barry

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Robert T. Barry     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Robert T. Barry

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Robert T. Barry     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Robert Colley

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Robert Colley     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Marc Colley

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Marc Colley     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Robert Wardrop

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Robert Wardrop     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Robert Wardrop

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Robert Wardrop     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Sajean H. Page

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Sajean H. Page     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

     

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Sandra Woodard

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Sandra Woodard     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Jay Yadav

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Jay Yadav     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

     

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Wendy Grossman, on behalf of Shirley Faecher

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Wendy Grossman     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Wendy Grossman, on behalf of Shirley Faecher and Arthur Facher

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Wendy Grossman     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

     

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:                                                                                                                        By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

    SSM Venture Partners II, L.P.
(Signature)     by: SSM II, L.P., general partner
    by: SSM Corporation, general partner
Name:  

 

   

 

        (Print Name of Entity)
      By:  

/s/ James D. Witherington, Jr.

        (Signature)
      Name:   James D. Witherington, Jr.
      Title:   President
OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

    SSM Venture Partners II, L.P.
(Signature)     by: SSM II, L.P., general partner
    by: SSM Corporation, general partner
Name:  

 

   

 

        (Print Name of Entity)
      By:  

/s/ James D. Witherington, Jr.

        (Signature)
      Name:   James D. Witherington, Jr.
      Title:   President


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

     

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:       By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

    SSM Venture Associates, L.P.
(Signature)     by: SSM II, L.P., general partner
    by: SSM Corporation, general partner
Name:  

 

   

 

        (Print Name of Entity)
      By:  

/s/ James D. Witherington, Jr.

        (Signature)
      Name:   James D. Witherington, Jr.
      Title:   President
OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

    SSM Venture Associates, L.P.
(Signature)     by: SSM II, L.P., general partner
    by: SSM Corporation, general partner
Name:  

 

   

 

        (Print Name of Entity)
      By:  

/s/ James D. Witherington, Jr.

        (Signature)
      Name:   James D. Witherington, Jr.
      Title:   President


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

     

   

Swartz Family Limited Partnership IV

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

/s/ Harry A. Kopelman, MD

        (Signature)
      Name:   Harry A. Kopelman, MD
      Title:   Managing Partner, SFLP IV
NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

     

   

The Parthenon Group, LLC

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

/s/ Steven F. Smith

        (Signature)
      Name:   Steven F. Smith
      Title:   CFO
NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Thomas Lacke

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Thomas Lacke     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Travis Potts

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Travis Potts     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

TTP Fund, L.P.

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

/s/ Gardiner W. Garrard III

        (Signature)
      Name:   Gardiner W. Garrard III
      Title:   Managing Partner of its GP TTP, LLC
NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

     

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Vince Silvaer

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Vince Silvaer     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ William F. Henagan

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

William F. Henagan

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ William Knopf

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

William Knopf

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ William N. Owen

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   William N. Owen     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SELLER:    
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

NON-SELLING OLD PREFERRED HOLDER      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

OPTIONHOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

 

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 

EXCHANGING COMMON HOLDER:      
Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Yong Zou

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:   Yong Zou     By:  

 

        (Signature)
      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


S CHEDULES *

 

Schedules

    

Schedule 1.1

          Non-Selling Old Preferred Holders

Schedule 1.2

          Optionholders

Schedule 1.3

          Sellers

Schedule 1.4

          Exchanging Old Common Holders

* The schedules to the Exchange Agreement have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K because such schedules do not contain information which is material to an investment decision or which is not otherwise disclosed in the relevant document. The Company hereby agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any such omitted schedule to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

Exhibit 3.1.1

FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

CONNECTURE, INC.

The undersigned, as Chief Executive Officer of Connecture, Inc., a Delaware corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), does hereby certify that:

1. The name of the Corporation is Connecture, Inc. The Corporation was incorporated on July 30, 1999, under the name Healthplanet.com, Inc.

2. The provisions of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, and as herein amended, are hereby restated and integrated into the single instrument which is hereinafter set forth, and which is entitled Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Connecture, Inc.

3. The amendments, integration and restatement of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation herein certified have been duly adopted by the board of directors and stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141(f), 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

4. This Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be effective upon filing.

5. The certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended, integrated and restated herein, shall at the effective time of this Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation read in its entirety as follows:

[CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE]


FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

CONNECTURE, INC.

ARTICLE ONE

NAME

The name of the corporation is Connecture, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

ARTICLE TWO

ADDRESS OF REGISTERED AGENT

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is at 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE THREE

PURPOSE

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware, as amended from time to time (the “ DGCL ”).

ARTICLE FOUR

CAPITAL STOCK

A. Designation and Amount . The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation has authority to issue is 97,500,000 shares, consisting of 52,500,000 shares of common stock, with a par value of $0.001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), and 45,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with a par value of $0.001 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”). Effective as of the date and time this Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation is filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, each Twenty-Six (26) shares of outstanding Common Stock shall be combined into one (1) share of Common Stock as described herein (the “ Reverse Split ”). No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued in connection with the Reverse Split. All shares of Common Stock that are held by a stockholder shall be aggregated subsequent to the Reverse Split. In lieu of any interest in a fractional share of Common Stock that may remain following such aggregation, the Corporation shall pay a cash amount to such stockholder equal to the fair value of such fractional share (as determined in good faith by the Corporation’s board of directors (the “ Board ”)), rounded up to the nearest whole $0.01. All share and per share numbers in this Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation are stated after giving effect to the Reverse Split. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the par value of each share of the outstanding Common Stock shall not be adjusted in connection with the Reverse Split. The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.


B. Common Stock .

1. Rights of the Common Stock . The voting, dividend, liquidation and other rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein and the rights, power and preferences of any additional class or series of Preferred Stock that may from time to time be designated by resolution of the Board. Whenever dividends upon the Preferred Stock, to the extent such stock may be entitled thereto, shall have been paid or declared and set apart for payment, the Board may declare a dividend upon the Common Stock. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation and after the payment of any preferential amounts to be distributed to the holders of Preferred Stock, the remaining assets of the Corporation shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Common Stock in proportion to the number of shares held by each such holder.

2. Voting Rights . Each holder of Common Stock is entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held by such holder at all meetings of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings). There shall be no cumulative voting. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by, in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of this certificate of incorporation or any amendments hereto (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”), the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL and without the necessity of a vote of the holders of Common Stock; provided however , that holders of Common Stock, as such shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation or pursuant to the DGCL.

C. Preferred Stock .

25,000,000 shares of the authorized and unissued Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series A Preferred Stock ,” and 20,000,000 shares of the authorized and unissued Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ” (the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock are collectively referred to as the “ Series Preferred Stock ”), in each case with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations.

1. Dividends . The holders of shares of Series Preferred Stock (on a pari passu basis) shall be entitled to receive in preference to the holders of any and all other classes of capital stock of the Corporation ranking junior to the Series Preferred Stock, out of funds legally available therefore, cumulative dividends (a) with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock, at a rate per annum of 8% compounded annually on the Series B Original Issue Price (as hereinafter defined) and (b) with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock, at a rate per annum of 8% compounded annually on the Series A Original Issue Price (as hereinafter defined), in each case from and after the date of the issuance of any shares of Series Preferred Stock of the Corporation,

 

-2-


subject to proration for partial years on the basis of a 360-day year (the “ Accruing Dividends ”). Accruing Dividends shall accrue from day to day whether or not they have been declared and whether or not the Corporation may legally pay such dividends; provided however , that except as set forth in the following sentence of this Section 1 or in Section 2 , such Accruing Dividends shall be payable only when, as and if declared by the Board, and the Corporation shall be under no obligation to pay such Accruing Dividends. The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on any other shares of capital stock of the Corporation ranking junior to the Series Preferred Stock (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consent required elsewhere in this Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of the Series Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Series Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to the greater of (i) the amount of the aggregate Accruing Dividends then accrued on such share of Series Preferred Stock and not previously paid and (ii) (x) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock or any class or series that is convertible into Common Stock, that dividend per share of Series Preferred Stock as would equal the product of (A) the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all such shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Stock and (B) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of Series Preferred Stock, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend or (y) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Stock, at a rate per share of Series Preferred Stock determined by (A) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the original issuance price of such class or series of capital stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such class or series) and (B) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the Series B Original Issue Price or Series A Original Issue Price (as applicable); provided , that if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside, on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of Series Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 1 shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest Series Preferred Stock dividend. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Certificate of Incorporation, the Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends or make any other distribution on any shares of Series Preferred Stock until all dividends on any and all other classes or series of Preferred Stock ranking senior to the Series Preferred Stock shall have been paid or declared and set apart. The “ Series B Original Issue Price ” shall mean $1.00 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock. The “ Series A Original Issue Price ” shall mean $1.00 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock.

 

-3-


2. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales .

(a) Payments to Holders of Series Preferred Stock .

(i) In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation in which the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders is less than $55,800,000:

(A) the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock or to the holders of Common Stock or any other class of series of stock ranking junior to the Series B Preferred Stock, by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal the Series B Original Issue Price. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation such remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock the full Series B Original Issue Price, then the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

(B) After the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2(a)(i)(A) , the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock or any other class of series of stock ranking junior to the Series A Preferred Stock (such Common Stock and other stock being collectively referred to as the “ Junior Stock ”), by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the Series A Original Issue Price. If, upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, such remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock the full Series A Original Issue Price, then the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

(C) After the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2(a)(i)(A) and to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2(a)(i)(B) , the holders of shares of Series Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Junior Stock, by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to (i) for the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, any Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon, and (ii) for the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, any Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation such remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay

 

-4-


the holders of shares of Series Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Section 2(a)(i)(C) , then the holders of shares of Series Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

(ii) In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation in which the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders is greater than $55,800,000, the holders of shares of Series Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Junior Stock, by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to (A) for the holders of Series B Preferred Stock, the greater of (1) the Series B Original Issue Price, plus any Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (2) such amount per share as would have been payable had each share of Series Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up (the amount payable pursuant to this sentence is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series B Liquidation Amount ”), and (B) for the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, the greater of (1) the Series A Original Issue Price, plus any Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, whether or not declared, together with any other dividends declared but unpaid thereon, or (2) such amount per share as would have been payable had each share of Series Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up (the amount payable pursuant to this sentence is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series A Liquidation Amount ”). If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation such remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Section 2(a)(ii) , then the holders of shares of Series Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

(b) Payments to Holders of Junior Stock . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of Series Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2(a)(i) or 2(a)(ii) , as the case may be, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be distributed (i) among the holders of shares of Junior Stock (other than Common Stock) as otherwise set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation or any certificate of designation hereunder and (ii) thereafter, to the holders of Common Stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder.

(c) Deemed Liquidation Events .

(i) Each of the following events shall be deemed to be a liquidation of the Corporation for purposes of this Section 2 (a “ Deemed Liquidation Event ”), unless the

 

-5-


holders of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and the holders of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock elect otherwise by written notice given to the Corporation:

(A) a merger, consolidation or share exchange in which:

 

  (I) the Corporation is a constituent party or

 

  (II) a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation,

except any such merger, consolidation or share exchange transaction involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or share exchange transaction continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock that represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation at least a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation or (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger, consolidation or share exchange transaction, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation; or

(B) the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all the assets or intellectual property of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or the sale or disposition (whether by merger or otherwise) of one or more subsidiaries of the Corporation if substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation.

(ii) The Corporation shall not have the power to effect any transaction constituting a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Section 2(c)(i) above unless the definitive agreement for such transaction provides that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 2(a) and 2(b) above.

(iii) In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Section 2(c)(i) above, if the Corporation does not effect a dissolution of the Corporation under the DGCL within 60 days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, then (A) the Corporation shall deliver a written notice to each holder of Series Preferred Stock no later than the 60 th day after the Deemed Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of the following clause (B)  to require the redemption of such shares of Series Preferred Stock, and (B) if the holders of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and the holders of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock so request in a written instrument delivered to the Corporation not later than 75 days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, the Corporation shall use the consideration received by the Corporation for such Deemed Liquidation Event (net

 

-6-


of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board), together with any other assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders (the “ Net Proceeds ”) to redeem, to the extent legally available therefore, on the 90 th day after such Deemed Liquidation Event (the “ Liquidation Redemption Date ”), all outstanding shares of Series Preferred Stock for an amount equal to the amount determined in accordance with Sections 2(a) and 2(b) . In the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence, if the Net Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Series Preferred Stock, or if the Corporation does not have sufficient legally available funds to effect such redemption, then the Corporation shall pay the Net Proceeds in accordance with the preference of payments set forth in Sections 2(a) and 2(b) .

(iv) The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon any such merger, consolidation, sale, transfer, exclusive license, other disposition or redemption shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities paid or distributed to such holders by the Corporation or the acquiring person, firm or other entity. The value of such property, rights or securities shall be determined in good faith by the Board.

(v) In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Section 2(c)(i) above, if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is placed into escrow and/or is payable to the stockholders of the Corporation subject to contingencies, the definitive agreement shall provide that (A) the portion of such consideration that is not placed in escrow and not subject to any contingencies (the “ Initial Consideration ”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 2(a) and 2(b) as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event and (B) any additional consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Corporation upon release from escrow or satisfaction of contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 2(a) and 2(b) after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction.

3. Voting .

(a) On any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Series Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Series Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter. Except as provided by law or by the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation (including Sections 2(c) , 3(b) , 3(c) and 3(d) below), (i) holders of Series B Preferred Stock and holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall vote together as a single class and (ii) holders of Series Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock, and with the holders of any other series of Preferred Stock the terms of which so provide, as a single class.

(b) For so long as at least fifty percent (50%) of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock that were issued on the Series B Original Issue Date remain outstanding, except

 

-7-


where the vote or written consent of the holders of a greater number of shares of the Corporation is required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation, and in addition to any other vote required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation, without the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, the Corporation shall not, either directly or by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise:

(i) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series B Preferred Stock in an adverse manner;

(ii) create (by reclassification or otherwise) any new class or series of shares of capital stock having rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on a parity with the Series B Preferred Stock, or increase the authorized number of shares of any class or series of capital stock, or create or authorize any obligation or security convertible into shares of any class or series of stock;

(iii) results in the purchase or redemption of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Common Stock or any series of preferred stock ranking junior to the Series B Preferred Stock (other than pursuant to equity incentive agreements with service providers approved by the Board of Directors giving the Corporation the right to repurchase shares at cost upon the termination of services);

(iv) results in any merger, other corporate reorganization, sale of control, voluntary dissolution or liquidation, sale or exclusive license of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s intellectual property, Deemed Liquidation Event, or any other transaction in which all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation are sold;

(v) amends or waives any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws;

(vi) increases or decreases the authorized size of the Corporation’s Board of Directors;

(vii) results in the payment, distribution or declaration of any dividend on any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Common Stock or any series of preferred stock ranking junior to the Series B Preferred Stock;

(viii) adopts or approves the annual budget of the Corporation (the “ Budget ”) or modifies or amends in any way any Budget or increases expenses to an amount in excess of amounts set forth in the Budget;

(ix) results in the issuance of any equity securities or amends or modifies in any way the terms or the rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations of any series of capital stock;

(x) results in the hiring or termination of the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or any of his or her direct reports, change of any management positions or

 

-8-


policies, or change in the compensation of any senior management team member, or results in entering into or amending any agreement with respect to employment, severance, consultancy or any similar agreement with any senior management team member;

(xi) effects any change in the line of business in which the Corporation is conducting business;

(xii) results in entering into or amending any agreements with a stockholder, director, officer, employee or other related party (or any family member or affiliate thereof) (other than ordinary course employment agreements not covered by clause (x)) or other agreements made outside of the ordinary course of business;

(xiii) results in the incurrence of any debt, except as otherwise expressly contemplated by any Budget;

(xiv) changes the auditors that examine the financial records of the Corporation and its subsidiaries and who issue certified statements; or

(xv) commences, settles or otherwise enters into or resolves any litigation or other material dispute involving the Corporation.

(c) For so long as at least fifty percent (50%) of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock that were issued on the Series A Original Issue Date remain outstanding, except where the vote or written consent of the holders of a greater number of shares of the Corporation is required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation, and in addition to any other vote required by law or this Certificate of Incorporation, without the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) separately as a class, the Corporation shall not, either directly or by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise (i) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock in an adverse manner; (ii) results in any merger, other corporate reorganization, sale of control, voluntary dissolution or liquidation, sale or exclusive license of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s intellectual property, Deemed Liquidation Event, or any other transaction in which all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation are sold; or (iii) increase or decrease the authorized size of the Board.

(d) Classes of Directors . The Corporation shall have two (2) classes of directors on the Board of Directors of the Corporation, designated as “Class A Directors” and “Class B Directors.” The total authorized number of directors shall be eight (8), with four (4) such directors being Class A Directors and four (4) such directors being Class B Directors.

(i) Each Class A Director shall have one (1) vote with respect to all matters to be acted upon by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The Class B Directors shall collectively have three (3) votes with respect to all matters to be acted upon by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

(ii) The holders of record of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect four (4) Class B Directors (the

 

-9-


Series B Directors ”). The holders of record of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) Class A Directors. The holders of record of the shares of Common Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) Class A Director. Any director elected as provided in the preceding sentences may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of capital stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders. If the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be, fail to elect a sufficient number of directors to fill all directorships for which they are entitled to elect directors, voting exclusively and as a separate class, pursuant to the first three sentences of this Section 3(d)(ii) (as the case may be), then any directorship not so filled shall remain vacant until such time as the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be, elect a person to fill such directorship by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting; and no such directorship may be filled by stockholders of the Corporation other than by the stockholders of the Corporation that are entitled to elect a person to fill such directorship, voting exclusively and as a separate class. The holders of record of the shares of Common Stock and Series A Preferred Stock, exclusively and voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of directors of the Corporation. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3(d)(ii) , a vacancy in any directorship filled by the holders of any class or series shall be filled only by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting of the holders of such class or series or by any remaining director or directors elected by the holders of such class or series pursuant to this Section 3(d)(ii) .

4. Optional Conversion . The holders of the Series Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

(a) Right to Convert .

(i) Each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing (A) the Series B Original Issue Price, by (B) the Series B Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “ Series B Conversion Price ” shall initially be equal to $1.00. After conversion of any share of Series B Preferred Stock, any Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon shall not be forfeited, but rather shall be paid in cash to the holder thereof upon the earlier to occur of any liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, a Deemed Liquidation Event or Qualified IPO (as defined in Section 5 ).

(ii) Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing (A) the Series A Original Issue Price, by (B) the Series A Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The

 

-10-


Series A Conversion Price ” shall initially be equal to $1.00. After conversion of any share of Series A Preferred Stock, any Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon shall not be forfeited, but rather shall be paid in cash to the holder thereof upon the earlier to occur of any liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, a Deemed Liquidation Event or Qualified IPO (as defined in Section 5 ).

(iii) The Series B Conversion Price and Series A Conversion Price (each, a “ Conversion Price ”), and the rate at which shares of Series B Preferred Stock or Series A Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock under this Certificate of Incorporation, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

(iv) In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event, the Conversion Rights of any share of Series Preferred Stock shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the earliest date fixed for the payment of any amount distributable on such event to the holders of any shares of Series Preferred Stock.

(b) Mechanics of Conversion .

(i) In order for a holder of Series Preferred Stock to voluntarily convert shares of Series Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Series Preferred Stock (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Series Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent), together with written notice that such holder elects to convert all or any number of the shares of the Series Preferred Stock represented by such certificate or certificates and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent. Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock to be issued. If required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) of such certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) and notice shall be the time of conversion (the “ Conversion Time ”), and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares represented by such certificate shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Series Preferred Stock, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled.

(ii) The Corporation shall at all times when the Series Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Series Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the

 

-11-


conversion of all outstanding Series Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation. Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing a Conversion Price below the then par value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the applicable Series Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at such adjusted Conversion Price.

(iii) All shares of Series Preferred Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and to vote, shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefore and the right to receive payment of any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon. Any shares of Series Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and shall not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation (without the need for stockholder action) may from time to time take such appropriate action as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Series Preferred Stock accordingly.

(iv) Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on the Series Preferred Stock surrendered for such conversion or on the Common Stock delivered upon such conversion.

(v) The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Series Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4 . The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Series Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

(c) Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues .

(i) Special Definitions . For purposes of this Section 4 , the following definitions shall apply:

(A) “ Option ” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

 

-12-


(B) “ Original Issue Date ” shall mean (a) with respect to any share of Series B Preferred Stock, the date on which the first share of Series B Preferred Stock was issued (the “ Series B Original Issue Date ”) and (b) with respect to any share of Series A Preferred Stock, the date on which the first share of Series A Preferred Stock was issued (the “ Series A Original Issue Date ”).

(C) “ Convertible Securities ” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, but excluding Options.

(D) “ Additional Shares of Common Stock ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Section 4(c)(iii) below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the Original Issue Date, other than the following (“ Exempted Securities ”):

 

  (I) shares of Common Stock issued or deemed issued as a dividend or distribution on Series Preferred Stock;

 

  (II) shares of Common Stock issued or deemed issued by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock that is covered by Section 4(d) or 4(e) below;

 

  (III) shares of Common Stock issued or deemed issued to employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to a plan, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board;

 

  (IV) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options or shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security;

 

  (V) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions, or to real property lessors, pursuant to a debt financing, equipment leasing or real property leasing transaction approved by the Board, including at least one Series B Director; or

 

  (VI) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to banks pursuant to a debt financing transaction approved by the Board, including at least one Series B Director.

 

-13-


(ii) No Adjustment of Conversion Price . No adjustment in the Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if, prior to such issuance or deemed issuance, the Corporation receives written notice from the holders of at least fifty percent (50%) of the then-outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and the holders of at least fifty percent (50%) of the then-outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

(iii) Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock .

(A) If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which, upon exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, would entitle the holder thereof to receive Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefore, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

(B) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to each applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Section 4(c)(iv) below, are revised (as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security)) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, each applicable Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price as would have obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this clause (B) shall have the effect of increasing each applicable Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of such Option or Convertible Security, or (ii) the applicable Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

 

-14-


(C) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which, upon exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, would entitle the holder thereof to receive Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to each applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Section 4(c)(iv) below (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Section 4(c)(v) hereof) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the applicable Conversion Price then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Original Issue Date), are revised after the Original Issue Date (as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security)) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Section 4(c)(iii)(A) above) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective. If the change in such Option or Convertible Security causes an adjustment pursuant to this provision and such Option or Convertible Security is then further changed as a result of the adjustments made pursuant to this provision, no further adjustment shall be made hereunder as a result of the further automatic change in such Option or Convertible Security.

(D) Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to each applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Section 4(c)(iv) below, each applicable Conversion Price shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security (or portion thereof) never been issued.

(E) If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price provided for in this Section 4(c)(iii) shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in clauses (B) and (C) of this Section 4(c)(iii) . If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at all at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price that would result under the terms of this Section 4(c)(iii) at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to the Series B Conversion Price that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.

 

-15-


(iv) Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock . In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the Original Issue Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 4(c)(iii) ), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue, then each applicable Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

CP 2 = CP 1 * (A + B) ÷ (A + C).

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

(A) “CP 2 ” shall mean the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(B) “CP 1 ” shall mean the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(C) “A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding, in addition to the outstanding shares of Common Stock, all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issue or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Series Preferred Stock) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Options therefore) immediately prior to such issue);

(D) “B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CP 1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP 1 ); and

(E) “C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

(v) Determination of Consideration . For purposes of this Section 4(c) , the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

(A) Cash and Property : Such consideration shall:

 

  (I) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

 

  (II) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board; and

 

-16-


  (III) in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (I) and (II) above, as determined in good faith by the Board.

(B) Options and Convertible Securities . The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 4(c)(iii) , relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing

 

  (I) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

 

  (II) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

(vi) Multiple Closing Dates . In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Shares of Common Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to each applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Section 4(c)(iv) above, and such issuance dates occur within a period of no more than 120 days from the first such issuance to the final such issuance, then, upon the final such issuance, each applicable Conversion Price shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any additional adjustments as a result of any such subsequent issuances within such period).

 

-17-


(d) Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations . If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, each applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision or combination shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such Series Preferred Stock shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, each applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination or subdivision shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such Series Preferred Stock shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Any adjustment under this subsection shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

(e) Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event each applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the applicable Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction:

(1) the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

(2) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution;

provided , however , that if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefore, each applicable Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter each such applicable Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this subsection as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and provided further , however , that no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of each applicable Series Preferred Stock simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of each applicable Series Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock pursuant to the terms of this Certificate of Incorporation on the date of such event.

 

-18-


(f) Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock of the Corporation entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of outstanding shares of Common Stock) or in other property and the provisions of Section 4(e) do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event provision shall be made so that the holders of each applicable Series Preferred Stock shall receive upon conversion thereof, in addition to the number of shares of Common Stock receivable thereupon, the kind and amount of securities of the Corporation that they would have been entitled to receive had all outstanding shares of each applicable Series Preferred Stock been optionally converted into Common Stock pursuant to the terms of this Certificate of Incorporation on the date of such event and had they, during the period from the date of such event to and including the conversion date, retained such securities receivable by them as aforesaid during such period, giving application to all adjustments called for during such period under this paragraph with respect to the rights of the holders of each applicable Series Preferred Stock; provided , however , that no such provision shall be made if the holders of each applicable Series Preferred Stock receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Stock, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding shares of each applicable Series Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock pursuant to the terms of this Certificate of Incorporation on the date of such event.

(g) Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc . Subject to the provisions of Section 2(c) , if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not the Series B Preferred Stock or Series A Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Section 4(c) , 4(d) , (e)  or (f) ), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, each share of Series Preferred Stock not so converted or exchanged shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one share of such Series Preferred Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of such Series Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of such series’ Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the shares of such Series Preferred Stock.

(h) Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of a Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4 , the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than 10 days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of the applicable Series Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or

 

-19-


readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which the shares of such Series Preferred Stock is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of shares of such Series Preferred Stock (but in any event not later than 10 days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) such series’ Conversion Price then in effect, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of the shares of such Series Preferred Stock.

5. Mandatory Conversion .

(a) Upon either (i) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public at a price of at least $5.00 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Common Stock), in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $50,000,000 of proceeds to the Corporation, before deduction of underwriting discounts and commissions (a “ Qualified IPO ”) or (ii) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of at least fifty percent (50%) of the then-outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock (the “ Series B Mandatory Conversion Date ”), all outstanding shares of Series Preferred B Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective applicable Conversion Price, and such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation as shares of such series.

(b) Upon either (i) the closing of a Qualified IPO, (ii) the Series B Mandatory Conversion Date or (iii) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of at least fifty percent (50%) of the then-outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock (the Series A Mandatory Conversion Date ”), all outstanding shares of Series Preferred A Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective applicable Conversion Price, and such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation as shares of such series.

(c) All holders of record of shares of Series Preferred Stock shall be given written notice of the Series B Mandatory Conversion Date or the Series A Mandatory Conversion Date, and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Series B Preferred Stock and/or Series A Preferred Stock (as applicable) pursuant to this Section 5 . Such notice need not be given in advance of the occurrence of the Series B Mandatory Conversion Date or Series A Mandatory Conversion Date. Such notice shall be sent by first class or registered mail, postage prepaid, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the DGCL, to each record holder of Series Preferred Stock or Series A Preferred Stock. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Series B Preferred Stock and/or Series A Preferred Stock (as applicable) shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice, and shall thereafter receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled pursuant to this Section 5 . On the Series B Mandatory Conversion Date, or Series A Mandatory Conversion Date, as applicable, all outstanding shares of Series Preferred Stock (or Series A Preferred Stock, as applicable) shall be deemed to have been converted into shares of

 

-20-


Common Stock, which shall be deemed to be outstanding of record, and all rights with respect to the Series Preferred Stock (or Series A Preferred Stock, as applicable) so converted, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate, except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefore, to receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock into which such Series Preferred Stock (or Series A Preferred Stock, as applicable) has been converted, and payment of any declared but unpaid dividends thereon. If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. As soon as practicable after the Series B Mandatory Conversion Date, or Series A Mandatory Conversion Date, as applicable, and the surrender of the certificate or certificates for Series Preferred Stock (or Series A Preferred Stock, as applicable), the Corporation shall cause to be issued and delivered to such holder, or on his, her or its written order, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof.

(d) All certificates evidencing shares of Series Preferred Stock (or Series A Preferred Stock, as applicable) which are required to be surrendered for conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof shall, from and after the Series B Mandatory Conversion Date, or the Series A Mandatory Conversion Date, as applicable, be deemed to have been retired and cancelled and the shares of Series Preferred Stock (or Series A Preferred Stock, as applicable) represented thereby converted into Common Stock for all purposes, notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender such certificates on or prior to such date. Such converted Series Preferred Stock (or Series A Preferred Stock, as applicable) may not be reissued as shares of such Series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Series Preferred Stock (or Series A Preferred Stock, as applicable) accordingly.

6. Redemption .

(a) In addition to the redemption of the Series Preferred Stock in accordance with the Deemed Liquidation provisions of Section 2(c)(iii) , the holders of shares of Series Preferred Stock shall have the right to have all such shares redeemed by the Corporation out of funds lawfully available therefore and as further described in this Section 6 , if the holders of at least fifty percent (50%) of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and at least fifty percent (50%) of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock so request in a writing delivered to the Corporation at any time after the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Original Issue Date (the “ Redemption Request ”).

(b) The price per share of Series Preferred Stock at which the Corporation shall redeem shares of Series Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 6 (the “ Redemption Price ”) shall be the greater of (i) the applicable Series B Original Price or Series A Original Price per share, plus all Accruing Dividends accrued but unpaid thereon, plus all declared but unpaid dividends thereon, and (ii) the Fair Market Value (as defined in and determined pursuant to Section 6(c) ) of a single share of Series B Preferred Stock or Series A Preferred Stock, as

 

-21-


applicable, as of the date the Corporation receives the Redemption Request (the “ Valuation Date ”). The Fair Market Value shall be set forth in a writing delivered to the Corporation and the holders of Series Preferred Stock by the investment bank or valuation firm selected pursuant to Section 6(c) below.

(c) The “ Fair Market Value ” shall be, with respect to any share of Series B Preferred Stock or Series A Preferred Stock, as applicable, the fair market value of such share of Series B Preferred Stock or Series A Preferred Stock as of the Valuation Date, as determined by an investment bank or valuation firm selected by GPP – Connecture, LLC and approved by a majority of the members of the Corporation’s board of directors that were not designated by GPP – Connecture, LLC (the “ Disinterested Directors ”), such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Such fair market value determination by the investment bank or valuation firm shall be based on the enterprise value of the Corporation on the Valuation Date, without taking into account any liquidity or minority discounts.

(d) If the Corporation does not have sufficient funds legally available to redeem on any Redemption Date all shares of Series Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date, then the holders of at least fifty percent (50%) of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and at least fifty percent (50%) of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have the right to cause the Corporation to pursue a sale of the Corporation.

(e) The Corporation shall, pursuant to this Section 6 , redeem all shares of Series Preferred Stock held by the holders of Series Preferred Stock in two equal installments, the first of which shall occur within thirty (30) days after the Valuation Date (the date of such first installment shall be referred to herein as the “ First Redemption Date ”) and the second of which shall occur on the one year anniversary of the First Redemption Date (the date of such second installment shall be referred to herein as the “ Second Redemption Date ” and, together with the First Redemption Date, the “ Redemption Date ”). The Corporation shall send written notice of the redemption pursuant to this Section 6 (a “ Redemption Notice ”) to each holder or Series Preferred Stock not less than fifteen (15) days prior to each Redemption Date. Each Redemption Notice shall state:

(i) the number of shares of Series Preferred Stock held by the holders of Series Preferred Stock;

(ii) the applicable Redemption Date and the Redemption Price to be paid on such Redemption Date;

(iii) the date upon which the holder’s right to optionally convert such shares terminates (as determined in accordance with this Certificate of Incorporation); and

(iv) that the holder is to surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, such holder’s certificate or certificates representing the shares of Series Preferred Stock to be redeemed.

(f) On or before the applicable Redemption Date, each holder of Series Preferred Stock, unless such holder has exercised such holder’s right to optionally convert such

 

-22-


shares as provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Redemption Price for such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof. In the event that less than all of the shares of Series Preferred Stock represented by a certificate are redeemed, a new certificate representing the unredeemed shares of Series Preferred Stock shall promptly be issued to such holder.

(g) If the Redemption Notice shall have been duly given and, if on the applicable Redemption Date, the Redemption Price payable upon redemption of the shares of Series Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date is paid or tendered for payment or deposited with an independent payment agent so as to be available therefore in a timely manner, then, notwithstanding that the certificates evidencing any of the shares of Series Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall not have been surrendered, dividends with respect to such shares of Series Preferred Stock shall cease to accrue after such Redemption Date and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith after the Redemption Date terminate, except only the right of the holders to receive the Redemption Price without interest (other than the interest described in Section 6(b) ) upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefore.

7. Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares . Any shares of Preferred Stock that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred. Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Preferred Stock following such redemption or acquisition.

8. Waiver. Any of the rights, powers, preferences or other terms of the holders of Series Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of the Series Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the holders of at least fifty percent (50%) of the then outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and at least fifty percent (50%) of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

ARTICLE FIVE

EXISTENCE

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

ARTICLE SIX

GENERAL

A. Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation . The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law, and all powers, preferences, rights and privileges conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons in this Certificate of Incorporation are granted subject to this reservation.

 

-23-


B. Amendment of Bylaws . In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware, subject to any additional vote required by this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, the Board is expressly authorized and empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws in any respect not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or this Certificate of Incorporation; provided , however , that the fact that such power has been conferred upon the Board shall not divest the stockholders of the power and authority, nor limit the power of stockholders, to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws.

C. Powers of Board . In addition to the powers and authority in this Certificate of Incorporation or by statute expressly conferred upon it, the Board may exercise all such powers and do all such acts as may be exercised or done by a corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware, subject to the provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws.

D. Ratification by Stockholders . Any contract, transaction or act of the Corporation or of the Board or any committee of the Board that shall be ratified by the holders of a majority of the shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote shall, insofar as permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware or by this Certificate of Incorporation, be as valid and as binding as though ratified by every stockholder of the Corporation.

E. Stockholders’ Meetings . Meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from the time to time by the Board or in the Bylaws. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

ARTICLE SEVEN

EXCULPATION

To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after the date of the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or such other law of the State of Delaware, in each case as so amended. Any repeal or modification of this Article Seven shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE EIGHT

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

The Corporation expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL as from time to time in effect or any successor provision thereto.

 

-24-


ARTICLE NINE

INDEMNIFICATION

A. Right to Indemnification . Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, investigation, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “ Proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director of another corporation or as a director or manager of a limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “ Indemnitee ”), whether the basis of such Proceeding is an alleged action in an official capacity as a director or manager or in any other capacity while serving as a director or manager, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than permitted prior thereto), against all cost, expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or manager and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators; provided , however , that, except as provided in Section C below with respect to Proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee only if such Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board.

B. Right to Advancement of Expenses . Any person entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section A above shall also be reimbursed by the Corporation for all expenses incurred in defending or preparing to defend any Proceeding for which such right to indemnification is applicable, in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an “ Advancement ”); provided , however , that any such Advancement shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized by this Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL.

C. Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit . Any repeal or modification of this Article Nine shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts or Proceeding then existing. If a claim under Section A or B above is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an Advancement, in which case the applicable period shall be thirty days, then the Indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. To the extent successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an Advancement pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, then the Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (1) any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification under Section A above (but not in a suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to an Advancement) it shall be a defense that, and (2) in any suit by the Corporation to recover an Advancement pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover

 

-25-


such expenses upon a Final Adjudication that, the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board, its independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board, its independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the Indemnitee, be a defense to such a suit. In any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to Advancement under this Article Nine , or by the Corporation to recover an Advancement pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such Advancement, under this Article Nine or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

D. Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The rights to indemnification and to Advancement conferred in this Article Nine shall not be exclusive of any other right that any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, this Certificate of Incorporation, any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

E. Witnesses . To the extent that any Indemnitee is a witness in any Proceeding, such Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all costs and expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee on his or her behalf in connection therewith.

F. Insurance . The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under this Article Nine or the DGCL.

G. Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation . The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board, grant rights to indemnification and to Advancement to any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or to any person serving at the request of the Corporation as an officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan, to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article Nine with respect to the indemnification and Advancement of directors of the Corporation.

ARTICLE TEN

CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES

A. Corporate Opportunities . To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Corporation, on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries, hereby renounces and waives any interest or expectancy of the Corporation and its subsidiaries in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, directly or indirectly, the following specified classes of business opportunities (the “ Specified Opportunities ”) that may become available to a Non-Employee Director (as defined below):

1. any business or corporate opportunity offered to or originated by a Non-Employee Director that is not expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director of the Corporation; and

2. any business or corporate opportunity that is offered to the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries by any investment bank, broker, auction process or other similar means unless such opportunity is solely offered to the Corporation and not to any other person or entity.

 

-26-


B. Non-Employee Directors . To the fullest extent permitted by law, (1) the Corporation, on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries, waives any claim that it may have that any Specified Opportunity constituted a corporate opportunity that should have been presented to the Corporation or any of its affiliates by a Non-Employee Director even if such Specified Opportunity relates to the current or anticipated business of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, (2) a Non-Employee Director shall have no fiduciary duty to offer any Specified Opportunity to the Corporation, any of its subsidiaries or otherwise and (3) a Non-Employee Director may in an individual capacity, or on behalf of another person or entity, pursue, refer, or take advantage of, any Specified Opportunity. For purposes of this Article Ten , a “ Non-Employee Director ” means a director of the Corporation that is not then an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries.

C. Effect of Repeal or Modification . Neither the repeal nor modification of this Article Ten nor the adoption of any other amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article Ten shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article Ten in respect of any business opportunity first identified or any other matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article Ten , would accrue or arise, prior to such repeal, modification or adoption. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article Ten .

*    *    *

 

-27-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of the Corporation on this 3rd day of August, 2012.

 

CONNECTURE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Robert Douglas Schneider

Name:   Robert Douglas Schneider
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.1.2

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO THE FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

CONNECTURE, INC.

CONNECTURE, INC., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ General Corporation Law ”), does hereby certify:

FIRST: The name of the Corporation is Connecture, Inc. The Corporation was incorporated on July 30, 1999, under the name Healthplanet.com, Inc.

SECOND: The Board of Directors of the Corporation, acting in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141 and 242 of the General Corporation Law duly adopted resolutions to amend the Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the sections and subsections noted below, to read as follows:

The first sentence of Article IV.A. is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“A. Designation and Amount . The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation has authority to issue is 101,500,000 shares, consisting of 54,700,000 shares of common stock, with a par value of $0.001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), and 46,800,000 shares of preferred stock, with a par value of $0.001 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”).”

The first paragraph of Article IV.C. is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“26,100,000 shares of the authorized and unissued Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series A Preferred Stock ,” and 20,700,000 shares of the authorized and unissued Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ” (the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock are collectively referred to as the “ Series Preferred Stock ”), in each case with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations.”

THIRD: The foregoing amendment of the Corporation’s Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted by the Corporation’s stockholders in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 and 242 of the General Corporate Law.

FOURTH: This amendment to the Corporation’s Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be effective on and as of the date of filing of this Certificate of Amendment with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

[signature page follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Connecture, Inc. has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be signed by a duly authorized officer on January 15, 2013.

 

CONNECTURE, INC.
By:  

/s/ Robert Douglas Schneider

Name:   Robert Douglas Schneider
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT]

Exhibit 3.3

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

CONNECTURE, INC.


AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

CONNECTURE, INC.

ARTICLE I

STOCKHOLDERS

1.1 Place of Meetings . All meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place (if any) within or without the State of Delaware as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors or, if not determined by the Board of Directors, by the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Chief Executive Officer; provided that the Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that any meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place but shall be held solely by means of remote communication in accordance with Section 1.12.

1.2 Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting shall be held on a date to be fixed by the Board of Directors at a time to be fixed by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting.

1.3 Special Meetings . Special meetings of stockholders may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President or the holders of record of not less than 10% of all shares entitled to cast votes at the meeting, or the holders of record of not less than 25% of the outstanding shares of any series of the corporation’s preferred stock, for any purpose or purposes prescribed in the notice of the meeting and shall be held, on such date and at such time as the Board may fix. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be confined to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of meeting.

1.4 Notice of Meetings .

(a) Written notice of each meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date fixed by the Board of Directors, except as otherwise provided herein or as required by law (meaning here and hereafter, as required from time to time by the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation). The notice of any meeting shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting. The notice of a special meeting shall state, in addition, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

(b) Notice to stockholders may be given by personal delivery, mail, or, with the consent of the stockholder entitled to receive notice, by facsimile or other means of electronic transmission. If mailed, such notice shall be delivered by postage prepaid envelope directed to each stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears in the records of the corporation and shall be deemed given when deposited in the United States mail. Notice given by electronic transmission pursuant to this subsection shall be deemed given: (1) if by facsimile

 

1.


telecommunication, when directed to a facsimile telecommunication number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (2) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (3) if by posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and (4) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder. An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the corporation that the notice has been given by personal delivery, by mail, or by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

(c) Notice of any meeting of stockholders need not be given to any stockholder if waived by such stockholder either in a writing signed by such stockholder or by electronic transmission, whether such waiver is given before or after such meeting is held. If such a waiver is given by electronic transmission, the electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder.

1.5 Voting List . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare, at least 10 days before each meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order for each class of stock, and showing the mailing address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting, in the manner provided by law. If the meeting is held at a place, the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time of the meeting, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, such list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to the stockholders who are entitled to examine the list required by this Section 1.5 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

1.6 Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, the holders of a majority of the shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Where a separate class vote by a class or classes or series is required, a majority of the shares of such class or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.

1.7 Adjournments . Any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned to any other time and to any other place at which a meeting of stockholders may be held under these Bylaws by the chairman of the meeting or, in the absence of such person, by any officer entitled to preside at or to act as secretary of such meeting, or by the holders of a majority of the shares of stock present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote, although less than a quorum. When a meeting is adjourned to another place, date or time, written notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the date, time and place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communication, if

 

2.


any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however, that if the date of any adjourned meeting is more than 30 days after the date for which the meeting was originally noticed, or if the Board of Directors fixes a new record date for the adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 4.5, written notice of the place, if any, date and time of the adjourned meeting and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting, shall be given in conformity herewith. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

1.8 Voting and Proxies . Each stockholder shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote held of record by such stockholder and a proportionate vote for each fractional share so held, unless otherwise provided by law or in the Certificate of Incorporation. Each stockholder of record entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may vote in person or may authorize any other person or persons to vote or act for such stockholder by a written proxy executed by the stockholder or the stockholder’s authorized agent or by an electronic transmission permitted by law and delivered to the Secretary of the corporation. No stockholder may authorize more than one proxy for his shares. Any copy, facsimile transmission or other reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission created pursuant to this section may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or electronic transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile transmission or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or electronic transmission.

1.9 Action at Meeting .

(a) At any meeting of stockholders for the election of one or more directors at which a quorum is present, the election shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote at the election.

(b) All other matters shall be determined by a majority in voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the matter (or if there are two or more classes of stock entitled to vote as separate classes, then in the case of each such class, a majority of the shares of each such class present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote on the matter shall decide such matter), provided that a quorum is present, except when a different vote is required by express provision of law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

(c) All voting, including on the election of directors, but excepting where otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided, however, that upon demand therefor by a stockholder entitled to vote or the stockholder’s proxy, a vote by ballot shall be taken. Each ballot shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting. The corporation may, and to the extent required by law, shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The corporation may designate one or more persons as an alternate inspector to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of

 

3.


stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting may, and to the extent required by law, shall, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath to faithfully execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability.

1.10 Conduct of Business . At every meeting of the stockholders, the Chairman of the Board, or, in his absence, the Chief Executive Officer, or, in his absence, such other person as may be appointed by the Board of Directors, shall act as chairman. The Secretary of the corporation or a person designated by the chairman of the meeting shall act as secretary of the meeting. Unless otherwise approved by the chairman of the meeting, attendance at the stockholders’ meeting is restricted to stockholders of record, persons authorized in accordance with Section 1.8 of these Bylaws to act by proxy, and officers of the corporation.

The chairman of the meeting shall call the meeting to order, establish the agenda, and conduct the business of the meeting in accordance therewith or, at the chairman’s discretion, the business of the meeting may be conducted otherwise in accordance with the wishes of the stockholders in attendance. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting.

1.11 Stockholder Action Without Meeting . Any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice, if a consent in writing, setting forth the actions so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. All such consents shall be filed with the Secretary of the corporation and shall be maintained in the corporate records. Prompt notice of the taking of a corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

An electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder, or by a proxy holder or other person authorized to act for a stockholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purpose of this Section 1.11, provided that such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (a) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or by a person authorized to act for the stockholder and (b) the date on which such stockholder or authorized person transmitted such electronic transmission. The date on which such electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the books in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.

1.12 Meetings by Remote Communication . If authorized by the Board of Directors, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board may adopt, stockholders and proxy holders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication, participate in the meeting and be deemed present in person and vote at the

 

4.


meeting, whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (a) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxy holder, (b) the corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxy holders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (c) if any stockholder or proxy holder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the corporation.

ARTICLE II

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

2.1 General Powers . The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors, who may exercise all of the powers of the corporation except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation. In the event of a vacancy on the Board of Directors, the remaining directors, except as otherwise provided by law, may exercise the powers of the full Board until the vacancy is filled.

2.2 Number and Term of Office . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors shall initially be eight (8) and, thereafter, shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board for adoption). All directors shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their respective successors are elected, except in the case of the death, resignation or removal of any director.

2.3 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock then outstanding, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or other cause (other than removal from office by a vote of the stockholders) may be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, by the sole remaining director, or, to the extent required by the Certificate of Incorporation or if there are no directors, by the stockholders, and directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders. No decrease in the number of authorized directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

2.4 Resignation . Any director may resign by delivering notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chairman of the Board or Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event.

 

5.


2.5 Removal . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock then outstanding, any directors, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. Vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from such removal may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, by the sole remaining director, or by the stockholders at the next annual meeting or at a special meeting called in accordance with Section 1.3 above. Directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders.

2.6 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; provided that any director who is absent when such a determination is made shall be given notice of the determination. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors may be held without notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders.

2.7 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or any director and may be held at any time and place, within or without the State of Delaware.

2.8 Notice of Special Meetings . Notice of any special meeting of directors shall be given to each director by whom it is not waived by the Secretary or by the officer or one of the directors calling the meeting. Notice shall be duly given to each director by whom it is not waived by (a) giving notice to such director in person or by telephone, electronic transmission or voice message system at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, (b) sending a facsimile to his or her last known facsimile number, or delivering written notice by hand to his or her last known business or home address, at least 24 hours in advance of the meeting, or (c) mailing written notice to his or her last known business or home address at least three days in advance of the meeting. A notice or waiver of notice of a meeting of the Board of Directors need not specify the purposes of the meeting. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

2.9 Participation in Meetings by Telephone Conference Calls or Other Methods of Communication . Directors or any members of any committee designated by the directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

2.10 Quorum . A majority of the total number of authorized directors shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Board of Directors. In the absence of a quorum at any such meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or at a meeting of a committee which authorizes a particular contract or transaction.

 

6.


2.11 Action at Meeting . At any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, the vote of a majority of those present shall be sufficient to take any action, unless a different vote is specified by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

2.12 Action by Written Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent to the action in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writings or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

2.13 Committees . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation, with such lawfully delegated powers and duties as it therefor confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members of the committee present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors and subject to the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each such committee shall keep minutes and make such reports as the Board of Directors may from time to time request. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by such rules, its business shall be conducted as nearly as possible in the same manner as is provided in these Bylaws for the Board of Directors.

2.14 Compensation of Directors . Directors may be paid such compensation for their services and such reimbursement for expenses of attendance at meetings as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation or any of its parent or subsidiary corporations in any other capacity and receiving compensation for such service.

2.15 Nomination of Director Candidates . Subject to the rights of holders of any class or series of preferred stock then outstanding, nominations for the election of Directors may be made by (a) the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof or (b) any stockholder entitled to vote in the election of directors.

 

7.


ARTICLE III

OFFICERS

3.1 Enumeration . The officers of the corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer, a Chief Financial Officer and such other officers with such other titles as the Board of Directors shall determine, including, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a Chairman of the Board and one or more Vice Presidents and Assistant Secretaries. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers as it may deem appropriate.

3.2 Election . Officers shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its first meeting following the annual meeting of stockholders. Officers may be appointed by the Board of Directors at any other meeting.

3.3 Qualification . No officer need be a stockholder. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

3.4 Tenure . Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, each officer shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified, unless a different term is specified in the vote appointing the officer, or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.

3.5 Resignation and Removal . Any officer may resign by delivering his written resignation to the corporation at its principal office or to the Chief Executive Officer, President or Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless it is specified to be effective at some other time or upon the happening of some other event. Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors.

3.6 Chairman of the Board . The Board of Directors may appoint a Chairman of the Board. If the Board of Directors appoints a Chairman of the Board, he or she shall perform such duties and possess such powers as are assigned to the Chairman by the Board of Directors and these Bylaws. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, he or she shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors.

3.7 Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer of the corporation shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and the officers of the corporation. He shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, in the absence or nonexistence of a Chairman of the Board, at all meetings of the Board of Directors. He shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the chief executive officer of a corporation, including general supervision, direction and control of the business and supervision of other officers of the corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

3.8 President . Subject to the direction of the Board of Directors and such supervisory powers as may be given by these Bylaws or the Board of Directors to the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, if such titles be held by other officers, the President shall have general supervision, direction and control of the business and supervision of other officers of the corporation. Unless otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the President shall be the

 

8.


Chief Executive Officer of the corporation. The President shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws. He shall have power to sign stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the corporation which are authorized and shall have general supervision and direction of all of the other officers, employees and agents of the corporation, other than the Chairman of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer.

3.9 Vice Presidents . Any Vice President shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the President, the Vice President (or if there shall be more than one, the Vice Presidents in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties of the President and when so performing shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Board of Directors may assign to any Vice President the title of Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or any other title selected by the Board of Directors.

3.10 Secretary and Assistant Secretaries . The Secretary shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President may from time to time prescribe. In addition, the Secretary shall perform such duties and have such powers as are set forth in these Bylaws and as are incident to the office of the Secretary, including, without limitation, the duty and power to give notices of all meetings of stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, to keep a record of the proceedings of all meetings of stockholders and the Board of Directors, to maintain a stock ledger and prepare lists of stockholders and their addresses as required, to be custodian of corporate records and the corporate seal and to affix and attest to the same on documents.

Any Assistant Secretary shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Secretary, the Assistant Secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary.

In the absence of the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary at any meeting of stockholders or directors, the person presiding at the meeting shall designate a temporary secretary to keep a record of the meeting.

3.11 Treasurer . The Treasurer shall perform such duties and have such powers as are incident to the office of treasurer, including without limitation, the duty and power to keep and be responsible for all funds and securities of the corporation, to maintain the financial records of the corporation, to deposit funds of the corporation in depositories as authorized, to disburse such funds as authorized, to make proper accounts of such funds, and to render as required by the Board of Directors accounts of all such transactions and of the financial condition of the corporation.

3.12 Chief Financial Officer . The Chief Financial Officer shall perform such duties and shall have such powers as may from time to time be assigned to the Chief Financial Officer by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. Unless otherwise designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Financial Officer shall be the Treasurer of the corporation.

 

9.


3.13 Salaries . Officers of the corporation shall be entitled to such salaries, compensation or reimbursement as shall be fixed or allowed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

3.14 Delegation of Authority . The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL STOCK

4.1 Issuance of Stock . Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the corporation or the whole or any part of any unissued balance of the authorized capital stock of the corporation held in its treasury may be issued, sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by vote of the Board of Directors in such manner, for such consideration and on such terms as the Board of Directors may determine.

4.2 Certificates of Stock . Every holder of stock of the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, in such form as may be prescribed by law and by the Board of Directors, certifying the number and class of shares of stock owned by such stockholder in the corporation. Each such certificate shall be signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the Chairman or Vice Chairman, if any, of the Board of Directors, or the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Vice President, and the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.

Each certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, applicable securities laws or any agreement among any number of stockholders or among such holders and the corporation shall have conspicuously noted on the face or back of the certificate either the full text of the restriction or a statement of the existence of such restriction.

4.3 Transfers . Except as otherwise established by rules and regulations adopted by the Board of Directors, and subject to applicable law, shares of stock may be transferred on the books of the corporation by the surrender to the corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate representing such shares properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, and with such proof of authority or authenticity of signature as the corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require. Except as may be otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, the corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect to such stock, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock until the shares have been transferred on the books of the corporation in accordance with the requirements of these Bylaws.

 

10.


4.4 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in place of any previously issued certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon such terms and conditions as the Board of Directors may prescribe, including the presentation of reasonable evidence of such loss, theft or destruction and the giving of such indemnity as the Board of Directors may require for the protection of the corporation or any transfer agent or registrar.

4.5 Record Date . The Board of Directors may fix in advance a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at any meeting of stockholders or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights in respect of any change, concession or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action. Such record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting, nor more than 60 days prior to any other action to which such record date relates.

If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business on the day before the date on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, the close of business on the day before the date on which the meeting is held. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the date on which the first written consent is expressed. The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating to such purpose.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

ARTICLE V

GENERAL PROVISIONS

5.1 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the corporation shall be as fixed by the Board of Directors.

5.2 Corporate Seal . The corporate seal shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board of Directors.

5.3 Waiver of Notice . Whenever any notice whatsoever is required to be given by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, a waiver of such notice either in writing signed by the person entitled to such notice or such person’s duly authorized attorney, or by electronic transmission or any other method permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law, whether before, at or after the time stated in such waiver, or the appearance of such person or persons at such meeting in person or by proxy, shall be deemed equivalent to such notice. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver. Attendance at any meeting shall constitute waiver of notice except attendance for the sole purpose of objecting to the timeliness or manner of notice.

 

11.


5.4 Actions with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations . Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise designate, the Chief Executive Officer or President or any officer of the corporation authorized by the Chief Executive Officer or President shall have the power to vote and otherwise act on behalf of the corporation, in person or by proxy, and may waive notice of, and act as, or appoint any person or persons to act as, proxy or attorney-in-fact to this corporation (with or without power of substitution) at any meeting of stockholders or shareholders (or with respect to any action of stockholders) of any other corporation or organization, the securities of which may be held by this corporation and otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers that this corporation may possess by reason of this corporation’s ownership of securities in such other corporation or other organization.

5.5 Evidence of Authority . A certificate by the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, or a temporary Secretary, as to any action taken by the stockholders, directors, a committee or any officer or representative of the corporation shall as to all persons who rely on the certificate in good faith be conclusive evidence of such action.

5.6 Certificate of Incorporation . All references in these Bylaws to the Certificate of Incorporation shall be deemed to refer to the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation, as amended and in effect from time to time.

5.7 Severability . Any determination that any provision of these Bylaws is for any reason inapplicable, illegal or ineffective shall not affect or invalidate any other provision of these Bylaws.

5.8 Pronouns . All pronouns used in these Bylaws shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the person or persons may require.

5.9 Notices . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein or required by law, all notices required to be given to any stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation shall be in writing and may in every instance be effectively given by hand delivery to the recipient thereof, by depositing such notice in the mails, postage paid, or by sending such notice by commercial courier service, or by facsimile or other electronic transmission, provided that notice to stockholders by electronic transmission shall be given in the manner provided in Section 232 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Any such notice shall be addressed to such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent at his, her or its last known address as the same appears on the books of the corporation. The time when such notice shall be deemed to be given shall be the time such notice is received by such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent, or by any person accepting such notice on behalf of such person, if delivered by hand, facsimile, other electronic transmission or commercial courier service, or the time such notice is dispatched, if delivered through the mails. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively, notice to any stockholder shall be deemed given: (a) if by facsimile, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (b) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has

 

12.


consented to receive notice; (c) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (i) such posting and (ii) the giving of such separate notice; (d) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder; and (e) if by mail, when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation.

5.10 Reliance Upon Books, Reports and Records . Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer of the corporation shall, in the performance of his duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the corporation, as provided by law, including reports made to the corporation by any of its officers, by an independent certified public accountant, or by an appraiser selected with reasonable care.

5.11 Time Periods . In applying any provision of these Bylaws which require that an act be done or not done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.

5.12 Facsimile Signatures . In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

ARTICLE VI

AMENDMENTS

6.1 By the Board of Directors . Except as otherwise set forth in these Bylaws, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present.

6.2 By the Stockholders . Except as otherwise set forth in these Bylaws, these Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote generally in any election of directors, voting together as a single class on an as-if converted to Common Stock basis. Such vote may be held at any annual meeting of stockholders, or at any special meeting of stockholders provided that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws shall have been stated in the notice of such special meeting.

 

13.


ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

7.1 Right to Indemnification . Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (each a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, or as a controlling person of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer, or in any other capacity while serving as a director or officer, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all expenses, liability and loss reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided , however , that except as provided in Section 7.2 of this Article VII, the corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnity in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if (a) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (b) the proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors, (c) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (d) the proceeding (or part thereof) is brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification or advancement under an indemnity agreement or any other statute or law or otherwise as required under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. The rights hereunder shall be contract rights and shall include the right to be paid expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided , however , that the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer of the corporation in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is tendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this section or otherwise.

7.2 Right of Claimant to Bring Suit . If a claim under Section 7.1 is not paid in full by the corporation within 60 days after a written claim has been received by the corporation, or 20 days in the case of a claim for advancement of expenses, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if such suit is not frivolous or brought in bad faith, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final

 

14.


disposition where the required undertaking, if any, has been tendered to this corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by the corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, shall be on the corporation.

7.3 Indemnification of Employees and Agents . The corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification, and to the advancement of related expenses, to any employee or agent of the corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VII with respect to the indemnification of and advancement of expenses to directors and officers of the corporation.

7.4 Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The rights conferred on any person in this Article VII shall not be exclusive of any other right which such persons may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

7.5 Indemnification Contracts . The Board of Directors is authorized to enter into a contract with any director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or any person serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including employee benefit plans, providing for indemnification rights equivalent to or, if the Board of Directors so determines, greater than, those provided for in this Article VII.

7.6 Insurance . The corporation may maintain insurance to the extent reasonably available, at its expense, to protect itself and any such director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

7.7 Effect of Amendment . Any amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article VII shall not adversely affect any right or protection of an indemnitee or his successor in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

15.


CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

OF

CONNECTURE, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

I, James Purko, the Secretary of Connecture, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), do hereby certify that the Amended and Restated Bylaws to which this Certificate is attached are the Bylaws of the Corporation.

Executed effective on the 26th day of October, 2012.

 

/s/ James Purko

James Purko

 

16.

Exhibit 4.1

CONNECTURE, INC.

INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

T HIS I NVESTOR R IGHTS A GREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of the 3rd day of August, 2012, by and among C ONNECTURE , I NC ., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the investors listed on E XHIBIT  A hereto, referred to hereinafter as the “ Investors ” and each individually as an “ Investor .

R ECITALS

W HEREAS , the Company and certain Investors (the “ Series B Investors ”) are parties to that certain Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated August 3, 2012 (as amended from time to time, the “ Series B Purchase Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Company is selling, and the Series B Investors are purchasing, shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Series B Stock ”); and

W HEREAS , certain of the Company’s and the Series B Investors’ obligations under the Series B Purchase Agreement are conditioned on the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the parties hereto.

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of these premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1. GENERAL.

1.1 Definitions. As used in this Agreement the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(a) Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person and any partner of such Person if such Person is a partnership. An “Affiliate” with respect to any Investor that is an entity includes (i) any private equity or venture capital fund or similar fund or entity for which an Affiliate of such Investor directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, serves as a manager, general partner or in a like capacity, and (ii) any general partners, limited partners, managers, management companies, members or stockholders of such Investor or its other Affiliates (including any Person described in clause (i)).

(b) Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(c) “Common Stock” means the Company’s common stock.

(d) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(e) Form S-1 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC.

 

1.


Investor Rights Agreement – Page 2

 

(f) “Form S-3” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor or similar registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC which permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

(g) GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, consistently applied.

(h) “Holder” means any Investor owning of record outstanding Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement.

(i) “Initial Offering” means the Company’s first firm commitment underwritten public offering of its Common Stock registered under the Securities Act.

(j) Major Investor means an Investor holding in the aggregate at least 1,000,000 shares (as adjusted for stock splits, combinations and the like) of Preferred Stock or Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof.

(k) Preferred Stock means, collectively, the Series A Stock and the Series B Stock (upon the designation of such shares).

(l) “Register,” “registered,” and “registration” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

(m) “Registrable Securities” means (a) Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares; (b) any Common Stock acquired by the Investors after the date of this Agreement; and (c) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the securities described in clause (a) or (b). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Registrable Securities shall not include any securities (i) sold by a person to the public either pursuant to a registration statement or Rule 144; or (ii) held by a Holder (together with its Affiliates) if the Company has completed its Initial Offering and all shares of Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares) held by and issuable to such Holder (and its Affiliates) constitute less than one percent (1%) of the shares of Common Stock then outstanding as shown on the then most recent report or statement filed by the Company with the SEC.

(n) “Registrable Securities then Outstanding” shall be the number of shares of the Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and either (a) are then issued and outstanding or (b) are issuable upon conversion of the Shares.

(o) “Registration Expenses” shall mean all expenses (other than Selling Expenses) incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to Sections 2.2, 2.3 and 2.4, including all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, reasonable fees and disbursements of a single special counsel for the Holders, blue sky fees and expenses and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding the compensation of regular employees of the Company which shall be paid in any event by the Company).


Investor Rights Agreement – Page 3

 

(p) “Restated Certificate” means the Company’s Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended.

(q) “SEC” or “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

(r) “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(s) “Selling Expenses” shall mean all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder, except for fees and disbursements of a single special counsel for the Holders borne and paid for by the Company as provided in subsection (o) above.

(t) “Series A Stock” shall mean the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

(u) “Shares” shall mean the shares of Series B Stock issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and shares of Preferred Stock held from time to time by the Investors listed on Exhibit A hereto and their permitted assigns.

(v) “Special Registration Statement” shall mean (i) a registration statement relating to any employee benefit plan or (ii) with respect to any corporate reorganization or transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act, any registration statements related to the issuance or resale of securities issued in such a transaction or (iii) a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered.

 

SECTION 2. REGISTRATION; RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.

2.1 Restrictions on Transfer.

(a) Each Holder agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Shares or Registrable Securities unless and until:

(i) there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

(ii) (A) The transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, (B) such Holder shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and (C) if reasonably requested by the Company, such Holder shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel or other evidence, in each case reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition will not require registration of such shares under the Securities Act. It is agreed that the Company will not require opinions of counsel for


Investor Rights Agreement – Page 4

 

transactions made pursuant to Rule 144, except in unusual circumstances. After its Initial Offering, the Company will not require any transferee to be bound by the terms of this Agreement if the shares so transferred do not remain Registrable Securities hereunder following such transfer.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) above, no such restriction shall apply to a transfer by a Holder that is (A) an Affiliate of such Holder, or (B) an individual transferring to the Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder; provided that in each case the transferee will agree in writing to be subject to the terms of this Agreement to the same extent as if such transferee were an original Holder hereunder.

(c) Each certificate representing Shares or Registrable Securities shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with legends substantially similar to the following (in addition to any legend required under applicable state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ ACT ”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED.

THE SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A CERTAIN INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT BY AND BETWEEN THE STOCKHOLDER AND THE COMPANY. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

(d) The Company shall be obligated to reissue promptly unlegended certificates at the request of any Holder thereof if the Company has completed its Initial Offering and the Holder shall have obtained an opinion of counsel (which counsel may be counsel to the Company) or other evidence, in each case reasonably acceptable to the Company to the effect that the securities proposed to be disposed of may lawfully be so disposed of without registration, qualification and legend, provided that the second legend listed above shall be removed only at such time as the Holder of such certificate is no longer subject to any restrictions hereunder.

(e) Any legend endorsed on an instrument pursuant to applicable state securities laws and the stop-transfer instructions with respect to such securities shall be removed upon receipt by the Company of an order of the appropriate blue sky authority authorizing such removal.


Investor Rights Agreement – Page 5

 

2.2 Demand Registration.

(a) Subject to the conditions of this Section 2.2, if the Company shall receive at any time after one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of the Initial Offering, a written request from the Holders of at least 40% of the Registrable Securities (the “ Initiating Holders ”) that the Company file a Form S-1 registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of Registrable Securities with an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, of at least $5,000,000, then the Company shall, within thirty (30) days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders, and subject to the limitations of this Section 2.2, effect, as expeditiously as reasonably possible (and in any event within 60 days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders), the registration under the Securities Act of all Registrable Securities that all Holders request to be registered.

(b) If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request in Section 2.2(a) by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 2.2 or any request pursuant to Section 2.4 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 2.2(a) or Section 2.4(a), as applicable. In such event, the right of any Holder to include its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities held by all Initiating Holders (which underwriter or underwriters shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, if the underwriter advises the Company that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of securities to be underwritten (including Registrable Securities), then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated to the Holders of such Registrable Securities on a pro rata basis based on the number of Registrable Securities held by all such Holders (including the Initiating Holders); provided, however , that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting and registration shall not be reduced unless all other securities of the Company are first entirely excluded from the underwriting and registration. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from the registration.

(c) The Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 2.2:

(i) prior to the expiration of the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 2.10 following the Initial Offering;

(ii) after the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to this Section 2.2, and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective;


Investor Rights Agreement – Page 6

 

(iii) during the period starting with the date of filing of, and ending on the date one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the registration statement pertaining to a public offering, other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement; provided that the Company makes reasonable good faith efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective;

(iv) if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 2.2 a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12) month period; provided , further , that the Company shall not register any securities for its own account or that of any other stockholder during such 120 day period, other than a Special Registration Statement;

(v) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.4; or

(vi) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required under the Securities Act.

2.3 Piggyback Registrations. The Company shall notify all Holders of Registrable Securities in writing at least twenty (20) days prior to the filing of any registration statement under the Securities Act for purposes of a public offering of securities of the Company (including, but not limited to, registration statements relating to secondary offerings of securities of the Company, but excluding Special Registration Statements) and will afford each such Holder an opportunity to include in such registration statement all or part of such Registrable Securities held by such Holder. Each Holder desiring to include in any such registration statement all or any part of the Registrable Securities held by it shall, within fifteen (15) days after the above-described notice from the Company, so notify the Company in writing. Such notice shall state the intended method of disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Holder. If a Holder decides not to include all of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement thereafter filed by the Company, such Holder shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent registration statement or registration statements as may be filed by the Company with respect to offerings of its securities, all upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

(a) Underwriting. If the registration statement of which the Company gives notice under this Section 2.3 is for an underwritten offering, the Company shall so advise the Holders of Registrable Securities. In such event, the right of any such Holder to include Registrable Securities in a registration pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable


Investor Rights Agreement – Page 7

 

Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the underwriter determines in good faith that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the number of shares that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated, first, to the Company; second, to the Investors on a pro rata basis based on the total number of Registrable Securities held by the Investors; and third to any stockholder of the Company (other than an Investor) on a pro rata basis; provided, however , that no such reduction shall reduce the amount of securities of the selling Investors included in the registration below fifteen percent (15%) of the total amount of securities included in such registration, unless such offering is the Initial Offering and such registration does not include shares of any other selling stockholders, in which event any or all of the Registrable Securities of the Investors may be excluded in accordance with the immediately preceding clause. In no event will shares of any other selling stockholder be included in such registration that would reduce the number of shares which may be included by Investors without the written consent of Investors holding not less than a majority of the Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the offering. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter, delivered at least ten (10) business days prior to the effective date of the registration statement. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be excluded and withdrawn from the registration. For any Holder which is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, the partners, retired partners, members, retired members and stockholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners, retired partners, members and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing person shall be deemed to be a single “ Holder ,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “ Holder ” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

(b) Right to Terminate Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.3 whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration, and shall promptly notify any Holder that has elected to include shares in such registration of such termination or withdrawal. The Registration Expenses of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.5.

2.4 Form S-3 Registration. In case the Company shall receive from any Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 (or any successor to Form S-3) or any similar short-form registration statement and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will:

(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders of Registrable Securities; and

(b) as soon as practicable (and in any event within 45 days after the date such request is given by the initiating Holders), effect such registration and all such qualifications and


Investor Rights Agreement – Page 8

 

compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 2.4:

(i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders;

(ii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than one million five hundred thousand dollars ($1,500,000);

(iii) if within thirty (30) days of receipt of a written request from any Holder or Holders pursuant to this Section 2.4, the Company gives notice to such Holder or Holders of the Company’s intention to make a public offering within ninety (90) days, other than pursuant to a Special Registration Statement;

(iv) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Form S-3 registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 2.4; provided , that such right to delay a request shall be exercised by the Company not more than once in any twelve (12) month period; provided , further , that the Company shall not register any securities for its own account or that of any other stockholder during such 120 day period, other than a Special Registration Statement;

(v) if the Company has, within the twelve (12) month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two (2) registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 2.4; or

(vi) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required under the Securities Act.

(c) Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a Form S-3 registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the requests of the Holders (and in any event within 45 days after the date such request is given by the initiating Holders). Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Section 2.2.


Investor Rights Agreement – Page 9

 

2.5 Expenses of Registration. Except as specifically provided herein, all Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to Section 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 herein shall be borne by the Company. All Selling Expenses incurred in connection with any registrations hereunder, shall be borne by the Holders of the securities so registered pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so registered. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay for expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.2 or 2.4, the request of which has been subsequently withdrawn by the Initiating Holders unless (a) the withdrawal is based upon material adverse information concerning the Company of which the Initiating Holders were not aware at the time of such request or (b) the Holders of a majority of Registrable Securities agree to deem such registration to have been effected as of the date of such withdrawal for purposes of determining whether the Company shall be obligated pursuant to Section 2.2(c) or 2.4(b)(v), as applicable, to undertake any subsequent registration, in which event such right shall be forfeited by all Holders. If the Holders are required to pay the Registration Expenses, such expenses shall be borne by the Holders of securities (including Registrable Securities) requesting such registration in proportion to the number of shares for which registration was requested. If the Company is required to pay the Registration Expenses of a withdrawn offering pursuant to clause (a) above, then such registration shall not be deemed to have been effected for purposes of determining whether the Company shall be obligated pursuant to Section 2.2(c) or 2.4(b)(v), as applicable, to undertake any subsequent registration.

2.6 Obligations of the Company. Whenever required to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to one hundred twenty (120) days or, if earlier, until the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution related thereto; provided, however, that at any time, upon written notice to the participating Holders and for a period not to exceed sixty (60) days thereafter (the “ Suspension Period ”), the Company may delay the filing or effectiveness of any registration statement or suspend the use or effectiveness of any registration statement (and the Initiating Holders hereby agree not to offer or sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement during the Suspension Period) if the Company reasonably believes that there is or may be in existence material nonpublic information or events involving the Company, the failure of which to be disclosed in the prospectus included in the registration statement could result in a Violation (as defined below). In the event that the Company shall exercise its right to delay or suspend the filing or effectiveness of a registration hereunder, the applicable time period during which the registration statement is to remain effective shall be extended by a period of time equal to the duration of the Suspension Period. The Company may extend the Suspension Period for up to an additional consecutive sixty (60) days with the consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered under the applicable registration statement, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. No more than one (1) such Suspension Period shall occur in any twelve (12) month period. In no event shall any Suspension Period, when taken together with all prior Suspension Periods, exceed 120 days in the aggregate in any twelve (12) month period. If so directed by the Company, all Holders registering shares under such registration statement shall


Investor Rights Agreement – Page 10

 

(i) not offer to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement during the period in which the delay or suspension is in effect after receiving notice of such delay or suspension; and (ii) use their reasonable efforts to deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holders’ possession, of the prospectus relating to such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to file, cause to become effective or maintain the effectiveness of any registration statement other than a registration statement on Form S-3 that contemplates a distribution of securities on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act.

(b) To the extent the Company is a “ well-known seasoned issuer ” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) at the time any written request for registration is submitted to the Company by any Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities in accordance with Section 2.4, if specifically requested to do so in such written request for registration, file an “ automatic shelf registration statement ” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) to effect such registration, and use reasonable efforts to remain a well-known seasoned issuer (and not become an “ ineligible issuer ” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act)) during the period during which such automatic shelf registration statement is required to remain effective in accordance with this Agreement.

(c) If at any time when the Company is required to re-evaluate its status as a well-known seasoned issuer for purposes of an automatic shelf registration statement used to effect a written request for registration in accordance with Section 2.4, (i) the Company determines that it is not a well-known seasoned issuer, (ii) the registration statement is required to be kept effective in accordance with this Agreement, and (iii) the registration rights of the applicable Holders have not terminated, promptly, to the extent the Company is eligible to do so, amend the registration statement to provide for the continuing effectiveness of the registration statement on Form S-3 or file a new registration statement on Form S-3, and keep such registration statement effective in accordance with the requirements otherwise applicable under this Agreement.

(d) Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for the period set forth in subsection (a) above.

(e) Furnish to the Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

(f) Use its reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required under the Securities Act.


Investor Rights Agreement – Page 11

 

(g) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

(h) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing. The Company will use reasonable efforts to amend or supplement such prospectus in order to cause such prospectus not to include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing.

(i) Use its reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed.

(j) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and provide a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.

(k) Promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any underwriter(s) participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent, in each case, as necessary or advisable to verify the accuracy of the information in such registration statement and to conduct appropriate due diligence in connection therewith.

(l) Notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed.

(m) After such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus.


Investor Rights Agreement – Page 12

 

2.7 Delay of Registration; Furnishing Information.

(a) No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

(b) It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to Section 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4 that the selling Holders shall furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Registrable Securities held by them and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be reasonably required to effect the registration of their Registrable Securities.

(c) The Company shall have no obligation with respect to any registration requested pursuant to Section 2.2 or Section 2.4 if the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration does not equal or exceed the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price required to originally trigger the Company’s obligation to initiate such registration as specified in Section 2.2 or Section 2.4, whichever is applicable.

2.8 Indemnification. In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under Sections 2.2, 2.3 or 2.4:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, members, stockholders, managers, officers and directors of each Holder, any legal counsel and accountants for such Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person or entity, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (collectively, the “ Holder Indemnitees ”), against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “ Violation ”) by the Company: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated by reference therein, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, or any issuer free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act) or issuer information (as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act) filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act prepared by or on behalf of the Company or used or referred to by the Company, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law in connection with the offering covered by such registration statement; and the Company will reimburse each such Holder Indemnitee for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to


Investor Rights Agreement – Page 13

 

the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by such Holder, partner, member, officer, director, underwriter or controlling person of such Holder.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each Holder, severally and not jointly, will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration qualifications or compliance is being effected, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, its officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter and any other Holder selling securities under such registration statement or any of such other Holder’s partners, members, managers, stockholders, directors or officers or any person who controls such Holder, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other such Holder, or partner, member, stockholder, manager, director, officer or controlling person of such other Holder may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, in each case only to the extent that such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement or incorporated by reference therein, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, or any issuer free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act) or issuer information (as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act) filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act prepared by or on behalf of the Company or used or referred to by the Company, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act (collectively, a “ Holder Violation ”), in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Holder Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder under an instrument duly executed by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such director, officer, controlling person, underwriter or other Holder, or partner, member, stockholder, manager, officer, director or controlling person of such other Holder in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if it is judicially determined that there was such a Holder Violation; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided further , that in no event shall any indemnity under this Section 2.8 exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.8, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to


Investor Rights Agreement – Page 14

 

assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, with the fees and expenses thereof to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.8 to the extent, and only to the extent, materially prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.8.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 2.8 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall to the extent permitted by applicable law contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the Violation(s) or Holder Violation(s) that resulted in such loss, claim, damage or liability, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by a court of law by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided , that in no event shall any contribution by a Holder hereunder exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder except in the case of willful misconduct or fraud by such Holder.

(e) Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.8 shall survive completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement and, with respect to liability arising from an offering to which this Section 2.8 would apply that is covered by a registration filed before termination of this Agreement, such termination. No indemnifying party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

2.9 Limitation on Subsequent Registration Rights. Other than as provided in Section 5.10, after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would grant such holder rights to demand the registration of shares of the Company’s capital stock, or to include such shares in a registration statement that would reduce the number of shares includable by the Holders after all Holders have had the opportunity to include in the registration and offering all shares of Registrable Securities that the Holders wish to so include.


Investor Rights Agreement – Page 15

 

2.10 “Market Stand-Off” Agreement. Each Holder hereby agrees that such Holder shall not sell, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale of, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the 180-day period following the effective date of the Initial Offering (or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company shall request in order to facilitate compliance with NASD Rule 2711), provided, that all officers and directors of the Company and stockholders holding at least 1% of the Company’s capital stock are bound by and have entered into similar agreements. The obligations described in this Section 2.10 shall not apply to (a) a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, (b) a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future or (c) the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement. The underwriters in connection with any such registration are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 2.10 and shall have the right, power, and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with such registrations that are consistent with this Section 2.10 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply pro rata to all Holders subject to such agreements.

2.11 Agreement to Furnish Information. Each Holder agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter that are consistent with the Holder’s obligations under Section 2.10 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if reasonably requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, each Holder shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in Section 2.10 and this Section 2.11 shall not apply to a Special Registration Statement. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said ten day period. Each Holder agrees that any transferee of any shares of Registrable Securities shall be bound by Sections 2.10 and 2.11. The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of Sections 2.10 and 2.11 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

2.12 Rule 144 Reporting. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC which may permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to:

(a) Make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144 or any similar or analogous rule promulgated under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date of the first registration filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;


Investor Rights Agreement – Page 16

 

(b) File with the SEC, in a timely manner, all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act; and

(c) So long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to such Holder forthwith upon request: a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 of the Securities Act, and of the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company filed with the Commission; and such other reports and documents as a Holder may reasonably request in connection with availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing it to sell any such securities without registration.

 

SECTION 3. COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

3.1 Basic Financial Information and Reporting.

(a) The Company will maintain true books and records of account in which full and correct entries will be made of all its business transactions pursuant to a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with GAAP, and will set aside on its books all such proper accruals and reserves as shall be required under GAAP.

(b) As soon as commercially reasonable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days thereafter, the Company will furnish each Major Investor a balance sheet of the Company, as at the end of such fiscal year, and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company, for such year, all prepared in accordance with GAAP and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail. Such financial statements shall be audited and certified by independent public accountants of nationally or regionally recognized standing approved by the Board.

(c) The Company will furnish each Major Investor, as soon as practicable after the end of each month, and in any event within thirty (30) days thereafter, a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of each such month, and a statement of income and a statement of cash flows of the Company for such period and for the current fiscal year to date, prepared in accordance with GAAP, with the exception that no notes need be attached to such statements and normal year-end audit adjustments may not have been made.

(d) The Company will furnish each Major Investor, as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, unaudited statements of income and of cash flows for such fiscal quarter, and an unaudited balance sheet and a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such fiscal quarter, prepared in accordance with GAAP, with the exception that no notes need be attached to such statements and normal year-end audit adjustments may not have been made.

(e) The Company will furnish each Major Investor, as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each


Investor Rights Agreement – Page 17

 

fiscal year of the Company, a statement showing the number of shares of each class and series of capital stock and securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of capital stock outstanding at the end of the period, the Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise of any outstanding securities convertible or exercisable for Common Stock and the exchange ratio or exercise price applicable thereto, and the number of shares of issued stock options and stock options not yet issued but reserved for issuance, if any, all in sufficient detail as to permit the Major Investors to calculate their respective percentage equity ownership in the Company.

If, for any period, the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to the foregoing sections shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.

3.2 Inspection Rights. Each Major Investor shall have the right to visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company or any of its subsidiaries with its officers, and to review such information as is reasonably requested all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably requested; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated under this Section 3.2 with respect to a competitor of the Company or with respect to information which the Board determines in good faith is confidential or attorney-client privileged and should not, therefore, be disclosed.

3.3 Confidentiality of Records. Each Investor agrees to use the same degree of care as such Investor uses to protect its own confidential information to keep confidential any information furnished to such Investor, including information furnished pursuant to Section 3.1 and 3.2, that the Company identifies as being confidential or proprietary (so long as such information is not in the public domain), except that such Investor may disclose such proprietary or confidential information (i) to any Affiliate of such Investor as long as such Affiliate is advised of and agrees or has agreed to be bound by the confidentiality provisions of this Section 3.3 or comparable restrictions; (ii) at such time as it enters the public domain through no fault of such Investor; (iii) that is communicated to it free of any obligation of confidentiality; (iv) that is or has been developed by Investor or its agents independently of and without reference to any confidential information communicated by the Company; (v) to its attorneys, accountants, business and financial consultants, and other business and financial professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company; (vi) to any prospective purchaser of any Registrable Securities from such Investor, if such prospective purchaser agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 3.3 ; or (vii) as required by applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any restrictions on an Investor in this Section 3.3 with respect to any information furnished to such Investor shall expire on the date that is five (5) years after the delivery of such confidential information to such Investor.

3.4 Reservation of Common Stock. The Company will at all times reserve and keep available, solely for issuance and delivery upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock, all Common Stock issuable from time to time upon such conversion.

3.5 Director and Officer Insurance. The Company will obtain and maintain in full force and effect director and officer liability insurance with coverage limits of at least $3,000,000 per occurrence and with other terms and conditions acceptable to the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities and the holders of a majority of the Series B Stock.


Investor Rights Agreement – Page 18

 

3.6 Assignment of Right of First Refusal. In the event the Company elects not to exercise any right of first offer the Company may have on a proposed transfer of any of the Company’s outstanding capital stock pursuant to the Company’s charter documents, by contract or otherwise, the Company shall, to the extent it may do so, assign such right of first offer to each Investor. In the event of such assignment, each Investor shall have a right to purchase its pro rata portion of the capital stock proposed to be transferred. Each Investor’s pro rata portion shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the aggregate number of shares proposed to be transferred by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by such Investor at the time of the proposed transfer and the denominator of which is the total number of Registrable Securities owned by all Investors at the time of such proposed transfer.

3.7 Observer Rights . As long as GPP – Connecture, LLC and its Affiliates (“GPP”) owns not less than 5,000,000 shares of Series B Stock (or equivalent amount of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof, in each case subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such shares), and does not have a representative then serving on the Board, the Company shall invite a representative of GPP to attend all meetings of its Board (and any committee thereof) in a nonvoting observer capacity. As long as SSM Venture Partners II, L.P. and its Affiliates (“SSM”) owns not less than 2,500,000 shares of Series A Stock (or equivalent amount of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof, in each case subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such shares), and does not have a representative then serving on the Board, the Company shall invite a representative of SSM to attend all meetings of its Board (and any committee thereof) in a nonvoting observer capacity. As long as Live Oak Equity Partners, L.P. and its Affiliates (“Live Oak”) owns not less than 2,500,000 shares of Series A Stock (or equivalent amount of Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof, in each case subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, combinations, recapitalizations or the like with respect to such shares), and does not have a representative then serving on the Board, the Company shall invite a representative of Live Oak to attend all meetings of its Board (and any committee thereof) in a nonvoting observer capacity. The Company shall give such representatives copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors at the same time and in the same manner as provided to such directors; provided, however, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or result in disclosure of trade secrets or a conflict of interest. The Company shall reimburse the reasonable costs and expenses of each observer of GPP, SSM and Live Oak incurred in attending meetings of the Board (including any meeting of committees of the Board) and any other meetings or events attended on behalf of the Company at the Company’s request.

3.8 Rights Pertaining to the Board .

(a) Unless otherwise determined by the Board (including the approval of a majority of the directors designated by the holders of Series A Stock and the holders of Series B


Investor Rights Agreement – Page 19

 

Stock (the “ Preferred Designees ”)), the Board shall meet at least once every quarter. The Company shall reimburse the reasonable costs and expenses of the Preferred Designees incurred in attending meetings of the Board (including any meeting of committees of the Board) and any other meetings or events attended on behalf of the Company at the Company’s request (such as trade shows)

(b) For so long as 12,500,000 shares of Series A Stock remains outstanding and the holders thereof are entitled to elect a director, the Company will not, without approval of the Board, which approval must include the affirmative vote of at least one of the directors elected by the holders of Series A Stock, take any action, by merger or otherwise, that (i) alters or changes the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series B Stock, (ii) results in the issuance of any equity securities or creates or authorizes any obligation or security convertible into shares of any class or series of stock or (iii) results in the payment, distribution or declaration of any dividend on any shares of stock.

3.9 Employee Pool . The Company will reserve an additional 3,630,000 shares of its Common Stock (representing 7.0% of its fully diluted capital stock following the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Series B Purchase Agreement) for issuances to directors, officers, employees, advisors, consultants and other service providers (the “ Employee Pool ”). This reservation shall be made following the Closing. The shares in the Employee Pool will be issued from time to time to directors, officers, employees, advisors, consultants and other service providers of the Company under such arrangements, contracts or plans as are recommended by management and approved by the Board.

3.10 Termination of Covenants. All covenants of the Company contained in Section 3 of this Agreement (other than the provisions of Sections 3.3) shall expire and terminate upon the earlier of (a) the completion of the Initial Offering or (b) the closing of a transaction that constitutes a Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined in the Restated Certificate).

 

SECTION 4. RIGHTS OF FIRST OFFER.

4.1 Subsequent Offerings. Subject to applicable securities laws, each Investor shall have a right of first offer to purchase its pro rata share of all Equity Securities, as defined below, that the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue after the date of this Agreement, other than the Equity Securities excluded by Section 4.6. Each Investor’s pro rata share is equal to the ratio of (a) the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Shares or upon the exercise of outstanding warrants or options) of which such Investor is deemed to be a holder immediately prior to the issuance of such Equity Securities to (b) the total number of shares of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Shares or upon the exercise of any outstanding vested warrants or vested options) immediately prior to the issuance of the Equity Securities. The term “ Equity Securities ” shall mean (i) any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security of the Company, (ii) any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, with or without consideration, any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security (including any option to purchase such a convertible security), (iii) any security carrying any warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase any Common Stock, Preferred Stock or other security or (iv) any such warrant or right.


Investor Rights Agreement – Page 20

 

4.2 Exercise of Rights. If the Company proposes to issue any Equity Securities, it shall give each Investor written notice of its intention, describing the Equity Securities, the price and the terms and conditions upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. Each Investor shall have fifteen (15) days from the giving of such notice to agree to purchase its pro rata share of the Equity Securities for the price and upon the terms and conditions specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of Equity Securities to be purchased. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to offer or sell such Equity Securities to any Investor who would cause the Company to be in violation of applicable federal securities laws by virtue of such offer or sale.

4.3 Issuance of Equity Securities to Other Persons . If not all of the Investors elect to purchase their pro rata share of the Equity Securities, then the Company shall promptly notify in writing the Investors who do so elect and shall offer such Investors the right to acquire such unsubscribed shares on a pro rata basis. The Investors shall have five (5) business days after receipt of such notice to notify the Company of its election to purchase all or a portion thereof of the unsubscribed shares. The Company shall have ninety (90) days thereafter to sell the Equity Securities in respect of which the Investor’s rights were not exercised, at a price not lower and upon general terms and conditions not materially more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company’s notice to the Investors pursuant to Section 4.2. If the Company has not sold such Equity Securities within ninety (90) days of the notice provided pursuant to Section 4.2, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any Equity Securities, without first offering such securities to the Investors in the manner provided above.

4.4 Termination. The rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 shall not apply to, and shall terminate upon, the earlier to occur of (a) the completion of the Initial Offering or (b) the completion of a transaction that constitutes a Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined in the Restated Certificate).

4.5 Assignment of Right of First Offer. The right of first offer of each Investor under this Section 4 may be assigned to the same parties, subject to the same restrictions as any transfer of registration rights pursuant to Section 2.1.

4.6 Excluded Securities. The rights of first refusal established by this Section 4 shall have no application to any of the following Equity Securities: (a) Equity Securities that are excluded from the definition of Additional Shares of Common Stock (as defined in the Restated Certificate) and (b) Equity Securities issued in the Initial Offering.

 

SECTION 5. MISCELLANEOUS.

5.1 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law thereof and regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of law.


Investor Rights Agreement – Page 21

 

5.2 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, and administrators and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by each person who shall be a holder of Registrable Securities from time to time; provided, however , that prior to the receipt by the Company of adequate written notice of the transfer of any Registrable Securities specifying the full name and address of the transferee, the Company may deem and treat the person listed as the holder of such shares in its records as the absolute owner and holder of such shares for all purposes, including the payment of dividends or any redemption price.

5.3 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Exhibits and Schedules hereto, the Purchase Agreement and the other documents delivered pursuant thereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and no party shall be liable or bound to any other in any manner by any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants and agreements except as specifically set forth herein and therein. Each party expressly represents and warrants that it is not relying on any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants or agreements outside of this Agreement.

5.4 Severability. In the event one or more of the provisions of this Agreement should, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

5.5 Amendment, Termination and Waiver.

(a) Except as otherwise expressly provided, this Agreement may be amended, terminated or modified, and the obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders under this Agreement may be waived, only upon the written consent of (i) the Company (ii) the holders of a majority of the Series B Stock; and (iii) the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then Outstanding.

(b) For the purposes of determining the number of Holders or Investors entitled to vote or exercise any rights hereunder, the Company shall be entitled to rely solely on the list of record holders of its stock as maintained by or on behalf of the Company.

5.6 Delays or Omissions. It is agreed that no delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party, upon any breach, default or noncompliance by another party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power, or remedy, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach, default or noncompliance, or any acquiescence therein, or of any similar breach, default or noncompliance thereafter occurring. It is further agreed that any waiver, permit, consent, or approval of any kind or character on any party’s part of any breach, default or noncompliance under the Agreement or any waiver on such party’s part of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement, by law, or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.


Investor Rights Agreement – Page 22

 

5.7 Notices. All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent, if to the Company, to the address set forth on the signature page hereto, and if to an Investor, at the address as set forth on E XHIBIT A hereto or at such other address or electronic mail address as such party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

5.8 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event that any suit or action is instituted under or in relation to this Agreement, including to enforce any provision in this Agreement, the prevailing party in such dispute shall be entitled to recover from the losing party all fees, costs and expenses of enforcing any right of such prevailing party under or with respect to this Agreement, including such reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and accountants, which shall include all fees, costs and expenses of appeals.

5.9 Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

5.10 Additional Investors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company shall issue additional shares of its Preferred Stock after the date of this Agreement, the purchaser of such shares of its Preferred Stock may, with the consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Preferred Stock, become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement and thereafter shall be deemed an “ Investor ,” a “ Holder ” and a party hereunder.

5.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

5.12 Aggregation of Stock. All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by Affiliates shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

5.13 Pronouns. All pronouns contained herein, and any variations thereof, shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine or neutral, singular or plural, as to the identity of the parties hereto may require.

[THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


COMPANY:
C ONNECTURE , I NC .
By:  

/s/ R. Douglas Schneider

Name:  

R. Douglas Schneider

Title:  

CEO

Address for Notices:

18500 W. Corporate Drive

Suite 250

Brookfield, WI 53045


INVESTORS:
GPP-CONNECTURE, LLC
By:  

/s/ Adam Dolder

Name:   Adam Dolder
Title:   President


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Individual:     Entity:

 

   

Chrysalis Ventures II, L.P.

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

/s/ David A. Jones

      Name:  

David A. Jones, Jr.

      Title:  

Member


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Individual:     Entity:

 

   

LiveOak Equity Partners L.P.

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

/s/ James A. Gilbert

      Name:  

James A. Gilbert

      Title:  

Managing Member


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Individual:     Entity:

 

   

SSM Venture Associates, L.P.

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
      By:  

SSM II, L.P., general partner

      By:  

SSM Corporation, general partner

      By:  

/s/ James D. Witherington, Jr.

      Title:  

President


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Investor Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Individual:     Entity:

 

   

SSM Venture Partners II, L.P.

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
      By:  

SSM II, L.P., general partner

      By:  

SSM Corporation, general partner

      By:  

/s/ James D. Witherington, Jr.

      Title:  

President


E XHIBIT A

LIST OF INVESTORS

 

N AME

  

A DDRESS

  

C OMMON

S TOCK

   S ERIES A
P REFERRED
S TOCK
     S ERIES B
P REFERRED
S TOCK
 

GPP—Connecture, LLC

  

c/o Great Point Partners, LLC

165 Mason Street, 3rd Floor

Greenwich, CT 06830

Attention: Charlie Myers and Brett Carlson

   —        —           17,696,553   

Chrysalis Ventures II, L.P.

  

101 South Fifth Street

Suite 1650

Louisville, KY 40202-3122

Attention: David A. Jones, Jr. and Alan Ying

   —        10,886,316         2,000,000   

LiveOak Equity Partners, L.P.

  

1268 Park Vista Drive

Atlanta, GA 30319

Attention: James A. Gilbert

   —        4,773,387      

SSM Venture Associates, L.P.

  

c/o Jim Witherington

6075 Poplar Avenue

Suite 335

Memphis, TN 38119

   —        1,492,434      

SSM Venture Partners II, L.P.

  

c/o Jim Witherington

6075 Poplar Avenue

Suite 335

Memphis, TN 38119

   —        7,640,186      

T OTAL :

      0      24,792,323         19,696,553   
     

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.2

CONNECTURE, INC.

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND CO-SALE AGREEMENT

T HIS R IGHT OF F IRST R EFUSAL AND C O -S ALE A GREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of this 3rd day of August 2012, by and among C ONNECTURE , I NC . , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), each of the persons and entities listed on Exhibit A hereto (each referred to herein as a “ Key Holder ” and collectively as the “ Key Holders ”) and each of the persons and entities listed on E XHIBIT  B hereto (the “ Investors ”).

R ECITALS

W HEREAS , the Company and certain Investors (the “ Series B Investors ”) are parties to that certain Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated August 3, 2012 (as amended from time to time, the “ Series B Purchase Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Company is selling, and the Series B Investors are purchasing, shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Series B Stock ”); and

W HEREAS , certain of the Company’s and the Series B Investors’ obligations under the Series B Purchase Agreement are conditioned on the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the parties hereto.

A GREEMENT

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of these premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. D EFINITIONS .

1.1 “Key Holder Stock” shall mean shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), and the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Series A Stock ”), now owned or subsequently acquired by the Key Holders by gift, purchase, dividend, stock split, conversion, exchange, warrant exercise, option exercise or any other means whether or not such securities are only registered in a Key Holder’s name or beneficially or legally owned by such Key Holder, including any interest of a spouse in any of the Key Holder Stock, whether that interest is asserted pursuant to marital property laws or otherwise. The number of shares of Key Holder Stock owned by the Key Holders as of the date hereof are set forth on E XHIBIT  A , which Exhibit may be amended from time to time by the Company to reflect changes in the number of shares owned by the Key Holders, but the failure to so amend shall have no effect on such Key Holder Stock being subject to this Agreement.

1.2 “Investor Stock” shall mean the shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock now owned or subsequently acquired by the Investors by gift, purchase, dividend, stock split, conversion, exchange, warrant exercise, option exercise or any other means whether or not such securities are only registered in an Investor’s name or beneficially or otherwise legally owned by such Investor. The number of shares of Investor Stock owned by the Investors as of the date


Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement – Page 2

 

hereof are set forth on E XHIBIT  B , which Exhibit may be amended from time to time by the Company to reflect changes in the number of shares owned by the Investors, but the failure to so amend shall have no effect on such Investor Stock being subject to this Agreement.

1.3 “Preferred Stock” means the Series A Stock and the Series B Stock (upon the designation of such shares).

1.4 For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Transfer” shall include any sale, assignment, encumbrance, hypothecation, pledge, conveyance in trust, gift, transfer by request, devise or descent, or other transfer or disposition of any kind, including transfers to receivers, levying creditors, trustees or receivers in bankruptcy proceedings or general assignees for the benefit of creditors, whether voluntary or by operation of law, directly or indirectly, of any of the Key Holder Stock.

 

2. T RANSFERS BY A K EY H OLDER .

2.1 Notice of Transfer. If a Key Holder proposes to Transfer any shares of Key Holder Stock, then the Key Holder shall promptly give written notice (the “ Notice ”) simultaneously to the Company and to each of the Investors at least thirty (30) days prior to the closing of such Transfer. The Notice shall describe in reasonable detail the proposed Transfer, including the material terms and conditions of such Transfer, the number and type of shares of Key Holder Stock to be transferred, the nature of such Transfer, the consideration to be paid (including price and form of consideration), and the name and address of each prospective purchaser or transferee. In the event that the Transfer is being made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.1, the Notice shall state under which clause of Section 3.1 the Transfer is being made.

2.2 Company Right of First Refusal. For a period of ten (10) days following receipt of any Notice described in Section 2.1, the Company shall have the right to purchase all or a portion of the Key Holder Stock subject to such Notice on the same terms and conditions as set forth therein. The Company’s purchase right shall be exercised by written notice signed by an officer of the Company (the “ Company Notice ”) and delivered to the Key Holder within such ten (10) day period. The Company shall effect the purchase of the Key Holder Stock, including payment of the purchase price, not more than ten (10) business days after delivery of the Company’s Notice, and at such time the Key Holder shall deliver to the Company the certificate(s) representing the Key Holder Stock to be purchased by the Company (free and clear of all claims, liens and other encumbrances), each certificate to be properly endorsed for transfer. The Key Holder Stock so purchased shall thereupon be cancelled and cease to be issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock.

2.3 Investor Right of First Refusal.

(a) In the event that the Company does not elect to purchase all of the Key Holder Stock available pursuant to its rights under Section 2.2 within the period set forth therein, the Key Holder shall promptly give written notice (the “ Second Notice ”) to each of the Investors who then holds Investor Stock (a “ Qualifying Investor ”), which shall set forth the number and type of shares of Key Holder Stock not purchased by the Company and which shall include the terms of Notice set forth in Section 2.1. Each Qualifying Investor shall then have the right,


Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement – Page 3

 

exercisable upon written notice to the Key Holder (the “ Investor Notice ”) within ten (10) days after the receipt of the Second Notice, to purchase its pro rata share of the Key Holder Stock subject to the Second Notice and on the same terms and conditions as set forth therein. Except as set forth in Section 2.3(c), the Qualifying Investors who so exercise their rights (the “ Participating Investors ”) shall effect the purchase of the Key Holder Stock, including payment of the purchase price, not more than ten (10) business days after delivery of the Investor Notice, and at such time the Key Holder shall deliver to the Participating Investors the certificate(s) representing the Key Holder Stock to be purchased by the Participating Investors, each certificate to be properly endorsed for transfer, together with stock powers, free and clear of all claims, liens and other encumbrances.

(b) Each Qualifying Investor’s pro rata share shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the aggregate number of shares of Key Holder Stock covered by the Second Notice and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of Preferred Stock or other rights to acquire shares of Common Stock held by the Participating Investor at the time of the Notice, and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of Preferred Stock or other rights to acquire shares of Common Stock at the time of the Notice held by all Qualifying Investors.

(c) In the event that not all of the Qualifying Investors elect to purchase their pro rata share of the Key Holder Stock available pursuant to their rights under Section 2.3(a) within the time period set forth therein, then the Key Holder shall promptly give written notice to each of the Participating Investors (the “ Overallotment Notice ”), which shall set forth the number and type of shares of Key Holder Stock not purchased by the other Qualifying Investors, and shall offer such Participating Investors the right to acquire such unsubscribed shares. Each Participating Investor shall have seven (7) days after receipt of the Overallotment Notice to deliver a written notice to the Key Holder (the “ Participating Investors Overallotment Notice ”) indicating the number of unsubscribed shares that such Participating Investor desires to purchase, and each such Participating Investor shall be entitled to purchase such number of unsubscribed shares on the same terms and conditions as set forth in the Second Notice. In the event that the Participating Investors desire to purchase, in the aggregate, a number of shares that exceeds the total number of available unsubscribed shares, then the number of unsubscribed shares that each Participating Investor may purchase shall be reduced on a pro rata basis. For purposes of this Section 2.3(c), each Participating Investor’s pro rata share shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the aggregate number of shares of Key Holder Stock covered by the Overallotment Notice and (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of Preferred Stock or other rights to acquire shares of Common Stock held by the Participating Investor electing to purchase unsubscribed shares at the time of the Notice, and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of Preferred Stock or other rights to acquire shares of Common Stock held by all Participating Investors electing to purchase unsubscribed shares at the time of the Notice. The Participating Investors shall then effect the purchase of the Key Holder Stock, including payment of the purchase price, not more than ten (10) business days after delivery of the Participating Investors Overallotment Notice, and at such time, the Key Holder shall deliver to the Investors the certificates representing the Key Holder Stock to be purchased by the Participating Investors, each certificate to be properly endorsed for transfer, together with stock powers, free and clear of all claims, liens and other encumbrances.


Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement – Page 4

 

(d) If the consideration proposed to be paid for the shares of Key Holder Stock set forth in a Notice is in property, services or other non-cash consideration, then the fair market value of the consideration shall be as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors, and the Company shall send written notice of such fair market value determination, signed by an officer of the Company (the “ FMV Notice ”), to the Key Holder and each Investors within 10 days after the Company’s receipt of such Notice. If the Company or any Investor cannot for any reason pay for such Key Holder Stock in the same form of non-cash consideration, then the Company or such Investor may pay the cash value equivalent thereof, as set forth in the FMV Notice.

2.4 Right of Co-Sale .

(a) In the event the Company and the Investors fail to exercise their respective rights to purchase all of the Key Holder Stock subject to Sections 2.2 and 2.3, following the exercise or expiration of the rights of purchase set forth in Sections 2.2 and 2.3, then the Key Holder shall deliver to the Company and each Qualifying Investor written notice (the “ Co-Sale Notice ”) that each Qualifying Investor shall have the right, exercisable upon written notice to such Key Holder with a copy to the Company within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the Co-Sale Notice, to participate in such Transfer of Key Holder Stock (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, shares of Key Holder Stock purchased by the Company and/or the Participating Investors pursuant to Section 2.2 or 2.3) on the same terms and conditions. Such notice shall indicate the number and type of shares of Investor Stock up to that number of shares determined under Section 2.4(b) such Qualifying Investor wishes to sell under his or her right to participate. To the extent one or more of the Qualifying Investors exercise such right of participation in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth below, the number of shares of Key Holder Stock that such Key Holder may sell in the transaction shall be correspondingly reduced based on their pro rata ownership.

(b) Each Qualifying Investor may sell all or any part of that number of shares equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the aggregate number of shares of Key Holder Stock covered by the Co-Sale Notice and not purchased by the Company or its assignees or Qualifying Investors pursuant to Section 2.2 or 2.3 by (ii) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of Preferred Stock or other rights to acquire shares of Common Stock held by such Qualifying Investor at the time of the Co-Sale Notice and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock held by such Key Holder (excluding shares purchased by the Company and/or Qualifying Investors pursuant to Section 2.2 or 2.3) plus the number of shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of Preferred Stock or other rights to acquire shares of Common Stock held by all Qualifying Investors at the time of the Co-Sale Notice.

(c) Each Qualifying Investor who elects to participate in the Transfer pursuant to this Section 2 (a “ Co-Sale Participant ”) shall effect its participation in the Transfer by promptly delivering to such Key Holder for transfer to the prospective purchaser one or more certificates, properly endorsed for transfer, which represent:

(i) the number of shares of Common Stock which such Co-Sale Participant elects to sell; or


Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement – Page 5

 

(ii) that number of shares of Preferred Stock which is at such time convertible into the number of shares of Common Stock which such Co-Sale Participant elects to sell; provided, however, that if the prospective purchaser objects to the delivery of Preferred Stock in lieu of Common Stock, such Co-Sale Participant shall convert such Preferred Stock into Common Stock and deliver Common Stock as provided in Section 2.4(c)(i). The Company agrees to make any such conversion concurrent with and contingent upon the actual transfer of such shares to the purchaser.

(d) The stock certificate or certificates that the Co-Sale Participant delivers to such Key Holder pursuant to Section 2.4(c) shall be transferred to the prospective purchaser in consummation of the sale of the Common Stock pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Co-Sale Notice, and the Key Holder shall concurrently therewith remit to such Co-Sale Participant that portion of the sale proceeds to which such Co-Sale Participant is entitled by reason of its participation in such sale. To the extent that any prospective purchaser or purchasers prohibits such assignment or otherwise refuses to purchase shares or other securities from a Co-Sale Participant exercising its rights of co-sale hereunder, such Key Holder shall not sell to such prospective purchaser or purchasers any Key Holder Stock unless and until, simultaneously with such sale, such Key Holder shall purchase such shares or other securities from such Co-Sale Participant on the same terms and conditions specified in the Co-Sale Notice.

(e) The exercise or non-exercise of the rights of any Qualifying Investor hereunder to participate in one or more Transfers of Key Holder Stock made by any Key Holder shall not adversely affect such Qualifying Investor’s right to participate in subsequent Transfers of Key Holder Stock subject to Section 2.

(f) To the extent that the Qualifying Investors do not elect to participate in the sale of the Key Holder Stock subject to the Co-Sale Notice, such Key Holder may, not later than sixty (60) days following delivery to the Company of the Co-Sale Notice, enter into an agreement providing for the closing of the Transfer of such Key Holder Stock covered by the Co-Sale Notice within thirty (30) days of such agreement on terms and conditions not materially more favorable to the transferor than those described in the Co-Sale Notice. Any proposed Transfer on terms and conditions materially more favorable than those described in the Co-Sale Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed Transfer of any of the Key Holder Stock by a Key Holder, shall again be subject to the first refusal and co-sale rights of the Company and/or Qualifying Investors and shall require compliance by a Key Holder with the procedures described in this Section 2.

(g) Any purchaser of shares of Key Holder Stock from a Key Holder (excluding the Company or any Investor) shall, as a condition to the acquisition of such shares, enter into a written agreement to be bound by and comply with all provisions of this Agreement, as if it were an original Key Holder hereunder, including this Section 2. Such Transferred Key Holder Stock shall remain “ Key Holder Stock ” hereunder, and such purchaser shall be treated as the “ Key Holder ” for purposes of this Agreement.


Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement – Page 6

 

3. E XEMPT T RANSFERS .

3.1 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the right of first refusal and co-sale rights of the Company and/or the Qualifying Investors set forth in Section 2 above shall not apply: (a) in the case of a Key Holder who is a natural person, to any Transfer without consideration to the Key Holder’s ancestors, descendants or spouse or to trusts for the benefit of such persons or the Key Holder; (b) in the case of a Key Holder that is an entity, upon a Transfer without consideration by such Key Holder to its stockholders, members, partners or other equity holders, (c) to a repurchase of Key Holder Stock from a Key Holder by the Company at a price no greater than that originally paid by such Key Holder for such Key Holder Stock and pursuant to an agreement containing vesting and/or repurchase provisions approved by a majority of the Board of Directors; provided that in the event of any Transfer made pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), (A) the Key Holder shall inform, in writing, the Investors of such Transfer prior to effecting it and (B) the transferee or donee shall, as a condition to such Transfer, enter into a written agreement to be bound by and comply with all provisions of this Agreement, as if it were an original Key Holder hereunder, including Section 2. Such Transferred Key Holder Stock shall remain “ Key Holder Stock ” hereunder, and such transferee or donee shall be treated as the “ Key Holder ” for purposes of this Agreement.

3.2 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of Section 2 shall not apply to the sale of any Key Holder Stock to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “ Securities Act ”) or any Transfer of Key Holder Stock in connection with a Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined in the Company’s certificate of incorporation (as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Restated Certificate ”)) which is approved in accordance with the Restated Certificate.

3.3 This Agreement is subject to, and shall in no manner limit the right which the Company may have to repurchase securities from a Key Holder who performed services for the Company or any subsidiary who acquired such shares directly from the Company, if such purchase is made upon the termination of employment or other business relationship of such Key Holder as a former employee, officer, director, consultant or other service provider pursuant to contractual rights held by the Company relating to the termination of employment or other business relationship of such Key Holder and the purchase price does not exceed the lesser of (i) the original purchase price paid the Key Holder for such shares or (ii) the then fair market value of such shares.

3.4 Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Key Holder shall Transfer any Key Holder Stock to (a) any entity which, in the determination of the Company’s Board of Directors, directly or indirectly competes with the Company or (b) any customer, distributor or supplier of the Company, if the Company’s Board of Directors should determine that such Transfer would result in such customer, distributor or supplier receiving information that would place the Company at a competitive disadvantage with respect to such customer, distributor or supplier.


Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement – Page 7

 

4. P ROHIBITED T RANSFERS .

4.1 Call Option. In the event of a Transfer in contravention of Section 2.3 hereof (a “ Prohibited Transaction ”), each Qualifying Investor, in addition to such other remedies as may be available at law, in equity or hereunder, shall have the option to purchase from the pledgee, purchaser or transferee of the Key Holder Stock transferred in contravention of Section 2.3, the number of shares that such Qualifying Investor would have been entitled to purchase had such Prohibited Transaction been effected in accordance with Section 2.3 hereof, on the following terms and conditions:

(a) the price per share at which the shares are to be purchased by such Qualifying Investor shall be equal to the price per share paid to such Key Holder by the third party purchaser or purchasers of such Key Holder Stock that is subject to the Prohibited Transaction; and

(b) the Key Holder effecting such Prohibited Transaction shall reimburse such Qualifying Investor for any and all fees and expenses, including reasonable legal fees and expenses, incurred in effecting such purchase.

4.2 Put Option. In the event that a Key Holder should Transfer any Key Holder Stock in contravention of the co-sale rights of each Qualifying Investor under Section 2.4 of this Agreement (a “ Prohibited Transfer ”), each Qualifying Investor, in addition to such other remedies as may be available at law, in equity or hereunder, shall have the put option provided by this Section 4.2, and such Key Holder shall be bound by the applicable provisions of such option. In the event of a Prohibited Transfer, each Qualifying Investor shall have the right to sell to such Key Holder the type and number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of shares each Qualifying Investor would have been entitled to transfer to the purchaser under Section 2.4 had the Prohibited Transfer been effected pursuant to and in compliance with the terms hereof. Such sale shall be made on the following terms and conditions:

(a) The price per share at which the shares are to be sold to the Key Holder shall be equal to the price per share paid by the purchaser to such Key Holder in such Prohibited Transfer. The Key Holder shall also reimburse each Qualifying Investor for any and all fees and expenses, including reasonable legal fees and expenses, incurred in connection with the exercise or the attempted exercise of the Qualifying Investor’s rights under Section 2.4.

(b) Within ninety (90) days after the date on which a Qualifying Investor received notice of the Prohibited Transfer, such Qualifying Investor shall, if exercising the option created hereby, deliver to the Key Holder the certificate or certificates representing the shares to be sold, each certificate to be properly endorsed for transfer.

(c) Such Key Holder shall, upon receipt of the certificate or certificates for the shares to be sold by a Qualifying Investor, pursuant to this Section 4.2, pay the aggregate purchase price therefor and the amount of reimbursable fees and expenses, as specified in Section 4.2(b), in cash or by other means acceptable to such Qualifying Investor.

4.3 Voidability of Transfer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any purported Transfer by a Key Holder of Key Holder Stock in contravention of Section 2 and/or Section 3 hereof shall


Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement – Page 8

 

be null and void ab initio, shall not be recorded on the books of the Company or its transfer agent, and shall not be recognized by the Company. Each party hereto acknowledges and agrees that any breach of this Agreement would result in substantial harm to the other parties hereto for which monetary damages alone could not adequately compensate. Therefore, the parties hereto unconditionally and irrevocably agree that any non-breaching party hereto shall be entitled to seek protective orders, injunctive relief and other remedies available at law or in equity (including, without limitation, seeking specific performance or the rescission of any Transfer of Key Holder Stock not made in strict compliance with this Agreement).

 

5. L EGEND .

5.1 Each certificate representing shares of Key Holder Stock now or hereafter owned by the Key Holder or issued to any person or entity (excluding the Company and any Co-Sale Participant) in connection with a Transfer pursuant to Section 2.4, 3.1 or Section 3.3 hereof shall be endorsed with the following legend:

“THE SALE, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION OR TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO, AND IN SOME CASES PROHIBITED BY, THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A CERTAIN RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND CO-SALE AGREEMENT BY AND AMONG THE STOCKHOLDER, THE CORPORATION AND CERTAIN HOLDERS OF STOCK OF THE CORPORATION. COPIES OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION.”

5.2 The Key Holders agree that the Company may instruct its transfer agent to impose transfer restrictions on the shares represented by certificates bearing the legend referred to in Section 5.1 above to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and the Company agrees to promptly do so. The legend shall be removed at the request of any Key Holder following termination of this Agreement.

 

6. M ISCELLANEOUS .

6.1 Conditions to Exercise of Rights. Exercise of the parties’ rights under this Agreement shall be subject to and conditioned upon, and the Key Holders, the Investors and the Company shall use their best efforts to assist each Investor in, compliance with applicable laws.

6.2 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law thereof and regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of law.

6.3 Amendment . Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or modified and/or the observance thereof may be waived or this Agreement terminated, only with the written consent of (i) the Company; (ii) the Investors holding a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Stock and (iii) the parties hereto holding a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock (voting or consenting together as a single class);


Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement – Page 9

 

provided, that no consent of any Key Holder or Investor shall be necessary for any amendment and/or restatement which merely includes additional holders of Preferred Stock or other preferred stock of the Company as “ Investors ” as parties hereto or other employees or holders of Common Stock of the Company as “ Key Holders ” and parties hereto. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) of this Section 6.3 shall be binding upon each Investor, and his, her or its successors and assigns, the Company and each of the Key Holders and his, her or its successors and assigns. No consent of any party hereto shall be necessary to include as a party to this Agreement any transferee required to become a party hereto pursuant to Section 2.4, 3.1 or Section 3.3 hereof.

6.4 Successors and Assigns . The provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators and other legal representatives.

6.5 Term . This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect from the date hereof through the earliest of the following dates, on which date it shall terminate in its entirety:

(a) the date of the closing of a Qualified Public Offering (as defined in the Restated Certificate);

(b) the date of the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined in the Restated Certificate); or

(c) the date as of which the parties hereto terminate this Agreement by written consent of (i) the Company; (ii) the Investors holding a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Stock and (iii) the parties hereto holding a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock (voting or consenting together as a single class).

6.6 Ownership. Each Key Holder represents and warrants that he, she or it is the sole legal and beneficial owner of those shares of Key Holder Stock he, she or it currently holds subject to the Agreement and that no other person or entity has any interest (other than a community property interest as to which the holder thereof has acknowledged and agreed in writing to the restrictions and obligations under this Agreement) in such shares

6.7 Lock-Up . Each Key Holder hereby agrees that such Key Holder shall not lend, offer, pledge, purchase any option to sell or contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, sell, contract to sell, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale of, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by such Key Holder (other than those included in the registration) during the 180-day period following the effective date of the initial public offering (the “ IPO ”) (or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company shall request in order to facilitate compliance with NASD Rule 2711), provided, that all officers and directors of the Company and shareholders holding at least 1% of the Company’s capital stock are bound by and have entered into similar agreements. The foregoing provisions of this Section 6.7 shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement. The underwriters in connection with the IPO are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 6.7 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as


Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement – Page 10

 

though they were a party hereto. Each Key Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in the IPO that are consistent with this Section 6.7 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Key Holder Stock of each Key Holder (and transferees and assignees thereof) until the end of such restricted period.

6.8 Notices . All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent, if to the Company to the address set forth on the signature page hereto, and if to any Key Holder or Investor, to the address as set forth on E XHIBIT A or E XHIBIT B hereto, or at such other address as such party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

6.9 Severability . In the event one or more of the provisions of this Agreement should, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

6.10 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event that any suit or action is instituted under or in relation to this Agreement, including to enforce any provision in this Agreement, the prevailing party in such dispute shall be entitled to recover from the losing party all fees, costs and expenses of enforcing any right of such prevailing party under or with respect to this Agreement, including such reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and accountants, which shall include all fees, costs and expenses of appeals.

6.11 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Exhibits hereto, along with the Purchase Agreement and the other documents delivered pursuant thereto, constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof and no party shall be liable or bound to any other in any manner by any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants and agreements except as specifically set forth herein and therein. Each party expressly represents and warrants that it is not relying on any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants or agreements outside of this Agreement.

6.12 Additional Key Holders. In the event that after the date of this Agreement, the Company issues shares of Common Stock, or options to purchase Common Stock, to any employee or consultant of the Company, which shares or options would collectively constitute with respect to such employee or consultant (taking into account all shares of Common Stock, options and other purchase rights held by such employee or consultant) one percent (1%) or more of the Company’s then outstanding Common Stock (treating for this purpose all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of or conversion of outstanding options, warrants or convertible securities, as if exercised or converted), the Company shall, as a condition to such


Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement – Page 11

 

issuance, cause such employee or consultant (an “ Additional Holder ”) to execute a counterpart signature page hereto as a Key Holder, and such person shall thereby be bound by, and subject to, all the terms and provisions of this Agreement applicable to a Key Holder. This Agreement, including E XHIBIT A and E XHIBIT B hereto, shall be amended by the Company without the consent of the Key Holders or the Investors to include any Additional Holders as “Key Holders.”

6.13 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

6.14 Consent of Spouse . If any Key Holder is married on the date of this Agreement, then such Key Holder’s spouse shall execute and deliver to the Company a consent of spouse in the form of Exhibit C hereto (“ Consent of Spouse ”), effective on the date hereof. Notwithstanding the execution and delivery thereof, such consent shall not be deemed to confer or convey to the spouse any rights in such Key Holder’s shares of Key Holder Stock that do not otherwise exist by operation of law or the agreement of the parties. If any Key Holder should marry or remarry subsequent to the date of this Agreement, then such Key Holder shall within thirty (30) days thereafter obtain his/her new spouse’s acknowledgement of and consent to the existence and binding effect of all restrictions contained in this Agreement by causing such spouse to execute and deliver a Consent of Spouse acknowledging the restrictions and obligations contained in this Agreement and agreeing and consenting to the same.

[THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


The foregoing R IGHT OF F IRST R EFUSAL AND C O -S ALE A GREEMENT is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY:
C ONNECTURE , I NC .
By:  

/s/ R. Douglas Schneider

Name:  

R. Douglas Schneider

Title:  

CEO

Address for Notices:

18500 W. Corporate Drive

Suite 250

Brookfield, WI 53045


INVESTORS:
GPP-CONNECTURE, LLC
By:  

/s/ Adam Dolder

Name:   Adam Dolder
Title:   President


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Individual:     Entity:

 

   

Chrysalis Ventures II, L.P.

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

/s/ David A. Jones

      Name:  

David A. Jones, Jr.

      Title:  

Member


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Individual:     Entity:

 

   

LiveOak Equity Partners L.P.

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

/s/ James A. Gilbert

      Name:  

James A. Gilbert

      Title:  

Managing Member


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Individual:     Entity:

 

   

SSM Venture Associates, L.P.

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
      By:  

SSM II, L.P., general partner

      By:  

SSM Corporation, general partner

      By:  

/s/ James D. Witherington, Jr.

      Title:  

President


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Individual:     Entity:

 

   

SSM Venture Partners II, L.P.

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
      By:  

SSM II, L.P., general partner

      By:  

SSM Corporation, general partner

      By:  

/s/ James D. Witherington, Jr.

      Title:  

President


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Anne G. Hennessy

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

Anne G. Hennessy

    By:  

 

      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Boyd Faust

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

Boyd Faust

    By:  

 

      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Daniel Maynard

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

Daniel Maynard

    By:  

 

      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Individual:     Entity:

/s/ David Geuss

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

David Geuss

    By:  

 

      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Individual:     Entity:

/s/ David Sockel

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

David Sockel

    By:  

 

      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Edward D. McCrady

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

Edward D. McCrady

    By:  

 

      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Jonathan D. Goldman

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

Jonathan D. Goldman

    By:  

 

      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Lisa Mayer

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

Lisa Mayer

    By:  

 

      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Minal Patel

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

Minal Patel

    By:  

 

      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Robert Douglas Schneider

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

Robert Douglas Schneider

    By:  

 

      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Sandra Woodard

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

Sandra Woodard

    By:  

 

      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Wendy Grossman

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

Wendy Grossman (on behalf of Shirley Faecher and Arthur Faecher)

    By:  

 

      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Yong Zou

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

Yong Zou

    By:  

 

      Name:  

 

 

B-1


E XHIBIT A

LIST OF KEY HOLDERS

 

N AME AND A DDRESS OF K EY H OLDER

   S HARES OF
C OMMON S TOCK
     S HARES OF S ERIES
A P REFERRED
S TOCK
 

Anne Hennessey

######

     0         24,521   

Arthur Faecher

######

     0         1,908   

Boyd Faust

######

     0         3,816   

Daniel Maynard

######

     0         49,465   

David Geuss

######

     0         69   

David Sockel

######

     0         7,869   

Ed McCrady

######

     0         1,080   

Jonathan Goldman

######

     0         1,080   

Lisa Mayer

######

     0         381   

Minal Patel

######

     0         1,641   

Robert Douglas Schneider

######

     240,000         0   

Sandra Woodard

######

     0         114   


N AME AND A DDRESS OF K EY H OLDER

   S HARES   OF
C OMMON S TOCK
     S HARES OF S ERIES
A P REFERRED
S TOCK
 

Shirley Faecher

######

     0         3,234   

Yong Zou

######

     0         572   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total      240,000         95,750   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 


E XHIBIT B

LIST OF INVESTORS

 

N AME

  

A DDRESS

   C OMMON
S TOCK
     S ERIES A
P REFERRED
S TOCK
     S ERIES B
P REFERRED
S TOCK
 

GPP—Connecture, LLC

  

c/o Great Point Partners, LLC

165 Mason Street, 3rd Floor

Greenwich, CT 06830 Attention: Charlie Myers and Brett Carlson

     0         0         17,696,553   

Chrysalis Ventures II, L.P.

  

101 South Fifth Street

Suite 1650

Louisville, KY 40202-3122

Attention: David A. Jones, Jr. and Alan Ying

     0         10,886,316         2,000,000   

LiveOak Equity Partners, L.P.

  

1268 Park Vista Drive

Atlanta, GA 30319

Attention: James A. Gilbert

     0         4,773,387      

SSM Venture Associates, L.P.

  

c/o Jim Witherington

6075 Poplar Avenue

Suite 335

Memphis, TN 38119

     0         1,492,434      

SSM Venture Partners II, L.P.

  

c/o Jim Witherington

6075 Poplar Avenue

Suite 335

Memphis, TN 38119

     0         7,640,186      

T OTAL :

        0         24,792,323         19,696,553   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 


EXHIBIT C

CONSENT OF SPOUSE

I, [                                  ], spouse of [                                  ], acknowledge that I have read the Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated as of August 3, 2012, to which this Consent is attached as Exhibit C (the “ Agreement ”), and that I know the contents of the Agreement. I am aware that the Agreement contains provisions regarding certain rights to certain other holders of Capital Stock of the Company upon a Proposed Key Holder Transfer of shares of Transfer Stock of the Company which my spouse may own including any interest I might have therein.

I hereby agree that my interest, if any, in any shares of Transfer Stock of the Company subject to the Agreement shall be irrevocably bound by the Agreement and further understand and agree that any community property interest I may have in such shares of Transfer Stock of the Company shall be similarly bound by the Agreement.

I am aware that the legal, financial and related matters contained in the Agreement are complex and that I am free to seek independent professional guidance or counsel with respect to this Consent. I have either sought such guidance or counsel or determined after reviewing the Agreement carefully that I will waive such right.

Dated as of the [          ] day of [                      ,          ].

 

 

 

Signature

 

 

 

Print Name

Exhibit 4.3

CONNECTURE, INC.

VOTING AGREEMENT

T HIS V OTING A GREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of this 3rd day of August, 2012, by and among C ONNECTURE , I NC . , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the holders of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), and options or warrants to purchase Common Stock, listed on E XHIBIT  A hereto (the “ Key Holders ”) and the Persons listed on E XHIBIT  B hereto (the “ Investors ” and collectively with the Key Holders, the “ Stockholders ”).

W ITNESSETH

W HEREAS , the Company and certain Investors (the “ Series B Investors ”) are parties to the Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated August 3, 2012 (as amended from time to time, the “ Series B Purchase Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Company is selling, and the Series B Investors are purchasing, shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Series B Preferred Stock ”); and

W HEREAS , certain of the Company’s and the Series B Investors’ obligations under the Series B Purchase Agreement are conditioned on the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the parties hereto.

AGREEMENT

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of these premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. V OTING .

1.1 Key Holder Shares; Investor Shares.

(a) Each Key Holder agrees to hold all shares of voting capital stock of the Company registered in such Key Holder’s name or beneficially owned by such Key Holder as of the date hereof and any and all other securities of the Company legally or beneficially acquired (whether through stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications, recapitalizations, similar events or otherwise) by such Key Holder after the date hereof (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Key Holder Shares ”) subject to, and to vote such Key Holder’s Key Holder Shares in accordance with, the provisions of this Agreement.

(b) Each Investor agrees to hold all shares of voting capital stock of the Company (including but not limited to all shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock, the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ” and together with the Series B Preferred Stock, the “ Preferred Stock ”)), registered in such Investor’s name or beneficially owned by such Investor as of the date hereof and any and all other securities of the Company legally or


Voting Agreement – Page 2

 

beneficially acquired (whether through stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications, recapitalizations, similar events or otherwise) by such Investor after the date hereof (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Investor Shares ” and collectively with the Key Holder Shares, the “ Shares ”) subject to, and to vote such Investor’s Investor Shares in accordance with, the provisions of this Agreement.

1.2 Size of the Board . Subject to the provisions of the Company’s certificate of incorporation (as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Restated Certificate ”), each Stockholder agrees to vote, or cause to be voted, all Shares owned by such Stockholder, or over which such Stockholder has voting control, from time to time and at all times, in whatever manner as shall be necessary to ensure that the size of the Board shall be set and remain at eight (8) directors.

1.3 Election of Directors. On all matters relating to the election and removal of directors of the Company, each Stockholder agrees to vote, or cause to be voted, all Shares held by such Stockholder, or over which such Stockholder has voting control from time to time and at all times, in whatever manner as shall be necessary to ensure that at each annual or special meeting of stockholders at which an election of directors is held or pursuant to any written consent of the stockholders, the following persons shall be elected to the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”):

(a) Four individuals (the “ GPP Designees ”) designated by GPP – Connecture, LLC (“ GPP ”), who shall initially be Adam B. Dodler, Brett S. Carlson, Charles V. Myers and David E. Kroin, for so long as GPP and its affiliates continue to own beneficially 10,000,000 shares of Common Stock (including shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock, and subject to appropriate adjustment for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the date hereof). The GPP Designees shall be elected to the directorships to be elected by the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, as contemplated by the Restated Certificate. Any vote taken to remove any director elected pursuant to this Section 1.3(a), or to fill any vacancy created by the resignation, removal or death of a director elected pursuant to this Section 1.3(a), shall also be subject to and comply with the provisions of this Section 1.3(a). Upon the written request of GPP, each Stockholder shall vote all of its respective Shares for the removal of a director elected pursuant to this Section 1.3(a).

(b) One individual (the “ Chrysalis Designee ”) designated by Chrysalis Ventures II, L.P. (“ Chrysalis ”), who shall initially be David Jones, for so long as Chrysalis and its affiliates continue to own beneficially and of record at least 5,000,000 shares of Common Stock (including shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock, and subject to appropriate adjustment for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the date hereof). The Chrysalis Designee shall be elected to the directorship to be elected by the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, as contemplated by the Restated Certificate. Any vote taken to remove any director elected pursuant to this Section 1.3(b), or to fill any vacancy created by the resignation, removal or death of a director elected pursuant to this Section 1.3(b), shall also be subject to and comply with the provisions of this Section 1.3(b). Upon the written request of Chrysalis, each Stockholder shall vote its Shares for the removal of the director elected pursuant to this Section 1.3(b).


Voting Agreement – Page 3

 

(c) One individual (the “ Series A Designee ”) designated by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, who shall initially be Alan Ying. Any vote taken to remove any director elected pursuant to this Section 1.3(c), or to fill any vacancy created by the resignation, removal or death of a director elected pursuant to this Section 1.3(c), shall also be subject to and comply with the provisions of this Section 1.3(c). Upon the written request of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, each Stockholder shall vote its Shares for the removal of the director elected pursuant to this Section 1.3(c).

(d) One individual designated by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, voting as a separate class, who shall be the person serving as Chief Executive Officer of the Company, initially Doug Schneider. Any vote taken to remove any director elected pursuant to this Section 1.3(d), or to fill any vacancy created by the resignation, removal or death of a director elected pursuant to this Section 1.3(d), shall also be subject to the provisions of this Section 1.3(d). In the event that the person serving as the director to be elected as set forth in Section 1.3(d) ceases to serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and has not resigned as a member of the Board, each Stockholder shall vote all of its respective Shares for the removal of such director at the request of a majority of the Board, excluding the director to be removed.

(e) One individual who shall be an industry representative (the “ Outside Director ”) (i) designated by (A) the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Common Stock, voting together as a single class, and (B) a majority of the Board and (ii) subject to the prior written approval of GPP. Any vote taken to remove any director elected pursuant to this Section 1.3(e), or to fill any vacancy created by the resignation, removal or death of a director elected pursuant to this Section 1.3(e), shall also be subject to and comply with the provisions of this Section 1.3(e). Upon the written request of the parties entitled to designate and approve the director as provided in the first sentence of this Section 1.3(e), each Stockholder shall vote its Shares for the removal of such director.

1.4 No Liability for Election of Recommended Director. None of the parties hereto and no officer, director, stockholder, partner, employee, affiliate or agent of any party (a) makes any representation or warranty as to the fitness or competence of the nominee of any party hereunder to serve on the Board by virtue of such party’s execution of this Agreement or by the act of such party in voting for such nominee pursuant to this Agreement, (b) shall have any liability as a result of designating a person for election as a director for any act or omission by such designated person in his or her capacity as a director of the Company, and (c) shall have any liability as a result of voting for any such designee in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.


Voting Agreement – Page 4

 

1.5 Legend.

(a) Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, there shall be imprinted or otherwise placed, on certificates representing the Shares the following restrictive legend (the “ Legend ”):

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A VOTING AGREEMENT WHICH PLACES CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON THE VOTING OF THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY. ANY PERSON ACCEPTING ANY INTEREST IN SUCH SHARES SHALL BE DEEMED TO AGREE TO AND SHALL BECOME BOUND BY ALL THE PROVISIONS OF SUCH AGREEMENT. A COPY OF SUCH VOTING AGREEMENT WILL BE FURNISHED TO THE RECORD HOLDER OF THIS CERTIFICATE WITHOUT CHARGE UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE COMPANY AT ITS PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS.

(b) The Company agrees that, during the term of this Agreement, it will not remove, and will not permit to be removed (upon registration of transfer, reissuance of otherwise), the Legend from any such certificate and will place or cause to be placed the Legend on any new certificate issued to represent Shares theretofore represented by a certificate carrying the Legend. If at any time or from time to time any Stockholder holds any certificate representing shares of the Company’s capital stock not bearing the Legend, such Stockholder agrees to deliver such certificate to the Company promptly to have such Legend placed on such certificate.

1.6 Successors. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon the successors in interest to any of the Shares. The Company shall not permit the transfer of any of the Shares on its books or issue a new certificate representing any of the Shares unless and until the person, corporation, limited liability company, general or limited partnership, trust, estate, joint venture, governmental entity or any other entity or organization (each, a “ Person ”) to whom such security is to be transferred shall have executed a written agreement, substantially in the form of this Agreement, pursuant to which such Person becomes a party to this Agreement and agrees to be bound by all the provisions hereof as if such Person were a Key Holder or Investor, as applicable.

1.7 Other Rights. Except as provided by this Agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection with the purchase and sale of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to the Series B Purchase Agreement, each Stockholder shall be entitled to exercise the full rights of a holder of capital stock of the Company with respect to the Shares.

1.8 Change of Control.

(a) In the event that (x) the Board of Directors, (y) the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, and (z) the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single


Voting Agreement – Page 5

 

class on an as-converted basis ((x), (y) and (z) together, the “ Requisite Approval ”), approve a transaction or series of related transactions in which a person or entity, or a group of related persons or entities, acquires from the stockholders of the Company shares representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting power of the Company (a “ Stock Sale ”) or a transaction that qualifies as a Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined in the Restated Certificate) (collectively, a “ Sale of the Company ”), then (i) if the Sale of the Company is structured as a merger or consolidation of the Company, or a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, each Stockholder shall be present, in person or by proxy, at all meetings for the vote thereon, to vote all shares of capital stock held by such Person for and raise no objections to such Sale of the Company, and waive and refrain from exercising any dissenters rights, appraisal rights or similar rights in connection with such merger, consolidation or asset sale, and (ii) if the Sale of the Company is structured as a sale of the stock of the Company, the Stockholders shall each agree to sell their Shares on the terms and conditions approved by the Requisite Approval; provided in each case that such terms do not provide that such Stockholder would receive as a result of such Sale of the Company less than the amount that would be distributed to such Stockholder in the event the proceeds of such Sale of the Company were distributed in accordance with the liquidation preferences set forth in Restated Certificate (as if such transaction were a Deemed Liquidation Event). The Stockholders shall each take all necessary and desirable actions that received the Requisite Approval in connection with the consummation of the Sale of the Company, including, without limitation, the execution of such agreements and such instruments and other actions reasonably necessary to (i) provide the representations, warranties, indemnities, covenants, conditions, escrow agreements and other provisions and agreements relating to such Sale of the Company and (ii) effectuate the allocation and distribution of the aggregate consideration upon the Sale of the Company.

(b) No Stockholder shall be a party to any Stock Sale unless all holders of Preferred Stock are allowed to participate in such transaction and the consideration received pursuant to such transaction is allocated among the parties thereto in the manner specified in the Restated Certificate (as if such transaction were a Deemed Liquidation Event), unless (i) the holders of at least a majority of the Series B Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, and (ii) the holders of at least a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, elect otherwise by written notice given to the Company at least 10 days prior to the effective date of any such transaction or series of related transactions.

1.9 Irrevocable Proxy. Each party to this Agreement hereby constitutes and appoints the Secretary of the Company with full power of substitution, as the proxies of the party with respect to the matters set forth herein, including without limitation, election of individuals as members of the Board in accordance with Section 1.3, and votes regarding any Sale of the Company pursuant to Section 1.8, and hereby authorizes each of them to represent and to vote, if and only if the party (i) fails to vote or (ii) attempts to vote (whether by proxy, in person or by written consent) in a manner which is inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement, all of such party’s Shares in favor of the election of individuals as members of the Board determined pursuant to and in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement or approval of any Sale of the Company pursuant to and in accordance with the terms and provisions of Section 1.8. The proxy granted pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence is given in consideration of the agreements and covenants of the Company and the parties in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and, as such, is coupled with an interest and shall


Voting Agreement – Page 6

 

be irrevocable unless and until this Agreement terminates or expires pursuant to Section 2. Each party hereto hereby revokes any and all previous proxies with respect to the Shares and shall not hereafter, unless and until this Agreement terminates or expires pursuant to Section 2, purport to grant any other proxy or power of attorney with respect to any of the Shares, deposit any of the Shares into a voting trust or enter into any agreement (other than this Agreement), arrangement or understanding with any Person, directly or indirectly, to vote, grant any proxy or give instructions with respect to the voting of any of the Shares, in each case, with respect to any of the matters set forth herein.

1.10 Board Committees . For so long as GPP and its affiliates continue to own beneficially 10,000,000 shares of Common Stock (including shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock, and subject to appropriate adjustment for any stock dividends, combinations, splits, recapitalizations and the like with respect to such shares after the date hereof), the individuals comprising every committee of the Board (including the compensation committee) shall include at least one GPP Designee, who shall be designated by GPP.

 

2. T ERMINATION .

2.1 This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect from the date hereof through the earliest of the following dates, on which date it shall terminate in its entirety:

(a) the date of the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering of the Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and declared effective under the Securities Act that results in all of the Preferred Stock being converted into Common Stock;

(b) the date of closing of a Sale of the Company and the distribution of proceeds to or escrow for the benefit of the Stockholders in accordance with the Restated Certificate, provided , that the provisions of Section 1.8 hereof will continue after the closing of any Sale of the Company to the extent necessary to enforce the provisions of Section 1.8 with respect to such Sale of the Company; or

(c) the date as of which the parties hereto terminate this Agreement by written consent of (i) the Company; (ii) the Investors holding a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and (iii) the parties hereto holding a majority of the outstanding Shares (voting or consenting together as a single class).

 

3. M ISCELLANEOUS .

3.1 Ownership. Each Key Holder represents and warrants to the Investors and the Company that (a) such Key Holder now owns the Key Holder Shares listed on E XHIBIT A hereto, free and clear of liens or encumbrances (other than the restrictions imposed in connection with the transactions contemplated under Series B Purchase Agreement), and has not, prior to or on the date of this Agreement, executed or delivered any proxy or entered into any other voting agreement or similar arrangement other than one which has expired or terminated prior to the date hereof, and (b) such Key Holder has full power and capacity to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement, which has been duly executed and delivered by, and evidences the valid and


Voting Agreement – Page 7

 

binding obligation of, such Key Holder enforceable in accordance with its terms. Each Investor represents and warrants to the Investors and the Company that (a) such Investor now owns the Investor Shares listed on E XHIBIT B hereto, free and clear of liens or encumbrances (other than the restrictions imposed in connection with the transactions contemplated under Series B Purchase Agreement), and has not, prior to or on the date of this Agreement, executed or delivered any proxy or entered into any other voting agreement or similar arrangement other than one which has expired or terminated prior to the date hereof, and (b) such Investor has full power and capacity to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement, which has been duly executed and delivered by, and evidences the valid and binding obligation of, such Investor enforceable in accordance with its terms.

3.2 Further Action. If and whenever any Key Holder Shares are sold, the Key Holders or the personal representative of the Key Holders shall do all things and execute and deliver all documents and make all transfers, and cause any transferee of the Key Holder Shares to do all things and execute and deliver all documents, as may be necessary to consummate such sale consistent with this Agreement.

3.3 Specific Performance. The parties hereto hereby declare that it is impossible to measure in money the damages which will accrue to a party hereto or to their heirs, personal representatives, or assigns by reason of a failure to perform any of the obligations under this Agreement and agree that the terms of this Agreement shall be specifically enforceable. If any party hereto or his heirs, personal representatives, or assigns institutes any action or proceeding to specifically enforce the provisions hereof, any Person against whom such action or proceeding is brought hereby waives the claim or defense therein that such party or such personal representative has an adequate remedy at law, and such Person shall not offer in any such action or proceeding the claim or defense that such remedy at law exists.

3.4 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law thereof and regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of law.

3.5 Amendment or Waiver. This Agreement may be amended or modified (or provisions of this Agreement waived) only upon the written consent of (i) the Company; (ii) the Investors holding a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock and (iii) the parties hereto holding a majority of the outstanding Shares (voting or consenting together as a single class); provided , however , that (a) Section 1.3(a) of this Agreement shall not be amended, modified or waived in any manner without the prior written approval of GPP so long as GPP is entitled to designate any directors pursuant to Section 1.3(a); (b) Section 1.3(b) of this Agreement shall not be amended, modified or waived in any manner without the prior written approval of Chrysalis so long as Chrysalis is entitled to designate a director pursuant to Section 1.3(b). Any amendment or waiver so effected shall be binding upon the Company, each of the parties hereto and any assignee of any such party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended to add additional holders of Common Stock or Preferred Stock as “Key Holders” or “Investors” hereunder by an instrument in writing signed by the Company and such additional holders.


Voting Agreement – Page 8

 

3.6 Severability. In the event one or more of the provisions of this Agreement should, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

3.7 Successors and Assigns. The provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators and other legal representatives.

3.8 Additional Shares. In the event that subsequent to the date of this Agreement any shares or other securities are issued on, or in exchange for, any of the Key Holder Shares or Investor Shares by reason of any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reclassification or the like, such shares or securities shall be deemed to be Key Holder Shares or Investor Shares, as the case may be, for purposes of this Agreement.

3.9 Additional Key Holders. In the event that after the date of this Agreement, the Company issues shares of Common Stock, or options to purchase Common Stock, to any employee or consultant of the Company, which shares or options would collectively constitute with respect to such employee or consultant (taking into account all shares of Common Stock, options and other purchase rights held by such employee or consultant) one percent (1%) or more of the Company’s then outstanding Common Stock (treating for this purpose all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of or conversion of outstanding options, warrants or convertible securities, as if exercised or converted), the Company shall, as a condition to such issuance, cause such employee or consultant (an “ Additional Holder ”) to execute a counterpart signature page hereto as a Key Holder, and such person shall thereby be bound by, and subject to, all the terms and provisions of this Agreement applicable to a Key Holder. This Agreement, including E XHIBIT A and E XHIBIT B hereto, shall be amended by the Company without the consent of the Key Holders or the Investors to include any Additional Holders as “Key Holders.”

3.10 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

3.11 Waiver. No waivers of any breach of this Agreement extended by any party hereto to any other party shall be construed as a waiver of any rights or remedies of any other party hereto or with respect to any subsequent breach.

3.12 Delays or Omissions. It is agreed that no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party, upon any breach, default or noncompliance by another party under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power or remedy, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach, default or noncompliance, or any acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach, default or noncompliance thereafter occurring. It is further agreed that any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on any party’s part of any breach, default or noncompliance under this Agreement or any waiver on such party’s part of any provisions or conditions of the Agreement must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement by law, or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.


Voting Agreement – Page 9

 

3.13 Attorney’s Fees. In the event that any suit or action is instituted under or in relation to this Agreement, including without limitation to enforce any provision in this Agreement, the prevailing party in such dispute shall be entitled to recover from the losing party all fees, costs and expenses of enforcing any right of such prevailing party under or with respect to this Agreement, including without limitation, such reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and accountants, which shall include, without limitation, all fees, costs and expenses of appeals.

3.14 Notices. All notices required in connection with this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written notification of receipt. All communications shall be sent, if to the Company, to the address set forth on the signature page hereto and if to any Key Holder or Investor, to the addressee set forth on E XHIBIT A or E XHIBIT B hereto, or at such other address as such party may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

3.15 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Exhibits hereto, along with the Purchase Agreement and the other documents delivered pursuant thereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof and no party shall be liable or bound to any other in any manner by any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants and agreements except as specifically set forth herein and therein. Each party expressly represents and warrants that it is not relying on any oral or written representations, warranties, covenants or agreements outside of this Agreement.

[THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY:
C ONNECTURE , I NC .
By:  

/s/ R. Douglas Schneider

Name:  

R. Douglas Schneider

Title:  

CEO

Address for Notices:

18500 W. Corporate Drive

Suite 250

Brookfield, WI 53045


INVESTORS:
GPP-CONNECTURE, LLC
By:  

/s/ Adam Dolder

Name:   Adam Dolder
Title:   President


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Individual:     Entity:

 

   

Chrysalis Ventures II, L.P.

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

/s/ David A. Jones

      Name:  

David A. Jones, Jr.

      Title:  

Member


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Individual:     Entity:

 

   

LiveOak Equity Partners L.P.

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

/s/ James A. Gilbert

      Name:  

James A. Gilbert

      Title:  

Managing Member


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Individual:     Entity:

 

   

SSM Venture Associates, L.P.

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
      By:  

SSM II, L.P., general partner

      By:  

SSM Corporation, general partner

      By:  

/s/ James D. Witherington, Jr.

      Title:  

President


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Individual:     Entity:

 

   

SSM Venture Partners II, L.P.

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
      By:  

SSM II, L.P., general partner

      By:  

SSM Corporation, general partner

      By:  

/s/ James D. Witherington, Jr.

      Title:  

President


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Anne G. Hennessy

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

Anne G. Hennessy

    By:  

 

      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Boyd Faust

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

Boyd Faust

    By:  

 

      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Daniel Maynard

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

Daniel Maynard

    By:  

 

      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Individual:     Entity:

/s/ David Geuss

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

David Geuss

    By:  

 

      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Individual:     Entity:

/s/ David Sockel

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

David Sockel

    By:  

 

      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Edward D. McCrady

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

Edward D. McCrady

    By:  

 

      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Jonathan D. Goldman

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

Jonathan D. Goldman

    By:  

 

      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Lisa Mayer

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

Lisa Mayer

    By:  

 

      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Minal Patel

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

Minal Patel

    By:  

 

      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Robert Douglas Schneider

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

Robert Douglas Schneider

    By:  

 

      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Sandra Woodard

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

Sandra Woodard

    By:  

 

      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Individual:      Entity:

/s/ Wendy Grossman

    

 

  (Signature)         (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

Wendy Grossman (on behalf of Shirley Faecher and Arthur Faecher)

     By:   

 

       Name:   

 

       Title:   

 


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Voting Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Individual:     Entity:

/s/ Yong Zou

   

 

  (Signature)       (Print Name of Entity)
Name:  

Yong Zou

    By:  

 

      Name:  

 

      Title:  

 


E XHIBIT A

LIST OF KEY HOLDERS

 

N AME AND A DDRESS OF K EY H OLDER

   S HARES OF
C OMMON S TOCK
     S HARES OF S ERIES
A P REFERRED
S TOCK
 

Anne Hennessey

######

######

     0         24,521   

Arthur Faecher

######

######

######

     0         1,908   

Boyd Faust

######

######

     0         3,816   

Daniel Maynard

######

######

     0         49,465   

David Geuss

######

######

     0         69   

David Sockel

######

######

     0         7,869   

Ed McCrady

######

######

     0         1,080   

Jonathan Goldman

######

######

     0         1,080   

Lisa Mayer

######

######

     0         381   

Minal Patel

######

######

     0         1,641   

Robert Douglas Schneider

######

######

######

######

     240,000         0   


N AME AND A DDRESS OF K EY H OLDER

   S HARES OF
C OMMON S TOCK
     S HARES OF S ERIES
A P REFERRED
S TOCK
 

Sandra Woodard

######

######

     0         114   

Shirley Faecher

######

######

######

     0         3,234   

Yong Zou

######

######

     0         572   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
Total      240,000         95,750   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 


E XHIBIT B

LIST OF INVESTORS

 

N AME

  

A DDRESS

   C OMMON
S TOCK
     S ERIES A
P REFERRED
S TOCK
     S ERIES B
P REFERRED
S TOCK
 

GPP—Connecture, LLC

  

c/o Great Point Partners, LLC

165 Mason Street, 3rd Floor

Greenwich, CT 06830

Attention: Charlie Myers and Brett Carlson

     0         0         17,696,553   

Chrysalis Ventures II, L.P.

  

101 South Fifth Street

Suite 1650

Louisville, KY 40202-3122

Attention: David A. Jones, Jr. and Alan Ying

     0         10,886,316         2,000,000   

LiveOak Equity Partners, L.P.

  

1268 Park Vista

Drive Atlanta, GA 30319

Attention: James A. Gilbert

     0         4,773,387      

SSM Venture Associates, L.P.

  

c/o Jim Witherington

6075 Poplar Avenue

Suite 335

Memphis, TN 38119

     0         1,492,434      

SSM Venture Partners II, L.P.

  

c/o Jim Witherington

6075 Poplar Avenue

Suite 335

Memphis, TN 38119

     0         7,640,186      

T OTAL :

        0         24,792,323         19,696,553   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.2

C ONNECTURE , I NC .

2010 S TOCK I NCENTIVE P LAN


C ONNECTURE , I NC .

2010 S TOCK I NCENTIVE P LAN

1 P URPOSE

The purpose of this Plan is to promote the interests of the Company by providing the opportunity to purchase or receive Shares or to receive compensation that is based upon appreciation in the value of Shares to Eligible Recipients in order to attract and retain Eligible Recipients and providing Eligible Recipients an incentive to work to increase the value of Shares and a stake in the future of the Company that corresponds to the stake of each of the Company’s stockholders. The Plan provides for the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Restricted Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Units and Stock Appreciation Rights to aid the Company in obtaining these goals.

2 D EFINITIONS

Each term set forth in this Section shall have the meaning set forth opposite such term for purposes of this Plan and any Stock Incentive Agreements under this Plan (unless noted otherwise), and for purposes of such definitions, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular, and reference to one gender shall include the other gender. Note that some definitions may not be used in this Plan, and may be inserted here solely for possible use in Stock Incentive Agreements issued under this Plan.

2.1 Amendment Date means, with respect to any amendment to this Plan pursuant to Section 12 referenced in Section 9.1, the earlier of (1) date on which this Plan is so amended by the Board, or (2) the date on which such amendment is approved by the stockholders.

2.2 Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.3 Business means the business of internet based sales, service and process automation for the health insurance industry.

2.4 Cause shall mean an act or acts by an Eligible Recipient involving (a) the use for profit or disclosure to unauthorized persons of confidential information or trade secrets of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary, (b) the breach of any contract with the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary, (c) the violation of any fiduciary obligation to the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary, (d) the unlawful trading in the securities of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary, or of another corporation based on information gained as a result of the performance of services for the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary, (e) a felony conviction or the failure to contest prosecution of a felony, or (f) willful misconduct, dishonesty, embezzlement, fraud, deceit or civil rights violations, or other unlawful acts.

2.5 Change of Control means either of the following:

(a) any transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which the Company sells, transfers, leases, exchanges or disposes of substantially all ( i.e., at least eighty-five percent (85%)) of its assets for cash or property, or for a combination of cash and property, or for other consideration; or

(b) any transaction pursuant to which persons who are not current stockholders of the Company acquire by merger, consolidation, reorganization, division or other business combination or transaction, or by a purchase of an interest in the Company, an interest in the Company so that after such transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such transaction no longer have a controlling ( i.e. , 50% or more) voting interest in the Company.

However, notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall an Initial Public Offering of the Company’s Common Stock constitute a Change of Control.

2.6 Change of Control Value of a Share, with respect to a Change of Control, shall mean the Fair Market Value of a Share as of the date of such Change of Control as determined by the Board in its complete and absolute discretion; provided, however , in determining such Fair Market Value, the Board shall not take into account any “change of control consideration” which is escrowed and paid at a date later than the Change of Control or which is subject to an “earnout” provision with post-Change of Control performance contingencies. The intent is that in determining Change of Control Value, the Board may make a subjective determination of the Fair Market Value of a Share without taking into account amounts that may be paid for a Share at a point in time occurring later than the date of the Change of Control, which will eliminate issues associated with deferred


compensation. For purposes of this Section 2.6, the term “change of control consideration” shall mean, with respect to a Change of Control, all cash, debt or equity securities and other property paid or issued by an acquiring person to the Company and/or its stockholders in consideration for such Change of Control.

2.7 Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

2.8 Committee means any committee appointed by the Board to administer the Plan, as specified in Section 5 hereof. Any such committee shall be comprised entirely of Directors.

2.9 Company means Connecture, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor to such organization.

2.10 Common Stock means the common stock of the Company.

2.11 Confidential Information means (a) information of the Company, to the extent not considered a Trade Secret under applicable law, that (i) relates to the business of the Company, (ii) possesses an element of value to the Company, (iii) is not generally known to the Company’s competitors, and (iv) would damage the Company if disclosed, and (b) information of any third party provided to the Company which the Company is obligated to treat as confidential, including, but not limited to, information provided to the Company by its licensors, suppliers, Customers, or Prospective Customers. Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, (i) future business plans, (ii) the composition, description, schematic or design of products, future products or equipment of the Company or any third party, (iii) communication systems, audio systems, system designs and related documentation, (iv) advertising or marketing plans, (v) information regarding independent contractors, employees, clients, licensors, suppliers, Customers, Prospective Customers, or any third party, including, but not limited to, Customer lists and Prospective Customer lists compiled by the Company, and Customer and Prospective Customer information compiled by the Company, and (vi) information concerning the Company’s or a third party’s financial structure and methods and procedures of operation. Confidential Information shall not include any information that (i) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of an unauthorized disclosure, (ii) has been independently developed and disclosed by others without violating the legal rights of any party, or (iii) otherwise enters the public domain through lawful means.

2.12 Contact means, with respect to a Participant, any interaction between such Participant and a Customer or Prospective Customer which takes place in an effort to establish, maintain, and/or further a business relationship on behalf of the Company.

2.13 Continuous Service means the absence of any interruption or termination of service as an Employee or Key Person. Continuous Service shall not be considered interrupted in the case of (i) sick leave; (ii) military leave; (iii) any other leave of absence as approved by the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company provided that such leave is for a period of not more than ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute, or unless provided otherwise pursuant to Company policy adopted from time to time; or (iv) transfers between locations of the Company or between Company, a Parent, or a Subsidiary, or any successors to such organization. However, notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, the Board shall have complete and absolute discretion to determine whether an Employee or Key Person is in the Continuous Service of the Company, a Parent, or Subsidiary at any time.

2.14 Controlled Group means the Company and any other entity the employees of which would be required to be aggregated with the employees of the Company pursuant to Code §§414(b), (c), (m) or (o).

2.15 Customer means any person or entity to whom the Company has sold its products or services.

2.16 Director means a member of the Board.

2.17 Effective Date means the “Effective Date” as set forth in Section 4 of this Plan.

2.18 Eligible Recipient means an Employee and/or a Key Person.

2.19 Employee means a common law employee of the Company, a Subsidiary or a Parent.

2.20 ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

2.21 Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

2.22 Exercise Price means the price that shall be paid to purchase one (1) Share upon the exercise of an Option granted under this Plan.


2.23 Fair Market Value of each Share on any date means the price determined below as of the close of business on such date ( provided, however , if for any reason, the Fair Market Value per share cannot be ascertained or is unavailable for such date, the Fair Market Value per share shall be determined as of the nearest preceding date on which such Fair Market Value can be ascertained):

(a) If the Share is listed or traded on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the National Market of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation (“NASDAQ”) System, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sale price for the Share (or the mean of the closing bid and ask prices, if no sales were reported), on such exchange or system on the date of such determination or, if the stock exchange or national market on which the Shares trade is not open on the date of determination, the last business day prior to the date of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Board deems reliable; or

(b) If the Share is not listed or traded on any established stock exchange or a national market system, its Fair Market Value shall be the average of the closing dealer “bid” and “ask” prices of a Share as reflected on the NASDAQ interdealer quotation system of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. on the date of such determination; or

(c) In the absence of an established public trading market for the Share, the Fair Market Value of a Share shall be determined in good faith by the Board.

2.24 FLSA Exclusion means the provisions of Section 7(e) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938 (the “FLSA”) that exempt certain stock-based compensation from inclusion in overtime determinations under the FLSA.

2.25 Forfeiture Activities means, with respect to a Participant, any of the following:

(a) Trade Secrets & Confidential Information. Such Participant (i) uses, discloses, or reverse engineers the Trade Secrets or the Confidential Information for any purpose other than the Company’s Business, except as authorized in writing by the Company; (ii) during the Participant’s employment with the Company, uses, discloses, or reverse engineers (a) any confidential information or trade secrets of any former employer or third party, or (b) any works of authorship developed in whole or in part by the Participant during any former employment or for any other party, unless authorized in writing by the former employer or third party; or (iii) after the Participant’s cessation of services for the Company, (a) retains Trade Secrets or Confidential Information, including any copies existing in any form (including electronic form), which are in Participant’s possession or control, or (b) destroys, deletes, or alters the Trade Secrets or Confidential Information without the Company’s prior written consent. The Forfeiture Activities under this subsection (a) shall: (i) with regard to the Trade Secrets, remain in effect and be applicable as long as the information constitutes a Trade Secret under applicable law, and (ii) with regard to the Confidential Information, remain in effect and be applicable during the Forfeiture Period.

(b) Solicitation of Customers. During the Forfeiture Period of such Participant, the Participant directly or indirectly solicits any Customer of the Company for the purpose of selling or providing any products or services competitive with the Business, provided that such Participant had Contact with such Customer during the period in which the Participant was employed by or performed services for the Company. Nothing in this subsection (b) shall be construed to include any Customer of the Company (i) to which such Participant never sold or provided any products or services while employed by or providing services to the Company, (ii) that explicitly severed its business relationship with the Company unless such Participant, directly or indirectly, caused or encouraged the Customer to sever the relationship, or (iii) to which Participant is selling or providing products or services the Company no longer offers.

(c) Solicitation of Prospective Customers. During the Forfeiture Period of such Participant, the Participant, directly or indirectly, solicits any Prospective Customer of the Company for the purpose of selling or providing any products or services competitive with the Business, provided that such Participant had Contact with such Prospective Customer during the last year of the period in which Participant was employed by or performed services for the Company (or during such period if employed or providing services for less than a year). Nothing in this subsection (c) shall be construed to include Prospective Customers of the Company to which Participant is selling or providing any products or services which the Company no longer offers.


(d) Solicitation of Forfeiture Period Employees. During the Forfeiture Period of such Participant, the Participant, directly or indirectly, solicits, recruits or induces any Forfeiture Period Employee to (a) terminate his employment or service relationship with the Company or (b) work for any other person or entity engaged in the Business. This subsection (d) shall only apply to Forfeiture Period Employees (i) with whom such Participant had Material Interaction, or (ii) such Participant, directly or indirectly, supervised.

(e) Non-Disparagement. During the Forfeiture Period of such Participant, the Participant makes any disparaging or defamatory statements, whether written or oral, regarding the Company. This shall not preclude the Participant from responding truthfully to questions or requests for information to the government, a regulator or in a court of law in connection with a legal or regulatory investigation or proceeding.

2.26 Forfeiture Period means, with respect to a Participant, the time period during which such Participant is employed with, or is performing services for, the Company, and for a period of two (2) years thereafter.

2.27 Forfeiture Period Employee means any person who (a) is employed by or providing services to the Company at the time Participant ceases to perform services for the Company, or (b) was employed by or providing services to the Company during the last year in which Participant performed services for the Company (or during the period in which the Participant performed services for the Company if the Participant performed services for the Company for less than a year).

2.28 Good Reason shall exist if (i) the Company, without the consent of a Participant who is performing services for the Company, materially (a) diminishes such Participant’s base compensation, (b) diminishes such Participant’s authority, duties or responsibilities, (c) changes the geographic location at which such Participant must perform the services, or (d) breaches, whether by action or inaction, the agreement under which such Participant provides services; (ii) such Participant provides written notice to the Company of the existence of such condition described in subsection (i) of this paragraph within thirty (30) days of the initial existence of such condition and provides the Company with thirty (30) days to remedy such condition (the “Cure Period”); (iii) the Company fails to remedy such condition within the Cure Period; and (iv) Participant elects to resign within thirty (30) days of the expiration of the Cure Period.

2.29 Incumbent Directors means the individuals who, at the Effective Date, constitute the Board, and any person becoming a Director after the Effective Date and whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for Director, without written objection to such nomination); provided, however , that no individual initially elected or nominated as a Director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest (as described in Rule 14a-11 under the 1934 Act (“Election Contest”) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any “person” (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the 1934 Act and as used in Section 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the 1934 Act) other than the Board (“Proxy Contest”), including by reason of any agreement intended to avoid or settle any Election Contest or Proxy Contest, shall be deemed an Incumbent Director; and provided further , that, subject to the provisions of this Section, no person shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director until such time as he or she takes office as a Director of the Company.

2.30 Initial Public Offering means the closing of the Company’s initial public offering of any class or series of the Company’s equity securities pursuant to an effective registration statement filed by the Company under the 1933 Act.

2.31 Insider means an individual who is, on the relevant date, an officer, director or ten percent (10%) beneficial owner of any class of the Company’s equity securities that is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, all as defined under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

2.32 ISO means an option granted under this Plan to purchase Shares that is intended by the Company to satisfy the requirements of Code §422 as an incentive stock option.

2.33 Key Person means (a) a member of the Board who is not an Employee, or (b) a consultant or advisor; provided, however , that such consultant or advisor must be an individual who is providing or will be providing bona fide services to the Company, a Subsidiary or a Parent, with such services (i) not being in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction, and (ii) not directly or indirectly promoting or maintaining a market for securities of the Company, a Subsidiary or a Parent, within the meaning of 17 CFR §230.701(c)(1).


2.34 Material Interaction means, with respect to a Participant, any interaction between such Participant and a Forfeiture Period Employee which relates or related, directly or indirectly, to the performance of such Participant’s duties or the Forfeiture Period Employee’s duties for the Company.

2.35 NQSO means an option granted under this Plan to purchase Shares that is not intended by the Company to satisfy the requirements of Code §422.

2.36 Option means a right to purchase Shares pursuant to the terms of the Plan at a stated price for a specified period of time. For purposes of the Plan, an Option may be either an ISO or a NQSO.

2.37 Outside Director means a Director who is not an Employee and who qualifies as (a) a “non-employee director” under Rule 16b-3(b)(3) under the 1934 Act, as amended from time to time, and (b) an “outside director” under Code §162(m) and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

2.38 Parent means any corporation (other than the corporation employing a Participant or for which a Participant is performing services) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the corporation employing a Participant or for which a Participant is performing services if, at the time of the granting of the Stock Incentive, each of the corporations other than the corporation employing the Participant or for which a Participant is performing services owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. However, for purposes of interpreting any Stock Incentive Agreement issued under this Plan as of a date of determination, Parent shall mean any corporation (other than the corporation employing a Participant or for which a Participant is performing services) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the corporation employing a Participant or for which a Participant is performing services if, at the time of the granting of the Stock Incentive and thereafter through such date of determination, each of the corporations other than the corporation employing the Participant or for which a Participant is performing services owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporation in such chain.

2.39 Participant means an individual who receives a Stock Incentive hereunder.

2.40 Performance-Based Exception means the performance-based exception from the tax deductibility limitations of Code §162(m).

2.41 Plan means the Connecture, Inc. 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, as may be amended from time to time.

2.42 Prospective Customer means any person or entity to which the Company has solicited to sell its products or services.

2.43 Restricted Stock Award means an award of Shares granted to a Participant under this Plan whereby the Participant has immediate rights of ownership in the Shares underlying the award, but such Shares are subject to restrictions in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Plan and the Stock Incentive Agreement pertaining to the award and may be subject to forfeiture by the Participant until the earlier of (a) the time such restrictions lapse or are satisfied, or (b) the time such shares are forfeited, pursuant to the terms and provisions of the Stock Incentive Agreement pertaining to the award.

2.44 Restricted Stock Unit means a contractual right granted to a Participant under this Plan to receive a Share that is subject to restrictions of this Plan and the applicable Stock Incentive Agreement.

2.45 SAR Exercise Price means the amount per Share specified in a Stock Incentive Agreement with respect to a Stock Appreciation Right, which when subtracted from the Fair Market Value of a Share on exercise of such Stock Appreciation Right, determines the payment which the holder of such Stock Appreciation Right may be entitled to receive.

2.46 Share means a share of the Common Stock of the Company.

2.47 Stock Appreciation Right means a right granted to a Participant pursuant to the terms and provisions of this Plan whereby the Participant, without payment to the Company (except for any applicable withholding or other taxes), receives cash, Shares, a combination thereof, or such other consideration as the Board may determine, in an amount equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date on which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised over the SAR Exercise Price noted in the Stock Appreciation Right for each Share subject to the Stock Appreciation Right.

2.48 Stock Incentive means an ISO, a NQSO, a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit, or a Stock Appreciation Right.


2.49 Stock Incentive Agreement means an agreement between the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary, and a Participant evidencing an award of a Stock Incentive.

2.50 Subsidiary means any corporation (other than the corporation employing such Participant or for which such Participant is performing services) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the corporation employing such Participant if, at the time of the granting of the Stock Incentive, each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. However, for purposes of interpreting any Stock Incentive Agreement issued under this Plan as of a date of determination, Subsidiary shall mean any corporation (other than the corporation employing such Participant or for which such Participant is performing services) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the corporation employing such Participant if, at the time of the granting of the Stock Incentive and thereafter through such date of determination, each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

2.51 Ten Percent Stockholder means a person who owns (after taking into account the attribution rules of Code §424(d)) more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares of stock of either the Company, a Subsidiary or a Parent. For purposes of the preceding sentence, shares of stock owned (directly or indirectly) by or for a person’s brothers and sisters (whether by the whole or half blood), spouse, ancestors and lineal descendants will be considered to be owned by the person, and if a domestic or foreign corporation , partnership, estate or trust owns (directly or indirectly) shares of stock, those shares are considered to be owned proportionately by or for the stockholders, partners, or beneficiaries of the corporation, partnership, estate or trust. The extent to which stock held by a person as a trustee of a voting trust is considered owned by such person is determined under all of the facts and circumstances. Stock that a person may purchase under outstanding options is not treated as stock owned by such person. In interpreting the foregoing, the provisions of Treas. Reg. §1.422-2(f)(2) shall govern.

2.52 Trade Secrets means information of the Company, and its licensors, suppliers, clients and customers, without regard to form, including, but not limited to, technical or non-technical data, a formula, a pattern, a compilation, a program, a device, a method, a technique, a drawing, a process, financial data, financial plans, product plans, a list of actual Customers, clients, licensors, or suppliers, or a list of Prospective Customers, clients, licensors, or suppliers which is not commonly known by or available to the public and which information (i) derives economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily ascertainable by proper means by, other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use, and (ii) is the subject of efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain its secrecy.

3 S HARES S UBJECT TO S TOCK I NCENTIVES

3.1 Maximum Aggregate Shares Issuable Pursuant to Stock Incentives. The total number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to Stock Incentives under this Plan shall not exceed the sum of:

(a) all Shares of common stock of the Company (A) which were reserved for issuance under the SimplyHealth.com, Inc. 1999 Incentive Stock Plan (the “ 1999 Plan ”) , (B) which have not, as of the Effective Date of this Plan, been issued, and (C)(1) which are not, as of the Effective Date of this Plan, subject to any outstanding awards under the Prior Plan, or (2) which are, as of the Effective Date of this Plan, subject to an outstanding award under the 1999 Plan, and which subsequently, through cancellation or expiration or lapse of such award after the Effective Date of this Plan, can no longer be issued pursuant to such award (in the aggregate, a maximum possible number of Three Hundred Fifty-Seven Thousand Seventy (357,070) Shares); plus

(b) all Shares of common stock of the Company (A) which were reserved for issuance under the Connecture, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ 2002 Plan ”) , (B) which have not, as of the Effective Date of this Plan, been issued, and (C)(1) which are not, as of the Effective Date of this Plan, subject to any outstanding awards under the Prior Plan, or (2) which are, as of the Effective Date of this Plan, subject to an outstanding award under the 2002 Plan, and which subsequently, through cancellation or expiration or lapse of such award after the Effective Date of this Plan, can no longer be issued pursuant to such award (in the aggregate, a maximum possible number of Thirty-Eight Million, Nine Hundred Twenty-Two Thousand, Two Hundred Ninety (38,922,290) Shares);


(a combined maximum total of Thirty Nine Million, Two Hundred Seventy-Nine Thousand Three Hundred Sixty (39,279,360) shares of the Corporation’s authorized but unissued common stock), all as adjusted pursuant to Section 10. (It is the intent of the this Section 3.1 that any Shares which were reserved for issuance under the Prior Plans and which are not actually issued under such Prior Plans and which are no longer subject to issuance pursuant to an award issued under such Prior Plans shall become Shares available under this Plan.) Such Shares shall be reserved, to the extent that the Company deems appropriate, from authorized but unissued Shares, from Shares which have been reacquired by the Company, from Shares paid to the Company pursuant to the exercise of Stock Incentives issued under the Plan, or from Shares withheld by the Company for payment of taxes.

3.2 Determination of Maximum Aggregate Shares Issuable. Any Shares subject to a Stock Incentive or an award under the Prior Plan that remain un-issued after the cancellation, expiration, lapse or exchange of such Stock Incentive or award thereafter shall again become available for use under this Plan. Only the net number of Shares that are issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be counted as issued in applying the provisions of Section 3.1 above in the case of an Option which is exercised through a “cashless” or “net share” exercise as described in Section 7.2(e).

3.3 Maximum Aggregate Shares Issuable ISO Limitation. The total maximum number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of ISO’s under this Plan shall at all times be exactly the same as the total maximum number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to Stock Incentives under this Plan pursuant to the preceding Sections of this Section 3.

3.4 Code §162(m) Participant Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Participant may be granted Stock Incentives covering an aggregate number of Shares in excess of Thirty Million (30,000,000) in any calendar year, and any Shares subject to a Stock Incentive which again become available for use under this Plan after the cancellation, expiration or exchange of such Stock Incentive thereafter shall continue to be counted in applying this calendar year Participant limitation.

4 E FFECTIVE D ATE

The Effective Date of this Plan shall be the date it is adopted by the Board, or such delayed effective date as the Board may specify, as noted in resolutions effectuating such adoption. This Plan shall be subject to the approval of the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date on which this Plan is adopted by the Board, disregarding any contingencies or delayed effective date relative to such adoption. In the event that stockholder approval of this Plan is not obtained, or in the event that this Plan is not subjected to the approval of the stockholders, then any Stock Incentives granted under this Plan shall nonetheless be deemed granted pursuant to the authority of the Board; provided, however , any such Option granted which was intended to be an ISO shall instead be a NQSO. Should this Plan be rejected by the stockholders after being submitted to the stockholders for their approval, the Plan shall immediately terminate at that time, and no further grants shall be made under this Plan thereafter. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no ISO shall be exercisable prior to the date that stockholder approval of this Plan is obtained unless the Participant receiving such ISO agrees that the ISO shall instead be treated as a NQSO for all purposes, and any exercise of an ISO by a Participant prior to the date that stockholder approval of this Plan is obtained shall automatically be deemed to be such an agreement by the exercising Participant. In addition, in the event that stockholder approval of this Plan is not obtained, any Stock Incentives intended to meet the performance-based compensation exception of Code §162(m)(4)(C) may not meet such exception.

5 A DMINISTRATION

5.1 General Administration. This Plan shall be administered by the Board. The Board, acting in its complete and absolute discretion, shall exercise all such powers and take all such action as it deems necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this Plan. The Board shall have the power to interpret this Plan and, subject to the terms and provisions of this Plan, to take such other action in the administration and operation of the Plan as it deems equitable under the circumstances. The Board’s actions shall be binding on the Company, on each affected Eligible Recipient, and on each other person directly or indirectly affected by such actions.

5.2 Authority of the Board. Except as limited by law or by the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company, and subject to the provisions herein, the Board shall have full power to select Eligible Recipients who shall participate in the Plan, to determine the sizes and types of Stock Incentives in a manner consistent with the Plan, to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Incentives in a manner consistent with the Plan, to


construe and interpret the Plan and any agreement or instrument entered into under the Plan, to establish, amend or waive rules and regulations for the Plan’s administration, and to amend the terms and conditions of any outstanding Stock Incentives as allowed under the Plan and such Stock Incentives. Further, the Board may make all other determinations that may be necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

5.3 Delegation of Authority. The Board may delegate its authority under the Plan, in whole or in part, to a Committee appointed by the Board consisting of not less than one (1) Director or to one or more other persons to whom the powers of the Board hereunder may be delegated in accordance with applicable law. The members of the Committee and any other persons to whom authority has been delegated shall be appointed from time to time by, and shall serve at the discretion of, the Board. The Committee or other delegate (if appointed) shall act according to the policies and procedures set forth in the Plan and to those policies and procedures established by the Board, and the Committee or other delegate shall have such powers and responsibilities as are set forth by the Board. Reference to the Board in this Plan shall specifically include reference to the Committee or other delegate where the Board has delegated its authority to the Committee or other delegate, and any action by the Committee or other delegate pursuant to a delegation of authority by the Board shall be deemed an action by the Board under the Plan. Notwithstanding the above, the Board may assume the powers and responsibilities granted to the Committee or other delegate at any time, in whole or in part. With respect to Committee appointments and composition, only a Committee (or a subcommittee thereof) comprised solely of two (2) or more Outside Directors may grant Stock Incentives that will meet the Performance-Based Exception, and only a Committee comprised solely of Outside Directors may grant Stock Incentives to Insiders that will be exempt from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

5.4 Decisions Binding. All determinations and decisions made by the Board (or its delegate) pursuant to the provisions of this Plan and all related orders and resolutions of the Board shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, including the Company, its stockholders, Directors, Eligible Recipients, Participants, and their estates and beneficiaries.

5.5 Indemnification for Decisions. No member of the Board or the Committee (or a subcommittee thereof) shall be liable in connection with or by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted to be performed on behalf of the Company in such capacity, provided , that the Board has determined, in good faith, that the course of conduct that caused the loss or liability was in the best interests of the Company. Service on the Committee (or a subcommittee thereof) shall constitute service as a Director of the Company so that the members of the Committee (or a subcommittee thereof) shall be entitled to indemnification and reimbursement as Directors of the Company pursuant to its articles of incorporation, bylaws and applicable law. In addition, the members of the Board, Committee (or a subcommittee thereof) shall be indemnified by the Company against the following losses or liabilities reasonably incurred in connection with or by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted to be performed on behalf of the Company in such capacity, provided, that the Board has determined, in good faith, that the course of conduct which caused the loss or liability was in the best interests of the Company: (a) the reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, any Stock Incentive granted hereunder, and (b) against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such individual is liable for gross negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duties, provided that within 60 days after institution of any such action, suit or proceeding a Committee member or delegatee shall in writing offer the Company the opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same. The Company shall not indemnify or hold harmless the member of the Board or the Committee (or a subcommittee thereof) if: (a) in the case of a Director (other than an independent Director of the Company), the loss or liability was the result of negligence or misconduct by the Director, or (b) in the case that the Director is an independent Director of the Company, the loss or liability was the result of gross negligence or willful misconduct by the Director. Any indemnification of expenses or agreement to hold harmless may be paid only out of the net assets of the Company, and no portion may be recoverable from the stockholders of the Company.

5.6 Majority Rule. A majority of the members of the Board (or its delegate) shall constitute a quorum, and any action taken by a majority at a meeting at which a quorum is present, or any action taken without a meeting evidenced by a writing executed by all the members of the Board (or its delegate), shall constitute action of the Board.


6 E LIGIBILITY

Eligible Recipients selected by the Board shall be eligible for the grant of Stock Incentives under this Plan, but no Eligible Recipient shall have the right to be granted a Stock Incentive under this Plan merely as a result of his or her status as an Eligible Recipient. Only Employees shall be eligible to receive a grant of ISO’s.

7 T ERMS OF S TOCK I NCENTIVES

7.1 Terms & Conditions of All Stock Incentives.

(a) Grants of Stock Incentives. The Board, in its complete and absolute discretion, shall grant Stock Incentives under this Plan from time to time and, to the extent allowed by Sections 7.2(j) and 7.3(g) herein, shall have the right to grant new Stock Incentives in exchange for outstanding Stock Incentives, including, but not limited to, exchanges of Stock Options for the purpose of achieving a lower Exercise Price. Stock Incentives shall be granted to Eligible Recipients selected by the Board, and the Board shall be under no obligation whatsoever to grant any Stock Incentives, or to grant Stock Incentives to all Eligible Recipients, or to grant all Stock Incentives subject to the same terms and conditions.

(b) Shares Subject to Stock Incentives. The number of Shares as to which a Stock Incentive shall be granted shall be determined by the Board in its complete and absolute discretion, subject to the provisions of Section 3 as to the total number of Shares available for grants under the Plan.

(c)  Stock Incentive Agreements. Each Stock Incentive shall be evidenced by a Stock Incentive Agreement executed by the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary, and the Participant, which shall be in such form and contain such terms and conditions as the Board in its complete and absolute discretion may, subject to the provisions of the Plan, from time to time determine.

(d) Date of Grant. The date a Stock Incentive is granted shall be the date on which the Board (1) has approved the terms and conditions of the Stock Incentive Agreement, (2) has determined the recipient of the Stock Incentive and the number of Shares covered by the Stock Incentive, (3) has taken all such other action necessary to direct the grant of the Stock Incentive, and (4) if applicable, any conditions imposed on such grant by the Board have been fulfilled.

7.2 Terms & Conditions of Options.

(a) Necessity of Stock Incentive Agreements . Each grant of an Option shall be evidenced by a Stock Incentive Agreement that shall specify whether the Option is an ISO or NQSO, and incorporate such other terms and conditions as the Board, acting in its complete and absolute discretion, deems consistent with the terms of this Plan, including (without limitation) a restriction on the number of Shares subject to the Option that first become exercisable during any calendar year. The Board and/or the Company shall have complete and absolute discretion to modify the terms and provisions of an Option in accordance with Section 12 of this Plan even though such modification may change the Option from an ISO to a NQSO.

(b) Determining Optionees. In determining Eligible Recipient(s) to whom an Option shall be granted and the number of Shares to be covered by such Option, the Board may take into account the recommendations of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and its other officers, the duties of the Eligible Recipient, the present and potential contributions of the Eligible Recipient to the success of the Company, and other factors deemed relevant by the Board, in its complete and absolute discretion, in connection with accomplishing the purpose of this Plan. An Eligible Recipient who has been granted an Option to purchase Shares, whether under this Plan or otherwise, may be granted one or more additional Options. If the Board grants an ISO and a NQSO to an Eligible Recipient on the same date, the right of the Eligible Recipient to exercise one such Option shall not be conditioned on his or her failure to exercise the other such Option.

(c) Exercise Price. Subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 10 and the other provisions of this Section, the Exercise Price shall be as set forth in the applicable Stock Incentive Agreement. With respect to each grant of an ISO to a Participant who is not a Ten Percent Stockholder, the Exercise Price shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the ISO is granted. With respect to each grant of an ISO to a Participant who is a Ten Percent Stockholder, the Exercise Price shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the ISO is granted. If an Option is a NQSO, the Exercise Price of a Share shall be no less than (1) the minimum price required by applicable state law, or (2) the minimum price required by the Company’s governing instrument, or (3) $0.01,


whichever price is greater. Any Option intended to meet the Performance-Based Exception must be granted with an Exercise Price equivalent to or greater than the Fair Market Value of a Share determined as of the date of such grant. Any Option intended to meet the FLSA Exclusion must be granted with an Exercise Price equivalent to or greater than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date granted determined as of the date of such grant. Any Option that is intended to avoid taxation under Code §409A as a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” must be granted with an Exercise Price equivalent to or greater than the Fair Market Value of a Share determined as of the date of such grant, consistent with Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(5)(iv), and any other applicable guidance or regulations issued by the Internal Revenue Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Exercise Price of an Option granted in substitution of an existing option pursuant to Treas. Reg. §1.424-1(a) or Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(5)(v)(D) may be established under the requirements of those provisions without regard to the foregoing (see subsection (h) below).

(d) Option Term . Each Option granted under this Plan shall be exercisable in whole or in part at such time or times as set forth in the related Stock Incentive Agreement, but no Stock Incentive Agreement shall:

(1) make an Option exercisable before the date such Option is granted; or

(2) make an Option exercisable after the earlier of:

(i) the date such Option is exercised in full, or

(ii) the date that is the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date such Option is granted, if such Option is a NQSO or an ISO granted to a non-Ten Percent Stockholder, or the date that is the fifth (5th) anniversary of the date such Option is granted, if such Option is an ISO granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder.

A Stock Incentive Agreement may provide for the exercise of an Option after the employment or service of a Participant has terminated for any reason whatsoever, including death or disability. The Participant’s rights, if any, upon termination of employment or service will be set forth in the applicable Stock Incentive Agreement. The exercise period of an Option shall be tolled during any period that the Option cannot be exercised because such an exercise would violate an applicable Federal, state, local or foreign law, or would jeopardize the ability of the Company to continue as a going concern; provided, however , the period during which the Option may otherwise be exercised shall be extended only thirty (30) days after the exercise of the Option first would no longer violate such applicable Federal, state, local or foreign laws or first would no longer jeopardize the ability of the Company to continue as a going concern.

(e) Payment . Options shall be exercised by the delivery of a written notice of exercise to the Company, setting forth the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is to be exercised accompanied by full payment for the Shares. Payment for shares of Stock purchased pursuant to exercise of an Option shall be made in cash or, unless the Stock Incentive Agreement provides otherwise, by delivery to the Company of a number of Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the amount to be tendered (including a “cashless” or “net share” exercise), or a combination thereof. In a “net share” exercise, the Company will reduce the number of Shares issued upon exercise by the largest whole number of Shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate Exercise Price; provided, however , that the Company shall accept a cash or other payment from the Optionee to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole Shares to be issued; and provided further , that Shares will no longer be outstanding under an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) Shares are used to pay the Exercise Price pursuant to the “net share” exercise, (B) Shares are delivered to the Optionee as a result of such exercise, and (C) Shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations. In addition, unless the Stock Incentive Agreement provides otherwise, the Option may be exercised through a brokerage transaction following registration of the Company’s equity securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act as permitted under the provisions of Regulation T applicable to cashless exercises promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board, unless prohibited by Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. However, notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Participant who is an Insider, a tender of shares or a “cashless” or “net share” exercise must (1) have met the requirements of an exemption under Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, or (2) be a subsequent transaction the terms of which were provided for in a transaction initially meeting the requirements of an exemption under Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Unless the Stock Incentive Agreement provides otherwise, the foregoing exercise payment methods shall be subsequent


transactions approved by the original grant of an Option. Except as provided in subparagraph (f) below, payment shall be made at the time that the Option or any part thereof is exercised, and no Shares shall be issued or delivered upon exercise of an Option until full payment has been made by the Participant. The holder of an Option, as such, shall have none of the rights of a stockholder. Notwithstanding the above and unless prohibited by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, in the complete and absolute discretion of the Board, an Option may be exercised as to a portion or all (as determined by the Board) of the number of Shares specified in the Stock Incentive Agreement by delivery to the Company of a promissory note, such promissory note to be executed by the Participant and that shall include, with such other terms and conditions as the Board shall determine, provisions in a form approved by the Board under which: (i) the balance of the aggregate purchase price shall be payable in equal installments over such period and shall bear interest at such rate (that shall not be less than the prime bank loan rate as determined by the Board, that shall be established at the time of exercise, and that must be a market rate based on the rate environment at the date of exercise, taking into account the provisions of Code §7872) as the Board shall approve, and (ii) the Participant shall be personally liable for payment of the unpaid principal balance and all accrued but unpaid interest. Other methods of payment may also be used if approved by the Board in its complete and absolute discretion and provided for under the Stock Incentive Agreement.

(f) Conditions to Exercise of an Option . Each Option granted under the Plan shall vest and shall be exercisable at such time or times, or upon the occurrence of such event or events, and in such amounts, as the Board shall specify in the Stock Incentive Agreement; provided, however , that subsequent to the grant of an Option, the Board, at any time before complete termination of such Option, may accelerate the time or times at which such Option may vest or be exercised in whole or in part. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option intended to meet the FLSA Exclusion shall not be exercisable for at least six (6) months following the date it is granted, except by reason of death, disability, retirement, a change in corporate ownership or other circumstances permitted under regulations promulgated under the FLSA Exclusion. Furthermore, if a Participant holding an Option receives a hardship distribution from a Code §401(k) plan of the Company, or any Parent or Subsidiary, the Option may not be exercised during the six (6) month period following the hardship distribution, unless the Company determines that such exercise would not jeopardize the tax-qualification of the Code §401(k) plan. The Board may impose such restrictions on any Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option as it may deem advisable, including, without limitation, vesting or performance-based restrictions, voting restrictions, investment intent restrictions, restrictions on transfer, “first refusal” rights of the Company to purchase Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option prior to their sale to any other person, “drag along” rights requiring the sale of shares to a third party purchaser in certain circumstances, “lock up” type restrictions in the case of an Initial Public Offering of the Company’s stock, rights of the Company to re-purchase Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option, restrictions or limitations or other provisions that would be applied to stockholders under any applicable agreement among the stockholders, and restrictions under applicable federal securities laws, under the requirements of any stock exchange or market upon which such Shares are then listed and/or traded, and/or under any blue sky or state securities laws applicable to such Shares. The Board shall also require, as a condition for the acquisition of any Shares by a Participant or other Option holder pursuant to the exercise of an Option, that the Participant or Option holder execute an agreement by which the Participant or Option holder agrees to be bound by, and subject to, any agreement(s) among the Company’s stockholders then in effect.

(g) Transferability of Options . An Option shall not be transferable or assignable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable, during the Participant’s lifetime, only by the Participant; provided, however , that in the event the Participant is incapacitated and unable to exercise his or her Option, if such Option is a NQSO, such Option may be exercised by such Participant’s legal guardian, legal representative, or other representative whom the Board deems appropriate based on applicable facts and circumstances. The determination of incapacity of a Participant and the determination of the appropriate representative of the Participant who shall be able to exercise the Option if the Participant is incapacitated shall be determined by the Board in its complete and absolute discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise provided in the Stock Incentive Agreement, a NQSO may also be transferred by a Participant as a bona fide gift or through a domestic relations order to any “family member” (as that term is defined in 17 CFR §230.701(c)(3)) of the Participant, and in each case the transferee shall be subject to all provisions of the Plan, the Stock Incentive Agreement and other agreements with the Participant in connection with the exercise of the Option. In the event of such a gift or transfer by domestic relations order, the Participant shall promptly notify the Board of such transfer and deliver to the Board such written documentation as the Board may in its complete and absolute discretion request, including, without


limitation, the written acknowledgment of the donee that the donee is subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Stock Incentive Agreement and other agreements with the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Stock Incentive Agreement may provide for more limited transferability than is described above.

(h) Special Provisions for Certain Substitute Options . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, any Option granted in substitution for a stock option previously issued by another entity, which substitution occurs in connection with a transaction to which Code §424(a) is applicable, may provide for an exercise price computed in accordance with Code §424(a) and the regulations thereunder and may contain such other terms and conditions as the Board may prescribe to cause such substitute Option to contain as nearly as possible the same terms and conditions (including the applicable vesting and termination provisions) as those contained in the previously issued stock option being replaced thereby.

(i) ISO Tax Treatment Requirements. With respect to any Option that purports to be an ISO, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of grant of such Option) of stock with respect to which such Option is exercisable for the first time by any individual during any calendar year exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000.00), such Option shall not be treated as an ISO in accordance with Code §422(d). The rule of the preceding sentence is applied in the order in which Options are granted. Also, with respect to any Option that purports to be an ISO, such Option shall not be treated as an ISO if the Participant disposes of shares acquired thereunder within two (2) years from the date of the granting of the Option or within one (1) year of the exercise of the Option, or if the Participant has not met the requirements of Code §422(a)(2).

(j) Potential Repricing of Stock Options . With respect to any one or more Options granted pursuant to, and under, this Plan, the Board may determine that the repricing of all or any portion of such existing outstanding Options is appropriate without the need for any additional approval of the Stockholders of the Company. For this purpose, “repricing” of Options shall include, but not be limited to, any of the following actions (or any similar action): (1) lowering the Exercise Price of an existing Option; (2) any action which would be treated as a “repricing” under generally accepted accounting principles; or (3) canceling of an existing Option at a time when its Exercise Price exceeds the Fair Market Value of the underlying stock subject to such Option, in exchange for another Option, a Restricted Stock Award, or other equity in the Company. The Board shall have the unilateral right, without the need for any consent or acquiescence by a Participant holding an Option, to reduce the Exercise Price of such Option so long as no other terms and conditions of such Option are modified and the Participant is notified in writing of the Exercise Price reduction.

7.3 Terms and Conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights.

(a) Grants of Stock Appreciation Rights. A Stock Appreciation Right may be granted in connection with all or any portion of a previously or contemporaneously granted Option or not in connection with an Option. A Stock Appreciation Right shall entitle the Participant to receive upon exercise or payment the excess of the Fair Market Value of a specified number of Shares at the time of exercise, over a SAR Exercise Price that shall be not less than the SAR Exercise Price for that number of Shares in the case of a Stock Appreciation Right granted in connection with a previously or contemporaneously granted Option, or in the case of any other Stock Appreciation Right, not less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of that number of Shares at the time the Stock Appreciation Right was granted. Any Stock Appreciation Right that is intended to avoid taxation under Code §409A as a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” must be granted with a SAR Exercise Price equivalent to or greater than the Fair Market Value of a Share determined as of the date of such grant, consistent with Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(5)(iv), and any other applicable guidance or regulations issued by the Internal Revenue Service. The exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right shall result in a pro rata surrender of the related Option to the extent the Stock Appreciation Right has been exercised.

(b) Payment . Upon exercise or payment of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Company shall pay to the Participant the appreciation in cash or Shares (at the aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of payment or exercise) as provided in the Stock Incentive Agreement or, in the absence of such provision, as the Board may determine. To the extent that a Stock Appreciation Right is paid in cash, it shall nonetheless be deemed paid in Shares for purposes of Section 3 hereof.

(c) Conditions to Exercise . Each Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan shall be exercisable at such time or times, or upon the occurrence of such event or events, and in such amounts, as the Board shall specify in the Stock Incentive Agreement; provided, however , that subsequent to the grant of


a Stock Appreciation Right, the Board, at any time before complete termination of such Stock Appreciation Right, may accelerate the time or times at which such Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised in whole or in part. Furthermore, if the Participant holding a Stock Appreciation Right receives a hardship distribution from a Code §401(k) plan of the Company, or any Parent or Subsidiary, the Stock Appreciation Right may not be exercised during the six (6) month period following the hardship distribution, unless the Company determines that such exercise would not jeopardize the tax-qualification of the Code §401(k) plan. The exercise period of a Stock Appreciation Right shall be tolled during any period that the Stock Appreciation Right cannot be exercised because such an exercise would violate an applicable Federal, state, local or foreign law, or would jeopardize the ability of the Company to continue as a going concern; provided, however , the period during which the Stock Appreciation Right may otherwise be exercised shall be extended only thirty (30) days after the exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right first would no longer violate such applicable Federal, state, local or foreign laws or first would no longer jeopardize the ability of the Company to continue as a going concern.

(d) Restrictions on Shares Awarded. Shares awarded pursuant to Stock Appreciation Rights shall be subject to such restrictions as determined by the Board for periods determined by the Board. The Board may impose such restrictions on any Shares acquired pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right as it may deem advisable, including, without limitation, vesting or performance-based restrictions, voting restrictions, investment intent restrictions, restrictions on transfer, rights of the Company to re-purchase Shares acquired pursuant to the Stock Appreciation Rights, “first refusal” rights of the Company to purchase Shares acquired pursuant to the Stock Appreciation Rights prior to their sale to any other person, “drag along” rights requiring the sale of Shares to a third party purchaser in certain circumstances, “lock up” type restrictions in connection with public offerings of the Company’s Shares, restrictions or limitations or other provisions that would be applied to stockholders under any applicable agreement among the stockholders, and restrictions under applicable federal securities laws, under the requirements of any stock exchange or market upon which such Shares are then listed and/or traded, and/or under any blue sky or state securities laws applicable to such Shares. The Board shall also require, as a condition for the acquisition of any Shares by a Participant pursuant to the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, that the Participant execute an agreement by which the Participant agrees to be bound by, and subject to, any agreement(s) among the Company’s stockholders then in effect.

(e) Transferability of Stock Appreciation Rights . No Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Further, except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Stock Incentive Agreement, all Stock Appreciation Rights granted to a Participant under the Plan shall be exercisable, during the Participant’s lifetime, only by the Participant, except that in the event the Participant is incapacitated and unable to exercise his or her Stock Appreciation Right, such Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised by such Participant’s legal guardian, legal representative, or other representative whom the Board deems appropriate based on applicable facts and circumstances. The determination of incapacity of a Participant and the determination of the appropriate representative of the Participant shall be determined by the Board in its complete and absolute discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise provided in the Stock Incentive Agreement, (A) a Stock Appreciation Right which is granted in connection with the grant of a NQSO may be transferred, but only with the NQSO, and (B) a Stock Appreciation Right which is not granted in connection with the grant of a NQSO, may be transferred by the Participant as a bona fide gift or through a domestic relations order to any “family member” (as that term is defined in 17 CFR §230.701(c)(3)) of the Participant, and in each case the transferee shall be subject to all provisions of the Plan, the Stock Incentive Agreement and other agreements with the Participant in connection with the exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right. In the event of such a gift or transfer by domestic relations order, the Participant shall promptly notify the Board of such transfer and deliver to the Board such written documentation as the Board may in its complete and absolute discretion request, including, without limitation, the written acknowledgment of the donee that the donee is subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Stock Incentive Agreement and other agreements with the Participant in connection with the exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Stock Incentive Agreement may provide for more limited transferability than is described above.

(f) Special Provisions for Tandem SARs. A Stock Appreciation Right granted in connection with an Option may only be exercised to the extent that the related Option has not been exercised. A Stock Appreciation Right granted in connection with an ISO (1) will expire no later than the expiration of the underlying ISO, (2) may be for no more than the difference between the Exercise Price of the underlying ISO


and the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the underlying ISO at the time the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised, (3) may be transferable only when, and under the same conditions as, the underlying ISO is transferable, and (4) may be exercised only (i) when the underlying ISO could be exercised and (ii) when the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the ISO exceeds the Exercise Price of the ISO.

(g) Potential Repricing of SARs . With respect to any one or more Stock Appreciation Rights granted pursuant to, and under, this Plan, the Board may determine that the repricing of all or any portion of such existing outstanding Stock Appreciation Rights is appropriate without the need for any additional approval of the Stockholders of the Company. For this purpose, “repricing” of Stock Appreciation Rights shall include, but not be limited to, any of the following actions (or any similar action): (1) lowering the SAR Exercise Price of an existing Stock Appreciation Right; (2) any action which would be treated as a “repricing” under generally accepted accounting principles; or (3) canceling of an existing Stock Appreciation Right at a time when its SAR Exercise Price exceeds the Fair Market Value of the underlying stock subject to such Stock Appreciation Right, in exchange for another Stock Appreciation Right, a Restricted Stock Award, or other equity in the Company. The Board shall have the unilateral right, without the need for any consent or acquiescence by a Participant holding a Stock Appreciation right, to reduce the SAR Exercise Price of such Stock Appreciation Right so long as no other terms and conditions of such Stock Appreciation Right are modified and the Participant is notified in writing of the SAR Exercise Price reduction.

7.4 Terms & Conditions of Restricted Stock Awards.

(a) Grants of Restricted Stock Awards . Shares awarded pursuant to Restricted Stock Awards shall be subject to such restrictions (if any) as determined by the Board for periods determined by the Board. Restricted Stock Awards issued under the Plan may have restrictions which lapse based upon the service of a Participant, or based upon the attainment (as determined by the Board) of performance goals established pursuant to the business criteria listed in Section 13, or based upon any other criteria that the Board may determine appropriate. Any Restricted Stock Award with restrictions that lapse based on the attainment of performance goals must be granted by a Committee, must have its performance goals determined by such a Committee based upon one or more of the business criteria listed in Section 13, and must have the attainment of such performance goals certified in writing by such a Committee in order to meet the Performance-Based Exception. Shares awarded pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award may be forfeited to the extent that a Participant fails to satisfy the applicable conditions or restrictions during the period of restriction. The Company may retain the certificates representing Shares subject to a Restricted Stock Award in the Company’s possession until such time as all conditions and/or restrictions applicable to such Shares have been satisfied. The Board may require a cash payment from the Participant in exchange for the grant of a Restricted Stock Award or may grant a Restricted Stock Award without the requirement of a cash payment; provided, however , if the Participant holding a Restricted Stock Award receives a hardship distribution from a Code §401(k) plan of the Company, or any Parent or Subsidiary, the Participant may not pay any amount for such Restricted Stock Award during the six (6) month period following the hardship distribution, unless the Company determines that such payment would not jeopardize the tax-qualification of the Code §401(k) plan.

(b) Acceleration of Award . The Board shall have the power to permit, in its complete and absolute discretion, an acceleration of the expiration of the applicable restrictions or the applicable period of such restrictions with respect to any part or all of the Shares awarded to a Participant as part of a Restricted Stock Award.

(c) Necessity of Stock Incentive Agreement. Each grant of a Restricted Stock Award shall be evidenced by a Stock Incentive Agreement that shall specify the terms, conditions and restrictions regarding the Shares awarded to a Participant, and shall incorporate such other terms and conditions as the Board, acting in its complete and absolute discretion, deems consistent with the terms of this Plan. The Board shall have complete and absolute discretion to modify the terms and provisions of Restricted Stock Awards in accordance with Section 12 of this Plan.

(d) Restrictions on Shares Awarded. Shares awarded pursuant to Restricted Stock Awards shall be subject to such restrictions as determined by the Board for periods determined by the Board. The Board may impose such restrictions on any Shares acquired pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award as it may deem advisable, including, without limitation, vesting or performance-based restrictions, voting restrictions, investment intent restrictions, restrictions on transfer, rights of the Company to re-purchase Shares acquired pursuant to the Restricted Stock Award, “first refusal” rights of the Company to purchase Shares acquired pursuant to the Restricted Stock Award prior to their sale to any other person, “drag along” rights requiring


the sale of Shares to a third party purchaser in certain circumstances, “lock up” type restrictions in connection with public offerings of the Company’s stock, restrictions or limitations or other provisions that would be applied to stockholders under any applicable agreement among the stockholders, and restrictions under applicable federal securities laws, under the requirements of any stock exchange or market upon which such Shares are then listed and/or traded, and/or under any blue sky or state securities laws applicable to such Shares. The Board shall also require, as a condition for the acquisition of any Shares pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award held by a Participant, that the Participant execute an agreement by which the Participant agrees to be bound by, and subject to, any agreement(s) among the Company’s stockholders then in effect.

(e) Transferability of Restricted Stock Awards. A Restricted Stock Award may not be transferred by the holder Participant, except (A) upon the death of the holder Participant, a Restricted Stock Award may be transferred by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, (B) a Restricted Stock Award may, unless the applicable Stock Incentive Agreement provides otherwise, be transferred at any time as a bona fide gift or through a domestic relations order to any “family member” (as that term is defined in 17 CFR §230.701(c)(3)) of the Participant; provided, however , that the transferee must be bound by all terms and provisions of the underlying Restricted Stock Award, and (C) a Restricted Stock Award may be transferred at any time following the lapse of all restrictions on transferability of the Restricted Stock Award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Stock Incentive Agreement may provide for more limited transferability than is described above.

(f) Voting, Dividend & Other Rights . Unless the applicable Stock Incentive Agreement expressly provides otherwise, holders of Restricted Stock Awards shall, with respect to the Shares subject to such Stock Incentive Agreement, be entitled (1) to vote such Shares, and (2) to receive any dividends declared upon such Shares, during any period of restriction imposed by the Stock Incentive Agreement, but shall not be entitled (1) to vote such Shares, or (2) to receive any dividends declared upon such Shares, on or after the date on which Shares are forfeited pursuant to such Stock Incentive Agreement.

7.5 Terms & Conditions of Restricted Stock Units.

(a) Grants of Restricted Stock Units. A Restricted Stock Unit shall entitle the Participant to receive one Share at such future time and upon such terms as specified by the Board in the Stock Incentive Agreement evidencing such award. Restricted Stock Units issued under the Plan may have restrictions which lapse based upon the service of a Participant, or based upon other criteria that the Board may determine appropriate. The Board may require a cash payment from the Participant in exchange for the grant of Restricted Stock Units or may grant Restricted Stock Units without the requirement of a cash payment; provided, however , if a Participant holding a Restricted Stock Unit receives a hardship distribution from a Code §401(k) plan of the Company, or any Parent or Subsidiary, no payment for the Restricted Stock Unit may be made by the Participant during the six (6) month period following the hardship distribution, unless the Company determines that such payment would not jeopardize the tax-qualification of the Code §401(k) plan.

(b) Vesting of Restricted Stock Units . The Board may establish a vesting schedule applicable to a Restricted Stock Unit and may specify the times, vesting and performance goal requirements that may be applicable to a Restricted Stock Unit. Until the end of the period(s) of time specified in any such vesting schedule and/or the satisfaction of any such performance criteria, the Restricted Stock Units subject to such Stock Incentive Agreement shall remain subject to forfeiture.

(c) Acceleration of Award. The Board shall have the power to permit, in its complete and absolute discretion, an acceleration of the applicable restrictions or the applicable period of such restrictions with respect to any part or all of the Restricted Stock Units awarded to a Participant.

(d) Necessity of Stock Incentive Agreement. Each grant of Restricted Stock Unit(s) shall be evidenced by a Stock Incentive Agreement that shall specify the terms, conditions and restrictions regarding the Participant’s right to receive Share(s) in the future, and shall incorporate such other terms and conditions as the Board, acting in its complete and absolute discretion, deems consistent with the terms of this Plan. The Board shall have complete and absolute discretion to modify the terms and provisions of Restricted Stock Unit(s) in accordance with Section 12 of this Plan.


(e) Transferability of Restricted Stock Units. Except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Restricted Stock Unit Award, no Restricted Stock Unit granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated by the holder Participant, except upon the death of the holder Participant by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Stock Incentive Agreement may provide for more limited transferability than is described above.

(f) Voting, Dividend & Other Rights. Unless the applicable Stock Incentive Agreement provides otherwise, holders of Restricted Stock Units shall not be entitled to vote or to receive dividends until they become owners of the Shares pursuant to their Restricted Stock Units.

(g) Code §409A Requirements. A Restricted Stock Unit must meet certain restrictions contained in Code §409A if it is to avoid taxation under Code §409A as a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan.” Grants of Restricted Stock Units under this Plan should be made with consideration of the impact of Code §409A with respect to such grant upon both the Company and the recipient of the Restricted Stock Unit.

(h) No ERISA Employee Benefit Plan Created. Except to the extent that the Board expressly determines otherwise in resolutions, a Restricted Stock Unit must contain terms and provisions designed to ensure that the Restricted Stock Unit will not be considered an “employee benefit plan” as defined in ERISA §3(3).

(i) Restrictions on Shares Awarded. Shares awarded pursuant to Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to such restrictions as determined by the Board for periods determined by the Board. The Board may impose such restrictions on any Shares acquired pursuant to a Restricted Stock Unit as it may deem advisable, including, without limitation, vesting or performance-based restrictions, voting restrictions, investment intent restrictions, restrictions on transfer, rights of the Company to re-purchase Shares acquired pursuant to the Restricted Stock Units, “first refusal” rights of the Company to purchase Shares acquired pursuant to the Restricted Stock Units prior to their sale to any other person, “drag along” rights requiring the sale of Shares to a third party purchaser in certain circumstances, “lock up” type restrictions in connection with public offerings of the Company’s Shares, restrictions or limitations or other provisions that would be applied to stockholders under any applicable agreement among the stockholders, and restrictions under applicable federal securities laws, under the requirements of any stock exchange or market upon which such Shares are then listed and/or traded, and/or under any blue sky or state securities laws applicable to such Shares. The Board shall also require, as a condition for the grant of any Shares to a Participant pursuant to the exercise of a Restricted Stock Unit, that the Participant execute an agreement by which the Participant agrees to be bound by, and subject to, any agreement(s) among the Company’s stockholders then in effect.

8 S ECURITIES R EGULATION

Each Stock Incentive Agreement may provide that, upon the receipt of Shares as a result of the exercise of a Stock Incentive or otherwise, the Participant shall, if so requested by the Company, hold such Shares for investment and not with a view of resale or distribution to the public and, if so requested by the Company, shall deliver to the Company a written statement satisfactory to the Company to that effect. Each Stock Incentive Agreement may also provide that, if so requested by the Company, the Participant shall make a written representation to the Company that he or she will not sell or offer to sell any of such Shares unless a registration statement shall be in effect with respect to such Shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“1933 Act”), and any applicable state securities law or, unless he or she shall have furnished to the Company an opinion, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, of legal counsel acceptable to the Company, that such registration is not required. Certificates representing the Shares transferred upon the exercise of a Stock Incentive granted under this Plan may at the complete and absolute discretion of the Company bear a legend to the effect that such Shares have not been registered under the 1933 Act or any applicable state securities law and that such Shares may not be sold or offered for sale in the absence of an effective registration statement as to such Shares under the 1933 Act and any applicable state securities law or an opinion, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, of legal counsel acceptable to the Company, that such registration is not required. The Company shall not be required to issue any Shares under any Stock Incentive if the issuance of such Shares would constitute a violation by the Participant, the Company or any other person of any provisions of any law or regulation of any governmental authority, including any federal or state securities laws or regulations. The Company may, but shall in no event be obligated to, register any securities covered hereby pursuant to the Securities Act. The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the issuance of Shares pursuant hereto or pursuant to a grant of a Stock Incentive to comply with any law or regulation of any governmental authority. As to any jurisdiction that expressly imposes the requirement that Shares may not be issued pursuant to a Stock Incentive unless and until the Shares covered by such grant are registered or are exempt from registration, the issuance of Shares pursuant to such grant (under circumstances in which the laws of such jurisdiction apply) shall be deemed conditioned upon the effectiveness of such registration or the availability of such an exemption.


9 L IFE OF PLAN

No Stock Incentive shall be granted under this Plan on or after the earlier of:

9.1 the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Effective Date of this Plan (or the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Amendment Date of any subsequent amendment to this Plan if such amendment would require the approval of the stockholders pursuant to Treas. Reg. §1.422-2(b)(2) and such approval was obtained), or

9.2 the date on which all of the Shares available for issuance under Section 3 of this Plan have (as a result of the exercise of Options or Stock Appreciation Rights granted under this Plan, lapse of all restrictions under Restricted Stock Awards granted under this Plan, or vesting and payment of all Restricted Stock Units granted under this Plan) been issued or no longer are available for use under this Plan.

After such date, this Plan shall continue in effect with respect to any then-outstanding Stock Incentives until (1) all then-outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights have been exercised in full or are no longer exercisable, (2) all Restricted Stock Awards have vested or been forfeited, and (3) all Restricted Stock Units have vested and been paid or been forfeited.

10 A DJUSTMENT

Notwithstanding anything in Section 12 to the contrary, the number of Shares reserved under Section 3 of this Plan, the limit on the number of Shares that may be granted during a calendar year to any Eligible Recipient under Section 3 of this Plan, the number and type of Shares subject to Stock Incentives granted under this Plan, and the Exercise Price of any Options and the SAR Exercise Price of any Stock Appreciation Rights, may be adjusted by the Board in its complete and absolute discretion in an equitable manner to reflect any change in the capitalization of the Company, including, but not limited to, such changes as stock dividends or stock splits; provided, however , that the Board shall be required to make such adjustments if such change in the capitalization of the Company constitutes an “equity restructuring” as defined in FAS 123R. Furthermore, the Board shall have the right to, and may in its complete and absolute discretion, adjust (in a manner that satisfies the requirements of Code §424(a) and/or Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(5)(v)(D)) the number of Shares reserved under Section 3, and the number of Shares subject to Stock Incentives granted under this Plan, and the Exercise Price of any Options and the SAR Exercise Price of any Stock Appreciation Rights in the event of any corporate transaction described in Code §424(a) and/or Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(b)(5)(v)(D) that provides for the substitution or assumption of such Stock Incentives; provided, how ever, that the Board shall be required to make such adjustments if such corporate transaction constitutes an “equity restructuring” as defined in FAS 123R. If any adjustment under this Section creates a fractional Share or a right to acquire a fractional Share, such fractional Share shall be disregarded, and the number of Shares reserved under this Plan and the number subject to any Stock Incentives granted under this Plan shall be the next lower number of Shares, rounding all fractions downward. An adjustment made under this Section by the Board shall be conclusive and binding on all affected persons and, further, shall not constitute an increase in the number of Shares reserved under Section 3.

11 C HANGE OF C ONTROL OF C OMPANY

11.1 General Rule for Options. Except as otherwise provided in a Stock Incentive Agreement, if a Change of Control occurs, and if the agreements effectuating the Change of Control do not provide for the assumption or substitution of all Options granted under this Plan, with respect to any Option granted under this Plan that is not so assumed or substituted (a “Non-Assumed Option”), the Committee, in its complete and absolute discretion, may, with respect to any or all of such Non-Assumed Options, take any or all of the following actions to be effective as of the date of the Change of Control (or as of any other date fixed by the Committee occurring within the twenty-five (25) day period ending on the date of the Change of Control, but only if such action remains contingent upon the effectuation of the Change of Control) (such date referred to as the “Action Effective Date”):

(a) Accelerate the vesting and/or exercisability of any such Non-Assumed Option on or before a specified Action Effective Date; and/or


(b) Unilaterally cancel any such Non-Assumed Option which has not vested and/or which has not become exercisable as of a specified Action Effective Date; and/or

(c) Unilaterally cancel any such Non-Assumed Option as of a specified Action Effective Date in exchange for:

(1) whole and/or fractional Shares (or for whole Shares and cash in lieu of any fractional Share) that, in the aggregate, are equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Shares that could be purchased subject to such Non-Assumed Option determined as of the Action Effective Date (taking into account vesting and/or exercisability) over the aggregate Exercise Price for such Shares; and/or

(2) cash or other property equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value of any Shares (or fractional Shares) that could be purchased subject to such Non-Assumed Option determined as of the Action Effective Date (taking into account vesting and/or exercisability) over the aggregate Exercise Price for such Shares; and/or

(d) Unilaterally cancel any such Non-Assumed Option as of a specified Action Effective Date in exchange for cash or other property equal in value to the excess of the Change of Control Value of any Shares (or fractional Shares) that could be purchased subject to such Non-Assumed Option determined as of the Action Effective Date (taking into account vesting and/or exercisability) over the aggregate Exercise Price for such Shares; and/or

(e) Unilaterally cancel any such Non-Assumed Option after a specified Action Effective Date after providing the holder of such Option with (1) an opportunity to exercise such Non-Assumed Option to the extent vested and/or exercisable (taking into account vesting and/or exercisability as of the date of the Change of Control) on or before such Action Effective Date, and (2) reasonable notice of such opportunity to exercise prior to such Action Effective Date; and/or

(f) Unilaterally require the exercise of, and unilaterally cause the exercise of, any such Non-Assumed Option by a “cashless” or “net share” exercise (as described in Section 7.2(e) hereof) as of a specified Action Effective Date; and/or

(g) Unilaterally cancel any such Non-Assumed Option as of a specified Action Effective Date and notify the holder of such Option of such action, but only if the Fair Market Value of the Shares that could be purchased subject to such Non-Assumed Option determined as of such Action Effective Date (taking into account vesting and/or exercisability) does not exceed the aggregate Exercise Price for such Shares.

With respect to subsection (d) above, notwithstanding any provision of this Plan or any Stock Incentive Agreement to the contrary, unless prohibited by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Committee may, in its complete and absolute discretion, allow the holder of any such Non-Assumed Option to exercise such Non-Assumed Option under the provisions of subsection (d) above with a promissory note which shall become due and payable as of, or shortly after, the date of the Change of Control on such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine, consistent with the requirements of Code §7872. However, notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the Participant holding a Non-Assumed Option is an Insider, payment of cash in lieu of whole or fractional Shares or shares of a successor may only be made to the extent that such payment (1) has met the requirements of an exemption under Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, or (2) is a subsequent transaction the terms of which were provided for in a transaction initially meeting the requirements of an exemption under Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Unless a Stock Incentive Agreement provides otherwise, the payment of cash in lieu of whole or fractional Shares or in lieu of whole or fractional shares of a successor shall be considered a subsequent transaction approved by the original grant of an Option.

11.2 General Rule for SARs. Except as otherwise provided in a Stock Incentive Agreement, if a Change of Control occurs, and if the agreements effectuating the Change of Control do not provide for the assumption or substitution of all Stock Appreciation Rights granted under this Plan, with respect to any Stock Appreciation Right granted under this Plan that is not so assumed or substituted (a “Non-Assumed SAR”), the Committee, in its complete and absolute discretion, may, with respect to any or all of such Non-Assumed SARs, take any or all of the following actions to be effective as of the date of the Change of Control (or as of any other date fixed by the Committee occurring within the twenty-five (25) day period ending on the date of the Change of Control, but only if such action remains contingent upon the effectuation of the Change of Control) (such date referred to as the “Action Effective Date”):


(a) Accelerate the vesting and/or exercisability of such Non-Assumed SAR on or before a specified Action Effective Date; and/or

(b) Unilaterally cancel any such Non-Assumed SAR which has not vested or which has not become exercisable as of a specified Action Effective Date; and/or

(c) Unilaterally cancel such Non-Assumed SAR as of a specified Action Effective Date in exchange for:

(1) whole and/or fractional Shares (or for whole Shares and cash in lieu of any fractional Share) that, in the aggregate, are equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to such Non-Assumed SAR determined as of the Action Effective Date (taking into account vesting and/or exercisability) over the aggregate SAR Exercise Price for such Shares subject to such Non-Assumed SAR; and/or

(2) cash or other property equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value of any Shares (or fractional Shares) subject to such Non-Assumed SAR determined as of the Action Effective Date (taking into account vesting and/or exercisability) over the aggregate SAR Exercise Price for such Shares subject to such Non-Assumed SAR; and/or

(d) Unilaterally cancel any such Non-Assumed SAR as of a specified Action Effective Date in exchange for cash or other property equal in value to the excess of the Change of Control Value of any Shares (or fractional Shares) subject to such Non-Assumed SAR determined as of the Action Effective Date (taking into account vesting and/or exercisability) over the aggregate SAR Exercise Price for such Shares subject to such Non-Assumed SAR; and/or

(e) Unilaterally cancel such Non-Assumed SAR as of a specified Action Effective Date after providing the holder of such SAR with (1) an opportunity to exercise such Non-Assumed SAR to the extent vested and/or exercisable (taking into account vesting and/or exercisability as of the date of the Change of Control) on or before such Action Effective Date, and (2) reasonable notice of such opportunity to exercise prior to such Action Effective Date; and/or

(f) Unilaterally require the exercise of, and unilaterally cause the exercise of, any such Non-Assumed SAR as of a specified Action Effective Date; and/or

(g) Unilaterally cancel such Non-Assumed SAR and notify the holder of such SAR of such action, but only if the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to such Non-Assumed SAR determined as of the Action Effective Date (taking into account vesting and/or exercisability) does not exceed the SAR Exercise Price for such Non-Assumed SAR.

However, notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the Participant holding a Non-Assumed SAR is an Insider, payment of cash in lieu of whole or fractional Shares or shares of a successor may only be made to the extent that such payment (1) has met the requirements of an exemption under Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, or (2) is a subsequent transaction the terms of which were provided for in a transaction initially meeting the requirements of an exemption under Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Unless a Stock Incentive Agreement provides otherwise, the payment of cash in lieu of whole or fractional Shares or in lieu of whole or fractional shares of a successor shall be considered a subsequent transaction approved by the original grant of a SAR.

11.3 General Rule for Restricted Stock Units. Except as otherwise provided in a Stock Incentive Agreement, if a Change of Control occurs, and if the agreements effectuating the Change of Control do not provide for the assumption or substitution of all Restricted Stock Units granted under this Plan, with respect to any Restricted Stock Unit granted under this Plan that is not so assumed or substituted (a “Non-Assumed RSU”), the Committee, in its complete and absolute discretion, may, with respect to any or all of such Non-Assumed RSUs, take any or all of the following actions to be effective as of the date of the Change of Control (or as of any other date fixed by the Committee occurring within the twenty-five (25) day period ending on the date of the Change of Control, but only if such action remains contingent upon the effectuation of the Change of Control) (such date referred to as the “Action Effective Date”):

(a) Accelerate the vesting of such Non-Assumed RSU on or before a specified Action Effective Date; and/or


(b) Unilaterally cancel any such Non-Assumed RSU which has not vested as of a specified Action Effective Date; and/or

(c) Unilaterally cancel such Non-Assumed RSU as of a specified Action Effective Date in exchange for:

(1) whole and/or fractional Shares (or for whole Shares and cash in lieu of any fractional Share) that are equal to the number of Shares subject to such Non-Assumed RSU determined as of such Action Effective Date (taking into account vesting); and/or

(2) cash or other property equal in value to the Fair Market Value of the Shares (or fractional Shares) subject to such Non-Assumed RSU determined as of such Action Effective Date (taking into account vesting); and/or

(d) Unilaterally cancel such Non-Assumed RSU as of a specified Action Effective Date and notify the holder of such RSU of such action, but only if the Fair Market Value of the Shares that were subject to such Non-Assumed RSU determined as of the Action Effective Date (taking into account vesting) is zero.

However, notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the Participant holding a Non-Assumed RSU is an Insider, payment of cash in lieu of whole or fractional Shares or shares of a successor may only be made to the extent that such payment (1) has met the requirements of an exemption under Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, or (2) is a subsequent transaction the terms of which were provided for in a transaction initially meeting the requirements of an exemption under Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Unless a Stock Incentive Agreement provides otherwise, the payment of cash in lieu of whole or fractional Shares or in lieu of whole or fractional shares of a successor shall be considered a subsequent transaction approved by the original grant of an RSU.

11.4 General Rule for Other Stock Incentive Agreements . If a Change of Control occurs, then, except to the extent otherwise provided in the Stock Incentive Agreement pertaining to a particular Stock Incentive or as otherwise provided in this Plan, each Stock Incentive shall be governed by applicable law and the documents effectuating the Change of Control.

12 A MENDMENT OR T ERMINATION

This Plan may be amended by the Board from time to time to the extent that the Board deems necessary or appropriate; provided, however , stockholder approval of an amendment to the Plan may be necessary (1) in order for the Plan to continue to be able to issue ISOs under Code §422 pursuant to Treas. Reg. §1.422-2(b)(2)(iii), (2) in order for the Plan to continue to be able to issue Stock Incentives which meet the Performance-Based Exception pursuant to Treas. Reg. §1.162-27(e)(2)(vi), and (3) in order for the Plan to comply with rules promulgated by an established stock exchange or a national market system if the Company is, or becomes, listed or traded on any such established stock exchange or national market system, and, in all cases, the Board shall determine whether approval by the stockholders shall be requested and/or required in its complete and absolute discretion after due consideration of such matters. The Board also may suspend the granting of Stock Incentives under this Plan at any time and may terminate this Plan at any time. The Company shall have the right to modify, amend or cancel any Stock Incentive after it has been granted if (a) the modification, amendment or cancellation does not diminish the rights or benefits of the Participant under the Stock Incentive ( provided, however , that a modification, amendment or cancellation that results solely in a change in the tax consequences with respect to a Stock Incentive shall not be deemed as a diminishment of rights or benefits of such Stock Incentive), (b) the Participant consents in writing to such modification, amendment or cancellation, (c) there is a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, (d) this Plan and/or the Stock Incentive Agreement expressly provides for such modification, amendment or cancellation, or (e) the Company would otherwise have the right to make such modification, amendment or cancellation by applicable law. ( See also Section 4 for a special provision providing for automatic termination of this Plan in certain circumstances.)

13 P ERFORMANCE C RITERIA FOR P ERFORMANCE -B ASED E XCEPTION

13.1 Performance Goal Business Criteria. The following performance measure(s) must be used by a Committee composed of solely two (2) or more Outside Directors to determine the degree of payout and/or vesting with respect to a Stock Incentive granted pursuant to this Plan in order for such Stock Incentive to qualify for the Performance-Based Exception:

(a) Earnings per share;


(b) Net income (before or after taxes);

(c) Return measures (including, but not limited to, return on assets, equity or sales);

(d) Cash flow return on investments which equals net cash flows divided by owners equity;

(e) Earnings before or after taxes, depreciation and/or amortization;

(f) Gross revenues;

(g) Operating income (before or after taxes);

(h) Total stockholder returns;

(i) Corporate performance indicators (indices based on the level of certain services provided to customers);

(j) Achievement of sales targets;

(k) Completion of acquisitions;

(l) Cash generation, profit and/or revenue targets;

(m) Growth measures, including revenue growth, as compared with a peer group or other benchmark;

(n) Share price (including, but not limited to, growth measures and total stockholder return); and/or

(o) Pre-tax profits.

The Board may propose for stockholder vote and stockholder approval a change in these general performance measures set forth in this Section at any time.

13.2 Discretion in Formulation of Performance Goals. Unless an applicable Stock Incentive Agreement expressly provides otherwise, the Board shall have the complete and absolute discretion to adjust the determinations of the degree of attainment of the pre-established performance goals; provided, however , that Stock Incentives that are to qualify for the Performance-Based Exception may not be adjusted upward (although the Committee shall retain the complete and absolute discretion to adjust such Stock Incentives downward).

13.3 Performance Periods. The Board shall have the complete and absolute discretion to determine the period during which any performance goal must be attained with respect to a Stock Incentive. Such period may be of any length, and, for Stock Incentives that are to qualify for the Performance-Based Exception, must be established prior to the start of such period or within the first ninety (90) days of such period (provided that the performance criteria is not in any event set after 25% or more of such period has elapsed).

13.4 Modifications to Performance Goal Business Criteria. In the event that the applicable tax and/or securities laws change to permit Board discretion to alter the governing performance measures noted above without obtaining stockholder approval of such changes, the Board shall have complete and absolute discretion to make such changes without obtaining stockholder approval. In addition, in the event that the Board determines that it is advisable to grant Stock Incentives that shall not qualify for the Performance-Based Exception, the Board may make such grants without satisfying the requirements of Code §162(m) and without regard to the provisions of this Section 13; otherwise, a Committee composed exclusively of two (2) of more Outside Directors must make such grants.

14 M ISCELLANEOUS

14.1 Stockholder Rights. No Participant shall have any rights as a stockholder of the Company as a result of the grant of a Stock Incentive to him or to her under this Plan or his or her exercise of such Stock Incentive until (i) the Shares subject to such Stock Incentive have been recorded on the Company’s official stockholder records as having been issued and transferred to such Participant, and (ii) the Participant has executed an agreement by which the Participant agrees to be bound by, and subject to, any agreement(s) among the Company’s stockholders then in effect. Upon the grant of a Stock Incentive or a Participant’s exercise of such Stock Incentive, the Company will have a reasonable period in which to issue and transfer the Shares to the Participant, and the Participant will not be treated as a stockholder for any purpose whatsoever prior to such issuance and transfer.


14.2 No Guarantee of Continued Relationship. The grant of a Stock Incentive to a Participant under this Plan shall not constitute a contract of employment or a contract to perform services and shall not confer on a Participant any rights upon his or her termination of employment or relationship with the Company in addition to those rights, if any, expressly set forth in the Stock Incentive Agreement that evidences his or her Stock Incentive.

14.3 Withholding. The Company shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company as a condition precedent for the fulfillment of any Stock Incentive, an amount sufficient to satisfy Federal, state and local taxes, domestic or foreign, required by law or regulation to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of this Plan and/or any action taken by a Participant with respect to a Stock Incentive. Whenever Shares are to be issued to a Participant upon exercise of an Option or a Stock Appreciation Right, or satisfaction of conditions under a Restricted Stock Unit, or grant of (if a Code §83(b) election is properly made) or substantial vesting of a Restricted Stock Award, the Company shall have the right to require the Participant to remit to the Company, as a condition of exercise of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, or as a condition to the fulfillment of the Restricted Stock Unit, or as a condition to the grant (if a Code §83(b) election is properly made) or substantial vesting of the Restricted Stock Award, an amount in cash (or, unless the Stock Incentive Agreement provides otherwise, in Shares) sufficient to satisfy federal, state and local withholding tax requirements at the time of such exercise, satisfaction of conditions, or grant (if a Code §83(b) election is properly made) or substantial vesting. However, notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that a Participant is an Insider, satisfaction of withholding requirements by having the Company withhold Shares may only be made to the extent that such withholding of Shares (1) has met the requirements of an exemption under Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, or (2) is a subsequent transaction the terms of which were provided for in a transaction initially meeting the requirements of an exemption under Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Unless the Stock Incentive Agreement provides otherwise, the withholding of shares to satisfy federal, state and local withholding tax requirements shall be a subsequent transaction approved by the original grant of a Stock Incentive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall payment of withholding taxes be made by a retention of Shares by the Company unless the Company retains only Shares with a Fair Market Value equal to or less than the minimum amount of taxes required to be withheld.

14.4 Notification of Disqualifying Dispositions of ISO Options. If a Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to an Option that is an ISO on or before the later of (1) the date two (2) years after the date of grant of such Option, or (2) the date one (1) year after the exercise of such Option, then the Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such sale or disposition and shall cooperate with the Company in providing sufficient information to the Company for the Company to properly report such sale or disposition to the Internal Revenue Service. The Participant acknowledges and agrees that he may be subject to federal, state and/or local tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant from any such early disposition, and agrees that he shall include the compensation from such early disposition in his gross income for federal tax purposes. Participant also acknowledges that the Company may condition the exercise of any Option that is an ISO on the Participant’s express written agreement with these provisions of this Plan.

14.5 Unfunded Plan. To the extent that cash or property is payable to a participant under this Plan, such cash or property will be paid by the Company from its general assets, and any person entitled to such a payment under the Plan will have no rights greater than the rights of any other unsecured general creditor of the Company. Shares to be distributed hereunder will be issued directly by the Company from its authorized but unissued or “treasury” stock or a combination thereof. The Company will not be required to segregate on its books or otherwise establish any funding procedure for the amount to be used for the payment of benefits under the Plan. If, however, the Company determines to reserve Shares or other assets to discharge its obligations hereunder, such reservation will not be deemed to create a trust or other funded arrangement.

14.6 No Fiduciary Relationship. Nothing contained in this Plan and no action taken pursuant to the Plan shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or any fiduciary relationship between the Company, a Subsidiary or a Parent and any Participant or executor, administrator, or other personal representative or designated beneficiary of such Participant or any other persons.

14.7 Relationship to Other Compensation Plans. The adoption of this Plan shall not affect any other stock option, incentive, or other compensation plans in effect for the Company, a Parent, or a Subsidiary, nor shall the adoption of this Plan preclude the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary from establishing any other form of incentive or other compensation plan for Employees or Key Persons of the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary.


14.8 Governing Law. The granting of Stock Incentives under this Plan, the exercisability of any Stock Incentives and the issuance of shares of Common Stock shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required by applicable law. Specifically, the laws of the State of Delaware shall govern this Plan and any Stock Incentive Agreement issued hereunder. If Delaware’s conflict of law rules would apply another state’s laws, the laws of the State of Delaware shall still govern.


FIRST AMENDMENT TO CONNECTURE, INC.

2010 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is made effective as of December 15, 2011, to the Connecture, Inc. (the “ Company ”) 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”). All capitalized terms not specifically defined in this Amendment shall have the meanings provided to them in the Plan.

WHEREAS , the purpose of the Plan is to enable the Company to compete successfully in attracting, motivating and retaining officers, directors, employees and consultants with outstanding abilities by making it possible for them to purchase shares of the capital stock of the Company on terms that will give them a direct and continuing interest in the future success of the businesses of the Company and encourage them to remain in the service of the Company; and

WHEREAS , pursuant to Section 12 of the Plan, the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) on behalf of the Company has the right to amend the Plan at any time; and

WHEREAS , the Board desires to amend the Plan to increase the maximum number of shares that may be issued pursuant to stock incentives under the Plan; and

NOW, THEREFORE , the Plan is hereby amended as follows:

1. Sections 3.1 and 3.2 of the Plan are hereby deleted in their entirety and replaced with the following:

3.1 Maximum Aggregate Shares Issuable Pursuant to Stock Incentives. The total number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to Stock Incentives under this Plan shall not exceed the sum of:

(a) Thirty Million, Three Hundred Thirty-Six Thousand, Seven Hundred Sixty-Five (30,336,765); plus

(b) all Shares of common stock of the Company (A) which were reserved for issuance under the SimplyHealth.com, Inc. 1999 Incentive Stock Plan (the “ 1999 Plan ”), (B) which have not, as of the Effective Date of this Plan, been issued, and (C)(1) which are not, as of the Effective Date of this Plan, subject to any outstanding awards under the Prior Plan, or (2) which are, as of the Effective Date of this Plan, subject to an outstanding award under the 1999 Plan, and which subsequently, through cancellation or expiration or lapse of such award after the Effective Date of this Plan, can no longer be issued pursuant to such award (in the aggregate, a maximum possible number of Three Hundred Fifty-Seven Thousand Seventy (357,070) Shares); plus

(c) all Shares of common stock of the Company (A) which were reserved for issuance under the Connecture, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ 2002 Plan ”), (B) which have not, as of the Effective Date of this Plan, been issued, and (C)(1) which are not, as of the Effective Date of this Plan, subject to any outstanding awards under the Prior Plan, or (2) which are, as of the Effective Date of this Plan, subject to an outstanding award under the 2002 Plan, and which subsequently, through cancellation or expiration or lapse of such award after the Effective Date of this Plan, can no longer be issued pursuant to such award (in the aggregate, a maximum possible number of Thirty-Eight Million, Nine Hundred Twenty-Two Thousand, Two Hundred Ninety (38,922,290) Shares);


(a combined maximum total of Sixty-Nine Million, One Hundred Fifty-Three Thousand Four Hundred Forty (69,153,440) shares of the Corporation’s authorized but unissued common stock), all as adjusted pursuant to Section 10. (It is the intent of the subsections (b) and (c) above that any Shares which were reserved for issuance under the 1999 Plan and the 2002 Plan (the “ Prior Plans ”) and which are not actually issued under such Prior Plans and which are no longer subject to issuance pursuant to an award issued under such Prior Plans shall become Shares available under this Plan.) Such Shares shall be reserved, to the extent that the Company deems appropriate, from authorized but unissued Shares, from Shares which have been reacquired by the Company, from Shares paid to the Company pursuant to the exercise of Stock Incentives issued under the Plan, or from Shares withheld by the Company for payment of taxes.

3.2 Determination of Maximum Aggregate Shares Issuable. Any Shares subject to a Stock Incentive or an award under one of the Prior Plans that remain un-issued after the cancellation, expiration, lapse or exchange of such Stock Incentive or award thereafter shall again become available for use under this Plan. Only the net number of Shares that are issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be counted as issued in applying the provisions of Section 3.1 above in the case of an Option which is exercised through a “cashless” or “net share” exercise as described in Section 7.2(e).”

2. Except to the extent amended hereby, the terms and provisions of the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.

3. This Amendment was duly adopted by a resolution unanimously approved by the Board, and was approved by a resolution adopted by the stockholders of the Company.

 

2


SECOND AMENDMENT TO CONNECTURE, INC.

2010 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 12 of the Connecture, Inc. 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (the “ Plan ”), the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) of Connecture, Inc. (the “ Company ”) is authorized to amend the Plan from time to time, subject to certain stockholder approval requirements;

WHEREAS, the Board amended the Plan effective December 15, 2011, to increase the maximum number of shares of Company common stock that may be issued pursuant to stock incentives under the Plan from 39,279,360 to 69,153,440;

WHEREAS, the Board and requisite stockholders now find it desirable and in the best interests of the Company to increase the maximum number of shares of Company common stock that may be issued pursuant to stock incentives under the Plan from 69,153,440 to 215,489,084; and

WHEREAS, the Board and requisite stockholders have deemed it to be desirable and the best interests of the Company for the Plan to reflect the effect on the Plan’s share reserve of the 1 for 26 reverse stock split of the Company’s common stock.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Plan is hereby amended as follows:

Sections 3.1 and 3.2 of the Plan are hereby deleted in their entirety and replaced with the following:

“3.1 Maximum Aggregate Shares Issuable Pursuant to Stock Incentives . The total number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to Stock Incentives under this Plan shall not exceed 215,489,084 as adjusted pursuant to Section 10. For the avoidance of doubt, after the effectiveness of that certain 1 for 26 reverse stock split approved by the Board and the Company’s stockholders on August 2, 2012, the total number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to Stock Incentives under this Plan shall not exceed 8,288,042 as adjusted pursuant to Section 10. Such Shares shall be reserved, to the extent that the Company deems appropriate, from authorized but unissued Shares, from Shares which have been reacquired by the Company, from Shares paid to the Company pursuant to the exercise of Stock Incentives issued under the Plan, or from Shares withheld by the Company for payment of taxes.

3.2 Determination of Maximum Aggregate Shares Issuable. Any Shares subject to a Stock Incentive or an award under the SimplyHealth.com, Inc. 1999 Incentive Stock Plan or the Connecture, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan that remain un-issued after the cancellation, expiration, lapse or exchange of such Stock Incentive or award thereafter shall again become


available for use under this Plan. Only the net number of Shares that are issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be counted as issued in applying the provisions of Section 3.1 above in the case of an Option which is exercised through a “cashless” or “net share” exercise as described in Section 7.2(e).”

Approved by the Board: August 2, 2012.

Approved by the Stockholders: August 2, 2012.


F ORM OF

C ONNECTURE , I NC .

2010 S TOCK I NCENTIVE P LAN

S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT — T IME  & P ERFORMANCE B ASED V ESTING

Connecture, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), hereby grants as of the date (the “ Grant Date ”) noted below to the optionee named below (“ Optionee ”) an option (this “ Option ”) comprised of the Time Based Option and the Series B Investor Return Based Option, as described herein, to purchase the number of shares shown below of Common Stock of the Company (“ Shares ”) for the Time Based Option and the Series B Investor Return Based Option at the exercise price per share set forth below (the “ Exercise Price ”), subject to all of the terms and conditions on the reverse side of this Stock Option Agreement and the Connecture, Inc. 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”). Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan. The terms and conditions set forth on the reverse side hereof and the terms and conditions of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Total Shares Subject to Time Based Option:     
  
Total Shares Subject to Series B Investor Return Based Option:     
  
Exercise Price Per Share:*     

 

Vesting Start Date:     

 

Option Expiration Date:*     
  
Grant Date:     

Vesting:

Shares subject to issuance under this Option shall be eligible for exercise according to the vesting schedule described in Section 9 on the reverse of this Stock Option Agreement and Appendix A .

Forfeiture:

Rights and benefits under this Option are subject to forfeiture. See Section 3(e) on the reverse side hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Stock Option Agreement has been executed by the Company by a duly authorized officer as of the date specified hereon.

C ONNECTURE , I NC .

 

By:   

 

Title:   

 

 

   Type of Stock Option Intended:
    

 

Incentive Stock Option (ISO)

    

 

Non-Qualified Stock Option (NQSO)

Optionee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan, represents that Optionee has read and understands the terms and provisions of the Plan, and accepts this Option subject to all the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Stock Option Agreement. Optionee acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon exercise of this Option or disposition of Shares purchased by exercise of this Option, and that Optionee should consult a tax adviser prior to such exercise or disposition.

 

[Name]
 

 

* If this Option is intended to be an ISO, then the Exercise Price Per Share must be at least equal to the Fair Market Value per share (or 110% of such Fair Market Value if the Optionee owns 10% or more of the Company) and the Option Expiration Date may not exceed 10 years (5 years in the case of an Optionee who owns more than 10% of the Company) from the Grant Date of this Option.


1 Exercise Period of Option . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Stock Option Agreement and the Plan, and unless otherwise modified in writing signed by the Company and Optionee, this Option may be exercised with respect to all of the Shares subject to this Option, but only according to the vesting schedule described in Section 9 below, prior to the Option Expiration Date.

2 Restrictions on Exercise . This Option may not be exercised, unless such exercise is in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933 and all applicable state securities laws, as they are in effect on the date of exercise, and the requirements of any stock exchange or national market system on which the Company’s Shares may be listed at the time of exercise. Optionee understands that the Company is under no obligation to register, qualify or list the Shares subject to this Option with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), any state securities commission or any stock exchange to effect such compliance. Also, this Option may not be exercised within the first six (6) months of the Grant Date noted hereon (except in situations otherwise allowed by this Option and Section 7(e)(8)(B) of the FLSA) if the Optionee is currently, at the time of exercise, or has been at any time within the two (2) year period immediately preceding exercise, a non-exempt (as defined in the Fair Labor Standards Act) employee of the Company.

3 Termination of Option . Except as provided below in this Section, this Option shall be immediately forfeited, along with any and all rights or subsequent rights related hereto, and may not be exercised after the date which is ninety (90) days after the Optionee’s “ Termination Date ” (the date on which Optionee ceases to be in the Continuous Service (as defined in the Plan) of the Company, or any Parent or Subsidiary), or, if earlier, the Option Expiration Date. Prior thereto, this Option shall continue to be exercisable, but only to the extent that it is vested on the Termination Date. The Board shall have complete and absolute discretion to determine an Optionee’s Termination Date.

(a) Termination for Cause. If Optionee ceases to perform services for the Company, or any Parent or Subsidiary, for Cause, this Option shall immediately be forfeited, along with any and all rights or subsequent rights related hereto, as of the Optionee’s Termination Date, or, if earlier, the Option Expiration Date. For this purpose, “ Cause ” shall be defined as set forth in a written employment agreement between the Optionee and the Company in existence as of the Grant Date, or, if no such written agreement exists or if “Cause” is not defined in such written employment agreement, “Cause” shall be defined as set forth in the Plan, or, if not defined in the Plan, “Cause” shall mean actions or omissions harmful to the Company as determined by the Board in its complete and absolute discretion.

(b) Death. If Optionee ceases to perform services for the Company, or any Parent or Subsidiary, as a result of the death of Optionee, this Option shall immediately be forfeited, along with any and all rights or subsequent rights related hereto, as of the one year anniversary of the Optionee’s Termination Date, or, if earlier, the Option Expiration Date. Prior thereto, this Option shall continue to be exercisable, but only to the extent that it is vested on the Termination Date.

(c) Disability. If Optionee ceases to perform services for the Company, or any Parent or Subsidiary, as a result of the disability (within the meaning of Code §22(e)(3)) of Optionee (as determined by the Board in its complete and absolute discretion), this Option shall immediately be forfeited, along with any and all rights or subsequent rights related hereto, as of the one year anniversary of the Optionee’s Termination Date, or, if earlier, the Option Expiration Date. Prior thereto, this Option shall continue to be exercisable, but only to the extent that it is vested on the Termination Date.

(d) No Right to Employment or Other Relationship. Nothing in the Plan or this Stock Option Agreement shall confer on Optionee any right to continue in the employ of, or other relationship with, the Company, or any Parent or Subsidiary, or limit in any way the right of the Company, or any Parent or Subsidiary, to terminate Optionee’s employment or other relationship at any time, with or without cause.

(e) Condition to Exercise & Possible Forfeiture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionee’s ability to exercise this Option on or after the Optionee’s Termination Date shall be contingent upon the Optionee’s execution, compliance and non-revocation of a Separation and Release Agreement approved by the Company whereby the Optionee releases the Company from any and all liability and claims of any kind. Furthermore, Optionee does hereby agree that this Option shall immediately be forfeited, along with any and all rights or subsequent rights related hereto, if Optionee engages in any of the Forfeiture Activities (as defined in the Plan), and that if, subsequent to the exercise of this Option, Optionee engages in any of the Forfeiture Activities, then the Company shall have the right (but not the obligation) at any time after the Optionee engages in any of the Forfeiture Activities to rescind the exercise, payment and delivery of the Shares as follows: (A) The Company may repurchase any Shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of this Option which the Optionee may then possess at a per Share price equal to the Exercise Price (as noted on the reverse side of this Agreement), and (B) The Company shall be entitled to request that Optionee forfeit and return to the Company any profits (amounts received in excess of the exercise price paid by the Optionee for the Shares) which Optionee received at the time of Optionee’s disposition of any Shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of this Option, and, upon such request, Optionee shall forfeit and return to the Company any such profits within ten (10) calendar days of notice from the Company. O PTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT IF O PTIONEE ENGAGES IN ANY OF THE F ORFEITURE A CTIVITIES , O PTIONEE SHALL FORFEIT RIGHTS AND BENEFITS AS SET FORTH ABOVE . F URTHER , O PTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT O PTIONEE S PARTICIPATION IN THE P LAN AND THIS S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT ARE VOLUNTARY , AND THAT O PTIONEE KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY AGREES THAT O PTIONEE S RIGHTS AND BENEFITS UNDER THIS S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY SUBJECT TO FORFEITURE AS SET FORTH ABOVE .

4 Manner of Exercise.

(a) Exercise Agreement. This Option shall be exercisable by delivery to the Company of an executed exercise agreement (“ Exercise Agreement ”) in such form as may be approved or accepted by the Company, which shall set forth Optionee’s election to exercise this Option with respect to some or all of the Shares subject to this Option, the number of Shares subject to this Option being purchased, and any restrictions imposed on the Shares subject to this Option (including, without limitation, vesting or performance-based restrictions, rights of the Company to re-purchase Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option, voting restrictions, investment intent restrictions, restrictions on transfer, “first refusal” rights of the Company to purchase Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option prior to their sale to any other person, “drag along” rights requiring the sale of shares to a third party purchaser in certain circumstances, “lock up” type restrictions in the case of an initial public offering of the Company’s stock, restrictions or limitations that would be applied to stockholders under any applicable restriction agreement among the stockholders, and restrictions under applicable federal securities laws, under the requirements of any stock exchange or market upon which such Shares are then listed and/or traded, and/or under any blue sky or state securities laws applicable to such Shares). The Board shall also require, as a condition for the acquisition of any Shares by an Optionee pursuant to the exercise of an Option, that the Optionee execute an agreement by which the Optionee agrees to be bound by, and subject to, any agreement(s) among the Company’s stockholders then in effect. The Company may modify the required Exercise Agreement at any time for any reason consistent with the Plan. If the Optionee receives a hardship distribution from a Code §401(k) plan of the Company, or any Parent or Subsidiary, this Option may not be exercised during the six (6) month period following the hardship withdrawal (unless the Company determines that such exercise would not jeopardize the tax-qualification of such Code §401(k) plan).

(b) Exercise Price. Such Exercise Agreement shall be accompanied by full payment of the Exercise Price for the Shares being purchased. Payment for the Shares being purchased may be made in U.S. dollars in cash (by check), or by delivery to the Company of a number of Shares having an aggregate fair market value equal to the amount to be tendered (including a “cashless” or “net share” exercise), or a combination thereof. In addition, this Option may be exercised through a brokerage transaction following registration of the Shares under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as permitted under the provisions of Regulation T promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board applicable to cashless exercises. Furthermore, if the Company so decides in its complete and absolute discretion, this Option may be exercised as to a portion or all (as determined by the Company) of the number of Shares specified by delivery to the Company of a promissory note, as further set forth in the Plan.

(c) Withholding Taxes. Prior to the issuance of Shares upon exercise of this Option, Optionee must pay, or make adequate provision for, any applicable federal or state withholding obligations of the Company. Optionee may, to the extent allowed by the Company, provide for payment of withholding taxes upon exercise of the Option by requesting that the Company retain Shares with a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount of taxes required to be withheld. In such case, the Company shall issue the net number of Shares to Optionee by deducting the Shares retained from the Shares exercised.

(d) Issuance of Shares. Provided that such Exercise Agreement and payment are in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Company, the Company shall cause the Shares purchased to be issued in the name of Optionee or Optionee’s legal representative. Optionee shall not be considered a Stockholder until such time as Shares have been issued as noted on the stockholder register of the Company. In no event shall issuance of the Shares purchased occur later than the later of (1) the last day of the calendar year during which the exercise of the Option occurs, or (2) the fifteenth (15 th ) day of the third month following the date on which the exercise of the Option occurs.

5 Nontransferability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. In addition, except as expressly permitted under the Plan for NQSOs, during Optionee’s lifetime, this Option may be exercised only by Optionee. The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executor, administrators, successors and assigns of Optionee. However, if this Option is a NQSO, it may be transferred to the extent allowed by the Plan.

6 Tax Consequences . O PTIONEE UNDERSTANDS THAT THE GRANT AND EXERCISE OF THIS O PTION , AND THE SALE OF S HARES OBTAINED THROUGH THE EXERCISE OF THIS O PTION , MAY HAVE TAX IMPLICATIONS THAT COULD RESULT IN ADVERSE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO O PTIONEE . O PTIONEE REPRESENTS THAT O PTIONEE HAS CONSULTED WITH , OR WILL CONSULT WITH , HIS OR HER TAX ADVISOR ; O PTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT O PTIONEE IS NOT RELYING ON THE C OMPANY FOR ANY TAX , FINANCIAL OR LEGAL ADVICE ; AND IT IS SPECIFICALLY UNDERSTOOD BY THE O PTIONEE THAT NO REPRESENTATIONS OR ASSURANCES ARE MADE AS TO THE QUALIFICATION OF THIS O PTION AS AN ISO OR AS TO ANY PARTICULAR TAX TREATMENT WITH RESPECT TO THE O PTION . O PTIONEE ALSO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT EXERCISE OF AN ISO OPTION MUST GENERALLY OCCUR WITHIN NINETY (90)  DAYS OF TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT , REGARDLESS OF ANY LONGER PERIOD ALLOWED BY THIS S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT , AND THAT THE C OMPANY CANNOT AND HAS NOT GUARANTEED THAT THE IRS WILL AGREE THAT THE PER S HARE E XERCISE P RICE OF THIS O PTION EQUALS OR EXCEEDS THE F AIR M ARKET V ALUE OF A S HARE ON THE G RANT D ATE .

7 Interpretation & Governing Law . Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Stock Option Agreement shall be submitted to the Board or the Committee, which shall review such dispute in accordance with the Plan. The resolution of such a dispute by the Board or Committee shall be final and binding on the Company and Optionee. The laws of the State of Delaware shall govern this Stock Option Agreement. If Delaware’s conflict of law rules would apply another state’s laws, the parties agree that Delaware law shall still govern.

8 Entire Agreement and Other Matters . The Plan and the Exercise Agreement are incorporated herein by this reference. Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the granting of this Option constitutes a full accord, satisfaction and release of all obligations or commitments made to Optionee by the Company or any of its officers, directors, stockholders or affiliates as of the Grant Date with respect to the issuance of any securities, or rights to acquire securities, of the Company or any of its affiliates. This Stock Option Agreement, the Plan and the Exercise Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties hereto, and supersede all prior understandings and agreements with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Stock Option Agreement and the underlying Option are forfeited and become void ab initio unless this Agreement has been executed by the Optionee and the Optionee has agreed to all terms and provisions hereof within thirty (30) days of the Grant Date.

9 Vesting and Exercise of Shares . Vesting and exercisability is described in Appendix A hereto which is hereby incorporated by reference.

10 Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares . If this Option is an ISO, and if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to this ISO on or before the later of (a) the date two (2) years after the Grant Date, or (b) the date one (1) year after exercise of the ISO, with respect to the Shares to be sold or disposed, Optionee shall and hereby agrees to immediately notify the Company in writing of such sale or disposition. Optionee acknowledges and agrees that Optionee may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Optionee from any such early disposition by payment in cash or out of the current wages or earnings payable to Optionee, and Optionee agrees to remit same to Company upon request. Optionee also hereby agrees that Optionee shall include the compensation from such early disposition in the Optionee’s gross income for federal tax purposes.

11 Consent to Jurisdiction & Venue. Optionee agrees that any claim arising out of or relating to this Stock Option Agreement shall be brought in a state or federal court of competent jurisdiction in Georgia. Optionee agrees to the personal jurisdiction of the state and/or federal courts located in Georgia. Optionee waives (a) any objection to jurisdiction or venue, or (b) any defense claiming lack of jurisdiction or improper venue, in any action brought in such courts.

12 Severability & Independent Enforcement. The provisions of this Stock Option Agreement are severable. If any provision is determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions and any partially enforceable provisions shall remain in full force and effect. Section 3(e) above shall be construed as an agreement independent of any other agreement or provisions of this Stock Option Agreement or the Plan, and the existence of any claim or cause of action by Optionee against the Company, whether predicated on the Plan, this Stock Option Agreement, or otherwise, regardless of who was at fault and regardless of any claims that either Optionee or the Company may have against the other, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Company of Section 3(e). The Company shall not be barred from enforcing Section 3(e) by reason of any breach of any other part of this Stock Option Agreement or any other agreement with Optionee.

 


Appendix A:

Time Based Option. Subject to the terms of the Plan, this Stock Option Agreement and the Exercise Agreement, the Optionee shall be entitled to purchase, pursuant to the exercise of the Time Based Option, the percentage of the Shares subject to the Time Based Option shown below based upon the Continuous Service of the Optionee from the Vesting Start Date of the Time Based Option (as noted hereon) through the following dates:

 

Vesting Schedule:

Percentage Vested:

  

Continuous Service:

33.33%   
33.33%   
33.34%   

No Shares will become vested or exercisable after the date that the Optionee’s Continuous Service ceases. If the above calculation of Shares available for purchase through exercise of this Option would result in a fraction, any fraction will be rounded to zero.

Notwithstanding the foregoing vesting schedule, in the event of a Change of Control (as defined in the Plan), 100% of any unvested portion of the Time Based Option shall automatically vest and become exercisable immediately before and contingent upon the occurrence of the Change of Control, provided that the Optionee is in Continuous Service through that date.

Series B Investor Return Based Option. Subject to the terms of the Plan, this Stock Option Agreement and the Exercise Agreement, 100% of the Shares subject to the Series B Investor Return Based Option shall become vested and exercisable immediately before and contingent upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or other transaction if in such transaction each holder of Series B Preferred Stock who purchased such shares pursuant to the Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated August 3, 2012, or the Exchange Agreement, dated August 3, 2012, receives an amount necessary to ensure a return of greater than 3.00 times the Series B Original Issue Price (as defined in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended) per each such share of Series B Preferred Stock, provided that the Optionee is in Continuous Service through that date.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the vesting of any portion of the Series B Investor Return Based Option upon the Change of Control or other transaction would cause the aggregate amount payable with respect to a share of Series B Preferred Stock in such Change of Control or other transaction to be less than 3.00 times the Series B Original Issue Price per such share, then the number of Shares subject to the Series B Investor Return Based Option that become vested and exercisable upon the Change of Control or other transaction shall be proportionately adjusted so that the aggregate amount payable with respect to a share of Series B Preferred Stock in such Change of Control or other transaction would be 3.00 times the Series B Original Issue Price per such share.

If a Change of Control or other transaction occurs before August 3, 2014 (a “ Qualifying Change of Control ”) and the aggregate amount payable with respect to a share of Series B Preferred Stock in such Qualifying Change of Control does not meet the performance goal described in the preceding paragraph but would result in an IRR (as defined below) greater than 50% per annum on the Series B Original Issue Price per such share, then 100% of the Shares subject to the Series B Investor Return Based Option shall become vested and exercisable immediately before and contingent upon the occurrence of the Qualifying Change of Control, provided that the Optionee is in Continuous Service through that date.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the vesting of any portion of the Series B Investor Return Based Option upon the Qualifying Change of Control would cause the aggregate amount payable with respect to a share of Series B Preferred Stock in such Qualifying Change of Control to have an IRR less than 50% per annum on the Series B Original Issue Price per such share, then the number of Shares subject to the Series B Investor Return Based Option that become vested and exercisable upon the Qualifying Change of Control shall be proportionately adjusted so that the aggregate amount payable with respect to a share of Series B Preferred Stock in such Qualifying Change of Control would result in an IRR equal to 50% per annum on the Series B Original Issue Price per such share.

IRR ” shall mean an annualized internal rate of return defined as the discount rate that makes the net present value of an investment’s income stream total to zero.

 

 

Exhibit 10.3.1

 

 

 

 

LOGO

  

 

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

  
  

 

by and among

  
  

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

  
  

 

as Administrative Agent,

  
  

 

THE LENDERS THAT ARE PARTIES HERETO

  
  

 

as the Lenders,

  
  

 

and

  
  

 

CONNECTURE, INC.

  
  

 

and

  
  

 

DESTINATIONRX, INC.

  
  

 

as Borrowers

  
  

 

Dated as of January 15, 2013

  

 

 

 


CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), is entered into as of January 15, 2013, by and among the lenders identified on the signature pages hereof (each of such lenders, together with its successors and permitted assigns, is referred to hereinafter as a “ Lender ”, as that term is hereinafter further defined), WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , a national banking association, as administrative agent for each member of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “ Agent ”), CONNECTURE, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ Connecture ”), and DESTINATIONRX, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ DRX ”; together with Connecture, are referred to hereinafter each individually as a “Borrower”, and individually and collectively, jointly and severally, as the “ Borrowers ”).

The parties agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

1.1 Definitions . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings specified therefor on Schedule 1.1 .

1.2 Accounting Terms . All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP; provided, that if Borrowers notify Agent that Borrowers request an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any Accounting Change occurring after the Closing Date or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if Agent notifies Borrowers that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such Accounting Change or in the application thereof, then Agent and Borrowers agree that they will negotiate in good faith amendments to the provisions of this Agreement that are directly affected by such Accounting Change with the intent of having the respective positions of the Lenders and Borrowers after such Accounting Change conform as nearly as possible to their respective positions as of the date of this Agreement and, until any such amendments have been agreed upon and agreed to by the Required Lenders, the provisions in this Agreement shall be calculated as if no such Accounting Change had occurred. When used herein, the term “financial statements” shall include the notes and schedules thereto. Whenever the term “Borrowers” is used in respect of a financial covenant or a related definition, it shall be understood to mean Borrowers and their Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, unless the context clearly requires otherwise. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (a) all financial statements delivered hereunder shall be prepared, and all financial covenants contained herein shall be calculated, without giving effect to any election under the Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159 (or any similar accounting principle) permitting a Person to value its financial liabilities or Indebtedness at the fair value thereof, and (b) the term “unqualified opinion” as used herein to refer to opinions or reports provided by accountants shall mean an opinion or report that is (i) unqualified, and (ii) does not include any explanation, supplemental comment, or other comment concerning the ability of the applicable Person to continue as a going concern or concerning the scope of the audit.

1.3 Code . Any terms used in this Agreement that are defined in the Code shall be construed and defined as set forth in the Code unless otherwise defined herein; provided, that to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein and such term is defined differently in different Articles of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article 9 of the Code shall govern.

1.4 Construction . Unless the context of this Agreement or any other Loan Document clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular, references to the singular include the plural, the terms “includes” and “including” are not limiting, and the term “or” has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.” The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and similar terms in this Agreement or any other Loan Document refer to this Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be, as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement or such other

 

- 1 -


Loan Document, as the case may be. Section, subsection, clause, schedule, and exhibit references herein are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. Any reference in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document to any agreement, instrument, or document shall include all alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements, thereto and thereof, as applicable (subject to any restrictions on such alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements set forth herein). The words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties. Any reference herein or in any other Loan Document to the satisfaction, repayment, or payment in full of the Obligations shall mean (a) the payment or repayment in full in immediately available funds of (i) the principal amount of, and interest accrued and unpaid with respect to, all outstanding Loans, together with the payment of any premium applicable to the repayment of the Loans, (ii) all Lender Group Expenses that have accrued and are unpaid regardless of whether demand has been made therefor, (iii) all fees or charges that have accrued hereunder or under any other Loan Document (including the Letter of Credit Fee and the Unused Line Fee) and are unpaid, (b) in the case of contingent reimbursement obligations with respect to Letters of Credit, providing Letter of Credit Collateralization, (c) in the case of obligations with respect to Bank Products (other than Hedge Obligations), providing Bank Product Collateralization, (d) the receipt by Agent of cash collateral in order to secure any other contingent Obligations for which a claim or demand for payment has been made on or prior to such time or in respect of matters or circumstances known to Agent or a Lender at such time that are reasonably expected to result in any loss, cost, damage, or expense (including attorneys fees and legal expenses), such cash collateral to be in such amount as Agent reasonably determines is necessary to secure such contingent Obligations, (e) the payment or repayment in full in immediately available funds of all other outstanding Obligations (including the payment of any termination amount then applicable (or which would or could become applicable as a result of the repayment of the other Obligations) under Hedge Agreements provided by Hedge Providers) other than (i) unasserted contingent indemnification Obligations, (ii) any Bank Product Obligations (other than Hedge Obligations) that, at such time, are allowed by the applicable Bank Product Provider to remain outstanding without being required to be repaid or cash collateralized, and (iii) any Hedge Obligations that, at such time, are allowed by the applicable Hedge Provider to remain outstanding without being required to be repaid, and (f) the termination of all of the Commitments of the Lenders. Any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns. Any requirement of a writing contained herein or in any other Loan Document shall be satisfied by the transmission of a Record.

1.5 Time References . Unless the context of this Agreement or any other Loan Document clearly requires otherwise, all references to time of day refer to Pacific standard time or Pacific daylight saving time, as in effect in Los Angeles, California on such day. For purposes of the computation of a period of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including” and the words “to” and “until” each means “to and including”; provided that, with respect to a computation of fees or interest payable to Agent or any Lender, such period shall in any event consist of at least one full day.

1.6 Schedules and Exhibits . All of the schedules and exhibits attached to this Agreement shall be deemed incorporated herein by reference.

2. LOANS AND TERMS OF PAYMENT.

2.1 Revolving Loans .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and during the term of this Agreement, each Revolving Lender agrees (severally, not jointly or jointly and severally) to make revolving loans (“ Revolving Loans ”) to Borrowers in an amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the lesser of:

(i) such Lender’s Revolver Commitment, or

(ii) such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of an amount equal to (A) the Maximum Revolver Amount less (B) the sum of (1) the Letter of Credit Usage at such time, plus (2) the principal amount of Swing Loans outstanding at such time, and

 

- 2 -


(b) Amounts borrowed pursuant to this Section 2.1 may be repaid and, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, reborrowed at any time during the term of this Agreement. The outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Loans, together with interest accrued and unpaid thereon, shall constitute Obligations and shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date or, if earlier, on the date on which they are declared due and payable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

(c) Anything to the contrary in this Section 2.1 notwithstanding, Agent shall have the right (but not the obligation) to establish Bank Product Reserves from time to time against the Maximum Revolver Amount.

(d) Anything to the contrary in this Section 2.1 notwithstanding, after giving effect to any initial funding on the Closing Date, the total amount of Revolving Loans outstanding shall not exceed $4,000,000.

2.2 Term Loan . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, on the Closing Date each Lender with a Term Loan Commitment agrees (severally, not jointly or jointly and severally) to make term loans (collectively, the “ Term Loan ”) to Borrowers in an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Term Loan Amount. The principal of the Term Loan shall be repaid on the following dates and in the following amounts:

 

Date

   Installment Amount  

March 31, 2013

   $ 281,250   

June 30, 2013

   $ 281,250   

September 30, 2013

   $ 281,250   

December 31, 2013

   $ 281,250   

March 31, 2014

   $ 281,250   

June 30, 2014

   $ 281,250   

September 30, 2014

   $ 281,250   

December 31, 2014

   $ 281,250   

March 31, 2015

   $ 281,250   

June 30, 2015

   $ 281,250   

September 30, 2015

   $ 281,250   

December 31, 2015

   $ 281,250   

March 31, 2016

   $ 281,250   

June 30, 2016

   $ 281,250   

September 30, 2016

   $ 281,250   

December 31, 2016

   $ 281,250   

March 31, 2017

   $ 281,250   

June 30, 2017

   $ 281,250   

September 30, 2017

   $ 281,250   

 

- 3 -


The outstanding unpaid principal balance and all accrued and unpaid interest on the Term Loan shall be due and payable on the earlier of (i) the Maturity Date, and (ii) the date of the acceleration of the Term Loan in accordance with the terms hereof. Any principal amount of the Term Loan that is repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. All principal of, interest on, and other amounts payable in respect of the Term Loan shall constitute Obligations hereunder.

2.3 Borrowing Procedures and Settlements .

(a) Procedure for Borrowing Revolving Loans. Each Borrowing shall be made by a written request by an Authorized Person delivered to Agent and received by Agent no later than 10:00 a.m. (i) on the Business Day that is the requested Funding Date in the case of a request for a Swing Loan, and (ii) on the Business Day that is 1 Business Day prior to the requested Funding Date in the case of all other requests, specifying (A) the amount of such Borrowing, and (B) the requested Funding Date (which shall be a Business Day); provided, that Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to accept as timely requests that are received later than 10:00 a.m. on the applicable Business Day. At Agent’s election, in lieu of delivering the above-described written request, any Authorized Person may give Agent telephonic notice of such request by the required time. In such circumstances, Borrowers agree that any such telephonic notice will be confirmed in writing within 24 hours of the giving of such telephonic notice, but the failure to provide such written confirmation shall not affect the validity of the request.

(b) Making of Swing Loans. In the case of a request for a Revolving Loan and so long as either (i) the aggregate amount of Swing Loans made since the last Settlement Date, minus all payments or other amounts applied to Swing Loans since the last Settlement Date, plus the amount of the requested Swing Loan does not exceed the greater of (A) $1,000,000 and (B) Wells Fargo’s Revolver Commitment at such time, or (ii) Swing Lender, in its sole discretion, agrees to make a Swing Loan notwithstanding the foregoing limitation, Swing Lender shall make a Revolving Loan (any such Revolving Loan made by Swing Lender pursuant to this Section 2.3(b) being referred to as a “ Swing Loan ” and all such Revolving Loans being referred to as “ Swing Loans ”) available to Borrowers on the Funding Date applicable thereto by transferring immediately available funds in the amount of such requested Borrowing to the Designated Account. Each Swing Loan shall be deemed to be a Revolving Loan hereunder and shall be subject to all the terms and conditions (including Section 3 ) applicable to other Revolving Loans, except that all payments (including interest) on any Swing Loan shall be payable to Swing Lender solely for its own account. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.3(d)(ii) , Swing Lender shall not make and shall not be obligated to make any Swing Loan if Swing Lender has actual knowledge that (i) one or more of the applicable conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 will not be satisfied on the requested Funding Date for the applicable Borrowing, or (ii) the requested Borrowing would exceed the Availability on such Funding Date. Swing Lender shall not otherwise be required to determine whether the applicable conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 have been satisfied on the Funding Date applicable thereto prior to making any Swing Loan. The Swing Loans shall be secured by Agent’s Liens, constitute Revolving Loans and Obligations, and bear interest at the rate applicable from time to time to Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans.

 

- 4 -


(c) Making of Revolving Loans.

(i) In the event that Swing Lender is not obligated to make a Swing Loan, then after receipt of a request for a Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.3(a) , Agent shall notify the Lenders by telecopy, telephone, email, or other electronic form of transmission, of the requested Borrowing; such notification to be sent on the Business Day that is 1 Business Day prior to the requested Funding Date. If Agent has notified the Lenders of a requested Borrowing on the Business Day that is 1 Business Day prior to the Funding Date, then each Lender shall make the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the requested Borrowing available to Agent in immediately available funds, to Agent’s Account, not later than 10:00 a.m. on the Business Day that is the requested Funding Date. After Agent’s receipt of the proceeds of such Revolving Loans from the Lenders, Agent shall make the proceeds thereof available to Borrowers on the applicable Funding Date by transferring immediately available funds equal to such proceeds received by Agent to the Designated Account; provided, that, subject to the provisions of Section 2.3(d)(ii) , no Lender shall have an obligation to make any Revolving Loan, if (1) one or more of the applicable conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.2 will not be satisfied on the requested Funding Date for the applicable Borrowing unless such condition has been waived, or (2) the requested Borrowing would exceed the Availability on such Funding Date.

(ii) Unless Agent receives notice from a Lender prior to 9:30 a.m. on the Business Day that is the requested Funding Date relative to a requested Borrowing as to which Agent has notified the Lenders of a requested Borrowing that such Lender will not make available as and when required hereunder to Agent for the account of Borrowers the amount of that Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Borrowing, Agent may assume that each Lender has made or will make such amount available to Agent in immediately available funds on the Funding Date and Agent may (but shall not be so required), in reliance upon such assumption, make available to Borrowers a corresponding amount. If, on the requested Funding Date, any Lender shall not have remitted the full amount that it is required to make available to Agent in immediately available funds and if Agent has made available to Borrowers such amount on the requested Funding Date, then such Lender shall make the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the requested Borrowing available to Agent in immediately available funds, to Agent’s Account, no later than 10:00 a.m. on the Business Day that is the first Business Day after the requested Funding Date (in which case, the interest accrued on such Lender’s portion of such Borrowing for the Funding Date shall be for Agent’s separate account). If any Lender shall not remit the full amount that it is required to make available to Agent in immediately available funds as and when required hereby and if Agent has made available to Borrowers such amount, then that Lender shall be obligated to immediately remit such amount to Agent, together with interest at the Defaulting Lender Rate for each day until the date on which such amount is so remitted. A notice submitted by Agent to any Lender with respect to amounts owing under this Section 2.3(c)(ii) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error. If the amount that a Lender is required to remit is made available to Agent, then such payment to Agent shall constitute such Lender’s Revolving Loan for all purposes of this Agreement. If such amount is not made available to Agent on the Business Day following the Funding Date, Agent will notify Borrowers of such failure to fund and, upon demand by Agent, Borrowers shall pay within one (1) Business Day such amount to Agent for Agent’s account, together with interest thereon for each day elapsed since the date of such Borrowing, at a rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable at the time to the Revolving Loans composing such Borrowing.

(d) Protective Advances.

(i) Any contrary provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document notwithstanding, at any time (A) after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default, or (B) that any of the other applicable conditions precedent set forth in Section 3 are not satisfied, Agent hereby is authorized by Borrowers and the Lenders, from time to time, in Agent’s sole discretion, to make Revolving Loans to, or for the benefit of, Borrowers, on behalf of the Revolving Lenders, that Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, deems necessary (1) to preserve or protect the Collateral, or any portion thereof, or (2) to enhance the likelihood of repayment of the Obligations (other than the Bank Product Obligations) (the Revolving Loans described in this Section 2.3(d)(i) shall be referred to as “ Protective Advances ”).

(ii) Each Protective Advance shall be deemed to be a Revolving Loan hereunder, except that no Protective Advance shall be eligible to be a LIBOR Rate Loan and, prior to Settlement therefor, all payments on the Protective Advances shall be payable to Agent solely for its own account. The Protective

 

- 5 -


Advances shall be repayable on demand, secured by Agent’s Liens, constitute Obligations hereunder, and bear interest at the rate applicable from time to time to Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans. The provisions of this Section 2.3(d) are for the exclusive benefit of Agent, Swing Lender, and the Lenders and are not intended to benefit Borrowers (or any other Loan Party) in any way.

(e) Settlement. It is agreed that each Lender’s funded portion of the Revolving Loans is intended by the Lenders to equal, at all times, such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the outstanding Revolving Loans. Such agreement notwithstanding, Agent, Swing Lender, and the other Lenders agree (which agreement shall not be for the benefit of Borrowers) that in order to facilitate the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, settlement among the Lenders as to the Revolving Loans, the Swing Loans, and the Protective Advances shall take place on a periodic basis in accordance with the following provisions:

(i) Agent shall request settlement (“ Settlement ”) with the Lenders on a weekly basis, or on a more frequent basis if so determined by Agent in its sole discretion (1) on behalf of Swing Lender, with respect to the outstanding Swing Loans, (2) for itself, with respect to the outstanding Protective Advances, and (3) with respect to Borrowers’ or any of their Subsidiaries’ payments or other amounts received, as to each by notifying the Lenders by telecopy, telephone, or other similar form of transmission, of such requested Settlement, no later than 2:00 p.m. on the Business Day immediately prior to the date of such requested Settlement (the date of such requested Settlement being the “ Settlement Date ”). Such notice of a Settlement Date shall include a summary statement of the amount of outstanding Revolving Loans, Swing Loans, and Protective Advances for the period since the prior Settlement Date. Subject to the terms and conditions contained herein (including Section 2.3(g) ): (y) if the amount of the Revolving Loans (including Swing Loans, and Protective Advances) made by a Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender exceeds such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Revolving Loans (including Swing Loans, and Protective Advances) as of a Settlement Date, then Agent shall, by no later than 12:00 p.m. on the Settlement Date, transfer in immediately available funds to a Deposit Account of such Lender (as such Lender may designate), an amount such that each such Lender shall, upon receipt of such amount, have as of the Settlement Date, its Pro Rata Share of the Revolving Loans (including Swing Loans, and Protective Advances), and (z) if the amount of the Revolving Loans (including Swing Loans, and Protective Advances) made by a Lender is less than such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Revolving Loans (including Swing Loans, and Protective Advances) as of a Settlement Date, such Lender shall no later than 12:00 p.m. on the Settlement Date transfer in immediately available funds to Agent’s Account, an amount such that each such Lender shall, upon transfer of such amount, have as of the Settlement Date, its Pro Rata Share of the Revolving Loans (including Swing Loans and Protective Advances). Such amounts made available to Agent under clause (z) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be applied against the amounts of the applicable Swing Loans or Protective Advances and, together with the portion of such Swing Loans or Protective Advances representing Swing Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof, shall constitute Revolving Loans of such Lenders. If any such amount is not made available to Agent by any Lender on the Settlement Date applicable thereto to the extent required by the terms hereof, Agent shall be entitled to recover for its account such amount on demand from such Lender together with interest thereon at the Defaulting Lender Rate.

(ii) In determining whether a Lender’s balance of the Revolving Loans, Swing Loans, and Protective Advances is less than, equal to, or greater than such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Revolving Loans, Swing Loans, and Protective Advances as of a Settlement Date, Agent shall, as part of the relevant Settlement, apply to such balance the portion of payments actually received in good funds by Agent with respect to principal, interest, fees payable by Borrowers and allocable to the Lenders hereunder, and proceeds of Collateral.

(iii) Between Settlement Dates, Agent, to the extent Protective Advances or Swing Loans are outstanding, may pay over to Agent or Swing Lender, as applicable, any payments or other amounts received by Agent, that in accordance with the terms of this Agreement would be applied to the reduction of the Revolving Loans, for application to the Protective Advances or Swing Loans. Between Settlement Dates, Agent, to the extent no Protective Advances or Swing Loans are outstanding, may pay over to Swing Lender any payments or other amounts received by Agent, that in accordance with the terms of this Agreement would be applied to the reduction of the Revolving Loans, for application to Swing Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the

 

- 6 -


Revolving Loans. If, as of any Settlement Date, payments or other amounts of Borrowers or their Subsidiaries received since the then immediately preceding Settlement Date have been applied to Swing Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Revolving Loans other than to Swing Loans, as provided for in the previous sentence, Swing Lender shall pay to Agent for the accounts of the Lenders, and Agent shall pay to the Lenders (other than a Defaulting Lender if Agent has implemented the provisions of Section 2.3(g) ), to be applied to the outstanding Revolving Loans of such Lenders, an amount such that each such Lender shall, upon receipt of such amount, have, as of such Settlement Date, its Pro Rata Share of the Revolving Loans. During the period between Settlement Dates, Swing Lender with respect to Swing Loans, Agent with respect to Protective Advances, and each Lender with respect to the Revolving Loans other than Swing Loans and Protective Advances, shall be entitled to interest at the applicable rate or rates payable under this Agreement on the daily amount of funds employed by Swing Lender, Agent, or the Lenders, as applicable.

(iv) Anything in this Section 2.3(e) to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender, Agent shall be entitled to refrain from remitting settlement amounts to the Defaulting Lender and, instead, shall be entitled to elect to implement the provisions set forth in Section 2.3(g) .

(f) Notation. Agent, as a non-fiduciary agent for Borrowers, shall maintain a register showing the principal amount of the Revolving Loans (and portion of the Term Loan, as applicable), owing to each Lender, including the Swing Loans owing to Swing Lender, and Protective Advances owing to Agent, and the interests therein of each Lender, from time to time and such register shall, absent manifest error, conclusively be presumed to be correct and accurate.

(g) Defaulting Lenders.

(i) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2.4(b)(ii) , Agent shall not be obligated to transfer to a Defaulting Lender any payments made by Borrowers to Agent for the Defaulting Lender’s benefit or any proceeds of Collateral that would otherwise be remitted hereunder to the Defaulting Lender, and, in the absence of such transfer to the Defaulting Lender, Agent shall transfer any such payments (A) first, to Swing Lender to the extent of any Swing Loans that were made by Swing Lender and that were required to be, but were not, paid by the Defaulting Lender, (B) second, to Issuing Bank, to the extent of the portion of a Letter of Credit Disbursement that was required to be, but was not, paid by the Defaulting Lender, (C) third, to each Non-Defaulting Lender ratably in accordance with their Commitments (but, in each case, only to the extent that such Defaulting Lender’s portion of a Revolving Loan (or other funding obligation) was funded by such other Non-Defaulting Lender), (D) to a suspense account maintained by Agent, the proceeds of which shall be retained by Agent and may be made available to be re-advanced to or for the benefit of Borrowers (upon the request of Borrowers and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 3.2 ) as if such Defaulting Lender had made its portion of Revolving Loans (or other funding obligations) hereunder, and (E) from and after the date on which all other Obligations have been paid in full, to such Defaulting Lender in accordance with tier (L) of Section 2.4(b)(ii) . Subject to the foregoing, Agent may hold and, in its discretion, re-lend to Borrowers for the account of such Defaulting Lender the amount of all such payments received and retained by Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender. Solely for the purposes of voting or consenting to matters with respect to the Loan Documents (including the calculation of Pro Rata Share in connection therewith) and for the purpose of calculating the fee payable under Section 2.10(b) , such Defaulting Lender shall be deemed not to be a “Lender” and such Lender’s Commitment shall be deemed to be zero; provided, that the foregoing shall not apply to any of the matters governed by Section 14.1(a)(i) through (iii) . The provisions of this Section 2.3(g) shall remain effective with respect to such Defaulting Lender until the earlier of (y) the date on which all of the Non-Defaulting Lenders, Agent, Issuing Bank, and Borrowers shall have waived, in writing, the application of this Section 2.3(g) to such Defaulting Lender, or (z) the date on which such Defaulting Lender makes payment of all amounts that it was obligated to fund hereunder, pays to Agent all amounts owing by Defaulting Lender in respect of the amounts that it was obligated to fund hereunder, and, if requested by Agent, provides adequate assurance of its ability to perform its future obligations hereunder (on which earlier date, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any remaining cash collateral held by Agent pursuant to Section 2.3(g)(ii) shall be released to Borrowers). The operation of this Section 2.3(g) shall not be

 

- 7 -


construed to increase or otherwise affect the Commitment of any Lender, to relieve or excuse the performance by such Defaulting Lender or any other Lender of its duties and obligations hereunder, or to relieve or excuse the performance by any Borrower of its duties and obligations hereunder to Agent, Issuing Bank, or to the Lenders other than such Defaulting Lender. Any failure by a Defaulting Lender to fund amounts that it was obligated to fund hereunder shall constitute a material breach by such Defaulting Lender of this Agreement and shall entitle Borrowers, at their option, upon written notice to Agent, to arrange for a substitute Lender to assume the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender, such substitute Lender to be reasonably acceptable to Agent. In connection with the arrangement of such a substitute Lender, the Defaulting Lender shall have no right to refuse to be replaced hereunder, and agrees to execute and deliver a completed form of Assignment and Acceptance in favor of the substitute Lender (and agrees that it shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such document if it fails to do so) subject only to being paid its share of the outstanding Obligations (other than Bank Product Obligations, but including (1) all interest, fees, and other amounts that may be due and payable in respect thereof, and (2) an assumption of its Pro Rata Share of its participation in the Letters of Credit); provided, that any such assumption of the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender shall not be deemed to constitute a waiver of any of the Lender Groups’ or Borrowers’ rights or remedies against any such Defaulting Lender arising out of or in relation to such failure to fund. In the event of a direct conflict between the priority provisions of this Section 2.3(g) and any other provision contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, it is the intention of the parties hereto that such provisions be read together and construed, to the fullest extent possible, to be in concert with each other. In the event of any actual, irreconcilable conflict that cannot be resolved as aforesaid, the terms and provisions of this Section 2.3(g) shall control and govern.

(ii) If any Swing Loan or Letter of Credit is outstanding at the time that a Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then:

(A) such Defaulting Lender’s Swing Loan Exposure and Letter of Credit Exposure shall be reallocated among the Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares but only to the extent (x) the sum of all Non-Defaulting Lenders’ Revolving Loan Exposures plus such Defaulting Lender’s Swing Loan Exposure and Letter of Credit Exposure does not exceed the total of all Non-Defaulting Lenders’ Revolver Commitments and (y) the conditions set forth in Section 3.2 are satisfied at such time;

(B) if the reallocation described in clause (A) above cannot, or can only partially, be effected, Borrowers shall within one Business Day following notice by the Agent (x) first, prepay such Defaulting Lender’s Swing Loan Exposure (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (A) above) and (y) second, cash collateralize such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure (after giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (A) above), pursuant to a cash collateral agreement to be entered into in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, for so long as such Letter of Credit Exposure is outstanding; provided, that Borrowers shall not be obligated to cash collateralize any Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure if such Defaulting Lender is also the Issuing Bank;

(C) if Borrowers cash collateralize any portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure pursuant to this Section 2.3(g)(ii) , Borrowers shall not be required to pay any Letter of Credit Fees to Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.6(b) with respect to such cash collateralized portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure during the period such Letter of Credit Exposure is cash collateralized;

(D) to the extent the Letter of Credit Exposure of the Non-Defaulting Lenders is reallocated pursuant to this Section 2.3(g)(ii) , then the Letter of Credit Fees payable to the Non-Defaulting Lenders pursuant to Section 2.6(b) shall be adjusted in accordance with such Non-Defaulting Lenders’ Letter of Credit Exposure;

(E) to the extent any Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure is neither cash collateralized nor reallocated pursuant to this Section 2.3(g)(ii) , then, without prejudice to any rights or remedies of the Issuing Bank or any Lender hereunder, all Letter of Credit Fees that would have

 

- 8 -


otherwise been payable to such Defaulting Lender under Section 2.6(b) with respect to such portion of such Letter of Credit Exposure shall instead be payable to the Issuing Bank until such portion of such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure is cash collateralized or reallocated;

(F) so long as any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Swing Lender shall not be required to make any Swing Loan and the Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue, amend, or increase any Letter of Credit, in each case, to the extent (x) the Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such Swing Loans or Letter of Credit cannot be reallocated pursuant to this Section 2.3(g)(ii) or (y) the Swing Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, has not otherwise entered into arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Swing Lender or Issuing Bank, as applicable, and Borrowers to eliminate the Swing Lender’s or Issuing Bank’s risk with respect to the Defaulting Lender’s participation in Swing Loans or Letters of Credit; and

(G) Agent may release any cash collateral provided by Borrowers pursuant to this Section 2.3(g)(ii) to the Issuing Bank and the Issuing Bank may apply any such cash collateral to the payment of such Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any Letter of Credit Disbursement that is not reimbursed by Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.11(d) .

(h) Independent Obligations. All Revolving Loans (other than Swing Loans and Protective Advances) shall be made by the Lenders contemporaneously and in accordance with their Pro Rata Shares. It is understood that (i) no Lender shall be responsible for any failure by any other Lender to perform its obligation to make any Revolving Loan (or other extension of credit) hereunder, nor shall any Commitment of any Lender be increased or decreased as a result of any failure by any other Lender to perform its obligations hereunder, and (ii) no failure by any Lender to perform its obligations hereunder shall excuse any other Lender from its obligations hereunder.

2.4 Payments; Reductions of Commitments; Prepayments.

(a) Payments by Borrowers.

(i) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by Borrowers shall be made to Agent’s Account for the account of the Lender Group and shall be made in immediately available funds, no later than 1:30 p.m. on the date specified herein. Any payment received by Agent later than 1:30 p.m. shall be deemed to have been received (unless Agent, in its sole discretion, elects to credit it on the date received) on the following Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue until such following Business Day.

(ii) Unless Agent receives notice from Borrowers prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Lenders that Borrowers will not make such payment in full as and when required, Agent may assume that Borrowers have made (or will make) such payment in full to Agent on such date in immediately available funds and Agent may (but shall not be so required), in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to each Lender on such due date an amount equal to the amount then due such Lender. If and to the extent Borrowers do not make such payment in full to Agent on the date when due, each Lender severally shall repay to Agent on demand such amount distributed to such Lender, together with interest thereon at the Defaulting Lender Rate for each day from the date such amount is distributed to such Lender until the date repaid.

(b) Apportionment and Application.

(i) So long as no Application Event has occurred and is continuing and except as otherwise provided herein with respect to Defaulting Lenders, all principal and interest payments received by Agent shall be apportioned ratably among the Lenders (according to the unpaid principal balance of the Obligations to which such payments relate held by each Lender) and all payments of fees and expenses received by Agent (other than fees or expenses that are for Agent’s separate account or for the separate account of Issuing Bank) shall be apportioned ratably among the Lenders having a Pro Rata Share of the type of Commitment or

 

- 9 -


Obligation to which a particular fee or expense relates. Subject to Section 2.4(b)(iv) , Section 2.4(d)(ii) , and Section 2.4(e) , all payments to be made hereunder by Borrowers shall be remitted to Agent and all such payments, and all proceeds of Collateral received by Agent, shall be applied, so long as no Application Event has occurred and is continuing and except as otherwise provided herein with respect to Defaulting Lenders, to reduce the balance of the Revolving Loans outstanding and, thereafter, to Borrowers (to be wired to the Designated Account) or such other Person entitled thereto under applicable law.

(ii) At any time that an Application Event has occurred and is continuing and except as otherwise provided herein with respect to Defaulting Lenders, all payments remitted to Agent and all proceeds of Collateral received by Agent shall be applied as follows:

(A) first , to pay any Lender Group Expenses (including cost or expense reimbursements) or indemnities then due to Agent under the Loan Documents, until paid in full,

(B) second , to pay any fees or premiums then due to Agent under the Loan Documents until paid in full,

(C) third , to pay interest due in respect of all Protective Advances until paid in full,

(D) fourth , to pay the principal of all Protective Advances until paid in full,

(E) fifth , ratably, to pay any Lender Group Expenses (including cost or expense reimbursements) or indemnities then due to any of the Lenders under the Loan Documents, until paid in full,

(F) sixth , ratably, to pay any fees or premiums then due to any of the Lenders under the Loan Documents until paid in full,

(G) seventh , to pay interest accrued in respect of the Swing Loans until paid in full,

(H) eighth , to pay the principal of all Swing Loans until paid in full,

(I) ninth , ratably, to pay interest accrued in respect of the Revolving Loans (other than Protective Advances) and the Term Loan until paid in full,

(J) tenth , ratably (i) to pay the principal of all Revolving Loans until paid in full, (ii) to Agent, to be held by Agent, for the benefit of Issuing Bank (and for the ratable benefit of each of the Lenders that have an obligation to pay to Agent, for the account of Issuing Bank, a share of each Letter of Credit Disbursement), as cash collateral in an amount up to 105% of the Letter of Credit Usage (to the extent permitted by applicable law, such cash collateral shall be applied to the reimbursement of any Letter of Credit Disbursement as and when such disbursement occurs and, if a Letter of Credit expires undrawn, the cash collateral held by Agent in respect of such Letter of Credit shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be reapplied pursuant to this Section 2.4(b)(ii) , beginning with tier (A) hereof), (iii) ratably, to the Bank Product Providers based upon amounts then certified by the applicable Bank Product Provider to Agent (in form and substance satisfactory to Agent) to be due and payable to such Bank Product Providers on account of Bank Product Obligations, and (iv) to pay the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan (in the inverse order of the maturity of the installments due thereunder) until the Term Loan is paid in full,

(K) eleventh , to pay any other Obligations other than Obligations owed to Defaulting Lenders,

(L) twelfth , ratably to pay any Obligations owed to Defaulting Lenders; and

(M) thirteenth , to Borrowers (to be wired to the Designated Account) or such other Person entitled thereto under applicable law.

 

- 10 -


(iii) Agent promptly shall distribute to each Lender, pursuant to the applicable wire instructions received from each Lender in writing, such funds as it may be entitled to receive, subject to a Settlement delay as provided in Section 2.3(e) .

(iv) In each instance, so long as no Application Event has occurred and is continuing, Section 2.4(b)(i) shall not apply to any payment made by Borrowers to Agent and specified by Borrowers to be for the payment of specific Obligations then due and payable (or prepayable) under any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

(v) For purposes of Section 2.4(b)(ii) , “paid in full” of a type of Obligation means payment in cash or immediately available funds of all amounts owing on account of such type of Obligation, including interest accrued after the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding, default interest, interest on interest, and expense reimbursements, irrespective of whether any of the foregoing would be or is allowed or disallowed in whole or in part in any Insolvency Proceeding.

(vi) In the event of a direct conflict between the priority provisions of this Section 2.4 and any other provision contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, it is the intention of the parties hereto that such provisions be read together and construed, to the fullest extent possible, to be in concert with each other. In the event of any actual, irreconcilable conflict that cannot be resolved as aforesaid, if the conflict relates to the provisions of Section 2.3(g) and this Section 2.4 , then the provisions of Section 2.3(g) shall control and govern, and if otherwise, then the terms and provisions of this Section 2.4 shall control and govern.

(c) Termination of Commitments.

(i) Revolver Commitments . The Revolver Commitments shall terminate on the Maturity Date.

(ii) Term Loan Commitments . The Term Loan Commitments shall terminate upon the making of the Term Loan.

(d) Optional Prepayments .

(i) Revolving Loans . Borrowers may prepay the principal of any Revolving Loan at any time in whole or in part.

(ii) Term Loan . Borrowers may, upon at least three Business Days prior written notice to Agent, prepay the principal of the Term Loan, in whole or in part. Each prepayment made pursuant to this Section 2.4(d)(ii) shall be accompanied by the payment of accrued interest to the date of such payment on the amount prepaid. Each such prepayment shall be applied against the remaining installments of principal due on the Term Loan on a pro rata basis (for the avoidance of doubt, any amount that is due and payable on the Maturity Date shall constitute an installment).

(e) Mandatory Prepayments.

(i) Dispositions . Promptly, and in no event later than three Business Days of the date of receipt by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of the Net Cash Proceeds of any voluntary or involuntary sale or disposition by such Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of assets (including casualty losses or condemnations but excluding sales or dispositions which qualify as Permitted Dispositions under clauses (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (i), (j), (k), (l), (m), (n) or (p) of the definition of Permitted Dispositions), Borrowers shall prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Obligations in accordance with Section 2.4(f)(ii)  in an amount

 

- 11 -


equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds (including condemnation awards and payments in lieu thereof) received by such Person in connection with such sales or dispositions; provided that, so long as (A) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, (B) such Borrower shall have given Agent written notice of such Borrower’s intention to apply such monies to the costs of replacement of the properties or assets that are the subject of such sale or disposition or the cost of purchase or construction of other assets useful in the business of such Borrower or its Subsidiaries, (C) the monies are held in a Deposit Account in which Agent has a perfected first-priority security interest, and (D) such Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, complete such replacement, purchase, or construction within 180 days (or 365 days in the case of any involuntary disposition resulting from a casualty loss or condemnation) after the initial receipt of such monies, then the Loan Party whose assets were the subject of such disposition shall have the option to apply such monies to the costs of replacement of the assets that are the subject of such sale or disposition or the costs of purchase or construction of other assets useful in the business of such Loan Party unless and to the extent that such applicable period shall have expired without such replacement, purchase, or construction being made or completed, in which case, any amounts remaining in the Deposit Account referred to in clause (C) above shall be paid to Agent and applied in accordance with Section 2.4(f)(ii) ; provided, that no Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall have the right to use such Net Cash Proceeds to make such replacements, purchases, or construction in excess of $500,000 in any given fiscal year. Nothing contained in this Section 2.4(e)(i)  shall permit any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to sell or otherwise dispose of any assets other than in accordance with Section 6.4 .

(ii) Extraordinary Receipts . Promptly, and in no event later than three Business Days of the date of receipt by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any Extraordinary Receipts, Borrowers shall prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Obligations in accordance with Section 2.4(f)(ii) in an amount equal to 100% of such Extraordinary Receipts, net of any reasonable expenses incurred in collecting such Extraordinary Receipts.

(iii) Indebtedness . Promptly, and in no event later than three Business Days of the date of incurrence by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness), Borrowers shall prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Obligations in accordance with Section 2.4(f)(ii) in an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds received by such Person in connection with such incurrence. The provisions of this Section 2.4(e)(iii) shall not be deemed to be implied consent to any such incurrence otherwise prohibited by the terms of this Agreement.

(iv) Equity . Promptly, and in no event later than three Business Days of the date of the issuance by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any Equity Interests (other than (A) in the event that any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries forms any Subsidiary in accordance with the terms hereof, the issuance by such Subsidiary of Equity Interests to such Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, (B) the issuance of Equity Interests by Administrative Borrower to any Person that is an equity holder of Administrative Borrower prior to such issuance (a “ Subject Holder ”) so long as such Subject Holder did not acquire any Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower so as to become a Subject Holder concurrently with, or in contemplation of, the issuance of such Equity Interest to such Subject Holder, (C) the issuance of Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower to directors, officers and employees of Administrative Borrower and its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock option plans (or other employee incentive plans or other compensation arrangements) approved by the Board of Directors, (D) the issuance of Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower in order to finance the purchase consideration (or a portion thereof) in connection with a Permitted Acquisition, (E) the issuance of Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower in connection with the raising of Curative Equity, (F) the issuance of Equity interests of Administrative Borrower solely to repay all or a portion of the Harbert Capital Facility, and (G) the issuance of Equity Interests by a Subsidiary of a Borrower to its parent or member in connection with the contribution by such parent or member to such Subsidiary of the proceeds of an issuance described in clauses (A) – (F) above), Borrowers shall prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Obligations in accordance with Section 2.4(f)(ii) in an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds received by such Person in connection with such issuance. The provisions of this Section 2.4(e)(iv) shall not be deemed to be implied consent to any such issuance otherwise prohibited by the terms of this Agreement.

 

- 12 -


(v) Excess Cash Flow . Within 10 days of delivery to Agent of audited annual financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1 , commencing with the delivery to Agent of the financial statements for Borrowers’ fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 or, if such financial statements are not delivered to Agent on the date such statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 , within 10 days after the date such statements were required to be delivered to Agent pursuant to Section 5.1 , Borrowers shall prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Obligations in accordance with Section 2.4(f)(ii) in an amount equal to (i) 50% of the Excess Cash Flow of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries for such fiscal year minus (ii) any voluntary prepayments of the Term Loan made during such fiscal year; provided, that any Excess Cash Flow payment made pursuant to this Section 2.4(e)(v) shall exclude the portion of Excess Cash Flow that is attributable to the target of a Permitted Acquisition and that accrued prior to the closing date of such Permitted Acquisition; provided , further that in the case of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, Borrowers shall only be obligated to prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Obligations in an amount equal to the applicable percentage of the Excess Cash Flow of the Parent and its Subsidiaries for the period commencing with February 1, 2013 and ending on December 31, 2013.

(vi) Curative Equity. Promptly, and in no event later than three Business Days of the date of receipt by any Borrower of the proceeds of any Curative Equity pursuant to Section 9.3 , Borrowers shall prepay the outstanding principal of the Obligations in accordance with Section 2.4(f)(ii) in an amount equal to 100% of such proceeds, net of any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such Curative Equity.

(f) Application of Payments. Each prepayment pursuant to Section 2.4(e) shall (A) so long as no Application Event shall have occurred and be continuing, be applied, first , to the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan until paid in full, second , to the outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Loans (without a corresponding permanent reduction in the Maximum Revolver Amount), until paid in full, and third , to cash collateralize the Letters of Credit in an amount equal to 105% of the then outstanding Letter of Credit Usage (without a corresponding permanent reduction in the Maximum Revolver Amount), and (B) if an Application Event shall have occurred and be continuing, be applied in the manner set forth in Section 2.4(b)(ii) . Each such prepayment of the Term Loan shall be applied against the remaining installments of principal of the Term Loan on a pro rata basis (for the avoidance of doubt, any amount that is due and payable on the Maturity Date shall constitute an installment).

2.5 Promise to Pay; Promissory Notes .

(a) Borrowers agree to pay the Lender Group Expenses on the earlier of (i) the first day of the month following the date on which the applicable Lender Group Expenses were first incurred or (ii) the date on which demand therefor is made by Agent (it being acknowledged and agreed that any charging of such costs, expenses or Lender Group Expenses to the Loan Account pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.6(d) shall be deemed to constitute a demand for payment thereof for the purposes of this subclause (ii)). Borrowers promise to pay all of the Obligations (including principal, interest, premiums, if any, fees, costs, and expenses (including Lender Group Expenses)) in full on the Maturity Date or, if earlier, on the date on which the Obligations (other than the Bank Product Obligations) become due and payable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Borrowers agree that their obligations contained in the first sentence of this Section 2.5(a) shall survive payment or satisfaction in full of all other Obligations.

(b) Any Lender may request that any portion of its Commitments or the Loans made by such Lender be evidenced by one or more promissory notes. In such event, Borrowers shall execute and deliver to such Lender the requested promissory notes payable to the order of such Lender in a form furnished by Agent and reasonably satisfactory to Borrowers. Thereafter, the portion of the Commitments and Loans evidenced by such promissory notes and interest thereon shall at all times be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the order of the payee named therein.

 

- 13 -


2.6 Interest Rates and Letter of Credit Fee: Rates, Payments, and Calculations .

(a) Interest Rates. Except as provided in Section 2.6(c) , all Obligations (except for undrawn Letters of Credit) that have been charged to the Loan Account pursuant to the terms hereof shall bear interest as follows:

(i) if the relevant Obligation is a LIBOR Rate Loan, at a per annum rate equal to the LIBOR Rate plus the LIBOR Rate Margin, and

(ii) otherwise, at a per annum rate equal to the Base Rate plus the Base Rate Margin.

(b) Letter of Credit Fee. Borrowers shall pay Agent (for the ratable benefit of the Revolving Lenders), a Letter of Credit fee (the “ Letter of Credit Fee ”) (which fee shall be in addition to the fronting fees and commissions, other fees, charges and expenses set forth in Section 2.11(k) ) that shall accrue at a per annum rate equal to the LIBOR Rate Margin times the undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit.

(c) Default Rate. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default and at the election of Agent or the Required Lenders,

(i) the interest rate applicable to all Obligations that have been charged to the Loan Account pursuant to the terms hereof shall bear interest at a per annum rate equal to 2 percentage points above the per annum rate otherwise applicable thereunder, and

(ii) the Letter of Credit Fee shall be increased to 2 percentage points above the per annum rate otherwise applicable hereunder.

(d) Payment. Except to the extent provided to the contrary in Section 2.10, Section 2.11(k) or Section 2.12(a), (i) all interest, all Letter of Credit Fees and all other fees payable hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents shall be due and payable, in arrears, on the first day of each month and (ii) all costs and expenses payable hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, and all Lender Group Expenses shall be due and payable on the earlier of (x) the first day of the month following the date on which the applicable costs, expenses, or Lender Group Expenses were first incurred or (y) the date on which demand therefor is made by Agent (it being acknowledged and agreed that any charging of such costs, expenses or Lender Group Expenses to the Loan Account pursuant to the provisions of the following sentence shall be deemed to constitute a demand for payment thereof for the purposes of this subclause (y)). Borrowers hereby authorize Agent, from time to time without prior notice to Borrowers, to charge to the Loan Account (A) on the first day of each month, all interest accrued during the prior month on the Revolving Loans or the Term Loan hereunder, (B) on the first day of each month, all Letter of Credit Fees accrued or chargeable hereunder during the prior month, (C) as and when incurred or accrued, all fees and costs provided for in Section 2.10 (a), (D) on the first day of each month, the Unused Line Fee accrued during the prior month pursuant to Section 2.10(b), (E) as and when incurred or accrued, all non-out-of-pocket audit, appraisal, valuation, or other charges or fees payable hereunder pursuant to Section 2.10(c), (F) if Borrowers do not pay any such Lender Group Expenses within three Business Days of the date of Borrowers’ receipt of written notice thereof, all out-of-pocket audit, appraisal, valuation, or other charges or fees payable hereunder pursuant to Section 2.10(c), (G) as and when due and payable, all other fees payable hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, (H) as and when incurred or accrued, the fronting fees and all other commissions, fees, and charges provided for in Section 2.11(k), (I) if Borrowers do not pay any other Lender Group Expenses within three Business Days of the date of Borrowers’ receipt of written notice thereof, all other Lender Group Expenses, and (J) as and when due and payable all other payment obligations payable under any Loan Document or any Bank Product Agreement (including any amounts due and payable to the Bank Product Providers in respect of Bank Products); provided , that if such amounts are not paid and, instead, are charged to the Loan Account, they shall be charged thereto as of the day on which the item was first due and payable or incurred or accrued without regard to the applicable delay and such amounts shall accrue interest from such original date; provided further, that the applicable delays set forth in the foregoing clauses (F) and (I) shall not be applicable (and Agent shall be entitled to immediately

 

- 14 -


charge to the Loan Account) at any time that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. All amounts (including interest, fees, costs, expenses, Lender Group Expenses, or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document or under any Bank Product Agreement) charged to the Loan Account shall constitute Revolving Loans hereunder, shall constitute Obligations hereunder, and shall initially accrue interest at the rate then applicable to Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans (unless and until converted into LIBOR Rate Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement).

(e) Computation. All interest and fees chargeable under the Loan Documents shall be computed on the basis of a 360 day year, in each case, for the actual number of days elapsed in the period during which the interest or fees accrue. In the event the Base Rate is changed from time to time hereafter, the rates of interest hereunder based upon the Base Rate automatically and immediately shall be increased or decreased by an amount equal to such change in the Base Rate.

(f) Intent to Limit Charges to Maximum Lawful Rate. In no event shall the interest rate or rates payable under this Agreement, plus any other amounts paid in connection herewith, exceed the highest rate permissible under any law that a court of competent jurisdiction shall, in a final determination, deem applicable. Borrowers and the Lender Group, in executing and delivering this Agreement, intend legally to agree upon the rate or rates of interest and manner of payment stated within it; provided, that, anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, if such rate or rates of interest or manner of payment exceeds the maximum allowable under applicable law, then, ipso facto , as of the date of this Agreement, Borrowers are and shall be liable only for the payment of such maximum amount as is allowed by law, and payment received from Borrowers in excess of such legal maximum, whenever received, shall be applied to reduce the principal balance of the Obligations to the extent of such excess.

2.7 Crediting Payments . The receipt of any payment item by Agent shall not be required to be considered a payment on account unless such payment item is a wire transfer of immediately available federal funds made to Agent’s Account or unless and until such payment item is honored when presented for payment. Should any payment item not be honored when presented for payment, then Borrowers shall be deemed not to have made such payment and interest shall be calculated accordingly. Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, any payment item shall be deemed received by Agent only if it is received into Agent’s Account on a Business Day on or before 1:30 p.m. If any payment item is received into Agent’s Account on a non-Business Day or after 1:30 p.m. on a Business Day (unless Agent, in its sole discretion, elects to credit it on the date received), it shall be deemed to have been received by Agent as of the opening of business on the immediately following Business Day.

2.8 Designated Account . Agent is authorized to make the Revolving Loans and the Term Loan, and Issuing Bank is authorized to issue the Letters of Credit, under this Agreement based upon telephonic or other instructions received from anyone purporting to be an Authorized Person or, without instructions, if pursuant to Section 2.6(d) . Borrowers agree to establish and maintain the Designated Account with the Designated Account Bank for the purpose of receiving the proceeds of the Revolving Loans requested by Borrowers and made by Agent or the Lenders hereunder. Unless otherwise agreed by Agent and Borrowers, any Revolving Loan or Swing Loan requested by Borrowers and made by Agent or the Lenders hereunder shall be made to the Designated Account.

2.9 Maintenance of Loan Account; Statements of Obligations . Agent shall maintain an account on its books in the name of Borrowers (the “ Loan Account ”) on which Borrowers will be charged with the Term Loan, all Revolving Loans (including Protective Advances and Swing Loans) made by Agent, Swing Lender, or the Lenders to Borrowers or for Borrowers’ account, the Letters of Credit issued or arranged by Issuing Bank for Borrowers’ account, and, subject to the delays set forth in clauses (v) and (vii) of Section 2.6(d) (if applicable), with all other payment Obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents including, accrued interest, fees and expenses, and Lender Group Expenses. In accordance with Section 2.7, the Loan Account will be credited with all payments received by Agent from Borrowers or for Borrowers’ account. Agent shall make available to Borrowers monthly statements regarding the Loan Account, including the principal amount of the Term Loan and the Revolving Loans, interest accrued hereunder, fees accrued or

 

- 15 -


charged hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and a summary itemization of all charges and expenses constituting Lender Group Expenses accrued hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and each such statement, absent manifest error, shall be conclusively presumed to be correct and accurate and constitute an account stated between Borrowers and the Lender Group unless, within 30 days after Agent first makes such a statement available to Borrowers, Borrowers shall deliver to Agent written objection thereto describing the error or errors contained in such statement.

2.10 Fees .

(a) Agent Fees . Borrowers shall pay to Agent, for the account of Agent, as and when due and payable under the terms of the Fee Letter, the fees set forth in the Fee Letter.

(b) Unused Line Fee. Borrowers shall pay to Agent, for the ratable account of the Revolving Lenders, an unused line fee (the “ Unused Line Fee ”) in an amount equal to 0.50%  per annum times the result of (i) the aggregate amount of the Revolver Commitments, less (ii) the average amount of the Revolver Usage during the immediately preceding month (or portion thereof), which Unused Line Fee shall be due and payable on the first day of each month, from and after the Closing Date up to the first day of the month, prior to the date on which the Obligations are paid in full and on the date on which the Obligations are paid in full.

(c) Financial Examination and Other Fees . Borrowers shall pay to Agent, financial examination, appraisal, and valuation fees and charges, as and when incurred or chargeable, as follows (i) a fee of $1,000 per day, per examiner, plus reasonable, documented out-of-pocket expenses (including travel, meals, and lodging) for each financial examination of any Borrower performed by personnel employed by Agent, and (ii) the reasonable, documented fees or charges paid or incurred by Agent (but, in any event, no less than a charge of $1,000 per day, per Person, plus reasonable, documented out-of-pocket expenses (including travel, meals, and lodging)) if it elects to employ the services of one or more third Persons to perform financial examinations of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries, to appraise the Collateral, or any portion thereof, or to assess any Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ business and/or recurring revenue valuation or other similar evaluations; provided , that so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Borrowers shall not be obligated to reimburse Agent for more than (A) 2 financial examinations of Borrowers’ records, including, without limitation, reconciliation between Borrowers’ financial statements and GAAP, during any calendar year and (B) 1 business/recurring revenue or other similar valuations during any calendar year.

2.11 Letters of Credit .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, upon the request of Borrowers made in accordance herewith, and prior to the Maturity Date, Issuing Bank agrees to issue a requested Letter of Credit for the account of Borrowers. By submitting a request to Issuing Bank for the issuance of a Letter of Credit, Borrowers shall be deemed to have requested that Issuing Bank issue the requested Letter of Credit. Each request for the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or the amendment, renewal, or extension of any outstanding Letter of Credit, shall be irrevocable and shall be made in writing by an Authorized Person and delivered to Issuing Bank via telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission reasonably acceptable to Issuing Bank and reasonably in advance of the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal, or extension. Each such request shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Issuing Bank and (i) shall specify (A) the amount of such Letter of Credit, (B) the date of issuance, amendment, renewal, or extension of such Letter of Credit, (C) the proposed expiration date of such Letter of Credit, (D) the name and address of the beneficiary of the Letter of Credit, and (E) such other information (including, the conditions to drawing, and, in the case of an amendment, renewal, or extension, identification of the Letter of Credit to be so amended, renewed, or extended) as shall be necessary to prepare, amend, renew, or extend such Letter of Credit, and (ii) shall be accompanied by such Issuer Documents as Agent or Issuing Bank may request or require, to the extent that such requests or requirements are consistent with the Issuer Documents that Issuing Bank generally requests for Letters of Credit in similar circumstances. Bank’s records of the content of any such request will be conclusive. Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, Issuing Bank may, but shall not be obligated to, issue a Letter of Credit that supports the obligations of Borrowers or one of their Subsidiaries in respect of (x) a lease of real property, or (y) an employment contract.

 

- 16 -


(b) Issuing Bank shall have no obligation to issue a Letter of Credit if any of the following would result after giving effect to the requested issuance:

(i) the Letter of Credit Usage would exceed $1,250,000, or

(ii) the Letter of Credit Usage would exceed the Maximum Revolver Amount less the outstanding amount of Revolving Loans (including Swing Loans).

(c) In the event there is a Defaulting Lender as of the date of any request for the issuance of a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank shall not be required to issue or arrange for such Letter of Credit to the extent (i) the Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure with respect to such Letter of Credit may not be reallocated pursuant to Section 2.3(g)(ii) , or (ii) the Issuing Bank has not otherwise entered into arrangements reasonably satisfactory to it and Borrowers to eliminate the Issuing Bank’s risk with respect to the participation in such Letter of Credit of the Defaulting Lender, which arrangements may include Borrowers cash collateralizing such Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit Exposure in accordance with Section 2.3(g)(ii) . Additionally, Issuing Bank shall have no obligation to issue a Letter of Credit if (A) any order, judgment, or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall, by its terms, purport to enjoin or restrain Issuing Bank from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any law applicable to Issuing Bank or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over Issuing Bank shall prohibit or request that Issuing Bank refrain from the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular, (B) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of Issuing Bank applicable to letters of credit generally, or (C) if amounts demanded to be paid under any Letter of Credit will or may not be in Dollars.

(d) Any Issuing Bank (other than Wells Fargo or any of its Affiliates) shall notify Agent in writing no later than the Business Day immediately following the Business Day on which such Issuing Bank issued any Letter of Credit; provided that (i) until Agent advises any such Issuing Bank that the provisions of Section 3.2 are not satisfied, or (ii) unless the aggregate amount of the Letters of Credit issued in any such week exceeds such amount as shall be agreed by Agent and such Issuing Bank, such Issuing Bank shall be required to so notify Agent in writing only once each week of the Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank during the immediately preceding week as well as the daily amounts outstanding for the prior week, such notice to be furnished on such day of the week as Agent and such Issuing Bank may agree. Each Letter of Credit shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Issuing Bank, including the requirement that the amounts payable thereunder must be payable in Dollars. If Issuing Bank makes a payment under a Letter of Credit, Borrowers shall pay to Agent an amount equal to the applicable Letter of Credit Disbursement on the Business Day such Letter of Credit Disbursement is made and, in the absence of such payment, the amount of the Letter of Credit Disbursement immediately and automatically shall be deemed to be a Revolving Loan hereunder (notwithstanding any failure to satisfy any condition precedent set forth in Section 3 ) and, initially, shall bear interest at the rate then applicable to Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans. If a Letter of Credit Disbursement is deemed to be a Revolving Loan hereunder, Borrowers’ obligation to pay the amount of such Letter of Credit Disbursement to Issuing Bank shall be automatically converted into an obligation to pay the resulting Revolving Loan. Promptly following receipt by Agent of any payment from Borrowers pursuant to this paragraph, Agent shall distribute such payment to Issuing Bank or, to the extent that Revolving Lenders have made payments pursuant to Section 2.11(e) to reimburse Issuing Bank, then to such Revolving Lenders and Issuing Bank as their interests may appear.

(e) Promptly following receipt of a notice of a Letter of Credit Disbursement pursuant to Section 2.11(d) , each Revolving Lender agrees to fund its Pro Rata Share of any Revolving Loan deemed made pursuant to Section 2.11(d) on the same terms and conditions as if Borrowers had requested the amount thereof as a Revolving Loan and Agent shall promptly pay to Issuing Bank the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Lenders. By the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or an amendment, renewal, or extension of a Letter of

 

- 17 -


Credit) and without any further action on the part of Issuing Bank or the Revolving Lenders, Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have granted to each Revolving Lender, and each Revolving Lender shall be deemed to have purchased, a participation in each Letter of Credit issued by Issuing Bank, in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of such Letter of Credit, and each such Revolving Lender agrees to pay to Agent, for the account of Issuing Bank, such Revolving Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any Letter of Credit Disbursement made by Issuing Bank under the applicable Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Revolving Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to Agent, for the account of Issuing Bank, such Revolving Lender’s Pro Rata Share of each Letter of Credit Disbursement made by Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by Borrowers on the date due as provided in Section 2.11(d) , or of any reimbursement payment that is required to be refunded (or that Agent or Issuing Bank elects, based upon the advice of counsel, to refund) to Borrowers for any reason. Each Revolving Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to deliver to Agent, for the account of Issuing Bank, an amount equal to its respective Pro Rata Share of each Letter of Credit Disbursement pursuant to this Section 2.11(e) shall be absolute and unconditional and such remittance shall be made notwithstanding the occurrence or continuation of an Event of Default or Default or the failure to satisfy any condition set forth in Section 3 . If any such Revolving Lender fails to make available to Agent the amount of such Revolving Lender’s Pro Rata Share of a Letter of Credit Disbursement as provided in this Section, such Revolving Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender and Agent (for the account of Issuing Bank) shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Revolving Lender together with interest thereon at the Defaulting Lender Rate until paid in full.

(f) Each Borrower agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each member of the Lender Group (including Issuing Bank and its branches, Affiliates, and correspondents) and each such Person’s respective directors, officers, employees, attorneys and agents (each, including Issuing Bank, a “ Letter of Credit Related Person ”) (to the fullest extent permitted by law) from and against any and all claims, demands, suits, actions, investigations, proceedings, liabilities, fines, costs, penalties, and damages, and all reasonable fees and disbursements of attorneys, experts, or consultants and all other costs and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith or in connection with the enforcement of this indemnification (as and when they are incurred and irrespective of whether suit is brought), which may be incurred by or awarded against any such Letter of Credit Related Person (other than Taxes, which shall be governed by Section 16 ) (the “ Letter of Credit Indemnified Costs ”), and which arise out of or in connection with, or as a result of:

(i) any Letter of Credit or any pre-advice of its issuance;

(ii) any transfer, sale, delivery, surrender or endorsement of any Drawing Document at any time(s) held by any such Letter of Credit Related Person in connection with any Letter of Credit;

(iii) any action or proceeding arising out of, or in connection with, any Letter of Credit (whether administrative, judicial or in connection with arbitration), including any action or proceeding to compel or restrain any presentation or payment under any Letter of Credit, or for the wrongful dishonor of, or honoring a presentation under, any Letter of Credit;

(iv) any independent undertakings issued by the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit;

(v) any unauthorized instruction or request made to Issuing Bank in connection with any Letter of Credit or requested Letter of Credit or error in computer or electronic transmission;

(vi) an adviser, confirmer or other nominated person seeking to be reimbursed, indemnified or compensated;

(vii) any third party seeking to enforce the rights of an applicant, beneficiary, nominated person, transferee, assignee of Letter of Credit proceeds or holder of an instrument or document;

 

- 18 -


(viii) the fraud, forgery or illegal action of parties other than the Letter of Credit Related Person;

(ix) Issuing Bank’s performance of the obligations of a confirming institution or entity that wrongfully dishonors a confirmation; or

(x) the acts or omissions, whether rightful or wrongful, of any present or future de jure or de facto governmental or regulatory authority or cause or event beyond the control of the Letter of Credit Related Person;

in each case, including that resulting from the Letter of Credit Related Person’s own negligence; provided , however , that such indemnity shall not be available to any Letter of Credit Related Person claiming indemnification under clauses (i) through (x) above to the extent that such Letter of Credit Indemnified Costs may be finally determined in a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted directly from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Letter of Credit Related Person claiming indemnity. Borrowers hereby agree to pay the Letter of Credit Related Person claiming indemnity on demand from time to time all amounts owing under this Section 2.11(f) . If and to the extent that the obligations of Borrowers under this Section 2.11(f) are unenforceable for any reason, Borrowers agree to make the maximum contribution to the Letter of Credit Indemnified Costs permissible under applicable law. This indemnification provision shall survive termination of this Agreement and all Letters of Credit.

(g) The liability of Issuing Bank (or any other Letter of Credit Related Person) under, in connection with or arising out of any Letter of Credit (or pre-advice), regardless of the form or legal grounds of the action or proceeding, shall be limited to direct damages suffered by Borrowers that are caused directly by Issuing Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct in (i) honoring a presentation under a Letter of Credit that on its face does not at least substantially comply with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit, (ii) failing to honor a presentation under a Letter of Credit that strictly complies with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit or (iii) retaining Drawing Documents presented under a Letter of Credit. Issuing Bank shall be deemed to have acted with due diligence and reasonable care if Issuing Bank’s conduct is in accordance with Standard Letter of Credit Practice or in accordance with this Agreement. Borrowers’ aggregate remedies against Issuing Bank and any Letter of Credit Related Person for wrongfully honoring a presentation under any Letter of Credit or wrongfully retaining honored Drawing Documents shall in no event exceed the aggregate amount paid by Borrowers to Issuing Bank in respect of the honored presentation in connection with such Letter of Credit under Section 2.11(d) , plus interest at the rate then applicable to Base Rate Loans hereunder. Borrowers shall take action to avoid and mitigate the amount of any damages claimed against Issuing Bank or any other Letter of Credit Related Person, including by enforcing its rights against the beneficiaries of the Letters of Credit. Any claim by Borrowers under or in connection with any Letter of Credit shall be reduced by an amount equal to the sum of (x) the amount (if any) saved by Borrowers as a result of the breach or alleged wrongful conduct complained of; and (y) the amount (if any) of the loss that would have been avoided had Borrowers taken all reasonable steps to mitigate any loss, and in case of a claim of wrongful dishonor, by specifically and timely authorizing Issuing Bank to effect a cure.

(h) Borrowers are responsible for preparing or approving the final text of the Letter of Credit as issued by Issuing Bank, irrespective of any assistance Issuing Bank may provide such as drafting or recommending text or by Issuing Bank’s use or refusal to use text submitted by Borrowers. Borrowers are solely responsible for the suitability of the Letter of Credit for Borrowers’ purposes. With respect to any Letter of Credit containing an “automatic amendment” to extend the expiration date of such Letter of Credit, Issuing Bank, in its sole and absolute discretion, may give notice of nonrenewal of such Letter of Credit and, if Borrowers do not at any time want such Letter of Credit to be renewed, Borrowers will so notify Agent and Issuing Bank at least 15 calendar days before Issuing Bank is required to notify the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit or any advising bank of such nonrenewal pursuant to the terms of such Letter of Credit.

 

- 19 -


(i) Borrowers’ reimbursement and payment obligations under this Section 2.11 are absolute, unconditional and irrevocable and shall be performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under any and all circumstances whatsoever, including:

(i) any lack of validity, enforceability or legal effect of any Letter of Credit or this Agreement or any term or provision therein or herein;

(ii) payment against presentation of any draft, demand or claim for payment under any Drawing Document that does not comply in whole or in part with the terms of the applicable Letter of Credit or which proves to be fraudulent, forged or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, or which is signed, issued or presented by a Person or a transferee of such Person purporting to be a successor or transferee of the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit;

(iii) Issuing Bank or any of its branches or Affiliates being the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit;

(iv) Issuing Bank or any correspondent honoring a drawing against a Drawing Document up to the amount available under any Letter of Credit even if such Drawing Document claims an amount in excess of the amount available under the Letter of Credit;

(v) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right that Borrowers or any other Person may have at any time against any beneficiary, any assignee of proceeds, Issuing Bank or any other Person;

(vi) any other event, circumstance or conduct whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing that might, but for this Section 2.11(i) , constitute a legal or equitable defense to or discharge of, or provide a right of set-off against, Borrowers’ reimbursement and other payment obligations and liabilities, arising under, or in connection with, any Letter of Credit, whether against Issuing Bank, the beneficiary or any other Person; or

(vii) the fact that any Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

provided , however , that subject to Section 2.11(g) above, the foregoing shall not release Issuing Bank from such liability to Borrowers as may be finally determined in a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction against Issuing Bank following reimbursement or payment of the obligations and liabilities, including reimbursement and other payment obligations, of Borrowers to Issuing Bank arising under, or in connection with, this Section 2.11 or any Letter of Credit.

(j) Without limiting any other provision of this Agreement, Issuing Bank and each other Letter of Credit Related Person (if applicable) shall not be responsible to Borrowers for, and Issuing Bank’s rights and remedies against Borrowers and the obligation of Borrowers to reimburse Issuing Bank for each drawing under each Letter of Credit shall not be impaired by:

(i) honor of a presentation under any Letter of Credit that on its face substantially complies with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit, even if the Letter of Credit requires strict compliance by the beneficiary;

(ii) honor of a presentation of any Drawing Document that appears on its face to have been signed, presented or issued (A) by any purported successor or transferee of any beneficiary or other Person required to sign, present or issue such Drawing Document or (B) under a new name of the beneficiary;

(iii) acceptance as a draft of any written or electronic demand or request for payment under a Letter of Credit, even if nonnegotiable or not in the form of a draft or notwithstanding any requirement that such draft, demand or request bear any or adequate reference to the Letter of Credit;

 

- 20 -


(iv) the identity or authority of any presenter or signer of any Drawing Document or the form, accuracy, genuineness or legal effect of any Drawing Document (other than Issuing Bank’s determination that such Drawing Document appears on its face substantially to comply with the terms and conditions of the Letter of Credit);

(v) acting upon any instruction or request relative to a Letter of Credit or requested Letter of Credit that Issuing Bank in good faith believes to have been given by a Person authorized to give such instruction or request;

(vi) any errors, omissions, interruptions or delays in transmission or delivery of any message, advice or document (regardless of how sent or transmitted) or for errors in interpretation of technical terms or in translation or any delay in giving or failing to give notice to Borrowers;

(vii) any acts, omissions or fraud by, or the insolvency of, any beneficiary, any nominated person or entity or any other Person or any breach of contract between the beneficiary and any Borrower or any of the parties to the underlying transaction to which the Letter of Credit relates;

(viii) assertion or waiver of any provision of the ISP or UCP that primarily benefits an issuer of a letter of credit, including any requirement that any Drawing Document be presented to it at a particular hour or place;

(ix) payment to any paying or negotiating bank (designated or permitted by the terms of the applicable Letter of Credit) claiming that it rightfully honored or is entitled to reimbursement or indemnity under Standard Letter of Credit Practice applicable to it;

(x) acting or failing to act as required or permitted under Standard Letter of Credit Practice applicable to where Issuing Bank has issued, confirmed, advised or negotiated such Letter of Credit, as the case may be;

(xi) honor of a presentation after the expiration date of any Letter of Credit notwithstanding that a presentation was made prior to such expiration date and dishonored by Issuing Bank if subsequently Issuing Bank or any court or other finder of fact determines such presentation should have been honored;

(xii) dishonor of any presentation that does not strictly comply or that is fraudulent, forged or otherwise not entitled to honor; or

(xiii) honor of a presentation that is subsequently determined by Issuing Bank to have been made in violation of international, federal, state or local restrictions on the transaction of business with certain prohibited Persons.

(k) Borrowers shall pay immediately upon demand to Agent for the account of Issuing Bank as non-refundable fees, commissions, and charges (it being acknowledged and agreed that any charging of such fees, commissions, and charges to the Loan Account pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.6(d) shall be deemed to constitute a demand for payment thereof for the purposes of this Section 2.11(k) ): (i) a fronting fee which shall be imposed by Issuing Bank upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit of 0.825% per annum of the face amount thereof, plus (ii) any and all other customary commissions, fees and charges then in effect imposed by, and any and all expenses incurred by, Issuing Bank, or by any adviser, confirming institution or entity or other nominated person, relating to Letters of Credit, at the time of issuance of any Letter of Credit and upon the occurrence of any other activity with respect to any Letter of Credit (including transfers, assignments of proceeds, amendments, drawings, renewals or cancellations).

 

- 21 -


(l) If by reason of (x) any Change in Law, or (y) compliance by Issuing Bank or any other member of the Lender Group with any direction, request, or requirement (irrespective of whether having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority or monetary authority including, Regulation D of the Board of Governors as from time to time in effect (and any successor thereto):

(i) any reserve, deposit, or similar requirement is or shall be imposed or modified in respect of any Letter of Credit issued or caused to be issued hereunder or hereby, or

(ii) there shall be imposed on Issuing Bank or any other member of the Lender Group any other condition regarding any Letter of Credit,

and the result of the foregoing is to increase, directly or indirectly, the cost to Issuing Bank or any other member of the Lender Group of issuing, making, participating in, or maintaining any Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount receivable in respect thereof, then, and in any such case, Agent may, at any time within a reasonable period after the additional cost is incurred or the amount received is reduced, notify Borrowers, and Borrowers shall pay within 30 days after demand therefor, such amounts as Agent may specify to be necessary to compensate Issuing Bank or any other member of the Lender Group for such additional cost or reduced receipt, together with interest on such amount from the date of such demand until payment in full thereof at the rate then applicable to Base Rate Loans hereunder; provided , that (A) Borrowers shall not be required to provide any compensation pursuant to this Section 2.11(l) for any such amounts incurred more than 180 days prior to the date on which the demand for payment of such amounts is first made to Borrowers, and (B) if an event or circumstance giving rise to such amounts is retroactive, then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof. The determination by Agent of any amount due pursuant to this Section 2.11(l) , as set forth in a certificate setting forth the calculation thereof in reasonable detail, shall, in the absence of manifest or demonstrable error, be final and conclusive and binding on all of the parties hereto.

(i) Unless otherwise expressly agreed by Issuing Bank and Borrowers when a Letter of Credit is issued, (i) the rules of the ISP and the UCP shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of the UCP shall apply to each commercial Letter of Credit.

(j) In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Section 2.11 and any provision contained in any Issuer Document, it is the intention of the parties hereto that such provisions be read together and construed, to the fullest extent possible, to be in concert with each other. In the event of any actual, irreconcilable conflict that cannot be resolved as aforesaid, the terms and provisions of this Section 2.11 shall control and govern.

2.12 LIBOR Option .

(a) Interest and Interest Payment Dates. In lieu of having interest charged at the rate based upon the Base Rate, Borrowers shall have the option, subject to Section 2.12(b) below (the “ LIBOR Option ”) to have interest on all or a portion of the Revolving Loans or the Term Loan be charged (whether at the time when made (unless otherwise provided herein), upon conversion from a Base Rate Loan to a LIBOR Rate Loan, or upon continuation of a LIBOR Rate Loan as a LIBOR Rate Loan) at a rate of interest based upon the LIBOR Rate. Interest on LIBOR Rate Loans shall be payable on the earliest of (i) the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto; provided, that, subject to the following clauses (ii) and (iii), in the case of any Interest Period greater than 3 months in duration, interest shall be payable at 3 month intervals after the commencement of the applicable Interest Period and on the last day of such Interest Period), (ii) the date on which all or any portion of the Obligations are accelerated pursuant to the terms hereof, or (iii) the date on which this Agreement is terminated pursuant to the terms hereof. On the last day of each applicable Interest Period, unless Borrowers properly have exercised the LIBOR Option with respect thereto, the interest rate applicable to such LIBOR Rate Loan automatically shall convert to the rate of interest then applicable to Base Rate Loans of the same type hereunder. At any time that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, at the written election of the Required Lenders, Borrowers no longer shall have the option to request that Revolving Loans bear interest at a rate based upon the LIBOR Rate.

 

- 22 -


(b) LIBOR Election.

(i) Borrowers may, at any time and from time to time, so long as Borrowers have not received a notice from Agent (which notice Agent may elect to give or not give in its discretion unless Agent is directed to give such notice by the Required Lenders, in which case, it shall give the notice to Borrowers), after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to terminate the right of Borrowers to exercise the LIBOR Option during the continuance of such Event of Default, elect to exercise the LIBOR Option by notifying Agent prior to 11:00 a.m. at least 1 Business Day prior to the commencement of the proposed Interest Period (the “ LIBOR Deadline ”). Notice of Borrowers’ election of the LIBOR Option for a permitted portion of the Revolving Loans or the Term Loan and an Interest Period pursuant to this Section shall be made by delivery to Agent of a LIBOR Notice received by Agent before the LIBOR Deadline, or by telephonic notice received by Agent before the LIBOR Deadline (to be confirmed by delivery to Agent of a LIBOR Notice received by Agent prior to 5:00 p.m. on the same day). Promptly upon its receipt of each such LIBOR Notice, Agent shall provide a copy thereof to each of the affected Lenders.

(ii) Each LIBOR Notice shall be irrevocable and binding on Borrowers. In connection with each LIBOR Rate Loan, each Borrower shall indemnify, defend, and hold Agent and the Lenders harmless against any loss, cost, or expense actually incurred by Agent or any Lender as a result of (A) the payment of any principal of any LIBOR Rate Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (B) the conversion of any LIBOR Rate Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, or (C) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any LIBOR Rate Loan on the date specified in any LIBOR Notice delivered pursuant hereto (such losses, costs, or expenses, “ Funding Losses ”). A certificate of Agent or a Lender delivered to Borrowers setting forth in reasonable detail any amount or amounts that Agent or such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 2.12 shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Borrowers shall pay such amount to Agent or the Lender, as applicable, within 30 days of the date of its receipt of such certificate. If a payment of a LIBOR Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the applicable Interest Period would result in a Funding Loss, Agent may, in its sole discretion at the request of Borrowers, hold the amount of such payment as cash collateral in support of the Obligations until the last day of such Interest Period and apply such amounts to the payment of the applicable LIBOR Rate Loan on such last day, it being agreed that Agent has no obligation to so defer the application of payments to any LIBOR Rate Loan and that, in the event that Agent does not defer such application, Borrowers shall be obligated to pay any resulting Funding Losses.

(iii) Unless Agent, in its sole discretion, agrees otherwise, Borrowers shall have not more than 5 LIBOR Rate Loans in effect at any given time. Borrowers may only exercise the LIBOR Option for proposed LIBOR Rate Loans of at least $1,000,000.

(c) Conversion. Borrowers may convert LIBOR Rate Loans to Base Rate Loans at any time; provided, that in the event that LIBOR Rate Loans are converted or prepaid on any date that is not the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, including as a result of any prepayment through the required application by Agent of any payments or proceeds of Collateral in accordance with Section 2.4(b) or for any other reason, including early termination of the term of this Agreement or acceleration of all or any portion of the Obligations pursuant to the terms hereof, each Borrower shall indemnify, defend, and hold Agent and the Lenders and their Participants harmless against any and all Funding Losses in accordance with Section 2.12 (b)(ii) .

(d) Special Provisions Applicable to LIBOR Rate.

(i) The LIBOR Rate may be adjusted by Agent with respect to any Lender on a prospective basis to take into account any additional or increased costs to such Lender of maintaining or obtaining any eurodollar deposits or increased costs, in each case, due to changes in applicable law occurring subsequent to the commencement of the then applicable Interest Period, including any Changes in Law (including any changes in tax laws (except changes of general applicability in corporate income tax laws)) and changes in the reserve requirements imposed by the Board of Governors, which additional or increased costs

 

- 23 -


would increase the cost of funding or maintaining loans bearing interest at the LIBOR Rate. In any such event, the affected Lender shall give Borrowers and Agent notice of such a determination and adjustment and Agent promptly shall transmit the notice to each other Lender and, upon its receipt of the notice from the affected Lender, Borrowers may, by notice to such affected Lender (A) require such Lender to furnish to Borrowers a statement setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for adjusting such LIBOR Rate and the method for determining the amount of such adjustment, or (B) repay the LIBOR Rate Loans of such Lender with respect to which such adjustment is made (together with any amounts due under Section 2.12(b)(ii) ).

(ii) In the event that any change in market conditions or any Change in Law shall at any time after the date hereof, in the reasonable opinion of any Lender, make it unlawful or impractical for such Lender to fund or maintain LIBOR Rate Loans or to continue such funding or maintaining, or to determine or charge interest rates at the LIBOR Rate, such Lender shall give notice of such changed circumstances to Agent and Borrowers and Agent promptly shall transmit the notice to each other Lender and (y) in the case of any LIBOR Rate Loans of such Lender that are outstanding, the date specified in such Lender’s notice shall be deemed to be the last day of the Interest Period of such LIBOR Rate Loans, and interest upon the LIBOR Rate Loans of such Lender thereafter shall accrue interest at the rate then applicable to Base Rate Loans, and (z) Borrowers shall not be entitled to elect the LIBOR Option until such Lender determines that it would no longer be unlawful or impractical to do so.

(e) No Requirement of Matched Funding. Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, neither Agent, nor any Lender, nor any of their Participants, is required actually to acquire eurodollar deposits to fund or otherwise match fund any Obligation as to which interest accrues at the LIBOR Rate.

2.13 Capital Requirements .

(a) If, after the date hereof, Issuing Bank or any Lender determines that (i) any Change in Law regarding capital or reserve requirements for banks or bank holding companies, or (ii) compliance by Issuing Bank or such Lender, or their respective parent bank holding companies, with any guideline, request or directive of any Governmental Authority regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law), has the effect of reducing the return on Issuing Bank’s, such Lender’s, or such holding companies’ capital as a consequence of Issuing Bank’s or such Lender’s commitments hereunder to a level below that which Issuing Bank, such Lender, or such holding companies could have achieved but for such Change in Law or compliance (taking into consideration Issuing Bank’s, such Lender’s, or such holding companies’ then existing policies with respect to capital adequacy and assuming the full utilization of such entity’s capital) by any amount deemed by Issuing Bank or such Lender to be material, then Issuing Bank or such Lender may notify Borrowers and Agent thereof. Following receipt of such notice, Borrowers agree to pay Issuing Bank or such Lender on demand the amount of such reduction of return of capital as and when such reduction is determined, payable within 30 days after presentation by Issuing Bank or such Lender of a statement in the amount and setting forth in reasonable detail Issuing Bank’s or such Lender’s calculation thereof and the assumptions upon which such calculation was based (which statement shall be deemed true and correct absent manifest error). In determining such amount, Issuing Bank or such Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods. Failure or delay on the part of Issuing Bank or any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of Issuing Bank’s or such Lender’s right to demand such compensation; provided that Borrowers shall not be required to compensate Issuing Bank or a Lender pursuant to this Section for any reductions in return incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that Issuing Bank or such Lender notifies Borrowers of such Change in Law giving rise to such reductions and of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that if such claim arises by reason of the Change in Law that is retroactive, then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

(b) If Issuing Bank or any Lender requests additional or increased costs referred to in Section 2.11(l) or Section 2.12(d)(i) or amounts under Section 2.13(a) or sends a notice under Section 2.12(d)(ii) relative to changed circumstances (such Issuing Bank or Lender, an “ Affected Lender ”), then such Affected Lender shall use reasonable efforts to promptly designate a different one of its lending offices or to

 

- 24 -


assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices or branches, if (i) in the reasonable judgment of such Affected Lender, such designation or assignment would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.11(l) , Section 2.12(d)(i) or Section 2.13(a) , as applicable, or would eliminate the illegality or impracticality of funding or maintaining LIBOR Rate Loans and (ii) in the reasonable judgment of such Affected Lender, such designation or assignment would not subject it to any material unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be materially disadvantageous to it. Borrowers agree to pay all reasonable, documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by such Affected Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment. If, after such reasonable efforts, such Affected Lender does not so designate a different one of its lending offices or assign its rights to another of its offices or branches so as to eliminate Borrowers’ obligation to pay any future amounts to such Affected Lender pursuant to Section 2.11(l) , Section 2.12(d)(i) or Section 2.13(a) , as applicable, or to enable Borrowers to obtain LIBOR Rate Loans, then Borrowers (without prejudice to any amounts then due to such Affected Lender under Section 2.11(l) , Section 2.12(d)(i) or Section 2.13(a) , as applicable) may, unless prior to the effective date of any such assignment the Affected Lender withdraws its request for such additional amounts under Section 2.11(l) , Section 2.12(d)(i) or Section 2.13(a) , as applicable, or indicates that it is no longer unlawful or impractical to fund or maintain LIBOR Rate Loans, may designate a different Issuing Bank or substitute a Lender, in each case, reasonably acceptable to Agent to purchase the Obligations owed to such Affected Lender and such Affected Lender’s commitments hereunder (a “ Replacement Lender ”), and if such Replacement Lender agrees to such purchase, such Affected Lender shall assign to the Replacement Lender its Obligations and commitments, and upon such purchase by the Replacement Lender, which such Replacement Lender shall be deemed to be “Issuing Bank” or a “Lender” (as the case may be) for purposes of this Agreement and such Affected Lender shall cease to be “Issuing Bank” or a “Lender” (as the case may be) for purposes of this Agreement.

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the protections of Sections 2.11(l) , 2.12(d) , and 2.13 shall be available to Issuing Bank and each Lender (as applicable) regardless of any possible contention of the invalidity or inapplicability of the law, rule, regulation, judicial ruling, judgment, guideline, treaty or other change or condition which shall have occurred or been imposed, so long as it shall be customary for issuing banks or lenders affected thereby to comply therewith. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, neither Issuing Bank nor any Lender shall demand compensation pursuant to this Section 2.13 if it shall not at the time be the general policy or practice of Issuing Bank or such Lender (as the case may be) to demand such compensation in similar circumstances under comparable provisions of other credit agreements, if any.

2.14 Joint and Several Liability of Borrowers .

(a) Each Borrower is accepting joint and several liability hereunder and under the other Loan Documents in consideration of the financial accommodations to be provided by the Lender Group under this Agreement, for the mutual benefit, directly and indirectly, of each Borrower and in consideration of the undertakings of the other Borrowers to accept joint and several liability for the Obligations.

(b) Each Borrower, jointly and severally, hereby irrevocably and unconditionally accepts, not merely as a surety but also as a co-debtor, joint and several liability with the other Borrowers, with respect to the payment and performance of all of the Obligations (including any Obligations arising under this Section 2.14 ), it being the intention of the parties hereto that all the Obligations shall be the joint and several obligations of each Borrower without preferences or distinction among them.

(c) If and to the extent that any Borrower shall fail to make any payment with respect to any of the Obligations as and when due or to perform any of the Obligations in accordance with the terms thereof, then in each such event the other Borrowers will make such payment with respect to, or perform, such Obligation until such time as all of the Obligations are paid in full.

(d) The Obligations of each Borrower under the provisions of this Section 2.14 constitute the absolute and unconditional, full recourse Obligations of each Borrower enforceable against each Borrower to the full extent of its properties and assets, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the provisions of this Agreement (other than this Section 2.14(d) ) or any other circumstances whatsoever.

 

- 25 -


(e) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, each Borrower hereby waives notice of acceptance of its joint and several liability, notice of any Revolving Loans or Letters of Credit issued under or pursuant to this Agreement, notice of the occurrence of any Default, Event of Default, or of any demand for any payment under this Agreement, notice of any action at any time taken or omitted by Agent or Lenders under or in respect of any of the Obligations, any requirement of diligence or to mitigate damages and, generally, to the extent permitted by applicable law, all demands, notices and other formalities of every kind in connection with this Agreement (except as otherwise provided in this Agreement). Each Borrower hereby assents to, and waives notice of, any extension or postponement of the time for the payment of any of the Obligations, the acceptance of any payment of any of the Obligations, the acceptance of any partial payment thereon, any waiver, consent or other action or acquiescence by Agent or Lenders at any time or times in respect of any default by any Borrower in the performance or satisfaction of any term, covenant, condition or provision of this Agreement, any and all other indulgences whatsoever by Agent or Lenders in respect of any of the Obligations, and the taking, addition, substitution or release, in whole or in part, at any time or times, of any security for any of the Obligations or the addition, substitution or release, in whole or in part, of any Borrower. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Borrower assents to any other action or delay in acting or failure to act on the part of any Agent or Lender with respect to the failure by any Borrower to comply with any of its respective Obligations, including, without limitation, any failure strictly or diligently to assert any right or to pursue any remedy or to comply fully with applicable laws or regulations thereunder, which might, but for the provisions of this Section 2.14 afford grounds for terminating, discharging or relieving any Borrower, in whole or in part, from any of its Obligations under this Section 2.14 , it being the intention of each Borrower that, so long as any of the Obligations hereunder remain unsatisfied, the Obligations of each Borrower under this Section 2.14 shall not be discharged except by performance and then only to the extent of such performance. The Obligations of each Borrower under this Section 2.14 shall not be diminished or rendered unenforceable by any winding up, reorganization, arrangement, liquidation, reconstruction or similar proceeding with respect to any other Borrower or any Agent or Lender.

(f) Each Borrower represents and warrants to Agent and Lenders that such Borrower is currently informed of the financial condition of Borrowers and of all other circumstances which a diligent inquiry would reveal and which bear upon the risk of nonpayment of the Obligations. Each Borrower further represents and warrants to Agent and Lenders that such Borrower has read and understands the terms and conditions of the Loan Documents. Each Borrower hereby covenants that such Borrower will continue to keep informed of Borrowers’ financial condition and of all other circumstances which bear upon the risk of nonpayment or nonperformance of the Obligations.

(g) The provisions of this Section 2.14 are made for the benefit of Agent, each member of the Lender Group, each Bank Product Provider, and their respective successors and assigns, and may be enforced by it or them from time to time against any or all Borrowers as often as occasion therefor may arise and without requirement on the part of Agent, any member of the Lender Group, any Bank Product Provider, or any of their successors or assigns first to marshal any of its or their claims or to exercise any of its or their rights against any Borrower or to exhaust any remedies available to it or them against any Borrower or to resort to any other source or means of obtaining payment of any of the Obligations hereunder or to elect any other remedy. The provisions of this Section 2.14 shall remain in effect until all of the Obligations shall have been paid in full or otherwise fully satisfied. If at any time, any payment, or any part thereof, made in respect of any of the Obligations, is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by Agent or any Lender upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of any Borrower, or otherwise, the provisions of this Section 2.14 will forthwith be reinstated in effect, as though such payment had not been made.

(h) Each Borrower hereby agrees that it will not enforce any of its rights of contribution or subrogation against any other Borrower with respect to any liability incurred by it hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, any payments made by it to Agent or Lenders with respect to any of the Obligations or

 

- 26 -


any collateral security therefor until such time as all of the Obligations have been paid in full in cash. Any claim which any Borrower may have against any other Borrower with respect to any payments to any Agent or any member of the Lender Group hereunder or under any of the Bank Product Agreements are hereby expressly made subordinate and junior in right of payment, without limitation as to any increases in the Obligations arising hereunder or thereunder, to the prior payment in full in cash of the Obligations and, in the event of any insolvency, bankruptcy, receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar proceeding under the laws of any jurisdiction relating to any Borrower, its debts or its assets, whether voluntary or involuntary, all such Obligations shall be paid in full in cash before any payment or distribution of any character, whether in cash, securities or other property, shall be made to any other Borrower therefor.

(i) Each Borrower hereby agrees that after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Default or Event of Default, such Borrower will not demand, sue for or otherwise attempt to collect any indebtedness of any other Borrower owing to such Borrower until the Obligations shall have been paid in full in cash. If, notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, such Borrower shall collect, enforce or receive any amounts in respect of such indebtedness, such amounts shall be collected, enforced and received by such Borrower as trustee for Agent, and such Borrower shall deliver any such amounts to Agent for application to the Obligations in accordance with Section 2.4(b) .

3. CONDITIONS; TERM OF AGREEMENT.

3.1 Conditions Precedent to the Initial Extension of Credit . The obligation of each Lender to make the initial extensions of credit provided for hereunder is subject to the fulfillment, to the satisfaction of Agent and each Lender, of each of the conditions precedent set forth on Schedule 3.1 (the making of such initial extensions of credit by a Lender being conclusively deemed to be its satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent).

3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Extensions of Credit . The obligation of the Lender Group (or any member thereof) to make any Revolving Loans hereunder (or to extend any other credit hereunder) at any time shall be subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) the representations and warranties of each Borrower or its Subsidiaries contained in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) on and as of the date of such extension of credit, as though made on and as of such date (except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) as of such earlier date); and

(b) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such extension of credit, nor shall either result from the making thereof.

3.3 Maturity . This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect for a term ending on the Maturity Date.

3.4 Effect of Maturity . On the Maturity Date, all commitments of the Lender Group to provide additional credit hereunder shall automatically be terminated and all of the Obligations immediately shall become due and payable without notice or demand and Borrowers shall be required to repay all of the Obligations in full. No termination of the obligations of the Lender Group (other than payment in full of the Obligations and termination of the Commitments) shall relieve or discharge any Loan Party of its duties, obligations, or covenants hereunder or under any other Loan Document and Agent’s Liens in the Collateral shall continue to secure the Obligations and shall remain in effect until all Obligations have been paid in full and the Commitments have been terminated. When all of the Obligations have been paid in full and the Lender Group’s obligations to provide additional credit under the Loan Documents have been terminated irrevocably, Agent

 

- 27 -


will, at Borrowers’ sole expense, execute and deliver any termination statements, lien releases, discharges of security interests, and other similar discharge or release documents (and, if applicable, in recordable form) as are reasonably necessary to release, as of record, Agent’s Liens and all notices of security interests and liens previously filed by Agent.

3.5 Early Termination by Borrowers . Borrowers have the option, at any time upon 10 Business Days prior written notice to Agent, to terminate this Agreement and terminate the Commitments hereunder by repaying to Agent all of the Obligations in full. The foregoing notwithstanding, (a) Borrowers may rescind termination notices relative to proposed payments in full of the Obligations with the proceeds of third party Indebtedness if the closing for such issuance or incurrence does not happen on or before the date of the proposed termination (in which case, a new notice shall be required to be sent in connection with any subsequent termination), and (b) Borrowers may extend the date of termination at any time with the consent of Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

3.6 Conditions Subsequent . The obligation of the Lender Group (or any member thereof) to continue to make Revolving Loans (or otherwise extend credit hereunder) is subject to the fulfillment, on or before the date applicable thereto, of the conditions subsequent set forth on Schedule 3.6 (the failure by Borrowers to so perform or cause to be performed such conditions subsequent as and when required by the terms thereof (unless such date is extended, in writing, by Agent, which Agent may do without obtaining the consent of the other members of the Lender Group), shall constitute an Event of Default).

4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

In order to induce the Lender Group to enter into this Agreement, each Borrower makes the following representations and warranties to the Lender Group which shall be true, correct, and complete, in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof), as of the Closing Date, and shall be true, correct, and complete, in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof), as of the date of the making of each Revolving Loan (or other extension of credit) made thereafter, as though made on and as of the date of such Revolving Loan (or other extension of credit) (except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) as of such earlier date) and such representations and warranties shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement:

4.1 Due Organization and Qualification; Subsidiaries .

(a) Each Loan Party (i) is duly organized and existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (ii) is qualified to do business in any state where the failure to be so qualified could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (iii) has all requisite power and authority to own and operate its properties, to carry on its business as now conducted (after giving effect to the Merger), to enter into the Loan Documents to which it is a party and to carry out the transactions contemplated thereby.

(b) Set forth on Schedule 4.1(b) (as such Schedule may be updated from time to time to reflect changes resulting from transactions permitted under this Agreement) is a complete and accurate description of the authorized Equity Interests of each Borrower, by class, and, as of the Closing Date, a description of the number of shares of each such class that are issued and outstanding. No Borrower is subject to any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to repurchase or otherwise acquire or retire any shares of its Equity Interests or any security convertible into or exchangeable for any of its Equity Interests.

 

- 28 -


(c) Set forth on Schedule 4.1(c) (as such Schedule may be updated from time to time to reflect changes resulting from transactions permitted under this Agreement), is a complete and accurate list of Borrowers’ direct and indirect Subsidiaries, showing: (i) the number of shares of each class of common and preferred Equity Interests authorized for each of such Subsidiaries, and (ii) the number and the percentage of the outstanding shares of each such class owned directly or indirectly by Administrative Borrower. All of the outstanding Equity Interests of each such Subsidiary has been validly issued and is fully paid and non-assessable.

(d) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.1(d) , as of the Closing Date, there are no subscriptions, options, warrants, or calls relating to any shares of any Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any right of conversion or exchange under any outstanding security or other instrument.

4.2 Due Authorization; No Conflict .

(a) As to each Loan Party, the execution, delivery, and performance by such Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of such Loan Party.

(b) As to each Loan Party, the execution, delivery, and performance by such Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party do not and will not (i) violate any material provision of federal, state, or local law or regulation applicable to any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries, the Governing Documents of any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries, or any order, judgment, or decree of any court or other Governmental Authority binding on any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries, (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any material agreement of any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries where any such conflict, breach or default could individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (iii) result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien of any nature whatsoever upon any assets of any Loan Party, other than Permitted Liens, or (iv) require any approval of any holder of Equity Interests of a Loan Party or any approval or consent of any Person under any material agreement of any Loan Party, other than consents or approvals that have been obtained and that are still in force and effect and except, in the case of material agreements, for consents or approvals, the failure to obtain could not individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

4.3 Governmental Consents . The execution, delivery, and performance by each Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents do not and will not require any registration with, consent, or approval of, or notice to, or other action with or by, any Governmental Authority, other than registrations, consents, approvals, notices, or other actions that have been obtained and that are still in force and effect and except for filings and recordings with respect to the Collateral to be made, or otherwise delivered to Agent for filing or recordation, as of the Closing Date.

4.4 Binding Obligations; Perfected Liens .

(a) Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is a party thereto and is the legally valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its respective terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally.

(b) Agent’s Liens are validly created, perfected (other than (i) in respect of motor vehicles that are subject to a certificate of title, (ii) money, (iii) letter-of-credit rights (other than supporting obligations, (iv) commercial tort claims (other than those that, by the terms of the Guaranty and Security Agreement, are required to be perfected), and (v) any Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts not subject to a Control Agreement as permitted by Section 7(k)(iv) of the Guaranty and Security Agreement, and subject only to the

 

- 29 -


filing of financing statements, the recordation of the Copyright Security Agreement, and the recordation of the Mortgages, in each case, in the appropriate filing offices), and first priority Liens, subject only to Permitted Liens which are non-consensual Permitted Liens, permitted purchase money Liens, or the interests of lessors under Capital Leases.

4.5 Title to Assets; No Encumbrances . Each of the Loan Parties and its Subsidiaries has (a) good and legal title to (in the case of fee interests in Real Property), (b) valid leasehold interests in (in the case of leasehold interests in real or personal property), and (c) good and marketable title to (in the case of all other personal property), all of their respective assets reflected in their most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 , in each case except for assets disposed of since the date of such financial statements to the extent permitted hereby. All of such assets are free and clear of Liens except for Permitted Liens.

4.6 Litigation .

(a) There are no actions, suits, or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of any Borrower, after due inquiry, threatened in writing against a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries that either individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Schedule 4.6(b) sets forth a complete and accurate description, with respect to each of the actions, suits, or proceedings with asserted liabilities in excess of, or that could reasonably be expected to result in liabilities in excess of, $250,000 that, as of the Closing Date, is pending or, to the knowledge of any Borrower, after due inquiry, threatened against a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, of (i) the parties to such actions, suits, or proceedings, (ii) the nature of the dispute that is the subject of such actions, suits, or proceedings, (iii) the procedural status, as of the Closing Date, with respect to such actions, suits, or proceedings, and (iv) whether any liability of the Loan Parties’ and their Subsidiaries in connection with such actions, suits, or proceedings is covered by insurance.

4.7 Compliance with Laws . No Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries (a) is in violation of any applicable laws, rules, regulations, executive orders, or codes (including Environmental Laws) that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (b) is subject to or in default with respect to any final judgments, writs, injunctions, decrees, rules or regulations of any court or any federal, state, municipal or other governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

4.8 No Material Adverse Effect . All historical financial statements relating to the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries that have been delivered by Borrowers to Agent have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (except, in the case of unaudited financial statements, for the lack of footnotes and being subject to year-end audit adjustments) and present fairly in all material respects, the Loan Parties’ and their Subsidiaries’ consolidated financial condition as of the date thereof and results of operations for the period then ended. Since December 31, 2011, no event, circumstance, or change has occurred that has or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries.

4.9 Solvency .

(a) Each Loan Party is Solvent.

(b) No transfer of property is being made by any Loan Party and no obligation is being incurred by any Loan Party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents with the intent to hinder, delay, or defraud either present or future creditors of such Loan Party.

 

- 30 -


4.10 Employee Benefits .

(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.10 (as such Schedule may be updated from time to time, so long as such updated Schedule is delivered together with written notice thereof to Agent), no Loan Party, none of its Subsidiaries, nor any of their respective ERISA Affiliates maintains or contributes to any Benefit Plan.

(b) Each Loan Party and each of the ERISA Affiliates has complied in all material respects with ERISA, the IRC and all applicable laws regarding each Employee Benefit Plan.

(c) Each Employee Benefit Plan is, and has been, maintained in substantial compliance with ERISA, the IRC, all applicable laws and the terms of each such Employee Benefit Plan.

(d) Each Employee Benefit Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the IRC has received a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service or an application for such letter is currently being processed by the Internal Revenue Service. To the best knowledge of each Loan Party and the ERISA Affiliates after due inquiry, nothing has occurred which would prevent, or cause the loss of, such qualification.

(e) No liability to the PBGC (other than for the payment of current premiums which are not past due) by any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate has been incurred or is expected by any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate to be incurred with respect to any Pension Plan.

(f) No Notification Event exists or has occurred in the past six (6) years.

(g) No Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate sponsors, maintains, or contributes to any Employee Benefit Plan, including, without limitation, any such plan maintained to provide benefits to former employees of such entities that may not be terminated by any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate in its sole discretion at any time without material liability.

(h) No Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate has provided any security under Section 436 of the IRC.

4.11 Environmental Condition . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.11 , (a) to each Borrower’s knowledge, no Loan Party’s nor any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has ever been used by a Loan Party or its Subsidiaries, or by previous owners or operators in the disposal of, or to produce, store, handle, treat, release, or transport, any Hazardous Materials, where such disposal, production, storage, handling, treatment, release or transport was in violation, in any material respect, of any applicable Environmental Law, (b) to each Borrower’s knowledge, after due inquiry, no Loan Party’s nor any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has ever been designated or identified in any manner pursuant to any environmental protection statute as a Hazardous Materials disposal site, (c) no Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries has received notice that a Lien arising under any Environmental Law has attached to any revenues or to any Real Property owned or operated by a Loan Party or its Subsidiaries, and (d) no Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries nor any of their respective facilities or operations is subject to any outstanding written order, consent decree, or settlement agreement with any Person relating to any Environmental Law or Environmental Liability that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

4.12 Complete Disclosure . All factual information taken as a whole (other than forward-looking information and projections and information of a general economic nature and general information about Borrowers’ industry) furnished by or on behalf of a Loan Party or its Subsidiaries in writing to Agent or any Lender (including all information contained in the Schedules hereto or in the other Loan Documents) for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, and all other such factual information taken as a whole (other than forward-looking information and projections and information of a general economic nature and general information about Borrowers’ industry) hereafter furnished by or on behalf of a Loan Party or its Subsidiaries in writing to Agent or any Lender will be, true and accurate, in all material respects, on the date as of which such information is dated or certified and not incomplete by omitting to state

 

- 31 -


any fact necessary to make such information (taken as a whole) not misleading in any material respect at such time in light of the circumstances under which such information was provided. The Projections delivered to Agent on December 19, 2012 represent, and as of the date on which any other Projections are delivered to Agent, such additional Projections represent, Borrowers’ good faith estimate, on the date such Projections are delivered, of the Loan Parties’ and their Subsidiaries’ future performance for the periods covered thereby based upon assumptions believed by Borrowers to be reasonable at the time of the delivery thereof to Agent (it being understood that such Projections are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, and no assurances can be given that such Projections will be realized, and although reflecting Borrowers’ good faith estimate, projections or forecasts based on methods and assumptions which Borrowers believed to be reasonable at the time such Projections were prepared, are not to be viewed as facts, and that actual results during the period or periods covered by the Projections may differ materially from projected or estimated results).

4.13 Patriot Act . To the extent applicable, each Loan Party is in compliance, in all material respects, with the (a) Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, and (b) Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA Patriot Act of 2001) (the “ Patriot Act ”). No part of the proceeds of the loans made hereunder will be used by any Loan Party or any of their Affiliates, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

4.14 Indebtedness . Set forth on Schedule 4.14 is a true and complete list of all Indebtedness of each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries outstanding immediately prior to the Closing Date that is to remain outstanding immediately after giving effect to the closing hereunder on the Closing Date and such Schedule accurately sets forth the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness as of the Closing Date.

4.15 Payment of Taxes . Except as otherwise permitted under Section 5.5 , all tax returns and reports of each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries required to be filed by any of them have been timely filed, and all taxes shown on such tax returns to be due and payable and all assessments, fees and other governmental charges upon a Loan Party and its Subsidiaries and upon their respective assets, income, businesses and franchises that are due and payable have been paid when due and payable. Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries have made adequate provision in accordance with GAAP for all taxes not yet due and payable. No Borrower knows of any proposed tax assessment against a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries that is not being actively contested by such Loan Party or such Subsidiary diligently, in good faith, and by appropriate proceedings; provided such reserves or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made or provided therefor.

4.16 Margin Stock . No Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock. No part of the proceeds of the loans made to Borrowers will be used to purchase or carry any Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock or for any purpose that violates the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors.

4.17 Governmental Regulation . No Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to regulation under the Federal Power Act or the Investment Company Act of 1940 or under any other federal or state statute or regulation which may limit its ability to incur Indebtedness or which may otherwise render all or any portion of the Obligations unenforceable. No Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is a “registered investment company” or a company “controlled” by a “registered investment company” or a “principal underwriter” of a “registered investment company” as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

- 32 -


4.18 OFAC . No Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any of the country or list based economic and trade sanctions administered and enforced by OFAC. No Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries (a) is a Sanctioned Person or a Sanctioned Entity, (b) has its assets located in Sanctioned Entities, or (c) derives revenues from investments in, or transactions with Sanctioned Persons or Sanctioned Entities. No proceeds of any loan made hereunder will be used to fund any operations in, finance any investments or activities in, or make any payments to, a Sanctioned Person or a Sanctioned Entity.

4.19 Employee and Labor Matters . There is (i) no unfair labor practice complaint pending, or to the knowledge of any Borrower, threatened against any Borrower or its Subsidiaries before any Governmental Authority and no grievance or arbitration proceeding pending or to the knowledge of any Borrower, threatened against any Borrower or its Subsidiaries which arises out of or under any collective bargaining agreement and that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) no strike, labor dispute, slowdown, stoppage or similar action or grievance pending or, to the knowledge of any Borrower, threatened in writing against any Borrower or its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) to the knowledge of any Borrower, after due inquiry, no union representation question existing with respect to the employees of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries and no union organizing activity taking place with respect to any of the employees of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries. None of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries has incurred any liability or obligation under the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act or similar state law, which remains unpaid or unsatisfied. The hours worked and payments made to employees of each Borrower and its Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable legal requirements, except to the extent such violations could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. All material payments due from any Borrower or its Subsidiaries on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of Borrowers, except where the failure to do so could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

4.20 Other Documents .

(a) Borrowers have delivered to Agent a complete and correct copy of the Acquisition Documents, including all schedules and exhibits thereto. The execution, delivery and performance of each of the Acquisition Documents has been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of each Borrower who is a party thereto. Each Acquisition Document is the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Borrower who is a party thereto, enforceable against such Borrower in accordance with its terms, in each case, except (i) as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting generally the enforcement of creditors’ rights and (ii) the availability of the remedy of specific performance or injunctive or other equitable relief is subject to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought. No Borrower is in default in the performance or compliance with any provisions thereof. All representations and warranties made by a Borrower in the Acquisition Documents and in the certificates delivered in connection therewith are true and correct in all material respects. To each Borrower’s knowledge, none of the Seller’s representations or warranties in the Acquisition Documents contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in any case that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) As of the Closing Date, the Merger has been consummated in all material respects, in accordance with all applicable laws. As of the Closing Date, all requisite approvals by Governmental Authorities having jurisdiction over Borrowers and, to each Borrower’s knowledge, the Seller, with respect to the Merger, have been obtained (including filings or approvals required under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act), except for any approval the failure to obtain could not reasonably be expected to be material to the interests of the Lenders. As of the Closing Date, after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Documents, Borrowers will have good title to the assets acquired pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens.

4.21 Leases . Each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries enjoy peaceful and undisturbed possession under all leases material to their business and to which they are parties or under which they are operating, and, subject to Permitted Protests, all of such material leases are valid and subsisting and no material default by the applicable Loan Party or its Subsidiaries exists under any of them.

 

- 33 -


4.22 Material Contracts . Set forth on Schedule 4.22 (as such Schedule may be updated from time to time in accordance herewith) is a reasonably detailed description of the Material Contracts of each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries as of the most recent date on which Borrowers provided the Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 5.1 ; provided , however , that Borrowers may amend Schedule 4.22 to add additional Material Contracts so long as such amendment occurs by written notice to Agent on the date that Borrowers provide the Compliance Certificate. Except for matters which, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Material Contract (other than those that have expired at the end of their normal terms) is in full force and effect and is binding upon and enforceable against the applicable Loan Party or its Subsidiary.

5. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.

Each Borrower covenants and agrees that, until termination of all of the Commitments and payment in full of the Obligations:

5.1 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates . Borrowers (a) will deliver to Agent (and if so requested by Agent, with copies for each Lender) each of the financial statements, reports, and other items set forth on Schedule 5.1 no later than the times specified therein, (b) agree that no Subsidiary of a Loan Party will have a fiscal year different from that of Administrative Borrower, (c) agree to maintain a system of accounting that enables Borrowers to produce financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and (d) agree that they will, and will cause each other Loan Party to, maintain their billing systems and practices substantially as in effect as of the Closing Date and shall only make material modifications (other than those with respect to implementation of the ERP system made in consultation with Agent) thereto with notice to, and with the consent of, Agent. For avoidance of doubt, any proposed modifications to Borrowers’ recognition of implementation costs or changes to revenue recognition with respect to implementation revenue shall be disclosed to Agent and may result in amendments to the financial covenants set forth in Section 7 hereof.

5.2 Reporting . Borrowers will deliver to Agent (and if so requested by Agent, with copies for each Lender) each of the reports set forth on Schedule 5.2 at the times specified therein.

5.3 Existence . Except as otherwise permitted under Section 6.3 or Section 6.4 , each Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect such Person’s valid existence and good standing in its jurisdiction of organization and, except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, good standing with respect to all other jurisdictions in which it is qualified to do business and any rights, franchises, permits, licenses, accreditations, authorizations, or other approvals material to their businesses.

5.4 Maintenance of Properties . Each Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain and preserve all of its assets that are necessary or useful in the proper conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear, tear, casualty, and condemnation and Permitted Dispositions excepted and except where the failure to so maintain and preserve assets could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

5.5 Taxes . Each Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay in full before delinquency or before the expiration of any extension period all material governmental assessments and taxes imposed, levied, or assessed against it, or any of its assets or in respect of any of its income, businesses, or franchises, except to the extent that the validity of such governmental assessment or tax is the subject of a Permitted Protest.

5.6 Insurance . Each Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, at such Borrower’s expense, (a) maintain insurance respecting each of each Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ assets wherever

 

- 34 -


located, covering liabilities, losses or damages as are customarily are insured against by other Persons engaged in same or similar businesses and similarly situated and located. All such policies of insurance shall be with financially sound and reputable insurance companies acceptable to Agent (it being agreed that, as of the Closing Date, Wells Fargo Insurance Services, Inc. is acceptable to Agent) and in such amounts as is carried generally in accordance with sound business practice by companies in similar businesses similarly situated and located and, in any event, in amount, adequacy, and scope reasonably satisfactory to Agent (it being agreed that the amount, adequacy, and scope of the policies of insurance of Borrowers in effect as of the Closing Date are acceptable to Agent). All property insurance policies covering the Collateral are to be made payable to Agent for the benefit of Agent and the Lenders, as their interests may appear, in case of loss, pursuant to a standard loss payable endorsement with a standard non contributory “lender” or “secured party” clause and are to contain such other provisions as Agent may reasonably require to fully protect the Lenders’ interest in the Collateral and to any payments to be made under such policies. All certificates of property and general liability insurance are to be delivered to Agent, with the loss payable (but only in respect of Collateral) and additional insured endorsements in favor of Agent and shall provide for not less than 30 days (10 days in the case of non-payment) prior written notice to Agent of the exercise of any right of cancellation. Borrowers shall give Agent prompt notice of any loss exceeding $250,000 covered by their or their Subsidiaries’ casualty or business interruption insurance. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Agent shall have the sole right to file claims under any property and general liability insurance policies in respect of the Collateral, to receive, receipt and give acquittance for any payments that may be payable thereunder, and to execute any and all endorsements, receipts, releases, assignments, reassignments or other documents that may be necessary to effect the collection, compromise or settlement of any claims under any such insurance policies.

5.7 Inspection .

(a) Subject to Section 2.10(c), each Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit Agent, any Lender, and each of their respective duly authorized representatives or agents to visit any of its properties and inspect any of its assets or books and records, to examine and make copies of its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances, and accounts with, and to be advised as to the same by, its officers and employees (provided an authorized representative of a Borrower shall be allowed to be present) at such reasonable times and intervals as Agent or any Lender, as applicable, may designate and, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, with reasonable prior notice to Borrowers and during regular business hours.

(b) Subject to Section 2.10(c), each Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit Agent and each of its duly authorized representatives or agents to conduct appraisals and valuations at such reasonable times and intervals as Agent may designate.

5.8 Compliance with Laws . Each Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations, and orders of any Governmental Authority, other than laws, rules, regulations, and orders the non-compliance with which, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

5.9 Environmental . Each Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to,

(a) Keep any property either owned or operated by any Borrower or its Subsidiaries free of any Environmental Liens or post bonds or other financial assurances sufficient to satisfy the obligations or liability evidenced by such Environmental Liens,

(b) Comply, in all material respects, with Environmental Laws,

(c) Promptly notify Agent of any release of which any Borrower has knowledge of a Hazardous Material in any reportable quantity from or onto property owned or operated by any Borrower or its Subsidiaries and take any Remedial Actions required to abate said release or otherwise to come into compliance, in all material respects, with applicable Environmental Law, and

(d) Promptly, but in any event within 5 Business Days of its receipt thereof, provide Agent with written notice of any of the following: (i) notice that an Environmental Lien has been filed against any of the real or personal property of a Borrower or its Subsidiaries, (ii) commencement of any Environmental Action or written notice that an Environmental Action will be filed against a Borrower or its Subsidiaries, and (iii) written notice of a violation, citation, or other administrative order from a Governmental Authority.

 

- 35 -


5.10 Disclosure Updates . Each Borrower will, promptly and in no event later than 5 Business Days after obtaining knowledge thereof, notify Agent if any written information, exhibit, or report furnished to Agent or the Lenders in accordance with the terms of this Agreement contained, at the time it was furnished, any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which made. The foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, any notification pursuant to the foregoing provision will not cure or remedy the effect of the prior untrue statement of a material fact or omission of any material fact nor shall any such notification have the effect of amending or modifying this Agreement or any of the Schedules hereto.

5.11 Formation of Subsidiaries . Each Borrower will, at the time that any Loan Party forms any direct or indirect Subsidiary or acquires any direct or indirect Subsidiary after the Closing Date, within 10 days of such formation or acquisition (or such later date as permitted by Agent in its sole discretion) (a) cause such new Subsidiary to provide to Agent a joinder to the Guaranty and Security Agreement, together with such other security agreements (including mortgages with respect to any Real Property owned in fee of such new Subsidiary with a fair market value greater than $1,000,000), as well as appropriate financing statements (and with respect to all property subject to a mortgage, fixture filings), all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent (including being sufficient to grant Agent a first priority Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) in and to the assets of such newly formed or acquired Subsidiary); provided, that the joinder to the Guaranty and Security Agreement, and such other security agreements shall not be required to be provided to Agent with respect to any Subsidiary of any Borrower that is a CFC if providing such agreements would result in adverse tax consequences or the costs to the Loan Parties of providing such guaranty or such security agreements are unreasonably excessive (as determined by Agent in consultation with Borrowers) in relation to the benefits to Agent and the Lenders of the security or guarantee afforded thereby, (b) provide, or cause the applicable Loan Party to provide, to Agent a pledge agreement (or an addendum to the Guaranty and Security Agreement) and appropriate certificates and powers or financing statements, pledging all of the direct or beneficial ownership interest in such new Subsidiary in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent; provided, that only 65% of the total outstanding voting Equity Interests of any first tier Subsidiary of a Borrower that is a CFC (and none of the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of such CFC) shall be required to be pledged if pledging a greater amount would result in adverse tax consequences or the costs to the Loan Parties of providing such pledge are unreasonably excessive (as determined by Agent in consultation with Borrowers) in relation to the benefits to Agent and the Lenders of the security afforded thereby (which pledge, if reasonably requested by Agent, shall be governed by the laws of the jurisdiction of such Subsidiary), and (c) provide to Agent all other documentation, including one or more opinions of counsel reasonably satisfactory to Agent, which, in its opinion, is appropriate with respect to the execution and delivery of the applicable documentation referred to above (including policies of title insurance or other documentation with respect to all Real Property owned in fee and subject to a mortgage). Any document, agreement, or instrument executed or issued pursuant to this Section 5.11 shall constitute a Loan Document.

5.12 Further Assurances . Each Borrower will, and will cause each of the other Loan Parties to, at any time upon the reasonable request of Agent, execute or deliver to Agent any and all financing statements, fixture filings, security agreements, pledges, assignments, mortgages, deeds of trust, opinions of counsel, and all other documents (the “ Additional Documents ”) that Agent may reasonably request in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, to create, perfect, and continue perfected or to better perfect Agent’s Liens in all of the assets of each Borrower and its Subsidiaries (whether now owned or hereafter arising or acquired, tangible or intangible, real or personal), to create and perfect Liens in favor of Agent in any Real Property acquired by any Borrower or any other Loan Party with a fair market value in excess of $1,000,000, and in order to fully consummate all of the transactions contemplated hereby and under the other Loan Documents; provided

 

- 36 -


that the foregoing shall not apply to any Subsidiary of a Borrower that is a CFC if providing such documents would result in adverse tax consequences or the costs to the Loan Parties of providing such documents are unreasonably excessive (as determined by Agent in consultation with Borrowers) in relation to the benefits to Agent and the Lenders of the security afforded thereby. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, if any Borrower or any other Loan Party refuses or fails to execute or deliver any reasonably requested Additional Documents within a reasonable period of time following the request to do so, each Borrower and each other Loan Party hereby authorizes Agent to execute any such Additional Documents in the applicable Loan Party’s name and authorizes Agent to file such executed Additional Documents in any appropriate filing office. In furtherance of, and not in limitation of, the foregoing, each Loan Party shall take such actions as Agent may reasonably request from time to time to ensure that the Obligations are guarantied by the Guarantors and are secured by substantially all of the assets of each Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including all of the outstanding capital Equity Interests of each Borrower and its Subsidiaries (subject to exceptions and limitations contained in the Loan Documents with respect to CFCs).

5.13 Lender Meetings . Borrowers will, within 90 days after the close of each fiscal year of Administrative Borrower, at the request of Agent or of the Required Lenders and upon reasonable prior notice, hold a meeting (at a mutually agreeable location and time or, at the option of Agent, by conference call) with all Lenders who choose to attend such meeting at which meeting shall be reviewed the financial results of the previous fiscal year and the financial condition of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries and the projections presented for the current fiscal year of Administrative Borrower.

5.14 Compliance with ERISA and the IRC . In addition to and without limiting the generality of Section 5.8, (a) comply in all material respects with applicable provisions of ERISA and the IRC with respect to all Employee Benefit Plans, (b) without the prior written consent of Agent and the Required Lenders, not take any action or fail to take action the result of which could result in a Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate incurring a material liability to the PBGC or to a Multiemployer Plan (other than to pay contributions or premiums payable in the ordinary course), (c) allow any facts or circumstances to exist with respect to one or more Employee Benefit Plans that, in the aggregate, reasonably could be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (d) not participate in any prohibited transaction that could result in other than a de minimis civil penalty excise tax, fiduciary liability or correction obligation under ERISA or the IRC, (e) operate each Employee Benefit Plan in such a manner that will not incur any material tax liability under the IRC (including Section 4980B of the IRC), and (e) furnish to Agent upon Agent’s written request such additional information about any Employee Benefit Plan for which any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate could reasonably expect to incur any material liability. With respect to each Pension Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) except as could not reasonably be expected to result in liability to the Loan Parties, the Loan Parties and the ERISA Affiliates shall (i) satisfy in full and in a timely manner, without incurring any late payment or underpayment charge or penalty and without giving rise to any Lien, all of the contribution and funding requirements of the IRC and of ERISA, and (ii) pay, or cause to be paid, to the PBGC in a timely manner, without incurring any late payment or underpayment charge or penalty, all premiums required pursuant to ERISA.

5.15 Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts . From and after the date that is 90 days after the Closing Date or, if later, 10 days after the acquisition of any deposit account or securities account (as any such date may be extended by Agent), maintain its primary Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries located in a jurisdiction in the United States (a) only at Wells Fargo or one or more of its Affiliates and (b) subject to a Control Agreement or an equivalent agreement under applicable law.

6. NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

Each Borrower covenants and agrees that, until termination of all of the Commitments and payment in full of the Obligations:

6.1 Indebtedness . Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to create, incur, assume, suffer to exist, guarantee, or otherwise become or remain, directly or indirectly, liable with respect to any Indebtedness, except for Permitted Indebtedness.

 

- 37 -


6.2 Liens . Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to create, incur, assume, or suffer to exist, directly or indirectly, any Lien on or with respect to any of its assets, of any kind, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or any income or profits therefrom, except for Permitted Liens.

6.3 Restrictions on Fundamental Changes . Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to,

(a) Other than in order to consummate a Permitted Acquisition, enter into any merger, consolidation, reorganization, or recapitalization, or reclassify its Equity Interests, except for (i) any merger between Loan Parties, provided, that a Borrower must be the surviving entity of any such merger to which it is a party, (ii) any merger between a Loan Party and a Subsidiary of such Loan Party that is not a Loan Party so long as such Loan Party is the surviving entity of any such merger, and (iii) any merger between Subsidiaries of any Borrower that are not Loan Parties,

(b) liquidate, wind up, or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), except for (i) the liquidation or dissolution of non-operating Subsidiaries of any Borrower with nominal assets and nominal liabilities, (ii) the liquidation or dissolution of a Loan Party (other than any Borrower) or any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries so long as all of the assets (including any interest in any Equity Interests) of such liquidating or dissolving Loan Party or Subsidiary are transferred to a Loan Party that is not liquidating or dissolving, or (iii) the liquidation or dissolution of a Subsidiary of any Borrower that is not a Loan Party (other than any such Subsidiary the Equity Interests of which (or any portion thereof) is subject to a Lien in favor of Agent) so long as all of the assets of such liquidating or dissolving Subsidiary are transferred to a Subsidiary of a Borrower that is not liquidating or dissolving, or

(c) suspend or cease operating a substantial portion of its or their business, except as permitted pursuant to clauses (a) or (b) above or in connection with a transaction permitted under Section 6.4 .

6.4 Disposal of Assets . Other than Permitted Dispositions or transactions expressly permitted by Sections 6.3 or 6.9 , each Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to convey, sell, lease, license, assign, transfer, or otherwise dispose of (or enter into an agreement to convey, sell, lease, license, assign, transfer, or otherwise dispose of) any of its or their assets.

6.5 Nature of Business . Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to make any change in the nature of its or their business as described in Schedule 6.5 or acquire any properties or assets that are not reasonably related to the conduct of such business activities; provided, that the foregoing shall not prevent any Borrower and its Subsidiaries from engaging in any business that is reasonably related or ancillary to its or their business.

6.6 Prepayments and Amendments . Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to,

(a) Except in connection with Refinancing Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.1 or in connection with a repayment of the Harbert Capital Facility from the proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests in the Administrative Borrower;

(i) optionally prepay, redeem, defease, purchase, or otherwise acquire any Indebtedness of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries, other than (A) the Obligations in accordance with this Agreement, and (B) Permitted Intercompany Advances, or

(ii) make any payment on account of Indebtedness that has been contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations if such payment is not permitted at such time under the subordination terms and conditions, or

 

- 38 -


(b) Directly or indirectly, amend, modify, or change any of the terms or provisions of

(i) any agreement, instrument, document, indenture, or other writing evidencing or concerning Permitted Indebtedness other than (A) the Obligations in accordance with this Agreement, (B) Permitted Intercompany Advances, and (C) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (c) , (h) , (j)  and (k)  of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness, or

(ii) the Governing Documents of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries if the effect thereof, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders.

6.7 Restricted Payments . Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to make any Restricted Payment; provided, that, so long as it is permitted by law, and so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom,

(a) Administrative Borrower may make distributions to former employees, officers, or directors of Administrative Borrower (or any spouses, ex-spouses, or estates of any of the foregoing) on account of redemptions of Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower held by such Persons, provided, that the aggregate amount of such redemptions made by Administrative Borrower during the term of this Agreement plus the amount of Indebtedness outstanding under clause (l) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness, does not exceed $250,000 in any fiscal year,

(b) Administrative Borrower may make distributions to former employees, officers, or directors of Administrative Borrower (or any spouses, ex-spouses, or estates of any of the foregoing), solely in the form of forgiveness of Indebtedness of such Persons owing to Administrative Borrower on account of repurchases of the Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower held by such Persons; provided that such Indebtedness was incurred by such Persons solely to acquire Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower, and

(c) Administrative Borrower may repay the Harbert Capital Facility solely from the proceeds of (i) an issuance of Equity Interests in the Administrative Borrower and (ii) Refinancing Indebtedness.

6.8 Accounting Methods . Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to modify or change its fiscal year or its method of accounting (other than as may be required to conform to GAAP).

6.9 Investments . Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make or acquire any Investment or incur any liabilities (including contingent obligations) for or in connection with any Investment except for Permitted Investments.

6.10 Transactions with Affiliates . Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or permit to exist any transaction with any Affiliate of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries except for:

(a) transactions between such Borrower or its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any Affiliate of such Borrower or its Subsidiaries, on the other hand, so long as such transactions (i) are fully disclosed to Agent prior to the consummation thereof, if they involve one or more payments by any Borrower or its Subsidiaries in excess of $250,000 for any single transaction or series of related transactions, and (ii) are no less favorable, taken as a whole, to such Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-Affiliate,

(b) so long as it has been approved by such Borrower’s or its applicable Subsidiary’s Board of Directors in accordance with applicable law, any indemnity provided for the benefit of directors (or comparable managers) of such Borrower or its applicable Subsidiary,

(c) so long as it has been approved by such Borrower’s or its applicable Subsidiary’s Board of Directors in accordance with applicable law, the payment of reasonable compensation, severance, or employee benefit arrangements to employees, officers, and outside directors of such Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and consistent with industry practice, and

 

- 39 -


(d) transactions permitted by Section 6.3 or Section 6.9 , or any Permitted Intercompany Advance.

(e) any transaction fees associated with the Merger to the Sponsor so long as:

(i) the total amount of such fees shall not exceed $600,000,

(ii) (1) immediately prior to and immediately after giving effect to the payment of such transaction fees, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (2) the Borrowers have delivered to the Agent, calculations in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, demonstrating that immediately after giving effect to the payment of such transaction fees, the Borrowers will be in pro forma compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 7 , and

(iii) (1) such payment is made on or after the date on which the financial statements for the quarter ending March 31, 2013 have been delivered to the Agent in accordance with Section 5.1 , and (2)(x) if such payment is made prior to June 30, 2013, after giving effect to such payment, the Administrative Borrower shall have Availability of at least $5,000,000 and (y) if such payment is made after June 30, 2013, after giving effect to such payment, the Administrative Borrower shall have Availability of at least $3,000,000.

6.11 Use of Proceeds . Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to use the proceeds of any loan made hereunder for any purpose other than (a) on the Closing Date, (i) to repay, in full, the outstanding principal, accrued interest, and accrued fees and expenses owing under or in connection with the Existing Credit Facility, (ii) to pay a portion of the consideration payable in connection with the consummation of the Merger, and (iii) to pay the fees, costs, and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, in each case, as set forth in the Funds Flow Agreement, and (b) thereafter, consistent with the terms and conditions hereof, for their lawful and permitted purposes (including that no part of the proceeds of the loans made to Borrowers will be used to purchase or carry any such Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any such Margin Stock or for any purpose that violates the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors).

6.12 Limitation on Issuance of Equity Interests . Except for the issuance or sale of Qualified Equity Interests by Administrative Borrower, each Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, issue or sell or enter into any agreement or arrangement for the issuance or sale of any of its Equity Interests.

6.13 Employee Benefits .

(a) Terminate, or permit any ERISA Affiliate to terminate, any Pension Plan in a manner, or take any other action with respect to any Plan, which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate to the PBGC.

(b) Fail to make, or permit any ERISA Affiliate to fail to make, full payment when due of all amounts which, under the provisions of any Benefit Plan, agreement relating thereto or applicable Law, any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate is required to pay if such failure could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Permit to exist, or allow any ERISA Affiliate to permit to exist, any accumulated funding deficiency within the meaning of section 302 of ERISA or section 412 of the Code, whether or not waived, with respect to any Plan which exceeds $250,000 with respect to all Pension Plans in the aggregate.

(d) Acquire, or permit any ERISA Affiliate to acquire, an interest in any Person that causes such Person to become an ERISA Affiliate with respect to a Loan Party or with respect to any ERISA Affiliate if such Person sponsors, maintains or contributes to, or at any time in the six-year period preceding such acquisition has sponsored, maintained, or contributed to, (i) any Pension or (ii) any Multiemployer Plan.

 

- 40 -


(e) Contribute to or assume an obligation to contribute to, or permit any ERISA Affiliate to contribute to or assume an obligation to contribute to, any Multiemployer Plan not set forth on Schedule 4.11 .

(f) Amend, or permit any ERISA Affiliate to amend, a Pension Plan resulting in a material increase in current liability such that a Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate is required to provide security to such Plan under the IRC.

6.14 Clean-Down .

(a) At all times prior to February 15, 2013, each Borrower shall not permit the total amount of Revolving Loans outstanding to exceed $4,000,000 at any time.

(b) After the Closing Date and prior to February 15, 2013, each Borrower shall not permit the total amount of Revolving Loans outstanding to exceed $2,000,000 at any time.

(c) Commencing on February 15, 2013 prior to April 15, 2013, each Borrower shall not permit the total amount of Revolving Loans outstanding to exceed $1,000,000 at any time.

(d) The Borrowers shall repay all outstanding Revolving Loans on or prior to May 15, 2013.

(e) Commencing on the first day on or after April 15, 2013 on which the total amount of Revolving Loans outstanding is $0, and for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days thereafter (such 30-day period, the “ Clean-down Period ”), each Borrower shall not permit any Revolving Loans to be outstanding.

(f) After the Closing Date, the Borrowers shall not be permitted to borrow any Revolving Loans until after the Clean-down Period. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, charges to the Loan Account (i) pursuant to Section 2.6(d)(i) shall not be a violation of this Section 6.14 ; provided , that such amounts are repaid on the date such amounts are due, and (ii) pursuant to Section 2.6(d)(ii) shall not be a violation of this Section 6.14 ; provided , that, such amounts are repaid within three (3) Business Days.

7. FINANCIAL COVENANTS.

Each Borrower covenants and agrees that, until termination of all of the Commitments and payment in full of the Obligations, Borrowers will:

(a) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. Have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, measured on a quarter-end basis of no less than the applicable ratio set forth in the following table for the applicable period set forth opposite thereto:

 

Applicable Ratio

 

Applicable Period

1.25:1.00   For the three-month period
ending March 31, 2013
1.25:1.00   For the six-month period
ending June 30, 2013
1.25:1.00   For the nine-month period
ending September 30, 2013
1.25:1.00   For the twelve-month period ending December 31,
2014, and each quarter thereafter

 

- 41 -


(b) Total Leverage Ratio. Have a Total Leverage Ratio, measured on a quarter-end basis, of not greater than the applicable ratio set forth in the following table for the applicable date set forth opposite thereto:

 

Applicable Ratio

 

Applicable Date

4.00:1.00   March 31, 2013
3.75:1.00   June 30, 2013
3.50:1.00   September 30, 2013
3.25: 1.00   December 31, 2013
3.00:1.00   March 31, 2014
2.75:1.00   June 30, 2014
2.50:1.00   September 30, 2014
2.25:1.00   December 31, 2014 and thereafter

8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

Any one or more of the following events shall constitute an event of default (each, an “ Event of Default ”) under this Agreement:

8.1 Payments . If Borrowers fail to pay when due and payable, or when declared due and payable, (a) all or any portion of the Obligations consisting of interest, fees, or charges due the Lender Group, reimbursement of Lender Group Expenses, or other amounts (other than any portion thereof constituting principal) constituting Obligations (including any portion thereof that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in whole or in part as a claim in any such Insolvency Proceeding), and such failure continues for a period of 3 Business Days, (b) all or any portion of the principal of the Loans, or (c) any amount payable to Issuing Bank in reimbursement of any drawing under a Letter of Credit;

 

- 42 -


8.2 Covenants . If any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries:

(a) fails to perform or observe any covenant or other agreement contained in any of (i)  Sections 3.6, 5.1 , 5.2 , 5.3 (solely if any Borrower is not in good standing in its jurisdiction of organization), 5.6 , 5.7 (solely if any Borrower refuses to allow Agent or its representatives or agents to visit any Borrower’s properties, inspect its assets or books or records, examine and make copies of its books and records, or discuss Borrowers’ affairs, finances, and accounts with officers and employees of any Borrower), 5.10 , 5.11 , 5.13 , or 5.14 of this Agreement, (ii)  Section 6 of this Agreement, (iii)  Section 7 of this Agreement, or (iv) Section 7 of the Guaranty and Security Agreement;

(b) fails to perform or observe any covenant or other agreement contained in any of Sections 5.3 (other than if any Borrower is not in good standing in its jurisdiction of organization), 5.4 , 5.5 , 5.8 , and 5.12 of this Agreement and such failure continues for a period of 10 days after the earlier of (i) the date on which such failure shall first become known to any officer of any Borrower or (ii) the date on which written notice thereof is given to Borrowers by Agent; or

(c) fails to perform or observe any covenant or other agreement contained in this Agreement, or in any of the other Loan Documents, in each case, other than any such covenant or agreement that is the subject of another provision of this Section 8 (in which event such other provision of this Section 8 shall govern), and such failure continues for a period of 30 days after the earlier of (i) the date on which such failure shall first become known to any officer of any Borrower or (ii) the date on which written notice thereof is given to Borrowers by Agent;

8.3 Judgments . If one or more judgments, orders, or awards for the payment of money involving an aggregate amount of $250,000, or more (except to the extent fully covered (other than to the extent of customary deductibles) by insurance pursuant to which the insurer has not denied coverage) is entered or filed against a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, or with respect to any of their respective assets, and either (a) there is a period of 45 consecutive days at any time after the entry of any such judgment, order, or award during which (1) the same is not discharged, satisfied, vacated, or bonded pending appeal, or (2) a stay of enforcement thereof is not in effect, or (b) enforcement proceedings are commenced upon such judgment, order, or award;

8.4 Voluntary Bankruptcy, etc. If an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced by a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries;

8.5 Involuntary Bankruptcy, etc. If an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced against a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries and any of the following events occur: (a) such Loan Party or such Subsidiary consents to the institution of such Insolvency Proceeding against it, (b) the petition commencing the Insolvency Proceeding is not timely controverted, (c) the petition commencing the Insolvency Proceeding is not dismissed within 60 calendar days of the date of the filing thereof, (d) an interim trustee is appointed to take possession of all or any substantial portion of the properties or assets of, or to operate all or any substantial portion of the business of, such Loan Party or its Subsidiary, or (e) an order for relief shall have been issued or entered therein;

8.6 Default Under Other Agreements . If there is (a) a default in one or more agreements to which a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is a party with one or more third Persons relative to a Loan Party’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ Indebtedness involving an aggregate amount of $250,000 or more, and such default (i) occurs at the final maturity of the obligations thereunder, or (ii) results in a right by such third Person, irrespective of whether exercised, to accelerate the maturity of such Loan Party’s or its Subsidiary’s obligations thereunder, or (b) a default in or an involuntary early termination of one or more Hedge Agreements to which a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is a party involving an aggregate amount of $100,000 or more;

8.7 Representations, etc. If any warranty, representation, certificate, statement, or Record made herein or in any other Loan Document or delivered in writing to Agent or any Lender in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document proves to be untrue in any material respect (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) as of the date of issuance or making or deemed making thereof;

 

- 43 -


8.8 Guaranty . If the obligation of any Guarantor under the guaranty contained in the Guaranty and Security Agreement is limited or terminated by operation of law or by such Guarantor (other than in accordance with the terms of this Agreement);

8.9 Security Documents . If the Guaranty and Security Agreement or any other Loan Document that purports to create a Lien, shall, for any reason, fail or cease to create a valid and perfected and, except to the extent of Permitted Liens which are non-consensual Permitted Liens, permitted purchase money Liens or the interests of lessors under Capital Leases, first priority Lien on the Collateral covered thereby, except (a) as a result of a disposition of the applicable Collateral in a transaction permitted under this Agreement, or (b) as the result of an action or failure to act on the part of Agent;

8.10 Loan Documents . The validity or enforceability of any Loan Document shall at any time for any reason (other than solely as the result of an action or failure to act on the part of Agent) be declared to be null and void, or a proceeding shall be commenced by a Loan Party or its Subsidiaries, or by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over a Loan Party or its Subsidiaries, seeking to establish the invalidity or unenforceability thereof, or a Loan Party or its Subsidiaries shall deny that such Loan Party or its Subsidiaries has any liability or obligation purported to be created under any Loan Document; or

8.11 Change of Control . A Change of Control shall occur.

8.12 ERISA . The occurrence of any of the following events: (a) any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate fails to make full payment when due of all amounts which any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate is required to pay as contributions, installments, or otherwise to or with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan, and such failure could reasonably be expected to result in liability in excess of $250,000, (b) an accumulated funding deficiency or funding shortfall in excess of $250,000 occurs or exists, whether or not waived, with respect to any Pension Plan, individually or in the aggregate, (c) a Notification Event, which could reasonably be expected to result in liability in excess of $250,000, either individually or in the aggregate, or (d) any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate completely or partially withdraws from one or more Multiemployer Plans and incurs Withdrawal Liability in excess of $250,000 in the aggregate, or fails to make any Withdrawal Liability payment when due.

9. RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.

9.1 Rights and Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Agent may, and, at the instruction of the Required Lenders, shall (in each case under clauses (a) or (b) by written notice to Borrowers), in addition to any other rights or remedies provided for hereunder or under any other Loan Document or by applicable law, do any one or more of the following:

(a) (i) declare the principal of, and any and all accrued and unpaid interest and fees in respect of, the Loans and all other Obligations (other than the Bank Product Obligations), whether evidenced by this Agreement or by any of the other Loan Documents to be immediately due and payable, whereupon the same shall become and be immediately due and payable and Borrowers shall be obligated to repay all of such Obligations in full, without presentment, demand, protest, or further notice or other requirements of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by each Borrower, and (ii) direct Borrowers to provide (and Borrowers agree that upon receipt of such notice Borrowers will provide) Letter of Credit Collateralization to Agent to be held as security for Borrowers’ reimbursement obligations for drawings that may subsequently occur under issued and outstanding Letters of Credit;

(b) declare the Commitments terminated, whereupon the Commitments shall immediately be terminated together with (i) any obligation of any Revolving Lender to make Revolving Loans, (ii) the obligation of the Swing Lender to make Swing Loans, and (iii) the obligation of Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit; and

 

- 44 -


(c) exercise all other rights and remedies available to Agent or the Lenders under the Loan Documents, under applicable law, or in equity; provided , that, with respect to any Event of Default resulting solely from failure of Borrowers to comply with the financial covenants set forth in Section 7, neither Agent nor the Required Lenders may exercise the foregoing remedies in this Section 9.1 until the date that is the earlier of (1) 10 Business Days after the day on which financial statements are required to be delivered for the applicable fiscal quarter and (2) the date that Agent receives notice that there will not be a Curative Equity contribution made for such fiscal quarter.

The foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Section 8.4 or Section 8.5 , in addition to the remedies set forth above, without any notice to Borrowers or any other Person or any act by the Lender Group, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the Obligations (other than the Bank Product Obligations), inclusive of the principal of, and any and all accrued and unpaid interest and fees in respect of, the Loans and all other Obligations (other than the Bank Product Obligations), whether evidenced by this Agreement or by any of the other Loan Documents, shall automatically become and be immediately due and payable and Borrowers shall automatically be obligated to repay all of such Obligations in full (including Borrowers being obligated to provide (and Borrowers agrees that they will provide) (1) Letter of Credit Collateralization to Agent to be held as security for Borrowers’ reimbursement obligations in respect of drawings that may subsequently occur under issued and outstanding Letters of Credit, and (2) Bank Product Collateralization to be held as security for Borrowers’ or their Subsidiaries’ obligations in respect of outstanding Bank Products), without presentment, demand, protest, or notice or other requirements of any kind, all of which are expressly waived by Borrowers.

9.2 Remedies Cumulative . The rights and remedies of the Lender Group under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and all other agreements shall be cumulative. The Lender Group shall have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. No exercise by the Lender Group of one right or remedy shall be deemed an election, and no waiver by the Lender Group of any Event of Default shall be deemed a continuing waiver. No delay by the Lender Group shall constitute a waiver, election, or acquiescence by it.

9.3 Curative Equity .

(a) Subject to the limitations set forth in clause (f) below, Borrowers may cure (and shall be deemed to have cured) an Event of Default arising out of a breach of any of the financial covenants set forth in clauses (a) or (b) of Section 7 (the “ Specified Financial Covenants ”) if they receive the cash proceeds of an investment of Curative Equity within 10 Business Days after the date that is the earlier to occur of (i) the date on which the Compliance Certificate is delivered to Agent in respect of the fiscal quarter with respect to which any such breach occurred and (ii) the date on which the Compliance Certificate is required to be delivered to Agent pursuant to Section 5.1 in respect of the fiscal quarter with respect to which any such breach occurred; provided that Borrowers’ right to so cure an Event of Default shall be contingent on their timely delivery of such Compliance Certificate as required under Section 5.1 .

(b) Borrowers shall promptly notify Agent of its receipt of any proceeds of Curative Equity (and shall immediately apply the same to the payment of the Obligations in the manner specified in Section 2.4(e)(vii) ).

(c) Any investment of Curative Equity shall be in immediately available funds and, subject to the limitations set forth in clause (f) below, shall be in an amount that is sufficient to cause Borrowers to be in compliance with all of the Specified Financial Covenants as at the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter, calculated for such purpose as if such amount of Curative Equity were additional EBITDA of Borrowers as at such date.

 

- 45 -


(d) In the Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 in respect of the fiscal quarter end on which Curative Equity is used to Borrowers shall (i) include evidence of their receipt of Curative Equity proceeds, and (ii) set forth a calculation of the financial results and balance sheet of Borrowers as at such fiscal quarter end (including for such purposes the proceeds of such Curative Equity (broken out separately) as deemed EBITDA as if received on such date), which shall confirm that on a pro forma basis after taking into account the receipt of the Curative Equity proceeds, Borrowers would have been in compliance with the Specified Financial Covenants as of such date.

(e) Upon delivery of a Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 5.1 conforming to the requirements of this Section, any Event of Default that occurred and is continuing as a result of a breach of any of the Specified Financial Covenants shall be deemed cured with no further action required by the Required Lenders. Prior to the date of the delivery of a Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 5.1 conforming to the requirements of this Section, any Event of Default that has occurred as a result of a breach of any of the Specified Financial Covenants shall be deemed to be continuing and, as a result, the Lenders (including the Swing Lender and the Issuing Bank) shall have no obligation to make additional loans or otherwise extend additional credit hereunder. In the event Borrowers do not cure all financial covenant violations as provided in this Section 9.3 , the existing Event(s) of Default shall continue unless waived in writing by the Required Lenders in accordance herewith.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrowers’ rights under this Section 9.3 may (i) be exercised not more than 4 times during the term of this Agreement, (ii) not be exercised with respect to consecutive fiscal quarters, and (iii) not be exercised if the amount of the proposed investment of Curative Equity exceeds (x) prior to the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2013, the lesser of (A) 10% of EBITDA and (B) $1,000,000 and (y) after September 30, 2013, the lesser of (A) 10% of EBITDA and (B) $1,500,000. Any amount of Curative Equity that is in excess of the amount sufficient to cause Borrowers to be in compliance with all of the Specified Financial Covenants as at such date shall not constitute Curative Equity. Curative Equity shall be disregarded for purposes of determining EBITDA for any pricing, financial covenant based conditions or any baskets with respect to the covenants contained in this Agreement and there shall be no pro forma reduction in Indebtedness with the proceeds of any Curative Equity for purposes of determining compliance with the Specified Financial Covenants or for determining any pricing, financial covenant based conditions or baskets with respect to the covenants contained in this Agreement, in each case in the quarter in which such Curative Equity is used.

(g) To the extent that Curative Equity is received and included in the calculation of the Specified Financial Covenants as deemed EBITDA for any fiscal quarter pursuant to this Section 9.3 , such Curative Equity shall be deemed to be EBITDA for purposes of determining compliance with the Specified Financial Covenants for subsequent periods that include such fiscal quarter.

10. WAIVERS; INDEMNIFICATION.

10.1 Demand; Protest; etc . Each Borrower waives demand, protest, notice of protest, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees at any time held by the Lender Group on which any Borrower may in any way be liable.

10.2 The Lender Group’s Liability for Collateral . Each Borrower hereby agrees that: (a) so long as Agent complies with its obligations, if any, under the Code, the Lender Group shall not in any way or manner be liable or responsible for: (i) the safekeeping of the Collateral, (ii) any loss or damage thereto occurring or arising in any manner or fashion from any cause, (iii) any diminution in the value thereof, or (iv) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, forwarding agency, or other Person, and (b) all risk of loss, damage, or destruction of the Collateral shall be borne by Borrowers.

10.3 Indemnification . Each Borrower shall pay, indemnify, defend, and hold the Agent-Related Persons, the Lender-Related Persons, and each Participant (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) harmless (to the

 

- 46 -


fullest extent permitted by law) from and against any and all claims, demands, suits, actions, investigations, proceedings, liabilities, fines, costs, penalties, and damages, and all reasonable, documented fees and disbursements of attorneys, experts, or consultants and all other costs and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith or in connection with the enforcement of this indemnification (as and when they are incurred and irrespective of whether suit is brought), at any time asserted against, imposed upon, or incurred by any of them (a) in connection with or as a result of or related to the execution and delivery (provided that Borrowers shall not be liable for costs and expenses (including attorneys fees) of any Lender (other than Wells Fargo) incurred in advising, structuring, drafting, reviewing, administering or syndicating the Loan Documents), enforcement, performance, or administration (including any restructuring or workout with respect hereto) of this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents, or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or the monitoring of Borrowers’ and their Subsidiaries’ compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents ( provided , that the indemnification in this clause (a) shall not extend to (i) disputes solely between or among the Lenders that do not involve any acts or omissions of any Loan Party, or (ii) disputes solely between or among the Lenders and their respective Affiliates that do not involve any acts or omissions of any Loan Party; it being understood and agreed that the indemnification in this clause (a) shall extend to Agent (but not the Lenders) relative to disputes between or among Agent on the one hand, and one or more Lenders, or one or more of their Affiliates, on the other hand, or (iii) any Taxes or any costs attributable to Taxes, which shall be governed by Section 16 ), (b) with respect to any actual or prospective investigation, litigation, or proceeding related to this Agreement, any other Loan Document, the making of any Loans or issuance of any Letters of Credit hereunder, or the use of the proceeds of the Loans or the Letters of Credit provided hereunder (irrespective of whether any Indemnified Person is a party thereto), or any act, omission, event, or circumstance in any manner related thereto, and (c) in connection with or arising out of any presence or release of Hazardous Materials at, on, under, to or from any assets or properties owned, leased or operated by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any Environmental Actions, Environmental Liabilities or Remedial Actions related in any way to any such assets or properties of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (each and all of the foregoing, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”). The foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, no Borrower shall have any obligation to any Indemnified Person under this Section 10.3 with respect to any Indemnified Liability that a court of competent jurisdiction finally determines to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Person or its officers, directors, employees, attorneys, or agents. This provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the repayment in full of the Obligations. If any Indemnified Person makes any payment to any other Indemnified Person with respect to an Indemnified Liability as to which Borrowers were required to indemnify the Indemnified Person receiving such payment, the Indemnified Person making such payment is entitled to be indemnified and reimbursed by Borrowers with respect thereto. WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE FOREGOING INDEMNITY SHALL APPLY TO EACH INDEMNIFIED PERSON WITH RESPECT TO INDEMNIFIED LIABILITIES WHICH IN WHOLE OR IN PART ARE CAUSED BY OR ARISE OUT OF ANY NEGLIGENT ACT OR OMISSION OF SUCH INDEMNIFIED PERSON OR OF ANY OTHER PERSON.

 

- 47 -


11. NOTICES.

Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices or demands relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be in writing and (except for financial statements and other informational documents which may be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid) shall be personally delivered or sent by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested), overnight courier, electronic mail (at such email addresses as a party may designate in accordance herewith), or telefacsimile. In the case of notices or demands to any Borrower or Agent, as the case may be, they shall be sent to the respective address set forth below:

 

If to any Borrower:    c/o Connecture, Inc.
   18500 W. Corporate Drive, Suite 250
   Brookfield, Wisconsin 53045
   Fax: (262) 432-0075
with copies to:    DLA Piper LLP (US)
   1201 West Peachtree Street NW, Suite 2800
   Atlanta, Georgia 30309
   Fax: (404) 682-7854
   Attention: Joseph G. Silver
If to Agent:    WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
   One Boston Place, 18th Floor
   Boston, MA 02108
   Attn: Technology Finance Portfolio Manager
   Fax No.: 855-842-6367
with copies to:    Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
   101 Park Avenue
   New York, NY 10178
   Attn: Marshall Stoddard, Esq.
   Fax No.: 212-309-6001

Any party hereto may change the address at which they are to receive notices hereunder, by notice in writing in the foregoing manner given to the other party. All notices or demands sent in accordance with this Section 11 , shall be deemed received on the earlier of the date of actual receipt or 3 Business Days after the deposit thereof in the mail; provided , that (a) notices sent by overnight courier service shall be deemed to have been given when received, (b) notices by facsimile shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient) and (c) notices by electronic mail shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgment from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return email or other written acknowledgment).

12. CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER; JUDICIAL REFERENCE PROVISION.

(a) THE VALIDITY OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (UNLESS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED TO THE CONTRARY IN ANOTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN RESPECT OF SUCH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT), THE CONSTRUCTION, INTERPRETATION, AND ENFORCEMENT HEREOF AND THEREOF, THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THERETO WITH RESPECT TO ALL MATTERS ARISING HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER OR RELATED HERETO OR THERETO, AND ANY CLAIMS, CONTROVERSIES OR DISPUTES ARISING HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER OR RELATED HERETO OR THERETO SHALL BE DETERMINED UNDER, GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(b) THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE TRIED AND LITIGATED ONLY IN THE STATE AND, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK, STATE OF NEW YORK; PROVIDED, THAT ANY SUIT SEEKING ENFORCEMENT AGAINST ANY COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE BROUGHT, AT AGENT’S OPTION, IN THE

 

- 48 -


COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION WHERE AGENT ELECTS TO BRING SUCH ACTION OR WHERE SUCH COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE FOUND. EACH BORROWER AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT EACH MAY HAVE TO ASSERT THE DOCTRINE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS OR TO OBJECT TO VENUE TO THE EXTENT ANY PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION 12(b) .

(c) TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH BORROWER AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS, IF ANY, TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS (EACH A “CLAIM”). EACH BORROWER AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER AND EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

(d) EACH BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK AND THE STATE OF NEW YORK, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT AGENT MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST ANY LOAN PARTY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

(e) NO CLAIM MAY BE MADE BY ANY LOAN PARTY AGAINST THE AGENT, THE SWING LENDER, ANY OTHER LENDER, ISSUING BANK, OR ANY AFFILIATE, DIRECTOR, OFFICER, EMPLOYEE, COUNSEL, REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT, OR ATTORNEY-IN-FACT OF ANY OF THEM FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES OR LOSSES IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM FOR BREACH OF CONTRACT OR ANY OTHER THEORY OF LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR ANY ACT, OMISSION, OR EVENT OCCURRING IN CONNECTION THEREWITH, AND EACH LOAN PARTY HEREBY WAIVES, RELEASES, AND AGREES NOT TO SUE UPON ANY CLAIM FOR SUCH DAMAGES, WHETHER OR NOT ACCRUED AND WHETHER OR NOT KNOWN OR SUSPECTED TO EXIST IN ITS FAVOR.

 

- 49 -


13. ASSIGNMENTS AND PARTICIPATIONS; SUCCESSORS.

13.1 Assignments and Participations .

(a) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in clause (a)(ii) below, any Lender may assign and delegate all or any portion of its rights and duties under the Loan Documents (including the Obligations owed to it and its Commitments) to one or more assignees (each, an “ Assignee ”), with the prior written consent (such consent not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of:

(A) Borrowers; provided, that no consent of Borrowers shall be required (1) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (2) in connection with an assignment to a Person that is a Lender or an Affiliate (other than natural persons) of a Lender; provided further, that Borrowers shall be deemed to have consented to a proposed assignment unless they object thereto by written notice to Agent within 5 Business Days after having received notice thereof; and

(B) Agent, Swing Lender, and Issuing Bank.

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) no assignment may be made to a natural person,

(B) no assignment may be made to a Loan Party, an Affiliate of a Loan Party, or any Sponsor Affiliated Entity,

(C) the amount of the Commitments and the other rights and obligations of the assigning Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to Agent) shall be in a minimum amount (unless waived by Agent) of $5,000,000 (except such minimum amount shall not apply to (I) an assignment or delegation by any Lender to any other Lender, an Affiliate of any Lender, or a Related Fund of such Lender or (II) a group of new Lenders, each of which is an Affiliate of each other or a Related Fund of such new Lender to the extent that the aggregate amount to be assigned to all such new Lenders is at least $5,000,000),

(D) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement,

(E) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to Agent an Assignment and Acceptance; provided, that Borrowers and Agent may continue to deal solely and directly with the assigning Lender in connection with the interest so assigned to an Assignee until written notice of such assignment, together with payment instructions, addresses, and related information with respect to the Assignee, have been given to Borrowers and Agent by such Lender and the Assignee,

(F) unless waived by Agent, the assigning Lender or Assignee has paid to Agent, for Agent’s separate account, a processing fee in the amount of $3,500, and

(G) the assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to Agent an Administrative Questionnaire in a form approved by Agent (the “ Administrative Questionnaire ”).

(b) From and after the date that Agent receives the executed Assignment and Acceptance and, if applicable, payment of the required processing fee, (i) the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, shall be a “Lender” and shall have the rights and obligations of a Lender under the Loan Documents, and (ii) the assigning Lender shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights (except with respect to Section 10.3 ) and be released from any future obligations under this Agreement (and in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto and thereto); provided, that nothing contained herein shall release any assigning Lender from obligations that survive the termination of this Agreement, including such assigning Lender’s obligations under Section 15 and Section 17.9(a) .

(c) By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, the assigning Lender thereunder and the Assignee thereunder confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as

 

- 50 -


follows: (i) other than as provided in such Assignment and Acceptance, such assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement or any other Loan Document furnished pursuant hereto, (ii) such assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of any Borrower or the performance or observance by any Borrower of any of its obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document furnished pursuant hereto, (iii) such Assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement, together with such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance, (iv) such Assignee will, independently and without reliance upon Agent, such assigning Lender or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement, (v) such Assignee appoints and authorizes Agent to take such actions and to exercise such powers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as are delegated to Agent, by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, and (vi) such Assignee agrees that it will perform all of the obligations which by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

(d) Immediately upon Agent’s receipt of the required processing fee, if applicable, and delivery of notice to the assigning Lender pursuant to Section 13.1(b) , this Agreement shall be deemed to be amended to the extent, but only to the extent, necessary to reflect the addition of the Assignee and the resulting adjustment of the Commitments arising therefrom. The Commitment allocated to each Assignee shall reduce such Commitments of the assigning Lender pro tanto .

(e) Any Lender may at any time sell to one or more commercial banks, financial institutions, or other Persons (a “ Participant ”) participating interests in all or any portion of its Obligations, its Commitment, and the other rights and interests of that Lender (the “ Originating Lender ”) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents; provided, that (i) the Originating Lender shall remain a “Lender” for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the Participant receiving the participating interest in the Obligations, the Commitments, and the other rights and interests of the Originating Lender hereunder shall not constitute a “Lender” hereunder or under the other Loan Documents and the Originating Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) the Originating Lender shall remain solely responsible for the performance of such obligations, (iii) Borrowers, Agent, and the Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with the Originating Lender in connection with the Originating Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (iv) no Lender shall transfer or grant any participating interest under which the Participant has the right to approve any amendment to, or any consent or waiver with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except to the extent such amendment to, or consent or waiver with respect to this Agreement or of any other Loan Document would (A) extend the final maturity date of the Obligations hereunder in which such Participant is participating, (B) reduce the interest rate applicable to the Obligations hereunder in which such Participant is participating, (C) release all or substantially all of the Collateral or guaranties (except to the extent expressly provided herein or in any of the Loan Documents) supporting the Obligations hereunder in which such Participant is participating, (D) postpone the payment of, or reduce the amount of, the interest or fees payable to such Participant through such Lender (other than a waiver of default interest), or (E) decreases the amount or postpones the due dates of scheduled principal repayments or prepayments or premiums payable to such Participant through such Lender, (v) no participation shall be sold to a natural person, (vi) no participation shall be sold to a Loan Party, an Affiliate of a Loan Party, or any Sponsor Affiliated Entity, and (vii) all amounts payable by Borrowers hereunder shall be determined as if such Lender had not sold such participation, except that, if amounts outstanding under this Agreement are due and unpaid, or shall have been declared or shall have become due and payable upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, each Participant shall be deemed to have the right of set off in respect of its participating interest in amounts owing under this Agreement to the same extent as if the amount of its participating interest were owing directly to it as a Lender under this Agreement. The rights of any Participant only shall be derivative through the Originating Lender with whom such Participant participates and no Participant shall have any rights under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any direct rights as to the other Lenders, Agent, Borrowers, the Collateral, or otherwise in respect of the Obligations. No Participant shall have the right to participate directly in the making of decisions by the Lenders among themselves.

 

- 51 -


(f) In connection with any such assignment or participation or proposed assignment or participation or any grant of a security interest in, or pledge of, its rights under and interest in this Agreement, a Lender may, subject to the provisions of Section 17.9 , disclose all documents and information which it now or hereafter may have relating to any Borrower and its Subsidiaries and their respective businesses.

(g) Any other provision in this Agreement notwithstanding, any Lender may at any time create a security interest in, or pledge, all or any portion of its rights under and interest in this Agreement in favor of any Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with Regulation A of the Federal Reserve Bank or U.S. Treasury Regulation 31 CFR §203.24, and such Federal Reserve Bank may enforce such pledge or security interest in any manner permitted under applicable law.

(h) Agent (as a non-fiduciary agent on behalf of Borrowers) shall maintain, or cause to be maintained, a register (the “ Register ”) on which it enters the name and address of each Lender as the registered owner of the Term Loan (and the principal amount thereof and stated interest thereon) held by such Lender (each, a “ Registered Loan ”). Other than in connection with an assignment by a Lender of all or any portion of its portion of the Term Loan to an Affiliate of such Lender or a Related Fund of such Lender (i) a Registered Loan (and the registered note, if any, evidencing the same) may be assigned or sold in whole or in part only by registration of such assignment or sale on the Register (and each registered note shall expressly so provide) and (ii) any assignment or sale of all or part of such Registered Loan (and the registered note, if any, evidencing the same) may be effected only by registration of such assignment or sale on the Register, together with the surrender of the registered note, if any, evidencing the same duly endorsed by (or accompanied by a written instrument of assignment or sale duly executed by) the holder of such registered note, whereupon, at the request of the designated assignee(s) or transferee(s), one or more new registered notes in the same aggregate principal amount shall be issued to the designated assignee(s) or transferee(s). Prior to the registration of assignment or sale of any Registered Loan (and the registered note, if any evidencing the same), Borrowers shall treat the Person in whose name such Registered Loan (and the registered note, if any, evidencing the same) is registered as the owner thereof for the purpose of receiving all payments thereon and for all other purposes, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. In the case of any assignment by a Lender of all or any portion of its Term Loan to an Affiliate of such Lender or a Related Fund of such Lender, and which assignment is not recorded in the Register, the assigning Lender, on behalf of Borrowers, shall maintain a register comparable to the Register.

(i) In the event that a Lender sells participations in the Registered Loan, such Lender, as a non-fiduciary agent on behalf of Borrowers, shall maintain (or cause to be maintained) a register on which it enters the name of all participants in the Registered Loans held by it (and the principal amount (and stated interest thereon) of the portion of such Registered Loans that is subject to such participations) (the “ Participant Register ”). A Registered Loan (and the Registered Note, if any, evidencing the same) may be participated in whole or in part only by registration of such participation on the Participant Register (and each registered note shall expressly so provide). Any participation of such Registered Loan (and the registered note, if any, evidencing the same) may be effected only by the registration of such participation on the Participant Register.

(j) Agent shall make a copy of the Register (and each Lender shall make a copy of its Participant Register in the extent it has one) available for review by Borrowers from time to time as Borrowers may reasonably request.

13.2 Successors . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of each of the parties; provided, that no Borrower may assign this Agreement or any rights or duties hereunder without the Lenders’ prior written consent and any prohibited assignment shall be absolutely void ab initio . No consent to assignment by the Lenders shall release any Borrower from its Obligations. A Lender may assign this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and its rights and duties hereunder and thereunder pursuant to Section 13.1 and, except as expressly required pursuant to Section 13.1 , no consent or approval by any Borrower is required in connection with any such assignment.

 

- 52 -


14. AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS.

14.1 Amendments and Waivers .

(a) No amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than Bank Product Agreements or the Fee Letter), and no consent with respect to any departure by any Borrower therefrom, shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Required Lenders (or by Agent at the written request of the Required Lenders) and the Loan Parties that are party thereto and then any such waiver or consent shall be effective, but only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided , that no such waiver, amendment, or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by all of the Lenders directly affected thereby and all of the Loan Parties that are party thereto, do any of the following:

(i) increase the amount of or extend the expiration date of any Commitment of any Lender or amend, modify, or eliminate the last sentence of Section 2.4(c)(i) ,

(ii) postpone or delay any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment of principal, interest, fees, or other amounts due hereunder or under any other Loan Document,

(iii) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest on, any loan or other extension of credit hereunder, or reduce any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document (except (y) in connection with the waiver of applicability of Section 2.6(c) (which waiver shall be effective with the written consent of the Required Lenders), and (z) that any amendment or modification of defined terms used in the financial covenants in this Agreement shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest or a reduction of fees for purposes of this clause (iii)),

(iv) amend, modify, or eliminate this Section or any provision of this Agreement providing for consent or other action by all Lenders,

(v) amend, modify, or eliminate Section 3.1 or 3.2 ,

(vi) amend, modify, or eliminate Section 15.11 ,

(vii) other than as permitted by Section 15.11 , release Agent’s Lien in and to any of the Collateral,

(viii) amend, modify, or eliminate the definitions of “Required Lenders” or “Pro Rata Share”,

(ix) contractually subordinate any of Agent’s Liens,

(x) other than in connection with a merger, liquidation, dissolution or sale of such Person expressly permitted by the terms hereof or the other Loan Documents, release any Borrower or any Guarantor from any obligation for the payment of money or consent to the assignment or transfer by any Borrower or any Guarantor of any of its rights or duties under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or

(xi) amend, modify, or eliminate any of the provisions of Section 2.4(b)(i) or (ii)  or Section 2.4(e) or (f), or

 

- 53 -


(b) No amendment, waiver, modification, or consent shall amend, modify, waive, or eliminate,

(i) the definition of, or any of the terms or provisions of, the Fee Letter, without the written consent of Agent and Borrowers (and shall not require the written consent of any of the Lenders),

(ii) any provision of Section 15 pertaining to Agent, or any other rights or duties of Agent under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, without the written consent of Agent, Borrowers, and the Required Lenders;

(c) No amendment, waiver, modification, elimination, or consent shall amend, modify, or waive any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents pertaining to Issuing Bank, or any other rights or duties of Issuing Bank under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, without the written consent of Issuing Bank, Agent, Borrowers, and the Required Lenders;

(d) No amendment, waiver, modification, elimination, or consent shall amend, modify, or waive any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents pertaining to Swing Lender, or any other rights or duties of Swing Lender under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, without the written consent of Swing Lender, Agent, Borrowers, and the Required Lenders; and

(e) Anything in this Section 14.1 to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) any amendment, modification, elimination, waiver, consent, termination, or release of, or with respect to, any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document that relates only to the relationship of the Lender Group among themselves, and that does not affect the rights or obligations of any Borrower, shall not require consent by or the agreement of any Loan Party, and (ii) any amendment, waiver, modification, elimination, or consent of or with respect to any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document may be entered into without the consent of, or over the objection of, any Defaulting Lender other than any of the matters governed by Section 14.1(a)(i) through (iii)  that affect such Lender.

14.2 Replacement of Certain Lenders .

(a) If (i) any action to be taken by the Lender Group or Agent hereunder requires the consent, authorization, or agreement of all Lenders or all Lenders affected thereby and if such action has received the consent, authorization, or agreement of the Required Lenders but not of all Lenders or all Lenders affected thereby, or (ii) any Lender makes a claim for compensation under Section 16 , then Borrowers or Agent, upon at least 5 Business Days prior irrevocable notice, may permanently replace any Lender that failed to give its consent, authorization, or agreement (a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”) or any Defaulting Lender or any Lender that made a claim for compensation (a “ Tax Lender ”) with one or more Replacement Lenders, and the Non-Consenting Lender, Defaulting Lender or Tax Lender, as applicable, shall have no right to refuse to be replaced hereunder. Such notice to replace the Non-Consenting Lender, Defaulting Lender or Tax Lender, as applicable, shall specify an effective date for such replacement, which date shall not be later than 15 Business Days after the date such notice is given.

(b) Prior to the effective date of such replacement, the Non-Consenting Lender, Defaulting Lender or Tax Lender, as applicable, and each Replacement Lender shall execute and deliver an Assignment and Acceptance, subject only to the Non-Consenting Lender, Defaulting Lender or Tax Lender, as applicable, being repaid in full its share of the outstanding Obligations (without any premium or penalty of any kind whatsoever, but including (i) all interest, fees and other amounts that may be due in payable in respect thereof, and (ii) an assumption of its Pro Rata Share of participations in the Letters of Credit). If the Non-Consenting Lender, Defaulting Lender or Tax Lender, as applicable, shall refuse or fail to execute and deliver any such Assignment and Acceptance prior to the effective date of such replacement, Agent may, but shall not be required to, execute and deliver such Assignment and Acceptance in the name or and on behalf of the Non-Consenting Lender, Defaulting Lender or Tax Lender, as applicable, and irrespective of whether Agent executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance, the Non-Consenting Lender, Defaulting Lender or Tax Lender, as applicable, shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance. The replacement of any Non-Consenting Lender, Defaulting Lender or Tax Lender, as applicable, shall be made in accordance with the terms of Section 13.1 . Until such time as one or more Replacement Lenders shall have acquired all of the Obligations,

 

- 54 -


the Commitments, and the other rights and obligations of the Non-Consenting Lender, Defaulting Lender or Tax Lender, as applicable, hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the Non-Consenting Lender, Defaulting Lender or Tax Lender, as applicable, shall remain obligated to make the Non-Consenting Lender’s, Defaulting Lender’s or Tax Lender’s, as applicable, Pro Rata Share of Revolving Loans and to purchase a participation in each Letter of Credit, in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of participations in such Letters of Credit.

14.3 No Waivers; Cumulative Remedies . No failure by Agent or any Lender to exercise any right, remedy, or option under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or delay by Agent or any Lender in exercising the same, will operate as a waiver thereof. No waiver by Agent or any Lender will be effective unless it is in writing, and then only to the extent specifically stated. No waiver by Agent or any Lender on any occasion shall affect or diminish Agent’s and each Lender’s rights thereafter to require strict performance by Borrowers of any provision of this Agreement. Agent’s and each Lender’s rights under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents will be cumulative and not exclusive of any other right or remedy that Agent or any Lender may have.

15. AGENT; THE LENDER GROUP.

15.1 Appointment and Authorization of Agent . Each Lender hereby designates and appoints Wells Fargo as its agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and each Lender hereby irrevocably authorizes (and by entering into a Bank Product Agreement, each Bank Product Provider shall be deemed to designate, appoint, and authorize) Agent to execute and deliver each of the other Loan Documents on its behalf and to take such other action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and each other Loan Document and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to Agent by the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Agent agrees to act as agent for and on behalf of the Lenders (and the Bank Product Providers) on the conditions contained in this Section 15. Any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document notwithstanding, Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents, nor shall Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender (or Bank Product Provider), and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the use of the term “agent” in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents with reference to Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only a representative relationship between independent contracting parties. Each Lender hereby further authorizes (and by entering into a Bank Product Agreement, each Bank Product Provider shall be deemed to authorize) Agent to act as the secured party under each of the Loan Documents that create a Lien on any item of Collateral. Except as expressly otherwise provided in this Agreement, Agent shall have and may use its sole discretion with respect to exercising or refraining from exercising any discretionary rights or taking or refraining from taking any actions that Agent expressly is entitled to take or assert under or pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, or of any other provision of the Loan Documents that provides rights or powers to Agent, Lenders agree that Agent shall have the right to exercise the following powers as long as this Agreement remains in effect: (a) maintain, in accordance with its customary business practices, ledgers and records reflecting the status of the Obligations, the Collateral, payments and proceeds of Collateral, and related matters, (b) execute or file any and all financing or similar statements or notices, amendments, renewals, supplements, documents, instruments, proofs of claim, notices and other written agreements with respect to the Loan Documents, (c) make Revolving Loans, for itself or on behalf of Lenders, as provided in the Loan Documents, (d) exclusively receive, apply, and distribute payments and proceeds of the Collateral as provided in the Loan Documents, (e) open and maintain such bank accounts and cash management arrangements as Agent deems necessary and appropriate in accordance with the Loan Documents for the foregoing purposes, (f) perform, exercise, and enforce any and all other rights and remedies of the Lender Group with respect to any Borrower or its Subsidiaries, the Obligations, the Collateral, or otherwise related to any of same as provided in the Loan Documents, and (g) incur and pay such Lender Group Expenses as Agent may deem necessary or appropriate for the performance and fulfillment of its functions and powers pursuant to the Loan Documents.

 

- 55 -


15.2 Delegation of Duties . Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement or any other Loan Document by or through agents, employees or attorneys in fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or attorney in fact that it selects as long as such selection was made without gross negligence or willful misconduct.

15.3 Liability of Agent . None of the Agent-Related Persons shall (a) be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct), or (b) be responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders (or Bank Product Providers) for any recital, statement, representation or warranty made by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or any officer or director thereof, contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for any failure of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries or any other party to any Loan Document to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. No Agent-Related Person shall be under any obligation to any Lenders (or Bank Product Providers) to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or to inspect the books and records or properties of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries.

15.4 Reliance by Agent . Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission, telex or telephone message, statement or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent, or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to Borrowers or counsel to any Lender), independent accountants and other experts selected by Agent. Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless Agent shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Lenders as it deems appropriate and until such instructions are received, Agent shall act, or refrain from acting, as it deems advisable. If Agent so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its reasonable satisfaction by the Lenders (and, if it so elects, the Bank Product Providers) against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document in accordance with a request or consent of the Required Lenders and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all of the Lenders (and Bank Product Providers).

15.5 Notice of Default or Event of Default . Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, except with respect to defaults in the payment of principal, interest, fees, and expenses required to be paid to Agent for the account of the Lenders and, except with respect to Events of Default of which Agent has actual knowledge, unless Agent shall have received written notice from a Lender or Borrowers referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default, and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.” Agent promptly will notify the Lenders of its receipt of any such notice or of any Event of Default of which Agent has actual knowledge. If any Lender obtains actual knowledge of any Event of Default, such Lender promptly shall notify the other Lenders and Agent of such Event of Default. Each Lender shall be solely responsible for giving any notices to its Participants, if any. Subject to Section 15.4 , Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as may be requested by the Required Lenders in accordance with Section 9 ; provided, that unless and until Agent has received any such request, Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable.

 

- 56 -


15.6 Credit Decision . Each Lender (and Bank Product Provider) acknowledges that none of the Agent-Related Persons has made any representation or warranty to it, and that no act by Agent hereinafter taken, including any review of the affairs of any Borrower and its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent-Related Person to any Lender (or Bank Product Provider). Each Lender represents (and by entering into a Bank Product Agreement, each Bank Product Provider shall be deemed to represent) to Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such due diligence, documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of each Borrower or any other Person party to a Loan Document, and all applicable bank regulatory laws relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit to Borrowers. Each Lender also represents (and by entering into a Bank Product Agreement, each Bank Product Provider shall be deemed to represent) that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of each Borrower or any other Person party to a Loan Document. Except for notices, reports, and other documents expressly herein required to be furnished to the Lenders by Agent, Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender (or Bank Product Provider) with any credit or other information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any Borrower or any other Person party to a Loan Document that may come into the possession of any of the Agent-Related Persons. Each Lender acknowledges (and by entering into a Bank Product Agreement, each Bank Product Provider shall be deemed to acknowledge) that Agent does not have any duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis (except to the extent, if any, that is expressly specified herein) to provide such Lender (or Bank Product Provider) with any credit or other information with respect to any Borrower, its Affiliates or any of their respective business, legal, financial or other affairs, and irrespective of whether such information came into Agent’s or its Affiliates’ or representatives’ possession before or after the date on which such Lender became a party to this Agreement (or such Bank Product Provider entered into a Bank Product Agreement).

15.7 Costs and Expenses; Indemnification . Agent may incur and pay Lender Group Expenses to the extent Agent reasonably deems necessary or appropriate for the performance and fulfillment of its functions, powers, and obligations pursuant to the Loan Documents, including court costs, attorneys fees and expenses, fees and expenses of financial accountants, advisors, consultants, and appraisers, costs of collection by outside collection agencies, auctioneer fees and expenses, and costs of security guards or insurance premiums paid to maintain the Collateral, whether or not Borrowers are obligated to reimburse Agent or Lenders for such expenses pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise. Agent is authorized and directed to deduct and retain sufficient amounts from payments or proceeds of the Collateral received by Agent to reimburse Agent for such out-of-pocket costs and expenses prior to the distribution of any amounts to Lenders (or Bank Product Providers). In the event Agent is not reimbursed for such costs and expenses by Borrowers or their Subsidiaries, each Lender hereby agrees that it is and shall be obligated to pay to Agent such Lender’s ratable thereof. Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, each of the Lenders, on a ratable basis, shall indemnify and defend the Agent-Related Persons (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of Borrowers and without limiting the obligation of Borrowers to do so) from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities; provided, that no Lender shall be liable for the payment to any Agent-Related Person of any portion of such Indemnified Liabilities resulting solely from such Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct nor shall any Lender be liable for the obligations of any Defaulting Lender in failing to make a Revolving Loan or other extension of credit hereunder. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse Agent upon demand for such Lender’s ratable share of any costs or reasonable, documented out of pocket expenses (including attorneys, accountants, advisors, and consultants fees and expenses) incurred by Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment, or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the extent that Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of Borrowers. The undertaking in this Section shall survive the payment of all Obligations hereunder and the resignation or replacement of Agent.

 

- 57 -


15.8 Agent in Individual Capacity . Wells Fargo and its Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, provide Bank Products to, acquire Equity Interests in, and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting, or other business with any Borrower and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and any other Person party to any Loan Document as though Wells Fargo were not Agent hereunder, and, in each case, without notice to or consent of the other members of the Lender Group. The other members of the Lender Group acknowledge (and by entering into a Bank Product Agreement, each Bank Product Provider shall be deemed to acknowledge) that, pursuant to such activities, Wells Fargo or its Affiliates may receive information regarding a Borrower or its Affiliates or any other Person party to any Loan Documents that is subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of such Borrower or such other Person and that prohibit the disclosure of such information to the Lenders (or Bank Product Providers), and the Lenders acknowledge (and by entering into a Bank Product Agreement, each Bank Product Provider shall be deemed to acknowledge) that, in such circumstances (and in the absence of a waiver of such confidentiality obligations, which waiver Agent will use its reasonable best efforts to obtain), Agent shall not be under any obligation to provide such information to them. The terms “Lender” and “Lenders” include Wells Fargo in its individual capacity.

15.9 Successor Agent . Agent may resign as Agent upon 30 days (10 days if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) prior written notice to the Lenders (unless such notice is waived by the Required Lenders) and Borrowers (unless such notice is waived by Borrowers) and without any notice to the Bank Product Providers. If Agent resigns under this Agreement, the Required Lenders shall be entitled, with (so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) the consent of Borrowers (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed, or conditioned), appoint a successor Agent for the Lenders (and the Bank Product Providers). If, at the time that Agent’s resignation is effective, it is acting as Issuing Bank or the Swing Lender, such resignation shall also operate to effectuate its resignation as Issuing Bank or the Swing Lender, as applicable, and it shall automatically be relieved of any further obligation to issue Letters of Credit or to make Swing Loans. If no successor Agent is appointed prior to the effective date of the resignation of Agent, Agent may appoint, after consulting with the Lenders and Borrowers, a successor Agent. If Agent has materially breached or failed to perform any material provision of this Agreement or of applicable law, the Required Lenders may agree in writing to remove and replace Agent with a successor Agent from among the Lenders with (so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) the consent of Borrowers (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed, or conditioned). In any such event, upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor Agent hereunder, such successor Agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers, and duties of the retiring Agent and the term “Agent” shall mean such successor Agent and the retiring Agent’s appointment, powers, and duties as Agent shall be terminated. After any retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder as Agent, the provisions of this Section 15 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this Agreement. If no successor Agent has accepted appointment as Agent by the date which is 30 days following a retiring Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Lenders shall perform all of the duties of Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided for above.

15.10 Lender in Individual Capacity . Any Lender and its respective Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, provide Bank Products to, acquire Equity Interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting, or other business with any Borrower and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and any other Person party to any Loan Documents as though such Lender were not a Lender hereunder without notice to or consent of the other members of the Lender Group (or the Bank Product Providers). The other members of the Lender Group acknowledge (and by entering into a Bank Product Agreement, each Bank Product Provider shall be deemed to acknowledge) that, pursuant to such activities, such Lender and its respective Affiliates may receive information regarding a Borrower or its Affiliates or any other Person party to any Loan Documents that is subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of such Borrower or such other Person and that prohibit the disclosure of such information to the Lenders, and

 

- 58 -


the Lenders acknowledge (and by entering into a Bank Product Agreement, each Bank Product Provider shall be deemed to acknowledge) that, in such circumstances (and in the absence of a waiver of such confidentiality obligations, which waiver such Lender will use its reasonable best efforts to obtain), such Lender shall not be under any obligation to provide such information to them.

15.11 Collateral Matters .

(a) The Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize (and by entering into a Bank Product Agreement, each Bank Product Provider shall be deemed to authorize) Agent to release any Lien on any Collateral (i) upon the termination of the Commitments and payment and satisfaction in full by Borrowers of all of the Obligations, (ii) constituting property being sold or disposed of if a release is required or desirable in connection therewith and if Borrowers certify to Agent that the sale or disposition is permitted under Section 6.4 (and Agent may rely conclusively on any such certificate, without further inquiry), (iii) constituting property in which no Borrower or its Subsidiaries owned any interest at the time Agent’s Lien was granted nor at any time thereafter, (iv) constituting property leased or licensed to a Borrower or its Subsidiaries under a lease or license that has expired or is terminated in a transaction permitted under this Agreement, or (v) in connection with a credit bid or purchase authorized under this Section 15.11 . The Loan Parties and the Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize (and by entering into a Bank Product Agreement, each Bank Product Provider shall be deemed to authorize) Agent, based upon the instruction of the Required Lenders, to (a) consent to, credit bid or purchase (either directly or indirectly through one or more entities) all or any portion of the Collateral at any sale thereof conducted under the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, including Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code, (b) credit bid or purchase (either directly or indirectly through one or more entities) all or any portion of the Collateral at any sale or other disposition thereof conducted under the provisions of the Code, including pursuant to Sections 9-610 or 9-620 of the Code, or (c) credit bid or purchase (either directly or indirectly through one or more entities) all or any portion of the Collateral at any other sale or foreclosure conducted or consented to by Agent in accordance with applicable law in any judicial action or proceeding or by the exercise of any legal or equitable remedy. In connection with any such credit bid or purchase, (i) the Obligations owed to the Lenders and the Bank Product Providers shall be entitled to be, and shall be, credit bid on a ratable basis (with Obligations with respect to contingent or unliquidated claims being estimated for such purpose if the fixing or liquidation thereof would not impair or unduly delay the ability of Agent to credit bid or purchase at such sale or other disposition of the Collateral and, if such contingent or unliquidated claims cannot be estimated without impairing or unduly delaying the ability of Agent to credit bid at such sale or other disposition, then such claims shall be disregarded, not credit bid, and not entitled to any interest in the Collateral that is the subject of such credit bid or purchase) and the Lenders and the Bank Product Providers whose Obligations are credit bid shall be entitled to receive interests (ratably based upon the proportion of their Obligations credit bid in relation to the aggregate amount of Obligations so credit bid) in the Collateral that is the subject of such credit bid or purchase (or in the Equity Interests of the any entities that are used to consummate such credit bid or purchase), and (ii) Agent, based upon the instruction of the Required Lenders, may accept non-cash consideration, including debt and equity securities issued by any entities used to consummate such credit bid or purchase and in connection therewith Agent may reduce the Obligations owed to the Lenders and the Bank Product Providers (ratably based upon the proportion of their Obligations credit bid in relation to the aggregate amount of Obligations so credit bid) based upon the value of such non-cash consideration. Except as provided above, Agent will not execute and deliver a release of any Lien on any Collateral without the prior written authorization of (y) if the release is of all or substantially all of the Collateral, all of the Lenders (without requiring the authorization of the Bank Product Providers), or (z) otherwise, the Required Lenders (without requiring the authorization of the Bank Product Providers). Upon request by Agent or Borrowers at any time, the Lenders will (and if so requested, the Bank Product Providers will) confirm in writing Agent’s authority to release any such Liens on particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Section 15.11 ; provided, that (1) anything to the contrary contained in any of the Loan Documents notwithstanding, Agent shall not be required to execute any document or take any action necessary to evidence such release on terms that, in Agent’s opinion, could expose Agent to liability or create any obligation or entail any consequence other than the release of such Lien without recourse, representation, or warranty, and (2) such release shall not in any manner discharge, affect, or impair the Obligations or any Liens (other than those expressly released) upon (or obligations of

 

- 59 -


Borrowers in respect of) any and all interests retained by any Borrower, including, the proceeds of any sale, all of which shall continue to constitute part of the Collateral. Each Lender further hereby irrevocably authorize (and by entering into a Bank Product Agreement, each Bank Product Provider shall be deemed to irrevocably authorize) Agent, at its option and in its sole discretion, to subordinate any Lien granted to or held by Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Permitted Lien on such property if such Permitted Lien secures Permitted Purchase Money Indebtedness.

(b) Agent shall have no obligation whatsoever to any of the Lenders (or the Bank Product Providers) (i) to verify or assure that the Collateral exists or is owned by Borrowers or their Subsidiaries or is cared for, protected, or insured or has been encumbered, (ii) to verify or assure that Agent’s Liens have been properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected, or enforced or are entitled to any particular priority, (iii) to impose, maintain, increase, reduce, implement, or eliminate any particular reserve hereunder or to determine whether the amount of any reserve is appropriate or not, or (iv) to exercise at all or in any particular manner or under any duty of care, disclosure or fidelity, or to continue exercising, any of the rights, authorities and powers granted or available to Agent pursuant to any of the Loan Documents, it being understood and agreed that in respect of the Collateral, or any act, omission, or event related thereto, subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, Agent may act in any manner it may deem appropriate, in its sole discretion given Agent’s own interest in the Collateral in its capacity as one of the Lenders and that Agent shall have no other duty or liability whatsoever to any Lender (or Bank Product Provider) as to any of the foregoing, except as otherwise expressly provided herein.

15.12 Restrictions on Actions by Lenders; Sharing of Payments .

(a) Each of the Lenders agrees that it shall not, without the express written consent of Agent, and that it shall, to the extent it is lawfully entitled to do so, upon the written request of Agent, set off against the Obligations, any amounts owing by such Lender to any Borrower or its Subsidiaries or any deposit accounts of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries now or hereafter maintained with such Lender. Each of the Lenders further agrees that it shall not, unless specifically requested to do so in writing by Agent, take or cause to be taken any action, including, the commencement of any legal or equitable proceedings to enforce any Loan Document against any Borrower or any Guarantor or to foreclose any Lien on, or otherwise enforce any security interest in, any of the Collateral.

(b) If, at any time or times any Lender shall receive (i) by payment, foreclosure, setoff, or otherwise, any proceeds of Collateral or any payments with respect to the Obligations, except for any such proceeds or payments received by such Lender from Agent pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, or (ii) payments from Agent in excess of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of all such distributions by Agent, such Lender promptly shall (A) turn the same over to Agent, in kind, and with such endorsements as may be required to negotiate the same to Agent, or in immediately available funds, as applicable, for the account of all of the Lenders and for application to the Obligations in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement, or (B) purchase, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation in the Obligations owed to the other Lenders so that such excess payment received shall be applied ratably as among the Lenders in accordance with their Pro Rata Shares; provided, that to the extent that such excess payment received by the purchasing party is thereafter recovered from it, those purchases of participations shall be rescinded in whole or in part, as applicable, and the applicable portion of the purchase price paid therefor shall be returned to such purchasing party, but without interest except to the extent that such purchasing party is required to pay interest in connection with the recovery of the excess payment.

15.13 Agency for Perfection . Agent hereby appoints each other Lender (and each Bank Product Provider) as its agent (and each Lender hereby accepts (and by entering into a Bank Product Agreement, each Bank Product Provider shall be deemed to accept) such appointment) for the purpose of perfecting Agent’s Liens in assets which, in accordance with Article 8 or Article 9, as applicable, of the Code can be perfected by possession or control. Should any Lender obtain possession or control of any such Collateral, such Lender shall notify Agent thereof, and, promptly upon Agent’s request therefor shall deliver possession or control of such Collateral to Agent or in accordance with Agent’s instructions.

 

- 60 -


15.14 Payments by Agent to the Lenders . All payments to be made by Agent to the Lenders (or Bank Product Providers) shall be made by bank wire transfer of immediately available funds pursuant to such wire transfer instructions as each party may designate for itself by written notice to Agent. Concurrently with each such payment, Agent shall identify whether such payment (or any portion thereof) represents principal, premium, fees, or interest of the Obligations.

15.15 Concerning the Collateral and Related Loan Documents . Each member of the Lender Group authorizes and directs Agent to enter into this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Each member of the Lender Group agrees (and by entering into a Bank Product Agreement, each Bank Product Provider shall be deemed to agree) that any action taken by Agent in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents relating to the Collateral and the exercise by Agent of its powers set forth therein or herein, together with such other powers that are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be binding upon all of the Lenders (and such Bank Product Provider).

15.16 Financial Examination Reports; Confidentiality; Disclaimers by Lenders; Other Reports and Information . By becoming a party to this Agreement, each Lender:

(a) is deemed to have requested that Agent furnish such Lender, promptly after it becomes available, a copy of each financial examination report respecting any Borrower or its Subsidiaries (each, a “ Report ”) prepared by or at the request of Agent, and Agent shall so furnish each Lender with such Reports,

(b) expressly agrees and acknowledges that Agent does not (i) make any representation or warranty as to the accuracy of any Report, and (ii) shall not be liable for any information contained in any Report,

(c) expressly agrees and acknowledges that the Reports are not comprehensive audits or examinations, that Agent or other party performing any financial examination will inspect only specific information regarding Borrowers and their Subsidiaries and will rely significantly upon Borrowers’ and their Subsidiaries’ books and records, as well as on representations of Borrowers’ personnel,

(d) agrees to keep all Reports and other material, non-public information regarding Borrowers and their Subsidiaries and their operations, assets, and existing and contemplated business plans in a confidential manner in accordance with Section 17.9 , and

(e) without limiting the generality of any other indemnification provision contained in this Agreement, agrees: (i) to hold Agent and any other Lender preparing a Report harmless from any action the indemnifying Lender may take or fail to take or any conclusion the indemnifying Lender may reach or draw from any Report in connection with any loans or other credit accommodations that the indemnifying Lender has made or may make to Borrowers, or the indemnifying Lender’s participation in, or the indemnifying Lender’s purchase of, a loan or loans of Borrowers, and (ii) to pay and protect, and indemnify, defend and hold Agent, and any such other Lender preparing a Report harmless from and against, the claims, actions, proceedings, damages, costs, expenses, and other amounts (including, attorneys fees and costs) incurred by Agent and any such other Lender preparing a Report as the direct or indirect result of any third parties who might obtain all or part of any Report through the indemnifying Lender.

(f) In addition to the foregoing, (x) any Lender may from time to time request of Agent in writing that Agent provide to such Lender a copy of any report or document provided by any Borrower or its Subsidiaries to Agent that has not been contemporaneously provided by such Borrower or such Subsidiary to such Lender, and, upon receipt of such request, Agent promptly shall provide a copy of same to such Lender, (y) to the extent that Agent is entitled, under any provision of the Loan Documents, to request additional reports or information from any Borrower or its Subsidiaries, any Lender may, from time to time, reasonably request Agent to exercise such right as specified in such Lender’s notice to Agent, whereupon Agent promptly shall request of Borrowers the additional reports or information reasonably specified by such Lender, and, upon receipt thereof from such Borrower or such Subsidiary, Agent promptly shall provide a copy of same to such Lender, and (z) any time that Agent renders to Borrowers a statement regarding the Loan Account, Agent shall send a copy of such statement to each Lender.

 

- 61 -


15.17 Several Obligations; No Liability . Notwithstanding that certain of the Loan Documents now or hereafter may have been or will be executed only by or in favor of Agent in its capacity as such, and not by or in favor of the Lenders, any and all obligations on the part of Agent (if any) to make any credit available hereunder shall constitute the several (and not joint) obligations of the respective Lenders on a ratable basis, according to their respective Commitments, to make an amount of such credit not to exceed, in principal amount, at any one time outstanding, the amount of their respective Commitments. Nothing contained herein shall confer upon any Lender any interest in, or subject any Lender to any liability for, or in respect of, the business, assets, profits, losses, or liabilities of any other Lender. Each Lender shall be solely responsible for notifying its Participants of any matters relating to the Loan Documents to the extent any such notice may be required, and no Lender shall have any obligation, duty, or liability to any Participant of any other Lender. Except as provided in Section 15.7 , no member of the Lender Group shall have any liability for the acts of any other member of the Lender Group. No Lender shall be responsible to any Borrower or any other Person for any failure by any other Lender (or Bank Product Provider) to fulfill its obligations to make credit available hereunder, nor to advance for such Lender (or Bank Product Provider) or on its behalf, nor to take any other action on behalf of such Lender (or Bank Product Provider) hereunder or in connection with the financing contemplated herein.

16. WITHHOLDING TAXES .

16.1 Payments . All payments made by Borrowers hereunder or under any note or other Loan Document will be made without setoff, counterclaim, or other defense. In addition, all such payments will be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for, any present or future Indemnified Taxes, and in the event any deduction or withholding of Indemnified Taxes is required, Borrowers shall comply with the next sentence of this Section 16.1 . If any Indemnified Taxes are so levied or imposed, Borrowers agree to pay the full amount of such Indemnified Taxes and such additional amounts as may be necessary so that every payment of all amounts due under this Agreement, any note, or Loan Document, including any amount paid pursuant to this Section 16.1 after withholding or deduction for or on account of any Indemnified Taxes, will not be less than the amount provided for herein; provided, that Borrowers shall not be required to increase any such amounts to the extent that the increase in such amount payable results from Agent’s or such Lender’s own willful misconduct or gross negligence (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction). Borrowers will furnish to Agent as promptly as possible after the date the payment of any Indemnified Tax is due pursuant to applicable law, certified copies of tax receipts evidencing such payment by Borrowers. Borrowers agree to pay any present or future stamp, value added or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges, or similar levies that arise from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery, performance, recordation, or filing of, or otherwise with respect to this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

16.2 Exemptions .

(a) If a Lender or Participant is entitled to claim an exemption or reduction from United States withholding tax, such Lender or Participant agrees with and in favor of Agent, to deliver to Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the Lender granting the participation only) one of the following before receiving its first payment under this Agreement:

(i) if such Lender or Participant is entitled to claim an exemption from United States withholding tax pursuant to the portfolio interest exception, (A) a statement of the Lender or Participant, signed under penalty of perjury, that it is not a (I) a “bank” as described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the IRC, (II) a 10% shareholder of Administrative Borrower (within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the IRC), or (III) a controlled foreign corporation related to Borrowers within the meaning of Section 864(d)(4) of the IRC, and (B) a properly completed and executed IRS Form W-8BEN or Form W-8IMY (with proper attachments);

 

- 62 -


(ii) if such Lender or Participant is entitled to claim an exemption from, or a reduction of, withholding tax under a United States tax treaty, a properly completed and executed copy of IRS Form W-8BEN;

(iii) if such Lender or Participant is entitled to claim that interest paid under this Agreement is exempt from United States withholding tax because it is effectively connected with a United States trade or business of such Lender, a properly completed and executed copy of IRS Form W-8ECI;

(iv) if such Lender or Participant is entitled to claim that interest paid under this Agreement is exempt from United States withholding tax because such Lender or Participant serves as an intermediary, a properly completed and executed copy of IRS Form W-8IMY (with proper attachments); or

(v) a properly completed and executed copy of any other form or forms, including IRS Form W-9, as may be required under the IRC or other laws of the United States as a condition to exemption from, or reduction of, United States withholding or backup withholding tax.

(b) Each Lender or Participant shall provide new forms (or successor forms) upon the expiration or obsolescence of any previously delivered forms and to promptly notify Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the Lender granting the participation only) of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction.

(c) If a Lender or Participant claims an exemption from withholding tax in a jurisdiction other than the United States, such Lender or such Participant agrees with and in favor of Agent, to deliver to Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the Lender granting the participation only) any such form or forms, as may be required under the laws of such jurisdiction as a condition to exemption from, or reduction of, foreign withholding or backup withholding tax before receiving its first payment under this Agreement, but only if such Lender or such Participant is legally able to deliver such forms, provided, that nothing in this Section 16.2(c) shall require a Lender or Participant to disclose any information that it deems to be confidential (including without limitation, its tax returns). Each Lender and each Participant shall provide new forms (or successor forms) upon the expiration or obsolescence of any previously delivered forms and to promptly notify Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the Lender granting the participation only) of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction.

(d) If a Lender or Participant claims exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax and such Lender or Participant sells, assigns, grants a participation in, or otherwise transfers all or part of the Obligations of Borrowers to such Lender or Participant, such Lender or Participant agrees to notify Agent (or, in the case of a sale of a participation interest, to the Lender granting the participation only) of the percentage amount in which it is no longer the beneficial owner of Obligations of Borrowers to such Lender or Participant. To the extent of such percentage amount, Agent will treat such Lender’s or such Participant’s documentation provided pursuant to Section 16.2(a) or 16.2(c) as no longer valid. With respect to such percentage amount, such Participant or Assignee may provide new documentation, pursuant to Section 16.2(a) or 16.2(c) , if applicable. Borrowers agree that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of this Section 16 with respect to its participation in any portion of the Commitments and the Obligations so long as such Participant complies with the obligations set forth in this Section 16 with respect thereto.

16.3 Reductions .

(a) If a Lender or a Participant is entitled to a reduction in the applicable withholding tax, Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the Lender granting the participation) may withhold from any interest payment to such Lender or such Participant an amount equivalent to the applicable withholding tax after taking into account such reduction. If the forms or other documentation required by Section 16.2(a) or 16.2(c) are not delivered to Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the Lender granting the participation), then Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the Lender granting the participation) may withhold from any interest payment to such Lender or such Participant not providing such forms or other documentation an amount equivalent to the applicable withholding tax.

 

- 63 -


(b) If the IRS or any other Governmental Authority of the United States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the Lender granting the participation) did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender or any Participant due to a failure on the part of the Lender or any Participant (because the appropriate form was not delivered, was not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify Agent (or such Participant failed to notify the Lender granting the participation) of a change in circumstances which rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax ineffective, or for any other reason) such Lender shall indemnify and hold Agent harmless (or, in the case of a Participant, such Participant shall indemnify and hold the Lender granting the participation harmless) for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the Lender granting the participation), as tax or otherwise, including penalties and interest, and including any taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on the amounts payable to Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the Lender granting the participation only) under this Section 16 , together with all costs and expenses (including attorneys fees and expenses). The obligation of the Lenders and the Participants under this subsection shall survive the payment of all Obligations and the resignation or replacement of Agent.

16.4 Refunds . If Agent or a Lender determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Indemnified Taxes to which Borrowers have paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 16 , so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, it shall pay over such refund to Borrowers (but only to the extent of payments made, or additional amounts paid, by Borrowers under this Section 16 with respect to Indemnified Taxes giving rise to such a refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of Agent or such Lender and without interest (other than any interest paid by the applicable Governmental Authority with respect to such a refund); provided, that Borrowers, upon the request of Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to Borrowers (plus any penalties, interest or other charges, imposed by the applicable Governmental Authority, other than such penalties, interest or other charges imposed as a result of the willful misconduct or gross negligence of Agent hereunder) to Agent or such Lender in the event Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, this Section 16 shall not be construed to require Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information which it deems confidential) to Borrowers or any other Person.

17. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

17.1 Effectiveness . This Agreement shall be binding and deemed effective when executed by each Borrower, Agent, and each Lender whose signature is provided for on the signature pages hereof.

17.2 Section Headings . Headings and numbers have been set forth herein for convenience only. Unless the contrary is compelled by the context, everything contained in each Section applies equally to this entire Agreement.

17.3 Interpretation . Neither this Agreement nor any uncertainty or ambiguity herein shall be construed against the Lender Group or any Borrower, whether under any rule of construction or otherwise. On the contrary, this Agreement has been reviewed by all parties and shall be construed and interpreted according to the ordinary meaning of the words used so as to accomplish fairly the purposes and intentions of all parties hereto.

17.4 Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

17.5 Bank Product Providers . Each Bank Product Provider in its capacity as such shall be deemed a third party beneficiary hereof and of the provisions of the other Loan Documents for purposes of any reference in a Loan Document to the parties for whom Agent is acting. Agent hereby agrees to act as agent for such Bank

 

- 64 -


Product Providers and, by virtue of entering into a Bank Product Agreement, the applicable Bank Product Provider shall be automatically deemed to have appointed Agent as its agent and to have accepted the benefits of the Loan Documents. It is understood and agreed that the rights and benefits of each Bank Product Provider under the Loan Documents consist exclusively of such Bank Product Provider’s being a beneficiary of the Liens and security interests (and, if applicable, guarantees) granted to Agent and the right to share in payments and collections out of the Collateral as more fully set forth herein. In addition, each Bank Product Provider, by virtue of entering into a Bank Product Agreement, shall be automatically deemed to have agreed that Agent shall have the right, but shall have no obligation, to establish, maintain, relax, or release reserves in respect of the Bank Product Obligations and that if reserves are established there is no obligation on the part of Agent to determine or insure whether the amount of any such reserve is appropriate or not. In connection with any such distribution of payments or proceeds of Collateral, Agent shall be entitled to assume no amounts are due or owing to any Bank Product Provider unless such Bank Product Provider has provided a written certification (setting forth a reasonably detailed calculation) to Agent as to the amounts that are due and owing to it and such written certification is received by Agent a reasonable period of time prior to the making of such distribution. Agent shall have no obligation to calculate the amount due and payable with respect to any Bank Products, but may rely upon the written certification of the amount due and payable from the applicable Bank Product Provider. In the absence of an updated certification, Agent shall be entitled to assume that the amount due and payable to the applicable Bank Product Provider is the amount last certified to Agent by such Bank Product Provider as being due and payable (less any distributions made to such Bank Product Provider on account thereof). Borrowers may obtain Bank Products from any Bank Product Provider, although Borrowers are not required to do so. Each Borrower acknowledges and agrees that no Bank Product Provider has committed to provide any Bank Products and that the providing of Bank Products by any Bank Product Provider is in the sole and absolute discretion of such Bank Product Provider. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, no provider or holder of any Bank Product shall have any voting or approval rights hereunder (or be deemed a Lender) solely by virtue of its status as the provider or holder of such agreements or products or the Obligations owing thereunder, nor shall the consent of any such provider or holder be required (other than in their capacities as Lenders, to the extent applicable) for any matter hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, including as to any matter relating to the Collateral or the release of Collateral or Guarantors.

17.6 Debtor-Creditor Relationship . The relationship between the Lenders and Agent, on the one hand, and the Loan Parties, on the other hand, is solely that of creditor and debtor. No member of the Lender Group has (or shall be deemed to have) any fiduciary relationship or duty to any Loan Party arising out of or in connection with the Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated thereby, and there is no agency or joint venture relationship between the members of the Lender Group, on the one hand, and the Loan Parties, on the other hand, by virtue of any Loan Document or any transaction contemplated therein.

17.7 Counterparts; Electronic Execution . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission also shall deliver an original executed counterpart of this Agreement but the failure to deliver an original executed counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, and binding effect of this Agreement. The foregoing shall apply to each other Loan Document mutatis mutandis .

17.8 Revival and Reinstatement of Obligations; Certain Waivers . If any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider repays, refunds, restores, or returns in whole or in part, any payment or property (including any proceeds of Collateral) previously paid or transferred to such member of the Lender Group or such Bank Product Provider in full or partial satisfaction of any Obligation or on account of any other obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document or any Bank Product Agreement, because the payment, transfer, or the incurrence of the obligation so satisfied is asserted or declared to be void, voidable, or otherwise recoverable under any law relating to creditors’ rights, including provisions of the Bankruptcy Code

 

- 65 -


relating to fraudulent transfers, preferences, or other voidable or recoverable obligations or transfers (each, a “ Voidable Transfer ”), or because such member of the Lender Group or Bank Product Provider elects to do so on the reasonable advice of its counsel in connection with a claim that the payment, transfer, or incurrence is or may be a Voidable Transfer, then, as to any such Voidable Transfer, or the amount thereof that such member of the Lender Group or Bank Product Provider elects to repay, restore, or return (including pursuant to a settlement of any claim in respect thereof), and as to all reasonable costs, expenses, and attorneys fees of such member of the Lender Group or Bank Product Provider related thereto, (i) the liability of the Loan Parties with respect to the amount or property paid, refunded, restored, or returned will automatically and immediately be revived, reinstated, and restored and will exist and (ii) Agent’s Liens securing such liability shall be effective, revived, and remain in full force and effect, in each case, as fully as if such Voidable Transfer had never been made. If, prior to any of the foregoing, (A) Agent’s Liens shall have been released or terminated or (B) any provision of this Agreement shall have been terminated or cancelled, Agent’s Liens, or such provision of this Agreement, shall be reinstated in full force and effect and such prior release, termination, cancellation or surrender shall not diminish, release, discharge, impair or otherwise affect the obligation of any Loan Party in respect of such liability or any Collateral securing such liability.

17.9 Confidentiality .

(a) Agent and Lenders each individually (and not jointly or jointly and severally) agree that non-public information regarding Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, their operations, assets, and existing and contemplated business plans (“ Confidential Information ”) shall be treated by Agent and the Lenders in a confidential manner, and shall not be disclosed by Agent and the Lenders to Persons who are not parties to this Agreement, except: (i) to attorneys for and other advisors, accountants, auditors, and consultants to any member of the Lender Group and to employees, directors and officers of any member of the Lender Group (the Persons in this clause (i), “ Lender Group Representatives ”) on a “need to know” basis in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and on a confidential basis, (ii) to Subsidiaries and Affiliates of any member of the Lender Group (including the Bank Product Providers), provided that any such Subsidiary or Affiliate shall have agreed to receive such information hereunder subject to the terms of this Section 17.9 , (iii) as may be required by regulatory authorities so long as such authorities are informed of the confidential nature of such information, (iv) as may be required by statute, decision, or judicial or administrative order, rule, or regulation; provided that (x) prior to any disclosure under this clause (iv), the disclosing party agrees to provide Borrowers with prior notice thereof, to the extent that it is practicable to do so and to the extent that the disclosing party is permitted to provide such prior notice to Borrowers pursuant to the terms of the applicable statute, decision, or judicial or administrative order, rule, or regulation and (y) any disclosure under this clause (iv) shall be limited to the portion of the Confidential Information as may be required by such statute, decision, or judicial or administrative order, rule, or regulation, (v) as may be agreed to in advance in writing by Borrowers, (vi) as requested or required by any Governmental Authority pursuant to any subpoena or other legal process, provided, that, (x) prior to any disclosure under this clause (vi) the disclosing party agrees to provide Borrowers with prior written notice thereof, to the extent that it is practicable to do so and to the extent that the disclosing party is permitted to provide such prior written notice to Borrowers pursuant to the terms of the subpoena or other legal process and (y) any disclosure under this clause (vi) shall be limited to the portion of the Confidential Information as may be required by such Governmental Authority pursuant to such subpoena or other legal process, (vii) as to any such information that is or becomes generally available to the public (other than as a result of prohibited disclosure by Agent or the Lenders or the Lender Group Representatives), (viii) in connection with any assignment, participation or pledge of any Lender’s interest under this Agreement, provided that prior to receipt of Confidential Information any such assignee, participant, or pledgee shall have agreed in writing to receive such Confidential Information either subject to the terms of this Section 17.9 or pursuant to confidentiality requirements substantially similar to those contained in this Section 17.9 (and such Person may disclose such Confidential Information to Persons employed or engaged by them as described in clause (i) above), (ix) in connection with any litigation or other adversary proceeding involving parties hereto which such litigation or adversary proceeding involves claims related to the rights or duties of such parties under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; provided , that, prior to any disclosure to any Person (other than any Loan Party, Agent, any Lender, any of their respective Affiliates, or their respective counsel) under this

 

- 66 -


clause (ix) with respect to litigation involving any Person (other than any Borrower, Agent, any Lender, any of their respective Affiliates, or their respective counsel), the disclosing party agrees to provide Borrowers with prior written notice thereof, and (x) in connection with, and to the extent reasonably necessary for, the exercise of any secured creditor remedy under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document.

(b) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, Agent may disclose information concerning the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to loan syndication and pricing reporting services or in its marketing or promotional materials, with such information to consist of deal terms and other information customarily found in such publications or marketing or promotional materials and may otherwise use the name, logos, and other insignia of any Borrower or the other Loan Parties and the Commitments provided hereunder in any “tombstone” or other advertisements, on its website or in other marketing materials of the Agent.

(c) The Loan Parties hereby acknowledge that Agent or its Affiliates may make available to the Lenders materials or information provided by or on behalf of Borrowers hereunder (collectively, “ Borrower Materials ”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks, SyndTrak or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”) and certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Loan Parties or their securities) (each, a “ Public Lender ”). The Loan Parties shall be deemed to have authorized Agent and its Affiliates and the Lenders to treat Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” or otherwise at any time filed with the SEC as not containing any material non-public information with respect to the Loan Parties or their securities for purposes of United States federal and state securities laws. All Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated as “Public Investor” (or another similar term). Agent and its Affiliates and the Lenders shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” or that are not at any time filed with the SEC as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not marked as “Public Investor” (or such other similar term).

17.10 Survival . All representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that Agent, Issuing Bank, or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or Event of Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of, or any accrued interest on, any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding or unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or been terminated.

17.11 Patriot Act . Each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the Patriot Act hereby notifies Borrowers that pursuant to the requirements of the Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Borrower, which information includes the name and address of each Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify each Borrower in accordance with the Patriot Act. In addition, if Agent is required by law or regulation or internal policies to do so, it shall have the right to periodically conduct (a) Patriot Act searches, OFAC/PEP searches, and customary individual background checks for the Loan Parties and (b) OFAC/PEP searches and customary individual background checks for the Loan Parties’ senior management and key principals, and each Borrower agrees to cooperate in respect of the conduct of such searches and further agrees that the reasonable costs and charges for such searches shall constitute Lender Group Expenses hereunder and be for the account of Borrowers.

17.12 Integration . This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, reflects the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and shall not be contradicted or qualified by any other agreement, oral or written, before the date hereof. The foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, all Bank Product Agreements, if any, are independent agreements governed by the written provisions of such Bank Product Agreements, which will remain in full force and effect, unaffected by any repayment, prepayments, acceleration, reduction, increase, or change in the terms of any credit extended hereunder, except as otherwise expressly provided in such Bank Product Agreement.

 

- 67 -


17.13 Connecture as Agent for Borrowers . Each Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Connecture as the borrowing agent and attorney-in-fact for all Borrowers (the “ Administrative Borrower ”) which appointment shall remain in full force and effect unless and until Agent shall have received prior written notice signed by each Borrower that such appointment has been revoked and that another Borrower has been appointed Administrative Borrower. Each Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Borrower (a) to provide Agent with all notices with respect to Revolving Loans and Letters of Credit obtained for the benefit of any Borrower and all other notices and instructions under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (and any notice or instruction provided by Administrative Borrower shall be deemed to be given by Borrowers hereunder and shall bind each Borrower), (b) to receive notices and instructions from members of the Lender Group (and any notice or instruction provided by any member of the Lender Group to the Administrative Borrower in accordance with the terms hereof shall be deemed to have been given to each Borrower), and (c) to take such action as the Administrative Borrower deems appropriate on its behalf to obtain Revolving Loans and Letters of Credit and to exercise such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto to carry out the purposes of this Agreement. It is understood that the handling of the Loan Account and Collateral in a combined fashion, as more fully set forth herein, is done solely as an accommodation to Borrowers in order to utilize the collective borrowing powers of Borrowers in the most efficient and economical manner and at their request, and that Lender Group shall not incur liability to any Borrower as a result hereof. Each Borrower expects to derive benefit, directly or indirectly, from the handling of the Loan Account and the Collateral in a combined fashion since the successful operation of each Borrower is dependent on the continued successful performance of the integrated group. To induce the Lender Group to do so, and in consideration thereof, each Borrower hereby jointly and severally agrees to indemnify each member of the Lender Group and hold each member of the Lender Group harmless against any and all liability, expense, loss or claim of damage or injury, made against the Lender Group by any Borrower or by any third party whosoever, arising from or incurred by reason of (i) the handling of the Loan Account and Collateral of Borrowers as herein provided, or (ii) the Lender Group’s relying on any instructions of the Administrative Borrower , except that Borrowers will have no liability to the relevant Agent-Related Person or Lender-Related Person under this Section 17.13 with respect to any liability that has been finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent-Related Person or Lender-Related Person, as the case may be.

[Signature pages to follow.]

 

- 68 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

BORROWERS:    

CONNECTURE, INC.

a Delaware corporation

    By:  

/s/ James Purko

    Name:  

James Purko

    Title:  

CFO

   

DESTINATIONRX, INC.

a Delaware corporation

    By:  

/s/ James Purko

    Name:  

James Purko

    Title:  

CFO

   

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION ,

a national banking association, as Agent and as a Lender

    By:  

/s/ Stephen Carll

    Name:  

Stephen Carll

      Its Authorized Signatory


Schedule 1.1

As used in the Agreement, the following terms shall have the following definitions:

Accounting Changes ” means changes in accounting principles required by the promulgation of any rule, regulation, pronouncement or opinion by the Financial Accounting Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (or successor thereto or any agency with similar functions).

Acquired Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of a Person whose assets or Equity Interests are acquired by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with a Permitted Acquisition; provided , that such Indebtedness (a) is either purchase money Indebtedness or a Capital Lease with respect to Equipment or mortgage financing with respect to Real Property, (b) was in existence prior to the date of such Permitted Acquisition, and (c) was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Permitted Acquisition.

Acquisition ” means (a) the purchase or other acquisition by a Person or its Subsidiaries of all or substantially all of the assets of (or any division or business line of) any other Person, or (b) the purchase or other acquisition (whether by means of a merger, consolidation, or otherwise) by a Person or its Subsidiaries of all or substantially all of the Equity Interests of any other Person.

Acquisition Agreement ” means that certain Merger Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2013, among Connecture, DRX, DRX Acquisition Company, and the Principal Stockholders named therein.

Acquisition Documents ” means the Acquisition Agreement and all other documents related thereto and executed in connection therewith.

Additional Documents ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 5.12 of the Agreement.

Administrative Borrower ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 17.13 of the Agreement.

Administrative Questionnaire ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 13.1(a) of the Agreement.

Affected Lender ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.13(b) of the Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, as applied to any Person, any other Person who controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, of the power to direct the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of Equity Interests, by contract, or otherwise; provided , that, for purposes of Section 6.10 of the Agreement: (a) any Person which owns directly or indirectly 10% or more of the Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other members of the governing body of a Person or 10% or more of the partnership or other ownership interests of a Person (other than as a limited partner of such Person) shall be deemed an Affiliate of such Person, (b) each director (or comparable manager) of a Person shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of such Person, and (c) each partnership in which a Person is a general partner shall be deemed an Affiliate of such Person.

Agent ” has the meaning specified therefor in the preamble to the Agreement.

Agent-Related Persons ” means Agent, together with its Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, attorneys, and agents.

Agent’s Account ” means the Deposit Account of Agent identified on Schedule A-1 to the Agreement (or such other Deposit Account of Agent that has been designated as such, in writing, by Agent to Administrative Borrower and the Lenders).

 

-1-


Agent’s Liens ” means the Liens granted by each Borrower or its Subsidiaries to Agent under the Loan Documents and securing the Obligations.

Agreement ” means the Credit Agreement to which this Schedule 1.1 is attached.

Applicable Margin ” means, as of any date of determination and with respect to Base Rate Loans or LIBOR Rate Loans, as applicable, the applicable margin set forth in the following table that corresponds to the most recent Total Leverage Ratio calculation delivered to Agent pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Agreement (the “ Total Leverage Ratio Calculation ”); provided , that for the period from the Closing Date through the date Agent receives the Total Leverage Ratio Calculation in respect of the testing period ending March 31, 2013, the Applicable Margin shall be set at the margin in the row styled “Level III”; provided further , that any time an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Applicable Margin shall be set at the margin in the row styled “Level III”:

 

Level

  

Total Leverage

Ratio Calculation

  

Applicable Margin Relative
to Base Rate Loans (the
“Base Rate Margin”)

  

Applicable Margin
Relative to LIBOR Rate
Loans (the “LIBOR
Rate Margin”)

I    If the Total Leverage Ratio is less 2.5:1.0    4.50 percentage points    5.50 percentage points
II    If the Total Leverage Ratio is greater than or equal to 2.5:1.0 and less than or equal to 3.0:1.0    4.75 percentage points    5.75 percentage points
III    If the Total Leverage Ratio is greater than 3.0:1.0    5.00 percentage points    6.00 percentage points

Except as set forth in the foregoing proviso, the Applicable Margin shall be based upon the most recent Total Leverage Ratio Calculation, which will be calculated as of the end of each fiscal quarter. Except as set forth in the foregoing proviso, the Applicable Margin shall be re-determined quarterly on the first day of the month following the date of delivery to Agent of the certified calculation of the Total Leverage Ratio pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Agreement; provided , that if Borrowers fail to provide such certification when such certification is due, the Applicable Margin shall be set at the margin in the row styled “Level III” as of the first day of the month following the date on which the certification was required to be delivered until the date on which such certification is delivered (on which date (but not retroactively), without constituting a waiver of any Default or Event of Default occasioned by the failure to timely deliver such certification, the Applicable Margin shall be set at the margin based upon the calculations disclosed by such certification. In the event that the information regarding the Total Leverage Ratio contained in any certificate delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Agreement is shown to be inaccurate, and such inaccuracy, if corrected, would have led to the application of a higher Applicable Margin for any period (an “ Applicable Period ”) than the Applicable Margin actually applied for such Applicable Period, then (i) Borrowers shall immediately deliver to Agent a correct certificate for such Applicable Period, (ii) the Applicable Margin shall be determined as if the correct Applicable Margin (as set forth in the table above) were applicable for such Applicable Period, and (iii) Borrowers shall immediately deliver to Agent full payment in respect of the accrued additional interest as a result of such increased Applicable Margin for such Applicable Period, which payment shall be promptly applied by Agent to the affected Obligations.

 

-2-


Application Event ” means the occurrence of (a) a failure by Borrowers to repay all of the Obligations in full on the Maturity Date, or (b) an Event of Default and the election by Agent or the Required Lenders to require that payments and proceeds of Collateral be applied pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(ii) of the Agreement.

Assignee ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 13.1(a) of the Agreement.

Assignment and Acceptance ” means an Assignment and Acceptance Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 to the Agreement.

Authorized Person ” means any one of the individuals identified on Schedule A-2 to the Agreement, as such schedule is updated from time to time by written notice from Borrowers to Agent.

Availability ” means, as of any date of determination, the amount that Borrowers are entitled to borrow as Revolving Loans under Section 2.1 of the Agreement (after giving effect to the then outstanding Revolver Usage).

Bank Product ” means any one or more of the following financial products or accommodations extended to a Borrower or its Subsidiaries by a Bank Product Provider: (a) credit cards (including commercial cards (including so-called “purchase cards”, “procurement cards” or “p-cards”)), (b) credit card processing services, (c) debit cards, (d) stored value cards, (e) Cash Management Services, or (f) transactions under Hedge Agreements.

Bank Product Agreements ” means those agreements entered into from time to time by a Borrower or its Subsidiaries with a Bank Product Provider in connection with the obtaining of any of the Bank Products.

Bank Product Collateralization ” means providing cash collateral (pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to Agent) to be held by Agent for the benefit of the Bank Product Providers (other than the Hedge Providers) in an amount determined by Agent in its reasonable discretion to be sufficient to satisfy the reasonably estimated credit exposure with respect to the then existing Bank Product Obligations (other than Hedge Obligations); provided that the Agent shall endeavor to provide substantially contemporaneous written detail of such determination to the Borrowers, but a non-willful failure of Agent to so notify Borrowers shall not be a breach of this Agreement and shall not cause such establishment or increase of Bank Product Collateralization to be ineffective.

Bank Product Obligations ” means (a) all obligations, liabilities, reimbursement obligations, fees, or expenses owing by each Borrower and its Subsidiaries to any Bank Product Provider pursuant to or evidenced by a Bank Product Agreement and irrespective of whether for the payment of money, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, (b) all Hedge Obligations, and (c) all amounts that Agent or any Lender is obligated to pay to a Bank Product Provider as a result of Agent or such Lender purchasing participations from, or executing guarantees or indemnities or reimbursement obligations to, a Bank Product Provider with respect to the Bank Products provided by such Bank Product Provider to a Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries.

Bank Product Provider ” means Wells Fargo or any of its Affiliates, including each of the foregoing in its capacity, if applicable, as a Hedge Provider

Bank Product Provider Agreement ” means an agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B-2 to the Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, duly executed by the applicable Bank Product Provider, Borrowers, and Agent.

Bank Product Reserves ” means, as of any date of determination, those reserves that Agent deems necessary to establish (based upon the Bank Product Providers’ reasonable determination of the liabilities

 

-3-


and obligations of each Borrower and its Subsidiaries in respect of Bank Product Obligations) in respect of Bank Products then provided or outstanding; provided that the Agent shall provide written detail of such determination to the Borrowers prior to instituting any Bank Product Reserves, but a non-willful failure of Agent to so notify Borrowers shall not be a breach of this Agreement and shall not cause such establishment or increase of such Bank Product Reserve to be ineffective.

Bankruptcy Code ” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as in effect from time to time.

Base Rate ” means the greatest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus  1 2 , (b) the LIBOR Rate (which rate shall be calculated based upon an Interest Period of 1 month and shall be determined on a daily basis), plus 1 percentage point, and (c) the rate of interest announced, from time to time, within Wells Fargo at its principal office in San Francisco as its “prime rate”, with the understanding that the “prime rate” is one of Wells Fargo’s base rates (not necessarily the lowest of such rates) and serves as the basis upon which effective rates of interest are calculated for those loans making reference thereto and is evidenced by the recording thereof after its announcement in such internal publications as Wells Fargo may designate.

Base Rate Loan ” means each portion of the Revolving Loans or the Term Loan that bears interest at a rate determined by reference to the Base Rate.

Base Rate Margin ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Applicable Margin.

Benefit Plan ” means a “defined benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(35) of ERISA) for which any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or ERISA Affiliates has been an “employer” (as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA) within the past six years.

Board of Directors ” means, as to any Person, the board of directors (or comparable managers) of such Person, or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of the board of directors (or comparable managers).

Board of Governors ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).

Borrower ” and “ Borrowers ” have the respective meanings specified therefor in the preamble to the Agreement.

Borrower Materials ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 17.9(c) of the Agreement.

Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of Revolving Loans made on the same day by the Lenders (or Agent on behalf thereof), or by Swing Lender in the case of a Swing Loan, or by Agent in the case of a Protective Advance.

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which banks are authorized or required to close in the state of New York, except that, if a determination of a Business Day shall relate to a LIBOR Rate Loan, the term “Business Day” also shall exclude any day on which banks are closed for dealings in Dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

Capital Expenditures ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the amount of all expenditures by such Person and its Subsidiaries during such period that are capital expenditures as determined in accordance with GAAP, whether such expenditures are paid in cash or financed, but excluding, without duplication (a) expenditures made during such period in connection with the replacement, substitution, or restoration of assets or properties pursuant to Section 2.4(e)(ii) of the Agreement, (b) with respect to the purchase price of assets that are purchased substantially contemporaneously with the trade-in of existing assets during such period, the amount that the gross amount of such purchase price is reduced by the credit granted by the seller of such assets for the assets being traded in at such time, (c) expenditures made during such period to

 

-4-


consummate one or more Permitted Acquisitions, (d) expenditures made during such period to the extent made with the identifiable proceeds of an equity investment in a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by Sponsor which equity investment is made substantially contemporaneously with the making of the expenditure, (e) capitalized software development costs to the extent such costs are deducted from net earnings under the definition of EBITDA for such period, and (f) expenditures during such period that, pursuant to a written agreement, are reimbursed by a third Person (excluding any Borrower or any of its Affiliates).

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means that portion of the obligations under a Capital Lease that is required to be capitalized in accordance with GAAP.

Capital Lease ” means a lease that is required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP.

Cash Equivalents ” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within 1 year from the date of acquisition thereof, (b) marketable direct obligations issued or fully guaranteed by any state of the United States or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within 1 year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either Standard & Poor’s Rating Group (“ S&P ”) or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“ Moody’s ”), (c) commercial paper maturing no more than 270 days from the date of creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s, (d) certificates of deposit, time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances maturing within 1 year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia or any United States branch of a foreign bank having at the date of acquisition thereof combined capital and surplus of not less than $1,000,000,000, (e) Deposit Accounts maintained with (i) any bank that satisfies the criteria described in clause (d) above, or (ii) any other bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof so long as the full amount maintained with any such other bank is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, (f) repurchase obligations of any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (d) of this definition or recognized securities dealer having combined capital and surplus of not less than $1,000,000,000, having a term of not more than seven days, with respect to securities satisfying the criteria in clauses (a) or (d) above, (g) debt securities with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any commercial bank satisfying the criteria described in clause (d) above, and (h) Investments in money market funds substantially all of whose assets are invested in the types of assets described in clauses (a) through (g) above.

Cash Management Services ” means any cash management or related services including treasury, depository, return items, overdraft, controlled disbursement, merchant store value cards, e-payables services, electronic funds transfer, interstate depository network, automatic clearing house transfer (including the Automated Clearing House processing of electronic funds transfers through the direct Federal Reserve Fedline system) and other customary cash management arrangements.

CFC ” means a controlled foreign corporation (as that term is defined in the IRC).

Change of Control ” means that:

(a) (i) Sponsor fails to own and control, directly or indirectly, 30% or more (ii) Permitted Holders fail to own and control, directly or indirectly, 50.1%, or more, or (iii) any other “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) owns more than Sponsor, of the Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote for the election of members of the Board of Directors of Administrative Borrower,

 

-5-


(b) any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than Permitted Holders, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of 30%, or more, of the Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote for the election of members of the Board of Directors of Administrative Borrower,

(c) a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of Administrative Borrower do not constitute Continuing Directors, or

(d) Administrative Borrower fails to own and control, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Equity Interests of each other Loan Party.

Change in Law ” means the occurrence after the date of the Agreement of: (a) the adoption or effectiveness of any law, rule, regulation, judicial ruling, judgment or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation, judicial ruling, judgment or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application by any Governmental Authority of any law, rule, regulation, guideline or treaty, or (c) the making or issuance by any Governmental Authority of any request, rule, guideline or directive, whether or not having the force of law; provided that notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives concerning capital adequacy promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities shall, in each case, be deemed to be a “Change in Law,” regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

Closing Date ” means the date of the making of the initial Revolving Loan (or other extension of credit) under the Agreement.

Code ” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect from time to time.

Collateral ” means all assets and interests in assets and proceeds thereof now owned or hereafter acquired by any Borrower or its Subsidiaries in or upon which a Lien is granted by such Person in favor of Agent or the Lenders under any of the Loan Documents.

Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, its Revolver Commitment or its Term Loan Commitment, as the context requires, and, with respect to all Lenders, their Revolver Commitments or their Term Loan Commitments, as the context requires, in each case as such Dollar amounts are set forth beside such Lender’s name under the applicable heading on Schedule C-1 to the Agreement or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender became a Lender under the Agreement, as such amounts may be reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments made in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.1 of the Agreement.

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 to the Agreement delivered by the chief financial officer of Administrative Borrower to Agent.

Confidential Information ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 17.9(a) of the Agreement.

Continuing Director ” means (a) any member of the Board of Directors who was a director (or comparable manager) of Administrative Borrower on the Closing Date, and (b) any individual who becomes a member of the Board of Directors after the Closing Date if such individual was approved, appointed or nominated for election to the Board of Directors by either the Permitted Holders or a majority of the Continuing Directors, but excluding any such individual originally proposed for election in opposition to the Board of Directors in office at the Closing Date in an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of the directors (or comparable managers) of Administrative Borrower and whose initial assumption of office resulted from such contest or the settlement thereof.

 

-6-


Control Agreement ” means a control agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, executed and delivered by a Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries, Agent, and the applicable securities intermediary (with respect to a Securities Account) or bank (with respect to a Deposit Account).

Copyright Security Agreement” has the meaning specified therefor in the Guaranty and Security Agreement.

Curative Equity ” means the net amount of common equity contributions made by Sponsor to Borrowers in immediately available funds and which is designated “Curative Equity” by Borrowers under Section 9.3 of the Agreement at the time it is contributed. For the avoidance of doubt, the forgiveness of antecedent debt (whether Indebtedness, trade payables, or otherwise) shall not constitute Curative Equity.

Current Assets ” means, as at any date of determination, the total assets of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries (other than cash and Cash Equivalents) which may properly be classified as current assets on a consolidated balance sheet of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

Current Liabilities ” means, as at any date of determination, the total liabilities of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries which may properly be classified as current liabilities (other than the current portion of the Term Loan, the Swing Loans and the Revolving Loans) on a consolidated balance sheet of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

Default ” means an event, condition, or default that, with the giving of notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender that (a) has failed to fund any amounts required to be funded by it under the Agreement within 1 Business Day of the date that it is required to do so under the Agreement (including the failure to make available to Agent amounts required pursuant to a Settlement or to make a required payment in connection with a Letter of Credit Disbursement), (b) notified Borrowers, Agent, or any Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with all or any portion of its funding obligations under the Agreement, (c) has made a public statement to the effect that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations under the Agreement or under other agreements generally (as reasonably determined by Agent) under which it has committed to extend credit, (d) failed, within 1 Business Day after written request by Agent, to confirm that it will comply with the terms of the Agreement relating to its obligations to fund any amounts required to be funded by it under the Agreement, (e) otherwise failed to pay over to Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it under the Agreement within 1 Business Day of the date that it is required to do so under the Agreement, or (f) (i) becomes or is insolvent or has a parent company that has become or is insolvent or (ii) becomes the subject of a bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, or custodian or appointed for it, or has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment or has a parent company that has become the subject of a bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, or custodian appointed for it, or has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment.

Defaulting Lender Rate ” means (a) for the first 3 days from and after the date the relevant payment is due, the Base Rate, and (b) thereafter, the interest rate then applicable to Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans (inclusive of the Base Rate Margin applicable thereto).

Deposit Account ” means any deposit account (as that term is defined in the Code).

 

-7-


Designated Account ” means the Deposit Account of Administrative Borrower identified on Schedule D-1 to the Agreement (or such other Deposit Account of Administrative Borrower located at Designated Account Bank that has been designated as such, in writing, by Borrowers to Agent).

Designated Account Bank ” has the meaning specified therefor in Schedule D-1 to the Agreement (or such other bank that is located within the United States that has been designated as such, in writing, by Borrowers to Agent).

Disqualified Equity Interests ” shall mean any Equity Interest that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interests into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (except as a result of a change of control or asset sale so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale event shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations that are accrued and payable and the termination of the Commitments), (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), in whole or in part, (c) provides for the scheduled payments of dividends in cash, or (d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests, in each case, prior to the date that is 180 days after the Maturity Date.

Dollars ” or “ $ ” means United States dollars.

Drawing Document ” means any Letter of Credit or other document presented for purposes of drawing under any Letter of Credit.

Earn-Outs ” shall mean unsecured liabilities of a Loan Party arising under an agreement to make any deferred payment as a part of the Purchase Price for a Permitted Acquisition, including performance bonuses or consulting payments in any related services, employment or similar agreement, in an amount that is subject to or contingent upon the revenues, income, cash flow or profits (or the like) of the target of such Permitted Acquisition.

EBITDA ” means, with respect to any fiscal period:

(a) Borrowers’ consolidated net earnings (or loss),

minus

(b) without duplication, the sum of the following amounts of Borrowers for such period to the extent included in determining consolidated net earnings (or loss) for such period:

(i) any extraordinary, unusual, or non-recurring gains,

(ii) interest income,

(iii) any software development, labor, or commission/incentive costs to the extent capitalized during such period,

(iv) exchange, translation or performance gains relating to any hedging transactions or foreign currency fluctuations, and

(v) income arising by reason of the application of FAS 141R,

plus

 

-8-


(c) without duplication, the sum of the following amounts of Borrowers for such period to the extent included in determining consolidated net earnings (or loss) for such period:

(i) any extraordinary, unusual, or non-recurring non-cash losses,

(ii) Interest Expense,

(iii) tax expense based on income, profits or capital, including federal, foreign, state, franchise and similar taxes (and for the avoidance of doubt, specifically excluding any sales taxes or any other taxes held in trust for a Governmental Authority),

(iv) depreciation and amortization for such period,

(v) (A) with respect to the Merger, costs, reasonable fees to Persons (other than any Borrower, Sponsor or any of their Affiliates), charges, or expenses incurred in connection therewith prior to, on or within 180 days of the Closing Date; provided that the amounts necessary to pay all of such costs, fees, charges, or expenses are actually funded on the Closing Date as reflected in the sources and uses delivered to Agent that is acceptable to Agent; provided further that (i) the amounts necessary to pay all of such costs, fees, charges, or expenses are actually funded on the Closing Date or (ii) such amounts do not exceed $1,750,000 in the aggregate (including the one-time transaction fee payable to the Sponsor in accordance with Section 6.10(d) ) and are paid within 185 days of the Closing Date, (B) with respect to any Permitted Acquisition after the Closing Date, costs, fees, charges, or expenses consisting of out-of-pocket expenses owed by Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries to any Person for services performed by such Person in connection with such Permitted Acquisition incurred within 180 days of the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition, (i) up to an aggregate amount (for all such items in this clause (B)) for such Permitted Acquisition not to exceed the greater of (1) $1,500,000 and (2) 5.0% of the Purchase Price of such Permitted Acquisition and (ii) in any amount to the extent such costs, fees, charges, or expenses in this clause (B) are paid with proceeds of new equity investments in exchange for Qualified Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower contemporaneously made by Permitted Holders,

(vi) (A) with respect to the Merger: (1) purchase accounting adjustments, including, without limitation, a dollar for dollar adjustment for that portion of revenue that would have been recorded in the relevant period had the balance of deferred revenue (unearned income) recorded on the closing balance sheet and before application of purchase accounting not been adjusted downward to fair value to be recorded on the opening balance sheet in accordance with GAAP purchase accounting rules; and (2) non-cash adjustments in accordance with GAAP purchase accounting rules under FASB Statement No. 141 and EITF Issue No. 01-3, in the event that such an adjustment is required by Borrowers’ independent auditors, in each case, as determined in accordance with GAAP; and (B) with respect to any Permitted Acquisitions after the Closing Date: (1) purchase accounting adjustments, including, without limitation, a dollar for dollar adjustment for that portion of revenue that would have been recorded in the relevant period had the balance of deferred revenue (unearned income) recorded on the closing balance sheet and before application of purchase accounting not been adjusted downward to fair value to be recorded on the opening balance sheet in accordance with GAAP purchase accounting rules; and (2) non-cash adjustments in accordance with GAAP purchase accounting rules under FASB Statement No. 141 and EITF Issue No. 01-3, in the event that such an adjustment is required by Borrowers’ independent auditors, in each case, as determined in accordance with GAAP,

(vii) fees, costs, charges and expenses, in respect of Earn-Outs incurred in connection with any Permitted Acquisition to the extent permitted to be incurred under the Agreement that are required by the application of FAS 141R to be and are expensed by Borrowers and their Subsidiaries,

(viii) non-cash compensation expense (including deferred non-cash compensation expense), or other non-cash expenses or charges, arising from the sale or issuance of Equity Interests, the granting of stock options, and the granting of stock appreciation rights and similar arrangements (including any repricing, amendment, modification, substitution, or change of any such Equity Interests, stock option, stock appreciation rights, or similar arrangements) minus the amount of any such expenses or charges when paid in cash to the extent not deducted in the computation of net earnings (or loss),

 

-9-


(ix) one time non-cash restructuring charges,

(x) non-cash exchange, translation, or performance losses relating to any hedging transactions or foreign currency fluctuations,

(xi) non-cash losses on sales of fixed assets or write-downs of fixed or intangible assets,

(xii) the difference between the balance of deferred revenue associated with implementation of the Borrowers on a consolidated basis at the end of such period and the balance of deferred revenue associated with implementation of the Borrowers on a consolidated basis at the beginning of such period (which difference may be negative), and

(xiii) the difference between the balance of deferred revenue in connection with the Maryland State Advantage perpetual license at the end of such period and the balance of deferred revenue in connection with the Maryland State Advantage perpetual license at the beginning of such period (which difference may be negative),

in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

For the purposes of calculating EBITDA for any period of 4 consecutive fiscal quarters (each, a “ Reference Period ”), (a) if at any time during such Reference Period (and after the Closing Date), any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall have made a Permitted Acquisition, EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including pro forma adjustments arising out of events which are directly attributable to such Permitted Acquisition, are factually supportable, and are expected to have a continuing impact, in each case to be mutually and reasonably agreed upon by Borrowers and Agent) or in such other manner acceptable to Agent as if any such Permitted Acquisition or adjustment occurred on the first day of such Reference Period, and (b) EBITDA for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2013, shall be deemed to be $-258,317 and (c) EBITDA for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2013, shall be deemed to be $-1,374,215.

Employee Benefit Plan ” means any employee benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA, whether or not subject to ERISA, (a) that is or within the preceding six (6) years has been sponsored, maintained or contributed to by any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate or (b) to which any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate has, or has had at any time within the preceding six (6) years, any liability, contingent or otherwise.

Environmental Action ” means any written complaint, summons, citation, notice, directive, order, claim, litigation, investigation, judicial or administrative proceeding, judgment, letter, or other written communication from any Governmental Authority, or any third party involving violations of Environmental Laws or releases of Hazardous Materials (a) from any assets, properties, or businesses of any Borrower, any Subsidiary of any Borrower, or any of their predecessors in interest, (b) from adjoining properties or businesses, or (c) from or onto any facilities which received Hazardous Materials generated by any Borrower, any Subsidiary of any Borrower, or any of their predecessors in interest.

Environmental Law ” means any applicable federal, state, provincial, foreign or local statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, binding and enforceable guideline, binding and enforceable written policy, or rule of common law now or hereafter in effect and in each case as amended, or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent decree or judgment, in each case, to the extent binding on any Borrower or its Subsidiaries, relating to the environment, the effect of the environment on employee health, or Hazardous Materials, in each case as amended from time to time.

 

-10-


Environmental Liabilities ” means all liabilities, monetary obligations, losses, damages, costs and expenses (including all reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel, experts, or consultants, and costs of investigation and feasibility studies), fines, penalties, sanctions, and interest incurred as a result of any claim or demand, or Remedial Action required, by any Governmental Authority or any third party, and which relate to any Environmental Action.

Environmental Lien ” means any Lien in favor of any Governmental Authority for Environmental Liabilities.

Equipment ” means equipment (as that term is defined in the Code).

Equity Interest ” means, with respect to a Person, all of the shares, options, warrants, interests, participations, or other equivalents (regardless of how designated) of or in such Person, whether voting or nonvoting, including capital stock (or other ownership or profit interests or units), preferred stock, or any other “equity security” (as such term is defined in Rule 3a11-1 of the General Rules and Regulations promulgated by the SEC under the Exchange Act).

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and any successor statutes, and all regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder. Any reference to a specific section of ERISA shall be deemed to be a reference to such section of ERISA and any successor statutes, and all regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder.

ERISA Affiliate ” means each entity, trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that together with a Loan Party or a Subsidiary would be (or has been) treated as a “single employer” within the meaning of section 4001(b)(1) of ERISA or subsections (b), (c), (m) or (o) of section 414 of the IRC. ERISA Affiliate shall include any Subsidiary of any Loan Party.

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 8 of the Agreement.

Excess Cash Flow ” means, with respect to any fiscal period and with respect to Borrowers determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP the result of:

(a) TTM EBITDA,

plus

(b) the sum of

(i) foreign, United States, state, or local tax refunds,

(ii) interest income,

(iii) post-closing Purchase Price adjustments received in cash during such period in connection with a Permitted Acquisition, and

(iv) the amount of any decrease in Net Working Capital for such period,

minus

(c) the sum of

(i) the cash portion of Interest Expense and loan servicing fees paid during such fiscal period,

 

-11-


(ii) the cash portion of taxes (on account of income, profits, or capital) paid during such period,

(iii) all scheduled principal payments permitted under the Agreement during such period,

(iv) the cash portion of Capital Expenditures (net of (y) any proceeds reinvested in accordance with the proviso to Section 2.4(e)(ii) of the Agreement, and (z) any proceeds of related financings with respect to such expenditures) made during such period,

(v) management fees paid in cash during such period (other than any management fees paid with the proceeds of an equity investment in any Borrower and its Subsidiaries by Sponsor or other then existing shareholders of such Borrower),

(vi) cash payments made in respect of Permitted Acquisitions (in each case, to the extent such payments are not made with the proceeds of Indebtedness (other than Revolving Loans or equity contributions made by Sponsor),

(vii) the amount of cash items included in the calculation of EBITDA pursuant to clauses (c)(v)(A)(ii) and (c)(vii) of the definition of EBITDA for such period (to the extent that the applicable payments are not made with the proceeds of Indebtedness (other than proceeds of Revolving Loans) or equity contributions made by Sponsor),

(viii) the distributed earnings of a Borrower or any one of its Subsidiaries to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Borrower or such Subsidiary is permitted under the Agreement,

(ix) the amount of any increase in Net Working Capital for such period,

(x) any non-cash purchase accounting adjustments with respect to the Merger Agreement or a Permitted Acquisition added to Borrowers’ net income (or loss) pursuant to clauses (c)(vi)(A)(2) and (c)(vi)(B)(2) of the definition of EBITDA,

(xi) the difference between the balance of deferred revenue associated with implementation of the Borrowers on a consolidated basis at the end of such period and the balance of deferred revenue associated with implementation of the Borrowers on a consolidated basis at the beginning of such period (which difference may be negative), and

(xii) the difference between the balance of deferred revenue in connection with the Maryland State Advantage perpetual license at the end of such period and the balance of deferred revenue in connection with the Maryland State Advantage perpetual license at the beginning of such period (which difference may be negative).

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect from time to time.

Excluded Taxes ” means (i) any tax imposed on the net income or net profits of any Lender or any Participant (including any branch profits taxes), in each case imposed by the jurisdiction (or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof) in which such Lender or such Participant is organized or the jurisdiction (or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof) in which such Lender’s or such Participant’s principal office is located in each case as a result of a present or former connection between such Lender or such Participant and the jurisdiction or taxing authority imposing the tax (other than any such connection arising solely from such Lender or such Participant having executed, delivered or performed its obligations or received payment under, or enforced its rights or remedies under the Agreement or any other Loan Document); (ii) taxes resulting from a Lender’s or a Participant’s failure to comply with the requirements of Section 16.2 of the

 

-12-


Agreement, and (iii) any United States federal withholding taxes that would be imposed on amounts payable to a Foreign Lender based upon the applicable withholding rate in effect at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to the Agreement (or designates a new lending office), except that Taxes shall include (A) any amount that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was previously entitled to receive pursuant to Section 16.1 of the Agreement, if any, with respect to such withholding tax at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to the Agreement (or designates a new lending office), and (B) additional United States federal withholding taxes that may be imposed after the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to the Agreement (or designates a new lending office), as a result of a change in law, rule, regulation, order or other decision with respect to any of the foregoing by any Governmental Authority.

Existing Credit Facility ” means the credit facility issued under the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of September 29, 2009 between Connecture and Comerica Bank.

Extraordinary Receipts ” means (a) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, proceeds of judgments, proceeds of settlements, or other consideration of any kind received in connection with any cause of action or claim, and (b) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any payments received by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries not in the ordinary course of business (and not consisting of proceeds described in Section 2.4(e)(ii) of the Agreement) consisting of (i) proceeds of judgments, proceeds of settlements, or other consideration of any kind received in connection with any cause of action or claim, (ii) indemnity payments (other than to the extent such indemnity payments are immediately payable to a Person that is not an Affiliate of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and (iii) any purchase price adjustment received in connection with any purchase agreement.

Fee Letter ” means that certain fee letter, dated as of even date with the Agreement, among Borrowers and Agent, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent.

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal to, for each day during such period, the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any fiscal period and with respect to Borrowers determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, the sum, without duplication, of (a) Interest Expense accrued (other than interest paid-in-kind, amortization of financing fees, and other non-cash Interest Expense) during such period, (b) principal payments in respect of Indebtedness that are required to be paid during such period, (c) all federal, state, and local income taxes accrued during such period, (d) all Restricted Payments paid (whether in cash or other property, other than Equity Interest) during such period and (e) any Earn-Outs that are paid in cash during such period.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any fiscal period and with respect to Borrowers determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, the ratio of (a) EBITDA for such period minus Capital Expenditures (excluding Capital Expenditures financed with (y) any proceeds reinvested in accordance with the proviso to Section 2.4(e)(ii) of the Agreement, and (z) any proceeds of related financings with respect to such expenditures) made during such period, to (b) Fixed Charges for such period.

Flow of Funds Agreement ” means a flow of funds agreement, dated as of even date herewith, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, executed and delivered by each Loan Party and Agent.

Foreign Lender ” means any Lender or Participant that is not a United States person within the meaning of IRC section 7701(a)(30).

 

-13-


Funded Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, all Indebtedness for borrowed money or letters of credit of Borrowers, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, that by its terms matures more than one year after the date of determination, and any such Indebtedness maturing within one year from such date that is renewable or extendable at the option of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, to a date more than one year from such date, including, in any event, but without duplication, with respect to Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, the Revolver Usage, the Term Loan, and the amount of their Capitalized Lease Obligations.

Funding Date ” means the date on which a Borrowing occurs.

Funding Losses ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.12(b)(ii) of the Agreement.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time in the United States, consistently applied.

Governing Documents ” means, with respect to any Person, the certificate or articles of incorporation, by-laws, or other organizational documents of such Person.

Governmental Authority ” means the government of any nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether at the national, state, territorial, provincial, municipal or any other level, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of, or pertaining to, government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

Guarantor ” means (a) each Subsidiary of each Borrower and (b) each other Person that becomes a guarantor after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 5.11 of the Agreement.

Guaranty and Security Agreement ” means a guaranty and security agreement, dated as of even date with the Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, executed and delivered by each of the Borrowers and each of the Guarantors to Agent.

Harbert Capital Facility ” means the term loan facility issued under the Harbert Loan and Security Agreement.

Harbert Loan and Security Agreement ” means (i) that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of February 16, 2011 among Connecture, Connecture RWS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Connecture Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Insurix and Harbert Mezzanine Partners II SBIC, L.P. and (ii) each loan or credit agreement evidencing any initial or subsequent replacement, substitution, renewal or refinancing of the obligations under the such Harbert Loan and Security Agreement, in each case as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented, modified, replaced, substituted, renewed or refinanced from time to time as permitted under the terms of the Subordination Agreement and this Agreement.

Hazardous Materials ” means (a) substances that are defined or listed in, or otherwise classified pursuant to, any applicable laws or regulations as “hazardous substances,” “hazardous materials,” “hazardous wastes,” “toxic substances,” or any other formulation intended to define, list, or classify substances by reason of deleterious properties such as ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, carcinogenicity, reproductive toxicity, or “EP toxicity”, (b) oil, petroleum, or petroleum derived substances, natural gas, natural gas liquids, synthetic gas, drilling fluids, produced waters, and other wastes associated with the exploration, development, or production of crude oil, natural gas, or geothermal resources, (c) any flammable substances or explosives or any radioactive materials, and (d) asbestos in any form or electrical equipment that contains any oil or dielectric fluid containing levels of polychlorinated biphenyls in excess of 50 parts per million.

Hedge Agreement ” means a “swap agreement” as that term is defined in Section 101(53B)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code.

 

-14-


Hedge Obligations ” means any and all obligations or liabilities, whether absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, of each Borrower and its Subsidiaries arising under, owing pursuant to, or existing in respect of Hedge Agreements entered into with one or more of the Hedge Providers.

Hedge Provider ” means Wells Fargo or any of its Affiliates.

Indebtedness ” as to any Person means (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, or other similar instruments and all reimbursement or other obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers acceptances, or other financial products, (c) all obligations of such Person as a lessee under Capital Leases, (d) all obligations or liabilities of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, irrespective of whether such obligation or liability is assumed, (e) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of assets (other than trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business and repayable in accordance with customary trade practices and, for the avoidance of doubt, other than royalty payments payable in the ordinary course of business in respect of non-exclusive licenses), (f) all monetary obligations of such Person owing under Hedge Agreements (which amount shall be calculated based on the amount that would be payable by such Person if the Hedge Agreement were terminated on the date of determination), (g) any Disqualified Equity Interests of such Person, and (h) any obligation of such Person guaranteeing or intended to guarantee (whether directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted, or sold with recourse) any obligation of any other Person that constitutes Indebtedness under any of clauses (a) through (g) above. For purposes of this definition, (i) the amount of any Indebtedness represented by a guaranty or other similar instrument shall be the lesser of the principal amount of the obligations guaranteed and still outstanding and the maximum amount for which the guaranteeing Person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Indebtedness, and (ii) the amount of any Indebtedness which is limited or is non-recourse to a Person or for which recourse is limited to an identified asset shall be valued at the lesser of (A) if applicable, the limited amount of such obligations, and (B) if applicable, the fair market value of such assets securing such obligation.

Indemnified Liabilities ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 10.3 of the Agreement.

Indemnified Person ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 10.3 of the Agreement.

Indemnified Taxes ” means, any Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

Insolvency Proceeding ” means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person under any provision of the Bankruptcy Code or under any other state or federal bankruptcy or insolvency law, assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extensions generally with creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other similar relief.

Interest Expense ” means, for any period, the aggregate of the interest expense of Borrowers for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Interest Period ” means, with respect to each LIBOR Rate Loan, a period commencing on the date of the making of such LIBOR Rate Loan (or the continuation of a LIBOR Rate Loan or the conversion of a Base Rate Loan to a LIBOR Rate Loan) and ending 1, 2, 3 , or 6 months thereafter or, if agreed to by all Lenders, 9 or 12 months thereafter; provided, that (a) interest shall accrue at the applicable rate based upon the LIBOR Rate from and including the first day of each Interest Period to, but excluding, the day on which any Interest Period expires, (b) any Interest Period that would end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day, (c) with respect to an Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period), the Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month that is 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, or 12 months after the date on which the Interest Period began, as applicable, and (d) Borrowers may not elect an Interest Period which will end after the Maturity Date.

 

-15-


Investment ” means, with respect to any Person, any investment by such Person in any other Person (including Affiliates) in the form of loans, guarantees, advances, capital contributions (excluding (a) commission, travel, and similar advances to officers and employees of such Person made in the ordinary course of business, and (b)  bona fide accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business), or acquisitions of Indebtedness, Equity Interests, or all or substantially all of the assets of such other Person (or of any division or business line of such other Person), and any other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. The amount of any Investment shall be the original cost of such Investment plus the cost of all additions thereto, without any adjustment for increases or decreases in value, or write-ups, write-downs, or write-offs with respect to such Investment.

IRC ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor statutes, and all regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder. Any reference to a specific section of the IRC shall be deemed to be a reference to such section of the IRC and any successor statutes, and all regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder.

ISP ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the International Standby Practices 1998 (International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 590) and any subsequent revision thereof adopted by the International Chamber of Commerce on the date such Letter of Credit is issued.

Issuer Document ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, a letter of credit application, a letter of credit agreement, or any other document, agreement or instrument entered into (or to be entered into) by a Borrower in favor of Issuing Bank and relating to such Letter of Credit.

Issuing Bank ” means Wells Fargo or any other Lender that, at the request of Borrowers and with the consent of Agent, agrees, in such Lender’s sole discretion, to become an Issuing Bank for the purpose of issuing Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 2.11 of the Agreement, and Issuing Bank shall be a Lender.

Lender ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to the Agreement, shall include Issuing Bank and the Swing Lender, and shall also include any other Person made a party to the Agreement pursuant to the provisions of Section 13.1 of the Agreement and “ Lenders ” means each of the Lenders or any one or more of them.

Lender Group ” means each of the Lenders (including Issuing Bank and the Swing Lender) and Agent, or any one or more of them.

Lender Group Expenses ” means all (a) costs or expenses (including taxes and insurance premiums) required to be paid by any Borrower or its Subsidiaries under any of the Loan Documents that are paid, advanced, or incurred by the Lender Group, (b) reasonable, documented out-of-pocket fees or charges paid or incurred by Agent in connection with the Lender Group’s transactions with each Borrower and its Subsidiaries under any of the Loan Documents, including, photocopying, notarization, couriers and messengers, telecommunication, public record searches, filing fees, recording fees, publication, real estate surveys, real estate title policies and endorsements, and environmental audits, (c) Agent’s customary fees and charges imposed or incurred in connection with any background checks or OFAC/PEP searches related to any Borrower or its Subsidiaries, (d) Agent’s customary fees and charges (as adjusted from time to time) with respect to the disbursement of funds (or the receipt of funds) to or for the account of any Borrower (whether by wire transfer or otherwise), together with any out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith, (e) customary charges imposed or incurred by Agent resulting from the dishonor of checks payable by or to any Loan Party, (f) reasonable documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses paid or incurred by the Lender Group to correct any default or enforce any provision of the Loan Documents, or during the continuance of an Event of Default, in gaining possession of, maintaining, handling, preserving, storing, shipping, selling, preparing for

 

-16-


sale, or advertising to sell the Collateral, or any portion thereof, irrespective of whether a sale is consummated, (g) financial examination, appraisal, and valuation fees and expenses of Agent related to any financial examinations, appraisals, or valuation to the extent of the fees and charges (and up to the amount of any limitation) provided in Section 2.10 of the Agreement, (h) Agent’s reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable documented attorneys fees and expenses) relative to third party claims or any other lawsuit or adverse proceeding paid or incurred, whether in enforcing or defending the Loan Documents or otherwise in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, Agent’s Liens in and to the Collateral, or the Lender Group’s relationship with any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (i) Agent’s reasonable documented costs and expenses (including reasonable documented attorneys fees and due diligence expenses) incurred in advising, structuring, drafting, reviewing, administering (including travel, meals, and lodging), syndicating (including reasonable costs and expenses relative to the rating of the Term Loan, CUSIP, DXSyndicate™, SyndTrak or other communication costs incurred in connection with a syndication of the loan facilities), or amending, waiving, or modifying the Loan Documents, and (j) Agent’s and each Lender’s reasonable documented costs and expenses (including reasonable documented attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other advisors fees and expenses) incurred in terminating, enforcing (including attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other advisors fees and expenses incurred in connection with a “workout,” a “restructuring,” or an Insolvency Proceeding concerning any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or in exercising rights or remedies under the Loan Documents), or defending the Loan Documents, irrespective of whether a lawsuit or other adverse proceeding is brought, or in taking any enforcement action or any Remedial Action with respect to the Collateral.

Lender Group Representatives ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 17.9 of the Agreement.

Lender-Related Person ” means, with respect to any Lender, such Lender, together with such Lender’s Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, attorneys, and agents.

Letter of Credit ” means a letter of credit (as that term is defined in the Code) issued by Issuing Bank.

Letter of Credit Collateralization ” means either (a) providing cash collateral (pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to Agent, including provisions that specify that the Letter of Credit Fees and all commissions, fees, charges and expenses provided for in Section 2.11(k) of the Agreement (including any fronting fees) will continue to accrue while the Letters of Credit are outstanding) to be held by Agent for the benefit of the Revolving Lenders in an amount equal to 105%of the then existing Letter of Credit Usage, (b) delivering to Agent documentation executed by all beneficiaries under the Letters of Credit, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent and Issuing Bank, terminating all of such beneficiaries’ rights under the Letters of Credit, or (c) providing Agent with a standby letter of credit, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, from a commercial bank acceptable to Agent (in its sole discretion) in an amount equal to 105% of the then existing Letter of Credit Usage (it being understood that the Letter of Credit Fee and all fronting fees set forth in the Agreement will continue to accrue while the Letters of Credit are outstanding and that any such fees that accrue must be an amount that can be drawn under any such standby letter of credit).

Letter of Credit Disbursement ” means a payment made by Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

Letter of Credit Exposure ” means, as of any date of determination with respect to any Lender, such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Letter of Credit Usage on such date.

Letter of Credit Fee ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.6(b) of the Agreement.

Letter of Credit Indemnified Costs ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.11(f) of the Agreement.

 

-17-


Letter of Credit Related Person ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.11(f) of the Agreement.

Letter of Credit Usage ” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit.

LIBOR Deadline ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.12(b)(i) of the Agreement.

LIBOR Notice ” means a written notice in the form of Exhibit L-1 to the Agreement.

LIBOR Option ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.12(a) of the Agreement.

LIBOR Rate ” means the greater of (a) 1.25 percent per annum, and (b) the rate per annum rate appearing on Macro*World’s (https://capitalmarkets.mworld.com; the “ Service ”) Page BBA LIBOR - USD (or on any successor or substitute page of such Service, or any successor to or substitute for such Service) 2 Business Days prior to the commencement of the requested Interest Period, for a term, and in an amount, comparable to the Interest Period and the amount of the LIBOR Rate Loan requested (whether as an initial LIBOR Rate Loan or as a continuation of a LIBOR Rate Loan or as a conversion of a Base Rate Loan to a LIBOR Rate Loan) by Borrowers in accordance with the Agreement (and, if any such rate is below zero, the LIBOR Rate shall be deemed to be zero), which determination shall be made by Agent and shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

LIBOR Rate Loan ” means each portion of a Revolving Loan or the Term Loan that bears interest at a rate determined by reference to the LIBOR Rate.

LIBOR Rate Margin ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Applicable Margin.

Lien ” means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, charge, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, easement, lien (statutory or other), security interest, or other security arrangement and any other preference, priority, or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever, including any conditional sale contract or other title retention agreement, the interest of a lessor under a Capital Lease and any synthetic or other financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing.

Loan ” shall mean any Revolving Loan, Swing Loan, Protective Advance, or Term Loan made (or to be made) hereunder.

Loan Account ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.9 of the Agreement.

Loan Documents ” means the Agreement, the Control Agreements, the Copyright Security Agreement, the Fee Letter, the Guaranty and Security Agreement, the Intercompany Subordination Agreement, any Issuer Documents, the Letters of Credit, the Mortgages, the Patent Security Agreement, the Trademark Security Agreement, any note or notes executed by Borrowers in connection with the Agreement and payable to any member of the Lender Group, and any other instrument or agreement entered into, now or in the future, by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and any member of the Lender Group in connection with the Agreement.

Loan Party ” means any Borrower or any Guarantor.

Margin Stock ” as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors as in effect from time to time.

Material Adverse Effect ” means (a) a material adverse effect in the business, operations, results of operations, assets, liabilities or financial condition of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) a material impairment of Borrowers’ and their Subsidiaries ability to perform their obligations under

 

-18-


the Loan Documents to which they are parties or of the Lender Group’s ability to enforce the Obligations or realize upon all or a material portion of the Collateral (other than as a result of an action taken or not taken that is solely in the control of Agent), or (c) a material impairment of the enforceability or priority of Agent’s Liens with respect to all or a material portion of the Collateral.

Material Contract ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) each contract or agreement to which such Person or any of its Subsidiaries is a party involving aggregate consideration payable to or by such Person or such Subsidiary of $1,500,000 or more (other than purchase orders in the ordinary course of the business of such Person or such Subsidiary and other than contracts that by their terms may be terminated by such Person or Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business upon less than 60 days notice without penalty or premium) and (b) all other contracts or agreements, the loss of which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Maturity Date ” means the earlier of (a) January 15, 2018 and (b) the 91st day prior to the maturity date of the obligations under the Harbert Capital Facility (or any Permitted Refinancing thereof); provided that if all of the Indebtedness owing under the Harbert Credit Facility is converted into equity of Administrative Borrower, then “Maturity Date” means January 15, 2018.

Maximum Revolver Amount ” means $5,000,000, decreased by the amount of reductions in the Revolver Commitments made in accordance with Section 2.4(c) of the Agreement.

Merger ” means the Acquisition contemplated in the Acquisition Documents.

Moody’s ” has the meaning specified therefor in the definition of Cash Equivalents.

Mortgages ” means, individually and collectively, one or more mortgages, deeds of trust, or deeds to secure debt, executed and delivered by a Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries in favor of Agent, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, that encumber the Real Property Collateral.

Multiemployer Plan ” means any multiemployer plan within the meaning of Section 3(37) or 4001(a)(3) of ERISA with respect to which any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate has an obligation to contribute or has any liability, contingent or otherwise or could be assessed withdrawal liability assuming a complete withdrawal from any such multiemployer plan.

Net Cash Proceeds ” means:

(a) with respect to any sale or disposition by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of assets, the amount of cash proceeds received (directly or indirectly) from time to time (whether as initial consideration or through the payment of deferred consideration) by or on behalf of such Borrower or such Subsidiary, in connection therewith after deducting therefrom only (i) the amount of any Indebtedness secured by any Permitted Lien on any asset (other than (A) Indebtedness owing to Agent or any Lender under the Agreement or the other Loan Documents and (B) Indebtedness assumed by the purchaser of such asset) which is required to be, and is, repaid in connection with such sale or disposition, (ii) reasonable fees, commissions, and expenses related thereto and required to be paid by such Borrower or such Subsidiary in connection with such sale or disposition, (iii) taxes paid or payable to any taxing authorities by such Borrower or such Subsidiary in connection with such sale or disposition, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that the amounts so deducted are, at the time of receipt of such cash, actually paid or payable to a Person that is not an Affiliate of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and are properly attributable to such transaction; and (iv) all amounts that are set aside as a reserve (A) for adjustments in respect of the purchase price of such assets, (B) for any liabilities associated with such sale or casualty, to the extent such reserve is required by GAAP, and (C) for the payment of unassumed liabilities relating to the assets sold or otherwise disposed of at the time of, or within 30 days after, the date of such sale or other disposition, to the extent that in each case the funds described above in this clause (iv) are (x) deposited into escrow with a third party escrow agent or set aside in a separate Deposit

 

-19-


Account that is subject to a Control Agreement in favor of Agent and (y) paid to Agent as a prepayment of the applicable Obligations in accordance with Section 2.4(e) of the Agreement at such time when such amounts are no longer required to be set aside as such a reserve; and

(b) with respect to the issuance or incurrence of any Indebtedness by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or the issuance by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any Equity Interests, the aggregate amount of cash received (directly or indirectly) from time to time (whether as initial consideration or through the payment or disposition of deferred consideration) by or on behalf of such Borrower or such Subsidiary in connection with such issuance or incurrence, after deducting therefrom only (i) reasonable fees, commissions, and expenses related thereto and required to be paid by such Borrower or such Subsidiary in connection with such issuance or incurrence, (ii) taxes paid or payable to any taxing authorities by such Borrower or such Subsidiary in connection with such issuance or incurrence, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that the amounts so deducted are, at the time of receipt of such cash, actually paid or payable to a Person that is not an Affiliate of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and are properly attributable to such transaction.

Net Working Capital ” means, as of any date of determination, Current Assets as of such date minus Current Liabilities as of such date.

Non-Consenting Lender ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 14.2(a) of the Agreement.

Non-Defaulting Lender ” means each Lender other than a Defaulting Lender.

Notification Event ” means (a) the occurrence of a “reportable event” described in Section 4043 of ERISA for which the 30-day notice requirement has not been waived by applicable regulations issued by the PBGC, (b) the withdrawal of any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan during a plan year in which it was a “substantial employer” as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA, (c) the termination of a Pension Plan, the filing of a notice of intent to terminate a Pension Plan or the treatment of a Pension Plan amendment as a termination, under Section 4041 of ERISA, if the plan assets are not sufficient to pay all plan liabilities, (d) the institution of proceedings to terminate, or the appointment of a trustee with respect to, any Pension Plan by the PBGC or any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan administrator, (e) any other event or condition that would constitute grounds under Section 4042(a) of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan, (f) the imposition of a Lien pursuant to the IRC or ERISA in connection with any Employee Benefit Plan or the existence of any facts or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to result in the imposition of a Lien, (g) the partial or complete withdrawal of any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan (other than any withdrawal that would not constitute an Event of Default under Section 8.12 ), (h) any event or condition that results in the reorganization or insolvency of a Multiemployer Plan under Sections of ERISA, (i) any event or condition that results in the termination of a Multiemployer Plan under Section 4041A of ERISA or the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate or to appoint a trustee to administer a Multiemployer Plan under ERISA, (j) any Pension Plan being in “at risk status” within the meaning of IRC Section 430(i), (k) any Multiemployer Plan being in “endangered status” or “critical status” within the meaning of IRC Section 432(b) or the determination that any Multiemployer Plan is or is expected to be insolvent or in reorganization within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, (l) with respect to any Pension Plan, any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate incurring a substantial cessation of operations within the meaning of ERISA Section 4062(e), (m) an “accumulated funding deficiency” within the meaning of the IRC or ERISA (including Section 412 of the IRC or Section 302 of ERISA) or the failure of any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan to meet the minimum funding standards within the meaning of the IRC or ERISA (including Section 412 of the IRC or Section 302 of ERISA), in each case, whether or not waived, (n) the filing of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standards within the meaning of the IRC or ERISA (including Section 412 of the IRC or Section 302 of ERISA) with respect to any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan, (o) the failure to make by its due date a required payment or contribution with respect to any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan, (p) any event that results in or could reasonably be expected to result in a liability by a Loan Party pursuant to Title I of ERISA or the excise tax provisions of the IRC relating to Employee Benefit

 

-20-


Plans or any event that results in or could reasonably be expected to result in a liability to any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Title IV of ERISA or Section 401(a)(29) of the IRC, or (q) any of the foregoing is reasonably likely to occur in the following 30 days.

Obligations ” means (a) all loans (including the Term Loan and the Revolving Loans (inclusive of Protective Advances and Swing Loans)), debts, principal, interest (including any interest that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in whole or in part as a claim in any such Insolvency Proceeding), reimbursement or indemnification obligations with respect to Letters of Credit (irrespective of whether contingent), premiums, liabilities (including all amounts charged to the Loan Account pursuant to the Agreement), obligations (including indemnification obligations), fees (including the fees provided for in the Fee Letter), Lender Group Expenses (including any fees or expenses that accrue after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in whole or in part as a claim in any such Insolvency Proceeding), guaranties, and all covenants and duties of any other kind and description owing by any Loan Party arising out of, under, pursuant to, in connection with, or evidenced by the Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents and irrespective of whether for the payment of money, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, and including all interest not paid when due and all other expenses or other amounts that Borrowers are required to pay or reimburse by the Loan Documents or by law or otherwise in connection with the Loan Documents, and (b) all Bank Product Obligations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Obligations of Borrowers under the Loan Documents include the obligation to pay (i) the principal of the Revolving Loans and the Term Loan, (ii) interest accrued on the Revolving Loans and the Term Loan, (iii) the amount necessary to reimburse Issuing Bank for amounts paid or payable pursuant to Letters of Credit, (iv) Letter of Credit commissions, fees (including fronting fees) and charges, (v) Lender Group Expenses, (vi) fees payable under the Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and (vii) indemnities and other amounts payable by any Loan Party under any Loan Document. Any reference in the Agreement or in the Loan Documents to the Obligations shall include all or any portion thereof and any extensions, modifications, renewals, or alterations thereof, both prior and subsequent to any Insolvency Proceeding.

OFAC ” means The Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

Originating Lender ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 13.1(e) of the Agreement.

Participant ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 13.1(e) of the Agreement.

Participant Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1(i) of the Agreement.

Patent Security Agreement ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Guaranty and Security Agreement.

Patriot Act ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 4.13 of the Agreement.

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor agency.

Pension Plan ” means any Employee Benefit Plan, other than a Multiemployer Plan, which is subject to the provisions of Title IV or Section 302 of ERISA or Sections 412 or 430 of the Code sponsored, maintained, or contributed to by any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate or to which any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate has any liability, contingent or otherwise.

Perfection Certificate ” means a certificate in the form of Exhibit P-1 to the Agreement.

Permitted Acquisition ” means any Acquisition so long as:

(a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the consummation of the proposed Acquisition and the proposed Acquisition is consensual,

 

-21-


(b) no Indebtedness will be incurred, assumed, or would exist with respect to any Borrower or its Subsidiaries as a result of such Acquisition, other than Indebtedness permitted under clauses (f) or (g) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness and no Liens will be incurred, assumed, or would exist with respect to the assets of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries as a result or such Acquisition other than Permitted Liens,

(c) Borrowers have provided Agent with written confirmation, supported by reasonably detailed calculations, that on a pro forma basis (including pro forma adjustments arising out of events which are directly attributable to such proposed Acquisition, are factually supportable, and are expected to have a continuing impact, in each case, determined as if the combination had been accomplished at the beginning of the relevant period; such eliminations and inclusions to be mutually and reasonably agreed upon by Borrowers and Agent) created by adding the historical combined financial statements of Borrowers (including the combined financial statements of any other Person or assets that were the subject of a prior Permitted Acquisition during the relevant period) to the historical consolidated financial statements of the Person to be acquired (or the historical financial statements related to the assets to be acquired) pursuant to the proposed Acquisition, Borrowers and their Subsidiaries (i) would have been in compliance with the financial covenants in Section 7 of the Agreement for the 4 fiscal quarter period ended immediately prior to the proposed date of consummation of such proposed Acquisition, and (ii) are projected to be in compliance with the financial covenants in Section 7 of the Agreement for the 4 fiscal quarter period ended one year after the proposed date of consummation of such proposed Acquisition,

(d) Borrowers have provided Agent with its due diligence package relative to the proposed Acquisition, including forecasted balance sheets, profit and loss statements, and cash flow statements of the Person or assets to be acquired, all prepared on a basis consistent with such Person’s (or assets’) historical financial statements, together with appropriate supporting details and a statement of underlying assumptions for the 1 year period following the date of the proposed Acquisition, on a quarter by quarter basis), in form and substance (including as to scope and underlying assumptions) reasonably satisfactory to Agent,

(e) Borrowers shall have Availability plus Qualified Cash in an amount equal to or greater than $5,000,000 immediately after giving effect to the consummation of the proposed Acquisition,

(f) the assets being acquired or the Person whose Equity Interests are being acquired did not have negative EBITDA during the 12 consecutive month period most recently concluded prior to the date of the proposed Acquisition,

(g) Borrowers have provided Agent with written notice of the proposed Acquisition at least 15 Business Days prior to the anticipated closing date of the proposed Acquisition and, not later than 5 Business Days prior to the anticipated closing date of the proposed Acquisition, copies of the acquisition agreement and other material documents relative to the proposed Acquisition, which agreement and documents must be reasonably acceptable to Agent,

(h) the assets being acquired (other than a de minimis amount of assets in relation to Borrowers’ and their Subsidiaries’ total assets), or the Person whose Equity Interests are being acquired, are useful in or engaged in, as applicable, the business of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries or a business reasonably related thereto,

(i) the assets being acquired (other than a de minimis amount of assets in relation to the assets being acquired) are located within the United States or the Person whose Equity Interests are being acquired is organized in a jurisdiction located within the United States,

(j) the subject assets or Equity Interests, as applicable, are being acquired directly by a Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries that is a Loan Party, and, in connection therewith, the applicable Loan Party shall have complied with Section 5.11 or 5.12 of the Agreement, as applicable, of the Agreement and, in the case of an acquisition of Equity Interests, the applicable Loan Party shall have demonstrated to Agent that the new Loan Parties have received consideration sufficient to make the joinder documents binding and enforceable against such new Loan Parties, and

 

-22-


(k) the purchase consideration payable in respect of all Permitted Acquisitions (including the proposed Acquisition and including deferred payment obligations) shall not exceed $15,000,000 in the aggregate; provided , that the purchase consideration payable in respect of any single Acquisition or series of related Acquisitions shall not exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate.

Permitted Discretion ” means a determination made in the exercise of reasonable (from the perspective of a secured commercial lender) business judgment.

Permitted Dispositions ” means:

(a) sales, abandonment, or other dispositions of property (other than any intellectual property) that is substantially worn, damaged, or obsolete or no longer used or useful in the ordinary course of business and leases or subleases of Real Property not useful in the conduct of the business of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries,

(b) sales of inventory to buyers in the ordinary course of business,

(c) the use or transfer of money or Cash Equivalents in a manner that is not prohibited by the terms of the Agreement or the other Loan Documents,

(d) the licensing, on a non-exclusive basis, of patents, trademarks, copyrights, and other intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business,

(e) the granting of Permitted Liens,

(f) the sale or discount, in each case without recourse, of accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, but only in connection with the compromise or collection thereof,

(g) any involuntary loss, damage or destruction of property,

(h) any involuntary condemnation, seizure or taking, by exercise of the power of eminent domain or otherwise, or confiscation or requisition of use of property,

(i) the leasing or subleasing of assets of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business,

(j) the sale or issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of Administrative Borrower,

(k) (i) the lapse of registered patents, trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to the extent not economically desirable in the conduct of its business or (ii) the abandonment of patents, trademarks, copyrights, or other intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business so long as (in each case under clauses (i) and (ii)), (A) with respect to copyrights, such copyrights are not material revenue generating copyrights, and (B) such lapse is not materially adverse to the interests of the Lender Group,

(l) the making of Restricted Payments that are expressly permitted to be made pursuant to the Agreement,

(m) the making of Permitted Investments,

 

-23-


(n) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would immediately result therefrom, transfers of assets (i) from any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to a Loan Party, and (ii) from any Subsidiary of any Borrower that is not a Loan Party to any other Subsidiary of any Borrower,

(o) dispositions of assets acquired by Borrowers and their Subsidiaries pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition consummated within 12 months of the date of the proposed disposition so long as (i) the consideration received for the assets to be so disposed is at least equal to the fair market value of such assets, (ii) the assets to be so disposed are not necessary or economically desirable in connection with the business of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, and (iii) the assets to be so disposed are readily identifiable as assets acquired pursuant to the subject Permitted Acquisition,

(p) trade-in of assets in the ordinary course of business for credit towards the purchase price of replacement assets purchased concurrently therewith so long as the gross amount of the purchase price of such replacement assets is greater than the gross trade –in value of the assets being traded in at such time, and

(q) sales or dispositions of assets (other than Equity Interests of Subsidiaries of any Borrower) not otherwise permitted in clauses (a) through (p) above so long as made at fair market value and the aggregate fair market value of all assets disposed of in fiscal year (including the proposed disposition) would not exceed $250,000.

Permitted Holder ” means (i) Sponsor and (ii) Crysalis Ventures.

Permitted Indebtedness ” means:

(a) Indebtedness evidenced by the Agreement or the other Loan Documents,

(b) Indebtedness set forth on Schedule 4.14 to the Agreement and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Indebtedness,

(c) Permitted Purchase Money Indebtedness and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Indebtedness,

(d) endorsement of instruments or other payment items for deposit,

(e) Indebtedness consisting of (i) unsecured guarantees incurred in the ordinary course of business with respect to surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, completion guarantee and similar obligations; (ii) unsecured guarantees arising with respect to customary indemnification obligations to purchasers in connection with Permitted Dispositions; and (iii) unsecured guarantees with respect to Indebtedness of any Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries, to the extent that the Person that is obligated under such guaranty could have incurred such underlying Indebtedness,

(f) unsecured Indebtedness of any Borrower that is incurred on the date of the consummation of a Permitted Acquisition solely for the purpose of consummating such Permitted Acquisition so long as (i) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, (ii) such unsecured Indebtedness is not incurred for working capital purposes, (iii) such unsecured Indebtedness does not mature prior to the date that is six months after the Maturity Date, (iv) such unsecured Indebtedness does not amortize until six months after the Maturity Date, (v) such unsecured Indebtedness does not provide for the payment of interest thereon in cash or Cash Equivalents prior to the date that is six months after the Maturity Date, and (vi) such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to Agent,

(g) Acquired Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $500,000 outstanding at any one time,

(h) Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business under performance, surety, statutory, or appeal bonds,

 

-24-


(i) Indebtedness owed to any Person providing property, casualty, liability, or other insurance to any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, so long as the amount of such Indebtedness is not in excess of the amount of the unpaid cost of, and shall be incurred only to defer the cost of, such insurance for the year in which such Indebtedness is incurred and such Indebtedness is outstanding only during such year,

(j) the incurrence by any Borrower or its Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under Hedge Agreements that are incurred for the bona fide purpose of hedging the interest rate, commodity, or foreign currency risks associated with Borrowers’ and its Subsidiaries’ operations and not for speculative purposes,

(k) Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of credit cards, credit card processing services, debit cards, stored value cards, commercial cards (including so-called “purchase cards”, “procurement cards” or “p-cards”), or Cash Management Services,

(l) unsecured Indebtedness of any Borrower owing to former employees, officers, or directors (or any spouses, ex-spouses, or estates of any of the foregoing) incurred in connection with the repurchase by such Borrower of the Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower that has been issued to such Persons, so long as (i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the incurrence of such Indebtedness, (ii) the aggregate amount of all such Indebtedness outstanding at any one time does not exceed $250,000, and (iii) such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Obligations on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to Agent,

(m) unsecured Indebtedness owing to sellers of assets or Equity Interests to a Loan Party that is incurred by the applicable Loan Party in connection with the consummation of one or more Permitted Acquisitions so long as (i) the aggregate principal amount for all such unsecured Indebtedness does not exceed $500,000 at any one time outstanding, (ii) is subordinated to the Obligations on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to Agent, and (iii) is otherwise on terms and conditions (including all economic terms and the absence of covenants) reasonably acceptable to Agent,

(n) contingent liabilities in respect of any indemnification obligation, adjustment of purchase price, non-compete, or similar obligation of Borrowers or the applicable Loan Party incurred in connection with the consummation of one or more Permitted Acquisitions,

(o) Indebtedness composing Permitted Investments,

(p) unsecured Indebtedness incurred in respect of netting services, overdraft protection, and other like services, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business,

(q) unsecured Indebtedness of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries in respect of Earn-Outs owing to sellers of assets or Equity Interests to such Borrower or its Subsidiaries that is incurred in connection with the consummation of one or more Permitted Acquisitions so long as such unsecured Indebtedness is on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to Agent; provided, that, the definitive documentation relating to such Earn-Out shall not require payment thereof at any time if after giving effect to such payment (i) an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or (ii) if average Excess Availability plus Qualifying Cash for the immediately preceding thirty (30) day period is less than $5,000,000,

(r) [intentionally omitted],

(s) accrual of interest, accretion or amortization of original issue discount, or the payment of interest in kind, in each case, on Indebtedness that otherwise constitutes Permitted Indebtedness,

(t) subject to the terms of the Subordination Agreement, Indebtedness under the Harbert Credit Facility in an aggregate amount not the exceed $6,600,000 and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Indebtedness;

 

-25-


(u) Subordinated Indebtedness, and

(v) any other unsecured Indebtedness incurred by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed $250,000 at any one time.

Permitted Intercompany Advances ” means loans made by (a) a Loan Party to another Loan Party, (b) a Subsidiary of a Borrower that is not a Loan Party to another Subsidiary of a Borrower that is not a Loan Party and (c) a Subsidiary of a Borrower that is not a Loan Party to a Loan Party, so long as the parties thereto are party to the Intercompany Subordination Agreement.

Permitted Investments ” means:

(a) Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents,

(b) Investments in negotiable instruments deposited or to be deposited for collection in the ordinary course of business,

(c) advances made in connection with purchases of goods or services in the ordinary course of business,

(d) Investments received in settlement of amounts due to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries effected in the ordinary course of business or owing to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of Insolvency Proceedings involving an account debtor or upon the foreclosure or enforcement of any Lien in favor of a Loan Party or its Subsidiaries,

(e) Investments owned by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule P-1 to the Agreement,

(f) guarantees permitted under the definition of Permitted Indebtedness,

(g) Permitted Intercompany Advances,

(h) Equity Interests or other securities acquired in connection with the satisfaction or enforcement of Indebtedness or claims due or owing to a Loan Party or its Subsidiaries (in bankruptcy of customers or suppliers or otherwise outside the ordinary course of business) or as security for any such Indebtedness or claims,

(i) deposits of cash made in the ordinary course of business to secure performance of operating leases,

(j) (i) non-cash loans and advances to employees, officers, and directors of Administrative Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for the purpose of purchasing Equity Interests in Administrative Borrower so long as the proceeds of such loans are used in their entirety to purchase such Equity Interests in Administrative Borrower, and (ii) loans and advances to employees and officers of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business for any other business purpose and in an aggregate amount not to exceed $250,000,

(k) Permitted Acquisitions,

(l) Investments in the form of capital contributions and the acquisition of Equity Interests made by any Loan Party in any other Loan Party (other than capital contributions to or the acquisition of Equity Interests of any Borrower),

 

-26-


(m) Investments resulting from entering into (i) Bank Product Agreements, or (ii) agreements relative to Indebtedness that is permitted under clause (j) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness,

(n) equity Investments by any Loan Party in any Subsidiary of such Loan Party which is required by law to maintain a minimum net capital requirement or as may be otherwise required by applicable law,

(o) Investments held by a Person acquired in a Permitted Acquisition to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such Permitted Acquisition and were in existence on the date of such Permitted Acquisition, and

(p) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, any other Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $250,000 during the term of the Agreement.

Permitted Liens ” means

(a) Liens granted to, or for the benefit of, Agent to secure the Obligations,

(b) Liens for unpaid taxes, assessments, or other governmental charges or levies that either (i) are not yet delinquent, or (ii) do not have priority over Agent’s Liens and the underlying taxes, assessments, or charges or levies are the subject of Permitted Protests,

(c) judgment Liens arising solely as a result of the existence of judgments, orders, or awards that do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 8.3 of the Agreement,

(d) Liens set forth on Schedule P-2 to the Agreement; provided , that to qualify as a Permitted Lien, any such Lien described on Schedule P-2 to the Agreement shall only secure the Indebtedness that it secures on the Closing Date and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof,

(e) the interests of lessors under operating leases and non-exclusive licensors under license agreements,

(f) purchase money Liens or the interests of lessors under Capital Leases to the extent that such Liens or interests secure Permitted Purchase Money Indebtedness and so long as (i) such Lien attaches only to the asset purchased or acquired and the proceeds thereof, and (ii) such Lien only secures the Indebtedness that was incurred to acquire the asset purchased or acquired or any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof,

(g) Liens arising by operation of law in favor of warehousemen, landlords, carriers, mechanics, materialmen, laborers, or suppliers, incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money, and which Liens either (i) are for sums not yet delinquent, or (ii) are the subject of Permitted Protests,

(h) Liens on amounts deposited to secure any Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ obligations in connection with worker’s compensation or other unemployment insurance,

(i) Liens on amounts deposited to secure any Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ obligations in connection with the making or entering into of bids, tenders, or leases in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money,

(j) Liens on amounts deposited to secure any Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ reimbursement obligations with respect to surety or appeal bonds obtained in the ordinary course of business,

(k) with respect to any Real Property, easements, rights of way, and zoning restrictions that do not materially interfere with or impair the use or operation thereof,

 

-27-


(l) non-exclusive licenses of patents, trademarks, copyrights, and other intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business,

(m) Liens that are replacements of Permitted Liens to the extent that the original Indebtedness is the subject of permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and so long as the replacement Liens only encumber those assets that secured the original Indebtedness,

(n) rights of setoff or bankers’ liens upon deposits of funds in favor of banks or other depository institutions, solely to the extent incurred in connection with the maintenance of such Deposit Accounts in the ordinary course of business,

(o) Liens granted in the ordinary course of business on the unearned portion of insurance premiums securing the financing of insurance premiums to the extent the financing is permitted under the definition of Permitted Indebtedness,

(p) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods,

(q) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement with respect to a Permitted Acquisition,

(r) Liens assumed by any Borrower or its Subsidiaries in connection with a Permitted Acquisition that secure Acquired Indebtedness,

(s) subject to the Subordination Agreement, Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to clause (t) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness, and

(t) other Liens which do not secure Indebtedness for borrowed money or letters of credit and as to which the aggregate amount of the obligations secured thereby does not exceed $250,000.

Permitted Protest ” means the right of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to protest any Lien (other than any Lien that secures the Obligations), taxes (other than payroll taxes or taxes that are the subject of a United States federal tax lien), or rental payment, provided that (a) a reserve with respect to such obligation is established on such Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ books and records in such amount as is required under GAAP, (b) any such protest is instituted promptly and prosecuted diligently by such Borrower or its Subsidiary, as applicable, in good faith, and (c) Agent is satisfied that, while any such protest is pending, there will be no impairment of the enforceability, validity, or priority of any of Agent’s Liens.

Permitted Purchase Money Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, Indebtedness (other than the Obligations, but including Capitalized Lease Obligations), incurred after the Closing Date and at the time of, or within 20 days after, the acquisition of any fixed assets for the purpose of financing all or any part of the acquisition cost thereof, in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time not in excess of $2,000,000.

Person ” means natural persons, corporations, limited liability companies, limited partnerships, general partnerships, limited liability partnerships, joint ventures, trusts, land trusts, business trusts, or other organizations, irrespective of whether they are legal entities, and governments and agencies and political subdivisions thereof.

Platform ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 17.9(c) of the Agreement.

 

-28-


Projections ” means Borrowers’ forecasted (a) balance sheets, (b) profit and loss statements, and (c) cash flow statements, all prepared on a basis consistent with Borrowers’ historical financial statements, together with appropriate supporting details and a statement of underlying assumptions.

Pro Rata Share ” means, as of any date of determination:

(a) with respect to a Lender’s obligation to make all or a portion of the Revolving Loans, with respect to such Lender’s right to receive payments of interest, fees, and principal with respect to the Revolving Loans, and with respect to all other computations and other matters related to the Revolver Commitments or the Revolving Loans, the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the Revolving Loan Exposure of such Lender by (ii) the aggregate Revolving Loan Exposure of all Lenders,

(b) with respect to a Lender’s obligation to participate in the Letters of Credit, with respect to such Lender’s obligation to reimburse Issuing Bank, and with respect to such Lender’s right to receive payments of Letter of Credit Fees, and with respect to all other computations and other matters related to the Letters of Credit, the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the Revolving Loan Exposure of such Lender by (ii) the aggregate Revolving Loan Exposure of all Lenders; provided , that if all of the Revolving Loans have been repaid in full and all Revolver Commitments have been terminated, but Letters of Credit remain outstanding, Pro Rata Share under this clause shall be determined as if the Revolver Commitments had not been terminated and based upon the Revolver Commitments as they existed immediately prior to their termination,

(c) with respect to a Lender’s obligation to make all or a portion of the Term Loan, with respect to such Lender’s right to receive payments of interest, fees, and principal with respect to the Term Loan, and with respect to all other computations and other matters related to the Term Loan Commitments or the Term Loan, the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the Term Loan Exposure of such Lender by (ii) the aggregate Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders, and

(d) with respect to all other matters and for all other matters as to a particular Lender (including the indemnification obligations arising under Section 15.7 of the Agreement), the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the Term Loan Exposure of such Lender plus the Revolving Loan Exposure of such Lender by (ii) the sum of the aggregate Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders plus the aggregate Revolving Loan Exposure of all Lenders, in any such case as the applicable percentage may be adjusted by assignments permitted pursuant to Section 13.1 ; provided , that if all of the Loans have been repaid in full, all Letters of Credit have been made the subject of Letter of Credit Collateralization, and all Commitments have been terminated, Pro Rata Share under this clause shall be determined as if the Revolving Loan Exposures and Term Loan Exposures had not been repaid, collateralized, or terminated and shall be based upon the Revolving Loan Exposures and Term Loan Exposures as they existed immediately prior to their repayment, collateralization, or termination.

Protective Advances ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.3(d)(i) of the Agreement.

Public Lender ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 17.9(c) of the Agreement.

Purchase Price ” means, with respect to any Acquisition, an amount equal to the aggregate consideration, whether cash, property or securities (including the fair market value of any Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower issued in connection with such Acquisition and including the maximum amount of Earn-Outs), paid or delivered by a Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries in connection with such Acquisition (whether paid at the closing thereof or payable thereafter and whether fixed or contingent), but excluding therefrom (a) any cash of the seller and its Affiliates used to fund any portion of such consideration and (b) any cash or Cash Equivalents acquired in connection with such Acquisition.

Qualified Cash ” means, as of any date of determination, the amount of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries that is in Deposit Accounts or in Securities Accounts, or

 

-29-


any combination thereof, and which such Deposit Account or Securities Account is the subject of a Control Agreement and is maintained by a branch office of the bank or securities intermediary located within the United States.

Qualified Equity Interest ” means and refers to any Equity Interests issued by Administrative Borrower (and not by one or more of its Subsidiaries) that is not a Disqualified Equity Interest.

Real Property ” means any estates or interests in real property now owned or hereafter acquired by any Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries and the improvements thereto.

Real Property Collateral ” means (a) the Real Property identified on Schedule R-1 to the Agreement and (b) any Real Property hereafter acquired by any Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries with a fair market value in excess of $1,000,000.

Record ” means information that is inscribed on a tangible medium or that is stored in an electronic or other medium and is retrievable in perceivable form.

Reference Period ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of EBITDA.

Refinancing Indebtedness ” means refinancings, renewals, or extensions of Indebtedness so long as:

(a) such refinancings, renewals, or extensions do not result in an increase in the principal amount of the Indebtedness so refinanced, renewed, or extended, other than by the amount of premiums paid thereon and the fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith and by the amount of unfunded commitments with respect thereto,

(b) such refinancings, renewals, or extensions do not result in a shortening of the average weighted maturity (measured as of the refinancing, renewal, or extension) of the Indebtedness so refinanced, renewed, or extended, nor are they on terms or conditions that, taken as a whole, are or could reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders,

(c) if the Indebtedness that is refinanced, renewed, or extended was subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, then the terms and conditions of the refinancing, renewal, or extension must include subordination terms and conditions that are at least as favorable to the Lender Group as those that were applicable to the refinanced, renewed, or extended Indebtedness, and

(d) the Indebtedness that is refinanced, renewed, or extended is not recourse to any Person that is liable on account of the Obligations other than those Persons which were obligated with respect to the Indebtedness that was refinanced, renewed, or extended.

Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1(h) of the Agreement.

Registered Loan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1(h) of the Agreement.

Related Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course and that is administered, advised or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers, advises or manages a Lender.

Remedial Action ” means all actions taken to (a) clean up, remove, remediate, contain, treat, monitor, assess, evaluate, or in any way address Hazardous Materials in the indoor or outdoor environment, (b) prevent or minimize a release or threatened release of Hazardous Materials so they do not migrate or endanger or threaten to endanger public health or welfare or the indoor or outdoor environment, (c) restore or reclaim

 

-30-


natural resources or the environment, (d) perform any pre-remedial studies, investigations, or post-remedial operation and maintenance activities, or (e) conduct any other actions with respect to Hazardous Materials required by Environmental Laws.

Replacement Lender ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.13(b) of the Agreement.

Report ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 15.16 of the Agreement.

Required Availability ” means that the sum of (a) Availability plus (b) Qualified Cash exceeds $4,500,000.

Required Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders having or holding more than 50% of the sum of (a) the aggregate Revolving Loan Exposure of all Lenders, plus (b) the aggregate Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders; provided , that the Revolving Loan Exposure and Term Loan Exposure of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in the determination of the Required Lenders, (ii) at any time there are 2 or more Lenders, “Required Lenders” must include at least 2 Lenders (who are not Affiliates of one another).

Restricted Payment ” means to (a) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution, directly or indirectly, on account of Equity Interests issued by Administrative Borrower (including any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving Administrative Borrower) or to the direct or indirect holders of Equity Interests issued by Administrative Borrower in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Qualified Equity Interests issued by Administrative Borrower), or (b) purchase, redeem, make any sinking fund or similar payment, or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including in connection with any merger or consolidation involving Administrative Borrower) any Equity Interests issued by Administrative Borrower, (c) make any payment to retire, or to obtain the surrender of, any outstanding warrants, options, or other rights to acquire Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower now or hereafter outstanding, and (d) make, or cause or suffer to permit any Borrowers’ or any of its Subsidiaries to make, any payment or prepayment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, or redemption, purchase, retirement, defeasance (including in-substance or legal defeasance), sinking fund or similar payment with respect to, any Subordinated Indebtedness.

Revolver Commitment ” means, with respect to each Revolving Lender, its Revolver Commitment, and, with respect to all Revolving Lenders, their Revolver Commitments, in each case as such Dollar amounts are set forth beside such Revolving Lender’s name under the applicable heading on Schedule C-1 to the Agreement or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Revolving Lender became a Revolving Lender under the Agreement, as such amounts may be reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments made in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.1 of the Agreement.

Revolver Usage ” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of (a) the amount of outstanding Revolving Loans (inclusive of Swing Loans and Protective Advances), plus (b) the amount of the Letter of Credit Usage.

Revolving Lender ” means a Lender that has a Revolving Loan Commitment or that has an outstanding Revolving Loan.

Revolving Loan Exposure ” means, with respect to any Revolving Lender, as of any date of determination (a) prior to the termination of the Revolver Commitments, the amount of such Lender’s Revolver Commitment, and (b) after the termination of the Revolver Commitments, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Loans of such Lender.

Revolving Loans ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.1(a) of the Agreement.

Sanctioned Entity ” means (a) a country or a government of a country, (b) an agency of the government of a country, (c) an organization directly or indirectly controlled by a country or its government, (d) a Person resident in or determined to be resident in a country, in each case, that is subject to a country sanctions program administered and enforced by OFAC.

 

-31-


Sanctioned Person ” means a person named on the list of Specially Designated Nationals maintained by OFAC.

S&P ” has the meaning specified therefor in the definition of Cash Equivalents.

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor thereto.

Securities Account ” means a securities account (as that term is defined in the Code).

Seller ” means Lemhi Ventures I Fund, LP, Yankee Investment Holdings LLC, Diamond Creek Investment, Ltd., Michael Cho, in his individual capacity and Michael Chung, his individual capacity.

Settlement ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.3(e)(i) of the Agreement.

Settlement Date ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.3(e)(i) of the Agreement.

Solvent ” means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination, that (a) at fair valuations, the sum of such Person’s debts (including contingent liabilities) is less than all of such Person’s assets, (b) such Person is not engaged or about to engage in a business or transaction for which the remaining assets of such Person are unreasonably small in relation to the business or transaction or for which the property remaining with such Person is an unreasonably small capital, and (c) such Person has not incurred and does not intend to incur, or reasonably believe that it will incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they become due (whether at maturity or otherwise), and (d) such Person is “solvent” or not “insolvent”, as applicable within the meaning given those terms and similar terms under applicable laws relating to fraudulent transfers and conveyances. For purposes of this definition, the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability (irrespective of whether such contingent liabilities meet the criteria for accrual under Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 5).

Sponsor ” means Great Point Partners or any other investment vehicle sponsored, advised, managed or formed by Great Point Partners, but excluding portfolio companies of any such vehicle.

Standard Letter of Credit Practice ” means, for Issuing Bank, any domestic or foreign law or letter of credit practices applicable in the city in which Issuing Bank issued the applicable Letter of Credit or, for its branch or correspondent, such laws and practices applicable in the city in which it has advised, confirmed or negotiated such Letter of Credit, as the case may be, in each case, (a) which letter of credit practices are of banks that regularly issue letters of credit in the particular city, and (b) which laws or letter of credit practices are required or permitted under ISP or UCP, as chosen in the applicable Letter of Credit.

Subject Holder ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.4(e)(iv) of the Agreement.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means any unsecured Indebtedness of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries incurred from time to time that is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations and (a) that is only guaranteed by the Guarantors, (b) that is not subject to scheduled amortization, redemption, sinking fund or similar payment and does not have a final maturity, in each case, on or before the date that is six months after the Maturity Date, (c) that does not include any financial covenants or any covenant or agreement that is more restrictive or onerous on any Loan Party in any material respect than any comparable covenant in the Agreement and, with respect to any such Indebtedness in excess of $250,000 in the aggregate, is otherwise on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to Agent, (d) shall be limited to cross-payment default and cross-acceleration to designated “senior debt” (including the Obligations), and (e) the other terms and conditions of the subordination are reasonably acceptable to Agent.

 

-32-


Subordination Agreement ” means that certain Subordination Agreement, dated as of January 15, 2013 between the Agent and Harbert Mezzanine Partners II SBIC, L.P., as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof.

Subsidiary ” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or other entity in which that Person directly or indirectly owns or controls the Equity Interests having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or other entity.

Swing Lender ” means Wells Fargo or any other Lender that, at the request of Borrowers and with the consent of Agent agrees, in such Lender’s sole discretion, to become the Swing Lender under Section 2.3(b) of the Agreement.

Swing Loan ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.3(b) of the Agreement.

Swing Loan Exposure ” means, as of any date of determination with respect to any Lender, such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Swing Loans on such date.

Taxes ” means any taxes, levies, imposts, duties, fees, assessments or other charges of whatever nature now or hereafter imposed by any jurisdiction or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, and all interest, penalties or similar liabilities with respect thereto.

Tax Lender ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 14.2(a) of the Agreement.

Term Loan ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.2 of the Agreement.

Term Loan Amount ” means $22,500,000.

Term Loan Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, its Term Loan Commitment, and, with respect to all Lenders, their Term Loan Commitments, in each case as such Dollar amounts are set forth beside such Lender’s name under the applicable heading on Schedule C-1 to the Agreement or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender became a Lender under the Agreement, as such amounts may be reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments made in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.1 of the Agreement.

Term Loan Exposure ” means, with respect to any Term Loan Lender, as of any date of determination (a) prior to the funding of the Term Loan, the amount of such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment, and (b) after the funding of the Term Loan, the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan held by such Lender.

Term Loan Lender ” means a Lender that has a Term Loan Commitment or that has a portion of the Term Loan.

Total Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Borrowers’ Funded Indebtedness as of such date to (b) Borrowers’ T4Q EBITDA for the 4 fiscal quarter period ended as of such date.

Total Leverage Ratio Calculation ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Applicable Margin.

 

-33-


Trademark Security Agreement ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Guaranty and Security Agreement.

T4Q EBITDA ” means, as of any date of determination, EBITDA of Borrowers determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, for the 4 fiscal quarter period most recently ended.

TTM EBITDA ” means, as of any date of determination, EBITDA of Borrowers determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, for the 12 month period most recently ended.

UCP ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits 2007 Revision, International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 600 and any subsequent revision thereof adopted by the International Chamber of Commerce on the date such Letter of Credit is issued.

United States ” means the United States of America.

Unused Line Fee ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.10(b) of the Agreement.

Voidable Transfer ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 17.8 of the Agreement.

Wells Fargo ” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association.

Withdrawal Liability ” means liability with respect to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

 

-34-


EXHIBIT A-1

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE AGREEMENT

This ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE AGREEMENT (“ Assignment Agreement ”) is entered into as of                      between                      (“ Assignor ”) and                      (“ Assignee ”). Reference is made to the Agreement described in Annex I hereto (the “Credit Agreement”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement.

1. In accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 13 of the Credit Agreement, the Assignor hereby sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby purchases and assumes from the Assignor, that interest in and to the Assignor’s rights and obligations under the Loan Documents as of the date hereof with respect to the Obligations owing to the Assignor, and Assignor’s portion of the Commitments, all to the extent specified on Annex I .

2. The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned by it hereunder and that such interest is free and clear of any adverse claim and (ii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; (b) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, representations or warranties made in or in connection with the Loan Documents, or (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto; (c) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of the Borrowers or any Guarantor or the performance or observance by the Borrowers or any Guarantor of any of their respective obligations under the Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto, and (d) represents and warrants that the amount set forth as the Purchase Price on Annex I represents the amount owed by Borrower to Assignor with respect to Assignor’s share of the Term Loan and the Revolving Loans assigned hereunder, as reflected on Assignor’s books and records.

3. The Assignee (a) confirms that it has received copies of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with copies of the financial statements referred to therein and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment Agreement; (b) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon Agent, Assignor, or any other Lender, based upon such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking any action under the Loan Documents; (c) appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Loan Documents as are delegated to Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; (d) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender; and (f) attaches the forms prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service of the United States certifying as to the Assignee’s status for purposes of determining exemption from United States withholding taxes with respect to all payments to be made to the Assignee under the Credit Agreement or such other documents as are necessary to indicate that all such payments are subject to such rates at a rate reduced by an applicable tax treaty.

4. Following the execution of this Assignment Agreement by the Assignor and Assignee, the Assignor will deliver this Assignment Agreement to the Agent for recording by the Agent. The effective date of this Assignment (the “ Settlement Date ”) shall be the latest to occur of (a) the date of


the execution and delivery hereof by the Assignor and the Assignee, (b) the receipt by Agent for its sole and separate account a processing fee in the amount of $5,000 (if required by the Credit Agreement), (c) the receipt of any required consent of the Agent, and (d) the date specified in Annex I .

5. As of the Settlement Date (a) the Assignee shall be a party to the Credit Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned pursuant to this Assignment Agreement, have the rights and obligations of a Lender thereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and (b) the Assignor shall, to the extent of the interest assigned pursuant to this Assignment Agreement, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, provided , however , that nothing contained herein shall release any assigning Lender from obligations that survive the termination of this Agreement, including such assigning Lender’s obligations under Article 15 and Section 17.9(a) of the Credit Agreement.

6. Upon the Settlement Date, Assignee shall pay to Assignor the Purchase Price (as set forth in Annex I ). From and after the Settlement Date, Agent shall make all payments that are due and payable to the holder of the interest assigned hereunder (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to Assignor for amounts which have accrued up to but excluding the Settlement Date and to Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Settlement Date. On the Settlement Date, Assignor shall pay to Assignee an amount equal to the portion of any interest, fee, or any other charge that was paid to Assignor prior to the Settlement Date on account of the interest assigned hereunder and that are due and payable to Assignee with respect thereto, to the extent that such interest, fee or other charge relates to the period of time from and after the Settlement Date.

7. This Assignment Agreement may be executed in counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument. This Assignment Agreement may be executed and delivered by telecopier or other facsimile transmission all with the same force and effect as if the same were a fully executed and delivered original manual counterpart.

8. THIS ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS REGARDING CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER, AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE SET FORTH IN SECTION 12 OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT, AND SUCH PROVISIONS ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE, MUTATIS MUTANDIS .


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Assignment Agreement and Annex I hereto to be executed by their respective officers, as of the first date written above.

 

[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
as Assignor
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]

 

as Assignee

By  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

ACCEPTED THIS      DAY OF             
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as Agent
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:


ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED TO:
CONNECTURE, INC., as Borrower
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:
DESTINATIONRX, INC., as Borrower
By  

 

  Name:
  Title:


ANNEX FOR ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

ANNEX I

 

1.

  Borrower:                                                                                      

2.

  Name and Date of Credit Agreement:      
   

Credit Agreement entered into as of January 15, 2013, by and among the lenders signatory thereto (each of such lenders, together with its successors and permitted assigns, is referred to hereinafter as a “ Lender ”, as that term is hereinafter further defined), WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as administrative agent for each member of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “ Agent ”), Connecture, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Connecture ”), and DestinationRX, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ DRX ”; together with Connecture, are referred to hereinafter each individually as a “ Borrower ”, and individually and collectively, jointly and severally, as the “ Borrowers ”).

              

3.

  Date of Assignment Agreement:                                

4.

  Amounts:      
 

a.     Assigned Amount of Revolver Commitment

   $                                                               
 

b.     Assigned Amount of Revolving Loans

   $                         
 

b.     Assigned Amount of Term Loan

   $                         

5.

  Settlement Date:                             

6.

  Purchase Price    $                         

7.

  Notice and Payment Instructions, etc.      

 

Assignee:      Assignor:    

 

    

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

    

 

 


EXHIBIT B-2

FORM OF BANK PRODUCT PROVIDER AGREEMENT

[Letterhead of Specified Bank Products Provider]

[Date]

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Agent

One Boston Place, 18th Floor

Boston, MA 02108

Attention: Technology Finance Portfolio Manager - Connecture

Fax No.:

Reference hereby is made to that certain Credit Agreement entered into as of January 15, 2013, by and among the lenders identified signatory thereto (each of such lenders, together with its successors and permitted assigns, is referred to hereinafter as a “ Lender ”, as that term is hereinafter further defined), WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , a national banking association, as administrative agent for each member of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “ Agent ”), Connecture, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Connecture ”), and DestinationRX, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ DRX ”; together with Connecture, are referred to hereinafter each individually as a “Borrower”, and individually and collectively, jointly and severally, as the “ Borrowers ”).

Reference is also made to that certain [Bank Product Agreement or Agreements] (the “ Specified Bank Product Agreement [Agreements ]”) dated as of                     , by and between [Lender or Affiliate of Lender] (the “ Specified Bank Products Provider ”) and [identify the Loan Party].

1. Appointment of Agent . The Specified Bank Products Provider hereby designates and appoints Agent, and Agent by its signature below hereby accepts such appointment, as its agent under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The Specified Bank Products Provider hereby acknowledges that it has reviewed Sections 15.1 through 15.15 and Sections 15.17 , 15.18 , and 17.5 (collectively such sections are referred to herein as the “ Agency Provisions ”), including, as applicable, the defined terms used therein. Specified Bank Products Provider and Agent each agree that the Agency Provisions which govern the relationship, and certain representations, acknowledgements, appointments, rights, restrictions, and agreements, between the Agent, on the one hand, and the Lenders or the Lender Group, on the other hand, shall, from and after the date of this letter agreement also apply to and govern, mutatis mutandis, the relationship between the Agent, on the one hand, and the Specified Bank Product Provider with respect to the Bank Products provided pursuant to the Specified Bank Product Agreement, on the other hand.

2. Acknowledgement of Certain Provisions of Credit Agreement . The Specified Bank Products Provider hereby acknowledges that it has reviewed the provisions of Sections 2.4(b)(ii) , 14.1 , 15 , and 17.5 of the Credit Agreement, including, as applicable, the defined terms used therein, and agrees to be bound by the provisions thereof. Without limiting the generality of any of the foregoing referenced provisions, Specified Bank Product Provider understands and agrees that its rights and benefits under the Loan Documents consist solely of it being a beneficiary of the Liens and security interests granted to Agent and the right to share in proceeds of the Collateral to the extent set forth in the Credit Agreement.

3. Reporting Requirements . Agent shall have no obligation to calculate the amount due and payable with respect to any Bank Products. On a monthly basis (not later than the 10th Business Day


of each calendar month) or as more frequently as Agent shall request, the Specified Bank Products Provider agrees to provide Agent with a written report, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, detailing Specified Bank Products Provider’s reasonable determination of the liabilities and obligations (and mark- to-market exposure) of the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties in respect of the Bank Products provided by Specified Bank Products Provider pursuant to the Specified Bank Products Agreement. If Agent does not receive such written report within the time period provided above, Agent shall be entitled to assume that the reasonable determination of the liabilities and obligations of the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties with respect to the Bank Products provided pursuant to the Specified Bank Products Agreement is zero.

4. Bank Product Reserve Conditions . Specified Bank Products Provider further acknowledges and agrees that Agent shall have the right (to the extent permitted pursuant to the Credit Agreement), but shall have no obligation to establish, maintain, relax, or release reserves in respect of any of the Bank Product Obligations and that if reserves are established there is no obligation on the part of the Agent to determine or insure whether the amount of any such reserve is appropriate or not (including whether it is sufficient in amount). If Agent chooses to implement a reserve, Specified Bank Products Provider acknowledges and agrees that Agent shall be entitled to rely on the information in the reports described above to establish the Bank Product Reserve Amount.

5. Bank Product Obligations . From and after the delivery to Agent of this agreement duly executed by Specified Bank Product Provider and the acknowledgement of this agreement by Agent and Borrower, the obligations and liabilities of the Borrowers and the other Loan Parties to Specified Bank Product Provider in respect of Bank Products evidenced by the Specified Bank Product Agreement shall constitute Bank Product Obligations (and which, in turn, shall constitute Obligations), and Specified Bank Product Provider shall constitute a Bank Product Provider until such time as Specified Bank Products Provider or its Affiliate is no longer a Lender. Specified Bank Products Provider acknowledges that other Bank Products (which may or may not be Specified Bank Products) may exist at any time.

6. Notices . All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be given in the form and manner provided in Section 11 of the Credit Agreement, and, if to Agent, shall be mailed, sent, or delivered to Agent in accordance with Section 11 in the Credit Agreement, if to Borrower, shall be mailed, sent, or delivered to Borrower in accordance with Section 11 in the Credit Agreement, and, if to Specified Bank Products Provider, shall be mailed, sent, or delivered to the address set forth below, or, in each case as to any party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other party.

 

If to Specified Bank

Products Provider:

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Attn:  

 

  Fax No.  

 

7. Miscellaneous . This agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of each of the parties hereto (including any successor agent pursuant to Section 15.9 of the Credit Agreement); provided , that Borrower may not assign this agreement or any rights or duties hereunder without the other parties’ prior written consent and any prohibited assignment shall be absolutely void ab initio. Unless the context of this agreement clearly requires otherwise, references to

[Bank Product Provider Agreement]


the plural include the singular, references to the singular include the plural, the terms “includes” and “including” are not limiting, and the term “or” has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.” This agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts. Each of such counterparts shall be deemed to be an original, and all of such counterparts, taken together, shall constitute but one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this letter by telefacsimile or other means of electronic transmission shall be equally effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart.

8. Governing Law, Etc . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS REGARDING CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER, AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE SET FORTH IN SECTION 12 OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT, AND SUCH PROVISIONS ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE, MUTATIS MUTANDIS .

[signature pages to follow]

[Bank Product Provider Agreement]


Sincerely,
[SPECIFIED BANK PRODUCTS PROVIDER]
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 


Acknowledged, accepted, and agreed as of the date first written above:

 

CONNECTURE, INC.,
a Delaware corporation, as Borrower
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

DESTINATIONRX, INC.,
a Delaware corporation, as Borrower

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

[Bank Product Provider Agreement]


Acknowledged, accepted, and agreed as of the date first written above:

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

a national banking association, as Agent

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

[Bank Product Provider Agreement]


EXHIBIT C-1

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

[on [Connecture/DRX] letterhead]

 

To:    Wells Fargo Bank, National Association
   One Boston Place, 18th Floor
   Boston, MA 02108
   Attn: Technology Finance Portfolio Manager
     

Re: Compliance Certificate dated                  , 20    

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement entered into as of January 15, 2013, by and among the lenders signatory thereto (each of such lenders, together with its successors and permitted assigns, is referred to hereinafter as a “ Lender ”, as that term is hereinafter further defined), WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , a national banking association, as administrative agent for each member of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “ Agent ”), Connecture, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Connecture ”), and DestinationRX, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ DRX ’; together with Connecture, are referred to hereinafter each individually as a “ Borrower ”, and individually and collectively, jointly and severally, as the “ Borrowers ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned officer of each Borrower hereby certifies with respect to the Borrower to which it is an officer as of the date hereof that:

1. The financial information of such Borrower and its Subsidiaries furnished in Schedule 1 attached hereto, has been prepared in accordance with GAAP (except, in the case of unaudited financial statements, for year-end audit adjustments and the lack of footnotes), and fairly presents in all material respects the financial condition of such Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date set forth therein.

2. Each such officer has reviewed the terms of the Credit Agreement and has made, or caused to be made under his/her supervision, a review in reasonable detail of the transactions and financial condition of the applicable Borrower and its Subsidiaries during the accounting period covered by the financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Credit Agreement.

3. Such review has not disclosed the existence on and as of the date hereof, and the undersigned does not have knowledge of the existence as of the date hereof, of any event or condition that constitutes a Default or Event of Default, except for such conditions or events listed on Schedule 2 attached hereto, in each case specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action Parent and/or its Subsidiaries have taken, are taking, or propose to take with respect thereto.


4. Except as set forth on Schedule 3 attached hereto, the representations and warranties of such Borrower and its Subsidiaries set forth in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) on and as of the date hereof (except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) as of such earlier date.

5. As of the date hereof, such Borrower and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with the applicable covenants contained in Section 7 of the Credit Agreement as demonstrated on Schedule 4 hereof.

[Signature page follows.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Compliance Certificate is executed by the undersigned this      day of             , 20     .

 

CONNECTURE, INC.,

a Delaware corporation, as Borrower

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

DESTINATIONRX, INC.,

a Delaware corporation, as Borrower

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

[Exhibit C-1 Form of Compliance Certificate]


SCHEDULE 1

Financial Information


SCHEDULE 2

Default or Event of Default


SCHEDULE 3

Representations and Warranties


SCHEDULE 4

Financial Covenants [To be updated]

 

1. Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio .

Such Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, measured on a quarter-end basis, for the     quarter period ending             , 20    , is    :1.0, which ratio is greater than or equal to the ratio set forth in Section 7(a) of the Credit Agreement for the corresponding period.

 

2. Leverage Ratio .

Such Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ Leverage Ratio, measured on a quarter-end basis, as of the last day of the quarter ending             , 20    , is    :1.0, which is less than or equal to the ratio set forth in Section 7(b) of the Credit Agreement for the corresponding date.


EXHIBIT L-1

FORM OF LIBOR NOTICE

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Agent

under the below referenced Credit Agreement

One Boston Place, 18th Floor

Boston, MA 02108

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference hereby is made to that certain Credit Agreement entered into as of January 15, 2013, by and among the lenders signatory thereto (each of such lenders, together with its successors and permitted assigns, is referred to hereinafter as a “ Lender ”, as that term is hereinafter further defined), WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as administrative agent for each member of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “ Agent ”), Connecture, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Connecture ”), and DestinationRX, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ DRX ”; together with Connecture, are referred to hereinafter each individually as a “ Borrower ”, and individually and collectively, jointly and severally, as the “ Borrowers ”)

This LIBOR Notice represents Borrower’s request to elect the LIBOR Option with respect to outstanding Revolving Loans or the Term Loan in the amount of $        (the “ LIBOR Rate Advance ”), and is a written confirmation of the telephonic notice of such election given to Agent.

The LIBOR Rate Advance will have an Interest Period of 1, 2, 3, or 6 month(s) commencing on                    .

This LIBOR Notice further confirms Borrower’s acceptance, for purposes of determining the rate of interest based on the LIBOR Rate under the Credit Agreement, of the LIBOR Rate as determined pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

Each Borrower represents and warrants that (i) as of the date hereof, the representations and warranties of the Borrowers or their respective Subsidiaries contained in this Agreement and in the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) on and as of the date hereof, as though made on and as of such date (except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by


Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Agent

Page 2

 

materiality in the text thereof) as of such earlier date)), (ii) each of the covenants and agreements contained in any Loan Document have been performed (to the extent required to be performed on or before the date hereof or each such effective date), and (iii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date hereof, nor will any thereof occur after giving effect to the request above.

 

Dated:  

 

CONNECTURE, INC., a Delaware corporation, as Borrower

By

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

DESTINATIONRX, INC., a Delaware

corporation, as Borrower

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Acknowledged by:
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as Agent

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

[Exhibit L-1 -Form of LIBOR Notice]

 


EXHIBIT P-1

FORM OF PERFECTION CERTIFICATE

Reference is hereby made to (a) that certain Credit Agreement dated as of January 15, 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) by and among Connecture, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Connecture ”), DestinationRX, Inc. (“ DRX , and together with Connecture, each a “ Borrower ,” and together, the “ Borrowers ”), the lenders party thereto as “Lenders” (each of such Lenders, together with its successors and permitted assigns, is referred to hereinafter as a “ Lender ”), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association (“ Wells Fargo ”), in its capacity as administrative agent for each member of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “ Agent ”), and (b) that certain Guaranty and Security Agreement dated as of January 15, 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Guaranty and Security Agreement ”) by and among the Borrowers, the Subsidiaries of Borrower parties thereto as “Grantors,” and Agent.

All initially capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement. Any terms (whether capitalized or lower case) used in this Perfection Certificate that are defined in the Code shall be construed and defined as set forth in the Code unless otherwise defined herein or in the Credit Agreement; provided that to the extent that the Code is used to define any term used herein and if such term is defined differently in different Articles of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article 9 of the Code shall govern. As used herein, the term “Loan Parties” shall mean the “ Loan Parties ” as that term is defined in the Credit Agreement and “ Code ” shall mean the “Code” as that term is defined in the Guaranty and Security Agreement.

The undersigned, the Chief Financial Officers of the Connecture and DRX, hereby certifies (in their capacity as Chief Financial Officer and not in an individual capacity) to Agent and each of the other members of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers as follows as of January, 15 2013:

1. Names .

(a) The exact legal name of each Loan Party, as such name appears in its certified certificate of incorporation, articles of incorporation, certificate of formation, or any other organizational document, is set forth in Schedule 1(a) . Each Loan Party is (i) the type of entity disclosed next to its name in Schedule 1(a) and (ii) a registered organization except to the extent disclosed in Schedule 1(a) . Also set forth in Schedule 1 (a)  is the organizational identification number, if any, of each Loan Party that is a registered organization, the Federal Taxpayer Identification Number of each Loan Party and the jurisdiction of formation of each Loan Party. Each Loan Party has qualified to do business in the states listed on Schedule 1(a) .

(b) Set forth in Schedule 1(b) hereto is a list of any other legal names each Loan Party has had in the past five years, together with the date of the relevant name change.

(c) Set forth in Schedule 1(c) is a list of all other names used by each Loan Party in connection with any business or organization to which such Loan Party became the successor by merger, consolidation, acquisition, change in form, nature or jurisdiction of organization or otherwise or on any filings with the Internal Revenue Service, in each case, at any time in the past five years. Except as set forth in Schedule 1(c) , no Loan Party has changed its jurisdiction of organization at any time during the past four months.


2. Chief Executive Offices . The chief executive office of each Loan Party is located at the address set forth in Schedule 2 hereto.

3. Real Property .

(a) Attached hereto as Schedule 3(a) is a list of all (i) Real Property (as defined in the Guaranty and Security Agreement) of each Loan Party, (ii) filing offices for any mortgages encumbering the Real Property or to encumber, the Real Property as of the Closing Date, (iii) common names, addresses and uses of each parcel of Real Property (stating improvements located thereon) and (iv) other information relating thereto required by such Schedule. Except as described on Schedule 3(a) attached hereto: (A) no Loan Party has entered into any leases, subleases, tenancies, franchise agreements, licenses or other occupancy arrangements as owner, lessor, sublessor, licensor, franchisor or grantor with respect to any of the real property described on Schedule 3(a) and (B) no Loan Party has any leases which require the consent of the landlord, tenant or other party thereto to the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.

(b) Schedule 3(b) sets forth all third parties (“Bailees”) with possession of any Collateral (including inventory and equipment) of the Loan Parties, including the name and address of such Bailee, a description of the inventory and equipment in such Bailee’s possession and the location of such inventory and equipment (if none please so state).

4. Extraordinary Transactions . Except for those purchases, mergers, acquisitions, consolidations, and other transactions described on Schedule 4 attached hereto, all of the Collateral has been originated by each Loan Party in the ordinary course of business or consists of goods which have been acquired by such Loan Party in the ordinary course of business from a person in the business of selling goods of that kind.

5. File Search Reports . Attached hereto as Schedule 5 is a true and accurate summary of certified file search reports from (a) the Uniform Commercial Code filing offices (i) in each jurisdiction of formation identified in Section 1 (a) and in each location identified Section 2 with respect to each legal name set forth in Section 1 and (ii) in each jurisdiction described in Schedule 1(c ) or Schedule 3 relating to any of the transactions described in Schedule 1(c) or Schedule 4 with respect to each legal name of the person or entity from which each Loan Party purchased or otherwise acquired any assets and (b) each filing office in each real estate recording office identified on Schedule 3(a) for any Real Property Collateral] A true copy of each financing statement, including judgment and tax liens, bankruptcy and pending lawsuits or other filing identified in such file search reports has been delivered to Agent.

6. UCC Filings . The financing statements (duly authorized by each Loan Party constituting the debtor therein), including the indications of the collateral, attached as Schedule 6 relating to the Guaranty and Security Agreement or the Real Property, are in the appropriate forms for filing in the filing offices in the jurisdictions identified in Schedule 6 hereof.

 

1 Please note that the list of real estate locations that need to be searched shall be determined after Schedule 3(a) is provided.


7. Schedule of Filings . Attached hereto as Schedule 7 is a schedule of (i) the appropriate filing offices for the financing statements attached hereto as Schedule 6 and (ii) the appropriate filing offices for the filings described in Schedule 11(c) and (iii) any other actions required to create, preserve, protect and perfect the security interests in the Collateral (as defined in the Guaranty and Security Agreement) granted, assigned or pledged to Agent pursuant to the Guaranty and Security Agreement or any other Loan Document. No other filings or actions are required to create, preserve, protect and perfect the security interests in the Collateral granted, assigned or pledged to Agent pursuant to the Loan Documents.

8. Termination Statements . Attached hereto as Schedule 8 are the duly authorized termination statements in the appropriate form for filing in each applicable jurisdiction identified in Schedule 8 hereto with respect to each Lien described therein.

9. Stock Ownership and Other Equity Interests . Attached hereto as Schedule 9(a) is a true and correct list of each of all of the authorized, and the issued and outstanding, Equity Interests of each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries and the record and beneficial owners of such Equity Interests. Also set forth on Schedule 9(a) is each equity investment of each Loan Party that represents 50% or less of the equity of the entity in which such investment was made. Attached hereto as Schedule 9(b) is a true and correct organizational chart of the [Connecture/DRX] and its Subsidiaries.

10. Instruments and Chattel Paper . Attached hereto as Schedule 10 is a true and correct list of all promissory notes, instruments (other than checks to be deposited in the ordinary course of business), tangible chattel paper, electronic chattel paper and other evidence of Indebtedness held by each Loan Party as of January 15, 2013 having an aggregate value or face amount in excess of $100,000, including all intercompany notes between or among any two or more Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries.

11. Intellectual Property .

(a) Schedule 11 (a)  provides a complete and correct list of all registered Copyrights (as defined in the Guaranty and Security Agreement) owned by any Loan Party, all applications for registration of Copyrights owned by any Loan Party, and all other Copyrights owned by any Loan Party and material to the conduct of the business of any Loan Party. Schedule 11 (a)  provides a complete and correct list of all Patents (as defined in the Guaranty and Security Agreement) owned by any Loan Party and all applications for Patents owned by any Loan Party. Schedule 11(a)  provides a complete and correct list of all registered Trademarks (as defined in the Guaranty and Security Agreement) owned by any Loan Party, all applications for registration of Trademarks owned by any Loan Party, and all other Trademarks owned by any Loan Party and material to the conduct of the business of any Loan Party.

(b) Schedule 11(b) provides a complete and correct list of all Intellectual Property Licenses (as defined in the Guaranty and Security Agreement) entered into by any Loan Party pursuant to which (i) any Loan Party has provided any license or other rights in Intellectual Property (as defined in the Guaranty and Security Agreement) owned or controlled by such Loan Party to any other Person (other than non-exclusive software licenses granted in the ordinary course of business) or (ii) any Person has granted to any Loan Party any license or other rights in Intellectual Property owned or controlled by such Person that is material to the business of such Loan Party, including any Intellectual Property that is incorporated in any Inventory, software, or other product marketed, sold, licensed, or distributed by such Loan Party;

(c) Attached hereto as Schedule 11(c) in proper form for filing with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and United States Copyright Office (as applicable) are the filings


necessary to preserve, protect and perfect the security interests in the United States Trademarks, United Patents, United States Copyrights and Intellectual Property Licenses set forth on Schedule 11(a) and Schedule 11(b) , including duly signed copies of each of the Patent Security Agreement, Trademark Security Agreement and the Copyright Security Agreement, as applicable.

12. Commercial Tort Claims . Attached hereto as Schedule 12 is a true and correct list of all commercial tort claims that exceed $100,000 held by each Loan Party, including a brief description thereof.

13. Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts . Attached hereto as Schedule 13 is a true and complete list of all Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts (each as defined in the Guaranty and Security Agreement) maintained by each Loan Party, including the name of each institution where each such account is held, the name of each such account and the name of each entity that holds each account.

14. Letter-of-Credit Rights . Attached hereto as Schedule 14 is a true and correct list of all letters of credit issued in favor of any Loan Party, as beneficiary thereunder, having an aggregate value or face amount in excess of $100,000.

15. Other Assets : A Loan Party owns the following kinds of assets:

 

Aircraft:

     Yes                 No           

Vessels, boats or ships:

     Yes                 No           

Railroad rolling stock:

     Yes                 No           

Motor Vehicles or similar titled collateral.

     Yes                 No           

If the answer is yes to any of these other types of assets, please describe on Schedule 15 .

[The Remainder of this Page has been intentionally left blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunto signed this Perfection Certificate as of this             day of    , 20        .

 

CONNECTURE, INC., a Delaware corporation
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
DESTINATIONRX, INC., a Delaware corporation
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
INSURIX, INC., a Connecticut Corporation
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
RXHEALTH INSURANCE AGENCY, INC., a Connecticut Corporation
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[EXHIBIT P-1 – FORM PERFECTION CERTIFICATE]


Schedule l(a)

Legal Names, Etc.

 

Legal Name

   Type of Entity    Registered
Organization
(Yes/No)
   Organizational
Number 2
   Federal Taxpayer
Identification Number
   Jurisdiction of Formation

 

 

2   If none, so state.

 

- 3 -


Schedule l(b)

Prior Names

 

Loan Party/Subsidiary

   Prior Name    Date of Change

 

- 4 -


Schedule l(c)

Changes in Corporate Identity; Other Names

 

Loan
Party/Subsidiary

   Name of Entity    Action    Date of Action    State of Formation    List of All Other
Names Used on Any
Filings with the
Internal Revenue
Service During Past
Five Years

Add Information required by Section 1 to the extent required by Section 1(c) of the Perfection Certificate

 

- 5 -


Schedule 2

Chief Executive Offices

 

Loan
Party/Subsidiary

   Address    County    State

 

- 6 -


Schedule 3(a)

Real Property

 

Entity of
Record

   Common
Name and
Address
  Owned,
Leased or
Other
Interest
  Landlord
/ Owner
if Leased
or Other
Interest
  Description of
Lease or
Other
Documents
Evidencing
Interest
  Purpose/
Use
  Improvements
Located on
Real
Property
  Legal
Description
  Encumbered
or to be
Encumbered
by Mortgage
  Filing
Office for
Mortgage
  Option to
Purchase/Right
of First Refusal

[    ]

   [    ]   [    ]   [    ]   [    ]   [    ]   [    ]   [SEE
EXHIBIT A-
[    ]ATTACHED
HERETO]
  [YES/NO]   [    ]   [YES/NO]

 

- 7 -


Schedule 3(a)

Real Property (cont.)

Required Consents; Loan Party Held Landlord/Grantor Interests

I. Landlord’s / Tenant’s Consent Required

1. [LIST EACH LEASE OR OTHER INSTRUMENT WHERE LANDLORD’S / TENANT’S CONSENT IS REQUIRED].

II. Leases, Subleases, Tenancies, Franchise Agreements, Licenses or Other Occupancy Agreements Pursuant to which any Loan Party holds Landlord’s / Grantor’s Interest

1. [LIST EACH LEASE OR OTHER INSTRUMENT WHERE ANY LOAN PARTY HOLDS LANDLORD’S / GRANTOR’S INTEREST]

 

- 8 -


Schedule 3(b)

Bailees

 

- 9 -


Schedule 4

Transactions Other Than in the Ordinary Course of Business

 

Loan Party/Subsidiary

   Description of Transaction Including Parties
Thereto
   Date of
Transaction

 

- 10 -


Schedule 5

Certified File Search Reports

 

Loan Party/Subsidiary

   Search Report dated    Prepared by    Jurisdiction

See attached.

 

- 11 -


Schedule 6

Copy of Financing Statements To Be Filed

See attached.

 

- 12 -


Schedule 7

Filings/Filing Offices

 

Type of Filing 3

   Entity    Applicable Collateral
Document
[Mortgage, Security
Agreement or Other]
   Jurisdictions

 

3   UCC-I financing statement, fixture filing, mortgage, intellectual property filing or other necessary filing.

 

- 13 -


Schedule 8

Attached hereto is a true copy of each termination statement filing duly acknowledged or otherwise identified by the filing officer.

Termination Statement Filings

 

Debtor

   Jurisdiction    Secured Party    Type of Collateral    UCC-1
File Date
   UCC-1
File
Number

 

- 14 -


Schedule 9(a)

(a) Equity Interests of Loan Parties and Subsidiaries

 

Current Legal

Entities Owned

   Record Owner    Certificate No.    No. Shares/Interest    Percent
Pledged

(b) Other Equity Interests

 

- 15 -


Schedule 9(b)

Organizational Chart

 

- 16 -


Schedule 10

Instruments and Chattel Paper

 

1. Promissory Notes:

 

Entity

   Principal
Amount
   Date of Issuance    Interest Rate    Maturity Date

 

2. Chattel Paper:

 

- 17 -


Schedule 11(a)

Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks

UNITED STATES COPYRIGHTS

Registrations:

 

OWNER    TITLE    REGISTRATION NUMBER

Applications:

 

OWNER    APPLICATION NUMBER

OTHER COPYRIGHTS

Registrations:

 

OWNER    COUNTRY/STATE    TITLE    REGISTRATION NUMBER

Applications:

 

OWNER    COUNTRY/STATE    APPLICATION NUMBER

 

- 18 -


Schedule 11 (a)

Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks (cont.)

UNITED STATES PATENTS:

Registrations:

 

OWNER

   REGISTRATION
NUMBER
   DESCRIPTION

Applications:

 

OWNER

   APPLICATION
NUMBER
   DESCRIPTION

OTHER PATENTS:

Registrations:

 

OWNER

   REGISTRATION
NUMBER
   COUNTRY/STATE    DESCRIPTION

Applications:

 

OWNER

   APPLICATION
NUMBER
   COUNTRY/STATE    DESCRIPTION

 

 

- 19 -


Schedule 11(a)

Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks (cont.)

UNITED STATES TRADEMARKS:

Registrations:

 

OWNER

  

REGISTRATION
NUMBER

  

TRADEMARK

Applications:

 

OWNER

  

APPLICATION
NUMBER

  

TRADEMARK

OTHER TRADEMARKS:

Registrations:

 

OWNER

   REGISTRATION
NUMBER
   COUNTRY/STATE    TRADEMARK

Applications:

 

OWNER

   APPLICATION
NUMBER
   COUNTRY/STATE    TRADEMARK

 

- 20 -


Schedule 11(b)

Intellectual Property Licenses

 

LICENSEE

   LICENSOR    COUNTRY/STATE    REGISTRATION/
APPLICATION
NUMBER, IF
ANY
   DESCRIPTION

 

- 21 -


Schedule 11(c)

Intellectual Property Filings

 

- 22 -


Schedule 12

Commercial Tort Claims

 

- 23 -


Schedule 13

Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts

 

OWNER    TYPE OF ACCOUNT    BANK OR
INTERMEDIARY
   ACCOUNT
NUMBERS

 

- 24 -


Schedule 14

Letter of Credit Rights

 

- 25 -


Schedule 15

Other Assets

 

- 26 -


FORM OF SUPPLEMENT TO PERFECTION CERTIFICATE

Supplement (this “ Supplement ”), dated as of            , 20    , to the Perfection Certificate, dated as of January 15, 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Perfection Certificate ”) by each of the parties listed on the signature pages thereto and those additional entities that thereafter become Loan Parties (collectively, jointly and severally, “ Grantors ” and each individually “ Grantor ”).

Reference is hereby made to (a) that certain Credit Agreement dated as of January 15, 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) by and among Connecture, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Connecture ”), DestinationRX, Inc. (“ DRX , and together with Connecture, each a “ Borrower ,” and together, the “ Borrowers ”), the lenders party thereto as “Lenders” (each of such Lenders, together with its successors and permitted assigns, is referred to hereinafter as a “ Lender ”), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association (“ Wells Fargo ”), in its capacity as administrative agent for each member of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “ Agent ”), and (b) that certain Guaranty and Security Agreement dated as of January 15, 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Guaranty and Security Agreement ”) by and among the Borrowers, the Subsidiaries of Borrower parties thereto as “Grantors,” and Agent.

All initially capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement. Any terms (whether capitalized or lower case) used in this Perfection Certificate that are defined in the Code shall be construed and defined as set forth in the Code unless otherwise defined herein or in the Credit Agreement; provided that to the extent that the Code is used to define any term used herein and if such term is defined differently in different Articles of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article 9 of the Code shall govern. As used herein, the term “Code” shall mean the “ Code ” as that term is defined in the Guaranty and Security Agreement.

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 5.2 of the Credit Agreement, the Loan Parties must execute and deliver a Perfection Certificate and the execution and delivery of the Perfection Certificate may be accomplished by the execution of this Supplement in favor of Agent, for the benefit of each member of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers;

In accordance with Section 5.2 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned, the Chief Financial Officers of Connecture and DRX, hereby certify (in their capacity as Chief Financial Officer and not in any individual capacity) to Agent and each of the other members of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers as follows as of             ,20     : the information in the Perfection Certificate delivered on or prior to the Closing Date is true, correct, and complete on and as of the date hereof. Schedule 1(a) , “Legal Names, Etc.”, Schedule 1(b) , “Prior Names”, Schedule 1(c) , “Changes in Corporate Identity; Other Names”, Schedule 2 , “Chief Executive Offices”, Schedule 3(a) , “Real Property”, Schedule 3(b) , “Bailees”, Schedule 4 , “Transactions Other Than in the Ordinary Course of Business”, Schedule 9(a) , “Equity Interests”, Schedule 9(b) , “Organizational Chart” Schedule 10 , “Instruments and Chattel Paper”, Schedule 11(a) , “Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks”, Schedule 11(b) , “Intellectual Property Licenses”, Schedule 12 , “Commercial Tort Claims”, Schedule 13 , “Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts”, Schedule 14 , “Letter-of-Credit Rights”, and Schedule 15 , “Other Assets” attached hereto supplement Schedule 1(a) , Schedule (1(b) , Schedule 1(c) , Schedule 2 , Schedule 3 , Schedule 4 , Schedule 9(a ), Schedule 9(b) , Schedule 10 , Schedule 11(a) , Schedule 11(b) , Schedule 12 , Schedule 13 , Schedule 14 , Schedule 15 , respectively, to the Perfection Certificate and shall be deemed a part thereof for all purposes of the Perfection Certificate.

 

- 27 -


The undersigned officers of each of the Loan Parties hereby certify as of the date hereof on behalf of the Loan Parties in their capacity as officers of the Loan Parties and not in their individual capacities that no additional filings or actions are required to create, preserve or perfect the security interests in the Collateral granted, assigned or pledged to Agent pursuant to the Loan Documents.

Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Perfection Certificate shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , we have hereunto signed this Supplement to Perfection Certificate as of this     day of            , 20    .

 

CONNECTURE, INC. / DESTINATIONRX, INC.

By:

 

 

  Name:
  Title:

[Each of the Guarantors of Connecture/DRX]

By:

 

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

- 28 -


Schedule 1(a)

Legal Names, Etc.

 

Legal Name

  

Type of Entity

  

Registered

Organization

(Yes/No)

  

Organizational

Number 4

  

Federal Taxpayer
Identification Number

  

Jurisdiction of
Formation

 

 

4   If none, so state.

 

- 29 -


Schedule 1(b)

Prior Names

 

Loan Party/Subsidiary

  

Prior Name

  

Date of Change

 

 

- 30 -


Schedule 1(c)

Changes in Corporate Identity; Other Names

 

Loan Party/Subsidiary

  

Name of Entity

  

Action

  

Date of Action

  

State of Formation

  

List of All Other
Names Used on Any
Filings with the
Internal Revenue
Service During Past
Five Years

[Add Information required by Section 1 to the extent required by Section 1(c) of the Perfection Certificate]

 

 

- 31 -


Schedule 2

Chief Executive Offices

 

Loan

Party/Subsidiary

  

Address

  

County

  

State

 

- 32 -


Schedule 3(a)

Real Property

 

Entity of

Record

   Common
Name and
Address
  Owned,
Leased or
Other
Interest
  Landlord
/ Owner
if Leased
or Other
Interest
  Descrip-
tion of
Lease or
Other
Documents
Evidencing
Interest
  Purpose/
Use
  Improve-
ments
Located on

Real
Property
  Legal
Description
  Encumbered
or to be
Encumbered
by Mortgage
  Filing
Office for
Mortgage
  Option to
Purchase/Right

of First Refusal

[    ]

   [    ]   [    ]   [    ]   [    ]   [    ]   [    ]   [SEE
EXHIBIT
A- [    ]
ATTACHED
HERETO]
  [YES/NO]   [    ]   [YES/NO]

 

- 33 -


Schedule 3(a)

Real Property (cont.)

Required Consents; Loan Party Held Landlord/ Grantor Interests

I. Landlord’s / Tenant’s Consent Required

1. [LIST EACH LEASE OR OTHER INSTRUMENT WHERE LANDLORD’S / TENANT’S CONSENT IS REQUIRED].

II. Leases, Subleases, Tenancies, Franchise Agreements, Licenses or Other Occupancy Agreements Pursuant to which any Loan Party holds Landlord’s / Grantor’s Interest

1. [LIST EACH LEASE OR OTHER INSTRUMENT WHERE ANY LOAN PARTY HOLDS LANDLORD’S / GRANTOR’S INTEREST

 

- 34 -


Schedule 3(a)

Real Property (cont.)

Required Consents; Loan Party Held Landlord/ Grantor Interests

I. Landlord’s / Tenant’s Consent Required

1. [LIST EACH LEASE OR OTHER INSTRUMENT WHERE LANDLORD’S / TENANT’S CONSENT IS REQUIRED].

II. Leases, Subleases, Tenancies, Franchise Agreements, Licenses or Other Occupancy Agreements Pursuant to which any Loan Party holds Landlord’s / Grantor’s Interest

1. [LIST EACH LEASE OR OTHER INSTRUMENT WHERE ANY LOAN PARTY HOLDS LANDLORD’S / GRANTOR’S INTEREST]

 

- 35 -


Schedule 3(b)

Bailees

 

- 36 -


Schedule 4

Transactions Other Than in the Ordinary Course of Business

 

Loan Party/Subsidiary

  

Description of Transaction Including Parties

Thereto

   Date of
Transaction

 

- 37 -


Schedule 9(a)

(a) Equity Interests of Loan Parties and Subsidiaries

 

Current Legal

Entities Owned

  

Record Owner

  

Certificate No.

  

No. Shares/Interest

  

Percent

Pledged

(b) Other Equity Interests

 

- 38 -


Schedule 9(b)

Organizational Chart

 

- 39 -


Schedule 10

Instruments and Chattel Paper

 

1. Promissory Notes:

 

Entity

  

Principal

Amount

  

Date of Issuance

  

Interest Rate

  

Maturity Date

 

2. Chattel Paper:

 

- 40 -


Schedule 11(a)

Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks

 

UNITED STATES COPYRIGHTS

 

Registrations:

 

                   
OWNER    TITLE    REGISTRATION NUMBER          

 

Applications:

 

                   
OWNER    APPLICATION NUMBER               

 

OTHER COPYRIGHTS

 

Registrations:

 

                   
OWNER    COUNTRY/STATE    TITLE    REGISTRATION NUMBER     

 

Applications:

 

                   
OWNER    COUNTRY/STATE    APPLICATION NUMBER          

 

- 41 -


Schedule 11(a)

Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks (cont.)

 

UNITED STATES PATENTS:

 

Registrations:

 

                   

OWNER

   REGISTRATION
NUMBER
   DESCRIPTION          

 

Applications:

 

                   

OWNER

   APPLICATION
NUMBER
   DESCRIPTION          

 

OTHER PATENTS:

 

Registrations:

 

                   

OWNER

   REGISTRATION
NUMBER
   COUNTRY/STATE    DESCRIPTION     

 

Applications:

 

                   

OWNER

   APPLICATION
NUMBER
   COUNTRY/STATE    DESCRIPTION     

 

- 42 -


Schedule 11(a)

Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks (cont.)

 

UNITED STATES TRADEMARKS:

 

Registrations:

 

                   

OWNER

   REGISTRATION
NUMBER
   TRADEMARK          

 

Applications:

 

                   

OWNER

   APPLICATION
NUMBER
   TRADEMARK          

 

OTHER TRADEMARKS:

 

Registrations:

 

                   

OWNER

   REGISTRATION
NUMBER
   COUNTRY/STATE    TRADEMARK     

 

Applications:

 

                   

OWNER

   APPLICATION
NUMBER
   COUNTRY/STATE    TRADEMARK     

 

- 43 -


Schedule 11(b)

Intellectual Property Licenses

 

LICENSEE

   LICENSOR    COUNTRY/STATE    REGISTRATION/
APPLICATION
NUMBER, IF
ANY
   DESCRIPTION

 

- 44 -


Schedule 12

Commercial Tort Claims

 

- 45 -


Schedule 13

Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts

 

OWNER    TYPE OF ACCOUNT   

BANK OR

INTERMEDIARY

  

ACCOUNT

NUMBERS

 

- 46 -


Schedule 14

Letter of Credit Rights

 

- 47 -


Schedule 15

Other Assets

 

- 48 -


DISCLOSURE SCHEDULES

relating to the transactions contemplated by that certain

CREDIT AGREEMENT,

(the “ Agreement ”),

by and among

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Administrative Agent,

THE LENDERS THAT ARE PARTIES THERETO,

as Lenders,

and

CONNECTURE, INC.,

and

DESTINATIONRX, INC.,

as the Borrowers

D ATED AS OF J ANUARY 15, 2013

These disclosure schedules (each, a “ Schedule ,” and collectively, the “ Schedules ”) are furnished by or on behalf of the Borrowers pursuant to and as part of the Agreement. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement. Headings have been assigned to the various Schedules for convenience of reference only and shall not be construed to affect the meaning or construction of the language in the body of such Schedules.


Schedule A-I

Agent’s Account

An account at a bank designated by Agent from time to time as the account into which Borrower shall make all payments to Agent for the benefit of the Lender Group and into which the Lender Group shall make all payments to Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; unless and until Agent notifies Borrower and the Lender Group to the contrary, Agent’s Account shall be that certain deposit account bearing account number ###### , reference Connecture, Inc., and maintained by Agent with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., 420 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, CA, ABA ###### .

 


SCHEDULE A-2

Authorized Persons

 

1. Robert Douglas Schneider

 

2. James Purko

 


Schedule C-1

Commitments

 

Lender

   Revolver Commitment      Term Loan
Commitment
     Total Commitment  

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

   $ 5,000,000       $ 22,500,000       $ 27,500,000   

All Lenders

   $ 5,000,000       $ 22,500,000       $ 27,500,000   

 


SCHEDULE D-1

Designated Account

 

BANK OR

INTERMEDIARY

   ACCOUNT NUMBER

######

   ######

 


SCHEDULE P-1

Permitted Investments

 

1. Connecture, Inc. has a cash balance with Comerica Bank of approximately $613,000 as of December 29, 2012.

 

2. Connecture, Inc. made a $250,000 security deposit in connection with the lease of office space at 18500 West Corporate Drive, Suite 250 in Brookfield, WI 53089. Such security deposit is held by the landlord, CORE Realty Holdings Management, Inc.

 


SCHEDULE P-2

Permitted Liens

 

Loan Party

  

Secured Party

  

Type of Filing

  

File No.

  

Filing Date

CONNECTURE, INC.    Ailco Equipment Finance Group, Inc.    UCC-1 Financing Statement    2012 2494914    6/28/2012
CONNECTURE, INC.    Everbank Commercial Finance, Inc.    UCC-1 Financing Statement    2012 3313659    8/27/2012
CONNECTURE, INC.    Dell Financial Services L.L.C.    UCC-1 Financing Statement    2012 3550839    3/14/2012
DESTINATIONRX, INC.    Dell Financial Services    UCC-1 Financing Statement    2007 4102660    10/29/2007
DESTINATIONRX, INC.    Mintaka Financial LLC    UCC-1 Financing Statement    2012 1540519    4/9/2012
DESTINATIONRX, INC.    Mintaka Financial LLC    UCC-1 Financing Statement    12-7307630423    4/6/2012
DESTINATIONRX, INC.    Susquehanna Commercial Finance, Inc.    UCC-1 Financing Statement    07-7112688101    5/4/2007

Cash collateral in the amount of $250,000 held by Comerica in support of that certain Letter of Credit, dated May 8, 2012, issued by Comerica Bank in favor of Connecture, Inc. and for the benefit of CORE Realty Holdings Management, Inc.

Cash collateral in the amount of $200,000 held by Comerica in support of that certain Letter of Credit, dated November 16, 2011, issued by Comerica Bank in favor of DestinationRX, Inc. and for the benefit of 600 Wilshire Property LLC.


SCHEDULE R-1

Real Property Collateral

None.


Schedule 1.1

As used in the Agreement, the following terms shall have the following definitions:

Accounting Changes ” means changes in accounting principles required by the promulgation of any rule, regulation, pronouncement or opinion by the Financial Accounting Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (or successor thereto or any agency with similar functions).

Acquired Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of a Person whose assets or Equity Interests are acquired by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with a Permitted Acquisition; provided, that such Indebtedness (a) is either purchase money Indebtedness or a Capital Lease with respect to Equipment or mortgage financing with respect to Real Property, (b) was in existence prior to the date of such Permitted Acquisition, and (c) was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Permitted Acquisition.

Acquisition ” means (a) the purchase or other acquisition by a Person or its Subsidiaries of all or substantially all of the assets of (or any division or business line of) any other Person, or (b) the purchase or other acquisition (whether by means of a merger, consolidation, or otherwise) by a Person or its Subsidiaries of all or substantially all of the Equity Interests of any other Person.

Acquisition Agreement ” means that certain Merger Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2013, among Connecture, DRX, DRX Acquisition Company, and the Principal Stockholders named therein.

Acquisition Documents ” means the Acquisition Agreement and all other documents related thereto and executed in connection therewith.

Additional Documents ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 5.12 of the Agreement.

Administrative Borrower ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 17.13 of the Agreement.

Administrative Questionnaire ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 13.1 (a)  of the Agreement.

Affected Lender ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.13(b) of the Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, as applied to any Person, any other Person who controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, of the power to direct the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of Equity Interests, by contract, or otherwise; provided , that, for purposes of Section 6.10 of the Agreement: (a) any Person which owns directly or indirectly 10% or more of the Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other members of the governing body of a Person or 10% or more of the partnership or other ownership interests of a Person (other than as a limited partner of such Person) shall be deemed an Affiliate of such Person, (b) each director (or comparable manager) of a Person shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of such Person, and (c) each partnership in which a Person is a general partner shall be deemed an Affiliate of such Person.


Agent ” has the meaning specified therefor in the preamble to the Agreement.

Agent-Related Persons ” means Agent, together with its Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, attorneys, and agents.

Agent’s Account ” means the Deposit Account of Agent identified on Schedule A-1 to the Agreement (or such other Deposit Account of Agent that has been designated as such, in writing, by Agent to Administrative Borrower and the Lenders).

Agent’s Liens ” means the Liens granted by each Borrower or its Subsidiaries to Agent under the Loan Documents and securing the Obligations.

Agreement ” means the Credit Agreement to which this Schedule 1.1 is attached.

Applicable Margin ” means, as of any date of determination and with respect to Base Rate Loans or LIBOR Rate Loans, as applicable, the applicable margin set forth in the following table that corresponds to the most recent Total Leverage Ratio calculation delivered to Agent pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Agreement (the “ Total Leverage Ratio Calculation ”); provided , that for the period from the Closing Date through the date Agent receives the Total Leverage Ratio Calculation in respect of the testing period ending March 31, 2013, the Applicable Margin shall be set at the margin in the row styled “Level III”; provided further , that any time an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Applicable Margin shall be set at the margin in the row styled “Level IIl”:

 

Level

  

Total Leverage

Ratio Calculation

  

Applicable Margin Relative

to Base Rate Loans (the

“Base Rate Margin”)

  

Applicable Margin

Relative to LIBOR Rate

Loans (the “LIBOR

Rate Margin”)

I    If the Total Leverage Ratio is less 2.5:1.0    4.50 percentage points    5.50 percentage points
II    If the Total Leverage Ratio is greater than or equal to 2.5:1.0 and less than or equal to 3.0:1.0    4.75 percentage points    5.75 percentage points
III    If the Total Leverage Ratio is greater than 3.0:1.0    5.00 percentage points    6.00 percentage points

Except as set forth in the foregoing proviso, the Applicable Margin shall be based upon the most recent Total Leverage Ratio Calculation, which will be calculated as of the end of each fiscal quarter. Except as set forth in the foregoing proviso, the Applicable Margin shall be re-determined quarterly on the first day of the month following the date of delivery to Agent of the certified calculation of the Total Leverage Ratio pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Agreement;

 

- 2 -


provided , that if Borrowers fail to provide such certification when such certification is due, the Applicable Margin shall be set at the margin in the row styled “Level III” as of the first day of the month following the date on which the certification was required to be delivered until the date on which such certification is delivered (on which date (but not retroactively), without constituting a waiver of any Default or Event of Default occasioned by the failure to timely deliver such certification, the Applicable Margin shall be set at the margin based upon the calculations disclosed by such certification. In the event that the information regarding the Total Leverage Ratio contained in any certificate delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Agreement is shown to be inaccurate, and such inaccuracy, if corrected, would have led to the application of a higher Applicable Margin for any period (an “ Applicable Period ”) than the Applicable Margin actually applied for such Applicable Period, then (i) Borrowers shall immediately deliver to Agent a correct certificate for such Applicable Period, (ii) the Applicable Margin shall be determined as if the correct Applicable Margin (as set forth in the table above) were applicable for such Applicable Period, and (iii) Borrowers shall immediately deliver to Agent full payment in respect of the accrued additional interest as a result of such increased Applicable Margin for such Applicable Period, which payment shall be promptly applied by Agent to the affected Obligations.

Application Event ” means the occurrence of (a) a failure by Borrowers to repay all of the Obligations in full on the Maturity Date, or (b) an Event of Default and the election by Agent or the Required Lenders to require that payments and proceeds of Collateral be applied pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(ii) of the Agreement.

Assignee ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 13.1(a) of the Agreement.

Assignment and Acceptance ” means an Assignment and Acceptance Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 to the Agreement.

Authorized Person ” means any one of the individuals identified on Schedule A-2 to the Agreement, as such schedule is updated from time to time by written notice from Borrowers to Agent.

Availability ” means, as of any date of determination, the amount that Borrowers are entitled to borrow as Revolving Loans under Section 2.1 of the Agreement (after giving effect to the then outstanding Revolver Usage).

Bank Product ” means any one or more of the following financial products or accommodations extended to a Borrower or its Subsidiaries by a Bank Product Provider: (a) credit cards (including commercial cards (including so-called “purchase cards”, “procurement cards” or “p-cards”)), (b) credit card processing services, (c) debit cards, (d) stored value cards, (e) Cash Management Services, or (f) transactions under Hedge Agreements.

Bank Product Agreements ” means those agreements entered into from time to time by a Borrower or its Subsidiaries with a Bank Product Provider in connection with the obtaining of any of the Bank Products.

Bank Product Collateralization ” means providing cash collateral (pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to Agent) to be held by Agent for the benefit of the Bank Product Providers (other than the Hedge Providers) in an amount determined by Agent in its reasonable discretion to be sufficient to satisfy the reasonably estimated credit exposure with

 

- 3 -


respect to the then existing Bank Product Obligations (other than Hedge Obligations); provided that the Agent shall endeavor to provide substantially contemporaneous written detail of such determination to the Borrowers, but a non-willful failure of Agent to so notify Borrowers shall not be a breach of this Agreement and shall not cause such establishment or increase of Bank Product Collateralization to be ineffective.

Bank Product Obligations ” means (a) all obligations, liabilities, reimbursement obligations, fees, or expenses owing by each Borrower and its Subsidiaries to any Bank Product Provider pursuant to or evidenced by a Bank Product Agreement and irrespective of whether for the payment of money, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, (b) all Hedge Obligations, and (c) all amounts that Agent or any Lender is obligated to pay to a Bank Product Provider as a result of Agent or such Lender purchasing participations from, or executing guarantees or indemnities or reimbursement obligations to, a Bank Product Provider with respect to the Bank Products provided by such Bank Product Provider to a Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries.

Bank Product Provider ” means Wells Fargo or any of its Affiliates, including each of the foregoing in its capacity, if applicable, as a Hedge Provider

Bank Product Provider Agreement ” means an agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit B-2 to the Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, duly executed by the applicable Bank Product Provider, Borrowers, and Agent.

Bank Product Reserves ” means, as of any date of determination, those reserves that Agent deems necessary to establish (based upon the Bank Product Providers’ reasonable determination of the liabilities and obligations of each Borrower and its Subsidiaries in respect of Bank Product Obligations) in respect of Bank Products then provided or outstanding; provided that the Agent shall provide written detail of such determination to the Borrowers prior to instituting any Bank Product Reserves, but a non-willful failure of Agent to so notify Borrowers shall not be a breach of this Agreement and shall not cause such establishment or increase of such Bank Product Reserve to be ineffective.

Bankruptcy Code ” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as in effect from time to time.

Base Rate ” means the greatest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus  1 2 , (b) the LIBOR Rate (which rate shall be calculated based upon an Interest Period of 1 month and shall be determined on a daily basis), plus 1 percentage point, and (c) the rate of interest announced, from time to time, within Wells Fargo at its principal office in San Francisco as its “prime rate”, with the understanding that the “prime rate” is one of Wells Fargo’s base rates (not necessarily the lowest of such rates) and serves as the basis upon which effective rates of interest are calculated for those loans making reference thereto and is evidenced by the recording thereof after its announcement in such internal publications as Wells Fargo may designate.

Base Rate Loan ” means each portion of the Revolving Loans or the Term Loan that bears interest at a rate determined by reference to the Base Rate.

Base Rate Margin ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Applicable Margin.

 

- 4 -


Benefit Plan ” means a “defined benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(35) of ERISA) for which any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or ERISA Affiliates has been an “employer” (as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA) within the past six years.

Board of Directors ” means, as to any Person, the board of directors (or comparable managers) of such Person, or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of the board of directors (or comparable managers).

Board of Governors ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).

Borrower ” and “ Borrowers ” have the respective meanings specified therefor in the preamble to the Agreement.

Borrower Materials ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 17.9(c) of the Agreement.

Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of Revolving Loans made on the same day by the Lenders (or Agent on behalf thereof), or by Swing Lender in the case of a Swing Loan, or by Agent in the case of a Protective Advance.

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which banks are authorized or required to close in the state of New York, except that, if a determination of a Business Day shall relate to a LIBOR Rate Loan, the term “Business Day” also shall exclude any day on which banks are closed for dealings in Dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

Capital Expenditures ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the amount of all expenditures by such Person and its Subsidiaries during such period that are capital expenditures as determined in accordance with GAAP, whether such expenditures are paid in cash or financed, but excluding, without duplication (a) expenditures made during such period in connection with the replacement, substitution, or restoration of assets or properties pursuant to Section 2.4(e)(ii) of the Agreement, (b) with respect to the purchase price of assets that are purchased substantially contemporaneously with the trade-in of existing assets during such period, the amount that the gross amount of such purchase price is reduced by the credit granted by the seller of such assets for the assets being traded in at such time, (c) expenditures made during such period to consummate one or more Permitted Acquisitions, (d) expenditures made during such period to the extent made with the identifiable proceeds of an equity investment in a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by Sponsor which equity investment is made substantially contemporaneously with the making of the expenditure, (e) capitalized software development costs to the extent such costs are deducted from net earnings under the definition of EBITDA for such period, and (f) expenditures during such period that, pursuant to a written agreement, are reimbursed by a third Person (excluding any Borrower or any of its Affiliates).

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means that portion of the obligations under a Capital Lease that is required to be capitalized in accordance with GAAP.

Capital Lease ” means a lease that is required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP.

 

- 5 -


Cash Equivalents ” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within 1 year from the date of acquisition thereof, (b) marketable direct obligations issued or fully guaranteed by any state of the United States or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within 1 year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either Standard & Poor’s Rating Group (“ S&P ”) or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“ Moody’s ”), (c) commercial paper maturing no more than 270 days from the date of creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s, (d) certificates of deposit, time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances maturing within 1 year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia or any United States branch of a foreign bank having at the date of acquisition thereof combined capital and surplus of not less than $1,000,000,000, (e) Deposit Accounts maintained with (i) any bank that satisfies the criteria described in clause (d) above, or (ii) any other bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof so long as the full amount maintained with any such other bank is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, (f) repurchase obligations of any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (d) of this definition or recognized securities dealer having combined capital and surplus of not less than $1,000,000,000, having a term of not more than seven days, with respect to securities satisfying the criteria in clauses (a) or (d) above, (g) debt securities with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any commercial bank satisfying the criteria described in clause (d) above, and (h) Investments in money market funds substantially all of whose assets are invested in the types of assets described in clauses (a) through (g) above.

Cash Management Services ” means any cash management or related services including treasury, depository, return items, overdraft, controlled disbursement, merchant store value cards, e-payables services, electronic funds transfer, interstate depository network, automatic clearing house transfer (including the Automated Clearing House processing of electronic funds transfers through the direct Federal Reserve Fedline system) and other customary cash management arrangements.

CFC ” means a controlled foreign corporation (as that term is defined in the IRC).

Change of Control ” means that:

(a) (i) Sponsor fails to own and control, directly or indirectly, 30% or more (ii) Permitted Holders fail to own and control, directly or indirectly, 50.1%, or more, or (iii) any other “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) owns more than Sponsor, of the Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote for the election of members of the Board of Directors of Administrative Borrower,

(b) any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than Permitted Holders, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of 30%, or more, of the Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote for the election of members of the Board of Directors of Administrative Borrower,

 

- 6 -


(c) a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of Administrative Borrower do not constitute Continuing Directors, or

(d) Administrative Borrower fails to own and control, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Equity Interests of each other Loan Party.

Change in Law ” means the occurrence after the date of the Agreement of: (a) the adoption or effectiveness of any law, rule, regulation, judicial ruling, judgment or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation, judicial ruling, judgment or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application by any Governmental Authority of any law, rule, regulation, guideline or treaty, or (c) the making or issuance by any Governmental Authority of any request, rule, guideline or directive, whether or not having the force of law; provided that notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives concerning capital adequacy promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities shall, in each case, be deemed to be a “Change in Law,” regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

Closing Date ” means the date of the making of the initial Revolving Loan (or other extension of credit) under the Agreement.

Code ” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect from time to time.

Collateral ” means all assets and interests in assets and proceeds thereof now owned or hereafter acquired by any Borrower or its Subsidiaries in or upon which a Lien is granted by such Person in favor of Agent or the Lenders under any of the Loan Documents.

Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, its Revolver Commitment or its Term Loan Commitment, as the context requires, and, with respect to all Lenders, their Revolver Commitments or their Term Loan Commitments, as the context requires, in each case as such Dollar amounts are set forth beside such Lender’s name under the applicable heading on Schedule C-1 to the Agreement or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender became a Lender under the Agreement, as such amounts may be reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments made in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.1 of the Agreement.

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 to the Agreement delivered by the chief financial officer of Administrative Borrower to Agent.

Confidential Information ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 17.9(a) of the Agreement.

Continuing Director ” means (a) any member of the Board of Directors who was a director (or comparable manager) of Administrative Borrower on the Closing Date, and (b) any individual who becomes a member of the Board of Directors after the Closing Date if such individual was approved, appointed or nominated for election to the Board of Directors by either the Permitted Holders or a majority of the Continuing Directors, but excluding any such

 

- 7 -


individual originally proposed for election in opposition to the Board of Directors in office at the Closing Date in an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of the directors (or comparable managers) of Administrative Borrower and whose initial assumption of office resulted from such contest or the settlement thereof.

Control Agreement ” means a control agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, executed and delivered by a Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries, Agent, and the applicable securities intermediary (with respect to a Securities Account) or bank (with respect to a Deposit Account).

Copyright Security Agreement ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Guaranty and Security Agreement.

Curative Equity ” means the net amount of common equity contributions made by Sponsor to Borrowers in immediately available funds and which is designated “Curative Equity” by Borrowers under Section 9.3 of the Agreement at the time it is contributed. For the avoidance of doubt, the forgiveness of antecedent debt (whether Indebtedness, trade payables, or otherwise) shall not constitute Curative Equity.

Current Assets ” means, as at any date of determination, the total assets of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries (other than cash and Cash Equivalents) which may properly be classified as current assets on a consolidated balance sheet of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

Current Liabilities ” means, as at any date of determination, the total liabilities of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries which may properly be classified as current liabilities (other than the current portion of the Term Loan, the Swing Loans and the Revolving Loans) on a consolidated balance sheet of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

Default ” means an event, condition, or default that, with the giving of notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender that (a) has failed to fund any amounts required to be funded by it under the Agreement within 1 Business Day of the date that it is required to do so under the Agreement (including the failure to make available to Agent amounts required pursuant to a Settlement or to make a required payment in connection with a Letter of Credit Disbursement), (b) notified Borrowers, Agent, or any Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with all or any portion of its funding obligations under the Agreement, (c) has made a public statement to the effect that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations under the Agreement or under other agreements generally (as reasonably determined by Agent) under which it has committed to extend credit, (d) failed, within 1 Business Day after written request by Agent, to confirm that it will comply with the terms of the Agreement relating to its obligations to fund any amounts required to be funded by it under the Agreement, (e) otherwise failed to pay over to Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it under the Agreement within 1 Business Day of the date that it is required to do so under the Agreement, or (f) (i) becomes or is insolvent or has a parent company that has become or is insolvent or (ii) becomes the subject of a bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, or custodian or appointed for it, or has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment or has a parent company that has become the subject of a bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, or custodian appointed for it, or has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment.

 

- 8 -


Defaulting Lender Rate ” means (a) for the first 3 days from and after the date the relevant payment is due, the Base Rate, and (b) thereafter, the interest rate then applicable to Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans (inclusive of the Base Rate Margin applicable thereto).

Deposit Account ” means any deposit account (as that term is defined in the Code).

Designated Account ” means the Deposit Account of Administrative Borrower identified on Schedule D-1 to the Agreement (or such other Deposit Account of Administrative Borrower located at Designated Account Bank that has been designated as such, in writing, by Borrowers to Agent).

Designated Account Bank ” has the meaning specified therefor in Schedule D-1 to the Agreement (or such other bank that is located within the United States that has been designated as such, in writing, by Borrowers to Agent).

Disqualified Equity Interests ” shall mean any Equity Interest that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interests into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (except as a result of a change of control or asset sale so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale event shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations that are accrued and payable and the termination of the Commitments), (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), in whole or in part, (c) provides for the scheduled payments of dividends in cash, or (d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests, in each case, prior to the date that is 180 days after the Maturity Date.

Dollars ” or “ $ ” means United States dollars.

Drawing Document ” means any Letter of Credit or other document presented for purposes of drawing under any Letter of Credit.

Earn-Outs ” shall mean unsecured liabilities of a Loan Party arising under an agreement to make any deferred payment as a part of the Purchase Price for a Permitted Acquisition, including performance bonuses or consulting payments in any related services, employment or similar agreement, in an amount that is subject to or contingent upon the revenues, income, cash flow or profits (or the like) of the target of such Permitted Acquisition.

EBITDA ” means, with respect to any fiscal period:

(a) Borrowers’ consolidated net earnings (or loss),

minus

(b) without duplication, the sum of the following amounts of Borrowers for such period to the extent included in determining consolidated net earnings (or loss) for such period:

 

- 9 -


(i) any extraordinary, unusual, or non-recurring gains,

(ii) interest income,

(iii) any software development, labor, or commission/incentive costs to the extent capitalized during such period,

(iv) exchange, translation or performance gains relating to any hedging transactions or foreign currency fluctuations, and

(v) income arising by reason of the application of FAS 141R,

plus

(c) without duplication, the sum of the following amounts of Borrowers for such period to the extent included in determining consolidated net earnings (or loss) for such period:

(i) any extraordinary, unusual, or non-recurring non-cash losses,

(ii) Interest Expense,

(iii) tax expense based on income, profits or capital, including federal, foreign, state, franchise and similar taxes (and for the avoidance of doubt, specifically excluding any sales taxes or any other taxes held in trust for a Governmental Authority),

(iv) depreciation and amortization for such period,

(v) (A) with respect to the Merger, costs, reasonable fees to Persons (other than any Borrower, Sponsor or any of their Affiliates), charges, or expenses incurred in connection therewith prior to, on or within 180 days of the Closing Date; provided that the amounts necessary to pay all of such costs, fees, charges, or expenses are actually funded on the Closing Date as reflected in the sources and uses delivered to Agent that is acceptable to Agent; provided further that (i) the amounts necessary to pay all of such costs, fees, charges, or expenses are actually funded on the Closing Date or (ii) such amounts do not exceed $1,750,000 in the aggregate (including the one-time transaction fee payable to the Sponsor in accordance with Section 6.10(d) ) and are paid within 185 days of the Closing Date, (B) with respect to any Permitted Acquisition after the Closing Date, costs, fees, charges, or expenses consisting of out-of-pocket expenses owed by Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries to any Person for services performed by such Person in connection with such Permitted Acquisition incurred within 180 days of the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition, (i) up to an aggregate amount (for all such items in this clause (B)) for such Permitted Acquisition not to exceed the greater of (1) $1,500,000 and (2) 5.0% of the Purchase Price of such Permitted Acquisition and (ii) in any amount to the extent such costs, fees, charges, or expenses in this clause (B) are paid with proceeds of new equity investments in exchange for Qualified Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower contemporaneously made by Permitted Holders,

(vi) (A) with respect to the Merger: (1) purchase accounting adjustments, including, without limitation, a dollar for dollar adjustment for that portion of revenue that would have been recorded in the relevant period had the balance of deferred revenue (unearned income) recorded on the closing balance sheet and before application of purchase accounting not been adjusted downward to fair value to be recorded on the opening balance sheet

 

- 10 -


in accordance with GAAP purchase accounting rules; and (2) non-cash adjustments in accordance with GAAP purchase accounting rules under FASB Statement No. 141 and EITF Issue No. 01-3, in the event that such an adjustment is required by Borrowers’ independent auditors, in each case, as determined in accordance with GAAP; and (B) with respect to any Permitted Acquisitions after the Closing Date: (1) purchase accounting adjustments, including, without limitation, a dollar for dollar adjustment for that portion of revenue that would have been recorded in the relevant period had the balance of deferred revenue (unearned income) recorded on the closing balance sheet and before application of purchase accounting not been adjusted downward to fair value to be recorded on the opening balance sheet in accordance with GAAP purchase accounting rules; and (2) non-cash adjustments in accordance with GAAP purchase accounting rules under FASB Statement No. 141 and EITF Issue No. 01-3, in the event that such an adjustment is required by Borrowers’ independent auditors, in each case, as determined in accordance with GAAP,

(vii) fees, costs, charges and expenses, in respect of Earn-Outs incurred in connection with any Permitted Acquisition to the extent permitted to be incurred under the Agreement that are required by the application of FAS 141R to be and are expensed by Borrowers and their Subsidiaries,

(viii) non-cash compensation expense (including deferred non-cash compensation expense), or other non-cash expenses or charges, arising from the sale or issuance of Equity Interests, the granting of stock options, and the granting of stock appreciation rights and similar arrangements (including any repricing, amendment, modification, substitution, or change of any such Equity Interests, stock option, stock appreciation rights, or similar arrangements) minus the amount of any such expenses or charges when paid in cash to the extent not deducted in the computation of net earnings (or loss),

(ix) one time non-cash restructuring charges,

(x) non-cash exchange, translation, or performance losses relating to any hedging transactions or foreign currency fluctuations,

(xi) non-cash losses on sales of fixed assets or write-downs of fixed or intangible assets,

(xii) the difference between the balance of deferred revenue associated with implementation of the Borrowers on a consolidated basis at the end of such period and the balance of deferred revenue associated with implementation of the Borrowers on a consolidated basis at the beginning of such period (which difference may be negative), and

(xiii) the difference between the balance of deferred revenue in connection with the Maryland State Advantage perpetual license at the end of such period and the balance of deferred revenue in connection with the Maryland State Advantage perpetual license at the beginning of such period (which difference may be negative),

in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

For the purposes of calculating EBITDA for any period of 4 consecutive fiscal quarters (each, a “ Reference Period ”), (a) if at any time during such Reference Period (and after the Closing Date), any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall have made a Permitted Acquisition, EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including pro forma adjustments arising out of events which are directly attributable to

 

- 11 -


such Permitted Acquisition, are factually supportable, and are expected to have a continuing impact, in each case to be mutually and reasonably agreed upon by Borrowers and Agent) or in such other manner acceptable to Agent as if any such Permitted Acquisition or adjustment occurred on the first day of such Reference Period, and (b) EBITDA for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2013, shall be deemed to be $-258,317 and (c) EBITDA for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2013, shall be deemed to be $-1,374,215.

Employee Benefit Plan ” means any employee benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA, whether or not subject to ERISA, (a) that is or within the preceding six (6) years has been sponsored, maintained or contributed to by any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate or (b) to which any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate has, or has had at any time within the preceding six (6) years, any liability, contingent or otherwise.

Environmental Action ” means any written complaint, summons, citation, notice, directive, order, claim, litigation, investigation, judicial or administrative proceeding, judgment, letter, or other written communication from any Governmental Authority, or any third party involving violations of Environmental Laws or releases of Hazardous Materials (a) from any assets, properties, or businesses of any Borrower, any Subsidiary of any Borrower, or any of their predecessors in interest, (b) from adjoining properties or businesses, or (c) from or onto any facilities which received Hazardous Materials generated by any Borrower, any Subsidiary of any Borrower, or any of their predecessors in interest.

Environmental Law ” means any applicable federal, state, provincial, foreign or local statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, binding and enforceable guideline, binding and enforceable written policy, or rule of common law now or hereafter in effect and in each case as amended, or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent decree or judgment, in each case, to the extent binding on any Borrower or its Subsidiaries, relating to the environment, the effect of the environment on employee health, or Hazardous Materials, in each case as amended from time to time.

Environmental Liabilities ” means all liabilities, monetary obligations, losses, damages, costs and expenses (including all reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel, experts, or consultants, and costs of investigation and feasibility studies), fines, penalties, sanctions, and interest incurred as a result of any claim or demand, or Remedial Action required, by any Governmental Authority or any third party, and which relate to any Environmental Action.

Environmental Lien ” means any Lien in favor of any Governmental Authority for Environmental Liabilities.

Equipment ” means equipment (as that term is defined in the Code).

Equity Interest ” means, with respect to a Person, all of the shares, options, warrants, interests, participations, or other equivalents (regardless of how designated) of or in such Person, whether voting or nonvoting, including capital stock (or other ownership or profit interests or units), preferred stock, or any other “equity security” (as such term is defined in Rule 3al 1-1 of the General Rules and Regulations promulgated by the SEC under the Exchange Act).

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and any successor statutes, and all regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder. Any reference to a specific section of ERISA shall be deemed to be a reference to such section of ERISA and any successor statutes, and all regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder.

 

- 12 -


ERISA Affiliate ” means each entity, trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that together with a Loan Party or a Subsidiary would be (or has been) treated as a “single employer” within the meaning of section 4001(b)(1) of ERISA or subsections (b), (c), (m) or (o) of section 414 of the IRC. ERISA Affiliate shall include any Subsidiary of any Loan Party.

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 8 of the Agreement.

Excess Cash Flow ” means, with respect to any fiscal period and with respect to Borrowers determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP the result of:

(a) TTM EBITDA,

plus

(b) the sum of

(i) foreign, United States, state, or local tax refunds,

(ii) interest income,

(iii) post-closing Purchase Price adjustments received in cash during such period in connection with a Permitted Acquisition, and

(iv) the amount of any decrease in Net Working Capital for such period,

minus

(c) the sum of

(i) the cash portion of Interest Expense and loan servicing fees paid during such fiscal period,

(ii) the cash portion of taxes (on account of income, profits, or capital) paid during such period,

(iii) all scheduled principal payments permitted under the Agreement during such period,

(iv) the cash portion of Capital Expenditures (net of (y) any proceeds reinvested in accordance with the proviso to Section 2.4(e)(ii) of the Agreement, and (z) any proceeds of related financings with respect to such expenditures) made during such period,

(v) management fees paid in cash during such period (other than any management fees paid with the proceeds of an equity investment in any Borrower and its Subsidiaries by Sponsor or other then existing shareholders of such Borrower),

(vi) cash payments made in respect of Permitted Acquisitions (in each case, to the extent such payments are not made with the proceeds of Indebtedness (other than Revolving Loans or equity contributions made by Sponsor),

 

- 13 -


(vii) the amount of cash items included in the calculation of EBITDA pursuant to clauses (c)(v)(A)(ii) and (c)(vii) of the definition of EBITDA for such period (to the extent that the applicable payments are not made with the proceeds of Indebtedness (other than proceeds of Revolving Loans) or equity contributions made by Sponsor),

(viii) the distributed earnings of a Borrower or any one of its Subsidiaries to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Borrower or such Subsidiary is permitted under the Agreement,

(ix) the amount of any increase in Net Working Capital for such period,

(x) any non-cash purchase accounting adjustments with respect to the Merger Agreement or a Permitted Acquisition added to Borrowers’ net income (or loss) pursuant to clauses (c)(vi)(A)(2) and (c)(vi)(B)(2) of the definition of EBITDA,

(xi) the difference between the balance of deferred revenue associated with implementation of the Borrowers on a consolidated basis at the end of such period and the balance of deferred revenue associated with implementation of the Borrowers on a consolidated basis at the beginning of such period (which difference may be negative), and

(xii) the difference between the balance of deferred revenue in connection with the Maryland State Advantage perpetual license at the end of such period and the balance of deferred revenue in connection with the Maryland State Advantage perpetual license at the beginning of such period (which difference may be negative).

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect from time to time.

Excluded Taxes ” means (i) any tax imposed on the net income or net profits of any Lender or any Participant (including any branch profits taxes), in each case imposed by the jurisdiction (or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof) in which such Lender or such Participant is organized or the jurisdiction (or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof) in which such Lender’s or such Participant’s principal office is located in each case as a result of a present or former connection between such Lender or such Participant and the jurisdiction or taxing authority imposing the tax (other than any such connection arising solely from such Lender or such Participant having executed, delivered or performed its obligations or received payment under, or enforced its rights or remedies under the Agreement or any other Loan Document); (ii) taxes resulting from a Lender’s or a Participant’s failure to comply with the requirements of Section 16.2 of the Agreement, and (iii) any United States federal withholding taxes that would be imposed on amounts payable to a Foreign Lender based upon the applicable withholding rate in effect at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to the Agreement (or designates a new lending office), except that Taxes shall include (A) any amount that such

 

- 14 -


Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was previously entitled to receive pursuant to Section 16.1 of the Agreement, if any, with respect to such withholding tax at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to the Agreement (or designates a new lending office), and (B) additional United States federal withholding taxes that may be imposed after the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to the Agreement (or designates a new lending office), as a result of a change in law, rule, regulation, order or other decision with respect to any of the foregoing by any Governmental Authority.

Existing Credit Facility ” means the credit facility issued under the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of September 29, 2009 between Connecture and Comerica Bank.

Extraordinary Receipts ” means (a) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, proceeds of judgments, proceeds of settlements, or other consideration of any kind received in connection with any cause of action or claim, and (b) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any payments received by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries not in the ordinary course of business (and not consisting of proceeds described in Section 2.4(e)(ii) of the Agreement) consisting of (i) proceeds of judgments, proceeds of settlements, or other consideration of any kind received in connection with any cause of action or claim, (ii) indemnity payments (other than to the extent such indemnity payments are immediately payable to a Person that is not an Affiliate of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and (iii) any purchase price adjustment received in connection with any purchase agreement.

Fee Letter ” means that certain fee letter, dated as of even date with the Agreement, among Borrowers and Agent, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent.

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal to, for each day during such period, the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by Agent frown three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any fiscal period and with respect to Borrowers determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, the sum, without duplication, of (a) Interest Expense accrued (other than interest paid-in-kind, amortization of financing fees, and other non-cash Interest Expense) during such period, (b) principal payments in respect of Indebtedness that are required to be paid during such period, (c) all federal, state, and local income taxes accrued during such period, (d) all Restricted Payments paid (whether in cash or other property, other than Equity Interest) during such period and (e) any Earn-Outs that are paid in cash during such period.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any fiscal period and with respect to Borrowers determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, the ratio of (a) EBITDA for such period minus Capital Expenditures (excluding Capital Expenditures financed with (y) any proceeds reinvested in accordance with the proviso to Section 2.4(e)(ii) of the Agreement, and (z) any proceeds of related financings with respect to such expenditures) made during such period, to (b) Fixed Charges for such period.

 

- 15 -


Flow of Funds Agreement ” means a flow of funds agreement, dated as of even date herewith, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, executed and delivered by each Loan Party and Agent.

Foreign Lender ” means any Lender or Participant that is not a United States person within the meaning of IRC section 7701(a)(30).

Funded Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, all Indebtedness for borrowed money or letters of credit of Borrowers, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, that by its terms matures more than one year after the date of determination, and any such Indebtedness maturing within one year from such date that is renewable or extendable at the option of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, to a date more than one year from such date, including, in any event, but without duplication, with respect to Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, the Revolver Usage, the Term Loan, and the amount of their Capitalized Lease Obligations.

Funding Date ” means the date on which a Borrowing occurs.

Funding Losses ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.12(b)(ii) of the Agreement.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time in the United States, consistently applied.

Governing Documents ” means, with respect to any Person, the certificate or articles of incorporation, by-laws, or other organizational documents of such Person.

Governmental Authority ” means the government of any nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether at the national, state, territorial, provincial, municipal or any other level, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of, or pertaining to, government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

Guarantor ” means (a) each Subsidiary of each Borrower and (b) each other Person that becomes a guarantor after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 5.11 of the Agreement.

Guaranty and Security Agreement ” means a guaranty and security agreement, dated as of even date with the Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, executed and delivered by each of the Borrowers and each of the Guarantors to Agent.

Harbert Capital Facility ” means the term loan facility issued under the Harbert Loan and Security Agreement.

Harbert Loan and Security Agreement ” means (i) that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of February 16, 2011 among Connecture, Connecture RWS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Connecture Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Insurix and Harbert Mezzanine Partners II SBIC, L.P. and (ii) each loan or credit agreement evidencing any initial or subsequent replacement, substitution, renewal or refinancing of the obligations under the such Harbert Loan and Security Agreement, in each case as the same

 

- 16 -


may be amended, restated, supplemented, modified, replaced, substituted, renewed or refinanced from time to time as permitted under the terms of the Subordination Agreement and this Agreement.

Hazardous Materials ” means (a) substances that are defined or listed in, or otherwise classified pursuant to, any applicable laws or regulations as “hazardous substances,” “hazardous materials,” “hazardous wastes,” “toxic substances,” or any other formulation intended to define, list, or classify substances by reason of deleterious properties such as ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, carcinogenicity, reproductive toxicity, or “EP toxicity”, (b) oil, petroleum, or petroleum derived substances, natural gas, natural gas liquids, synthetic gas, drilling fluids, produced waters, and other wastes associated with the exploration, development, or production of crude oil, natural gas, or geothermal resources, (c) any flammable substances or explosives or any radioactive materials, and (d) asbestos in any form or electrical equipment that contains any oil or dielectric fluid containing levels of polychlorinated biphenyls in excess of 50 parts per million.

Hedge Agreement ” means a “swap agreement” as that term is defined in Section 101 (53B)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code.

Hedge Obligations ” means any and all obligations or liabilities, whether absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, of each Borrower and its Subsidiaries arising under, owing pursuant to, or existing in respect of Hedge Agreements entered into with one or more of the Hedge Providers.

Hedge Provider ” means Wells Fargo or any of its Affiliates.

Indebtedness ” as to any Person means (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, or other similar instruments and all reimbursement or other obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers acceptances, or other financial products, (c) all obligations of such Person as a lessee under Capital Leases, (d) all obligations or liabilities of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, irrespective of whether such obligation or liability is assumed, (e) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of assets (other than trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business and repayable in accordance with customary trade practices and, for the avoidance of doubt, other than royalty payments payable in the ordinary course of business in respect of non-exclusive licenses), (f) all monetary obligations of such Person owing under Hedge Agreements (which amount shall be calculated based on the amount that would be payable by such Person if the Hedge Agreement were terminated on the date of determination), (g) any Disqualified Equity Interests of such Person, and (h) any obligation of such Person guaranteeing or intended to guarantee (whether directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted, or sold with recourse) any obligation of any other Person that constitutes Indebtedness under any of clauses (a) through (g) above. For purposes of this definition, (i) the amount of any Indebtedness represented by a guaranty or other similar instrument shall be the lesser of the principal amount of the obligations guaranteed and still outstanding and the maximum amount for which the guaranteeing Person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Indebtedness, and (ii) the amount of any Indebtedness which is limited or is non-recourse to a Person or for which recourse is limited to an identified asset shall be valued at the lesser of (A) if applicable, the limited amount of such obligations, and (B) if applicable, the fair market value of such assets securing such obligation.

Indemnified Liabilities ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 10.3 of the Agreement.

 

- 17 -


Indemnified Person ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 10.3 of the Agreement.

Indemnified Taxes ” means, any Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

Insolvency Proceeding ” means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person under any provision of the Bankruptcy Code or under any other state or federal bankruptcy or insolvency law, assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extensions generally with creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other similar relief.

Interest Expense ” means, for any period, the aggregate of the interest expense of Borrowers for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Interest Period ” means, with respect to each LIBOR Rate Loan, a period commencing on the date of the making of such LIBOR Rate Loan (or the continuation of a LIBOR Rate Loan or the conversion of a Base Rate Loan to a LIBOR Rate Loan) and ending 1, 2, 3, or 6 months thereafter or, if agreed to by all Lenders, 9 or 12 months thereafter; provided, that (a) interest shall accrue at the applicable rate based upon the LIBOR Rate from and including the first day of each Interest Period to, but excluding, the day on which any Interest Period expires, (b) any Interest Period that would end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day, (c) with respect to an Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period), the Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month that is 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, or 12 months after the date on which the Interest Period began, as applicable, and (d) Borrowers may not elect an Interest Period which will end after the Maturity Date.

Investment ” means, with respect to any Person, any investment by such Person in any other Person (including Affiliates) in the form of loans, guarantees, advances, capital contributions (excluding (a) commission, travel, and similar advances to officers and employees of such Person made in the ordinary course of business, and (b)  bona fide accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business), or acquisitions of Indebtedness, Equity Interests, or all or substantially all of the assets of such other Person (or of any division or business line of such other Person), and any other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. The amount of any Investment shall be the original cost of such Investment plus the cost of all additions thereto, without any adjustment for increases or decreases in value, or write-ups, write-downs, or write-offs with respect to such Investment.

IRC ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor statutes, and all regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder. Any reference to a specific section of the IRC shall be deemed to be a reference to such section of the IRC and any successor statutes, and all regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder.

ISP ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the International Standby Practices 1998 (International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 590) and any subsequent revision thereof adopted by the International Chamber of Commerce on the date such Letter of Credit is issued.

 

- 18 -


Issuer Document ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, a letter of credit application, a letter of credit agreement, or any other document, agreement or instrument entered into (or to be entered into) by a Borrower in favor of Issuing Bank and relating to such Letter of Credit.

Issuing Bank ” means Wells Fargo or any other Lender that, at the request of Borrowers and with the consent of Agent, agrees, in such Lender’s sole discretion, to become an Issuing Bank for the purpose of issuing Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 2.11 of the Agreement, and Issuing Bank shall be a Lender.

Lender ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to the Agreement, shall include Issuing Bank and the Swing Lender, and shall also include any other Person made a party to the Agreement pursuant to the provisions of Section 13.1 of the Agreement and “ Lenders ” means each of the Lenders or any one or more of them.

Lender Group ” means each of the Lenders (including Issuing Bank and the Swing Lender) and Agent, or any one or more of them.

Lender Group Expenses ” means all (a) costs or expenses (including taxes and insurance premiums) required to be paid by any Borrower or its Subsidiaries under any of the Loan Documents that are paid, advanced, or incurred by the Lender Group, (b) reasonable, documented out-of-pocket fees or charges paid or incurred by Agent in connection with the Lender Group’s transactions with each Borrower and its Subsidiaries under any of the Loan Documents, including, photocopying, notarization, couriers and messengers, telecommunication, public record searches, filing fees, recording fees, publication, real estate surveys, real estate title policies and endorsements, and environmental audits, (c) Agent’s customary fees and charges imposed or incurred in connection with any background checks or OFAC/PEP searches related to any Borrower or its Subsidiaries, (d) Agent’s customary fees and charges (as adjusted from time to time) with respect to the disbursement of funds (or the receipt of funds) to or for the account of any Borrower (whether by wire transfer or otherwise), together with any out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith, (e) customary charges imposed or incurred by Agent resulting from the dishonor of checks payable by or to any Loan Party, (f) reasonable documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses paid or incurred by the Lender Group to correct any default or enforce any provision of the Loan Documents, or during the continuance of an Event of Default, in gaining possession of, maintaining, handling, preserving, storing, shipping, selling, preparing for sale, or advertising to sell the Collateral, or any portion thereof, irrespective of whether a sale is consummated, (g) financial examination, appraisal, and valuation fees and expenses of Agent related to any financial examinations, appraisals, or valuation to the extent of the fees and charges (and up to the amount of any limitation) provided in Section 2.10 of the Agreement, (h) Agent’s reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable documented attorneys fees and expenses) relative to third party claims or any other lawsuit or adverse proceeding paid or incurred, whether in enforcing or defending the Loan Documents or otherwise in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, Agent’s Liens in and to the Collateral, or the Lender Group’s relationship with any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (i) Agent’s reasonable documented costs and expenses (including reasonable documented attorneys fees and due diligence expenses) incurred in advising, structuring, drafting, reviewing, administering (including travel, meals, and lodging), syndicating (including reasonable costs and expenses relative to the rating of the Term Loan, CUSIP, DXSyndicate TM , SyndTrak or other communication costs incurred in connection with a syndication of the loan facilities), or amending, waiving, or modifying the Loan Documents, and (j) Agent’s and each Lender’s reasonable documented costs and expenses (including reasonable documented attorneys,

 

- 19 -


accountants, consultants, and other advisors fees and expenses) incurred in terminating, enforcing (including attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other advisors fees and expenses incurred in connection with a “workout,” a “restructuring,” or an Insolvency Proceeding concerning any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or in exercising rights or remedies under the Loan Documents), or defending the Loan Documents, irrespective of whether a lawsuit or other adverse proceeding is brought, or in taking any enforcement action or any Remedial Action with respect to the Collateral.

“Lender Group Representatives ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 17.9 of the Agreement.

Lender-Related Person ” means, with respect to any Lender, such Lender, together with such Lender’s Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, attorneys, and agents.

Letter of Credit ” means a letter of credit (as that term is defined in the Code) issued by Issuing Bank.

Letter of Credit Collateralization ” means either (a) providing cash collateral (pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to Agent, including provisions that specify that the Letter of Credit Fees and all commissions, fees, charges and expenses provided for in Section 2.11 (k)  of the Agreement (including any fronting fees) will continue to accrue while the Letters of Credit are outstanding) to be held by Agent for the benefit of the Revolving Lenders in an amount equal to 105% of the then existing Letter of Credit Usage, (b) delivering to Agent documentation executed by all beneficiaries under the Letters of Credit, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent and Issuing Bank, terminating all of such beneficiaries’ rights under the Letters of Credit, or (c) providing Agent with a standby letter of credit, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, from a commercial bank acceptable to Agent (in its sole discretion) in an amount equal to 105% of the then existing Letter of Credit Usage (it being understood that the Letter of Credit Fee and all fronting fees set forth in the Agreement will continue to accrue while the Letters of Credit are outstanding and that any such fees that accrue must be an amount that can be drawn under any such standby letter of credit).

Letter of Credit Disbursement ” means a payment made by Issuing Bank pursuant to a Letter of Credit.

Letter of Credit Exposure ” means, as of any date of determination with respect to any Lender, such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Letter of Credit Usage on such date.

Letter of Credit Fee ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.6(b) of the Agreement.

Letter of Credit Indemnified Costs ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.11 (f)  of the Agreement.

Letter of Credit Related Person ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.11 (f)  of the Agreement.

Letter of Credit Usage ” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit.

 

- 20 -


LIBOR Deadline ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.12(b)(i) of the Agreement.

LIBOR Notice ” means a written notice in the form of Exhibit L-1 to the Agreement.

LIBOR Option ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.12(a) of the Agreement.

LIBOR Rate ” means the greater of (a) 1.25 percent per annum, and (b) the rate per annum rate appearing on Macro*World’s (https://capitalmarkets.mworld.com; the “ Service ”) Page BBA LIBOR - USD (or on any successor or substitute page of such Service, or any successor to or substitute for such Service) 2 Business Days prior to the commencement of the requested Interest Period, for a term, and in an amount, comparable to the Interest Period and the amount of the LIBOR Rate Loan requested (whether as an initial LIBOR Rate Loan or as a continuation of a LIBOR Rate Loan or as a conversion of a Base Rate Loan to a LIBOR Rate Loan) by Borrowers in accordance with the Agreement (and, if any such rate is below zero, the LIBOR Rate shall be deemed to be zero), which determination shall be made by Agent and shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

LIBOR Rate Loan ” means each portion of a Revolving Loan or the Term Loan that bears interest at a rate determined by reference to the LIBOR Rate.

LIBOR Rate Margin ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Applicable Margin.

Lien ” means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, charge, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, easement, lien (statutory or other), security interest, or other security arrangement and any other preference, priority, or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever, including any conditional sale contract or other title retention agreement, the interest of a lessor under a Capital Lease and any synthetic or other financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing.

Loan ” shall mean any Revolving Loan, Swing Loan, Protective Advance, or Term Loan made (or to be made) hereunder.

Loan Account ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.9 of the Agreement.

Loan Documents ” means the Agreement, the Control Agreements, the Copyright Security Agreement, the Fee Letter, the Guaranty and Security Agreement, the Intercompany Subordination Agreement, any Issuer Documents, the Letters of Credit, the Mortgages, the Patent Security Agreement, the Trademark Security Agreement, any note or notes executed by Borrowers in connection with the Agreement and payable to any member of the Lender Group, and any other instrument or agreement entered into, now or in the future, by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and any member of the Lender Group in connection with the Agreement.

Loan Party ” means any Borrower or any Guarantor.

 

- 21 -


Margin Stock ” as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors as in effect from time to time.

Material Adverse Effect ” means (a) a material adverse effect in the business, operations, results of operations, assets, liabilities or financial condition of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) a material impairment of Borrowers’ and their Subsidiaries ability to perform their obligations under the Loan Documents to which they are parties or of the Lender Group’s ability to enforce the Obligations or realize upon all or a material portion of the Collateral (other than as a result of an action taken or not taken that is solely in the control of Agent), or (c) a material impairment of the enforceability or priority of Agent’s Liens with respect to all or a material portion of the Collateral.

Material Contract ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) each contract or agreement to which such Person or any of its Subsidiaries is a party involving aggregate consideration payable to or by such Person or such Subsidiary of $1,500,000 or more (other than purchase orders in the ordinary course of the business of such Person or such Subsidiary and other than contracts that by their terms may be terminated by such Person or Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business upon less than 60 days notice without penalty or premium) and (b) all other contracts or agreements, the loss of which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Maturity Date ” means the earlier of (a) January 15, 2018 and (b) the 91st day prior to the maturity date of the obligations under the Harbert Capital Facility (or any Permitted Refinancing thereof); provided that if all of the Indebtedness owing under the Harbert Credit Facility is converted into equity of Administrative Borrower, then “Maturity Date” means January 15, 2018.

Maximum Revolver Amount ” means $5,000,000, decreased by the amount of reductions in the Revolver Commitments made in accordance with Section 2.4(c) of the Agreement.

Merger ” means the Acquisition contemplated in the Acquisition Documents.

Moody’s ” has the meaning specified therefor in the definition of Cash Equivalents.

Mortgages ” means, individually and collectively, one or more mortgages, deeds of trust, or deeds to secure debt, executed and delivered by a Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries in favor of Agent, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, that encumber the Real Property Collateral.

Multiemployer Plan ” means any multiemployer plan within the meaning of Section 3(37) or 4001(a)(3) of ERISA with respect to which any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate has an obligation to contribute or has any liability, contingent or otherwise or could be assessed withdrawal liability assuming a complete withdrawal from any such multiemployer plan.

Net Cash Proceeds ” means:

(a) with respect to any sale or disposition by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of assets, the amount of cash proceeds received (directly or indirectly) from time to time (whether as initial consideration or through the payment of deferred consideration) by or on

 

- 22 -


behalf of such Borrower or such Subsidiary, in connection therewith after deducting therefrom only (i) the amount of any Indebtedness secured by any Permitted Lien on any asset (other than (A) Indebtedness owing to Agent or any Lender under the Agreement or the other Loan Documents and (B) Indebtedness assumed by the purchaser of such asset) which is required to be, and is, repaid in connection with such sale or disposition, (ii) reasonable fees, commissions, and expenses related thereto and required to be paid by such Borrower or such Subsidiary in connection with such sale or disposition, (iii) taxes paid or payable to any taxing authorities by such Borrower or such Subsidiary in connection with such sale or disposition, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that the amounts so deducted are, at the time of receipt of such cash, actually paid or payable to a Person that is not an Affiliate of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and are properly attributable to such transaction; and (iv) all amounts that are set aside as a reserve (A) for adjustments in respect of the purchase price of such assets, (B) for any liabilities associated with such sale or casualty, to the extent such reserve is required by GAAP, and (C) for the payment of unassumed liabilities relating to the assets sold or otherwise disposed of at the time of, or within 30 days after, the date of such sale or other disposition, to the extent that in each case the funds described above in this clause (iv) are (x) deposited into escrow with a third party escrow agent or set aside in a separate Deposit Account that is subject to a Control Agreement in favor of Agent and (y) paid to Agent as a prepayment of the applicable Obligations in accordance with Section 2.4(e) of the Agreement at such time when such amounts are no longer required to be set aside as such a reserve; and

(b) with respect to the issuance or incurrence of any Indebtedness by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or the issuance by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any Equity Interests, the aggregate amount of cash received (directly or indirectly) from time to time (whether as initial consideration or through the payment or disposition of deferred consideration) by or on behalf of such Borrower or such Subsidiary in connection with such issuance or incurrence, after deducting therefrom only (i) reasonable fees, commissions, and expenses related thereto and required to be paid by such Borrower or such Subsidiary in connection with such issuance or incurrence, (ii) taxes paid or payable to any taxing authorities by such Borrower or such Subsidiary in connection with such issuance or incurrence, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that the amounts so deducted are, at the time of receipt of such cash, actually paid or payable to a Person that is not an Affiliate of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and are properly attributable to such transaction.

Net Working Capital ” means, as of any date of determination, Current Assets as of such date minus Current Liabilities as of such date.

Non-Consenting Lender ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 14.2(a) of the Agreement.

Non-Defaulting Lender ” means each Lender other than a Defaulting Lender.

Notification Event ” means (a) the occurrence of a “reportable event” described in Section 4043 of ERISA for which the 30-day notice requirement has not been waived by applicable regulations issued by the PBGC, (b) the withdrawal of any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan during a plan year in which it was a “substantial employer” as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA, (c) the termination of a Pension Plan, the filing of a notice of intent to terminate a Pension Plan or the treatment of a Pension Plan amendment as a termination, under Section 4041 of ERISA, if the plan assets are not sufficient to pay all plan liabilities, (d) the institution of proceedings to terminate, or the appointment of a trustee with respect to, any Pension Plan by the PBGC or any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan

 

- 23 -


administrator, (e) any other event or condition that would constitute grounds under Section 4042(a) of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan, (f) the imposition of a Lien pursuant to the IRC or ERISA in connection with any Employee Benefit Plan or the existence of any facts or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to result in the imposition of a Lien, (g) the partial or complete withdrawal of any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan (other than any withdrawal that would not constitute an Event of Default under Section 8.12) , (h) any event or condition that results in the reorganization or insolvency of a Multiemployer Plan under Sections of ERISA, (i) any event or condition that results in the termination of a Multiemployer Plan under Section 4041A of ERISA or the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate or to appoint a trustee to administer a Multiemployer Plan under ERISA, (j) any Pension Plan being in “at risk status” within the meaning of IRC Section 430(i), (k) any Multiemployer Plan being in “endangered status” or “critical status” within the meaning of IRC Section 432(b) or the determination that any Multiemployer Plan is or is expected to be insolvent or in reorganization within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, (1) with respect to any Pension Plan, any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate incurring a substantial cessation of operations within the meaning of ERISA Section 4062(e), (m) an “accumulated funding deficiency” within the meaning of the IRC or ERISA (including Section 412 of the IRC or Section 302 of ERISA) or the failure of any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan to meet the minimum funding standards within the meaning of the IRC or ERISA (including Section 412 of the IRC or Section 302 of ERISA), in each case, whether or not waived, (n) the filing of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standards within the meaning of the IRC or ERISA (including Section 412 of the IRC or Section 302 of ERISA) with respect to any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan, (o) the failure to make by its due date a required payment or contribution with respect to any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan, (p) any event that results in or could reasonably be expected to result in a liability by a Loan Party pursuant to Title I of ERISA or the excise tax provisions of the IRC relating to Employee Benefit Plans or any event that results in or could reasonably be expected to result in a liability to any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Title IV of ERISA or Section 401(a)(29) of the IRC, or (q) any of the foregoing is reasonably likely to occur in the following 30 days.

Obligations ” means (a) all loans (including the Term Loan and the Revolving Loans (inclusive of Protective Advances and Swing Loans)), debts, principal, interest (including any interest that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in whole or in part as a claim in any such Insolvency Proceeding), reimbursement or indemnification obligations with respect to Letters of Credit (irrespective of whether contingent), premiums, liabilities (including all amounts charged to the Loan Account pursuant to the Agreement), obligations (including indemnification obligations), fees (including the fees provided for in the Fee Letter), Lender Group Expenses (including any fees or expenses that accrue after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in whole or in part as a claim in any such Insolvency Proceeding), guaranties, and all covenants and duties of any other kind and description owing by any Loan Party arising out of, under, pursuant to, in connection with, or evidenced by the Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents and irrespective of whether for the payment of money, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, and including all interest not paid when due and all other expenses or other amounts that Borrowers are required to pay or reimburse by the Loan Documents or by law or otherwise in connection with the Loan Documents, and (b) all Bank Product Obligations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Obligations of Borrowers under the Loan Documents include the obligation to pay (i) the principal of the Revolving Loans and the Term Loan, (ii) interest accrued on the Revolving Loans and the Term Loan, (iii) the amount necessary to reimburse Issuing Bank for amounts paid or payable pursuant to Letters of Credit, (iv) Letter of Credit commissions, fees (including

 

- 24 -


fronting fees) and charges, (v) Lender Group Expenses, (vi) fees payable under the Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and (vii) indemnities and other amounts payable by any Loan Party under any Loan Document. Any reference in the Agreement or in the Loan Documents to the Obligations shall include all or any portion thereof and any extensions, modifications, renewals, or alterations thereof, both prior and subsequent to any Insolvency Proceeding.

OFAC ” means The Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

Originating Lender ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 13.1(e)  of the Agreement.

Participant ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 13.1(e) of the Agreement.

Participant Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1(i) of the Agreement.

Patent Security Agreement ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Guaranty and Security Agreement.

Patriot Act ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 4.13 of the Agreement.

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor agency.

Pension Plan ” means any Employee Benefit Plan, other than a Multiemployer Plan, which is subject to the provisions of Title IV or Section 302 of ERISA or Sections 412 or 430 of the Code sponsored, maintained, or contributed to by any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate or to which any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate has any liability, contingent or otherwise.

Perfection Certificate ” means a certificate in the form of Exhibit P-1 to the Agreement.

Permitted Acquisition ” means any Acquisition so long as:

(a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the consummation of the proposed Acquisition and the proposed Acquisition is consensual,

(b) no Indebtedness will be incurred, assumed, or would exist with respect to any Borrower or its Subsidiaries as a result of such Acquisition, other than Indebtedness permitted under clauses (f) or (g) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness and no Liens will be incurred, assumed, or would exist with respect to the assets of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries as a result or such Acquisition other than Permitted Liens,

(c) Borrowers have provided Agent with written confirmation, supported by reasonably detailed calculations, that on a pro forma basis (including pro forma adjustments arising out of events which are directly attributable to such proposed Acquisition, are factually supportable, and are expected to have a continuing impact, in each case, determined as if the

 

- 25 -


combination had been accomplished at the beginning of the relevant period; such eliminations and inclusions to be mutually and reasonably agreed upon by Borrowers and Agent) created by adding the historical combined financial statements of Borrowers (including the combined financial statements of any other Person or assets that were the subject of a prior Permitted Acquisition during the relevant period) to the historical consolidated financial statements of the Person to be acquired (or the historical financial statements related to the assets to be acquired) pursuant to the proposed Acquisition, Borrowers and their Subsidiaries (i) would have been in compliance with the financial covenants in Section 7 of the Agreement for the 4 fiscal quarter period ended immediately prior to the proposed date of consummation of such proposed Acquisition, and (ii) are projected to be in compliance with the financial covenants in Section 7 of the Agreement for the 4 fiscal quarter period ended one year after the proposed date of consummation of such proposed Acquisition,

(d) Borrowers have provided Agent with its due diligence package relative to the proposed Acquisition, including forecasted balance sheets, profit and loss statements, and cash flow statements of the Person or assets to be acquired, all prepared on a basis consistent with such Person’s (or assets’) historical financial statements, together with appropriate supporting details and a statement of underlying assumptions for the 1 year period following the date of the proposed Acquisition, on a quarter by quarter basis), in form and substance (including as to scope and underlying assumptions) reasonably satisfactory to Agent,

(e) Borrowers shall have Availability plus Qualified Cash in an amount equal to or greater than $5,000,000 immediately after giving effect to the consummation of the proposed Acquisition,

(f) the assets being acquired or the Person whose Equity Interests are being acquired did not have negative EBITDA during the 12 consecutive month period most recently concluded prior to the date of the proposed Acquisition,

(g) Borrowers have provided Agent with written notice of the proposed Acquisition at least 15 Business Days prior to the anticipated closing date of the proposed Acquisition and, not later than 5 Business Days prior to the anticipated closing date of the proposed Acquisition, copies of the acquisition agreement and other material documents relative to the proposed Acquisition, which agreement and documents must be reasonably acceptable to Agent,

(h) the assets being acquired (other than a de minimis amount of assets in relation to Borrowers’ and their Subsidiaries’ total assets), or the Person whose Equity Interests are being acquired, are useful in or engaged in, as applicable, the business of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries or a business reasonably related thereto,

(i) the assets being acquired (other than a de minimis amount of assets in relation to the assets being acquired) are located within the United States or the Person whose Equity Interests are being acquired is organized in a jurisdiction located within the United States,

(j) the subject assets or Equity Interests, as applicable, are being acquired directly by a Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries that is a Loan Party, and, in connection therewith, the applicable Loan Party shall have complied with Section 5.11 or 5.12 of the Agreement, as applicable, of the Agreement and, in the case of an acquisition of Equity Interests, the applicable Loan Party shall have demonstrated to Agent that the new Loan Parties have received consideration sufficient to make the joinder documents binding and enforceable against such new Loan Parties, and

 

- 26 -


(k) the purchase consideration payable in respect of all Permitted Acquisitions (including the proposed Acquisition and including deferred payment obligations) shall not exceed $15,000,000 in the aggregate; provided , that the purchase consideration payable in respect of any single Acquisition or series of related Acquisitions shall not exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate.

Permitted Discretion ” means a determination made in the exercise of reasonable (from the perspective of a secured commercial lender) business judgment.

Permitted Dispositions ” means:

(a) sales, abandonment, or other dispositions of property (other than any intellectual property) that is substantially worn, damaged, or obsolete or no longer used or useful in the ordinary course of business and leases or subleases of Real Property not useful in the conduct of the business of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries,

(b) sales of inventory to buyers in the ordinary course of business,

(c) the use or transfer of money or Cash Equivalents in a manner that is not prohibited by the terms of the Agreement or the other Loan Documents,

(d) the licensing, on a non-exclusive basis, of patents, trademarks, copyrights, mad other intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business,

(e) the granting of Permitted Liens,

(f) the sale or discount, in each case without recourse, of accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, but only in connection with the compromise or collection thereof,

(g) any involuntary loss, damage or destruction of property,

(h) any involuntary condemnation, seizure or taking, by exercise of the power of eminent domain or otherwise, or confiscation or requisition of use of property,

(i) the leasing or subleasing of assets of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business,

(j) the sale or issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of Administrative Borrower,

(k) (i) the lapse of registered patents, trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to the extent not economically desirable in the conduct of its business or (ii) the abandonment of patents, trademarks, copyrights, or other intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business so long as (in each case under clauses (i) and (ii)), (A) with respect to copyrights, such copyrights are not material revenue generating copyrights, and (B) such lapse is not materially adverse to the interests of the Lender Group,

 

- 27 -


(l) the making of Restricted Payments that are expressly permitted to be made pursuant to the Agreement,

(m) the making of Permitted Investments,

(n) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would immediately result therefrom, transfers of assets (i) from any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to a Loan Party, and (ii) from any Subsidiary of any Borrower that is not a Loan Party to any other Subsidiary of any Borrower,

(o) dispositions of assets acquired by Borrowers and their Subsidiaries pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition consummated within 12 months of the date of the proposed disposition so long as (i) the consideration received for the assets to be so disposed is at least equal to the fair market value of such assets, (ii) the assets to be so disposed are not necessary or economically desirable in connection with the business of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, and (iii) the assets to be so disposed are readily identifiable as assets acquired pursuant to the subject Permitted Acquisition,

(p) trade-in of assets in the ordinary course of business for credit towards the purchase price of replacement assets purchased concurrently therewith so long as the gross amount of the purchase price of such replacement assets is greater than the gross trade –in value of the assets being traded in at such time, and

(q) sales or dispositions of assets (other than Equity Interests of Subsidiaries of any Borrower) not otherwise permitted in clauses (a) through (p) above so long as made at fair market value and the aggregate fair market value of all assets disposed of in fiscal year (including the proposed disposition) would not exceed $250,000.

Permitted Holder ” means (i) Sponsor and (ii) Crysalis Ventures.

Permitted Indebtedness ” means:

(a) Indebtedness evidenced by the Agreement or the other Loan Documents,

(b) Indebtedness set forth on Schedule 4.14 to the Agreement and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Indebtedness,

(c) Permitted Purchase Money Indebtedness and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Indebtedness,

(d) endorsement of instruments or other payment items for deposit,

(e) Indebtedness consisting of (i) unsecured guarantees incurred in the ordinary course of business with respect to surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, completion guarantee and similar obligations; (ii) unsecured guarantees arising with respect to customary indemnification obligations to purchasers in connection with Permitted Dispositions; and (iii) unsecured guarantees with respect to Indebtedness of any Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries, to the extent that the Person that is obligated under such guaranty could have incurred such underlying Indebtedness,

 

- 28 -


(f) unsecured Indebtedness of any Borrower that is incurred on the date of the consummation of a Permitted Acquisition solely for the purpose of consummating such Permitted Acquisition so long as (i) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, (ii) such unsecured Indebtedness is not incurred for working capital purposes, (iii) such unsecured Indebtedness does not mature prior to the date that is six months after the Maturity Date, (iv) such unsecured Indebtedness does not amortize until six months after the Maturity Date, (v) such unsecured Indebtedness does not provide for the payment of interest thereon in cash or Cash Equivalents prior to the date that is six months after the Maturity Date, and (vi) such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to Agent,

(g) Acquired Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $500,000 outstanding at any one time,

(h) Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business under performance, surety, statutory, or appeal bonds,

(i) Indebtedness owed to any Person providing property, casualty, liability, or other insurance to any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, so long as the amount of such Indebtedness is not in excess of the amount of the unpaid cost of, and shall be incurred only to defer the cost of, such insurance for the year in which such Indebtedness is incurred and such Indebtedness is outstanding only during such year,

(j) the incurrence by any Borrower or its Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under Hedge Agreements that are incurred for the bona fide purpose of hedging the interest rate, commodity, or foreign currency risks associated with Borrowers’ and its Subsidiaries’ operations and not for speculative purposes,

(k) Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of credit cards, credit card processing services, debit cards, stored value cards, commercial cards (including so-called “purchase cards”, “procurement cards” or “p-cards”), or Cash Management Services,,

(1) unsecured Indebtedness of any Borrower owing to former employees, officers, or directors (or any spouses, ex-spouses, or estates of any of the foregoing) incurred in connection with the repurchase by such Borrower of the Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower that has been issued to such Persons, so long as (i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the incurrence of such Indebtedness, (ii) the aggregate amount of all such Indebtedness outstanding at any one time does not exceed $250,000, and (iii) such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Obligations on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to Agent,

(m) unsecured Indebtedness owing to sellers of assets or Equity Interests to a Loan Party that is incurred by the applicable Loan Party in connection with the consummation of one or more Permitted Acquisitions so long as (i) the aggregate principal amount for all such unsecured Indebtedness does not exceed $500,000 at any one time outstanding, (ii) is subordinated to the Obligations on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to Agent, and (iii) is otherwise on terms and conditions (including all economic terms and the absence of covenants) reasonably acceptable to Agent,

 

 

- 29 -


(n) contingent liabilities in respect of any indemnification obligation, adjustment of purchase price, non-compete, or similar obligation of Borrowers or the applicable Loan Party incurred in connection with the consummation of one or more Permitted Acquisitions,

(o) Indebtedness composing Permitted Investments,

(p) unsecured Indebtedness incurred in respect of netting services, overdraft protection, and other like services, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business,

(q) unsecured Indebtedness of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries in respect of Earn-Outs owing to sellers of assets or Equity Interests to such Borrower or its Subsidiaries that is incurred in connection with the consummation of one or more Permitted Acquisitions so long as such unsecured Indebtedness is on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to Agent; provided, that, the definitive documentation relating to such Earn-Out shall not require payment thereof at any time if after giving effect to such payment (i) an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or (ii) if average Excess Availability plus Qualifying Cash for the immediately preceding thirty (30) day period is less than $5,000,000,

(r) [intentionally omitted],

(s) accrual of interest, accretion or amortization of original issue discount, or the payment of interest in kind, in each case, on Indebtedness that otherwise constitutes Permitted Indebtedness,

(t) subject to the terms of the Subordination Agreement, Indebtedness under the Harbert Credit Facility in an aggregate amount not the exceed $6,600,000 and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Indebtedness;

(u) Subordinated Indebtedness, and

(v) any other unsecured Indebtedness incurred by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed $250,000 at any one time.

Permitted Intercompany Advances ” means loans made by (a) a Loan Party to another Loan Party, (b) a Subsidiary of a Borrower that is not a Loan Party to another Subsidiary of a Borrower that is not a Loan Party and (c) a Subsidiary of a Borrower that is not a Loan Party to a Loan Party, so long as the parties thereto are party to the Intercompany Subordination Agreement.

Permitted Investments ” means:

(a) Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents,

(b) Investments in negotiable instruments deposited or to be deposited for collection in the ordinary course of business,

(c) advances made in connection with purchases of goods or services in the ordinary course of business,

(d) Investments received in settlement of amounts due to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries effected in the ordinary course of business or owing to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of Insolvency Proceedings involving an account debtor or upon the foreclosure or enforcement of any Lien in favor of a Loan Party or its Subsidiaries,

 

- 30 -


(e) Investments owned by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule P-1 to the Agreement,

(f) guarantees permitted under the definition of Permitted Indebtedness,

(g) Permitted Intercompany Advances,

(h) Equity Interests or other securities acquired in connection with the satisfaction or enforcement of Indebtedness or claims due or owing to a Loan Party or its Subsidiaries (in bankruptcy of customers or suppliers or otherwise outside the ordinary course of business) or as security for any such Indebtedness or claims,

(i) deposits of cash made in the ordinary course of business to secure performance of operating leases,

(j) (i) non-cash loans and advances to employees, officers, and directors of Administrative Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for the purpose of purchasing Equity Interests in Administrative Borrower so long as the proceeds of such loans are used in their entirety to purchase such Equity Interests in Administrative Borrower, and (ii) loans and advances to employees and officers of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business for any other business purpose and in an aggregate amount not to exceed $250,000,

(k) Permitted Acquisitions,

(1) Investments in the form of capital contributions and the acquisition of Equity Interests made by any Loan Party in any other Loan Party (other than capital contributions to or the acquisition of Equity Interests of any Borrower),

(m) Investments resulting from entering into (i) Bank Product Agreements, or (ii) agreements relative to Indebtedness that is permitted under clause (j) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness,

(n) equity Investments by any Loan Party in any Subsidiary of such Loan Party which is required by law to maintain a minimum net capital requirement or as may be otherwise required by applicable law,

(o) Investments held by a Person acquired in a Permitted Acquisition to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such Permitted Acquisition and were in existence on the date of such Permitted Acquisition, and

(p) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, any other Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $250,000 during the term of the Agreement.

Permitted Liens ” means

(a) Liens granted to, or for the benefit of, Agent to secure the Obligations,

 

- 31 -


(b) Liens for unpaid taxes, assessments, or other governmental charges or levies that either (i) are not yet delinquent, or (ii) do not have priority over Agent’s Liens and the underlying taxes, assessments, or charges or levies are the subject of Permitted Protests,

(c) judgment Liens arising solely as a result of the existence of judgments, orders, or awards that do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 8.3 of the Agreement,

(d) Liens set forth on Schedule P-2 to the Agreement; provided , that to qualify as a Permitted Lien, any such Lien described on Schedule P-2 to the Agreement shall only secure the Indebtedness that it secures on the Closing Date and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof,

(e) the interests of lessors under operating leases and non-exclusive licensors under license agreements,

(f) purchase money Liens or the interests of lessors under Capital Leases to the extent that such Liens or interests secure Permitted Purchase Money Indebtedness and so long as (i) such Lien attaches only to the asset purchased or acquired and the proceeds thereof, and (ii) such Lien only secures the Indebtedness that was incurred to acquire the asset purchased or acquired or any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof,

(g) Liens arising by operation of law in favor of warehousemen, landlords, carriers, mechanics, materialmen, laborers, or suppliers, incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money, and which Liens either (i) are for sums not yet delinquent, or (ii) are the subject of Permitted Protests,

(h) Liens on amounts deposited to secure any Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ obligations in connection with worker’s compensation or other unemployment insurance,

(i) Liens on amounts deposited to secure any Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ obligations in connection with the making or entering into of bids, tenders, or leases in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money,

(j) Liens on amounts deposited to secure any Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ reimbursement obligations with respect to surety or appeal bonds obtained in the ordinary course of business,

(k) with respect to any Real Property, easements, rights of way, and zoning restrictions that do not materially interfere with or impair the use or operation thereof,

(1) non-exclusive licenses of patents, trademarks, copyrights, and other intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business,

(m) Liens that are replacements of Permitted Liens to the extent that the original Indebtedness is the subject of permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and so long as the replacement Liens only encumber those assets that secured the original Indebtedness,

(n) rights of setoff or bankers’ liens upon deposits of funds in favor of banks or other depository institutions, solely to the extent incurred in connection with the maintenance of such Deposit Accounts in the ordinary course of business,

 

- 32 -


(o) Liens granted in the ordinary course of business on the unearned portion of insurance premiums securing the financing of insurance premiums to the extent the financing is permitted under the definition of Permitted Indebtedness,

(p) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods,

(q) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement with respect to a Permitted Acquisition,

(r) Liens assumed by any Borrower or its Subsidiaries in connection with a Permitted Acquisition that secure Acquired Indebtedness,

(s) subject to the Subordination Agreement, Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to clause (t) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness, and

(t) other Liens which do not secure Indebtedness for borrowed money or letters of credit and as to which the aggregate amount of the obligations secured thereby does not exceed $250,000.

Permitted Protes t” means the right of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to protest any Lien (other than any Lien that secures the Obligations), taxes (other than payroll taxes or taxes that are the subject of a United States federal tax lien), or rental payment, provided that (a) a reserve with respect to such obligation is established on such Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ books and records in such amount as is required under GAAP, (b) any such protest is instituted promptly and prosecuted diligently by such Borrower or its Subsidiary, as applicable, in good faith, and (c) Agent is satisfied that, while any such protest is pending, there will be no impairment of the enforceability, validity, or priority of any of Agent’s Liens.

Permitted Purchase Money Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, Indebtedness (other than the Obligations, but including Capitalized Lease Obligations), incurred after the Closing Date and at the time of, or within 20 days after, the acquisition of any fixed assets for the purpose of financing all or any part of the acquisition cost thereof, in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time not in excess of $2,000,000.

Person ” means natural persons, corporations, limited liability companies, limited partnerships, general partnerships, limited liability partnerships, joint ventures, trusts, land trusts, business trusts, or other organizations, irrespective of whether they are legal entities, and governments and agencies and political subdivisions thereof.

Platform ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 17.9(c) of the Agreement.

Projections ” means Borrowers’ forecasted (a) balance sheets, (b) profit and loss statements, and (c) cash flow statements, all prepared on a basis consistent with Borrowers’ historical financial statements, together with appropriate supporting details and a statement of underlying assumptions.

 

- 33 -


Pro Rata Share ” means, as of any date of determination:

(a) with respect to a Lender’s obligation to make all or a portion of the Revolving Loans, with respect to such Lender’s right to receive payments of interest, fees, and principal with respect to the Revolving Loans, and with respect to all other computations and other matters related to the Revolver Commitments or the Revolving Loans, the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the Revolving Loan Exposure of such Lender by (ii) the aggregate Revolving Loan Exposure of all Lenders,

(b) with respect to a Lender’s obligation to participate in the Letters of Credit, with respect to such Lender’s obligation to reimburse Issuing Bank, and with respect to such Lender’s right to receive payments of Letter of Credit Fees, and with respect to all other computations and other matters related to the Letters of Credit, the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the Revolving Loan Exposure of such Lender by (ii) the aggregate Revolving Loan Exposure of all Lenders; provided , that if all of the Revolving Loans have been repaid in full and all Revolver Commitments have been terminated, but Letters of Credit remain outstanding, Pro Rata Share under this clause shall be determined as if the Revolver Commitments had not been terminated and based upon the Revolver Commitments as they existed immediately prior to their termination,

(c) with respect to a Lender’s obligation to make all or a portion of the Term Loan, with respect to such Lender’s right to receive payments of interest, fees, and principal with respect to the Term Loan, and with respect to all other computations and other matters related to the Term Loan Commitments or the Term Loan, the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the Term Loan Exposure of such Lender by (ii) the aggregate Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders, and

(d) with respect to all other matters and for all other matters as to a particular Lender (including the indemnification obligations arising under Section 15.7 of the Agreement), the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the Term Loan Exposure of such Lender plus the Revolving Loan Exposure of such Lender by (ii) the sum of the aggregate Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders plus the aggregate Revolving Loan Exposure of all Lenders, in any such case as the applicable percentage may be adjusted by assignments permitted pursuant to Section 13.1 ; provided , that if all of the Loans have been repaid in full, all Letters of Credit have been made the subject of Letter of Credit Collateralization, and all Commitments have been terminated, Pro Rata Share under this clause shall be determined as if the Revolving Loan Exposures and Term Loan Exposures had not been repaid, collateralized, or terminated and shall be based upon the Revolving Loan Exposures and Term Loan Exposures as they existed immediately prior to their repayment, collateralization, or termination.

Protective Advances ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.3(d)(i) of the Agreement.

Public Lender ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 17.9(c) of the Agreement.

Purchase Price ” means, with respect to any Acquisition, an amount equal to the aggregate consideration, whether cash, property or securities (including the fair market value of any Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower issued in connection with such Acquisition and including the maximum amount of Earn-Outs), paid or delivered by a Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries in connection with such Acquisition (whether paid at the closing thereof or payable thereafter and whether fixed or contingent), but excluding therefrom (a) any cash of the seller and its Affiliates used to fund any portion of such consideration and (b) any cash or Cash Equivalents acquired in connection with such Acquisition.

 

- 34 -


Qualified Cash ” means, as of any date of determination, the amount of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries that is in Deposit Accounts or in Securities Accounts, or any combination thereof, and which such Deposit Account or Securities Account is the subject of a Control Agreement and is maintained by a branch office of the bank or securities intermediary located within the United States.

Qualified Equity Interest ” means and refers to any Equity Interests issued by Administrative Borrower (and not by one or more of its Subsidiaries) that is not a Disqualified Equity Interest.

Real Property ” means any estates or interests in real property now owned or hereafter acquired by any Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries and the improvements thereto.

Real Property Collateral ” means (a) the Real Property identified on Schedule R-1 to the Agreement and (b) any Real Property hereafter acquired by any Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries with a fair market value in excess of $1,000,000.

Record ” means information that is inscribed on a tangible medium or that is stored in an electronic or other medium and is retrievable in perceivable form.

Reference Period ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of EBITDA.

Refinancing Indebtedness ” means refinancings, renewals, or extensions of Indebtedness so long as:

(a) such refinancings, renewals, or extensions do not result in an increase in the principal amount of the Indebtedness so refinanced, renewed, or extended, other than by the amount of premiums paid thereon and the fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith and by the amount of unfunded commitments with respect thereto,

(b) such refinancings, renewals, or extensions do not result in a shortening of the average weighted maturity (measured as of the refinancing, renewal, or extension) of the Indebtedness so refinanced, renewed, or extended, nor are they on terms or conditions that, taken as a whole, are or could reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders,

(c) if the Indebtedness that is refinanced, renewed, or extended was subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, then the terms and conditions of the refinancing, renewal, or extension must include subordination terms and conditions that are at least as favorable to the Lender Group as those that were applicable to the refinanced, renewed, or extended Indebtedness, and

(d) the Indebtedness that is refinanced, renewed, or extended is not recourse to any Person that is liable on account of the Obligations other than those Persons which were obligated with respect to the Indebtedness that was refinanced, renewed, or extended.

Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1 (h)  of the Agreement.

Registered Loan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1 (h ) of the Agreement.

 

- 35 -


Related Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course and that is administered, advised or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers, advises or manages a Lender.

Remedial Action ” means all actions taken to (a) clean up, remove, remediate, contain, treat, monitor, assess, evaluate, or in any way address Hazardous Materials in the indoor or outdoor environment, (b) prevent or minimize a release or threatened release of Hazardous Materials so they do not migrate or endanger or threaten to endanger public health or welfare or the indoor or outdoor environment, (c) restore or reclaim natural resources or the environment, (d) perform any pre-remedial studies, investigations, or post-remedial operation and maintenance activities, or (e) conduct any other actions with respect to Hazardous Materials required by Environmental Laws.

Replacement Lender ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.13(b) of the Agreement.

Report ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 15.16 of the Agreement.

Required Availability ” means that the sum of (a) Availability plus (b) Qualified Cash exceeds $4,500,000.

Required Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders having or holding more than 50% of the sum of (a) the aggregate Revolving Loan Exposure of all Lenders, plus (b) the aggregate Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders; provided , that the Revolving Loan Exposure and Term Loan Exposure of any Defaulting Lender shall be disregarded in the determination of the Required Lenders, (ii) at any time there are 2 or more Lenders, “Required Lenders” must include at least 2 Lenders (who are not Affiliates of one another).

Restricted Payment ” means to (a) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution, directly or indirectly, on account of Equity Interests issued by Administrative Borrower (including any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving Administrative Borrower) or to the direct or indirect holders of Equity Interests issued by Administrative Borrower in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Qualified Equity Interests issued by Administrative Borrower), or (b) purchase, redeem, make any sinking fund or similar payment, or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including in connection with any merger or consolidation involving Administrative Borrower) any Equity Interests issued by Administrative Borrower, (c) make any payment to retire, or to obtain the surrender of, any outstanding warrants, options, or other rights to acquire Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower now or hereafter outstanding, and (d) make, or cause or suffer to permit any Borrowers’ or any of its Subsidiaries to make, any payment or prepayment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, or redemption, purchase, retirement, defeasance (including in-substance or legal defeasance), sinking fund or similar payment with respect to, any Subordinated Indebtedness.

Revolver Commitment ” means, with respect to each Revolving Lender, its Revolver Commitment, and, with respect to all Revolving Lenders, their Revolver Commitments, in each case as such Dollar amounts are set forth beside such Revolving Lender’s name under the applicable heading on Schedule C-1 to the Agreement or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Revolving Lender became a Revolving Lender under the Agreement, as such amounts may be reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments made in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.1 of the Agreement.

 

- 36 -


Revolver Usage ” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of (a) the amount of outstanding Revolving Loans (inclusive of Swing Loans and Protective Advances), plus (b) the amount of the Letter of Credit Usage.

Revolving Lender ” means a Lender that has a Revolving Loan Commitment or that has an outstanding Revolving Loan.

Revolving Loan Exposure ” means, with respect to any Revolving Lender, as of any date of determination (a) prior to the termination of the Revolver Commitments, the amount of such Lender’s Revolver Commitment, and (b) after the termination of the Revolver Commitments, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Loans of such Lender.

Revolving Loans ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.1(a) of the Agreement.

Sanctioned Entity ” means (a) a country or a government of a country, (b) an agency of the government of a country, (c) an organization directly or indirectly controlled by a country or its government, (d) a Person resident in or determined to be resident in a country, in each case, that is subject to a country sanctions program administered and enforced by OFAC.

Sanctioned Person ” means a person named on the list of Specially Designated Nationals maintained by OFAC.

S&P ” has the meaning specified therefor in the definition of Cash Equivalents.

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor thereto.

Securities Account ” means a securities account (as that term is defined in the Code).

Seller ” means Lemhi Ventures I Fund, LP, Yankee Investment Holdings LLC, Diamond Creek Investment, Ltd., Michael Cho, in his individual capacity and Michael Chung, his individual capacity.

Settlement ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.3(e)(i) of the Agreement.

Settlement Date ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.3(e)(i) of the Agreement.

Solvent ” means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination, that (a) at fair valuations, the sum of such Person’s debts (including contingent liabilities) is less than all of such Person’s assets, (b) such Person is not engaged or about to engage in a business or transaction for which the remaining assets of such Person are unreasonably small in relation to the business or transaction or for which the property remaining with such Person is an unreasonably small capital, and (c) such Person has not incurred and does not intend to incur, or

 

- 37 -


reasonably believe that it will incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they become due (whether at maturity or otherwise), and (d) such Person is “solvent” or not “insolvent”, as applicable within the meaning given those terms and similar terms under applicable laws relating to fraudulent transfers and conveyances. For purposes of this definition, the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability (irrespective of whether such contingent liabilities meet the criteria for accrual under Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 5).

Sponsor ” means Great Point Partners or any other investment vehicle sponsored, advised, managed or formed by Great Point Partners, but excluding portfolio companies of any such vehicle.

Standard Letter of Credit Practice ” means, for Issuing Bank, any domestic or foreign law or letter of credit practices applicable in the city in which Issuing Bank issued the applicable Letter of Credit or, for its branch or correspondent, such laws and practices applicable in the city in which it has advised, confirmed or negotiated such Letter of Credit, as the case may be, in each case, (a) which letter of credit practices are of banks that regularly issue letters of credit in the particular city, and (b) which laws or letter of credit practices are required or permitted under ISP or UCP, as chosen in the applicable Letter of Credit.

Subject Holder ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.4(e)(iv) of the Agreement.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means any unsecured Indebtedness of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries incurred from time to time that is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations and (a) that is only guaranteed by the Guarantors, (b) that is not subject to scheduled amortization, redemption, sinking fund or similar payment and does not have a final maturity, in each case, on or before the date that is six months after the Maturity Date, (c) that does not include any financial covenants or any covenant or agreement that is more restrictive or onerous on any Loan Party in any material respect than any comparable covenant in the Agreement and, with respect to any such Indebtedness in excess of $250,000 in the aggregate, is otherwise on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to Agent, (d) shall be limited to cross-payment default and cross-acceleration to designated “senior debt” (including the Obligations), and (e) the other terms and conditions of the subordination are reasonably acceptable to Agent.

Subordination Agreement ” means that certain Subordination Agreement, dated as of January 15, 2013 between the Agent and Harbert Mezzanine Partners II SBIC, L.P., as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof.

Subsidiary ” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or other entity in which that Person directly or indirectly owns or controls the Equity Interests having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or other entity.

Swing Lender ” means Wells Fargo or any other Lender that, at the request of Borrowers and with the consent of Agent agrees, in such Lender’s sole discretion, to become the Swing Lender under Section 2.3(b) of the Agreement.

 

- 38 -


Swing Loan ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.3(b) of the Agreement.

Swing Loan Exposure ” means, as of any date of determination with respect to any Lender, such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Swing Loans on such date.

Taxes ” means any taxes, levies, imposts, duties, fees, assessments or other charges of whatever nature now or hereafter imposed by any jurisdiction or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, and all interest, penalties or similar liabilities with respect thereto.

Tax Lender ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 14.2(a) of the Agreement.

Term Loan ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.2 of the Agreement.

Term Loan Amount ” means $22,500,000.

Term Loan Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, its Term Loan Commitment, and, with respect to all Lenders, their Term Loan Commitments, in each case as such Dollar amounts are set forth beside such Lender’s name under the applicable heading on Schedule C-1 to the Agreement or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender became a Lender under the Agreement, as such amounts may be reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments made in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.1 of the Agreement.

Term Loan Exposure ” means, with respect to any Term Loan Lender, as of any date of determination (a) prior to the funding of the Term Loan, the amount of such Lender’s Term Loan Commitment, and (b) after the funding of the Term Loan, the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan held by such Lender.

Term Loan Lender ” means a Lender that has a Term Loan Commitment or that has a portion of the Term Loan.

Total Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Borrowers’ Funded Indebtedness as of such date to (b) Borrowers’ T4Q EBITDA for the 4 fiscal quarter period ended as of such date.

Total Leverage Ratio Calculation ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Applicable Margin.

Trademark Security Agreement ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Guaranty and Security Agreement.

T4Q EBITDA ” means, as of any date of determination, EBITDA of Borrowers determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, for the 4 fiscal quarter period most recently ended.

TTM EBITDA ” means, as of any date of determination, EBITDA of Borrowers determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, for the 12 month period most recently ended.

 

- 39 -


UCP ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits 2007 Revision, International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 600 and any subsequent revision thereof adopted by the International Chamber of Commerce on the date such Letter of Credit is issued.

United States ” means the United States of America.

Unused Line Fee ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.10(b) of the Agreement.

Voidable Transfer ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 17.8 of the Agreement.

Wells Fargo ” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association.

Withdrawal Liability ” means liability with respect to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

 

- 40 -


Schedule 3.1

The obligation of each Lender to make its initial extension of credit provided for in the Agreement is subject to the fulfillment, to the satisfaction of each Lender (the making of such initial extension of credit by any Lender being conclusively deemed to be its satisfaction or waiver of the following), of each of the following conditions precedent:

(a) the Closing Date shall occur on or before January 15, 2013;

(b) Agent shall have received a letter duly executed by each Loan Party authorizing Agent to file appropriate financing statements in such office or offices as may be necessary or, in the opinion of Agent, desirable to perfect the security interests to be created by the Loan Documents;

(c) Agent shall have received evidence that appropriate financing statements have been duly filed in such office or offices as may be necessary or, in the opinion of Agent, desirable to perfect the Agent’s Liens in and to the Collateral, and Agent shall have received searches reflecting the filing of all such financing statements;

(d) Agent shall have received each of the following documents, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, duly executed and delivered, and each such document shall be in full force and effect:

(i) the Credit Agreement;

(ii) the Copyright Security Agreement,

(iii) the Fee Letter,

(iv) the Flow of Funds Agreement,

(v) the Guaranty and Security Agreement,

(vi) the Intercompany Subordination Agreement,

(vii) a Perfection Certificate,

(viii) the Patent Security Agreement,

(ix) the Trademark Security Agreement,

(x) a letter, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, from Comerica Bank, in its capacity as administrative agent under the Existing Credit Facility (“ Existing Agent ”) to Agent respecting the amount necessary to repay in full all of the obligations of Connecture and its Subsidiaries owing under the Existing Credit Facility and obtain a release of all of the Liens existing in favor of Existing Agent in and to the assets of Connecture and its Subsidiaries, together with termination statements and other documentation evidencing the termination by Existing Agent of its Liens in and to the properties and assets of Connecture and its Subsidiaries, and


(xi) a letter, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, from Aaron Downend to Agent respecting the amount necessary to repay in full all of the obligations of Connecture and its Subsidiaries owing under that certain promissory note in the original principal amount of $160,000 and obtain a release of all of the Liens existing in favor of Aaron Downend in and to the assets of Connecture and its Subsidiaries, together with termination statements and other documentation evidencing the termination by Aaron Downend of his Liens in and to the properties and assets of Connecture and its Subsidiaries;

(xii) a letter, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, from Patrick Downend to Agent respecting the amount necessary to repay in full all of the obligations of Connecture and its Subsidiaries owing under that certain promissory note in the original principal amount of $840,000 and obtain a release of all of the Liens existing in favor of Patrick Downend in and to the assets of Connecture and its Subsidiaries, together with termination statements and other documentation evidencing the termination by Patrick Downend of his Liens in and to the properties and assets of Connecture and its Subsidiaries;

(xiii) satisfactory to the Agent; the amendment to the Harbert Loan and Security Agreement, in a form

(xiv) the Subordination Agreement;

(e) Agent shall have received a certificate from the Secretary of each Loan Party (i) attesting to the resolutions of such Loan Party’s board of directors authorizing its execution, delivery, and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (ii) authorizing specific officers of such Loan Party to execute the same, and (iii) attesting to the incumbency and signatures of such specific officers of such Loan Party;

(f) Agent shall have received copies of each Loan Party’s Governing Documents, as amended, modified, or supplemented to the Closing Date, certified by the Secretary of such Loan Party;

(g) Agent shall have received a certificate of status with respect to each Loan Party, dated within 10 days of the Closing Date, such certificate to be issued by the appropriate officer of the jurisdiction of organization of such Loan Party, which certificate shall indicate that such Loan Party is in good standing in such jurisdiction;

(h) Agent shall have received certificates of status with respect to each Loan Party, each dated within 30 days of the Closing Date, such certificates to be issued by the appropriate officer of the jurisdictions (other than the jurisdiction of organization of such Loan Party) in which its failure to be duly qualified or licensed would constitute a Material Adverse Effect, which certificates shall indicate that such Loan Party is in good standing in such jurisdictions;

(i) Agent shall have received a certificate of insurance, together with the endorsements thereto, as are required by Section 5.6 of the Agreement, the form and substance of which shall be satisfactory to Agent;

(j) Agent shall have received an opinion of the Loan Parties’ counsel in form and substance satisfactory to Agent;

 

-2-


(k) Borrower shall have the Required Availability after giving effect to the initial extensions of credit under the Agreement and the payment of all fees and expenses required to be paid by Borrower on the Closing Date under the Agreement or the other Loan Documents;

(1) Agent shall have completed its business, legal, and collateral due diligence, including (i) a review of each Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ respective books and records and a recurring revenue valuation performed by a firm selected by Agent, (ii) a review of a quality of earnings report for each Borrower and its respective Subsidiaries performed by a firm selected by Agent, and (iii) a review of each Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ respective material agreements, in each case, the results of which shall be satisfactory to Agent;

(m) Agent shall have completed (i) Patriot Act searches, OFAC/PEP searches and customary individual background checks for each Loan Party, and (ii) OFACiPEP searches and customary individual background searches for each Loan Party’s senior management and key principals, the results of which shall be satisfactory to Agent;

(n) Agent shall have received a set of Projections of Borrower for the 3 year period following the Closing Date (on a year by year basis, and for the 1 year period following the Closing Date, on a month by month basis), in form and substance (including as to scope and underlying assumptions) satisfactory to Agent;

(o) Borrower shall have paid all Lender Group Expenses incurred in connection with the transactions evidenced by the Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(p) Agent shall have received appraisals of the Real Property Collateral satisfactory to Agent;

(q) Agent shall have received a phase-I environmental report and a real estate survey with respect to each parcel composing the Real Property Collateral; the environmental consultants and surveyors retained for such reports or surveys, the scope of the reports or surveys, and the results thereof shall be acceptable to Agent;

(r) Agent shall have received evidence in form satisfactory to it that the Merger shall have been consummated on or prior to the Closing Date in accordance with the Acquisition Documentation (as defined below) and all applicable requirements of taw, and no terms or conditions of the Acquisition Documentation (other than any immaterial terms or conditions) shall have been waived without the consent of Agent;

(s) the Acquisition Agreement (including schedules, exhibits and annexes thereto) and all other all documentation associated with the Merger (collectively, the “ Acquisition Documentation ”) shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Agent;

(t) Agent shall have received a solvency certificate, in form and substance satisfactory to it, certifying as to the solvency of the Loan Parties taken as a whole after giving effect to the Merger;

(u) The Borrowers and each of their respective Subsidiaries shall have received all governmental and third party approvals (including shareholder approvals, Hart-Scott-Rodino clearance and other consents) necessary or, in the reasonable opinion of Agent, advisable in connection with the Agreement or the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, which shall all be in full force and

 

-3-


effect, and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken or threatened by any competent authority which would restrain, prevent or otherwise impose adverse conditions on the Credit Agreement or the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents. The Borrowers and each of their Subsidiaries shall have received all licenses, approvals or evidence of other actions required by any Governmental Authority in connection with the execution and delivery by each Borrower or its respective Subsidiaries of the Loan Documents or with the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby;

(v) the Revolving Usage shall not exceed $4,000,000 on the Closing Date;

(w) that certain Subordinated Promissory Note in the principal sum of $3,000,000, dated as of January 15, 2013, made by Connecture, Inc. in favor of Randall P. Herman, shall contain subordination provisions satisfactory to the Agent; and

(x) all other documents and legal matters in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Agreement shall have been delivered, executed, or recorded and shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.

 

-4-


Schedule 3.6

Conditions Subsequent

The obligation of the Lender Group (or any member thereof) to extend credit under the Agreement is subject to the fulfillment, on or before the date applicable thereto or such later date as the Agent agrees in its reasonable discretion, of each of the following conditions subsequent:

 

  (a) on or prior to the date that is 90 days from the Closing Date, Agent shall have received Collateral Access Agreements for the chief executive office of each Loan Party and each other location where books and records of the Loan Parties are kept.

 

  (b) on or prior to the date that is 10 business days from the Closing Date, Agent shall have received (i) certificates of insurance and (ii) endorsements to any certificate of insurance delivered pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Agreement, the form and substance of which shall be satisfactory to Agent.

 

  (c) on or prior to the date that is six months after the Closing Date, Agent shall be paid $275,000 pursuant to Section A.1. of the Fee Letter.

 

  (d) except as permitted pursuant to Section 5.15 of the Credit Agreement, from and after the date that is 90 days after the Closing Date or, if later, 10 days after the acquisition of any deposit account or securities account (as any such date may be extended by Agent), maintain its primary Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries located in a jurisdiction in the United States (a) only at Wells Fargo or one or more of its Affiliates and (b) subject to a Control Agreement or an equivalent agreement under applicable law.

 

  (e) On or prior to the third Business Day following the Closing Date, DRX shall provide evidence to Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, that it has made a one-time deposit in an amount not to exceed $250,000 into an account established at Comerica Bank which account shall be for the sole and exclusive purpose of providing cash collateral to secure that certain letter of credit, dated November 16, 2011, issued by Comerica Bank in favor of DestinationRX, Inc. and for the benefit of 600 Wilshire Property LLC.

 

1


SCHEDULE 4.1(b)

Capitalization of Borrowers

 

Borrower

  

Authorized Shares

  

Issued Shares

  

Outstanding Shares

  

Record owner of shares

CONNECTURE, INC.    101,500,000 shares consisting of 54,700,000 shares of Common Stock and 46,800,00 shares of Preferred Stock (26,100,000 Series A Preferred shares, 20,700,000 Series B Preferred shares)    45,136,675    45,136,675    See attached capitalization table.
DESTINATIONRX, INC.    1,000 shares of Common Stock    1,000    1,000    CONNECTURE, INC.

 


SCHEDULE 4.1(c)

Capitalization of Borrowers’ Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiary

  

Authorized Shares

  

Issued Shares

  

Outstanding Shares

  

Record owner of

shares

INSURIX, INC.    20,000 shares consisting of 10,000 shares of Non-Voting Common Stock and 10,000 shares of Voting Common stock.    2000    2000    CONNECTURE, INC.
RXHEALTH INSURANCE AGENCY, INC.    100 shares of common stock    1    1    DESTINATIONRX, INC.

 


Text marked [****] has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested for this omitted information.

SCHEDULE 4.1(d)

Subscriptions, Options, Warrants, Calls

1. Connecture, Inc. has granted the following options to purchase common stock:

 

Name

  

Role

  

Vesting

Commencement

Date

   Options    ISO / NSO

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

   [****]    [****]

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

   [****]    [****]

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

   [****]    [****]

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

   [****]    [****]

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

   [****]    [****]

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

   [****]    [****]

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

   [****]    [****]

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

   [****]    [****]

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

   [****]    [****]

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

   [****]    [****]

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

   [****]    [****]

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

   [****]    [****]

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

   [****]    [****]

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

   [****]    [****]

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

   [****]    [****]

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

   [****]    [****]
        

 

  

[****]

         [****]   
        

 

  

[****]

         [****]   
        

 

  

 

** Listed on Cap Table and Not Included in “Other Outstanding Options”

Total on Cap Table

 


2. Connecture, Inc. has issued the following warrants:

 

Holder

   Type of
Shares
   Number of
Shares
     Exercise Price  

Harbert Mezzanine Partners II SBIC, L.P.

   Series B      928,110       $ 0.001   

Harbert Mezzanine Partners II SBIC, L.P.

   Series A      1,172,736       $ 0.001   

Harbert Mezzanine Partners II SBIC, L.P.

   Common Stock      351,151       $ 0.001   

 


SCHEDULE 4.6

Litigation

 

1. On September 25, 2012, DestinationRX, Inc. received a “Cease and Desist Unauthorized Access/Use of Microsoft Software” letter from Adam Longacre, Finance manager of Microsoft Licensing, GP stating that it has come to Microsoft Corporation’s attention that DestinationRX, Inc. is providing its customers with access to and/or use of Microsoft software with the incorrect license to do so. The letter further states that Microsoft demands that DestinationRX, Inc. immediately cease and desist from providing unauthorized access to or use of Microsoft software, as well as all infringing activities. As of the date of the Credit Agreement DestinationRX, Inc. is in discussions regarding a possible resolution to this matter.

 


SCHEDULE 4.11

Environmental Matters

None.

 


SCHEDULE 4.14

Permitted Indebtedness

 

  1. Loan and Security Agreement by and among Connecture, Inc., Insurix, Inc. and Harbert Mezzanine Partners II SBIC, L.P., dated February 16, 2011.

 

  2. Subordinated Promissory Note, dated December 31, 2012, issued by Connecture, Inc. to Randall P. Herman, in the principal amount of $3,000,000.


Text marked [****] has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested for this omitted information.

SCHEDULE 4.22

Material Contracts

CONNECTURE, INC. 1

 

  1. Subcontract Agreement Between [****] and Connecture, Inc. for [****], dated April 1, 2012. Pursuant to this agreement, Connecture, Inc. provides certain professional services for and/or licenses to Connecture, Inc.’s software products.

 

  2. Software License Agreement Between Connecture, Inc. and [****], dated April 30, 2012. Pursuant to this agreement, Connecture, Inc. provides certain professional services for and/or licenses to Connecture, Inc.’s software products.

 

  3. Master Services and Software Agreement by and between Connecture, Inc. and [****], dated December 22, 2011. Pursuant to this agreement, Connecture, Inc. provides certain professional services for and/or licenses to Connecture, Inc.’s software products.

 

  4. Master Services and Software Agreement by and between Connecture, Inc. and [****], dated June 28, 2012. Pursuant to this agreement, Connecture, Inc. provides certain professional services for and/or licenses to Connecture, Inc.’s software products.

 

  5. Master Services Agreement by and between Connecture, Inc. and [****], as amended, dated January 20, 2003. Pursuant to this agreement, Connecture, Inc. provides certain professional services for and/or licenses to Connecture, Inc.’s software products.

 

  6. Master Services and Software Agreement by and between Connecture, Inc. and [****], as amended, dated December 15, 2011. Pursuant to this agreement, Connecture, Inc. provides certain professional services for and/or licenses to Connecture, Inc.’s software products.

 

  7. Master Services and Software Agreement by and between Connecture, Inc. and [****], dated November 20, 2009. Pursuant to this agreement, Connecture, Inc. provides certain professional services for and/or licenses to Connecture, Inc.’s software products.

 

  8. Application Service Provider Agreement Between Connecture Inc. and [****], as amended, dated January 1, 2010. Pursuant to this agreement, Connecture, Inc. provides certain professional services for and/or licenses to Connecture, Inc.’s software products.

 

 

1   Agreements listed without regard to threshold amount.


Text marked [****] has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested for this omitted information.

 

  9. [****] Master Agreement, as amended, dated November 20, 2003. Pursuant to this agreement, Connecture, Inc. provides certain professional services for and/or licenses to Connecture, Inc.’s software products.

 

  10. Master Services and Software Agreement by and between Connecture, Inc. and [****], dated January 30, 2012. Pursuant to this agreement, Connecture, Inc. provides certain professional services for and/or licenses to Connecture, Inc.’s software products.

 

  11. Master Services and Software Agreement by and between Connecture, Inc. and [****], dated March 29, 2012. Pursuant to this agreement, Connecture, Inc. provides certain professional services for and/or licenses to Connecture, Inc.’s software products.

 

  12. Lease, dated 3/31/11 by and between Pro-Park Group and Connecture, Inc. as amended by the Second Lease Amendment, dated 12/31/11. This agreement is a commercial office lease.

 

  13. Lease Agreement, by and between CORE Realty Holdings Management, Inc. fbo Brookfield Lakes Tenants in Common, and Connecture, Inc., dated 5/10/12. This agreement is a commercial office lease.

 

  14. Office Lease Agreement by and between 101 Marietta Street Associates and Connecture, Inc. dated 9/23/04, as assigned to Atlanta Centennial, LLC, as Landlord on 5/27/05, as amended on 10/7/2010, as assigned to CIP II/JOS Centennial Tower LLC as Landlord on 3/6/12. This agreement is a commercial office lease.

DESTINATIONRX, INC. 2

 

  1. Master [****] Agreement dated as of 5/1/2005 by and between [****] and DestinationRx (including all amendments, statements of work, purchase orders, exhibits, appendices and attachments thereto), with [****] cash received year to date as of 11/30/2012. Pursuant to this agreement, DestinationRx, Inc. provides certain data management, decision support products and services, professional services, hosting services, subscriptions and/or licenses of DestinationRx, Inc.’s software products and related data, documentation and information.

 

  2. Master Agreement effective as of 4/21/2008 by and between DestinationRx, Inc. and [****] (including all amendments, statements of work, purchase orders, exhibits, appendices and attachments thereto), with [****] cash received year to date as of 11/30/2012. Pursuant to this agreement, DestinationRx, Inc. provides certain data management, decision support products and services, professional services, hosting services, subscriptions and/or licenses of DestinationRx, Inc.’s software products and related data, documentation and information.

 

  3. [****] Access and License Agreement effective as of 12/13/2005 by and between DestinationRx, Inc. and [****] (including all amendments, statements of work, purchase orders, exhibits, appendices and attachments thereto), with [****] cash received year to date as of 11/30/2012. Pursuant to this agreement, DestinationRx, Inc. provides certain data management,

 

2   Agreements listed without regard to threshold amount.


Text marked [****] has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested for this omitted information.

 

       decision support products and services, professional services, hosting services, subscriptions and/or licenses of DestinationRx, Inc.’s software products and related data, documentation and information.

 

  4. Master Agreement effective as of 12/30/2011 by and between DestinationRx, Inc. and [****] (including all amendments, statements of work, purchase orders, exhibits, appendices and attachments thereto), with [****] cash received year to date as of 11/30/2012. Pursuant to this agreement, DestinationRx, Inc. provides certain data management, decision support products and services, professional services, hosting services, subscriptions and/or licenses of DestinationRx, Inc.’s software products and related data, documentation and information.

 

  5. License and Services Agreement dated 7/1/2010 by and between [****] and DestinationRx, Inc. (including all amendments, statements of work, purchase orders, exhibits, appendices and attachments thereto), with [****] cash received year to date as of 11/30/2012. Pursuant to this agreement, DestinationRx, Inc. provides certain data management, decision support products and services, professional services, hosting services, subscriptions and/or licenses of DestinationRx, Inc.’s software products and related data, documentation and information.

 

  6. Electronic Online Application Manager Schedule effective as of 8/24/2007 by and between DestinationRx, Inc. and [****] (including all amendments, statements of work, purchase orders, exhibits, appendices and attachments thereto), with [****] cash received year to date as of 11/30/2012. Pursuant to this agreement, DestinationRx, Inc. provides certain data management, decision support products and services, professional services, hosting services, subscriptions and/or licenses of DestinationRx, Inc.’s software products and related data, documentation and information.

 

  7. Application Services Provider Agreement dated 9/29/2006 by and between DestinationRx, Inc. and [****] (including all amendments, statements of work, purchase orders, exhibits, appendices and attachments thereto), with [****] cash received year to date as of 11/30/2012. Pursuant to this agreement, DestinationRx, Inc. provides certain data management, decision support products and services, professional services, hosting services, subscriptions and/or licenses of DestinationRx, Inc.’s software products and related data, documentation and information.

 

  8. Master Agreement effective as of 8/31/2009 by and between DestinationRx, Inc. and [****] (including all amendments, statements of work, purchase orders, exhibits, appendices and attachments thereto), with [****] cash received year to date as of 11/30/2012. Pursuant to this agreement, DestinationRx, Inc. provides certain data management, decision support products and services, professional services, hosting services, subscriptions and/or licenses of DestinationRx, Inc.’s software products and related data, documentation and information.

 

  9. Master Agreement effective as of 3/31/2012 by and between DestinationRx, Inc. and [****] (including all amendments, statements of work, purchase orders, exhibits, appendices and attachments thereto), with [****] cash received year to date as of 11/30/2012. Pursuant to this agreement, DestinationRx, Inc. provides certain data management, decision support products and services, professional services, hosting services, subscriptions and/or licenses of DestinationRx, Inc.’s software products and related data, documentation and information.

 


Text marked [****] has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested for this omitted information.

 

  10. Master Agreement effective as of 7/1/2010 by and between DestinationRx, Inc. and [****] (including all amendments, statements of work, purchase orders, exhibits, appendices and attachments thereto), with [****] cash received year to date as of 11/30/2012. Pursuant to this agreement, DestinationRx, Inc. provides certain data management, decision support products and services, professional services, hosting services, subscriptions and/or licenses of DestinationRx, Inc.’s software products and related data, documentation and information.

 

  11. Multi-Flex Insurance Policy effective 4/14/2012 by and between The Hartford and DestinationRx (including all amendments, statements of work, purchase orders, exhibits, appendices and attachments thereto), with $412,909.64 paid year to date as of 11/30/2012. This is an insurance policy.

 

  12. Master Agreement effective as of 6/15/2012 by and between DestinationRx, Inc. and [****] (including all amendments, statements of work, purchase orders, exhibits, appendices and attachments thereto), with [****] paid year to date as of 11/30/2012. This is a supplier agreement.

 

  13. Master Services Agreement effective as of 8/29/2001 by and between DestinationRx, Inc. and [****] (including all amendments, statements of work, purchase orders, exhibits, appendices and attachments thereto). This is a 3rd party co-location agreement.

 

  14. Office Lease Agreement effective as of 11/1/2011 by and between DestinationRx, Inc. and 600 Wilshire Property, LLC (including all amendments, statements of work, purchase orders, exhibits, appendices and attachments thereto). This agreement is a commercial office lease.

 

  15. Standard Office Lease for Suite 700 at East Lake Street, Chicago, IL effective as of November 29, 2003 by and between the Company and East Lake Street Associates, LLC (including all amendments, statements of work, purchase orders, exhibits, appendices and attachments thereto). This agreement is a commercial office lease.

 

  16. Agreement of Lease dated February 29, 2007, and the First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated December 20, 2010, both by and between the Company and Lakefront North Investors Limited Partnership. This agreement is a commercial office lease.

INSURIX, INC.

None.

RXHEALTH AGENCY, INC.

None.

 


Schedule 5.1

Deliver to Agent (and if so requested by Agent, with copies for each Lender) each of the financial statements, reports, or other items set forth below at the following times in form satisfactory to Agent:

 

as soon as available, but in any event within 30 days
(45 days in the case of a month that is the end of the Administrative Borrower’s fiscal quarters) after the end of each month, beginning December 2012, during the Administrative Borrower’s fiscal years,
 

(a) an unaudited consolidated and consolidating balance sheet, income statement, statement of cash flow, and statement of shareholder’s equity (prepared on an as billed basis and GAAP basis) covering the Administrative Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ operations during such period and compared to the prior period and plan, together with a corresponding discussion and analysis of results from management, and

 

(b) a Compliance Certificate along with the underlying calculations, including the calculations to arrive at EBITDA l to the extent applicable.

as soon as available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of the Administrative Borrower’s fiscal years; provided that , delivery for the 2012 fiscal year may be made within 150 days,  

(c) consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Administrative Borrower and its Subsidiaries for each such fiscal year, audited by independent certified public accountants reasonably acceptable to Agent and certified, without any qualifications (including any (A) “going concern” or like qualification or exception, (B) qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit, or (C) qualification which relates to the treatment or classification of any item and which, as a condition to the removal of such qualification, would require an adjustment to such item, the effect of which would be to cause any noncompliance with the provisions of Section 7 of the Agreement), by such accountants to have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (such audited financial statements to include a balance sheet, income statement, statement of cash flow, and statement of shareholder’s equity, and, if prepared, such accountants’ letter to management),

 

(d) a Compliance Certificate along with the underlying calculations, including the calculations to arrive at EBITDA to the extent applicable, and

 

(e) a detailed calculation of Excess Cash Flow.

as soon as available, but in any event within 30 days prior   (f) copies of the Administrative Borrower’s Projections, in form and substance (including as to scope and underlying assumptions) satisfactory to Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, for the forthcoming
3 years, year by year, and for the

 

1   Wells Fargo would like a calculation from the Borrower to arrive at the EBITDA figure conforming to the definition as set forth in Schedule 1.1 .


to the start of the Administrative Borrower’s fiscal years,    forthcoming fiscal year, month by month fiscal quarter by fiscal quarter, certified by the chief financial officer of the Administrative Borrower as being such officer’s good faith estimate of the financial performance of the Administrative Borrower during the period covered thereby.
if and when filed by a Borrower,   

(g) Form 10-Q quarterly reports, Form 10-K annual reports, and Form 8-K current reports,

 

(h) any other filings made by such Borrower with the SEC, and

 

(i) any other information that is provided by such Borrower to its shareholders generally.

promptly, but in any event within 5 days after a Borrower has knowledge of any event or condition that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default,    (j) notice of such event or condition and a statement of the curative action that such Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto.
promptly after the commencement thereof, but in any event within 5 days after the service of process with respect thereto on a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries,    (k) notice of all actions, suits, or proceedings brought by or against such Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries before any Governmental Authority which reasonably could be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
upon the request of Agent,    (1) any other information reasonably requested relating to the financial condition of either Borrower or its respective Subsidiaries.


Schedule 5.2

Provide Agent (and if so requested by Agent, with copies for each Lender) with each of the documents set forth below at the following times in form satisfactory to Agent:

 

Weekly (for the first

6 months after the Closing Date)

  (a) an updated 13-week cash flow forecast, consistent with what was previously provided to Agent.
Monthly (not later than the 15 th day of each month)   (b) a detailed report regarding the Borrowers’ and their Subsidiaries’ cash and Cash Equivalents, including an indication of which accounts constitute Qualified Cash, and
Quarterly (no later than the last day of the month of each fiscal Quarter)  

(a) a sales pipeline report by prospect including the probability of close for each prospect (and grouped by probability),

 

(b) a backlog report detailing all contracts which have been executed but not yet performed, and segmented by estimated period of recognition,

 

(c) a bookings report for the following (i) prior month by revenue type, and (ii) trailing twelve months by revenue type,

 

(d) a detailed list of Borrower’s customers including contract expiration dates and annualized recurring revenue contribution,

 

(e) attrition data for the prior fiscal quarter consistent with what was previously provided,

 

(f) a report regarding each Borrower’s and their respective Subsidiaries’ accrued, but unpaid taxes, including but not limited to a detailed report regarding deemed dividend tax liability, if applicable, and

 

(g) a summary report showing (i) all deferred revenues as set forth in each Borrower’s and their respective Subsidiaries’ balance sheet for the prior month, (ii) the portion of such deferred revenues that will be earned during the next four fiscal quarters, and (iii) the portion of such deferred revenues that will be earned on or after the date one year following the date of such balance sheet,

Annually (no later than the last day of each fiscal year)   (a) a Perfection Certificate or a supplement to the Perfection Certificate,
Upon request by Agent   Such other reports, including but not limited to a summary aging of the Borrower’s Accounts, and a summary aging, by vendor, of Borrower’s accounts payable, and any book overdrafts, and as to the Collateral or the financial condition of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, as Agent may reasonably request.

 

1


SCHEDULE 6.5

Nature of Business

The business of developing, providing and supporting a) prescription drug comparison and Medicare and/or Senior Market (defined as age 65 and over) health plan comparison technology solutions and enrollment services, and non-Medicare health plan comparison and enrollment services, b) web-based prescription drug comparison and Medicare health plan comparison and enrollment services, c) exchanges for Medicare Part D, Medicare Advantage, and Medicare Supplemental, d) web-based health insurance marketplace, service and administration technology and e) web-based solutions for automating benefit insurance lines of businesses.

Exhibit 10.3.2

EXECUTION COPY

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

This AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is made as of March 18, 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and among CONNECTURE, INC. (the “ Connecture ”), DestinationRX, Inc. (“ DestinationRX ” and together with Connecture, the “ Borrowers ”), the Lenders (as defined below) party hereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”). Capitalized terms used in this Amendment (including the Recitals), to the extent not otherwise defined herein, shall have the same meaning as in the Credit Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Borrowers are party to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of January 15, 2013 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among the Borrowers, the Agent and the lenders party thereto from time to time (the “ Lenders ”), pursuant to which the Lenders have made certain loans and financial accommodations available to the Borrowers;

WHEREAS, the Borrowers wish to enter into that certain Second Lien Term Loan Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, with THL Corporate Finance, Inc. (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Second Lien Credit Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested that the Agent and the Lenders consent to the Second Lien Credit Agreement, and the Agent and the Lenders have agreed to do so solely in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises set forth above, the terms and conditions contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Amendment to Credit Agreement . Effective as of the Effective Date, the Credit Agreement shall be amended as follows:

 

  (a). Schedule 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following definitions in proper alphabetical order:

 

  (i). Crysalis Ventures ” means Crysalis Ventures II, L.P.

 

  (ii). Second Lien Agent ” means THL Corporate Finance, Inc. in its capacity as administrative agent under the Second Lien Credit Agreement, together with its permitted successors and assigns, in accordance with the terms of the Second Lien Credit Agreement.


  (iii). Second Lien Credit Agreement ” means (i) that certain Second Lien Term Loan Agreement, dated as of March 18, 2013 among the Borrowers, the Second Lien Agent, and the Second Lien Lenders party thereto and (ii) each loan or credit agreement evidencing any initial or subsequent replacement, substitution, renewal or refinancing of the obligations under the such Second Lien Credit Agreement, in each case as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented, modified, replaced, substituted, renewed or refinanced from time to time as permitted under the terms of the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement and this Agreement.

 

  (iv). Second Lien Credit Documents ” has the meaning specified in the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

 

  (v). Second Lien Credit Facility ” means the term loan facility under the Second Lien Credit Agreement.

 

  (vi). Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement ” means that certain Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of March 18, 2013 between Agent and the Second Lien Agent, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof.

 

  (vii). Second Lien Lender ” means each lender party to the Second Lien Credit Agreement from time to time.

 

  (viii). Second Lien Obligations ” has the meaning specified in the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

 

  (ix). Sponsor Affiliated Entity ” means Sponsor or any of its Affiliates (other than Loan Parties or their Subsidiaries and other than operating portfolio companies of Sponsor and its Affiliates).

 

  (x). Ultimate Parent Company ” means any direct or indirect parent of Borrowers which owns, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Equity Interests of Borrowers.

 

  (b). Schedule 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

  (i). the definition of “ Change of Control ” shall be amended by deleting the definition in its entirety and replacing it with the following in lieu thereof:

‘“ Change of Control ’ means that:

(a) (i) Sponsor fails to own and control, directly or indirectly, 30% or more (ii) Permitted Holders fail to own and control, directly or indirectly, 50.1%, or more, or (iii) any other “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) owns more than Sponsor, of the Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower, either on an economic basis or on the basis of those entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote for the election of members of the Board of Directors of Administrative Borrower,

 

2


(b) any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than Permitted Holders, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of 30%, or more, of the Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower, either on an economic basis or on the basis of those entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote for the election of members of the Board of Directors of Administrative Borrower,

(c) a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of Administrative Borrower do not constitute Continuing Directors, or

(d) Administrative Borrower fails to own and control, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Equity Interests of each other Loan Party.”

 

  (ii). the definition of “ EBITDA ” shall be amended by deleting the word “and” at the end of subsection (c)(xii) thereof and adding the word “and” at the end of subsection (c)(xiii) and adding the following new subsection (c)(xiv):

“(xiv) up to $500,000 for fees, costs, charges and expenses, in respect of underpayment of Microsoft license fees to be expensed in cash by Borrower and their Subsidiaries within 6 months of the Closing Date,”

 

  (iii). the definition of “ Funded Indebtedness ” shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following in lieu thereof:

‘“ Funded Indebtedness ’ means, as of any date of determination, all Indebtedness for borrowed money or letters of credit of Borrowers, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, that by its terms matures more than one year after the date of determination, and any such Indebtedness maturing within one year from such date that is renewable or extendable at the option of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, to a date more than one year from such date, including, in any event, but without duplication, with respect to Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, the Revolver Usage, the Term Loan, the Second Lien Credit Facility and the amount of their Capitalized Lease Obligations.”

 

  (iv). the definition of “ Indemnified Taxes ” shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following in lieu thereof:

‘“ Indemnified Taxes ’ means, (a) any Taxes other than Excluded Taxes and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.”

 

  (v). the definition of “ Loan Documents ” shall be amended by deleting the phrase “Subordination Agreement” therein and replacing it with “Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement” in lieu thereof.

 

3


  (vi). the definition of “ Permitted Acquisition ” shall be amended by deleting subsection (k) thereof in its entirety and replacing it with the following in lieu thereof:

“(k) the purchase consideration payable in respect of all Permitted Acquisitions (including the proposed Acquisition and including deferred payment obligations (including, without limitations, earnouts and seller debt)) shall not exceed $15,000,000 in the aggregate; provided, that the purchase consideration payable in respect of any single Acquisition or series of related Acquisitions shall not exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate.”

 

  (vii). the definition of “ Permitted Indebtedness ” shall be amended by deleting subsection (t) thereof in its entirety and replacing it with the following in lieu thereof:

“(t) Second Lien Priority Debt (as defined in the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement);”

 

  (viii). the definition of “ Permitted Investments ” shall be amended by deleting subsections (n) and (o) thereof in their entirety and replacing them with the following in lieu thereof:

“(n) equity Investments by any Loan Party in any Subsidiary of such Loan Party which is required by law to maintain a minimum net capital requirement or as may be otherwise required by applicable law in an aggregate amount not to exceed $250,000,

(o) Investments held by a Person acquired in a Permitted Acquisition to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such Permitted Acquisition and were in existence on the date of such Permitted Acquisition (so long as such Investment would otherwise constitute a Permitted Investment), and”

 

  (ix). the definition of “ Permitted Liens ” shall be amended by deleting subsection (s) thereof in its entirety and replacing it with the following in lieu thereof:

“(s) Liens securing Second Lien Priority Debt pursuant to the terms of the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, and”

 

  (x). the definition of “ Sponsor ” shall be amended by deleting such definition in its entirety and replacing it with the following in lieu thereof:

“‘ Sponsor ’ means Great Point Partners or any other equity investment vehicle managed or formed by Great Point Partners to the extent controlled by way of ownership or general partner relationship, but excluding portfolio companies of any such vehicle.”

 

4


  (xi). the definition of “ Subordinated Indebtedness ” shall be amended by deleting such definition in its entirety and replacing it with the following in lieu thereof:

“‘ Subordinated Indebtedness ’ means any unsecured Indebtedness of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries incurred from time to time that is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms satisfactory to Agent and (a) that is only guaranteed by the Guarantors, (b) that is not subject to scheduled amortization, redemption, sinking fund or similar payment and does not have a final maturity, in each case, on or before the date that is six months after the Maturity Date, (c) that does not include any financial covenants or any covenant or agreement that is more restrictive or onerous on any Loan Party in any material respect than any comparable covenant in the Agreement and, with respect to any such Indebtedness in excess of $250,000 in the aggregate, is otherwise on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to Agent, (d) shall be limited to cross payment default and cross acceleration to designated “senior debt” (including the “Obligations”), and (e) the other terms and conditions of the subordination are acceptable to Agent.”

 

  (xii). the definitions of “ Harbert Capital Facility ”, “ Harbert Loan and Security Agreement ”, “ Subordination Agreement ” shall be deleted in their entirety.

 

  (c). Section 2.4 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by:

 

  (i). deleting the references to “ Section 2.4(f)(iii) ” and “ 2.4(f)(ii) ” in subsection (e) thereof, and replacing them with “ Section 2.4(f) ” in lieu thereof; and

 

  (ii). deleting subsection (e)(iv)(F) in its entirety and replacing it with the phrase “[intentionally omitted]” in lieu thereof.

 

  (d). The following shall be added at the end of Article V of the Credit Agreement as new Sections 5.16, 5.17 and 5.18 of the Credit Agreement:

“5.16 Second Lien Credit Documents . Borrowers will promptly provide Agent with (a) true and complete copies of any and all material documents and other material written information delivered by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of the Second Lien Credit Documents including, without limitation, copies of all notices relating to proposed amendments, consents, waivers and other modifications to any Second Lien Credit Document, and (b) details of any defaults or events of default under any Second Lien Credit Document, and (c) copies of all notices relating to defaults and events or default under any Second Lien Credit Document.

 

5


5.17 Second Lien Credit Agreement Enhancements . If the Second Lien Agent or any Second Lien Lender receives any additional collateral, guaranty or other credit enhancement of any type after the date hereof, the Borrowers shall cause the same to be granted to the Agent for its own benefit and the benefit of the Lenders (pursuant to the terms of the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement).

5.18 Exercise of Rights . Subject to the approval of such Loan Party’s governing body, enforce all of such Loan Party’s material rights with respect to the Acquisition Documents, including, without limitation, all material indemnification rights and pursue all material remedies available to the Loan Parties with diligence and in good faith in connection with the enforcement of such rights.”

 

  (e). Section 6.6 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by:

 

  (i) deleting subsection (a) thereof in its entirety and replacing it with the following in lieu thereof:

“(a) Except in connection with Refinancing Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.1 ;”

 

  (ii) deleting subsection (b)(i) thereof in its entirety and replacing it with the following lieu thereof:

“(i) any agreement, instrument, document, indenture, or other writing evidencing or concerning Permitted Indebtedness other than (A) the Obligations in accordance with this Agreement, (B) Permitted Intercompany Advances, (C) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (c) , (h) , (j)  and (k)  of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness, (D) the Second Lien Obligations in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Second Lien Credit Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, or”

 

  (f). Section 6.7 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting subsection (c) thereof in its entirety and replacing it with the following lieu thereof:

“(c) [Intentionally Omitted].”

 

  (g). Section 6.10 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting subsection (a) thereof in its entirety and replacing it with the following in lieu thereof:

“(a) transactions (other than the payment of management, consulting, monitoring, advisory or similar fees) between such Borrower or its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any Affiliate of such Borrower or its Subsidiaries, on the other hand, so long as such transactions (i) are fully disclosed to Agent prior to the consummation thereof, if they involve one or more payments by any Borrower or its Subsidiaries in excess of $250,000 for any single transaction or series of related transactions, and (ii) are no less favorable, taken as a whole, to such Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-Affiliate,”

 

6


  (h). The following shall be added as a new Section 6.15 to the Credit Agreement:

“6.15 Acquisition of Second Lien Obligations . The Loan Parties shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary or Affiliate to purchase, redeem, prepay, tender for or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of the outstanding Second Lien Obligations except upon the full repurchase or prepayment of the Loans in accordance with the other terms of this Agreement, or the refinancing, repurchase or repayment of the Second Lien Obligations in accordance with the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 6.15 is not intended and shall not prevent Borrowers from making (a) regularly scheduled payments of interest pursuant to the Second Lien Credit Agreement, or (b) mandatory prepayments of the Second Lien Obligations as set for in the Second Lien Credit Agreement as of March 18, 2013.”

 

  (i). Subsection 8.2(a)(i) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such subsection 8.2(a)(i) in its entirety and replacing it with the following in lieu thereof:

“(i) Sections 3.6, 5.1 , 5.2 , 5.3 (solely if any Borrower is not in good standing in its jurisdiction of organization), 5.6 , 5.7 (solely if any Borrower refuses to allow Agent or its representatives or agents to visit any Borrower’s properties, inspect its assets or books or records, examine and make copies of its books and records, or discuss Borrowers’ affairs, finances, and accounts with officers and employees of any Borrower), 5.10 , 5.11 , or 5.13- 5.18 of this Agreement,”

 

  (j). Section 8.3 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such Section 8.3 in its entirety and replacing it with the following in lieu thereof:

“8.3 Judgments . (a) If one or more judgments, orders, or awards for the payment of money involving an aggregate amount of $250,000, or more (except to the extent fully covered (other than to the extent of customary deductibles) by insurance pursuant to which the insurer has not denied coverage) is entered or filed against a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, or with respect to any of their respective assets, and either (i) there is a period of 45 consecutive days at any time after the entry of any such judgment, order, or award during which (1) the same is not discharged, satisfied, vacated, or bonded pending appeal, or (2) a stay of enforcement thereof is not in effect, or (ii) enforcement proceedings are commenced upon such judgment, order, or award; or (b) if a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is enjoined, restrained, or in any way prevented by court order from continuing to conduct all or any material part of the business affairs of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;”

 

7


  (k). The following shall be added as a new Section 8.13 to the Credit Agreement:

“8.13 Ultimate Parent Company . Any Ultimate Parent Company shall have any material liabilities (other than liabilities arising under this Agreement and the Second Lien Loan Documents), own any material assets (other than Equity Interests of Borrowers) or engage in any operations or business (other than ownership of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries).”

 

  (l). Section 9.3 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by

 

  (i). adding the following sentence at the end of subsection (a) thereof:

“On or before the earlier to occur of (i) the date on which the Compliance Certificate is required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 for any fiscal quarter and (ii) the date on which the Compliance Certificate is actually delivered for any fiscal quarter, the Sponsor shall issue to Agent and the Lenders a written binding commitment to make such investment of Curative Equity.”; and

 

  (ii). replacing the reference to “ Section 2.4(e)(vii) ” in subsection (b) with “ Section 2.4(e)(vi) ”.

 

  (m). The following shall be added as a new Section 14.4 to the Credit Agreement:

“14.4 Amendment to Second Lien Credit Documents . Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement, if any amendment of modification to the Second Lien Credit Documents amends or modifies any representation and warranty, covenant (including any financial covenant) or event of default contained in the Second Lien Credit Documents (or any related definitions), in each case, in a manner that is more restrictive than the applicable provisions permit as of the date thereof, or if any amendment or modification to the Second Lien Credit Agreement or other Second Lien Credit Document adds an additional representation and warranty, covenant or event of default therein, the Borrowers acknowledge and agree that this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, as the case may be, shall be automatically amended or modified to affect similar amendments or modifications with respect to this Agreement or such other Loan Documents (preserving any cushions that may exist with respect to financial covenants or any such applicable basket), without the need for any further action or consent by any Borrower or any other party. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Borrowers shall permit the Agent and Lenders to document each such similar amendment or modification to this Agreement or such other Loan Documents or insert a corresponding new representation and warranty, covenant or event of default in this Agreement or such other Loan Documents without any need for any further action or consent by the Borrowers.”

 

  (n). Section 17.9 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by deleting the word “and” immediately prior to subsection (a)(x) thereof and adding the following as new subsections (a)(xi) and (a)(xii) thereof immediately before the period at the end of subsection (a) thereof:

 

8


“, (xi) in connection with any public filing required under applicable law or regulation as determined in the reasonable discretion of Agent or any Lender and (xii) to their lenders or other providers of financing who agree to keep such information confidential in accordance with the terms hereof.”

 

  (o). The following shall be added as a new Section 14.4 to the Credit Agreement:

“17.15 Intercreditor Agreement . Each Lender hereunder (a) consents to the subordination of Liens provided for in the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, (b) agrees that it will be bound by, and will take no actions contrary to, the provisions of the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, (c) authorizes and instructs Agent to enter into the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement as Agent on behalf of such holder of Obligations and (d) acknowledges (or is deemed to acknowledge) that a copy of the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement was delivered, or made available, to such Lender. Each Lender hereby acknowledges that it has received and reviewed the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement.”

2. Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of this Amendment . 1 This Amendment shall not become effective until all of the following conditions precedent shall have been satisfied in the sole discretion of Agent or waived by Agent:

(a) Agent shall have received this Amendment fully executed in a sufficient number of counterparts for distribution to all parties.

(b) The Borrowers shall have delivered to Agent true and correct copies of all Second Lien Credit Documents as of the Effective Date.

(c) The Borrowers shall have paid all reasonable out-of-pocket fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Agent in connection with this Amendment, including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses of counsel to the Agent.

(d) The representations and warranties set forth herein and in the Loan Documents (other than any such representations or warranties that, by their terms, are specifically made as of a date other than the date hereof) must be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any portion of any representation and warranty that is already qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof).

(e) Agent shall have received all other documents and legal matters in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Amendment and such documents shall have been delivered or executed or recorded and shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.

3. Representations and Warranties . Each Borrower represents and warrants to Agent and the Lenders as follows:

 

 

1   Subject to further revision based on final review of Schedules 3.1 and 3.6

 

9


(a) Authority . Each Borrower has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment, and to perform its obligations hereunder and under the Loan Documents (as amended or modified hereby) to which it is a party. The execution, delivery and performance by each Borrower of this Amendment have been duly approved by all necessary corporate action, have received all necessary governmental approval, if any, and do not contravene any law or any contractual restriction binding on any Borrower. No other corporate proceedings are necessary to consummate such transactions.

(b) Enforceability . This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by each Borrower. This Amendment and each Loan Document (as amended or modified hereby) is the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Borrower, enforceable against each Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally, and is in full force and effect.

(c) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties contained in each Loan Document (other than any such representations or warranties that, by their terms, are specifically made as of a date other than the date hereof) are true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any portion of any representation and warranty that is already qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) on and as of the date hereof as though made on and as of the date hereof.

(d) No Default . No event has occurred and is continuing that constitutes a Default or Event of Default.

4. Choice of Law . The validity of this Amendment, the construction, interpretation, and enforcement hereof, and the rights of the parties hereto with respect to all matters arising hereunder or related hereto shall be determined under, governed by, and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

5. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties and separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.

6. Reference to and Effect on the Loan Documents .

(a) Upon and after the effectiveness of this Amendment, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, and each reference in the other Loan Documents to “the Credit Agreement”, “thereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as modified and amended hereby.

(b) Except as specifically set forth in this Amendment, the Credit Agreement and all other Loan Documents, are and shall continue to be in full force and effect and are hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed and shall constitute the legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of each Borrower to Agent and Lenders without defense, offset, claim or contribution.

 

10


(c) The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not, except as expressly provided herein, operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of Agent or any Lender under any of the Loan Documents, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of any of the Loan Documents.

7. Ratification . Each Borrower hereby restates, ratifies and reaffirms each and every term and condition set forth in the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, and the Loan Documents effective as of the date hereof.

8. Estoppel . To induce Agent and Lenders to enter into this Amendment and to induce Agent and Lenders to continue to make advances to Borrowers under the Credit Agreement, each Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that, after giving effect to this Amendment, as of the date hereof, there exists no Default or Event of Default and no right of offset, defense, counterclaim or objection in favor of any Borrower as against Agent or any Lender with respect to the Obligations.

9. Integration . This Amendment, together with the other Loan Documents, incorporates all negotiations of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and is the final expression and agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

10. S everability . In case any provision in this Amendment shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, such provision shall be severable from the remainder of this Amendment and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

11. Submission of Amendment . The submission of this Amendment to the parties or their agents or attorneys for review or signature does not constitute a commitment by Agent or any Lender to waive any of their respective rights and remedies under the Loan Documents, and this Amendment shall have no binding force or effect until all of the conditions to the effectiveness of this Amendment have been satisfied as set forth herein.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank; Signature Pages Follow.]

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWERS :
CONNECTURE, INC
By:  

/s/ James Purko

Name:   James Purko
Title:   CFO

 

DESTINATIONRX, INC
By:  

/s/ James Purko

Name:   James Purko
Title:   CFO

A MENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

S-1


WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Lender and as Agent
By:  

/s/ Sara Townsend

Name:   Sara Townsend
Title:   Vice President

AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

S-2

Exhibit 10.3.3

EXECUTION VERSION

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

This AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is made as of December 10, 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and among CONNECTURE, INC. (the “ Connecture ”), DestinationRX, Inc. (“ DestinationRX ” and together with Connecture, the “ Borrowers ”), the Lenders (as defined below) party hereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”). Capitalized terms used in this Amendment (including the Recitals), to the extent not otherwise defined herein, shall have the same meaning as in the Credit Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Borrowers are party to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of January 15, 2013 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among the Borrowers, the Agent and the lenders party thereto from time to time (the “ Lenders ”), pursuant to which the Lenders have made certain loans and financial accommodations available to the Borrowers;

WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested that the Agent make certain amendments to the Credit Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises set forth above, the terms and conditions contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Amendment to Credit Agreement . Effective as of the Effective Date, the Credit Agreement shall be amended as follows:

(a). Schedule 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following definition in the proper alphabetical order:

 

  i. Liquidity ” shall mean the sum of Availability and Qualified Cash.

(b). Schedule 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

  i. the definition of “ Applicable Margin ” shall be amended by (A) deleting the words “5.50 percentage points” from row ‘I’ of the table included therein and inserting in lieu thereof “5.25 percentage points”, (B) deleting the words “5.75 percentage points” from row “II” of the table included therein and inserting in lieu thereof “5.50 percentage points” and (C) deleting the words “6.00 percentage points” from row “III” of the table included therein and inserting in lieu thereof “5.75 percentage points.”

 

  ii. the definition of “ EBITDA ” shall be amended by (A) deleting the word “and” at the end of subsection (c)(xiii) thereof, deleting the period at the end of subsection (c)(xiv) and inserting in lieu thereof “, and” and adding the following new subsection (c)(xv):

“(xv) the difference between the balance of deferred revenue in connection with the Washington D.C. State Advantage perpetual license at the end of such period and the balance of deferred revenue in connection with the Washington D.C. State Advantage perpetual license at the beginning of such period (which difference may be negative),”


(B) by deleting “June 30, 2013” and inserting in lieu thereof “June 30, 2012”, (C) by deleting “September 30, 2013” and inserting in lieu thereof “September 30, 2012” and (D) by deleting the figure “$-1,374,215” and inserting in lieu thereof the figure “$-1,407,000.”

 

  ii. the definition of “ Excess Cash Flow ” shall be amended by deleting the word “and” from the end of subsection (c)(xi) thereof, deleting the period at the end of subsection (c)(xii) and inserting in lieu thereof “, and” and inserting a new subsection (c)(xiii) which states as follows:

“(xii) the difference between the balance of deferred revenue in connection with the Washington D.C. State Advantage perpetual license] at the end of such period and the balance of deferred revenue in connection with the Washington D.C. State Advantage perpetual license at the beginning of such period (which difference may be negative).”

 

  iii. the definition of “ LIBOR Rate ” shall be amended by deleting the words “1.25 percent per annum” and inserting in lieu thereof the words “.75 percent per annum”.

(c). Section 7 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

Section 7(a) shall be amended by deleting the definition in its entirety and replacing it with the following in lieu thereof:

(a) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. At all times after March 31, 2014, have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, measured on a quarter-end basis, of no less than 1.25:1.00.

 

2


  ii. The following new Section 7(c) shall be added to the Credit Agreement as follows:

(c) Liquidity. Maintain Liquidity at all times in an amount no less than the applicable amount set forth in the following table for the applicable period set forth opposite thereto:

 

Applicable Amount     Applicable Period
$ 2,000,000      For the month ended
ending September 30, 2013
$ 3,000,000      For the month ended
ending October 31, 2013
$ 3,000,000      For the month ended
ending November 30, 2013
$ 4,000,000      For the month ended
ending December 31, 2013
$ 4,000,000      For the month ended
ending January 31, 2014
$ 4,000,000      For the month ended
ending February 28, 2014
$ 4,000,000      For the month ended
ending March 31, 2014

2. Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of this Amendment . This Amendment shall not become effective until all of the following conditions precedent shall have been satisfied in the sole discretion of Agent or waived by Agent:

(a) Agent shall have received this Amendment fully executed in a sufficient number of counterparts for distribution to all parties.

(b) The Borrowers shall have paid all reasonable out-of-pocket fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Agent in connection with this Amendment, including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses of counsel to the Agent.

(c) The representations and warranties set forth herein and in the Loan Documents (other than any such representations or warranties that, by their terms, are specifically made as of a date other than the date hereof) must be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any portion of any representation and warranty that is already qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof).

(d) Agent shall have received all other documents and legal matters in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Amendment and such documents shall have been delivered or executed or recorded and shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.

 

3


3. Representations and Warranties . Each Borrower represents and warrants to Agent and the Lenders as follows:

(a) Authority . Each Borrower has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment, and to perform its obligations hereunder and under the Loan Documents (as amended or modified hereby) to which it is a party. The execution, delivery and performance by each Borrower of this Amendment have been duly approved by all necessary corporate action, have received all necessary governmental approval, if any, and do not contravene any law or any contractual restriction binding on any Borrower. No other corporate proceedings are necessary to consummate such transactions.

(b) Enforceability . This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by each Borrower. This Amendment and each Loan Document (as amended or modified hereby) is the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Borrower, enforceable against each Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally, and is in full force and effect.

(c) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties contained in each Loan Document (other than any such representations or warranties that, by their terms, are specifically made as of a date other than the date hereof) are true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any portion of any representation and warranty that is already qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) on and as of the date hereof as though made on and as of the date hereof.

(d) No Default . No event has occurred and is continuing that constitutes a Default or Event of Default.

4. Choice of Law . The validity of this Amendment, the construction, interpretation, and enforcement hereof, and the rights of the parties hereto with respect to all matters arising hereunder or related hereto shall be determined under, governed by, and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

5. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties and separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.

6. Reference to and Effect on the Loan Documents .

(a) Upon and after the effectiveness of this Amendment, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, and each reference in the other Loan Documents to “the Credit Agreement”, “thereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as modified and amended hereby.

(b) Except as specifically set forth in this Amendment, the Credit Agreement and all other Loan Documents, are and shall continue to be in full force and effect and are hereby

 

4


in all respects ratified and confirmed and shall constitute the legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of each Borrower to Agent and Lenders without defense, offset, claim or contribution.

(c) The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not, except as expressly provided herein, operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of Agent or any Lender under any of the Loan Documents, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of any of the Loan Documents.

7. Ratification . Each Borrower hereby restates, ratifies and reaffirms each and every term and condition set forth in the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, and the Loan Documents effective as of the date hereof.

8. Estoppel . To induce Agent and Lenders to enter into this Amendment and to induce Agent and Lenders to continue to make advances to Borrowers under the Credit Agreement, each Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that, after giving effect to this Amendment, as of the date hereof, there exists no Default or Event of Default and no right of offset, defense, counterclaim or objection in favor of any Borrower as against Agent or any Lender with respect to the Obligations.

9. Integration . This Amendment, together with the other Loan Documents, incorporates all negotiations of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and is the final expression and agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

10. Severability . In case any provision in this Amendment shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, such provision shall be severable from the remainder of this Amendment and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

11. Release; Covenant Not to Sue .

(a) Each of the Borrowers hereby absolutely and unconditionally releases and forever discharges Agent and the Lenders, and any and all participants, parent corporations, subsidiary corporations, affiliated corporations, insurers, indemnitors, successors and assigns thereof, together with all of the present and former directors, officers, agents and employees of any of the foregoing (each a “ Released Party ”), from any and all known claims, demands or causes of action of any kind, nature or description, whether arising in law or equity or upon contract or tort or under any state or federal law or otherwise, which such Borrower has had, now has or has made claim to have against any such person for or by reason of any act, omission, matter, cause or thing whatsoever arising from the beginning of time to and including the date of this Amendment, whether such claims, demands and causes of action are matured or unmatured; provided that, in each case, the foregoing release shall not apply to claims of fraud or willful misconduct. Each of the Borrowers understands, acknowledges and agrees that this release may be pleaded as a full and complete defense and may be used as a basis for an injunction against any action, suit or other proceeding which may be instituted, prosecuted or attempted in breach of the provisions of such release.

 

5


(b) Each of the Borrowers, on behalf of itself and its successors, assigns, and other legal representatives, hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably, covenants and agrees with and in favor of each Released Party above that it will not sue (at law, in equity, in any regulatory proceeding or otherwise) any Released Party on the basis of any claim released, remised and discharged by any Borrower pursuant to the above release. If any Borrower or any of its successors, assigns or other legal representations violates the foregoing covenant, each Borrower, for itself and its successors, assigns and legal representatives, agrees to pay, in addition to such other damages as any Released Party may sustain as a result of such violation, all attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by such Released Party as a result of such violation.

12. Submission of Amendment . The submission of this Amendment to the parties or their agents or attorneys for review or signature does not constitute a commitment by Agent or any Lender to waive any of their respective rights and remedies under the Loan Documents, and this Amendment shall have no binding force or effect until all of the conditions to the effectiveness of this Amendment have been satisfied as set forth herein.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank; Signature Pages Follow.]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWERS :
CONNECTURE, INC.
By:   /s/ James Purko
 

 

Name:  

James Purko

Title:  

CFO

DESTINATIONRX, INC.
By:   /s/ James Purko
 

 

Name:  

James Purko

Title:  

CFO

AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

S-1


WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Lender and as Agent
By:   /s/ Sara Townsend
 

 

Name:  

Sara Townsend

Title:  

Vice President

AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

S-2

Exhibit 10.3.4

EXECUTION VERSION

AMENDMENT NO. 3 AND WAIVER TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

This AMENDMENT NO. 3 AND WAIVER TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is made as of March 12, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and among CONNECTURE, INC. (the “ Connecture ”), DESTINATIONRX, Inc. (“ DestinationRX ” and together with Connecture, the “ Borrowers ”), the Lenders (as defined below) party hereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”). Capitalized terms used in this Amendment (including the Recitals), to the extent not otherwise defined herein, shall have the same meaning as in the Credit Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Borrowers are party to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of January 15, 2013 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among the Borrowers, the Agent and the lenders party thereto from time to time (the “ Lenders ”), pursuant to which the Lenders have made certain loans and financial accommodations available to the Borrowers;

WHEREAS, the Borrowers failed to comply with the covenants set forth in Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement for the three month period ending on December 31, 2013 (the “ Specified Noncompliance ”);

WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested that the Agent make certain amendments to the Credit Agreement and waive the Specified Noncompliance; and

WHEREAS, the Agent and the Lenders are willing to amend such terms and conditions of, and waive the Specified Noncompliance under, the Credit Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises set forth above, the terms and conditions contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Amendment to Credit Agreement . Effective as of the Effective Date, the Credit Agreement shall be amended as follows:

(a). Schedule 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

  i. the definition of “ Maximum Revolver Amount ” shall be amended by deleting “$5,000,000” and in lieu thereof inserting “$10,000,000.”

(b). Section 2.1(d) of the Credit Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and in lieu thereof inserting the words “[intentionally omitted]”.


(c). Section 7 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

  i. Section 7(a) shall be amended by deleting such subsection in its entirety and replacing it with the following in lieu thereof:

(a) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. From and after January 1, 2015, have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, measured on a quarter-end basis, of no less than 1.25:1.00.

 

  ii. Section 7(b) shall be amended by deleting such subsection in its entirety and replacing it with the following in lieu thereof:

(b) Total Leverage Ratio. From and after January 1, 2015, have a Total Leverage Ratio, measured on a quarter-end basis, of no greater than 2.25:1.00.

 

  iii. Section 7(c) shall be amended by deleting such subsection in its entirety and replacing it with the following in lieu thereof:

(c) Liquidity. From and after March 12, 2014, maintain Liquidity at all times in an amount no less $2,500,000.

 

  iv. The following new Section 7(d) shall be added to the Credit Agreement as follows:

(d) EBITDA . Achieve EBITDA, measured on a year-to-date basis, of at least the required amount set forth in the following table for the applicable period set forth opposite thereto:

 

EBITDA     For the period beginning on
January 1, 2014 and ending on:
($ 4,250,000   January 31, 2014
($ 6,750,000   February 28, 2014
($ 4,000,000   March 31, 2014
($ 3,300,000   April 30, 2014
($ 5,800,000   May 31, 2014
($ 3,200,000   June 30, 2014
($ 1,750,000   July 31, 2014
($ 1,550,000   August 31, 2014
$ 2,400,000      September 30, 2014
$ 1,950,000      October 31, 2014
$ 2,000,000      November 30, 2014
$ 6,900,000      December 31, 2014

 

2


2. Waiver .

(a) Pursuant to the request of the Borrowers and in reliance upon the representations and warranties of the Borrowers described herein, the Agent and the Lenders hereby waive the Specified Noncompliance and any Default or Event of Default that occurred (or would have otherwise occurred) as a direct result of the failure of the Loan Parties to comply with the covenants set forth in Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement during the three month period ending on December 31, 2013.

(b) The waiver in this Section 2 shall be effective only in this specific instance and for the specific purpose set forth herein and does not allow for any other or further departure from the terms and conditions of the Financing Agreement or any other Loan Document, which terms and conditions shall continue in full force and effect.

3. Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of this Amendment . This Amendment shall not become effective until all of the following conditions precedent shall have been satisfied in the sole discretion of Agent or waived by Agent:

(a) Agent shall have received this Amendment fully executed in a sufficient number of counterparts for distribution to all parties.

(b) Agent shall have received an amendment to the Intercreditor Agreement which shall provide for, among other things, an increase to the First Lien Cap (as such term is defined in the Intercreditor Agreement) on terms satisfactory to Agent.

(c) Agent shall have received an amendment to the Fee Letter on terms satisfactory to the Agent.

(d) The Borrowers shall have paid all reasonable out-of-pocket fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Agent in connection with this Amendment, including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses of counsel to the Agent.

(e) The representations and warranties set forth herein and in the Loan Documents (other than any such representations or warranties that, by their terms, are specifically made as of a date other than the date hereof) must be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any portion of any representation and warranty that is already qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof).

(f) Agent shall have received all other documents and legal matters in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Amendment and such documents shall have been delivered or executed or recorded and shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.

 

3


4. Representations and Warranties . Each Borrower represents and warrants to Agent and the Lenders as follows:

(a) Authority . Each Borrower has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment, and to perform its obligations hereunder and under the Loan Documents (as amended or modified hereby) to which it is a party. The execution, delivery and performance by each Borrower of this Amendment have been duly approved by all necessary corporate action, have received all necessary governmental approval, if any, and do not contravene any law or any contractual restriction binding on any Borrower. No other corporate proceedings are necessary to consummate such transactions.

(b) Enforceability . This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by each Borrower. This Amendment and each Loan Document (as amended or modified hereby) is the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Borrower, enforceable against each Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally, and is in full force and effect.

(c) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties contained in each Loan Document (other than any such representations or warranties that, by their terms, are specifically made as of a date other than the date hereof) are true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any portion of any representation and warranty that is already qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) on and as of the date hereof as though made on and as of the date hereof.

(d) No Default . After giving effect to this Amendment, no event has occurred and is continuing that constitutes a Default or Event of Default.

5. Choice of Law . The validity of this Amendment, the construction, interpretation, and enforcement hereof, and the rights of the parties hereto with respect to all matters arising hereunder or related hereto shall be determined under, governed by, and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

6. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties and separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.

 

4


7. Reference to and Effect on the Loan Documents .

(a) Upon and after the effectiveness of this Amendment, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, and each reference in the other Loan Documents to “the Credit Agreement”, “thereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as modified and amended hereby.

(b) Except as specifically set forth in this Amendment, the Credit Agreement and all other Loan Documents, are and shall continue to be in full force and effect and are hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed and shall constitute the legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of each Borrower to Agent and Lenders without defense, offset, claim or contribution.

(c) The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not, except as expressly provided herein, operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of Agent or any Lender under any of the Loan Documents, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of any of the Loan Documents.

8. Ratification . Each Borrower hereby restates, ratifies and reaffirms each and every term and condition set forth in the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, and the Loan Documents effective as of the date hereof.

9. Estoppel . To induce Agent and Lenders to enter into this Amendment and to induce Agent and Lenders to continue to make advances to Borrowers under the Credit Agreement, each Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that, after giving effect to this Amendment, as of the date hereof, there exists no Default or Event of Default and no right of offset, defense, counterclaim or objection in favor of any Borrower as against Agent or any Lender with respect to the Obligations.

10. Integration . This Amendment, together with the other Loan Documents, incorporates all negotiations of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and is the final expression and agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

11. Severability . In case any provision in this Amendment shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, such provision shall be severable from the remainder of this Amendment and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

12. Release; Covenant Not to Sue .

(a) Each of the Borrowers hereby absolutely and unconditionally releases and forever discharges Agent and the Lenders, and any and all participants, parent corporations, subsidiary corporations, affiliated corporations, insurers, indemnitors, successors and assigns thereof, together with all of the present and former directors, officers, agents and employees of any of the foregoing (each a “ Released Party ”), from any and all known claims, demands or causes of action of any kind, nature or description, whether arising in law or equity or upon contract or tort or under any state or federal law or otherwise, which such Borrower has had, now has or has made claim to have against any such person for or by reason of any act, omission, matter, cause or thing whatsoever arising from the beginning of time to and including the date of

 

5


this Amendment, whether such claims, demands and causes of action are matured or unmatured; provided that, in each case, the foregoing release shall not apply to claims of fraud or willful misconduct. Each of the Borrowers understands, acknowledges and agrees that this release may be pleaded as a full and complete defense and may be used as a basis for an injunction against any action, suit or other proceeding which may be instituted, prosecuted or attempted in breach of the provisions of such release.

(b) Each of the Borrowers, on behalf of itself and its successors, assigns, and other legal representatives, hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably, covenants and agrees with and in favor of each Released Party above that it will not sue (at law, in equity, in any regulatory proceeding or otherwise) any Released Party on the basis of any claim released, remised and discharged by any Borrower pursuant to the above release. If any Borrower or any of its successors, assigns or other legal representations violates the foregoing covenant, each Borrower, for itself and its successors, assigns and legal representatives, agrees to pay, in addition to such other damages as any Released Party may sustain as a result of such violation, all attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by such Released Party as a result of such violation.

13. Submission of Amendment . The submission of this Amendment to the parties or their agents or attorneys for review or signature does not constitute a commitment by Agent or any Lender to waive any of their respective rights and remedies under the Loan Documents, and this Amendment shall have no binding force or effect until all of the conditions to the effectiveness of this Amendment have been satisfied as set forth herein.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank; Signature Pages Follow.]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWERS :
CONNECTURE, INC.
By:  

/s/ James Purko

Name:  

James Purko

Title:  

CFO

DESTINATIONRX, INC.
By:  

/s/ James Purko

Name:  

James Purko

Title:  

CFO

 

A MENDMENT N O . 3 AND W AIVER T O C REDIT A GREEMENT

S-1


WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Lender and as Agent
By:  

/s/ Sara Townsend

Name:  

Sara Townsend

Title:  

Vice President

 

AMENDMENT N O . 3 AND W AIVER TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

S-2

Exhibit 10.3.5

EXECUTION COPY

AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

This AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is made as of May 29, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and among CONNECTURE, INC. (the “ Connecture ”), DESTINATIONRX, Inc. (“ DestinationRX ” and together with Connecture, the “ Borrowers ”), the Lenders (as defined below) party hereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”). Capitalized terms used in this Amendment (including the Recitals), to the extent not otherwise defined herein, shall have the same meaning as in the Credit Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Borrowers are party to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of January 15, 2013 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among the Borrowers, the Agent and the lenders party thereto from time to time (the “ Lenders ”), pursuant to which the Lenders have made certain loans and financial accommodations available to the Borrowers;

WHEREAS, the Borrowers failed to comply with the covenants set forth in Sections 7(c) and 7(d) of the Credit Agreement for the month ending March 31, 2014 (the “ Specified Defaults ”);

WHEREAS, the Sponsor and Chrysalis Ventures wish to jointly make a bridge loan to Connecture in an aggregate principal amount equal to $1,250,000 on or about the date hereof for working capital purposes (the “ June Bridge Loan ”);

WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested that the Agent and the Lenders make certain amendments to the Credit Agreement to permit the June Bridge Loan; and

WHEREAS, the Agent and the Lenders are willing to amend such terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement on the terms and conditions expressly set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises set forth above, the terms and conditions contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Amendment to Credit Agreement . Effective as of the Effective Date, the Credit Agreement shall be amended as follows:

(a). Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following definitions in the proper alphabetical order:

 

  (i). Bridge Loan ” means the unsecured, subordinated term loan under the Bridge Loan Documents.

 

  (ii).

Bridge Loan Documents ” means that certain (a) note purchase agreement


  dated as of May 29, 2014 among the Sponsor and Chrysalis Ventures as the purchasers thereunder and Connecture, and (b) subordinated promissory notes, dated as of May 29, 2014 from Connecture and payable to each of the Sponsor and Chrysalis Ventures as holders thereof, in each case as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time solely in accordance with the express terms hereof.

 

  (iii). Bridge Loan Payment Conditions ” means, at any time of determination, that (a) no Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing or would result after giving effect to such payment, (b) the Borrowers shall have Liquidity in an amount of not less than $10,000,000 for each of the thirty (30) consecutive days immediately prior to the date of any such payment, (c) the Borrowers shall have Liquidity in an amount of not less than $6,000,000 on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such payment for each of the thirteen (13) weeks thereafter and based on an updated thirteen (13) week cash flow forecast delivered to Agent, such forecast to be in form, scope and substance satisfactory to Agent, and (d) prior to making any such payment Administrative Borrower shall have delivered to Agent a certificate duly executed by an officer of the Administrative Borrower certifying that (i) each of the conditions set forth herein above in clauses (a) through (c) have been satisfied and (ii) setting forth a reasonably detailed calculation of Liquidity.

 

  (b). Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

  (ii). the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” is hereby amended by deleting subsection (r) thereof in its entirety and replacing it with the following in lieu thereof:

“(r) the Bridge Loan in an aggregate outstanding principal amount not to exceed $1,250,000;”

 

  (c). Section 6.6 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting subsection (a) thereof in its entirety and replacing it with the following in lieu thereof:

“(a) Except in connection with Refinancing Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.1

(i) optionally prepay, redeem, defease, purchase, or otherwise acquire any Indebtedness of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries, other than (A) the Obligations in accordance with this Agreement, and (B) Permitted Intercompany Advances; or

(ii) make any payment on account of (x) Indebtedness that has been contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations if such payment is not permitted at such time under the subordination terms and conditions or (y) the Bridge Loan, unless the Bridge Loan Payment Conditions are satisfied in accordance with the terms hereof,”

 

2


2. Reservation of Rights .

(a) As a result of the occurrence of the Specified Defaults, from and after the date hereof, any and all extensions of credit made by the Lenders shall be done on a discretionary basis, and will be at the sole and absolute discretion of the Lenders. Any such extensions of credit shall constitute Obligations and, together with the acceptance by the Lenders of any payments (whether consisting of interest, principal or otherwise) from the Borrowers, will not constitute a waiver of any Specified Default or any other Default or Event of Default now existing or hereafter arising or otherwise prejudice in any manner the Agent’s or any Lender’s right to take any and all actions permitted to be taken by the Agent or any Lender under the Credit Agreement, under each other Loan Document or under applicable laws.

(b) The Agent and each Lender hereby continue to expressly reserve all of their rights and remedies under or in respect of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any other agreement among the Borrowers and the Agent and the Lenders, and under applicable laws in respect of the Specified Defaults, and any and all other Defaults and Events of Default under the Loan Documents. Failure or delay by the Agent or any Lender in exercising any right, power or privilege under or in respect of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any other agreement between or among the Borrowers and the Agent and the Lenders, or applicable laws shall not constitute a waiver thereof, and the single or partial exercise of any such right, power or privilege shall not preclude any later exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder or thereunder.

3. Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of this Amendment . This Amendment shall not become effective until all of the following conditions precedent shall have been satisfied in the sole discretion of Agent or waived by Agent:

(a) Agent shall have received this Amendment fully executed in a sufficient number of counterparts for distribution to all parties.

(b) The Borrowers shall have delivered to Agent true and correct copies of all of the Bridge Loan Documents as of the Effective Date, and each shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, including without limitation, the subordination terms included therein.

(c) Agent shall have received a fully executed amendment to the Second Lien Credit Agreement, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent and relating to the matters addressed in this Amendment.

(d) The Borrowers shall have paid all reasonable out-of-pocket fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Agent in connection with this Amendment, including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses of counsel to the Agent.

(e) The representations and warranties set forth herein and in the Loan Documents (other than any such representations or warranties that, by their terms, are specifically made as of a date other than the date hereof) must be true and correct in all material

 

3


respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any portion of any representation and warranty that is already qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof).

(f) Agent shall have received all other documents and legal matters in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Amendment and such documents shall have been delivered or executed or recorded and shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.

4. Representations and Warranties . Each Borrower represents and warrants to Agent and the Lenders as follows:

(a) Authority . Each Borrower has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment, and to perform its obligations hereunder and under the Loan Documents (as amended or modified hereby) to which it is a party. The execution, delivery and performance by each Borrower of this Amendment have been duly approved by all necessary corporate action, have received all necessary governmental approval, if any, and do not contravene any law or any contractual restriction binding on any Borrower. No other corporate proceedings are necessary to consummate such transactions.

(b) Enforceability . This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by each Borrower. This Amendment and each Loan Document (as amended or modified hereby) is the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Borrower, enforceable against each Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally, and is in full force and effect.

(c) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties contained in each Loan Document (other than any such representations or warranties that, by their terms, are specifically made as of a date other than the date hereof) are true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any portion of any representation and warranty that is already qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) on and as of the date hereof as though made on and as of the date hereof.

(d) No Default . After giving effect to this Amendment, no event has occurred and is continuing that constitutes a Default or Event of Default, other than the Specified Defaults.

5. Choice of Law . The validity of this Amendment, the construction, interpretation, and enforcement hereof, and the rights of the parties hereto with respect to all matters arising hereunder or related hereto shall be determined under, governed by, and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

6. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties and separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.

 

4


7. Reference to and Effect on the Loan Documents .

(a) Upon and after the effectiveness of this Amendment, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, and each reference in the other Loan Documents to “the Credit Agreement”, “thereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as modified and amended hereby.

(b) Except as specifically set forth in this Amendment, the Credit Agreement and all other Loan Documents, are and shall continue to be in full force and effect and are hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed and shall constitute the legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of each Borrower to Agent and Lenders without defense, offset, claim or contribution.

(c) The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not, except as expressly provided herein, operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of Agent or any Lender under any of the Loan Documents, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of any of the Loan Documents.

8. Ratification . Each Borrower hereby restates, ratifies and reaffirms each and every term and condition set forth in the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, and the Loan Documents effective as of the date hereof.

9. Estoppel . To induce Agent and Lenders to enter into this Amendment and to induce Agent and Lenders to continue to make advances to Borrowers under the Credit Agreement, each Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that, after giving effect to this Amendment, as of the date hereof, there exists no Default or Event of Default (other than the Specified Defaults) and no right of offset, defense, counterclaim or objection in favor of any Borrower as against Agent or any Lender with respect to the Obligations.

10. Integration . This Amendment, together with the other Loan Documents, incorporates all negotiations of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and is the final expression and agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

11. Severability . In case any provision in this Amendment shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, such provision shall be severable from the remainder of this Amendment and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

12. Release; Covenant Not to Sue .

(a) Each of the Borrowers hereby absolutely and unconditionally releases and forever discharges Agent and the Lenders, and any and all participants, parent corporations, subsidiary corporations, affiliated corporations, insurers, indemnitors, successors and assigns thereof, together with all of the present and former directors, officers, agents and employees of any of the foregoing (each a “ Released Party ”), from any and all known claims, demands or

 

5


causes of action of any kind, nature or description, whether arising in law or equity or upon contract or tort or under any state or federal law or otherwise, which such Borrower has had, now has or has made claim to have against any such person for or by reason of any act, omission, matter, cause or thing whatsoever arising from the beginning of time to and including the date of this Amendment, whether such claims, demands and causes of action are matured or unmatured; provided that, in each case, the foregoing release shall not apply to claims of fraud or willful misconduct. Each of the Borrowers understands, acknowledges and agrees that this release may be pleaded as a full and complete defense and may be used as a basis for an injunction against any action, suit or other proceeding which may be instituted, prosecuted or attempted in breach of the provisions of such release.

(b) Each of the Borrowers, on behalf of itself and its successors, assigns, and other legal representatives, hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably, covenants and agrees with and in favor of each Released Party above that it will not sue (at law, in equity, in any regulatory proceeding or otherwise) any Released Party on the basis of any claim released, remised and discharged by any Borrower pursuant to the above release. If any Borrower or any of its successors, assigns or other legal representations violates the foregoing covenant, each Borrower, for itself and its successors, assigns and legal representatives, agrees to pay, in addition to such other damages as any Released Party may sustain as a result of such violation, all attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by such Released Party as a result of such violation.

13. Submission of Amendment . The submission of this Amendment to the parties or their agents or attorneys for review or signature does not constitute a commitment by Agent or any Lender to waive any of their respective rights and remedies under the Loan Documents, and this Amendment shall have no binding force or effect until all of the conditions to the effectiveness of this Amendment have been satisfied as set forth herein.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank; Signature Pages Follow.]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWERS :
CONNECTURE, INC.
By:  

/s/ James Purko

Name:  

James Purko

Title:  

CFO

DESTINATIONRX, INC.
By:  

/s/ James Purko

Name:  

James Purko

Title:  

CFO

 

A MENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

S-1


WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Lender and as Agent
By:  

/s/ Sara Townsend

Name:  

Sara Townsend

Title:  

Vice President

 

AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

S-2

Exhibit 10.3.6

EXECUTION COPY

AMENDMENT NO. 5 AND WAIVER TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

This AMENDMENT NO. 5 AND WAIVER TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is made as of June 12, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and among CONNECTURE, INC. (the “ Connecture ”), DESTINATIONRX, Inc. (“ DestinationRX ” and together with Connecture, the “ Borrowers ”), the Lenders (as defined below) party hereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”). Capitalized terms used in this Amendment (including the Recitals), to the extent not otherwise defined herein, shall have the same meaning as in the Credit Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Borrowers are party to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of January 15, 2013 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among the Borrowers, the Agent and the lenders party thereto from time to time (the “ Lenders ”), pursuant to which the Lenders have made certain loans and financial accommodations available to the Borrowers;

WHEREAS, the Borrowers failed to comply with the covenants set forth in Section 7(c) of the Credit Agreement commencing on March 12, 2014 and ending on the Effective Date (as a result of the terms set forth herein ) and Section 7(d) of the Credit Agreement for the monthly periods ending March 31, 2014 and April 30, 2014 (collectively, the “ Specified Defaults ”);

WHEREAS, the Borrowers wish to enter into an amendment to the Second Lien Credit Agreement to, among other things, increase the amount of the Second Lien Debt incurred thereunder;

WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested that the Agent and the Lenders make certain amendments to the Credit Agreement and waive the Specified Defaults; and

WHEREAS, the Agent and the Lenders are willing to amend such terms and conditions of, and waive the Specified Defaults under, the Credit Agreement on the terms and conditions expressly set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises set forth above, the terms and conditions contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Amendments to Credit Agreement . Effective as of the Effective Date, the Credit Agreement shall be amended as follows:

(a). Schedule 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is amended by deleting the definition of “EBITDA” in its entirety and replacing it with the following in lieu thereof:

EBITDA ” means, with respect to any fiscal period:

(a) Borrowers’ consolidated net earnings (or loss),

minus


(b) without duplication, the sum of the following amounts of Borrowers for such period to the extent included in determining consolidated net earnings (or loss) for such period:

(i) any extraordinary, unusual, or non-recurring gains,

(ii) interest income,

(iii) any software development, labor, or commission/incentive costs to the extent capitalized during such period,

(iv) exchange, translation or performance gains relating to any hedging transactions or foreign currency fluctuations, and

(v) income arising by reason of the application of FAS 141R,

plus

(c) without duplication, the sum of the following amounts of Borrowers for such period to the extent included in determining consolidated net earnings (or loss) for such period:

(i) any extraordinary, unusual, or non-recurring non-cash losses,

(ii) Interest Expense,

(iii) tax expense based on income, profits or capital, including federal, foreign, state, franchise and similar taxes (and for the avoidance of doubt, specifically excluding any sales taxes or any other taxes held in trust for a Governmental Authority),

(iv) depreciation and amortization for such period,

(v) (A) with respect to the Merger, costs, reasonable fees to Persons (other than any Borrower, Sponsor or any of their Affiliates), charges, or expenses incurred in connection therewith prior to, on or within 180 days of the Closing Date; provided that the amounts necessary to pay all of such costs, fees, charges, or expenses are actually funded on the Closing Date as reflected in the sources and uses delivered to Agent that is acceptable to Agent; provided further that (i) the amounts necessary to pay all of such costs, fees, charges, or expenses are actually funded on the Closing Date or (ii) such amounts do not exceed $1,750,000 in the aggregate (including the one-time transaction fee payable to the Sponsor in accordance with Section 6.10(d) ) and are paid within 185 days of the Closing Date, (B) with respect to any Permitted Acquisition after the Closing Date, costs, fees, charges, or expenses consisting of out-of-pocket expenses owed by Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries to any Person for services performed by such Person in connection with such Permitted Acquisition incurred within 180 days of the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition, (i) up to an aggregate amount (for all such items in this clause (B)) for such Permitted Acquisition not to exceed the greater of (1) $1,500,000 and (2) 5.0% of the Purchase Price of such Permitted Acquisition and (ii) in any

 

2


amount to the extent such costs, fees, charges, or expenses in this clause (B) are paid with proceeds of new equity investments in exchange for Qualified Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower contemporaneously made by Permitted Holders,

(vi) (A) with respect to the Merger: (1) purchase accounting adjustments, including, without limitation, a dollar for dollar adjustment for that portion of revenue that would have been recorded in the relevant period had the balance of deferred revenue (unearned income) recorded on the closing balance sheet and before application of purchase accounting not been adjusted downward to fair value to be recorded on the opening balance sheet in accordance with GAAP purchase accounting rules; and (2) non-cash adjustments in accordance with GAAP purchase accounting rules under FASB Statement No. 141 and EITF Issue No. 01-3, in the event that such an adjustment is required by Borrowers’ independent auditors, in each case, as determined in accordance with GAAP; and (B) with respect to any Permitted Acquisitions after the Closing Date: (1) purchase accounting adjustments, including, without limitation, a dollar for dollar adjustment for that portion of revenue that would have been recorded in the relevant period had the balance of deferred revenue (unearned income) recorded on the closing balance sheet and before application of purchase accounting not been adjusted downward to fair value to be recorded on the opening balance sheet in accordance with GAAP purchase accounting rules; and (2) non-cash adjustments in accordance with GAAP purchase accounting rules under FASB Statement No. 141 and EITF Issue No. 01-3, in the event that such an adjustment is required by Borrowers’ independent auditors, in each case, as determined in accordance with GAAP,

(vii) fees, costs, charges and expenses, in respect of Earn-Outs incurred in connection with any Permitted Acquisition to the extent permitted to be incurred under the Agreement that are required by the application of FAS 141R to be and are expensed by Borrowers and their Subsidiaries,

(viii) non-cash compensation expense (including deferred non-cash compensation expense), or other non-cash expenses or charges, arising from the sale or issuance of Equity Interests, the granting of stock options, and the granting of stock appreciation rights and similar arrangements (including any repricing, amendment, modification, substitution, or change of any such Equity Interests, stock option, stock appreciation rights, or similar arrangements) minus the amount of any such expenses or charges when paid in cash to the extent not deducted in the computation of net earnings (or loss),

(ix) one time non-cash restructuring charges,

(x) non-cash exchange, translation, or performance losses relating to any hedging transactions or foreign currency fluctuations, and

(xi) non-cash losses on sales of fixed assets or write-downs of fixed or intangible assets,

in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP,

For the purposes of calculating EBITDA for any period of 4 consecutive fiscal quarters (each, a “ Reference Period ”), (a) if at any time during such Reference Period (and after

 

3


the Closing Date), any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall have made a Permitted Acquisition, EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including pro forma adjustments arising out of events which are directly attributable to such Permitted Acquisition, are factually supportable, and are expected to have a continuing impact, in each case to be mutually and reasonably agreed upon by Borrowers and Agent) or in such other manner acceptable to Agent as if any such Permitted Acquisition or adjustment occurred on the first day of such Reference Period, and (b) EBITDA for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2012, shall be deemed to be $-258,317 and (c) EBITDA for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2012, shall be deemed to be $-1,407,000.

(b). Schedule 1.1 of the Credit Agreement shall be amended by adding the following definitions in the proper alphabetical order:

 

  (i). “Covenant Trigger Date” has the meaning specified in Section 7(c).

 

  (ii). “Second Lien Debt” has the meaning specified in the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

 

  (iii). “Updated Projections” means Projections in form and scope as required pursuant to clause (f) of Schedule 5.1 to the Credit Agreement and acceptable to the Agent in its reasonable discretion, and that shall be delivered to the Agent by the Borrowers as soon as available, but no later than (a) in respect of Section 7(b), five (5) Business Days following the Covenant Trigger Date and (b) in respect of Section 7(d) within the time period required pursuant to clause (f) of Schedule 5.1.

(c). Schedule 1.1 to the Credit Agreement shall be amended by deleting the definition of “Second Lien Obligations” in its entirety.

(d). Each of Sections 6.6(b)(i)(D) and 6.15 shall be amended by deleting each reference to the term “Second Lien Obligations” therein in its entirety and replacing it with the term “Second Lien Debt” in lieu thereof.

(e). Section 7(a) shall be amended by deleting such subsection in its entirety and replacing it with the following in lieu thereof:

(a) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . From and after the Covenant Trigger Date, have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, measured on a quarter-end basis, of no less than 1.10:1.00.

(f). Section 7(b) shall be amended by deleting such subsection in its entirety and replacing it with the following in lieu thereof:

(b) Total Leverage Ratio . From and after the Covenant Trigger Date, have a Total Leverage Ratio, measured on a quarter-end basis for each applicable period, of no greater than that amount to be mutually and reasonably agreed between the Borrowers and the Agent (each acting in good faith), for each of the applicable periods thereafter, such agreement to occur within thirty (30) days following delivery by the Borrowers to the Agent of the Updated Projections.

 

4


(g). Section 7(c) shall be amended by deleting such subsection in its entirety and replacing it with the following in lieu thereof:

(c) Liquidity. From and after June 12, 2014, maintain Liquidity at all times in an amount of not less than $5,000,000; provided, however that solely in the event that (i) the Borrowers achieve a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, measured on a quarter-end basis, of no less than 1.25:1.00 for two consecutive quarters, as evidenced and demonstrated in a Compliance Certificate in form and substance acceptable to the Agent and (ii) the Agent and the Borrowers shall have agreed to the applicable Total Leverage Ratios as required pursuant to Section 7(b) (the date of satisfaction of each of the conditions set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) herein above, the “ Covenant Trigger Date ”), then Borrowers shall no longer be required to comply with the Liquidity covenant set forth in this Section 7(c).

(h). Section 7(d) shall be amended by deleting such subsection in its entirety and replacing it with the following in lieu thereof::

(d) EBITDA . Achieve EBITDA, measured on a year-to-date basis, of at least the required amount set forth in the following table for the applicable period set forth opposite thereto:

 

EBITDA     For the period beginning on
January 1, 2014 and ending
on:
($ 8,000,000   May 31, 2014
($ 8,500,000   June 30, 2014
($ 9,500,000   July 31, 2014
($ 8,750,000   August 31, 2014
($ 5,500,000   September 30, 2014
($ 3,500,000   October 31, 2014
($ 2,000,000   November 30, 2014
$ 3,500,000      December 31, 2014

; provided, however for the period beginning on January 1, 2015 and for each monthly period ending thereafter, the required amount of EBITDA required to be achieved on a year-to-date basis shall be such amount as shall be mutually and

 

5


reasonably agreed between the Borrowers and the Agent (each acting in good faith), within thirty (30) days following delivery by the Borrowers to the Agent of the Updated Projections. In the event that the Borrowers and the Agent are unable to agree to such EBITDA amounts for the applicable periods thereafter in accordance with the terms hereof, then it shall be an Event of Default under Section 8.2(a) of this Agreement.

2. Waiver .

(a) Pursuant to the request of the Borrowers and in reliance upon the representations and warranties of the Borrowers described herein, the Agent and the Lenders hereby waive the Specified Defaults and any Default or Event of Default that occurred (or would have otherwise occurred) as a direct result of the failure of the Loan Parties to comply with the covenants set forth in Sections 7(c) commencing on March 12, 2014 and ending on the Effective Date (as a result of the terms set forth herein ) and 7(d) of the Credit Agreement for the monthly periods ending March 31, 2014 and April 30, 2014.

(b) The waiver in this Section 2 shall be effective only in this specific instance and for the specific purpose set forth herein and does not allow for any other or further departure from the terms and conditions of the Financing Agreement or any other Loan Document, which terms and conditions shall continue in full force and effect.

3. Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of this Amendment . This Amendment shall not become effective until all of the following conditions precedent shall have been satisfied in the sole discretion of Agent or waived by Agent:

(a) Agent shall have received this Amendment fully executed in a sufficient number of counterparts for distribution to all parties.

(b) Agent shall have received a fully executed amendment to the Second Lien Credit Agreement, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent and relating to the matters addressed in this Amendment, as applicable.

(c) Agent and Second Lien Agent shall have executed an amendment to the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement and such amendment shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.

(d) Agent shall have received, on behalf of the Lenders party hereto, a fully earned, non-refundable fee equal to $155,000, which fee is due and payable in full on the Effective Date.

(e) The Borrowers shall have paid all reasonable out-of-pocket fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Agent in connection with this Amendment, including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses of counsel to the Agent.

(f) The representations and warranties set forth herein and in the Loan Documents (other than any such representations or warranties that, by their terms, are specifically made as of a date other than the date hereof) must be true and correct in all material

 

6


respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any portion of any representation and warranty that is already qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof).

(g) Agent shall have received all other documents and legal matters in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Amendment and such documents shall have been delivered or executed or recorded and shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.

4. Representations and Warranties . Each Borrower represents and warrants to Agent and the Lenders as follows:

(a) Authority . Each Borrower has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment, and to perform its obligations hereunder and under the Loan Documents (as amended or modified hereby) to which it is a party. The execution, delivery and performance by each Borrower of this Amendment have been duly approved by all necessary corporate action, have received all necessary governmental approval, if any, and do not contravene any law or any contractual restriction binding on any Borrower. No other corporate proceedings are necessary to consummate such transactions.

(b) Enforceability . This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by each Borrower. This Amendment and each Loan Document (as amended or modified hereby) is the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Borrower, enforceable against each Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally, and is in full force and effect.

(c) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties contained in each Loan Document (other than any such representations or warranties that, by their terms, are specifically made as of a date other than the date hereof) are true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any portion of any representation and warranty that is already qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) on and as of the date hereof as though made on and as of the date hereof.

(d) No Default . After giving effect to this Amendment, no event has occurred and is continuing that constitutes a Default or Event of Default.

5. Choice of Law . The validity of this Amendment, the construction, interpretation, and enforcement hereof, and the rights of the parties hereto with respect to all matters arising hereunder or related hereto shall be determined under, governed by, and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

6. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties and separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.

 

7


7. Reference to and Effect on the Loan Documents .

(a) Upon and after the effectiveness of this Amendment, each reference in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, and each reference in the other Loan Documents to “the Credit Agreement”, “thereof” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Credit Agreement as modified and amended hereby.

(b) Except as specifically set forth in this Amendment, the Credit Agreement and all other Loan Documents, are and shall continue to be in full force and effect and are hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed and shall constitute the legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of each Borrower to Agent and Lenders without defense, offset, claim or contribution.

(c) The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not, except as expressly provided herein, operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of Agent or any Lender under any of the Loan Documents, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of any of the Loan Documents.

8. Ratification . Each Borrower hereby restates, ratifies and reaffirms each and every term and condition set forth in the Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, and the Loan Documents effective as of the date hereof.

9. Estoppel . To induce Agent and Lenders to enter into this Amendment and to induce Agent and Lenders to continue to make advances to Borrowers under the Credit Agreement, each Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that, after giving effect to this Amendment, as of the date hereof, there exists no Default or Event of Default and no right of offset, defense, counterclaim or objection in favor of any Borrower as against Agent or any Lender with respect to the Obligations.

10. Integration . This Amendment, together with the other Loan Documents, incorporates all negotiations of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and is the final expression and agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

11. Severability . In case any provision in this Amendment shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, such provision shall be severable from the remainder of this Amendment and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

12. Release; Covenant Not to Sue .

(a) Each of the Borrowers hereby absolutely and unconditionally releases and forever discharges Agent and the Lenders, and any and all participants, parent corporations, subsidiary corporations, affiliated corporations, insurers, indemnitors, successors and assigns thereof, together with all of the present and former directors, officers, agents and employees of any of the foregoing (each a “ Released Party ”), from any and all known claims, demands or causes of action of any kind, nature or description, whether arising in law or equity or upon contract or tort or under any state or federal law or otherwise, which such Borrower has had, now

 

8


has or has made claim to have against any such person for or by reason of any act, omission, matter, cause or thing whatsoever arising from the beginning of time to and including the date of this Amendment, whether such claims, demands and causes of action are matured or unmatured; provided that, in each case, the foregoing release shall not apply to claims of fraud or willful misconduct. Each of the Borrowers understands, acknowledges and agrees that this release may be pleaded as a full and complete defense and may be used as a basis for an injunction against any action, suit or other proceeding which may be instituted, prosecuted or attempted in breach of the provisions of such release.

(b) Each of the Borrowers, on behalf of itself and its successors, assigns, and other legal representatives, hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably, covenants and agrees with and in favor of each Released Party above that it will not sue (at law, in equity, in any regulatory proceeding or otherwise) any Released Party on the basis of any claim released, remised and discharged by any Borrower pursuant to the above release. If any Borrower or any of its successors, assigns or other legal representations violates the foregoing covenant, each Borrower, for itself and its successors, assigns and legal representatives, agrees to pay, in addition to such other damages as any Released Party may sustain as a result of such violation, all attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by such Released Party as a result of such violation.

13. Submission of Amendment . The submission of this Amendment to the parties or their agents or attorneys for review or signature does not constitute a commitment by Agent or any Lender to waive any of their respective rights and remedies under the Loan Documents, and this Amendment shall have no binding force or effect until all of the conditions to the effectiveness of this Amendment have been satisfied as set forth herein.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank; Signature Pages Follow.]

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWERS :
CONNECTURE, INC.
By:  

/s/ James Purko

Name:  

James Purko

Title:  

CFO

DESTINATIONRX, INC.
By:  

/s/ James Purko

Name:  

James Purko

Title:  

CFO

 

A MENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

S-1


WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Lender and as Agent
By:  

/s/ Sara Townsend

Name:  

Sara Townsend

Title:  

Vice President

 

AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

S-2

Exhibit 10.3.7

EXECUTION VERSION

GUARANTY AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This GUARANTY AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of January 15, 2013, among the Persons listed on the signature pages hereof as “Grantors” and those additional entities that hereafter become parties hereto by executing the form of Joinder attached hereto as Annex 1 (each, a “ Grantor ” and collectively, the “ Grantors ”), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , a national banking association (“ Wells Fargo ”), in its capacity as agent for each member of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “ Agent ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS , pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement of even date herewith (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) by and among Connecture, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Connecture ”), DestinationRX, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ DRX ”; together with Connecture, are referred to hereinafter each individually as a “ Borrower ” and individually and collectively, jointly and severally, as the “ Borrowers ”), the lenders party thereto as “Lenders” (each of such Lenders, together with its successors and assigns, is referred to hereinafter as a “ Lender ”), Wells Fargo, as administrative agent for each member of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “ Agent ”), the Lender Group has agreed to make certain financial accommodations available to Borrower from time to time pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof; and

WHEREAS , Agent has agreed to act as agent for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement and this Agreement;

WHEREAS , in order to induce the Lender Group to enter into the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, to induce the Bank Product Providers to enter into the Bank Product Agreements, and to induce the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers to make financial accommodations to Borrower as provided for in the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the Bank Product Agreements, (a) each Grantor (other than Borrower) has agreed to guaranty the Guarantied Obligations, and (b) each Grantor has agreed to grant to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, a continuing security interest in and to the Collateral in order to secure the prompt and complete payment, observance and performance of, among other things, the Secured Obligations; and

WHEREAS , each Grantor (other than Borrower) is a Subsidiary of a Borrower and, as such, will benefit by virtue of the financial accommodations extended to the Borrowers by the Lender Group.


NOW, THEREFORE , for and in consideration of the recitals made above and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, sufficiency and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions; Construction .

(a) All initially capitalized terms used herein (including in the preamble and recitals hereof) without definition shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement (including Schedule 1.1 thereto). Any terms (whether capitalized or lower case) used in this Agreement that are defined in the Code shall be construed and defined as set forth in the Code unless otherwise defined herein or in the Credit Agreement; provided that to the extent that the Code is used to define any term used herein and if such term is defined differently in different Articles of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article 9 of the Code shall govern. In addition to those terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, as used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(i) “ Account ” means an account (as that term is defined in Article 9 of the Code).

(ii) “ Account Debtor ” means an account debtor (as that term is defined in the Code).

(iii) “ Activation Instruction ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 7(k) .

(iv) “ Agent ” has the meaning specified therefor in the preamble to this Agreement.

(v) “ Agent’s Lien ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.

(vi) “ Agreement ” has the meaning specified therefor in the preamble to this Agreement.

(vii) “ Bank Product Obligations ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.

(viii) “ Bank Product Provider ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.

(ix) “ Books ” means books and records (including each Grantor’s Records indicating, summarizing, or evidencing such Grantor’s assets (including the Collateral) or liabilities, each Grantor’s Records relating to such Grantor’s business operations or financial condition, and each Grantor’s goods or General Intangibles related to such information).

(x) “ Borrower ” has the meaning specified therefor in the recitals to this Agreement.

(xi) “ Cash Equivalents ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.

(xii) “ Chattel Paper ” means chattel paper (as that term is defined in the Code), and includes tangible chattel paper and electronic chattel paper.

(xiii) “ Code ” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect from time to time; provided , however , that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies with respect to Agent’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in a jurisdiction other

 

2


than the State of New York, the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies.

(xiv) “ Collateral ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 3 .

(xv) “ Collections ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.

(xvi) “ Commercial Tort Claims ” means commercial tort claims (as that term is defined in the Code), and includes those commercial tort claims listed on Schedule 1 .

(xvii) “ Control Agreement ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.

(xviii) “ Controlled Account ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 7(k) .

(xix) “ Controlled Account Agreements ” means those certain cash management agreements, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, each of which is executed and delivered by a Grantor, Agent, and one of the Controlled Account Banks.

(xx) “ Controlled Account Bank ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 7(k) .

(xxi) “ Copyrights ” means any and all rights in any works of authorship, including (A) copyrights and moral rights, (B) copyright registrations and recordings thereof and all applications in connection therewith including those listed on Schedule 2 , (C) income, license fees, royalties, damages, and payments now and hereafter due or payable under and with respect thereto, including payments under all licenses entered into in connection therewith and damages and payments for past, present, or future infringements thereof, (D) the right to sue for past, present, and future infringements thereof, and (E) all of each Grantor’s rights corresponding thereto throughout the world.

(xxii) “ Copyright Security Agreement ” means each Copyright Security Agreement executed and delivered by Grantors, or any of them, and Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit A .

(xxiii) “ Credit Agreement ” has the meaning specified therefor in the recitals to this Agreement.

(xxiv) “ Deposit Account ” means a deposit account (as that term is defined in the Code).

(xxv) “ Equipment ” means equipment (as that term is defined in the Code).

(xxvi) “ Equity Interests ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.

(xxvii) “ Event of Default ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.

 

3


(xxviii) “ Farm Products ” means farm products (as that term is defined in the Code)

(xxix) “ Fixtures ” means fixtures (as that term is defined in the Code).

(xxx) “ Foreclosed Grantor ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2(i)(iii) .

(xxxi) “ General Intangibles ” means general intangibles (as that term is defined in the Code), and includes payment intangibles, software, contract rights, rights to payment, rights under Hedge Agreements (including the right to receive payment on account of the termination (voluntarily or involuntarily) of such Hedge Agreements), rights arising under common law, statutes, or regulations, choses or things in action, goodwill, Intellectual Property, Intellectual Property Licenses, purchase orders, customer lists, monies due or recoverable from pension funds, route lists, rights to payment and other rights under any royalty or licensing agreements, including Intellectual Property Licenses, infringement claims, pension plan refunds, pension plan refund claims, insurance premium rebates, tax refunds, and tax refund claims, interests in a partnership or limited liability company which do not constitute a security under Article 8 of the Code, and any other personal property other than Commercial Tort Claims, money, Accounts, Chattel Paper, Deposit Accounts, goods, Investment Property, Negotiable Collateral, and oil, gas, or other minerals before extraction.

(xxxii) “ Grantor ” and “ Grantors ” have the respective meanings specified therefor in the preamble to this Agreement.

(xxxiii) “ Guarantied Obligations ” means all of the Obligations (including any Bank Product Obligations) now or hereafter existing, whether for principal, interest (including any interest that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in whole or in part as a claim in any such Insolvency Proceeding), fees (including the fees provided for in the Fee Letter), Lender Group Expenses (including any fees or expenses that accrue after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in whole or in part as a claim in any such Insolvency Proceeding), or otherwise, and any and all expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) incurred by Agent, any other member of the Lender Group, or any Bank Product Provider (or any of them) in enforcing any rights under the any of the Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Guarantied Obligations shall include all amounts that constitute part of the Guarantied Obligations and would be owed by Borrower to Agent, any other member of the Lender Group, or any Bank Product Provider but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable, including due to the existence of a bankruptcy, reorganization, other Insolvency Proceeding or similar proceeding involving Borrower or any guarantor.

(xxxiv) “ Guarantor ” means each Grantor other than Borrower.

(xxxv) “ Guaranty ” means the guaranty set forth in Section 2 hereof.

(xxxvi) “ Insolvency Proceeding ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.

(xxxvii) “ Intellectual Property ” means any and all Patents, Copyrights, Trademarks, trade secrets, know-how, inventions (whether or not patentable), algorithms, software programs (including source code and object code), processes, product designs, industrial designs, blueprints, drawings, data, customer lists, URLs and domain names, specifications, documentations, reports, catalogs, literature, and any other forms of technology or proprietary information of any kind, including all rights therein and all applications for registration or registrations thereof.

 

4


(xxxviii) “ Intellectual Property Licenses ” means, with respect to any Person (the “ Specified Party ”), (A) any licenses or other similar rights provided to the Specified Party in or with respect to Intellectual Property owned or controlled by any other Person, and (B) any licenses or other similar rights provided to any other Person in or with respect to Intellectual Property owned or controlled by the Specified Party, in each case, including (x) any software license agreements (other than license agreements for commercially available off-the-shelf software that is generally available to the public which have been licensed to a Grantor pursuant to end-user licenses), (y) the license agreements listed on Schedule 3 , and (z) the right to use any of the licenses or other similar rights described in this definition in connection with the enforcement of the Lender Group’s rights under the Loan Documents.

(xxxix) “ Inventory ” means inventory (as that term is defined in the Code).

(xl) “ Investment Property ” means (A) any and all investment property (as that term is defined in the Code), and (B) any and all of the following (regardless of whether classified as investment property under the Code): all Pledged Interests, Pledged Operating Agreements, and Pledged Partnership Agreements.

(xli) “ Joinder ” means each Joinder to this Agreement executed and delivered by Agent and each of the other parties listed on the signature pages thereto, in substantially the form of Annex 1 .

(xlii) “ Lender Group ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.

(xliii) “ Lender ” and “ Lenders ” have the respective meanings specified therefor in the recitals to this Agreement.

(xliv) “ Loan Document ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.

(xlv) “ Negotiable Collateral ” means letters of credit, letter-of-credit rights, instruments, promissory notes, drafts and documents (as each such term is defined in the Code).

(xlvi) “ Obligations ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.

(xlvii) “ Patents ” means patents and patent applications, including (A) the patents and patent applications listed on Schedule 4 , (B) all continuations, divisionals, continuations-in-part, re-examinations, reissues, and renewals thereof and improvements thereon, (C) all income, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due or payable under and with respect thereto, including payments under all licenses entered into in connection therewith and damages and payments for past, present, or future infringements thereof, (D) the right to sue for past, present, and future infringements thereof, and (E) all of each Grantor’s rights corresponding thereto throughout the world.

(xlviii) “ Patent Security Agreement ” means each Patent Security Agreement executed and delivered by Grantors, or any of them, and Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit B .

 

5


(xlix) “ Permitted Investments ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.

(l) “ Permitted Liens ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.

(li) “ Person ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.

(lii) “ Pledged Companies ” means each Person listed on Schedule 5 as a “Pledged Company”, together with each other Person, all or a portion of whose Equity Interests are acquired or otherwise owned by a Grantor after the Closing Date.

(liii) “ Pledged Interests ” means all of each Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to all of the Equity Interests now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, regardless of class or designation, including in each of the Pledged Companies, and all substitutions therefor and replacements thereof, all proceeds thereof and all rights relating thereto, also including any certificates representing the Equity Interests, the right to receive any certificates representing any of the Equity Interests, all warrants, options, share appreciation rights and other rights, contractual or otherwise, in respect thereof and the right to receive all dividends, distributions of income, profits, surplus, or other compensation by way of income or liquidating distributions, in cash or in kind, and all cash, instruments, and other property from time to time received, receivable, or otherwise distributed in respect of or in addition to, in substitution of, on account of, or in exchange for any or all of the foregoing, but excluding certain Equity Interests of CFCs in accordance with Section 3.

(liv) “ Pledged Interests Addendum ” means a Pledged Interests Addendum substantially in the form of Exhibit C .

(lv) “ Pledged Notes ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 6(l) .

(lvi) “ Pledged Operating Agreements ” means all of each Grantor’s rights, powers, and remedies under the limited liability company operating agreements of each of the Pledged Companies that are limited liability companies.

(lvii) “ Pledged Partnership Agreements ” means all of each Grantor’s rights, powers, and remedies under the partnership agreements of each of the Pledged Companies that are partnerships.

(lviii) “ Proceeds ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 3 .

(lix) “ PTO ” means the United States Patent and Trademark Office.

(lx) “ Real Property ” means any estates or interests in real property now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor or any Subsidiary of any Grantor and the improvements thereto.

(lxi) “ Record ” means information that is inscribed on a tangible medium or which is stored in an electronic or other medium and is retrievable in perceivable form.

(lxii) “ Rescission ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 7(k) .

 

6


(lxiii) “ Secured Obligations ” means the Obligations (as that term is defined in the Credit Agreement).

(lxiv) “ Securities Account ” means a securities account (as that term is defined in the Code).

(lxv) “ Security Interest ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 3 .

(lxvi) “ Supporting Obligations ” means supporting obligations (as such term is defined in the Code), and includes letters of credit and guaranties issued in support of Accounts, Chattel Paper, documents, General Intangibles, instruments or Investment Property.

(lxvii) “ Trademarks ” means any and all trademarks, trade names, registered trademarks, trademark applications, service marks, registered service marks and service mark applications, including (A) the trade names, registered trademarks, trademark applications, registered service marks and service mark applications listed on Schedule 6 , (B) all renewals thereof, (C) all income, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due or payable under and with respect thereto, including payments under all licenses entered into in connection therewith and damages and payments for past or future infringements or dilutions thereof, (D) the right to sue for past, present and future infringements and dilutions thereof, (E) the goodwill of each Grantor’s business symbolized by the foregoing or connected therewith, and (F) all of each Grantor’s rights corresponding thereto throughout the world.

(lxviii) “ Trademark Security Agreement ” means each Trademark Security Agreement executed and delivered by Grantors, or any of them, and Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit D .

(lxix) “ Triggering Event ” means, as of any date of determination, that an Event of Default has occurred as of such date.

(lxx) “ URL ” means “uniform resource locator,” an internet web address.

(b) Unless the context of this Agreement clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular, references to the singular include the plural, the terms “includes” and “including” are not limiting, and the term “or” has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.” The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and similar terms in this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Section, subsection, clause, schedule, and exhibit references herein are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. Any reference in this Agreement to any agreement, instrument, or document shall include all alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements, thereto and thereof, as applicable (subject to any restrictions on such alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements set forth herein or in the Credit Agreement). The words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties. Any reference herein to the satisfaction, repayment, or payment in full of the Secured Obligations or the Guarantied Obligations shall mean (i) the payment or repayment in full in immediately available funds of (A) the principal amount of, and interest accrued with respect to, all outstanding Loans, together with the payment of any premium applicable to the repayment of the Loans, (B) all Lender Group Expenses that have accrued regardless of whether demand has been made therefor, (C) all fees or charges that have accrued hereunder or under any other Loan Document (including the Letter of Credit Fee and the Unused Line Fee), (ii) in the case of contingent reimbursement obligations

 

7


with respect to Letters of Credit, providing Letter of Credit Collateralization, (iii) in the case of obligations with respect to Bank Products (other than Hedge Obligations), providing Bank Product Collateralization, (iv) the receipt by Agent of cash collateral in order to secure any other contingent Secured Obligations or Guarantied Obligations for which a claim or demand for payment has been made at such time or in respect of matters or circumstances known to Agent or a Lender at the time that are reasonably expected to result in any loss, cost, damage or expense (including attorneys fees and legal expenses), such cash collateral to be in such amount as Agent reasonably determines is appropriate to secure such contingent Secured Obligations or Guarantied Obligations, (v) the payment or repayment in full in immediately available funds of all other Secured Obligations or Guarantied Obligations (as the case may be) (including the payment of any termination amount then applicable (or which would or could become applicable as a result of the repayment of the other Obligations) under Hedge Agreements provided by Hedge Providers) other than (A) unasserted contingent indemnification obligations, (B) any Bank Product Obligations (other than Hedge Obligations) that, at such time, are allowed by the applicable Bank Product Provider to remain outstanding without being required to be repaid or cash collateralized, and (C) any Hedge Obligations that, at such time, are allowed by the applicable Hedge Provider to remain outstanding without being required to be repaid, and (vi) the termination of all of the Commitments of the Lenders. Any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns. Any requirement of a writing contained herein shall be satisfied by the transmission of a Record.

(c) All of the schedules and exhibits attached to this Agreement shall be deemed incorporated herein by reference.

2. Guaranty .

(a) In recognition of the direct and indirect benefits to be received by Guarantors from the proceeds of the Revolving Loans and the Term Loan, the issuance of the Letters of Credit and the entering into of the Bank Product Agreements and by virtue of the financial accommodations to be made to Borrower, each of the Guarantors, jointly and severally, hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety the full and prompt payment when due, whether upon maturity, acceleration, or otherwise, of all of the Guarantied Obligations. If any or all of the Obligations becomes due and payable, each of the Guarantors, unconditionally and irrevocably, and without the need for demand, protest, or any other notice or formality, promises to pay such indebtedness to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, together with any and all expenses (including Lender Group Expenses) that may be incurred by Agent or any other member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider in demanding, enforcing, or collecting any of the Guarantied Obligations (including the enforcement of any collateral for such Obligations or any collateral for the obligations of the Guarantors under this Guaranty). If claim is ever made upon Agent or any other member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider for repayment or recovery of any amount or amounts received in payment of or on account of any or all of the Obligations and any of Agent or any other member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider repays all or part of said amount by reason of (i) any judgment, decree, or order of any court or administrative body having jurisdiction over such payee or any of its property, or (ii) any settlement or compromise of any such claim effected by such payee with any such claimant (including Borrower or any Guarantor), then and in each such event, each of the Guarantors agrees that any such judgment, decree, order, settlement, or compromise shall be binding upon the Guarantors, notwithstanding any revocation (or purported revocation) of this Guaranty or other instrument evidencing any liability of any Grantor, and the Guarantors shall be and remain liable to the aforesaid payees hereunder for the amount so repaid or recovered to the same extent as if such amount had never originally been received by any such payee.

(b) Additionally, each of the Guarantors unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the payment of any and all of the Obligations to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank

 

8


Product Providers, whether or not due or payable by any Loan Party upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 8.4 or 8.5 of the Credit Agreement, and irrevocably and unconditionally promises to pay such indebtedness to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, without the requirement of demand, protest, or any other notice or other formality, in lawful money of the United States.

(c) The liability of each of the Guarantors hereunder is primary, absolute, and unconditional, and is independent of any security for or other guaranty of the Obligations, whether executed by any other Guarantor or by any other Person, and the liability of each of the Guarantors hereunder shall not be affected or impaired by (i) any payment on, or in reduction of, any such other guaranty or undertaking, (ii) any dissolution, termination, or increase, decrease, or change in personnel by any Grantor, (iii) any payment made to Agent, any other member of the Lender Group, or any Bank Product Provider on account of the Obligations which Agent, such other member of the Lender Group, or such Bank Product Provider repays to any Grantor pursuant to court order in any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, moratorium or other debtor relief proceeding (or any settlement or compromise of any claim made in such a proceeding relating to such payment), and each of the Guarantors waives any right to the deferral or modification of its obligations hereunder by reason of any such proceeding, or (iv) any action or inaction by Agent, any other member of the Lender Group, or any Bank Product Provider, or (v) any invalidity, irregularity, avoidability, or unenforceability of all or any part of the Obligations or of any security therefor.

(d) This Guaranty includes all present and future Guarantied Obligations including any under transactions continuing, compromising, extending, increasing, modifying, releasing, or renewing the Guarantied Obligations, changing the interest rate, payment terms, or other terms and conditions thereof, or creating new or additional Guarantied Obligations after prior Guarantied Obligations have been satisfied in whole or in part. To the maximum extent permitted by law, each Guarantor hereby waives any right to revoke this Guaranty as to future Guarantied Obligations. If such a revocation is effective notwithstanding the foregoing waiver, each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that (i) no such revocation shall be effective until written notice thereof has been received by Agent, (ii) no such revocation shall apply to any Guarantied Obligations in existence on the date of receipt by Agent of such written notice (including any subsequent continuation, extension, or renewal thereof, or change in the interest rate, payment terms, or other terms and conditions thereof), (iii) no such revocation shall apply to any Guarantied Obligations made or created after such date to the extent made or created pursuant to a legally binding commitment of any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider in existence on the date of such revocation, (iv) no payment by any Guarantor, Borrower, or from any other source, prior to the date of Agent’s receipt of written notice of such revocation shall reduce the maximum obligation of such Guarantor hereunder, and (v) any payment by Borrower or from any source other than such Guarantor subsequent to the date of such revocation shall first be applied to that portion of the Guarantied Obligations as to which the revocation is effective and which are not, therefore, guarantied hereunder, and to the extent so applied shall not reduce the maximum obligation of such Guarantor hereunder. This Guaranty shall be binding upon each Guarantor, its successors and assigns and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Agent (for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers) and its successors, transferees, or assigns.

(e) The guaranty by each of the Guarantors hereunder is a guaranty of payment and not of collection. The obligations of each of the Guarantors hereunder are independent of the obligations of any other Guarantor or Grantor or any other Person and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against one or more of the Guarantors whether or not action is brought against any other Guarantor or Grantor or any other Person and whether or not any other Guarantor or Grantor or any other Person be joined in any such action or actions. Each of the Guarantors waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting its liability hereunder or the

 

9


enforcement hereof. Any payment by any Grantor or other circumstance which operates to toll any statute of limitations as to any Grantor shall operate to toll the statute of limitations as to each of the Guarantors.

(f) Each of the Guarantors authorizes Agent, the other members of the Lender Group, and the Bank Product Providers without notice or demand, and without affecting or impairing its liability hereunder, from time to time to:

(i) change the manner, place, or terms of payment of, or change or extend the time of payment of, renew, increase, accelerate, or alter: (A) any of the Obligations (including any increase or decrease in the principal amount thereof or the rate of interest or fees thereon); or (B) any security therefor or any liability incurred directly or indirectly in respect thereof, and this Guaranty shall apply to the Obligations as so changed, extended, renewed, or altered;

(ii) take and hold security for the payment of the Obligations and sell, exchange, release, impair, surrender, realize upon, collect, settle, or otherwise deal with in any manner and in any order any property at any time pledged or mortgaged to secure the Obligations or any of the Guarantied Obligations (including any of the obligations of all or any of the Guarantors under this Guaranty) incurred directly or indirectly in respect thereof or hereof, or any offset on account thereof;

(iii) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against any Grantor;

(iv) release or substitute any one or more endorsers, guarantors, any Grantor, or other obligors;

(v) settle or compromise any of the Obligations, any security therefor, or any liability (including any of those of any of the Guarantors under this Guaranty) incurred directly or indirectly in respect thereof or hereof, and may subordinate the payment of all or any part thereof to the payment of any liability (whether due or not) of any Grantor to its creditors;

(vi) apply any sums by whomever paid or however realized to any liability or liabilities of any Grantor to Agent, any other member of the Lender Group, or any Bank Product Provider regardless of what liability or liabilities of such Grantor remain unpaid;

(vii) consent to or waive any breach of, or any act, omission, or default under, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, any Bank Product Agreement, or any of the instruments or agreements referred to herein or therein, or otherwise amend, modify, or supplement this Agreement, any other Loan Document, any Bank Product Agreement, or any of such other instruments or agreements; or

(viii) take any other action that could, under otherwise applicable principles of law, give rise to a legal or equitable discharge of one or more of the Guarantors from all or part of its liabilities under this Guaranty.

(g) It is not necessary for Agent, any other member of the Lender Group, or any Bank Product Provider to inquire into the capacity or powers of any of the Guarantors or the officers, directors, partners or agents acting or purporting to act on their behalf, and any Obligations made or created in reliance upon the professed exercise of such powers shall be Guarantied hereunder.

(h) Each Guarantor jointly and severally guarantees that the Guarantied Obligations will be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, regardless of any law, regulation, or order now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the rights

 

10


of any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider with respect thereto. The obligations of each Guarantor under this Guaranty are independent of the Guarantied Obligations, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against each Guarantor to enforce such obligations, irrespective of whether any action is brought against any other Guarantor or whether any other Guarantor is joined in any such action or actions. The liability of each Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of, and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any defense it may now or hereafter have in any way relating to, any or all of the following:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Loan Document or any agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(ii) any change in the time, manner, or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Guarantied Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from any Loan Document, including any increase in the Guarantied Obligations resulting from the extension of additional credit;

(iii) any taking, exchange, release, or non-perfection of any Lien in and to any Collateral, or any taking, release, amendment, waiver of, or consent to departure from any other guaranty, for all or any of the Guarantied Obligations;

(iv) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense, or other right that any Guarantor may have at any time against any Person, including Agent, any other member of the Lender Group, or any Bank Product Provider;

(v) any defense, set-off, counterclaim, or claim, of any kind or nature, arising directly or indirectly from the present or future lack of perfection, sufficiency, validity, or enforceability of the Guarantied Obligations or any security therefor;

(vi) any right or defense arising by reason of any claim or defense based upon an election of remedies by any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider including any defense based upon an impairment or elimination of such Guarantor’s rights of subrogation, reimbursement, contribution, or indemnity of such Guarantor against any other Grantor or any guarantors or sureties;

(vii) any change, restructuring, or termination of the corporate, limited liability company, or partnership structure or existence of any Grantor; or

(viii) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Grantor or any other guarantor or surety.

(i) Waivers

(i) Each of the Guarantors waives any right (except as shall be required by applicable statute and cannot be waived) to require Agent, any other member of the Lender Group, or any Bank Product Provider to (i) proceed against any other Grantor or any other Person, (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security held from any other Grantor or any other Person, or (iii) protect, secure, perfect, or insure any security interest or Lien on any property subject thereto or exhaust any right to take any action against any other Grantor, any other Person, or any collateral, or (iv) pursue any other remedy in any member of the Lender Group’s or any Bank Product Provider’s power whatsoever. Each of the Guarantors waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of any Grantor or any other Person, other than payment of the Obligations to the extent of such payment, based on or arising out of the

 

11


disability of any Grantor or any other Person, or the validity, legality, or unenforceability of the Obligations or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of any Grantor other than payment of the Obligations to the extent of such payment. Agent may, at the election of the Required Lenders, foreclose upon any Collateral held by Agent by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales or other dispositions, whether or not every aspect of any such sale is commercially reasonable or otherwise fails to comply with applicable law or may exercise any other right or remedy Agent, any other member of the Lender Group, or any Bank Product Provider may have against any Grantor or any other Person, or any security, in each case, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any of the Guarantors hereunder except to the extent the Obligations have been paid.

(ii) Each of the Guarantors waives all presentments, demands for performance, protests and notices, including notices of nonperformance, notices of protest, notices of dishonor, notices of acceptance of this Guaranty, and notices of the existence, creation, or incurring of new or additional Obligations or other financial accommodations. Each of the Guarantors waives notice of any Default or Event of Default under any of the Loan Documents. Each of the Guarantors assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself informed of each Grantor’s financial condition and assets and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Obligations and the nature, scope, and extent of the risks which each of the Guarantors assumes and incurs hereunder, and agrees that neither Agent nor any of the other members of the Lender Group nor any Bank Product Provider shall have any duty to advise any of the Guarantors of information known to them regarding such circumstances or risks.

(iii) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor hereby waives: (A) any right to assert against any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider, any defense (legal or equitable), set-off, counterclaim, or claim which each Guarantor may now or at any time hereafter have against Borrower or any other party liable to any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider; (B) any defense, set-off, counterclaim, or claim, of any kind or nature, arising directly or indirectly from the present or future lack of perfection, sufficiency, validity, or enforceability of the Guarantied Obligations or any security therefor; (C) any right or defense arising by reason of any claim or defense based upon an election of remedies by any member of the Lender Group or any Bank Product Provider including any defense based upon an impairment or elimination of such Guarantor’s rights of subrogation, reimbursement, contribution, or indemnity of such Guarantor against Borrower or other guarantors or sureties; and (D) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting such Guarantor’s liability hereunder or the enforcement thereof, and any act which shall defer or delay the operation of any statute of limitations applicable to the Guarantied Obligations shall similarly operate to defer or delay the operation of such statute of limitations applicable to such Guarantor’s liability hereunder

(iv) No Guarantor will exercise any rights that it may now or hereafter acquire against any Grantor or any other guarantor that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of such Guarantor’s obligations under this Guaranty, including any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of Agent, any other member of the Lender Group, or any Bank Product Provider against any Grantor or any other guarantor or any Collateral, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute or common law, including the right to take or receive from any Grantor or any other guarantor, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security solely on account of such claim, remedy or right, unless and until all of the Guarantied Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty shall have been paid in full in cash and all of the Commitments have been terminated. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in violation of the immediately preceding sentence, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, and shall forthwith be paid to Agent to be credited and applied to the Guarantied Obligations and all other amounts payable under this

 

12


Guaranty, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement, or to be held as Collateral for any Guarantied Obligations or other amounts payable under this Guaranty thereafter arising. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Guaranty, no Guarantor may exercise any rights of subrogation, contribution, indemnity, reimbursement or other similar rights against, and may not proceed or seek recourse against or with respect to any property or asset of, any other Grantor (the “ Foreclosed Grantor ”), including after payment in full of the Obligations, if all or any portion of the Obligations have been satisfied in connection with an exercise of remedies in respect of the Equity Interests of such Foreclosed Grantor whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise.

(v) Each of the Guarantors represents, warrants, and agrees that each of the waivers set forth above is made with full knowledge of its significance and consequences and that if any of such waivers are determined to be contrary to any applicable law or public policy, such waivers shall be effective to the maximum extent permitted by law.

(vi) The provisions in this Section 2 which refer to certain sections of the California Civil Code are included in this Guaranty solely out of an abundance of caution and shall not be construed to mean that any of the above-referenced provisions of California law are in any way applicable to this Guaranty.

3. Grant of Security . Each Grantor hereby unconditionally grants, assigns, and pledges to Agent, for the benefit of each member of the Lender Group and each of the Bank Product Providers, to secure the Secured Obligations, a continuing security interest (hereinafter referred to as the “ Security Interest ”) in all of such Grantor’s right, title, and interest in and to the following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising and wherever located (the “ Collateral ”):

(a) all of such Grantor’s Accounts;

(b) all of such Grantor’s Books;

(c) all of such Grantor’s Chattel Paper;

(d) all of such Grantor’s Commercial Tort Claims;

(e) all of such Grantor’s Deposit Accounts;

(f) all of such Grantor’s Equipment;

(g) all of such Grantor’s Farm Products;

(h) all of such Grantor’s Fixtures;

(i) all of such Grantor’s General Intangibles;

(j) all of such Grantor’s Inventory;

(k) all of such Grantor’s Investment Property;

(l) all of such Grantor’s Intellectual Property and Intellectual Property Licenses;

(m) all of such Grantor’s Negotiable Collateral (including all of such Grantor’s Pledged Notes);

 

13


(n) all of such Grantor’s Pledged Interests (including all of such Grantor’s Pledged Operating Agreements and Pledged Partnership Agreements);

(o) all of such Grantor’s Securities Accounts;

(p) all of such Grantor’s Supporting Obligations;

(q) all of such Grantor’s money, Cash Equivalents, or other assets of such Grantor that now or hereafter come into the possession, custody, or control of Agent (or its agent or designee) or any other member of the Lender Group; and

(r) all of the proceeds (as such term is defined in the Code) and products, whether tangible or intangible, of any of the foregoing, including proceeds of insurance or Commercial Tort Claims covering or relating to any or all of the foregoing, and any and all Accounts, Books, Chattel Paper, Deposit Accounts, Equipment, Fixtures, General Intangibles, Inventory, Investment Property, Intellectual Property, Negotiable Collateral, Pledged Interests, Securities Accounts, Supporting Obligations, money, or other tangible or intangible property resulting from the sale, lease, license, exchange, collection, or other disposition of any of the foregoing, the proceeds of any award in condemnation with respect to any of the foregoing, any rebates or refunds, whether for taxes or otherwise, and all proceeds of any such proceeds, or any portion thereof or interest therein, and the proceeds thereof, and all proceeds of any loss of, damage to, or destruction of the above, whether insured or not insured, and, to the extent not otherwise included, any indemnity, warranty, or guaranty payable by reason of loss or damage to, or otherwise with respect to any of the foregoing (the “ Proceeds ”). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Proceeds” includes whatever is receivable or received when Investment Property or proceeds are sold, exchanged, collected, or otherwise disposed of, whether such disposition is voluntary or involuntary, and includes proceeds of any indemnity or guaranty payable to any Grantor or Agent from time to time with respect to any of the Investment Property.

Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, the term “Collateral” shall not include: (i) voting Equity Interests of any CFC, solely to the extent that (y) such Equity Interests represent more than 65% of the outstanding voting Equity Interests of such CFC, and (z) pledging or hypothecating more than 65% of the total outstanding voting Equity Interests of such CFC would result in adverse tax consequences or the costs to the Grantors of providing such pledge are unreasonably excessive (as determined by Agent in consultation with Borrower) in relation to the benefits to Agent, the other members of the Lender Group, and the Bank Product Providers of the security afforded thereby (which pledge, if reasonably requested by Agent, shall be governed by the laws of the jurisdiction of such Subsidiary); or (ii) any rights or interest in any contract, lease, permit, license, or license agreement covering real or personal property of any Grantor if under the terms of such contract, lease, permit, license, or license agreement, or applicable law with respect thereto, the grant of a security interest or lien therein is prohibited as a matter of law or under the terms of such contract, lease, permit, license, or license agreement and such prohibition or restriction has not been waived or the consent of the other party to such contract, lease, permit, license, or license agreement has not been obtained (provided, that, (A) the foregoing exclusions of this clause (ii) shall in no way be construed (1) to apply to the extent that any described prohibition or restriction is ineffective under Section 9-406, 9-407, 9-408, or 9-409 of the Code or other applicable law, or (2) to apply to the extent that any consent or waiver has been obtained that would permit Agent’s security interest or lien to attach notwithstanding the prohibition or restriction on the pledge of such contract, lease, permit, license, or license agreement and (B) the foregoing exclusions of clauses (i) and (ii) shall in no way be construed to limit, impair, or otherwise affect any of Agent’s, any other member of the Lender Group’s or any Bank Product Provider’s continuing security interests in and liens upon any rights or interests of any Grantor in or to (1) monies due or to become due under or in connection with any described contract, lease, permit, license, license agreement, or Equity Interests

 

14


(including any Accounts or Equity Interests), or (2) any proceeds from the sale, license, lease, or other dispositions of any such contract, lease, permit, license, license agreement, or Equity Interests); or (iii) any United States intent-to-use trademark applications to the extent that, and solely during the period in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark applications under applicable federal law, provided that upon submission and acceptance by the PTO of an amendment to allege use pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Section 1060(a) (or any successor provision), such intent-to-use trademark application shall be considered Collateral.

4. Security for Secured Obligations . The Security Interest created hereby secures the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, whether now existing or arising hereafter. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement secures the payment of all amounts which constitute part of the Secured Obligations and would be owed by Grantors, or any of them, to Agent, the Lender Group, the Bank Product Providers or any of them, but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable (in whole or in part) as a claim in an Insolvency Proceeding involving any Grantor due to the existence of such Insolvency Proceeding.

5. Grantors Remain Liable . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, (a) each of the Grantors shall remain liable under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral, including the Pledged Operating Agreements and the Pledged Partnership Agreements, to perform all of the duties and obligations thereunder to the same extent as if this Agreement had not been executed, (b) the exercise by Agent or any other member of the Lender Group of any of the rights hereunder shall not release any Grantor from any of its duties or obligations under such contracts and agreements included in the Collateral, and (c) none of the members of the Lender Group shall have any obligation or liability under such contracts and agreements included in the Collateral by reason of this Agreement, nor shall any of the members of the Lender Group be obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of any Grantors thereunder or to take any action to collect or enforce any claim for payment assigned hereunder. Until an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Credit Agreement, or any other Loan Document, Grantors shall have the right to possession and enjoyment of the Collateral for the purpose of conducting the ordinary course of their respective businesses, subject to and upon the terms hereof and of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is the intention of the parties hereto that record and beneficial ownership of the Pledged Interests, including all voting, consensual, dividend, and distribution rights, shall remain in the applicable Grantor until (i) the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default and (ii) Agent has notified the applicable Grantor of Agent’s election to exercise such rights with respect to the Pledged Interests pursuant to Section 16 .

6. Representations and Warranties . In order to induce Agent to enter into this Agreement for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, each Grantor makes the following representations and warranties to the Lender Group which shall be true, correct, and complete, in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof), as of the Closing Date, and shall be true, correct, and complete, in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof), as of the date of the making of each Revolving Loan (or other extension of credit) made thereafter, as though made on and as of the date of such Revolving Loan (or other extension of credit) (except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) as of such earlier date) and such representations and warranties shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement:

(a) The name (within the meaning of Section 9-503 of the Code) and jurisdiction of organization of each Grantor and each of its Subsidiaries is set forth on Schedule 7 (as such Schedule may be updated from time to time to reflect changes resulting from transactions permitted under the Loan Documents).

 

15


(b) The chief executive office of each Grantor and each of its Subsidiaries is located at the address indicated on Schedule 7 (as such Schedule may be updated from time to time to reflect changes resulting from transactions permitted under the Loan Documents).

(c) Each Grantor’s and each of its Subsidiaries’ tax identification numbers and organizational identification numbers, if any, are identified on Schedule 7 (as such Schedule may be updated from time to time to reflect changes resulting from transactions permitted under the Loan Documents).

(d) As of the Closing Date, no Grantor and no Subsidiary of a Grantor holds any commercial tort claims that exceed $100,000 in amount, except as set forth on Schedule 1 .

(e) Set forth on Schedule 9 (as such Schedule may be updated from time to time subject to Section 7(k)(iii) with respect to Controlled Accounts and provided that Grantors comply with Section 7(c) hereof) is a listing of all of Grantors’ and their Subsidiaries’ Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts, including, with respect to each bank or securities intermediary (a) the name and address of such Person, and (b) the account numbers of the Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts maintained with such Person.

(f) Schedule 8 sets forth all Real Property owned by any of the Grantors as of the Closing Date.

(g) As of the Closing Date: (i)  Schedule 2 provides a complete and correct list of all registered Copyrights owned by any Grantor, all applications for registration of Copyrights owned by any Grantor, and all other Copyrights owned by any Grantor and material to the conduct of the business of any Grantor; (ii)  Schedule 3 provides a complete and correct list of all Intellectual Property Licenses entered into by any Grantor pursuant to which (A) any Grantor has provided any license or other rights in Intellectual Property owned or controlled by such Grantor to any other Person (other than non-exclusive software licenses granted in the ordinary course of business) or (B) any Person has granted to any Grantor any license or other rights in Intellectual Property owned or controlled by such Person that is material to the business of such Grantor, including any Intellectual Property that is incorporated in any Inventory, software, or other product marketed, sold, licensed, or distributed by such Grantor; (iii)  Schedule 4 provides a complete and correct list of all Patents owned by any Grantor and all applications for Patents owned by any Grantor; and (iv)  Schedule 6 provides a complete and correct list of all registered Trademarks owned by any Grantor, all applications for registration of Trademarks owned by any Grantor, and all other Trademarks owned by any Grantor and material to the conduct of the business of any Grantor.

(h) (i) (A) each Grantor owns exclusively or holds licenses in all Intellectual Property that is necessary in or material to the conduct of its business, and (B) all employees and contractors of each Grantor who were involved in the creation or development of any Intellectual Property for such Grantor that is necessary in or material to the business of such Grantor have signed agreements containing assignment of Intellectual Property rights to such Grantor and obligations of confidentiality;

 

16


(ii) to each Grantor’s knowledge after reasonable inquiry, no Person has infringed or misappropriated or is currently infringing or misappropriating any Intellectual Property rights owned by such Grantor, in each case, that either individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(iii) (A) to each Grantor’s knowledge after reasonable inquiry, (1) such Grantor has never infringed or misappropriated and is not currently infringing or misappropriating any Intellectual Property rights of any Person, and (2) no product manufactured, used, distributed, licensed, or sold by or service provided by such Grantor has ever infringed or misappropriated or is currently infringing or misappropriating any Intellectual Property rights of any Person, in each case, except where such infringement either individually or in the aggregate could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (B) there are no infringement or misappropriation claims or proceedings pending, or to any Grantor’s knowledge after reasonable inquiry, threatened in writing against any Grantor, and no Grantor has received any written notice or other communication of any actual or alleged infringement or misappropriation of any Intellectual Property rights of any Person, in each case, except where such infringement either individually or in the aggregate could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(iv) to each Grantor’s knowledge after reasonable inquiry, all registered Copyrights, registered Trademarks, and issued Patents that are owned by such Grantor and necessary in or material to the conduct of its business are valid, subsisting and enforceable and in compliance with all legal requirements, filings, and payments and other actions that are required to maintain such Intellectual Property in full force and effect, and

(v) each Grantor has taken reasonable steps to maintain the confidentiality of and otherwise protect and enforce its rights in all trade secrets owned by such Grantor that are necessary in or material to the conduct of the business of such Grantor, and

(vi) none of the proprietary software licensed or distributed by any Grantor that is material to generating revenue for such Grantor is subject to any “copyleft” or other obligation or condition (including any obligation or condition under any “open source” license such as the GNU Public License, Lesser GNU Public License, or Mozilla Public License) that would require, or condition the use or distribution of such software, on the disclosure, licensing or distribution of any source code of the proprietary software;

(i) This Agreement creates a valid security interest in the Collateral of each Grantor, to the extent a security interest therein can be created under the Code, securing the payment of the Secured Obligations. Except to the extent a security interest in the Collateral cannot be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the Code, all filings and other actions necessary or desirable to perfect and protect such security interest have been duly taken or will have been taken upon the filing of financing statements listing each applicable Grantor, as a debtor, and Agent, as secured party, in the jurisdictions listed next to such Grantor’s name on Schedule 11 . Upon the making of such filings, Agent shall have a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral of each Grantor to the extent such security interest can be perfected by the filing of a financing statement. Upon filing of any Copyright Security Agreement with the United States Copyright Office, filing of any Patent Security Agreement and any Trademark Security Agreement with the PTO, and the filing of appropriate financing statements in the jurisdictions listed on Schedule 11 , all action necessary or desirable to protect and perfect the Security Interest in and on each Grantor’s Patents, Trademarks, or Copyrights has been taken and such perfected Security Interest is enforceable as such as against any and all creditors of and purchasers from any Grantor. All action by any Grantor necessary to protect and perfect such security interest on each item of Collateral has been duly taken.

 

17


(j) (i) Except for the Security Interest created hereby, each Grantor is and will at all times be the sole holder of record and the legal and beneficial owner, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens, of the Pledged Interests indicated on Schedule 5 as being owned by such Grantor and, when acquired by such Grantor, any Pledged Interests acquired after the Closing Date; (ii) all of the Pledged Interests are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and the Pledged Interests constitute or will constitute the percentage of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Pledged Companies of such Grantor identified on Schedule 5 as supplemented or modified by any Pledged Interests Addendum or any Joinder to this Agreement; (iii) such Grantor has the right and requisite authority to pledge, the Investment Property pledged by such Grantor to Agent as provided herein; (iv) all actions necessary or desirable to perfect and establish the first priority of, or otherwise protect, Agent’s Liens in the Investment Property, and the proceeds thereof, have been duly taken, upon (A) the execution and delivery of this Agreement; (B) the taking of possession by Agent (or its agent or designee) of any certificates representing the Pledged Interests, together with undated powers (or other documents of transfer acceptable to Agent) endorsed in blank by the applicable Grantor; (C) the filing of financing statements in the applicable jurisdiction set forth on Schedule 11 for such Grantor with respect to the Pledged Interests of such Grantor that are not represented by certificates, and (D) with respect to any Securities Accounts, the delivery of Control Agreements with respect thereto; and (v) each Grantor has delivered to and deposited with Agent all certificates representing the Pledged Interests owned by such Grantor to the extent such Pledged Interests are represented by certificates, and undated powers (or other documents of transfer acceptable to Agent) endorsed in blank with respect to such certificates. None of the Pledged Interests owned or held by such Grantor has been issued or transferred in violation of any securities registration, securities disclosure, or similar laws of any jurisdiction to which such issuance or transfer may be subject.

(k) No consent, approval, authorization, or other order or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is required (i) for the grant of a Security Interest by such Grantor in and to the Collateral pursuant to this Agreement or for the execution, delivery, or performance of this Agreement by such Grantor, or (ii) for the exercise by Agent of the voting or other rights provided for in this Agreement with respect to the Investment Property or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to this Agreement, except as may be required in connection with such disposition of Investment Property by laws affecting the offering and sale of securities generally and except for consents, approvals, authorizations, or other orders or actions that have been obtained or given (as applicable) and that are still in force. No Intellectual Property License of any Grantor that is necessary in or material to the conduct of such Grantor’s business requires any consent of any other Person that has not been obtained in order for such Grantor to grant the security interest granted hereunder in such Grantor’s right, title or interest in or to such Intellectual Property License.

(l) There is no default, breach, violation, or event of acceleration existing under any promissory note (as defined in the Code) constituting Collateral and pledged hereunder (each a “ Pledged Note ”) and no event has occurred or circumstance exists which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default, breach, violation, or event of acceleration under any Pledged Note. No Grantor that is an obligee under a Pledged Note has waived any default, breach, violation, or event of acceleration under such Pledged Note.

(m) As to all limited liability company or partnership interests, issued under any Pledged Operating Agreement or Pledged Partnership Agreement, each Grantor hereby represents and warrants that the Pledged Interests issued pursuant to such agreement (A) are not dealt in or traded on securities exchanges or in securities markets, (B) do not constitute investment company securities, and (C) are not held by such Grantor in a Securities Account. In addition, none of the Pledged Operating Agreements, the Pledged Partnership Agreements, or any other agreements governing any of the Pledged Interests issued under any Pledged Operating Agreement or Pledged Partnership Agreement, provide that such Pledged Interests are securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction.

 

18


7. Covenants . Each Grantor, jointly and severally, covenants and agrees with Agent that from and after the date of this Agreement and until the date of termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 23 :

(a) Possession of Collateral . In the event that any Collateral, including Proceeds, is evidenced by or consists of Negotiable Collateral, Investment Property, or Chattel Paper having an aggregate value or face amount of $100,000 or more for all such Negotiable Collateral, Investment Property, or Chattel Paper, the Grantors shall promptly (and in any event within five (5) Business Days after acquisition thereof), notify Agent thereof, and if and to the extent that perfection or priority of Agent’s Security Interest is dependent on or enhanced by possession, the applicable Grantor, promptly (and in any event within five (5) Business Days) after request by Agent, shall execute such other documents and instruments as shall be requested by Agent or, if applicable, endorse and deliver physical possession of such Negotiable Collateral, Investment Property, or Chattel Paper to Agent, together with such undated powers (or other relevant document of transfer acceptable to Agent) endorsed in blank as shall be requested by Agent, and shall do such other acts or things deemed necessary or desirable by Agent to protect Agent’s Security Interest therein;

(b) Chattel Paper .

(i) Promptly (and in any event within five (5) Business Days) after request by Agent, each Grantor shall take all steps reasonably necessary to grant Agent control of all electronic Chattel Paper in accordance with the Code and all “transferable records” as that term is defined in Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transaction Act and Section 201 of the federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction, to the extent that the aggregate value or face amount of such electronic Chattel Paper equals or exceeds $100,000;

(ii) If any Grantor retains possession of any Chattel Paper or instruments (which retention of possession shall be subject to the extent permitted hereby and by the Credit Agreement), promptly upon the request of Agent, such Chattel Paper and instruments shall be marked with the following legend: “This writing and the obligations evidenced or secured hereby are subject to the Security Interest of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Agent for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers”;

(c) Control Agreements .

(i) Except to the extent otherwise excused by Section 7(k)(iv) , each Grantor shall obtain an authenticated Control Agreement (which may include a Controlled Account Agreement), from each bank maintaining a Deposit Account or Securities Account for such Grantor;

(ii) Except to the extent otherwise excused by Section 7(k)(iv) , each Grantor shall obtain an authenticated Control Agreement, from each issuer of uncertificated securities, securities intermediary, or commodities intermediary issuing or holding any financial assets or commodities to or for any Grantor, or maintaining a Securities Account for such Grantor; and

(iii) Except to the extent otherwise excused by Section 7(k)(iv) , each Grantor shall obtain an authenticated Control Agreement with respect to all of such Grantor’s investment property;

 

19


(d) Letter-of-Credit Rights . If the Grantors (or any of them) are or become the beneficiary of letters of credit having a face amount or value of $100,000 or more in the aggregate, then the applicable Grantor or Grantors shall promptly (and in any event within five (5) Business Days after becoming a beneficiary), notify Agent thereof and, promptly (and in any event within five (5) Business Days) after request by Agent, enter into a tri-party agreement with Agent and the issuer or confirming bank with respect to letter-of-credit rights assigning such letter-of-credit rights to Agent and directing all payments thereunder to Agent’s Account, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent;

(e) Commercial Tort Claims . If the Grantors (or any of them) obtain Commercial Tort Claims having a value, or involving an asserted claim, in the amount of $100,000 or more in the aggregate for all Commercial Tort Claims, then the applicable Grantor or Grantors shall promptly (and in any event within five (5) Business Days of obtaining such Commercial Tort Claim), notify Agent upon incurring or otherwise obtaining such Commercial Tort Claims and, promptly (and in any event within five (5) Business Days) after request by Agent, amend Schedule 1 to describe such Commercial Tort Claims in a manner that reasonably identifies such Commercial Tort Claims and which is otherwise reasonably satisfactory to Agent, and hereby authorizes the filing of additional financing statements or amendments to existing financing statements describing such Commercial Tort Claims, and agrees to do such other acts or things deemed necessary or desirable by Agent to give Agent a first priority, perfected security interest in any such Commercial Tort Claim;

(f) Government Contracts . Other than Accounts and Chattel Paper the aggregate value of which does not at any one time exceed $250,000, if any Account or Chattel Paper arises out of a contract or contracts with the United States of America or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof, Grantors shall promptly (and in any event within five (5) Business Days of the creation thereof) notify Agent thereof and, promptly (and in any event within five (5) Business Days) after request by Agent, execute any instruments or take any steps reasonably required by Agent in order that all moneys due or to become due under such contract or contracts shall be assigned to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, and shall provide written notice thereof under the Assignment of Claims Act or other applicable law;

(g) Intellectual Property .

(i) Upon the request of Agent, in order to facilitate filings with the PTO and the United States Copyright Office, each Grantor shall execute and deliver to Agent one or more Copyright Security Agreements, Trademark Security Agreements, or Patent Security Agreements to further evidence Agent’s Lien on such Grantor’s Patents, Trademarks, or Copyrights, and the General Intangibles of such Grantor relating thereto or represented thereby;

(ii) Each Grantor shall have the duty, with respect to Intellectual Property that is necessary in or material to the conduct of such Grantor’s business, to protect and diligently enforce and defend at such Grantor’s expense its Intellectual Property, including (A) to diligently enforce and defend, including promptly suing for infringement, misappropriation, or dilution and to recover any and all damages for such infringement, misappropriation, or dilution, and filing for opposition, interference, and cancellation against conflicting Intellectual Property rights of any Person, (B) to prosecute diligently any trademark application or service mark application that is part of the Trademarks pending as of the date hereof or hereafter until the termination of this Agreement, (C) to prosecute diligently any patent application that is part of the Patents pending as of the date hereof or hereafter until the termination of this Agreement, (D) to take all reasonable and necessary action to preserve and maintain all of such Grantor’s Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights, Intellectual Property Licenses, and its rights therein, including paying all maintenance fees and filing of applications for renewal, affidavits of use, and affidavits of noncontestability, and (E) to require all employees, consultants, and contractors of each Grantor who

 

20


were involved in the creation or development of such Intellectual Property to sign agreements containing assignment of Intellectual Property rights and obligations of confidentiality. Each Grantor further agrees not to abandon any Intellectual Property or Intellectual Property License that is necessary in or material to the conduct of such Grantor’s business. Each Grantor hereby agrees to take the steps described in this Section 7(g)(ii) with respect to all new or acquired Intellectual Property to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is now or later becomes entitled that is necessary in or material to the conduct of such Grantor’s business;

(iii) Grantors acknowledge and agree that the Lender Group shall have no duties with respect to any Intellectual Property or Intellectual Property Licenses of any Grantor. Without limiting the generality of this Section 7(g)(iii) , Grantors acknowledge and agree that no member of the Lender Group shall be under any obligation to take any steps necessary to preserve rights in the Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property or Intellectual Property Licenses against any other Person, but any member of the Lender Group may do so at its option from and after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, and all expenses incurred in connection therewith (including reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and other professionals) shall be for the sole account of Borrower and shall be chargeable to the Loan Account;

(iv) On each date on which a Compliance Certificate is to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Credit Agreement in respect of a fiscal quarter (or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, more frequently if requested by Agent), each Grantor shall deliver to Agent a list in form satisfactory to Agent (including listing such Copyrights sequentially based on the amount of revenue generated from licensing the corresponding software programs, starting from the software program that generates the highest amount of revenue to the software program that generates the least amount of revenue) identifying all of its proprietary software that is material to generating revenue of such Grantor, whether created or acquired before, on, or after the Closing Date, and a certification, signed by an officer of such Grantor, certifying that such list identifies all of its proprietary software that is material to generating revenue of such Grantor and indicating which of the Copyrights in such proprietary software have been filed for registration with the United States Copyright Office. Each Grantor shall continue to register or not register, as the case may be, its Copyrights in accordance with its historical practices as they existed as of the Closing Date. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and if requested by Agent, each Grantor shall (A) file applications and take any and all other actions necessary to register on an expedited basis (if expedited processing is available in accordance with the applicable regulations and procedures of the United States Copyright Office and any similar office of any other jurisdiction in which Copyrights are used) each of such Grantor’s Copyrights in any proprietary software that is material to generating revenue for such Grantor and identifying such Grantor as the sole claimant thereof in a manner sufficient to claim in the public record (or as a co-claimant thereof, if such is the case) such Grantor’s ownership or co-ownership thereof, and (B) cause to be prepared, executed, and delivered to Agent, with sufficient time to permit Agent to record no later than three (3) Business Days following the date of registration of or recordation of transfer of ownership, as applicable, to the applicable Grantor of such Copyrights, (1) a Copyright Security Agreement or supplemental schedules to the Copyright Security Agreement reflecting the security interest of Agent in such Copyrights, which supplemental schedules shall be in form and content suitable for recordation with the United States Copyright Office (or any similar office of any other jurisdiction in which Copyrights are used) and (2) any other documentation as Agent reasonably deems necessary and requests in order to perfect and continue perfected Agent’s Liens on such Copyrights following such recordation.

(v) On each date on which a Compliance Certificate is to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Credit Agreement in respect of a fiscal quarter (or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, more frequently if requested by Agent) (but without duplication of any notice required by Section 7(g)(iv) ), each Grantor shall provide Agent with a written report of all new

 

21


Patents, Trademarks or Copyrights that are registered or the subject of pending applications for registrations, and of all Intellectual Property Licenses that are material to the conduct of such Grantor’s business, in each case, which were acquired, registered, or for which applications for registration were filed by any Grantor during the prior period and any statement of use or amendment to allege use with respect to intent-to-use trademark applications. In the case of such registrations or applications therefor, which were acquired by any Grantor, each such Grantor shall file the necessary documents with the appropriate Governmental Authority identifying the applicable Grantor as the owner (or as a co-owner thereof, if such is the case) of such Intellectual Property. In each of the foregoing cases, the applicable Grantor shall promptly cause to be prepared, executed, and delivered to Agent supplemental schedules to the applicable Loan Documents to identify such Patent, Trademark and Copyright registrations and applications therefor (with the exception of Trademark applications filed on an intent-to-use basis for which no statement of use or amendment to allege use has been filed) and Intellectual Property Licenses as being subject to the security interests created thereunder;

(vi) Anything to the contrary in this Agreement notwithstanding, in no event shall any Grantor, either itself or through any agent, employee, licensee, or designee, file an application for the registration of any Copyright with the United States Copyright Office or any similar office or agency in another country without giving Agent written notice thereof at least five (5) Business Days prior to such filing and complying with Section 7(g)(i) . Upon receipt from the United States Copyright Office of notice of registration of any Copyright, each Grantor shall promptly (but in no event later than five (5) Business Days following such receipt) notify (but without duplication of any notice required by Section 7(g)(iv) or Section 7(g)(v)] ) Agent of such registration by delivering, or causing to be delivered, to Agent, documentation sufficient for Agent to perfect Agent’s Liens on such Copyright. If any Grantor acquires from any Person any Copyright registered with the United States Copyright Office or an application to register any Copyright with the United States Copyright Office, such Grantor shall promptly (but in no event later than five (5) Business Days following such acquisition) notify Agent of such acquisition and deliver, or cause to be delivered, to Agent, documentation sufficient for Agent to perfect Agent’s Liens on such Copyright. In the case of such Copyright registrations or applications therefor which were acquired by any Grantor, each such Grantor shall promptly (but in no event later than five (5) Business Days following such acquisition) file the necessary documents with the appropriate Governmental Authority identifying the applicable Grantor as the owner (or as a co-owner thereof, if such is the case) of such Copyrights;

(vii) Each Grantor shall take reasonable steps to maintain the confidentiality of, and otherwise protect and enforce its rights in, the Intellectual Property that is necessary in or material to the conduct of such Grantor’s business, including, as applicable (A) protecting the secrecy and confidentiality of its confidential information and trade secrets by having and enforcing a policy requiring all current employees, consultants, licensees, vendors and contractors with access to such information to execute appropriate confidentiality agreements; (B) taking actions reasonably necessary to ensure that no trade secret falls into the public domain; and (C) protecting the secrecy and confidentiality of the source code of all software programs and applications of which it is the owner or licensee by having and enforcing a policy requiring any licensees (or sublicensees) of such source code to enter into license agreements with commercially reasonable use and non-disclosure restrictions;

(viii) No Grantor shall incorporate into any proprietary software licensed or distributed by such Grantor that is material to generating revenue for such Grantor any third-party code that is licensed pursuant to any open source license such as the GNU Public License, Lesser GNU Public License, or Mozilla Public License, in a manner that would require or condition the use or distribution of such software on, the disclosing, licensing, or distribution of any source code for any portion of the proprietary software that is licensed or distributed by any Grantor;

 

22


(ix) No Grantor shall enter into any Intellectual Property License material to the conduct of the business to receive any license or rights in any Intellectual Property of any other Person unless such Grantor has used commercially reasonable efforts to permit the assignment of or grant of a security interest in such Intellectual Property License (and all rights of Grantor thereunder) to Agent (and any transferees of Agent);

(h) Investment Property .

(i) If any Grantor shall acquire, obtain, receive or become entitled to receive any Pledged Interests after the Closing Date, it shall promptly (and in any event within five (5) Business Days of acquiring or obtaining such Collateral) deliver to Agent a duly executed Pledged Interests Addendum identifying such Pledged Interests;

(ii) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, following the request of Agent, all sums of money and property paid or distributed in respect of the Investment Property that are received by any Grantor shall be held by the Grantors in trust for the benefit of Agent segregated from such Grantor’s other property, and such Grantor shall deliver it forthwith to Agent in the exact form received;

(iii) Each Grantor shall promptly deliver to Agent a copy of each material notice or other material communication received by it in respect of any Pledged Interests;

(iv) No Grantor shall make or consent to any amendment or other modification or waiver with respect to any Pledged Interests, Pledged Operating Agreement, or Pledged Partnership Agreement, or enter into any agreement or permit to exist any restriction with respect to any Pledged Interests if the same is prohibited pursuant to the Loan Documents;

(v) Each Grantor agrees that it will cooperate with Agent in obtaining all necessary approvals and making all necessary filings under federal, state, local, or foreign law to effect the perfection of the Security Interest on the Investment Property or to effect any sale or transfer thereof;

(vi) As to all limited liability company or partnership interests, issued under any Pledged Operating Agreement or Pledged Partnership Agreement, each Grantor hereby covenants that the Pledged Interests issued pursuant to such agreement (A) are not and shall not be dealt in or traded on securities exchanges or in securities markets, (B) do not and will not constitute investment company securities, and (C) are not and will not be held by such Grantor in a securities account. In addition, none of the Pledged Operating Agreements, the Pledged Partnership Agreements, or any other agreements governing any of the Pledged Interests issued under any Pledged Operating Agreement or Pledged Partnership Agreement, provide or shall provide that such Pledged Interests are securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction.

(i) Real Property; Fixtures. Each Grantor covenants and agrees that upon the acquisition of any fee interest in Real Property having a fair market value in excess of $1,000,000 it will promptly (and in any event within two (2) Business Days of acquisition) notify Agent of the acquisition of such Real Property and will grant to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, a first priority Mortgage on each fee interest in Real Property now or hereafter owned by such Grantor and shall deliver such other documentation and opinions, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, in connection with the grant of such Mortgage as Agent shall request in its Permitted Discretion, including title insurance policies, financing statements, fixture filings and environmental audits and such Grantor shall pay all recording costs, intangible taxes and other fees and costs (including reasonable attorneys fees and expenses) incurred in connection therewith. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, all of the Collateral shall remain personal property regardless of the manner of its attachment or affixation to real property;

 

23


(j) Transfers and Other Liens . Grantors shall not (i) sell, assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, any of the Collateral, except as expressly permitted by the Credit Agreement, or (ii) create or permit to exist any Lien upon or with respect to any of the Collateral of any Grantor, except for Permitted Liens. The inclusion of Proceeds in the Collateral shall not be deemed to constitute Agent’s consent to any sale or other disposition of any of the Collateral except as expressly permitted in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;

(k) Controlled Accounts; Controlled Investments .

(i) Each Grantor shall (A) establish and maintain cash management services of a type and on terms reasonably satisfactory to Agent at one or more of the banks set forth on Schedule 10 (each a “ Controlled Account Bank ”), and shall take reasonable steps to ensure that all of its and its Subsidiaries’ Account Debtors forward payment of the amounts owed by them directly to such Controlled Account Bank, and (B) deposit or cause to be deposited promptly, and in any event no later than the first Business Day after the date of receipt thereof, all of their Collections (including those sent directly by their Account Debtors to a Grantor) into a bank account of such Grantor (each, a “ Controlled Account ”) at one of the Controlled Account Banks; provided that, for a period of not more than 90 days after Closing, such Grantor may receive Collections into deposit accounts at Comerica Bank so long as such amounts are promptly transferred to Controlled Accounts.

(ii) Each Grantor shall establish and maintain Controlled Account Agreements with Agent and the applicable Controlled Account Bank, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent. Each such Controlled Account Agreement shall provide, among other things, that (A) the Controlled Account Bank will comply with any instructions originated by Agent directing the disposition of the funds in such Controlled Account without further consent by the applicable Grantor, (B) the Controlled Account Bank waives, subordinates, or agrees not to exercise any rights of setoff or recoupment or any other claim against the applicable Controlled Account other than for payment of its service fees and other charges directly related to the administration of such Controlled Account and for returned checks or other items of payment, and (C) upon the instruction of Agent (an “ Activation Instruction ”), the Controlled Account Bank will forward by daily sweep all amounts in the applicable Controlled Account to the Agent’s Account. Agent agrees not to issue an Activation Instruction with respect to the Controlled Accounts unless a Triggering Event has occurred and is continuing at the time such Activation Instruction is issued. Agent agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to rescind an Activation Instruction (the “ Rescission ”) if: (1) the Triggering Event upon which such Activation Instruction was issued has been waived in writing in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement, and (2) no additional Triggering Event has occurred and is continuing prior to the date of the Rescission or is reasonably expected to occur on or immediately after the date of the Rescission].

(iii) So long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower may amend Schedule 10 to add or replace a Controlled Account Bank or Controlled Account and shall upon such addition or replacement provide to Agent an amended Schedule 10 ; provided , however , that (A) such prospective Controlled Account Bank shall be reasonably satisfactory to Agent, and (B) prior to the time of the opening of such Controlled Account, the applicable Grantor and such prospective Controlled Account Bank shall have executed and delivered to Agent a Controlled Account Agreement. Each Grantor shall close any of its Controlled Accounts (and establish replacement Controlled Account accounts in accordance with the foregoing sentence) as promptly as practicable and in any event within forty-five (45) days after notice from Agent that the operating performance, funds transfer, or availability procedures or performance of the Controlled Account Bank with respect to Controlled Account Accounts or Agent’s liability under any Controlled Account Agreement with such Controlled Account Bank is no longer acceptable in Agent’s reasonable judgment.

 

24


(iv) Other than (i) amounts on deposit as of the Closing Date in account number 1892724855 at Comerica Bank to be used solely for the purpose of cash collateralizing that certain Letter of Credit, dated May 8, 2012, issued by Comerica Bank in favor of Connecture, Inc. and for the benefit of CORE Realty Holdings Management, Inc. only for so long as such letter of credit remains outstanding, (ii) amounts on deposit as of the third Business Day following the Closing Date, in account to be established at Comerica Bank to be used solely for the purpose of cash collateralizing that certain Letter of Credit, dated November 16, 2011, issued by Comerica Bank in favor of DestinationRX, Inc. and for the benefit of 600 Wilshire Property LLC only for so long as such letter of credit remains outstanding, (iii) an aggregate amount of not more than $100,000 at any one time, in the case of Grantors and their Subsidiaries (other than those Subsidiaries that are CFCs), amounts deposited into Deposit Accounts specially and exclusively used for payroll, payroll taxes and other employee wage and benefit payments to or for any Grantor’s or its Subsidiaries’ employees and (v) for a period of not more than 90 days after Closing, amounts deposited in deposit accounts at Comerica Bank so long as such amounts are promptly transferred to Controlled Accounts, no Grantor will, and no Grantor will permit its Subsidiaries to, make, acquire, or permit to exist Permitted Investments consisting of cash, Cash Equivalents, or amounts credited to Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts unless Grantor or its Subsidiary, as applicable, and the applicable bank or securities intermediary have entered into Control Agreements with Agent governing such Permitted Investments in order to perfect (and further establish) Agent’s Liens in such Permitted Investments.

(l) Name, Etc . No Grantor will, nor will any Grantor permit any of its Subsidiaries to, change its name, organizational identification number, jurisdiction of organization or organizational identity; provided , that Grantor or any of its Subsidiaries may change its name upon at least 10 days prior written notice to Agent of such change.

(n) Pledged Notes . Grantors (i) without the prior written consent of Agent, will not (A) waive or release any obligation of any Person that is obligated under any of the Pledged Notes, (B) take or omit to take any action or knowingly suffer or permit any action to be omitted or taken, the taking or omission of which would result in any right of offset against sums payable under the Pledged Notes, or (C) other than Permitted Dispositions, assign or surrender their rights and interests under any of the Pledged Notes or terminate, cancel, modify, change, supplement or amend the Pledged Notes, and (ii) shall provide to Agent copies of all material written notices (including notices of default) given or received with respect to the Pledged Notes promptly after giving or receiving such notice.

8. Relation to Other Security Documents . The provisions of this Agreement shall be read and construed with the other Loan Documents referred to below in the manner so indicated.

(a) Credit Agreement . In the event of any conflict between any provision in this Agreement and a provision in the Credit Agreement, such provision of the Credit Agreement shall control.

(b) Patent, Trademark, Copyright Security Agreements . The provisions of the Copyright Security Agreements, Trademark Security Agreements, and Patent Security Agreements are supplemental to the provisions of this Agreement, and nothing contained in the Copyright Security Agreements, Trademark Security Agreements, or the Patent Security Agreements shall limit any of the rights or remedies of Agent hereunder. In the event of any conflict between any provision in this Agreement and a provision in a Copyright Security Agreement, Trademark Security Agreement or Patent Security Agreement, such provision of this Agreement shall control.

 

25


9. Further Assurances .

(a) Each Grantor agrees that from time to time, at its own expense, such Grantor will promptly execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action, that Agent may reasonably request, in order to perfect and protect the Security Interest granted hereby, to create, perfect or protect the Security Interest purported to be granted hereby or to enable Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any of the Collateral.

(b) Each Grantor authorizes the filing by Agent of financing or continuation statements, or amendments thereto, and such Grantor will execute and deliver to Agent such other instruments or notices, as Agent may reasonably request, in order to perfect and preserve the Security Interest granted or purported to be granted hereby.

(c) Each Grantor authorizes Agent at any time and from time to time to file, transmit, or communicate, as applicable, financing statements and amendments (i) describing the Collateral as “all personal property of debtor” or “all assets of debtor” or words of similar effect, (ii) describing the Collateral as being of equal or lesser scope or with greater detail, or (iii) that contain any information required by part 5 of Article 9 of the Code for the sufficiency or filing office acceptance. Each Grantor also hereby ratifies any and all financing statements or amendments previously filed by Agent in any jurisdiction.

(d) Each Grantor acknowledges that it is not authorized to file any financing statement or amendment or termination statement with respect to any financing statement filed in connection with this Agreement without the prior written consent of Agent, subject to such Grantor’s rights under Section 9-509(d)(2) of the Code.

10. Agent’s Right to Perform Contracts, Exercise Rights, etc . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Agent (or its designee) (a) may proceed to perform any and all of the obligations of any Grantor contained in any contract, lease, or other agreement and exercise any and all rights of any Grantor therein contained as fully as such Grantor itself could, (b) shall have the right to use any Grantor’s rights under Intellectual Property Licenses in connection with the enforcement of Agent’s rights hereunder, including the right to prepare for sale and sell any and all Inventory and Equipment now or hereafter owned by any Grantor and now or hereafter covered by such licenses, and (c) shall have the right to request that any Equity Interests that are pledged hereunder be registered in the name of Agent or any of its nominees.

11. Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact . Each Grantor hereby irrevocably appoints Agent its attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor or otherwise, at such time as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Credit Agreement, to take any action and to execute any instrument which Agent may reasonably deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, including:

(a) to ask, demand, collect, sue for, recover, compromise, receive and give acquittance and receipts for moneys due and to become due under or in connection with the Accounts or any other Collateral of such Grantor;

(b) to receive and open all mail addressed to such Grantor and to notify postal authorities to change the address for the delivery of mail to such Grantor to that of Agent;

(c) to receive, indorse, and collect any drafts or other instruments, documents, Negotiable Collateral or Chattel Paper;

 

26


(d) to file any claims or take any action or institute any proceedings which Agent may deem necessary or desirable for the collection of any of the Collateral of such Grantor or otherwise to enforce the rights of Agent with respect to any of the Collateral;

(e) to repair, alter, or supply goods, if any, necessary to fulfill in whole or in part the purchase order of any Person obligated to such Grantor in respect of any Account of such Grantor;

(f) to use any Intellectual Property or Intellectual Property Licenses of such Grantor, including but not limited to any labels, Patents, Trademarks, trade names, URLs, domain names, industrial designs, Copyrights, or advertising matter, in preparing for sale, advertising for sale, or selling Inventory or other Collateral and to collect any amounts due under Accounts, contracts or Negotiable Collateral of such Grantor; and

(g) Agent, on behalf of the Lender Group or the Bank Product Providers, shall have the right, but shall not be obligated, to bring suit in its own name to enforce the Intellectual Property and Intellectual Property Licenses and, if Agent shall commence any such suit, the appropriate Grantor shall, at the request of Agent, do any and all lawful acts and execute any and all proper documents reasonably required by Agent in aid of such enforcement.

To the extent permitted by law, each Grantor hereby ratifies all that such attorney-in-fact shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. This power of attorney is coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable until this Agreement is terminated.

12. Agent May Perform . If any Grantor fails to perform any agreement contained herein, Agent may itself perform, or cause performance of, such agreement, and the reasonable expenses of Agent incurred in connection therewith shall be payable, jointly and severally, by Grantors.

13. Agent’s Duties . The powers conferred on Agent hereunder are solely to protect Agent’s interest in the Collateral, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, and shall not impose any duty upon Agent to exercise any such powers. Except for the safe custody of any Collateral in its actual possession and the accounting for moneys actually received by it hereunder, Agent shall have no duty as to any Collateral or as to the taking of any necessary steps to preserve rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining to any Collateral. Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any Collateral in its actual possession if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which Agent accords its own property.

14. Collection of Accounts, General Intangibles and Negotiable Collateral . At any time upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Agent or Agent’s designee may (a) notify Account Debtors of any Grantor that the Accounts, General Intangibles, Chattel Paper or Negotiable Collateral of such Grantor have been assigned to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, or that Agent has a security interest therein, and (b) collect the Accounts, General Intangibles and Negotiable Collateral of any Grantor directly, and any collection costs and expenses shall constitute part of such Grantor’s Secured Obligations under the Loan Documents.

15. Disposition of Pledged Interests by Agent . None of the Pledged Interests existing as of the date of this Agreement are, and none of the Pledged Interests hereafter acquired on the date of acquisition thereof will be, registered or qualified under the various federal or state securities laws of the United States and disposition thereof after an Event of Default may be restricted to one or more private (instead of public) sales in view of the lack of such registration. Each Grantor understands that in connection with such disposition, Agent may approach only a restricted number of potential purchasers and further understands that a sale under such circumstances may yield a lower price for the Pledged

 

27


Interests than if the Pledged Interests were registered and qualified pursuant to federal and state securities laws and sold on the open market. Each Grantor, therefore, agrees that: (a) if Agent shall, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, sell or cause the Pledged Interests or any portion thereof to be sold at a private sale, Agent shall have the right to rely upon the advice and opinion of any nationally recognized brokerage or investment firm (but shall not be obligated to seek such advice and the failure to do so shall not be considered in determining the commercial reasonableness of such action) as to the best manner in which to offer the Pledged Interest or any portion thereof for sale and as to the best price reasonably obtainable at the private sale thereof; and (b) such reliance shall be conclusive evidence that Agent has handled the disposition in a commercially reasonable manner.

16. Voting and Other Rights in Respect of Pledged Interests .

(a) Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, (i) Agent may, at its option, and with two (2) Business Days prior notice to any Grantor, and in addition to all rights and remedies available to Agent under any other agreement, at law, in equity, or otherwise, exercise all voting rights, or any other ownership or consensual rights (including any dividend or distribution rights) in respect of the Pledged Interests owned by such Grantor, but under no circumstances is Agent obligated by the terms of this Agreement to exercise such rights, and (ii) if Agent duly exercises its right to vote any of such Pledged Interests, each Grantor hereby appoints Agent, such Grantor’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact and IRREVOCABLE PROXY to vote such Pledged Interests in any manner Agent deems advisable for or against all matters submitted or which may be submitted to a vote of shareholders, partners or members, as the case may be. The power-of-attorney and proxy granted hereby is coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable.

(b) For so long as any Grantor shall have the right to vote the Pledged Interests owned by it, such Grantor covenants and agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of Agent, vote or take any consensual action with respect to such Pledged Interests which would materially adversely affect the rights of Agent, the other members of the Lender Group, or the Bank Product Providers, or the value of the Pledged Interests.

17. Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(a) Agent may, and, at the instruction of the Required Lenders, shall exercise in respect of the Collateral, in addition to other rights and remedies provided for herein, in the other Loan Documents, or otherwise available to it, all the rights and remedies of a secured party on default under the Code or any other applicable law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor expressly agrees that, in any such event, Agent without demand of performance or other demand, advertisement or notice of any kind (except a notice specified below of time and place of public or private sale) to or upon any Grantor or any other Person (all and each of which demands, advertisements and notices are hereby expressly waived to the maximum extent permitted by the Code or any other applicable law), may take immediate possession of all or any portion of the Collateral and (i) require Grantors to, and each Grantor hereby agrees that it will at its own expense and upon request of Agent forthwith, assemble all or part of the Collateral as directed by Agent and make it available to Agent at one or more locations where such Grantor regularly maintains Inventory, and (ii) without notice except as specified below, sell the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any of Agent’s offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit, and upon such other terms as Agent may deem commercially reasonable. Each Grantor agrees that, to the extent notification of sale shall be required by law, at least ten (10) days notification by mail to the applicable Grantor of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made shall constitute reasonable notification and specifically such notification shall constitute a reasonable “authenticated notification of disposition” within the meaning of Section 9-611 of the Code. Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of

 

28


Collateral regardless of notification of sale having been given. Agent may adjourn any public sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. Each Grantor agrees that (A) the internet shall constitute a “place” for purposes of Section 9-610(b) of the Code and (B) to the extent notification of sale shall be required by law, notification by mail of the URL where a sale will occur and the time when a sale will commence at least ten (10) days prior to the sale shall constitute a reasonable notification for purposes of Section 9-611(b) of the Code. Each Grantor agrees that any sale of Collateral to a licensor pursuant to the terms of a license agreement between such licensor and a Grantor is sufficient to constitute a commercially reasonable sale (including as to method, terms, manner, and time) within the meaning of Section 9-610 of the Code.

(b) Agent is hereby granted a license or other right to use, without liability for royalties or any other charge, each Grantor’s Intellectual Property, including but not limited to, any labels, Patents, Trademarks, trade names, URLs, domain names, industrial designs, Copyrights, and advertising matter, whether owned by any Grantor or with respect to which any Grantor has rights under license, sublicense, or other agreements (including any Intellectual Property License), as it pertains to the Collateral, in preparing for sale, advertising for sale and selling any Collateral, and each Grantor’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements shall inure to the benefit of Agent.

(c) Agent may, in addition to other rights and remedies provided for herein, in the other Loan Documents, or otherwise available to it under applicable law and without the requirement of notice to or upon any Grantor or any other Person (which notice is hereby expressly waived to the maximum extent permitted by the Code or any other applicable law), (i) with respect to any Grantor’s Deposit Accounts in which Agent’s Liens are perfected by control under Section 9-104 of the Code, instruct the bank maintaining such Deposit Account for the applicable Grantor to pay the balance of such Deposit Account to or for the benefit of Agent, and (ii) with respect to any Grantor’s Securities Accounts in which Agent’s Liens are perfected by control under Section 9-106 of the Code, instruct the securities intermediary maintaining such Securities Account for the applicable Grantor to (A) transfer any cash in such Securities Account to or for the benefit of Agent, or (B) liquidate any financial assets in such Securities Account that are customarily sold on a recognized market and transfer the cash proceeds thereof to or for the benefit of Agent.

(d) Any cash held by Agent as Collateral and all cash proceeds received by Agent in respect of any sale of, collection from, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral shall be applied against the Secured Obligations in the order set forth in the Credit Agreement. In the event the proceeds of Collateral are insufficient to satisfy all of the Secured Obligations in full, each Grantor shall remain jointly and severally liable for any such deficiency.

(e) Each Grantor hereby acknowledges that the Secured Obligations arise out of a commercial transaction, and agrees that if an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing Agent shall have the right to an immediate writ of possession without notice of a hearing. Agent shall have the right to the appointment of a receiver for the properties and assets of each Grantor, and each Grantor hereby consents to such rights and such appointment and hereby waives any objection such Grantor may have thereto or the right to have a bond or other security posted by Agent.

18. Remedies Cumulative . Each right, power, and remedy of Agent, any other member of the Lender Group, or any Bank Product Provider as provided for in this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any Bank Product Agreement now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise shall be cumulative and concurrent and shall be in addition to every other right, power, or remedy provided for in this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the Bank Product Agreements or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise, and the exercise or beginning of

 

29


the exercise by Agent, any other member of the Lender Group, or any Bank Product Provider, of any one or more of such rights, powers, or remedies shall not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise by Agent, such other member of the Lender Group or such Bank Product Provider of any or all such other rights, powers, or remedies.

19. Marshaling . Agent shall not be required to marshal any present or future collateral security (including but not limited to the Collateral) for, or other assurances of payment of, the Secured Obligations or any of them or to resort to such collateral security or other assurances of payment in any particular order, and all of its rights and remedies hereunder and in respect of such collateral security and other assurances of payment shall be cumulative and in addition to all other rights and remedies, however existing or arising. To the extent that it lawfully may, each Grantor hereby agrees that it will not invoke any law relating to the marshaling of collateral which might cause delay in or impede the enforcement of Agent’s rights and remedies under this Agreement or under any other instrument creating or evidencing any of the Secured Obligations or under which any of the Secured Obligations is outstanding or by which any of the Secured Obligations is secured or payment thereof is otherwise assured, and, to the extent that it lawfully may, each Grantor hereby irrevocably waives the benefits of all such laws.

20. Indemnity and Expenses .

(a) Each Grantor agrees to indemnify Agent and the other members of the Lender Group from and against all claims, lawsuits and liabilities (including reasonable attorneys fees) growing out of or resulting from this Agreement (including enforcement of this Agreement) or any other Loan Document to which such Grantor is a party, except claims, losses or liabilities resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party seeking indemnification as determined by a final non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction. This provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the Credit Agreement and the repayment of the Secured Obligations.

(b) Grantors, jointly and severally, shall, upon demand, pay to Agent (or Agent, may charge to the Loan Account) all the Lender Group Expenses which Agent may incur in connection with (i) the administration of this Agreement, (ii) the custody, preservation, use or operation of, or, upon an Event of Default, the sale of, collection from, or other realization upon, any of the Collateral in accordance with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (iii) the exercise or enforcement of any of the rights of Agent hereunder or (iv) the failure by any Grantor to perform or observe any of the provisions hereof.

21. Merger, Amendments; Etc. THIS AGREEMENT, TOGETHER WITH THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement, and no consent to any departure by any Grantor herefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by Agent, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. No amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by Agent and each Grantor to which such amendment applies.

22. Addresses for Notices . All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be given in the form and manner and delivered to Agent at its address specified in the Credit Agreement, and to any of the Grantors at their respective addresses specified in the Credit Agreement or Guaranty, as applicable, or, as to any party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other party.

 

30


23. Continuing Security Interest: Assignments under Credit Agreement.

(a) This Agreement shall create a continuing security interest in the Collateral and shall (i) remain in full force and effect until the Obligations have been paid in full in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the Commitments have expired or have been terminated, (ii) be binding upon each Grantor, and their respective successors and assigns, and (iii) inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Agent, and its successors, transferees and assigns. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing clause (iii), any Lender may, in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement, assign or otherwise transfer all or any portion of its rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement to any other Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to such Lender herein or otherwise. Upon payment in full of the Secured Obligations in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the expiration or termination of the Commitments, the Guaranty made and the Security Interest granted hereby shall terminate and all rights to the Collateral shall revert to Grantors or any other Person entitled thereto. At such time, upon Borrower’s request, Agent will authorize the filing of appropriate termination statements to terminate such Security Interest. No transfer or renewal, extension, assignment, or termination of this Agreement or of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any other instrument or document executed and delivered by any Grantor to Agent nor any additional Revolving Loans or other] loans made by any Lender to Borrower, nor the taking of further security, nor the retaking or re-delivery of the Collateral to Grantors, or any of them, by Agent, nor any other act of the Lender Group or the Bank Product Providers, or any of them, shall release any Grantor from any obligation, except a release or discharge executed in writing by Agent in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement. Agent shall not by any act, delay, omission or otherwise, be deemed to have waived any of its rights or remedies hereunder, unless such waiver is in writing and signed by Agent and then only to the extent therein set forth. A waiver by Agent of any right or remedy on any occasion shall not be construed as a bar to the exercise of any such right or remedy which Agent would otherwise have had on any other occasion.

(b) Each Grantor agrees that, if any payment made by any Grantor or other Person and applied to the Secured Obligations is at any time annulled, avoided, set, aside, rescinded, invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential or otherwise required to be refunded or repaid, or the proceeds of any Collateral are required to be returned by Agent or any other member of the Lender Group to such Grantor, its estate, trustee, receiver or any other party, including any Grantor, under any bankruptcy law, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, then, to the extent of such payment or repayment, any Lien or other Collateral securing such liability shall be and remain in full force and effect, as fully as if such payment had never been made. If, prior to any of the foregoing, (i) any Lien or other Collateral securing such Grantor’s liability hereunder shall have been released or terminated by virtue of the foregoing clause (a), or (ii) any provision of the Guaranty hereunder shall have been terminated, cancelled or surrendered, such Lien, other Collateral or provision shall be reinstated in full force and effect and such prior release, termination, cancellation or surrender shall not diminish, release, discharge, impair or otherwise affect the obligations of any such Grantor in respect of any Lien or other Collateral securing such obligation or the amount of such payment.

24. Survival . All representations and warranties made by the Grantors in this Agreement and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of any loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that Agent, Issuing Lender, or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or Event of Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any loan or any fee or any other amount payable under the Credit Agreement is outstanding and unpaid or any Letter of Credit is outstanding and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated.

 

31


25. CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER; JUDICIAL REFERENCE PROVISION .

(i) THE VALIDITY OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE CONSTRUCTION, INTERPRETATION, AND ENFORCEMENT HEREOF AND THEREOF, THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THERETO WITH RESPECT TO ALL MATTERS ARISING HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER OR RELATED HERETO OR THERETO, AND ANY CLAIMS, CONTROVERSIES OR DISPUTES ARISING HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER OR RELATED HERETO OR THERETO SHALL BE DETERMINED UNDER, GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(ii) THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE TRIED AND LITIGATED ONLY IN THE STATE AND, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK, STATE OF NEW YORK; PROVIDED, THAT ANY SUIT SEEKING ENFORCEMENT AGAINST ANY COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE BROUGHT, AT AGENT’S OPTION, IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION WHERE AGENT ELECTS TO BRING SUCH ACTION OR WHERE SUCH COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE FOUND. EACH BORROWER AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT EACH MAY HAVE TO ASSERT THE DOCTRINE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS OR TO OBJECT TO VENUE TO THE EXTENT ANY PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION 12(b) .

(iii) TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH GRANTOR AND AGENT HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS, IF ANY, TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS (EACH A “CLAIM”). EACH GRANTOR AND AGENT REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER AND EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

(iv) EACH GRANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK AND THE STATE OF NEW YORK, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT AGENT MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST ANY GRANTOR OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

(v) NO CLAIM MAY BE MADE BY ANY GRANTOR AGAINST THE AGENT, THE SWING LENDER, ANY OTHER LENDER, ISSUING BANK, OR ANY AFFILIATE, DIRECTOR, OFFICER, EMPLOYEE, COUNSEL, REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT, OR ATTORNEY-IN-FACT

 

32


OF ANY OF THEM FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES OR LOSSES IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM FOR BREACH OF CONTRACT OR ANY OTHER THEORY OF LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR ANY ACT, OMISSION, OR EVENT OCCURRING IN CONNECTION THEREWITH, AND EACH GRANTOR HEREBY WAIVES, RELEASES, AND AGREES NOT TO SUE UPON ANY CLAIM FOR SUCH DAMAGES, WHETHER OR NOT ACCRUED AND WHETHER OR NOT KNOWN OR SUSPECTED TO EXIST IN ITS FAVOR.

26. New Subsidiaries . Pursuant to Section 5.11 of the Credit Agreement, certain Subsidiaries (whether by acquisition or creation) of any Grantor are required to enter into this Agreement by executing and delivering in favor of Agent a Joinder to this Agreement in substantially the form of Annex 1 . Upon the execution and delivery of Annex 1 by any such new Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall become a Guarantor and Grantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Guarantor and Grantor herein. The execution and delivery of any instrument adding an additional Guarantor or Grantor as a party to this Agreement shall not require the consent of any Guarantor or Grantor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Guarantor and Grantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Guarantor or Grantor hereunder.

27. Agent . Each reference herein to any right granted to, benefit conferred upon or power exercisable by the “Agent” shall be a reference to Agent, for the benefit of each member of the Lender Group and each of the Bank Product Providers.

28. Miscellaneous .

(a) This Agreement is a Loan Document. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission also shall deliver an original executed counterpart of this Agreement but the failure to deliver an original executed counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, and binding effect of this Agreement. The foregoing shall apply to each other Loan Document mutatis mutandis .

(b) Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof in that jurisdiction or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction. Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

(c) Headings and numbers have been set forth herein for convenience only. Unless the contrary is compelled by the context, everything contained in each Section applies equally to this entire Agreement.

(d) Neither this Agreement nor any uncertainty or ambiguity herein shall be construed against any member of the Lender Group or any Grantor, whether under any rule of construction or otherwise. This Agreement has been reviewed by all parties and shall be construed and interpreted according to the ordinary meaning of the words used so as to accomplish fairly the purposes and intentions of all parties hereto.

 

33


[signature pages follow]

 

34


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

GRANTORS:     CONNECTURE, INC. , a Delaware corporation
    By:  

/s/ James Purko

    Name:   James Purko
    Title:   CFO
    DESTINATIONRX, INC. , a Delaware corporation
    By:  

/s/ James Purko

    Name:   James Purko
    Title:   CFO
    INSURIX, INC. , a Delaware corporation
    By:  

/s/ James Purko

    Name:   James Purko
    Title:   CFO
    RXHEALTH INSURANCE AGENCY, INC. , a Delaware corporation
    By:  

/s/ James Purko

    Name:   James Purko
    Title:   CFO

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECURITY AGREEMENT]


AGENT     WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , a national banking association
    By:  

/s/ Stephen Carll

    Name:   Stephen Carll
    Title:   Authorized Signatory


SCHEDULE 1

COMMERCIAL TORT CLAIMS

[include specific case caption or descriptions per Official Code Comment 5 to Section 9-108 of the Code]

None.


SCHEDULE 2

COPYRIGHTS

 

GRANTOR

  

TITLE

   REGISTRATION NUMBER    STATUS
CONNECTURE, INC.    Connecture Solution for Individual & Family Products Configured for Aetna    Txu001209168    Registered
CONNECTURE, INC.    Connecture Solution for Small Business Groups Configured for Aetna    TXu001209169    Registered
DESTINATIONRX, INC.    Drug Identification Catalog    TXu001321952    Registered
DESTINATIONRX, INC.    Drug catalog software: Version 3    TXu001277702    Registered
INSURIX, INC.    None    N/A    N/A

RXHEALTH

INSURANCE

AGENCY, INC.

   None    N/A    N/A


SCHEDULE 3

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY LICENSES

None.


SCHEDULE 4

PATENTS

 

GRANTOR

  

PATENT

CONNECTURE, INC.    None.
DESTINATIONRX, INC.    None.
INSURIX, INC.    None.
RXHEALTH INSURANCE AGENCY, INC.    None.


SCHEDULE 5

PLEDGED COMPANIES

 

Name of Grantor

   Name of Pledged
Company
   Number of
Shares/Units
   Class of Interests    Percentage
of Class
Owned
   Percentage
of Class
Pledged
   Certificate
Nos.
CONNECTURE, INC.    INSURIX, INC.    2,000 shares    1,620 shares of Voting
Common Stock; 380
shares of Non-Voting
Common Stock
   100%    100%    5, 6
CONNECTURE, INC.    DESTINATIONRX,
INC.
   1,000 shares    Common Stock    100%    100%    124
DESTINATIONRX, INC.    RXHEALTH
INSURANCE
AGENCY, INC.
   1 share    Common Stock    100%    100%    1


SCHEDULE 6

TRADEMARKS

 

GRANTOR

   REGISTRATION
NUMBER
   TRADEMARK    STATUS
CONNECTURE, INC.    2,771,098    CONNECTURE    Registered
CONNECTURE, INC.    3,896,784    MEDICAREEDGE    Registered
CONNECTURE, INC.    4,010,010    CONSUMEREDGE    Registered
CONNECTURE, INC.    4,057,262    STATEADVANTAGE    Registered
CONNECTURE, INC.    4,057,261    BROKERADVANTAGE    Registered
CONNECTURE, INC    4,057,260    INSUREADVANTAGE    Registered
DESTINATIONRX, INC.    4,167,532    DESTINATIONRX    Registered
DESTINATIONRX, INC.    4,102,654    DRX    Registered
DESTINATIONRX, INC.    3,031,519    DESTINATIONRX
(Design)

LOGO  

   Registered
INSURIX, INC.    NONE    Insurix, Inc. holds no
registrations but it uses
the following
unregistered marks and
trademarks:

 

Benefit Central—
marketplace broker
rating tool.

 

iSuite

 

QMS100—group
marketplace broker
rating tool.

 

QMS500—group quoting
and underwriting &
workflow

 

RMS100—group
renewals

 

RMS500—group
renewals and
underwriting

 

EMS100—group
enrollment

   Not
registered.


     

 

IMS100—individual quoting

 

IMS500—individual quoting and underwriting

 

SMART FACTORS—Rate and Factor Maintenance (.net 3.5)

 

SMART BENEFITS—Plan and Benefit Maintenance (.net 3.5)

 

FIBRE—Rules Engine (.net 3.5)

  
RXHEALTH INSURANCE AGENCY, INC.    None    RxHealth is a tradename that is not a registered mark.    N/A


SCHEDULE 7

NAME; CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICE; TAX IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS AND

ORGANIZATIONAL NUMBERS

 

GRANTOR

   JURISDICTION
OF
FORMATION
   CHIEF
EXECUTIVE
OFFICE
   ORGANIZATIONAL
NUMBER
   FEDERAL
TAXPAYER
IDENTIFICATION
NUMBER
CONNECTURE, INC.    Delaware    18500 W.
Corporate Drive,
Suite 250,
Brookfield, WI
53045
   ######    ######
DESTINATIONRX, INC.    Delaware    600 Wilshire
Blvd., 11th Floor

Los Angeles,
CA 90017

   ######    ######
INSURIX, INC.    Connecticut    314 Farmington
Ave., Suite 120

Farmington, CT
06032

   ######    ######
RXHEALTH INSURANCE AGENCY, INC.    Delaware    600 Wilshire
Blvd., 11th Floor

Los Angeles,
CA 90017

   ######    ######


SCHEDULE 8

OWNED REAL PROPERTY

None.


SCHEDULE 9

DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS AND SECURITIES ACCOUNTS

 

GRANTOR

  

ADDRESS

  

TYPE OF ACCOUNT

   BANK OR
INTERMEDIARY
   ACCOUNT
NUMBERS
CONNECTURE, INC.    18500 W. Corporate Drive, Suite 250, Brookfield, WI 53045    Checking Account    ######    ######
CONNECTURE, INC.    18500 W. Corporate Drive, Suite 250, Brookfield, WI 53045    Checking Account    ######    ######
CONNECTURE, INC.    18500 W. Corporate Drive, Suite 250, Brookfield, WI 53045    Money Market    ######    ######
CONNECTURE, INC.    18500 W. Corporate Drive, Suite 250, Brookfield, WI 53045    Checking Account    ######    ######
CONNECTURE, INC.    18500 W. Corporate Drive, Suite 250, Brookfield, WI 53045    Checking Account    ######    ######
CONNECTURE, INC.    18500 W. Corporate Drive, Suite 250, Brookfield, WI 53045    Checking Account    ######    ######
INSURIX, INC.   

314 Farmington Ave., Suite 120

Farmington, CT 06032

   Checking Account    ######    ######
DESTINATIONRX, INC.   

600 Wilshire

Blvd., 11th Floor

Los Angeles, CA 90017

   Checking Account    ######    ######
DESTINATIONRX, INC.   

600 Wilshire

Blvd., 11th Floor

Los Angeles, CA 90017

   Checking Account    ######    ######


DESTINATIONRX, INC.    600 Wilshire
Blvd., 11th Floor

Los Angeles, CA
90017

   EFT    ######    ######
RXHEALTH INSURANCE AGENCY, INC.    600 Wilshire
Blvd., 11th Floor

Los Angeles, CA
90017

   Checking
Account
   ######    ######


SCHEDULE 10

CONTROLLED ACCOUNT BANKS

 

GRANTOR

   TYPE OF ACCOUNT    BANK OR INTERMEDIARY    ACCOUNT NUMBERS
CONNECTURE, INC.    Money Market    ######    ######
CONNECTURE, INC.    Checking Account    ######    ######
CONNECTURE, INC.    Checking Account    ######    ######
CONNECTURE, INC.    Checking Account    ######    ######
INSURIX, INC.    Checking Account    ######    ######
DESTINATIONRX, INC.    Checking Account    ######    ######
DESTINATIONRX, INC.    Checking Account    ######    ######
DESTINATIONRX, INC.    EFT    ######    ######
RXHEALTH INSURANCE AGENCY, INC.    Checking Account    ######    ######


SCHEDULE 11

LIST OF UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE FILING JURISDICTIONS

 

GRANTOR

  

JURISDICTION

CONNECTURE, INC.    Delaware
DESTINATIONRX, INC.    Delaware
INSURIX, INC.    Connecticut
RXHEALTH INSURANCE AGENCY, INC.    Delaware


ANNEX 1 TO GUARANTY AND SECURITY AGREEMENT FORM OF JOINDER

Joinder No.             (this “ Joinder ”), dated as of              20    , to the Guaranty and Security Agreement, dated as of January [            ], 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Guaranty and Security Agreement ”), by and among each of the parties listed on the signature pages thereto and those additional entities that thereafter become parties thereto (collectively, jointly and severally, “ Grantors ” and each, individually, a “ Grantor ”) and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , a national banking association (“ Wells Fargo ”), in its capacity as agent for the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “ Agent ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement of even date herewith (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) by and among Connecture, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Connecture ”), DestinationRX, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ DRX ”; together with Connecture, are referred to hereinafter each individually as a “ Borrower ” and individually and collectively, jointly and severally, as the “ Borrowers ”), the lenders party thereto as “Lenders” (each of such Lenders, together with its successors and assigns, is referred to hereinafter as a “ Lender ”), Wells Fargo, as administrative agent for each member of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “ Agent ”), the Lender Group has agreed to make certain financial accommodations available to Borrower from time to time pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof; and

WHEREAS, initially capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Guaranty and Security Agreement or, if not defined therein, in the Credit Agreement, and this Joinder shall be subject to the rules of construction set forth in Section 1(b) of the Guaranty and Security Agreement, which rules of construction are incorporated herein by this reference, mutatis mutandis ; and

WHEREAS, Grantors have entered into the Guaranty and Security Agreement in order to induce the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers to make certain financial accommodations to Borrower as provided for in the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and the Bank Product Agreements; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 5.11 of the Credit Agreement and Section 26 of the Guaranty and Security Agreement, certain Subsidiaries of the Loan Parties, must execute and deliver certain Loan Documents, including the Guarantor and Security Agreement, and the joinder to the Guaranty and Security Agreement by the undersigned new Grantor or Grantors (collectively, the “ New Grantors ”) may be accomplished by the execution of this Joinder in favor of Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers; and

WHEREAS, each New Grantor (a) is [an Affiliate] [a Subsidiary] of Borrower and, as such, will benefit by virtue of the financial accommodations extended to Borrower by the Lender Group or the Bank Product Providers and (b) by becoming a Grantor will benefit from certain rights granted to the Grantors pursuant to the terms of the Loan Documents and the Bank Product Agreements;

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each New Grantor hereby agrees as follows:

1. In accordance with Section 26 of the Guaranty and Security Agreement, each New Grantor, by its signature below, becomes a “Grantor” and “Guarantor” under the Guaranty and Security Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a “Grantor” and


“Guarantor” and each New Grantor hereby (a) agrees to all of the terms and provisions of the Guaranty and Security Agreement applicable to it as a “Grantor” or “Guarantor” thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a “Grantor” or “Guarantor” thereunder are true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that are already qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) on and as of the date hereof. In furtherance of the foregoing, each New Grantor hereby (a) jointly and severally unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees as a primary obligor and not merely as a surety the full and prompt payment when due, whether upon maturity, acceleration, or otherwise, of all of the Guarantied Obligations, and (b) unconditionally grants, assigns, and pledges to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, to secure the Secured Obligations, a continuing security interest in and to all of such New Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the Collateral. Each reference to a “Grantor” or “Guarantor” in the Guaranty and Security Agreement shall be deemed to include each New Grantor. The Guaranty and Security Agreement is incorporated herein by reference.

2. Schedule 1 , “Commercial Tort Claims”, Schedule 2 , “Copyrights”, Schedule 3 , “Intellectual Property Licenses”, Schedule 4 , “Patents”, Schedule 5 , “Pledged Companies”, Schedule 6 , “Trademarks”, Schedule 7 , Name; Chief Executive Office; Tax Identification Numbers and Organizational Numbers, Schedule 8 , “Owned Real Property”, Schedule 9 , “Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts”, Schedule 10 , “Controlled Account Banks”, and Schedule 11 , “List of Uniform Commercial Code Filing Jurisdictions”, attached hereto supplement Schedule 1, Schedule 2, Schedule 3, Schedule 4, Schedule 5, Schedule 6, Schedule 7, Schedule 8, Schedule 9, Schedule 10, and Schedule 11, respectively, to the Guaranty and Security Agreement and shall be deemed a part thereof for all purposes of the Guaranty and Security Agreement.

3. Each New Grantor authorizes Agent at any time and from time to time to file, transmit, or communicate, as applicable, financing statements and amendments thereto (i) describing the Collateral as “all personal property of debtor” or “all assets of debtor” or words of similar effect, (ii) describing the Collateral as being of equal or lesser scope or with greater detail, or (iii) that contain any information required by part 5 of Article 9 of the Code for the sufficiency or filing office acceptance. Each New Grantor also hereby ratifies any and all financing statements or amendments previously filed by Agent in any jurisdiction in connection with the Loan Documents.

4. Each New Grantor represents and warrants to Agent, the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers that this Joinder has been duly executed and delivered by such New Grantor and constitutes its legal, valid, and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent transfer, moratorium, or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

5. This Joinder is a Loan Document. This Joinder may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Joinder. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Joinder by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Joinder. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of this Joinder by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission also shall deliver an original executed counterpart of this Joinder but the failure to deliver an original executed counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, and binding effect of this Joinder.

6. The Guaranty and Security Agreement, as supplemented hereby, shall remain in full force and effect.


7. THIS JOINDER SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS REGARDING CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER, AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE SET FORTH IN SECTION 25 OF THE SECURITY AGREEMENT, AND SUCH PROVISIONS ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE, MUTATIS MUTANDIS .

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Joinder to the Guaranty and Security Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

NEW GRANTORS:  

[NAME OF NEW GRANTOR]

  By:  

 

   

Name:

   

Title:

    [NAME OF NEW GRANTOR]
  By:  

 

   

Name:

   

Title:

AGENT:

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

a national banking association

 

By:

 

 

   

Name:

   

Title:


EXHIBIT A

COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT

See Exhibit 10.3.10


EXHIBIT B

PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT

See Exhibit 10.3.9


EXHIBIT A

TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

See Exhibit 10.3.8

Exhibit 10.3.8

TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

This TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Trademark Security Agreement ”) is made this 15th day of January, 2013, by and among Grantors listed on the signature pages hereof (collectively, jointly and severally, “ Grantors ” and each individually “ Grantor ”), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , a national banking association (“ Wells Fargo ”), in its capacity as agent for the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “ Agent ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement of even date herewith (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) by and among Connecture, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Connecture ”), DestinationRX, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ DRX ”; together with Connecture, are referred to hereinafter each individually as a “ Borrower ” and individually and collectively, jointly and severally, as the “ Borrowers ”), the lenders party thereto as “Lenders” (each of such Lenders, together with its successors and assigns, is referred to hereinafter as a “ Lender ”), Wells Fargo, as administrative agent for each member of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “ Agent ”), the Lender Group has agreed to make certain financial accommodations available to Borrower from time to time pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof; and

WHEREAS, the members of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers are willing to make the financial accommodations to Borrower as provided for in the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and the Bank Product Agreements, but only upon the condition, among others, that Grantors shall have executed and delivered to Agent, for the benefit of Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, that certain Guaranty and Security Agreement, dated as of January     , 2013 (including all annexes, exhibits or schedules thereto, as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Guaranty and Security Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Guaranty and Security Agreement, Grantors are required to execute and deliver to Agent, for the benefit of Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, this Trademark Security Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Grantor hereby agrees as follows:

1. DEFINED TERMS . All initially capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Guaranty and Security Agreement or, if not defined therein, in the Credit Agreement, and this Trademark Security Agreement shall be subject to the rules of construction set forth in Section 1(b) of the Guaranty and Security Agreement, which rules of construction are incorporated herein by this reference, mutatis mutandis .

2. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN TRADEMARK COLLATERAL . Each Grantor hereby unconditionally grants, assigns, and pledges to Agent, for the benefit each member of the Lender Group and each of the Bank Product Providers, to secure the Secured Obligations, a continuing security interest (referred to in this Trademark Security Agreement as the “ Security Interest ”) in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising (collectively, the “ Trademark Collateral ”):


(a) all of its Trademarks and Trademark Intellectual Property Licenses to which it is a party including those referred to on Schedule I;

(b) all goodwill of the business connected with the use of, and symbolized by, each Trademark and each Trademark Intellectual Property License; and

(c) all products and proceeds (as that term is defined in the Code) of the foregoing, including any claim by such Grantor against third parties for past, present or future (i) infringement or dilution of any Trademark or any Trademarks exclusively licensed under any Intellectual Property License, including right to receive any damages, (ii) injury to the goodwill associated with any Trademark, or (iii) right to receive license fees, royalties, and other compensation under any Trademark Intellectual Property License.

3. SECURITY FOR SECURED OBLIGATIONS . This Trademark Security Agreement and the Security Interest created hereby secures the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, whether now existing or arising hereafter. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Trademark Security Agreement secures the payment of all amounts which constitute part of the Secured Obligations and would be owed by Grantors, or any of them, to Agent, the other members of the Lender Group, the Bank Product Providers or any of them, whether or not they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of an Insolvency Proceeding involving any Grantor.

4. SECURITY AGREEMENT . The Security Interest granted pursuant to this Trademark Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interests granted to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, pursuant to the Guaranty and Security Agreement. Each Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of Agent with respect to the Security Interest in the Trademark Collateral made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Guaranty and Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. To the extent there is any inconsistency between this Trademark Security Agreement and the Guaranty and Security Agreement, the Guaranty and Security Agreement shall control.

5. AUTHORIZATION TO SUPPLEMENT . If any Grantor shall obtain rights to any new trademarks, the provisions of this Trademark Security Agreement shall automatically apply thereto. Grantors shall give prompt notice in writing to Agent with respect to any such new trademarks or renewal or extension of any trademark registration. Without limiting Grantors’ obligations under this Section, Grantors hereby authorize Agent unilaterally to modify this Trademark Security Agreement by amending Schedule I to include any such new trademark rights of each Grantor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no failure to so modify this Trademark Security Agreement or amend Schedule I shall in any way affect, invalidate or detract from Agent’s continuing security interest in all Collateral, whether or not listed on Schedule I .

6. COUNTERPARTS . This Trademark Security Agreement is a Loan Document. This Trademark Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Trademark Security Agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Trademark Security Agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Trademark Security Agreement. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of this Trademark Security Agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission also shall deliver an original executed counterpart of this Trademark Security Agreement but the failure to deliver an original executed counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, and binding effect of this Trademark Security Agreement.

 

2


7. CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER, AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE PROVISION . THIS TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS REGARDING CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER, AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE SET FORTH IN SECTION 25 OF THE SECURITY AGREEMENT, AND SUCH PROVISIONS ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE, MUTATIS MUTANDIS .

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Trademark Security Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

GRANTORS:     CONNECTURE, INC., a Delaware corporation
    By:   /s/ James Purko
   

Name: James Purko

Title: CFO

    DESTINATIONRX, INC., a Delaware corporation
    By:   /s/ James Purko
   

Name: James Purko

Title: CFO

    INSURIX, INC., a Delaware corporation
    By:   /s/ James Purko
   

Name: James Purko

Title: CFO

    RXHEALTH INSURANCE AGENCY, INC., a Delaware corporation
    By:   /s/ James Purko
   

Name: James Purko

Title: CFO

AGENT:     ACCEPTED AND ACKNOWLEDGED BY:
    WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
a national banking association
    By:   /s/ Stephen Carll
   

Name: Stephen Carll

Title: Authorized Signatory

[Signature page to Trademark Security Agreement]


SCHEDULE 1

TRADEMARKS

 

GRANTOR

   REGISTRATION NUMBER     

TRADEMARK

  

STATUS

CONNECTURE, INC.

     2,771,098       CONNECTURE    Registered

CONNECTURE, INC.

     3,896,784       MEDICAREEDGE    Registered

CONNECTURE, INC.

     4,010,010       CONSUMEREDGE    Registered

CONNECTURE, INC.

     4,057,262       STATEADVANTAGE    Registered

CONNECTURE, INC.

     4,057,261       BROKERADVANTAGE    Registered

CONNECTURE, INC

     4,057,260       INSUREADVANTAGE    Registered

DESTINATIONRX, INC.

     4,167,532       DESTINATIONRX    Registered

DESTINATIONRX, INC.

     4,102,654       DRX    Registered

DESTINATIONRX, INC.

     3,031,519      

DESTINATIONRX (Design)

LOGO

   Registered
INSURIX, INC.      NONE      

Insurix, Inc. holds no registrations but it uses the following unregistered marks and trademarks:

 

Benefit Central—marketplace broker rating tool.

 

iSuite

 

QMS100—group marketplace broker rating tool.

 

QMS500—group quoting and underwriting & workflow

 

RMS100—group renewals

 

RMS500—group renewals and underwriting

 

EMS100—group enrollment

 

   Not registered.


     

IMS100—individual quoting

 

IMS500—individual quoting and underwriting

 

SMART FACTORS—Rate and Factor Maintenance (.net 3.5)

 

SMART BENEFITS—Plan and Benefit Maintenance (.net 3.5)

 

FIBRE—Rules Engine (.net 3.5)

 

  
RXHEALTH INSURANCE AGENCY, INC.    None    RxHealth is a tradename that is not a registered mark.    N/A

TRADEMARK INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY LICENSES

None.

Exhibit 10.3.9

PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT

This PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Patent Security Agreement ”) is made this 15th day of January, 2013, by and among the Grantors listed on the signature pages hereof (collectively, jointly and severally, “ Grantors ” and each individually “ Grantor ”), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , a national banking association (“ Wells Fargo ”), in its capacity as agent for each member of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “ Agent ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement of even date herewith (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) by and among Connecture, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Connecture ”), DestinationRX, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ DRX ”; together with Connecture, are referred to hereinafter each individually as a “ Borrower ” and individually and collectively, jointly and severally, as the “ Borrowers ”), the lenders party thereto as “Lenders” (each of such Lenders, together with its successors and assigns, is referred to hereinafter as a “ Lender ”), Wells Fargo, as administrative agent for each member of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “ Agent ”), the Lender Group has agreed to make certain financial accommodations available to Borrower from time to time pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof; and

WHEREAS, the members of Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers are willing to make the financial accommodations to Borrower as provided for in the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and the Bank Product Agreements, but only upon the condition, among others, that the Grantors shall have executed and delivered to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, that certain Guaranty and Security Agreement, dated as of January     , 2013 (including all annexes, exhibits or schedules thereto, as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Guaranty and Security Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Guaranty and Security Agreement, Grantors are required to execute and deliver to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, this Patent Security Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Grantor hereby agrees as follows:

1. DEFINED TERMS . All initially capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Guaranty and Security Agreement or, if not defined therein, in the Credit Agreement, and this Patent Security Agreement shall be subject to the rules of construction set forth in Section 1(b) of the Guaranty and Security Agreement, which rules of construction are incorporated herein by this reference, mutatis mutandis .

2. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENT COLLATERAL . Each Grantor hereby unconditionally grants, assigns, and pledges to Agent, for the benefit each member of the Lender Group and each of the Bank Product Providers, to secure the Secured Obligations, a continuing security interest (referred to in this Patent Security Agreement as the “ Security Interest ”) in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising (collectively, the “ Patent Collateral ”):


(a) all of its Patents and Patent Intellectual Property Licenses to which it is a party including those referred to on Schedule I ;

(b) all divisionals, continuations, continuations-in-part, reissues, reexaminations, or extensions of the foregoing; and

(c) all products and proceeds of the foregoing, including any claim by such Grantor against third parties for past, present or future infringement of any Patent or any Patent exclusively licensed under any Intellectual Property License, including the right to receive damages, or right to receive license fees, royalties, and other compensation under any Patent Intellectual Property License.

3. SECURITY FOR SECURED OBLIGATIONS . This Patent Security Agreement and the Security Interest created hereby secures the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, whether now existing or arising hereafter. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Patent Security Agreement secures the payment of all amounts which constitute part of the Secured Obligations and would be owed by Grantors, or any of them, to Agent, the other members of the Lender Group, the Bank Product Providers or any of them, whether or not they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of an Insolvency Proceeding involving any Grantor.

4. SECURITY AGREEMENT . The Security Interest granted pursuant to this Patent Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interests granted to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, pursuant to the Guaranty and Security Agreement. Each Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of Agent with respect to the Security Interest in the Patent Collateral made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Guaranty and Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. To the extent there is any inconsistency between this Patent Security Agreement and the Guaranty and Security Agreement, the Guaranty and Security Agreement shall control.

5. AUTHORIZATION TO SUPPLEMENT . If any Grantor shall obtain rights to any new patent application or issued patent or become entitled to the benefit of any patent application or patent for any divisional, continuation, continuation-in-part, reissue, or reexamination of any existing patent or patent application, the provisions of this Patent Security Agreement shall automatically apply thereto. Grantors shall give prompt notice in writing to Agent with respect to any such new patent rights. Without limiting Grantors’ obligations under this Section, Grantors hereby authorize Agent unilaterally to modify this Patent Security Agreement by amending Schedule I to include any such new patent rights of each Grantor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no failure to so modify this Patent Security Agreement or amend Schedule I shall in any way affect, invalidate or detract from Agent’s continuing security interest in all Collateral, whether or not listed on Schedule I .

6. COUNTERPARTS . This Patent Security Agreement is a Loan Document. This Patent Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Patent Security Agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Patent Security Agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Patent Security Agreement. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of this Patent Security Agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission also shall deliver an original executed counterpart of this Patent Security Agreement but the failure to deliver an original executed counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, and binding effect of this Patent Security Agreement.


7. CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER, AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE PROVISION . THIS PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS REGARDING CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER, AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE SET FORTH IN SECTION 25 OF THE SECURITY AGREEMENT, AND SUCH PROVISIONS ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE, MUTATIS MUTANDIS .

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Patent Security Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

GRANTORS:     CONNECTURE, INC. , a Delaware corporation
    By:   /s/ James Purko
    Name: James Purko
    Title: CFO

 

    DESTINATIONRX, INC. , a Delaware corporation
    By:   /s/ James Purko
    Name: James Purko
    Title: CFO

 

    INSURIX, INC. , a Delaware corporation
    By:   /s/ James Purko
    Name: James Purko
    Title: CFO

 

    RXHEALTH INSURANCE AGENCY, INC. , a Delaware corporation
    By:   /s/ James Purko
    Name: James Purko
    Title: CFO

 

AGENT:     ACCEPTED AND ACKNOWLEDGED BY:
    WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association
    By:   /s/ Stephen Carll
    Name: Stephen Carll
    Title: Authorized Signatory

[Signature page to Patent Security Agreement]


SCHEDULE 1

PATENTS

 

GRANTOR

  

PATENT

CONNECTURE, INC.    None.
DESTINATIONRX, INC.    None.
INSURIX, INC.    None.
RXHEALTH INSURANCE AGENCY, INC.    None.

PATENT INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY LICENSES

None.

Exhibit 10.3.10

COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT

This COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Copyright Security Agreement ”) is made this 15th day of January, 2013, by and among Grantors listed on the signature pages hereof (collectively, jointly and severally, “ Grantors ” and each individually “ Grantor ”), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , a national banking association (“ Wells Fargo ”), in its capacity as agent for each member of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “ Agent ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement of even date herewith (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) by and among Connecture, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Connecture ”), DestinationRX, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ DRX ”; together with Connecture, are referred to hereinafter each individually as a “ Borrower ” and individually and collectively, jointly and severally, as the “ Borrowers ”), the lenders party thereto as “Lenders” (each of such Lenders, together with its successors and assigns, is referred to hereinafter as a “ Lender ”), Wells Fargo, as administrative agent for each member of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “ Agent ”), the Lender Group has agreed to make certain financial accommodations available to Borrower from time to time pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof; and

WHEREAS, the members of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers are willing to make the financial accommodations to Borrower as provided for in the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and the Bank Product Agreements, but only upon the condition, among others, that Grantors shall have executed and delivered to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, that certain Guaranty and Security Agreement, dated as of January     , 2013 (including all annexes, exhibits or schedules thereto, as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Guaranty and Security Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Guaranty and Security Agreement, Grantors are required to execute and deliver to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, this Copyright Security Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Grantors hereby agree as follows:

1. DEFINED TERMS . All initially capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Guaranty and Security Agreement or, if not defined therein, in the Credit Agreement, and this Copyright Security Agreement shall be subject to the rules of construction set forth in Section 1(b) of the Guaranty and Security Agreement, which rules of construction are incorporated herein by this reference, mutatis mutandis .

2. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN COPYRIGHT COLLATERAL . Each Grantor hereby unconditionally grants, assigns, and pledges to Agent, for the benefit each member of the Lender Group and each of the Bank Product Providers, to secure the Secured Obligations, a continuing security interest (referred to in this Copyright Security Agreement as the “ Security Interest ”) in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising (collectively, the “ Copyright Collateral ”):


(a) all of such Grantor’s Copyrights and Copyright Intellectual Property Licenses to which it is a party including those referred to on Schedule I ;

(b) all renewals or extensions of the foregoing; and

(c) all products and proceeds of the foregoing, including any claim by such Grantor against third parties for past, present or future infringement of any Copyright or any Copyright exclusively licensed under any Intellectual Property License, including the right to receive damages, or the right to receive license fees, royalties, and other compensation under any Copyright Intellectual Property License.

3. SECURITY FOR SECURED OBLIGATIONS . This Copyright Security Agreement and the Security Interest created hereby secures the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, whether now existing or arising hereafter. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Copyright Security Agreement secures the payment of all amounts which constitute part of the Secured Obligations and would be owed by Grantors, or any of them, to Agent, the other members of the Lender Group, the Bank Product Providers or any of them, whether or not they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of an Insolvency Proceeding involving any Grantor.

4. SECURITY AGREEMENT . The Security Interest granted pursuant to this Copyright Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interests granted to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, pursuant to the Guaranty and Security Agreement. Each Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of Agent with respect to the Security Interest in the Copyright Collateral made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Guaranty and Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. To the extent there is any inconsistency between this Copyright Security Agreement and the Guaranty and Security Agreement, the Guaranty and Security Agreement shall control.

5. AUTHORIZATION TO SUPPLEMENT . Grantors shall give Agent prior written notice of no less than five (5) Business Days before filing any additional application for registration of any copyright and prompt notice in writing of any additional copyright registrations granted therefor after the date hereof. Without limiting Grantors’ obligations under this Section, Grantors hereby authorize Agent unilaterally to modify this Copyright Security Agreement by amending Schedule I to include any future United States registered copyrights or applications therefor of each Grantor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no failure to so modify this Copyright Security Agreement or amend Schedule I shall in any way affect, invalidate or detract from Agent’s continuing security interest in all Collateral, whether or not listed on Schedule I.

6. COUNTERPARTS . This Copyright Security Agreement is a Loan Document. This Copyright Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Copyright Security Agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Copyright Security Agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Copyright Security Agreement. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of this Copyright Security Agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission also shall deliver an original executed counterpart of this Copyright Security Agreement but the failure to deliver an original executed counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, and binding effect of this Copyright Security Agreement.

 

2


7. CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER, AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE PROVISION . THIS COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS REGARDING CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER, AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE SET FORTH IN SECTION 25 OF THE SECURITY AGREEMENT, AND SUCH PROVISIONS ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE, MUTATIS MUTANDIS .

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Copyright Security Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

GRANTORS:     CONNECTURE, INC., a Delaware corporation
    By:   /s/ James Purko
    Name: James Purko
    Title: CFO
    DESTINATIONRX, INC. , a Delaware corporation
    By:   /s/ James Purko
    Name: James Purko
    Title: CFO
    INSURIX, INC. , a Delaware corporation
    By:   /s/ James Purko
    Name: James Purko
    Title: CFO
    RXHEALTH INSURANCE AGENCY, INC. , a Delaware corporation
    By:   /s/ James Purko
    Name: James Purko
    Title: CFO
AGENT:     ACCEPTED AND ACKNOWLEDGED BY:
    WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION , a national banking association
    By:   /s/ Stephen Carll
    Name: Stephen Carll
    Title: Authorized Signatory

[Signature page to Copyright Security Agreement]


SCHEDULE 1

COPYRIGHTS

 

GRANTOR

  

TITLE

   REGISTRATION NUMBER    STATUS

CONNECTURE, INC.

   Connecture Solution for Individual & Family Products Configured for Aetna    Txu001209168    Registered

CONNECTURE, INC.

   Connecture Solution for Small Business Groups Configured for Aetna    TXu001209169    Registered

DESTINATIONRX, INC.

   Drug Identification Catalog    TXu001321952    Registered

DESTINATIONRX, INC.

   Drug catalog software: Version 3    TXu001277702    Registered

INSURIX, INC.

   None    N/A    N/A

RXHEALTH INSURANCE AGENCY, INC.

   None    N/A    N/A

COPYRIGHT INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY LICENSES

None.

Exhibit 10.4.1

EXECUTION VERSION

SECOND LIEN TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

by and among

THL CORPORATE FINANCE, INC.,

as Administrative Agent,

THE LENDERS THAT ARE PARTIES HERETO

as the Lenders,

and

CONNECTURE, INC.

and

DESTINATIONRX, INC.

as Borrowers

Dated as of March 18, 2013


SECOND LIEN TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND LIEN TERM LOAN AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), is entered into as of March 18, 2013, by and among the lenders identified on the signature pages hereof (each of such lenders, together with its successors and permitted assigns, is referred to hereinafter as a “ Lender ”, as that term is hereinafter further defined), THL CORPORATE FINANCE, INC., a Delaware corporation, as administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “ Agent ”), CONNECTURE, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“Connecture”), and DESTINATIONRX, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“ DRX ”; together with Connecture, are referred to hereinafter each individually as a “ Borrower ”, and individually and collectively, jointly and severally, as the “ Borrowers ”).

The parties agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

1.1 Definitions . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings specified therefor on Schedule 1.1.

1.2 Accounting Terms . All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP; provided, that if Borrowers notify Agent that Borrowers request an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any Accounting Change occurring after the Closing Date or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if Agent notifies Borrowers that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such Accounting Change or in the application thereof, then Agent and Borrowers agree that they will negotiate in good faith amendments to the provisions of this Agreement that are directly affected by such Accounting Change with the intent of having the respective positions of the Lenders and Borrowers after such Accounting Change conform as nearly as possible to their respective positions as of the date of this Agreement and, until any such amendments have been agreed upon and agreed to by the Required Lenders, the provisions in this Agreement shall be calculated as if no such Accounting Change had occurred. When used herein, the term “financial statements” shall include the notes and schedules thereto. Whenever the term “Borrowers” is used in respect of a financial covenant or a related definition, it shall be understood to mean Borrowers and their Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, unless the context clearly requires otherwise. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (a) all financial statements delivered hereunder shall be prepared, and all financial covenants contained herein shall be calculated, without giving effect to any election under the Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159 (or any similar accounting principle) permitting a Person to value its financial liabilities or Indebtedness at the fair value thereof, and (b) the term “unqualified opinion” as used herein to refer to opinions or reports provided by accountants shall mean an opinion or report that is (i) unqualified, and (ii) does not include any explanation, supplemental comment, or other comment concerning the ability of the applicable Person to continue as a going concern or concerning the scope of the audit.

1.3 Code . Any terms used in this Agreement that are defined in the Code shall be construed and defined as set forth in the Code unless otherwise defined herein; provided, that to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein and such term is defined differently in different Articles of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article 9 of the Code shall govern.

1.4 Construction . Unless the context of this Agreement or any other Loan Document clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular, references to the singular include the plural, the terms “includes” and “including” are not limiting, and the term “or” has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.” The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and similar terms in this Agreement or any other Loan Document refer to this Agreement or such

 

- 1 -


other Loan Document, as the case may be, as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be. Section, subsection, clause, schedule, and exhibit references herein are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. Any reference in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document to any agreement, instrument, or document shall include all alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements, thereto and thereof, as applicable (subject to any restrictions on such alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements set forth herein). The words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties. Any reference herein or in any other Loan Document to the satisfaction, repayment, or payment in full of the Obligations shall mean (a) the payment or repayment in full in immediately available funds of all of the Obligations other than unasserted contingent indemnification Obligations. Any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns. Any requirement of a writing contained herein or in any other Loan Document shall be satisfied by the transmission of a Record.

1.5 Time References . Unless the context of this Agreement or any other Loan Document clearly requires otherwise, all references to time of day refer to Eastern standard time or Eastern daylight saving time, as in effect in New York, New York on such day. For purposes of the computation of a period of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including” and the words “to” and “until” each means “to and including”; provided that, with respect to a computation of fees or interest payable to Agent or any Lender, such period shall in any event consist of at least one full day.

1.6 Schedules and Exhibits . All of the schedules and exhibits attached to this Agreement shall be deemed incorporated herein by reference.

1.7 Lien Subordination . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement or any Loan Document to the contrary, the rights of Agent and the Lenders, solely with respect to their lien priorities and not with respect to any payments, under this Agreement and the Loan Documents are subordinate to the liens securing the First Lien Priority Debt under and pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

2. LOANS AND TERMS OF PAYMENT.

2.1 [Reserved] .

2.2 Term Loan .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, on the Closing Date each Lender with a Commitment agrees (severally, not jointly or jointly and severally) to make term loans (collectively, the “Term Loans ”) to Borrowers in an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Commitment, the proceeds of which shall be reduced by way of OID as set out in Schedule C-1 .

(b) The Term Loan made by each Lender shall be evidenced by this Agreement and a promissory note (a “Note ”) of the Borrowers payable to the order of such Lender substantially in the form of Exhibit D-1 hereto, evidencing the Indebtedness of the Borrowers to such Lender resulting from the Term Loan made to the Borrowers by such Lender.

(c) The outstanding unpaid principal balance of, and all accrued and unpaid interest on, the Term Loan shall be due and payable on the earlier of (i) the Maturity Date, and (ii) the date of the acceleration of the Term Loan in accordance with the terms hereof. Any principal amount of the Term Loan that is repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. All principal of, interest on, and other amounts payable in respect of the Term Loan shall constitute Obligations. The Lenders’ obligation to fund the Term Loan shall terminate immediately following initial funding of the Term Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

- 2 -


2.3 [Reserved] .

2.4 Payments; Termination of Commitments; Prepayments .

(a) Payments by Borrowers.

(i) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by Borrowers shall be made to (x) so long as there are three or less Lenders, to each Lender (in each case to such Lender’s Lender Account) or (y) so long as there are greater than three Lenders, to Agent for the account of the Lenders, which shall be made in immediately available funds, no later than 1:30 p.m. on the date specified herein. Any payment received by any Lender or Agent, as applicable, later than 1:30 p.m. shall be deemed to have been received (unless Agent or such Lender, as applicable, in its sole discretion, elects to credit it on the date received) on the following Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue until such following Business Day.

(ii) [Reserved].

(b) Apportionment and Application.

(i) So long as no Application Event has occurred and is continuing, all principal and interest payments shall be apportioned ratably among the Lenders (according to the unpaid principal balance of the Obligations to which such payments relate held by each Lender) and all payments of fees and expenses (other than fees or expenses that are for Agent’s separate account) shall be apportioned ratably among the Lenders having a Pro Rata Share of the Term Loan or Obligation to which a particular fee or expense relates. All payments to be made hereunder by Borrowers shall be remitted to each Lender or Agent, as applicable, based on such Lender’s Pro Rata Share, and all such payments, and all proceeds of Collateral received by Agent, shall be applied, so long as no Application Event has occurred and is continuing, to reduce the balance of the Term Loan outstanding, and after payment in full thereof, to Borrowers (to be wired to the Designated Account) or such other Person entitled thereto under applicable law.

(ii) At any time that an Application Event has occurred and is continuing, all payments remitted to Agent or Lenders hereunder, as applicable, and all proceeds of Collateral received by Agent shall be applied as follows:

(A) first , to pay any Lender Group Expenses (including cost or expense reimbursements) or indemnities then due to Agent under the Loan Documents, until paid in full,

(B) second , to pay any fees or premiums then due to Agent under the Loan Documents until paid in full,

(C) third , ratably, to pay any Lender Group Expenses (including cost or expense reimbursements) or indemnities then due to any of the Lenders under the Loan Documents, until paid in full,

(D) fourth , ratably, to pay any fees or premiums then due to any of the Lenders under the Loan Documents until paid in full,

(E) fifth , ratably, to pay interest accrued in respect of the Term Loan until paid in full,

(F) sixth , ratably, to pay the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan until the Term Loan is paid in full,

(G) seventh , to pay any other Obligatiions,

 

- 3 -


(H) eighth , to Borrowers (to be wired to the Designated Account) or such other Person entitled thereto under applicable law.

(iii) To the extent a payment or proceeds of Collateral are received by Agent, Agent promptly shall distribute to each Lender (to each such Lender’s Lender Account) such funds as it may be entitled to receive.

(iv) In each instance, so long as no Application Event has occurred and is continuing, Section 2.4(b)(i) shall not apply to any payment made by Borrowers to Lenders or Agent, as applicable, and specified by Borrowers to be for the payment of specific Obligations then due and payable (or prepayable) under any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

(v) For purposes of Section 2.4(b)(ii) , “paid in full” of a type of Obligation means payment in cash or immediately available funds of all amounts owing on account of such type of Obligation, including interest accrued after the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding, default interest, interest on interest, and expense reimbursements, irrespective of whether any of the foregoing would be or is allowed or disallowed in whole or in part in any Insolvency Proceeding.

(vi) In the event of a direct conflict between the priority provisions of this Section 2.4 and any other provision contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, it is the intention of the parties hereto that such provisions be read together and construed, to the fullest extent possible, to be in concert with each other. In the event of any actual, irreconcilable conflict that cannot be resolved as aforesaid, the terms and provisions of this Section 2.4 shall control and govern.

(c) Termination of Commitments . The Commitments shall terminate upon the making of the Term Loan.

(d) Optional Prepayments . Borrowers may, upon at least three Business Days prior written notice to Agent, prepay the principal of the Term Loan, in whole or in part. Each prepayment made pursuant to this Section 2.4(d) shall be (A) accompanied by the payment of accrued interest to the date of such payment on the amount prepaid, (B) subject to the Applicable Prepayment Premium, and (C) in an amount which is not less than $500,000 (or the remaining balance if less than $500,000) and in increments of $100,000.

(e) Mandatory Prepayments.

(i) Dispositions . Promptly, and in no event later than three Business Days of the date of receipt by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of the Net Cash Proceeds of any voluntary or involuntary sale or disposition by such Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of assets (including casualty losses or condemnations but excluding sales or dispositions which qualify as Permitted Dispositions under clauses (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (i), (j), (k), (l), (m), (n) or (p) of the definition of Permitted Dispositions), Borrowers shall prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Obligations in accordance with Section 2.4(f)(i) in an amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds (including condemnation awards and payments in lieu thereof) received by such Person in connection with such sales or dispositions; provided that, so long as (A) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, (B) such Borrower shall have given Agent written notice of such Borrower’s intention to apply such monies to the costs of replacement of the properties or assets that are the subject of such sale or disposition or the cost of purchase or construction of other assets useful in the business of such Borrower or its Subsidiaries, (C) the monies are held in a Deposit Account in which Agent has a perfected first-priority security interest, and (D) such Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, complete such replacement, purchase, or construction within 180 days (or 365 days in the case of any involuntary disposition resulting from a casualty loss or condemnation) after the initial receipt of such monies, then the Loan Party whose assets were the subject of such disposition shall have the option to apply such monies to the costs of replacement of the assets that are the subject of such sale or disposition or the costs of purchase or construction of other assets useful in the business of such Loan Party unless and to the

 

- 4 -


extent that such applicable period shall have expired without such replacement, purchase, or construction being made or completed, in which case, any amounts remaining in the Deposit Account referred to in clause (C) above shall be paid to Agent and applied in accordance with Section 2.4(f)(i) ; provided, that no Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries shall have the right to use such Net Cash Proceeds to make such replacements, purchases, or construction in excess of $500,000 in any given fiscal year. Nothing contained in this Section 2.4(e)(i) shall permit any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to sell or otherwise dispose of any assets other than in accordance with Section 6.4 .

(ii) Extraordinary Receipts . Promptly, and in no event later than three Business Days of the date of receipt by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any Extraordinary Receipts, Borrowers shall prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Obligations in accordance with Section 2.4(f)(i) in an amount equal to 100% of such Extraordinary Receipts, net of any reasonable expenses incurred in collecting such Extraordinary Receipts.

(iii) Indebtedness . Promptly, and in no event later than three Business Days of the date of incurrence by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness), Borrowers shall prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Obligations in accordance with Section 2.4(f)(i) in an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds received by such Person in connection with such incurrence. The provisions of this Section 2.4(e)(iii) shall not be deemed to be implied consent to any such incurrence otherwise prohibited by the terms of this Agreement.

(iv) Equity . Promptly, and in no event later than three Business Days of the date of the issuance by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any Equity Interests (other than (A) in the event that any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries forms any Subsidiary in accordance with the terms hereof, the issuance by such Subsidiary of Equity Interests to such Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, (B) the issuance of Equity Interests by Administrative Borrower to any Person that is an equity holder of Administrative Borrower prior to such issuance (a “Subject Holder ”) so long as such Subject Holder did not acquire any Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower so as to become a Subject Holder concurrently with, or in contemplation of, the issuance of such Equity Interest to such Subject Holder, (C) the issuance of Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower to directors, officers and employees of Administrative Borrower and its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock option plans (or other employee incentive plans or other compensation arrangements) approved by the Board of Directors, (D) the issuance of Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower in order to finance the purchase consideration (or a portion thereof) in connection with a Permitted Acquisition, (E) the issuance of Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower in connection with the raising of Curative Equity, and (F) the issuance of Equity Interests by a Subsidiary of a Borrower to its parent or member in connection with the contribution by such parent or member to such Subsidiary of the proceeds of an issuance described in clauses (A) – (F) above), Borrowers shall prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Obligations in accordance with Section 2.4(f)(i) in an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds received by such Person in connection with such issuance. The provisions of this Section 2.4(e)(iv) shall not be deemed to be implied consent to any such issuance otherwise prohibited by the terms of this Agreement.

(v) Excess Cash Flow . Within 10 days of delivery to Agent of audited annual financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1 , commencing with the delivery to Agent of the financial statements for Borrowers’ fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 or, if such financial statements are not delivered to Agent on the date such statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 , within 10 days after the date such statements were required to be delivered to Agent pursuant to Section 5.1 , Borrowers shall prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Obligations in accordance with Section 2.4(f)(ii) in an amount equal to (i) 50% of the Excess Cash Flow of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries for such fiscal year minus (ii) any voluntary prepayments of the Term Loan (or any term loan constituting a portion of the First Lien Debt) made during such fiscal year; provided, that any Excess Cash Flow payment made pursuant to this Section 2.4(e)(v) shall exclude the portion of Excess Cash Flow that is attributable to the target of a Permitted Acquisition and that accrued prior to the closing date of such Permitted Acquisition; provided , further that in the case of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, Borrowers shall only be obligated to prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Obligations in an amount equal to the applicable percentage of the Excess Cash Flow of the Parent and its Subsidiaries for the period commencing with February 1, 2013 and ending on December 31, 2013.

 

- 5 -


(vi) Curative Equity. Promptly, and in no event later than three Business Days of the date of receipt by any Borrower of the proceeds of any Curative Equity pursuant to Section 9.3 , Borrowers shall prepay the outstanding principal of the Obligations in accordance with Section 2.4(f)(i) in an amount equal to 100% of such proceeds, net of any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the issuance of such Curative Equity.

(f) Application of Payments.

(i) Each prepayment pursuant to Section 2.4(e) shall (A) so long as no Application Event shall have occurred and be continuing, be applied to the principal amount of the Term Loan until paid in full, and (B) if an Application Event shall have occurred and be continuing, be applied in the manner set forth in Section 2.4(b)(ii) . Each such prepayment of the Term Loan shall be applied against the principal of the Term Loan on a pro rata basis.

(ii) Net Payments . Notwithstanding anything in Section 2.4(e) to the contrary, the obligation of the Borrowers to make any payments under Section 2.4(e) shall be subject to the terms of Section 4.5 of the Intercreditor Agreement, and the amount of any payments under Section 2.4(e) shall be reduced by any such amounts used to prepay and permanently reduce the First Lien Priority Debt.

(iii) Applicable Prepayment Premium . Each prepayment of the Term Loan, including any such payment pursuant to Sections 2.4(d) and (e) (other than pursuant to Section 2.4(d)(i) (solely to the extent of any Net Cash Proceeds resulting from casualty losses or condemnations) , and Section 2.4 (e)(ii), (e)(v) and (e)(vi) ) shall be accompanied by all interest accrued as of such prepayment date on the amount of the Term Loan prepaid plus the Applicable Prepayment Premium, whether or not an Event of Default then exists.

(iv) Decline Prepayments . Any mandatory prepayment required to be made pursuant to Section 2.4(e) may be declined in whole or in part by any Lender without prejudice to such Lender’s rights hereunder to accept or decline any future payments in respect of mandatory prepayment. If a Lender chooses not to accept payment in respect of a mandatory prepayment in whole or in part, the other Lenders that accept such mandatory prepayment shall have the option to share such proceeds on a pro forma basis (and if declined by all Lenders such declined proceeds shall be retained by the Borrowers).

2.5 OID; Tax Reporting; AHYDO .

(a) OID . The Borrowers and the Lenders hereby agree (i) that the Term Loans are debt for federal income tax purposes, (ii) that the Term Loan made by each Lender constitutes a single debt instrument for purposes of Section 1271 through 1275 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder (pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.1275-2(c)), that such debt instrument is issued with original issue discount ( OID ”), and that such debt instrument is described in Treasury Regulations 1.1272-1(c)(2) and therefore is governed by the rules set out in Treasury Regulations Section 1.1272-1(c), including Section 1.1272-1(c)(5), and is not governed by the rules set out in Treasury Regulations Section 1.1275-4, (iii) that any calculation by the Borrower regarding the amount of OID for any accrual period on the Term Loans shall be subject to review and approval of the Agent, and (iv) to adhere to this Agreement for federal income tax purposes and not to take any action or file any tax return, report or declaration inconsistent herewith (including with respect to the amount of OID on the Term Loans as determined in accordance with the preceding clause (iii)). The inclusion of this Section 2.5 is not an admission by any Lender that it is subject to United States taxation.

(b) Tax Reporting . The Borrowers and Lenders, having adverse interests and as a result of arms-length bargaining, agree that neither Lenders nor any of their officers, directors, representatives, partners, members or employees have rendered or have agreed to render any services to the Borrower or any other Loan Party in connection with this Agreement.

 

- 6 -


(c) AHYDO . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in subparagraph (a)(i) above, if (1) the Term Loan remains outstanding after the fifth anniversary of the initial issuance thereof and (2) the aggregate amount of the accrued but unpaid interest on the Term Loan (including any amounts treated as interest for federal income tax purposes, such as “original issue discount”) as of any Testing Date occurring after such fifth anniversary exceeds an amount equal to the Maximum Accrual, then all such accrued but unpaid interest on the Term Loan (including any amounts treated as interest for federal income tax purposes, such as “original issue discount”) as of such time in excess of an amount equal to the Maximum Accrual shall be paid in cash by the Borrower to the holders thereof on such Testing Date, it being the intent of the parties hereto that the deductibility of interest under the Term Loan shall not be limited or deferred by reason of Section 163(i) of the IRC. For these purposes, the “ Maximum Accrual ” is an amount equal to the product of such Term Loan’s issue price (as defined in IRC Sections 1273(b) and 1274 (a)) and their yield to maturity, and a “ Testing Date ” is any date on which interest is paid in respect of the Term Loan and the date on which any “accrual period” (within the meaning of Section 1272(a)(5) of the IRC) closes. Any accrued interest which for any reason has not theretofore been paid shall be paid in full on the date on which the final principal payment on the Term Loan is made.

2.6 Interest Rates: Rates, Payments and Calculations .

(a) Interest Rate. Except as provided in Section 2.6(c) and subject to Section 2.12(d) , all amounts of the Term Loan and all other Obligations shall bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the LIBOR Rate plus the LIBOR Rate Margin in accordance with Section 2.12 . Interest accruing on the Term Loan (and, as applicable, any other Obligations) shall be due and payable, in arrears, on the earliest of (i) the first day of each month commencing April 1, 2013, (ii) the Maturity Date, (iii) the date on which all or any portion of the Obligations are accelerated pursuant to the terms hereof and (iv) the date on which this Agreement is terminated pursuant to the terms hereof.

(b) [Reserved].

(c) Default Rate. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default and at the election of Agent or the Required Lenders, the interest rate applicable to all outstanding Obligations shall bear interest at a per annum rate equal to 2 percentage points above the per annum rate otherwise applicable thereunder, and

(d) [Reserved].

(e) Computation. All interest and fees chargeable under the Loan Documents shall be computed on the basis of a 360 day year, in each case, for the actual number of days elapsed in the period during which the interest or fees accrue.

(f) Intent to Limit Charges to Maximum Lawful Rate. In no event shall the interest rate or rates payable under this Agreement, plus any other amounts paid in connection herewith, exceed the highest rate permissible under any law that a court of competent jurisdiction shall, in a final determination, deem applicable. Borrowers and the Lender Group, in executing and delivering this Agreement, intend legally to agree upon the rate or rates of interest and manner of payment stated within it; provided, that, anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, if such rate or rates of interest or manner of payment exceeds the maximum allowable under applicable law, then, ipso facto , as of the date of this Agreement, Borrowers are and shall be liable only for the payment of such maximum amount as is allowed by law, and payment received from Borrowers in excess of such legal maximum, whenever received, shall be applied to reduce the principal balance of the Obligations to the extent of such excess.

2.7 Crediting Payments . The receipt of any payment item by Agent shall not be required to be considered a payment on account unless such payment item is a wire transfer of immediately available federal funds made to Agent’s Account or unless and until such payment item is honored when presented for payment.

 

- 7 -


Should any payment item not be honored when presented for payment, then Borrowers shall be deemed not to have made such payment and interest shall be calculated accordingly. Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, any payment item shall be deemed received by Agent only if it is received into Agent’s Account on a Business Day on or before 1:30 p.m. If any payment item is received into Agent’s Account on a non-Business Day or after 1:30 p.m. on a Business Day (unless Agent, in its sole discretion, elects to credit it on the date received), it shall be deemed to have been received by Agent as of the opening of business on the immediately following Business Day.

2.8 [Reserved] .

2.9 [Reserved] .

2.10 Fees . The Borrower agrees to pay to the Agent an annual fee of $20,000 for pricing valuation services related to the Notes. Such fee shall be due on the Closing Date and each anniversary of the Closing Date prior to the Maturity Date.

2.11 [Reserved] .

2.12 LIBOR Rate and Interest Payment Dates .

(a) Interest and Interest Payment Dates. Subject to clause (d) below, interest on the entire Term Loan shall be charged at a rate of interest based upon the LIBOR Rate plus the LIBOR Rate Margin in accordance with Section 2.6(a) . Interest on the Term Loan shall be payable in accordance with Section 2.6(a) . On the day which is 5 Business Days prior to the last day of each applicable Interest Period, unless Borrowers properly have elected (pursuant to a LIBOR Notice) which Interest Period shall subsequently apply, such next Interest Period shall be automatically set at 3 months.

(b) LIBOR Notices.

(i) [Reserved].

(ii) Each LIBOR Notice shall be irrevocable and binding on Borrowers. Each Borrower shall indemnify, defend, and hold Agent and the Lenders harmless against any loss, cost, or expense actually incurred by Agent or any Lender as a result of the payment of any principal of the Term Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default) (such losses, costs, or expenses, “ Funding Losses ”). A certificate of Agent or a Lender delivered to Borrowers setting forth in reasonable detail any amount or amounts that Agent or such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 2.12 shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Borrowers shall pay such amount to Agent or the Lender, as applicable, within 30 days of the date of its receipt of such certificate. If a payment of the Term Loan on a day other than the last day of the applicable Interest Period would result in a Funding Loss, Agent may, in its sole discretion at the request of Borrowers, hold the amount of such payment as cash collateral in support of the Obligations until the last day of such Interest Period and apply such amounts to the payment of the Term Loan on such last day, it being agreed that Agent has no obligation to so defer the application of payments to the Term Loan and that, in the event that Agent does not defer such application, Borrowers shall be obligated to pay any resulting Funding Losses.

(iii) Borrowers shall have not more than one (1) Interest Period in effect at any given time (which, for clarity, shall apply to the entire Term Loan).

(c) [Reserved].

(d) Special Provisions Applicable to LIBOR Rate.

 

- 8 -


(i) The LIBOR Rate may be adjusted by Agent with respect to any Lender on a prospective basis to take into account any additional or increased costs to such Lender of maintaining or obtaining any eurodollar deposits or increased costs, in each case, due to changes in applicable law occurring subsequent to the commencement of the then applicable Interest Period, including any Changes in Law (including any changes in tax laws (except changes of general applicability in corporate income tax laws)) and changes in the reserve requirements imposed by the Board of Governors, which additional or increased costs would increase the cost of funding or maintaining loans bearing interest at the LIBOR Rate. In any such event, the affected Lender shall give Borrowers and Agent notice of such a determination and adjustment and Agent promptly shall transmit the notice to each other Lender and, upon its receipt of the notice from the affected Lender, Borrowers may, by notice to such affected Lender (A) require such Lender to furnish to Borrowers a statement setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for adjusting such LIBOR Rate and the method for determining the amount of such adjustment, or (B) repay the Term Loan of such Lender with respect to which such adjustment is made (together with any amounts due under Section 2.12(b)(ii) ).

(ii) In the event that any change in market conditions or any Change in Law shall at any time after the date hereof, in the reasonable opinion of any Lender, make it unlawful or impractical for such Lender to fund or maintain the Term Loans at the LIBOR Rate or to continue such maintaining, or to determine or charge interest rates at the LIBOR Rate, such Lender shall give notice of such changed circumstances to Agent and Borrowers and Agent promptly shall transmit the notice to each other Lender and in the case of the Term Loan at the LIBOR Rate of such Lender that is outstanding, the date specified in such Lender’s notice shall be deemed to be the last day of the Interest Period of such Term Loan, and interest upon the Term Loan of such Lender thereafter shall accrue interest at a rate equal to the Base Rate plus the Base Rate Margin.

(iii) This Section 2.12(d) shall not apply to Taxes to the extent it is duplicative of Section 16 .

(e) No Requirement of Matched Funding. Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, neither Agent, nor any Lender, nor any of their Participants, is required actually to acquire eurodollar deposits to fund or otherwise match fund any Obligation as to which interest accrues at the LIBOR Rate.

2.13 Capital Requirements .

(a) If, after the date hereof, any Lender determines that (i) any Change in Law regarding capital or reserve requirements for banks or bank holding companies, or (ii) compliance by such Lender, or its parent bank holding company, with any guideline, request or directive of any Governmental Authority regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law), has the effect of reducing the return on such Lender’s, or such holding company’s capital as a consequence of such Lender’s commitments hereunder to a level below that which such Lender, or such holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender’s, or such holding company’s then existing policies with respect to capital adequacy and assuming the full utilization of such entity’s capital) by any amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then such Lender may notify Borrowers and Agent thereof. Following receipt of such notice, Borrowers agree to pay such Lender on demand the amount of such reduction of return of capital as and when such reduction is determined, payable within 30 days after presentation by such Lender of a statement in the amount and setting forth in reasonable detail such Lender’s calculation thereof and the assumptions upon which such calculation was based (which statement shall be deemed true and correct absent manifest error). In determining such amount, such Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation; provided that Borrowers shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section for any reductions in return incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender notifies Borrowers of such Change in Law giving rise to such reductions and of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that if such claim arises by reason of the Change in Law that is retroactive, then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

 

- 9 -


(b) If any Lender requests additional or increased costs referred to in Section 2.12(d)(i) or amounts under Section 2.13(a) or sends a notice under Section 2.12(d)(ii) relative to changed circumstances (such Lender, an “Affected Lender ”), then such Affected Lender shall use reasonable efforts to promptly designate a different one of its lending offices or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices or branches, if (i) in the reasonable judgment of such Affected Lender, such designation or assignment would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.12(d)(i) or Section 2.13(a) , as applicable, or would eliminate the illegality or impracticality of maintaining the Term Loan at the LIBOR Rate and (ii) in the reasonable judgment of such Affected Lender, such designation or assignment would not subject it to any material unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be materially disadvantageous to it. Borrowers agree to pay all reasonable, documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by such Affected Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment. If, after such reasonable efforts, such Affected Lender does not so designate a different one of its lending offices or assign its rights to another of its offices or branches so as to eliminate Borrowers’ obligation to pay any future amounts to such Affected Lender pursuant to Section 2.12(d)(i) or Section 2.13(a) , as applicable, then Borrowers (without prejudice to any amounts then due to such Affected Lender under Section 2.12(d)(i) or Section 2.13(a) , as applicable) may, unless prior to the effective date of any such assignment the Affected Lender withdraws its request for such additional amounts under Section 2.12(d)(i) or Section 2.13(a) , as applicable, or indicates that it is no longer unlawful or impractical maintain the Term Loan at the LIBOR Rate, may designate a substitute a Lender, in each case, reasonably acceptable to Agent to purchase the Obligations owed to such Affected Lender and such Affected Lender’s commitments hereunder (a “ Replacement Lender ”), and if such Replacement Lender agrees to such purchase, such Affected Lender shall assign to the Replacement Lender its Obligations and commitments, and upon such purchase by the Replacement Lender, which such Replacement Lender shall be deemed to be a “Lender” for purposes of this Agreement and such Affected Lender shall cease to be a “Lender” for purposes of this Agreement.

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the protections of Section 2.12(d) , and Section 2.13 shall be available to each Lender (as applicable) regardless of any possible contention of the invalidity or inapplicability of the law, rule, regulation, judicial ruling, judgment, guideline, treaty or other change or condition which shall have occurred or been imposed, so long as it shall be customary for issuing banks or lenders affected thereby to comply therewith. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, no Lender shall demand compensation pursuant to this Section 2.13 if it shall not at the time be the general policy or practice of such Lender to demand such compensation in similar circumstances under comparable provisions of other credit agreements, if any.

2.14 Joint and Several Liability of Borrowers .

(a) Each Borrower is accepting joint and several liability hereunder and under the other Loan Documents in consideration of the financial accommodations to be provided by the Lender Group under this Agreement, for the mutual benefit, directly and indirectly, of each Borrower and in consideration of the undertakings of the other Borrowers to accept joint and several liability for the Obligations.

(b) Each Borrower, jointly and severally, hereby irrevocably and unconditionally accepts, not merely as a surety but also as a co-debtor, joint and several liability with the other Borrowers, with respect to the payment and performance of all of the Obligations (including any Obligations arising under this Section 2.14 ), it being the intention of the parties hereto that all the Obligations shall be the joint and several obligations of each Borrower without preferences or distinction among them.

(c) If and to the extent that any Borrower shall fail to make any payment with respect to any of the Obligations as and when due or to perform any of the Obligations in accordance with the terms thereof, then in each such event the other Borrowers will make such payment with respect to, or perform, such Obligation until such time as all of the Obligations are paid in full.

 

- 10 -


(d) The Obligations of each Borrower under the provisions of this Section 2.14 constitute the absolute and unconditional, full recourse Obligations of each Borrower enforceable against each Borrower to the full extent of its properties and assets, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the provisions of this Agreement (other than this Section 2.14(d) ) or any other circumstances whatsoever.

(e) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, each Borrower hereby waives notice of acceptance of its joint and several liability, notice of the occurrence of any Default, Event of Default, or of any demand for any payment under this Agreement, notice of any action at any time taken or omitted by Agent or Lenders under or in respect of any of the Obligations, any requirement of diligence or to mitigate damages and, generally, to the extent permitted by applicable law, all demands, notices and other formalities of every kind in connection with this Agreement (except as otherwise provided in this Agreement). Each Borrower hereby assents to, and waives notice of, any extension or postponement of the time for the payment of any of the Obligations, the acceptance of any payment of any of the Obligations, the acceptance of any partial payment thereon, any waiver, consent or other action or acquiescence by Agent or Lenders at any time or times in respect of any default by any Borrower in the performance or satisfaction of any term, covenant, condition or provision of this Agreement, any and all other indulgences whatsoever by Agent or Lenders in respect of any of the Obligations, and the taking, addition, substitution or release, in whole or in part, at any time or times, of any security for any of the Obligations or the addition, substitution or release, in whole or in part, of any Borrower. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Borrower assents to any other action or delay in acting or failure to act on the part of any Agent or Lender with respect to the failure by any Borrower to comply with any of its respective Obligations, including, without limitation, any failure strictly or diligently to assert any right or to pursue any remedy or to comply fully with applicable laws or regulations thereunder, which might, but for the provisions of this Section 2.14 afford grounds for terminating, discharging or relieving any Borrower, in whole or in part, from any of its Obligations under this Section 2.14 , it being the intention of each Borrower that, so long as any of the Obligations hereunder remain unsatisfied, the Obligations of each Borrower under this Section 2.14 shall not be discharged except by performance and then only to the extent of such performance. The Obligations of each Borrower under this Section 2.14 shall not be diminished or rendered unenforceable by any winding up, reorganization, arrangement, liquidation, reconstruction or similar proceeding with respect to any other Borrower or any Agent or Lender.

(f) Each Borrower represents and warrants to Agent and Lenders that such Borrower is currently informed of the financial condition of Borrowers and of all other circumstances which a diligent inquiry would reveal and which bear upon the risk of nonpayment of the Obligations. Each Borrower further represents and warrants to Agent and Lenders that such Borrower has read and understands the terms and conditions of the Loan Documents. Each Borrower hereby covenants that such Borrower will continue to keep informed of Borrowers’ financial condition and of all other circumstances which bear upon the risk of nonpayment or nonperformance of the Obligations.

(g) The provisions of this Section 2.14 are made for the benefit of Agent, each member of the Lender Group, and their respective successors and assigns, and may be enforced by it or them from time to time against any or all Borrowers as often as occasion therefor may arise and without requirement on the part of Agent, any member of the Lender Group, or any of their successors or assigns first to marshal any of its or their claims or to exercise any of its or their rights against any Borrower or to exhaust any remedies available to it or them against any Borrower or to resort to any other source or means of obtaining payment of any of the Obligations hereunder or to elect any other remedy. The provisions of this Section 2.14 shall remain in effect until all of the Obligations shall have been paid in full or otherwise fully satisfied. If at any time, any payment, or any part thereof, made in respect of any of the Obligations, is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by Agent or any Lender upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of any Borrower, or otherwise, the provisions of this Section 2.14 will forthwith be reinstated in effect, as though such payment had not been made.

 

- 11 -


(h) Each Borrower hereby agrees that it will not enforce any of its rights of contribution or subrogation against any other Borrower with respect to any liability incurred by it hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, any payments made by it to Agent or Lenders with respect to any of the Obligations or any collateral security therefor until such time as all of the Obligations have been paid in full in cash. Any claim which any Borrower may have against any other Borrower with respect to any payments to any Agent or any member of the Lender Group hereunder are hereby expressly made subordinate and junior in right of payment, without limitation as to any increases in the Obligations arising hereunder or thereunder, to the prior payment in full in cash of the Obligations and, in the event of any insolvency, bankruptcy, receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar proceeding under the laws of any jurisdiction relating to any Borrower, its debts or its assets, whether voluntary or involuntary, all such Obligations shall be paid in full in cash before any payment or distribution of any character, whether in cash, securities or other property, shall be made to any other Borrower therefor.

(i) Each Borrower hereby agrees that after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Default or Event of Default, such Borrower will not demand, sue for or otherwise attempt to collect any indebtedness of any other Borrower owing to such Borrower until the Obligations shall have been paid in full in cash. If, notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, such Borrower shall collect, enforce or receive any amounts in respect of such indebtedness, such amounts shall be collected, enforced and received by such Borrower as trustee for Agent, and such Borrower shall deliver any such amounts to Agent for application to the Obligations in accordance with Section 2.4(b) .

3. CONDITIONS; TERM OF AGREEMENT.

3.1 Conditions Precedent to the Term Loan . The obligation of each Lender to make its Term Loan as provided for hereunder is subject to the fulfillment, to the satisfaction of Agent and each Lender, of each of the conditions precedent set forth on Schedule 3.1 and the following conditions precedent:

(a) the representations and warranties of each Borrower or its Subsidiaries contained in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) on and as of the date of such extension of credit, as though made on and as of such date (except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) as of such earlier date); and

(b) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the Closing Date, nor shall either result from the making thereof.

3.2 [Reserved]

3.3 Maturity . This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect for a term ending on the Maturity Date.

3.4 Effect of Maturity . On the Maturity Date, all of the Obligations immediately shall become due and payable without notice or demand and Borrowers shall be required to repay all of the Obligations in full. No termination of the obligations of the Lender Group (other than payment in full of the Obligations) shall relieve or discharge any Loan Party of its duties, obligations, or covenants hereunder or under any other Loan Document and Agent’s Liens in the Collateral shall continue to secure the Obligations and shall remain in effect until all Obligations have been paid in full. When all of the Obligations have been paid in full, Agent will, at Borrowers’ sole expense, execute and deliver any termination statements, lien releases, discharges of security interests, and other similar discharge or release documents (and, if applicable, in recordable form) as are reasonably necessary to release, as of record, Agent’s Liens and all notices of security interests and liens previously filed by Agent.

 

- 12 -


3.5 Early Termination by Borrowers . Borrowers have the option, at any time upon 10 Business Days prior written notice to Agent, to terminate this Agreement by repaying to Agent all of the Obligations in full in cash, including the Applicable Prepayment Premium. The foregoing notwithstanding, (a) Borrowers may rescind termination notices relative to proposed payments in full of the Obligations with the proceeds of third party Indebtedness if the closing for such issuance or incurrence does not happen on or before the date of the proposed termination (in which case, a new notice shall be required to be sent in connection with any subsequent termination), and (b) Borrowers may extend the date of termination at any time with the consent of Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

3.6 Conditions Subsequent . The Borrower shall fulfill, on or before the date applicable thereto, the conditions subsequent set forth on Schedule 3.6 (the failure by Borrowers to so perform or cause to be performed such conditions subsequent as and when required by the terms thereof (unless such date is extended, in writing, by Agent, which Agent may do without obtaining the consent of the other members of the Lender Group), shall constitute an Event of Default.

4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

In order to induce the Lender Group to enter into this Agreement, each Borrower makes the following representations and warranties to the Lender Group which shall be true, correct, and complete in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof), as of the Closing Date, and shall be true, correct, and complete in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof), as of any date thereafter that such representations and warranties are deemed to be made pursuant to the terms hereof (including, without limitation, in connection with any amendments, waivers, consents or other documentation in connection herewith where such representations and warranties are required to be made), as though made on and as of any such date, as the case may be (except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date), in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) as of such earlier date) and such representations and warranties shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement:

4.1 Due Organization and Qualification; Subsidiaries .

(a) Each Loan Party (i) is duly organized and existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (ii) is qualified to do business in any state where the failure to be so qualified could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (iii) has all requisite power and authority to own and operate its properties, to carry on its business as now conducted (after giving effect to the Merger), to enter into the Loan Documents to which it is a party and to carry out the transactions contemplated thereby.

(b) Set forth on Schedule 4.1(b) (as such Schedule may be updated from time to time to reflect changes resulting from transactions permitted under this Agreement) is a complete and accurate description of the authorized Equity Interests of each Borrower, by class, and, as of the Closing Date, a description of the number of shares of each such class that are issued and outstanding. No Borrower is subject to any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to repurchase or otherwise acquire or retire any shares of its Equity Interests or any security convertible into or exchangeable for any of its Equity Interests.

(c) Set forth on Schedule 4.1(c) (as such Schedule may be updated from time to time to reflect changes resulting from transactions permitted under this Agreement), is a complete and accurate list of Borrowers’ direct and indirect Subsidiaries, showing: (i) the number of shares of each class of common and

 

- 13 -


preferred Equity Interests authorized for each of such Subsidiaries, and (ii) the number and the percentage of the outstanding shares of each such class owned directly or indirectly by Administrative Borrower. All of the outstanding Equity Interests of each such Subsidiary has been validly issued and is fully paid and non-assessable.

(d) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.1(d) , as of the Closing Date, there are no subscriptions, options, warrants, or calls relating to any shares of any Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ Equity Interests, including any right of conversion or exchange under any outstanding security or other instrument.

4.2 Due Authorization; No Conflict .

(a) As to each Loan Party, the execution, delivery, and performance by such Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of such Loan Party.

(b) As to each Loan Party, the execution, delivery, and performance by such Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party do not and will not (i) violate any material provision of federal, state, or local law or regulation applicable to any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries, the Governing Documents of any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries, or any order, judgment, or decree of any court or other Governmental Authority binding on any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries, (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any material agreement of any Loan Party or its Subsidiaries where any such conflict, breach or default could individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (iii) result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien of any nature whatsoever upon any assets of any Loan Party, other than Permitted Liens, or (iv) require any approval of any holder of Equity Interests of a Loan Party or any approval or consent of any Person under any material agreement of any Loan Party, other than consents or approvals that have been obtained and that are still in force and effect and except, in the case of material agreements, for consents or approvals, the failure to obtain could not individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

4.3 Governmental Consents . The execution, delivery, and performance by each Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents do not and will not require any registration with, consent, or approval of, or notice to, or other action with or by, any Governmental Authority, other than registrations, consents, approvals, notices, or other actions that have been obtained and that are still in force and effect and except for filings and recordings with respect to the Collateral to be made, or otherwise delivered to Agent for filing or recordation, as of the Closing Date.

4.4 Binding Obligations; Perfected Liens .

(a) Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is a party thereto and is the legally valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its respective terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally.

(b) Agent’s Liens are validly created, perfected (other than (i) in respect of motor vehicles that are subject to a certificate of title, (ii) money, (iii) letter-of-credit rights (other than supporting obligations, (iv) commercial tort claims (other than those that, by the terms of the Guaranty and Security Agreement, are required to be perfected), and (v) any Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts not subject to a Control Agreement as permitted by Section 7(k)(iv) of the Guaranty and Security Agreement, and subject only to the filing of financing statements, the recordation of the Copyright Security Agreement, and the recordation of the Mortgages, in each case, in the appropriate filing offices), and first priority Liens, subject only to Permitted Liens which are non-consensual Permitted Liens, permitted purchase money Liens, or the interests of lessors under Capital Leases.

 

- 14 -


4.5 Title to Assets; No Encumbrances . Each of the Loan Parties and its Subsidiaries has (a) good and legal title to (in the case of fee interests in Real Property), (b) valid leasehold interests in (in the case of leasehold interests in real or personal property), and (c) good and marketable title to (in the case of all other personal property), all of their respective assets reflected in their most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.1, in each case except for assets disposed of since the date of such financial statements to the extent permitted hereby. All of such assets are free and clear of Liens except for Permitted Liens.

4.6 Litigation .

(a) There are no actions, suits, or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of any Borrower, after due inquiry, threatened in writing against a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries that either individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Schedule 4.6(b) sets forth a complete and accurate description, with respect to each of the actions, suits, or proceedings with asserted liabilities in excess of, or that could reasonably be expected to result in liabilities in excess of, $300,000 that, as of the Closing Date, is pending or, to the knowledge of any Borrower, after due inquiry, threatened against a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, of (i) the parties to such actions, suits, or proceedings, (ii) the nature of the dispute that is the subject of such actions, suits, or proceedings, (iii) the procedural status, as of the Closing Date, with respect to such actions, suits, or proceedings, and (iv) whether any liability of the Loan Parties’ and their Subsidiaries in connection with such actions, suits, or proceedings is covered by insurance.

4.7 Compliance with Laws . No Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries (a) is in violation of any applicable laws, rules, regulations, executive orders, or codes (including Environmental Laws) that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (b) is subject to or in default with respect to any final judgments, writs, injunctions, decrees, rules or regulations of any court or any federal, state, municipal or other governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

4.8 No Material Adverse Effect . All historical financial statements relating to the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries that have been delivered by Borrowers to Agent have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (except, in the case of unaudited financial statements, for the lack of footnotes and being subject to year-end audit adjustments) and present fairly in all material respects, the Loan Parties’ and their Subsidiaries’ consolidated financial condition as of the date thereof and results of operations for the period then ended. Since December 31, 2011, no event, circumstance, or change has occurred that has or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries.

4.9 Solvency .

(a) Each Loan Party is Solvent.

(b) No transfer of property is being made by any Loan Party and no obligation is being incurred by any Loan Party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents with the intent to hinder, delay, or defraud either present or future creditors of such Loan Party.

4.10 Employee Benefits .

(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.10 (as such Schedule may be updated from time to time, so long as such updated Schedule is delivered together with written notice thereof to Agent), no Loan Party, none of its Subsidiaries, nor any of their respective ERISA Affiliates maintains or contributes to any Benefit Plan.

 

- 15 -


(b) Each Loan Party and each of the ERISA Affiliates has complied in all material respects with ERISA, the IRC and all applicable laws regarding each Employee Benefit Plan.

(c) Each Employee Benefit Plan is, and has been, maintained in substantial compliance with ERISA, the IRC, all applicable laws and the terms of each such Employee Benefit Plan.

(d) Each Employee Benefit Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the IRC has received a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service or an application for such letter is currently being processed by the Internal Revenue Service. To the best knowledge of each Loan Party and the ERISA Affiliates after due inquiry, nothing has occurred which would prevent, or cause the loss of, such qualification.

(e) No liability to the PBGC (other than for the payment of current premiums which are not past due) by any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate has been incurred or is expected by any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate to be incurred with respect to any Pension Plan.

(f) No Notification Event exists or has occurred in the past six (6) years.

(g) No Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate sponsors, maintains, or contributes to any Employee Benefit Plan, including, without limitation, any such plan maintained to provide benefits to former employees of such entities that may not be terminated by any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate in its sole discretion at any time without material liability.

(h) No Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate has provided any security under Section 436 of the IRC.

4.11 Environmental Condition . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.11, (a) to each Borrower’s knowledge, no Loan Party’s nor any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has ever been used by a Loan Party or its Subsidiaries, or by previous owners or operators in the disposal of, or to produce, store, handle, treat, release, or transport, any Hazardous Materials, where such disposal, production, storage, handling, treatment, release or transport was in violation, in any material respect, of any applicable Environmental Law, (b) to each Borrower’s knowledge, after due inquiry, no Loan Party’s nor any of its Subsidiaries’ properties or assets has ever been designated or identified in any manner pursuant to any environmental protection statute as a Hazardous Materials disposal site, (c) no Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries has received notice that a Lien arising under any Environmental Law has attached to any revenues or to any Real Property owned or operated by a Loan Party or its Subsidiaries, and (d) no Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries nor any of their respective facilities or operations is subject to any outstanding written order, consent decree, or settlement agreement with any Person relating to any Environmental Law or Environmental Liability that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

4.12 Complete Disclosure . All factual information taken as a whole (other than forward-looking information and projections and information of a general economic nature and general information about Borrowers’ industry) furnished by or on behalf of a Loan Party or its Subsidiaries in writing to Agent or any Lender (including all information contained in the Schedules hereto or in the other Loan Documents) for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, and all other such factual information taken as a whole (other than forward-looking information and projections and information of a general economic nature and general information about Borrowers’ industry) hereafter furnished by or on behalf of a Loan Party or its Subsidiaries in writing to Agent or any Lender will be, true and accurate, in all material respects, on the date as of which such information is dated or certified and not incomplete by omitting to state any fact necessary to make such information (taken as a whole) not misleading in any material respect

 

- 16 -


at such time in light of the circumstances under which such information was provided. The Projections delivered to Agent on January 3, 2013 represent, and as of the date on which any other Projections are delivered to Agent, such additional Projections represent, Borrowers’ good faith estimate, on the date such Projections are delivered, of the Loan Parties’ and their Subsidiaries’ future performance for the periods covered thereby based upon assumptions believed by Borrowers to be reasonable at the time of the delivery thereof to Agent (it being understood that such Projections are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, and no assurances can be given that such Projections will be realized, and although reflecting Borrowers’ good faith estimate, projections or forecasts based on methods and assumptions which Borrowers believed to be reasonable at the time such Projections were prepared, are not to be viewed as facts, and that actual results during the period or periods covered by the Projections may differ materially from projected or estimated results).

4.13 Patriot Act . To the extent applicable, each Loan Party is in compliance, in all material respects, with the (a) Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, and (b) Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA Patriot Act of 2001) (the “Patriot Act”). No part of the proceeds of the loans made hereunder will be used by any Loan Party or any of their Affiliates, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

4.14 Indebtedness . Set forth on Schedule 4.14 is a true and complete list of all Indebtedness of each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries outstanding immediately prior to the Closing Date that is to remain outstanding immediately after giving effect to the closing hereunder on the Closing Date and such Schedule accurately sets forth the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness as of the Closing Date.

4.15 Payment of Taxes . Except as otherwise permitted under Section 5.5, all tax returns and reports of each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries required to be filed by any of them have been timely filed, and all taxes shown on such tax returns to be due and payable and all taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges in the nature of a tax upon a Loan Party and its Subsidiaries and upon their respective assets, income, businesses and franchises that are due and payable have been paid when due and payable. Each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries have made adequate provision in accordance with GAAP for all taxes not yet due and payable. No Borrower knows of any proposed tax assessment against a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries that is the subject of a Permitted Protest.

4.16 Margin Stock . No Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock. No part of the proceeds of the loans made to Borrowers will be used to purchase or carry any Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock or for any purpose that violates the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors.

4.17 Governmental Regulation . No Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to regulation under the Federal Power Act or the Investment Company Act of 1940 or under any other federal or state statute or regulation which may limit its ability to incur Indebtedness or which may otherwise render all or any portion of the Obligations unenforceable. No Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is a “registered investment company” or a company “controlled” by a “registered investment company” or a “principal underwriter” of a “registered investment company” as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

- 17 -


4.18 OFAC . No Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any of the country or list based economic and trade sanctions administered and enforced by OFAC. No Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries (a) is a Sanctioned Person or a Sanctioned Entity, (b) has its assets located in Sanctioned Entities, or (c) derives revenues from investments in, or transactions with Sanctioned Persons or Sanctioned Entities. No proceeds of any loan made hereunder will be used to fund any operations in, finance any investments or activities in, or make any payments to, a Sanctioned Person or a Sanctioned Entity.

4.19 Employee and Labor Matters . There is (i) no unfair labor practice complaint pending, or to the knowledge of any Borrower, threatened against any Borrower or its Subsidiaries before any Governmental Authority and no grievance or arbitration proceeding pending or to the knowledge of any Borrower, threatened against any Borrower or its Subsidiaries which arises out of or under any collective bargaining agreement and that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) no strike, labor dispute, slowdown, stoppage or similar action or grievance pending or, to the knowledge of any Borrower, threatened in writing against any Borrower or its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) to the knowledge of any Borrower, after due inquiry, no union representation question existing with respect to the employees of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries and no union organizing activity taking place with respect to any of the employees of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries. None of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries has incurred any liability or obligation under the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act or similar state law, which remains unpaid or unsatisfied. The hours worked and payments made to employees of each Borrower and its Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable legal requirements, except to the extent such violations could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. All material payments due from any Borrower or its Subsidiaries on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of Borrowers, except where the failure to do so could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

4.20 Other Documents .

(a) Borrowers have delivered to Agent a complete and correct copy of the Acquisition Documents, including all schedules and exhibits thereto. The execution, delivery and performance of each of the Acquisition Documents has been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of each Borrower who is a party thereto. Each Acquisition Document is the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Borrower who is a party thereto, enforceable against such Borrower in accordance with its terms, in each case, except (i) as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting generally the enforcement of creditors’ rights and (ii) the availability of the remedy of specific performance or injunctive or other equitable relief is subject to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought. No Borrower is in default in the performance or compliance with any provisions thereof. All representations and warranties made by a Borrower in the Acquisition Documents and in the certificates delivered in connection therewith are true and correct in all material respects. To each Borrower’s knowledge, none of the Seller’s representations or warranties in the Acquisition Documents contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in any case that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) The Merger has been consummated in all material respects, in accordance with all applicable laws. All requisite approvals by Governmental Authorities having jurisdiction over Borrowers and, to each Borrower’s knowledge, the Seller, with respect to the Merger, were obtained (including filings or approvals required under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act), except for any approval the failure to obtain could not reasonably be expected to be material to the interests of the Lenders. The Borrowers have good title to the assets acquired pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens.

 

- 18 -


4.21 Leases . Each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries enjoy peaceful and undisturbed possession under all leases material to their business and to which they are parties or under which they are operating, and, subject to Permitted Protests, all of such material leases are valid and subsisting and no material default by the applicable Loan Party or its Subsidiaries exists under any of them.

4.22 Material Contracts . Set forth on Schedule 4.22 (as such Schedule may be updated from time to time in accordance herewith) is a reasonably detailed description of the Material Contracts of each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries as of the most recent date on which Borrowers provided the Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 5.1; provided, however, that Borrowers may amend Schedule 4.22 to add additional Material Contracts so long as such amendment occurs by written notice to Agent on the date that Borrowers provide the Compliance Certificate. Except for matters which, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Material Contract (other than those that have expired at the end of their normal terms) is in full force and effect and is binding upon and enforceable against the applicable Loan Party or its Subsidiary.

4.23 First Lien Documents . Borrowers have delivered or made available to Agent true and correct copies of the First Lien Documents. The transactions contemplated by the First Lien Documents were consummated in accordance with their respective terms.

5. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.

Each Borrower covenants and agrees that, until payment in full of the Obligations:

5.1 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates . Borrowers (a) will deliver to Agent (and if so requested by Agent, with copies for each Lender) each of the financial statements, reports, and other items set forth on Schedule 5.1 no later than the times specified therein, (b) agree that no Subsidiary of a Loan Party will have a fiscal year different from that of Administrative Borrower, (c) agree to maintain a system of accounting that enables Borrowers to produce financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and (d) agree that they will, and will cause each other Loan Party to, maintain their billing systems and practices substantially as in effect as of the Closing Date and shall only make material modifications (other than those with respect to implementation of the ERP system made in consultation with Agent) thereto with notice to, and with the consent of, Agent. For avoidance of doubt, any proposed modifications to Borrowers’ recognition of implementation costs or changes to revenue recognition with respect to implementation revenue shall be disclosed to Agent and may result in amendments to the financial covenants set forth in Section 7 hereof.

5.2 Reporting . Borrowers will deliver to Agent (and if so requested by Agent, with copies for each Lender) each of the reports set forth on Schedule 5.2 at the times specified therein.

5.3 Existence . Except as otherwise permitted under Section 6.3 or Section 6.4, each Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect such Person’s valid existence and good standing in its jurisdiction of organization and, except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, good standing with respect to all other jurisdictions in which it is qualified to do business and any rights, franchises, permits, licenses, accreditations, authorizations, or other approvals material to their businesses.

5.4 Maintenance of Properties . Each Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain and preserve all of its assets that are necessary or useful in the proper conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear, tear, casualty, and condemnation and Permitted Dispositions excepted and except where the failure to so maintain and preserve assets could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

5.5 Taxes . Each Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay in full before delinquency or before the expiration of any extension period all material governmental assessments and taxes imposed, levied, or assessed against it, or any of its assets or in respect of any of its income, businesses, or franchises, except to the extent that the validity of such governmental assessment or tax is the subject of a Permitted Protest.

 

- 19 -


5.6 Insurance . Each Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, at such Borrower’s expense, (a) maintain insurance respecting each of each Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ assets wherever located, covering liabilities, losses or damages as are customarily are insured against by other Persons engaged in same or similar businesses and similarly situated and located. All such policies of insurance shall be with financially sound and reputable insurance companies acceptable to Agent (it being agreed that, as of the Closing Date, Wells Fargo Insurance Services, Inc. is acceptable to Agent) and in such amounts as is carried generally in accordance with sound business practice by companies in similar businesses similarly situated and located and, in any event, in amount, adequacy, and scope reasonably satisfactory to Agent (it being agreed that the amount, adequacy, and scope of the policies of insurance of Borrowers in effect as of the Closing Date are acceptable to Agent). All property insurance policies covering the Collateral are to be made payable to Agent for the benefit of Agent and the Lenders, as their interests may appear, in case of loss, pursuant to a standard loss payable endorsement with a standard non contributory “lender” or “secured party” clause and are to contain such other provisions as Agent may reasonably require to fully protect the Lenders’ interest in the Collateral and to any payments to be made under such policies. All certificates of property and general liability insurance are to be delivered to Agent, with the loss payable (but only in respect of Collateral) and additional insured endorsements in favor of Agent and shall provide for not less than 30 days (10 days in the case of non-payment) prior written notice to Agent of the exercise of any right of cancellation. Borrowers shall give Agent prompt notice of any loss exceeding $300,000 covered by their or their Subsidiaries’ casualty or business interruption insurance. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Agent shall have the sole right to file claims under any property and general liability insurance policies in respect of the Collateral, to receive, receipt and give acquittance for any payments that may be payable thereunder, and to execute any and all endorsements, receipts, releases, assignments, reassignments or other documents that may be necessary to effect the collection, compromise or settlement of any claims under any such insurance policies.

5.7 Inspection .

(a) Subject to Section 2.10(c), each Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit Agent, any Lender, and each of their respective duly authorized representatives or agents to visit any of its properties and inspect any of its assets or books and records, to examine and make copies of its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances, and accounts with, and to be advised as to the same by, its officers and employees (provided an authorized representative of a Borrower shall be allowed to be present) at such reasonable times and intervals as Agent or any Lender, as applicable, may designate and, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, with reasonable prior notice to Borrowers and during regular business hours.

(b) Subject to Section 2.10(c), each Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit Agent and each of its duly authorized representatives or agents to conduct appraisals and valuations at such reasonable times and intervals as Agent may designate.

5.8 Compliance with Laws . Each Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations, and orders of any Governmental Authority, other than laws, rules, regulations, and orders the non-compliance with which, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

5.9 Environmental . Each Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to,

(a) Keep any property either owned or operated by any Borrower or its Subsidiaries free of any Environmental Liens or post bonds or other financial assurances sufficient to satisfy the obligations or liability evidenced by such Environmental Liens,

 

- 20 -


(b) Comply, in all material respects, with Environmental Laws,

(c) Promptly notify Agent of any release of which any Borrower has knowledge of a Hazardous Material in any reportable quantity from or onto property owned or operated by any Borrower or its Subsidiaries and take any Remedial Actions required to abate said release or otherwise to come into compliance, in all material respects, with applicable Environmental Law, and

(d) Promptly, but in any event within 5 Business Days of its receipt thereof, provide Agent with written notice of any of the following: (i) notice that an Environmental Lien has been filed against any of the real or personal property of a Borrower or its Subsidiaries, (ii) commencement of any Environmental Action or written notice that an Environmental Action will be filed against a Borrower or its Subsidiaries, and (iii) written notice of a violation, citation, or other administrative order from a Governmental Authority.

5.10 Disclosure Updates . Each Borrower will, promptly and in no event later than 5 Business Days after obtaining knowledge thereof, notify Agent if any written information, exhibit, or report furnished to Agent or the Lenders in accordance with the terms of this Agreement contained, at the time it was furnished, any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which made. The foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, any notification pursuant to the foregoing provision will not cure or remedy the effect of the prior untrue statement of a material fact or omission of any material fact nor shall any such notification have the effect of amending or modifying this Agreement or any of the Schedules hereto.

5.11 Formation of Subsidiaries . Each Borrower will, at the time that any Loan Party forms any direct or indirect Subsidiary or acquires any direct or indirect Subsidiary after the Closing Date, within 10 days of the date of such formation or acquisition (or such later date as permitted by Agent in its sole discretion) (a) cause such new Subsidiary to provide to Agent a joinder to the Guaranty and Security Agreement, together with such other security agreements (including mortgages with respect to any Real Property owned in fee of such new Subsidiary with a fair market value greater than $1,000,000), as well as appropriate financing statements (and with respect to all property subject to a mortgage, fixture filings), all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent (including being sufficient to grant Agent a first priority Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) in and to the assets of such newly formed or acquired Subsidiary); provided, that the joinder to the Guaranty and Security Agreement, and such other security agreements shall not be required to be provided to Agent with respect to any Subsidiary of any Borrower that is a CFC if providing such agreements would result in adverse tax consequences or the costs to the Loan Parties of providing such guaranty or such security agreements are unreasonably excessive (as determined by Agent in consultation with Borrowers) in relation to the benefits to Agent and the Lenders of the security or guarantee afforded thereby, (b) provide, or cause the applicable Loan Party to provide, to Agent a pledge agreement (or an addendum to the Guaranty and Security Agreement) and appropriate certificates and powers or financing statements, pledging all of the direct or beneficial ownership interest in such new Subsidiary in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent; provided, that only 65% of the total outstanding voting Equity Interests of any first tier Subsidiary of a Borrower that is a CFC (and none of the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of such CFC) shall be required to be pledged if pledging a greater amount would result in adverse tax consequences or the costs to the Loan Parties of providing such pledge are unreasonably excessive (as determined by Agent in consultation with Borrowers) in relation to the benefits to Agent and the Lenders of the security afforded thereby (which pledge, if reasonably requested by Agent, shall be governed by the laws of the jurisdiction of such Subsidiary), and (c) provide to Agent all other documentation, including one or more opinions of counsel reasonably satisfactory to Agent, which, in its opinion, is appropriate with respect to the execution and delivery of the applicable documentation referred to above (including policies of title insurance or other documentation with respect to all Real Property owned in fee and subject to a mortgage). Any document, agreement, or instrument executed or issued pursuant to this Section 5.11 shall constitute a Loan Document.

 

- 21 -


5.12 Further Assurances . Each Borrower will, and will cause each of the other Loan Parties to, at any time upon the reasonable request of Agent, execute or deliver to Agent any and all financing statements, fixture filings, security agreements, pledges, assignments, mortgages, deeds of trust, opinions of counsel, and all other documents (the “Additional Documents”) that Agent may reasonably request in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, to create, perfect, and continue perfected or to better perfect Agent’s Liens in all of the assets of each Borrower and its Subsidiaries (whether now owned or hereafter arising or acquired, tangible or intangible, real or personal), to create and perfect Liens in favor of Agent in any Real Property acquired by any Borrower or any other Loan Party with a fair market value in excess of $1,000,000, and in order to fully consummate all of the transactions contemplated hereby and under the other Loan Documents; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to any Subsidiary of a Borrower that is a CFC if providing such documents would result in adverse tax consequences or the costs to the Loan Parties of providing such documents are unreasonably excessive (as determined by Agent in consultation with Borrowers) in relation to the benefits to Agent and the Lenders of the security afforded thereby. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, if any Borrower or any other Loan Party refuses or fails to execute or deliver any reasonably requested Additional Documents within a reasonable period of time following the request to do so, each Borrower and each other Loan Party hereby authorizes Agent to execute any such Additional Documents in the applicable Loan Party’s name and authorizes Agent to file such executed Additional Documents in any appropriate filing office. In furtherance of, and not in limitation of, the foregoing, each Loan Party shall take such actions as Agent may reasonably request from time to time to ensure that the Obligations are guarantied by the Guarantors and are secured by substantially all of the assets of each Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including all of the outstanding capital Equity Interests of each Borrower and its Subsidiaries (subject to exceptions and limitations contained in the Loan Documents with respect to CFCs).

5.13 Lender Meetings . Borrowers will, within 90 days after the close of each fiscal year of Administrative Borrower, hold a meeting with Agent and the Lenders jointly with the First Lien Agent and First Lien Lenders (at a mutually agreeable location and time or, at the option of Agent, by conference call; provided that if Agent and Lenders are not able to schedule a mutually agreeable location and time with First Lien Agent and First Lien Lenders, Agent and Lenders shall be entitled to request a separate such meeting at a mutually agreeable location and time with Borrowers) with all Lenders who choose to attend such meeting at which meeting shall be reviewed the financial results of the previous fiscal year and the financial condition of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries and the projections presented for the current fiscal year of Administrative Borrower.

5.14 Compliance with ERISA and the IRC . In addition to and without limiting the generality of Section 5.8, (a) comply in all material respects with applicable provisions of ERISA and the IRC with respect to all Employee Benefit Plans, (b) without the prior written consent of Agent and the Required Lenders, not take any action or fail to take action the result of which could result in a Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate incurring a material liability to the PBGC or to a Multiemployer Plan (other than to pay contributions or premiums payable in the ordinary course), (c) allow any facts or circumstances to exist with respect to one or more Employee Benefit Plans that, in the aggregate, reasonably could be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (d) not participate in any prohibited transaction that could result in other than a de minimis civil penalty excise tax, fiduciary liability or correction obligation under ERISA or the IRC, (e) operate each Employee Benefit Plan in such a manner that will not incur any material tax liability under the IRC (including Section 4980B of the IRC), and (e) furnish to Agent upon Agent’s written request such additional information about any Employee Benefit Plan for which any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate could reasonably expect to incur any material liability. With respect to each Pension Plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) except as could not reasonably be expected to result in liability to the Loan Parties, the Loan Parties and the ERISA Affiliates shall (i) satisfy in full and in a timely manner, without incurring any late payment or underpayment charge or penalty and without giving rise to any Lien, all of the contribution and funding requirements of the IRC and of ERISA, and (ii) pay, or cause to be paid, to the PBGC in a timely manner, without incurring any late payment or underpayment charge or penalty, all premiums required pursuant to ERISA.

5.15 Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts . From and after April 15, 2013 or, if later, 10 days after the acquisition of any deposit account or securities account (as any such date may be extended by Agent), maintain its primary Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries located in a jurisdiction in the United States (a) only at Wells Fargo or one or more of its Affiliates and (b) subject to a Control Agreement or an equivalent agreement under applicable law.

 

- 22 -


5.16 First Lien Documents . Borrower will promptly provide Agent with (a) true and complete copies of any and all material documents and other material written information delivered by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of the First Lien Documents including, without limitation, copies of all notices relating to proposed amendments, consents, waivers and other modifications to the Senior Loan Documents, and (b) details of any defaults or events of default under the First Lien Credit Agreement, and (c) copies of all notices relating to defaults and events or default under the First Lien Documents.

5.17 Observer Right . The Loan Parties shall allow a representative designated by Agent to attend and participate in all meetings of each Borrower’s Board of Directors and of the governing body of each other Loan Party, including all committees and sub-committees thereof (each, a “ Board Observer ”). The Loan Parties shall (i) give the Agent notice of all such meetings, at the same time as furnished to the directors, managers, or partners, as applicable, of any of the applicable Loan Parties, (ii) provide to each Board Observer all material notices, documents and information furnished to the directors, managers, members, or partners, as applicable, of each entity, whether at or in anticipation of a meeting, an action by written consent or otherwise, at the same time furnished to such directors, managers, members, or partners, as applicable, (iii) notify each Board Observer and permit Board Observer to participate by telephone in, emergency meetings of each such board or other governing body and all committees and sub-committees thereof, (iv) provide each Board Observer copies of the minutes of all such meetings at the time such minutes are furnished to the members of the Board of Directors or other applicable governing body, and (v) cause regularly scheduled meetings of the Board of Directors and other applicable governing bodies to be held no less frequently than quarterly with at least one such meeting in each fiscal year to be held in person. THL Credit may consult with and advise management of the Loan Parties on significant business issues, including management’s proposed annual operating plans. THL Credit may submit business proposals or suggestions to management from time to time, in which case one or more members of management will discuss such proposals or suggestions with THL Credit within a reasonable period after such submission. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a majority of any such Board of Directors shall have the right to exclude the Board Observer from all or portions of meetings or omit to provide the Board Observer with certain information (a) if related to this Agreement or the Term Loan or (b) if such members of the board of directors reasonably believe in good faith that such exclusion or omission is necessary in order to preserve the attorney-client privilege.

5.18 First Lien Credit Agreement Enhancements . If the First Lien Agent or any First Lien Lender receives any additional collateral, guaranty or other credit enhancement of any type after the date hereof, the Borrowers shall cause the same to be granted to the Agent for its own benefit and the benefit of the Lenders (pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement).

5.19 Exercise of Rights . Subject to the approval of such Loan Party’s Governing Body, enforce all of such Loan Party’s material rights with respect to the Acquisition Documents, including, without limitation, all material indemnification rights and pursue all material remedies available to the Loan Parties with diligence and in good faith in connection with the enforcement of such rights.

6. NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

Each Borrower covenants and agrees that until payment in full of the Obligations:

6.1 Indebtedness . Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to create, incur, assume, suffer to exist, guarantee, or otherwise become or remain, directly or indirectly, liable with respect to any Indebtedness, except for Permitted Indebtedness.

 

- 23 -


6.2 Liens . Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to create, incur, assume, or suffer to exist, directly or indirectly, any Lien on or with respect to any of its assets, of any kind, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or any income or profits therefrom, except for Permitted Liens.

6.3 Restrictions on Fundamental Changes . Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to,

(a) Other than in order to consummate a Permitted Acquisition, enter into any merger, consolidation, reorganization, or recapitalization, or reclassify its Equity Interests, except for (i) any merger between Loan Parties, provided, that a Borrower must be the surviving entity of any such merger to which it is a party, (ii) any merger between a Loan Party and a Subsidiary of such Loan Party that is not a Loan Party so long as such Loan Party is the surviving entity of any such merger, and (iii) any merger between Subsidiaries of any Borrower that are not Loan Parties,

(b) liquidate, wind up, or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), except for (i) the liquidation or dissolution of non-operating Subsidiaries of any Borrower with nominal assets and nominal liabilities, (ii) the liquidation or dissolution of a Loan Party (other than any Borrower) or any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries so long as all of the assets (including any interest in any Equity Interests) of such liquidating or dissolving Loan Party or Subsidiary are transferred to a Loan Party that is not liquidating or dissolving, or (iii) the liquidation or dissolution of a Subsidiary of any Borrower that is not a Loan Party (other than any such Subsidiary the Equity Interests of which (or any portion thereof) is subject to a Lien in favor of Agent) so long as all of the assets of such liquidating or dissolving Subsidiary are transferred to a Subsidiary of a Borrower that is not liquidating or dissolving, or

(c) suspend or cease operating a substantial portion of its or their business, except as permitted pursuant to clauses (a) or (b) above or in connection with a transaction permitted under Section 6.4 .

6.4 Disposal of Assets . Other than Permitted Dispositions or transactions expressly permitted by Sections 6.3 or 6.9, each Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to convey, sell, lease, license, assign, transfer, or otherwise dispose of (or enter into an agreement to convey, sell, lease, license, assign, transfer, or otherwise dispose of) any of its or their assets.

6.5 Nature of Business . Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to make any change in the nature of its or their business as described in Schedule 6.5 or acquire any properties or assets that are not reasonably related to the conduct of such business activities; provided, that the foregoing shall not prevent any Borrower and its Subsidiaries from engaging in any business that is reasonably related or ancillary to its or their business.

6.6 Prepayments and Amendments . Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to,

(a) Except in connection with Refinancing Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.1 ;

(i) optionally prepay, redeem, defease, purchase, or otherwise acquire any Indebtedness of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries, other than (A) the Obligations in accordance with this Agreement, (B) Permitted Intercompany Advances, and (C) the First Lien Priority Debt in accordance with the terms and conditions of the First Lien Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, or

(ii) make any payment on account of Indebtedness that has been contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations if such payment is not permitted at such time under the subordination terms and conditions, or

(b) Directly or indirectly, amend, modify, or change any of the terms or provisions of

 

- 24 -


(i) any agreement, instrument, document, indenture, or other writing evidencing or concerning Permitted Indebtedness other than (A) the Obligations in accordance with this Agreement, (B) Permitted Intercompany Advances, (C) Indebtedness permitted under clauses (c) , (h) , (j)  and (k)  of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness, (D) the First Lien Debt in accordance with the terms and conditions of the First Lien Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement, or

(ii) the Governing Documents of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries if the effect thereof, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders.

6.7 Restricted Payments . Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to make any Restricted Payment; provided, that, so long as it is permitted by law, and so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom,

(a) Administrative Borrower may make distributions to former employees, officers, or directors of Administrative Borrower (or any spouses, ex-spouses, or estates of any of the foregoing) on account of redemptions of Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower held by such Persons, provided , that the aggregate amount of such redemptions made by Administrative Borrower during the term of this Agreement plus the amount of Indebtedness outstanding under clause (l) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness, does not exceed $300,000 in any fiscal year, and

(b) Administrative Borrower may make distributions to former employees, officers, or directors of Administrative Borrower (or any spouses, ex-spouses, or estates of any of the foregoing), solely in the form of forgiveness of Indebtedness of such Persons owing to Administrative Borrower on account of repurchases of the Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower held by such Persons; provided that such Indebtedness was incurred by such Persons solely to acquire Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower.

6.8 Accounting Methods . Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to modify or change its fiscal year or its method of accounting (other than as may be required to conform to GAAP).

6.9 Investments . Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make or acquire any Investment or incur any liabilities (including contingent obligations) for or in connection with any Investment except for Permitted Investments.

6.10 Transactions with Affiliates . Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or permit to exist any transaction with any Affiliate of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries except for:

(a) transactions (other than the payment of management, consulting, monitoring, advisory or similar fees) between such Borrower or its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any Affiliate of such Borrower or its Subsidiaries, on the other hand, so long as such transactions (i) are fully disclosed to Agent prior to the consummation thereof, if they involve one or more payments by any Borrower or its Subsidiaries in excess of $250,000 for any single transaction or series of related transactions, and (ii) are no less favorable, taken as a whole, to such Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-Affiliate,

(b) so long as it has been approved by such Borrower’s or its applicable Subsidiary’s Board of Directors in accordance with applicable law, any indemnity provided for the benefit of directors (or comparable managers) of such Borrower or its applicable Subsidiary,

(c) so long as it has been approved by such Borrower’s or its applicable Subsidiary’s Board of Directors in accordance with applicable law, the payment of reasonable compensation, severance, or employee benefit arrangements to employees, officers, and outside directors of such Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and consistent with industry practice,

 

- 25 -


(d) transactions permitted by Section 6.3 or Section 6.9 , or any Permitted Intercompany Advance,

(e) any management transaction fees associated with the Merger to the Sponsor so long as:

(i) the total amount of such fees shall not exceed $600,000,

(ii) (1) immediately prior to and immediately after giving effect to the payment of such transaction fees, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (2) the Borrowers have delivered to the Agent, calculations in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, demonstrating that immediately after giving effect to the payment of such transaction fees, the Borrowers will be in pro forma compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 7 , and

(iii) (1) such payment is made on or after the date on which the financial statements for the quarter ending March 31, 2013 have been delivered to the Agent in accordance with Section 5.1 , and (2)(x) if such payment is made prior to June 30, 2013, after giving effect to such payment, the Administrative Borrower shall have Availability of at least $5,000,000 and (y) if such payment is made after June 30, 2013, after giving effect to such payment, the Administrative Borrower shall have Availability of at least $3,000,000, and

(f) any management services fees paid to Sponsor in connection with issuances of Equity Interests or Permitted Acquisitions in an amount not to exceed 2% of the transaction value so long as:

(i) (1) immediately prior to and immediately after giving effect to the payment of such fees, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (2) the Borrowers have delivered to the Agent, calculations in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, demonstrating that immediately after giving effect to the payment of such transaction fees, the Borrowers will be in pro forma compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 7 , and

(ii) (1) such payment is made on or after the date on which the financial statements for the quarter ending March 31, 2013 have been delivered to the Agent in accordance with Section 5.1 , and (2)(x) if such payment is made prior to June 30, 2013, after giving effect to such payment, the Administrative Borrower shall have Availability of at least $5,000,000 and (y) if such payment is made after June 30, 2013, after giving effect to such payment, the Administrative Borrower shall have Availability of at least $3,000,000.

6.11 Use of Proceeds . Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to use the proceeds of the Term Loan for any purpose other than (a) on the Closing Date, (i) to repay, in full, the outstanding principal, accrued interest, and accrued fees and expenses owing under or in connection with the Existing Credit Facility, (ii) to repay a portion of the Revolving Loans, and (iii) to pay the fees, costs, and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, in each case, as set forth in the Funds Flow Agreement, and (b) thereafter, consistent with the terms and conditions hereof, for their lawful and permitted purposes (including that no part of the proceeds of the loans made to Borrowers will be used to purchase or carry any such Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any such Margin Stock or for any purpose that violates the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors).

6.12 Limitation on Issuance of Equity Interests . Except for the issuance or sale of Qualified Equity Interests by Administrative Borrower, each Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, issue or sell or enter into any agreement or arrangement for the issuance or sale of any of its Equity Interests.

 

- 26 -


6.13 Employee Benefits .

(a) Terminate, or permit any ERISA Affiliate to terminate, any Pension Plan in a manner, or take any other action with respect to any Plan, which could reasonably be expected to result in any liability of any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate to the PBGC.

(b) Fail to make, or permit any ERISA Affiliate to fail to make, full payment when due of all amounts which, under the provisions of any Benefit Plan, agreement relating thereto or applicable Law, any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate is required to pay if such failure could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Permit to exist, or allow any ERISA Affiliate to permit to exist, any accumulated funding deficiency within the meaning of section 302 of ERISA or section 412 of the Code, whether or not waived, with respect to any Plan which exceeds $300,000 with respect to all Pension Plans in the aggregate.

(d) Acquire, or permit any ERISA Affiliate to acquire, an interest in any Person that causes such Person to become an ERISA Affiliate with respect to a Loan Party or with respect to any ERISA Affiliate if such Person sponsors, maintains or contributes to, or at any time in the six-year period preceding such acquisition has sponsored, maintained, or contributed to, (i) any Pension or (ii) any Multiemployer Plan.

(e) Contribute to or assume an obligation to contribute to, or permit any ERISA Affiliate to contribute to or assume an obligation to contribute to, any Multiemployer Plan not set forth on Schedule 4.11 .

(f) Amend, or permit any ERISA Affiliate to amend, a Pension Plan resulting in a material increase in current liability such that a Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate is required to provide security to such Plan under the IRC.

6.14 [Reserved] .

6.15 Acquisition of First Lien Debt . The Loan Parties shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary thereof or any Affiliate to purchase, redeem, prepay, tender for or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any of the outstanding First Lien Debt except upon the full repurchase or prepayment of the Term Loans in accordance with the other terms of this Agreement, or the refinancing, repurchase or repayment of the First Lien Debt in accordance with the Intercreditor Agreement. The Borrowers will promptly terminate all First Lien Debt acquired by it or any of its Subsidiaries or any Affiliates pursuant to any purchase, redemption, prepayment or tender for the First Lien Debt pursuant to any provision of this Agreement or otherwise and no First Lien Debt may be issued in substitution or exchange for any such First Lien Debt. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 6.15 is not intended and shall not prevent Loan Parties from making (a) regularly scheduled payments of principal and interest pursuant to the First Lien Credit Agreement, or (b) any prepayments of the First Lien Debt.

6.16 Antilayering . No Loan Party (i) will create or incur any Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) which is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Loan Parties, unless such Indebtedness is also subordinated or junior in right of payment, in the same manner and to the same extent, to the Obligations and (ii) shall have outstanding, create or incur any Indebtedness owing to any other Loan Party or any Affiliate of any Loan Party unless such Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the Term Loans and other Obligations in a manner and on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Required Lenders.

 

- 27 -


7. FINANCIAL COVENANTS.

Each Borrower covenants and agrees that, until termination of all of the Commitments and payment in full of the Obligations, Borrowers will:

(a) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. Have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, measured on a quarter-end basis of no less than the applicable ratio set forth in the following table for the applicable period set forth opposite thereto:

 

Applicable Ratio

  

Applicable Period

1.10:1.00

   For the three-month period ending March 31, 2013

1.10:1.00

   For the six-month period ending June 30, 2013

1.10:1.00

   For the nine-month period ending September 30, 2013

1.10:1.00

   For the twelve-month period ending March 31, 2013, and each quarter thereafter

(b) Total Leverage Ratio. Have a Total Leverage Ratio, measured on a quarter-end basis, of not greater than the applicable ratio set forth in the following table for the applicable date set forth opposite thereto:

 

Applicable Ratio

  

Applicable Date

4.400:1.00

   March 31, 2013

4.125:1.00

   June 30, 2013

3.850:1.00

   September 30, 2013

3.575:1.00

   December 31, 2013

3.300:1.00

   March 31, 2014

3.025:1.00

   June 30, 2014

2.750:1.00

   September 30, 2014

2.475:1.00

   December 31, 2014 and thereafter

8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

Any one or more of the following events shall constitute an event of default (each, an “ Event of Default ”) under this Agreement:

8.1 Payments . If Borrowers fail to pay when due and payable, or when declared due and payable, (a) all or any portion of the Obligations consisting of interest, fees, or charges due the Lender Group, reimbursement of Lender Group Expenses, or other amounts (other than any portion thereof constituting principal) constituting Obligations (including any portion thereof that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in whole or in part as a claim in any such Insolvency Proceeding), and such failure continues for a period of 3 Business Days, or (b) all or any portion of the principal of the Loans;

 

- 28 -


8.2 Covenants . If any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries:

(a) fails to perform or observe any covenant or other agreement contained in any of (i)  Sections 3.6, 5.1 , 5.2 , 5.3 (solely if any Borrower is not in good standing in its jurisdiction of organization), 5.6 , 5.7 (solely if any Borrower refuses to allow Agent or its representatives or agents to visit any Borrower’s properties, inspect its assets or books or records, examine and make copies of its books and records, or discuss Borrowers’ affairs, finances, and accounts with officers and employees of any Borrower), 5.10 , 5.11 , or 5.13- 5.19 of this Agreement, (ii)  Section 6 of this Agreement, (iii)  Section 7 of this Agreement, or (iv) Section 7 of the Guaranty and Security Agreement;

(b) fails to perform or observe any covenant or other agreement contained in any of Sections 5.3 (other than if any Borrower is not in good standing in its jurisdiction of organization), 5.4 , 5.5 , 5.8 , and 5.12 of this Agreement and such failure continues for a period of 10 days after the earlier of (i) the date on which such failure shall first become known to any officer of any Borrower or (ii) the date on which written notice thereof is given to Borrowers by Agent; or

(c) fails to perform or observe any covenant or other agreement contained in this Agreement, or in any of the other Loan Documents, in each case, other than any such covenant or agreement that is the subject of another provision of this Section 8 (in which event such other provision of this Section 8 shall govern), and such failure continues for a period of 30 days after the earlier of (i) the date on which such failure shall first become known to any officer of any Borrower or (ii) the date on which written notice thereof is given to Borrowers by Agent;

8.3 Judgments/Enjoinment . (a) If one or more judgments, orders, or awards for the payment of money involving an aggregate amount of $300,000, or more (except to the extent fully covered (other than to the extent of customary deductibles) by insurance pursuant to which the insurer has not denied coverage) is entered or filed against a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, or with respect to any of their respective assets, and either (i) there is a period of 45 consecutive days at any time after the entry of any such judgment, order, or award during which (1) the same is not discharged, satisfied, vacated, or bonded pending appeal, or (2) a stay of enforcement thereof is not in effect, or (ii) enforcement proceedings are commenced upon such judgment, order, or award; or (b) if a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is enjoined, restrained, or in any way prevented by court order from continuing to conduct all or any material part of the business affairs of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

8.4 Voluntary Bankruptcy, etc . If an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced by a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries;

8.5 Involuntary Bankruptcy, etc . If an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced against a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries and any of the following events occur: (a) such Loan Party or such Subsidiary consents to the institution of such Insolvency Proceeding against it, (b) the petition commencing the Insolvency Proceeding is not timely controverted, (c) the petition commencing the Insolvency Proceeding is not dismissed within 60 calendar days of the date of the filing thereof, (d) an interim trustee is appointed to take possession of all or any substantial portion of the properties or assets of, or to operate all or any substantial portion of the business of, such Loan Party or its Subsidiary, or (e) an order for relief shall have been issued or entered therein;

 

- 29 -


8.6 Default Under Other Agreements .

(a) If there is a default in one or more agreements to which a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is a party with one or more third Persons relative to a Loan Party’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ Indebtedness (other than the First Lien Debt) involving an aggregate amount of $300,000 or more, and such default (i) occurs at the final maturity of the obligations thereunder, or (ii) results in a right by such third Person, irrespective of whether exercised, to accelerate the maturity of such Loan Party’s or its Subsidiary’s obligations thereunder, or (iii) a default in or an involuntary early termination of one or more Hedge Agreements to which a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is a party involving an aggregate amount of $150,000 or more;

(b) (i) there is an “Event of Default” under Section 8.1 of the First Lien Credit Agreement or otherwise with respect to principal, interest, fee or other payment required thereunder and such Event of Default continues for not less than 10 Business Days, or (ii) all or any part of the First Lien Debt (or other “Obligations” as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement on the date hereof) is accelerated or is otherwise declared to be due and payable prior to its scheduled maturity.

8.7 Representations, etc . If any warranty, representation, certificate, statement, or Record made herein or in any other Loan Document or delivered in writing to Agent or any Lender in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document proves to be untrue in any material respect (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) as of the date of issuance or making or deemed making thereof;

8.8 Guaranty . If the obligation of any Guarantor under the guaranty contained in the Guaranty and Security Agreement is limited or terminated by operation of law or by such Guarantor (other than in accordance with the terms of this Agreement);

8.9 Security Documents . If the Guaranty and Security Agreement or any other Loan Document that purports to create a Lien, shall, for any reason, fail or cease to create a valid and perfected and, except to the extent of Permitted Liens which are non-consensual Permitted Liens, permitted purchase money Liens or the interests of lessors under Capital Leases, first priority Lien on the Collateral covered thereby, except (a)  as a result of a disposition of the applicable Collateral in a transaction permitted under this Agreement , or (b) as the result of an action or failure to act on the part of Agent ;

8.10 Loan Documents . The validity or enforceability of any Loan Document shall at any time for any reason (other than solely as the result of an action or failure to act on the part of Agent) be declared to be null and void, or a proceeding shall be commenced by a Loan Party or its Subsidiaries, or by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over a Loan Party or its Subsidiaries, seeking to establish the invalidity or unenforceability thereof, or a Loan Party or its Subsidiaries shall deny that such Loan Party or its Subsidiaries has any liability or obligation purported to be created under any Loan Document; or

8.11 Change of Control . A Change of Control shall occur.

8.12 ERISA . The occurrence of any of the following events: (a) any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate fails to make full payment when due of all amounts which any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate is required to pay as contributions, installments, or otherwise to or with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan, and such failure could reasonably be expected to result in liability in excess of $300,000, (b) an accumulated funding deficiency or funding shortfall in excess of $300,000 occurs or exists, whether or not waived, with respect to any Pension Plan, individually or in the aggregate, (c) a Notification Event, which could reasonably be expected to result in liability in excess of $300,000, either individually or in the aggregate, or (d) any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate completely or partially withdraws from one or more Multiemployer Plans and incurs Withdrawal Liability in excess of $300,000 in the aggregate, or fails to make any Withdrawal Liability payment when due.

8.13 Ultimate Parent Company . Any Ultimate Parent Company shall have any material liabilities (other than liabilities arising under the Loan Documents), own any material assets (other than Equity Interests of Borrowers) or engage in any operations or business (other than ownership of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries).

 

- 30 -


9. RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.

9.1 Rights and Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Agent may, and, at the instruction of the Required Lenders, shall (in each case under clauses (a) or (b) by written notice to Borrowers), in addition to any other rights or remedies provided for hereunder or under any other Loan Document or by applicable law, do any one or more of the following:

(a) (i) declare the Obligations, whether evidenced by this Agreement or by any of the other Loan Documents immediately due and payable, whereupon the same shall become and be immediately due and payable and Borrowers shall be obligated to repay all of such Obligations in full, without presentment, demand, protest, or further notice or other requirements of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by each Borrower.

(b) [Reserved].

(c) Exercise all other rights and remedies available to Agent or the Lenders under the Loan Documents, under applicable law, or in equity; provided , that, with respect to any Event of Default resulting solely from failure of Borrowers to comply with the financial covenants set forth in Section 7 , neither Agent nor the Required Lenders may exercise the foregoing remedies in this Section 9.1 until the date that is the earlier of (1) 10 Business Days after the day on which financial statements are required to be delivered for the applicable fiscal quarter and (2) the date that Agent receives notice that there will not be a Curative Equity contribution made for such fiscal quarter.

(d) The foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Section 8.4 or Section 8.5 , in addition to the remedies set forth above, without any notice to Borrowers or any other Person or any act by the Lender Group, the Obligations, inclusive of all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and all fees and all other amounts owing under this Agreement or under any of the other Loan Documents, shall automatically and immediately become due and payable and Borrowers shall be obligated to repay all of such Obligations in full without presentment, demand, protest, or notice or other requirements of any kind, all of which are expressly waived by Borrowers.

9.2 Remedies Cumulative . The rights and remedies of the Lender Group under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and all other agreements shall be cumulative. The Lender Group shall have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. No exercise by the Lender Group of one right or remedy shall be deemed an election, and no waiver by the Lender Group of any Event of Default shall be deemed a continuing waiver. No delay by the Lender Group shall constitute a waiver, election, or acquiescence by it.

9.3 Curative Equity .

(a) Subject to the limitations set forth in clause (f) below, Borrowers may cure (and shall be deemed to have cured) an Event of Default arising out of a breach of any of the financial covenants set forth in clauses (a) or (b) of Section 7 (the “ Specified Financial Covenants ”) if they receive the cash proceeds of an investment of Curative Equity within 10 Business Days after the date that is the earlier to occur of (i) the date on which the Compliance Certificate is delivered to Agent in respect of the fiscal quarter with respect to which any such breach occurred and (ii) the date on which the Compliance Certificate is required to be delivered to Agent pursuant to Section 5.1 in respect of the fiscal quarter with respect to which any such breach occurred; provided that Borrowers’ right to so cure an Event of Default shall be contingent on their timely delivery of such Compliance Certificate as required under Section 5.1 . On or before the earlier to occur of (i) the date on which the Compliance Certificate is required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 for any fiscal quarter and (ii) the date on which the Compliance Certificate is actually delivered for any fiscal quarter, the Sponsor may issue to Agent and the Lenders a written binding commitment to make such investment of Curative Equity.

 

- 31 -


(b) Borrowers shall promptly notify Agent of its receipt of any proceeds of Curative Equity (and shall immediately apply the same to the payment of the Obligations in the manner specified in Section 2.4(e)(vi) ).

(c) Any investment of Curative Equity shall be in immediately available funds and, subject to the limitations set forth in clause (f) below, shall be in an amount that is sufficient to cause Borrowers to be in compliance with all of the Specified Financial Covenants as at the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter, calculated for such purpose as if such amount of Curative Equity were additional EBITDA of Borrowers as at such date.

(d) In the Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 in respect of the fiscal quarter end on which Curative Equity is used to Borrowers shall (i) include evidence of their receipt of Curative Equity proceeds, and (ii) set forth a calculation of the financial results and balance sheet of Borrowers as at such fiscal quarter end (including for such purposes the proceeds of such Curative Equity (broken out separately) as deemed EBITDA as if received on such date), which shall confirm that on a pro forma basis after taking into account the receipt of the Curative Equity proceeds, Borrowers would have been in compliance with the Specified Financial Covenants as of such date.

(e) Upon delivery of a Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 5.1 conforming to the requirements of this Section, any Event of Default that occurred and is continuing as a result of a breach of any of the Specified Financial Covenants shall be deemed cured with no further action required by the Required Lenders. Prior to the date of the delivery of a Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 5.1 conforming to the requirements of this Section, any Event of Default that has occurred as a result of a breach of any of the Specified Financial Covenants shall be deemed to be continuing and, as a result, the Lenders shall have no obligation to make additional loans or otherwise extend additional credit hereunder and shall not accelerate the Obligations or exercise remedies with respect thereto unless and until the Curative Equity is not received within the time period required above. In the event Borrowers do not cure all financial covenant violations as provided in this Section 9.3 , the existing Event(s) of Default shall continue unless waived in writing by the Required Lenders in accordance herewith.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrowers’ rights under this Section 9.3 may (i) be exercised not more than 4 times during the term of this Agreement, (ii) not be exercised with respect to consecutive fiscal quarters, and (iii) not be exercised if the amount of the proposed investment of Curative Equity exceeds (x) prior to the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2013, the lesser of (A) 10% of EBITDA and (B) $1,000,000 and (y) after September 30, 2013, the lesser of (A) 10% of EBITDA and (B) $1,500,000. Any amount of Curative Equity that is in excess of the amount sufficient to cause Borrowers to be in compliance with all of the Specified Financial Covenants as at such date shall not constitute Curative Equity. Curative Equity shall be disregarded for purposes of determining EBITDA for any pricing, financial covenant based conditions or any baskets with respect to the covenants contained in this Agreement and there shall be no pro forma reduction in Indebtedness with the proceeds of any Curative Equity for purposes of determining compliance with the Specified Financial Covenants or for determining any pricing, financial covenant based conditions or baskets with respect to the covenants contained in this Agreement, in each case in the quarter in which such Curative Equity is used and the subsequent three (3) fiscal quarters.

(g) To the extent that Curative Equity is received and included in the calculation of the Specified Financial Covenants as deemed EBITDA for any fiscal quarter pursuant to this Section 9.3 , such Curative Equity shall be deemed to be EBITDA for purposes of determining compliance with the Specified Financial Covenants for subsequent periods that include such fiscal quarter.

 

- 32 -


10. WAIVERS; INDEMNIFICATION.

10.1 Demand; Protest; etc . Each Borrower waives demand, protest, notice of protest, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees at any time held by the Lender Group on which any Borrower may in any way be liable.

10.2 The Lender Group’s Liability for Collateral . Each Borrower hereby agrees that: (a) so long as Agent complies with its obligations, if any, under the Code, the Lender Group shall not in any way or manner be liable or responsible for: (i) the safekeeping of the Collateral, (ii) any loss or damage thereto occurring or arising in any manner or fashion from any cause, (iii) any diminution in the value thereof, or (iv) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, forwarding agency, or other Person, and (b) all risk of loss, damage, or destruction of the Collateral shall be borne by Borrowers.

10.3 Indemnification . Each Borrower shall pay, indemnify, defend, and hold the Agent-Related Persons, the Lender-Related Persons, and each Participant (each, an “Indemnified Person”) harmless (to the fullest extent permitted by law) from and against any and all claims, demands, suits, actions, investigations, proceedings, liabilities, fines, costs, penalties, and damages, and all reasonable, documented fees and disbursements of attorneys, experts, or consultants and all other costs and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith or in connection with the enforcement of this indemnification (as and when they are incurred and irrespective of whether suit is brought), at any time asserted against, imposed upon, or incurred by any of them (a) in connection with or as a result of or related to the execution and delivery (provided that Borrowers shall not be liable for costs and expenses (including attorneys fees) of any Lender (other than THL Credit) incurred in advising, structuring, drafting, reviewing, administering or syndicating the Loan Documents), enforcement, performance, or administration (including any restructuring or workout with respect hereto) of this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents, or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or the monitoring of Borrowers’ and their Subsidiaries’ compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents (provided, that the indemnification in this clause (a) shall not extend to (i) disputes solely between or among the Lenders that do not involve any acts or omissions of any Loan Party, or (ii) disputes solely between or among the Lenders and their respective Affiliates that do not involve any acts or omissions of any Loan Party; it being understood and agreed that the indemnification in this clause (a) shall extend to Agent (but not the Lenders) relative to disputes between or among Agent on the one hand, and one or more Lenders, or one or more of their Affiliates, on the other hand, or (iii) any Taxes or any costs attributable to Taxes, which shall be governed by Section 16), (b) with respect to any actual or prospective investigation, litigation, or proceeding related to this Agreement, any other Loan Document, the making of any Loans, or the use of the proceeds of the Loans (irrespective of whether any Indemnified Person is a party thereto), or any act, omission, event, or circumstance in any manner related thereto, and (c) in connection with or arising out of any presence or release of Hazardous Materials at, on, under, to or from any assets or properties owned, leased or operated by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any Environmental Actions, Environmental Liabilities or Remedial Actions related in any way to any such assets or properties of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (each and all of the foregoing, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”). The foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, no Borrower shall have any obligation to any Indemnified Person under this Section 10.3 with respect to any Indemnified Liability that a court of competent jurisdiction finally determines to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Person or its officers, directors, employees, attorneys, or agents. This provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the repayment in full of the Obligations. If any Indemnified Person makes any payment to any other Indemnified Person with respect to an Indemnified Liability as to which Borrowers were required to indemnify the Indemnified Person receiving such payment, the Indemnified Person making such payment is entitled to be indemnified and reimbursed by Borrowers with respect thereto. WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE FOREGOING INDEMNITY SHALL APPLY TO EACH INDEMNIFIED PERSON WITH RESPECT TO INDEMNIFIED LIABILITIES WHICH IN WHOLE OR IN PART ARE CAUSED BY OR ARISE OUT OF ANY NEGLIGENT ACT OR OMISSION OF SUCH INDEMNIFIED PERSON OR OF ANY OTHER PERSON.

 

- 33 -


11. NOTICES.

Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices or demands relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be in writing and (except for financial statements and other informational documents which may be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid) shall be personally delivered or sent by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested), overnight courier, electronic mail (at such email addresses as a party may designate in accordance herewith), or telefacsimile. In the case of notices or demands to any Borrower or Agent, as the case may be, they shall be sent to the respective address set forth below:

 

   If to any Borrower:    c/o Connecture, Inc.
      18500 W. Corporate Drive, Suite 250
      Brookfield, Wisconsin 53045
      Fax: (262) 432-0075
     
   with copies to:    DLA Piper LLP (US)
      1201 West Peachtree Street NW, Suite 2800
      Atlanta, Georgia 30309
      Fax: (404) 682-7854
      Attention: Joseph G. Silver
     
   If to Agent:    THL CORPORATE FINANCE, INC.
      100 Federal Street, 31 st Floor
      Boston, MA 02110
      Attn: Terrence Olson
      Fax No.: (877) 494-9096
      Email: tolson@thlcredit.com
     
   with copies to:    Proskauer Rose LLP
      Eleven Times Square
      New York, NY 10036-8299
      Fax: (212) 969-2900
      Attention: William P. Brady, Esq.

Any party hereto may change the address at which they are to receive notices hereunder, by notice in writing in the foregoing manner given to the other party. All notices or demands sent in accordance with this Section 11 , shall be deemed received on the earlier of the date of actual receipt or 3 Business Days after the deposit thereof in the mail; provided , that (a) notices sent by overnight courier service shall be deemed to have been given when received, (b) notices by facsimile shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient) and (c) notices by electronic mail shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgment from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return email or other written acknowledgment).

12. CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER; JUDICIAL REFERENCE PROVISION.

(a) THE VALIDITY OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (UNLESS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED TO THE CONTRARY IN ANOTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN RESPECT OF SUCH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT), THE CONSTRUCTION, INTERPRETATION, AND ENFORCEMENT HEREOF AND THEREOF, THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THERETO WITH RESPECT TO ALL MATTERS ARISING HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER OR RELATED HERETO OR THERETO, AND ANY CLAIMS, CONTROVERSIES OR DISPUTES ARISING HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER OR RELATED HERETO OR THERETO SHALL BE DETERMINED UNDER, GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

- 34 -


(b) THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE TRIED AND LITIGATED ONLY IN THE STATE AND, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK, STATE OF NEW YORK; PROVIDED, THAT ANY SUIT SEEKING ENFORCEMENT AGAINST ANY COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE BROUGHT, AT AGENT’S OPTION, IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION WHERE AGENT ELECTS TO BRING SUCH ACTION OR WHERE SUCH COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE FOUND. EACH BORROWER AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT EACH MAY HAVE TO ASSERT THE DOCTRINE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS OR TO OBJECT TO VENUE TO THE EXTENT ANY PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION 12(b) .

(c) TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH BORROWER AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS, IF ANY, TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CAUSE OF ACTION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS (EACH A “CLAIM”). EACH BORROWER AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER AND EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

(d) EACH BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK AND THE STATE OF NEW YORK, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENTS, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT AGENT MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST ANY LOAN PARTY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

(e) NO CLAIM MAY BE MADE BY ANY LOAN PARTY AGAINST THE AGENT, ANY OTHER LENDER, OR ANY AFFILIATE, DIRECTOR, OFFICER, EMPLOYEE, COUNSEL, REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT, OR ATTORNEY-IN-FACT OF ANY OF THEM FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES OR LOSSES IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM FOR BREACH OF CONTRACT OR ANY OTHER THEORY OF LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR ANY ACT, OMISSION, OR EVENT OCCURRING IN CONNECTION THEREWITH, AND EACH LOAN PARTY HEREBY WAIVES, RELEASES, AND AGREES NOT TO SUE UPON ANY CLAIM FOR SUCH DAMAGES, WHETHER OR NOT ACCRUED AND WHETHER OR NOT KNOWN OR SUSPECTED TO EXIST IN ITS FAVOR.

 

- 35 -


13. ASSIGNMENTS AND PARTICIPATIONS; SUCCESSORS.

13.1 Assignments and Participations .

(a) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in clause (a)(ii) below, any Lender may assign and delegate all or any portion of its rights and duties under the Loan Documents (including the Obligations owed to it) to one or more assignees (each, an “ Assignee ”), with the prior written consent (such consent not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) of:

(A) Borrowers; provided, that no consent of Borrowers shall be required (1) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (2) in connection with an assignment to a Person that is a Lender or an Affiliate (other than natural persons) of a Lender; provided further, that Borrowers shall be deemed to have consented to a proposed assignment unless they object thereto by written notice to Agent within 5 Business Days after having received notice thereof; and

(B) Agent.

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) no assignment may be made to a natural person,

(B) no assignment may be made to a Loan Party, an Affiliate of a Loan Party, or any Sponsor Affiliated Entity,

(C) the amount of the rights and obligations of the assigning Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to Agent) shall be in a minimum amount (unless waived by Agent) of $500,000 (except such minimum amount shall not apply to (I) an assignment or delegation by any Lender to any other Lender, an Affiliate of any Lender, or a Related Fund of such Lender or (II) a group of new Lenders, each of which is an Affiliate of each other or a Related Fund of such new Lender to the extent that the aggregate amount to be assigned to all such new Lenders is at least $500,000),

(D) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement,

(E) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to Agent an Assignment and Acceptance; provided, that Borrowers and Agent may continue to deal solely and directly with the assigning Lender in connection with the interest so assigned to an Assignee until written notice of such assignment, together with payment instructions, addresses, and related information with respect to the Assignee, have been given to Borrowers and Agent by such Lender and the Assignee,

(F) unless waived by Agent, the assigning Lender or Assignee has paid to Agent, for Agent’s separate account, a processing fee in the amount of $3,500, and

(G) the assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to Agent an Administrative Questionnaire in a form approved by Agent (the “ Administrative Questionnaire ”).

(b) From and after the date that Agent receives the executed Assignment and Acceptance and, if applicable, payment of the required processing fee, (i) the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, shall be a “Lender” and shall have the rights and obligations of a Lender under the Loan Documents, and (ii) the assigning Lender shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights (except with respect to Section 10.3 ) and be released from any future obligations under this Agreement

 

- 36 -


(and in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto and thereto); provided, that nothing contained herein shall release any assigning Lender from obligations that survive the termination of this Agreement, including such assigning Lender’s obligations under Section 15 and Section 17.9(a) .

(c) By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, the assigning Lender thereunder and the Assignee thereunder confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows: (i) other than as provided in such Assignment and Acceptance, such assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement or any other Loan Document furnished pursuant hereto, (ii) such assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of any Borrower or the performance or observance by any Borrower of any of its obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document furnished pursuant hereto, (iii) such Assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement, together with such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance, (iv) such Assignee will, independently and without reliance upon Agent, such assigning Lender or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement, (v) such Assignee appoints and authorizes Agent to take such actions and to exercise such powers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as are delegated to Agent, by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, and (vi) such Assignee agrees that it will perform all of the obligations which by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

(d) Immediately upon Agent’s receipt of the required processing fee, if applicable, and delivery of notice to the assigning Lender pursuant to Section 13.1(b) , this Agreement shall be deemed to be amended to the extent, but only to the extent, necessary to reflect the addition of the Assignee.

(e) Any Lender may at any time sell to one or more commercial banks, financial institutions, or other Persons (a “ Participant ”) participating interests in all or any portion of its Obligations and the other rights and interests of that Lender (the “ Originating Lender ”) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents; provided, that (i) the Originating Lender shall remain a “Lender” for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the Participant receiving the participating interest in the Obligations and the other rights and interests of the Originating Lender hereunder shall not constitute a “Lender” hereunder or under the other Loan Documents and the Originating Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) the Originating Lender shall remain solely responsible for the performance of such obligations, (iii) Borrowers, Agent, and the Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with the Originating Lender in connection with the Originating Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (iv) no Lender shall transfer or grant any participating interest under which the Participant has the right to approve any amendment to, or any consent or waiver with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except to the extent such amendment to, or consent or waiver with respect to this Agreement or of any other Loan Document would (A) extend the final maturity date of the Obligations hereunder in which such Participant is participating, (B) reduce the interest rate applicable to the Obligations hereunder in which such Participant is participating, (C) release all or substantially all of the Collateral or guaranties (except to the extent expressly provided herein or in any of the Loan Documents) supporting the Obligations hereunder in which such Participant is participating, (D) postpone the payment of, or reduce the amount of, the interest or fees payable to such Participant through such Lender (other than a waiver of default interest), or (E) decreases the amount or postpones the due dates of scheduled principal repayments or prepayments or premiums payable to such Participant through such Lender, (v) no participation shall be sold to a natural person, (vi) no participation shall be sold to a Loan Party, an Affiliate of a Loan Party, or any Sponsor Affiliated Entity, and (vii) all amounts payable by Borrowers hereunder shall be determined as if such Lender had not sold such participation, except that, if amounts outstanding under this Agreement are due and unpaid, or shall have been declared or shall have

 

- 37 -


become due and payable upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, each Participant shall be deemed to have the right of set off in respect of its participating interest in amounts owing under this Agreement to the same extent as if the amount of its participating interest were owing directly to it as a Lender under this Agreement. The rights of any Participant only shall be derivative through the Originating Lender with whom such Participant participates and no Participant shall have any rights under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any direct rights as to the other Lenders, Agent, Borrowers, the Collateral, or otherwise in respect of the Obligations. No Participant shall have the right to participate directly in the making of decisions by the Lenders among themselves.

(f) In connection with any such assignment or participation or proposed assignment or participation or any grant of a security interest in, or pledge of, its rights under and interest in this Agreement, a Lender may, subject to the provisions of Section 17.9 , disclose all documents and information which it now or hereafter may have relating to any Borrower and its Subsidiaries and their respective businesses.

(g) Any other provision in this Agreement notwithstanding, any Lender may at any time create a security interest in, or pledge, all or any portion of its rights under and interest in this Agreement in favor of any Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with Regulation A of the Federal Reserve Bank or U.S. Treasury Regulation 31 CFR §203.24, and such Federal Reserve Bank may enforce such pledge or security interest in any manner permitted under applicable law.

(h) Agent (as a non-fiduciary agent on behalf of Borrowers) shall maintain, or cause to be maintained at an office in the United States, a register (the “ Register ”) on which it enters the name and address of each Lender as the registered owner of the Term Loan (and the principal amount thereof and stated interest thereon) held by such Lender (each, a “ Registered Loan ”). Other than in connection with an assignment by a Lender of all or any portion of its portion of the Term Loan to an Affiliate of such Lender or a Related Fund of such Lender (i) a Registered Loan (and the registered note, if any, evidencing the same) may be assigned or sold in whole or in part only by registration of such assignment or sale on the Register (and each registered note shall expressly so provide) and (ii) any assignment or sale of all or part of such Registered Loan (and the registered note, if any, evidencing the same) may be effected only by registration of such assignment or sale on the Register, together with the surrender of the registered note, if any, evidencing the same duly endorsed by (or accompanied by a written instrument of assignment or sale duly executed by) the holder of such registered note, whereupon, at the request of the designated assignee(s) or transferee(s), one or more new registered notes in the same aggregate principal amount shall be issued to the designated assignee(s) or transferee(s). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error and prior to the registration of assignment or sale of any Registered Loan (and the registered note, if any evidencing the same), Borrowers shall treat the Person in whose name such Registered Loan (and the registered note, if any, evidencing the same) is registered as the owner thereof for the purpose of receiving all payments thereon and for all other purposes, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. In the case of any assignment by a Lender of all or any portion of its Term Loan to an Affiliate of such Lender or a Related Fund of such Lender, and which assignment is not recorded in the Register, the assigning Lender, on behalf of Borrowers, shall maintain a register comparable to the Register.

(i) In the event that a Lender sells participations in the Registered Loan, such Lender, as a non-fiduciary agent on behalf of Borrowers, shall maintain (or cause to be maintained) a register on which it enters the name of all participants in the Registered Loans held by it (and the principal amount (and stated interest thereon) of the portion of such Registered Loans that is subject to such participations) (the “ Participant Register ”). A Registered Loan (and the Registered Note, if any, evidencing the same) may be participated in whole or in part only by registration of such participation on the Participant Register (and each registered note shall expressly so provide). Any participation of such Registered Loan (and the registered note, if any, evidencing the same) may be effected only by the registration of such participation on the Participant Register and all entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

- 38 -


(j) Agent shall make a copy of the Register available for review by Borrowers from time to time as Borrowers may reasonably request. No Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any loans or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such loan or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations.

13.2 Successors . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of each of the parties; provided, that no Borrower may assign this Agreement or any rights or duties hereunder without the Lenders’ prior written consent and any prohibited assignment shall be absolutely void ab initio . No consent to assignment by the Lenders shall release any Borrower from its Obligations. A Lender may assign this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and its rights and duties hereunder and thereunder pursuant to Section 13.1 and, except as expressly required pursuant to Section 13.1, no consent or approval by any Borrower is required in connection with any such assignment.

 

14. AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS.

14.1 Amendments and Waivers .

(a) No amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent with respect to any departure by any Borrower therefrom, shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Required Lenders (or by Agent at the written request of the Required Lenders) and the Loan Parties that are party thereto and then any such waiver or consent shall be effective, but only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided , that no such waiver, amendment, or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by all of the Lenders directly affected thereby and all of the Loan Parties that are party thereto, do any of the following:

(i) increase the amount of any Commitment of any such Lender,

(ii) postpone or delay any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment of principal, interest, fees, or other amounts due hereunder or under any other Loan Document,

(iii) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest on, any loan or other extension of credit hereunder, or reduce any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document (except (y) in connection with the waiver of applicability of Section 2.6(c) (which waiver shall be effective with the written consent of the Required Lenders), and (z) that any amendment or modification of defined terms used in the financial covenants in this Agreement shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest or a reduction of fees for purposes of this clause (iii)),

(iv) amend, modify, or eliminate this Section or any provision of this Agreement providing for consent or other action by all Lenders,

(v) amend, modify, or eliminate Section 3.1 or 3.2 ,

(vi) amend, modify, or eliminate Section 15.11 ,

(vii) other than as permitted by Section 15.11 , release Agent’s Lien in and to any of the Collateral,

(viii) amend, modify, or eliminate the definitions of “Required Lenders” or “Pro Rata Share”,

(ix) contractually subordinate any of Agent’s Liens,

 

- 39 -


(x) other than in connection with a merger, liquidation, dissolution or sale of such Person expressly permitted by the terms hereof or the other Loan Documents, release any Borrower or any Guarantor from any obligation for the payment of money or consent to the assignment or transfer by any Borrower or any Guarantor of any of its rights or duties under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents,

(xi) amend, modify, or eliminate any of the provisions of Section 2.4(b)(i) or (ii)  or Section 2.4(e) or (f), or

(xii) amend, modify, waive, or eliminate any of the provisions of Section 13.1(a) to permit a Loan Party, an Affiliate of a Loan Party, Sponsor, or any Sponsor Affiliated Entity to be permitted to become an Assignee, or

(xiii) [Reserved]

(b) No amendment, waiver or other modification shall amend, modify or waiver any provision of Section 15 pertaining to Agent, or any other rights or duties of Agent under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, without the written consent of Agent, Borrowers, and the Required Lenders;

(c) [Reserved]

(d) [Reserved]

(e) Anything in this Section 14.1 to the contrary notwithstanding, any amendment, modification, elimination, waiver, consent, termination, or release of, or with respect to, any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document that relates only to the relationship of the Lender Group among themselves, and that does not affect the rights or obligations of any Borrower, shall not require consent by or the agreement of any Loan Party.

14.2 Replacement of Certain Lenders.

(a) If (i) any action to be taken by the Lender Group or Agent hereunder requires the consent, authorization, or agreement of all Lenders or all Lenders affected thereby and if such action has received the consent, authorization, or agreement of the Required Lenders but not of all Lenders or all Lenders affected thereby, or (ii) any Lender makes a claim for compensation under Section 16 , then Borrowers or Agent at Borrowers’ sole expense and effort, upon at least 5 Business Days prior irrevocable notice, may permanently replace any Lender that failed to give its consent, authorization, or agreement (a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”) or any Defaulting Lender or any Lender that made a claim for compensation under Section 16 (a “ Tax Lender ”) with one or more Replacement Lenders, and the Non-Consenting Lender, Defaulting Lender or Tax Lender, as applicable, shall have no right to refuse to be replaced hereunder. Such notice to replace the Non-Consenting Lender, Defaulting Lender or Tax Lender, as applicable, shall specify an effective date for such replacement, which date shall not be later than 15 Business Days after the date such notice is given. In the case of a Tax Lender, no replacement shall occur unless the assignment will result in a reduction in payments under Section 16 . Further, no Tax Lender shall be required to make any such assignment if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment cease to apply.

(b) Prior to the effective date of such replacement, the Non-Consenting Lender, Defaulting Lender or Tax Lender, as applicable, and each Replacement Lender shall execute and deliver an Assignment and Acceptance without recourse, subject only to the Non-Consenting Lender, Defaulting Lender or Tax Lender, as applicable, being repaid in full its share of the outstanding Obligations (without any premium or penalty of any kind whatsoever, but including all interest, fees and other amounts that may be due in payable in respect thereof and, in the case of a Tax Lender, all payments under Section 16 have been made. If the Non-Consenting Lender, Defaulting Lender or Tax Lender, as applicable, shall refuse or fail to execute and deliver any such

 

- 40 -


Assignment and Acceptance prior to the effective date of such replacement, Agent may, but shall not be required to, execute and deliver such Assignment and Acceptance in the name or and on behalf of the Non-Consenting Lender, Defaulting Lender or Tax Lender, as applicable, and irrespective of whether Agent executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance, the Non-Consenting Lender, Defaulting Lender or Tax Lender, as applicable, shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance. The replacement of any Non-Consenting Lender, Defaulting Lender or Tax Lender, as applicable, shall be made in accordance with the terms of Section 13.1 .

14.3 No Waivers; Cumulative Remedies . No failure by Agent or any Lender to exercise any right, remedy, or option under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or delay by Agent or any Lender in exercising the same, will operate as a waiver thereof. No waiver by Agent or any Lender will be effective unless it is in writing, and then only to the extent specifically stated. No waiver by Agent or any Lender on any occasion shall affect or diminish Agent’s and each Lender’s rights thereafter to require strict performance by Borrowers of any provision of this Agreement. Agent’s and each Lender’s rights under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents will be cumulative and not exclusive of any other right or remedy that Agent or any Lender may have.

14.4 Amendment to First Lien Documents . If any amendment of modification to the First Lien Documents amends or modifies any representation and warranty, covenant (including any financial covenant) or event of default contained in the First Lien Documents (or any related definitions), in each case, in a manner that is more restrictive than the applicable provisions permit as of the date thereof, or if any amendment or modification to the First Lien Credit Agreement or other First Lien Document adds an additional representation and warranty, covenant or event of default therein, the Borrowers acknowledge and agree that this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, as the case may be, shall be automatically amended or modified to affect similar amendments or modifications with respect to this Agreement or such other Loan Documents (preserving any cushions that may exist with respect to financial covenants or any such applicable basket), without the need for any further action or consent by any Borrower or any other party. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Borrowers shall permit the Agent and Lenders to document each such similar amendment or modification to this Agreement or such other Loan Documents or insert a corresponding new representation and warranty, covenant or event of default in this Agreement or such other Loan Documents without any need for any further action or consent by the Borrowers.

15. AGENT; THE LENDER GROUP .

15.1 Appointment and Authorization of Agent . Each Lender hereby designates and appoints THL Corporate Finance as its agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and each Lender hereby irrevocably authorizes Agent to execute and deliver each of the other Loan Documents on its behalf and to take such other action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and each other Loan Document and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to Agent by the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Agent agrees to act as agent for and on behalf of the Lenders on the conditions contained in this Section 15. Any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document notwithstanding, Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents, nor shall Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against Agent. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the use of the term “agent” in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents with reference to Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only a representative relationship between independent contracting parties. Each Lender hereby further authorizes Agent to act as the secured party under each of the Loan Documents that create a Lien on any item of Collateral. Except as expressly otherwise provided in this Agreement, Agent shall have and may use its sole discretion with respect to exercising or refraining from exercising any discretionary rights

 

- 41 -


or taking or refraining from taking any actions that Agent expressly is entitled to take or assert under or pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, or of any other provision of the Loan Documents that provides rights or powers to Agent, Lenders agree that Agent shall have the right to exercise the following powers as long as this Agreement remains in effect: (a) maintain, in accordance with its customary business practices, ledgers and records reflecting the status of the Obligations, the Collateral, payments and proceeds of Collateral, and related matters, (b) execute or file any and all financing or similar statements or notices, amendments, renewals, supplements, documents, instruments, proofs of claim, notices and other written agreements with respect to the Loan Documents, (c) exclusively receive, apply, and distribute payments and proceeds of the Collateral as provided in the Loan Documents, (d) open and maintain such bank accounts and cash management arrangements as Agent deems necessary and appropriate in accordance with the Loan Documents for the foregoing purposes, (e) perform, exercise, and enforce any and all other rights and remedies of the Lender Group with respect to any Borrower or its Subsidiaries, the Obligations, the Collateral, or otherwise related to any of same as provided in the Loan Documents, and (f) incur and pay such Lender Group Expenses as Agent may deem necessary or appropriate for the performance and fulfillment of its functions and powers pursuant to the Loan Documents.

15.2 Delegation of Duties . Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement or any other Loan Document by or through agents, employees or attorneys in fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or attorney in fact that it selects as long as such selection was made without gross negligence or willful misconduct.

15.3 Liability of Agent . None of the Agent-Related Persons shall (a) be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct), or (b) be responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders for any recital, statement, representation or warranty made by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or any officer or director thereof, contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for any failure of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries or any other party to any Loan Document to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. No Agent-Related Person shall be under any obligation to any Lenders to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or to inspect the books and records or properties of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries.

15.4 Reliance by Agent . Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission, telex or telephone message, statement or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent, or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to Borrowers or counsel to any Lender), independent accountants and other experts selected by Agent. Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless Agent shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Lenders as it deems appropriate and until such instructions are received, Agent shall act, or refrain from acting, as it deems advisable. If Agent so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its reasonable satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document in accordance with a request or consent of the Required Lenders and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all of the Lenders.

 

- 42 -


15.5 Notice of Default or Event of Default . Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, except with respect to defaults in the payment of principal, interest, fees, and expenses required to be paid to Agent for the account of the Lenders and, except with respect to Events of Default of which Agent has actual knowledge, unless Agent shall have received written notice from a Lender or Borrowers referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default, and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.” Agent promptly will notify the Lenders of its receipt of any such notice or of any Event of Default of which Agent has actual knowledge. If any Lender obtains actual knowledge of any Event of Default, such Lender promptly shall notify the other Lenders and Agent of such Event of Default. Each Lender shall be solely responsible for giving any notices to its Participants, if any. Subject to Section 15.4, Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as may be requested by the Required Lenders in accordance with Section 9; provided, that unless and until Agent has received any such request, Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable.

15.6 Credit Decision . Each Lender acknowledges that none of the Agent-Related Persons has made any representation or warranty to it, and that no act by Agent hereinafter taken, including any review of the affairs of any Borrower and its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent-Related Person to any Lender. Each Lender represents to Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such due diligence, documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of Borrowers or any other Person party to a Loan Document, and all applicable bank regulatory laws relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit to Borrowers. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of Borrowers or any other Person party to a Loan Document. Except for notices, reports, and other documents expressly herein required to be furnished to the Lenders by Agent, Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of any Borrower or any other Person party to a Loan Document that may come into the possession of any of the Agent-Related Persons. Each Lender acknowledges that Agent does not have any duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis (except to the extent, if any, that is expressly specified herein) to provide such Lender with any credit or other information with respect to any Borrower, its Affiliates or any of their respective business, legal, financial or other affairs, and irrespective of whether such information came into Agent’s or its Affiliates’ or representatives’ possession before or after the date on which such Lender became a party to this Agreement.

15.7 Costs and Expenses; Indemnification . Agent may incur and pay Lender Group Expenses to the extent Agent reasonably deems necessary or appropriate for the performance and fulfillment of its functions, powers, and obligations pursuant to the Loan Documents, including court costs, attorneys fees and expenses, fees and expenses of financial accountants, advisors, consultants, and appraisers, costs of collection by outside collection agencies, auctioneer fees and expenses, and costs of security guards or insurance premiums paid to maintain the Collateral, whether or not Borrowers are obligated to reimburse Agent or Lenders for such expenses pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise. Agent is authorized and directed to deduct and retain sufficient amounts from payments or proceeds of the Collateral received by Agent to reimburse Agent for such out-of-pocket costs and expenses prior to the distribution of any amounts to Lenders. In the event Agent is not reimbursed for such costs and expenses by Borrowers or their Subsidiaries, each Lender hereby agrees that it is and shall be obligated to pay to Agent such Lender’s ratable thereof. Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, each of the Lenders, on a ratable basis, shall indemnify and defend the Agent-Related Persons (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of Borrowers and without limiting the obligation of Borrowers to do so) from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities; provided, that no Lender shall be liable for the payment to any Agent-Related Person of any portion of such Indemnified Liabilities resulting solely from such Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without

 

- 43 -


limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse Agent upon demand for such Lender’s ratable share of any costs or reasonable, documented out of pocket expenses (including attorneys, accountants, advisors, and consultants fees and expenses) incurred by Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment, or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the extent that Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of Borrowers. The undertaking in this Section shall survive the payment of all Obligations hereunder and the resignation or replacement of Agent.

15.8 Agent in Individual Capacity . THL Corporate Finance and its Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire Equity Interests in, and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting, or other business with any Borrower and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and any other Person party to any Loan Document as though THL Corporate Finance were not Agent hereunder, and, in each case, without notice to or consent of the other members of the Lender Group. The other members of the Lender Group acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, THL Corporate Finance or its Affiliates may receive information regarding a Borrower or its Affiliates or any other Person party to any Loan Documents that is subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of such Borrower or such other Person and that prohibit the disclosure of such information to the Lenders, and the Lenders acknowledge that, in such circumstances (and in the absence of a waiver of such confidentiality obligations, which waiver Agent will use its reasonable best efforts to obtain), Agent shall not be under any obligation to provide such information to them. The terms “Lender” and “Lenders” include THL Credit in its individual capacity.

15.9 Successor Agent . Agent may resign as Agent upon 30 days (10 days if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) prior written notice to the Lenders (unless such notice is waived by the Required Lenders) and Borrowers (unless such notice is waived by Borrowers). If Agent resigns under this Agreement, the Required Lenders shall be entitled, with (so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) the consent of Borrowers (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed, or conditioned), appoint a successor Agent for the Lenders. If no successor Agent is appointed prior to the effective date of the resignation of Agent, Agent may appoint, after consulting with the Lenders and Borrowers, a successor Agent. If Agent has materially breached or failed to perform any material provision of this Agreement or of applicable law, the Required Lenders may agree in writing to remove and replace Agent with a successor Agent from among the Lenders with (so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) the consent of Borrowers (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed, or conditioned). In any such event, upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor Agent hereunder, such successor Agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers, and duties of the retiring Agent and the term “Agent” shall mean such successor Agent and the retiring Agent’s appointment, powers, and duties as Agent shall be terminated. After any retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder as Agent, the provisions of this Section 15 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this Agreement. If no successor Agent has accepted appointment as Agent by the date which is 30 days following a retiring Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Lenders shall perform all of the duties of Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided for above.

15.10 Lender in Individual Capacity . Any Lender and its respective Affiliates may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire Equity Interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting, or other business with any Borrower and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and any other Person party to any Loan Documents as though such Lender were not a Lender hereunder without notice to or consent of the other members of the Lender Group. The other members of the Lender Group acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, such Lender and its respective Affiliates may receive information regarding a Borrower or its Affiliates or any other Person party to any Loan Documents that is subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of such Borrower or such other Person and that prohibit the disclosure of such information to the Lenders, and the Lenders acknowledge that, in such circumstances (and in the absence of a waiver of such confidentiality obligations, which waiver such Lender will use its reasonable best efforts to obtain), such Lender shall not be under any obligation to provide such information to them.

 

- 44 -


15.11 Collateral Matters.

(a) The Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize Agent to release any Lien on any Collateral (i) upon the termination of the Commitments and payment and satisfaction in full by Borrowers of all of the Obligations, (ii) constituting property being sold or disposed of if a release is required or desirable in connection therewith and if Borrowers certify to Agent that the sale or disposition is permitted under Section 6.4 (and Agent may rely conclusively on any such certificate, without further inquiry), (iii) constituting property in which no Borrower or its Subsidiaries owned any interest at the time Agent’s Lien was granted nor at any time thereafter, (iv) constituting property leased or licensed to a Borrower or its Subsidiaries under a lease or license that has expired or is terminated in a transaction permitted under this Agreement, or (v) in connection with a credit bid or purchase authorized under this Section 15.11 . The Loan Parties and the Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize Agent, based upon the instruction of the Required Lenders, to (a) consent to, credit bid or purchase (either directly or indirectly through one or more entities) all or any portion of the Collateral at any sale thereof conducted under the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, including Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code, (b) credit bid or purchase (either directly or indirectly through one or more entities) all or any portion of the Collateral at any sale or other disposition thereof conducted under the provisions of the Code, including pursuant to Sections 9-610 or 9-620 of the Code, or (c) credit bid or purchase (either directly or indirectly through one or more entities) all or any portion of the Collateral at any other sale or foreclosure conducted or consented to by Agent in accordance with applicable law in any judicial action or proceeding or by the exercise of any legal or equitable remedy. In connection with any such credit bid or purchase, (i) the Obligations owed to the Lenders shall be entitled to be, and shall be, credit bid on a ratable basis (with Obligations with respect to contingent or unliquidated claims being estimated for such purpose if the fixing or liquidation thereof would not impair or unduly delay the ability of Agent to credit bid or purchase at such sale or other disposition of the Collateral and, if such contingent or unliquidated claims cannot be estimated without impairing or unduly delaying the ability of Agent to credit bid at such sale or other disposition, then such claims shall be disregarded, not credit bid, and not entitled to any interest in the Collateral that is the subject of such credit bid or purchase) and the Lenders whose Obligations are credit bid shall be entitled to receive interests (ratably based upon the proportion of their Obligations credit bid in relation to the aggregate amount of Obligations so credit bid) in the Collateral that is the subject of such credit bid or purchase (or in the Equity Interests of the any entities that are used to consummate such credit bid or purchase), and (ii) Agent, based upon the instruction of the Required Lenders, may accept non-cash consideration, including debt and equity securities issued by any entities used to consummate such credit bid or purchase and in connection therewith Agent may reduce the Obligations owed to the Lenders (ratably based upon the proportion of their Obligations credit bid in relation to the aggregate amount of Obligations so credit bid) based upon the value of such non-cash consideration. Except as provided above, Agent will not execute and deliver a release of any Lien on any Collateral without the prior written authorization of (y) if the release is of all or substantially all of the Collateral, all of the Lenders, or (z) otherwise, the Required Lenders. Upon request by Agent or Borrowers at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing Agent’s authority to release any such Liens on particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Section 15.11 ; provided, that (1) anything to the contrary contained in any of the Loan Documents notwithstanding, Agent shall not be required to execute any document or take any action necessary to evidence such release on terms that, in Agent’s opinion, could expose Agent to liability or create any obligation or entail any consequence other than the release of such Lien without recourse, representation, or warranty, and (2) such release shall not in any manner discharge, affect, or impair the Obligations or any Liens (other than those expressly released) upon (or obligations of Borrowers in respect of) any and all interests retained by any Borrower, including, the proceeds of any sale, all of which shall continue to constitute part of the Collateral. Each Lender further hereby irrevocably authorize Agent, at its option and in its sole discretion, to subordinate any Lien granted to or held by Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Permitted Lien on such property if such Permitted Lien secures Permitted Purchase Money Indebtedness.

 

- 45 -


(b) Agent shall have no obligation whatsoever to any of the Lenders to assure that the Collateral exists or is owned by Borrowers or their Subsidiaries or is cared for, protected, or insured or has been encumbered, or that Agent’s Liens have been properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected, or enforced or are entitled to any particular priority, or whether to impose, maintain, reduce, or eliminate any particular reserve hereunder or whether the amount of any reserve is appropriate or not, or to exercise at all or in any particular manner or under any duty of care, disclosure or fidelity, or to continue exercising, any of the rights, authorities and powers granted or available to Agent pursuant to any of the Loan Documents, it being understood and agreed that in respect of the Collateral, or any act, omission, or event related thereto, subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, Agent may act in any manner it may deem appropriate, in its sole discretion given Agent’s own interest in the Collateral in its capacity as one of the Lenders and that Agent shall have no other duty or liability whatsoever to any Lender as to any of the foregoing, except as otherwise expressly provided herein.

15.12 Restrictions on Actions by Lenders; Sharing of Payments.

(a) Each of the Lenders agrees that it shall not, without the express written consent of Agent, and that it shall, to the extent it is lawfully entitled to do so, upon the written request of Agent, set off against the Obligations, any amounts owing by such Lender to any Borrower or its Subsidiaries or any deposit accounts of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries now or hereafter maintained with such Lender. Each of the Lenders further agrees that it shall not, unless specifically requested to do so in writing by Agent, take or cause to be taken any action, including, the commencement of any legal or equitable proceedings to enforce any Loan Document against any Borrower or any Guarantor or to foreclose any Lien on, or otherwise enforce any security interest in, any of the Collateral.

(b) If, at any time or times any Lender shall receive (i) by payment, foreclosure, setoff, or otherwise, any proceeds of Collateral or any payments with respect to the Obligations, except for any such proceeds or payments received by such Lender from Agent pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, or (ii) payments from Agent in excess of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of all such distributions by Agent, such Lender promptly shall (A) turn the same over to Agent, in kind, and with such endorsements as may be required to negotiate the same to Agent, or in immediately available funds, as applicable, for the account of all of the Lenders and for application to the Obligations in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement, or (B) purchase, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation in the Obligations owed to the other Lenders so that such excess payment received shall be applied ratably as among the Lenders in accordance with their Pro Rata Shares; provided , that to the extent that such excess payment received by the purchasing party is thereafter recovered from it, those purchases of participations shall be rescinded in whole or in part, as applicable, and the applicable portion of the purchase price paid therefor shall be returned to such purchasing party, but without interest except to the extent that such purchasing party is required to pay interest in connection with the recovery of the excess payment.

15.13 Agency for Perfection . Agent hereby appoints each other Lender as its agent (and each Lender hereby accepts such appointment) for the purpose of perfecting Agent’s Liens in assets which, in accordance with Article 8 or Article 9, as applicable, of the Code can be perfected by possession or control. Should any Lender obtain possession or control of any such Collateral, such Lender shall notify Agent thereof, and, promptly upon Agent’s request therefor shall deliver possession or control of such Collateral to Agent or in accordance with Agent’s instructions.

15.14 Payments by Agent to the Lenders . All payments to be made by Agent to the Lenders shall be made by bank wire transfer of immediately available funds pursuant to such wire transfer instructions as each party may designate for itself by written notice to Agent. Concurrently with each such payment, Agent shall identify whether such payment (or any portion thereof) represents principal, premium, fees, or interest of the Obligations.

 

- 46 -


15.15 Concerning the Collateral and Related Loan Documents . Each member of the Lender Group authorizes and directs Agent to enter into this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Each member of the Lender Group agrees that any action taken by Agent in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents relating to the Collateral and the exercise by Agent of its powers set forth therein or herein, together with such other powers that are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be binding upon all of the Lenders.

15.16 Financial Examination Reports; Confidentiality; Disclaimers by Lenders; Other Reports and Information . By becoming a party to this Agreement, each Lender:

(a) is deemed to have requested that Agent furnish such Lender, promptly after it becomes available, a copy of each financial examination report respecting any Borrower or its Subsidiaries (each, a “ Report ”) prepared by or at the request of Agent, and Agent shall so furnish each Lender with such Reports,

(b) expressly agrees and acknowledges that Agent does not (i) make any representation or warranty as to the accuracy of any Report, and (ii) shall not be liable for any information contained in any Report,

(c) expressly agrees and acknowledges that the Reports are not comprehensive audits or examinations, that Agent or other party performing any financial examination will inspect only specific information regarding Borrowers and their Subsidiaries and will rely significantly upon Borrowers’ and their Subsidiaries’ books and records, as well as on representations of Borrowers’ personnel,

(d) agrees to keep all Reports and other material, non-public information regarding Borrowers and their Subsidiaries and their operations, assets, and existing and contemplated business plans in a confidential manner in accordance with Section 17.9 , and

(e) without limiting the generality of any other indemnification provision contained in this Agreement, agrees: (i) to hold Agent and any other Lender preparing a Report harmless from any action the indemnifying Lender may take or fail to take or any conclusion the indemnifying Lender may reach or draw from any Report in connection with any loans or other credit accommodations that the indemnifying Lender has made or may make to Borrowers, or the indemnifying Lender’s participation in, or the indemnifying Lender’s purchase of, a loan or loans of Borrowers, and (ii) to pay and protect, and indemnify, defend and hold Agent, and any such other Lender preparing a Report harmless from and against, the claims, actions, proceedings, damages, costs, expenses, and other amounts (including, attorneys fees and costs) incurred by Agent and any such other Lender preparing a Report as the direct or indirect result of any third parties who might obtain all or part of any Report through the indemnifying Lender.

(f) In addition to the foregoing, (x) any Lender may from time to time request of Agent in writing that Agent provide to such Lender a copy of any report or document provided by any Borrower or its Subsidiaries to Agent that has not been contemporaneously provided by such Borrower or such Subsidiary to such Lender, and, upon receipt of such request, Agent promptly shall provide a copy of same to such Lender, (y) to the extent that Agent is entitled, under any provision of the Loan Documents, to request additional reports or information from any Borrower or its Subsidiaries, any Lender may, from time to time, reasonably request Agent to exercise such right as specified in such Lender’s notice to Agent, whereupon Agent promptly shall request of Borrowers the additional reports or information reasonably specified by such Lender, and, upon receipt thereof from such Borrower or such Subsidiary, Agent promptly shall provide a copy of same to such Lender, and (z) any time that Agent renders to Borrowers a statement regarding the Loan Account, Agent shall send a copy of such statement to each Lender.

15.17 Several Obligations; No Liability . Notwithstanding that certain of the Loan Documents now or hereafter may have been or will be executed only by or in favor of Agent in its capacity as such, and not by or in favor of the Lenders, any and all obligations on the part of Agent (if any) to make any credit available

 

- 47 -


hereunder shall constitute the several (and not joint) obligations of the respective Lenders on a ratable basis, according to their ratable shares of the Term Loans, to make an amount of such credit not to exceed, in principal amount, at any one time outstanding, the amount of their respective Term Loans. Nothing contained herein shall confer upon any Lender any interest in, or subject any Lender to any liability for, or in respect of, the business, assets, profits, losses, or liabilities of any other Lender. Each Lender shall be solely responsible for notifying its Participants of any matters relating to the Loan Documents to the extent any such notice may be required, and no Lender shall have any obligation, duty, or liability to any Participant of any other Lender. Except as provided in Section 15.7, no member of the Lender Group shall have any liability for the acts of any other member of the Lender Group. No Lender shall be responsible to any Borrower or any other Person for any failure by any other Lender to fulfill its obligations to make credit available hereunder, nor to advance for such Lender or on its behalf, nor to take any other action on behalf of such Lender hereunder or in connection with the financing contemplated herein.

16. WITHHOLDING TAXES.

(a) All payments made by Borrowers hereunder or under any note or other Loan Document will be made without setoff, counterclaim, or other defense. In addition, all such payments will be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for, any present or future Indemnified Taxes, and in the event any deduction or withholding of Indemnified Taxes is required, Borrowers shall comply with the next sentence of this Section 16(a) . If any Indemnified Taxes are so levied or imposed, Borrowers agree to pay the full amount of such Indemnified Taxes and such additional amounts as may be necessary so that every payment of all amounts due under this Agreement, any note, or Loan Document, including any amount paid pursuant to this Section 16(a) after withholding or deduction for or on account of any Indemnified Taxes, will not be less than the amount that would have been paid had no withholding been made; provided, that Borrowers shall not be required to increase any such amounts to the extent that the increase in such amount payable results from Agent’s or such Lender’s own willful misconduct or gross negligence (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction). Borrowers shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority and shall furnish to Agent as promptly as possible after the date the payment of any Indemnified Tax is due pursuant to applicable law, certified copies of tax receipts evidencing such payment by Borrowers.

(b) Each Borrower agrees to pay any present or future stamp, value added or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges, or similar levies that arise from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery, performance, recordation, or filing of from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to this Agreement or any other Loan Document (“ Other Taxes ”).

(c) Without duplication under Section 16(a) , each Borrower shall jointly and severally indemnify each Lender within 10 days after demand therefore, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) payable or paid by such Lender or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Lender and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrowers by a Lender (with a copy to the Agent), or by the Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) If a Lender or Participant is entitled to claim an exemption or reduction from United States withholding tax, such Lender or Participant agrees with and in favor of Agent, to deliver to Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the Lender granting the participation only) any of the of the following forms or documentation that are relevant to the particular Lender or Participant, before receiving its first payment under this Agreement:

 

- 48 -


(i) if such Lender or Participant is entitled to claim an exemption from United States withholding tax pursuant to the portfolio interest exception, (A) a statement of the Lender or Participant, signed under penalty of perjury, that it is not a (I) a “bank” as described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the IRC, (II) a 10% shareholder of Administrative Borrower (within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the IRC), or (III) a controlled foreign corporation related to Borrowers within the meaning of Section 864(d)(4) of the IRC, and (B) a properly completed and executed IRS Form W-8BEN or Form W-8IMY (with proper attachments);

(ii) if such Lender or Participant is entitled to claim an exemption from, or a reduction of, withholding tax under a United States tax treaty, a properly completed and executed copy of IRS Form W-8BEN;

(iii) if such Lender or Participant is entitled to claim that interest paid under this Agreement is exempt from United States withholding tax because it is effectively connected with a United States trade or business of such Lender, a properly completed and executed copy of IRS Form W-8ECI;

(iv) if such Lender or Participant is entitled to claim that interest paid under this Agreement is exempt from United States withholding tax because such Lender or Participant serves as an intermediary, a properly completed and executed copy of IRS Form W-8IMY (with proper attachments); and

(v) a properly completed and executed copy of any other form or forms or documentation, including IRS Form W-9, as may be required under the IRC or other laws of the United States as a condition to exemption from, or reduction of, United States withholding or backup withholding tax.

(e) Each Lender or Participant shall provide new forms (or successor forms) upon the expiration or obsolescence of any previously delivered forms and to promptly notify Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the Lender granting the participation only) of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction.

(f) If a Lender or Participant claims an exemption from withholding tax in a jurisdiction other than the United States, such Lender or such Participant agrees with and in favor of Agent, to deliver to Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the Lender granting the participation only) any such form or forms, as may be required under the laws of such jurisdiction as a condition to exemption from, or reduction of, foreign withholding or backup withholding tax before receiving its first payment under this Agreement, but only if such Lender or such Participant is legally able to deliver such forms and in the Lender’s reasonable judgment, the completion, execution or submission would not subject it to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice any legal or commercial position taken, provided, that nothing in this Section 16 shall require a Lender or Participant to disclose any information that it deems to be confidential (including without limitation, its tax returns). Each Lender and each Participant shall provide new forms (or successor forms) upon the expiration or obsolescence of any previously delivered forms and to promptly notify Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the Lender granting the participation only) of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction.

(g) If a Lender or Participant claims exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax and such Lender or Participant sells, assigns, grants a participation in, or otherwise transfers all or part of the Obligations of Borrowers to such Lender or Participant, such Lender or Participant agrees to notify Agent (or, in the case of a sale of a participation interest, to the Lender granting the participation only) of the percentage amount in which it is no longer the beneficial owner of Obligations of Borrowers to such Lender or Participant. To the extent of such percentage amount, Agent will treat such Lender’s or such Participant’s documentation provided pursuant to Section 16(d) , (e)  or (f)  as no longer valid. With respect to such percentage amount, such Participant or Assignee may provide new documentation, pursuant to Section 16(d) , (e)  or (f) , if applicable. Borrowers agree that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of this Section 16 with respect to its participation in any portion of the Obligations so long as such Participant complies with the obligations set forth in this Section 16 with respect thereto.

 

- 49 -


(h) If a Lender or a Participant is entitled to a reduction in the applicable withholding tax, Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the Lender granting the participation) may withhold from any interest payment to such Lender or such Participant an amount equivalent to the applicable withholding tax after taking into account such reduction in accordance with Section 16(a) . If the forms or other documentation required by Section 16(c) or 16(d) are not delivered to Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the Lender granting the participation), then Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the Lender granting the participation) may withhold from any interest payment to such Lender or such Participant not providing such forms or other documentation an amount equivalent to the applicable withholding tax in accordance with Section 16(a) .

(i) If the IRS or any other Governmental Authority of the United States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the Lender granting the participation) did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender or any Participant due to a failure on the part of the Lender or any Participant (because the appropriate form was not delivered, was not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify Agent (or such Participant failed to notify the Lender granting the participation) of a change in circumstances which rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax ineffective, or for any other reason) such Lender shall indemnify and hold Agent harmless (or, in the case of a Participant, such Participant shall indemnify and hold the Lender granting the participation harmless) for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the Lender granting the participation), as tax or otherwise, including penalties and interest, and including any taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on the amounts payable to Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the Lender granting the participation only) under this Section 16 , together with all costs and expenses (including attorneys fees and expenses).

(j) If Agent or a Lender determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Indemnified Taxes to which Borrowers have paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 16 , so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, it shall pay over such refund to Borrowers (but only to the extent of payments made, or additional amounts paid, by Borrowers under this Section 16 with respect to Indemnified Taxes giving rise to such a refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of Agent or such Lender (including Taxes) and without interest (other than any interest paid by the applicable Governmental Authority with respect to such a refund); provided, that Borrowers, upon the request of Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to Borrowers (plus any penalties, interest or other charges, imposed by the applicable Governmental Authority, other than such penalties, interest or other charges imposed as a result of the willful misconduct or gross negligence of Agent hereunder) to Agent or such Lender in the event Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, this Section 16 shall not be construed to require Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information which it deems confidential) to Borrowers or any other Person.

(k) Each party’s obligations under this Section 16 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Document.

17. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

17.1 Effectiveness . This Agreement shall be binding and deemed effective when executed by each Borrower, Agent, and each Lender whose signature is provided for on the signature pages hereof.

17.2 Section Headings . Headings and numbers have been set forth herein for convenience only. Unless the contrary is compelled by the context, everything contained in each Section applies equally to this entire Agreement.

17.3 Interpretation . Neither this Agreement nor any uncertainty or ambiguity herein shall be construed against the Lender Group or any Borrower, whether under any rule of construction or otherwise. On the contrary, this Agreement has been reviewed by all parties and shall be construed and interpreted according to the ordinary meaning of the words used so as to accomplish fairly the purposes and intentions of all parties hereto.

 

- 50 -


17.4 Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

17.5 [Reserved] .

17.6 Debtor-Creditor Relationship . The relationship between the Lenders and Agent, on the one hand, and the Loan Parties, on the other hand, is solely that of creditor and debtor. No member of the Lender Group has (or shall be deemed to have) any fiduciary relationship or duty to any Loan Party arising out of or in connection with the Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated thereby, and there is no agency or joint venture relationship between the members of the Lender Group, on the one hand, and the Loan Parties, on the other hand, by virtue of any Loan Document or any transaction contemplated therein.

17.7 Counterparts; Electronic Execution . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission also shall deliver an original executed counterpart of this Agreement but the failure to deliver an original executed counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, and binding effect of this Agreement. The foregoing shall apply to each other Loan Document mutatis mutandis .

17.8 Revival and Reinstatement of Obligations . If any member of the Lender Group repays, refunds, restores, or returns in whole or in part, any payment or property (including any proceeds of Collateral) previously paid or transferred to such member of the Lender Group in full or partial satisfaction of any Obligation or on account of any other obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document, because the payment, transfer, or the incurrence of the obligation so satisfied is asserted or declared to be void, voidable, or otherwise recoverable under any law relating to creditors’ rights, including provisions of the Bankruptcy Code relating to fraudulent transfers, preferences, or other voidable or recoverable obligations or transfers (each, a “ Voidable Transfer ”), or because such member of the Lender Group elects to do so on the reasonable advice of its counsel in connection with a claim that the payment, transfer, or incurrence is or may be a Voidable Transfer, then, as to any such Voidable Transfer, or the amount thereof that such member of the Lender Group elects to repay, restore, or return (including pursuant to a settlement of any claim in respect thereof), and as to all reasonable costs, expenses, and attorneys fees of such member of the Lender Group related thereto, (i) the liability of the Loan Parties with respect to the amount or property paid, refunded, restored, or returned will automatically and immediately be revived, reinstated, and restored and will exist and (ii) Agent’s Liens securing such liability shall be effective, revived, and remain in full force and effect, in each case, as fully as if such Voidable Transfer had never been made. If, prior to any of the foregoing, (A) Agent’s Liens shall have been released or terminated or (B) any provision of this Agreement shall have been terminated or cancelled, Agent’s Liens, or such provision of this Agreement, shall be reinstated in full force and effect and such prior release, termination, cancellation or surrender shall not diminish, release, discharge, impair or otherwise affect the obligation of any Loan Party in respect of such liability or any Collateral securing such liability.

17.9 Confidentiality .

(a) Agent and Lenders each individually (and not jointly or jointly and severally) agree that non-public information regarding Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, their operations, assets, and existing and contemplated business plans (“ Confidential Information ”) shall be treated by Agent and the Lenders in a

 

- 51 -


confidential manner, and shall not be disclosed by Agent and the Lenders to Persons who are not parties to this Agreement, except: (i) to attorneys for and other advisors, accountants, auditors, and consultants to any member of the Lender Group and to employees, directors and officers of any member of the Lender Group (the Persons in this clause (i), “ Lender Group Representatives ”) on a “need to know” basis in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and on a confidential basis, (ii) to Subsidiaries and Affiliates of any member of the Lender Group, provided that any such Subsidiary or Affiliate shall have agreed to receive such information hereunder subject to the terms of this Section 17.9 , (iii) as may be required by regulatory authorities so long as such authorities are informed of the confidential nature of such information, (iv) as may be required by statute, decision, or judicial or administrative order, rule, or regulation; provided that (x) prior to any disclosure under this clause (iv), the disclosing party agrees to provide Borrowers with prior notice thereof, to the extent that it is practicable to do so and to the extent that the disclosing party is permitted to provide such prior notice to Borrowers pursuant to the terms of the applicable statute, decision, or judicial or administrative order, rule, or regulation and (y) any disclosure under this clause (iv) shall be limited to the portion of the Confidential Information as may be required by such statute, decision, or judicial or administrative order, rule, or regulation, (v) as may be agreed to in advance in writing by Borrowers, (vi) as requested or required by any Governmental Authority pursuant to any subpoena or other legal process, provided, that, (x) prior to any disclosure under this clause (vi) the disclosing party agrees to provide Borrowers with prior written notice thereof, to the extent that it is practicable to do so and to the extent that the disclosing party is permitted to provide such prior written notice to Borrowers pursuant to the terms of the subpoena or other legal process and (y) any disclosure under this clause (vi) shall be limited to the portion of the Confidential Information as may be required by such Governmental Authority pursuant to such subpoena or other legal process, (vii) as to any such information that is or becomes generally available to the public (other than as a result of prohibited disclosure by Agent or the Lenders or the Lender Group Representatives), (viii) in connection with any assignment, participation or pledge of any Lender’s interest under this Agreement, provided that prior to receipt of Confidential Information any such assignee, participant, or pledgee shall have agreed in writing to receive such Confidential Information hereunder subject to the terms of this Section 17.9 or pursuant to confidentiality requirements substantially similar to those contained in this Section 17.9 (and such Person may disclose such Confidential Information to Persons employed or engaged by them as described in clause (i) above, (ix) in connection with any litigation or other adversary proceeding involving parties hereto which such litigation or adversary proceeding involves claims related to the rights or duties of such parties under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; provided, that, prior to any disclosure to any Person (other than any Loan Party, Agent, any Lender, any of their respective Affiliates, or their respective counsel) under this clause (ix) with respect to litigation involving any Person (other than any Borrower, Agent, any Lender, any of their respective Affiliates, or their respective counsel), the disclosing party agrees to provide Borrowers with prior written notice thereof, (x) in connection with, and to the extent reasonably necessary for, the exercise of any secured creditor remedy under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document, (xi) in connection with any public filing required under applicable law or regulation as determined in the reasonable discretion of Agent or any Lender and (xii) to their lenders or other providers of financing who agree to keep such information confidential in accordance with the terms hereof.

(b) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, Agent may disclose information concerning the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to loan syndication and pricing reporting services or in its marketing or promotional materials, with such information to consist of deal terms and other information customarily found in such publications or marketing or promotional materials and may otherwise use the name, logos, and other insignia of any Borrower or other Loan Parties and the Commitment provided hereunder in any “tombstone” or other advertisements on its website or in other marketing materials of Agent.

(c) The Loan Parties hereby acknowledge that Agent or its Affiliates may make available to the Lenders materials or information provided by or on behalf of Borrowers hereunder (collectively, “ Borrower Materials ”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks, SyndTrak or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”) and certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Loan Parties or their securities) (each, a “ Public

 

- 52 -


Lender ”). The Loan Parties shall be deemed to have authorized Agent and its Affiliates and the Lenders to treat Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” or otherwise at any time filed with the SEC as not containing any material non-public information with respect to the Loan Parties or their securities for purposes of United States federal and state securities laws. All Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated as “Public Investor” (or another similar term). Agent and its Affiliates and the Lenders shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” or that are not at any time filed with the SEC as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not marked as “Public Investor” (or such other similar term).

17.10 Lender Group Expenses . Borrowers agree to pay any and all Lender Group Expenses promptly following the date on which demand therefor is made by Agent and agrees that its obligations contained in this Section 17.10 shall survive payment or satisfaction in full of all other Obligations.

17.11 Survival . All representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties in the Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and the making of the Term Loan on the Closing Date, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that Agent, or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or Event of Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid.

17.12 Patriot Act . Each Lender that is subject to the requirements of the Patriot Act hereby notifies Borrowers that pursuant to the requirements of the Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Borrower, which information includes the name and address of each Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify each Borrower in accordance with the Patriot Act. In addition, if Agent is required by law or regulation or internal policies to do so, it shall have the right to periodically conduct (a) Patriot Act searches, OFAC/PEP searches, and customary individual background checks for the Loan Parties and (b) OFAC/PEP searches and customary individual background checks for the Loan Parties’ senior management and key principals, and each Borrower agrees to cooperate in respect of the conduct of such searches and further agrees that the reasonable costs and charges for such searches shall constitute Lender Group Expenses hereunder and be for the account of Borrowers.

17.13 Integration . This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, reflects the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and shall not be contradicted or qualified by any other agreement, oral or written, before the date hereof.

17.14 Connecture as Agent for Borrowers . Each Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Connecture as the borrowing agent and attorney-in-fact for all Borrowers (the “Administrative Borrower”) which appointment shall remain in full force and effect unless and until Agent shall have received prior written notice signed by each Borrower that such appointment has been revoked and that another Borrower has been appointed Administrative Borrower. Each Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Borrower (i) to provide Agent with all notices and instructions under this Agreement and (ii) to take such action as the Administrative Borrower deems appropriate on its behalf to exercise such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto to carry out the purposes of this Agreement. It is understood that the handling of the Collateral of Borrowers in a combined fashion, as more fully set forth herein, is done solely as an accommodation to Borrowers in order to utilize the collective borrowing powers of Borrowers in the most efficient and economical manner and at their request, and that Lender Group shall not incur liability to any Borrower as a result hereof. Each Borrower expects to derive benefit, directly or indirectly, from the handling of the Collateral in a combined fashion since the successful operation of each Borrower is dependent on the continued successful performance of the integrated group. To induce the Lender Group to do so, and in consideration thereof, each Borrower hereby jointly and severally agrees to indemnify each member of the

 

- 53 -


Lender Group and hold each member of the Lender Group harmless against any and all liability, expense, loss or claim of damage or injury, made against the Lender Group by any Borrower or by any third party whosoever, arising from or incurred by reason of (a) the handling of the Collateral of Borrowers as herein provided, (b) the Lender Group’s relying on any instructions of the Administrative Borrower, or (c) any other action taken by the Lender Group hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, except that Borrowers will have no liability to the relevant Agent-Related Person or Lender-Related Person under this Section 17.14 with respect to any liability that has been finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent-Related Person or Lender-Related Person, as the case may be.

[Signature pages to follow.]

 

- 54 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

            BORROWERS:    

CONNECTURE, INC.

a Delaware corporation

    By:   /s/ Robert Doug Schneider
    Name:   Robert Doug Schneider
    Title:   CEO

 

   

DESTINATIONRX, INC.

a Delaware corporation

    By:   /s/ Robert Doug Schneider
    Name:   Robert Doug Schneider
    Title:   CEO

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO TERM LOAN AGREEMENT]


THL CORPORATE FINANCE, INC,

a Delaware corporation, as Agent

By:   /s/ Christopher Flynn
Name:   Christopher Flynn
Title:   Managing Director

 

THL CREDIT, INC.,

a Delaware corporation, as a Lender

By:   /s/ Christopher Flynn
Name:   Christopher Flynn
Title:   Managing Director

 

THL CREDIT GREENWAY FUND II LLC,

a Delaware limited liability company, as a Lender

By:   /s/ Christopher Flynn
Name:   Christopher Flynn
Title:   Managing Director

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO TERM LOAN AGREEMENT]


Schedule 1.1

As used in the Agreement, the following terms shall have the following definitions:

Accounting Changes ” means changes in accounting principles required by the promulgation of any rule, regulation, pronouncement or opinion by the Financial Accounting Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (or successor thereto or any agency with similar functions).

Acquired Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of a Person whose assets or Equity Interests are acquired by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with a Permitted Acquisition; provided , that such Indebtedness (a) is either purchase money Indebtedness or a Capital Lease with respect to Equipment or mortgage financing with respect to Real Property, (b) was in existence prior to the date of such Permitted Acquisition, and (c) was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Permitted Acquisition.

Acquisition ” means (a) the purchase or other acquisition by a Person or its Subsidiaries of all or substantially all of the assets of (or any division or business line of) any other Person, or (b) the purchase or other acquisition (whether by means of a merger, consolidation, or otherwise) by a Person or its Subsidiaries of all or substantially all of the Equity Interests of any other Person.

Acquisition Agreement ” means that certain Merger Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2013, among Connecture, DRX, DRX Acquisition Company, and the Principal Stockholders named therein.

Acquisition Documents ” means the Acquisition Agreement and all other documents related thereto and executed in connection therewith.

Additional Documents ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 5.12 of the Agreement.

Administrative Borrower ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 17.14 of the Agreement.

Administrative Questionnaire ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 13.1(a) of the Agreement.

Affected Lender ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.13(b) of the Agreement.

Affiliate ” means, as applied to any Person, any other Person who controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, of the power to direct the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of Equity Interests, by contract, or otherwise; provided , that, for purposes of Section 6.10 of the Agreement: (a) any Person which owns directly or indirectly 10% or more of the Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other members of the governing body of a Person or 10% or more of the partnership or other ownership interests of a Person (other than as a limited partner of such Person) shall be deemed an Affiliate of such Person, (b) each director (or comparable manager) of a Person shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of such Person, and (c) each partnership in which a Person is a general partner shall be deemed an Affiliate of such Person.


Agent ” has the meaning specified therefor in the preamble to the Agreement.

Agent-Related Persons ” means Agent, together with its Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, attorneys, and agents.

Agent’s Account ” means the Deposit Account of Agent identified on Schedule A-1 to the Agreement (or such other Deposit Account of Agent that has been designated as such, in writing, by Agent to Administrative Borrower and the Lenders).

Agent’s Liens ” means the Liens granted by each Borrower or its Subsidiaries to Agent under the Loan Documents and securing the Obligations.

Agreement ” means the Credit Agreement to which this Schedule 1.1 is attached.

Applicable Prepayment Premium ” means with respect to any payment of the principal of the Term Loans whether before or after an event of default or acceleration:

(i) prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, an amount equal to 3% of the principal amount of such payment;

(ii) on or after the first anniversary of the Closing Date but prior to the second anniversary of the Closing Date, an amount equal to 2% of the principal amount of such payment;

(iii) on or after the second anniversary of the Closing Date, an amount equal to 0% of the principal amount of such payment.

Application Event ” means the occurrence of (a) a failure by Borrowers to repay all of the Obligations in full on the Maturity Date, or (b) an Event of Default and the election by Agent or the Required Lenders to require that payments and proceeds of Collateral be applied pursuant to Section 2.4(b)(ii) of the Agreement.

Assignee ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 13.1(a) of the Agreement.

Assignment and Acceptance ” means an Assignment and Acceptance Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 to the Agreement.

Authorized Person ” means any one of the individuals identified on Schedule A-2 to the Agreement, as such schedule is updated from time to time by written notice from Borrowers to Agent.

Availability ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the First Lien Credit Agreement as in effect on the date hereof.

Bankruptcy Code ” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as in effect from time to time.

 

- 2 -


Base Rate ” means the greatest of (a) 1.50%, (b) the Federal Funds Rate plus  1 2 , (c) the LIBOR Rate (which rate shall be calculated if possible based upon an Interest Period of 1 month and shall be determined on a daily basis), and (d) the rate of interest announced, from time to time, within Wells Fargo at its principal office in New York as its “prime rate”, with the understanding that the “prime rate” is one of Wells Fargo’s base rates (not necessarily the lowest of such rates) and serves as the basis upon which effective rates of interest are calculated for those loans making reference thereto and is evidenced by the recording thereof after its announcement in such internal publications as Wells Fargo may designate.

Base Rate Margin ” means eleven percentage points (11.0%) per annum.

Benefit Plan ” means a “defined benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(35) of ERISA) for which any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or ERISA Affiliates has been an “employer” (as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA) within the past six years.

Board Observer ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 5.17 of the Agreement.

Board of Directors ” means, as to any Person, the board of directors (or comparable managers) of such Person, or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of the board of directors (or comparable managers).

Board of Governors ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).

Borrower ” and “ Borrowers ” have the respective meanings specified therefor in the preamble to the Agreement.

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which banks are authorized or required to close in the state of New York, except that, if a determination of a Business Day shall relate to LIBOR, the term “Business Day” also shall exclude any day on which banks are closed for dealings in Dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

Capital Expenditures ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the amount of all expenditures by such Person and its Subsidiaries during such period that are capital expenditures as determined in accordance with GAAP, whether such expenditures are paid in cash or financed, but excluding, without duplication (a) expenditures made during such period in connection with the replacement, substitution, or restoration of assets or properties pursuant to Section 2.4(e)(ii) of the Agreement, (b) with respect to the purchase price of assets that are purchased substantially contemporaneously with the trade-in of existing assets during such period, the amount that the gross amount of such purchase price is reduced by the credit granted by the seller of such assets for the assets being traded in at such time, (c) expenditures made during such period to consummate one or more Permitted Acquisitions, (d) expenditures made during such period to the extent made with the identifiable proceeds of an equity investment in a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by Sponsor which equity investment is made substantially contemporaneously with the making of the expenditure, (e) capitalized software development costs to the extent such costs are deducted from net earnings under the definition of EBITDA for such period, and (f) expenditures during such period that, pursuant to a written agreement, are reimbursed by a third Person (excluding any Borrower or any of its Affiliates).

 

- 3 -


Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means that portion of the obligations under a Capital Lease that is required to be capitalized in accordance with GAAP.

Capital Lease ” means a lease that is required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP.

Cash Equivalents ” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within 1 year from the date of acquisition thereof, (b) marketable direct obligations issued or fully guaranteed by any state of the United States or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within 1 year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either Standard & Poor’s Rating Group (“ S&P ”) or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“ Moody’s ”), (c) commercial paper maturing no more than 270 days from the date of creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s, (d) certificates of deposit, time deposits, overnight bank deposits or bankers’ acceptances maturing within 1 year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia or any United States branch of a foreign bank having at the date of acquisition thereof combined capital and surplus of not less than $1,000,000,000, (e) Deposit Accounts maintained with (i) any bank that satisfies the criteria described in clause (d) above, or (ii) any other bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof so long as the full amount maintained with any such other bank is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, (f) repurchase obligations of any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (d) of this definition or recognized securities dealer having combined capital and surplus of not less than $1,000,000,000, having a term of not more than seven days, with respect to securities satisfying the criteria in clauses (a) or (d) above, (g) debt securities with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any commercial bank satisfying the criteria described in clause (d) above, and (h) Investments in money market funds substantially all of whose assets are invested in the types of assets described in clauses (a) through (g) above.

CFC ” means a controlled foreign corporation (as that term is defined in Section 957 of the IRC).

Change of Control ” means that:

(a) (i) Sponsor fails to own and control, directly or indirectly, 30% or more (ii) Permitted Holders fail to own and control, directly or indirectly, 50.1%, or more, or (iii) any other “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) owns more than Sponsor, of the Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower, either on an economic basis or on the basis of those entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote for the election of members of the Board of Directors of Administrative Borrower,

(b) any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than Permitted Holders, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of 30%, or more, of the Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower, either on an economic basis or on the basis of those entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote for the election of members of the Board of Directors of Administrative Borrower,

 

- 4 -


(c) a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of Administrative Borrower do not constitute Continuing Directors, or

(d) Administrative Borrower fails to own and control, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Equity Interests of each other Loan Party.

Change in Law ” means the occurrence after the date of the Agreement of: (a) the adoption or effectiveness of any law, rule, regulation, judicial ruling, judgment or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation, judicial ruling, judgment or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application by any Governmental Authority of any law, rule, regulation, guideline or treaty, or (c) the making or issuance by any Governmental Authority of any request, rule, guideline or directive, whether or not having the force of law; provided that notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives concerning capital adequacy promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities shall, in each case, be deemed to be a “Change in Law,” regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

Chrysalis Ventures ” means Chrysalis Ventures II, L.P.

Closing Date ” means March 18, 2013.

Code ” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect from time to time.

Collateral ” means all assets and interests in assets and proceeds thereof now owned or hereafter acquired by any Borrower or its Subsidiaries in or upon which a Lien is granted by such Person in favor of Agent or the Lenders under any of the Loan Documents.

Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, its Commitment and, with respect to all Lenders, their Commitments, as the context requires, in each case as such Dollar amounts are set forth beside such Lender’s name under the applicable heading on Schedule C-1 to the Agreement or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender became a Lender under the Agreement, as such amounts may be reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments made in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.1 of the Agreement.

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 to the Agreement delivered by the chief financial officer of Administrative Borrower to Agent.

Confidential Information ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 17.9(a) of the Agreement.

Continuing Director ” means (a) any member of the Board of Directors who was a director (or comparable manager) of Administrative Borrower on the Closing Date, and (b) any individual who becomes a member of the Board of Directors after the Closing Date if such individual was approved, appointed or nominated for election to the Board of Directors by either the Permitted Holders or a majority of the Continuing Directors, but excluding any such

 

- 5 -


individual originally proposed for election in opposition to the Board of Directors in office at the Closing Date in an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of the directors (or comparable managers) of Administrative Borrower and whose initial assumption of office resulted from such contest or the settlement thereof.

Control Agreement ” means a control agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, executed and delivered by a Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries, Agent, and the applicable securities intermediary (with respect to a Securities Account) or bank (with respect to a Deposit Account).

Copyright Security Agreement ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Guaranty and Security Agreement.

Curative Equity ” means the net amount of common equity contributions made by Sponsor to Borrowers in immediately available funds and which is designated “Curative Equity” by Borrowers under Section 9.3 of the Agreement at the time it is contributed. For the avoidance of doubt, the forgiveness of antecedent debt (whether Indebtedness, trade payables, or otherwise) shall not constitute Curative Equity.

Current Assets ” means, as at any date of determination, the total assets of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries (other than cash and Cash Equivalents) which may properly be classified as current assets on a consolidated balance sheet of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

Current Liabilities ” means, as at any date of determination, the total liabilities of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries which may properly be classified as current liabilities (other than the current portion of the Term Loan, the Swing Loans and the Revolving Loans (each as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement on the date hereof) and the Term Loan) on a consolidated balance sheet of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

Default ” means an event, condition, or default that, with the giving of notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender that (a) has failed to fund any amounts required to be funded by it under the Agreement within 1 Business Day of the date that it is required to do so under the Agreement (including the failure to make available to Agent amounts required pursuant to a Settlement or to make a required payment in connection with a Letter of Credit Disbursement), (b) notified Borrowers, Agent, or any Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with all or any portion of its funding obligations under the Agreement, (c) has made a public statement to the effect that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations under the Agreement or under other agreements generally (as reasonably determined by Agent) under which it has committed to extend credit, (d) failed, within 1 Business Day after written request by Agent, to confirm that it will comply with the terms of the Agreement relating to its obligations to fund any amounts required to be funded by it under the Agreement, (e) otherwise failed to pay over to Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it under the Agreement within 1 Business Day of the date that it is required to do so under the Agreement, or (f) (i) becomes or is insolvent or has a parent company that has become or is insolvent or (ii) becomes the subject of a bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, or custodian or appointed for it, or has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment or has a parent company that has become the subject of a bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, or custodian appointed for it, or has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment.

 

- 6 -


Deposit Account ” means any deposit account (as that term is defined in the Code).

Designated Account ” means the Deposit Account of Administrative Borrower identified on Schedule D-1 to the Agreement (or such other Deposit Account of Administrative Borrower located at Designated Account Bank that has been designated as such, in writing, by Borrowers to Agent).

Designated Account Bank ” has the meaning specified therefor in Schedule D-1 to the Agreement (or such other bank that is located within the United States that has been designated as such, in writing, by Borrowers to Agent).

Disqualified Equity Interests ” shall mean any Equity Interest that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interests into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (except as a result of a change of control or asset sale so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale event shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations that are accrued and payable and the termination of the Commitments), (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests), in whole or in part, (c) provides for the scheduled payments of dividends in cash, or (d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests, in each case, prior to the date that is 180 days after the Maturity Date.

Dollars ” or “ $ ” means United States dollars.

Earn-Outs ” shall mean unsecured liabilities of a Loan Party arising under an agreement to make any deferred payment as a part of the Purchase Price for a Permitted Acquisition, including performance bonuses or consulting payments in any related services, employment or similar agreement, in an amount that is subject to or contingent upon the revenues, income, cash flow or profits (or the like) of the target of such Permitted Acquisition.

EBITDA ” means, with respect to any fiscal period:

(a) Borrowers’ consolidated net earnings (or loss),

             minus

(b) without duplication, the sum of the following amounts of Borrowers for such period to the extent included in determining consolidated net earnings (or loss) for such period:

(i) any extraordinary, unusual, or non-recurring gains,

(ii) interest income,

 

- 7 -


(iii) any software development, labor, or commission/incentive costs to the extent capitalized during such period,

(iv) exchange, translation or performance gains relating to any hedging transactions or foreign currency fluctuations, and

(v) income arising by reason of the application of FAS 141R,

            plus

(c) without duplication, the sum of the following amounts of Borrowers for such period to the extent included in determining consolidated net earnings (or loss) for such period:

(i) any extraordinary, unusual, or non-recurring non-cash losses,

(ii) Interest Expense,

(iii) tax expense based on income, profits or capital, including federal, foreign, state, franchise and similar taxes (and for the avoidance of doubt, specifically excluding any sales taxes or any other taxes held in trust for a Governmental Authority),

(iv) depreciation and amortization for such period,

(v) (A) with respect to the Merger, costs, reasonable fees to Persons (other than any Borrower, Sponsor or any of their Affiliates), charges, or expenses incurred in connection therewith prior to, on or within 180 days of the Closing Date; provided that the amounts necessary to pay all of such costs, fees, charges, or expenses are actually funded on the Closing Date as reflected in the sources and uses delivered to Agent that is acceptable to Agent; provided further that (i) the amounts necessary to pay all of such costs, fees, charges, or expenses are actually funded on the Closing Date or (ii) such amounts do not exceed $1,750,000 in the aggregate (including the one-time transaction fee payable to the Sponsor in accordance with Section 6.10(d)) and are paid within 185 days of the Closing Date, (B) with respect to any Permitted Acquisition after the Closing Date, costs, fees, charges, or expenses consisting of out-of-pocket expenses owed by Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries to any Person for services performed by such Person in connection with such Permitted Acquisition incurred within 180 days of the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition, (i) up to an aggregate amount (for all such items in this clause (B)) for such Permitted Acquisition not to exceed the greater of (1) $1,500,000 and (2) 5.0% of the Purchase Price of such Permitted Acquisition and (ii) in any amount to the extent such costs, fees, charges, or expenses in this clause (B) are paid with proceeds of new equity investments in exchange for Qualified Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower contemporaneously made by Permitted Holders,

(vi) (A) with respect to the Merger: (1) purchase accounting adjustments, including, without limitation, a dollar for dollar adjustment for that portion of revenue that would have been recorded in the relevant period had the balance of deferred revenue (unearned income) recorded on the closing balance sheet and before application of purchase accounting not been adjusted downward to fair value to be recorded on the opening balance sheet in accordance with GAAP purchase accounting rules; and (2) non-cash adjustments in accordance with GAAP purchase accounting rules under FASB Statement No. 141 and EITF Issue No. 01-3, in the event that such an adjustment is required by Borrowers’ independent auditors, in each case, as determined in accordance with GAAP; and (B) with respect to any Permitted Acquisitions after

 

- 8 -


the Closing Date: (1) purchase accounting adjustments, including, without limitation, a dollar for dollar adjustment for that portion of revenue that would have been recorded in the relevant period had the balance of deferred revenue (unearned income) recorded on the closing balance sheet and before application of purchase accounting not been adjusted downward to fair value to be recorded on the opening balance sheet in accordance with GAAP purchase accounting rules; and (2) non-cash adjustments in accordance with GAAP purchase accounting rules under FASB Statement No. 141 and EITF Issue No. 01-3, in the event that such an adjustment is required by Borrowers’ independent auditors, in each case, as determined in accordance with GAAP,

(vii) fees, costs, charges and expenses, in respect of Earn-Outs incurred in connection with any Permitted Acquisition to the extent permitted to be incurred under the Agreement that are required by the application of FAS 141R to be and are expensed by Borrowers and their Subsidiaries,

(viii) non-cash compensation expense (including deferred non-cash compensation expense), or other non-cash expenses or charges, arising from the sale or issuance of Equity Interests, the granting of stock options, and the granting of stock appreciation rights and similar arrangements (including any repricing, amendment, modification, substitution, or change of any such Equity Interests, stock option, stock appreciation rights, or similar arrangements) minus the amount of any such expenses or charges when paid in cash to the extent not deducted in the computation of net earnings (or loss),

(ix) one time non-cash restructuring charges,

(x) non-cash exchange, translation, or performance losses relating to any hedging transactions or foreign currency fluctuations,

(xi) non-cash losses on sales of fixed assets or write-downs of fixed or intangible assets,

(xii) the difference between the balance of deferred revenue associated with implementation of the Borrowers on a consolidated basis at the end of such period and the balance of deferred revenue associated with implementation of the Borrowers on a consolidated basis at the beginning of such period (which difference may be negative),

(xiii) the difference between the balance of deferred revenue in connection with the Maryland State Advantage perpetual license at the end of such period and the balance of deferred revenue in connection with the Maryland State Advantage perpetual license at the beginning of such period (which difference may be negative), and

(xiv) up to $500,000 for fees, costs, charges and expenses, in respect of underpayment of Microsoft license fees to be expensed in cash by Borrower and their Subsidiaries within 6 months of the Closing Date.

in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

For the purposes of calculating EBITDA for any period of 4 consecutive fiscal quarters (each, a “ Reference Period ”), (a) if at any time during such Reference Period (and after the Closing Date), any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall have made a Permitted Acquisition, EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including pro forma adjustments arising out of events which are directly attributable to

 

- 9 -


such Permitted Acquisition, are factually supportable, and are expected to have a continuing impact, in each case to be mutually and reasonably agreed upon by Borrowers and Agent) or in such other manner acceptable to Agent as if any such Permitted Acquisition or adjustment occurred on the first day of such Reference Period; and (b) EBITDA for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2013, shall be deemed to be $-258,317 and (c) EBITDA for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2013, shall be deemed to be $-1,374,215.

Employee Benefit Plan ” means any employee benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA, whether or not subject to ERISA, (a) that is or within the preceding six (6) years has been sponsored, maintained or contributed to by any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate or (b) to which any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate has, or has had at any time within the preceding six (6) years, any liability, contingent or otherwise.

Environmental Action ” means any written complaint, summons, citation, notice, directive, order, claim, litigation, investigation, judicial or administrative proceeding, judgment, letter, or other written communication from any Governmental Authority, or any third party involving violations of Environmental Laws or releases of Hazardous Materials (a) from any assets, properties, or businesses of any Borrower, any Subsidiary of any Borrower, or any of their predecessors in interest, (b) from adjoining properties or businesses, or (c) from or onto any facilities which received Hazardous Materials generated by any Borrower, any Subsidiary of any Borrower, or any of their predecessors in interest.

Environmental Law ” means any applicable federal, state, provincial, foreign or local statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, binding and enforceable guideline, binding and enforceable written policy, or rule of common law now or hereafter in effect and in each case as amended, or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent decree or judgment, in each case, to the extent binding on any Borrower or its Subsidiaries, relating to the environment, the effect of the environment on employee health, or Hazardous Materials, in each case as amended from time to time.

Environmental Liabilities ” means all liabilities, monetary obligations, losses, damages, costs and expenses (including all reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel, experts, or consultants, and costs of investigation and feasibility studies), fines, penalties, sanctions, and interest incurred as a result of any claim or demand, or Remedial Action required, by any Governmental Authority or any third party, and which relate to any Environmental Action.

Environmental Lien ” means any Lien in favor of any Governmental Authority for Environmental Liabilities.

Equipment ” means equipment (as that term is defined in the Code).

Equity Interest ” means, with respect to a Person, all of the shares, options, warrants, interests, participations, or other equivalents (regardless of how designated) of or in such Person, whether voting or nonvoting, including capital stock (or other ownership or profit interests or units), preferred stock, or any other “equity security” (as such term is defined in Rule 3a11-1 of the General Rules and Regulations promulgated by the SEC under the Exchange Act).

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and any successor statutes, and all regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder. Any reference to a specific section of ERISA shall be deemed to be a reference to such section of ERISA and any successor statutes, and all regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder.

 

- 10 -


ERISA Affiliate ” means each entity, trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that together with a Loan Party or a Subsidiary would be (or has been) treated as a “single employer” within the meaning of section 4001(b)(1) of ERISA or subsections (b), (c), (m) or (o) of section 414 of the IRC. ERISA Affiliate shall include any Subsidiary of any Loan Party.

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 8 of the Agreement.

Excess Cash Flow ” means, with respect to any fiscal period and with respect to Borrowers determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP the result of:

(a) TTM EBITDA,

        plus

(b) the sum of

(i) foreign, United States, state, or local tax refunds,

(ii) interest income,

(iii) post-closing Purchase Price adjustments received in cash during such period in connection with a Permitted Acquisition, and

(iv) the amount of any decrease in Net Working Capital for such period,

minus

(c) the sum of

(i) the cash portion of Interest Expense and loan servicing fees paid during such fiscal period,

(ii) the cash portion of taxes (on account of income, profits, or capital) paid during such period,

(iii) all scheduled principal payments permitted under the Agreement during such period,

(iv) the cash portion of Capital Expenditures (net of (y) any proceeds reinvested in accordance with the proviso to Section 2.4(e)(ii) of the Agreement, and (z) any proceeds of related financings with respect to such expenditures) made during such period,

(v) management fees paid in cash during such period (other than any management fees paid with the proceeds of an equity investment in any Borrower and its Subsidiaries by Sponsor or other then existing shareholders of such Borrower),

(vi) cash payments made in respect of Permitted Acquisitions (in each case, to the extent such payments are not made with the proceeds of Indebtedness (other than Revolving Loans or equity contributions made by Sponsor)),

 

- 11 -


(vii) the amount of cash items included in the calculation of EBITDA pursuant to clauses (c)(v)(A)(ii) and (c)(vii) of the definition of EBITDA for such period (to the extent that the applicable payments are not made with the proceeds of Indebtedness (other than proceeds of Revolving Loans) or equity contributions made by Sponsor),

(viii) the distributed earnings of a Borrower or any one of its Subsidiaries to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Borrower or such Subsidiary is permitted under the Agreement,

(ix) the amount of any increase in Net Working Capital for such period,

(x) any non-cash purchase accounting adjustments with respect to the Merger Agreement or a Permitted Acquisition added to Borrowers’ net income (or loss) pursuant to clauses (c)(vi)(A)(2) and (c)(vi)(B)(2) of the definition of EBITDA,

(xi) the difference between the balance of deferred revenue associated with implementation of the Borrowers on a consolidated basis at the end of such period and the balance of deferred revenue associated with implementation of the Borrowers on a consolidated basis at the beginning of such period (which difference may be negative), and

(xii) the difference between the balance of deferred revenue in connection with the Maryland State Advantage perpetual license at the end of such period and the balance of deferred revenue in connection with the Maryland State Advantage perpetual license at the beginning of such period (which difference may be negative).

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect from time to time.

Excluded Taxes ” means (i) any tax imposed on the net income or net profits of any Lender or any Participant (including any branch profits taxes), in each case imposed by the jurisdiction (or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof) in which such Lender or such Participant is organized or the jurisdiction (or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof) in which such Lender’s or such Participant’s principal office is located in each case as a result of a present or former connection between such Lender or such Participant and the jurisdiction or taxing authority imposing the tax (other than any such connection arising solely from such Lender or such Participant having executed, delivered or performed its obligations or received payment under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced its rights or remedies under the Agreement or any other Loan Document); (ii) taxes resulting from a Lender’s or a Participant’s failure to comply with the requirements of Section 16.2(d) of the Agreement, (iii) any United States federal withholding taxes that would be imposed on amounts payable to a Foreign Lender based upon the applicable withholding rate in effect at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to the Agreement (or

 

- 12 -


designates a new lending office), (iv) Taxes attributable to such Lender’s or Participant’s failure to comply with Section 16(d) , and (v) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA, except that Taxes shall include (A) any amount that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was previously entitled to receive pursuant to Section 16(a) of the Agreement, if any, with respect to such withholding tax at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to the Agreement (or designates a new lending office), and (B) additional United States federal withholding taxes that may be imposed after the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to the Agreement (or designates a new lending office), as a result of a change in law, rule, regulation, order or other decision with respect to any of the foregoing by any Governmental Authority.

Existing Credit Facility ” means (i) that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of February 16, 2011 among Connecture, Connecture RWS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Connecture Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Insurix and Harbert Mezzanine Partners II SBIC, L.P. and (ii) each loan or credit agreement evidencing any initial or subsequent replacement, substitution, renewal or refinancing of the obligations under the such Harbert Loan and Security Agreement.

Extraordinary Receipts ” means (a) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, proceeds of judgments, proceeds of settlements, or other consideration of any kind received in connection with any cause of action or claim, and (b) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any payments received by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries not in the ordinary course of business (and not consisting of proceeds described in Section 2.4(e)(ii) of the Agreement) consisting of (i) proceeds of judgments, proceeds of settlements, or other consideration of any kind received in connection with any cause of action or claim, (ii) indemnity payments (other than to the extent such indemnity payments are immediately payable to a Person that is not an Affiliate of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries), and (iii) any purchase price adjustment received in connection with any purchase agreement.

Fee Letter ” means that certain fee letter, dated as of even date with the Agreement, among Borrowers and Agent, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent.

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal to, for each day during such period, the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

First Lien Agent ” has the meaning specified in the Intercreditor Agreement.

First Lien Collateral ” has the meaning specified in the Intercreditor Agreement.

First Lien Credit Agreement ” has the meaning specified in the Intercreditor Agreement.

First Lien Debt ” has the meaning specified in the Intercreditor Agreement.

First Lien Documents ” has the meaning specified in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

- 13 -


First Lien Lenders ” has the meaning specified in the Intercreditor Agreement.

First Lien Priority Debt ” has the meaning specified in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Fixed Charges ” means, with respect to any fiscal period and with respect to Borrowers determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, the sum, without duplication, of (a) Interest Expense accrued (other than interest paid-in-kind, amortization of financing fees, and other non-cash Interest Expense) during such period, (b) principal payments in respect of Indebtedness that are required to be paid during such period, (c) all federal, state, and local income taxes accrued during such period, (d) all Restricted Payments paid (whether in cash or other property, other than Equity Interest) during such period and (e) any Earn-Outs that are paid in cash during such period.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any fiscal period and with respect to Borrowers determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, the ratio of (a) EBITDA for such period minus Capital Expenditures (excluding Capital Expenditures financed with (y) any proceeds reinvested in accordance with the proviso to Section 2.4(e)(ii) of the Agreement, and (z) any proceeds of related financings with respect to such expenditures) made during such period, to (b) Fixed Charges for such period.

Flow of Funds Agreement ” means a flow of funds agreement, dated as of even date herewith, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, executed and delivered by each Loan Party and Agent.

Foreign Lender ” means any Lender or Participant that is not a United States person within the meaning of IRC section 7701(a)(30).

Funded Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, all Indebtedness for borrowed money or letters of credit of Borrowers, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, that by its terms matures more than one year after the date of determination, and any such Indebtedness maturing within one year from such date that is renewable or extendable at the option of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, to a date more than one year from such date, including, in any event, but without duplication, with respect to Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, the Revolver Usage and the Term Loan (each as defined in the First Lien Credit Agreement on the date hereof), the Term Loan, and the amount of their Capitalized Lease Obligations.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time in the United States, consistently applied.

Governing Documents ” means, with respect to any Person, the certificate or articles of incorporation, by-laws, or other organizational documents of such Person.

Governmental Authority ” means the government of any nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether at the national, state, territorial, provincial, municipal or any other level, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of, or pertaining to, government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

 

- 14 -


Guarantor ” means (a) each Subsidiary of each Borrower and (b) each other Person that becomes a guarantor after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 5.11 of the Agreement.

Guaranty and Security Agreement ” means a guaranty and security agreement, dated as of even date with the Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, executed and delivered by each of the Borrowers and each of the Guarantors to Agent.

Hazardous Materials ” means (a) substances that are defined or listed in, or otherwise classified pursuant to, any applicable laws or regulations as “hazardous substances,” “hazardous materials,” “hazardous wastes,” “toxic substances,” or any other formulation intended to define, list, or classify substances by reason of deleterious properties such as ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, carcinogenicity, reproductive toxicity, or “EP toxicity”, (b) oil, petroleum, or petroleum derived substances, natural gas, natural gas liquids, synthetic gas, drilling fluids, produced waters, and other wastes associated with the exploration, development, or production of crude oil, natural gas, or geothermal resources, (c) any flammable substances or explosives or any radioactive materials, and (d) asbestos in any form or electrical equipment that contains any oil or dielectric fluid containing levels of polychlorinated biphenyls in excess of 50 parts per million.

Hedge Agreement ” means a “swap agreement” as that term is defined in Section 101(53B)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code.

Hedge Obligations ” means any and all obligations or liabilities, whether absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, of each Borrower and its Subsidiaries arising under, owing pursuant to, or existing in respect of Hedge Agreements entered into with one or more of the Hedge Providers.

Hedge Provider ” means Wells Fargo or any of its Affiliates.

Indebtedness ” as to any Person means (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, or other similar instruments and all reimbursement or other obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers acceptances, or other financial products, (c) all obligations of such Person as a lessee under Capital Leases, (d) all obligations or liabilities of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, irrespective of whether such obligation or liability is assumed, (e) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of assets (other than trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business and repayable in accordance with customary trade practices and, for the avoidance of doubt, other than royalty payments payable in the ordinary course of business in respect of non-exclusive licenses), (f) all monetary obligations of such Person owing under Hedge Agreements (which amount shall be calculated based on the amount that would be payable by such Person if the Hedge Agreement were terminated on the date of determination), (g) any Disqualified Equity Interests of such Person, and (h) any obligation of such Person guaranteeing or intended to guarantee (whether directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted, or sold with recourse) any obligation of any other Person that constitutes Indebtedness under any of clauses (a) through (g) above. For purposes of this definition, (i) the amount of any Indebtedness represented by a guaranty or other similar instrument shall be the lesser of the principal amount of the obligations guaranteed and still outstanding and the maximum amount for which the guaranteeing Person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Indebtedness, and (ii) the amount of any Indebtedness which is limited or is non-recourse to a Person or for which recourse is limited to an identified asset shall be valued at the lesser of (A) if applicable, the limited amount of such obligations, and (B) if applicable, the fair market value of such assets securing such obligation.

 

- 15 -


Indemnified Liabilities ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 10.3 of the Agreement.

Indemnified Person ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 10.3 of the Agreement.

Indemnified Taxes ” means, (a) any Taxes other than Excluded Taxes and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.

Insolvency Proceeding ” means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person under any provision of the Bankruptcy Code or under any other state or federal bankruptcy or insolvency law, assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extensions generally with creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other similar relief.

Intercreditor Agreement ” means that certain Intercreditor and Subordination Agreement, dated of even date herewith by and between First Lien Agent and Agent as amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

Interest Expense ” means, for any period, the aggregate of the interest expense of Borrowers for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Interest Period ” means (i) initially, a period commencing on the Closing Date and ending three months thereafter and (ii) thereafter, a period commencing on the day immediately after the last day of the prior Interest Period, and, in each case, ending 1, 2, 3, or 6 months thereafter or, if agreed to by all Lenders, 9 or 12 months thereafter; provided, that (a) interest shall accrue at the applicable rate based upon the LIBOR Rate from and including the first day of each Interest Period to, but excluding, the day on which any Interest Period expires, (b) any Interest Period that would end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day, (c) with respect to an Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period), the Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month that is 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, or 12 months after the date on which the Interest Period began, as applicable, and (d) Borrowers may not elect an Interest Period which will end after the Maturity Date.

Investment ” means, with respect to any Person, any investment by such Person in any other Person (including Affiliates) in the form of loans, guarantees, advances, capital contributions (excluding (a) commission, travel, and similar advances to officers and employees of such Person made in the ordinary course of business, and (b)  bona fide accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business), or acquisitions of Indebtedness, Equity Interests, or all or substantially all of the assets of such other Person (or of any division or business line of such other Person), and any other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. The amount of any Investment shall be the original cost of such Investment plus the cost of all additions thereto, without any adjustment for increases or decreases in value, or write-ups, write-downs, or write-offs with respect to such Investment.

 

- 16 -


IRC ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor statutes, and all regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder. Any reference to a specific section of the IRC shall be deemed to be a reference to such section of the IRC and any successor statutes, and all regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder.

Lender ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to the Agreement, and shall include any other Person made a party to the Agreement pursuant to the provisions of Section 13.1 of the Agreement and “ Lenders ” means each of the Lenders or any one or more of them.

Lender Account ” means the Deposit Account of each Lender identified on Schedule A-1 to the Agreement (or such other Deposit Account of such Lender that has been designated as such, in writing, by Lender to Agent and notified by Agent to Administrative Borrower).

Lender Group ” means each of the Lenders and Agent, or any one or more of them.

Lender Group Expenses ” means all (a) costs or expenses (including taxes and insurance premiums) required to be paid by any Borrower or its Subsidiaries under any of the Loan Documents that are paid, advanced, or incurred by the Lender Group, (b) reasonable, documented out-of-pocket fees or charges paid or incurred by Agent in connection with the Lender Group’s transactions with each Borrower and its Subsidiaries under any of the Loan Documents, including, photocopying, notarization, couriers and messengers, telecommunication, public record searches, filing fees, recording fees, publication, real estate surveys, real estate title policies and endorsements, and environmental audits, (c) Agent’s customary fees and charges imposed or incurred in connection with any background checks or OFAC/PEP searches related to any Borrower or its Subsidiaries, (d) Agent’s customary fees and charges (as adjusted from time to time) with respect to the disbursement of funds (or the receipt of funds) to or for the account of any Borrower (whether by wire transfer or otherwise), together with any out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith, (e) customary charges imposed or incurred by Agent resulting from the dishonor of checks payable by or to any Loan Party, (f) reasonable documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses paid or incurred by the Lender Group to correct any default or enforce any provision of the Loan Documents, or during the continuance of an Event of Default, in gaining possession of, maintaining, handling, preserving, storing, shipping, selling, preparing for sale, or advertising to sell the Collateral, or any portion thereof, irrespective of whether a sale is consummated, (g) financial examination, appraisal, and valuation fees and expenses of Agent related to any financial examinations, appraisals, or valuation to the extent of the fees and charges (and up to the amount of any limitation) provided in Section 2.10 of the Agreement, (h) Agent’s reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable documented attorneys fees and expenses) relative to third party claims or any other lawsuit or adverse proceeding paid or incurred, whether in enforcing or defending the Loan Documents or otherwise in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, Agent’s Liens in and to the Collateral, or the Lender Group’s relationship with any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (i) Agent’s reasonable documented costs and expenses (including reasonable documented attorneys fees and due diligence expenses) incurred in advising, structuring, drafting, reviewing, administering (including travel, meals, and lodging), syndicating (including reasonable costs and expenses relative to the rating of the Term Loan, CUSIP, DXSyndicate TM , SyndTrak or other communication costs incurred in connection with a syndication of the loan facilities), or amending, waiving, or modifying the Loan Documents, and (j) Agent’s and each Lender’s reasonable documented costs and expenses (including reasonable documented attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other advisors fees and expenses) incurred in terminating, enforcing

 

- 17 -


(including attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other advisors fees and expenses incurred in connection with a “workout,” a “restructuring,” or an Insolvency Proceeding concerning any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or in exercising rights or remedies under the Loan Documents), or defending the Loan Documents, irrespective of whether a lawsuit or other adverse proceeding is brought, or in taking any enforcement action or any Remedial Action with respect to the Collateral.

Lender Group Representatives ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 17.9 of the Agreement.

Lender-Related Person ” means, with respect to any Lender, such Lender, together with such Lender’s Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, attorneys, and agents.

LIBOR Notice ” means a written notice in the form of Exhibit L-1 to the Agreement.

LIBOR Rate ” means the greater of (a) 1.50 percent per annum, and (b) the rate per annum rate appearing on Macro*World’s (https://capitalmarkets.mworld.com; the “ Service ”) Page BBA LIBOR—USD (or on any successor or substitute page of such Service, or any successor to or substitute for such Service) 2 Business Days prior to the commencement of the requested Interest Period, for a term, and in an amount, comparable to the Interest Period and the amount of the Term Loan (and, if any such rate is below zero, the LIBOR Rate shall be deemed to be zero), which determination shall be made by Agent and shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

LIBOR Rate Margin ” means eleven percentage points (11.0%) per annum.

Lien ” means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, charge, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, easement, lien (statutory or other), security interest, or other security arrangement and any other preference, priority, or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever, including any conditional sale contract or other title retention agreement, the interest of a lessor under a Capital Lease and any synthetic or other financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing.

Loan Documents ” means the Agreement, the Control Agreements, the Copyright Security Agreement, the Fee Letter, the Guaranty and Security Agreement, the Intercompany Subordination Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement, the Mortgages, the Patent Security Agreement, the Trademark Security Agreement, any note or notes executed by Borrowers in connection with the Agreement and payable to any member of the Lender Group, and any other instrument or agreement entered into, now or in the future, by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and any member of the Lender Group in connection with the Agreement.

Loan Party ” means any Borrower or any Guarantor.

Margin Stock ” as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors as in effect from time to time.

Material Adverse Effect ” means (a) a material adverse effect in the business, operations, results of operations, assets, liabilities or financial condition of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) a material impairment of Borrowers” and their Subsidiaries ability to perform their obligations under the Loan Documents to which they are parties or of the

 

- 18 -


Lender Group’s ability to enforce the Obligations or realize upon all or a material portion of the Collateral (other than as a result of an action taken or not taken that is solely in the control of Agent), or (c) a material impairment of the enforceability or priority of Agent’s Liens with respect to all or a material portion of the Collateral.

Material Contract ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) each contract or agreement to which such Person or any of its Subsidiaries is a party involving aggregate consideration payable to or by such Person or such Subsidiary of $1,500,000 or more (other than purchase orders in the ordinary course of the business of such Person or such Subsidiary and other than contracts that by their terms may be terminated by such Person or Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business upon less than 60 days notice without penalty or premium) and (b) all other contracts or agreements, the loss of which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Maturity Date ” means July 15, 2018.

Merger ” means the Acquisition contemplated in the Acquisition Documents.

Moody’s ” has the meaning specified therefor in the definition of Cash Equivalents.

Mortgages ” means, individually and collectively, one or more mortgages, deeds of trust, or deeds to secure debt, executed and delivered by a Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries in favor of Agent, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, that encumber the Real Property Collateral.

Multiemployer Plan ” means any multiemployer plan within the meaning of Section 3(37) or 4001(a)(3) of ERISA with respect to which any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate has an obligation to contribute or has any liability, contingent or otherwise or could be assessed withdrawal liability assuming a complete withdrawal from any such multiemployer plan.

Net Cash Proceeds ” means:

(a) with respect to any sale or disposition by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of assets, the amount of cash proceeds received (directly or indirectly) from time to time (whether as initial consideration or through the payment of deferred consideration) by or on behalf of such Borrower or such Subsidiary, in connection therewith after deducting therefrom only (i) the amount of any Indebtedness secured by any Permitted Lien on any asset (other than (A) Indebtedness owing to Agent or any Lender under the Agreement or the other Loan Documents and (B) Indebtedness assumed by the purchaser of such asset) which is required to be, and is, repaid in connection with such sale or disposition, (ii) reasonable fees, commissions, and expenses related thereto and required to be paid by such Borrower or such Subsidiary in connection with such sale or disposition, (iii) taxes paid or payable to any taxing authorities by such Borrower or such Subsidiary in connection with such sale or disposition, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that the amounts so deducted are, at the time of receipt of such cash, actually paid or payable to a Person that is not an Affiliate of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and are properly attributable to such transaction; and (iv) all amounts that are set aside as a reserve (A) for adjustments in respect of the purchase price of such assets, (B) for any liabilities associated with such sale or casualty, to the extent such reserve is required by GAAP, and (C) for the payment of unassumed liabilities relating to the assets sold or otherwise disposed of at the time of, or within 30 days after, the date of such sale or other disposition, to the extent

 

- 19 -


that in each case the funds described above in this clause (iv) are (x) deposited into escrow with a third party escrow agent or set aside in a separate Deposit Account that is subject to a Control Agreement in favor of Agent and (y) paid to Agent as a prepayment of the applicable Obligations in accordance with Section 2.4(e) of the Agreement at such time when such amounts are no longer required to be set aside as such a reserve; and

(b) with respect to the issuance or incurrence of any Indebtedness by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or the issuance by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any Equity Interests, the aggregate amount of cash received (directly or indirectly) from time to time (whether as initial consideration or through the payment or disposition of deferred consideration) by or on behalf of such Borrower or such Subsidiary in connection with such issuance or incurrence, after deducting therefrom only (i) reasonable fees, commissions, and expenses related thereto and required to be paid by such Borrower or such Subsidiary in connection with such issuance or incurrence, (ii) taxes paid or payable to any taxing authorities by such Borrower or such Subsidiary in connection with such issuance or incurrence, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that the amounts so deducted are, at the time of receipt of such cash, actually paid or payable to a Person that is not an Affiliate of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and are properly attributable to such transaction.

Net Working Capital ” means, as of any date of determination, Current Assets as of such date minus Current Liabilities as of such date.

Non-Consenting Lender ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 14.2(a) of the Agreement.

Non-Defaulting Lender ” means each Lender other than a Defaulting Lender.

Notification Event ” means (a) the occurrence of a “reportable event” described in Section 4043 of ERISA for which the 30-day notice requirement has not been waived by applicable regulations issued by the PBGC, (b) the withdrawal of any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan during a plan year in which it was a “substantial employer” as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA, (c) the termination of a Pension Plan, the filing of a notice of intent to terminate a Pension Plan or the treatment of a Pension Plan amendment as a termination, under Section 4041 of ERISA, if the plan assets are not sufficient to pay all plan liabilities, (d) the institution of proceedings to terminate, or the appointment of a trustee with respect to, any Pension Plan by the PBGC or any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan administrator, (e) any other event or condition that would constitute grounds under Section 4042(a) of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan, (f) the imposition of a Lien pursuant to the IRC or ERISA in connection with any Employee Benefit Plan or the existence of any facts or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to result in the imposition of a Lien, (g) the partial or complete withdrawal of any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan (other than any withdrawal that would not constitute an Event of Default under Section 8.12 ), (h) any event or condition that results in the reorganization or insolvency of a Multiemployer Plan under Sections of ERISA, (i) any event or condition that results in the termination of a Multiemployer Plan under Section 4041A of ERISA or the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate or to appoint a trustee to administer a Multiemployer Plan under ERISA, (j) any Pension Plan being in “at risk status” within the meaning of IRC Section 430(i), (k) any Multiemployer Plan being in “endangered status” or “critical status” within the meaning of IRC Section 432(b) or the determination that any Multiemployer Plan is or is expected to be insolvent or in reorganization within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, (l) with respect to any Pension Plan, any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate

 

- 20 -


incurring a substantial cessation of operations within the meaning of ERISA Section 4062(e), (m) an “accumulated funding deficiency” within the meaning of the IRC or ERISA (including Section 412 of the IRC or Section 302 of ERISA) or the failure of any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan to meet the minimum funding standards within the meaning of the IRC or ERISA (including Section 412 of the IRC or Section 302 of ERISA), in each case, whether or not waived, (n) the filing of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standards within the meaning of the IRC or ERISA (including Section 412 of the IRC or Section 302 of ERISA) with respect to any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan, (o) the failure to make by its due date a required payment or contribution with respect to any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan, (p) any event that results in or could reasonably be expected to result in a liability by a Loan Party pursuant to Title I of ERISA or the excise tax provisions of the IRC relating to Employee Benefit Plans or any event that results in or could reasonably be expected to result in a liability to any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Title IV of ERISA or Section 401(a)(29) of the IRC, or (q) any of the foregoing is reasonably likely to occur in the following 30 days.

Obligations ” means all loans (including the Term Loan), debts, principal, interest (including any interest that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in whole or in part as a claim in any such Insolvency Proceeding), premiums, liabilities, obligations (including indemnification obligations), fees (including the fees provided for in the Fee Letter), Lender Group Expenses (including any fees or expenses that accrue after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in whole or in part as a claim in any such Insolvency Proceeding), guaranties, and all covenants and duties of any other kind and description owing by any Loan Party arising out of, under, pursuant to, in connection with, or evidenced by the Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents and irrespective of whether for the payment of money, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, and including all interest not paid when due and all other expenses or other amounts that Borrowers are required to pay or reimburse by the Loan Documents or by law or otherwise in connection with the Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Obligations of Borrowers under the Loan Documents include the obligation to pay (i) the principal of the Term Loan, (ii) interest accrued on the Term Loan, (iii) Lender Group Expenses, (iv) fees payable under the Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and (v) indemnities and other amounts payable by any Loan Party under any Loan Document. Any reference in the Agreement or in the Loan Documents to the Obligations shall include all or any portion thereof and any extensions, modifications, renewals, or alterations thereof, both prior and subsequent to any Insolvency Proceeding.

OFAC ” means The Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury.

OID ” has the meaning specified therefore in Section 2.5(a) of the Agreement.

Originating Lender ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 13.1(e) of the Agreement.

Other Taxes ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 16(b) of the Agreement.

Participant ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 13.1(e) of the Agreement.

 

- 21 -


Participant Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1(i) of the Agreement.

Patent Security Agreement ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Guaranty and Security Agreement.

Patriot Act ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 4.13 of the Agreement.

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor agency.

Pension Plan ” means any Employee Benefit Plan, other than a Multiemployer Plan, which is subject to the provisions of Title IV or Section 302 of ERISA or Sections 412 or 430 of the Code sponsored, maintained, or contributed to by any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate or to which any Loan Party or ERISA Affiliate has any liability, contingent or otherwise.

Perfection Certificate ” means a certificate in the form of Exhibit P-1 to the Agreement.

Permitted Acquisition ” means any Acquisition so long as:

(a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the consummation of the proposed Acquisition and the proposed Acquisition is consensual,

(b) no Indebtedness will be incurred, assumed, or would exist with respect to any Borrower or its Subsidiaries as a result of such Acquisition, other than Indebtedness permitted under clauses (f) or (g) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness and no Liens will be incurred, assumed, or would exist with respect to the assets of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries as a result or such Acquisition other than Permitted Liens,

(c) Borrowers have provided Agent with written confirmation, supported by reasonably detailed calculations, that on a pro forma basis (including pro forma adjustments arising out of events which are directly attributable to such proposed Acquisition, are factually supportable, and are expected to have a continuing impact, in each case, determined as if the combination had been accomplished at the beginning of the relevant period; such eliminations and inclusions to be mutually and reasonably agreed upon by Borrowers and Agent) created by adding the historical combined financial statements of Borrowers (including the combined financial statements of any other Person or assets that were the subject of a prior Permitted Acquisition during the relevant period) to the historical consolidated financial statements of the Person to be acquired (or the historical financial statements related to the assets to be acquired) pursuant to the proposed Acquisition, Borrowers and their Subsidiaries (i) would have been in compliance with the financial covenants in Section 7 of the Agreement for the 4 fiscal quarter period ended immediately prior to the proposed date of consummation of such proposed Acquisition, and (ii) are projected to be in compliance with the financial covenants in Section 7 of the Agreement for the 4 fiscal quarter period ended one year after the proposed date of consummation of such proposed Acquisition,

 

- 22 -


(d) Borrowers have provided Agent with its due diligence package relative to the proposed Acquisition, including forecasted balance sheets, profit and loss statements, and cash flow statements of the Person or assets to be acquired, all prepared on a basis consistent with such Person’s (or assets’) historical financial statements, together with appropriate supporting details and a statement of underlying assumptions for the 1 year period following the date of the proposed Acquisition, on a quarter by quarter basis), in form and substance (including as to scope and underlying assumptions) reasonably satisfactory to Agent,

(e) Borrowers shall have Availability plus Qualified Cash in an amount equal to or greater than $5,000,000 immediately after giving effect to the consummation of the proposed Acquisition,

(f) the assets being acquired or the Person whose Equity Interests are being acquired did not have negative EBITDA during the 12 consecutive month period most recently concluded prior to the date of the proposed Acquisition,

(g) Borrowers have provided Agent with written notice of the proposed Acquisition at least 15 Business Days prior to the anticipated closing date of the proposed Acquisition and, not later than 5 Business Days prior to the anticipated closing date of the proposed Acquisition, copies of the acquisition agreement and other material documents relative to the proposed Acquisition, which agreement and documents must be reasonably acceptable to Agent,

(h) the assets being acquired (other than a de minimis amount of assets in relation to Borrowers’ and their Subsidiaries’ total assets), or the Person whose Equity Interests are being acquired, are useful in or engaged in, as applicable, the business of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries or a business reasonably related thereto,

(i) the assets being acquired (other than a de minimis amount of assets in relation to the assets being acquired) are located within the United States or the Person whose Equity Interests are being acquired is organized in a jurisdiction located within the United States,

(j) the subject assets or Equity Interests, as applicable, are being acquired directly by a Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries that is a Loan Party, and, in connection therewith, the applicable Loan Party shall have complied with Section 5.11 or 5.12 of the Agreement, as applicable, of the Agreement and, in the case of an acquisition of Equity Interests, the applicable Loan Party shall have demonstrated to Agent that the new Loan Parties have received consideration sufficient to make the joinder documents binding and enforceable against such new Loan Parties, and

(k) the purchase consideration payable in respect of all Permitted Acquisitions (including the proposed Acquisition and including deferred payment obligations (including, without limitations, earnouts and seller debt)) shall not exceed $15,000,000 in the aggregate; provided , that the purchase consideration payable in respect of any single Acquisition or series of related Acquisitions shall not exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate.

Permitted Discretion ” means a determination made in the exercise of reasonable (from the perspective of a secured commercial lender) business judgment.

Permitted Dispositions ” means:

(a) sales, abandonment, or other dispositions of property (other than any intellectual property) that is substantially worn, damaged, or obsolete or no longer used or useful in the ordinary course of business and leases or subleases of Real Property not useful in the conduct of the business of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries,

 

- 23 -


(b) sales of inventory to buyers in the ordinary course of business,

(c) the use or transfer of money or Cash Equivalents in a manner that is not prohibited by the terms of the Agreement or the other Loan Documents,

(d) the licensing, on a non-exclusive basis, of patents, trademarks, copyrights, and other intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business,

(e) the granting of Permitted Liens,

(f) the sale or discount, in each case without recourse, of accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, but only in connection with the compromise or collection thereof,

(g) any involuntary loss, damage or destruction of property,

(h) any involuntary condemnation, seizure or taking, by exercise of the power of eminent domain or otherwise, or confiscation or requisition of use of property,

(i) the leasing or subleasing of assets of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business,

(j) the sale or issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of Administrative Borrower,

(k) (i) the lapse of registered patents, trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to the extent not economically desirable in the conduct of its business or (ii) the abandonment of patents, trademarks, copyrights, or other intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business so long as (in each case under clauses (i) and (ii)), (A) with respect to copyrights, such copyrights are not material revenue generating copyrights, and (B) such lapse is not materially adverse to the interests of the Lender Group,

(l) the making of Restricted Payments that are expressly permitted to be made pursuant to the Agreement,

(m) the making of Permitted Investments,

(n) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would immediately result therefrom, transfers of assets (i) from any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to a Loan Party, and (ii) from any Subsidiary of any Borrower that is not a Loan Party to any other Subsidiary of any Borrower,

(o) dispositions of assets acquired by Borrowers and their Subsidiaries pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition consummated within 12 months of the date of the proposed disposition so long as (i) the consideration received for the assets to be so disposed is at least equal to the fair market value of such assets, (ii) the assets to be so disposed are not necessary or economically desirable in connection with the business of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, and (iii) the assets to be so disposed are readily identifiable as assets acquired pursuant to the subject Permitted Acquisition,

 

- 24 -


(p) trade-in of assets in the ordinary course of business for credit towards the purchase price of replacement assets purchased concurrently therewith so long as the gross amount of the purchase price of such replacement assets is greater than the gross trade –in value of the assets being traded in at such time, and

(q) sales or dispositions of assets (other than Equity Interests of Subsidiaries of any Borrower) not otherwise permitted in clauses (a) through (p) above so long as made at fair market value and the aggregate fair market value of all assets disposed of in fiscal year (including the proposed disposition) would not exceed $300,000.

Permitted Holder ” means (i) Sponsor and (ii) Crysalis Ventures.

Permitted Indebtedness ” means:

(a) Indebtedness evidenced by the Agreement or the other Loan Documents,

(b) Indebtedness set forth on Schedule 4.14 to the Agreement and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Indebtedness,

(c) Permitted Purchase Money Indebtedness and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Indebtedness,

(d) endorsement of instruments or other payment items for deposit,

(e) Indebtedness consisting of (i) unsecured guarantees incurred in the ordinary course of business with respect to surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds, bid bonds, appeal bonds, completion guarantee and similar obligations; (ii) unsecured guarantees arising with respect to customary indemnification obligations to purchasers in connection with Permitted Dispositions; and (iii) unsecured guarantees with respect to Indebtedness of any Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries, to the extent that the Person that is obligated under such guaranty could have incurred such underlying Indebtedness,

(f) unsecured Indebtedness of any Borrower that is incurred on the date of the consummation of a Permitted Acquisition solely for the purpose of consummating such Permitted Acquisition so long as (i) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, (ii) such unsecured Indebtedness is not incurred for working capital purposes, (iii) such unsecured Indebtedness does not mature prior to the date that is six months after the Maturity Date, (iv) such unsecured Indebtedness does not amortize until six months after the Maturity Date, (v) such unsecured Indebtedness does not provide for the payment of interest thereon in cash or Cash Equivalents prior to the date that is six months after the Maturity Date, and (vi) such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to Agent,

(g) Acquired Indebtedness in an amount not to exceed $600,000 outstanding at any one time,

(h) Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business under performance, surety, statutory, or appeal bonds,

 

- 25 -


(i) Indebtedness owed to any Person providing property, casualty, liability, or other insurance to any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, so long as the amount of such Indebtedness is not in excess of the amount of the unpaid cost of, and shall be incurred only to defer the cost of, such insurance for the year in which such Indebtedness is incurred and such Indebtedness is outstanding only during such year,

(j) the incurrence by any Borrower or its Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under Hedge Agreements that are incurred for the bona fide purpose of hedging the interest rate, commodity, or foreign currency risks associated with Borrowers’ and its Subsidiaries’ operations and not for speculative purposes,

(k) Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of credit cards, credit card processing services, debit cards, stored value cards, commercial cards (including so-called “purchase cards”, “procurement cards” or “p-cards”), or Cash Management Services, ,

(l) unsecured Indebtedness of any Borrower owing to former employees, officers, or directors (or any spouses, ex-spouses, or estates of any of the foregoing) incurred in connection with the repurchase by such Borrower of the Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower that has been issued to such Persons, so long as (i) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the incurrence of such Indebtedness, (ii) the aggregate amount of all such Indebtedness outstanding at any one time does not exceed $300,000, and (iii) such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Obligations on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to Agent,

(m) unsecured Indebtedness owing to sellers of assets or Equity Interests to a Loan Party that is incurred by the applicable Loan Party in connection with the consummation of one or more Permitted Acquisitions so long as (i) the aggregate principal amount for all such unsecured Indebtedness does not exceed $600,000 at any one time outstanding, (ii) is subordinated to the Obligations on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to Agent, and (iii) is otherwise on terms and conditions (including all economic terms and the absence of covenants) reasonably acceptable to Agent,

(n) contingent liabilities in respect of any indemnification obligation, adjustment of purchase price, non-compete, or similar obligation of Borrowers or the applicable Loan Party incurred in connection with the consummation of one or more Permitted Acquisitions,

(o) Indebtedness composing Permitted Investments,

(p) unsecured Indebtedness incurred in respect of netting services, overdraft protection, and other like services, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business,

(q) unsecured Indebtedness of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries in respect of Earn-Outs owing to sellers of assets or Equity Interests to such Borrower or its Subsidiaries that is incurred in connection with the consummation of one or more Permitted Acquisitions so long as such unsecured Indebtedness is on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to Agent; provided, that, the definitive documentation relating to such Earn-Out shall not require payment thereof at any time if after giving effect to such payment (i) an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or (ii) if average Excess Availability plus Qualifying Cash for the immediately preceding thirty (30) day period is less than $5,000,000,

 

- 26 -


(r) [Reserved],

(s) accrual of interest, accretion or amortization of original issue discount, or the payment of interest in kind, in each case, on Indebtedness that otherwise constitutes Permitted Indebtedness,

(t) [Reserved];

(u) Subordinated Indebtedness;

(v) any other unsecured Indebtedness incurred by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed $300,000 at any one time; and

(w) First Lien Priority Debt.

Permitted Intercompany Advances ” means loans made by (a) a Loan Party to another Loan Party, (b) a Subsidiary of a Borrower that is not a Loan Party to another Subsidiary of a Borrower that is not a Loan Party and (c) a Subsidiary of a Borrower that is not a Loan Party to a Loan Party, so long as the parties thereto are party to the Intercompany Subordination Agreement.

Permitted Investments ” means:

(a) Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents,

(b) Investments in negotiable instruments deposited or to be deposited for collection in the ordinary course of business,

(c) advances made in connection with purchases of goods or services in the ordinary course of business,

(d) Investments received in settlement of amounts due to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries effected in the ordinary course of business or owing to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of Insolvency Proceedings involving an account debtor or upon the foreclosure or enforcement of any Lien in favor of a Loan Party or its Subsidiaries,

(e) Investments owned by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries on the Closing Date and set forth on Schedule P-1 to the Agreement,

(f) guarantees permitted under the definition of Permitted Indebtedness,

(g) Permitted Intercompany Advances,

(h) Equity Interests or other securities acquired in connection with the satisfaction or enforcement of Indebtedness or claims due or owing to a Loan Party or its Subsidiaries (in bankruptcy of customers or suppliers or otherwise outside the ordinary course of business) or as security for any such Indebtedness or claims,

(i) deposits of cash made in the ordinary course of business to secure performance of operating leases,

 

- 27 -


(j) (i) non-cash loans and advances to employees, officers, and directors of Administrative Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for the purpose of purchasing Equity Interests in Administrative Borrower so long as the proceeds of such loans are used in their entirety to purchase such Equity Interests in Administrative Borrower, and (ii) loans and advances to employees and officers of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business for any other business purpose and in an aggregate amount not to exceed $300,000,

(k) Permitted Acquisitions,

(l) Investments in the form of capital contributions and the acquisition of Equity Interests made by any Loan Party in any other Loan Party (other than capital contributions to or the acquisition of Equity Interests of any Borrower),

(m) Investments resulting from entering into (i) Bank Product Agreements, or (ii) agreements relative to Indebtedness that is permitted under clause (j) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness,

(n) equity Investments by any Loan Party in any Subsidiary of such Loan Party which is required by law to maintain a minimum net capital requirement or as may be otherwise required by applicable law in an aggregate amount not to exceed $250,000,

(o) Investments held by a Person acquired in a Permitted Acquisition to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such Permitted Acquisition and were in existence on the date of such Permitted Acquisition (so long as such Investment would otherwise constitute a Permitted Investment), and

(p) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, any other Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $300,000 during the term of the Agreement.

Permitted Liens ” means

(a) Liens granted to, or for the benefit of, Agent to secure the Obligations,

(b) Liens for unpaid taxes, assessments, or other governmental charges or levies that either (i) are not yet delinquent, or (ii) do not have priority over Agent’s Liens and the underlying taxes, assessments, or charges or levies are the subject of Permitted Protests,

(c) judgment Liens arising solely as a result of the existence of judgments, orders, or awards that do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 8.3 of the Agreement,

(d) Liens set forth on Schedule P-2 to the Agreement; provided , that to qualify as a Permitted Lien, any such Lien described on Schedule P-2 to the Agreement shall only secure the Indebtedness that it secures on the Closing Date and any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof,

(e) the interests of lessors under operating leases and non-exclusive licensors under license agreements,

(f) purchase money Liens or the interests of lessors under Capital Leases to the extent that such Liens or interests secure Permitted Purchase Money Indebtedness and so long as (i) such Lien attaches only to the asset purchased or acquired and the proceeds thereof, and (ii) such Lien only secures the Indebtedness that was incurred to acquire the asset purchased or acquired or any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof,

 

- 28 -


(g) Liens arising by operation of law in favor of warehousemen, landlords, carriers, mechanics, materialmen, laborers, or suppliers, incurred in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money, and which Liens either (i) are for sums not yet delinquent, or (ii) are the subject of Permitted Protests,

(h) Liens on amounts deposited to secure any Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ obligations in connection with worker’s compensation or other unemployment insurance,

(i) Liens on amounts deposited to secure any Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ obligations in connection with the making or entering into of bids, tenders, or leases in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money,

(j) Liens on amounts deposited to secure any Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ reimbursement obligations with respect to surety or appeal bonds obtained in the ordinary course of business,

(k) with respect to any Real Property, easements, rights of way, and zoning restrictions that do not materially interfere with or impair the use or operation thereof,

(l) non-exclusive licenses of patents, trademarks, copyrights, and other intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business,

(m) Liens that are replacements of Permitted Liens to the extent that the original Indebtedness is the subject of permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and so long as the replacement Liens only encumber those assets that secured the original Indebtedness,

(n) rights of setoff or bankers’ liens upon deposits of funds in favor of banks or other depository institutions, solely to the extent incurred in connection with the maintenance of such Deposit Accounts in the ordinary course of business,

(o) Liens granted in the ordinary course of business on the unearned portion of insurance premiums securing the financing of insurance premiums to the extent the financing is permitted under the definition of Permitted Indebtedness,

(p) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods,

(q) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement with respect to a Permitted Acquisition,

(r) Liens assumed by any Borrower or its Subsidiaries in connection with a Permitted Acquisition that secure Acquired Indebtedness,

(s) [Reserved],

 

- 29 -


(t) other Liens which do not secure Indebtedness for borrowed money or letters of credit and as to which the aggregate amount of the obligations secured thereby does not exceed $300,000, and

(u) Liens securing the First Lien Priority Debt pursuant to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement.

Permitted Protest ” means the right of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to protest any Lien (other than any Lien that secures the Obligations), taxes (other than payroll taxes or taxes that are the subject of a United States federal tax lien), or rental payment, provided that (a) a reserve with respect to such obligation is established on such Borrower’s or its Subsidiaries’ books and records in such amount as is required under GAAP, (b) any such protest is instituted promptly and prosecuted diligently by such Borrower or its Subsidiary, as applicable, in good faith, and (c) Agent is satisfied that, while any such protest is pending, there will be no impairment of the enforceability, validity, or priority of any of Agent’s Liens.

Permitted Purchase Money Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, Indebtedness (other than the Obligations, but including Capitalized Lease Obligations), incurred after the Closing Date and at the time of, or within 20 days after, the acquisition of any fixed assets for the purpose of financing all or any part of the acquisition cost thereof, in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time not in excess of $2,000,000.

Person ” means natural persons, corporations, limited liability companies, limited partnerships, general partnerships, limited liability partnerships, joint ventures, trusts, land trusts, business trusts, or other organizations, irrespective of whether they are legal entities, and governments and agencies and political subdivisions thereof.

Platform ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 17.9(c) of the Agreement.

Projections ” means Borrowers’ forecasted (a) balance sheets, (b) profit and loss statements, and (c) cash flow statements, all prepared on a basis consistent with Borrowers’ historical financial statements, together with appropriate supporting details and a statement of underlying assumptions.

Pro Rata Share ” means, as of any date of determination with respect to a Lender’s obligation to make the Term Loan and right to receive payments of interest, fees, and principal with respect thereto and with respect to any other Obligations, (i) prior to the making of the Term Loan, the percentage obtained by dividing (y) such Lender’s Commitment, by (z) the aggregate amount of all Lender’s Commitments, and (ii) from and after the making of the Term Loan, the percentage obtained by dividing (y) the principal amount of such Lender’s portion of the Term Loan by (z) the principal amount of the Term Loan.

Public Lender ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 17.9(c) of the Agreement.

Purchase Price ” means, with respect to any Acquisition, an amount equal to the aggregate consideration, whether cash, property or securities (including the fair market value of any Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower issued in connection with such Acquisition and including the maximum amount of Earn-Outs), paid or delivered by a Borrower or one of its

 

- 30 -


Subsidiaries in connection with such Acquisition (whether paid at the closing thereof or payable thereafter and whether fixed or contingent), but excluding therefrom (a) any cash of the seller and its Affiliates used to fund any portion of such consideration and (b) any cash or Cash Equivalents acquired in connection with such Acquisition.

Qualified Cash ” means, as of any date of determination, the amount of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries that is in Deposit Accounts or in Securities Accounts, or any combination thereof, and which such Deposit Account or Securities Account is the subject of a Control Agreement and is maintained by a branch office of the bank or securities intermediary located within the United States.

Qualified Equity Interest ” means and refers to any Equity Interests issued by Administrative Borrower (and not by one or more of its Subsidiaries) that is not a Disqualified Equity Interest.

Real Property ” means any estates or interests in real property now owned or hereafter acquired by any Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries and the improvements thereto.

Real Property Collateral ” means (a) the Real Property identified on Schedule R-1 to the Agreement and (b) any Real Property hereafter acquired by any Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries with a fair market value in excess of $1,000,000.

Record ” means information that is inscribed on a tangible medium or that is stored in an electronic or other medium and is retrievable in perceivable form.

Reference Period ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of EBITDA.

Refinancing Indebtedness ” means refinancings, renewals, or extensions of Indebtedness so long as:

(a) such refinancings, renewals, or extensions do not result in an increase in the principal amount of the Indebtedness so refinanced, renewed, or extended, other than by the amount of premiums paid thereon and the fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith and by the amount of unfunded commitments with respect thereto,

(b) such refinancings, renewals, or extensions do not result in a shortening of the average weighted maturity (measured as of the refinancing, renewal, or extension) of the Indebtedness so refinanced, renewed, or extended, nor are they on terms or conditions that, taken as a whole, are or could reasonably be expected to be materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders,

(c) if the Indebtedness that is refinanced, renewed, or extended was subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, then the terms and conditions of the refinancing, renewal, or extension must include subordination terms and conditions that are at least as favorable to the Lender Group as those that were applicable to the refinanced, renewed, or extended Indebtedness, and

(d) the Indebtedness that is refinanced, renewed, or extended is not recourse to any Person that is liable on account of the Obligations other than those Persons which were obligated with respect to the Indebtedness that was refinanced, renewed, or extended.

 

- 31 -


Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1(h) of the Agreement.

Registered Loan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1(h) of the Agreement.

Related Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course and that is administered, advised or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers, advises or manages a Lender.

Remedial Action ” means all actions taken to (a) clean up, remove, remediate, contain, treat, monitor, assess, evaluate, or in any way address Hazardous Materials in the indoor or outdoor environment, (b) prevent or minimize a release or threatened release of Hazardous Materials so they do not migrate or endanger or threaten to endanger public health or welfare or the indoor or outdoor environment, (c) restore or reclaim natural resources or the environment, (d) perform any pre-remedial studies, investigations, or post-remedial operation and maintenance activities, or (e) conduct any other actions with respect to Hazardous Materials required by Environmental Laws.

Report ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 15.16 of the Agreement.

Required Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders having or holding more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans in the aggregate at such time.

Restricted Payment ” means to (a) declare or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution, directly or indirectly, on account of Equity Interests issued by Administrative Borrower (including any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving Administrative Borrower) or to the direct or indirect holders of Equity Interests issued by Administrative Borrower in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable in Qualified Equity Interests issued by Administrative Borrower), or (b) purchase, redeem, make any sinking fund or similar payment, or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including in connection with any merger or consolidation involving Administrative Borrower) any Equity Interests issued by Administrative Borrower, (c) make any payment to retire, or to obtain the surrender of, any outstanding warrants, options, or other rights to acquire Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower now or hereafter outstanding, and (d) make, or cause or suffer to permit any Borrowers’ or any of its Subsidiaries to make, any payment or prepayment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, or redemption, purchase, retirement, defeasance (including in-substance or legal defeasance), sinking fund or similar payment with respect to, any Subordinated Indebtedness.

Revolving Loans ” has the meaning specified therefor in the First Lien Credit Agreement.

Sanctioned Entity ” means (a) a country or a government of a country, (b) an agency of the government of a country, (c) an organization directly or indirectly controlled by a country or its government, (d) a Person resident in or determined to be resident in a country, in each case, that is subject to a country sanctions program administered and enforced by OFAC.

Sanctioned Person ” means a person named on the list of Specially Designated Nationals maintained by OFAC.

 

- 32 -


S&P ” has the meaning specified therefor in the definition of Cash Equivalents.

Screen Rate ” means the British Bankers’ Association Interest Settlement Rate for Dollars and a one month period displayed on the appropriate page of the Reuters screen. If the agreed page is replaced or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with the Administrative Borrower and the Lenders.

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor thereto.

Securities Account ” means a securities account (as that term is defined in the Code).

Seller ” means Lemhi Ventures I Fund, LP, Yankee Investment Holdings LLC, Diamond Creek Investment, Ltd., Michael Cho, in his individual capacity and Michael Chung, his individual capacity.

Settlement ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.3(e)(i) of the Agreement.

Settlement Date ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.3(e)(i) of the Agreement.

Solvent ” means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination, that (a) at fair valuations, the sum of such Person’s debts (including contingent liabilities) is less than all of such Person’s assets, (b) such Person is not engaged or about to engage in a business or transaction for which the remaining assets of such Person are unreasonably small in relation to the business or transaction or for which the property remaining with such Person is an unreasonably small capital, and (c) such Person has not incurred and does not intend to incur, or reasonably believe that it will incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they become due (whether at maturity or otherwise), and (d) such Person is “solvent” or not “insolvent”, as applicable within the meaning given those terms and similar terms under applicable laws relating to fraudulent transfers and conveyances. For purposes of this definition, the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability (irrespective of whether such contingent liabilities meet the criteria for accrual under Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 5).

Sponsor ” means Great Point Partners or any other equity investment vehicle managed or formed by Great Point Partners to the extent controlled by way of ownership or general partner relationship, but excluding portfolio companies of any such vehicle.

Sponsor Affiliated Entity ” means Sponsor or any of its Affiliates (other than Loan Parties or their Subsidiaries and other than operating portfolio companies of Sponsor and its Affiliates.)

Subject Holder ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.4(e)(iv) of the Agreement.

 

- 33 -


Subordinated Indebtedness ” means any unsecured Indebtedness of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries incurred from time to time that is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms satisfactory to Agent and (a) that is only guaranteed by the Guarantors, (b) that is not subject to scheduled amortization, redemption, sinking fund or similar payment and does not have a final maturity, in each case, on or before the date that is six months after the Maturity Date, (c) that does not include any financial covenants or any covenant or agreement that is more restrictive or onerous on any Loan Party in any material respect than any comparable covenant in the Agreement and, with respect to any such Indebtedness in excess of $300,000 in the aggregate, is otherwise on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to Agent, and (d) the other terms and conditions of the subordination are acceptable to Agent.

Subsidiary ” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or other entity in which that Person directly or indirectly owns or controls the Equity Interests having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or other entity.

Taxes ” or “taxes ” means any present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, fees, assessments or other charges of whatever nature now or hereafter imposed by any jurisdiction or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein, and all interest, additions to tax, penalties or similar liabilities with respect thereto.

Tax Lender ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 14.2(a) of the Agreement.

Term Loan ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.2 of the Agreement.

Term Loan Amount ” means $10,000,000.

Term Loan Exposure ” means, with respect to any Term Loan Lender, as of any date of determination (a) prior to the funding of the Term Loan, the amount of such Lender’s Commitment, and (b) after the funding of the Term Loan, the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan held by such Lender.

THL Corporate Finance ” means THL Corporate Finance, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

THL Credit ” means THL Credit, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or its designee.

Total Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Borrowers’ Funded Indebtedness as of such date to (b) Borrowers’ T4Q EBITDA for the 4 fiscal quarter period ended as of such date.

Trademark Security Agreement ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Guaranty and Security Agreement.

T4Q EBITDA ” means, as of any date of determination, EBITDA of Borrowers determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, for the 4 fiscal quarter period most recently ended.

 

- 34 -


TTM EBITDA ” means, as of any date of determination, EBITDA of Borrowers determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, for the 12 month period most recently ended.

Ultimate Parent Company ” means any direct or indirect parent of Borrowers which owns, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Equity Interests of Borrowers.

United States ” means the United States of America.

Unused Line Fee ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.10(b) of the Agreement.

Voidable Transfer ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 17.8 of the Agreement.

Wells Fargo ” means Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association.

Withdrawal Liability ” means liability with respect to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

 

- 35 -


EXHIBIT A-1

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE AGREEMENT

This ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE AGREEMENT (“ Assignment Agreement ”) is entered into as of                                  between                                  (“ Assignor ”) and                                  (“ Assignee ”). Reference is made to the Agreement described in Annex I hereto (the “ Term Loan Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Term Loan Agreement.

1. In accordance with the terms and conditions of Section 13 of the Term Loan Agreement, the Assignor hereby sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby purchases and assumes from the Assignor, that interest in and to the Assignor’s rights and obligations under the Loan Documents as of the date hereof with respect to the Obligations owing to the Assignor all to the extent specified on Annex I .

2. The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned by it hereunder and that such interest is free and clear of any adverse claim and (ii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; (b) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, representations or warranties made in or in connection with the Loan Documents, or (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto; (c) makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of the Borrowers or any Guarantor or the performance or observance by the Borrowers or any Guarantor of any of their respective obligations under the Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto, and (d) represents and warrants that the amount set forth as the Purchase Price on Annex I represents the amount owed by Borrowers to Assignor with respect to Assignor’s share of the Term Loan assigned hereunder, as reflected on Assignor’s books and records.

3. The Assignee (a) confirms that it has received copies of the Term Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with copies of the financial statements referred to therein and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment Agreement; (b) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon Agent, Assignor, or any other Lender, based upon such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking any action under the Loan Documents; (c) appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Loan Documents as are delegated to Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; (d) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender; and (f) attaches the forms prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service of the United States certifying as to the Assignee’s status for purposes of determining exemption from United States withholding taxes with respect to all payments to be made to the Assignee under the Term Loan Agreement or such other documents as are necessary to indicate that all such payments are subject to such rates at a rate reduced by an applicable tax treaty.

4. Following the execution of this Assignment Agreement by the Assignor and Assignee, the Assignor will deliver this Assignment Agreement to the Agent for recording by the Agent. The effective date of this Assignment (the “ Settlement Date ”) shall be the latest to occur of (a) the date of


the execution and delivery hereof by the Assignor and the Assignee, (b) the receipt by Agent for its sole and separate account a processing fee in the amount of $5,000 (if required by the Term Loan Agreement), (c) the receipt of any required consent of the Agent, and (d) the date specified in Annex I .

5. As of the Settlement Date (a) the Assignee shall be a party to the Term Loan Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned pursuant to this Assignment Agreement, have the rights and obligations of a Lender thereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and (b) the Assignor shall, to the extent of the interest assigned pursuant to this Assignment Agreement, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under the Term Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents, provided , however , that nothing contained herein shall release any assigning Lender from obligations that survive the termination of this Agreement, including such assigning Lender’s obligations under Article 15 and Section 17.9(a) of the Term Loan Agreement.

6. Upon the Settlement Date, Assignee shall pay to Assignor the Purchase Price (as set forth in Annex I ). From and after the Settlement Date, Agent shall make all payments that are due and payable to the holder of the interest assigned hereunder (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to Assignor for amounts which have accrued up to but excluding the Settlement Date and to Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Settlement Date. On the Settlement Date, Assignor shall pay to Assignee an amount equal to the portion of any interest, fee, or any other charge that was paid to Assignor prior to the Settlement Date on account of the interest assigned hereunder and that are due and payable to Assignee with respect thereto, to the extent that such interest, fee or other charge relates to the period of time from and after the Settlement Date.

7. This Assignment Agreement may be executed in counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument. This Assignment Agreement may be executed and delivered by telecopier or other facsimile transmission all with the same force and effect as if the same were a fully executed and delivered original manual counterpart.

8. THIS ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT SHALL BE SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS REGARDING CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER, AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE SET FORTH IN SECTION 12 OF THE TERM LOAN AGREEMENT, AND SUCH PROVISIONS ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE, MUTATIS MUTANDIS.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Assignment Agreement and Annex I hereto to be executed by their respective officers, as of the first date written above.

 

[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]

 

as Assignor

By    
 

Name:

Title:

 

[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]

 

as Assignee

By    
 

Name:

Title:

ACCEPTED THIS              DAY OF

THL CORPORATE FINANCE, INC.,

a Delaware corporation, as Agent

 

By    
 

Name:

Title:


[ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED TO:

CONNECTURE, INC., as Borrower

 

By    
 

Name:

Title:

DESTINATIONRX, INC. , as Borrower

 

By    
 

Name:

Title:] 1

 

 

1   If required pursuant to the terms of Section 13 of the Term Loan Agreement.


ANNEX FOR ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

ANNEX I

 

1.      Borrower:                                         

     

2.      Name and Date of Term Loan Agreement:

     

Second Lien Term Loan Agreement entered into as of March 18, 2013, by and among the lenders signatory thereto (each of such lenders, together with its successors and permitted assigns, is referred to hereinafter as a “ Lender ”, as that term is hereinafter further defined), THL CORPORATE FINANCE, INC., a Delaware corporation, as administrative agent for each member of the Lender Group (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “ Agent ”), Connecture, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Connecture ”), and DestinationRX, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ DRX ”; together with Connecture, are referred to hereinafter each individually as a “ Borrower ”, and individually and collectively, jointly and severally, as the “ Borrowers ”).

 

3.      Date of Assignment Agreement:

      _________

4.      Amounts:

     

a.      Assigned Amount of Term Loan

      $_________

5.      Settlement Date:

      _________

6.      Purchase Price

      $_________

7.      Notice and Payment Instructions, etc.

     

 

   Assignee:       Assignor:   
           
   
               
   
               


EXHIBIT C-1

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

[on [Connecture/DRX] letterhead]

 

To: THL Corporate Finance, Inc.

100 Federal Street, 31 st Floor

Boston, MA 02110

Attn: Terrence Olson

 

  Re: Compliance Certificate dated                           , 20     

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to that certain Second Lien Term Loan Agreement entered into as of March 18, 2013 (the “ Term Loan Agreement ”), by and among the lenders signatory thereto (each of such lenders, together with its successors and permitted assigns, is referred to hereinafter as a “ Lender ”, as that term is hereinafter further defined), THL CORPORATE FINANCE, INC. , a Delaware corporation, as administrative agent for each member of the Lender Group (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “ Agent ”), Connecture, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Connecture ”), and DestinationRX, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ DRX ”; together with Connecture, are referred to hereinafter each individually as a “ Borrower ”, and individually and collectively, jointly and severally, as the “ Borrowers ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Term Loan Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Term Loan Agreement, the undersigned officer of each Borrower hereby certifies with respect to the Borrower to which it is an officer as of the date hereof that:

1. The financial information of such Borrower and its Subsidiaries furnished in Schedule 1 attached hereto, has been prepared in accordance with GAAP (except, in the case of unaudited financial statements, for year-end audit adjustments and the lack of footnotes), and fairly presents in all material respects the financial condition of such Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date set forth therein.

2. Each such officer has reviewed the terms of the Term Loan Agreement and has made, or caused to be made under his/her supervision, a review in reasonable detail of the transactions and financial condition of the applicable Borrower and its Subsidiaries during the accounting period covered by the financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Term Loan Agreement.

3. Such review has not disclosed the existence on and as of the date hereof, and the undersigned does not have knowledge of the existence as of the date hereof, of any event or condition that constitutes a Default or Event of Default, except for such conditions or events listed on Schedule 2 attached hereto, in each case specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and what action Borrowers and/or their Subsidiaries have taken, are taking, or propose to take with respect thereto.


4. Except as set forth on Schedule 3 attached hereto, the representations and warranties of such Borrower and its Subsidiaries set forth in the Term Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) on and as of the date hereof (except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) as of such earlier date.

5. As of the date hereof, such Borrower and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with the applicable covenants contained in Section 7 of the Term Loan Agreement as demonstrated on Schedule 4 hereof.

6. Borrowers are heretofore listing all of the proprietary software that is material to generating revenue of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries on Schedule 5 hereof, and certifying that such list identifies all of their proprietary software that is material to generating revenue of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries.

7. Schedule 6 hereof sets forth any new Patents, Trademarks or Copyrights that are registered or the subject of pending applications for registrations, and all Intellectual Property Licenses that are material to the conduct of Borrowers’ business which were acquired, registered, or for which applications for registration were filed by any Grantor during the prior period and any statement of use or amendment to allege use with respect to intent-to-use trademark applications

[Signature page follows.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Compliance Certificate is executed by the undersigned this              day of                      , 20          .

 

CONNECTURE, INC. ,

a Delaware corporation, as Borrower

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

DESTINATIONRX, INC. ,

a Delaware corporation, as Borrower

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

[Exhibit C-1 Form of Compliance Certificate]


SCHEDULE 1

Financial Information


SCHEDULE 2

Default or Event of Default


SCHEDULE 3

Representations and Warranties


SCHEDULE 4

Financial Covenants

1. Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio .

Such Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, measured on a quarter-end basis, for the __quarter period ending                           , 20          , is          :1.0, which ratio is greater than or equal to the ratio set forth in Section 7(a) of the Term Loan Agreement for the corresponding period.

2. Total Leverage Ratio .

Such Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ Total Leverage Ratio, measured on a quarter-end basis, as of the last day of the quarter ending                           , 20          , is          :1.0, which is less than or equal to the ratio set forth in Section 7(b) of the Term Loan Agreement for the corresponding date.

3. Senior Leverage Ratio .

Such Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ Senior Leverage Ratio, measured on a quarter-end basis, as of the last day of the quarter ending                           , 20          , is          :1.0, which is less than or equal to the ratio set forth in Section 7(c) of the Term Loan Agreement for the corresponding date.


SCHEDULE 5

Material Proprietary Software


SCHEDULE 6

New Registered Intellectual Property


THIS NOTE WAS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT (AS DEFINED IN § 1273(A) OF THE CODE AND REGULATION § 1-1273-1 PROMULGATED THEREUNDER). THE LENDER CAN OBTAIN THE INFORMATION DESCRIBED IN REGULATION § 1. 1275-3 PROMULGATED UNDER THE CODE, INCLUDING THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, ISSUE DATE, AND, YIELD TO MATURITY, BY WRITING TO: CONNECTURE, INC., 18500 W. CORPORATE DRIVE, SUITE 250, BROOKFIELD, WISCONSIN 53045, FAX: (262) 432-0075, ATTENTION: JAMES PURKO.

EXHIBIT D-1

FORM OF NOTE

NOTE

 

US $[                      ]   March      , 2013

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, CONNECTURE, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“Connecture”), and DESTINATIONRX, INC. , a Delaware corporation ( “DRX ”; together with Connecture, are referred to hereinafter each individually as a “Borrower ”, and individually and collectively, jointly and severally, as the “ Borrowers ”), hereby jointly and severally promise to pay [                       ] (hereinafter, together with its successors and assigns, the “ Lender ”), in immediately available funds, the principal sum of [                     and      /100s DOLLARS ($              )] of United States funds, plus interest as hereinafter provided.

This Note (this “ Note ”) is one of the notes referred to in that certain Second Lien Term Loan Agreement, dated of even date herewith (as further amended, restated, supplemented and/or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Term Loan Agreement ”), by and among the Borrowers, THL Corporate Finance, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “ Agent ”) and various other financial institutions from time to time party thereto (such other financial institutions are each, a “ Lender ” and collectively, the “ Lenders ”). All capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Term Loan Agreement except to the extent such capitalized terms are otherwise defined or limited herein.

All principal amounts and other Obligations then outstanding hereunder shall be due and payable in full on the Maturity Date, or such earlier date as the Term Loan shall be due and payable in full, whether by acceleration or otherwise pursuant to the Term Loan Agreement. The Borrowers shall repay the principal outstanding hereunder from time to time as provided in the Term Loan Agreement.

Prepayment of the principal amount of the Term Loan may be made only as provided in the Term Loan Agreement. Any amount repaid or prepaid under this Note may not be reborrowed.

The Borrowers hereby promise to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount hereof as provided in the Term Loan Agreement. Interest accrued under this Note also shall be due and payable when this Note shall become due (whether at maturity, by reason of acceleration or otherwise). The Obligations shall bear interest payable at the rate specified in Section 2.6 of the Term Loan Agreement in the manner and at the times provided in the Term Loan Agreement.


In no event shall the amount of interest due or payable hereunder exceed the maximum rate of interest allowed by applicable law, and in the event any such payment is inadvertently made by the Borrowers or inadvertently received by the Lender, then such excess sum shall be credited as a payment of principal, unless the Borrowers shall notify the Lender in writing that it elects to have such excess sum returned forthwith. It is the express intent hereof that the Borrowers not pay, and the Lender not receive, directly or indirectly, in any manner whatsoever, interest in excess of that which may legally be paid by the Borrowers under applicable law.

All parties now or hereafter liable with respect to this Note, whether the Borrowers, any Guarantor, endorser or any other Person, hereby waive presentment for payment, demand, notice of non-payment or dishonor, protest, notice of protest and notice of any other kind whatsoever, except as otherwise expressly required under the Term Loan Agreement or to the extent not waivable under applicable law.

No delay or omission on the part of the Lender or any holder hereof in exercising its rights under this Note, or delay or omission on the part of the Agent or the Lenders collectively, or any of them, in exercising its or their rights under the Term Loan Agreement or under any other Loan Document, or course of conduct relating thereto, shall operate as a waiver of such rights or any other right of the Lender or any holder hereof, nor shall any waiver by the Lender, the Agent, the Lenders collectively, or any of them, or any holder hereof, of any such right or rights on any one occasion be deemed a bar to, or waiver of, the same right or rights on any future occasion.

The Borrowers hereby promise to pay all reasonable direct, out-of-pocket costs of collection, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, should this Note be collected by or through an attorney-at-law or under advice therefrom.

Time is of the essence in this Note.

This Note evidences the Lender’s portion of the Term Loan under, and is entitled to the benefits and subject to the terms of, the Term Loan Agreement, which contains provisions with respect to the acceleration of the maturity of this Note upon the happening of certain stated events and the provisions for prepayment and repayment.

This Note shall be held in registered form, and transfers of this Note must be made pursuant to the Register maintained pursuant to Section 13.1 of the Term Loan Agreement. The Borrowers may deem and treat the Person in whose name this Note is recorded on the Register as the absolute owner of this Note for the purpose of receiving payment of, or on account of, the principal and interest due on this Note and for all other purposes, notwithstanding notice to the contrary.

THIS WRITTEN NOTE, TOGETHER WITH THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

This Note shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York without regard to conflict of laws principles thereof that would call for the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the duly authorized officers of the Borrowers, as Authorized Signatories, have executed this Note as of the date and year first above written.

 

CONNECTURE, INC.

a Delaware corporation

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

DESTINATIONRX, INC.

a Delaware corporation

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

[NOTE]


EXHIBIT P-1

FORM OF PERFECTION CERTIFICATE

See attached.


PERFECTION CERTIFICATE

Reference is hereby made to (a) that certain Credit Agreement dated as of December [      ], 2012 (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) by and among Connecture, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Connecture ”), DestinationRX, Inc. (“ DRX , and together with Connecture, each a “ Borrower ,” and together, the “ Borrowers ”), the lenders party thereto as “Lenders” (each of such Lenders, together with its successors and permitted assigns, is referred to hereinafter as a “ Lender ”), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association (“ Wells Fargo ”), in its capacity as administrative agent for each member of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “ Agent ”), and (b) that certain Guaranty and Security Agreement dated as of December [      ], 2012 (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Guaranty and Security Agreement ”) by and among the Borrowers, the Subsidiaries of Borrower parties thereto as “Grantors,” and Agent.

All initially capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement. Any terms (whether capitalized or lower case) used in this Perfection Certificate that are defined in the Code shall be construed and defined as set forth in the Code unless otherwise defined herein or in the Credit Agreement; provided that to the extent that the Code is used to define any term used herein and if such term is defined differently in different Articles of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article 9 of the Code shall govern. As used herein, the term “ Loan Parties ” shall mean the “Loan Parties” as that term is defined in the Credit Agreement and “ Code ” shall mean the “Code” as that term is defined in the Guaranty and Security Agreement.

The undersigned, the Chief Financial Officer of the [Connecture/DRX], hereby certifies (in their capacity as Chief Financial Officer and not in my individual capacity) to Agent and each of the other members of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers as follows as of December, [      ] 2012:

1. Names .

(a) The exact legal name of each Loan Party, as such name appears in its certified certificate of incorporation, articles of incorporation, certificate of formation, or any other organizational document, is set forth in Schedule 1(a) . Each Loan Party is (i) the type of entity disclosed next to its name in Schedule 1(a) and (ii) a registered organization except to the extent disclosed in Schedule 1(a) . Also set forth in Schedule 1(a) is the organizational identification number, if any, of each Loan Party that is a registered organization, the Federal Taxpayer Identification Number of each Loan Party and the jurisdiction of formation of each Loan Party. Each Loan Party has qualified to do business in the states listed on Schedule 1(a) .

(b) Set forth in Schedule 1(b) hereto is a list of any other legal names each Loan Party has had in the past five years, together with the date of the relevant name change.

(c) Set forth in Schedule 1(c) is a list of all other names used by each Loan Party in connection with any business or organization to which such Loan Party became the successor by merger, consolidation, acquisition, change in form, nature or jurisdiction of organization or otherwise or on any filings with the Internal Revenue Service, in each case, at any time in the past five years. Except as set forth in Schedule 1(c) , no Loan Party has changed its jurisdiction of organization at any time during the past four months.

2. Chief Executive Offices . The chief executive office of each Loan Party is located at the address set forth in Schedule 2 hereto.


3. Real Property .

(a) Attached hereto as Schedule 3(a) is a list of all (i) Real Property (as defined in the Guaranty and Security Agreement) of each Loan Party, (ii) filing offices for any mortgages encumbering the Real Property or to encumber, the Real Property as of the Closing Date, (iii) common names, addresses and uses of each parcel of Real Property (stating improvements located thereon) and (iv) other information relating thereto required by such Schedule. Except as described on Schedule 3(a) attached hereto: (A) no Loan Party has entered into any leases, subleases, tenancies, franchise agreements, licenses or other occupancy arrangements as owner, lessor, sublessor, licensor, franchisor or grantor with respect to any of the real property described on Schedule 3(a) and (B) no Loan Party has any leases which require the consent of the landlord, tenant or other party thereto to the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.

(b) Schedule 3(b) sets forth all third parties (“Bailees”) with possession of any Collateral (including inventory and equipment) of the Loan Parties, including the name and address of such Bailee, a description of the inventory and equipment in such Bailee’s possession and the location of such inventory and equipment (if none please so state).

4. Extraordinary Transactions . Except for those purchases, mergers, acquisitions, consolidations, and other transactions described on Schedule 4 attached hereto, all of the Collateral has been originated by each Loan Party in the ordinary course of business or consists of goods which have been acquired by such Loan Party in the ordinary course of business from a person in the business of selling goods of that kind.

5. File Search Reports . Attached hereto as Schedule 5 is a true and accurate summary of certified file search reports from (a) the Uniform Commercial Code filing offices (i) in each jurisdiction of formation identified in Section 1(a) and in each location identified Section 2 with respect to each legal name set forth in Section 1 and (ii) in each jurisdiction described in Schedule 1(c) or Schedule 3 relating to any of the transactions described in Schedule 1(c) or Schedule 4 with respect to each legal name of the person or entity from which each Loan Party purchased or otherwise acquired any assets and (b) each filing office in each real estate recording office identified on Schedule 3(a) for any Real Property Collateral. 1 A true copy of each financing statement, including judgment and tax liens, bankruptcy and pending lawsuits or other filing identified in such file search reports has been delivered to Agent.

6. UCC Filings . The financing statements (duly authorized by each Loan Party constituting the debtor therein), including the indications of the collateral, attached as Schedule 6 relating to the Guaranty and Security Agreement or the Real Property, are in the appropriate forms for filing in the filing offices in the jurisdictions identified in Schedule 6 hereof.

7. Schedule of Filings . Attached hereto as Schedule 7 is a schedule of (i) the appropriate filing offices for the financing statements attached hereto as Schedule 6 and (ii) the appropriate filing offices for the filings described in Schedule 11(c) and (iii) any other actions required to create, preserve, protect and perfect the security interests in the Collateral (as defined in the Guaranty and Security Agreement) granted, assigned or pledged to Agent pursuant to the Guaranty and Security Agreement or any other Loan Document. No other filings or actions are required to create, preserve, protect and perfect the security interests in the Collateral granted, assigned or pledged to Agent pursuant to the Loan Documents.

 

 

1   Please note that the list of real estate locations that need to be searched shall be determined after Schedule 3(a) is provided.

 

- 2 -


8. Termination Statements . Attached hereto as Schedule 8 are the duly authorized termination statements in the appropriate form for filing in each applicable jurisdiction identified in Schedule 8 hereto with respect to each Lien described therein.

9. Stock Ownership and Other Equity Interests . Attached hereto as Schedule 9(a) is a true and correct list of each of all of the authorized, and the issued and outstanding, Equity Interests of each Loan Party and its Subsidiaries and the record and beneficial owners of such Equity Interests. Also set forth on Schedule 9(a) is each equity investment of each Loan Party that represents 50% or less of the equity of the entity in which such investment was made. Attached hereto as Schedule 9(b) is a true and correct organizational chart of the [Connecture/DRX] and its Subsidiaries.

10. Instruments and Chattel Paper . Attached hereto as Schedule 10 is a true and correct list of all promissory notes, instruments (other than checks to be deposited in the ordinary course of business), tangible chattel paper, electronic chattel paper and other evidence of Indebtedness held by each Loan Party as of December [      ], 2012 having an aggregate value or face amount in excess of $[              ], including all intercompany notes between or among any two or more Loan Parties or any of their Subsidiaries.

11. Intellectual Property .

(a) Schedule 11(a) provides a complete and correct list of all registered Copyrights (as defined in the Guaranty and Security Agreement) owned by any Loan Party, all applications for registration of Copyrights owned by any Loan Party, and all other Copyrights owned by any Loan Party and material to the conduct of the business of any Loan Party. Schedule 11(a) provides a complete and correct list of all Patents (as defined in the Guaranty and Security Agreement) owned by any Loan Party and all applications for Patents owned by any Loan Party. Schedule 11(a) provides a complete and correct list of all registered Trademarks (as defined in the Guaranty and Security Agreement) owned by any Loan Party, all applications for registration of Trademarks owned by any Loan Party, and all other Trademarks owned by any Loan Party and material to the conduct of the business of any Loan Party.

(b) Schedule 11(b) provides a complete and correct list of all Intellectual Property Licenses (as defined in the Guaranty and Security Agreement) entered into by any Loan Party pursuant to which (i) any Loan Party has provided any license or other rights in Intellectual Property (as defined in the Guaranty and Security Agreement) owned or controlled by such Loan Party to any other Person (other than non-exclusive software licenses granted in the ordinary course of business) or (ii) any Person has granted to any Loan Party any license or other rights in Intellectual Property owned or controlled by such Person that is material to the business of such Loan Party, including any Intellectual Property that is incorporated in any Inventory, software, or other product marketed, sold, licensed, or distributed by such Loan Party;

(c) Attached hereto as Schedule 11(c) in proper form for filing with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and United States Copyright Office (as applicable) are the filings necessary to preserve, protect and perfect the security interests in the United States Trademarks, United Patents, United States Copyrights and Intellectual Property Licenses set forth on Schedule 11(a) and Schedule 11(b) , including duly signed copies of each of the Patent Security Agreement, Trademark Security Agreement and the Copyright Security Agreement, as applicable.

 

- 3 -


12. Commercial Tort Claims . Attached hereto as Schedule 12 is a true and correct list of all commercial tort claims that exceed $              held by each Loan Party, including a brief description thereof.

13. Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts . Attached hereto as Schedule 13 is a true and complete list of all Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts (each as defined in the Guaranty and Security Agreement) maintained by each Loan Party, including the name of each institution where each such account is held, the name of each such account and the name of each entity that holds each account.

14. Letter-of-Credit Rights . Attached hereto as Schedule 14 is a true and correct list of all letters of credit issued in favor of any Loan Party, as beneficiary thereunder, having an aggregate value or face amount in excess of $              .

15. Other Assets : A Loan Party owns the following kinds of assets:

 

Aircraft:

   Yes   ¨     No   x

Vessels, boats or ships:

   Yes   ¨     No   x

Railroad rolling stock:

   Yes   ¨     No   x

Motor Vehicles or similar titled collateral.

   Yes   ¨     No   x

If the answer is yes to any of these other types of assets, please describe on Schedule 15 .

[The Remainder of this Page has been intentionally left blank]

 

- 4 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , we have hereunto signed this Perfection Certificate as of this              day of December, 2012.

 

CONNECTURE, INC/DESTINATIONRX,

INC., a Delaware corporation

By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

[Each of the Guarantors of Connecture/DRX]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

- 5 -


Schedule 1(a)

Legal Names, Etc.

 

Legal Name

  

Type of Entity

  

Registered
Organization

(Yes/No)

  

Organizational
Number

  

Federal

Taxpayer
Identification
Number

  

Jurisdiction of
Formation

  

Qualified to do
Business in states
listed

CONNECTURE, INC.    Delaware Corporation    Yes    3077043    58-2488736    Delaware    Delaware, Georgia, Wisconsin
DESTINATIONRX, INC.    Delaware Corporation    Yes    3253049    94-3372943    Delaware    Delaware, Maryland, California; Illinois; Minnesota
INSURIX, INC.    Connecticut Stock Corporation    Yes    0712146    75-3072853    Connecticut    Connecticut, Florida
RXHEALTH INSURANCE AGENCY, INC.    Delaware Corporation    Yes    4538089    26-2739398    Delaware    Delaware, California

 

- 6 -


Schedule 1(b)

Prior Names

 

Loan Party/Subsidiary

  

Prior Name

   Date of Change
CONNECTURE, INC.    Connecture Holdings, LLC    March 26, 2012
CONNECTURE, INC.    Connecture RWS, LLC    March 26, 2012
DESTINATIONRX, INC.    None.    None.
INSURIX, INC.    None.    None.
RXHEALTH INSURANCE AGENCY, INC.    None.    None.

 

- 7 -


Schedule 1(c)

Changes in Corporate Identity; Other Names

 

Loan Party/Subsidiary

  

Name of Entity

   Action    Date of Action    State of Formation    List of All Other
Names Used on Any
Filings with the
Internal Revenue
Service During Past
Five Years
CONNECTURE, INC.    None.    None.    None.    None.    None.
DESTINATIONRX, INC.    None.    None.    None.    None.    None.
INSURIX, INC.    None.    None.    None.    None.    None.
RXHEALTH INSURANCE AGENCY, INC.    None.    None.    None.    None.    None.

 

- 8 -


Schedule 2

Chief Executive Offices

 

Loan Party/Subsidiary

  

Address

   County    State
CONNECTURE, INC.    18500 W. Corporate Drive, Suite 250, Brookfield, WI 53045    Waukesha    WI
CONNECTURE, INC.    18500 W. Corporate Drive, Suite 210, Brookfield, WI 53045    Waukesha    WI
DESTINATIONRX, INC.   

600 Wilshire Blvd., 11th

Floor Los Angeles, CA 90017

   Los Angeles    CA
INSURIX, INC.   

314 Farmington Ave., Suite

120 Farmington, CT 06032

   Bristol    CT
RXHEALTH INSURANCE AGENCY, INC.   

600 Wilshire Blvd., 11th

Floor Los Angeles, CA 90017

   Los Angeles    CA

 

- 9 -


Schedule 3(a)

Real Property

 

Entity of Record

  

Common
Name and
Address

  

Owned,
Leased
or
Other
Intere st

  

Landlord
/ Owner
if Leased

or Other

Interest

  

Description of
Lease or
Other
Documents
Evidencing
Interest

  

Purpose/
Use

  

Improvements
Located
on Real
Property

  

Legal
Description

  

Encumbered
or to be
Encumbered
by
Mortgage

  

Filing
Office for
Mortgage

  

Option to
Purchase/
Right of
First
Refusal

CONNECTU RE, INC.                              
CONNECTU RE, INC.   

Atlanta Office Lease Agreement.

 

101 Marietta Street, Atlanta, GA 30303

   Leased    CIP II/JOS Centennia l Tower LLC   

Office Lease Agreement by and between 101 Marietta Street Associates and Connecture,

Inc. dated 9/23/04, as assigned to Atlanta Centennial, LLC, as Landlord on 5/27/05, as amended on 10/7/2010, as assigned to CIP II/JOS Centennial Tower LLC as Landlord on 3/6/12, as amended.

   General Office Use    See Exhibit C to Lease Agreement.    See Exhibit B to the Lease Agreement.    No    N/A    None.

 

- 10 -


Entity of Record

  

Common
Name and
Address

  

Owned,
Leased
or Other
Interest

  

Landlord

/ Owner
if Leased

or Other
Interest

  

Description of
Lease or
Other
Documents
Evidencing
Interest

  

Purpose/
Use

  

Improvements
Located
on Real
Property

  

Legal
Description

  

Encumbered

or to be
Encumbered
by
Mortgage

  

Filing
Office
for
Mortgage

  

Option to
Purchase/
Right of
First
Refusal

CONNECTU RE, INC.   

Farmington Office Lease

 

314 Farmington Ave., Suite 120 Farmington, Connecticut

   Leased    Pro-Park Group    Lease, dated 3/31/11 by and between Pro-Park Group and Connecture, Inc. as amended.    General Office Use    None.    Not provided.    No    N/A    None.
CONNECTU RE, INC.   

Lease Agreement.

 

18500 W. Corporate Drive, Suite 250 Brookfield, WI 53045

   Leased    CORE Realty Holdings Management, Inc. fbo Brookfield Lakes Tenants    Lease Agreement, by and between CORE Realty Holdings Management, Inc. fbo Brookfield Lakes Tenants in Common, and Connecture, Inc., dated 5/10/12, as amended.    General Office Use    See Exhibit C to Lease Agreement.    See Exhibit B to the Lease Agreement.    No    N/A    None.

 

- 11 -


Entity of Record

  

Common
Name and
Address

  

Owne d,
Leased
or
Other
Interest

  

Landlord
/ Owner
if Leased

or Other
Interest

  

Description of
Lease or
Other
Documents
Evidencing
Interest

  

Purpose/
Use

  

Improvements
Located
on Real
Property

  

Legal
Description

  

Encumbered

or to be
Encumbered
by
Mortgage

  

Filing
Office for
Mortgage

  

Option to
Purchase/
Right of
First
Refusal

CONNECTU RE, INC.

  

Lease Agreement.

18500 W. Corporate Drive, Suite 210 Brookfield, WI 53045

   Leased    CORE Realty Holdings Management, Inc. fbo Brookfield Lakes Tenants   

Lease Agreement, by and between CORE Realty Holdings Management, Inc. fbo Brookfield Lakes Tenants

in Common,and Connecture, Inc., dated 1/31/13.

   General Office Use    None.    N/A    No    N/A    None.
DESTINATI ONRX, INC.                              
DESTINATI ONRX, INC.   

California Office Lease.

 

Suite 1100, 600 Wilshire Boulevard, Los Angeles, CA

   Leased    600 Wilshire Property LLC    Office Lease, dated November 1, 2011, between 600 Wilshire Property LLC and the Company for certain    General Office Use    See Exhibit B to the Lease Agreement.    See Exhibit A to the Lease Agreement.    No    N/A    YES, right of first offer to rent additional space located on the 11th floor of the

 

- 12 -


Entity of Record

  

Common
Name and
Address

  

Owned,
Leased
or
Other
Interest

  

Landlord

/ Owner
if Leased

or Other
Interest

  

Description of
Lease or
Other
Documents
Evidencing
Interest

  

Purpose/
Use

  

Improvements
Located
on Real
Property

  

Legal
Description

  

Encumbered

or to be
Encumbered
by
Mortgage

  

Filing
Office for
Mortgage

  

Option to
Purchase/
Right of
First
Refusal

            premises located at 600 Wilshire Blvd., Los Angeles, California 90017, as amended.                   building as more particularly set forth on Exhibit A- 1 to the Agreement, but only following the expiration or termination of the initial lease term and on notice of exercise.
DESTINATI ONRX, INC.   

Maryland Office Lease.

 

5550 Sterrett Place, Columbia, Maryland 21044.

   Leased    North Investors Limited Partnershi p and MDG Companies   

Agreement of Lease, dated February 24, 2007, between Lakefront North Investors Limited Partnership,

MDG Companies and

   General Office Use    See Exhibit B to Lease Agreement.    See Exhibit A to the Lease Agreement.    No    N/A    None.

 

- 13 -


Entity of Record

  

Common
Name and
Address

  

Owned,
Leased
or
Other
Interest

  

Landlord
/ Owner
if Leased
or Other
Interest

  

Description
of Lease or
Other
Documents
Evidencing
Interest

  

Purpose/
Use

  

Improvements
Located
on Real
Property

  

Legal
Description

  

Encumber
ed or to be
Encumber
ed by
Mortgage

  

Filing
Office for
Mortgage

  

Option to
Purchase/
Right of
First
Refusal

            the Company for certain premises located at 5550 Sterrett Place, Columbia, Maryland 21044, as amended.                  
DESTINATI ONRX, INC.   

Chicago Office Lease.

 

70 E. Lake Street, Chicago, Illinois 60601.

   Leased    East Lake Street Associate s, LLC    Lease Agreement, dated November 29, 2003, between East Lake Street Associates, LLC and DestinationRX, Inc. for certain premises located at 70 E. Lake Street, Chicago, Illinois 60601, as amended.    General Office Use    None    See Exhibit B to the Lease Agreement.    No    N/A    None.

 

- 14 -


Schedule 3(a)

Real Property (cont.)

Required Consents; Loan Party Held Landlord/Grantor Interests

I. Landlord’s / Tenant’s Consent Required

[LIST EACH LEASE OR OTHER INSTRUMENT WHERE LANDLORD’S / TENANT’S CONSENT IS REQUIRED].

None.

II. Leases, Subleases, Tenancies, Franchise Agreements, Licenses or Other Occupancy Agreements Pursuant to which any Loan Party holds Landlord’s / Grantor’s Interest

[LIST EACH LEASE OR OTHER INSTRUMENT WHERE ANY LOAN PARTY HOLDS LANDLORD’S / GRANTOR’S INTEREST]

None.

 

- 15 -


Schedule 3(b)

Bailees

None.

 

- 16 -


Schedule 4

Transactions Other Than in the Ordinary Course of Business

 

Loan Party/Subsidiary

  

Description of Transaction Including Parties
Thereto

   Date of Transaction
CONNECTURE, INC.    None.    N/A
DESTINATIONRX, INC.    None.    N/A
INSURIX, INC.    None.    N/A
RXHEALTH INSURANCE AGENCY, INC.    None.    N/A

 

- 17 -


Schedule 5

Certified File Search Reports

 

Loan Party/Subsidiary

  

Search Report dated

   Prepared by    Jurisdiction
CONNECTURE, INC.    [_____]    [_____]    [_____]
DESTINATIONRX, INC.    [_____]    [_____]    [_____]
INSURIX, INC.    [_____]    [_____]    [_____]
RXHEALTH INSURANCE AGENCY, INC.    [_____]    [_____]    [_____]

See attached.

 

- 18 -


Schedule 6

Copy of Financing Statements To Be Filed

See attached.

 

- 19 -


Schedule 7

Filings/Filing Offices

 

        Applicable Collateral    
        Document    

Type of Filing 2

 

Entity

 

[Mortgage, Security Agreement or
Other]

 

Jurisdictions

     
     
     
     

 

 

2   UCC-1 financing statement, fixture filing, mortgage, intellectual property filing or other necessary filing.

 

- 20 -


Schedule 8

Attached hereto is a true copy of each termination statement filing duly acknowledged or otherwise identified by the filing officer.

Termination Statement Filings

 

Debtor

 

Jurisdiction

 

Secured Party

 

Type of Collateral

 

UCC-1

File Date

 

UCC-1 File Number

         
         
         
         

 

- 21 -


Schedule 9(a)

(a) Equity Interests of Loan Parties and Subsidiaries

 

Entity

  

Authorized

Shares

  

Issued Shares

  

Outstanding

Shares

  

Record owner of

shares

CONNECTURE, INC.    101,500,000 shares consisting of 54,700,000 shares of Common Stock and 46,800,00 shares of Preferred Stock (26,100,000 Series A Preferred shares, 20,700,000 Series B Preferred shares)    45,136,675    45,136,675    See attached capitalization table.
DESTINATIONRX, INC.    1,000 shares of Common Stock    1,000    1,000    CONNECTURE, INC.
INSURIX, INC.    20,000 shares consisting of 10,000 shares of Non-Voting Common Stock and 10,000 shares of Voting Common stock.    2000    2000    CONNECTURE, INC.
RXHEALTH INSURANCE AGENCY, INC.    100 shares of common stock    1    1    DESTINATIONRX, INC.

(b) Other Equity Interests

None.

 

- 22 -


Schedule 9(b)

Organizational Chart

 

LOGO

 

- 23 -


Schedule 10

Instruments and Chattel Paper

1. Promissory Notes:

None.

2. Chattel Paper:

None.

 

- 24 -


Schedule 11(a)

Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks

UNITED STATES COPYRIGHTS

 

LOAN PARTY

  

TITLE

   REGISTRATION
NUMBER
   STATUS
CONNECTURE, INC.    Connecture Solution for Individual & Family Products Configured for Aetna    Txu001209168    Registered
CONNECTURE, INC.    Connecture Solution for Small Business Groups Configured for Aetna    TXu001209169    Registered
DESTINATIONRX, INC.    Drug Identification Catalog    TXu001321952    Registered
DESTINATIONRX, INC.    Drug catalog software: Version 3    TXu001277702    Registered
INSURIX, INC.    None    N/A    N/A
RXHEALTH INSURANCE AGENCY, INC.    None    N/A    N/A

 

- 25 -


Schedule 11(a)

Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks (cont.)

UNITED STATES PATENTS:

 

LOAN PARTY

  

PATENT

CONNECTURE, INC.    None
DESTINATIONRX, INC.    None
INSURIX, INC.    None
RXHEALTH INSURANCE AGENCY, INC.    None

 

- 26 -


Schedule 11(a)

Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks (cont.)

UNITED STATES TRADEMARKS :

 

     REGISTRATION          

LOAN PARTY

  

NUMBER

  

TRADEMARK

  

STATUS

CONNECTURE, INC.    2,771,098    CONNECTURE    Registered
CONNECTURE, INC.    3,896,784    MEDICAREEDGE    Registered
CONNECTURE, INC.    4,010,010    CONSUMEREDGE    Registered
CONNECTURE, INC.    4,057,262    STATEADVANTAGE    Registered
CONNECTURE, INC.    4,057,261    BROKERADVANTAGE    Registered
CONNECTURE, INC    4,057,260    INSUREADVANTAGE    Registered
DESTINATIONRX, INC.    4,167,532    DESTINATIONRX    Registered
DESTINATIONRX, INC.    4,102,654    DRX    Registered
DESTINATIONRX, INC.    3,031,519   

DESTINATIONRX (Design)

LOGO

   Registered
INSURIX, INC.    None    Insurix, Inc. holds no registrations but it uses the following unregistered marks and trademarks:    Not registered.
      Benefit Central—marketplace broker rating tool.   
      iSuite   
      QMS100—group marketplace broker rating tool.   
      QMS500—group quoting and underwriting & workflow   
      RMS100—group renewals   
      RMS500—group renewals and underwriting   

 

- 27 -


      EMS100—group enrollment   
      IMS100—individual
quoting
  
      IMS500—individual
quoting and underwriting
  
      SMART FACTORS—Rate
and Factor Maintenance
(.net 3.5)
  
      SMART BENEFITS—Plan
and Benefit Maintenance
(.net 3.5)
  
      FIBRE—Rules Engine
(.net 3.5)
  
RXHEALTH INSURANCE AGENCY, INC.    None    RxHealth is a tradename
that is not a registered mark.
   N/A

 

- 28 -


Schedule 11(b)

Intellectual Property Licenses

None.

 

- 29 -


Schedule 11(c )

Intellectual Property Filings

[See attached.]

 

- 30 -


Schedule 12

Commercial Tort Claims

CONNECTURE, INC.

None.

DESTINATIONRX, INC.

None.

INSURIX, INC.

None.

RXHEALTH INSURANCE AGENCY, INC.

None.

 

- 31 -


Schedule 13

Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts

 

OWNER

  

TYPE OF ACCOUNT

  

BANK OR

INTERMEDIARY

  

ACCOUNT

NUMBERS

CONNECTURE, INC.    Checking Account    ######    ######
CONNECTURE, INC.    Checking Account   

######

  

######

CONNECTURE, INC.    Money Market   

######

  

######

CONNECTURE, INC.    Checking Account   

######

  

######

CONNECTURE, INC.    Checking Account   

######

  

######

CONNECTURE, INC.    Checking Account   

######

  

######

INSURIX, INC.    Checking Account   

######

  

######

DESTINATIONRX, INC.    Checking Account   

######

  

######

DESTINATIONRX, INC.    Checking Account   

######

  

######

DESTINATIONRX, INC.    EFT   

######

  

######

RXHEALTH INSURANCE AGENCY, INC.    Checking Account   

######

  

######

 

- 32 -


Schedule 14

Letter of Credit Rights

CONNECTURE, INC.

None.

DESTINATIONRX, INC.

None.

INSURIX, INC.

None.

RXHEALTH INSURANCE AGENCY, INC.

None.

 

- 33 -


Schedule 15

Other Assets (Aircraft, Vessels, boats or ships, railroad rolling stock, motor vehicles or similar titled collateral)

None.

 

- 34 -


FORM OF SUPPLEMENT TO PERFECTION CERTIFICATE

Supplement (this “ Supplement ”), dated as of              , 20__, to the Perfection Certificate, dated as of December [__], 2012 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Perfection Certificate ”) by each of the parties listed on the signature pages thereto and those additional entities that thereafter become Loan Parties (collectively, jointly and severally, “ Grantors ” and each individually “ Grantor ”).

Reference is hereby made to (a) that certain Credit Agreement dated as of December [__], 2012 (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) by and among Connecture, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Connecture ”), DestinationRX, Inc. (“ DRX , and together with Connecture, each a “ Borrower ,” and together, the “ Borrowers ”), the lenders party thereto as “Lenders” (each of such Lenders, together with its successors and permitted assigns, is referred to hereinafter as a “ Lender ”), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association (“ Wells Fargo ”), in its capacity as administrative agent for each member of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “ Agent ”), and (b) that certain Guaranty and Security Agreement dated as of December [__], 2012 (as amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Guaranty and Security Agreement ”) by and among the Borrowers, the Subsidiaries of Borrower parties thereto as “Grantors,” and Agent.

All initially capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement. Any terms (whether capitalized or lower case) used in this Perfection Certificate that are defined in the Code shall be construed and defined as set forth in the Code unless otherwise defined herein or in the Credit Agreement; provided that to the extent that the Code is used to define any term used herein and if such term is defined differently in different Articles of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article 9 of the Code shall govern. As used herein, the term “Code ” shall mean the “Code” as that term is defined in the Guaranty and Security Agreement.

WHEREAS, pursuant to [ Section 5.2] of the Credit Agreement, the Loan Parties must execute and deliver a Perfection Certificate and the execution and delivery of the Perfection Certificate may be accomplished by the execution of this Supplement in favor of Agent, for the benefit of each member of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers;

In accordance with [ Section 5.2 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned, the              of [Connecture/DRX], hereby certify (in my capacity as              and not in my individual capacity) to Agent and each of the other members of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers as follows as of              , 20__: the information in the Perfection Certificate delivered on or prior to the Closing Date is true, correct, and complete on and as of the date hereof. Schedule 1(a) , “Legal Names, Etc.”, Schedule 1(b) , “Prior Names”, Schedule 1(c) , “Changes in Corporate Identity; Other Names”, Schedule 2 , “Chief Executive Offices”, Schedule 3(a) , “Real Property”, Schedule 3(b) , “Bailees”, Schedule 4 , “Transactions Other Than in the Ordinary Course of Business”, Schedule 9(a) , “Equity Interests”, Schedule 9(b ), “Organizational Chart” Schedule 10 , “Instruments and Chattel Paper”, Schedule 11(a) , “Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks”, Schedule 11(b) , “Intellectual Property Licenses”, Schedule 12 , “Commercial Tort Claims”, Schedule 13 , “Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts”, Schedule 14 , “Letter-of-Credit Rights”, and Schedule 15, “Other Assets” attached hereto supplement Schedule 1(a) , Schedule (1(b) , Schedule 1(c) , Schedule 2 , Schedule 3 , Schedule 4 , Schedule 9(a) , Schedule 9(b) , Schedule 10 , Schedule 11(a) , Schedule 11(b) , Schedule 12 , Schedule 13 , Schedule 14 , Schedule 15 , respectively, to the Perfection Certificate and shall be deemed a part thereof for all purposes of the Perfection Certificate.

 

- 35 -


The undersigned officers of each of the Loan Parties hereby certify as of the date hereof on behalf of the Loan Parties in their capacity as officers of the Loan Parties and not in their individual capacities that no additional filings or actions are required to create, preserve or perfect the security interests in the Collateral granted, assigned or pledged to Agent pursuant to the Loan Documents.

Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Perfection Certificate shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , we have hereunto signed this Supplement to Perfection Certificate as of this          day of                          , 20__.

 

CONNECTURE, INC. / DESTINATIONRX, INC.
By:    
 

Name:

Title:

 

[Each of the Guarantors of Connecture/DRX]
By:    
 

Name:

Title:

 

- 36 -


Schedule 1(a)

Legal Names, Etc.

 

Legal Name

  

Type of Entity

  

Registered
Organization

(Yes/No)

  

Organizational

Number 3

  

Federal Taxpayer
Identification Number

  

Jurisdiction of Formation

 

 

3   If none, so state.

 

- 37 -


Schedule 1(b)

Prior Names

 

Loan Party/Subsidiary

  

Prior Name

  

Date of Change

 

- 38 -


Schedule 1(c)

Changes in Corporate Identity; Other Names

 

Loan

Party/Subsidiary

  

Name of Entity

  

Action

  

Date of
Action

  

State of

Formation

  

List of All Other
Names Used on Any

Filings with the

Internal Revenue

Service During Past

Five Years

[Add Information required by Section 1 to the extent required by Section 1(c) of the Perfection Certificate]

 

- 39 -


Schedule 2

Chief Executive Offices

 

Loan

Party/Subsidiary

  

Address

  

County

  

State

        

 

- 40 -


Schedule 3(a)

Real Property

 

Entity of
Record

 

Common
Name
and
Address

 

Owned,
Leased or
Other
Interest

 

Landlord
/ Owner
if Leased
or Other
Interest

 

Descrip-
tion of
Lease or
Other

Documents
Evidencing

Interest

 

Purpose/

Use

 

Improve-
ments
Located on
Real
Property

 

Legal
Description

 

Encumbered
or to be
Encumbered

by Mortgage

 

Filing
Office for
Mortgage

 

Option to
Purchase/
Right
of First Refusal

[    ]

  [    ]   [    ]   [    ]   [    ]   [    ]   [    ]   [SEE EXHIBIT A- [     ] ATTACHE D HERETO]   [YES/NO]   [    ]   [YES/NO]
                   

 

- 41 -


Schedule 3(a)

Real Property (cont.)

Required Consents; Loan Party Held Landlord/ Grantor Interests

I. Landlord’s / Tenant’s Consent Required

1. [LIST EACH LEASE OR OTHER INSTRUMENT WHERE LANDLORD’S / TENANT’S CONSENT IS REQUIRED].

II. Leases, Subleases, Tenancies, Franchise Agreements, Licenses or Other Occupancy Agreements Pursuant to which any Loan Party holds Landlord’s / Grantor’s Interest

1. [LIST EACH LEASE OR OTHER INSTRUMENT WHERE ANY LOAN PARTY HOLDS LANDLORD’S / GRANTOR’S INTEREST]

 

- 42 -


Schedule 3(a)

Real Property (cont.)

Required Consents; Loan Party Held Landlord/ Grantor Interests

I. Landlord’s / Tenant’s Consent Required

1. [LIST EACH LEASE OR OTHER INSTRUMENT WHERE LANDLORD’S / TENANT’S CONSENT IS REQUIRED].

II. Leases, Subleases, Tenancies, Franchise Agreements, Licenses or Other Occupancy Agreements Pursuant to which any Loan Party holds Landlord’s / Grantor’s Interest

1. [LIST EACH LEASE OR OTHER INSTRUMENT WHERE ANY LOAN PARTY HOLDS LANDLORD’S / GRANTOR’S INTEREST]

 

- 43 -


Schedule 3(b)

Bailees

 

- 44 -


Schedule 4

Transactions Other Than in the Ordinary Course of Business

 

Loan Party/Subsidiary

  

Description of Transaction Including Parties
Thereto

  

Date of

Transaction

     

 

- 45 -


Schedule 9(a)

(a) Equity Interests of Loan Parties and Subsidiaries

 

Current Legal

Entities Owned

  

Record Owner

  

Certificate No.

  

No. Shares/Interest

  

Percent

Pledged

           

(b) Other Equity Interests

 

- 46 -


Schedule 9(b)

Organizational Chart

 

- 47 -


Schedule 10

Instruments and Chattel Paper

1. Promissory Notes:

 

Entity

  

Principal

Amount

  

Date of Issuance

  

Interest Rate

  

Maturity Date

2. Chattel Paper:

 

- 48 -


Schedule 11(a)

Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks

UNITED STATES COPYRIGHTS

 

Registrations:

 

        
            OWNER    TITLE    REGISTRATION NUMBER   

 

Applications:         
            OWNER    APPLICATION NUMBER      

OTHER COPYRIGHTS

 

Registrations:

        

            OWNER

   COUNTRY/STATE    TITLE    REGISTRATION NUMBER

Applications:

        

            OWNER

   COUNTRY/STATE    APPLICATION NUMBER

 

- 49 -


Schedule 11(a)

Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks (cont.)

UNITED STATES PATENTS:

Registrations:

 

OWNER

 

REGISTRATION

NUMBER

 

DESCRIPTION

         
         
Applications:          

OWNER

 

APPLICATION

NUMBER

 

DESCRIPTION

         
         

OTHER PATENTS:

 

Registrations:

 

         

OWNER

 

REGISTRATION

NUMBER

 

COUNTRY/STATE

  

DESCRIPTION

    
         

Applications:

 

         

OWNER

 

APPLICATION

NUMBER

 

COUNTRY/STATE

  

DESCRIPTION

    
         
         

 

- 50 -


Schedule 11(a)

Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks (cont.)

UNITED STATES TRADEMARKS:

Registrations:

 

OWNER

  

REGISTRATION

NUMBER

  

TRADEMARK

         
           

Applications:

 

           

OWNER

  

APPLICATION

NUMBER

  

TRADEMARK

         
           

 

OTHER TRADEMARKS:

 

Registrations:

        

OWNER

  

REGISTRATION

NUMBER

  

COUNTRY/STATE

  

TRADEMARK

    
           

 

Applications:

 

           

OWNER

  

APPLICATION

NUMBER

  

COUNTRY/STATE

  

TRADEMARK

    
           

 

- 51 -


Schedule 11(b)

Intellectual Property Licenses

 

LICENSEE

  

LICENSOR

  

COUNTRY/STATE

  

REGISTRATION/
APPLICATION

NUMBER, IF

ANY

  

DESCRIPTION

 

- 52 -


Schedule 12

Commercial Tort Claims

 

- 53 -


Schedule 13

Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts

 

OWNER    TYPE OF ACCOUNT   

BANK OR

INTERMEDIARY

  

ACCOUNT

NUMBERS

 

- 54 -


Schedule 14

Letter of Credit Rights

 

- 55 -


Schedule 15

Other Assets

 

- 56 -


EXHIBIT L-1

FORM OF LIBOR NOTICE

THL Corporate Finance, Inc.

100 Federal Street, 31 st Floor

Boston, MA 02110

Attn: Terrence Olson

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference hereby is made to that certain Second Lien Term Loan Agreement entered into as of March 18, 2013 (the “ Term Loan Agreement ”), by and among the lenders signatory thereto (each of such lenders, together with its successors and permitted assigns, is referred to hereinafter as a “ Lender ”, as that term is hereinafter further defined), THL CORPORATE FINANCE, INC. , a Delaware corporation, as administrative agent for each member of the Lender Group (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “ Agent ”), Connecture, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Connecture ”), and DestinationRX, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ DRX ”; together with Connecture, are referred to hereinafter each individually as a “ Borrower ”, and individually and collectively, jointly and severally, as the “ Borrowers ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Term Loan Agreement.

This LIBOR Notice represents Borrowers’ request to elect an Interest Period of [1, 2, [or] 3[, or 6], [[9] or [12]] 1 month(s) commencing on                      .

This LIBOR Notice further confirms each Borrower’s acceptance, for purposes of determining the rate of interest on the Term Loan based on the LIBOR Rate under the Term Loan Agreement, of the LIBOR Rate plus the LIBOR Rate Margin as determined pursuant to the Term Loan Agreement.

Each Borrower represents and warrants that (i) as of the date hereof, the representations and warranties of Borrowers or its Subsidiaries contained in this Agreement and in the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) on and as of the date hereof, as though made on and as of such date (except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) as of such earlier date)), (ii) each of the covenants and agreements contained in any Loan Document have been performed (to the extent required to be performed on or before the date hereof or each such effective date), and (iii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date hereof, nor will any thereof occur after giving effect to the request above.

 

1   Subject to the terms of the Term Loan Agreement.


Dated: [                    ]

CONNECTURE, INC. ,

a Delaware corporation, as Borrower

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

DESTINATIONRX, INC. ,

a Delaware corporation, as Borrower

By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

Acknowledged by:
THL CORPORATE FINANCE, INC. as Agent
By:    
Name:    
Title:    


DISCLOSURE SCHEDULES

relating to the transactions contemplated by that certain

SECOND LIEN TERM LOAN AGREEMENT,

(the “ Agreement ”),

by and among

THL CORPORATE FINANCE, INC.,

as Administrative Agent,

THE LENDERS THAT ARE PARTIES THERETO,

as Lenders,

and

CONNECTURE, INC.,

and

DESTINATIONRX, INC.,

as the Borrowers

D ATED A S O F M ARCH 18, 2013

These disclosure schedules (each, a “ Schedule ,” and collectively, the “ Schedules ”) are furnished by or on behalf of the Borrowers pursuant to and as part of the Agreement. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement. Headings have been assigned to the various Schedules for convenience of reference only and shall not be construed to affect the meaning or construction of the language in the body of such Schedules.


SCHEDULE A-1

Agents Account and Lender Accounts

THL Corporate Finance, Inc .

First Republic Bank

San Francisco, CA

ABA Number: ######

Credit Account Number: ######

Account Name: THL Corporate Finance Inc

THL Credit, Inc .

State Street Bank & Trust Company

Boston, MA

ABA: ######

Account number: ######

Fund Number: ######

Fund Name: THL Credit, Inc.

THL Credit Greenway Fund II LLC

State Street Bank & Trust Company

Boston, MA

ABA: ######

Account number: ######

Fund Number: ######

Fund Name: THL Credit Greenway Fund II LLC


SCHEDULE A-2

Authorized Persons

 

1. Robert Douglas Schneider

 

2. James Purko


SCHEDULE C-1

Commitments

 

Name of Lender

   Principal Amount      OID Amount     Net OID Amount  

THL Credit, Inc.

   $ 8,052,563.25       ($ 161,051.27   $ 7,891,511.99   

THL Credit Greenway Fund II LLC

   $ 1,947,436.75       ($ 38,948.73   $ 1,908,488.01   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 10,000,000.00       ($ 200,000.00   $ 9,800,000.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 


SCHEDULE D-1

Designated Account

 

        BANK OR

INTERMEDIARY

  

ACCOUNT NUMBER

######    ######


SCHEDULE P-1

Permitted Investments

 

1. Connecture, Inc. has a cash balance with Comerica Bank of approximately $2,315,000 as of March 1, 2013.

 

2. Connecture, Inc. made a $250,000 security deposit in connection with the lease of office space at 18500 West Corporate Drive, Suite 250 in Brookfield, WI 53089.Such security deposit is held by the landlord, CORE Realty Holdings Management, Inc.

 

3. DestinationRX, Inc. made a $200,000 security deposit in connection with the lease of office space at 600 Wilshire Blvd., 11th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90017. Such security deposit is held by the landlord, 600 Wilshire Property LLC.


SCHEDULE P-2

Permitted Liens

 

Loan Party

  

Secured Party

  

Type of Filing

  

File No.

  

Filing Date

CONNECTURE, INC.   

Ailco Equipment Finance Group,

Inc.

   UCC-1 Financing Statement    2012 2494914    6/28/2012

CONNECTURE,

INC.

  

Everbank

Commercial

Finance, Inc.

   UCC-1 Financing Statement    2012 3313659    8/27/2012

CONNECTURE,

INC.

  

Dell Financial

Services L.L.C.

   UCC-1 Financing Statement    2012 3550839    9/14/2012

CONNECTURE,

INC.

   Wells Fargo Bank   

UCC-1 Financing

Statement

   20125026200    12/21/12

DESTINATIONRX,

INC.

   NFS Leasing, Inc.   

UCC-1 Financing

Statement

   20074105660    10/29/2007

DESTINATIONRX,

INC.

   Wells Fargo Bank    UCC-1 Financing Statement    20130224064    1/16/13

DESTINATIONRX,

INC.

  

Dell Financial

Services

   UCC-1 Financing Statement    2007 4102660    10/29/2007

DESTINATIONRX,

INC.

  

Mintaka Financial

LLC

   UCC-1 Financing Statement    2012 1540519    4/9/2012

DESTINATIONRX,

INC.

  

Mintaka Financial

LLC

   UCC-1 Financing Statement    12-7307630423    4/6/2012

DESTINATIONRX,

INC.

  

Susquehanna Commercial

Finance, Inc.

   UCC-1 Financing Statement    07-7112688101    5/4/2007

RXHEALTH INSURANCE

AGENCY, INC.

   Wells Fargo Bank   

UCC-1 Financing

Statement

   20130224023    1/16/13
INSURIX, INC.    Wells Fargo Bank   

UCC-1 Financing

Statement

   0002916520    1/17/13
INSURIX, INC.    Comerica Bank   

UCC-1 Financing

Statement

   0002821565    6/14/11


Cash collateral in the amount of $250,000 held by Comerica in support of that certain Letter of Credit, dated May 8, 2012, issued by Comerica Bank in favor of Connecture, Inc. and for the benefit of CORE Realty Holdings Management, Inc.

Cash collateral in the amount of $200,000 held by Comerica in support of that certain Letter of Credit, dated November 16, 2011, issued by Comerica Bank in favor of DestinationRX, Inc. and for the benefit of 600 Wilshire Property LLC.


SCHEDULE R-1

Real Property Collateral

None.


Schedule 3.1

The obligation of each Lender to make its Term Loan provided for in the Agreement is subject to the fulfillment, to the satisfaction of each Lender (the making of such Term Loan by any Lender being conclusively deemed to be its satisfaction or waiver of the following), of each of the following conditions precedent:

(a) the Closing Date shall occur on or before March 18, 2013;

(b) Agent shall have received a letter duly executed by each Loan Party authorizing Agent to file appropriate financing statements in such office or offices as may be necessary or, in the opinion of Agent, desirable to perfect the security interests to be created by the Loan Documents;

(c) Agent shall have received evidence that appropriate financing statements have been duly filed in such office or offices as may be necessary or, in the opinion of Agent, desirable to perfect the Agent’s Liens in and to the Collateral, and Agent shall have received searches reflecting the filing of all such financing statements;

(d) Agent shall have received each of the following documents, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, duly executed and delivered, and each such document shall be in full force and effect:

(i) the Second Lien Term Loan Agreement;

(ii) the Notes,

(iii) the Intercreditor Agreement,

(iv) the Flow of Funds Agreement,

(v) the Guaranty and Security Agreement,

(vi) the Intercompany Subordination Agreement,

(vii) a Perfection Certificate,

(viii) the Patent Security Agreement,

(ix) the Trademark Security Agreement,

(x) the Copyright Security Agreement,

(xi) a letter, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, from Comerica Bank, in its capacity as administrative agent under the Existing Credit Facility ( “Existing Agent ”) to Agent respecting the amount necessary to repay in full all of the obligations of Connecture and its Subsidiaries owing under the Existing Credit Facility and obtain a release of all of the Liens existing in favor of Existing Agent in and to the assets of Connecture and its Subsidiaries, together with termination statements and other documentation evidencing the termination by Existing Agent of its Liens in and to the properties and assets of Connecture and its Subsidiaries, and


(xii) the amendment to the Senior Credit Agreement, in a form satisfactory to the Agent;

(e) Agent shall have received a certificate from the Secretary of each Loan Party (i) attesting to the resolutions of such Loan Party’s board of directors authorizing its execution, delivery, and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (ii) authorizing specific officers of such Loan Party to execute the same, and (iii) attesting to the incumbency and signatures of such specific officers of such Loan Party;

(f) Agent shall have received copies of each Loan Party’s Governing Documents, as amended, modified, or supplemented to the Closing Date, certified by the Secretary of such Loan Party;

(g) Agent shall have received a certificate of status with respect to each Loan Party, dated within 10 days of the Closing Date, such certificate to be issued by the appropriate officer of the jurisdiction of organization of such Loan Party, which certificate shall indicate that such Loan Party is in good standing in such jurisdiction;

(h) Agent shall have received certificates of status with respect to each Loan Party, each dated within 30 days of the Closing Date, such certificates to be issued by the appropriate officer of the jurisdictions (other than the jurisdiction of organization of such Loan Party) in which its failure to be duly qualified or licensed would constitute a Material Adverse Effect, which certificates shall indicate that such Loan Party is in good standing in such jurisdictions;

(i) Agent shall have received a certificate of insurance, together with the endorsements thereto, as are required by Section 5.6 of the Agreement, the form and substance of which shall be satisfactory to Agent;

(j) Agent shall have received copies of all stock certificates representing the equity interests of the Loan Parties and blank endorsements relating thereto;

(k) Agent shall have received an opinion of the Loan Parties’ counsel in form and substance satisfactory to Agent;

(l) Agent shall have completed its business, legal, and collateral due diligence, including (i) a review of each Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ respective books and records and a recurring revenue valuation performed by a firm selected by Agent, (ii) a review of a quality of earnings report for each Borrower and its respective Subsidiaries performed by a firm selected by Agent, and (iii) a review of each Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ respective material agreements, in each case, the results of which shall be satisfactory to Agent;

(m) Agent shall have completed (i) Patriot Act searches, OFAC/PEP searches and customary individual background checks for each Loan Party, and (ii) OFAC/PEP searches and customary individual background searches for each Loan Party’s senior management and key principals, the results of which shall be satisfactory to Agent;

(n) Agent shall have received a set of Projections of Borrower for the 3 year period following the Closing Date (on a year by year basis, and for the 1 year period following the Closing Date, on a month by month basis), in form and substance (including as to scope and underlying assumptions) satisfactory to Agent;


(o) Borrower shall have paid all Lender Group Expenses incurred in connection with the transactions evidenced by the Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(p) Agent shall have received a phase-I environmental report and a real estate survey with respect to each parcel composing the Real Property Collateral; the environmental consultants and surveyors retained for such reports or surveys, the scope of the reports or surveys, and the results thereof shall be acceptable to Agent;

(q) Agent shall have received evidence in form satisfactory to it that the Merger shall have been consummated on or prior to the Closing Date in accordance with the Acquisition Documentation (as defined below) and all applicable requirements of law, and no terms or conditions of the Acquisition Documentation (other than any immaterial terms or conditions) shall have been waived without the consent of Agent;

(r) Copies of the Acquisition Agreement (including schedules, exhibits and annexes thereto) and all other all documentation associated with the Merger (collectively, the “Acquisition Documentation ”) shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Agent;

(s) Agent shall have received a solvency certificate, in form and substance satisfactory to it, certifying as to the solvency of the Loan Parties taken as a whole after giving effect to the Merger;

(t) Lenders shall have received the approval of their investment committees;

(u) Agent shall have received a certificate from an officer of Borrowers certifying that (i) the Revolving Usage (as defined in the Senior Credit Agreement) does not exceed $4,000,000 on the Closing Date, (ii) Borrowers have Required Availability (as such term is defined in the Senior Credit Agreement), (iii) the Loan Parties have pro forma EBITDA of at least $6,166,442 for the most recent 12-month period ending prior to the Closing Date; (iv) the Loan Parties have received all governmental and third party approvals (including shareholder approvals, landlords’ consents, Hart-Scott-Rodino clearance and other consents) necessary or, in the reasonable opinion of Agent, advisable in connection with the Agreement or the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, which are all be in full force and effect, and all applicable waiting periods have expired without any action being taken or threatened by any competent authority which would restrain, prevent or otherwise impose adverse conditions on the Term Loan Agreement or the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; (v) no Default or Event of Default exists as of the Closing Date; and (vi) the representations and warranties set forth in the Term Loan Agreement are true and complete in all material respects; and

(v) all other documents and legal matters in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Agreement shall have been delivered, executed, or recorded and shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.


Schedule 3.6

Conditions Subsequent

 

1. The Loan Parties shall no later than thirty (30) days after the Closing Date (or such later date as Agent may agree in writing) deliver a Deposit Account Control Agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent with respect to the Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries required to be pledged pursuant to the terms of the Guaranty and Security Agreement.

 

2. The Loan Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver no later than thirty (30) days after the Closing Date (or such later date as Agent may agree in writing) Landlord Waiver Agreements in form and substance acceptable to Agent for the chief executive office of each Loan Party and each other location where books and records of the Loan Parties are kept.

 

3. On or prior to the date that is 10 business days from the Closing Date (or such later date as Agent may agree in writing), Agent shall have received endorsements to any certificate of insurance delivered pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Agreement, the form and substance of which shall be satisfactory to Agent.


SCHEDULE 4.1(b)

Capitalization of Borrowers

 

Borrower

  

Authorized

Shares

  

Issued Shares

  

Outstanding

Shares

  

Record owner of

shares

CONNECTURE,

INC.

   101,500,000 shares consisting of 54,700,000 shares of Common Stock and 46,800,00 shares of Preferred Stock (26,100,000 Series A Preferred shares, 20,700,000 Series B Preferred shares)    45,136,675    45,136,675    See attached capitalization table.

DESTINATIONRX,

INC.

   1,000 shares of Common Stock    1,000    1,000    CONNECTURE, INC.


SCHEDULE 4.1(c)

Capitalization of Borrowers’ Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiary

  

Authorized Shares

  

Issued Shares

  

Outstanding Shares

  

Record owner of shares

INSURIX, INC.    20,000 shares
consisting of 10,000
shares of Non-Voting
Common Stock and
10,000 shares of
Voting Common stock.
   2000    2000   

CONNECTURE,

INC.

RXHEALTH

INSURANCE

AGENCY, INC.

   100 shares of common stock    1    1    DESTINATIONRX, INC.


Text marked [****] has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested for this omitted information.

SCHEDULE 4.1(d)

Subscriptions, Options, Warrants, Calls

 

1. Connecture, Inc. has granted the following options to purchase common stock:

 

Name

  

Role

  

Vesting

Commencement

Date

  

Options

  

ISO / NSO

[****]

   [****]   

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

           

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

           

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

  

[****]

        

 

  

[****]

        

[****]

  
        

 

  

[****]

  

[****]

  
        

 

  

 

** Listed on Cap Table and Not Included in “Other Outstanding Options”

 

Total on Cap Table


SCHEDULE 4.6

Litigation

 

1. On September 25, 2012, DestinationRX, Inc. received a “Cease and Desist Unauthorized Access/Use of Microsoft Software” letter from Adam Longacre, Finance manager of Microsoft Licensing, GP stating that it has come to Microsoft Corporation’s attention that DestinationRX, Inc. is providing its customers with access to and/or use of Microsoft software with the incorrect license to do so. The letter further states that Microsoft demands that DestinationRX, Inc. immediately cease and desist from providing unauthorized access to or use of Microsoft software, as well as all infringing activities. As of the date of the Agreement DestinationRX, Inc. is in discussions regarding a possible resolution to this matter and expects the potential dollar impact to not exceed $400,000.

 

2. On February 1, 2013, Microsoft sent Connecture, Inc. a notice of audit findings and associated costs with respect to an audit of Connecture Inc.’s Service Provider License Agreement (“SPLA”) with Microsoft. Based on a review conducted on behalf of Microsoft, Microsoft is alleging that Connecture, Inc. under-reported its SPLA licenses and owes Microsoft $1,297,325 related to under-reporting and associated costs. Connecture, Inc. is in the process of disputing the findings and costs.


SCHEDULE 4.10

Employee Benefits

None.


SCHEDULE 4.11

Environmental Matters

None.


SCHEDULE 4.14

Permitted Indebtedness

 

1. Subordinated Promissory Note, dated December 31, 2012, issued by Connecture, Inc. to Randall P. Herman, in the principal amount of $3,000,000.


Text marked [****] has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested for this omitted information.

SCHEDULE 4.22

Material Contracts

CONNECTURE, INC. 1

 

  1. Subcontract Agreement Between [****] and Connecture, Inc. for [****], dated April 1, 2012. Pursuant to this agreement, Connecture, Inc. provides certain professional services for and/or licenses to Connecture, Inc.’s software products.

 

  2. Software License Agreement Between Connecture, Inc. and [****], dated April 30, 2012. Pursuant to this agreement, Connecture, Inc. provides certain professional services for and/or licenses to Connecture, Inc.’s software products.

 

  3. Master Services and Software Agreement by and between Connecture, Inc. and [****], dated December 22, 2011. Pursuant to this agreement, Connecture, Inc. provides certain professional services for and/or licenses to Connecture, Inc.’s software products.

 

  4. Master Services and Software Agreement by and between Connecture, Inc. and [****], dated June 28, 2012. Pursuant to this agreement, Connecture, Inc. provides certain professional services for and/or licenses to Connecture, Inc.’s software products.

 

  5. Master Services Agreement by and between Connecture, Inc. and [****], as amended, dated January 20, 2003. Pursuant to this agreement, Connecture, Inc. provides certain professional services for and/or licenses to Connecture, Inc.’s software products.

 

  6. Master Services and Software Agreement by and between Connecture, Inc. and [****], as amended, dated December 15, 2011. Pursuant to this agreement, Connecture, Inc. provides certain professional services for and/or licenses to Connecture, Inc.’s software products.

 

  7. Master Services and Software Agreement by and between Connecture, Inc. and [****], dated November 20, 2009. Pursuant to this agreement, Connecture, Inc. provides certain professional services for and/or licenses to Connecture, Inc.’s software products.

 

  8. Application Service Provider Agreement Between Connecture Inc. and [****], as amended, dated January 1, 2010. Pursuant to this agreement, Connecture, Inc. provides certain professional services for and/or licenses to Connecture, Inc.’s software products.

 

1   Agreements listed without regard to threshold amount.


Text marked [****] has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested for this omitted information.

 

  9. [****] Master Agreement, as amended, dated November 20, 2003. Pursuant to this agreement, Connecture, Inc. provides certain professional services for and/or licenses to Connecture, Inc.’s software products.

 

  10. Master Services and Software Agreement by and between Connecture, Inc. and [****], dated January 30, 2012. Pursuant to this agreement, Connecture, Inc. provides certain professional services for and/or licenses to Connecture, Inc.’s software products.

 

  11. Master Services and Software Agreement by and between Connecture, Inc. and [****], dated March 29, 2012. Pursuant to this agreement, Connecture, Inc. provides certain professional services for and/or licenses to Connecture, Inc.’s software products.

 

  12. Lease, dated 3/31/11 by and between Pro-Park Group and Connecture, Inc. as amended by the Second Lease Amendment, dated 12/31/11. This agreement is a commercial office lease.

 

  13. Lease Agreement, by and between CORE Realty Holdings Management, Inc. fbo Brookfield Lakes Tenants in Common, and Connecture, Inc., dated 5/10/12. This agreement is a commercial office lease.

 

  14. Lease Agreement, by and between CORE Realty Holdings Management, Inc. fbo Brookfield Lakes Tenants in Common, and Connecture, Inc., dated 1/13/13. This agreement is a commercial office lease.

 

  15. Office Lease Agreement by and between 101 Marietta Street Associates and Connecture, Inc. dated 9/23/04, as assigned to Atlanta Centennial, LLC, as Landlord on 5/27/05, as amended on 10/7/2010, as assigned to CIP II/JOS Centennial Tower LLC as Landlord on 3/6/12. This agreement is a commercial office lease.

 

  16. Management Services Agreement, dated March      , 2013, between Connecture, Inc. and Great Point Partners, LLC.

 

  17. Subcontract Agreement between [****] and Connecture, Inc. for [****] dated January 31, 2013; and Software Reseller Agreement between Connecture, Inc., and [****], dated January 31, 2013.

 

  18. Master Services and Software Agreement by and between Connecture, Inc. and [****], dated March 13, 2013.

 

  19. Software License Agreement between Connecture, Inc. and [****], dated July 14, 2012.

 

  20. Subcontract Agreement, by and between Connecture, Inc. and [****], dated June 30, 2012.


Text marked [****] has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested to this omitted information.

DESTINATIONRX, INC. 2

 

  1. Master [****] Agreement dated as of 5/1/2005 by and between [****] and DestinationRx (including all amendments, statements of work, purchase orders, exhibits, appendices and attachments thereto), with [****] cash received year to date as of 11/30/2012. Pursuant to this agreement, DestinationRx, Inc. provides certain data management, decision support products and services, professional services, hosting services, subscriptions and/or licenses of DestinationRx, Inc.’s software products and related data, documentation and information.

 

  2. Master Agreement effective as of 4/21/2008 by and between DestinationRx, Inc. and [****] (including all amendments, statements of work, purchase orders, exhibits, appendices and attachments thereto), with [****] cash received year to date as of 11/30/2012. Pursuant to this agreement, DestinationRx, Inc. provides certain data management, decision support products and services, professional services, hosting services, subscriptions and/or licenses of DestinationRx, Inc.’s software products and related data, documentation and information.

 

  3. [****] Access and License Agreement effective as of 12/13/2005 by and between DestinationRx, Inc. and [****] (including all amendments, statements of work, purchase orders, exhibits, appendices and attachments thereto), with [****] cash received year to date as of 11/30/2012. Pursuant to this agreement, DestinationRx, Inc. provides certain data management, decision support products and services, professional services, hosting services, subscriptions and/or licenses of DestinationRx, Inc.’s software products and related data, documentation and information.

 

  4. Master Agreement effective as of 12/30/2011 by and between DestinationRx, Inc. and [****] (including all amendments, statements of work, purchase orders, exhibits, appendices and attachments thereto), with [****] cash received year to date as of 11/30/2012. Pursuant to this agreement, DestinationRx, Inc. provides certain data management, decision support products and services, professional services, hosting services, subscriptions and/or licenses of DestinationRx, Inc.’s software products and related data, documentation and information.

 

  5. License and Services Agreement dated 7/1/2010 by and between [****] and DestinationRx, Inc. (including all amendments, statements of work, purchase orders, exhibits, appendices and attachments thereto), with [****] cash received year to date as of 11/30/2012. Pursuant to this agreement, DestinationRx, Inc. provides certain data management, decision support products and services, professional services, hosting services, subscriptions and/or licenses of DestinationRx, Inc.’s software products and related data, documentation and information.

 

  6. Electronic Online Application Manager Schedule effective as of 8/24/2007 by and between DestinationRx, Inc. and [****] (including all amendments, statements of work, purchase orders, exhibits, appendices and attachments thereto), with [****] cash received year to date as of 11/30/2012. Pursuant to this agreement, DestinationRx, Inc. provides certain data management, decision support products and services, professional services, hosting services, subscriptions and/or licenses of DestinationRx, Inc.’s software products and related data, documentation and information.

 

2   Agreements listed without regard to threshold amount.


Text marked [****] has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested for this omitted information.

 

  7. Application Services Provider Agreement dated 9/29/2006 by and between DestinationRx, Inc. and [****] (including all amendments, statements of work, purchase orders, exhibits, appendices and attachments thereto), with [****] cash received year to date as of 11/30/2012. Pursuant to this agreement, DestinationRx, Inc. provides certain data management, decision support products and services, professional services, hosting services, subscriptions and/or licenses of DestinationRx, Inc.’s software products and related data, documentation and information.

 

  8. Master Agreement effective as of 8/31/2009 by and between DestinationRx, Inc. and [****] (including all amendments, statements of work, purchase orders, exhibits, appendices and attachments thereto), with [****] cash received year to date as of 11/30/2012. Pursuant to this agreement, DestinationRx, Inc. provides certain data management, decision support products and services, professional services, hosting services, subscriptions and/or licenses of DestinationRx, Inc.’s software products and related data, documentation and information.

 

  9. Master Agreement effective as of 3/31/2012 by and between DestinationRx, Inc. and [****] (including all amendments, statements of work, purchase orders, exhibits, appendices and attachments thereto), with [****] cash received year to date as of 11/30/2012. Pursuant to this agreement, DestinationRx, Inc. provides certain data management, decision support products and services, professional services, hosting services, subscriptions and/or licenses of DestinationRx, Inc.’s software products and related data, documentation and information.

 

  10. Master Agreement effective as of 7/1/2010 by and between DestinationRx, Inc. and [****] (including all amendments, statements of work, purchase orders, exhibits, appendices and attachments thereto), with [****] cash received year to date as of 11/30/2012. Pursuant to this agreement, DestinationRx, Inc. provides certain data management, decision support products and services, professional services, hosting services, subscriptions and/or licenses of DestinationRx, Inc.’s software products and related data, documentation and information.

 

  11. Multi-Flex Insurance Policy effective 4/14/2012 by and between The Hartford and DestinationRx (including all amendments, statements of work, purchase orders, exhibits, appendices and attachments thereto), with $412,909.64 paid year to date as of 11/30/2012. This is an insurance policy.

 

  12. Master Agreement effective as of 6/15/2012 by and between DestinationRx, Inc. and [****] (including all amendments, statements of work, purchase orders, exhibits, appendices and attachments thereto), with [****] paid year to date as of 11/30/2012. This is a supplier agreement.

 

  13. Master Services Agreement effective as of 8/29/2001 by and between DestinationRx, Inc. and [****] (including all amendments, statements of work, purchase orders, exhibits, appendices and attachments thereto). This is a 3 rd party co-location agreement.

 

  14. Office Lease Agreement effective as of 11/1/2011 by and between DestinationRx, Inc. and 600 Wilshire Property, LLC (including all amendments, statements of work, purchase orders, exhibits, appendices and attachments thereto). This agreement is a commercial office lease.


  15. Standard Office Lease for Suite 700 at East Lake Street, Chicago, IL effective as of November 29, 2003 by and between the Company and East Lake Street Associates, LLC (including all amendments, statements of work, purchase orders, exhibits, appendices and attachments thereto). This agreement is a commercial office lease.

 

  16. Agreement of Lease dated February 29, 2007, and the First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated December 20, 2010, both by and between the Company and Lakefront North Investors Limited Partnership. This agreement is a commercial office lease.

INSURIX, INC.

None.

RXHEALTH AGENCY, INC.

None.


Schedule 5.1

Deliver to Agent (and if so requested by Agent, with copies for each Lender) each of the financial statements, reports, or other items set forth below at the following times in form satisfactory to Agent:

 

as soon as available, but in any event within 30 days (45 days in the case of a month that is the end of the Administrative Borrower’s fiscal quarters) after the end of each month, beginning January 2013, during the Borrowers’ fiscal years,   

(a) an unaudited consolidated and consolidating balance sheet, income statement, statement of cash flow, and statement of shareholder’s equity (prepared on an as billed basis and GAAP basis) covering the Borrowers’ and their Subsidiaries’ operations during such period and compared to the prior period and plan, together with a corresponding discussion and analysis of results from management, and

 

(b) a Compliance Certificate along with the underlying calculations, including the calculations to arrive at EBITDA 1 to the extent applicable.

as soon as available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of the Borrowers’ fiscal years; provided that , delivery for the 2012 fiscal year may be made within 150 days,   

(c) consolidated and consolidating financial statements of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries for each such fiscal year, audited by independent certified public accountants reasonably acceptable to Agent and certified, without any qualifications (including any (A) “going concern” or like qualification or exception, (B) qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit, or (C) qualification which relates to the treatment or classification of any item and which, as a condition to the removal of such qualification, would require an adjustment to such item, the effect of which would be to cause any noncompliance with the provisions of Section 7 of the Agreement), by such accountants to have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (such audited financial statements to include a balance sheet, income statement, statement of cash flow, and statement of shareholder’s equity, and, if prepared, such accountants’ letter to management),

 

(d) a Compliance Certificate along with the underlying calculations, including the calculations to arrive at EBITDA to the extent applicable, and

 

(e) a detailed calculation of Excess Cash Flow.

as soon as available, but in any event within 30 days prior to the start of Borrowers’ fiscal years,    (f) copies of Borrowers’ Projections, in form and substance (including as to scope and underlying assumptions) satisfactory to Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, for the forthcoming 3 years, year by year, and for the forthcoming fiscal year, month by month fiscal quarter by fiscal quarter, certified by the chief financial officer of Borrowers as being such officer’s good faith estimate of the financial performance of Borrowers during the period covered thereby.

 

1   Agent would like a calculation from Borrowers to arrive at the EBITDA figure conforming to the definition as set forth in Schedule 1.1 .


if and when filed by a Borrower,   

(g) Form 10-Q quarterly reports, Form 10-K annual reports, and Form 8-K current reports,

 

(h) any other filings made by such Borrower with the SEC, and

 

(i) any other information that is provided by such Borrower to its shareholders generally.

promptly, but in any event within 5 days after Borrowers have knowledge of any event or condition that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default,    (j) notice of such event or condition and a statement of the curative action that such Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto.
promptly after the commencement thereof, but in any event within 5 days after the service of process with respect thereto on a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries,    (k) notice of all actions, suits, or proceedings brought by or against such Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries before any Governmental Authority which reasonably could be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
upon the request of Agent,    (l) any other information reasonably requested relating to the financial condition of either Borrower or its respective Subsidiaries.


Schedule 5.2

Provide Agent (and if so requested by Agent, with copies for each Lender) with each of the documents set forth below at the following times in form satisfactory to Agent:

 

Weekly (for the first 6 months after the Closing Date)    (a) an updated 13-week cash flow forecast, consistent with what was previously provided to Agent.
Monthly (not later than the 15 th day of each month)    (b) a detailed report regarding the Borrowers’ and their Subsidiaries’ cash and Cash Equivalents, including an indication of which accounts constitute Qualified Cash, and
Quarterly (no later than the last day of the month of each fiscal Quarter)   

(a) a sales pipeline report by prospect including the probability of close for each prospect (and grouped by probability),

 

(b) a backlog report detailing all contracts which have been executed but not yet performed, and segmented by estimated period of recognition,

 

(c) a bookings report for the following (i) prior month by revenue type, and (ii) trailing twelve months by revenue type,

 

(d) a detailed list of Borrowers’ customers including contract expiration dates and annualized recurring revenue contribution,

 

(e) attrition data for the prior fiscal quarter consistent with what was previously provided,

 

(f) a report regarding each Borrower’s and their respective Subsidiaries’ accrued, but unpaid taxes, including but not limited to a detailed report regarding deemed dividend tax liability, if applicable, and

 

(g) a summary report showing (i) all deferred revenues as set forth in each Borrower’s and their respective Subsidiaries’ balance sheet for the prior month, (ii) the portion of such deferred revenues that will be earned during the next four fiscal quarters, and (iii) the portion of such deferred revenues that will be earned on or after the date one year following the date of such balance sheet,

Annually (no later than the last day of each fiscal year)    (a) a Perfection Certificate or a supplement to the Perfection Certificate,
Upon request by Agent    Such other reports, including but not limited to a summary aging of the Borrowers’ Accounts, and a summary aging, by vendor, of Borrowers’ accounts payable, and any book overdrafts, and as to the Collateral or the financial condition of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, as Agent may reasonably request.


SCHEDULE 6.5

Nature of Business

The business of developing, providing and supporting a) prescription drug comparison and Medicare and/or Senior Market (defined as age 65 and over) health plan comparison technology solutions and enrollment services, and non-Medicare health plan comparison and enrollment services, b) web-based prescription drug comparison and Medicare health plan comparison and enrollment services, c) exchanges for Medicare Part D, Medicare Advantage, and Medicare Supplemental, d) web-based health insurance marketplace, service and administration technology and e) web-based solutions for automating benefit insurance lines of businesses.

Exhibit 10.4.2

EXECUTION VERSION

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO SECOND LIEN TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

This AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO SECOND LIEN TERM LOAN AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is made as of December 4, 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and among CONNECTURE, INC. (the “ Connecture ”), DestinationRX, Inc. (“ DestinationRX ” and together with Connecture, the “ Borrowers ”), the Lenders (as defined below) party hereto and THL Corporate Finance, Inc., as Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”). Capitalized terms used in this Amendment (including the Recitals), to the extent not otherwise defined herein, shall have the same meaning as in the Term Loan Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Borrowers are party to that certain Second Lien Term Loan Agreement, dated as of March 18, 2013 (as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Term Loan Agreement ”) among the Borrowers, the Agent and the lenders party thereto from time to time (the “ Lenders ”), pursuant to which the Lenders have made certain loans and financial accommodations available to the Borrowers;

WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested that the Agent make certain amendments to the Term Loan Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises set forth above, the terms and conditions contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Amendment to Term Loan Agreement . Effective as of the Effective Date, the Term Loan Agreement shall be amended as follows:

 

  (a). Schedule 1.1 of the Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following definition in the proper alphabetical order:

 

  i. Liquidity ” shall mean the sum of Availability and Qualified Cash.

 

  (b). Schedule 1.1 of the Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

  i. the definition of “ EBITDA ” shall be amended by (A) deleting the word “and” at the end of subsection (c)(xiii) thereof, deleting the period at the end of subsection (c)(xiv) and inserting in lieu thereof “, and” and adding the following new subsection (c)(xv):

“(xv) the difference between the balance of deferred revenue in connection with the Washington D.C. State Advantage perpetual license at the end of such period and the balance of deferred revenue in connection with the Washington D.C. State Advantage perpetual license at the beginning of such period (which difference may be negative),”


(B) deleting “June 30, 2013” and inserting in lieu thereof “June 30, 2012”, (C) by deleting “September 30, 2013” and inserting in lieu thereof “September 30, 2012” and (D) by deleting the figure “$-1,374,215” and inserting in lieu thereof the figure “$-1,407,000.”

 

  ii. the definition of “ Excess Cash Flow ” shall be amended by deleting the word “and” from the end of subsection (c)(xi) thereof, deleting the period at the end of subsection (c)(xii) and inserting in lieu thereof “, and” and inserting a new subsection (c)(xiii) which states as follows:

“(xiii) the difference between the balance of deferred revenue in connection with the Washington D.C. State Advantage perpetual license at the end of such period and the balance of deferred revenue in connection with the Washington D.C. State Advantage perpetual license at the beginning of such period (which difference may be negative).”

 

  iii. the definition of “ LIBOR Rate ” shall be amended by deleting the words “1.50 percent per annum” and inserting in lieu thereof the words “1.00 percent per annum”,

 

  iv. the definition of “ LIBOR Rate Margin ” shall be amended by deleting the words “eleven percentage points (11.0%) per annum” and inserting in lieu thereof the words “nine percentage points (9.0%) per annum”

 

  (c). Section 7 of the Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

Section 7(a) shall be amended by deleting the definition in its entirety and replacing it with the following in lieu thereof:

(a) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. At all times after March 31, 2014, have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, measured on a quarter-end basis, of no less than 1.10:1.00.

 

  ii. The following new Section 7(c) shall be added to the Term Loan Agreement as follows:

(c) Liquidity. Maintain Liquidity at all times in an amount no less than the applicable amount set forth in the following table for the applicable period set forth opposite thereto:

 

Applicable Amount

    

Applicable Period

$ 1,800,000      

For the month ended ending September 30, 2013

$ 2,700,000      

For the month ended ending October 31, 2013

$ 2,700,000      

For the month ended ending November 30, 2013

$ 3,600,000      

For the month ended ending December 31, 2013

$ 3,600,000      

For the month ended ending January 31, 2014

$ 3,600,000      

For the month ended ending February 28, 2014

$ 3,600,000      

For the month ended ending March 31, 2014

 

2


2. Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of this Amendment . This Amendment shall not become effective until all of the following conditions precedent shall have been satisfied in the sole discretion of Agent or waived by Agent:

(a) Agent shall have received this Amendment fully executed in a sufficient number of counterparts for distribution to all parties.

(b) The Borrowers shall have paid all reasonable out-of-pocket fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Agent in connection with this Amendment, including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses of counsel to the Agent.

(c) The representations and warranties set forth herein and in the Loan Documents (other than any such representations or warranties that, by their terms, are specifically made as of a date other than the date hereof) must be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any portion of any representation and warranty that is already qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof).

(d) Agent shall have received all other documents and legal matters in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Amendment and such documents shall have been delivered or executed or recorded and shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.

(e) Agent shall have received a fully executed copy of that certain Amendment No. 2 to Credit Agreement (the “ Senior Amendment ”), dated of even date herewith, by and among the Borrowers, the lenders party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (in such capacity, the “ Senior Agent ”), in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent.

 

3


3. Representations and Warranties . Each Borrower represents and warrants to Agent and the Lenders as follows:

(a) Authority . Each Borrower has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment, and to perform its obligations hereunder and under the Loan Documents (as amended or modified hereby) to which it is a party. The execution, delivery and performance by each Borrower of this Amendment have been duly approved by all necessary corporate action, have received all necessary governmental approval, if any, and do not contravene any law or any contractual restriction binding on any Borrower. No other corporate proceedings are necessary to consummate such transactions.

(b) Enforceability . This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by each Borrower. This Amendment and each Loan Document (as amended or modified hereby) is the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Borrower, enforceable against each Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally, and is in full force and effect.

(c) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties contained in each Loan Document (other than any such representations or warranties that, by their terms, are specifically made as of a date other than the date hereof) are true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any portion of any representation and warranty that is already qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) on and as of the date hereof as though made on and as of the date hereof.

(d) No Default . No event has occurred and is continuing that constitutes a Default or Event of Default.

(e) No Fee . No fee has been or will be paid to the Senior Agent in connection with this Amendment, the Senior Amendment or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except such fees as are set forth in the Senior Amendment. No side letter or other agreement not disclosed to Lenders and Agent has been entered into in connection with this Amendment, the Senior Amendment or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

4. Choice of Law . The validity of this Amendment, the construction, interpretation, and enforcement hereof, and the rights of the parties hereto with respect to all matters arising hereunder or related hereto shall be determined under, governed by, and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

5. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties and separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.

 

4


6. Reference to and Effect on the Loan Documents .

(a) Upon and after the effectiveness of this Amendment, each reference in the Term Loan Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Term Loan Agreement, and each reference in the other Loan Documents to “the Term Loan Agreement”, “thereof” or words of like import referring to the Term Loan Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Term Loan Agreement as modified and amended hereby.

(b) Except as specifically set forth in this Amendment, the Term Loan Agreement and all other Loan Documents, are and shall continue to be in full force and effect and are hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed and shall constitute the legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of each Borrower to Agent and Lenders without defense, offset, claim or contribution.

(c) The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not, except as expressly provided herein, operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of Agent or any Lender under any of the Loan Documents, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of any of the Loan Documents.

7. Ratification . Each Borrower hereby restates, ratifies and reaffirms each and every term and condition set forth in the Term Loan Agreement, as amended hereby, and the Loan Documents effective as of the date hereof.

8. Estoppel . To induce Agent and Lenders to enter into this Amendment and to induce Agent and Lenders to continue to make advances to Borrowers under the Term Loan Agreement, each Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that, after giving effect to this Amendment, as of the date hereof, there exists no Default or Event of Default and no right of offset, defense, counterclaim or objection in favor of any Borrower as against Agent or any Lender with respect to the Obligations.

9. Integration . This Amendment, together with the other Loan Documents, incorporates all negotiations of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and is the final expression and agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

10. Severability . In case any provision in this Amendment shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, such provision shall be severable from the remainder of this Amendment and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

11. Release; Covenant Not to Sue .

(a) Each of the Borrowers hereby absolutely and unconditionally releases and forever discharges Agent and the Lenders, and any and all participants, parent corporations, subsidiary corporations, affiliated corporations, insurers, indemnitors, successors and assigns thereof, together with all of the present and former directors, officers, agents and employees of any of the foregoing (each a “ Released Party ”), from any and all known claims, demands or causes of action of any kind, nature or description, whether arising in law or equity or upon contract or tort or under any state or federal law or otherwise, which such Borrower has had, now has or has made claim to have against any such person for or by reason of any act, omission,

 

5


matter, cause or thing whatsoever arising from the beginning of time to and including the date of this Amendment, whether such claims, demands and causes of action are matured or unmatured; provided that, in each case, the foregoing release shall not apply to claims of fraud or willful misconduct. Each of the Borrowers understands, acknowledges and agrees that this release may be pleaded as a full and complete defense and may be used as a basis for an injunction against any action, suit or other proceeding which may be instituted, prosecuted or attempted in breach of the provisions of such release.

(b) Each of the Borrowers, on behalf of itself and its successors, assigns, and other legal representatives, hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably, covenants and agrees with and in favor of each Released Party above that it will not sue (at law, in equity, in any regulatory proceeding or otherwise) any Released Party on the basis of any claim released, remised and discharged by any Borrower pursuant to the above release. If any Borrower or any of its successors, assigns or other legal representations violates the foregoing covenant, each Borrower, for itself and its successors, assigns and legal representatives, agrees to pay, in addition to such other damages as any Released Party may sustain as a result of such violation, all attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by such Released Party as a result of such violation.

12. Submission of Amendment . The submission of this Amendment to the parties or their agents or attorneys for review or signature does not constitute a commitment by Agent or any Lender to waive any of their respective rights and remedies under the Loan Documents, and this Amendment shall have no binding force or effect until all of the conditions to the effectiveness of this Amendment have been satisfied as set forth herein.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank; Signature Pages Follow.]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWERS :
CONNECTURE, INC.
By:   /s/ James Purko
 

 

Name:  

JAMES PURKO

Title:  

CFO

DESTINATIONRX, INC.
By:   /s/ James Purko
 

 

Name:  

JAMES PURKO

Title:  

CFO

 

A MENDMENT TO T ERM L OAN A GREEMENT


THL CORPORATE FINANCE, INC.,

as Agent

By:   /s/ Terrence W. Olson
 

 

Name:  

Terrence W. Olson

Title:  

CFO/COO

THL CREDIT, INC.,

as a Lender

By:   /s/ Terrence W. Olson
 

 

Name:  

Terrence W. Olson

Title:  

CFO/COO

THL CREDIT GREENWAY FUND II LLC,

as a Lender

By: THL Credit, Inc., as its Manager
By:   /s/ Terrence W. Olson
 

 

Name:  

Terrence W. Olson

Title:  

CFO/COO

 

A MENDMENT TO T ERM L OAN A GREEMENT

Exhibit 10.4.3

AMENDMENT NO. 2 AND WAIVER TO SECOND LIEN TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

This AMENDMENT NO. 2 AND WAIVER TO SECOND LIEN TERM LOAN AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is made as of March 20, 2014 (the “ Second Amendment Effective Date ”), by and among CONNECTURE, INC. (the “ Connecture ”), DESTINATIONRX, Inc. (“ DestinationRX ” and together with Connecture, the “ Borrowers ”), the Lenders (as defined below) party hereto and THL Corporate Finance, Inc., as Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”). Capitalized terms used in this Amendment (including the Recitals), to the extent not otherwise defined herein, shall have the same meaning as in the Term Loan Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Borrowers are party to that certain Second Lien Term Loan Agreement, dated as of March 18, 2013 (as the same has been amended and may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Term Loan Agreement ”) among the Borrowers, the Agent and the lenders party thereto from time to time (the “ Lenders ”), pursuant to which the Lenders have made certain loans and financial accommodations available to the Borrowers;

WHEREAS, the Borrowers failed to comply with the covenants set forth in Section 7 of the Term Loan Agreement for the three month period ending on December 31, 2013 (the “ Specified Noncompliance ”);

WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested that the Agent make certain amendments to the Term Loan Agreement and waive the Specified Noncompliance;

WHEREAS, the Lenders extended a Term Loan to the Borrowers on the Closing Date in an aggregate original principal amount of $10,000,000, and the Borrowers are requesting that the Lenders extend an additional Term Loan in an aggregate original principal amount of $7,000,000 (the “ Second Amendment Term Loan ”) to the Borrowers on the Second Amendment Effective Date;

WHEREAS, the Agent and the Lenders are willing to amend such terms and conditions of, and waive the Specified Noncompliance under the Term Loan Agreement and make the Second Amendment Term Loan to the Borrowers on the Second Amendment Effective Date, such that the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan outstanding under the Term Loan Agreement on the Second Amendment Effective Date shall be $17,000,000, all subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises set forth above, the terms and conditions contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Amendment to Term Loan Agreement . Effective as of the Second Amendment Effective Date, the Term Loan Agreement shall be amended as follows:

 

  (a). New Definitions . Section 1.01 of the Subordinated Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following definitions, in appropriate alphabetical order:

“‘ Initial Term Loan ’ has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.2(a).”


“‘ Initial Term Loan Applicable Prepayment Premium ’ means with respect to any payment of the principal of the Initial Term Loans whether before or after an event of default or acceleration:

(i) prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, an amount equal to 3% of the principal amount of such payment;

(ii) on or after the first anniversary of the Closing Date but prior to the second anniversary of the Closing Date, an amount equal to 2% of the principal amount of such payment; or

(iii) on or after the second anniversary of the Closing Date, an amount equal to 0% of the principal amount of such payment.”

“‘ Initial Term Loan Base Rate Margin ’ means nine percentage points (9.0%) per annum.

“‘ Initial Term Loan Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make the Initial Term Loan to the Borrowers on the Closing Date in the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name under the heading “Initial Term Loan Commitment” on Schedule C-1 hereto or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender becomes a Lender under the Agreement, as the same may be terminated or reduced from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.”

“‘ Initial Term Loan LIBOR Rate Margin ” means nine percentage points (9.0%) per annum.

“‘ Second Amendment Effective Date ’ means March 20, 2014.

“‘ Second Amendment Term Loan ’ has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.2(a).”

‘“ Second Amendment Term Loan Applicable Prepayment Premium ’ means with respect to any payment of the principal of the Second Amendment Term Loans whether before or after an event of default or acceleration:

(i) prior to the first anniversary of the Second Amendment Effective Date, an amount equal to 3% of the principal amount of such payment;

(ii) on or after the first anniversary of the Second Amendment Effective Date but prior to the second anniversary of the Second Amendment Effective Date, an amount equal to 2% of the principal amount of such payment;

 

2


(iii) on or after the second anniversary of the Second Amendment Effective Date but prior to the third anniversary of the Second Amendment Effective Date, an amount equal to 1% of the principal amount of such payment; or

(iv) on or after the third anniversary of the Second Amendment Effective Date, an amount equal to 0% of the principal amount of such payment.”

“‘ Second Amendment Term Loan Base Rate Margin ’ means eleven and one half percentage points (11.5%) per annum.

“‘ Second Amendment Term Loan Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make the Second Amendment Term Loan to the Borrowers on the Second Amendment Effective Date in the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name under the heading “Second Amendment Term Loan Commitment” on Schedule C-1 hereto or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender becomes a Lender under the Agreement, as the same may be terminated or reduced from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.”

“‘ Second Amendment Term Loan LIBOR Rate Margin ” means eleven and one half percentage points (11.5%) per annum.

 

  (b). Existing Definitions .

 

  i. The definition of “Base Rate” is hereby amended by replacing the language “1.50%” therein with “1.00%”.

 

  ii. The definition of “Commitment” is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“‘ Commitment ’ means, collectively, the Initial Term Loan Commitment and the Second Amendment Term Loan Commitment.”

 

  iii. The definition of “Term Loan Amount” is hereby amended by replacing the language “$10,000,000” therein with “$17,000,000”.

 

  iv. The definitions of “Applicable Prepayment Premium”, “Base Rate Margin” and “LIBOR Rate Margin” are hereby deleted in their entirety.

 

  (c). Section 2.2(a) of the Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, (i) on the Closing Date each Lender with an Initial Term Loan Commitment agrees (severally, not jointly or jointly and severally) to make term loans (collectively, the “ Initial Term Loans ”) to Borrowers in an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Initial Term Loan Commitment, the proceeds of which shall be reduced by way of OID as set out in Schedule C-1 and (ii) on the Second Amendment Effective Date each Lender with a Second Amendment Term Loan Commitment agrees (severally, not jointly or jointly and severally) to make term

 

3


loans (collectively, the “ Second Amendment Term Loan ” and, together with the Initial Term Loans, the “ Term Loans ”) to Borrowers in an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Second Amendment Term Loan Commitment, the proceeds of which shall be reduced by way of OID as set out in Schedule C-1.

 

  (d). Section 2.4(d)(B) of the Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the language “the Applicable Prepayment Premium” therein with the language “the Initial Term Loan Applicable Prepayment Premium with respect to the Initial Term Loans, and the Second Amendment Term Loan Applicable Prepayment Premium with respect to the Second Amendment Term Loans, as applicable.”

 

  (e). Section 2.4(f)(i) of the Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(i) Each prepayment pursuant to Section 2.4(d) and 2.4(e) shall (A) so long as no Application Event shall have occurred and be continuing, be applied (1) first to the principal amount of the Initial Term Loan until paid in full and (2) second to the principal amount of the Second Amendment Term Loan until paid in full, and (B) if an Application Event shall have occurred and be continuing, be applied in the manner set forth in Section 2.4(b)(ii). Each such payment of the Initial Term Loans shall be applied against the principal of the Initial Term Loans on a pro rata basis, and each such payment of the Second Amendment Term Loans shall be applied against the principal of the Second Amendment Term Loans on a pro rata basis.”

 

  (f). Section 2.4(f)(iii) of the Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Initial Term Loan Applicable Prepayment Premium and Second Amendment Term Loan Applicable Prepayment Premium . (A) Each prepayment of the Initial Term Loan, including any such payment pursuant to Sections 2.4(d) and (e)  (other than pursuant to Section 2.4(d)(i) (solely to the extent of any Net Cash Proceeds resulting from casualty losses or condemnations), and Section 2.4 (e)(ii), (e)(v) and (e)(vi) ) shall be accompanied by all interest accrued as of such prepayment date on the amount of the Initial Term Loan prepaid plus the Initial Term Loan Applicable Prepayment Premium, whether or not an Event of Default then exists and (B) each prepayment of the Second Amendment Term Loan, including any such payment pursuant to Sections 2.4(d) and (e)  (other than pursuant to Section 2.4(d)(i) (solely to the extent of any Net Cash Proceeds resulting from casualty losses or condemnations), and Section 2.4 (e)(ii), (e)(v) and (e)(vi) ) shall be accompanied by all interest accrued as of such prepayment date on the amount of the Second Amendment Term Loan prepaid plus the Second Amendment Term Loan Applicable Prepayment Premium, whether or not an Event of Default then exists.”

 

4


  (g). Section 2.6(a) of the Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(a) Interest Rate. Except as provided in Section 2.6(c) and subject to Section 2.12(d) , all amounts of (A) the Initial Term Loan and all other Obligations relating thereto shall bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the LIBOR Rate plus the Initial Term Loan LIBOR Rate Margin in accordance with Section 2.12 and (B) the Second Amendment Term Loan and all other Obligations relating thereto shall bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the LIBOR Rate plus the Second Amendment Term Loan LIBOR Rate Margin in accordance with Section 2.12 . Interest accruing on the Term Loans (and, as applicable, any other Obligations) shall be due and payable, in arrears, on the earliest of (i) the first day of each month commencing April 1, 2013 with respect to the Initial Term Loan, (ii) the first day of each month commencing April 1, 2014 with respect to the Second Amendment Term Loan, (iii) the Maturity Date, (iv) the date on which all or any portion of the Obligations are accelerated pursuant to the terms hereof and (v) the date on which this Agreement is terminated pursuant to the terms hereof.”

 

  (h). Section 2.12(a) of the Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(a) Interest and Interest Payment Dates. Subject to clause (d) below, interest on (A) the entire Initial Term Loan shall be charged at a rate of interest based upon the LIBOR Rate plus the Initial Term Loan LIBOR Rate Margin in accordance with Section 2.6(a) and (B) the entire Second Amendment Term Loan shall be charged at a rate of interest based upon the LIBOR Rate plus the Second Amendment Term Loan LIBOR Rate Margin in accordance with Section 2.6(a) . Interest on the Term Loans shall be payable in accordance with Section 2.6(a) . On the day which is 5 Business Days prior to the last day of each applicable Interest Period, unless Borrowers properly have elected (pursuant to a LIBOR Notice) which Interest Period shall subsequently apply, such next Interest Period shall be automatically set at 3 months.”

 

  (i). Section 2.12(d)(ii) of the Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the language “Base Rate Margin” therein and replacing it with the following: “the Initial Term Loan Base Rate Margin with respect to the Initial Term Loans, and the Second Amendment Term Loan Base Rate Margin with respect to the Second Amendment Term Loans, as applicable.”

 

  (j). Section 3.5 of the Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the language “Applicable Prepayment Premium” therein with the language “the Initial Term Loan Applicable Prepayment Premium with respect to the Initial Term Loans, and the Second Amendment Term Loan Applicable Prepayment Premium with respect to the Second Amendment Term Loans, as applicable.”

 

  (k). Section 6.11 of the Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

“6.11 Use of Proceeds . Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to use the proceeds of (A) the Initial Term Loan for any purpose other than

 

5


(a) on the Closing Date, (i) to repay, in full, the outstanding principal, accrued interest, and accrued fees and expenses owing under or in connection with the Existing Credit Facility, (ii) to repay a portion of the Revolving Loans, and (iii) to pay the fees, costs, and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, in each case, as set forth in the Funds Flow Agreement, and (b) thereafter, consistent with the terms and conditions hereof, for their lawful and permitted purposes (including that no part of the proceeds of the loans made to Borrowers will be used to purchase or carry any such Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any such Margin Stock or for any purpose that violates the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors) and (B) the Second Amendment Term Loan for any purpose other than (i) to repay a portion of the Revolving Loans and (ii) for general corporate purposes of Borrowers and for other lawful and permitted purposes (including that no part of the proceeds of the loans made to Borrowers will be used to purchase or carry any such Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any such Margin Stock or for any purpose that violates the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors)”

 

  (l). Section 7 of the Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

  i. Section 7(a) shall be amended by deleting such subsection in its entirety and replacing it with the following in lieu thereof:

(a) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. From and after January 1, 2015, have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, measured on a quarter-end basis, of no less than 1.10:1.00.

 

  ii. Section 7(b) shall be amended by deleting such subsection in its entirety and replacing it with the following in lieu thereof:

(b) Total Leverage Ratio. From and after January 1, 2015, have a Total Leverage Ratio, measured on a quarter-end basis, of no greater than 2.475:1.00.

 

  iii. Section 7(c) shall be amended by deleting such subsection in its entirety and replacing it with the following in lieu thereof:

(c) Liquidity. From and after March 20, 2014, maintain Liquidity at all times in an amount no less $2,250,000.

 

6


  iv. The following new Section 7(d) shall be added to the Term Loan Agreement as follows:

(d) EBITDA . Achieve EBITDA, measured on a year-to-date basis, of at least the required amount set forth in the following table for the applicable period set forth opposite thereto:

 

EBITDA

   

For the period beginning on January 1, 2014 and ending on:

($ 4,675,000  

January 31, 2014

($ 7,425,000  

February 28, 2014

($ 4,400,000  

March 31, 2014

($ 3,630,000  

April 30, 2014

($ 6,380,000  

May 31, 2014

($ 3,520,000  

June 30, 2014

($ 1,925,000  

July 31, 2014

($ 1,705,000  

August 31, 2014

$ 2,160,000     

September 30, 2014

$ 1,755,000     

October 31, 2014

$ 1,800,000     

November 30, 2014

$ 6,210,000     

December 31, 2014

 

  (m). Schedule C-1 of the Term Loan Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and in lieu thereof inserting the new Schedule C-1 attached hereto as Exhibit A.

2. Waiver .

(a) Pursuant to the request of the Borrowers and in reliance upon the representations and warranties of the Borrowers described herein, the Agent and the Lenders hereby waive the Specified Noncompliance and the Events of Default that occurred pursuant to Sections 8.2(a)(i) (solely as a result of the Borrowers’ failure to comply with Sections 5.2 and 5.16) and 8.2(a)(iii) under the Term Loan Agreement, each as a direct result of the failure of the Loan Parties to comply with the covenants set forth in Section 7 of the Term Loan Agreement during the three month period ending on December 31, 2013.

(b) The waiver in this Section 2 shall be effective only in this specific instance and for the specific purpose set forth herein and does not allow for any other or further departure from the terms and conditions of the Term Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document, which terms and conditions shall continue in full force and effect.

 

7


3. Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of this Amendment . This Amendment shall not become effective until all of the following conditions precedent shall have been satisfied in the sole discretion of Agent or waived by Agent:

(a) Agent shall have received this Amendment fully executed in a sufficient number of counterparts for distribution to all parties.

(b) Agent shall have received, on behalf of the Lenders party hereto a fully-earned, non-refundable amendment fee equal to 0.50% of the sum of the aggregate outstanding Initial Term Loan Commitments of the Lenders party hereto, which fee is due and payable in full on the Second Amendment Effective Date.

(c) The Borrowers shall have paid all reasonable out-of-pocket fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Agent in connection with this Amendment or otherwise due and payable pursuant to the Term Loan Agreement, including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses of counsel to the Agent.

(d) The representations and warranties set forth herein and in the Loan Documents (other than any such representations or warranties that, by their terms, are specifically made as of a date other than the date hereof) must be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any portion of any representation and warranty that is already qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof).

(e) Agent shall have received all other documents and legal matters in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Amendment, including new Notes for the Second Amendment Term Loans and amended and restated Notes for the Initial Term Loans, each dated as of the date hereof, and such documents shall have been delivered or executed or recorded and shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.

4. Representations and Warranties . Each Borrower represents and warrants to Agent and the Lenders as follows:

(a)  Authority . Each Borrower has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment, and to perform its obligations hereunder and under the Loan Documents (as amended or modified hereby) to which it is a party. The execution, delivery and performance by each Borrower of this Amendment have been duly approved by all necessary corporate action, have received all necessary governmental approval, if any, and do not contravene any law or any contractual restriction binding on any Borrower. No other corporate proceedings are necessary to consummate such transactions.

(b) Enforceability . This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by each Borrower. This Amendment and each Loan Document (as amended or modified hereby) is the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Borrower, enforceable against each Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally, and is in full force and effect.

 

8


(c) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties contained in each Loan Document (other than any such representations or warranties that, by their terms, are specifically made as of a date other than the date hereof) are true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any portion of any representation and warranty that is already qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) on and as of the date hereof as though made on and as of the date hereof.

(d) No Default . After giving effect to this Amendment, no event has occurred and is continuing that constitutes a Default or Event of Default.

(e) No Fee . No fee has been or will be paid to the Senior Agent in connection with this Amendment, Amendment No. 3 to Credit Agreement (the “ Senior Amendment ”) dated as of March 12, 2014, or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except such fees as are set forth in the Senior Amendment (including the fee letter contemplated under the Senior Amendment). No other side letter or other agreement not disclosed to Lenders and Agent has been entered into in connection with this Amendment, the Senior Amendment or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

5. Choice of Law . The validity of this Amendment, the construction, interpretation, and enforcement hereof, and the rights of the parties hereto with respect to all matters arising hereunder or related hereto shall be determined under, governed by, and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

6. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties and separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.

7. Reference to and Effect on the Loan Documents .

(a) Upon and after the effectiveness of this Amendment, each reference in the Term Loan Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Term Loan Agreement, and each reference in the other Loan Documents to “the Term Loan Agreement”, “thereof” or words of like import referring to the Term Loan Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Term Loan Agreement as modified and amended hereby.

(b) Except as specifically set forth in this Amendment, the Term Loan Agreement and all other Loan Documents, are and shall continue to be in full force and effect and are hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed and shall constitute the legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of each Borrower to Agent and Lenders without defense, offset, claim or contribution.

(c) The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not, except as expressly provided herein, operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of Agent or any Lender under any of the Loan Documents, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of any of the Loan Documents.

 

9


8. Ratification . Each Borrower hereby restates, ratifies and reaffirms each and every term and condition set forth in the Term Loan Agreement, as amended hereby, and the Loan Documents effective as of the date hereof.

9. Estoppel . To induce Agent and Lenders to enter into this Amendment, each Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that, after giving effect to this Amendment, as of the date hereof, there exists no Default or Event of Default and no right of offset, defense, counterclaim or objection in favor of any Borrower as against Agent or any Lender with respect to the Obligations.

10. Integration . This Amendment, together with the other Loan Documents, incorporates all negotiations of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and is the final expression and agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

11. Severability . In case any provision in this Amendment shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, such provision shall be severable from the remainder of this Amendment and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

12. Release; Covenant Not to Sue .

(a) Each of the Borrowers hereby absolutely and unconditionally releases and forever discharges Agent and the Lenders, and any and all participants, parent corporations, subsidiary corporations, affiliated corporations, insurers, indemnitors, successors and assigns thereof, together with all of the present and former directors, officers, agents and employees of any of the foregoing (each a “ Released Party ”), from any and all known claims, demands or causes of action of any kind, nature or description, whether arising in law or equity or upon contract or tort or under any state or federal law or otherwise, which such Borrower has had, now has or has made claim to have against any such person for or by reason of any act, omission, matter, cause or thing whatsoever arising from the beginning of time to and including the date of this Amendment, whether such claims, demands and causes of action are matured or unmatured; provided that, in each case, the foregoing release shall not apply to claims of fraud or willful misconduct. Each of the Borrowers understands, acknowledges and agrees that this release may be pleaded as a full and complete defense and may be used as a basis for an injunction against any action, suit or other proceeding which may be instituted, prosecuted or attempted in breach of the provisions of such release.

(b) Each of the Borrowers, on behalf of itself and its successors, assigns, and other legal representatives, hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably, covenants and agrees with and in favor of each Released Party above that it will not sue (at law, in equity, in any regulatory proceeding or otherwise) any Released Party on the basis of any claim released, remised and discharged by any Borrower pursuant to the above release. If any Borrower or any of its successors, assigns or other legal representations violates the foregoing covenant, each Borrower, for itself and its successors, assigns and legal representatives, agrees to pay, in addition to such other damages as any Released Party may sustain as a result of such violation, all attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by such Released Party as a result of such violation.

 

10


13. Submission of Amendment . The submission of this Amendment to the parties or their agents or attorneys for review or signature does not constitute a commitment by Agent or any Lender to waive any of their respective rights and remedies under the Loan Documents, and this Amendment shall have no binding force or effect until all of the conditions to the effectiveness of this Amendment have been satisfied as set forth herein.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank; Signature Pages Follow.]

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWERS :
CONNECTURE, INC.
By:   /s/ James Purko
 

 

Name:  

JAMES PURKO

Title:  

CFO

DESTINATIONRX, INC.
By:   /s/ James Purko
 

 

Name:  

JAMES PURKO

Title:  

CFO

 

A MENDMENT N O . 2 AND W AIVER T O T ERM L OAN A GREEMENT


THL CORPORATE FINANCE, INC.,

as Agent

By:   /s/ Terrence W. Olson
 

 

Name:  

Terrence W. Olson

Title:  

CFO/COO

THL CREDIT, INC.,

as a Lender

By:   /s/ Terrence W. Olson
 

 

Name:  

Terrence W. Olson

Title:  

CFO/COO

THL CREDIT GREENWAY FUND II LLC,

as a Lender

By: THL Credit, Inc., its Manager
By:   /s/ Terrence W. Olson
 

 

Name:  

Terrence W. Olson

Title:  

CFO/COO

UNITED INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA,

as a Lender

By: THL Credit, Inc., its Manager
By:   /s/ Terrence W. Olson
 

 

Name:  

Terrence W. Olson

Title:  

CFO/COO

 

AMENDMENT N O . 2 AND W AIVER TO T ERM L OAN A GREEMENT


EXHIBIT A

SCHEDULE C-1

Commitments

 

Name of Lender

   Initial Term Loan
Commitment
     Initial Term Loan
OID Amount
    Initial Term
Loan Net OID
Amount
     Second
Amendment Term
Loan
Commitment
     Second
Amendment
Term Loan
OID Amount
    Second
Amendment
Term Loan
Net OID
Amount
 

THL Credit, Inc.

   $ 7,000,000.00       $ (140,000.00   $ 6,860,000.00       $ 4,900,000.00       $ (110,250.00   $ 4,789,750.00   

THL Credit Greenway Fund II LLC

   $ 1,947,436.75       $ (38,948.73   $ 1,908,488.01       $ 2,066,045.25       $ (46,486.02   $ 2,019,559.23   

United Insurance Company of America

   $ 1,052,563.25       $ (21,051.27   $ 1,032,261.35       $ 33,954.75       $ (763.98   $ 33,190.77   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 10,000,000.00       $ (200,000.00   $ 9,800,000.00       $ 7,000,000.00       $ (157,500.00   $ 6,842,500.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.4.4

AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

This AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO TERM LOAN AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is made as of May 29, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and among CONNECTURE, INC. (the “ Connecture ”), DESTINATIONRX, Inc. (“ DestinationRX ” and together with Connecture, the “ Borrowers ”), the Lenders (as defined below) party hereto and THL Corporate Finance, Inc., as Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”). Capitalized terms used in this Amendment (including the Recitals), to the extent not otherwise defined herein, shall have the same meaning as in the Term Loan Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Borrowers are party to that certain Second Lien Term Loan Agreement, dated as of March 18, 2013 (as the same has been amended and may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Term Loan Agreement ”) among the Borrowers, the Agent and the lenders party thereto from time to time (the “ Lenders ”), pursuant to which the Lenders have made certain term loans available to the Borrowers;

WHEREAS, the Borrowers failed to comply with the covenants set forth in Sections 7(c) and 7(d) of the Term Loan Agreement for the month ending March 31, 2014 (the “ Specified Defaults ”);

WHEREAS, the Sponsor and Chrysalis Ventures wish to jointly make a bridge loan to Connecture in an aggregate principal amount equal to $1,250,000 on or about the date hereof for working capital purposes (the “ June Bridge Loan ”);

WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested that the Agent and the Lenders make certain amendments to the Term Loan Agreement to permit the June Bridge Loan; and

WHEREAS, the Agent and the Lenders are willing to amend such terms and conditions of the Term Loan Agreement on the terms and conditions expressly set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises set forth above, the terms and conditions contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Amendments to Term Loan Agreement . Effective as of the Effective Date, the Term Loan Agreement shall be amended as follows:

(a). Section 1.1 of the Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following definitions in the proper alphabetical order:

 

  (i). Bridge Loan ” means the unsecured, subordinated term loan under the Bridge Loan Documents.


  (ii). Bridge Loan Documents ” means that certain (a) note purchase agreement dated as of May 29, 2014 among the Sponsor and Chrysalis Ventures as the purchasers thereunder and Connecture, and (b) subordinated promissory notes, dated as of May 29, 2014 from Connecture and payable to each of the Sponsor and Chrysalis Ventures as holders thereof, in each case as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time solely in accordance with the express terms hereof.

 

  (iii). Bridge Loan Payment Conditions ” means, at any time of determination, that (a) no Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing or would result after giving effect to such payment, (b) the Borrowers shall have Liquidity in an amount of not less than $10,000,000 for each of the thirty (30) consecutive days immediately prior to the date of any such payment, (c) the Borrowers shall have Liquidity in an amount of not less than $6,000,000 on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such payment for each of the thirteen (13) weeks thereafter and based on an updated thirteen (13) week cash flow forecast delivered to Agent, such forecast to be in form, scope and substance satisfactory to Agent, and (d) prior to making any such payment Administrative Borrower shall have delivered to Agent a certificate duly executed by an officer of the Administrative Borrower certifying that (i) each of the conditions set forth herein above in clauses (a) through (c) have been satisfied and (ii) setting forth a reasonably detailed calculation of Liquidity.

(b). Section 1.1 of the Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

  (ii). the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” is hereby amended by deleting subsection (r) thereof in its entirety and replacing it with the following in lieu thereof:

“(r) the Bridge Loan in an aggregate outstanding principal amount not to exceed $1,250,000;”

 

  (c). Section 6.6 of the Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting subsection (a) thereof in its entirety and replacing it with the following in lieu thereof:

“(a) Except in connection with Refinancing Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.1

(i) optionally prepay, redeem, defease, purchase, or otherwise acquire any Indebtedness of any Borrower or its Subsidiaries, other than (A) the Obligations in accordance with this Agreement, (B) Permitted Intercompany Advances and (C) the First Lien Priority Debt in accordance with the terms and conditions of the First Lien Debt Documents and the Intercreditor Agreement; or

(ii) make any payment on account of (x) Indebtedness that has been contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations if such payment is not permitted at such time under the subordination terms and conditions or (y) the Bridge Loan, unless the Bridge Loan Payment Conditions are satisfied in accordance with the terms hereof,”

 

2


2. Reservation of Rights . As a result of the occurrence of the Specified Defaults, from and after the date hereof, the Agent and each Lender hereby continue to expressly reserve all of their rights and remedies under or in respect of the Term Loan Agreement, any other Loan Document, any other agreement among the Borrowers and the Agent and the Lenders, and under applicable laws in respect of the Specified Defaults, and any and all other Defaults and Events of Default under the Loan Documents. Failure or delay by the Agent or any Lender in exercising any right, power or privilege under or in respect of the Term Loan Agreement, any other Loan Document, any other agreement between or among the Borrowers and the Agent and the Lenders, or applicable laws shall not constitute a waiver thereof, and the single or partial exercise of any such right, power or privilege shall not preclude any later exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder or thereunder. The execution of this Amendment does not constitute a waiver of the Specified Defaults or any other Default or Event of Default now existing or hereafter arising or otherwise prejudice in any manner the Agent’s or any Lender’s right to take any and all actions permitted to be taken by the Agent or any Lender under the Term Loan Agreement, under each Loan Agreement or under applicable laws.

3. Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of this Amendment . This Amendment shall not become effective until all of the following conditions precedent shall have been satisfied in the sole discretion of Agent or waived by Agent:

(a) Agent shall have received this Amendment fully executed in a sufficient number of counterparts for distribution to all parties.

(b) The Borrowers shall have delivered to Agent true and correct copies of all of the Bridge Loan Documents as of the Effective Date, and each shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, including without limitation, the subordination terms included therein.

(c) Agent shall have received a fully executed amendment to the First Lien Credit Agreement, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent and relating to the matters addressed in this Amendment.

(d) The Borrowers shall have paid all reasonable out-of-pocket fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Agent in connection with this Amendment, including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses of counsel to the Agent.

(e) The representations and warranties set forth herein and in the Loan Documents (other than any such representations or warranties that, by their terms, are specifically made as of a date other than the date hereof) must be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any portion of any representation and warranty that is already qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof).

(f) Agent shall have received all other documents and legal matters in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Amendment and such documents shall have been delivered or executed or recorded and shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.

 

3


4. Representations and Warranties . Each Borrower represents and warrants to Agent and the Lenders as follows:

(a) Authority . Each Borrower has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment, and to perform its obligations hereunder and under the Loan Documents (as amended or modified hereby) to which it is a party. The execution, delivery and performance by each Borrower of this Amendment have been duly approved by all necessary corporate action, have received all necessary governmental approval, if any, and do not contravene any law or any contractual restriction binding on any Borrower. No other corporate proceedings are necessary to consummate such transactions.

(b) Enforceability . This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by each Borrower. This Amendment and each Loan Document (as amended or modified hereby) is the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Borrower, enforceable against each Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally, and is in full force and effect.

(c) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties contained in each Loan Document (other than any such representations or warranties that, by their terms, are specifically made as of a date other than the date hereof) are true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any portion of any representation and warranty that is already qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) on and as of the date hereof as though made on and as of the date hereof.

(d) No Default . After giving effect to this Amendment, no event has occurred and is continuing that constitutes a Default or Event of Default, other than the Specified Defaults.

5. Choice of Law . The validity of this Amendment, the construction, interpretation, and enforcement hereof, and the rights of the parties hereto with respect to all matters arising hereunder or related hereto shall be determined under, governed by, and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

6. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties and separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.

 

4


7. Reference to and Effect on the Loan Documents .

(a) Upon and after the effectiveness of this Amendment, each reference in the Term Loan Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Term Loan Agreement, and each reference in the other Loan Documents to “the Term Loan Agreement”, “thereof” or words of like import referring to the Term Loan Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Term Loan Agreement as modified and amended hereby.

(b) Except as specifically set forth in this Amendment, the Term Loan Agreement and all other Loan Documents, are and shall continue to be in full force and effect and are hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed and shall constitute the legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of each Borrower to Agent and Lenders without defense, offset, claim or contribution.

(c) The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not, except as expressly provided herein, operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of Agent or any Lender under any of the Loan Documents, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of any of the Loan Documents.

8. Ratification . Each Borrower hereby restates, ratifies and reaffirms each and every term and condition set forth in the Term Loan Agreement, as amended hereby, and the Loan Documents effective as of the date hereof.

9. Estoppel . To induce Agent and Lenders to enter into this Amendment, each Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that, after giving effect to this Amendment, as of the date hereof, there exists no Default or Event of Default (other than the Specified Defaults) and no right of offset, defense, counterclaim or objection in favor of any Borrower as against Agent or any Lender with respect to the Obligations.

10. Integration . This Amendment, together with the other Loan Documents, incorporates all negotiations of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and is the final expression and agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

11. Severability . In case any provision in this Amendment shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, such provision shall be severable from the remainder of this Amendment and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

12. Release; Covenant Not to Sue .

(a) Each of the Borrowers hereby absolutely and unconditionally releases and forever discharges Agent and the Lenders, and any and all participants, parent corporations, subsidiary corporations, affiliated corporations, insurers, indemnitors, successors and assigns thereof, together with all of the present and former directors, officers, agents and employees of any of the foregoing (each a “ Released Party ”), from any and all known claims, demands or causes of action of any kind, nature or description, whether arising in law or equity or upon contract or tort or under any state or federal law or otherwise, which such Borrower has had, now has or has made claim to have against any such person for or by reason of any act, omission, matter, cause or thing whatsoever arising from the beginning of time to and including the date of

 

5


this Amendment, whether such claims, demands and causes of action are matured or unmatured; provided that, in each case, the foregoing release shall not apply to claims of fraud or willful misconduct. Each of the Borrowers understands, acknowledges and agrees that this release may be pleaded as a full and complete defense and may be used as a basis for an injunction against any action, suit or other proceeding which may be instituted, prosecuted or attempted in breach of the provisions of such release.

(b) Each of the Borrowers, on behalf of itself and its successors, assigns, and other legal representatives, hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably, covenants and agrees with and in favor of each Released Party above that it will not sue (at law, in equity, in any regulatory proceeding or otherwise) any Released Party on the basis of any claim released, remised and discharged by any Borrower pursuant to the above release. If any Borrower or any of its successors, assigns or other legal representations violates the foregoing covenant, each Borrower, for itself and its successors, assigns and legal representatives, agrees to pay, in addition to such other damages as any Released Party may sustain as a result of such violation, all attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by such Released Party as a result of such violation.

13. Submission of Amendment . The submission of this Amendment to the parties or their agents or attorneys for review or signature does not constitute a commitment by Agent or any Lender to waive any of their respective rights and remedies under the Loan Documents, and this Amendment shall have no binding force or effect until all of the conditions to the effectiveness of this Amendment have been satisfied as set forth herein.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank; Signature Pages Follow.]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWERS :
CONNECTURE, INC.
By:  

/s/ James Purko

Name:  

James Purko

Title:  

CFO

DESTINATIONRX, INC.
By:  

/s/ James Purko

Name:  

James Purko

Title:  

CFO

 

A MENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

S-1


THL CORPORATE FINANCE, INC.,
as Agent
By:  

/s/ Christopher J. Flynn

Name:  

Christopher J. Flynn

Title:  

Co-President

THL CREDIT, INC.,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Christopher J. Flynn

Name:  

Christopher J. Flynn

Title:  

Co-President

THL CREDIT GREENWAY FUND II LLC,
as a Lender
By:   THL Credit, Inc., its Manager
By:  

/s/ Christopher J. Flynn

Name:  

Christopher J. Flynn

Title:  

Co-President

UNITED INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA,
as a Lender
By:   THL Credit, Inc., its Manager
By:  

/s/ Christopher J. Flynn

Name:  

Christopher J. Flynn

Title:  

Co-President

 

AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

S-2

Exhibit 10.4.5

AMENDMENT NO. 4 AND WAIVER TO SECOND LIEN TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

This AMENDMENT NO. 4 AND WAIVER TO SECOND LIEN TERM LOAN AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is made as of June 12, 2014 (the “ Fourth Amendment Effective Date ”), by and among CONNECTURE, INC. (the “ Connecture ”), DESTINATIONRX, Inc. (“ DestinationRX ” and together with Connecture, the “ Borrowers ”), the Lenders (as defined below) party hereto and THL Corporate Finance, Inc., as Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”). Capitalized terms used in this Amendment (including the Recitals), to the extent not otherwise defined herein, shall have the same meaning as in the Term Loan Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Borrowers are party to that certain Second Lien Term Loan Agreement, dated as of March 18, 2013 (as the same has been amended and may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Term Loan Agreement ”) among the Borrowers, the Agent and the lenders party thereto from time to time (the “ Lenders ”), pursuant to which the Lenders have made certain loans and financial accommodations available to the Borrowers;

WHEREAS, the Borrowers failed to comply with the covenants set forth in Sections 7(c) of the Term Loan Agreement commencing on March 12, 2014 and ending on the Fourth Amendment Effective Date and 7(d) of the Term Loan Agreement for the monthly periods ending on March 31, 2014 and April 30, 2014 (the “ Specified Noncompliance ”);

WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested that the Agent waive the Specified Noncompliance;

WHEREAS, the Lenders extended a Term Loan to the Borrowers on the Closing Date in an aggregate original principal amount of $10,000,000 and the Second Amendment Term Loan in an aggregate original principal amount of $7,000,000 to the Borrowers on the Second Amendment Effective Date, and the Borrowers are requesting that the Lenders extend an additional term loan in the amount of $13,000,000 on the Fourth Amendment Effective Date (the “ Fourth Amendment Term Loan ”) and to make certain amendments in connection therewith;

WHEREAS, the Agent and the Lenders are willing to waive the Specified Noncompliance and make the Fourth Amendment Term Loan to the Borrowers on the Fourth Amendment Effective Date, such that the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan outstanding under the Term Loan Agreement on the Fourth Amendment Effective Date shall be $30,000,000, all subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Amendment.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises set forth above, the terms and conditions contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Amendment to Term Loan Agreement . Effective as of the Fourth Amendment Effective Date, the Term Loan Agreement shall be amended as follows:

 

  (a). New Definitions . Section 1.01 of the Subordinated Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following definitions, in appropriate alphabetical order:

Base Rate Margin ’ means (a) eleven and one half percentage points (11.5%) per annum or (b) ten percentage points (10.0%) per annum if the Equity Condition has been satisfied.

Covenant Trigger Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 7(c).

Equity Condition ’ means the raising of cash by Borrower of not less than $25.0 million through the issuance of Equity Interests thereof prior to the end of the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014.

Fourth Amendment Effective Date ’ means June 12, 2014.

Fourth Amendment Term Loan ’ has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.2(a).”

‘“ Fourth Amendment Term Loan Applicable Prepayment Premium ’ means with respect to any payment of the principal of the Fourth Amendment Term Loans whether before or after an event of default or acceleration:

(i) prior to the first anniversary of the Fourth Amendment Effective Date, an amount equal to 5% of the principal amount of such payment;

(ii) on or after the first anniversary of the Fourth Amendment Effective Date but prior to the second anniversary of the Fourth Amendment Effective Date, an amount equal to 3% of the principal amount of such payment;

(iii) on or after the second anniversary of the Fourth Amendment Effective Date but prior to the third anniversary of the Fourth Amendment Effective Date, an amount equal to 1% of the principal amount of such payment; or

(iv) on or after the third anniversary of the Fourth Amendment Effective Date, an amount equal to 0% of the principal amount of such payment.”

Fourth Amendment Term Loan Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make the Fourth Amendment Term Loan to the Borrowers on the Fourth Amendment Effective Date in the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name under the heading “Fourth Amendment Term Loan Commitment” on Schedule C-1 hereto or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender becomes a Lender under the Agreement, as the same may be terminated or reduced from time to time in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.”

 

2


LIBOR Rate Margin ” means (a) twelve and one half percentage points (12.5%) per annum or (b) eleven percentage points (11.0%) per annum if the Equity Condition has been satisfied.

Updated Projections ” means Projections in form and scope as required pursuant to clause (f) of Schedule 5.1 to this Agreement and acceptable to the Agent in its reasonable discretion, and that shall be delivered to the Agent by the Borrowers as soon as available, but no later than (a) in respect of Section 7(b), five (5) Business Days following the Covenant Trigger Date and (b) in respect of Section 7(d) within the time period required pursuant to clause (f) of Schedule 5.1.

 

  (b). Existing Definitions .

 

  i. The definitions of “Initial Term Loan Base Rate Margin”, “Initial Term Loan LIBOR Rate Margin”, “Second Amendment Term Loan Base Rate Margin”, and “Second Amendment Term Loan LIBOR Rate Margin” are hereby deleted in their entirety.

 

  ii. The definition of “Commitment” is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“‘ Commitment ’ means, collectively, the Initial Term Loan Commitment, the Second Amendment Term Loan Commitment and the Fourth Amendment Term Loan Commitment.”

 

  iii. The definition of “EBITDA” is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

EBITDA ” means, with respect to any fiscal period:

(a) Borrowers’ consolidated net earnings (or loss),

minus

(b) without duplication, the sum of the following amounts of Borrowers for such period to the extent included in determining consolidated net earnings (or loss) for such period:

(i) any extraordinary, unusual, or non-recurring gains,

(ii) interest income,

(iii) any software development, labor, or commission/incentive costs to the extent capitalized during such period,

(iv) exchange, translation or performance gains relating to any hedging transactions or foreign currency fluctuations, and

(v) income arising by reason of the application of FAS 141R,

plus

 

3


(c) without duplication, the sum of the following amounts of Borrowers for such period to the extent included in determining consolidated net earnings (or loss) for such period:

(i) any extraordinary, unusual, or non-recurring non-cash losses,

(ii) Interest Expense,

(iii) tax expense based on income, profits or capital, including federal, foreign, state, franchise and similar taxes (and for the avoidance of doubt, specifically excluding any sales taxes or any other taxes held in trust for a Governmental Authority),

(iv) depreciation and amortization for such period,

(v) (A) with respect to the Merger, costs, reasonable fees to Persons (other than any Borrower, Sponsor or any of their Affiliates), charges, or expenses incurred in connection therewith prior to, on or within 180 days of the Closing Date; provided that the amounts necessary to pay all of such costs, fees, charges, or expenses are actually funded on the Closing Date as reflected in the sources and uses delivered to Agent that is acceptable to Agent; provided further that (i) the amounts necessary to pay all of such costs, fees, charges, or expenses are actually funded on the Closing Date or (ii) such amounts do not exceed $1,750,000 in the aggregate (including the one-time transaction fee payable to the Sponsor in accordance with Section 6.10(d) ) and are paid within 185 days of the Closing Date, (B) with respect to any Permitted Acquisition after the Closing Date, costs, fees, charges, or expenses consisting of out-of-pocket expenses owed by Borrowers or any of their Subsidiaries to any Person for services performed by such Person in connection with such Permitted Acquisition incurred within 180 days of the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition, (i) up to an aggregate amount (for all such items in this clause (B)) for such Permitted Acquisition not to exceed the greater of (1) $1,500,000 and (2) 5.0% of the Purchase Price of such Permitted Acquisition and (ii) in any amount to the extent such costs, fees, charges, or expenses in this clause (B) are paid with proceeds of new equity investments in exchange for Qualified Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower contemporaneously made by Permitted Holders,

(vi) (A) with respect to the Merger: (1) purchase accounting adjustments, including, without limitation, a dollar for dollar adjustment for that portion of revenue that would have been recorded in the relevant period had the balance of deferred revenue (unearned income) recorded on the closing balance sheet and before application of purchase accounting not been adjusted downward to fair value to be recorded on the opening balance sheet in accordance with GAAP purchase accounting rules; and (2) non-cash adjustments in accordance with GAAP purchase accounting rules under FASB Statement No. 141 and EITF Issue No. 01-3, in the event that such an adjustment is required by Borrowers’ independent auditors, in each case, as determined in accordance with GAAP; and (B) with respect to any Permitted Acquisitions after the Closing Date: (1) purchase accounting adjustments, including, without limitation, a dollar for dollar adjustment for that portion of revenue that would have been recorded in the relevant period had the balance of deferred revenue (unearned income) recorded on the closing balance sheet and before application of purchase accounting not been adjusted downward to fair value to be recorded on the opening

 

4


balance sheet in accordance with GAAP purchase accounting rules; and (2) non-cash adjustments in accordance with GAAP purchase accounting rules under FASB Statement No. 141 and EITF Issue No. 01-3, in the event that such an adjustment is required by Borrowers’ independent auditors, in each case, as determined in accordance with GAAP,

(vii) fees, costs, charges and expenses, in respect of Earn-Outs incurred in connection with any Permitted Acquisition to the extent permitted to be incurred under the Agreement that are required by the application of FAS 141R to be and are expensed by Borrowers and their Subsidiaries,

(viii) non-cash compensation expense (including deferred non-cash compensation expense), or other non-cash expenses or charges, arising from the sale or issuance of Equity Interests, the granting of stock options, and the granting of stock appreciation rights and similar arrangements (including any repricing, amendment, modification, substitution, or change of any such Equity Interests, stock option, stock appreciation rights, or similar arrangements) minus the amount of any such expenses or charges when paid in cash to the extent not deducted in the computation of net earnings (or loss),

(ix) one time non-cash restructuring charges,

(x) non-cash exchange, translation, or performance losses relating to any hedging transactions or foreign currency fluctuations, and

(xi) non-cash losses on sales of fixed assets or write-downs of fixed or intangible assets,

in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP,

For the purposes of calculating EBITDA for any period of 4 consecutive fiscal quarters (each, a “ Reference Period ”), (a) if at any time during such Reference Period (and after the Closing Date), any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall have made a Permitted Acquisition, EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including pro forma adjustments arising out of events which are directly attributable to such Permitted Acquisition, are factually supportable, and are expected to have a continuing impact, in each case to be mutually and reasonably agreed upon by Borrowers and Agent) or in such other manner acceptable to Agent as if any such Permitted Acquisition or adjustment occurred on the first day of such Reference Period, and (b) EBITDA for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2012, shall be deemed to be $-258,317 and (c) EBITDA for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2012, shall be deemed to be $-1,407,000. “

 

  iv. The definition of “Term Loan Amount” is hereby amended by replacing the language “$17,000,000” therein with “$30,000,000”.

 

  (c). Section 2.2(a) of the Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, (i) on the Closing Date each Lender with an Initial Term Loan Commitment agrees (severally, not jointly or jointly

 

5


and severally) to make term loans (collectively, the “ Initial Term Loans ”) to Borrowers in an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Initial Term Loan Commitment, the proceeds of which shall be reduced by way of OID as set out in Schedule C-1, (ii) on the Second Amendment Effective Date each Lender with a Second Amendment Term Loan Commitment agrees (severally, not jointly or jointly and severally) to make term loans (collectively, the “ Second Amendment Term Loan ”) to Borrowers in an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Second Amendment Term Loan Commitment, the proceeds of which shall be reduced by way of OID as set out in Schedule C-1 and (iii) on the Fourth Amendment Effective Date each Lender with a Fourth Amendment Term Loan Commitment agrees (severally, not jointly or jointly and severally) to make term loans (collectively, the “ Fourth Amendment Term Loan ” and, together with the Initial Term Loans and the Second Amendment Term Loans, the “ Term Loans ”) to Borrowers in an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Fourth Amendment Term Loan Commitment, the proceeds of which shall be reduced by way of OID as set out in Schedule C-1.

 

  (d). Section 2.4(d)(B) of the Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the language “the Initial Term Loan Applicable Prepayment Premium with respect to the Initial Term Loans, and the Second Amendment Term Loan Applicable Prepayment Premium with respect to the Second Amendment Term Loans, as applicable” therein with the language “the Initial Term Loan Applicable Prepayment Premium with respect to the Initial Term Loans, the Second Amendment Term Loan Applicable Prepayment Premium with respect to the Second Amendment Term Loans, and the Fourth Amendment Term Loan Applicable Prepayment Premium with respect to the Fourth Amendment Term Loans, as applicable”.

 

  (e). Section 2.4(e)(iv) of the Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(iv) Equity . Promptly, and in no event later than three Business Days of the date of the issuance by any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any Equity Interests (other than (A) in the event that any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries forms any Subsidiary in accordance with the terms hereof, the issuance by such Subsidiary of Equity Interests to such Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, (B) the issuance of Equity Interests by Administrative Borrower to any Person that is an equity holder of Administrative Borrower prior to such issuance (a “ Subject Holder ”) so long as such Subject Holder did not acquire any Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower so as to become a Subject Holder concurrently with, or in contemplation of, the issuance of such Equity Interest to such Subject Holder, (C) the issuance of Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower to directors, officers and employees of Administrative Borrower and its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock option plans (or other employee incentive plans or other compensation arrangements) approved by the Board of Directors, (D) the issuance of Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower in order to finance the purchase consideration (or a portion thereof) in connection with a Permitted Acquisition, (E) the issuance of Equity Interests of Administrative Borrower in connection with the raising of Curative Equity, (F) the issuance of Equity Interests in connection with the Equity Condition and (G) the issuance of Equity Interests by a Subsidiary of a Borrower to its parent or member in

 

6


connection with the contribution by such parent or member to such Subsidiary of the proceeds of an issuance described in clauses (A) – (F) above), Borrowers shall prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Obligations in accordance with Section 2.4(f)(i) in an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds received by such Person in connection with such issuance. The provisions of this Section 2.4(e)(iv) shall not be deemed to be implied consent to any such issuance otherwise prohibited by the terms of this Agreement.”

 

  (f). Section 2.4(f)(i) of the Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(i) Each prepayment pursuant to Section 2.4(d) and 2.4(e) shall (A) so long as no Application Event shall have occurred and be continuing, be applied to the Term Loans until paid in full, and (B) if an Application Event shall have occurred and be continuing, be applied in the manner set forth in Section 2.4(b)(ii). Each such payment of the Term Loans shall be applied against the principal of the Initial Term Loans, the Second Amendment Term Loans and the Fourth Amendment Term Loans on a pro rata basis.”

 

  (g). Section 2.4(f)(iii) of the Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(iii) Initial Term Loan Applicable Prepayment Premium , Second Amendment Term Loan Applicable Prepayment Premium and Fourth Amendment Term Loan Applicable Prepayment Premium . (A) Each prepayment of the Initial Term Loans, including any such payment pursuant to Sections 2.4(d) and (e)  (other than pursuant to Section 2.4(d)(i) (solely to the extent of any Net Cash Proceeds resulting from casualty losses or condemnations) , and Section 2.4 (e)(ii), (e)(v) and (e)(vi) ) shall be accompanied by all interest accrued as of such prepayment date on the amount of the Initial Term Loans prepaid plus the Initial Term Loan Applicable Prepayment Premium, whether or not an Event of Default then exists, (B) each prepayment of the Second Amendment Term Loans, including any such payment pursuant to Sections 2.4(d) and (e)  (other than pursuant to Section 2.4(d)(i) (solely to the extent of any Net Cash Proceeds resulting from casualty losses or condemnations) , and Section 2.4 (e)(ii), (e)(v) and (e)(vi) ) shall be accompanied by all interest accrued as of such prepayment date on the amount of the Second Amendment Term Loans prepaid plus the Second Amendment Term Loan Applicable Prepayment Premium, whether or not an Event of Default then exists and (C) each prepayment of the Fourth Amendment Term Loans, including any such payment pursuant to Sections 2.4(d) and (e) (other than pursuant to Section 2.4(d)(i) (solely to the extent of any Net Cash Proceeds resulting from casualty losses or condemnations) , and Section 2.4 (e)(ii), (e)(v) and (e)(vi) ) shall be accompanied by all interest accrued as of such prepayment date on the amount of the Fourth Amendment Term Loans prepaid plus the Fourth Amendment Term Loan Applicable Prepayment Premium, whether or not an Event of Default then exists.”

 

7


  (h). Section 2.6(a) of the Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(a) Interest Rate. Except as provided in Section 2.6(c) and subject to Section 2.12(d) , all amounts of the Term Loans and all other Obligations relating thereto shall bear interest at a per annum rate equal to the LIBOR Rate plus the LIBOR Rate Margin in accordance with Section 2.12 . Interest accruing on the Term Loans (and, as applicable, any other Obligations) shall be due and payable, in arrears, on the earliest of (i) the first day of each month commencing April 1, 2013 with respect to the Initial Term Loan, (ii) the first day of each month commencing April 1, 2014 with respect to the Second Amendment Term Loan, (iii) the first day of each month commencing July 1, 2014 with respect to the Fourth Amendment Term Loan, (iv) the Maturity Date, (v) the date on which all or any portion of the Obligations are accelerated pursuant to the terms hereof and (vi) the date on which this Agreement is terminated pursuant to the terms hereof.”

 

  (i). Section 2.10 of the Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

2.10 Fees .

(a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Agent an annual fee of $20,000 for pricing valuation services related to the Notes. Such fee shall be due on the Closing Date and each anniversary of the Closing Date prior to the Maturity Date.

(b) The Borrower agrees to pay to Agent for the ratable benefit of the Lenders of the Fourth Amendment Term Loans a fee of $2,000,000 if the Equity Condition is not satisfied, which shall be due and payable in full on the Maturity Date.

 

  (j). Section 2.12(a) of the Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(a) Interest and Interest Payment Dates. Subject to clause (d) below, interest on the entire Term Loans shall be charged at a rate of interest based upon the LIBOR Rate plus the LIBOR Rate Margin in accordance with Section 2.6(a)) . Interest on the Term Loans shall be payable in accordance with Section 2.6(a) . On the day which is 5 Business Days prior to the last day of each applicable Interest Period, unless Borrowers properly have elected (pursuant to a LIBOR Notice) which Interest Period shall subsequently apply, such next Interest Period shall be automatically set at 3 months.”

 

  (k). Section 2.12(d)(ii) of the Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the language “the Initial Term Loan Base Rate Margin with respect to the Initial Term Loans, and the Second Amendment Term Loan Base Rate Margin with respect to the Second Amendment Term Loans, as applicable” therein and with the language “the Base Rate Margin”.

 

8


  (l). Section 3.5 of the Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the language “the Initial Term Loan Applicable Prepayment Premium with respect to the Initial Term Loans, and the Second Amendment Term Loan Applicable Prepayment Premium with respect to the Second Amendment Term Loans, as applicable” therein with the language “the Initial Term Loan Applicable Prepayment Premium with respect to the Initial Term Loans, the Second Amendment Term Loan Applicable Prepayment Premium with respect to the Second Amendment Term Loans, and the Fourth Amendment Term Loan Applicable Prepayment Premium with respect to the Fourth Amendment Term Loans as applicable”.

 

  (m). Section 6.11 of the Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated as follows:

“6.11 Use of Proceeds . Each Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to use the proceeds of (A) the Initial Term Loan for any purpose other than (a) on the Closing Date, (i) to repay, in full, the outstanding principal, accrued interest, and accrued fees and expenses owing under or in connection with the Existing Credit Facility, (ii) to repay a portion of the Revolving Loans, and (iii) to pay the fees, costs, and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, in each case, as set forth in the Funds Flow Agreement, and (b) thereafter, consistent with the terms and conditions hereof, for their lawful and permitted purposes (including that no part of the proceeds of the loans made to Borrowers will be used to purchase or carry any such Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any such Margin Stock or for any purpose that violates the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors), (B) the Second Amendment Term Loan for any purpose other than (i) to repay a portion of the Revolving Loans and (ii) for general corporate purposes of Borrowers and for other lawful and permitted purposes (including that no part of the proceeds of the loans made to Borrowers will be used to purchase or carry any such Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any such Margin Stock or for any purpose that violates the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors) and (C) the Fourth Amendment Term Loan for any purpose other than (i) to repay a portion of the Revolving Loans and (ii) for general corporate purposes of Borrowers and for other lawful and permitted purposes (including that no part of the proceeds of the loans made to Borrowers will be used to purchase or carry any such Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any such Margin Stock or for any purpose that violates the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of the Board of Governors).”

 

  (n). Section 7(a) of the Term Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting such subsection in its entirety and replacing it with the following in lieu thereof:

(a) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . From and after the Covenant Trigger Date, have a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, measured on a quarter-end basis, of no less than 1.00:1.00.

 

9


(o). Section 7(b) of the Term Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting such subsection in its entirety and replacing it with the following in lieu thereof:

(b) Total Leverage Ratio . From and after the Covenant Trigger Date, have a Total Leverage Ratio, measured on a quarter-end basis for each applicable period, of no greater than that amount to be mutually and reasonably agreed between the Borrowers and the Agent (each acting in good faith), for each of the applicable periods thereafter, such agreement to occur within thirty (30) days following delivery by the Borrowers to the Agent of the Updated Projections.

(p). Section 7(c) of the Term Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting such subsection in its entirety and replacing it with the following in lieu thereof:

(c) Liquidity. From and after June 11, 2014, maintain Liquidity at all times in an amount of not less than $4,500,000; provided, however that solely in the event that (i) the Borrowers achieve a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, measured on a quarter-end basis, of no less than 1.25:1.00 for two consecutive quarters, as evidenced and demonstrated in a Compliance Certificate in form and substance acceptable to the Agent and (ii) the Agent and the Borrowers shall have agreed to the applicable Total Leverage Ratios as required pursuant to Section 7(b) (the date of satisfaction of each of the conditions set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) herein above, the “ Covenant Trigger Date ”), then Borrowers shall no longer be required to comply with the Liquidity covenant set forth in this Section 7(c).

(q). Section 7(d) of the Term Loan Agreement shall be amended by deleting such subsection in its entirety and replacing it with the following in lieu thereof:

(d) EBITDA . Achieve EBITDA, measured on a year-to-date basis, of at least the required amount set forth in the following table for the applicable period set forth opposite thereto:

 

EBITDA

   

For the period beginning on January 1, 2014 and ending on:

($ 8,900,000   May 31, 2014
($ 9,400,000   June 30, 2014
($ 10,400,000   July 31, 2014
($ 9,650,000   August 31, 2014
($ 6,400,000   September 30, 2014
($ 4,400,000   October 31, 2014
($ 2,900,000   November 30, 2014
$ 2,600,000      December 31, 2014

 

10


; provided, however for the period beginning on January 1, 2015 and for each monthly period ending thereafter, the required amount of EBITDA required to be achieved on a year-to-date basis shall be such amount as shall be mutually and reasonably agreed between the Borrowers and the Agent (each acting in good faith), within thirty (30) days following delivery by the Borrowers to the Agent of the Updated Projections. In the event that the Borrowers and the Agent are unable to agree to such EBITDA amounts for the applicable periods thereafter in accordance with the terms hereof, then it shall be an Event of Default under Section 8.2(a) of this Agreement.

 

  (r). Schedule C-1 of the Term Loan Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and in lieu thereof inserting the new Schedule C-1 attached hereto as Exhibit A.

2. Waiver .

(a) Pursuant to the request of the Borrowers and in reliance upon the representations and warranties of the Borrowers described herein, the Agent and the Lenders hereby waive the Specified Noncompliance and the Events of Default that occurred pursuant to Sections 8.2(a)(i) (solely as a result of the Borrowers’ failure to comply with Sections 5.2 and 5.16) and 8.2(a)(iii) under the Term Loan Agreement, each as a direct result of the Specified Noncompliance.

(b) The waiver in this Section 2 shall be effective only in this specific instance and for the specific purpose set forth herein and does not allow for any other or further departure from the terms and conditions of the Term Loan Agreement or any other Loan Document, which terms and conditions shall continue in full force and effect.

3. Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of this Amendment . This Amendment shall not become effective until all of the following conditions precedent shall have been satisfied in the sole discretion of Agent or waived by Agent:

(a) Agent shall have received this Amendment fully executed in a sufficient number of counterparts for distribution to all parties.

 

11


(b) Agent shall have received a fully executed version of Amendment No. 5 and Waiver to the First Lien Credit Agreement, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent and relating to the matters addressed in this Amendment, as applicable.

(c) Agent shall have received, on behalf of the Lenders party hereto a fully-earned, non-refundable amendment fee equal to 0.50% of the sum of the aggregate outstanding Initial Term Loan Commitments and Second Amendment Term Loan Commitments of the Lenders party hereto, which fee is due and payable in full on the Fourth Amendment Effective Date.

(d) The Borrowers shall have paid all reasonable out-of-pocket fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Agent in connection with this Amendment or otherwise due and payable pursuant to the Term Loan Agreement, including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses of counsel to the Agent.

(e) The representations and warranties set forth herein and in the Loan Documents (other than any such representations or warranties that, by their terms, are specifically made as of a date other than the date hereof) must be true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any portion of any representation and warranty that is already qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof).

(f) Agent shall have received all other documents and legal matters in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Amendment, including Notes for the Fourth Amendment Term Loans, each dated as of the date hereof, and such documents shall have been delivered or executed or recorded and shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.

4. Representations and Warranties . Each Borrower represents and warrants to Agent and the Lenders as follows:

(a) Authority . Each Borrower has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment, and to perform its obligations hereunder and under the Loan Documents (as amended or modified hereby) to which it is a party. The execution, delivery and performance by each Borrower of this Amendment have been duly approved by all necessary corporate action, have received all necessary governmental approval, if any, and do not contravene any law or any contractual restriction binding on any Borrower. No other corporate proceedings are necessary to consummate such transactions.

(b) Enforceability . This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by each Borrower. This Amendment and each Loan Document (as amended or modified hereby) is the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Borrower, enforceable against each Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally, and is in full force and effect.

(c) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties contained in each Loan Document (other than any such representations or warranties that, by

 

12


their terms, are specifically made as of a date other than the date hereof) are true and correct in all material respects (except that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any portion of any representation and warranty that is already qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof) on and as of the date hereof as though made on and as of the date hereof.

(d) No Default . After giving effect to this Amendment, no event has occurred and is continuing that constitutes a Default or Event of Default.

(e) No Fee . No fee has been or will be paid to the Senior Agent in connection with this Amendment, Amendment No. 5 and Waiver to Credit Agreement (the “ Senior Amendment ”) dated as of June 12, 2014, or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except such fees as are set forth in the Senior Amendment (including the fee letter contemplated under the Senior Amendment). No other side letter or other agreement not disclosed to Lenders and Agent has been entered into in connection with this Amendment, the Senior Amendment or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

5. Choice of Law . The validity of this Amendment, the construction, interpretation, and enforcement hereof, and the rights of the parties hereto with respect to all matters arising hereunder or related hereto shall be determined under, governed by, and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

6. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties and separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Amendment by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.

7. Reference to and Effect on the Loan Documents .

(a) Upon and after the effectiveness of this Amendment, each reference in the Term Loan Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereunder”, “hereof” or words of like import referring to the Term Loan Agreement, and each reference in the other Loan Documents to “the Term Loan Agreement”, “thereof” or words of like import referring to the Term Loan Agreement, shall mean and be a reference to the Term Loan Agreement as modified and amended hereby.

(b) Except as specifically set forth in this Amendment, the Term Loan Agreement and all other Loan Documents, are and shall continue to be in full force and effect and are hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed and shall constitute the legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of each Borrower to Agent and Lenders without defense, offset, claim or contribution.

(c) The execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not, except as expressly provided herein, operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of Agent or any Lender under any of the Loan Documents, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of any of the Loan Documents.

 

13


8. Ratification . Each Borrower hereby restates, ratifies and reaffirms each and every term and condition set forth in the Term Loan Agreement, as amended hereby, and the Loan Documents effective as of the date hereof.

9. Estoppel . To induce Agent and Lenders to enter into this Amendment, each Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that, after giving effect to this Amendment, as of the date hereof, there exists no Default or Event of Default and no right of offset, defense, counterclaim or objection in favor of any Borrower as against Agent or any Lender with respect to the Obligations.

10. Integration . This Amendment, together with the other Loan Documents, incorporates all negotiations of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and is the final expression and agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

11. Severability . In case any provision in this Amendment shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, such provision shall be severable from the remainder of this Amendment and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

12. Release; Covenant Not to Sue .

(a) Each of the Borrowers hereby absolutely and unconditionally releases and forever discharges Agent and the Lenders, and any and all participants, parent corporations, subsidiary corporations, affiliated corporations, insurers, indemnitors, successors and assigns thereof, together with all of the present and former directors, officers, agents and employees of any of the foregoing (each a “ Released Party ”), from any and all known claims, demands or causes of action of any kind, nature or description, whether arising in law or equity or upon contract or tort or under any state or federal law or otherwise, which such Borrower has had, now has or has made claim to have against any such person for or by reason of any act, omission, matter, cause or thing whatsoever arising from the beginning of time to and including the date of this Amendment, whether such claims, demands and causes of action are matured or unmatured; provided that, in each case, the foregoing release shall not apply to claims of fraud or willful misconduct. Each of the Borrowers understands, acknowledges and agrees that this release may be pleaded as a full and complete defense and may be used as a basis for an injunction against any action, suit or other proceeding which may be instituted, prosecuted or attempted in breach of the provisions of such release.

(b) Each of the Borrowers, on behalf of itself and its successors, assigns, and other legal representatives, hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably, covenants and agrees with and in favor of each Released Party above that it will not sue (at law, in equity, in any regulatory proceeding or otherwise) any Released Party on the basis of any claim released, remised and discharged by any Borrower pursuant to the above release. If any Borrower or any of its successors, assigns or other legal representations violates the foregoing covenant, each Borrower, for itself and its successors, assigns and legal representatives, agrees to pay, in addition to such other damages as any Released Party may sustain as a result of such violation, all attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by such Released Party as a result of such violation.

 

14


13. Submission of Amendment . The submission of this Amendment to the parties or their agents or attorneys for review or signature does not constitute a commitment by Agent or any Lender to waive any of their respective rights and remedies under the Loan Documents, and this Amendment shall have no binding force or effect until all of the conditions to the effectiveness of this Amendment have been satisfied as set forth herein.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank; Signature Pages Follow.]

 

15


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWERS :
CONNECTURE, INC.
By:  

/s/ James Purko

Name:  

James Purko

Title:  

CFO

DESTINATIONRX, INC.
By:  

/s/ James Purko

Name:  

James Purko

Title:  

CFO

 

A MENDMENT N O . 4 AND W AIVER T O T ERM L OAN A GREEMENT


THL CORPORATE FINANCE, INC.,
as Agent
By:  

/s/ Christopher J. Flynn

Name:  

Christopher J. Flynn

Title:  

Co-President

THL CREDIT, INC.,
as a Lender
By:  

/s/ Christopher J. Flynn

Name:  

Christopher J. Flynn

Title:  

Co-President

THL CREDIT GREENWAY FUND II LLC,
as a Lender
By:   THL Credit, Inc., its Manager
By:  

/s/ Christopher J. Flynn

Name:  

Christopher J. Flynn

Title:  

Co-President

UNITED INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA,
as a Lender
By:   THL Credit, Inc., its Manager
By:  

/s/ Christopher J. Flynn

Name:  

Christopher J. Flynn

Title:  

Co-President

 

AMENDMENT N O . 4 AND W AIVER TO T ERM L OAN A GREEMENT

Exhibit 10.5

CONNECTURE, INC.

NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

T HIS N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of the 29th day of May, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and among C ONNECTURE , I NC . , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the persons and entities named on the Schedule of Purchasers attached hereto as may be updated from time to time by the Company (individually, a “ Purchaser ” and collectively, the “ Purchasers ”).

RECITAL

To provide the Company with additional resources to conduct its business, the Purchasers are willing to loan to the Company $1,250,000, subject to the conditions specified herein.

AGREEMENT

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing, and the representations, warranties, covenants and conditions set forth below, the Company and each Purchaser, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

1. A MOUNT AND T ERMS OF THE L OAN

1.1 The Loan(s) . Subject to the terms of this Agreement, each Purchaser agrees to lend to the Company at the Closing (as hereinafter defined) the amount set forth opposite each such Purchaser’s name on the Schedule of Purchasers attached hereto up to an aggregate amount of $1,250,000 (each, a “ Loan Amount ” and collectively the “ Total Loan Amount ” or “ Loan ”) against the issuance and delivery by the Company of a subordinated promissory note or notes for such amount(s), in substantially the form attached hereto as E XHIBIT  A (each, a “ Note ” and collectively, the “ Notes ”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Note.

 

2. T HE C LOSING ( S )

2.1 Closing Date(s). The closing of the sale and purchase of the Notes (the “ Closing ”) shall take place on May 29, 2014 (the “ Closing Date ”).

2.2 Delivery. At the Closing: (a) each Purchaser shall deliver to the Company a check or wire transfer funds in the amount of such Purchaser’s portion of the Loan Amount; and (b) the Company shall issue and deliver to each Purchaser a Note in favor of such Purchaser payable in the principal amount of such Purchaser’s Loan Amount.

 

3. R EPRESENTATIONS , W ARRANTIES AND C OVENANTS OF THE C OMPANY

The Company hereby represents and warrants to each Purchaser as follows:

3.1 Organization, Good Standing and Qualification . The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company has the requisite corporate power to own and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted. The Company is duly qualified and is authorized to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in all jurisdictions in which the nature of its activities and of its properties (both owned and leased) makes such qualification necessary, except for those jurisdictions in which failure to do so would not have a material adverse effect on the Company or its business.

 

1.


3.2 Corporate Power . The Company will have at the Closing Date all requisite corporate power to execute and deliver this Agreement, to issue each Note (collectively, the “ Loan Documents ”) and to carry out and perform its obligations under the terms of this Agreement and under the terms of each Note. The Company’s Board of Directors has approved the Loan Documents based upon a reasonable belief that the Loan is appropriate for the Company after reasonable inquiry concerning the Company’s financing objectives and financial situation.

3.3 Authorization. All corporate action on the part of the Company, its directors and its stockholders necessary for the authorization, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company and the performance of the Company’s obligations hereunder, including the issuance and delivery of the Notes has been taken. This Agreement and the Notes, when executed and delivered by the Company, shall constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, the relief of debtors and, with respect to rights to indemnity, subject to federal and state securities laws.

3.4 Governmental Consents . All consents, approvals, orders, or authorizations of, or registrations, qualifications, designations, declarations, or filings with, any governmental authority, required on the part of the Company in connection with the valid execution and delivery of this Agreement, the offer, sale or issuance of the Notes or the consummation of any other transaction contemplated hereby shall have been obtained and will be effective at the Closing.

3.5 Compliance with Laws . To its knowledge, the Company is not in violation of any applicable statute, rule, regulation, order or restriction of any domestic or foreign government or any instrumentality or agency thereof in respect of the conduct of its business or the ownership of its properties, which violation of which would materially and adversely affect the business, assets, liabilities, financial condition, prospects or operations of the Company.

3.6 Compliance with Other Instruments . The Company is not in violation or default of any term of its certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or of any provision of any mortgage, indenture or contract to which it is a party and by which it is bound or of any judgment, decree, order or writ, other than such violation(s) that would not have a material adverse effect on the Company. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Notes, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby will not result in any such violation or be in conflict with, or constitute, with or without the passage of time and giving of notice, either a default under any such provision, instrument, judgment, decree, order or writ or an event that results in the creation of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any assets of the Company or the suspension, revocation, impairment, forfeiture, or nonrenewal of any material permit, license, authorization or approval applicable to the Company, its business or operations or any of its assets or properties. Without limiting the foregoing, the Company has obtained all waivers reasonably necessary with respect to any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or similar rights, including any notice or offering periods provided for as part of any such rights, in order for the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated hereunder without any third party obtaining any rights to cause the Company to offer or issue any securities of the Company as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder.

3.7 Offering. Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Purchasers contained in Section 4 hereof, the offer, issue, and sale of the Notes are exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), and have been registered or qualified (or are exempt from registration and qualification) under the registration, permit, or qualification requirements of all applicable state securities laws.

3.8 Use of Proceeds. The Company shall use the proceeds of the Loan for working capital.

 

2.


4. R EPRESENTATIONS AND W ARRANTIES OF THE P URCHASERS

4.1 Purchase for Own Account . Each Purchaser represents that it is acquiring the Notes solely for its own account and beneficial interest for investment and not for sale or with a view to distribution of the Notes or any part thereof, has no present intention of selling (in connection with a distribution or otherwise), granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same, and does not presently have reason to anticipate a change in such intention.

4.2 Information and Sophistication . Without lessening or obviating the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 3, each Purchaser hereby: (a) acknowledges that it has received all the information it has requested from the Company and it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Notes; (b) represents that it has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of the Notes and to obtain any additional information necessary to verify the accuracy of the information given the Purchaser; and (c) further represents that it has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risk of this investment.

4.3 Ability to Bear Economic Risk . Each Purchaser acknowledges that investment in the Notes involves a high degree of risk, and represents that it is able, without materially impairing its financial condition, to hold the Notes for an indefinite period of time and to suffer a complete loss of its investment.

4.4 Further Limitations on Disposition . Without in any way limiting the representations set forth above, each Purchaser further agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Notes unless and until:

(a) There is then in effect a registration statement under the Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

(b) The Purchaser shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and if reasonably requested by the Company, such Purchaser shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition will not require registration under the Act or any applicable state securities laws, provided that no such opinion shall be required for dispositions in compliance with Rule 144, except in unusual circumstances.

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) above, no such registration statement or opinion of counsel shall be necessary for a transfer by such Purchaser to a partner (or retired partner) or member (or retired member) of such Purchaser in accordance with partnership or limited liability company interests, or transfers by gift, will or intestate succession to any spouse or lineal descendants or ancestors, if all transferees agree in writing to be subject to the terms hereof to the same extent as if they were Purchasers hereunder.

 

3.


4.5 Accredited Investor Status. Each Purchaser is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501 under the Act.

4.6 Further Assurances. Each Purchaser agrees and covenants that at any time and from time to time it will promptly execute and deliver to the Company such further instruments and documents and take such further action as the Company may reasonably require in order to carry out the full intent and purpose of this Agreement and to comply with state or federal securities laws or other regulatory approvals including entering into a subordination agreement reasonably satisfactory to any Senior Lender (as defined in the Notes).

 

5. M ISCELLANEOUS

5.1 Binding Agreement . The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any third party any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

5.2 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

5.3 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

5.4 Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

5.5 Notices. All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified; (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, if not, then on the next business day; (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the Company at 18500 W. Corporate Dr., Suite 250, Brookfield, WI 53045, Attn: CEO, and to Purchaser at the address(es) set forth on the Schedule of Purchasers attached hereto or at such other address(es) as the Company or Purchaser may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

5.6 Modification; Waiver . No modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to departure therefrom shall be effective unless in writing and approved by the Company and the Purchasers holding at least sixty-five percent (65%) of the outstanding principal under the Notes (“ Requisite Holders ”). Any provision of the Notes may be amended or waived by the written consent of the Company and the Requisite Holders.

5.7 Expenses. The Company and each Purchaser shall each bear its respective expenses and legal fees incurred with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein.

5.8 Delays or Omissions. It is agreed that no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to each Purchaser, upon any breach or default of the Company under this Agreement or any Note shall impair any such right, power or remedy, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or any acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or

 

4.


default theretofore or thereafter occurring. It is further agreed that any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character by Purchaser of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver by any Purchaser of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in writing and that all remedies, either under this Agreement, or by law or otherwise afforded to the Purchaser, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

5.9 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Exhibits hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and no party shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner by any representations, warranties, covenants and agreements except as specifically set forth herein.

5.10 Exit Fee. Upon the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined in the Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended), the Company shall pay to each Purchaser a fee (an “ Exit Fee ”) equal to fifty percent (50%) of such Purchaser’s Loan Amount (it being acknowledged that such Exit Fee is a one-time payment regardless of the number of events which may occur giving rise to the payment thereof).

[ Remainder of this page intentionally left blank ]

 

5.


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

COMPANY:

 

CONNECTURE, INC.
By:  

/s/ James Purko

Name:   James Purko
Title   Chief Financial Officer

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

PURCHASER:

 

GPP – CONNECTURE, LLC
By:  

/s/ Adam Dolder

Name:   Adam Dolder
Title   President

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties have executed this N OTE P URCHASE A GREEMENT as of the date first written above.

PURCHASER:

 

CHRYSALIS VENTURES II, L.P.
By:  

/s/ David A. Jones, Jr.

Name:   David A. Jones, Jr.
Title   Member

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT


SCHEDULE OF PURCHASERS

 

Name and Address

   Loan Amount  

GPP – Connecture, LLC

c/o Great Point Partners, LLC

165 Mason Street, 3rd Floor

Greenwich, CT 06830

Attention: Adam Dolder and

Brett Carlson

Fax: (203) 971-3320

Email: adolder@gppfunds.com and

bcarlson@gppfunds.com

   $ 750,000   

Chrysalis Ventures II, L.P.

101 South Fifth Street

Suite 1650

Louisville, KY 40202-3122

Attention: David A. Jones, Jr.

Fax: (502) 583-7648

Email: DJones@ChrysalisVenutres.com

   $ 500,000   

Total:

   $ 1,250,000   

S CHEDULE OF P URCHASERS

Exhibit 10.6.1

SUBORDINATED PROMISSORY NOTE

Brookfield, WI

January 15, 2013

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Connecture, Inc. (hereinafter, the “ Maker ”), promises to pay to Randall P. Herman, on behalf of and for the benefit of the Stockholders (“ Payee ”), the principal sum of Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000), as adjusted pursuant to the terms hereof, together with any and all other sums which may be owing to Payee by Maker pursuant to this Subordinated Promissory Note (this “ Note ”).

1. Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “ Merger Agreement ”), dated as of January 14, 2013, among Maker, DestinationRx, Inc., DRX Acquisition Company, the persons and entities listed as Principal Stockholders on the signature pages thereto, and Payee, solely in its capacity as Representative of the Stockholders (together with and any successor Representative pursuant to the Merger Agreement, “ Representative ”).

2. Escrow of Note . This Note is delivered pursuant to Section 3.4(a)(ii) of the Merger Agreement. This Note, and the proceeds from the payment of this Note, are to be held in escrow by U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association (the “ Escrow Agent ”), to be disbursed to the Stockholders, cancelled or adjusted in accordance with the Merger Agreement and the Escrow Agreement.

3. Payment Terms . Except as otherwise provided herein, the outstanding principal amount of this Note, together with accrued interest, will be paid in one lump sum payment on January 15, 2015 (the “ Maturity Date ”), unless the Maturity Date is extended by mutual agreement of Maker and Representative. Whenever any payment to be made under this Note shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, such payment shall be due on the next succeeding Business Day. All payments on this Note shall be applied first to other charges due under this Note (if any), second to payment of principal, if any, and then to payment of accrued interest.

4. Interest Rate . During the period from the date hereof until all sums due hereunder have been paid in full, simple interest shall accrue on the unpaid principal amount of this Note at a per annum rate of eight percent (8%); provided, however, that no interest shall accrue or be payable for any time period during which there is a dispute regarding Damages payable pursuant to Article X of the Merger Agreement.

5. Prepayment . Maker shall have the right to prepay all or part of the principal, accrued and unpaid interest or other amounts payable hereunder, at any time and from time to time. A partial prepayment shall not otherwise change the Maturity Date herein.

6. Adjustments . Upon final resolution of the Closing Date Working Capital Adjustment pursuant to Section 3.5 of the Merger Agreement, the principal amount of this Note will be (i) increased by the amount of the Working Capital Adjustment Excess or (ii) reduced by


the amount of the Working Capital Adjustment Shortfall, and interest shall be deemed to have accrued on this Note at such adjusted principal amount from the date hereof. Upon final resolution of a claim for Damages by an Indemnified Party under Article X of the Merger Agreement which is to be satisfied out of the Escrow Deposit pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, the outstanding principal amount of this Note shall be reduced by such amount in satisfaction of such claim.

7. Manner And Method Of Payment . All payments called for in this Note shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America.

8. Events of Default . Upon the occurrence of (each of the following, an “ Event of Default ”) (i) any failure of Maker to pay when due any amount owing under this Note, (ii) a Change of Control Event (as defined below), (iii) a Sale of DRX (as defined below), (iv) a petition for bankruptcy is filed by Maker voluntarily or involuntarily against Maker and the petition is not dismissed within 60 calendar days of the date of the filing thereof; or (v) Maker makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, then the entire principal amount and accrued interest shall become due and payable at the election of Representative following written notice to Maker from Representative;

For purposes of this Note, a “ Change of Control Event ” shall mean any merger or consolidation in which (i) Maker is a constituent party or (ii) a subsidiary of Maker is a constituent party and Maker issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation, in each case except any such merger or consolidation involving Maker or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of Maker outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock that represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation, a majority, by voting power or value, of the capital stock of (A) the surviving or resulting entity or (B) if the surviving or resulting entity is a wholly-owned subsidiary of another entity immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent entity of such surviving or resulting entity.

For purposes of this Note, a “ Sale of DRX ” shall mean the sale, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by Maker of all or substantially all of the assets of the Surviving Company in the Merger, or the sale or disposition (whether by merger or otherwise) of all of the capital stock of the Surviving Company in the Merger, in each case to a third party that is unrelated to Maker.

9. Subordination . Maker and Representative covenant and agree that this Note and the indebtedness evidenced hereby shall be subject and subordinate to the prior indefeasible payment in full in cash of any indebtedness for borrowed money of Maker which is designated as such by written notice from Maker to Representative, including the existing indebtedness for borrowed money of Maker to Wells Fargo and Harbert Mezzanine Partners II SBIC, L.P. pursuant to that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of February 16, 2011 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Harbert Credit Agreement ” ), among Maker, its subsidiaries and Harbert Mezzanine Partners II SBIC, L.P. (the “ Harbert Facility ”) and all indebtedness pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of January 15, 2013 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Wells Credit

 

2


Agreement ” ), among Maker, the other credit parties signatory thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as agent (the “ Wells Facility ” and together with the Harbert Facility, and in each case, any refinancings or replacements of the foregoing, collectively, the “ Senior Indebtedness ”); that any liens and security interests of the holders of Senior Indebtedness in any collateral, now or hereafter acquired, securing all or any portion of the Senior Indebtedness shall be senior, regardless of the time or method of perfection, to all liens and security interests, if any, of Payee (or any agent therefor) in the collateral, if any, securing all or any portion of the obligations hereunder; that the subordination is for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable directly by, the holders of Senior Indebtedness, and that each holder of Senior Indebtedness shall be deemed to have acquired Senior Indebtedness in reliance upon the covenants and provisions contained in this Note. Until the Senior Indebtedness has been indefeasibly paid in full in cash, neither Maker nor any other person or entity on its behalf (other than payments by the guarantors under the Subordinated Note Guaranty (as such term is defined in the Merger Agreement)) shall make any payment of any kind or character (including without limitation, payments of interest or principal made at any time, including on the maturity date or otherwise) with respect to any obligations on this Note without the express written consent of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness; provided, however, Maker shall be permitted to make payment of interest and payments of principal at the Maturity Date (without the consent of the holders of Senior Indebtedness) so long as there is no event of default under the Wells Facility (before and after giving effect to such payment) and (i) with respect to scheduled interest payments, excess availability plus qualified cash under the Wells Facility is at least $2,500,000 or (ii) with respect to payments of principal at the Maturity Date, excess availability plus qualified cash under the Wells Facility is at least $5,000,000, in each case after giving effect to such payment. In the event that any payment is received by Payee in violation of the provisions hereof, such payment shall be held in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid over or delivered to, the holders of Senior Indebtedness for application to the payment of Senior Indebtedness. In addition, until the Senior Indebtedness has been indefeasibly paid in full in cash, Payee shall not take any collection action or enforcement action, or exercise any rights or remedies, with respect to this Note. The rights and obligations of Maker and Payee of this Note shall be enforceable by a decree of specific performance issued by any court of competent jurisdiction, and appropriate injunctive relief may be applied for and granted in connection therewith. Such remedies shall, however, be cumulative and not exclusive and shall be in addition to any other remedies which any party may have under this Note or otherwise. Payee agrees that it will execute further subordination agreements, documents and instruments and take such further actions reasonably requested by any senior creditor that further the purposes and provisions of this Section 9.

10. Waivers . Maker hereby waives presentment for payment, demand, protest, notice of protest, notice of dishonor and notice of nonpayment of this Note.

11. Restriction of Payments. So long as any amounts remain outstanding under this Note, Maker shall not make any distributions or pay any dividends on account of equity to its stockholders, or make payments on junior indebtedness for borrowed money of Maker held by its stockholders, without the prior written consent of Representative.

12. Representative . Payee, as Representative for the Stockholders, shall have the right to enforce this Note for the benefit of and on behalf of the Stockholders.

 

3


13. Modifications . This Note cannot be amended or changed except in writing signed by Maker and Representative and the holders of the Senior Indebtedness, and no waiver of any term or condition of this Note shall be effective except by a writing duly executed by Representative.

14. Binding Nature . Except as otherwise provided herein, this Note shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legatees, beneficiaries, personal representatives and other legal representatives, successors and assigns.

15. Invalidity Of Any Part . If any provision or part of any provision of this Note shall for any reason be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions of this Note and this Note shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision or part thereof had never been contained herein, but only to the extent of its invalidity, illegality or unenforceability.

16. Choice Of Law; Consent To Venue And Jurisdiction . This Note shall be governed, construed and interpreted strictly in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. In the event that any Party commences a lawsuit or other proceeding relating to or arising from this Note, the Parties absolutely and irrevocably consent and submit to the jurisdiction and venue of the courts in the State of Delaware and of any Federal court located in the State of Delaware in connection with any actions or proceedings brought against any of the Parties (or each of them) arising out of or relating to this Note. The Parties consent to and agree to submit to the jurisdiction of any of the courts specified herein and agree to accept service of process to vest personal jurisdiction over them in any of these courts.

17. Assignment . This Note may not be assigned by Payee without the prior written consent of Maker. Maker may not assign any of its obligations under this Note without the prior written consent of Payee.

18. Notices . Any notice, request, demand or other communication required or permitted hereunder among shall be in accordance with the notice provisions of the Escrow Agreement.

19. Third Party Beneficiaries . Harbert Mezzanine Partners II SBIC, L.P. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association are intended third party beneficiaries of Section 9 of this Note in connection with the extension of credit pursuant to the Senior Indebtedness.

20. Entire Agreement . This Note constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Maker has executed this Subordinated Promissory Note as of January 15, 2013.

 

 

MAKER:
CONNECTURE, INC.
By  

/s/ Robert Douglas Schneider

Name:   Robert Douglas Schneider
Title:   CEO

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED:
Randall P. Herman, in his capacity as Representative
By  

/s/ Randall P. Herman

Name:   Randall P. Herman
Title:  

 

5

Exhibit 10.6.2

SUBORDINATED NOTE GUARANTY

THIS SUBORDINATED NOTE GUARANTY (the “ Guaranty ”) is made as of January 15, 2013 by GPP-Connecture, LLC (“ GPP ”) and Chrysalis Ventures II, L.P. (“ Chrysalis ”) (collectively with GPP, the “ Guarantors ”; sometimes each individually, a “ Guarantor ”) for the benefit of Payee (as defined in the Note) (the “ Payee ”).

RECITALS:

A. Pursuant to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 14, 2013, by and among Connecture, Inc. (“ Maker ”), DestinationRx, Inc., DRX Acquisition Company, Inc., the Principal Stockholders (as defined therein) and the Representative (as defined therein) (the “ Merger Agreement ”), Maker issued to the Representative (on behalf of the Stockholders) a subordinated promissory note (the “ Note ”) in the principal amount of $3,000,000 as may be adjusted pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Note.

B. To induce Payee to accept the Note, Guarantors have agreed with Payee to unconditionally guaranty the prompt payment of principal (subject to Section1(c) ) provided for in the Note pursuant to the provisions thereof.

C. Guarantors own direct or indirect interests in Maker, and will benefit from the acceptance of the Note by Payee. To further induce Guarantors, the Payee has agreed that all interest otherwise payable under the Note shall be paid to the Guarantors as set forth in Section 1(c) .

D. Guarantors have agreed to give such guaranty to Payee as provided herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for the purpose of inducing Payee to accept the Note, Guarantors agree as follows:

1. Guaranty .

a. Guarantors hereby severally guarantee the following (collectively, the Guaranteed Obligations ): the due and prompt payment of (i) the principal of the Note, as adjusted pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, and all other monies (other than interest) due or which may become due thereon (including but not limited to any costs of collection or costs of enforcing this Guaranty); and (ii) the due and prompt performance and observance of all terms, covenants and conditions agreed to be performed by the Maker under the Note, whether according to the present terms thereof, at any earlier or accelerated date or dates as provided therein, or pursuant to any extension of time or to any change or changes in the terms, covenants and conditions thereof now or at any time hereinafter made or granted. Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that this Guaranty is an absolute, irrevocable and unconditional guaranty of payment and is not a guaranty of collection.


b. The Guarantors’ liability for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations is several and not joint and several. The percentage of the Guaranteed Obligations to which each Guarantor is liable is as follows:

 

GPP

     66.67

Chrysalis

     33.33

c. As consideration for the agreement to this Guaranty, Payee agrees that any interest on the Note shall be payable to the Guarantors in the proportions set forth in Section 1(b). For avoidance of doubt, Payee hereby agrees that Maker will make such interest payments directly to Guarantors.

2. Liability . Each Guarantor shall pay its percentage of the Guaranteed Obligations to Payee within twenty (20) days after written notice by Payee of the occurrence and continuance of any Event of Default under the Note, without taking any prior action or proceeding of any kind to enforce the Note other than requesting payment thereof by Maker, if required, in accordance with the terms thereof.

3. Representations and Warranties . Each Guarantor for itself only represents and warrants to Payee that:

a. It (i) is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company duly incorporated or organized, as the case may be, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, (ii) is duly qualified to do business as a foreign entity and is in good standing (to the extent such concept is applicable) under the laws of each jurisdiction where the business conducted by it makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified would not have a material adverse effect on such Guarantor being able to perform its obligations under this Guaranty and (iii) has all requisite corporate, partnership or limited liability company power and authority, as the case may be, to own, operate and encumber its property and to conduct its business in each jurisdiction in which its business is conducted or proposed to be conducted.

b. It has the requisite corporate, limited liability company or partnership, as applicable, power and authority and legal right to execute and deliver this Guaranty and to perform its obligations hereunder. The execution and delivery by it of this Guaranty and the performance of its obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by proper corporate, limited liability company or partnership proceedings, including any required shareholder, member or partner approval, and this Guaranty constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor, in accordance with its terms, subject to any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws whether in a proceeding in law or in equity.

 

- 2 -


c. Neither the execution and delivery by it of this Guaranty, nor the consummation by it of the transactions herein contemplated, nor compliance by it with the terms and provisions hereof, will (i) conflict with the charter or other organizational documents of such Guarantor, (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any law, rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree or award applicable to such Guarantor or any provisions of any indenture, material instrument or material agreement to which the Guarantor is party or is subject or by which it or its property is bound or affected, or require termination of any such indenture, instrument or agreement, or (iii) require any approval of such Guarantor’s board of directors, shareholders, members, partners or unitholders except such as have been obtained.

d. The execution, delivery and performance by such Guarantor of this Guaranty or any of the documents related hereto or contemplated herein does not and will not require any registration with, consent or approval of, or notice to, or other action to, with or by any governmental authority, or any third-party, except filings, consents or notices which have been made.

e. Review of Documents . Guarantor has examined the Note.

f. Binding Obligation . This Guaranty constitutes the valid and legally binding obligation of Guarantor, and is fully enforceable against Guarantor in accordance with its terms.

g. Litigation . There are no actions or proceedings pending or, to Guarantor’s knowledge, threatened before any court or administrative agency which would materially and adversely affect the financial condition of Guarantor or the authority of Guarantor to enter into, or the validity or enforceability of, this Guaranty.

h. No Conflicting Agreements . There is no provision of any agreement, contract, or law, binding on Guarantor or affecting any of its property, which would materially conflict with or in any way prevent the execution, delivery of performance of the terms of this Guaranty, or which would be in material default or materially violated as a result of such execution, delivery or performance.

4. Covenant . Each Guarantor shall maintain, at all times, cash, other liquid assets or Unfunded Capital Commitments sufficient to pay such Guarantor’s several portion of the Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor shall deliver evidence of such financial wherewithal to Payee upon reasonable request. For purposes hereof, “ Capital Commitments ” shall mean, with respect to such Guarantor, the aggregate capital contributions that may be required to be made by the limited partners of such Guarantor under such Guarantor’s partnership agreement, and “Unfunded Capital Commitments” shall mean, with respect to such Guarantor, the excess of (i) the Capital Commitments plus (ii) the amount of any distributions received by the limited partners that may be recalled by such Guarantor under the Guarantor’s partnership agreement over the aggregate amounts of capital contributions previously made by the limited partners to such Guarantor.

 

- 3 -


5. Severability . In case any provision (or any part of any provision) set forth in this Guaranty shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision (or remaining part of the affected provision) of this Guaranty, but this Guaranty shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision (or any part thereof) had never been contained herein, but only to the extent it is invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

5. Choice Of Law; Consent To Venue And Jurisdiction . This Guaranty shall be governed, construed and interpreted strictly in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. In the event that any party commences a lawsuit or other proceeding relating to or arising from this Guaranty, the parties absolutely and irrevocably consent and submit to the jurisdiction and venue of the courts in the State of Delaware and of any Federal court located in the State of Delaware in connection with any actions or proceedings brought against any of the parties (or each of them) arising out of or relating to this Guaranty. The parties consent to and agree to submit to the jurisdiction of any of the courts specified herein and agree to accept service of process to vest personal jurisdiction over them in any of these courts.

6. Notices . All notices, requests, demands, claims, and other communications hereunder will be in writing. Any notice, request, demand, claim, or other communication hereunder shall be deemed duly given (a) when delivered personally to the recipient, (b) when sent by electronic mail or facsimile, on the date of transmission to such recipient, (c) one business day after being sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid), or (d) four business days after being mailed to the recipient by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid, and addressed to the intended recipient as set forth on Exhibit A .

7. Successors and Assigns . This Guaranty shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Payee and Payee’s successors and assigns.

8. Counterparts . This Guaranty may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original but all of which, together, shall constitute one and the same instrument.

10. Term of Guaranty . This Guaranty shall continue in full force and effect with regard to each Guarantor and shall not be discharged or released until such time as such Guarantor’s several portion of the Guaranteed Obligations set forth in Section 1 above and all other sums payable by such Guarantor hereunder are paid in full.

11. Final Agreement and Amendments . This Guaranty, together with the Note, constitute the final and entire agreement and understanding of the parties, and any term, condition, covenant or agreement not contained herein or therein is not a part of the agreement and understanding of the parties. Neither this Guaranty, nor any term, condition, covenant or agreement hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an

 

- 4 -


instrument in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought. Nothing in this Guaranty shall convey any rights upon any person or entity which is not a party or an assignee of a party to this Agreement

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK]

 

- 5 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this Guaranty as of the day and year first above written.

 

GUARANTORS :
GPP – CONNECTURE, LLC
By:  

/s/ Adam Dolder

Title:   President
CHRYSALIS VENTURES II, L.P.
By:   CHRYSALIS PARTNERS II, LLC, its General Partner
  By:  

/s/ David A. Jones, Jr.

  Title:  

Member

PAYEE
By  

/s/ Randall P. Herman

Name:   Randall P. Herman
Agreed and Acknowledged:
Connecture, Inc.
By  

/s/ James Purko

Name:   James Purko
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

- 6 -


Exhibit A

Contact Information for Notices

Payee

Randall P. Herman

Pine Grove Management, LLC

2150 Accenture Tower

333 South Seventh Street

Minneapolis, MN 55402

Fax: (612) 436-8320

Email: rherman@pchi.net

GPP

GPP—Connecture, LLC

c/o Great Point Partners, LLC

165 Mason Street, 3rd Floor

Greenwich, CT 06830

Attention: Brett Carlson

Fax: (203) 971-3320

Email: bcarlson@gppfunds.com

Chrysalis

Chrysalis Ventures II, L.P.

101 South Fifth Street

Suite 1650

Louisville, KY 40202-3122

Attention: David A. Jones, Jr. and Alan Ying

Fax: (502) 583-7648

Email: DJones@ChrysalisVentures.com

And AYing@ChrysalisVentures.com

Connecture, Inc.

Connecture, Inc.

18500 W. Corporate Drive, Suite 250

Brookfield, Wisconsin 53045

Fax: (262) 432-0075

Attn: Doug Schneider

Electronic mail: Dschneider@connecture.com

Exhibit 10.7.1

LEASE AGREEMENT

BY AND BETWEEN

CORE Realty Holdings Management, Inc., a California corporation, fbo

Brookfield Lakes Tenants in Common,

LANDLORD

AND

Connecture, Inc.,

a Delaware corporation

TENANT

DATED: May 10, 2012


Standard Office Lease

LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (this “ Lease ”) made and entered into between CORE Realty Holdings Management, Inc., a California corporation, fbo Brookfield Lakes Tenants in Common (“ Landlord ”) and Connecture, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

1. Leased Premises and Term. In consideration of the obligation of Tenant to pay Rent as herein provided, and in consideration of the other terms, provisions, and covenants hereof, Landlord hereby demises and leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby accepts and leases from Landlord, the following described space for purposes hereof is deemed to be:

32,160 Rentable Square Feet

and substantially as shown on the plan attached hereto as EXHIBIT A (the “ Leased Premises ”) which is located in the building commonly known as Brookfield Lakes Corporate Center XVII (the “ Building ”), situated on the real property described in EXHIBIT B attached hereto (the “ Property ”). The Property is part of an office complex commonly known as Brookfield Lakes Corporate Center (the “ BLCC Center ”). The Property is in Zoning District O & LI under the Municipal Code of the City of Brookfield, Wisconsin. The Leased Premises shall be used for the following purposes and no others:

General Office Use and incidental uses related thereto,

and operation of a kitchen and breakroom, as approved by Landlord

Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that the foregoing uses do not violate any restriction imposed on the Property, the Building or the Leased Premises by deed or other document of record.

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the same for a term (sometimes referred to as the “ Term ”) of One Hundred Twenty-One (121) months commencing August 1, 2012 (sometimes referred to as the Commencement Date) and ending August 31, 2022 unless terminated or extended pursuant to any provision hereof. Tenant acknowledges that no representations as to the condition or repair of the Leased Premises, nor promises to alter, remodel or improve the Leased Premises have been made by Landlord, unless such are expressly set forth in this Lease. Landlord has not received any notice that the Building is in violation of any laws, ordinances or codes.

Tenant shall also have a non-exclusive license to use the areas located in and adjacent to the Building designated by Landlord from time to time as being available for the common use by Landlord and tenants and occupants of the Building, including such areas as the entrance lobby, public toilets, public corridors, exterior plaza and other similar facilities (the “ Common Areas ”), subject to the non-exclusive rights of Landlord and other tenants and occupants to use such Common Areas, and rules and regulations imposed by Landlord from time to time relating to the Common Areas. The parking lot and landscaped areas adjacent to the Building shall be used for parking, ingress and egress purposes only, and Tenant shall not be entitled to use such Common Areas for any other purpose without the prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord shall not charge any fee for the use of the parking spaces located in the parking lot adjacent to the Building. Landlord shall maintain four (4) parking spaces for each 1,000 rentable square feet of area in the Building, or such other amount as may be required by applicable law, ordinance or code. In the event that the number of parking spaces falls below the number of spaces required by applicable law, ordinance or code, Landlord shall provide suitable replacement parking.

If this Lease is executed before the Leased Premises become vacant or otherwise available and ready for occupancy and Landlord cannot, using commercially reasonable efforts, acquire possession and/or deliver the Leased Premises to the Tenant on the Commencement Date of this Lease, Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default, nor in any way liable to Tenant, because of such failure and Tenant agrees to accept possession of the Leased Premises at such time as Landlord is able to tender the same, which date shall thenceforth be deemed the “ Commencement Date ”; and the Term of this Lease shall automatically be extended so as to include the full number of months hereinbefore provided, except that if the Commencement Date is other than the first day of a calendar month, such Term shall

 

  - 1 -   


also be extended for a period equivalent to the remainder of the calendar month in which possession is tendered. Landlord hereby waives payment of Rent (including such portion of the Additional Rent which is related to Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Leased Premises) covering any period prior to such tendering of possession.

In the event that Tenant’s possession is delayed because Landlord has not sufficiently completed the Building or the Leased Premises, the Commencement Date shall be the date upon the later of which the Building, other improvements on the Property and/or the Leased Premises has been substantially completed in accordance with the plans and specifications of Landlord (other than any work which cannot be completed on such date provided such incompletion will not substantially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Leased Premises); and the Term of this Lease shall automatically be extended so as to include the full number of months hereinbefore provided, except that if the Commencement Date is other than the first day of a calendar month, such Term shall also be extended for a period equivalent to the remainder of the calendar month in which possession is tendered; provided, however, that if Landlord shall be delayed in such substantial completion as a result of: (i) Tenant’s failure to agree to plans and specifications; (ii) Tenant’s request for materials or finishes other than as expressly set forth on EXHIBIT C attached hereto; (iii) Tenant’s changes in plans; or (iv) the performance, acts or omissions of Tenant or a party employed by Tenant (collectively, “ Tenant Delay ”), the Commencement Date and the obligation to pay Rent hereunder shall be accelerated by one day for each day of delay resulting, directly or indirectly, from any of the foregoing. Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing as soon as Landlord deems the Building, other improvements, and the Leased Premises to be completed and ready for occupancy as aforesaid. In the event that the Building, other improvements, or the Leased Premises has not in fact been substantially completed as aforesaid, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing of its objections within five (5) days after Tenant receives the aforesaid notice from Landlord. Landlord shall have reasonable time after delivery of such notice in which to take such corrective action as Landlord deems necessary and shall notify Tenant in writing as soon as it deems such corrective action, if any, has been completed so that the Building, other improvements, and the Leased Premises is completed and ready for occupancy. In the event Tenant’s possession is delayed, Tenant shall not have any claim against Landlord, including, without limitation, claims for rent paid on alternative space until the Leased Premises is delivered to Tenant.

Prior to the Commencement Date, Landlord shall schedule a mutually agreeable time with Tenant to walk through the Leased Premises and prepare a mutually agreeable punch list setting forth any defects or incomplete work. The taking of possession of the Leased Premises by Tenant shall be deemed conclusively to establish that the Building, other improvements, and the Leased Premises have been completed in accordance with the plans and specifications and are in good and satisfactory condition as of when possession was so taken (except for such items as Landlord is permitted to complete at a later date, which items shall be specified by Landlord to Tenant in writing, and except for the punch list items and items covered by the one (1) year general workmanship warranty described herein) and that the square footage for purposes of this Lease is as set forth in Paragraph 1 hereof. Upon the Commencement Date, Tenant or its representative shall execute and deliver to Landlord a letter of acceptance of delivery of the Leased Premises, such letter to be on Landlord’s or its lender’s standard form therefore. In the event of any dispute as to when and whether the work performed or required to be performed by Landlord has been substantially completed, the certificate of an A.I.A. registered architect or a temporary or final certificate of occupancy issued by the local governmental authority permitting general office use in the Leased Premises shall be conclusive evidence of such completion, effective on the date of the delivery of a copy of any such certificate to Tenant. Landlord will exercise all commercially reasonable efforts to correct and complete the items described in the punch list within thirty (30) days after the punch list has been finalized, unless Landlord, in spite of its efforts, is unable to correct and complete any such items within thirty (30) days, then Landlord shall have a reasonable time to correct and complete such items provided that Landlord commences to correct and complete such items within the thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently proceeds to complete such items. The existence of such punch list items shall not postpone the Commencement Date or the obligation of Tenant to pay Rent. Landlord agrees to provide a one (1) year general workmanship warranty for the Improvements. In the event that Tenant discovers a defect in any general workmanship item covered by such warranty, Tenant shall provide written notice to Landlord prior to the expiration of such warranty. Upon receipt of any such written notice from Tenant, Landlord shall exercise commercially reasonable efforts to promptly correct such defect.

In the event that Landlord fails to deliver the Leased Premises on or before the date that is thirty (30) days after the Commencement Date, subject to Force Majeure (as defined in Paragraph 21.L.) and Tenant Delay, Tenant shall receive one (1) day of free rent for each day that the Leased Premises is delivered after the date that is thirty (30) days after the Commencement Date. In the event that Landlord fails to deliver the Leased Premises on or before the date that is ninety (90) days after the Commencement Date, subject to Force Majeure and Tenant Delay, then Tenant may, at its sole option, terminate this Lease upon thirty (30) days written notice to Landlord, provided that during such thirty (30) day period Landlord fails to deliver the Leased Premises.

 

  - 2 -   


Tenant shall have the right, at no additional cost to Tenant, to enter upon and use the Leased Premises and the Common Areas at any time or times during the fourteen (14) day period prior to the Commencement Date for the purpose of installing its equipment, fixtures, and furniture, and the forty-five (45) day period prior to the Commencement Date for the purpose of installing its data and telecommunications cabling systems, provided that in so doing the progress of the Improvements shall not be unreasonably interfered with or delayed. Any such prior use of the Leased Premises shall not constitute acceptance of the Leased Premises nor shall it any way be deemed to constitute a waiver of any rights that Tenant may have pursuant to this Lease, but such prior entry and use of the Leased Premises shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, including, without limitation, the obligation to maintain Tenant’s insurance and the obligation to provide Landlord written notice prior to such entry and use.

2. Base Rent; Security Deposit and Rent.

A. Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord for the Leased Premises in lawful money of the United States base rent (“ Base Rent ”) as follows:

 

  (a) for the first (1 st ) nine (9) months of the Term hereof at the rate of Thirty Thousand Seven Hundred Ninety-Three and 20/100 Dollars ($30,793.20) per month, net of Operating Costs;

 

  (b) for the tenth (10 th ) month of the Term hereof at the rate of Zero Dollars ($0.00) per month, net of Operating Costs;

 

  (c) for the eleventh (11 th ) month of the Term hereof at the rate of Seven Thousand Three Hundred Forty-Three and 20/100 Dollars ($7,343.20) per month, net of Operating Costs;

 

  (d) for the twelfth (12 th ) month of the Term hereof at the rate of Thirty Thousand Seven Hundred Ninety-Three and 20/100 Dollars ($30,793.20) per month, net of Operating Costs;

 

  (e) for the next twelve (12) months of the Term hereof at the rate of Thirty-Two Thousand One Hundred Thirty-Three and 20/100 Dollars ($32,133.20) per month, net of Operating Costs;

 

  (f) for the next twelve (12) months of the Term hereof at the rate of Thirty-Three Thousand Four Hundred Seventy-Three and 20/100 Dollars ($33,473.20) per month, net of Operating Costs;

 

  (g) for the next twelve (12) months of the Term hereof at the rate of Thirty-Six Thousand One Hundred Fifty-Three and 20/100 Dollars ($36,153.20) per month, net of Operating Costs;

 

  (h) for the next twelve (12) months of the Term hereof at the rate of Thirty-Seven Thousand Two Hundred Thirty-Seven and 80/100 Dollars ($37,237.80) per month, net of Operating Costs;

 

  (i) for the next twelve (12) months of the Term hereof at the rate of Thirty-Eight Thousand Three Hundred Fifty-Four and 93/100 Dollars ($38,354.93) per month, net of Operating Costs;

 

  (j) for the next twelve (12) months of the Term hereof at the rate of Thirty-Nine Thousand Five Hundred Five and 58/100 Dollars ($39,505.58) per month, net of Operating Costs;

 

  (k) for the next twelve (12) months of the Term hereof at the rate of Forty Thousand Six Hundred Ninety and 75/100 Dollars ($40,690.75) per month, net of Operating Costs;

 

  (l) for the next twelve (12) months of the Term hereof at the rate of Forty-One Thousand Nine Hundred Eleven and 47/100 Dollars ($41,911.47) per month, net of Operating Costs;

 

  (m) For the next twelve (12) months of the Term hereof at the rate of Forty-Three Thousand One Hundred Sixty-Eight and 81/100 Dollars ($43,168.81) per month, net of Operating Costs, and

 

  (n) for the remaining Term hereof at the rate of Forty-Four Thousand Four Hundred Sixty-Three and 88/100 Dollars ($44,463.88) per month, net of Operating Costs,

Base Rent shall be paid in advance, without demand or right of set off, deduction or abatement, whatsoever, except that the monthly installment which otherwise shall be due on the Commencement Date recited above, shall be due and payable within three (3) business days after the mutual execution of this Lease. Thereafter, each monthly installment shall be due and payable on or before the first day of each calendar month succeeding the Commencement Date; further provided that the monthly Base Rent payment for any fractional calendar month at the commencement or end of the Lease Term shall be prorated.

B. Tenant shall deposit with Landlord within three (3) business days after the mutual execution of this Lease the sum of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($250,000.00) (the “ Security Deposit ”), which sum shall be held by Landlord, without obligation for interest, as security for the full, timely and faithful performance of Tenant’s covenants and obligations under this Lease, it being expressly understood and agreed that such deposit is not an advance Rent deposit or a measure of Landlord’s damages in case of Tenant’s default. Upon the occurrence of any event of default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without prejudice to any other remedy provided herein or provided by law, use such fund to the extent necessary to make good any arrears of Rent or other payments due

 

  - 3 -   


Landlord hereunder, or any other damage, injury, expense or liability caused by any event of Tenant’s default; and Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand the amount so applied in order to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. Although the Security Deposit shall be deemed the property of Landlord, any remaining balance of such Security Deposit shall be returned by Landlord to Tenant at such time after termination of this Lease when Landlord shall have determined that all Tenant’s obligations under this Lease have been fulfilled. Landlord shall exercise commercially reasonable efforts to make such determination within sixty (60) days after termination of this Lease. Subject to the other terms and conditions contained in this Lease, if the Building is conveyed by Landlord, said Security Deposit may be turned over to Landlord’s grantee, and if so, Tenant hereby releases Landlord from any and all liability with respect to said Security Deposit and its application or return.

C. Tenant agrees that the Base Rent, Additional Rent and any other payments due Landlord hereunder shall be considered rent paid by Tenant for the Leased Premises and shall herein sometimes be collectively referred to as “ Rent ”.

3. Operating Costs.

A. Tenant shall pay upon demand to Landlord for each calendar year, or any portion thereof, during the Term of this Lease, as the same may be extended or renewed from time to time, as additional rent, its Proportionate Share (as defined in Paragraph 21M) of Operating Costs calculated on the basis of the ratio set forth in Subparagraph 21M (sometimes referred to herein as “ Additional Rent ”).

As used in this Lease, the term “ Operating Costs ” shall mean any and all expenses, costs and disbursements (including, without limitation, taxes and assessments) of any kind and nature whatsoever incurred by Landlord in connection with the ownership, leasing, management, maintenance, operation and repair of the Building or the Property or any improvements situated on the Property (including, without limitation, the costs of maintaining and repairing parking lots, parking structures, and easements and the costs of building supplies, janitorial services, and costs associated with the provision of utility services), property management fees, salaries, fringe benefits and related costs, insurance costs of every kind and nature, heating, air conditioning and ventilation costs, common area utility costs, the costs of repairs, maintenance and decorating, and the Building’s or Property’s share of the operating or related costs of the BLCC Center which Landlord shall pay or become obligated to pay in respect of a calendar year (regardless of when such Operating Costs were incurred), except the following: (i) costs of tenant improvements to other tenant’s premises, including any cash or other consideration paid by Landlord on account of, with respect to or in lieu of the tenant work or alterations; (ii) depreciation; (iii) interest and principal payments on mortgages, and other debt costs; (iv) real estate brokers’ leasing commissions or compensations; (v) any cost or expenditure (or portion thereof) for which Landlord is reimbursed, whether by insurance proceeds or otherwise; (vi) cost of any service furnished to any other occupant of the Building which Landlord does not provide to Tenant, or any cost or expense for which Landlord is reimbursed from any tenant or any other third party (other than payments or reimbursements by tenants of Operating Costs); (vii) salaries, fringe benefits and related costs paid to executive personnel at or above the level of property manager; (viii) any item which under generally accepted accounting principles, as consistently applied by Landlord’s standard procedures, is properly classified as a capital expenditure; (ix) any charge for Landlord’s income taxes, excess profit taxes, franchise taxes, or similar taxes on Landlord’s business; provided, however, the foregoing exclusion shall not include any rental sales, leasing or similar taxes levied on or with respect to the Rent, or any part thereof, payable under the Lease in lieu of or in addition to general real and/or personal property taxes; (x) repairs required to cure violations of laws, easements or covenants applicable to the Building in effect on the Lease execution date; (xi) any fine, interest or penalties arising as a result of a late payment of any taxes; (xii) any cost for services or materials paid to a person, firm or entity related to Landlord, to the extent such amount materially exceeds the amount that would be paid for such services or materials at the then existing market rates to an unrelated person, firm, or corporation (provided this exclusion shall not affect, limit or restrict management fees reflected herein); (xiii) reserves in connection with capital improvements and replacements for the Building (but expressly excluding any reserves for BLCC Center that are attributable to the Building and the Property); and (xiv) costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the sale, syndication, financing, or refinancing of Landlord’s interest in the Property or Building. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, depreciation of any capital improvements which are intended to reduce Operating Costs or which are required under any governmental laws, regulations, or ordinances which were not applicable to the Building at the time it was constructed, shall be included in Operating Costs. The useful life of any such improvement shall be reasonably determined by Landlord. In addition, interest on the undepreciated cost of any such improvement (at the prevailing construction loan rate available to Landlord on the date the cost of such improvement was incurred) shall also be included in Operating Costs.

In the event during all or any portion of any calendar year the Building is not fully rented and occupied, Landlord may elect to make an appropriate adjustment in Operating Costs for such year, employing sound accounting and management principles, to determine Operating Costs that would have been paid or incurred by Landlord had the Building been fully rented and occupied and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been Operating Costs for such year.

 

  - 4 -   


Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that certain of the costs of management, operation and maintenance of the BLCC Center are contractually allocated among buildings within such development using methods of allocation that are considered reasonable and appropriate for the circumstances by Landlord. The determination of such costs and the allocation of all or part thereof to Operating Costs by Landlord hereunder shall be in accordance with sound accounting and management principles as reasonably determined by Landlord.

B. During December of each year or as soon thereafter as practicable, Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of its estimate of amounts payable under Subparagraph A above for the ensuing calendar year. On or before the first day of each month thereafter, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, one-twelfth (1/12th) of such estimated amounts provided that if such notice is not given in December, Tenant shall continue to pay on the basis of the prior year’s estimate until the first day of the month after the month in which such notice is given. If at any time it appears to Landlord that the amounts payable under Subparagraph A above for the then current calendar year will vary from its estimate by more than five percent (5%), Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant, revise its estimate for such year, and subsequent payments by Tenant for such year shall be based upon such revised estimate.

Within ninety (90) days after the close of each calendar year or as soon thereafter as practicable, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement showing the total amounts payable under Subparagraph A above and Tenant’s Proportionate Share thereof (the “ Statement ”). If such Statement shows an amount due from Tenant that is less than the estimated payments previously paid by Tenant, it shall be accompanied by a refund of the excess to Tenant. If such Statement shows an amount due from Tenant that is more than the estimated payments previously paid by Tenant, Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord, as Additional Rent, within thirty (30) days after delivery of the Statement.

C. Tenant or its representatives shall have the right to examine and/or audit Landlord’s books and records of Operating Costs during normal business hours and at a location solely designated by Landlord within sixty (60) days following the furnishing of the Statement to Tenant. Unless Tenant takes written exception to any item within sixty (60) days following the furnishing of the Statement to Tenant (which item shall be paid in any event), the Statement shall be considered as final and accepted by Tenant. Such audit shall be conducted by an auditing firm retained by Tenant. All expenses of the audit shall be borne by Tenant unless such audit discloses an overstatement of Operating Costs of ten percent (10%) or more, in which case Landlord shall promptly reimburse Tenant for the reasonable cost of the audit. If the auditing firm determines that Tenant has made an underpayment, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the amount of the underpayment within thirty (30) days following such determination. If the auditing firm determines that Tenant has made an overpayment, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the amount of the overpayment within thirty (30) days following such determination. In the event Landlord disputes the findings of the audit and Landlord and Tenant are not able to mutually agree to a resolution of such dispute within thirty (30) days, then Landlord and Tenant agree to submit any disputed items to the Audit Professionals (as hereafter defined) for resolution as hereafter provided. Any dispute regarding the results of Tenant’s audit shall be settled by a firm of accountants with real estate experience mutually acceptable to Landlord and Tenant (the “ Audit Professionals ”). If Landlord and Tenant cannot agree on the choice of such Audit Professionals within thirty (30) days, then Landlord and Tenant shall each, within fifteen (15) days thereafter, select one (1) independent firm of Audit Professionals, and such two (2) Audit Professionals firms shall together select a third (3 rd ) firm of Audit Professionals, which third (3 rd ) firm shall be the Audit Professionals who shall resolve the dispute. The Audit Professionals shall be entitled to review all records relating to the disputed items. The determination of the Audit Professionals shall be final and binding upon both Landlord and Tenant and the Audit Professionals’ expenses shall be borne by the party against whom the decision is rendered; provided, that if more than one item is disputed, the expenses shall be apportioned equitably according to the number of items decided against each party and the amounts involved.

D. If Landlord selects the accrual accounting method rather than the cash accounting method for operating expense purposes, Operating Costs shall be deemed to have been paid when such expenses have accrued.

4. Alterations. Landlord agrees to install at Landlord’s cost and expense, the improvements described in EXHIBIT C attached hereto (the “ Improvements ”), all of which shall be and remain the property of Landlord. Landlord shall perform such work diligently in a good and workmanlike manner in substantial conformance with the plans and specifications attached as EXHIBIT C (including the drawings, schedules, specifications and AutoCAD Files referenced therein) or otherwise approved by Tenant, and in accordance with all applicable governmental laws, rules, regulations and other requirements. Landlord will apply for and obtain all permits, licenses and certificates necessary for installation of the Improvement described in EXHIBIT C . All other improvements, alterations, additions,

 

  - 5 -   


partitions, fixtures, removals and restoration to the Leased Premises (the “ Tenant’s Improvements ”) shall be installed at the cost and expense of Tenant (which cost shall be payable on demand as Rent to Landlord), but only if such improvements, alterations, partitions, fixtures, removals and/or restorations are: (i) approved in advance by Landlord in writing, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; (ii) made in accordance with plans and specifications which have been previously submitted to and approved in writing by Landlord; (iii) performed in accordance with and in compliance with all governmental laws, ordinances, rules and regulations; (iv) made or performed only by Landlord or by contractors and subcontractors approved in writing by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld); and (v) performed in a good workmanlike manner and diligently prosecuted and so as not to damage the structure or structural qualities of the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right, upon prior written notice to Landlord but without Landlord’s consent, to make any Tenant’s Improvements to the Leased Premises which do not affect the structure and the mechanical, electrical, plumbing and life safety systems of the Building and do not exceed Twenty-Five Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($25,000.00) in aggregate in any consecutive twelve (12) month period. All Tenant’s Improvements shall be and remain the property of Tenant during the Term of this Lease, provided, however, that, unless Landlord otherwise elects as hereinafter provided, all said Tenant’s Improvements shall, upon the expiration or termination of this Lease, or the earlier vacation of the Leased Premises, become and be deemed to be the property of Landlord and title thereto shall pass to Landlord under this Lease as by a bill of sale without further act or deed on the part of Tenant and Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, promptly execute and deliver such bills of sale or other documents or instruments as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable to evidence the foregoing. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the foregoing, Tenant shall remove all Tenant’s Improvements (and any wiring and cabling or similar improvements installed by Tenant as part of the initial Improvements or as part of the initial Tenant’s Improvements) and restore the Leased Premises to its condition prior to the installation or construction thereof by the date of expiration of this Lease or in the event of the earlier vacation of the Leased Premises or termination of this Lease, unless, at the time of Landlord’s approval, or if Landlord’s approval is not required, at the time of original installation, Landlord agreed in writing that such removal was not required. Tenant shall, prior to any such construction or work, provide such assurances to Landlord, including but not limited to, waivers of lien, surety company performance bonds and personal guaranties of individuals of substance, as Landlord shall require to assure payment of the costs thereof and to protect Landlord against any loss from any mechanics’, laborers’, materialmen’s or other liens. Tenant hereby indemnifies and saves Landlord harmless from and against any and all loss, liability, damage, penalty, cost, expense or fee (including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by or asserted against Landlord as a result of the existence or threat of any lien against the Building, Leased Premises or Property. At Landlord’s request, Tenant will notify any contractors, subcontractors and materialmen performing work on, or supplying materials for, the Leased Premises that Tenant is not acting as the agent of Landlord in connection with any such work and/or shall post signs on the Leased Premises to that effect. All risk of loss with respect to the Tenant’s Improvements during the Term hereof shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant.

5. Service. Landlord agrees to furnish Tenant, while occupying the Leased Premises, hot, cold and refrigerated water at those points of supply provided for general use of tenants; heated and refrigerated air conditioning in season at such times as Landlord normally furnishes these services to all tenants of the Building, and at such temperatures and in such amounts as are in accordance with any applicable statutes, rules or regulations and are reasonably considered by Landlord to be standard, with such service to be provided at other times and on Saturday, Sunday, and holidays if requested by Tenant not less than 24 hours in advance for weekdays and not less than 48 hours in advance for weekends and holidays (HVAC hours for the Building are currently set at 6:00 AM to 6:00 PM weekdays, and 7:00 AM to 1:00 PM on Saturday), provided, however, Landlord hereby reserves the right to charge Tenant for any such optional or extended service requested by Tenant at such amount as Landlord, in its sole discretion, determines, and such amount shall be provided to Tenant if requested by Tenant at the time such service is requested; janitor service to the Leased Premises on weekdays other than holidays and such window washing as may from time to time in the Landlord’s judgment be reasonably required; but failure to any extent to furnish or any stoppage or interruption of these defined services, resulting from any cause, shall not render Landlord liable in any respect for damages to any person, property, or business, nor be construed as an eviction of Tenant or work an abatement of Rent, nor relieve Tenant from fulfillment of any covenant or agreement hereof; provided , however, in the event such interruption or stoppage is due to the Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, and such interruption or stoppage continues for a period of seven (7) consecutive days, Tenant shall have the right to abate Rent for the actual period of such interruption or stoppage of such services after such seven (7) day period, and the abatement of Rent shall be Tenant’s sole remedy against Landlord for the interruption or stoppage of such service. Should any equipment or machinery furnished by Landlord cease to function properly, Landlord shall use reasonable diligence to repair the same promptly, but Tenant shall not have claim for rebate of Rent or damages on account of any interruptions in service occasioned thereby or resulting therefrom. Whenever heat generating machines or other machines or equipment are used by Tenant in the Leased Premises which affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning equipment or result in a disproportionate level of use by Tenant of any service provided by Landlord, Landlord reserves the right to install supplementary air conditioning units or other supplementary equipment or machinery in the

 

  - 6 -   


Leased Premises (or for the use of the Leased Premises) and the expense of such purchase, installation, maintenance, operation and repair shall be paid by Tenant upon demand as Additional Rent and/or, as applicable, to install, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, meters or similar devises to monitor such use and/or to charge Tenant for such disproportionate use.

Tenant shall not provide any janitorial services without Landlord’s written consent and then only subject to supervision of Landlord and by a janitorial contractor or employees at all times satisfactory to Landlord. Any such services provided by Tenant shall be Tenant’s sole risk and responsibility.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall be responsible for paying directly to Landlord, as Additional Rent, within ten (10) days after request therefore any and all of the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the replacement of all light bulbs, fluorescent tubes and ballasts of whatever type and nature located within the Leased Premises and in connection with the maintenance, repair and replacement of all water heaters, dishwashers, garbage disposals, generators, HVAC unit, and plumbing fixtures which service only the Leased Premises and all pipes, conduits, wires, cables, vents, laterals, equipment or machinery ancillary or appurtenant thereto whether or not any such equipment, machinery, laterals, pipes, conduits, cables, vents or wires are located within or outside the Leased Premises.

6. Use of Leased Premises.

A. Use Limited . Tenant will not occupy or use, nor permit any portion of the Leased Premises to be occupied or used, for any business, use or purpose, whatsoever, other than that described above or for any business, use or purpose which is unlawful in part or in whole or deemed to be disreputable in any manner, or extra hazardous, including, without limitation, for fire, nor permit anything to be done which will render void or in any way increase the rate of fire insurance on the Building or its contents, and Tenant shall immediately cease and desist from such use, paying all costs and expense resulting therefrom. In addition to the foregoing and not in lieu thereof, Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that, as of the date hereof, Landlord has granted to certain tenants in the Building the exclusive right to use space in the Building for certain purposes. Accordingly, at no time during the Term of this Lease shall Tenant or its successors, assigns, subtenants or any other persons use or occupy the Leased Premises as follows:

(1) The Leased Premises shall not be used or occupied by a national, regional or local brokerage firm who is a member of the New York Stock Exchange, and whose primary business is the sale of stocks and bonds; and

(2) The Leased Premises shall not be used or occupied to conduct business as either a bank, savings and loan, thrift, or credit union, and whose primary function is to provide services to companies, corporations, limited liability companies, sole proprietors, and related business entities.

Except for the foregoing, Landlord has not granted any other exclusive uses in the Building.

B. Compliance . Tenant shall at its own cost and expense promptly obtain any and all licenses and permits necessary for its use and occupancy of the Leased Premises. Tenant shall comply with all governmental laws, ordinances, rules and regulations applicable to the use and its occupancy of the Leased Premises, and shall promptly comply with all governmental orders and directives for the correction, prevention and abatement of any violations or nuisances in or upon, or connected with, the Leased Premises, all at Tenant’s sole expense. If, as a result of any change in the governmental laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, the Leased Premises must be altered to lawfully accommodate Tenant’s use and occupancy, such alterations shall be made only with the consent of Landlord, but the entire cost shall be borne by Tenant; provided that the necessity of Landlord’s consent shall in no way create any liability against Landlord for failure of Tenant to comply with such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations.

C. Maintenance . Tenant will maintain the Leased Premises (including all Tenant’s Improvements, fixtures, installed by Tenant or at Tenant’s request and all plate glass) in good order and repair, reasonable wear and tear excepted, in a clean, secure and healthful condition, and in compliance with all applicable laws, ordinances, orders, rules, and regulations (state, federal, municipal, and other agencies or bodies having any jurisdiction thereof). Any repairs or replacements shall be with materials and workmanship of the same character, kind and quality as the original. Tenant will not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld for any reason whatsoever in Landlord’s sole discretion, paint, install lighting or decorations, or install any signs, window or door lettering or advertising media of any type on or about the Leased Premises or the Building.

 

  - 7 -   


Landlord shall maintain and repair the Common Areas, the structure, roof and exterior of the Building, the heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems of the Building located outside the Leased Premises and the grounds (including landscaping, parking areas, walkways, roadways and driveways) in good order and repair, and in compliance with all applicable laws, ordinances, orders, rules, and regulations (state, federal, municipal and other agencies and bodies having any jurisdiction thereof). Any and all costs incurred by Landlord in connection with the maintenance and repair of the Common Areas, the structure, roof and exterior of the Building, and the heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems of the Building shall be part of Operating Costs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any such repairs or replacements are required due to the negligent or intentional acts of Tenant or its agents, employees, subtenants, patients or invitees, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, on demand, for Landlord’s costs and expenses incurred in making such repairs and replacements.

D. Nuisance . Tenant will conduct its business and control its agents, employees and invitees in such a manner as not to create any nuisance, nor interfere with, annoy, or disturb other tenants or Landlord in the management of the Building.

E. Negligence . Tenant shall pay upon demand as Additional Rent the full cost of repairing any damage to the Leased Premises, Building or related facilities resulting from and/or caused in whole or in part by the negligence or misconduct of Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, subtenants, invitees, or any other person entering upon the Property as a result of Tenant’s business activities or resulting from Tenant’s default hereunder.

F. Rules and Regulations . Tenant and Tenant’s agents, employees, patrons and invitees, will comply fully with all rules and regulations of the BLCC Center, the Building, parking area and related facilities which are described in EXHIBIT D attached hereto. Landlord shall at all times have the right, in its reasonable discretion, to change such rules and regulations or to promulgate other rules and regulations as may be deemed advisable for the safety, care, and cleanliness of the Building or the BLCC Center, or any part thereof, and for the preservation of good order therein, provided such new or amended rules and regulations do not adversely affect Tenant’s use of the Leased Premises as originally permitted in this Lease; and further provided that Landlord does not, as part of such new or amended rules and regulations, impose on Tenant new charges or fees for the use of the Leased Premises or the Common Areas (provided that the foregoing shall not in any way affect, limit, restrict, preclude or otherwise prohibit Landlord’s right to charge Tenant for, or Tenant’s obligation to pay, its Proportionate Share of Operating Costs). In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Lease and any new or amended rules and regulations, the terms of this Lease shall control. Copies of all rules and regulations, changes, and amendments will be forwarded to Tenant in writing and shall be carried out and observed by Tenant. Tenant shall further be responsible for the compliance with such rules and regulations by Tenant’s employees, agents, patrons and invitees. Landlord shall not discriminate against Tenant in the enforcement of such rules and regulations applicable to all tenants at the BLCC Center, and Landlord shall enforce such rules and regulations in a consistent manner with regard to all tenants generally of the BLCC Center.

G. Access . Except in emergencies, upon not less than one (1) business day advance notice to Tenant, Tenant shall permit Landlord (or its designees) access to the Leased Premises to erect, use, maintain, repair and replace pipes, cables, conduits, plumbing, vents, telephone, electric and other wires or other items which pass in, to or through the Leased Premises, as and to the extent that Landlord, in its sole discretion, may deem necessary or appropriate for the proper operation and maintenance of the Building. In the event that Landlord requires access to any under-floor duct, Landlord’s liability for carpet (or other floor covering) replacement shall be limited to replacement of the piece removed. All such work shall be done, as far as practicable, in such a manner as to minimize interference with Tenant’s use of the Leased Premises.

H. Surrender . At termination of this Lease, upon its expiration or otherwise, Tenant shall remove from the Leased Premises all personal property of Tenant; repair any damage caused by such removal; deliver up the Leased Premises with all improvements located thereon (including the Tenant’s Improvements except as herein provided) in good repair and condition, reasonable wear and tear, casualty damage and damage caused by Landlord excepted, broom clean and free of all debris; execute and deliver such conveyance as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary or desirable to evidence the same and any other conveyances pursuant to this Lease; and continue to insure all of the same as otherwise required pursuant hereto, until this Subparagraph H has been complied with.

I. Taxes . Tenant shall fully and timely pay all business and other taxes, charges, rates, duties, assessments and license fees levied, rates imposed, charged or assessed against or with respect to the Tenant’s occupancy of the Leased Premises or with respect to the Tenant’s Improvements, personal property, trade fixtures, furniture and facilities of the Tenant or the business or income of the Tenant on and from the Leased Premises, if any, as and when the same shall become due, and to indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against all payment of such taxes, charges, rates, duties, assessments and license fees and against all loss, costs, charges and expenses occasioned by or arising from any and all such taxes, rates, duties, assessments and license fees, and to promptly deliver to Landlord for inspection, upon written request of the Landlord, evidence satisfactory to Landlord of any such payments.

 

  - 8 -   


7. Inspections. Except in emergencies, upon not less than one (1) business day advance notice to Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to enter the Leased Premises at any reasonable time for the following purposes: (i) to ascertain the condition of the Leased Premises; (ii) to determine whether Tenant is diligently fulfilling Tenant’s responsibilities under this Lease; (iii) to clean and to make such repairs as may be required or permitted to be made by Landlord under the terms of this Lease; (iv) to show the Leased Premises to prospective buyers or mortgagees; or (v) to do any other act or thing which Landlord deems reasonable to preserve the Leased Premises and the Building. During the twelve (12) months prior to the end of the Term hereof and at any time Tenant is in default hereunder, Landlord shall have the right to enter the Leased Premises for the purpose of showing the Leased Premises to lessees. Tenant shall give written notice to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to vacating and shall arrange to meet with Landlord for a joint inspection of the Leased Premises. In the event of Tenant’s failure to give such notice or arrange such joint inspection, Landlord’s inspection at or after Tenant’s vacating the Leased Premises shall be conclusively deemed correct for purposes of determining Tenant’s responsibility for repairs and restoration.

8. Assignment and Subletting.

A. Tenant shall not have the right to assign, encumber or pledge this Lease or to sublet the whole or any part of the Leased Premises, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or permit the use or occupancy of the Leased Premises by anyone other than Tenant or for any use other than the use described in Paragraph 1 hereof, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and such restrictions shall be binding upon any assignee or subtenant to which Landlord has consented. Tenant shall have the right, without Landlord’s consent and upon prior written notice to Landlord (specifically describing Tenant’s relationship with such subsidiary, affiliate, related company, or successor), to assign this Lease or sublease the Leased Premises to a subsidiary, affiliate, related company or successor of Tenant (“ Permitted Transferee ”). In the event Tenant desires to sublet the Leased Premises, or any portion thereof, or assign this Lease, Tenant shall give written notice thereof to Landlord within a reasonable time prior to the proposed commencement date of such subletting or assignment, which notice shall set forth the name of the proposed subtenant or assignee, the relevant terms of any sublease and copies of financial reports and other relevant financial information of the proposed subtenant or assignee. Notwithstanding any permitted assignment or subletting, Tenant shall at all times remain directly, primarily and fully responsible and liable for the payment of the Rent herein specified and for compliance with all of its other obligations under the terms, provisions and covenants of this Lease. Upon the occurrence of an “ event of default ” (as hereinafter defined), if the Leased Premises or any part thereof are then assigned or sublet, Landlord, in addition to any other remedies herein provided or provided by law, may, at its option, collect directly from such assignee or subtenant all rents or other payments due and becoming due to Tenant under such assignment or sublease and apply such rent or other payments against any sums due to Landlord from Tenant hereunder, and no such collection shall be construed to constitute a novation or a release of Tenant from the further performance of Tenant’s obligations hereunder. In the event the Rent, including, without limitation, Base Rent and any Additional Rent, together with any and all other costs, fees, expenses or other amounts paid by any such occupant, user, subtenant or assignee in any month exceeds the Rent payable on a per rentable square foot basis hereunder for such assigned or sublet portion of the Leased Premises, then the amount of such excess shall be paid to Landlord as Additional Rent hereunder within five (5) business days after receipt thereof by or on behalf of Tenant.

B. In addition to, but not in limitation of, Landlord’s right to approve of any subtenant or assignee, Landlord shall have the option, in its sole discretion, in the event of any proposed subletting or assignment, to terminate this Lease, or in the case of a proposed subletting of less than the entire Leased Premises, to recapture the portion of the Leased Premises to be sublet, as of the date the subletting or assignment is to be effective. The option shall be exercised, if at all, by Landlord giving Tenant written notice thereof within sixty (60) days following Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s written notice as required above. If this Lease shall be terminated with respect to the entire Leased Premises pursuant to this Paragraph 8B, the Term of this Lease shall end on the date stated in Tenant’s notice as the effective date of the sublease or assignment as if that date had been originally fixed in this Lease for the expiration of the Term hereof. If Landlord recaptures under this Paragraph 8B only a portion of the Leased Premises, the Rent during the unexpired Term shall abate proportionately based on the Rent contained in this Lease as of the date immediately prior to such recapture. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own cost and expense, discharge in full any and all commission obligations with respect to this Lease that may be due and owing now or in the future at the time of any assignment or subletting by Tenant or upon recapture by Landlord.

 

  - 9 -   


C. All documents utilized by Tenant to evidence any subletting or assignment for which Landlord’s consent has been requested, shall be subject to prior approval by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant shall pay on demand all of Landlord’s reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney’s and accountant’s fees, incurred in determining whether or not to consent to any requested subletting or assignment and for the review and approval of such documentation. In no event, however, shall Tenant be required to reimburse Landlord for any such costs that exceed $3,000 for any one particular requested subletting or assignment.

9. Property Damage.

A. If the Building, Improvements, or Leased Premises are rendered partially or wholly untenantable by fire or other casualty, and if such damage cannot, in Landlord’s reasonable estimation, be materially restored within ninety (90) days of such damage, then Landlord may, at its sole option, terminate this Lease as of the date of such fire or casualty. Landlord shall exercise its option provided herein by written notice to Tenant within sixty (60) days of such fire or other casualty. For purposes hereof, the Building, Improvements or Leased Premises shall be deemed “ materially restored ” if they are in such condition as would not prevent or materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Leased Premises.

B. If this Lease is not terminated pursuant to Paragraph 9A, then Landlord shall proceed with all due diligence to repair and restore the Building, Improvements or Leased Premises, as the case may be. In connection with such rebuilding or restoration, Landlord shall only be obligated to spend up to the amount of insurance proceeds actually received by Landlord (except that Landlord may elect not to rebuild if such damage occurs during the last year of the Term exclusive of any option which is unexercised at the date of such damage).

C. If this Lease shall be terminated pursuant to this Paragraph 9, the Term of this Lease shall end on the date of such damage as if that date had been originally fixed in this Lease for the expiration of the Term hereof. If this Lease shall not be terminated by Landlord pursuant to this Paragraph 9 and if the Leased Premises is untenantable in whole or in part following such damage, the Base Rent and Additional Rent payable during the period in which the Leased Premises is untenantable shall be reduced to such extent, if any, as may be fair and reasonable under all of the circumstances as the same is reasonably determined by Landlord. In the event that Landlord should fail to complete such repairs and rebuilding within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of such damage, Tenant may at its option and as its sole remedy terminate this Lease by delivering thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord, whereupon the Lease shall end on the date thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice as if the date thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice were the date originally fixed in this Lease for the expiration of the Term hereof, but only if the repairs and rebuilding have not yet been completed on such date; provided, however, that if construction is delayed because of changes, deletions, or additions in construction requested by Tenant, strikes, lockouts, casualties, acts of God, war, material or labor shortages, governmental regulation or control or other causes beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, including, without limitation, negotiations with insurance companies, the period for restoration, repair or rebuilding shall be extended for the amount of time Landlord is so delayed.

D. In no event shall Landlord be required to rebuild, repair or replace any part of the Tenant’s Improvements, partitions, fixtures, additions and other improvements which may have been placed in or about the Leased Premises by Tenant. If this Lease is not terminated pursuant hereto, Tenant shall promptly repair and restore any such Tenant’s Improvements, partitions, fixtures, additions or other improvements that Tenant is required to construct, place or install in, on or about the Leased Premises pursuant hereto. Tenant hereby agrees to maintain insurance covering the contents of the Leased Premises, the Tenant’s Improvements, its personal property, fixtures, machinery, equipment, partitions, additions, alterations and improvements on an acceptable “All Risk” or “Special Perils” property form, together with such other endorsements as Landlord may, from time to time, reasonably require in amounts at least equal to the full replacement cost thereof, and without coinsurance. All insurance policies shall provide that the coverage shall not be terminated or modified without thirty (30) days’ advance written notice to Landlord, and that Tenant shall deliver a Certificate of Insurance and certification that said insurance premium has been prepaid. In the case of an insurance policy about to expire, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord renewal or replacement certificates not less than thirty (30) days prior to the date of expiration. Said coverage shall be provided by insurance carriers with at least an A-VIII rating by A.M. Best and reasonably acceptable to the Landlord. Any insurance which may be carried by Landlord or Tenant against loss or damage to the Building or Leased Premises shall be for the sole benefit of the party carrying such insurance and under its sole control. Tenant shall provide Landlord with a certified copy of such policy if requested by Landlord in writing.

E. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event the holder of any indebtedness secured by a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Leased Premises, Building or Property requires that any insurance proceeds be applied to such indebtedness, then Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice of termination to Tenant within fifteen (15) days after such requirement is made by any such holder, whereupon this Lease shall end on the date of such damage as if the date of such damage were the date originally fixed in this Lease for the expiration of the Term hereof.

 

  - 10 -   


F. Intentionally omitted.

G. In the event of any damage or destruction to the Building or the Leased Premises by any peril covered by the provisions of this Paragraph 9, Tenant shall, upon notice from Landlord, remove forthwith, at its sole cost and expense, such portion or all of the property belonging to Tenant or his licensees from such portion or all of the Building or the Leased Premises as Landlord shall request and Tenant hereby indemnifies and holds Landlord harmless from any loss, liability, costs, and expenses, including attorney’s fees, arising out of any claim of damage or injury as a result of any alleged failure to properly secure the Leased Premises prior to such removal and/or such removal.

10. Liability.

A. Landlord shall not be liable for and Tenant will indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any loss, liability, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, court costs and attorney’s fees, arising out of any claim of injury or damage on or about the Leased Premises caused in whole or in part by the negligence or misconduct by Tenant, its agents, employees, subtenants, contractors, invitees or by any other person entering the Leased Premises or the Building or Property under express or implied invitation of Tenant, arising out of Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Leased Premises or arising out of a default by Tenant under this Lease or the Tenant’s failure to otherwise fail to perform its obligations hereunder. In case the Landlord shall be made a party to any litigation commenced by or against the Tenant, then the Tenant shall protect and hold the Landlord harmless and shall pay all costs, expenses and reasonable attorney’s fees incurred or paid by the Landlord in connection with such litigation whether or not such action is contested or prosecuted to judgment. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, subtenants, invitees or any person entering upon the Property in whole or in part because of Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Leased Premises for any damage to persons or property due to condition, design, or defect in the Building or its mechanical systems or its security plans or systems which may exist or occur, and Tenant assumes all risks of damage to such persons or property. Furthermore, Landlord shall not be liable or responsible for any loss or damage to any property or person occasioned by theft, fire, act of God, public enemy, criminal activity, injunction, riot, strike, insurrection, war, court order, requisition or order of governmental body or authority, or for any injury or damage or inconvenience, which may arise through repair or alteration of any part of the Building, or failure to make repairs, or from any other cause whatsoever except solely as a result of Landlord’s willful acts or gross negligence. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Landlord shall not be liable for any injury or damage to persons or property resulting from fire, explosion, falling plaster or ceiling tile, steam, gas, electricity, water, rain, snow or leaks from any part of the Leased Premises or from the pipes, appliances, plumbing works, roof, street, or subsurface of any floor or ceiling or from any other place or because of dampness or climatic conditions from any other cause of whatsoever kind, except as a result of Landlord’s willful or intentional acts or negligence. Landlord shall not be liable for any damage whatsoever caused by any other persons in or about the Building or the BLCC Center, or by an occupant of adjacent property thereto, or by the public, or by the construction of any private, public or quasi-public work, except as a result of Landlord’s willful acts or gross negligence. All property of the Tenant kept or stored on the Leased Premises shall be kept or stored at the risk of the Tenant only and the Tenant shall indemnify the Landlord in the event of any claims arising out of damages to the same. Landlord shall not be liable or responsible in any way for: (a) any act or omission (including theft, malfeasance or negligence) on the part of any agent, contractor or person from time to time employed by Landlord to perform janitor services or security services, or repairs or maintenance services, in or about the Leased Premises or the Building (provided, however, nothing shall limit Tenant’s rights directly against such tortfeasors or independent contractors); or (b) loss or damage, however caused, to money, securities, negotiable instruments, papers or other valuables of the Tenant.

Tenant shall not be liable for and Landlord will indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from and against any loss, liability, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, court costs and attorney’s fees, arising out of any claim of injury or damage on or about the Leased Premises caused in whole or in part by the gross negligence or willful misconduct by Landlord, its agents, employees, subtenants, contractors, invitees or by any other person entering the Leased Premises under express or implied invitation of Landlord or arising out of a default by Landlord under this Lease or the Landlord’s failure to otherwise fail to perform its obligations hereunder. In case the Tenant shall be made a party to any litigation commenced by or against the Landlord, then the Landlord shall protect and hold the Tenant harmless and shall pay all costs, expenses and reasonable attorney’s fees incurred or paid by the Tenant in connection with such litigation whether or not such action is contested or prosecuted to judgment. Furthermore, Tenant shall not be liable or responsible for any loss or damage to any property or person occasioned by theft, fire, act of God, public enemy, criminal activity, injunction, riot, strike, insurrection, war, court order, requisition or order of governmental body or authority, or for any injury or damage, which may arise through repair or alteration of any part of the Building, or failure to make repairs, or from any other cause whatsoever except solely as a result of Tenant’s willful acts or gross negligence. Tenant shall not be liable for any damage whatsoever caused by any other persons in or about the Building or the Center, or by an occupant of adjacent property thereto, or by the public, or by the construction of any private, public or quasi-public work.

 

  - 11 -   


B. Tenant shall procure and maintain throughout the Term of this Lease a commercial general liability policy, in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, insuring Tenant (and naming Landlord as an additional insured) against all claims, demands or actions arising out of or in connection with: (i) the Leased Premises; (ii) the condition of the Leased Premises; (iii) Tenant’s operations in and maintenance and use of the Leased Premises; and (iv) Tenant’s liability assumed under this Lease. The limits of such policy shall be in not less than the following amounts (which amounts may be provided in a combination of commercial general liability policies and/or umbrella or excess policies): (i) One Million and 00/100 Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per occurrence; (ii) Two Million and 00/100 Dollars ($2,000,000.00) general aggregate per location; (iii) One Million and 00/100 Dollars ($1,000,000.00) personal and advertising injury; (iv) Two Million and 00/100 Dollars ($2,000,000.00) products and completed operations; (v) Five Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($5,000.00) medical expense; and (vi) One Hundred Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($100,000.00) fire damage. Such policy shall be procured by Tenant from an insurance company rated at least A-VIII by A.M. Best. A certificate of such policy, together with receipt evidencing payment of the premium, shall be delivered to Landlord prior to the Commencement Date of this Lease. Such certificate of insurance should identify any deductibles and/or self-insured retentions. Upon written demand by Landlord, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a certified copy of such policy. Not less than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration date of such policy, a certificate of insurance of the renewal thereof (bearing notations evidencing the payment of the renewal premium) shall be delivered to Landlord. Such policy shall further provide that not less than thirty (30) days written notice shall be given to Landlord before such policy may be canceled, non-renewed or changed to reduce the insurance coverage provided thereby.

C. Landlord shall procure and maintain throughout the Term of this Lease a commercial general liability policy (as an Operating Cost), insuring Landlord (and naming Tenant as an additional insured) against all claims, demands or actions arising out of or in connection with the Property. The limits of such policy shall be in not less than the following amounts (which amounts may be provided in a combination of commercial general liability policies and/or umbrella or excess policies): (i) One Million and 00/100 Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per occurrence; (ii) Two Million and 00/100 Dollars ($2,000,000.00) general aggregate per location; (iii) One Million and 00/100 Dollars ($1,000,000.00) personal and advertising injury; (iv) Two Million and 00/100 Dollars ($2,000,000.00) products and completed operations; (v) Five Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($5,000.00) medical expense; and (vi) One Hundred Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($100,000.00) fire damage. Such policy shall be procured by Landlord from an insurance company rated at least A-VIII by A.M. Best. Upon Tenant’s written request, a certificate of such policy shall be delivered to Tenant prior to the Commencement Date of this Lease. Such certificate of insurance should identify any deductibles and/or self-insured retentions. Upon written demand by Tenant, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a certified copy of such policy. Not less than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration date of such policy, a certificate of insurance of the renewal thereof (bearing notations evidencing the payment of the renewal premium) shall be delivered to Tenant. Such policy shall further provide that not less than thirty (30) days written notice shall be given to Tenant before such policy may be canceled, non-renewed or changed to reduce the insurance coverage provided thereby. Landlord shall also procure and maintain throughout the Term of this Lease a policy of insurance against loss or damage to the Building by fire or other casualty in such amounts and with such requirements as may be required by Landlord’s mortgagee, but in no event less than the full replacement cost of the Building.

D. Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall be liable to the other or to any insurance company insuring the other party (by way of subrogation or otherwise) for any loss or damage to any structure, building, or other tangible property, or any resulting loss of income, even though such damage or loss might have been occasioned by the negligence of Landlord or Tenant or any of their agents or employees, if any such loss or damage is covered by insurance benefiting the party suffering such loss or damage or was required of such party to be covered by insurance pursuant to this Lease.

11. Condemnation.

A. If, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, any substantial part of the Building, Improvements, or Leased Premises should be taken for any public or quasi-public use under governmental law, ordinance or regulation, or by right of eminent domain, or by private purchase in lieu thereof and the taking would prevent or materially interfere with the use of the Building or Leased Premises, then this Lease shall terminate effective when the physical taking shall occur in the same manner as if the date of such taking were the date originally fixed in this Lease for the expiration of the Term hereof. Provided that Tenant has not exercised its option to extend the Term of this Lease under Paragraph 27 below, then, during the last year of the Term of this Lease, if any substantial part of the Building, Improvements, or Leased Premises should be taken for any public or quasi-public use under governmental law, ordinance or regulation, or by right of eminent domain, or by private purchase in lieu

 

  - 12 -   


thereof and the taking would prevent or materially interfere with the use of the Leased Premises in Tenant’s reasonable discretion, then this Lease shall terminate effective when the physical taking shall occur in the same manner as if the date of such taking were the date originally fixed in this Lease for the expiration of the Term hereof.

B. If part of the Building, Improvements, or Leased Premises shall be taken for any public or quasi-public use under any governmental law, ordinance or regulation, or by right of eminent domain, or by private purchase in lieu thereof, and this Lease is not terminated as provided in the Subparagraph A above, then this Lease shall not terminate but the Rent payable hereunder during the unexpired portion of this Lease shall be reduced to such extent, if any, as may be fair and reasonable under all of the circumstances as the same is reasonably determined by Landlord and Landlord shall undertake to restore the Building, Improvements, and Leased Premises to a condition suitable for Tenant’s use, as near to the condition thereof immediately prior to such taking as is reasonably feasible under all the circumstances.

C. In the event of any such taking or private purchase in lieu thereof, Landlord and Tenant shall each be entitled to receive and retain such separate awards and/or portion of lump sum awards as may be allocated to their respective interests in any condemnation proceedings; provided that Tenant shall not be entitled to receive any award for Tenant’s loss of its leasehold interest or any award which would otherwise diminish the award to Landlord, the right to such award(s) being hereby assigned by Tenant to Landlord.

12. Holding Over. Tenant will, at the termination of this Lease by lapse of time or otherwise, yield up immediate possession to Landlord. If Tenant retains possession of the Leased Premises or any part thereof after such termination, then Landlord may, at its option and at any time, serve written notice upon Tenant that such holding over constitutes any one of (i) creation of a month to month tenancy, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease; or (ii) creation of a tenancy at sufferance, in any case upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease; provided, however, that the monthly Rent (or daily Rent under (ii)) shall, in addition to all other sums which are to be paid by Tenant hereunder, whether or not as Additional Rent, be equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Rent being paid monthly to Landlord under this Lease immediately prior to such termination (prorated in the case of (ii) on the basis of a 365-day year for each day Tenant remains in possession). If no such notice is served, then a tenancy at sufferance shall be deemed to be created at the Rent in the preceding sentence. In the event a tenancy at sufferance is created, Tenant shall also pay to Landlord all damages sustained by Landlord resulting from retention of possession by Tenant, including the loss of any proposed subsequent tenant for any portion of the Leased Premises if such tenancy at sufferance continues for more than thirty (30) days after Landlord’s notice that Landlord has a subsequent tenant for a portion of the Leased Premises. The provisions of this Paragraph shall not constitute a waiver by Landlord of any right of re-entry as herein set forth; nor shall receipt of any Rent or any other act in apparent affirmance of the tenancy operate as a waiver of the right to terminate this Lease for a breach of any of the terms, covenants, or obligations herein on Tenant’s part to be performed or act as a reformation or novation of this Lease or a waiver of any of Landlord’s rights pursuant to this Paragraph 12, including, without limitation, Landlord’s right to demand at any time one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Rent for any period of time after the termination of this Lease whether or not Landlord has accepted and deposited any Rent in a lesser amount for such period and whether or not Landlord made any demand for any such Additional Rent, and whether or not Tenant and Landlord are then negotiating for extension or renewal of this Lease or the entry into a new lease for the Leased Premises or for other premises and without any condition or requirement that Landlord notify Tenant that Tenant’s holding over is wrongful or that Tenant’s holding over be held to be wrongful.

13. Quiet Enjoyment. Landlord represents and warrants that it has full right and authority to enter into this Lease, and provided that there is no event of default beyond any applicable notice and cure period by Tenant, Tenant shall peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Leased Premises for the Term hereof without hindrance or molestation from Landlord subject to the terms and provisions of this Lease. Landlord further represents and covenants that it will register to transact business in the State of Wisconsin not later than thirty (30) days after Lease execution. Landlord shall not be liable for any interference or disturbance by other tenants or third persons, nor shall Tenant be released from any of the obligations of this Lease because of such interference or disturbance.

14. Events of Default. The following events shall be deemed to be “ events of default ” by Tenant under this Lease, and Tenant shall not have the right to cure any such events of default except as expressly provided below:

A. Tenant shall fail to pay when or before due any sum of money becoming due to be paid to Landlord hereunder, whether such sum be any installment of the Base Rent herein reserved, any other amount treated as Additional Rent hereunder, or any other payment or reimbursement to Landlord required herein, whether or not treated as Additional Rent hereunder, and such failure shall continue for a period of five (5) days from the date such payment was due; provided, however, in any

 

  - 13 -   


given twelve (12) month period (the “ Period ”), Tenant shall be entitled to written notice from Landlord for one (1) occasion in such Period that Tenant has not paid the foregoing amounts when due, and Tenant shall not be in default hereunder until five (5) days after such written notice has been given by Landlord; and further provided, Landlord shall not be obligated to give more than one (1) such written notice in any Period, and any failure by Tenant to pay the foregoing amounts within five (5) days after the same are due in any Period after Landlord has given Tenant one (1) previous written notice shall be considered an event of default; or

B. Tenant shall fail to comply with any term, provision or covenant of this Lease, and shall not cure such failure within twenty (20) days (forthwith, if the default involves a hazardous condition) after written notice thereof to Tenant, unless such default is not capable of being cured within the twenty (20) day right to cure period, then Tenant shall have such longer period of time as may be reasonable necessary to cure such default, not to exceed ninety (90) days, so long as Tenant has commenced such cure with the twenty (20) day right to cure period and is diligently pursuing such cure; provided, however, such twenty (20) day right to cure (or longer period of time, if applicable) shall not apply to any other events of default under this Paragraph 14; or

C. Tenant shall abandon the Leased Premises for more than thirty (30) consecutive days; or

D. Tenant shall fail to vacate the Leased Premises immediately upon termination or expiration of this Lease, by lapse of time or otherwise, or upon termination of Tenant’s right to possession only; or

E. The leasehold interest of Tenant shall be levied upon under execution or be attached by process of law or Tenant shall fail to contest diligently the validity of any lien or claimed lien and give sufficient security to Landlord to insure payment thereof or shall fail to satisfy any judgment rendered thereon and have the same released, and such default shall continue for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof to Tenant; or

F. Tenant shall become insolvent, admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, file a petition in bankruptcy or a petition to take advantage of any insolvency statute, make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, make a transfer in fraud of creditors, apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver of itself or of the whole or any substantial part of its property, file a petition or answer seeking reorganization or arrangement under the federal bankruptcy laws, as now in effect or hereafter amended, or any other applicable law or statute of the United States or any state thereof, or become the subject of a criminal indictment; or

G. A court of competent jurisdiction shall enter an order, judgment or decree adjudicating Tenant a bankrupt, or appointing a receiver of Tenant, or of the whole or any substantial part of its, without the consent of Tenant, or approving a petition filed against Tenant seeking reorganization or arrangement of Tenant under the bankruptcy laws of the United States, as now in effect or hereafter amended, or any state thereof, and such order, judgment or decree shall not be vacated or set aside or stayed within thirty (30) days from the date of entry thereof; or

H. Tenant shall assign, transfer, sublet, or convey, by operation of law or otherwise, any interest in this Lease, except as may be expressly permitted by the terms of this Lease.

15. Remedies. Upon the occurrence of any of such events of default described in Paragraph 14 hereof or elsewhere in this Lease, Landlord shall have the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies without any notice or demand whatsoever:

A. Landlord may, at its election, terminate this Lease or terminate Tenant’s right to possession only, without terminating this Lease;

B. Upon any termination of this Lease, whether by lapse of time or otherwise, or upon any termination of Tenant’s right to possession without termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender possession and vacate the Leased Premises immediately, and deliver possession thereof to Landlord, and Tenant hereby grants to Landlord full and free license to enter into and upon the Leased Premises in such event with or without notice or process of law and to repossess Landlord of the Leased Premises as of Landlord’s former estate and to expel or remove Tenant and any others who may be occupying or within the Leased Premises and to remove any and all property therefrom, without being deemed in any manner guilty of trespass, eviction or forcible entry or detainer, without incurring any liability for any damage resulting therefrom, and without relinquishing Landlord’s right to Rent or any other right given to Landlord hereunder or by operation of law. Tenant hereby waives any right to claim damage for such reentry and expulsion;

 

  - 14 -   


C. Upon any termination of this Lease, whether by lapse of time or otherwise, Landlord shall be entitled to recover as damages, all Rent, including any amounts treated as Additional Rent hereunder, and other sums due and payable by Tenant on the date of termination, plus, to the extent permitted by law, the sum of (i) an amount equal to the then present value of the Rent, including any amounts treated as Additional Rent hereunder, and other sums provided herein to be paid by Tenant for the residue of the stated Term hereof, less the fair rental value of the Leased Premises for such residue (taking into account the time and expense necessary to obtain a replacement tenant or tenants, including expenses hereinafter described in Subparagraph D of this Paragraph 15 relating to recovery of the Leased Premises, preparation for reletting and for reletting itself), and (ii) the cost of performing any other covenants which would have otherwise been performed by Tenant;

D. Alter all locks and other security devices at the Leased Premises without terminating this Lease and without notice if the Leased Premises is not presently used and physically occupied by employees of Tenant or with three (3) days notice if the Leased Premises is then being used and physically occupied by Tenant’s employees;

E. (i) Upon any termination of Tenant’s right to possession only without termination of the Lease, Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, enter into the Leased Premises, remove Tenant’s signs and other evidences of tenancy, and take and hold possession thereof as provided in Subparagraph B of this Paragraph 15, without such entry and possession terminating the Lease or releasing Tenant, in whole or in part, from any obligation, including Tenant’s obligation to pay the Rent, including any amounts treated as Additional Rent, hereunder for the full Term. In any such case, Tenant shall pay forthwith to Landlord, if Landlord so elects and to the extent permitted by applicable law, a sum equal to the entire amount of the Rent, including any amounts treated as Additional Rent hereunder, for the residue of the stated Term hereof plus any other sums provided herein to be paid by Tenant for the remainder of the Lease Term; and

(ii) Landlord may, but need not, relet the Leased Premises or any part thereof for such Rent and upon such terms as Landlord in its sole discretion shall determine (including the right to relet the Leased Premises for a greater or lesser Term than that remaining under this Lease, the right to relet the Leased Premises as a part of a larger area, and the right to change the character or use made of the Leased Premises) and Landlord shall not be required to accept any tenant offered by Tenant, to observe any instructions given by Tenant about such reletting, to lease the Leased Premises prior to other vacant space owned, controlled or managed by Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord, to expend sums to lease the Leased Premises, or to lease the Leased Premises at below market rates. In any such case, Landlord may make repairs, alterations and additions in or to the Leased Premises, and redecorate the same to the extent Landlord deems necessary or desirable, and Tenant shall, upon demand, pay the cost thereof, together with Landlord’s expenses of reletting including, without limitation, any broker’s commission incurred by Landlord. If the consideration collected by Landlord upon any such reletting plus any sums previously collected from Tenant are not sufficient to pay the full amount of all Rent, including any amounts treated as Additional Rent hereunder and other sums reserved in this Lease for the remaining Term hereof, together with the costs of repairs, alterations, additions, redecorating, and Landlord’s expenses of reletting and the collection of the Rent accruing therefrom (including attorneys’ fees and brokers’ commissions), Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of such deficiency upon demand and Tenant agrees that Landlord may file suit to recover any sums falling due under this Paragraph from time to time on one or more occasions, without the necessity of Landlord’s waiting until expiration of the Term;

F. Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, enter into and upon the Leased Premises, with or without process of law, if Landlord determines in its sole discretion that Tenant is not acting within a commercially reasonable time to maintain, repair or replace anything for which Tenant is responsible hereunder and correct the same, without being deemed in any manner guilty of trespass, eviction or forcible entry and detainer and without incurring any liability for any damage resulting therefrom and Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord, on demand, as Additional Rent, for any expenses which Landlord may incur in thus effecting compliance with Tenant’s obligations under this Lease;

G. Any and all property which may be removed from the Leased Premises by Landlord pursuant to the authority of the Lease or of law, to which Tenant is or may be entitled, may be handled, removed and seized, as the case may be, by or at the direction of Landlord at the risk, cost and expense of Tenant, and Landlord shall in no event be responsible for the value, preservation or safekeeping thereof. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon demand, any and all expenses incurred in such removal and all storage charges against such property so long as the same shall be in Landlord’s possession or under Landlord’s control. Any such property of Tenant not retaken by Tenant from storage within thirty (30) days after removal from the Leased Premises shall, at Landlord’s option, be deemed conveyed by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease as by a bill of sale without further payment or credit by Landlord to Tenant; and/or

 

  - 15 -   


H. In the event Tenant fails to pay any installment of Rent, including any amount treated as Additional Rent hereunder, or other sums hereunder as and when such installment or other charge is due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand and without regard to any grace or cure period for such payment which may be herein provided, a late charge in an amount equal to five percent (5%) of such installment or other charge overdue in any month to help defray the additional cost to Landlord for processing such late payments and said Rent and other sums due hereunder shall commence to accrue interest at the Default Rate (as such term is hereinafter defined) from the date said sums are due and without regard to any grace or cure period for such payment which may be herein provided, until paid in full, and such late charge and default interest shall be Additional Rent hereunder and the failure to pay such late charge and/or default interest within ten (10) days after demand therefore shall be an additional event of default hereunder. The provision for such late charge and/or default interest shall be in addition to all of Landlord’s other rights and remedies hereunder or at law and shall not be construed as liquidated damages or as limiting Landlord’s remedies in any manner. The term “ Default Rate ” shall mean five percent (5%) over the “ prime rate ” as such rate is announced from time to time by U.S. Bank National Association, its successors or assigns, at its principal place of business.

Pursuit of any of the foregoing remedies shall not preclude pursuit of any of the other remedies herein provided or any other remedies provided by law (all such remedies being cumulative), nor shall pursuit of any remedy herein provided constitute a forfeiture or waiver of any Rent due to Landlord hereunder or of any damages accruing to Landlord by reason of the violation of any of the terms, provisions and covenants herein contained. No act or thing done by Landlord or its agents during the Term hereby granted shall be deemed a termination of this Lease or an acceptance of the surrender of the Leased Premises, and no agreement to terminate this Lease or accept a surrender of said Leased Premises shall be valid unless in writing signed by Landlord. No waiver by Landlord of any violation or breach of any of the terms, provisions and covenants herein contained shall be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of any other violation or breach of any of the terms, provisions and covenants herein contained. Landlord’s acceptance of the payment of Rent or other payments hereunder after the occurrence of an event of default shall not be construed as a waiver of such default, unless Landlord so notifies Tenant in writing. Forbearance by Landlord in enforcing one or more of the remedies herein provided upon an event of default shall not be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of such default or of Landlord’s right to enforce any such remedies with respect to such default or any subsequent default. If, on account of any breach or default by Tenant in Tenant’s obligations under the terms and conditions of this Lease, it shall become necessary or appropriate for Landlord to employ or consult with an attorney concerning or to enforce or defend any of Landlord’s rights or remedies hereunder, then Tenant agrees to pay any attorney’s fees so incurred.

Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant hereby: (i) expressly waives any right to trial by jury; and (ii) expressly waives the service of any notice under any existing or future law of the State of Wisconsin applicable to landlords and tenants.

16. Landlord’s Default. In the event of any default by Landlord of any of Landlord’s obligations contained within this Lease and provided such default is not caused by or in any manner contributed to by Tenant’s default hereunder and provided such default materially and adversely interferes with the conduct of Tenant’s business, Tenant shall provide Landlord with written notice specifying such default with particularity. Landlord shall have fifteen (15) days from the date of receipt of Tenant’s default notice (or such longer period as may be required in the exercise of due diligence in good faith) in which to cure such default. If Landlord fails to cure such default within such period, Tenant shall have the right (but not the obligation) upon fifteen (15) days’ additional notice, to remedy Landlord’s default and Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the reasonable and actual cost thereof within thirty (30) days after written demand by Tenant; provided, however, the Landlord’s obligation to reimburse Tenant shall, at Landlord’s option, be subject to arbitration as hereafter provided. All disputes arising under this Paragraph 16 shall be subject to resolution by arbitration before the American Arbitration Association under the commercial rules thereof. Any arbitration hereunder shall be binding on the parties hereto and shall only be utilized with respect to reimbursement claims of Tenant resulting from alleged Landlord defaults under Paragraph 16 hereof. Each party shall be responsible for its own costs associated with such arbitration and the parties shall share the costs of the arbitrator.

17. Mortgages. This Lease is and shall be subject and subordinate to any mortgage(s) and/or deed(s) of trust now or at any time hereafter constituting a lien or charge upon the Property, or the improvements situated thereon, provided, however, that if the mortgagee, trustee, or holder of any such mortgage or deed of trust elects to have Tenant’s interest in this Lease superior to any such instrument, then by notice to Tenant from such mortgagee, trustee or holder, this Lease shall be deemed superior to such lien whether this Lease was executed before or after said mortgage or deed of trust. Tenant shall at any time hereafter on demand execute any instruments, releases or other documents which may be required by any such mortgagee for the purpose of subjecting and subordinating this Lease to the lien of any such mortgage or for the purpose of evidencing the superiority of this Lease to the lien of any such mortgage, as may be the case, or for any other matters requested by Landlord’s mortgagee. At Tenant’s sole cost and expense, Landlord shall make reasonable and good faith efforts to obtain from its existing

 

  - 16 -   


mortgagee a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement (utilizing such mortgagee’s standard form of agreement) for Tenant within thirty (30) days after mutual Lease execution. In the event that Landlord is unable to obtain such agreement from its existing mortgagee within thirty (30) days after mutual Lease execution, Tenant may, at its sole option and as its sole and exclusive remedy (it being agreed by Landlord and Tenant that the failure to deliver such agreement shall not constitute a default by Landlord under this Lease), terminate this Lease promptly thereafter by written notice to Landlord. In the event that Landlord delivers such agreement to Tenant prior to receipt of Tenant’s written notice to Landlord terminating this Lease (notwithstanding the passage of thirty (30) days or more after mutual Lease execution), Tenant’s option to terminate this Lease pursuant to this Paragraph 17 shall terminate and be of no further force and effect. Additionally, in the event Landlord has not delivered such agreement by the date that is thirty (30) days after mutual Lease execution and Tenant has not exercised its option to terminate this Lease within thirty (30) days after such date, then Tenant’s option to terminate this Lease pursuant to this Paragraph 17 shall be deemed waived and of no further force and effect. If Tenant exercises its option to terminate this Lease pursuant to this Paragraph 17, Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall have the right to use all sums paid to or provided for the benefit of Landlord as of the date of such termination, including, without limitation, the first month’s Base Rent, the Security Deposit, and the Letter of Credit (as defined in Paragraph 30 below), to pay for all Improvement Costs actually incurred by Landlord. For purposes of this Lease, all costs, expenses, fees and other charges related to the approval, construction and installation of the Improvements, including, but not limited to, the matters expressly described in EXHIBIT C , shall be collectively referred to as the “ Improvement Costs .” Prior to payment of the Improvement Costs to Landlord, Tenant shall have the right to review the Improvement Costs to verify that all Improvement Costs are related to the approval, construction and installation of the Improvements, including, but not limited to, the matters expressly described in EXHIBIT C . Landlord shall not be paid or reimbursed for any costs, expenses, fees or other charges that are not related to the approval, construction and installation of the Improvements, including, but not limited to, the matters expressly described in EXHIBIT C . Upon full payment to Landlord of all Improvement Costs, Landlord shall promptly return to Tenant the remaining balance, if any, of such sums paid to or provided for the benefit of Landlord. The provisions of this Paragraph 17 shall survive termination of this Lease.

18. Landlord’s Liability. In no event shall Landlord’s liability for any breach of this Lease exceed the Landlord’s equity in the Building; it being agreed that Landlord (and its partners and/or shareholders) shall never be personally liable for any judgment. This provision is not intended to be a measure or agreed amount of Landlord’s liability with respect to any particular breach, and shall not be utilized by any court or otherwise for the purpose of determining any liability of Landlord hereunder, except only as a maximum amount not to be exceeded in any event.

19. Mechanic’s and Other Liens. Tenant shall have no authority, express or implied, to create or place any lien or encumbrance of any kind or nature whatsoever upon, or in any manner to bind, the interest of Landlord in the Leased Premises, the Building or the Property or to charge the Rent payable hereunder for any claim in favor of any person dealing with Tenant, including those who may furnish materials or perform labor for any construction or repairs, and each such claim shall affect and each such lien shall attach to, if at all, only the leasehold interest granted to Tenant by this Lease. Tenant covenants and agrees that it will pay or cause to be paid all sums due and payable by it on account of any labor performed or materials furnished in connection with any work performed on the Leased Premises on which any lien is or can be validly and legally asserted against its leasehold interest in the Leased Premises or the improvements thereon and that it will save and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all loss, liability, cost or expense based on or arising out of asserted claims or liens against the leasehold estate or against the right, title and interest of the Landlord in the Leased Premises, the Building or the Property or under the terms of this Lease. Tenant will not permit any construction or mechanic’s lien or liens or any other liens which may be imposed by law affecting Landlord’s or its mortgagees’ interest in the Leased Premises, the Building or the Property to be placed upon the Leased Premises, the Building or the Property arising out of any action or claimed action by Tenant, and in case of the filing of any such lien Tenant will promptly pay same. If any such lien shall remain in force and effect for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant, Landlord shall have the right and privilege of paying and discharging the same or any portion thereof without inquiry as to the validity thereof, and any amounts so paid, including expenses and interest, shall be so much Additional Rent hereunder due from Tenant to Landlord and shall be paid to Landlord immediately on rendition of bill therefore. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to contest any such lien in good faith and with all due diligence so long as any such contest, or action taken in connection therewith, protects the interest of Landlord and Landlord’s mortgagee in the Leased Premises, the Building and the Property, and Landlord and any such mortgagee are, by the expiration of said thirty (30) day period, furnished such protection, and indemnification against any loss, liability, cost or expense related to any such lien and the contest thereof as are satisfactory to Landlord and any such mortgagee.

 

  - 17 -   


20. Notices. Each provision of this Lease or of any applicable governmental laws, ordinances, regulations and other requirements, with reference to the sending, mailing or delivery of any notice or the making of any payment shall be deemed to be complied with when and if the following steps are taken:

A. All Rent and other payments required to be made by Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall be payable to CORE Brookfield Lakes Corporate Center, c/o Hammes Company, 18000 West Sarah Lane, Suite 250, Brookfield, Wisconsin, 53045 or to such other entity at such other address as Landlord may specify from time to time by written notice delivered in accordance herewith.

B. Any notice or other document required or permitted to be delivered hereunder shall be deemed to be delivered whether actually received or not when personally delivered or when deposited in the continental United States Mail, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, or when deposited with a recognized overnight delivery service addressed to the parties hereto at the respective addresses set out below, or at such other address as they have theretofore specified by written notice delivered in accordance herewith:

 

LANDLORD:    TENANT:

CORE Realty Holdings Management, Inc.,

a California corporation,

fbo Brookfield Lakes Tenants in Common

   Connecture, Inc., a Delaware corporation
   18500 West Corporate Drive
c/o Hammes Company    Suite 250
18000 West Sarah Lane, Suite 250    Brookfield, Wisconsin 53045
Brookfield, Wisconsin 53045   

All parties included within the terms “Landlord” and “Tenant,” respectively, shall be bound by notices given in accordance with the provisions of this Paragraph to the same effect as if each had received such notice.

21. Miscellaneous.

A. Interpretation . Words of any gender used in this Lease shall be held and construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular number shall be held to include the plural, unless the context otherwise requires.

B. Successors and Assigns . The terms, provisions and covenants and conditions in this Lease shall apply to, inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and upon their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns, except as otherwise expressly provided herein. Landlord shall have the right to assign any of its rights and obligations under this Lease and Landlord’s grantee or Landlord’s successor shall upon such assignment, become “Landlord” hereunder, thereby freeing and relieving the grantor or assignor of all covenants and obligations of “Landlord” hereunder; provided, however, that no successor Landlord shall be responsible for the return of any security deposit provided for pursuant to Paragraph 2B unless such successor receives the deposit. Tenant agrees to furnish promptly upon demand, a corporate resolution, proof of due authorization by partners, or other appropriate documentation evidencing the due authorization of Tenant to enter into this Lease. Nothing herein contained shall give any other tenant in the Building of which the Leased Premises is a part any enforceable rights either against Landlord or Tenant as a result of the covenants and obligations of either party set forth herein.

C. Captions . The captions inserted in this Lease are for convenience only and in no way define, limit or otherwise describe the scope or intent of this Lease, or any provision hereof.

D. Estoppel Certificate . Tenant shall at any time and from time to time within twenty (20) days after written request from Landlord execute and deliver to Landlord or any prospective Landlord or mortgagee or prospective mortgagee a sworn and acknowledged estoppel certificate, in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and/or any prospective Landlord, Landlord’s mortgagee or prospective mortgagee certifying and stating as follows: (i) this Lease has not been modified or amended (or if modified or amended, setting forth such modifications or amendments); (ii) this Lease (as so modified or amended) is in full force and effect (or if not in full force and effect, the reasons therefore); (iii) the Tenant has no offsets or defenses to its performance of the terms and provisions of this Lease, including the payment of Rent (or if there are any such defenses or offsets, specifying the same); (iv) Tenant is in possession of the Leased Premises, if such be the case; (v) if an assignment of rents or leases has been served upon Tenant by a mortgagee or prospective mortgagee, Tenant has received such assignment and agrees to be bound by the provisions thereof; and (vi) any other accurate statements reasonably required by Landlord or required by its mortgagee or any prospective Landlord or prospective mortgagee. It is intended that any such statement delivered pursuant to this subparagraph may be relied

 

  - 18 -   


upon by any prospective purchaser or mortgagee and their respective successors and assigns and Tenant shall be liable for all loss, cost or expense resulting from the failure of any sale or funding of any loan caused by any material misstatement contained in such estoppel certificate or the failure by Tenant to execute and deliver such estoppel certificate or any subordination agreement requested by such mortgagee or prospective mortgagee. Tenant hereby irrevocably appoints Landlord or if Landlord is a trust, Landlord’s beneficiary, as attorney-in-fact for the Tenant with full power and authority to execute and deliver in the name of Tenant such estoppel certificate if Tenant fails to deliver the same within such twenty (20) day period and such certificate as signed by Landlord or Landlord’s beneficiary, as the case may be, shall be fully binding on Tenant if Tenant fails to deliver a contrary certificate within ten (10) days after receipt by Tenant of a copy of the certificate executed by Landlord or Landlord’s beneficiary, as the case may be, on behalf of Tenant. In addition to any other remedy Landlord may have hereunder, Landlord may, at its option, if Tenant does not deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate as set forth above within twenty (20) days after Tenant is requested so to do, cancel this Lease effective the last day of the then current month, without incurring any liability on account thereof, and the Term hereby granted is expressly limited accordingly. Landlord agrees that, within twenty (20) days after receipt of written request from Tenant, Landlord shall execute and deliver to Tenant a similar estoppel certificate.

E. Financial Information . Tenant shall, from time to time at reasonable intervals upon Landlord’s request, deliver to Landlord a copy of Tenant’s most recent financial statements if privately held, or if publicly traded, as applicable, its annual reports and forms 10Q and 10K (financial statements, annual reports and forms hereinafter referred to as “ Financial Documents ”), which Financial Documents shall, to the extent applicable, be prepared by Tenant or Tenant’s accountant no less often than once per year in accordance with generally accepted accounting principals (“ GAAP ”), and to the extent Tenant has audited Financial Documents, it will deliver them to Landlord upon request.

F. Authorization to Execute . In the event Tenant hereunder shall be (i) a corporation, then the parties executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant hereby covenant and warrant that Tenant is a duly qualified corporation and all steps have been taken prior to the date hereof to qualify Tenant to do business in the State of Wisconsin, all franchise and corporate taxes have been paid to date, all future forms, reports, fees and other documents necessary to comply with applicable laws will be filed, the officers executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant are duly authorized so to do, and Tenant is authorized to enter into this Lease and to perform its obligations hereunder; (ii) a partnership, then the parties executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant hereby covenant and warrant that Tenant is a duly formed partnership and that all steps have been taken prior to the date hereof to qualify Tenant to do business in the State of Wisconsin, if necessary, that the partners executing this Lease are authorized so to do, all future forms, reports, fees and other documents necessary to comply with applicable laws will be filed, and that Tenant is authorized to enter into this Lease and to perform its obligations hereunder; or (iii) a limited liability company, then the parties executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant hereby covenant and warrant that Tenant is a duly qualified limited liability company and all steps have been taken prior to the date hereof to qualify Tenant to do business in the State of Wisconsin; all franchise and corporate taxes have been paid to date, all future forms, reports, fees and other documents necessary to comply with applicable laws will be filed, the parties executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant are duly authorized so to do, and Tenant is authorized to enter into this Lease and to perform all of its obligations hereunder.

G. Acceptance of Payment . Landlord is entitled to accept, receive in cash or deposit any payment made by Tenant for any reason or purpose or in any amount whatsoever, and apply the same at Landlord’s option to any obligation of Tenant and the same shall not constitute payment of any amount owed except that to which Landlord has applied the same. No endorsement or statement on any check or letter of Tenant shall be deemed an accord and satisfaction or recognized for any purpose whatsoever. The acceptance of any such check or payment shall be without prejudice to Landlord’s rights to recover any and all amounts owed by Tenant hereunder and shall not be deemed to cure any other default nor prejudice Landlord’s rights to pursue any other available remedy.

H. Modification . This Lease may not be altered, changed or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by both parties hereto.

I. Survival . All obligations of Tenant hereunder not fully performed as of the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term hereof, including without limitation, all payment obligations with respect to taxes and Operating Costs and all obligations concerning the condition of the Leased Premises. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term hereof, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount, as estimated by Landlord, necessary: (i) to repair and restore the Leased Premises as provided herein; and (ii) to discharge Tenant’s obligation for unpaid real estate taxes, Operating Costs or other amounts due Landlord. All such amount shall be used and held by Landlord for payment of such obligations of Tenant, with Tenant being liable for any additional costs upon demand by Landlord, or with any excess to be returned to Tenant after all such obligations have been determined and satisfied. Any security deposit held by Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, be credited against the amount payable by Tenant under this Subparagraph 21I.

 

  - 19 -   


J. Severability . If any clause, phrase, provision or portion of this Lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall be invalid or unenforceable under applicable law, such event shall not affect, impair or render invalid or unenforceable the remainder of this Lease nor any other clause, phrase, provision or portion hereof nor shall it affect the application of any clause, phrase, provision or portion hereof to other persons or circumstances, and it is also the intention of the parties to this Lease that in lieu of each such clause, phrase, provision or portion of this Lease that is invalid or unenforceable, there be added as a part of this Lease contract a clause, phrase, provision or portion as similar in terms to such invalid or unenforceable clause, phrase, provision or portion as may be possible and be valid and enforceable.

K. Binding Obligation . Submission of this Lease shall not be deemed to be a reservation of the Leased Premises. Landlord shall not be bound hereby until its delivery to Tenant of an executed copy hereof signed by Landlord, already having been signed by Tenant, and until such delivery Landlord reserves the right to exhibit and lease the Leased Premises to other prospective tenants; provided, however, the execution and delivery by Tenant of this Lease to Landlord shall constitute an irrevocable offer by Tenant to lease the Leased Premises on the terms and conditions herein contained, which offer may not be withdrawn or revoked by Tenant after such execution and delivery. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Landlord may withhold delivery of possession of the Leased Premises from Tenant until such time as Tenant has paid to Landlord the Security Deposit required by Subparagraph 2B above and delivered to Landlord the Letter of Credit required by Paragraph 30 below.

L. Force Majeure . Whenever a period of time is herein prescribed for action to be taken by Landlord, the Landlord shall not be liable or responsible for, and there shall be excluded from the computation for any such period of time, any delays due to acts of God, fire, earthquake, flood, unusual adverse weather conditions, explosion, war, invasion, insurrection, riot, acts of terrorism, mob violence, sabotage, and malicious mischief, inability to procure or general shortage of labor, equipment, facilities, materials, or supplies in the open market, failure of transportation, strikes, lockouts, requisition orders of the government or civil, military, or naval authorities, and changes in the requirements of applicable laws.

M. Proportionate Share . Tenant’s “ Proportionate Share ” as used in this Lease shall mean a fraction, the numerator of which is the total rentable area of the Leased Premises and the denominator of which is the total rentable area contained in the Building, in each case as is determined by Landlord. For purposes hereof, the numerator is deemed to be 32,160, the denominator is deemed to be 60,293, and Tenant’s Proportionate Share is 53.34%. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of special circumstances where a component of Operating Costs is not being used by or should not be allocated to all tenants in the Building (i.e., a tenant in the Building other than Tenant is tax exempt and renders that tenant’s premises exempt from real estate taxes or another tenant in the Building has electricity separately metered to its premises), the Landlord may recalculate the Tenant’s Proportionate Share with respect to such special circumstances in Landlord’s reasonable discretion (e.g., in the case of a portion of the Building which is exempt from real estate taxes, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of real estate taxes for the Building would be a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the gross rentable area of the Leased Premises and the denominator of which shall be the gross rentable area in the Building less the gross rentable area in the Building exempt from real estate taxes, in each case as determined by Landlord). Additionally, Landlord may recalculate Tenant’s Proportionate Share in the event of changes in the total rentable area of the Leased Premises and/or the Building.

N. Joint and Several . Intentionally omitted.

O. Brokers . Each of the parties (i) represents and warrants to the other that it has not dealt with any broker or finder in connection with this Lease, except as described on EXHIBIT E attached hereto; and (ii) indemnifies and holds the other harmless from any and all liability, costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred as a result of an alleged breach of the foregoing warranty. Landlord agrees to pay the brokers listed on EXHIBIT E . The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that Landlord is not and shall not be responsible for, or have any liability in connection with, any commissions, payments or other amounts that may be owed or alleged to be owed any broker or finder, including any and all brokers or finders listed on EXHIBIT E attached hereto, with respect to a renewal or extension of this Lease; any relocation of the Tenant or any affiliate of Tenant into any other premises owned, managed or controlled by Landlord or any affiliate of Landlord; any expansion into additional space by the Tenant; or any other lease entered into between Tenant or any affiliate of Tenant and Landlord or any affiliate of Landlord, except as may be required under any written agreement between Landlord and its broker and/or property manager.

P. Time . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, time is of the essence with respect to this Lease, the performance of all obligations hereunder and the delivery of any notices required herein.

 

  - 20 -   


22. [Intentionally Omitted] .

23. Certain Rights Reserved to the Landlord. The Landlord reserves and may exercise the following rights without affecting Tenant’s obligations hereunder:

 

  A. To change the name or street address of the Building;

 

  B. To install and maintain a sign or signs on the exterior of the Building or on the Property, provided that such sign or signs do not interfere with the signage rights granted to Tenant pursuant to this Lease;

 

  C. To have access for the Landlord and the other tenants of the Building to any mail chutes located on the Leased Premises according to the rules of the United States Post Office;

 

  D. To designate all sources furnishing sign painting and lettering, ice, drinking water, towels, coffee cart service and toilet supplies, lamps and bulbs used on the Leased Premises;

 

  E. To retain at all times pass keys to the Leased Premises;

 

  F. To grant to anyone the exclusive right to conduct any particular business or undertaking in the Building, but such exclusive right shall not be binding upon Tenant if granted after the date of this Lease, and upon Tenant’s written request, Landlord shall give Tenant notice of any such exclusive rights granted after the date of this Lease;

 

  G. To close the Building after regular working hours and on the legal holidays subject, however, to Tenant’s right to admittance, under such reasonable regulations as Landlord may prescribe from time to time, which may include by way of example but not of limitation, that persons entering or leaving the Building identify themselves to a watchman by registration or otherwise and that said persons establish their right to enter or leave the Building; and

 

  H. To take any and all measures, including inspections, repairs, alterations, decorations, additions and improvements to the Leased Premises or to the Building, as may be necessary or desirable for the safety, protection or preservation of the Leased Premises or the Building or the Landlord’s interests, or as may be necessary or desirable in the operation of the Building.

Except in emergencies, upon not less than one (1) business day advance notice to Tenant, the Landlord may enter upon the Leased Premises and may exercise any or all of the foregoing rights hereby reserved without being deemed guilty of an eviction or disturbance of the Tenant’s use or possession and without being liable in any manner to the Tenant and without abatement of Rent or affecting any of the Tenant’s obligations hereunder.

24. Environmental Provisions. Except for normal and customary office business supplies used in compliance with Environmental Laws (as defined below), Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance (as hereinafter defined) to be used, stored, generated, or disposed of on, in or about the Leased Premises, the Building, the Property or the BLCC Center by Tenant, or any of its agents, employees, representatives, contractors, suppliers, customers, subtenants, concessionaires, licensees, or invitees. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all claims, damages, fines, judgments, penalties, costs, expenses, liabilities, or losses relating to any violation by Tenant of any Environmental Law or of this Paragraph 24 (including, without limitation, a decrease in value of the Leased Premises, damages caused by loss or restriction of rentable or usable space, damages caused by adverse impact on marketing of space, and any and all sums paid for settlement of claims, attorneys’ fees, consultant fees, and expert fees) incurred by or asserted against Landlord arising during or after the Term of this Lease as a result thereof provided, however, Tenant shall not be liable for consequential, speculative or punitive damages; provided, however, this indemnification includes, without limitation, any and all costs incurred because of any investigation of the site or any cleanup, removal, testing, or restoration mandated or conducted by or on behalf of any federal, state, or local agency or political subdivision. Without limitation of the foregoing, if Tenant causes or permits the presence of any Hazardous Substance on the Leased Premises and that results in any contamination, then Tenant shall promptly, at its sole expense, take any and all necessary or appropriate actions to return the Leased Premises to the condition existing prior to the presence of any such Hazardous Substance or as otherwise permitted under applicable Environmental Laws. Tenant shall first obtain Landlord’s written approval for any such remedial action. Except as necessary for normal and customary cleaning and

 

  - 21 -   


maintenance and except for normal and customary office business supplies used in compliance with Environmental Laws, Landlord represents and warrants that it has no actual knowledge of any Hazardous Substance at the Leased Premises, Building or the Property as of the date hereof. Landlord shall not use, generate, manufacture, produce, store, release, discharge or dispose of on, in or under the Building or the Property, or transport to or from the Building or the Property, any Hazardous Substance in violation of Environmental Laws, or allow any other person or entity under Landlord’s control to do so. Landlord shall comply with all local, state and federal laws, ordinances and regulations relating to Hazardous Substance on, in, under or about the Leased Premises, Building or Property. Landlord agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Tenant and its agents and employees harmless from and against any and all liabilities, claims, damages, demands, costs and expenses of every kind and nature directly attributable to Landlord’s failure to comply with this Paragraph 24, including the costs of any required or necessary repair, cleanup or detoxification of the Building or the Property, and the preparation and implementation of any closure, remedial or other required plan; provided, however, Landlord shall not be liable for consequential, speculative or punitive damages.

As used herein, “ Hazardous Substance ” means any substance that is regulated by any local government, the State of Wisconsin, the United States government, or any agency, authority and/or instrumentality thereof and includes any and all material or substances that are defined as “hazardous waste,” “extremely hazardous waste,” or a “hazardous substance” pursuant to any environmental law. “Hazardous Substance” includes but is not restricted to petroleum and petroleum byproducts, asbestos and polychlorobiphenyls (“ PCBs ”).

As used herein, “ Environmental Laws ” means all federal, state and local laws, including statutes, regulations, and requirements, relating to the discharge of air pollutants, water pollutants or process waste water or otherwise relating to the environment or Hazardous Substances, including, but not limited to, the Federal Clean Water Act, the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, the Federal Comprehensive Environmental Responsibility Cleanup and Liability Act of 1980, regulations of the Environmental Protection Agency, regulations of the Nuclear Regulatory Agency, and regulations of any state department of natural resources or state environmental protection agency, as amended or supplemented from time to time, now or at any time hereafter in effect.

25. Termination Option . Provided that, as of the Termination Date (as defined below), Tenant is not in default (beyond any applicable notice and cure period) under the terms of this Lease, Tenant shall have a one-time option to terminate this Lease effective on the date that is eighty-five (85) months after the Commencement Date of this Lease (the “ Termination Date ”). Said option shall only be exercisable by Tenant giving Landlord written notice of Tenant’s election to terminate the Lease (the “ Termination Notice ”), which Termination Notice must be received by Landlord at least twelve (12) months prior to the Termination Date, time being of the essence with respect thereto. As consideration for and a condition precedent to Landlord granting to Tenant the option to terminate the Lease as set forth herein, the Termination Notice shall be accompanied by a certified or cashier’s check made payable to the order of the Landlord in the amount of the Termination Payment (as defined below). Failure of Tenant to timely deliver the Termination Notice and/or the Termination Payment shall terminate any option or right Tenant may have hereunder. In the event Tenant delivers the Termination Notice and the Termination Payment to Landlord in a timely manner, Tenant shall nonetheless be responsible to continue to comply with all of the terms and conditions and perform all of its obligations contained in the Lease, including, but not limited to, the payment of Rent, through and including the Termination Date. For the purposes hereof, the “ Termination Payment ” shall mean an amount equal to the sum of the following: (i) the unamortized portion of the cost of Landlord’s Improvements identified in EXHIBIT C attached hereto and all architectural and space planning fees incurred by Landlord with respect thereto; plus (ii) the unamortized portion of the free Base Rent for the tenth (10 th ) and part of the eleventh (11 th ) months of the Term, which totaled Fifty-Four Thousand Two Hundred Forty-Three and 20/100 Dollars ($54,243.20); plus (iii) the unamortized portion of any leasing commissions related to this Lease; plus (iv) the unamortized portion of all legal fees and costs incurred with the drafting, negotiation, and completion of this Lease. For purposes of determining the foregoing components of the Termination Payment, Landlord shall utilize a hypothetical amortization period of one hundred twenty (120) months and an interest rate of ten percent (10%), with the balance as of the eighty-fourth (84 th ) month being the unamortized portion that is due with respect to each component of the Termination Payment. Within ninety (90) days after the Commencement Date, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant in writing and Tenant shall acknowledge in writing the actual amount of the Termination Payment based on the actual costs incurred by Landlord and based on the foregoing amortization formula. The option to terminate contained in this Paragraph is personal to Tenant and is not transferable by any assignment or subletting (other than to a Permitted Transferee). In the event of an assignment or subletting of Tenant’s interest under the Lease (other than to a Permitted Transferee), the option to terminate contained herein shall be null and void and of no further force or effect.

26. Right of First Offer to Lease. Provided Tenant is not then in default (beyond any applicable notice and cure period) under this Lease, and has theretofore fully and faithfully performed each and every obligation of the Tenant under the Lease, at the time any of the designated space on the

 

  - 22 -   


second floor of the Building, as approximately shown on the plan attached hereto as EXHIBIT A-1 (the “ Additional Space ”), becomes free of any rights granted by Landlord to any other tenant, and further provided Landlord desires to make the same available for lease, then Landlord shall offer to lease such portion of the Additional Space (the “ Offered Space ”) to Tenant upon the terms and conditions set forth below:

A. Landlord shall offer to lease the Offered Space by written notice to Tenant that the same is available for lease (the “ Offered Space Notice ”).

B. The Offered Space Notice shall contain the time (the “ Effective Date ”) at which the Offered Space will be delivered to Tenant and will be added to the Leased Premises; the base rental rate which the Tenant shall pay for the Offered Space; and the amount of tenant improvement allowance, if applicable, that Landlord is willing to provide for the Offered Space.

C. In the event Tenant has not delivered its unconditional acceptance of Landlord’s offer to lease the Offered Space under the terms set forth herein and in the Offered Space Notice within three (3) business days following Landlord’s delivery of the Offered Space Notice, time being of the essence with respect thereto, then such offer shall be null and void and Tenant shall have no further rights with respect to the Offered Space, and Landlord shall thereafter have the right to lease the Offered Space to any third party on any terms and conditions.

D. In the event the Tenant accepts Landlord’s offer to lease the Offered Space, the Offered Space shall be included in the Leased Premises from and after the Effective Date, the rental for the Leased Premises shall be increased by the rental rate (offered at the prevailing market rate for the Building, as solely determined by Landlord) included in the Offered Space Notice, and Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Costs shall thereafter be determined based on the square footage of the Leased Premises with the Offered Space included.

E. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Offered Space Notice, the Offered Space shall be delivered to Tenant in an “as is” condition, regardless of whether the Offered Space has been previously occupied by a tenant, without any obligation on the part of Landlord to improve the Offered Space, except to the extent that Landlord needs to perform work to ensure that the Offered Space is separately demised and that the utilities and services required to be provided pursuant to the terms of this Lease are available to the Offered Space.

F. Except as otherwise provided in subparagraphs H and I below, Tenant’s occupancy of the Offered Space shall expire at the same time as provided with respect to the Leased Premises originally leased hereunder (including Tenant’s right to extend as provided in Paragraph 27).

G. In the event the Tenant accepts Landlord’s offer to lease the Offered Space, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment to this Lease setting forth the Effective Date, the exact square footage of and location of the Offered Space, the increase in the Base Rent, and such other modifications to the terms of this Lease as are required by Landlord.

H. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Paragraph 26, in the event Tenant exercises its option to lease the Offered Space during the last three (3) years of the original Term of this Lease or any Extended Term, Landlord’s obligation to lease the Offered Space to Tenant shall be conditioned upon Tenant agreeing to add an additional period of time to the end of the original Lease Term or Extended Term, as the case may be, in order to provide not less than three (3) years of Lease term for the entire Leased Premises (including the Offered Space) upon such terms and conditions (including, but not limited to, Base Rent) as are then acceptable to Landlord.

I. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Paragraph 26, in the event that Tenant exercises its option to lease Offered Space, Tenant’s option to terminate this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 25 above shall not be applicable to the Offered Space, it being understood and agreed that if Tenant exercises its option to lease the Offered Space and subsequently exercises its option to terminate this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 25, from and after the Termination Date, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect with respect to the Offered Space. Additionally, in the event that Tenant has exercised its option to terminate this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 25 above prior to the exercise of its option to lease Offered Space, Tenant’s option and right to lease Offered Space under this Paragraph 26 shall automatically cease and terminate and be of no further force and effect.

This right of first offer to lease is personal to Tenant and is not transferable by any permitted assignment or subletting (other than to a Permitted Transferee). In the event of an assignment or subletting of Tenant’s interest under the Lease (other than to a Permitted Transferee), the right of first offer to lease contained herein shall be null and void, and of no further effect.

 

  - 23 -   


27. Option to Extend. Provided Tenant is not in default (beyond any applicable notice and cure period) under this Lease at the time of the exercise of the option granted below and at the time of the commencement of the Extended Term (as defined below), Tenant shall have two (2) successive options to extend the Term of this Lease, each option for an additional five (5) year period (individually an “ Extended Term ” and collectively the “ Extended Terms ”), with (i) the first such Extended Term commencing immediately upon the expiration of the original Term hereof and continuing for five (5) years thereafter (the “ 1 st Extended Term ”), and (ii) the second such Extended Term commencing immediately upon the expiration of the 1 st Extended Term and continuing for five (5) years thereafter (the “ 2 nd Extended Term ”). The exercise of the first option shall not imply or require the exercise of the second option. Tenant shall exercise each of the foregoing options by written notice to Landlord given no less than twelve (12) months prior to the commencement of the respective Extended Term. The foregoing options shall terminate if notice is not timely given with respect to each Extended Term, time being of the essence with respect thereto. All references to the “Term” of this Lease shall, unless the context shall clearly indicate a different meaning, be deemed to constitute a reference to the original Term of this Lease and the Extended Terms, as the same may be exercised as permitted hereunder.

In the event Tenant exercises its option to extend the Term of this Lease, then the Base Rent payable as of the commencement of the applicable Extended Term shall be adjusted to be equal to the then-prevailing Market Rental for the Leased Premises as determined by Landlord and provided to Tenant. “ Market Rental ” as used herein shall mean the rental applicable to Class A commercial space of similar quality in the Brookfield, Wisconsin submarket as of the first day of the Extended Term. Market Rental shall be determined by Landlord based on the foregoing criteria; provided, however, in no case shall the Base Rent payable for any Extended Term be less than the Base Rent in effect at the time this option is exercised.

This option to extend is personal to Tenant and is not transferable by any permitted assignment or subletting (other than to a Permitted Transferee). In the event of an assignment or subletting of Tenant’s interest under the Lease (other than to a Permitted Transferee), the option to extend contained herein shall be null and void, and of no further effect.

28. Signage . Subject to the approval of the Landlord, The Brookfield Lakes Common Area Association, and the City of Brookfield, Tenant shall have the right to utilize a portion of the upper southeast or a portion of the upper southwest face of the exterior wall of the Building for its signage identifying its company name (hereinafter the “ Exterior Wall Signage ”). All costs and expenses relating to Exterior Wall Signage shall be the sole responsibility of the Tenant, including, without limitation, all costs and expenses to manufacture, install, operate, maintain, repair, replace and remove the Exterior Wall Signage. Tenant shall not change, modify or alter the Exterior Wall Signage without the prior written consent of Landlord, The Brookfield Lakes Common Area Association, and the City of Brookfield. Upon the occurrence of any of the following events: (a) expiration or earlier termination of the Lease; (b) Tenant’s assignment of the Lease or subletting of more than 10,051 rentable square feet of the Leased Premises; or (c) Tenant vacating or abandoning the Leased Premises, then Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall be solely responsible and shall promptly remove the Exterior Wall Signage and restore the exterior of the Building to its original condition. In the event that Tenant fails to remove the Exterior Wall Signage and restore the exterior of the Building to its original condition within ten (10) days after the occurrence of any of the foregoing events, in addition to any other rights and remedies available to Landlord under this Lease, Landlord shall have the right, without further notice to Tenant, to remove the Exterior Wall Signage and restore the exterior of the Building at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. The right to install the Exterior Wall Signage granted to Tenant in this Paragraph 28 is personal to Tenant only and shall not be assigned, transferred or conveyed to any other person or entity or for the benefit of any assignee or sublessee.

29. Roof Top Communication Equipment . Tenant shall have the right, upon written notice to Landlord and upon entering into an Addendum substantially in the form of EXHIBIT F attached hereto, to install communication equipment on the Building’s roof.

30. Letter of Credit . As additional security for Tenant’s full, timely and faithful payment of Rent and performance of Tenant’s covenants and obligations under this Lease, Tenant shall provide to Landlord simultaneously with the execution of this Lease an unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit in the amount of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($250,000.00) in favor of Landlord, issued by a bank acceptable to Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion, in form and substance acceptable to Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion (the “ Letter of Credit ”), it being expressly understood and agreed that any draws on the Letter of Credit shall not be an advance Rent deposit or a measure of Landlord’s damages in case of Tenant’s default. The Letter of Credit shall have as an expiration date for payment December 31, 2013. Upon the occurrence of any event of default by Tenant, Landlord shall without prejudice to any other right or remedy provided in this Lease or provided by law, have the right to draw upon the Letter of Credit in accordance with its terms, in whole or in part, without resorting to any other security, and may apply any such draw against and/or hold the proceeds of such draw as security for, any arrears of Rent or other payments due Landlord under this Lease, the

 

  - 24 -   


performance of any and all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, and/or to the extent necessary, or any other damage, injury, expense or liability caused by any event of Tenant’s default. The failure of Tenant to provide the Letter of Credit as provided in this Paragraph 30 shall constitute a default by Tenant of the terms of this Lease, and Landlord shall be entitled to any and all rights and remedies provided under this Lease.

31. Common Area Improvements. Landlord acknowledges that it has agreed, following the Commencement Date of the Lease, to coordinate with Tenant to make certain improvements to the first (1 st ) floor main lobby of the Building (the “ Common Area Improvements ”). Landlord and Tenant agree that the total cost of the Common Area Improvements shall not exceed Twenty-Five Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($25,000.00). Upon mutual agreement on the Common Area Improvements to be made, Landlord shall promptly commence and complete such Common Area Improvements at its sole cost and expense.

 

  - 25 -   


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease as of the 10th day of May, 2012.

 

LANDLORD:     TENANT:
CORE Realty Holdings Management, Inc.,     Connecture, Inc.,
a California corporation,     a Delaware corporation
fbo Brookfield Lakes Tenants in Common      
BY:  

/s/ CORE Realty Holdings Management, Inc.

    BY:  

/s/ James Purko

 

CORE Realty Holdings Management, Inc.

     

James Purko

  (Please print name.)       (Please print name.)
ITS:  

President

    ITS:  

CFO

  (Please print title.)       (Please print title.)

 

  - 26 -   


EXHIBIT A

Leased Premises

 

LOGO

 

  - 27 -    LOGO


EXHIBIT A

Leased Premises

 

LOGO

 

  - 28 -    LOGO


EXHIBIT A-1

Additional Space

 

LOGO

 

  - 29 -    LOGO


EXHIBIT B

Legal Description of the Property

Certified Survey Map No. 10286, being a redivision of Parcel 17 of Certified Map No. 8708, being a part of the Northwest 1 / 4 and Northeast 1 / 4 of the Northwest 1 / 4 of Section 33, Town 7 North, Range 20 East, in the City of Brookfield, Waukesha County, Wisconsin.

All that part of Parcel 17 of Certified Survey Map No. 8708, being a division of a part of the Northwest 1 / 4 and Northeast 1 / 4 of the Northwest 1 / 4 of Section 33, Town 7 North, Range 20 East, in the City of Brookfield, Waukesha County, Wisconsin, now being more particularly bounded and described as follows:

Commencing at the Southwest corner of said Parcel 17 of said Certified Survey Map No. 8708, said point being the place of beginning of lands hereinafter described;

Thence Southeasterly 106.20 feet along the North line of “Corporate Drive” and the arc of a curve, whose center lies to the Northeast, whose radius is 535.00 feet, whose central angle is 11°22’23”, and whose chord bears South 85°20’27” East, 106.02 feet to a point of tangency; Thence North 88°58’21” East and along the said North line, 401.22 feet to a point; Thence North 01°01’40” West, 145.30 feet to a point; Thence North 04°19’32” East, 229.90 feet to a point on the Southerly line of Outlot 1 of said Certified Survey Map No. 8708; Thence Westerly along the said Southerly line of said Outlot 1 of said Certified Survey Map No. 8708, same being the “Field Delineated Wetland line”, the following courses; Thence South 72°08’56” West, 33.94 feet to a point; Thence North 89°04’12” West, 43.21 feet to a point; Thence South 89°21’58” West, 36.63 feet to a point; Thence South 89°01’29” West, 44.35 feet to a point; Thence North 89°08’54’’ West, 37.62 feet to a point; Thence North 81°58’09” West, 33.92 feet to a point; Thence North 76°09’18” West, 29.93 feet to a point; Thence North 62°37’36” West, 18.97 feet to a point; Thence North 50°54’25” West, 33.87 feet to a point; Thence North 63°40’47” West, 24.21 feet to a point; Thence North 51°09’36” West, 19.30 feet to a point; Thence North 28°29’06” West, 11.99 feet to a point; Thence North 34°30’15” West, 13.82 feet to a point; Thence North 00°08’47” East, 38.82 feet to a point; Thence North 29°04’47” East, 17.04 feet to a point; Thence North 02°33’54” West, 35.16 feet to a point; Thence North 10°46’21” West, 20.11 feet to a point; Thence North 24°36’50” West, 30.53 feet to a point; Thence North 24°05’31” West, 31.40 feet to a point; Thence North 26°14’01” West, 27.23 feet to a point; Thence North 19°43’48” East, 24.82 feet to a point; Thence North 09°51’15” West, 56.92 feet to a point; Thence North 79°08’24” West, 58.16 feet to a point; Thence South 85°18’36” West, 55.65 feet to a point; Thence South 11°32’32” West, 155.40 feet to a point; Thence South 54°56’01” East, 31.73 feet to a point; Thence South 41°41’57” East, 35.96 feet to a point; Thence South 00°16°52” West, 12.28 feet to a point; Thence South 21’25’35” West, 22.76 feet to a point; Thence South 06°24’31” West, 39.39 feet to a point; Thence South 46°23’28” East, 11.55 feet to a point; Thence South 10°39’19” East, 21.47 feet to a point; Thence South 37°19’00” West, 22.83 feet to a point; Thence North 74°18’58” West, 38.05 feet to a point on the East line of Parcel 10 of Certified Survey Map No. 4966; Thence South 01°15’26” East and along the said East line of said Parcel 10 of said Certified Survey Map No. 4966, 418.05 feet to the point of beginning of this description.

 

  - 30 -    LOGO


EXHIBIT C

Improvements

See attached InteriorLOGIC Facility Planning space plan for the initial Improvements for Tenant forBrookfield Lakes Corporate Center XVII Building, Project No. 12005, dated April 27, 2012 (“InteriorLOGIC Plans”). In addition, Landlord and Tenant mutually agree to the following clarifications to the InteriorLOGIC Plans:

 

  1. Convenience outlets (quantity and locations) are shown on plan’s A204 and A307

 

  2. The number of circuits and amps related to plan’s A204 and A307 are specifically addressed on page 8 of the InteriorLOGIC Plans. Amps related to plan’s A204 and A307 are to be pursuant to the furniture specifications previously provided.

 

  3. LAN and information technology requirements have been coordinated with Tenant’s information technology consultant as referenced in the drawing attached hereto.

 

  4. Interior window in greeting room 302 and conference rooms 215 and 335 may be butt glazed glass.

 

  5. Landlord shall re-use existing security system infrastructure where possible. Landlord shall add additional connections where noted on plan A201 and A301.

 

  6. Voice and data requirements/locations are identified and itemized in A204 and A307.

 

  7. Candlepower or lighting responsibility/requirement is addressed with the plans submitted to and approved by the State of Wisconsin and the City of Brookfield.

 

  8. The folding partition that separates staff cafe 333 and large conference room 334 on plan A301 is existing.

 

  - 31 -    LOGO


EXHIBIT C

Improvements

 

LOGO

 

  - 32 -    LOGO


EXHIBIT D

Rules and Regulations

1. The sidewalks, halls, passages, elevators and stairways shall not be obstructed by Tenant or used for any purpose other than for ingress to and egress from the Leased Premises. The halls, passages, entrances, elevators, stairways, balconies and roof are not for the use of the general public, and Landlord shall in all cases retain the right (but shall not have the obligation) to control and prevent access thereto of all persons whose presence in the judgment of Landlord shall be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation and interests of the Building and its tenants, provided, that nothing herein contained shall be construed to prevent such access to persons with whom Tenant normally deals in the ordinary course of its business unless such persons are engaged in illegal activities. Tenant and its employee shall not go upon the roof of the Building without the written consent of the Landlord.

2. The sashes, sash doors, windows, glass lights, and any lights or skylights that reflect or admit light into the halls or other places of the Building shall not be covered or obstructed. The toilet rooms, water and wash closets and other water apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein, and the expenses of any breakage, stoppage or damage, resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose employees, agents, servants, or visitors, shall have caused it.

3. If Landlord, by a notice in writing to Tenant, shall object to any curtain, blind, shade or screen attached to, or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Leased Premises, such use of such curtain, blind, shade or screen shall be discontinued forthwith by Tenant. No awnings shall be permitted on any part of the Leased Premises; including, without limitation, windows and doors.

4. No safes or other objects heavier than the lift capacity of the freight elevators of the Building shall be brought into or installed on the Leased Premises. Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the Leased Premises which exceeds the load per square foot which such floor was designed to carry and which is allowed by law. The moving of safes shall occur only between such hours as may be designated by, and only upon previous notice to Landlord, and the persons employed to move safes in or out of the Building must be acceptable to Landlord. No freight, furniture or bulky matter of any description shall be received into the Building or carried into the elevators except during hours and in a manner approved by Landlord.

5. Tenant shall not use, keep, or permit to be used or kept any foul or noxious gas or substance in, on or about the Property, Building or the Leased Premises, or permit or suffer the Leased Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Building by reason of noise, odors, and/or vibrations, or interfere in any way with other tenants or those having business therein, nor shall any animals or birds (except Seeing Eye Dogs) be brought into or kept in or about the Building. Tenant shall not place or install any antennae or aerials or similar devices outside of the Leased Premises or in, on or about the Building or Property.

6. Tenant shall not use or keep in, on or about the Property, the Building or the Leased Premises any inflammables, including but not limited to kerosene, gasoline, naphtha and benzene (except cleaning fluids in small quantities and when in containers approved by the Board of Underwriters), or explosives or any other articles of intrinsically dangerous nature, or use any method of heating other than that supplied by Landlord.

7. If Tenant desires telephone or telegraph connections or alarm systems, Landlord will direct electricians as to where and how the wires are to be introduced. No boring or cutting for wires or otherwise shall be made without specific directions from Landlord.

 

- 1 -


8. Tenant, upon the termination of the tenancy, shall deliver to the Landlord all the keys to offices, rooms and toilet rooms which shall have been furnished Tenant or which Tenant shall have had made, and in the event of loss of any keys so furnished shall pay the Landlord therefore.

9. Tenant shall not put down any floor covering in the Leased Premises without the Landlord’s prior approval of the manner and method of applying such floor covering.

10. On Sundays and legal holidays, and on other days between the hours of 7 p.m. and 6 a.m., access to the Building, or to the halls, corridors, elevators or stairways in the Building, or to the Leased Premises may be refused unless the person has a pass, a key or is properly identified. Landlord shall in no case be liable for damages for the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person whom the Landlord has the right to exclude under Rule 1 above. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement, or other commotion, Landlord reserves the right (but shall not have the obligation) to prevent access to the Building during the continuance of the same by closing the doors or otherwise, for the safety of the tenants or Landlord and protection of property in the Building.

11. Tenant assumes full responsibility for protecting its space from theft, robbery and pilferage which includes keeping doors locked and windows and other means of entry to the Leased Premises closed.

12. Tenant shall not alter any lock or install a new or additional lock or any bolt on any door of the Leased Premises without prior written consent of Landlord. If Landlord shall give its consent, Tenant shall in each case furnish Landlord with a key for any such lock.

13. In advertising or other publicity, without Landlord’s prior written consent, Tenant shall not use the name of the Building except as the address of its business and shall not use pictures of the Building.

14. Tenant shall not make any room-to-room canvass to solicit business from other tenants in the Building; and shall not exhibit, sell or offer to sell, use, rent or exchange in, on or about the Leased Premises unless ordinarily embraced within the Tenant’s use of the Leased Premises specified herein.

15. Tenant shall not waste electricity, water or air conditioning and agrees to cooperate fully with Landlord to assure the most effective operation of the Building’s heating and air conditioning, and shall not allow the adjustments (except by Landlord’s authorized building personnel) of any controls other than room thermostats installed for Tenant’s use. Tenant shall keep corridor doors closed and shall not open any windows except that if the air circulation shall not be in operation, windows which are openable may be opened with Landlord’s consent.

16. Tenant shall not do any cooking in the Leased Premises or engage any coffee cart service.

17. Any wallpaper or vinyl fabric materials, which Tenant may install on painted walls, shall be applied with a strippable adhesive. The use of nonstrippable adhesives will cause damage to the walls when materials are removed, and repairs made necessary by such excessive wear and tear shall be charged to and paid for by Tenant.

18. Tenant shall provide and maintain hard surface protective mats under all desk chairs which are equipped with casters to avoid excessive wear and tear to the carpeting. If Tenant fails to provide such mats, the cost of carpet repair or replacement made necessary by such excessive wear and tear shall be charged to and paid for by Tenant.


19. Tenant will refer all contractors, contractor’s representatives and installation technicians, rendering any service to Tenant, to Landlord for Landlord’s supervision, approval and consent before performance of any contractual service. This provision shall apply to all work performed in the Building including installations of telephones, telegraph equipment, electrical devices and attachments and installations of any nature affecting floors, walls, woodwork, trim, windows, ceilings, equipment or any other physical portion of the Building.

20. Movement in or out of the Building of furniture, office equipment, or other bulky materials, or movement through the Building entrances or lobby shall be restricted to hours designated by Landlord. All such movements shall be under supervision of Landlord and in the manner agreed between Tenant and Landlord by prearrangement before performance. Such prearrangement initiated by Tenant will include determination by Landlord and subject to his decision and control, of the time, method, and routing of movement, limitations imposed by safety or other concerns which may prohibit any article, equipment, or any other item from being brought into the Building. Tenant is to assume all risk as to damage to articles moved and injury to persons or public engaged or not engaged in such movement, including equipment, property, and personnel of Landlord if damaged or injured as a result of acts in connection with carrying out this service for Tenant from time of entering property to completion of work; and Landlord shall not be liable for acts of any person engaged in, or any damage or loss to any of said property or persons resulting from any act in connection with such service performed for Tenant and Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any such damage, injury, or loss, including attorney’s fees.

21. No portion of Tenant’s area or any other part of the Building shall at any time be used or occupied as sleeping or lodging quarters.

22. Landlord will not be responsible for lost or stolen personal property, equipment, money, or jewelry from, or damage to person or property within, the Leased Premises or the Building or any public rooms or common areas regardless of whether such loss or damage occurs when such area is locked against entry or not.

23. Employees of Landlord shall not receive or carry messages for or to Tenant or other person, nor contract with or render free or paid services to any Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, or invitees; in the event any of Landlord’s employees perform such services, such employee shall be deemed the agent of Tenant regardless of whether or how payment is arranged for services and Landlord is expressly relieved from any and all liability in connection with any such services and any associated injury or damage to person or property.

24. Tenant and its employees, agents, and invitees shall observe and comply with the driving and parking signs and markers on the property surrounding the Building.

25. Tenant shall not place, install, or operate on the Leased Premises or in any part of the Building, any coffee making device or equipment without the prior written consent of Landlord.

26. Tenant shall give prompt notice to Landlord of any accidents to or defects in plumbing, electrical fixtures or heating apparatus so that such accidents or defects may be attended to promptly.

27. Tenant shall be entitled to have its name displayed on the directory of the Building, if any, but the design and style of such display, the location of the directory, and the allocation of space on the directory shall be determined by the Landlord in its sole discretion. Any additional names requested by Tenant to be displayed on the directory must be approved by Landlord and, if approved, will be provided at the sole expense of Tenant. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, install,


affix or use (a) any signs, lettering or advertising media of any kind, blinds, shades, curtains, draperies or similar items on the exterior of the Leased Premises or in the interior of the Leased Premises in such a manner as shall be visible from outside the Leased Premises, or (b) any awnings, radio or television antennae or any other object or equipment of any nature whatsoever on the exterior of the Leased Premises. No symbol, mark, design or insignia adopted by Landlord for use in connection with the Building or the BLCC Center shall be used by Tenant without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall not refer to the Building by any name other than that designated by Landlord from time to time and Tenant may use such designated name solely for the address of its business. All rights to and use of the exterior of the exterior walls of the Leased Premises and the roof of the Building are reserved to Landlord.

28. No vending machines of any description shall be installed, maintained or operated in any part of the Building, including, without limitation, the Leased Premises, without the written consent of Landlord.

29. No automobile or other motor vehicle shall be parked in the Building parking lot overnight without the written consent of Landlord.

30. Landlord reserves the right to make such other reasonable rules and regulations as in its judgment may from time to time be needed for the safety, care and cleanliness of the Building, and the preservation of good order therein.


EXHIBIT E

Brokers

Tenant’s broker:

Conklin Real Estate Services, LLC

819 North 23rd Street

Milwaukee, WI 53233

Landlord’s broker:

Hammes Company of Wisconsin, Inc.

18000 West Sarah Lane, Suite 250

Brookfield, Wisconsin 53045


EXHIBIT F

Roof Top Communication Equipment Addendum to Lease

THIS ADDENDUM TO LEASE ( Addendum ) is made this 10th day of May, 2012 by and between CORE Realty Holdings Management, Inc., a California corporation, fbo Brookfield Lakes Tenants in Common (“ Landlord ”) and Connecture, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into a certain Lease Agreement, EXECUTED the 10th day of May, 2012 (hereinafter referred to as the “ Lease ”) for the rental of the Leased Premises defined therein; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements contained herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

1. During the Term of the Lease, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, may install, use, maintain, repair and replace on the roof of the Building one (1) free-standing non-penetrating mount-designed satellite dish or antenna not exceeding five feet (5’) in height and three feet (3’) in diameter (the “ Antenna ”).

 

2. Prior to installation of any Antenna, Tenant shall provide to Landlord, for Landlord’s approval, a written request describing the proposed dimensions, mounting method, location, point of entry to the Building, cable route, passageways to be utilized and any other information that would be material to Landlord’s decision to approve the Antenna. The parties shall attempt to agree on any necessary modifications to the Antenna and Tenant’s request. Upon Landlord’s reasonable approval of the Antenna, Landlord and Tenant shall execute and deliver to each other a written agreement documenting the terms and conditions of Tenant’s installation and use of the Antenna (the “ Antenna Agreement ”). Thereafter, if Tenant desires any modification to the Antenna or the Antenna Agreement, Tenant shall give written notice to Landlord of such modification for Landlord’s reasonable approval.

 

3. Landlord agrees that any work to be performed pursuant to this Addendum and the Antenna Agreement shall be performed by a mutually agreed upon contractor (“ Contractor ”). If Tenant desires to use a different contractor, Tenant shall provide written notice to Landlord of the name and address of the new contractor for Landlord’s written approval.

 

4. Landlord agrees that work may be performed by non-union labor; provided that the work be conducted by workers bonded up to the value of the work, services and/or materials provided. Additionally, Tenant shall maintain and shall require the Contractor to maintain standard liability insurance coverage in customary and reasonable amounts, and shall deliver to Landlord certificates of insurance naming Landlord as additional insured.

 

5. Landlord agrees to give to Tenant and/or Contractor access to the roof, or such portions thereof, as are reasonably necessary to install, maintain, repair, replace and remove the Antenna upon Tenant giving Landlord five (5) business days prior written notice of the date and time access to the roof is required.

 

6. Tenant shall obtain all required approvals, permits and licenses at no cost or expense to Landlord.


7. Tenant will provide Landlord with copies of all applications for approvals, permits and licenses. Landlord will also be provided with copies of permits and licenses as they are issued.

 

8. Tenant assures that no liens will attach to the Property, Leased Premises, Building or Landlord. If a lien is recorded against the Property, Leased Premises, Building, or Landlord, the Tenant will take whatever steps and costs that are necessary to remove said lien within thirty (30) days of notice of the filing of any such lien. The failure to do so shall constitute a default of under the Lease.

 

9. If required by any government body or by Landlord, Tenant will install at its sole cost and expense a screen to shield the Antenna from public view. Tenant shall provide Landlord with proposed screen design prior to obtaining written approval from Landlord.

 

10. Upon removal of the Antenna, cables and conduits, Tenant agrees to repair at its sole cost and expense any and all damage to the Property, Leased Premises, or any other area of the Building caused by the existence, installation, use, maintenance, removal, repair, testing or replacement of the Antenna, cables and conduits.

 

11. Tenant agrees that the Antenna, and its installation, use, maintenance, repair and replacement thereof, will not interfere with satellite dish, antenna or other transmission or reception equipment presently located on or in the Building or any other building in the BLCC Center or any other tenant’s use thereof. Should the Antenna cause interference, Tenant shall promptly eliminate or terminate such interference within two (2) business days after notice from Landlord.

 

12. The Antenna, cables and conduits shall become the property of Tenant for the duration of the Lease. Tenant, at Landlord’s option, shall remove at its sole cost and expense such equipment at the expiration of the Lease or sooner as noted in Paragraph 11 of this Addendum.

 

13. Tenant hereby agrees to and shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from any and all liability, loss, damage, cost, expense or fee, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by or alleged against Landlord as a result of the existence, installation, use, maintenance, removal, repair, testing or replacement of the Antenna, cables and conduits.

All other terms and conditions of the Lease, except as expressly or by necessary implication modified herein, shall be in full force and effect throughout the Term of the Lease.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have set their hands and seals as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:    TENANT:

CORE Realty Holdings Management, Inc.,

a California corporation,

fbo Brookfield Lakes Tenants in Common

  

Connecture, Inc.,

a Delaware corporation

BY:   

/s/ CORE Realty Holdings Management, Inc.

   BY:   

/s/ James Purko

  

CORE Realty Holdings Management, Inc.

     

James Purko

   (Please print name.)       (Please print name.)
ITS:   

President

   ITS:   

CFO

   (Please print title.)       (Please print title.)

Exhibit 10.7.2

FIRST LEASE AMENDMENT

THIS FIRST LEASE AMENDMENT (“Amendment”) is dated January 31, 2013, by and between CORE Realty Holdings Management, Inc., a California corporation, fbo Brookfield Lakes Tenants in Common (“Landlord”) and Connecture, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS , Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated May 10, 2012 (the “Lease”) for the rental of certain leased premises in the building commonly known as Brookfield Lakes Corporate Center XVII at 18500 W, Corporate Drive, Brookfield, Wisconsin (the “Building”), as more particularly described in the Lease (the “Leased Premises”); and

WHEREAS , Landlord and Tenant mutually desire to lease additional space within the Building, on the terms and conditions described herein; and

WHEREAS , Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease as set forth in this Amendment, and evidence their respective agreements and obligations with respect thereto.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises herein contained, the parties agree as follows:

1. Additional Premises. As soon as reasonably possible but in no event later than February 1, 2013, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant an additional 3,487 of rentable square feet of space located on the second floor of the Building commonly known as Suite 210 and more particularly outlined on EXHIBIT A-1 attached hereto (the “Additional Premises”) in accordance with the requirements set forth in Paragraph 4 below. Upon Landlord’s delivery of the Additional Premises to Tenant as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence, the Additional Premises shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Lease except as expressly set forth in this Amendment.

2. Term for the Additional Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Lease, the lease term for the Additional Premises (the “Additional Premises Term”) will commence the date upon which Landlord delivers the Additional Premises to Tenant and will expire January 31, 2014, unless terminated or extended pursuant to any provision of this Amendment or the Lease. In no event, however, shall Tenant be obligated to pay Base Rent or Additional Rent for any period of its occupancy or use of the Additional Premises prior to February 1, 2013.

3. Rent for the Additional Premises. For the period commencing February 1, 2013 to January 31, 2014, Base Rent for the Additional Premises shall be $10.75 per square foot, or $3,123.77 per month, net of Operating Costs which are currently estimated at $8.75 per square foot, or an additional $2,542.60 per month in Additional Rent.

4. Delivery Condition of the Additional Premises. As soon as reasonably possible but in no event later than February 1, 2013, Landlord shall thoroughly clean and deliver the Additional Premises to Tenant and shall ensure that all mechanical and utility systems serving the Additional Premises, including the electrical, plumbing and HVAC systems, are in good working order and repair. Except as otherwise set forth herein or in the Lease, Landlord shall deliver the Additional Premises to Tenant in an “as is” condition.


5. Proportionate Share for the Additional Premises. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Lease, Tenant’s Proportionate Share for the Additional Premises will be deemed to be 5.78%.

6. Extension Options for the Additional Premises. Tenant shall have two (2) successive options to extend the Additional Premises Term, each option for an additional one (1) year period, with (i) the first such extended term commencing immediately upon the expiration of the original Additional Premises Term and continuing for one (1) year thereafter, and (ii) the second such extended term commencing immediately upon the expiration of the first extended term and continuing for one (1) year thereafter. The exercise of the first option shall not imply or require the exercise of the second option. Tenant shall exercise each of the foregoing options by written notice to Landlord given no less than [three (3)] months prior to the commencement of the respective extended term. In the event Tenant exercises one or both of its options to extend the Additional Premises Term, Landlord and Tenant shall use commercially reasonable efforts to agree upon a mutually-acceptable Base Rent for the Additional Premises during such extended term or terms, as applicable.

7. Miscellaneous. Tenant represents to Landlord that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, Landlord is not in default under the Lease and no condition exists which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, could ripen into a default. Landlord represents to Tenant that, to the best of Landlord’s knowledge, Tenant is not in default under the Lease and no condition exists which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, could ripen into a default. All other terms and conditions of the Lease, except as expressly or by necessary implication modified herein, shall remain in full force and effect from and after the date hereof. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of this Amendment and the terms and conditions of the Lease, the terms and conditions of this Amendment shall prevail. As of the date hereof, the term “Lease” shall refer to the Lease and this Amendment. This Amendment contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matters hereof. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall constitute together one and the same instrument. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that an executed copy of this Amendment delivered by facsimile or electronic mail transmittal shall have the effect of an original, executed instrument.

8. Broker . Landlord and Tenant each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Amendment, except Conklin Real Estate Services, LLC, whose commission shall be payable by Landlord, and that it knows of no other real estate broker or agent who is or might be entitled to a commission in connection with this Amendment. Landlord and Tenant each agree to indemnify, defend and hold the other harmless from all costs and liabilities, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, arising out of or in connection with claims made by any other broker or individual who alleges that it is entitled to commissions or fees with regard to this Amendment as a result of dealings it had with the indemnifying party.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:     TENANT:

CORE Realty Holdings Management, Inc.,

a California corporation,

fbo Brookfield Lakes Tenants in Common

    Connecture Inc. a Delaware Corporation
BY:   /s/ CORE Realty Holdings Management, Inc.     BY:    /s/ James Purko
  CORE Realty Holdings Management, Inc.       James Purko
  (Please print name.)       (Please print name.)
ITS:   

                 

    ITS:    CFO
  (Please print title.)       (Please print title.)


EXHIBIT A-1

 

LOGO

Exhibit 10.7.3

SECOND LEASE AMENDMENT

THIS SECOND LEASE AMENDMENT made this 2/4, 2014 by and between CORE Realty Holdings Management, Inc., a California corporation, fbo Brookfield Lakes Tenants in Common hereinafter referred to as “Landlord”) and Connecture, Inc., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter referred to as “Tenant”). The date of this Second Lease Amendment shall be the “Amendment Effective Date”.

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS , Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease Agreement EXECUTED the 10 th day of May, 2012; and First Amendment dated January 31, 2013 (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Lease”) for the rental of the leased premises commonly known as Brookfield Lakes Corporate Center XVII, 18500 W. Corporate Drive, Brookfield, Wisconsin, 53045 as more particularly described in the Lease (and referred to herein as the “Leased Premises”); and

WHEREAS , Landlord and Tenant desire to extend the term of the Lease and in accordance therewith, Landlord and Tenant desire to execute this Second Lease Amendment to evidence their respective agreements and obligations with respect thereto. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meaning given such terms in the Lease.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises herein contained, the parties agree as follows:

1. Premises. Suite 210 containing approximately 3,487 rentable square feet.

2. Term. An extension of the existing Lease term by an additional One (1) year commencing February 1, 2014 and ending January 31, 2015.

2. Base Rent. Paragraph 3 of the First Amendment is hereby amended to provide that Tenant shall pay to Landlord Base Rent at the rate of Three Thousand Three Hundred Forty-One and 70/100 Dollars (53,341.70) per month, net of Operating Costs.

3. Broker: Landlord and Tenant each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Amendment except Conklin Real Estate Services, LLC, whose commission shall be payable by Landlord, and it knows of no other real estate agent or broker who is or might be entitled to a commission in connection with this Amendment. Landlord and Tenant agree to indemnify, defend and the other hold harmless from all costs and liabilities, including reasonable attorney’s fees and costs arising out of or in connection with claims made by any other broker or individual who alleges that it is entitled to commissions or fees with regards to this Amendment as a result of dealings it had with the indemnifying party.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Second Lease Amendment as of the date and year First above written.

 

LANDLORD:     TENANT:

CORE Realty Holdings Management, Inc.,

a California corporation,

fbo Brookfield Lakes Tenants in Common

    Connecture, Inc., a Delaware corporation

 

BY:

  /s/ CORE Realty Holdings Management, Inc.     BY:    /s/ James Purko
  CORE Realty Holdings Management, Inc.       James Purko
  (Please print name.)       (Please print name.)
ITS:  

             

    ITS:   CFO
(Please print title.)       (Please print title.)

 

- 1 -

Exhibit 10.8.1

 

 

 

55 ALLEN PLAZA

OFFICE LEASE

between

TR 55 ALLEN PLAZA LLC

Landlord

and

CONNECTURE, INC.

Tenant

September 30, 2013

 

 

 


LEASE SUMMARY

 

Date:    September 30, 2013
Landlord:    TR 55 ALLEN PLAZA LLC , a Delaware limited liability company
Tenant :    CONNECTURE, INC., a Delaware corporation

Premises and Floor(s):

[Section 1.4]

   Suite 400 on the Fourth Floor of the building located at 55 Ivan Allen Jr. Boulevard, Atlanta, GA 30308

Area of the Premises:

[Section 1.4]

   28,299 square feet of Rentable Area

Rentable Area of the Building:

[Section 1.4]

   341,965 square feet of Rentable Area

Tenant’s Percentage Share:

[Section 1.4]

   8.28%

Lease Term:

[Section 2.1]

   Approximately one hundred thirty-two (132) months

Commencement Date:

[Section 2.1]

   The date upon which Landlord Substantially Completes (as defined below) the Tenant Improvements as set forth in Exhibit C and delivers the Premises to Tenant in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease
Expected Commencement Date: [Section 2.1]    February 1, 2014

Expiration Date:

[Section 2.1]

   January 31, 2025, unless adjusted pursuant to Section 2.1


Base Rental: [Section 3.1]

Lease Year

   Annual Base
Rent per RSF
     Annual
Base Rental
     Monthly
Base Rental
 

1

   $ 14.00       $ 396,186.00       $ 33,015.50   

2

   $ 14.42       $ 408,071.58       $ 34,005.97   

3

   $ 14.85       $ 420,240.15       $ 35,020.01   

4

   $ 15.30       $ 432,974.70       $ 36,081.23   

5

   $ 15.76       $ 445,992.24       $ 37,166.02   

6

   $ 16.23       $ 459,292.77       $ 38,274.40   

7*

   $ 16.72       $ 473,159.28       $ 39,429.94   

8*

   $ 17.22       $ 487,308.78       $ 40,609.07   

9

   $ 17.74       $ 502,024.26       $ 41,835.36   

10

   $ 18.27       $ 517,022.73       $ 43,085.23   

11

   $ 18.82       $ 532,587.18       $ 44,382.27   

 

* Subject to the abatements set forth in this Lease.
 

Commitment Deposit:

[Section 3.5]

   $33,015.50

Security Deposit:

[Section 3.6]

   $450,000.00, subject to reduction as set forth in Section 3.6 hereof

Use:

[Section 5.1]

   General office purposes and office uses reasonably and customarily ancillary thereto (including, without limitation, an office kitchen for Tenant’s employees) and for no other use

Parking Spaces:

[Section 9.15]

   Twenty-eight unreserved spaces (equal to 1.0 space per 1,000 square feet of Rentable Area of the Premises)

Landlord’s Allowance:

[Exhibit C]

   $1,414,950.00

Tenant’s Address for

Notices:

[Section 9.2]

  

CONNECTURE, INC.

18500 W. Corporate Drive, Suite 250

Brookfield, WI 53045

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

Telecopier No.: (414) 298-8097

 

with copies to:

 

CONNECTURE, INC.

18500 W. Corporate Drive, Suite 250

Brookfield, WI 53045

Attention: General Counsel

Telecopier No.: 262.432.0075

 

ii


  

and

 

Reinhart Boerner van Deuren s.c.

1000 N. Water Street, Suite 1700

Milwaukee, WI 53202

Attention: John Murphy

Telecopier No.: (414) 298-8097, Attn.: John Murphy

Landlord’s Address for

Notices:

[Section 9.2]

  

TR 55 ALLEN PLAZA LLC

c/o Lincoln Property Company

120 N. LaSalle Street, Suite 1750

Chicago, Illinois 60602

Attention: Jenifer Ratcliffe

Telecopier No.: (312) 345-8760

 

with a copy to:

 

Holland & Knight LLP

131 S. Dearborn St. 30 th Floor

Chicago, Illinois 60603

Attention: James T. Mayer

Telecopier No.: (312) 578-6666

Landlord’s Address for Payment of Rent:

[Section 3.7]

  

TR 55 Allen Plaza LLC

62270 Collections Center Drive

Chicago, IL 60693-0622

Tenant’s Broker:

[Section 9.1]

   Cushman & Wakefield of Georgia, Inc.

Landlord’s Broker:

[Section 9.1]

  

Lincoln Property Company Commercial, Inc. and

Cushman & Wakefield of Georgia, Inc.

 

iii


EXHIBIT A

LEGAL DESCRIPTION

Tract 1A

ALL THAT TRACT OR PARCEL OF LAND lying and being in Land Lot 79, 14th District, Fulton County, Georgia, and being more particularly described as follows:

A three-dimensional parcel of air space having its bottom horizontal plane located at the 988.7-foot Level based on the National Geodetic Vertical Datum 1929 (“ NGVD 29 ”) and having the sides of such parcel of air space being perpendicular to and having such horizontal plane and above the boundaries of the following described property:

BEGINNING at a point located at the intersection of the northerly right of way line of Ivan Allen Jr. Boulevard (formerly Alexander Street) (40-foot right of way) and the easterly right of way line of Williams Street (variable right of way), run thence along said easterly right of way line of Williams Street the following three (3) courses and distances: (1) North 00 degrees 29 minutes 32 seconds East a distance of 100.00 feet to a point, (2) North 03 degrees 54 minutes 53 seconds East a distance of 110.90 feet to a point, and (3) along a curve to the right an arc distance of 19.24 feet (said arc being subtended by a chord bearing North 04 degrees 59 minutes 03 seconds East a chord distance of 19.24 feet and having a radius of 515.44 feet) to a point; leaving said easterly right of way line of Williams Street, run thence South 89 degrees 22 minutes 07 seconds East a distance of 135.51 feet to a point; run thence South 00 degrees 36 minutes 00 seconds West a distance of 126.52 feet to a point; run thence South 89 degrees 24 minutes 00 seconds East a distance of 4.33 feet to a point; run thence South 00 degrees 36 minutes 00 seconds West a distance of 103.33 feet to a point on the northerly right of way line of Ivan Allen Jr. Boulevard (formerly Alexander Street); run thence along said northerly right of way line of Ivan Allen Jr. Boulevard (formerly Alexander Street) North 89 degrees 23 minutes 28 seconds West a distance of 147.53 feet to a point located at the intersection of said northerly right of way line and the easterly right of way line of Williams Street and the POINT OF BEGINNING; shown as Tract 1A on that certain entitled “ ALTA/ACSM Land Title Survey for 45 Allen Plaza Development, LLC, Capri Select Income II, LLC, Specialty Finance Group LLC, its successors and assigns, Hardin Funding, LLC, Hardin Mezz, LLC and Chicago Title Insurance Company ”, prepared by Watts & Browning Engineers, Inc., bearing the seal and certification of Virgil T. Hammond, Georgia Registered Land Surveyor No. 2554, dated February 4, 2000, last revised February 20, 2009.

Tract 2A

ALL THAT TRACT OR PARCEL OF LAND lying and being in Land Lot 79, 14th District, Fulton County, Georgia, and being more particularly described as follows:

 

A-1


A three-dimensional parcel of air space having its bottom horizontal plane located at the 988.7-foot Level based on the National Geodetic Vertical Datum 1929 (“ NVGD 29 ”) and having the sides of such parcel of air space being perpendicular to and having such horizontal plane and above the boundaries of the following described property:

TO FIND THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING, commence at a point located at the intersection of the northerly right of way line of Ivan Allen Jr. Boulevard (formerly Alexander Street) (40-foot right of way) and the easterly right of way line of Williams Street (variable right of way), run thence along said easterly right of way line of Williams Street the following three (3) courses and distances: (1) North 00 degrees 29 minutes 32 seconds East a distance of 100.00 feet to a point, (2) North 03 degrees 54 minutes 53 seconds East a distance of 110.90 feet to a point, and (3) along a curve to the right an arc distance of 19.24 feet (said arc being subtended by a chord bearing North 04 degrees 59 minutes 03 seconds East a chord distance of 19.24 feet and having a radius of 515.44 feet) to a point and THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING; FROM THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING AS THUS ESTABLISHED, continue thence along said easterly right of way line of Williams Street along a curve to the right an arc distance of 21.48 feet (said arc being subtended by a chord bearing North 07 degrees 14 minutes 51 seconds East a chord distance of 21.47 feet and having a radius of 515.44 feet) to a point; leaving said easterly right of way line of Williams Street, run thence along a curve to the left an arc distance of 32.06 feet (said arc being subtended by a chord bearing South 40 degrees 27 minutes 50 seconds East a chord distance of 28.30 feet and having a radius of 18.78 feet) to a point; run thence North 89 degrees 22 minutes 07 seconds West a distance of 21.08 feet to a point located on the easterly right of way line of Williams Street and THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING; shown as Tract 2A on that certain entitled “ALTA/ACSM Land Title Survey for 45 Allen Plaza Development, LLC, Capri Select Income II, LLC, Specialty Finance Group LLC, its successors and assigns, Merrion Atlanta Hotel, LLC, Hardin Funding, LLC, Hardin Mezz, LLC and Chicago Title Insurance Company”, prepared by Watts & Browning Engineers, Inc., bearing the seal and certification of Virgil T. Hammond, Georgia Registered Land Surveyor No. 2554, dated February 4, 2000, last revised February 20, 2009.


EXHIBIT A-1

FLOOR PLAN

 

LOGO

(Premises shaded.)

 

A-1-1


EXHIBIT A-2

PREFERENTIAL SPACE

 

LOGO

(Preferential Space unshaded.)

 

A-2-1


EXHIBIT A-3

COMMON CORRIDOR

 

LOGO

 

A-3-1


EXHIBIT B

TENANT ACCEPTANCE AGREEMENT

This Tenant Acceptance Agreement (hereinafter referred to as this “ Agreement ”) is made this             day of             , 201    , between TR 55 ALLEN PLAZA LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (hereinafter referred to as “ Landlord ”), and CONNECTURE, INC. , a Delaware corporation (hereinafter referred to as “ Tenant ”).

W I T N E S S E T H  T H A T :

WHEREAS, the Lease provides for the leasing of space (the “ Premises ”) within the building known as “55 Allen Plaza,” located at 55 Ivan Allen Jr. Blvd, Atlanta, Georgia 30308 (hereinafter referred to as the “ Building ”); and

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant agreed to execute this Agreement to confirm the actual Commencement and Expiration dates of the Lease Term, and for other purposes;

NOW, THEREFORE, pursuant to the provisions of Article II of the Lease, Landlord and Tenant mutually agree as follows:

1. The Commencement Date of the Lease Term is                     .

2. The Expiration Date of the Lease Term is                     .

BALANCE OF PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK

SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS

 

B-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and sealed this Agreement as of the date and year first above stated.

 

LANDLORD:

TR 55 ALLEN PLAZA LLC , a Delaware limited liability company
By:   LPC Realty Advisors I, LP, a Texas limited partnership, its Manager

 

  By:   LPC Realty Advisors, Inc., a Texas corporation, its General Partner

 

    By:  

 

    Name: Jenifer Ratcliffe
    Its: President

 

TENANT:
CONNECTURE, INC. , a Delaware corporation

 

By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

B-2


EXHIBIT C

TENANT IMPROVEMENT AGREEMENT

THIS TENANT IMPROVEMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Tenant Improvement Agreement ”) is attached to and made a part of that certain Office Lease (the “ Lease ”) dated September     , 2013, by and between TR 55 ALLEN PLAZA LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (hereinafter referred to as “ Landlord ”), and CONNECTURE, INC. , a Delaware corporation (hereinafter referred to as “ Tenant ”), for the premises (the “ Premises ”) described therein in the building located at 55 Ivan Allen Jr. Blvd., Atlanta, Georgia 30308 (the “ Building ”).

1. TENANT IMPROVEMENTS. Landlord shall furnish and install in the Premises in accordance with the terms of this Tenant Improvement Agreement, the improvements set forth in the Plans (hereinafter defined) which will be approved by Landlord and Tenant in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof (the “ Tenant Improvements ”). All Construction Costs (hereinafter defined) up to the Landlord’s Allowance (hereinafter defined) shall be paid for by Landlord, and all Construction Costs in excess of the Landlord’s Allowance shall be paid by Tenant.

2. CRITICAL DEADLINES. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that Tenant’s strict compliance with the following deadlines is a pre-requisite to Landlord’s timely completion of the Tenant Improvements. The parties’ intended construction schedule is attached hereto as Schedule C-1. In the event that either Landlord or Tenant fails to meet any deadline specified herein, then all subsequent deadlines which rely, directly or indirectly, upon the completion of such delayed obligation shall be delayed accordingly. Further, in the event that Tenant fails to abide by the deadlines set forth herein, any delays to the Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements caused thereby will be deemed to be Tenant Delays (hereinafter defined). If Landlord fails to abide by the deadlines set forth herein, any delays to the Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements actually caused thereby will not be deemed to be Tenant Delays. The parties will work together to avoid in good faith to mitigate delays causing an adverse impact to the construction schedule, including the selection of alternate finishes that can be delivered and installed prior to occupancy.

a. Final Space Plan. Tenant has retained the services of InteriorLogic (the “ Space Planner ”), to design the Tenant Improvements in the Premises and to prepare the final space plan for the design of the Tenant Improvements set forth on Schedule C-2 of (the “ Final Space Plan ”). Landlord has approved the Final Space Plan.

b. Contractor. Landlord will retain Merit Construction as the general contractor for the performance of the Tenant Improvements (the “ Contractor ”). Tenant has reviewed and approved the fees and general conditions of the Contractor. Prior to final pricing of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall cause the Contractor to sub-bid all trade work to at least three (3) appropriate subcontractors for each applicable trade.

c. Engineers. Landlord will retain KLG Consulting Engineers (the “ Engineers ”) to: (i) design the type, number and location of all mechanical systems in the Premises, including

 

C-1


without limitation the heating, ventilating and air conditioning system therein, and to prepare all of the mechanical plans; (ii) engineering the electrical design of the Premises, including the location and capacity of light fixtures, electrical receptacles and other electrical elements, and to prepare all of the electrical plans; and (iii) engineering the plumbing-related issues involved in designing the Premises and to prepare all of the plumbing plans. The Engineers are available to coordinate and assist Tenant’s LAN Room Designer, Faith Technologies, with the design of the LAN Room in the Premises, including, without limitation, the design of the A/V cabling services required for the LAN Room.

d. Landlord’s Architect. Landlord will retain Associated Space Design, Inc. (“ Landlord’s Architect ”) as the architect responsible for the preparation of the Contract Documents (hereinafter defined) for the Tenant Improvements.

e. Design Development Drawings and Specifications. Following the Effective Date, the Space Planner shall be responsible for preparing detailed plans and specifications for the construction of the Tenant Improvements containing such level of detail as is set forth on the sample plans prepared by Space Planner attached hereto as Schedule C-3 hereof (the “ Design Development Drawings and Specifications ”). Landlord will utilize the Design Development Drawings and Specifications to begin constructing the Tenant Improvements, ordering materials, initially bidding the work, and planning the critical path and schedule of the construction of the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall cause the Space Planner to deliver the Design Development Drawings and Specifications to Landlord with the requisite level of detail on or prior to October 4, 2013 . In preparing the Design Development Drawings and Specifications, the Space Planner shall coordinate with the Landlord’s Architect and the Engineers from time to time to obtain information about the Building and to insure that the design of the Tenant Improvements will not adversely interfere with the Building structure or any systems therein. In the event that the Design Development Drawings and Specifications materially deviate from the Final Space Plan or require Long Lead Items other than as specified in the Final Space Plan, any resulting delay shall be deemed to be a Tenant Delay and all subsequent deadlines which are affected by such deviations or requirements shall be adjusted accordingly.

f. Approval of Contract Documents. Landlord shall advise Tenant of Landlord’s approval or disapproval of the Design Development Drawings and Specifications, or any of them, on or prior to October 11, 2013 . Tenant shall promptly revise the Design Development Drawings and Specifications to meet Landlord’s objections, if any, and resubmit the Design Development Drawings and Specifications to Landlord for its review and approval within three (3) days of Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s objections, if any.

g. Preparation of Contract Documents. Landlord’s Architect shall use the Design Development Drawings and Specifications to prepare all architectural plans, working drawings and specifications which are necessary and sufficient (i) to enable Landlord or the Contractor to obtain a building permit for the construction of the Tenant Improvements, and (ii) to enable the Contractor to bid the balance of the work and provide final pricing (the “ Contract Documents ”). Landlord shall provide the Contract Documents to Tenant on or prior to October 21, 2013 . Tenant shall promptly review and provide written approval of the Contract Documents, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld and to be granted so long as the Contract Documents do not materially deviate from the Design Development Drawings and Specifications (except as necessary to avoid interference with the base Building structure or base Building systems, or to comply with Legal Requirements). Tenant shall approve the Contract Documents in writing on or prior to October 23, 2013 .

 

C-2


h . Pricing and Permitting. Following Tenant’s written approval of same, Landlord will submit the Contract Documents to the Contractor to obtain final pricing verification, and to applicable governmental authorities to obtain necessary building permits. Following Tenant’s receipt of the Contractor’s final pricing verification, Tenant shall have the right to work directly with the Contractor in order to “value engineer” the cost of the Tenant Improvements; provided, however, that Tenant shall be responsible for any Change Orders resulting from such value engineering (and any delays resulting thereby shall be deemed to be Tenant Delays). On or prior to November 4, 2013 , Tenant shall have completed all value engineering of the Tenant Improvements, have caused all Change Orders resulting thereby to be fully documented by appropriate modifications to the Contract Documents, and have provided Landlord with written confirmation that Tenant approves all Construction Costs as quoted by the Contractor.

3. PLANS AND CHANGE ORDERS.

a. Plans . The Space Plan, the Design Development Drawings and Specifications and the Contract Documents are referred to collectively herein as the “ Plans ”.

b. Change Orders. As used herein, the term “ Change Order ” means any change in the Plans and/or the work included within the Tenant Improvements. Once the Plans have been approved by Landlord, no Change Orders shall be made without the prior written approval of Landlord, which approval Landlord may grant or withhold in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. All requests for Change Orders shall be in writing. In the event that Tenant requests any Change Orders and Landlord approves such Change Orders, or otherwise fails to comply with the requirements herein, all delays resulting therefrom shall be Tenant Delays and Tenant shall be responsible for all costs and expenses (subject to the Landlord’s Allowance) resulting therefrom, including without limitation costs or expenses relating to (i) any additional architectural or engineering services and related design expenses, (ii) any changes to materials in process of fabrication, (iii) cancellation or modification of supply or fabricating contracts, or (iv) removal or alteration of work or plans completed or in process. Tenant shall not oppose or delay Change Orders required by any governmental agency.

c. Long Lead Items. The Final Space Plan specifies in detail all Long Lead Items (hereinafter defined) which will be necessary to construct the Tenant Improvements, to the extent Tenant then actually knows same are Long Lead Items. As used herein, the term “ Long Lead Items ” means any particular item or items of the Tenant Improvements which is not readily available in reasonable quantities in, or for delivery to, the Atlanta, Georgia area or requires a long-term lead time to procure, obtain or install. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, in order to meet Landlord’s deadlines hereunder, Landlord intends to order the Long Lead Items as specified in the Final Space Plan prior to the finalization of the Contract Documents.

 

C-3


4. COST OF TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

a. Construction Costs. As used herein, the term “ Construction Costs ” means the cost of design and construction of the Tenant Improvements, including the cost of the Space Planner, Landlord’s Architect, and the Engineers in connection with the preparation of the Plans, all governmental permits required for the construction of the Tenant Improvements, all other construction costs incurred by Landlord in undertaking the Tenant Improvements, the costs of Change Orders, and the Construction Management Fee. As used herein, the term “ Landlord’s Allowance ” means the sum of One Million Four Hundred Fourteen Thousand Nine Hundred Fifty and 00/100 Dollars ($1,414,950.00) (or Fifty and 00/100 Dollars ($50.00) per square foot of Rentable Area of the Premises). Landlord shall pay for all Construction Costs (hereinafter defined) incurred in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements, not to exceed the Landlord’s Allowance. All Construction Costs incurred by Landlord in excess of the Landlord’s Allowance shall be paid by Tenant or, if Landlord has already incurred such cost, reimbursed to Landlord by Tenant within fifteen (15) days after Tenant’s receipt of a written demand by Landlord, accompanied by receipts or invoices evidencing the actual amount of Construction Costs incurred by Landlord. At Landlord’s option, Tenant shall tender to Landlord, in advance of construction of the Tenant Improvements, an amount equal to the difference between the amount of the Construction Costs, as reasonably estimated by Landlord, and the Landlord’s Allowance; provided that such tender by Tenant shall not reduce Tenant’s obligation to pay for (or reimburse Landlord for) one hundred percent (100%) of all Construction Costs incurred by Landlord in excess of the Landlord’s Allowance.

b. Construction Management Fee. Landlord is entitled to a construction management fee (the “ Construction Management Fee ”) to compensate Landlord for managing the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements in an amount equal to three percent (3%) of the Construction Costs. Such construction management fee shall be deducted from the Landlord’s Allowance. 

5. TENANT DELAYS

a. If Landlord is delayed in Substantially Completing the Tenant Improvements or in delivering the Premises to Tenant as a result of any act, neglect, failure or omission of Tenant, its employees or agents (including, without limitation, any contractor or subcontractor employed by Tenant performing work at the Premises), including any of the following, such delay shall be deemed a “ Tenant Delay ”: (1) Tenant’s failure to meet any of Tenant’s deadlines set forth herein; (2) Tenant’s failure to timely approve revised Plans after resubmission by Landlord; (3) Tenant’s delay in submitting or approving any other drawings, plans or specifications; (4) Tenant’s failure, within two (2) business days after request therefor, to provide Landlord with any other information reasonably requested by Landlord for the purpose of completing the Plans or the ordering of materials or the letting of bids for the Tenant Improvements; (5) any change by Tenant in the Contract Documents, the specifications of Long Lead Items, or in any other plan, specification or finish information furnished by Tenant, after Landlord has commenced the same; (6) delay in the completion of work by any person (other than Landlord or its contractors) performing work for Tenant; (7) work by Tenant, if any, not being completed on schedule which under good construction scheduling practices should be completed before some portion of the Tenant Improvements is undertaken or which otherwise interferes with Landlord undertaking the Tenant

 

C-4


Improvements; (8) installation of Tenant’s telephone and/or other communications systems; (9) any Change Orders; (10) installation by Tenant of any systems or furniture in the Premises; (11) any act or omission by Tenant which delays the receipt by Landlord of a certificate of occupancy (or its equivalent) for the Premises; (12) direction by Tenant that Landlord hold up proceeding or continuing with a segment of the Tenant Improvements preliminary to a possible Change Order or for any other reason; and (13) Tenant’s failure to comply with any of the Tenant’s deadlines attached hereto as Schedule C-1 . In any such event, such delay or delays shall not postpone or defer the Commencement Date or Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent, but the Commencement Date shall occur on the day when they would otherwise have occurred if such delay or delays had not occurred (despite the fact that Tenant will not be entitled to possess the Premises until actual delivery by Landlord). In addition, Tenant shall pay to Landlord all additional out-of-pocket costs actually incurred by Landlord resulting from any Tenant Delay, including, without limitation, any costs incurred by Landlord due to delay damages claimed by the Contractor. Any such sums shall be paid to Landlord within ten (10) days after demand therefor by Landlord. Any costs payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall be deemed to be Additional Rent under the Lease, and, in the event of any default by Tenant in any payment thereof, Landlord shall (in addition to all other rights and remedies) have the same rights and remedies arising under the Lease in the event of a default regarding the payment of Rent.

b. Landlord shall be responsible for obtaining all permits required to be obtained in order to Substantially Complete the Tenant Improvements, and the costs thereof shall be included in Construction Costs.

c. In the event that Long Lead Items will not be available on the job site on or prior to January 17, 2013 , the Contractor shall notify Tenant or Landlord (who will notify Tenant) of this fact promptly after ascertaining same. In such event, Tenant shall, within two (2) business days after such notification, either (i) specify a replacement item which is not a Long Lead Item and is otherwise readily-available, or (ii) so long as the Long Lead Item is not necessary for Landlord to obtain a certificate of occupancy or otherwise comply with Legal Requirements, direct Landlord to wait for the arrival of the unavailable Long Lead Item, in which case the Tenant Improvements shall be deemed to be Substantially Completed and the Commencement Date shall occur notwithstanding the fact that any improvements requiring the Long Lead Item have not been completed, and Landlord shall instead complete such improvements following the arrival of the previously-unavailable Long Lead Item.

d. The Tenant Improvements will be deemed to be “ Substantially Complete ” at such time as (i) Landlord’s Architect certifies in writing to Tenant that the Tenant Improvements have been fully completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, subject only to items contained on the Punch List (hereinafter defined), and (ii) the appropriate governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Building and Premises issues a Certificate of Occupancy or similar certificate or permit with respect to the Premises.

e. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Exhibit C or the Lease, Landlord shall pay, at Landlord’s sole cost and not out of Landlord’s Allowance, for all costs of improvements to the Common Areas of the Building and any tenant-space adjacent to the Premises which are necessitated by Legal Requirements, so long as such improvements would be required as a pre-requisite to obtaining any building permit or certificate of occupancy in the Building (and

 

C-5


not, in contrast, by reason of Tenant’s particular design of the Tenant Improvements). Any costs of improvements to the Premises which are necessitated by Legal Requirements shall be included in Construction Costs. Further, Landlord shall pay, at Landlord’s sole cost and not out of Landlord’s Allowance, for all costs of completing the elevator lobby and common corridor on the floor in which the Premises are located, as noted on the plans attached to the Lease as Exhibit A-1 and Exhibit A-3 . Further, Landlord shall install security card readers to limit access to the men’s and women’s restrooms in the Common Areas of Tenant’s floor of the Building, at Tenant’s cost but subject to the Landlord’s Allowance.

6. ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES. Approximately one (1) day prior to the delivery of possession of the Premises to Tenant, Landlord, Tenant and the Contractor shall make an inspection of the Premises to determine that the construction and installation of the Tenant Improvements has been completed in accordance with the Plans and this Tenant Improvement Agreement, and to prepare a “ Punch List ” of work requiring correction or completion by Landlord. Subject to delays caused by events of Force Majeure, Landlord shall correct or complete all Punch List items within sixty (60) days after the Commencement Date.

7. CONTRACTOR’S RULES AND REGULATIONS. Each of Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors and vendors entering the Premises pursuant to Section 5 of Exhibit E shall observe all rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord in connection with the performance of work in the Building.

8. TENANT’S AGENT. Tenant hereby designates Kimberly Quick as Senior Project Manager for the Project Management Group of Cushman & Wakefield, whose address is 65 Ivan Allen Jr. Blvd., Suite 700, Atlanta, GA 30308, and whose telephone number is (404) 853-5329, to act as Tenant’s agent for purposes of authorizing and executing any and all documents, work letters or other writings and changes thereto needed to effect this Tenant Improvement Agreement, and any and all changes, additions or deletions to the work contemplated herein, and Landlord shall have the right to rely on any documents executed by such authorized party.

9. EARLY ACCESS. Neither Tenant nor any person claiming by, through or under Tenant (collectively, the “ Tenant Parties ”) may enter the Premises for any purpose prior to the Commencement Date; provided, however, upon written request by Tenant (which may be made by email), Landlord shall, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 9, grant to Tenant and certain other Tenant Parties a license for Tenant and certain other Tenant Parties to have access to the Premises prior to the Expected Commencement Date. Any such access shall, prior to the date which is twenty-one (21) days preceding the Expected Commencement Date, be solely for the purpose of allowing Tenant to install its voice and data equipment and cabling in accordance at the appropriate times necessary to conform with the “critical path” of the Tenant Improvements, and on or after the date which is twenty-one (21) days preceding the Expected Commencement Date, for the additional purpose of installing in the Premises Tenant’s furniture, fixtures, and equipment as may be necessary to make the Premises ready for Tenant’s use and occupancy (as applicable, “ Tenant’s Pre-Occupancy Work ”). Tenant shall deliver to Landlord Tenant’s written request for early access to the Premises not less than one (1) business day prior to the date on which Tenant desires such access and such notice shall be accompanied by each of the following items: (i) the names and addresses of all Tenant Parties who will be entering the Premises on behalf of Tenant to perform Tenant’s Pre-Occupancy Work; and (ii) certificates of

 

C-6


insurance evidencing such coverages reasonably required by Landlord to be maintained by contractors and occupants in the Building. Any and all access to the Premises and the performance of the Tenant’s Pre-Occupancy Work shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable scheduling requirements. Tenant shall cause all Tenant Parties to observe all construction rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord from time to time in connection with the performance of work in the Building. If at any time any Tenant Party shall fail to observe such rules and regulations, then Landlord may revoke such license with respect to the offending Tenant Party immediately upon notice to Tenant. Tenant’s Pre-Occupancy Work shall be performed at Tenant’s sole risk, cost and expense and no delay in the delivery of the Premises to Tenant caused by Tenant’s entry to the Premises or Tenant’s Pre-Occupancy Work shall delay the Commencement Date. Landlord shall not be liable for any injury, loss or damage which may occur to Tenant’s Pre-Occupancy Work (including without limitation any property of Tenant placed in the Premises) and Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord for any damage to Tenant’s Pre-Occupancy Work, the Premises or to any portion of the Tenant Improvements arising from Tenant’s Pre-Occupancy Work or otherwise caused by any Tenant Party. Upon written request by Tenant prior to the installation of Tenant’s Pre-Occupancy Work, Landlord agrees to provide a written list of any improvements constituting part of Tenant’s Pre-Occupancy Work that Landlord will require Tenant to remove from the Premises at the end of the Lease Term. At the end of the Lease Term, Tenant shall not be required to remove any improvements constituting part of Tenant’s Pre-Occupancy Work which are not identified on such list (such items being the “ Non-Removal Tenant’s Pre-Occupancy Work ”).

 

C-7


SCHEDULE C-1

PROJECT SCHEDULE

 

LOGO

 

C-8


SCHEDULE C-2

FINAL SPACE PLAN

 

LOGO

 

C-9


LOGO

 

C-10


LOGO

 

C-11


 

LOGO

InteriorLOGIC, Inc.

Door Schedule

Client: Connecture Atlanta

Project No.: 13004-01

Date: September 20, 2013

 

              SIZE                                      

ROOM

#

   

ROOM

NAME

  DOOR
NO.
  WIDTH   HEIGHT   THICK     MATL     SELF
CLOSURE
  LOCKING   GLASS   TYPE     FRAME
MATL
  FUNCTION  

NOTES

  400      Waiting   400a   6’-0’’   8“0”     —          GLASS      Y   Y   Y     —        FRAMELESS   SWIPECARD   BUILDING STANDARD HERCULTE
  402      Interview Room   402a   3’-0”   8“0”     1-3/4”        MAPLE      N   N   Y     PASSAGE LITE      HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  403      Interview Room   403a   3’-0”   8“0”     1-3/4”        MAPLE      N   N   Y     PASSAGE LITE      HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  405      Visitor Servery/Coats   405a   6’-0”   8“0”     1-3/4”        MAPLE      N   N   N     —        HM   PASSAGE  
  406      Executive Conference   406a   6’-0”   8“0”     —          GLASS      N   N   Y     —        Drywall return     BUTT GLASS/FLAT TRACK BARN DOOR HARDWARE/SS
  407      VP Office   407a   3’-0”   8“0”     1-3/4”        MAPLE      N   N   N     —        HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  408      MGR Office   408a   3’-0”   8“0”     1-3/4”        MAPLE      N   N   N     —        HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  409      MGR Office   409a   3’-0”   8“0”     1-3/4”        MAPLE      N   N   N     —        HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  410      Team RM/Phone Enclave   410a   3’-0”   8“0”     1-3/4”        MAPLE      N   N   Y     PASSAGE LITE      HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  411      Open Office   411a   3’-0”   8“0”     1-3/4”        MAPLE      Y   Y   Y     PASSAGE LITE      HM   CARD ACCESS   SWIPE CARD ACCESS
  412      VP Office   412a   3’-0”   8“0”     1-3/4”        MAPLE      N   N   N     —        HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  413      VP Office   413a   3’-0”   8“0”     1-3/4”        MAPLE      N   N   N     —        HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  414      VP Office   414a   3’-0”   8“0”     1-3/4”        MAPLE      N   N   N     —        HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  415      VP Office   415a   3’-0”   8“0”     1-3/4”        MAPLE      N   N   N     —        HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  417      MGR Office   417a   3’-0”   8“0”     1-3/4”        MAPLE      N   N   N     —        HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  418      MGR Office   418a   3’-0”   8“0”     1-3/4”        MAPLE      N   N   N     —        HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  419      MGR Office   419a   3’-0”   8“0”     1-3/4”        MAPLE      N   N   N     —        HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  421      MGR Office   421a   3’-0”   8“0”     1-3/4”        MAPLE      N   N   N     —        HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  422      MGR Office   422a   3’-0”   8“0”     1-3/4”        MAPLE      N   N   N     —        HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  423      MGR Office   423a   3’-0”   8“0”     1-3/4”        MAPLE      N   N   N     —        HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  424      VP Office   424a   3’-0”   8“0”     1-3/4”        MAPLE      N   N   N     —        HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE

NOTE: DOORS AND FRAMES ARE LONG LEAD TIME ITEMS

 

C-12


InteriorLOGIC, Inc.

Door Schedule

Client: Connecture Atlanta

Project No.: 13004-01

Date: September 20, 2013

 

ROOM     ROOM   DOOR   SIZE           SELF                       FRAME          
#    

NAME

  NO.   WIDTH   HEIGHT   THICK     MATL     CLOSURE     LOCKING     GLASS     TYPE     MATL     FUNCTION  

NOTES

  425      Director Office   425a   3’-0”   8“0”     1-3/4”        MAPLE        N        N        N        —          HM      PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  426      Conference   426a   3’-0”   8“0”     1-3/4”        MAPLE        N        N        N        —          HM      PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  428      Copy/Mail   428a   3’-6”   8“0”     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          FRAMED OPENING
    428b   3’-6”   8“0”     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          FRAMED OPENING
  429      Mgr Office   429a   3’-0”   8“0”     1-3/4”        MAPLE        N        N        N        —          HM      PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  430      Mgr Office   430a   3’-0”   8“0”     1-3/4”        MAPLE        N        N        N        —          HM      PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  434      Dining   434a   3’-0”   8“0”     1-3/4”        MAPLE        N        N        Y        PASSAGE LITE        HM      PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  435      Kitchen   435a   6’-0”   8’-0”     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          FRAMED OPENING
  436      Vending   436a   3’-0”   8“0”     —          —          N        N        N        —          —          FRAMED OPENING
    436b   3’-0”   8“0”     —          —          N        N        N        —          —          FRAMED OPENING
  438      Kitchen Storage   438a   3’-0”   8“0”     1-3/4”        MAPLE        —          Y        —          —          HM      STOREROOM  
  439      Health Services   439a   3’-0”   8“0”     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          FRAMED OPENING
  440      Health Services   440a   3’-0”   8“0”     1-3/4”        MAPLE        N        Y        N        —          HM      PRIVACY   PRIVACY LOCK
  442      Hardware Storage   442a   3’-0”   8“0”     1-3/4”        MAPLE        N        N        Y        PASSAGE LITE        HM      STOREROOM  
  443      LAN Room   443a   3’-0”   8“0”     1-3/4”        MAPLE        N        Y        Y        PASSAGE LITE        HM      CARD ACCESS   SWIPECARD
  445      Director Office   445a   3’-0”   8“0”     1-3/4”        MAPLE        N        N        N        —          HM      PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  446      Phone Enclave   446a   3’-0”   8“0”     1-3/4”        MAPLE        N        N        N        —          HM      PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  447      Director Office   447a   3’-0”   8“0”     1-3/4”        MAPLE        N        N        N        —          HM      PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  448      Open Office   448a   3’-0”   8“0”     1-3/4”        MAPLE        Y        Y        N        —          HM      CARD ACCESS   SIDELITE
    448b   3’-0”   8“0”     1-3/4”        MAPLE        Y        Y        N        —          HM      CARD ACCESS   SIDELITE
  449      HR Storage   449a   3’-0”   8“0”     1-3/4”        MAPLE        N        N        Y        PASSAGE LITE        HM      PRIVACY   PRIVACY LOCK

NOTE: DOORS AND FRAMES ARE LONG LEAD TIME ITEMS

 

C-13


InteriorLOGIC, Inc.

Door Schedule

Client: Connecture Atlanta

Project No.: 13004-01

Date: September 20, 2013

 

ROOM     ROOM   DOOR   SIZE           SELF                       FRAME        
#    

NAME

  NO.   WIDTH     HEIGHT     THICK     MATL     CLOSURE     LOCKING     GLASS     TYPE     MATL   FUNCTION   NOTES
  450      Director Office   450a     3’-0”        8“0”        1-3/4”        MAPLE        N        N        N        —        HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  452      Team Rm/Phone Enclave   452a     3’-0”        8“0”        1-3/4”        MAPLE        N        N        Y        PASSAGE LITE      HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  454      Open Office   454a     3’-0”        8“0”        1-3/4”        MAPLE        Y        Y        N        —        HM   CARD ACCESS   SWIPECARD
  455      Director Office   455a     3’-0”        8“0”        1-3/4”        MAPLE        N        N        N        —        HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  456      Director Office   456a     3’-0”        8“0”        1-3/4”        MAPLE        N        N        N        —        HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  457      Director Office   457a     3’-0”        8“0”        1-3/4”        MAPLE        N        N        N        —        HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  459      Mgr Office   459a     3’-0”        8“0”        1-3/4”        MAPLE        N        N        N        —        HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  460      Mgr Office   460a     3’-0”        8“0”        1-3/4”        MAPLE        N        N        N        —        HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  461      Mgr Office   461a     3’-0”        8“0”        1-3/4”        MAPLE        N        N        N        —        HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  462      Passage   462a     3’-0”        8“0”        1-3/4”        MAPLE        Y        Y        N        —        HM   CARD ACCESS   SWIPECARD
  463      Phone Enclave   463a     3’-0”        8“0”        1-3/4”        MAPLE        N        N        Y        PASSAGE LITE      HM   PASSAGE  
  464      Copy/Mail   464a     —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —            FRAMED OPENING
  465      Mgr Office   465a     3’-0”        8“0”        1-3/4”        MAPLE        N        N        N        —        HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  466      Mgr Office   466a     3’-0”        8“0”        1-3/4”        MAPLE        N        N        N        —        HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  467      Mgr Office   467a     3’-0”        8“0”        1-3/4”        MAPLE        N        N        N        —        HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  468      Director Office   468a     3’-0”        8“0”        1-3/4”        MAPLE        N        N        N        —        HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  469      Director Office   469a     3’-0”        8“0”        1-3/4”        MAPLE        N        N        N        —        HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  470      Director Office   470a     3’-0”        8“0”        1-3/4”        MAPLE        N        N        N        —        HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  471      Conference   471a     3’-0”        8“0”        1-3/4”        MAPLE        N        N        N        —        HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  474      Mgr Office   474a     3’-0”        8“0”        1-3/4”        MAPLE        N        N        N        —        HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE

NOTE: DOORS AND FRAMES ARE LONG LEAD TIME ITEMS

 

C-14


InteriorLOGIC, Inc.

Door Schedule

Client: Connecture Atlanta

Project No.: 13004-01

Date: September 20, 2013

 

ROOM     ROOM   DOOR   SIZE       SELF                 FRAME        
#    

NAME

  NO.   WIDTH   HEIGHT   THICK   MATL   CLOSURE   LOCKING   GLASS   TYPE     MATL   FUNCTION   NOTES
  475      Mgr Office   475a   3’-0”   8“0”   1-3/4”   MAPLE   N   N   N     —        HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  477      Passage   477a   3’-0”   8“0”   1-3/4”   MAPLE   Y   Y   N     —        HM   SWIPE CARD ACCESS   SWlPECARD/SIDE LITE
  478      Mgr Office   478a   3’-0”   8“0”   1-3/4”   MAPLE   N   N   N     —        HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  479      Mgr Office   479a   3’-0”   8“0”   1-3/4”   MAPLE   N   N   N     —        HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  480      Mgr Office   480a   3’-0”   8“0”   1-3/4”   MAPLE   N   N   N     —        HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  481      Conference   481a   3’-0”   8“0”   1-3/4”   MAPLE   N   N   Y     —        HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  482      Director Office   482a   3’-0”   8“0”   1-3/4”   MAPLE   N   N   N     —        HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  483      VP Office   483a   3‘-0”   8“0”   1-3/4”   MAPLE   N   N   N     —        HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  484      VP Office   484a   3‘-0”   8“0”   1-3/4”   MAPLE   N   N   N     —        HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE
  485      Passage   485a   3‘-0”   8“0”   1-3/4”   MAPLE   Y   Y   Y     PASSAGE LITE      HM   SWIPE CARD ACCESS   SWlPECARD/SIDE LITE
  486      Executive Lounge   486a   3’-0”   8“0”   1-3/4”   MAPLE   N   N   N     —        HM   PASSAGE   SIDELITE

NOTE: DOORS AND FRAMES ARE LONG LEAD TIME ITEMS

 

C-15


InteriorLOGIC, Inc.

Plumbing Fixture Schedule

Client: Connecture Atlanta

Project No: 13004-01

Date: September 20, 2013

Revised:

 

ROOM
#

  

ROOM

NAME

   ITEM    MFG.    PRODUCT   

DESC

   FINISH
404    Visitor Servery    sink    Kohler    K3362-3    Staccato 25” single bowl sink, 3-hole, self rimming    stainless steel
      faucet    Kohler    K15850-4M    Coralis Faucet w/Lever Handles    polished chrome
      disposal by LL Engineer         
435    Kitchen    sink    Kohler    K3362-3    Staccato 25” single bowl sink, 3-hole, self rimming    stainless steel
      faucet    Kohler    K-15888-K    Coralis Faucet w/Leverl Handles   
      disposal by LL Engineer         
439    Health Services    toilet    Kohler    K-3949    Highline Comfort Height, 1.28 GPF, left hand lever    White
      sink    Kohler    K2906-8-0    Ellington dropinsink w/concentricecircles, cast iron, 8” centers    White
      faucet    Kohler    K-11075-8    Archer widespread faucet w/lever handles    White
   PROVIDE ALL RELATED KOHLER ACCESSOSSORIES         
   Hot water at all sink locations               

 

C-16


SCHEDULE C-3

SAMPLE LEVEL OF DETAIL FOR

DESIGN DEVELOPMENT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS

Reference is made to the following plans prepared by InteriorLOGIC for Connecture in the Brookfield Lakes Corporate Center Building XVII, Project No. 12005, dated April 27, 2012:

 

Improvements Index

1.

 

Drawings

A200 – Connecture Second Floor Demolition Plan prepared by InteriorLOGIC, dated 4/27/12

A201 – Connecture Second Floor Partition Plan prepared by InteriorLOGIC, dated 4/27/12

A203 – Connecture Second Floor Finish Plan prepared by InteriorLOGIC, dated 4/27/12

A204 – Connecture Second Floor Electrical Plan prepared by InteriorLOGIC, dated 4/27/12

A204 – Connecture Second Floor Ceiling Plan prepared by InteriorLOGIC, dated 4/27/12

A300 – Connecture Third Floor Demolition Plan prepared by InteriorLOGIC, dated 4/27/12

A301 – Connecture Third Floor Partition Plan prepared by InteriorLOGIC, dated 4/27/12

A303 – Connecture Third Floor Finish Plan prepared by InteriorLOGIC, dated 4/27/12

A304 – Connecture Elevations and Details prepared by InteriorLOGIC, dated 4/27/12

A305 – Connecture Elevations and Details prepared by InteriorLOGIC, dated 4/27/12

A306 – Connecture Floor Pattern Plan prepared by InteriorLOGIC, dated 4/27/12

A307 – Connecture Electrical Schematic prepared by InteriorLOGIC, dated 4/27/12

A308 – Connecture Third Floor Ceiling Plan prepared by InteriorLOGIC, dated 4/27/12

2.

 

Schedules and Specifications

A. Workletter Finish and Material Specification

B. Room Finish Schedule

C. Product Cut Sheets

D. Casework Schedule

E. Door Schedule

3.

 

AutoCAD Files

A. Second Floor

B. Third Floor

 

C-17


EXHIBIT D

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

 

 

 

1. The sidewalks, and public portions of the Building, such as entrances, passages, courts, elevators, vestibules, stairways, corridors or halls, and the streets, alleys or ways surrounding or in the vicinity of the Building shall not be obstructed, even temporarily, or encumbered by Tenant or used for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises.

2. No awnings or other projections shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building. No curtains, blinds, shades, louvered openings, tinted coating, film or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window, glass surface or door of the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord, unless installed by Landlord.

3. No sign, advertisement, notice or other lettering shall be exhibited, inscribed, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the outside of the Premises or Building or on corridor walls or windows or other glass surfaces (including without limitation glass storefronts). Signs on entrance door or doors shall conform to building standard signs, samples of which are on display in Landlord’s rental office. Signs on doors shall, at Tenant’s expense, be inscribed, painted or affixed for each tenant by sign makers approved by Landlord. In the event of the violation of the foregoing by Tenant, Landlord may remove same without any liability, and may charge the expense incurred by such removal to Tenant.

4. The sashes, sash doors, skylights, windows, heating, ventilating and air conditioning vents and doors that reflect or admit light and air into the halls, passageways or other public places in the building shall not be covered or obstructed by Tenant, nor shall any bottles, parcels, or other articles be placed on the window sills.

5. No show cases or other articles shall be put in front of or affixed to any part of the exterior of the Building, nor placed in the public halls, corridors, or vestibules without the prior written consent of Landlord.

6. The water and wash closets and other plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purposes other than those for which they were constructed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags, or other substances shall be thrown therein. All damages resulting from any misuse of the fixtures shall be borne by Tenant.

7. Tenant shall not in any way deface any part of the Premises or the Building. If Tenant desires to use linoleum or other similar floor covering, an interlining of builder’s deadening felt shall be first affixed to the floor, by a paste or other material, soluble in water; the use of cement or other similar adhesive materials, which are not water soluble, are expressly prohibited.

 

D-1


8. No bicycles, vehicles, or animals of any kind shall be brought into or kept in or about the Premises. No cooking shall be done or permitted by Tenant on the Premises except in conformity to law and then only in the utility kitchen, if any, as set forth in Tenant’s layout, which is to be primarily used by Tenant’s employees for heating beverages and light snacks. Tenant shall not cause or permit any unusual or objectionable odors to be produced upon or permeate from the Premises.

9. No space in the Building shall be used for manufacturing, distribution, or for the storage of merchandise or for the sale of merchandise, goods, or property of any kind at auction.

10. Tenant shall not make, or permit to be made, any unseemly or disturbing noises or disturb or interfere with occupants of the Building or neighboring buildings or premises or those having business with them, whether by the use of any musical instrument, radio, talking machine, unmusical noise, whistling, singing, or in any other way. Tenant shall not throw anything out of the doors, windows or skylights or down the passageways. Tenant shall not cause or permit any unseemly or disturbing activity or conduct to be visible through any window, opening, doorway, glass storefront or other glass surface or any other means of visibility that disturbs or interferes with (i) tenants or other occupants of the building or their licensees or invitees or (ii) neighboring buildings or premises or those having business with them, including without limitation, receptions, parties, recreation and other activities of a social nature not directly related to Tenant’s use of the Premises.

11. Neither Tenant, nor any of Tenant’s servants, employees, agents, visitors, or licensees, shall at any time bring or keep upon the Premises any inflammable, combustible or explosive fluid, or chemical substance, other than reasonable amounts of cleaning fluids or solvents required in the normal operation of Tenant’s business offices.

12. No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows by Tenant, nor shall any changes be made in existing locks or the mechanism thereof, without the prior written approval of Landlord and unless and until a duplicate key is delivered to Landlord. Tenant shall, upon the termination of its tenancy, return to Landlord all keys of stores, offices and toilet rooms, either furnished to, or otherwise procured by, Tenant, and in the event of the loss of any keys so furnished, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost thereof.

13. Tenant shall not overload any floor. Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s consent before bringing any safes, freight, furniture, or bulky articles into the Building and Landlord can specify to Tenant the location for the placement of such articles. All removals, or the carrying in or out of any safes, freight, furniture, or bulky matter of any description must take place during the hours which Landlord or its agent may reasonably determine from time to time. Landlord reserves the right to inspect all freight to be brought into the Building and to exclude from the Building all freight which violates any of these Rules and Regulations or the Lease of which these Rules and Regulations are a part.

14. Tenant shall not occupy or permit any portion of the Premises to be occupied as an office for a public stenographer or typist, or as a barber or manicure shop, or as a public employment bureau or agency, or for a public finance (personal loan) business, or for the possession, storage, manufacture or sale of liquor, narcotics, illegal substances, tobacco in any

 

D-2


form, pornographic magazines; provided, however, nothing in this sentence shall be deemed to prohibit Tenant or its employees or business invitees from personal use of tobacco. Tenant shall not engage or pay any employees on the Premises, except those actually working for Tenant on said premises, nor advertise for laborers giving an address at the Building. Tenant shall not place any juke box, billiard or pool table or other recreational device at or in the Premises that is audible from outside of the Premises (including from any floors above or below the Premises).

15. Intentionally deleted.

16. Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by Tenant which, in Landlord’s opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Building or its desirability as a building for offices, and upon written notice from Landlord, Tenant shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising.

17. Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. and at all hours on Sundays, legal holidays and after 2:00 p.m. on Saturdays all persons who do not sign in and out on a register in the lobby of the Building, showing the name of the person, the Premises visited and the time of arrival and departure. All such persons entering or leaving the Building during such times may be expected to be questioned by the Building security personnel as to their business in the Building. Landlord shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person. In the case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement or other circumstances rendering such action advisable in the Landlord’s opinion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building during the continuance of the same by such action as Landlord may deem appropriate, including closing doors.

18. The Premises shall not be used for lodging or sleeping or for any immoral or illegal purpose or for any other activity not appropriate, in Landlord’s sole discretion, to an office building of the quality and stature of the Building.

19. The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon application at the office of the Building. Building employees shall not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular duties, unless under special instructions from the office of Landlord.

20. Canvassing, soliciting, and peddling in the Building are prohibited and Tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.

21. There shall not be used in any space, or in the public halls of any building, either by Tenant or by its jobbers or others, in the delivery or receipt of merchandise, any hand trucks, except those equipped with rubber tires and side guards. No hand trucks shall be used in passenger elevators.

22. Tenant, in order to obtain maximum effectiveness of the cooling system, shall lower and/or close the blinds or drapes when sun’s rays fall directly on windows of Premises. Tenant shall not remove the standard blinds installed in the Premises.

23. All paneling, rounds or other wood products not considered furniture shall be of fire retardant materials. Before installation of any such materials, certification of the materials’ fire retardant characteristics shall be submitted to Landlord or its agents, in a manner satisfactory to Landlord.

 

D-3


24. Tenant shall not install any vending machines in the Building without Landlord’s consent, other than vending machines located within the Premises and which are solely for the use and convenience of Tenant’s employees.

25. All articles and the arrangement style, color and general appearance thereof, in the interior of the Premises that will be visible from the exterior thereof, including, without limitation, window displays, advertising matter, signs, merchandise, furniture, and store fixtures, shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, and, in any case, shall be maintained in keeping with the character and standards of the Building.

26. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular Tenant or Tenants, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of any other Tenant or Tenants, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules and Regulations against any or all of the Tenants of the Building.

27. Tenant shall abide by no-smoking restrictions in all areas within the Building, other than Tenant spaces, designated or posted by Landlord as no-smoking areas.

28. These Rules and Regulations are in addition to, and shall not be construed to in any way modify or amend, in whole or part, the terms, covenants, agreements and conditions of the main text (including Special Stipulations) of the Lease, which text shall control in the instance of conflict.

 

 

 

 

 

D-4


EXHIBIT E

SPECIAL STIPULATIONS

 

1. OPTION TO EXTEND TERM.

(a) Tenant shall have and is hereby granted the option to extend the Lease Term for one (1) period of five (5) years commencing on the date immediately following the Expiration Date (the “ Extension Period ”), provided (i) Tenant delivers written notice (the “ Extension Notice ”) to Landlord, not more than fifteen (15), or less than nine (9), months prior to the Expiration Date, time being of the essence, of Tenant’s irrevocable election to exercise such extension option; (ii) at the time of Tenant’s delivery of the Extension Notice, no Default exists and Landlord has not provided written notice to Tenant regarding any non-payment of money required to be paid by Tenant hereunder which, if not paid by Tenant within the applicable cure period, will constitute a Default under the Lease; and (iii) Tenant has not assigned its interest in the Lease or sublet more than fifty percent (50%) of the Rentable Area of the Premises (other than to an Affiliate Transferee).

(b) All terms and conditions of the Lease, including, without limitation, all provisions governing the payment of Additional Rental, shall remain in full force and effect during the Extension Period, except that Base Rental (on a per rentable square foot basis) payable during the Extension Period shall equal the Fair Market Rental Rate (hereinafter defined) at the time of the commencement of the Extension Period, and the Expiration Date of the Lease shall be the last day of the Extension Period. As used in this Lease, the term “ Fair Market Rental Rate ” shall mean the fair market rental rate that would be agreed upon between a landlord and a tenant entering into a lease or lease renewal for comparable space as to location, configuration, size and use, in a Comparable Building, with a comparable build-out and a comparable term assuming the following: (A) the landlord and tenant are informed and well-advised and each is acting in what it considers its own best interests; and (B) the tenant pays Pass-Through Expenses as set forth in the Lease.

(c) Landlord and Tenant shall negotiate in good faith to determine the Base Rental for the Extension Period, for a period of thirty (30) days after the date on which Landlord receives Tenant’s Extension Notice. If Landlord and Tenant do not agree on the Fair Market Rental Value by the expiration of such thirty (30) day period, Tenant may, at Tenant’s sole option, rescind its Extension Notice by delivery of written notice to Landlord of such decision within ten (10) days of the expiration of such 30-day period (“ Tenant’s Rescission Period ”). In the event that Tenant does not rescind its Extension Notice on or before the expiration of Tenant’s Rescission Period, the Fair Market Rental Rate for the Premises shall be determined as follows. Landlord and Tenant, within ten (10) days after the expiration of Tenant’s Rescission Period, shall each simultaneously submit to the other, in a sealed envelope, its good faith estimate of the Fair Market Rental Rate (collectively referred to as the “ Estimates ”). If the higher of such Estimates is not more than one hundred five percent (105%) of the lower of such Estimates, then the Fair Market Rental Rate shall be the average of the two Estimates. If the Fair Market Rental Value is not resolved by the exchange of Estimates, Landlord and Tenant, within five (5) days after the exchange of Estimates, shall each select a “qualified” appraiser to determine which of the two Estimates most closely reflects the Fair Market Rental Rate. A

 

E–1


qualified appraiser means a commercial real estate appraiser licensed in the State of Georgia, having at least ten (10) years experience in commercial office lease transactions in the downtown Atlanta office market, and being a member of the Appraisal Institute. Upon selection, Landlord’s and Tenant’s appraisers shall work together in good faith to agree upon which of the two Estimates most closely reflects the Fair Market Rental Rate. The Estimate chosen by such appraisers shall be binding on both Landlord and Tenant. If either Landlord or Tenant fails to appoint an appraiser within the five day period referred to above, the appraiser appointed by the other party shall be the sole appraiser for the purposes hereof. If the two appraisers cannot agree upon which of the two Estimates most closely reflects Fair Market Rental Rate within ten (10) days after their appointment, then, within five (5) days after the expiration of such ten (10) day period, the two (2) appraisers shall select a third appraiser meeting the aforementioned criteria. Once the third appraiser has been selected as provided for above, then, as soon thereafter as practicable but in any case within ten (10) days, the appraiser shall make his determination of which of the two Estimates most closely reflects Fair Market Rental Value and such Estimate shall be binding on both Landlord and Tenant. The parties shall share equally in the costs of the third appraiser. Any fees of any broker, appraiser, counsel or experts engaged directly by Landlord or Tenant, however, shall be borne by the party retaining such broker, appraiser, counsel or expert.

(d) Should the Lease Term be extended hereunder, each party shall execute and deliver to the other party a mutually-acceptable amendment modifying the Lease, which amendment shall set forth the Base Rental for each year of the Extension Period and the other economic terms and provisions in effect during the Extension Period; provided, however, that failure to execute such an amendment shall not affect the parties’ rights and obligations hereunder.

 

2. PREFERENTIAL RIGHT.

(a) Subject to Rights of Existing Tenants (hereinafter defined) in and to the Offered Space (hereinafter defined) and the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, Tenant shall have an on-going preferential right to lease such Offered Space (the “ Preferential Right ”), provided (i) at the time that Landlord would otherwise be required to provide an Offer Notice (hereinafter defined), no Default exists and Landlord has not provided written notice to Tenant regarding any non-payment of money required to be paid by Tenant hereunder which, if not paid by Tenant within the applicable cure period, will constitute a Default under the Lease; (ii) Tenant has not assigned its interest in the Lease or sublet more than thirty-five percent (35%) of the Rentable Area of the Premises (other than an Affiliate Transferee); and (iii) as of the Offer Space Commencement Date (hereinafter defined) there will be no less than three (3) years remaining on the Lease Term. Provided Tenant is entitled to exercise the Preferential Right hereunder, if Landlord submits to or receives from any third party (a “ Proposed Tenant ”) a Qualified Proposal (hereinafter defined) to lease of all or any portion of the remaining portion of Suite 310 comprising approximately 11,180 square feet of Rentable Area depicted on Exhibit A-2 (the “ Preferential Space ”; and the portion so offered in any instance, the “ Offered Space ”), then Landlord shall then offer to Tenant the right to lease such Offered Space upon the Offered Terms (hereinafter defined). The Preferential Space shall automatically be deemed to exclude any Expansion Space that Tenant has leased pursuant to the Expansion Option described in Section 3, below.

 

E–2


(b) Landlord’s offer shall be made by Landlord to Tenant in a written notice (the “ Offer Notice ”) designating the Offered Space and specifying the economic terms applicable thereto, which shall be the Offered Terms. In no event shall Landlord be required to send an Offer Notice to Tenant if, as of the Offer Space Commencement Date, there will be less than three (3) years remaining on the initial Lease Term (and not, for the avoidance of doubt, during the Extension Period). Tenant may accept the offer on the Offered Terms by delivering to Landlord an unconditional and irrevocable written notice of acceptance (“ Tenant’s Notice ”) of such Offered Terms within ten (10) days after Landlord delivers the Offer Notice to Tenant. Time is of the essence with respect to the giving of Tenant’s Notice. Tenant must accept all of the Offered Space offered by Landlord if Tenant desires to accept any of such Offered Space, and may not exercise its right with respect to only a portion of such space. If Tenant does not accept (or fails to timely accept) an offer made by Landlord pursuant to the provisions of this section, Landlord shall have the right to execute a lease for the Offered Space to any party that Landlord desires in its sole discretion at any time during the one hundred eighty (180) day period following the date that Tenant rejects (or fails to timely accept) Landlord’s offer; provided, however, that if Landlord wishes to lease the Offered Space to a third party with an effective rental rate (taking into account all economic inducements and concessions) which is more favorable to the tenant than that set forth in the Qualified Proposal on which the Offered Terms were based, then Landlord agrees to first re-offer the Offered Space to Tenant in accordance with this Section 2.

(c) In the event Tenant should timely exercise the Preferential Right, the following shall apply: (i) the Offered Space shall be deemed a part of the Premises and shall be taken by Tenant as of the same date that such Offered Space was to be taken by the third party pursuant to the terms of the Offer Notice (the “ Offered Space Commencement Date ”); (ii) as of the Offered Space Commencement Date, the Offered Terms shall apply with respect to Tenant’s lease of the Offered Space (and, if applicable, Tenant’s Percentage Share shall increase based on the Rentable Area of the Offered Space in accordance with the formula set forth in the Lease); and (iii) each party shall execute and deliver to the other party a mutually-acceptable amendment modifying the Lease, which amendment shall set forth the Base Rental, the square footage comprising the Premises, and Tenant’s Proportionate Share, all as appropriately adjusted, and the other economic terms and provisions to be in effect during the Lease Term without material modifications to the other Lease provisions; provided, however, that failure to execute such an amendment shall not affect the parties’ rights and obligations hereunder.

(d) As used herein, the term “ Qualified Proposal ” means a letter of intent or written offer to lease stipulating the economic terms for the leasing of the Offered Space which terms are acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion, including the duration of the term thereof. The term “ Qualified Proposal ” shall not include any offer which Landlord is required to provide another tenant pursuant to Rights of Existing Tenants.

(e) As used herein, the term “ Offered Terms ” means a lease of the Offered Space for the remainder of the Lease Term set forth herein, upon all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, except that: (i) Tenant shall pay Base Rental and Pass-Through Expenses with respect to the Offered Space on the terms contained in the Qualified Proposal; (ii) in lieu of the abatements for the duration set forth in Section 3.4 of the Lease, Landlord shall provide to Tenant any abatement of Base Rental and/or Pass-Through Expenses which is set forth in the Qualified

 

E–3


Proposal; provided, however, that if duration of the Lease Term for the Offered Space (that is, the period occurring from and after the Offered Space Commencement Date and expiring on the Expiration Date, without regard to any extensions) is less than the duration of the term completed by the Qualified Proposal, then amount or duration of such abatement shall be pro-rated based on the ratio (the “ Concession Adjustment Ratio ”) that the duration of the Lease Term for the Offered Space bears to the duration of the term contemplated by the Qualified Proposal; and (ii) in lieu of providing a Landlord’s Allowance hereunder, Landlord shall provide Tenant with any tenant improvements and/or allowances with respect to the Offered Space which is set forth in the Qualified Proposal; provided, however, that the amount of such allowances and the amount that Landlord is required to expend on such tenant improvements shall be pro-rated based on the Concession Adjustment Ratio. For the avoidance of doubt, because the Offered Terms are derived from, but not necessarily identical to, the terms of the Qualified Proposal, the parties acknowledge and agree that if Tenant fails to timely exercise an offer hereunder and Landlord subsequently enters a lease with a third party tenant upon the terms of the applicable Qualified Proposal, such terms may be more favorable to the tenant thereunder than the Offered Terms.

(f) As used herein, the term “ Rights of Existing Tenants ” shall mean (i) any expansion rights, renewal rights, rights of first offer or refusal, preferential or other rights existing as of the Effective Date held by tenants in the Building with respect to the space in question or any portion thereof, (ii) any renewal rights granted by Landlord after the Effective Date to any tenant of all or any portion of such space, and (iii) the right of any tenant of the such space to negotiate an extension of the term of its lease of such space or a new lease demising such space. As of the date hereof, Landlord discloses that Doner Partners, LLC has certain preferential rights in and to the Preferential Space, and such rights constitute Rights of Existing Tenants hereunder.

(g) The term “ Offered Space Lease Costs,” as such term is used in Section 4, below, shall mean the sum of: (A) all attorneys’ fees and brokerage commissions incurred by Landlord in connection with the leasing of the Offered Space by Tenant; (B) the aggregate value of all amounts abated by Landlord in connection with the Offered Space; and (C) all of Landlord’s hard and soft costs in connection with the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements applicable to the Offered Space. The amortization of the Offered Space Lease Costs shall be effected as though the total of such costs was the principal amount of a promissory note, bearing interest at the rate of eight percent (8%) per annum, where the principal shall be repaid in equal monthly installments of principal and interest commencing on the date immediately following the expiration of all abatements set forth in subsection (e), above, and expiring on the initially scheduled Expiration Date, in such amount as to cause the principal balance to be reduced to zero as of the Expiration Date.

 

3. EXPANSION OPTION.

(a) Subject to Rights of Existing Tenants in and to the Available Area (hereinafter defined) and the terms and conditions of this Section 3, Tenant is hereby granted the one-time option (the “ Expansion Option ”) to expand the Premises to include between 2,500 and 5,000 square feet of the Rentable Area on the third (3rd) floor of the Building (the exact size, location, and configuration of which shall be reasonably designated by Landlord) (the “ Expansion Space ”) which is vacant and available for lease as of the first day of the fifth (5th) Lease Year

 

E–4


(the “ Available Area ”). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that if, as of the first day of the fifth (5th) Lease Year, there does not or will not exist Expansion Space within the Available Area, then Tenant’s Expansion Option shall be null and void. Without limiting the foregoing, in no event shall Landlord be required to relocate common areas or facilities to create Available Area or to demise Available Area to create the Expansion Space if Landlord determines, in Landlord’s sole but reasonable judgment, that the remaining Available Area (the “ Non-Leased Space ”) will be unsuitable, undesirable or inconsistent with Landlord’s leasing efforts in the Building (whether by reason of its remaining size, configuration, access to Building amenities or systems, or otherwise).

(b) Tenant may only exercise the Expansion Option by delivering written notice (the “ Expansion Notice ”) to Landlord no earlier than the first day of the fourth (4th) Lease Year and no later than the date which is six (6) full months prior to the commencement of the fifth (5th) Lease Year (the “ Expansion Notice Deadline ”). Following receipt of the Expansion Notice, Landlord shall designate the location of the Expansion Space to be subject to lease by Tenant hereunder by written notice to Tenant or, if Landlord concludes that no Expansion Space will be available for lease within the Available Area as of the first day of the fifth (5th) Lease Year, Landlord shall notify Tenant as such by written notice, whereupon Tenant’s exercise of the Expansion Option shall be deemed null and void. Tenant shall not be permitted to exercise the Expansion Option if (i) as of the date of Tenant’s Expansion Notice, any Default exists or Landlord has provided written notice to Tenant regarding any non-payment of money required to be paid by Tenant hereunder which, if not paid by Tenant within the applicable cure period, will constitute a Default under the Lease; or (ii) Tenant has assigned its interest in the Lease or sublet more than thirty-five percent (35%) of the Rentable Area of the Premises (other than an Affiliate Transferee).

(c) Once designated by Landlord, the exact size and location of the Expansion Space shall be subject to further adjustment by Landlord as necessary to accommodate applicable laws and to preserve the marketability of the Non-Leased Space, it being the intent of the parties that the Expansion Space and the Non-Leased Space shall be demised in compliance with applicable laws and be marketable to prospective third party tenants. In addition, if all or any portion of the Expansion Space is not separately demised, Landlord shall construct demising wall(s) to separately demise the Expansion Space and shall perform all other work necessary to separately demise the Expansion Space in accordance with all applicable laws and in accordance with Building standards. Such demising work (the “ Demising Work ”) shall be performed at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and may include, without limitation, all work necessary to provide direct access from the Expansion Space and the Non-Leased Space to the common areas on the floor of the Building (including the elevator lobby and restrooms). Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, within thirty (30) days following Landlord’s demand, for all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the design and construction of the Demising Work.

(d) Time is of the essence with respect to Tenant’s delivery of the Expansion Notice. The Expansion Notice shall constitute Tenant’s irrevocable election to expand the Premises to include the applicable Expansion Space, subject to Landlord’s determination that Expansion Space is available hereunder as described above. In the event that Tenant fails to deliver the Expansion Notice prior to the Expansion Notice Deadline, or otherwise fails to comply with any other condition to the exercise of the Expansion Option, the Expansion Option shall terminate and be null, void and of no further force or effect.

 

E–5


(e) If Tenant delivers an Expansion Notice within the time and in the manner provided in this Section 3, then the following terms shall apply to the leasing of the Expansion Space:

(i) Landlord shall deliver the Expansion Space to Tenant on the date (the “ Expansion Date ”) which is no later than thirty (30) days following the first day of the fifth (5th) Lease Year; provided, however, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, if, for any reason, Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Expansion Space to Tenant on or before the foregoing date, Landlord shall not be liable for any damage caused thereby, nor shall this Lease be void or voidable, but, rather, the Expansion Date shall be the date on which Landlord actually delivers possession of the Expansion Space to Tenant.

(ii) as of the Expansion Date, the Expansion Space shall be added to, and become a part of, the Premises, and, except as otherwise set forth in this Section 3, Tenant’s lease thereof shall be governed by all of the provisions of this Lease, which shall continue in full force and effect and be applicable to the Expansion Space;

(iii) as of the Expansion Date, the Rentable Area of the Premises shall be increased by the Rentable Area of the Expansion Space, and Tenant’s Pro Rata Share shall be increased accordingly;

(iv) Landlord shall provide to Tenant such economic concessions (such as rental abatements and an improvement allowance) as Landlord determines to be included within the Fair Market Rental Rate;

(v) the Base Rental payable by Tenant for the Expansion Space shall be the Fair Market Rental Rate (fully taking into account the economic concessions that Landlord will, or will not, provide to Tenant hereunder, including any period during which Tenant is entitled to occupancy but not required to pay Rent set forth in subsection (vi), below), determined in accordance with the same procedures set forth in Section 1, above; and

(vi) Tenant shall commence paying all Base Rental and Tenant’s Pass-Through Expenses for the Expansion Space on the date which is one hundred twenty (120) days following the Expansion Date.

(f) Upon Tenant’s exercise of its Expansion Option, each party shall execute and deliver to the other party a mutually-acceptable amendment modifying the Lease, which amendment to this Lease shall evidence the leasing of the Expansion Space by Tenant on the terms and conditions of this Section 3; provided, however, that failure to execute such an amendment shall not affect the parties’ rights and obligations hereunder.

(g) The Expansion Option shall automatically expire and be deemed of no further force and effect in the event that Tenant exercises its Preferential Right or Early Termination Option. For the avoidance of doubt, if Tenant exercises the Early Termination Option (hereinafter defined), Tenant shall have no right to exercise the Expansion Option.

 

E–6


(h) The term “ Expansion Space Lease Costs,” as such term is used in Section 4, below, shall mean the sum of: (A) all attorneys’ fees and brokerage commissions incurred by Landlord in connection with the leasing of the Expansion Space by Tenant; (B) the aggregate value of all amounts abated by Landlord in connection with the Expansion Space; and (C) all of Landlord’s hard and soft costs in connection with the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements applicable to the Expansion Space. The amortization of the Expansion Space Lease Costs shall be effected as though the total of such costs was the principal amount of a promissory note, bearing interest at the rate of eight percent (8%) per annum, where the principal shall be repaid in equal monthly installments of principal and interest commencing on the date immediately following the expiration of all abatements provided to Tenant in connection with the Expansion Space, and expiring on the initially scheduled Expiration Date, in such amount as to cause the principal balance to be reduced to zero as of the Expiration Date.

 

4. EARLY TERMINATION OPTION.

Provided that (i) no Default exists at the time of Tenant’s delivery of the Early Termination Notice (as defined below), (ii) no Default under the Lease occurs between the date of delivery of the Early Termination Notice and the Early Termination Date (hereinafter defined); and (iii) Tenant has not assigned its interest in the Lease or sublet more than fifty percent (50%) of the Rentable Area of the Premises (except to an Affiliate Transferee), then Tenant shall have the one-time right to terminate the Lease (the “ Early Termination Option ”) effective as of the last day of the sixth (6th) Lease Year (the “ Early Termination Date ”). Tenant may only exercise the Early Termination Option by delivering an irrevocable written notice of termination to Landlord on or before the date which is twelve (12) full calendar months prior to the Early Termination Date (the “ Early Termination Notice Delivery Date ”). In the event Tenant elects to exercise the Early Termination Option, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a termination fee (the “ Early Termination Fee ”) equal to the sum of the unamortized balance, as of the Termination Date, of all Lease Costs (hereinafter defined) and, if applicable, any such Lease Costs attributable to the Offered Space Lease Costs and the Expansion Space Lease Costs. Assuming that Tenant does not exercise its Preferential Right or the Expansion Option, the Early Termination Fee would be $1,114,688.94. For purposes of calculating the Early Termination Fee, the term “ Lease Costs ” means the sum of: (A) all attorneys’ fees and brokerage commissions incurred by Landlord in connection with the leasing of the Premises by Tenant during the Lease Term; and (B) the amount of Landlord’s Allowance. The amortization of the Lease Costs shall be effected as though the total of such costs was the principal amount of a promissory note, bearing interest at the rate of eight percent (8%) per annum, where the principal shall be repaid in equal monthly installments of principal and interest commencing on the Commencement Date and expiring on the initially scheduled Expiration Date, in such amount as to cause the principal balance to be reduced to zero as of the Expiration Date. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Early Termination Fee following Tenant’s delivery of the Early Termination Notice, within ten (10) days after Landlord delivers to Tenant the calculation of the Early Termination Fee. The Early Termination Payment shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the payments of Base Rental, Additional Rental and other charges accruing under the Lease through the Early Termination Date. Time is of the essence with respect to delivery of the Early Termination Notice and the Early Termination Payment. In the event Tenant fails to deliver the Early Termination Notice or fails to pay the Early Termination Payment within the applicable time period set forth above, then the Early Termination Notice will automatically be deemed

 

E–7


void, cancelled and of no further force or effect, and the Lease shall automatically continue in full force and effect. Should Tenant fail to surrender the Premises to Landlord on or before the Early Termination Date, time being of the essence, then, at Landlord’s sole option: (i) Landlord shall be entitled to exercise all of the rights and remedies available to Landlord under the Lease upon a Default by Tenant thereunder (and such other rights and remedies as may be available to Landlord under the Lease, at law or in equity); and (ii) Tenant shall be liable to Landlord as a hold-over tenant under the Lease and shall be subject to the terms and conditions applicable thereto under the Lease, except that Tenant shall immediately indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all costs, expenses, liabilities and damages (including attorneys’ fees) resulting from such holding over (including consequential damages). Upon Tenant’s exercise of the Early Termination Option, the extension options, the Preferential Right, and the Expansion Option set forth above in Sections 1, 2 and 3, above, shall be deemed null and void and of no further force or effect.

 

5. INTENTIONALLY OMITTED .

 

6. SIGNAGE.

(a) Landlord shall provide one Building-standard suite entry sign identifying Tenant as the tenant of the Premises, located near the main entry to the Premises. Landlord shall identify Tenant on the Building directory located in the lobby of the Building.

(b) Landlord shall identify Tenant on the Building’s monument sign fronting Ivan Allen Jr. Boulevard (the “ Monument Sign ”) at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, but only for so long as (a) Tenant is not in Default; and (b) Connecture, Inc. or an Affiliate Transferee continues to lease, and occupy, at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Rentable Area leased to Tenant as of the Effective Date. Landlord shall maintain and repair the Monument Sign during the Lease Term (as extended, if applicable), and the maintenance and repair costs associated therewith shall be included in Operating Expenses. Tenant shall be solely responsible for all costs associated with the maintenance and repair of Tenant’s sign panel on the Monument Sign during the Lease Term, and the removal and disposal of Tenant’s sign panel from the Monument Sign upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. Tenant shall pay Landlord for such costs within thirty (30) days after invoice therefor. Landlord reserves the right to identify other tenants of the Building and other matters on the Monument Sign. The design, size, location, composition, and installation of the Tenant’s signage on the Monument Sign shall be as determined by Landlord and shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, covenants and restrictions. Landlord hereby approves Tenant’s initial desired signage as set forth in Exhibit I attached hereto and incorporated herein; provided, however, Landlord’s approval shall not be construed as a confirmation that such desired signage complies with applicable laws, ordinances, covenants and restrictions.

 

7. ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT.

(a) During the Lease Term, and subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 7, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right, at no additional charge, to use a portion of the roof of the Building designated by Landlord for the installation, maintenance, repair, replacement and removal of up to one (1) satellite dish or antenna not exceeding one (1) meter in diameter and

 

E–8


four feet (4’) in height, together with the necessary conduit extending from such dish or antenna to the Premises (collectively, the “ Rooftop Equipment ”); provided, however, (i) the installation and operation of the Rooftop Equipment must be only for providing services to the Premises for Tenant’s exclusive use, and be permitted under, and conform to, all applicable laws, (ii) Tenant shall cause the Rooftop Equipment to be fully screened from view and sound in a manner reasonably directed by Landlord; and (iii) Landlord shall have approved in its reasonable discretion all aesthetic, structural, mechanical and electrical details of the Rooftop Equipment, including without limitation, the proposed method of attaching the Rooftop Equipment to the roof. Tenant shall be entitled to connect the Rooftop Equipment to the Building’s electric power source using riser space available generally to tenants in the Building; provided, however, that: (A) the method of connecting any component of the Rooftop Equipment to the Building’s electric power source and the specific location in the Building at which such connection will be effected, shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval; and (B) such connection shall be undertaken by licensed contractor(s) approved by Landlord (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). The cost of connecting the Rooftop Equipment to the Building’s electric power source and the cost of all electricity consumed by the Rooftop Equipment shall be separately metered and paid by Tenant. Tenant shall pay the cost of any such meter or submeter.

(b) Prior to or contemporaneous with requesting Landlord’s approval of the installation of the Rooftop Equipment, Tenant shall provide to Landlord: (i) plans and specifications for the Rooftop Equipment; and (ii) copies of all required governmental and quasi-governmental permits, licensees, special zoning variances, and authorizations for the installation and operation of the Rooftop Equipment, all of which Tenant shall obtain at its own cost and expense. Landlord may withhold its approval of the installation of the Rooftop Equipment if the installation, operation or removal of the Rooftop Equipment may (A) interfere with and/or materially and adversely affect the structure of the Building or any of the base Building systems, and/or void any warranty or guaranty applicable to the Building or the roof; or (B) cause the violation of any applicable laws. Landlord may require as a precondition to its approval of the installation of the Rooftop Equipment that Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, Landlord) install, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, a walkway and/or additional structural support, in a manner reasonably determined by Landlord’s engineer in its sole discretion, to the portion of the Roof on which Tenant desires to install the Rooftop Equipment.

(c) Tenant shall maintain the Rooftop Equipment in good condition and repair throughout the Lease Term.

(d) Landlord shall have access to the portion of the roof on which the Rooftop Equipment is located in order to inspect the Rooftop Equipment and the roof to determine, inter alia , if the Rooftop Equipment is causing damage to the roof or any other part of the Building and/or to repair the roof or remove or relocate the Rooftop Equipment. Landlord, at its sole option and discretion, may require Tenant, at any time prior to the expiration of this Lease, to terminate the operation of the Rooftop Equipment if any such equipment (i) interferes with and/or adversely affects the base Building or any of the base Building systems, (ii) threatens to void any warranty or guaranty applicable to the Building or the roof; (iii) generates noise or vibration which disrupts other tenants of the Building, or is interfering with any rooftop equipment being operated on the roof or elsewhere in the Building by any tenant in the Building

 

E–9


or other licensee authorized by Landlord; (iv) violates any applicable laws, or (v) is not maintained in good condition and repair. Without limiting the other terms and conditions of this Lease but in furtherance thereof, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord has the right to remove, alter, improve, renovate or rebuild the common areas of the Building at any time during the Lease Term. In connection with Landlord’s exercise of the foregoing right, Landlord shall have the right, upon fifteen (15) days prior notice to Tenant, to temporarily suspend Tenant’s use of the Rooftop Equipment and/or relocate the Rooftop Equipment. In connection with Landlord’s exercise of the foregoing rights, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any expense, injury, loss or damage resulting from Landlord’s exercise of any of the foregoing rights, or for damages by reason of interference with the business of Tenant or inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or the customers or clients of Tenant, all such claims against Landlord for any and all such liability being hereby expressly released by Tenant.

(e) Tenant acknowledges that the rights contained in this Section 7 are non-exclusive, and that Landlord may grant such rights to any other tenant in the Building or any other licensee of Landlord’s choice (whether or not such licensee is a tenant of the Building).

(f) At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost, shall remove the Rooftop Equipment and all cabling and other equipment relating thereto from the Building, and Tenant shall restore the area where the Rooftop Equipment was located to its condition existing prior to such installation. In the event Tenant fails to promptly do so, Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord to remove the Rooftop Equipment and all cabling and other equipment relating thereto and restore the area of the roof and the other portions of the Building affected thereby, and charge Tenant for all actual costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith. Tenant’s obligation to perform and observe this covenant shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

(g) In no event shall Landlord’s approval of the installation or operation of Rooftop Equipment constitute any representation or warranty by Landlord that such installation and operation is in compliance with applicable laws or any warranty or guaranty applicable to the roof of the Building. Landlord expressly makes no representations or warranties with respect to the suitability or fitness of the roof for the Rooftop Equipment or applicable laws associated with the installation or operation of the Rooftop Equipment.

(h) Tenant covenants and agrees that the installation, operation, maintenance and removal of the Rooftop Equipment shall be at Tenant’s sole risk, cost and expense, and Landlord assumes no liability or responsibility whatsoever with respect to the installation, operation and removal of the Rooftop Equipment. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any cost, damage, claim, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by or claimed against Landlord, directly or indirectly, as a result of or in any way arising from the installation, operation, maintenance or removal of the Rooftop Equipment, including without limitation, any loss or injury resulting from transmissions from the Rooftop Equipment.

 

E–10


8. SUPPLEMENTAL HVAC.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 8, Tenant may install a new supplemental HVAC system serving the Premises (the “ Supplemental HVAC System ”). The Supplemental HVAC System shall be deemed to constitute Tenant Improvements for all purposes of this Lease and, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 8, shall be installed in the Premises by Tenant in accordance with terms and conditions of the Tenant Improvement Agreement. Tenant acknowledges that the rights contained in this Section 8 are non-exclusive, and that Landlord may grant such rights to any other tenant in the Building or any other licensee of Landlord’s choice (whether or not such licensee is a tenant of the Building).

(b) Tenant shall be entitled to connect the Supplemental HVAC System to the Building’s electric power source and the Building’s condenser water system; provided, however, that: (i) the method of connecting any component of the Supplemental HVAC System to the Building’s electric power source and condenser water system, as well as the specific locations in the Building at which such connections shall be effected, shall be subject to Landlord’s approval in its reasonable discretion; and (ii) such connections shall be undertaken by licensed contractor(s) approved by Landlord. Tenant shall cause an electric current submeter or meter approved by Landlord to be installed in the Premises so as to measure the amount of electric current consumed by the Supplemental HVAC System. The cost of such submeter or meter, and the cost of installation, maintenance and repair thereof, shall be borne solely by Tenant. Throughout the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay Landlord (i) on a monthly basis, the cost of all electricity consumed by the Supplemental HVAC System; and (ii) the cost of any new or additional utility installations, including without limitation wiring and plumbing, resulting from or required by the operation of the Supplemental HVAC System, which amounts shall be paid by Tenant within ten (10) days following Landlord’s written invoice therefor.

(c) Tenant shall maintain the Supplemental HVAC System in good condition and repair at all times throughout the Lease Term. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord in writing if it has actual knowledge that the Supplemental HVAC System is not functioning properly, is causing any damage to the Building, or is in violation of any applicable laws. Tenant shall enter into annual service contracts with reputable engineering firms for the inspection, maintenance and repair of the Supplemental HVAC System, and Tenant shall provide copies of such service contracts to Landlord. Should Tenant fail to cause the Supplemental HVAC System to be properly maintained in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Lease, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, upon providing at least ten (10) days prior written notice to Tenant, undertake such maintenance or repairs or enter into such service contracts, and all reasonable third party out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with same shall constitute Additional Rental payable by Tenant hereunder upon demand by Landlord. Landlord, at its sole option, shall have the right to require Tenant, at any time prior to the expiration of Lease Term, to cease the operation of the Supplemental HVAC System and remove the Supplemental HVAC System from the Premises if Landlord determines that any such equipment: (i) interferes with and/or adversely affects the base Building or any of the base Building systems, (ii) threatens to void any warranty or guaranty applicable to the Building; (iii) generates noise or vibration which unreasonably disrupts other tenants of the Building, or interferes with any HVAC equipment being operated elsewhere in the Building by any tenant in the Building or other licensee authorized by Landlord which other tenant or licensee installed its equipment prior to the installation of the Supplemental HVAC System; (iv) violates any applicable laws, or (v) is not being maintained in good condition and repair.

 

E–11


(d) Without limiting the other terms and conditions of this Lease but in furtherance thereof, Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord has the right to remove, alter, improve, renovate or rebuild the Building and its systems at any time during the Lease Term and, in connection with Landlord’s exercise of such rights, Landlord shall have the right to suspend Tenant’s use of the Supplemental HVAC System and/or relocate the Supplemental HVAC System. Except in an emergency situation, Landlord shall provide Tenant reasonable prior notice of such a suspension or relocation. In connection with Landlord’s exercise of the foregoing rights, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any expense, injury, loss or damage resulting from Landlord’s exercise of any of the foregoing rights, or for damages by reason of interference with the business of Tenant or inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or the customers or clients of Tenant, all such claims against Landlord for any and all such liability being hereby expressly released by Tenant. In exercising its rights under this paragraph, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Tenant’s business or enjoyment of its use of the Premises.

(e) Without limiting Landlord’s obligations under Section 7.3 of the Lease, Tenant covenants and agrees that the installation, operation and removal of the Supplemental HVAC System shall be at Tenant’s sole risk, cost and expense.

 

9. RIGHTS PERSONAL TO TENANT.

Tenant’s rights under this Exhibit E are personal to Connecture, Inc. and may not be exercised by any subtenant or assignee thereof (other than an assignee which is an Affiliate Transferee) or any other person or entity whatsoever, except for the Early Termination Option, signage, Rooftop Equipment and Supplemental HVAC rights granted to Tenant pursuant to this Exhibit E which may be exercised by any assignee of Tenant. Further, Tenant may assign Tenant’s rights to use the Rooftop Equipment and Supplemental HVAC pursuant to any subtenant in any sublease permitted hereunder; provided, however, that both Tenant and the subtenant shall be bound by all terms, conditions and limitations applicable to such rights contained in this Lease.

 

E–12


EXHIBIT F

JANITORIAL SERVICES

Daily Cleaning and Maintenance :

 

1. At least twice daily, check main Building entrance lobby and all elevator cabs for cleanliness.

 

2. At least twice daily, check ladies’ restrooms and lavatories. Fill soap, tissue, paper towel and sanitary supplies dispensers, and remove trash as necessary.

 

3. At least twice daily, check men’s lavatories. Fill soap, tissue and paper towel dispensers, and remove trash as necessary.

 

4. Keep all stairwells clean; wash stairs as necessary.

 

5. Properly maintain appearance of Building exterior at ground level, including Building entrance areas.

Office Areas - Nightly :

 

1. Sweep all hard flooring.

 

2. Vacuum all carpeting and rugs, moving light furniture and office equipment.

 

3. Empty and wipe clean all wastebaskets, ashtrays, etc.

 

4. Dust and wipe clean all furniture, equipment, fixtures and window sills.

 

5. Clean all glass furniture, equipment, fixtures and window sills.

 

6. Clean all glass furniture tops as necessary.

 

7. Dust baseboards, moldings and trim.

Lavatories - Nightly :

 

1. Sweep and wash all flooring.

 

2. Wash and polish mirrors, shelves and bright work.

 

3. Wash and disinfect all basins, bowls, urinals and both sides of toilet seats.

 

4. Dust and wipe clean all partitions, tile walls and dispensers.

 

F-1


Office Areas - Periodic (at least every three months) :

 

1. Dust all pictures, wall hangings, and etc. not reached in the night cleaning.

 

2. Dust all venetian blinds, ventilating louvers, grills, lighting fixtures, partitions and other surfaces not reached in nightly cleaning. Replace blinds and/or Building standard drapes as necessary.

 

3. Remove fingerprints and other marks from all elevators, stairways, and office doors.

 

4. Wash all non-carpeted areas as applicable.

 

5. Spot-clean carpeting.

Window and Glass Cleaning :

 

1. Wash entrance doors, lobby glass and glass in directory daily.

 

2. At least once every six months, wash inside and outside of office area windows.

 

3. Clean all interior glass and normal amount of partition glass at least every three months.

 

F-2


EXHIBIT G

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

G-1


EXHIBIT H

FORM OF SNDA

 

This instrument prepared by,

and after recording please return to:

     Premises:    55 Ivan Allen Jr. Blvd.
Union Bank, N.A.         Atlanta, Georgia
145 S. State College Blvd., Suite 600        
Brea, California 92821        
Attention: Miriam Carungay        

 

 

 

CONNECTURE, INC.

(“Tenant”)

to

UNION BANK, N.A. , as Administrative Agent

(“Agent”)

 

 

SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

 

 

 

  Dated:    As of September     , 2013
  Location:   

55 Ivan Allen Jr. Blvd.

Atlanta, Georgia

 

 

 

 

H-1


SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE

AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

This Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of the     day of September, 2013, between UNION BANK, N.A., a national banking association having an office at 145 S. State College Blvd., Brea, California 92821, as Administrative Agent (“ Agent ”) and Connecture, Inc., a Delaware corporation, having an office at 18500 W. Corporate Drive, Suite 250, Brookfield, WI 53045, Attn: Chief Financial Officer (“ Tenant ”).

RECITALS

A. TR 55 Allen Plaza LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), is the owner of leasehold and/or subleasehold estates in the premises described in Exhibit A attached hereto (the “ Premises ”).

B. This Agreement is being entered into in connection with a certain loan made to Landlord (the “ Loan ”) which is being administered by Agent, as administrative agent for the Lenders (as defined in that certain Loan Agreement dated August 27, 2012 among Landlord, as borrower, PB Capital Corporation, as a lender, and PB Capital Corporation, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders), and secured, in part, by one or more mortgages, deeds of trust or deeds to secure debt encumbering the Premises (collectively, the “ Security Instrument ”) dated as of August 27, 2012, and by an Assignment of Leases and Rents dated as of August 27, 2012, each given by Landlord to Agent (the “ Assignment ”) (the Security Instrument, the Assignment and the other documents executed and delivered in connection with the Loan are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Loan Documents ”).

C. Tenant is the tenant under a certain lease described in Exhibit B attached hereto (the “ Lease ”) of a portion of the Premises.

D. Tenant and Agent wish to enter into the agreement set forth below.

AGREEMENT

For mutual consideration, including the mutual covenants and agreements set forth below, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Tenant hereby subordinates the Lease and all rights, remedies and options of Tenant thereunder, including without limitation any option to purchase or right of first refusal to purchase the Premises or any part thereof or interest therein, to the Security Instrument and to the lien thereof and to all sums secured thereby and advances made thereunder with the same force and effect as if the Security Instrument had been executed, delivered and recorded prior to the execution and delivery of the Lease.

 

H-2


2. Agent will not join Tenant as a party in any Foreclosure (hereinafter defined) unless the joinder is necessary or desirable to pursue its remedies under the Security Instrument, and provided that such joinder shall not result in the termination of the Lease or disturb Tenant’s possession of the Premises. In the event of a Foreclosure (defined below), Agent agrees that the leasehold interest of Tenant under the Lease shall not be terminated by reason of the Foreclosure, but rather the Lease shall continue in full force and effect and Agent shall recognize and accept Tenant as tenant under the Lease subject to the provisions of the Lease except as otherwise provided below; provided that, if Tenant shall then be in default under the Lease beyond any notice, grace or cure period, at Agent’s option the Lease shall be terminated by reason of the Foreclosure and Agent shall have no obligation to Tenant under the Lease. As used in this Agreement, “Foreclosure” means any non-judicial or judicial foreclosure or other enforcement of the remedies of the Security Instrument, or any deed or other transfer in lieu thereof.

3. In the event of a transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Premises to a Purchaser (hereinafter defined), Tenant agrees that the Lease shall continue in full force and effect and Tenant agrees to attorn to the Purchaser as its landlord under the Lease and to be bound by all of the provisions of the Lease for the balance of the term thereof; provided that, the Purchaser shall not be:

(a) Liable for any act or omission of any Prior Landlord (hereinafter defined) or subject to any offsets or defenses or counterclaims which Tenant might have against any Prior Landlord;

(b) Liable for the return of any rental security deposit, or bound by any payment of rents, additional rents or other sums which Tenant may have paid more than one month in advance to any Prior Landlord, except to the extent such sums are actually received by Purchaser;

(c) Bound by any amendment to the Lease made without Agent’s prior written consent except if, and to the extent, such amendment or modification is permitted to be made without the written consent of the Agent pursuant to the terms of the Security Instrument;

(d) Liable for obligations under the Lease the cost of which exceed the value of its interest in the Premises or for obligations which accrue after Purchaser has sold or otherwise transferred its interest in the Premises;

(e) Bound to install, construct or pay for any improvements on the Premises, or bound to restore the Premises after a casualty for a cost in excess of proceeds recovered under any insurance required to be carried under the Lease, or bound to restore the Premises after a taking for a cost in excess of any condemnation award;

(f) Bound by any restriction on competition beyond the Premises;

(g) Bound by any notice of termination, cancellation or surrender of the Lease due to a default by Landlord under the Lease except to the extent such termination, cancellation or surrender has been made in accordance with terms and conditions set forth in Section 5 of this Agreement;

 

H-3


(h) Bound by any notice of termination, cancellation or surrender of the Lease in situations not arising from a default by Landlord unless (i) Tenant is explicitly permitted to exercise such rights as set forth in Sections 2.2, 4.6, 4.7, 5.3 of the Lease, or Section 4 of Exhibit E of the Lease or (ii) Agent explicitly consented to such termination, cancellation or surrender in writing;

(i) Bound by any environmental representation, warranty, covenant or indemnity contained in the Lease;

(j) Bound by any option to purchase or right of first refusal to purchase with respect to the Premises or any portion thereof; and

(k) Bound by any representation or warranty by Landlord contained in the Lease.

The aforesaid attornment shall be immediately effective and self-operative, without the execution of any further instrument, upon Purchaser’s acquisition of Landlord’s interest in the Premises. As used in this Agreement, “Purchaser” means any transferee, including Agent, of Landlord’s interest in the Premises pursuant to a Foreclosure, and the successors and assigns of such transferee, and “Prior Landlord” means any landlord, including Landlord, under the Lease prior in time to Purchaser.

4. After written notice is given to Tenant by Agent that Landlord is in default under the Loan and that the rentals under the Lease should be paid to Agent pursuant to the terms of the Security Instrument, Tenant shall thereafter pay to Agent all rent and all other sums due Landlord under the Lease. Tenant agrees that the Lease and all terms and conditions contained therein and all rights, options, liens and charges created thereby is and shall be subject and subordinate in all respects to the Loan Documents and to all present or future advances under the obligations secured thereby and all renewals, amendments, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions of secured obligations and the Loan Documents, to the full extent of all amounts secured by the Loan Documents from time to time.

5. Tenant hereby agrees to give to Agent copies of all notices of Landlord default(s) under the Lease in the same manner as, and whenever, Tenant shall give any such notice of default to Landlord and no such notice of default shall be deemed given to Landlord unless and until a copy of such notice shall have been so delivered to Agent. Agent shall have the right but no obligation to remedy any landlord default under the Lease, or to cause any default of Landlord under the Lease to be remedied, and for such purpose Tenant hereby grants Agent, in addition the period given to Landlord for remedying defaults, an additional 60 days to remedy, or cause to be remedied, any such default. Tenant shall accept performance by Agent of any term, covenant, condition or agreement to be performed by Landlord under the Lease with the same force and effect as though performed by Landlord. No Landlord default under the Lease shall exist or shall be deemed to exist (i) as long as Agent, in good faith, shall have commenced to cure such default within the above reference time period and shall be prosecuting the same to completion with reasonable diligence, subject to force majeure, or (ii) if possession

 

H-4


of the Premises is required in order to cure such default, or if such default is not susceptible of being cured by Agent, as long as Agent, in good faith, shall have notified Tenant that Agent intends to institute proceedings under the Loan Documents, and, thereafter, as long as such proceedings shall have been instituted and shall be prosecuted with reasonable diligence. In the event of the termination of the Lease by reason of any default thereunder by Landlord, upon Agent’s written request, given within thirty (30) days after any such termination, Tenant, within fifteen (15) days after receipt of such request, shall execute and deliver to Agent or its designee or nominee a new lease of the Premises for the remainder of the term of the Lease upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease. Neither Agent nor its designee or nominee shall become liable under the Lease unless and until Agent or its designee or nominee becomes, and then only with respect to periods in which Agent or its designee or nominee remains, the owner of the Premises. In no event shall Agent have any personal liability as successor to Landlord and Tenant shall look only to the estate and property of Agent in the Premises for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies for the collection of a judgment (or other judicial process) requiring the payment of money in the event of any default by Agent as Landlord under the Lease, and no other property or assets of Agent shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies under or with respect to the Lease. Agent shall have the right, without Tenant’s consent, to foreclose the Security Instrument or to accept a deed in lieu of foreclosure of the Security Instrument or to exercise any other remedies under the Loan Documents.

6. Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord has assigned the leases and rents of the Premises, including the Lease, to Agent in connection with the Loan. Tenant acknowledges that Agent shall have no duty, liability or obligation whatsoever under the Lease or any extension or renewal thereof, either by virtue of the Assignment or by any subsequent receipt or collection of rents thereunder, unless Agent shall specifically undertake such liability in writing.

7. Tenant represents and warrants that each individual executing this Agreement on behalf of said corporation is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement on behalf of said corporation, in accordance with a duly adopted resolution of the Board of Directors of said corporation or in accordance with the by-laws of said corporation, and that this Agreement is binding upon said corporation in accordance with its terms.

8. Any notice, election, communication, request or other document or demand required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed delivered on the earlier to occur of (a) receipt or (b) the date of delivery, refusal or non delivery indicated on the return receipt, if deposited in a United States Postal Service Depository, postage prepaid, sent certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or if sent via recognized commercial courier service providing for a receipt, addressed to Tenant or Agent, as the case may be at the following addresses:

 

If to Tenant:

  Connecture, Inc.
  18500 W. Corporate Drive, Suite 250
  Brookfield, WI 53045
  Attention: Chief Financial Officer
  Telecopier No.: (414) 298-8097

 

H-5


  with copies to:
  Connecture, Inc.
  18500 W. Corporate Drive, Suite 250
  Brookfield, WI 53045
  Attention: General Counsel
  Telecopier No.: 262.432.0075
  and
  Reinhart Boerner van Deuren s.c.
  1000 N. Water Street, Suite 1700
  Milwaukee, WI 53202
  Attention: John Murphy
  Telecopier No.: (414) 298-8097, Attn.: John Murphy

If to Agent:

  Union Bank, N.A.
  230 Park Avenue
  New York, New York 10169
  Attention: Mr. Nicholas Nouvel

with a copy to:

  Davidoff Hutcher & Citron LLP
  605 Third Avenue
  New York, New York 10158
  Attention: Jeffrey K. Levin, Esq.

9. The term “Agent” as used herein includes any successor or assign of the named Agent herein, including without limitation, any purchaser at a foreclosure sale and any transferee pursuant to a deed in lieu of foreclosure, and their successors and assigns, and the term “Tenant” as used herein includes any successor and assign of the named Tenant herein.

10. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to be enforceable, or if such modification is not practicable such provision shall be deemed deleted from this Agreement, and the other provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

11. Neither this Agreement nor any of the terms hereof may be terminated, amended, supplemented, waived or modified orally, but only by an instrument in writing executed by the party against which enforcement of the termination, amendment, supplement, waiver or modification is sought.

12. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State where the Premises is located.

[NO FURTHER TEXT ON THIS PAGE]

 

H-6


Witness the execution hereof as of the date first above written.

 

     AGENT:

Signed, sealed and delivered in the

presence of:

    

UNION BANK, N.A,

as Administrative Agent

 

     By  

 

Unofficial Witness       

Name:

      

Title:

 

      
Notary Public       
Date of Notary Expiration:       

 

      

 

[NOTARIAL SEAL

      
     TENANT:

Signed, sealed and delivered in the

presence of:

     CONNECTURE, INC.

 

     By  

 

Unofficial Witness       

Name:

      

Title:

 

      
Notary Public       
Date of Notary Expiration:       

 

      

 

[NOTARIAL SEAL

      

 

H-7


EXHIBIT A

[Land Description]

All that tract or parcel of land lying and being in land Lot 79 of the 14th District, City of Atlanta, Fulton County, Georgia and being more particularly described as follows:

Beginning at the intersection formed by the northerly right of way line of West Peachtree Place (50’ r\w) and the easterly right of way line of Williams Street (84’ r\w); from the POINT OF BEGINNING thus established, proceed thence North 00° 38’ 17” East along said right of way line of Williams Street (84’ r/w) for a distance of 174.85 feet to a point where said right of way line intersects the southerly right of way line of relocated Alexander Street (variable r\w); thence South 88° 52’ 11” East along said relocated right of way line of Alexander Street for a distance of 344.02 feet to a point where said right of way line intersects the westerly right of way line of Spring Street (60’ r\w); thence South 00°50’ 34” West along said right of way line of Spring Street (60’ r\w) for a distance of 175.49 feet to a point where said right of way line intersects the northerly right of way line of said West Peachtree Place (50’ r\w); thence North 88° 45’ 43” West along said right of way line of said West Peachtree Place for a distance of 343.40 feet to a point on the easterly right of way line of Williams Street and the POINT OF BEGINNING.

Said tract containing 1.38214 acres or 60,206 square feet.

All as shown on that certain plat of survey entitled “ALTA/ASCM Land Title Survey For Wachovia Bank, N.A. Chicago Title Insurance Company, Alexander W. Peach Associates, LLC, BSCentennial II, LLC and Empire Financial Services. Inc.”, prepared by Watts & Browning Engineers, Inc., bearing the seal and certification of Virgil T. Hammond, Georgia Registered Land Surveyor No. 2554, dated August 13, 2003, last revised November 23. 2004.

LESS AND EXCEPT that portion of the above property conveyed by that certain Right of Way Deed from BSCentennial II, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company, to Department of Transportation, dated November 19, 2004, filed for record December 6, 2004, recorded in Deed Book 38968, page 539, Fulton County, Georgia records.

Tract 1A

ALL THAT TRACT OR PARCEL OF LAND lying and being in Land Lot 79, 14th District, Fulton County, Georgia, and being more particularly described as follows:

A three-dimensional parcel of air space having its bottom horizontal plane located at the 988.7-foot level based on the National Geodetic Vertical Datum 1929(“NGVD 29”) and having the sides of such parcel of air space being perpendicular to and having such horizontal plane and above the boundaries of the following described property:

BEGINNING at a point located at the intersection of the northerly right of way line of Ivan Allen Jr. Boulevard (formerly Alexander Street) (40-foot right of way) and the easterly right of way line of Williams Street (variable right of way), run thence along said easterly right of way line of

 

H-8


Williams Street the following three (3) courses and distances: (1) North 00 degrees 29 minutes 32 seconds East a distance of 100.00 feet to a point, (2) North 03 degrees 54 minutes 53 seconds East a distance of 110.90 feet to a point, and (3) along a curve to the right an arc distance of 19.24 feet (said arc being subtended by a chord bearing North 04 degrees 59 minutes 03 seconds East a chord distance of 19.24 feet and having a radius of 515.44 feet) to a point; leaving said easterly right of way line of Williams Street, run thence South 89 degrees 22 minutes 07 seconds East a distance of 135.51 feet to a point; run thence South 00 degrees 36 minutes 00 seconds West a distance of 126.52 feet to a point; run thence South 89 degrees 24 minutes 00 seconds East a distance of 4.33 feet to a point; run thence South 00 degrees 36 minutes 00 seconds West a distance of 103.33 feet to a point on the northerly right of way line of Ivan Allen Jr. Boulevard; run thence along said northerly right of way line of Ivan Allen Jr. Boulevard North 89 degrees 23 minutes 28 seconds West a distance of 147.53 feet to a point located at the intersection of said northerly right of way line and the easterly right of way line of Williams Street and the POINT OF BEGINNING; shown as Tract 1A on that certain entitled “ALTA/ACSM Land Title Survey for 55 Allen Plaza Associates, LLC, Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent, Union Security Insurance Company, Time Insurance Company, and Chicago Title Insurance Company”, prepared by Watts & Browning Engineers, Inc., bearing the seal and certification of Virgil T. Hammond, Georgia Registered land Surveyor No. 2554, dated February 4, 2000, last revised August 14, 2012.

Tract 2

All that tract or parcel of land lying and being in Land Lot 79, 14 th District, Fulton County, Georgia, and being more particularly described as follows:

A three-dimensional parcel of air space having its bottom horizontal plane located at the 988.7-foot level based on the National Geodetic Vertical Datum 1929 (“NGVD 29”) and having the sides of such parcel of air space being perpendicular to and having such horizontal plane and above the boundaries of the following described property:

TO FIND THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING commence at a point located at the intersection of the northerly right of way line of Ivan Allen Jr. Boulevard (formerly Alexander Street) (40-foot right of way) and the easterly right of way line of Williams Street (variable right of way), run thence along said easterly right of way line of Williams Street the following three (3) courses and distances: (1) North 00 degrees 29 minutes 32 seconds East a distance of 100.00 feet to a point, (2) North 03 degrees 54 minutes 53 seconds East a distance of 110.90 feet to a point, and (3) along a curve to the right an arc distance of 19.24 feet (said arc being subtended by a chord bearing North 04 degrees 59 minutes 03 seconds East a chord distance of 19.24 feet and having a radius of 515.44 feet) to a point and THE TRUEPOINT OF BEGINNING; FROM THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING AS THUS ESTABLISHED, continue thence along said easterly right of way line of Williams Street along a curve to the right an arc distance of 21.48 feet (said arc being subtended by a chord bearing North 07 degrees 14 minutes 51 seconds East a chord distance of 21.47 feet and having a radius of 515.44 feet) to a point; leaving said easterly right of way line of Williams Street, run thence along a curve to the left an arc distance of 32.06 feet (said arc being subtended by a chord bearing South 40 degrees 27 minutes 50 seconds East a chord distance of 28.30 feet and having a radius of 18.78 feet) to a point; run thence North 89

 

H-9


degrees 22 minutes 07 seconds West a distance of 21.08 feet to a point located on the easterly right of way line of Williams Street and THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING; shown as Tract 2 on that certain entitled “ALTA/ACSM Land Title Survey for 55 Allen Plaza Associates, LLC. Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent, Union Security Insurance Company, Time Insurance Company, and Chicago Title Insurance Company”, prepared by Watts & Browning Engineers. Inc., bearing the seal and certification of Virgil T. Hammond, Georgia Registered Land Surveyor No. 2554, dated February 4, 2000, last revised August 14, 2012.

TOGETHER WITH the easements benefiting the properties described above created by that certain Declaration of Reciprocal Easements and Restrictions by and between Selig Enterprises, Inc., a Georgia corporation, and 55 Allen Plaza Associates, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company, dated as of December 28, 2005. filed December 30, 2005, recorded in Deed Book 41633, page 186, Fulton County, Georgia records; as amended by First Amendment to Declaration of Reciprocal Easements and Restrictions between Selig Enterprises, Inc., a Georgia corporation, and 55 Allen Plaza Associates, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company, dated as of October 6, 2006, filed October 9, 2006, recorded in Deed Book 43619, page 178, aforesaid records; as further amended by Second Amendment to Declaration of Reciprocal Easements and Restrictions between Selig Enterprises, Inc., a Georgia corporation, 55 Allen Plaza Associates, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company, and 45 Allen Plaza Development, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, dated as of June 29, 2007, filed July 5, 2007, recorded in Deed Book 45307, page 33, aforesaid records.

 

H-10


EXHIBIT B

Office Lease between TR 55 Allen Plaza LLC, as landlord, and Connecture, Inc., as tenant, dated September     , 2013.

 

H-11


EXHIBIT I

TENANT’S SIGNAGE

 

LOGO

 

I-1

Exhibit 10.8.2

FIRST AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO OFFICE LEASE (this “First Amendment” ) is made as of this 31 s t day of December, 2013 (the “Effective Date” ), by and between TR 55 ALLEN PLAZA LLC , a Delaware limited liability company ( “Landlord” ), and CONNECTURE, INC. , a Delaware corporation ( “Tenant” ).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Office Lease dated as of September 30, 2013 (the “Original Lease”), wherein Landlord leased to Tenant, and Tenant leased from Landlord, approximately 28,299 square feet of Rentable Area (the “Premises”) known as Suite 400 on the fourth (4th) floor of the building located at 55 Ivan Allen Jr. Boulevard, Atlanta, Georgia 30308 (the “Building”) ; and

WHEREAS, following the Effective Date of the Original Lease, Landlord re-measured the Premises and determined that the actual Rentable Area of the Premises varied from the Rentable Area of the Premises stated in the Lease; and

WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to adjust certain of the economic terms of the Lease based upon this re-measurement, and also to provide a mechanism by which Tenant may utilize remaining portions of the Landlord’s Allowance for reimbursement of FF&E Costs (hereinafter defined).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration and of the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth, it is hereby mutually agreed as follows:

1. Incorporation of Recitals. The foregoing recitals are hereby incorporated in this First Amendment and are made a part hereof by this reference.

2. Definitions. All capitalized terms not defined in this First Amendment shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Original Lease. As used herein and in the Original Lease, the term “Lease” shall mean the Original Lease, as amended by this First Amendment.

3. Confirmation of Rentable Area. The parties acknowledge and agree that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Original Lease, the Premises contain 28,075 square feet of Rentable Area, and that such measurement shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant for the Lease Term. Accordingly, the parties agree that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Original Lease:

 

  a. The term “Tenant’s Percentage Share” shall mean 8.21%.

 

  b. The Base Rental schedule set forth in the Lease Summary attached to the Original Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following schedule:

 

1


Lease Year

   Annual Base
Rent per RSF
     Annual
Base Rental
     Monthly
Base Rental
 

1

   $ 14.00       $ 393,050.00       $ 32,754.17   

2

   $ 14.42       $ 404,841.50       $ 33,736.79   

3

   $ 14.85       $ 416,913.75       $ 34,742.81   

4

   $ 15.30       $ 429,547.50       $ 35,795.63   

5

   $ 15.76       $ 442,462.00       $ 36,871.83   

6

   $ 16.23       $ 455,657.25       $ 37,971.44   

7*

   $ 16.72       $ 469,414.00       $ 39,117.83   

8*

   $ 17.22       $ 483,451.50       $ 40,287.63   

9

   $ 17.74       $ 498,050.50       $ 41,504.21   

10

   $ 18.27       $ 512,930.25       $ 42,744.19   

11

   $ 18.82       $ 528,371.50       $ 44,030.96   

 

  c. The term “Commitment Deposit” shall mean the sum of Thirty-Two Thousand Seven Hundred Fifty-Four and 17/100 Dollars ($32,754.17), and the overage previously paid by Tenant for such Commitment Deposit shall be promptly refunded by Landlord to Tenant.

 

  d. The term “Landlord’s Allowance” shall mean the sum of One Million Four Hundred Three Thousand Seven Hundred Fifty and 00/100 Dollars ($1,403,750.00).

 

  d. Each instance of the phrase “Three Hundred Forty-Three Thousand Eight Hundred Thirty-Three and 00/100 Dollars ($343,833.00)” occurring in the first sentence of Section 3.4 of the Original Lease (captioned, “Base Rental and Operating Expenses Abatement”) is hereby deleted and replaced with the phrase “Three Hundred Forty-One Thousand One Hundred Eleven and 25/100 Dollars ($341,111.25)”.

 

  e. The term “Early Termination Fee” shall mean the sum of One Million One Hundred Five Thousand Three Hundred Forty-Seven and 36/100 Dollars ($1,105,347.36).

4. Application of Landlord’s Allowance to FF&E Costs. Subject to the terms hereof, Tenant shall be entitled to draw upon the Landlord’s Allowance to pay for the documented third-party costs and expenses incurred by Tenant in connection with Tenant’s physical move to the Premises, installing data and telecommunications wires and cabling in the Premises, purchasing stationery and business cards for use in the Premises, and acquiring and installing furniture, fixtures and equipment used in the Premises (collectively, “FF&E Costs”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Landlord’s Allowance shall only be available to Tenant to pay for FF&E Costs to the extent that the Landlord’s Allowance will exceed all Construction Costs, as reasonably estimated by Landlord. Subject to the terms hereof and the Lease, Landlord shall disburse the Landlord’s Allowance to Tenant for payment or reimbursement of FF&E Costs following: (a) receipt by Landlord of a written requisition request from Tenant, together with paid receipts or unpaid invoices evidencing the total amount of the FF&E Costs which are the subject to the requisition (collectively, a “Requisition Request”), (b) receipt by Landlord of final unconditional lien waivers, in a form satisfactory to Landlord, from

 

2


each vendor providing or installing the furniture and equipment (but only if and to the extent that such vendor could have lien rights in the event of non-payment of its invoice) (collectively, a “Required Lien Waivers”), and (c) Tenant shall not be in default of any of its obligations under the Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure period. Landlord shall disburse the applicable portion of Landlord’s Allowance to Tenant within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s receipt of the Requisition Request and Required Lien Waiver, provided that Landlord shall not be obligated to disburse the Landlord’s Allowance for payment of FF&E Costs more frequently than once per month. If Tenant does not use and properly requisition from Landlord the entire remaining balance of the Landlord’s Allowance on or before August 1, 2014, any remaining unused balance of the Landlord’s Allowance shall be deemed forfeited by Tenant and retained by Landlord.

5. Counterpart Copies. This First Amendment may be executed in two (2) or more counterpart copies, all of which counterparts shall have the same force and effect as if all parties hereto had executed a single copy of this First Amendment.

6. Miscellaneous. This First Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective representatives, transferees, successors and assigns and shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia.

7. Ratification. Except as expressly amended by this First Amendment, all other terms, conditions and provisions of the Original Lease are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall continue in full force and effect.

(signature page follows)

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this First Amendment to Office Lease under seal as of the day and year first hereinabove written.

 

LANDLORD :
TR 55 ALLEN PLAZA LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
 

By: LPC Realty Advisors I, Ltd.,

a Texas limited partnership, its Manager

   

By: LPC Realty Advisors, Inc.,

a Texas corporation, its General Partner

      By: /s/ Jenifer Ratcliffe                                  
      Name: Jenifer Ratcliffe
      Its: President

 

TENANT:
CONNECTURE, INC.,
a Delaware limited liability company
By:   /s/ James Purko
Name:   James Purko
Title:   CFO

 

4

Exhibit 10.9

600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD, LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA

OFFICE LEASE

This Office Lease (the “ Lease ”), dated as of the date set forth in Section 1 of the Summary of Basic Lease Information (the “ Summary ”), below, is made by and between 600 WILSHIRE PROPERTY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Landlord ”), and DESTINATIONRX, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

SUMMARY OF BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

TERMS OF LEASE       DESCRIPTION
1.      Date:       November 1, 2011
2.      Premises      
     ( Article 1 ).      
     2.1      Building:       600 Wilshire Boulevard, Los Angeles, California
     2.2      Premises:       Approximately 13,873 rentable square feet of space located on the eleventh (11 th ) floor of the Building and commonly known as Suite 1100, as further set forth in Exhibit A to the Office Lease.
3.      Lease Term      
     ( Article 2 ).      
     3.1      Length of Term:       Approximately five (5) years and five (5) months.
     3.2      Lease Commencement Date:       The later to occur of (i) June 1, 2012, and (ii) the date upon which the Premises are Ready for Occupancy.
     3.3      Lease Expiration Date:       If the Lease Commencement Date shall be the first day of a calendar month, then the day immediately preceding the sixty-five (65) month anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date; or, if the Lease Commencement Date shall be other than the first day of a calendar month, then the last day of the month in which the sixty-five (65) month anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date occurs.
4.      Base Rent ( Article 3 ):      

 

Year of Lease Term

   Annual
Base Rent
     Monthly
Installment
of Base Rent
     Annual Base
Rent
per Rentable
Square Foot
 

1

   $ 381,507.50       $ 31,792.29       $ 27.50   

2

   $ 393,022.09       $ 32,751.84       $ 28.33   

3

   $ 404,675.41       $ 33,722.95       $ 29.17   

4

   $ 416,883.65       $ 34,740.30       $ 30.05   

5

   $ 429,369.35       $ 35,780.78       $ 30.95   

6*

   $ 442,271.24       $ 36,855.94       $ 31.88   

 

* Ends on Lease Expiration Date

 

600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD

[DestinationRX, Inc.]


5.      Base Year   
     ( Article 4 ):    Calendar year 2012.
6.      Tenant’s Share   
     ( Article 4 ):    Approximately 4.4603%.
7.      Permitted Use   
     ( Article 5 ):    General office use consistent with a first-class office building.
8.      Letter of Credit   
     ( Article 21 ):    $200,000.00.
9.      Parking Pass Ratio   
    

( Article 28 ):

   One (1) unreserved parking passes for every 1,000 rentable square feet of the Premises, subject to the terms of Article 28 of this Lease.
10.      Address of Tenant   
    

( Section 29.18 ):

  

Before Lease Commencement Date:

 

DestinationRX, Inc.

3530 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 1500

Los Angeles, CA 90010

Attention: Mr. Michael Finn

 

with a copy to:

 

Maslon Edelman Borman & Brand, LLP

3300 Wells Fargo Center

90 South Seventh Street

Minneapolis, MN 55402-414

Attention: Mr. Doug Holod

 

And

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -2-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


        After Lease Commencement Date :
       

DestinationRX, Inc.

600 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 1100

Los Angeles, CA 90017

Attention: Mr. Michael Finn

        with a copy to:
       

Maslon Edelman Borman & Brand, LLP

3300 Wells Fargo Center

90 South Seventh Street

Minneapolis, MN 55402-414

Attention: Mr. Doug Holod

11.      Address of Landlord   
     ( Section 29.18 ):    See Section 29.18 of the Lease.
12.      Broker(s)   
     ( Section 29.24 ):   

Jones Lang LaSalle

515 South Flower, Suite 1300

Los Angeles, CA 90071

 

and

 

Travers Realty

550 S. Hope Street, Suite 2600

Los Angeles, CA 90017

13.      Guarantor:    None.
14.      Tenant Improvements:    See Exhibit B , attached hereto.

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -3-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


ARTICLE 1

PREMISES, BUILDING, PROJECT, AND COMMON AREAS

1.1 Premises, Building, Project and Common Areas .

1.1.1 The Premises . Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the premises set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary (the “ Premises ”). The outline of the Premises is set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto. Landlord and Tenant hereby stipulate and agree that the rentable square footage of the Premises is as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Summary, and such rentable square footage shall not be subject to remeasurement or modification. The parties hereto agree that the lease of the Premises is upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions herein set forth. The parties hereto hereby acknowledge that the purpose of Exhibit A is to show the approximate location of the Premises in the “Building,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.2 , below, only, and such Exhibit is not meant to constitute an agreement, representation or warranty as to the construction of the Premises, the precise area thereof or the specific location of the “Common Areas,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.3 , below, or the elements thereof or of the accessways to the Premises or the “Project,” as that term is defined in Section 1.1.2 , below. Except as specifically set forth in this Lease and in the Tenant Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Tenant Work Letter ”), Landlord shall not be obligated to provide or pay for any improvement work or services related to the improvement of the Premises. Tenant also acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty regarding the condition of the Premises, the Building or the Project or with respect to the suitability of any of the foregoing for the conduct of Tenant’s business, except as specifically set forth in this Lease and the Tenant Work Letter. Except when and where Tenant’s right of access is specifically excluded as the result of (i) an emergency, (ii) as required by “Applicable Law,” as that term is defined in Article 24 of this Lease, or (iii) a specific provision of this Lease, Tenant shall have the right of ingress and egress to the Premises, the Building, and the Project parking areas twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week each day during the Lease Term.

1.1.2 The Building and The Project . The Premises are a part of the building set forth in Section 2.1 of the Summary (the “ Building ”). The Building is part of an office project currently known as “600 Wilshire Boulevard.” The term “ Project ,” as used in this Lease, shall mean (i) the Building and the Common Areas, (ii) the land (which is improved with landscaping, above ground and subterranean parking facilities and other improvements) upon which the Building and the Common Areas are located, and (iii) at Landlord’s reasonable discretion, any additional real property, areas, land, buildings or other improvements added thereto outside of the Project.

1.1.3 Common Areas . Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to use in common with other tenants in the Project, and subject to the rules and regulations referred to in Article 5 of this Lease, those portions of the Project which are provided, from time to time, for use in common by Landlord, Tenant and any other tenants of the Project (such areas, together with such other portions of the Project designated by Landlord, in its discretion, including certain areas designated for the exclusive use of certain tenants, or to be shared by Landlord and certain tenants, are collectively referred to herein as the “ Common Areas ”). The Common Areas shall consist of the “ Project Common Areas ” and the “ Building Common Areas .” The term “ Project Common Areas ,” as used in this Lease, shall mean the portion of the Project designated as such by Landlord. The term “ Building Common Areas ,” as used in this Lease, shall mean the portions of the Common Areas located within the Building designated as such by Landlord. The manner in which the Common Areas are maintained and operated shall be at the reasonable discretion of Landlord and the use thereof shall be subject to such rules, regulations and restrictions as Landlord may make from time to time (provided that in the event of any conflict between any such new or modified rules or regulations and the provisions of the body of this Lease, the provisions of the body of this Lease shall control). Landlord reserves the right to close temporarily, make alterations or additions to, or change the location of elements of the Project and the Common Areas, provided that, in connection therewith, (i) Landlord shall at all times use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with the conduct of Tenant’s business at the Premises, and (ii) in no event shall any such alterations, additions and/or changes alter the nature of the Project to something other than an office building project consistent with the office building projects comparable to and in the vicinity of the Building.

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -1-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


1.2 Right of First Offer . Landlord hereby grants to the originally named Tenant herein (the “ Original Tenant ”) or an assignee permitted or approved pursuant to the terms of or Article 14 of this Lease (a “ Permitted Assignee ”), as the case may be, a one-time right of first offer with respect to all of the 4,980 rentable square feet of space located on the eleventh (11 th ) floor of the Building other than the Premises (the “ First Offer Space ”), as more particularly set forth on Exhibit A-1 , attached hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant’s first offer right shall commence only following the expiration or earlier termination of the initial leasing after the date hereof of the First Offer Space (including any renewal of any such lease, irrespective of whether any such renewal is initially set forth in such lease or is subsequently granted or agreed upon, and regardless of whether such renewal is consummated pursuant to a lease amendment or a new lease). In addition, such right of first offer shall be subordinate to all rights of other tenants of the Project, which rights relate to the First Offer Space and are set forth in leases of space in the Project existing as of the date hereof, including, without limitation, any expansion, first offer, first negotiation and other rights, regardless of whether such rights are executed strictly in accordance with their respective terms or pursuant to a lease amendment or a new lease. All tenants that initially lease the First Offer Space following the date hereof in accordance with the terms hereof and all such third party tenants in the Project with a right to lease the First Offer Space are collectively referred to as the “ Superior Right Holders ”. Tenant’s right of first offer shall be on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 1.2 .

1.2.1 Procedure for Offer . Subject to the terms of this Section 1.2 , Landlord shall notify Tenant (the “ First Offer Notice ”) from time to time when the First Offer Space or any portion thereof becomes available for lease to third parties, provided that no Superior Right Holder wishes to lease such space. Pursuant to such First Offer Notice, Landlord shall offer to lease to Tenant the then available First Offer Space. The First Offer Notice shall describe the First Offer Space that is being offered to Tenant and shall set forth Landlord’s determination of the “First Offer Rent,” as that term is defined in Section 1.2.3 below, and the other economic terms upon which Landlord is willing to lease such space to Tenant. In no event shall Landlord have the obligation to deliver a First Offer Notice (and Tenant have no right to exercise its right under this Section 1.2) to the extent that the “First Offer Commencement Date,” as that term is defined in Section 1.2.5 , below, is anticipated by Landlord to occur during or after the last two (2) years of the initial Lease Term.

1.2.2 Procedure for Acceptance . If Tenant wishes to exercise Tenant’s right of first offer with respect to the space described in the First Offer Notice, then within five (5) business days of Tenant’s receipt of the First Offer Notice to Tenant, Tenant shall deliver notice (the “ First Offer Exercise Notice ”) to Landlord of Tenant’s election to exercise its right of first offer with respect to the entire space described in the First Offer Notice on the terms contained in such notice, and upon, and concurrent with, such exercise, Tenant may, at its option, object to the First Offer Rent contained in the First Offer Notice, in which case the parties shall follow the procedure, and the Option Rent shall be determined, as set forth in Section 2.4 , below. If Tenant does not so deliver the First Offer Exercise Notice to Landlord within such five (5) business day period, then Landlord shall be free to lease the space described in the First Offer Notice to anyone to whom Landlord desires on any terms Landlord desires. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant must elect to exercise its right of first offer, if at all, with respect to all of the space offered by Landlord to Tenant at any particular time, and Tenant may not elect to lease only a portion thereof.

1.2.3 First Offer Space Rent . The rent payable by Tenant for the First Offer Space (the “ First Offer Rent ”) shall be equal to the rent (including additional rent and considering any “base year” or “expense stop” applicable thereto), including all escalations, at which tenants, as of the First Offer Commencement Date, are leasing non-sublease, non-encumbered, non-equity space comparable in size, location and quality to the First Offer Space for a similar lease term (“ Comparable First Offer Transactions ”), which comparable space is located in the Building and in “Comparable Buildings,” as that term is defined in Section 2.3.2 , below, taking into consideration only the following concessions: (a) rental abatement concessions, if any, being granted such tenants in connection with such comparable space, (b) tenant improvements or allowances provided or to be provided for such comparable space, taking into account, and deducting the value of, the existing improvements in the First Offer Space, such value to be based upon the age, quality and layout of the improvements and the extent to which the same could be utilized by a general office user, and (c) any period of rental abatement, if any, granted to tenants in comparable transactions in connection with the design, permitting and construction of tenant improvements in such comparable spaces. The First Offer Rent shall additionally include a determination as to whether, and if so to what extent, Tenant must provide Landlord with financial security, such as a letter of credit or guaranty, for Tenant’s Rent

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -2-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


obligations with respect to the First Offer Space. Such determination shall be made by reviewing the extent of financial security then generally being imposed in Comparable First Offer Transactions from tenants of comparable financial condition and credit history to the then existing financial condition and credit history of Tenant (with appropriate adjustments to account for differences in the then-existing financial condition of Tenant and such other tenants).

1.2.4 Construction In First Offer Space . Tenant shall take the First Offer Space in its “as is” condition, provided that Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, separately demise any First Offer Space to be leased by Tenant in accordance with Building standards. The construction of improvements in the First Offer Space shall comply with the terms of Article 8 of this Lease.

1.2.5 Amendment to Lease . If Tenant timely exercises Tenant’s right to lease the First Offer Space as set forth herein, Landlord and Tenant shall within thirty (30) days thereafter execute an amendment to this Lease for such First Offer Space upon the terms and conditions as set forth in the First Offer Notice and this Section 1.2 . The rentable square footage of any First Offer Space leased by Tenant shall be determined by Landlord in accordance with Landlord’s then current standard of measurement for the Building. Tenant shall commence payment of rent for the First Offer Space, and the term of the First Offer Space shall commence upon the date of delivery of the First Offer Space to Tenant (the “ First Offer Commencement Date ”) and shall terminate concurrently with Tenant’s lease of the remainder of the Premises.

1.2.6 Termination of Right of First Offer . Tenant’s rights under this Section 1.2 shall be personal to the Original Tenant or a Permitted Assignee, as the case may be, and may only be exercised by the Original Tenant or a Permitted Assignee, as the case may be (and not any other assignee, or any sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease) if the Original Tenant or a Permitted Assignee, as the case may be, occupies at least eighty-five percent (85%) of the rentable square footage of the Premises. The right of first offer granted herein shall terminate as to particular First Offer Space upon the failure by Tenant to exercise its right of first offer with respect to such First Offer Space as offered by Landlord. Tenant shall not have the right to lease First Offer Space, as provided in this Section 1.2 , if, as of the date of the attempted exercise of any right of first offer by Tenant, or, at Landlord’s option, as of the scheduled date of delivery of such First Offer Space to Tenant, Tenant is in monetary or material non-monetary default under this Lease after the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period.

ARTICLE 2

LEASE TERM

2.1 In General . The terms and provisions of this Lease shall be effective as of the date of this Lease. The term of this Lease (the “ Lease Term ”) shall be as set forth in Section 3.1 of the Summary, shall commence on the date set forth in Section 3.2 of the Summary (the “ Lease Commencement Date ”), and shall terminate on the date set forth in Section 3.3 of the Summary (the “ Lease Expiration Date ”) unless this Lease is sooner terminated as hereinafter provided. Tenant shall have the right to occupy the Premises following the date the Premises are Ready for Occupancy but prior to the Lease Commencement Date, provided that (i) Tenant shall give Landlord at least three (3) days’ prior notice of any such occupancy of the Premises, (ii) a certificate of occupancy, temporary certificate of occupancy, or its legal equivalent, shall have been issued by the appropriate governmental authorities for the Premises, and (iii) all of the terms and conditions of this Lease shall apply, other than Tenant’s obligation to pay “Base Rent,” as that term is defined in Article 3 , below, and “Tenant’s Share” of the “Direct Expenses,” as those terms are defined in Article 4 , below, as though the Lease Commencement Date had occurred (although the Lease Commencement Date shall not actually occur until the occurrence of the same pursuant to the terms of the second sentence of this Article 2 ) upon such occupancy of the Premises by Tenant. For purposes of this Lease, the term “ Lease Year ” shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) month period during the Lease Term, provided that the last Lease Year shall end on the Lease Expiration Date. At any time during the Lease Term, Landlord may deliver to Tenant a notice in the form as set forth in Exhibit C , attached hereto, as a confirmation only of the information set forth therein, which Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord within five (5) business days of receipt thereof.

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -3-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


2.2 Tenant Termination Right . Provided that Tenant is not in default under this Lease as of the date of Tenant’s delivery of the “Termination Notice,” as that term is defined below, the Original Tenant only (and not any assignee, sublessee or other transferee) shall have the one-time right to terminate this Lease, effective as of the last day of the thirty-ninth (39 th ) full calendar month of the initial Lease Term (the “ Termination Date ”), provided that (i) Landlord receives written notice (the “ Termination Notice ”) from Tenant on or before the date that is nine (9) months prior to the Termination Date stating Tenant’s election to terminate this Lease pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Section 2.2 , and (ii) concurrent with Landlord’s receipt of the Termination Notice, Landlord receives from Tenant an amount equal to the “Termination Fee,” as that term is defined, below, as consideration for and as a condition precedent to such early termination. In the event that Tenant shall deliver the Termination Notice in accordance with the terms hereof, the terms of Sections 1.2 and 2.3 of this Lease shall immediately and automatically terminate and be of no further force or effect. Provided that Tenant terminates this Lease pursuant to the terms of this Section 2.2 , this Lease shall immediately and automatically terminate and be of no further force or effect and Landlord and Tenant shall be relieved of their respective obligations under this Lease as of the Termination Date, except those obligations set forth in this Lease which relate to the term of Tenant’s lease of the Premises and/or that specifically survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, including, without limitation, the payment by Tenant of all amounts owed by Tenant under this Lease up to and including the Termination Date. For purposes of this Section 2.2 , the “ Termination Fee ” shall mean the sum of (a) $409,222.00, and (b) the unamortized amount, calculated with interest at a rate equal to 9% per annum, as of the Termination Date, of the “First Offer Concessions, “ as that term is defined, below, and (c) the monthly Base Rent and Direct Expenses that would have been payable by Tenant for any First Offer Space leased by Tenant during the four (4) month period immediately following the Termination Date. The “ First Offer Concessions ” shall mean all tenant improvement or other allowances, brokerage commissions and free rent paid or provided by Landlord in connection with Tenant’s lease of First Offer Space, if applicable.

2.3 Option Term .

2.3.1 Option Right . Landlord hereby grants the Original Tenant or a Permitted Assignee, as the case may be, one (1) option to extend the Lease Term for a period of five (5) years (the “ Option Term ”), which option shall be exercisable only by written notice delivered by Tenant to Landlord as provided below, provided that, as of the date of delivery of such notice, Tenant is not in monetary or material non-monetary default under this Lease after the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period. Upon the proper exercise of such option to extend, the Lease Term, as it applies to the Premises, shall be extended for a period of five (5) years. The rights contained in this Section 2.3 shall be personal to the Original Tenant or a Permitted Assignee, as the case may be, and may only be exercised by the Original Tenant or a Permitted Assignee, as the case may be (and not any other assignee, or any sublessee or other transferee of Tenant’s interest in this Lease) if the Original Tenant or a Permitted Assignee, as the case may be, occupies at least eighty-five percent (85%) of the rentable square footage of the Premises.

2.3.2 Option Rent . The rent payable by Tenant during the Option Term (the “ Option Rent ”) shall be equal to the to the rent, including all escalations, at which tenants, as of the commencement of the Option Term, are leasing non-sublease, non-encumbered, non-equity space comparable in size, location and quality to the Premises for a term of five (5) years (“ Comparable Renewal Transactions ”), which comparable space is located in the Building and in “Comparable Buildings,” as that term is defined, below, in either event taking into consideration only the following concessions: (a) rental abatement concessions, if any, being granted such tenants in connection with such comparable space, and (b) tenant improvements or allowances provided or to be provided for such comparable space, taking into account the value of the existing improvements in the Premises, such value to be based upon the age, quality and layout of the improvements and the extent to which the same could be utilized by a general office user. The Option Rent shall additionally include a determination as to whether, and if so to what extent, Tenant must provide Landlord with financial security, such as a security deposit, letter of credit or guaranty, for Tenant’s Rent obligations during the Option Term. Such determination shall be made by reviewing the extent of financial security then generally being imposed in Comparable Renewal Transactions from tenants of comparable financial condition and credit history to the then existing financial condition and credit history of Tenant (with appropriate adjustments to account for differences in the then-existing financial condition of Tenant and such other tenants). For purposes of this Lease, the term “ Comparable Buildings ” shall mean other office buildings located in the Central Business District of downtown Los Angeles, which buildings are Class “A” buildings with a similar quality of tenant mix, quality of construction, and exterior appearance, and offer similar services and amenities, as the Building, and which buildings consist of at least 300,000 rentable square feet of space.

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -4-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


2.3.3 Exercise of Option . The option contained in this Section 2.3 shall be exercised by Tenant, if at all, and only in the following manner: (i) Tenant shall deliver written notice to Landlord (the “ Interest Notice ”) not more than twenty-four (24) months nor less than twelve (12) months prior to the expiration of the initial Lease Term, stating that Tenant may be interested in exercising its option (provided that in no event shall the Interest Notice bind Tenant to lease the Premises during the Option Term); (ii) Landlord, after receipt of Tenant’s notice, shall deliver notice (the “ Option Rent Notice ”) to Tenant not less than ten (10) months prior to the expiration of the initial Lease Term, setting forth the Option Rent; and (iii) if Tenant wishes to exercise such option, Tenant shall, on or before the date occurring nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the initial Lease Term, exercise the option by delivering written notice thereof to Landlord, and upon, and concurrent with, such exercise, Tenant may, at its option, object to the Option Rent contained in the Option Rent Notice, in which case the parties shall follow the procedure, and the Option Rent shall be determined, as set forth in Section 2.4, below.

2.4 Determination of First Offer Rent and Option Rent . In the event Tenant timely and appropriately objects to the First Offer Rent or Option Rent, as the case may be, Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree upon the First Offer Rent or Option Rent, as the case may be, using their best good-faith efforts. If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s objection to the First Offer Rent or Option Rent, as the case may be (the “ Outside Agreement Date ”), then each party shall make a separate determination of the First Offer Rent or Option Rent, as the case may be, within ten (10) business days, and such determinations shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with Sections 2.4.1 through 2.4.7 , below.

2.4.1 Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint one arbitrator who shall by profession be a real estate broker or lawyer who shall have been active over the five (5) year period ending on the date of such appointment in the leasing of commercial high-rise properties in downtown Los Angeles, California. The determination of the arbitrators shall be limited solely to the issue area of whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted First Offer Rent or Option Rent, as the case may be, is the closest to the actual First Offer Rent or Option Rent, as the case may be, as determined by the arbitrators, taking into account the requirements of Section 1.2.3 or 2.3.2 of this Lease, as the case may be. Each such arbitrator shall be appointed within fifteen (15) days after the applicable Outside Agreement Date.

2.4.2 The two arbitrators so appointed shall within ten (10) days of the date of the appointment of the last appointed arbitrator agree upon and appoint a third arbitrator who shall be qualified under the same criteria set forth hereinabove for qualification of the initial two arbitrators.

2.4.3 The three arbitrators shall within thirty (30) days of the appointment of the third arbitrator reach a decision as to whether the parties shall use Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted First Offer Rent or Option Rent, as the case may be, and shall notify Landlord and Tenant thereof.

2.4.4 The decision of the majority of the three arbitrators shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

2.4.5 If either Landlord or Tenant fails to appoint an arbitrator within fifteen (15) days after the applicable Outside Agreement Date, the arbitrator appointed by one of them shall reach a decision, notify Landlord and Tenant thereof, and such arbitrator’s decision shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

2.4.6 If the two arbitrators fail to agree upon and appoint a third arbitrator, or both parties fail to appoint an arbitrator, then the appointment of the third arbitrator or any arbitrator shall be dismissed and the matter to be decided shall be forthwith submitted to arbitration under the provisions of the American Arbitration Association, but subject to the instruction set forth in this Section 2.4 .

2.4.7 The cost of arbitration shall be paid by Landlord and Tenant equally.

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -5-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


2.5 Deadline Dates .

2.5.1 Rent Abatement Deadline Date . In the event that Landlord shall fail to cause the Premises to be Ready for Occupancy prior to May 1, 2012 (the “ Rent Abatement Deadline Date ”), then Tenant shall be entitled to a credit against the first Base Rent due under this Lease in an amount equal to the product of (i) the number of days following the Rent Abatement Deadline Date that occur prior to the date the Premises are Ready for Occupancy, and (ii) $1,045.23. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the “Rent Abatement Deadline Date” shall be extended on day-for-day basis to the extent the date the Premises are Ready for Occupancy is delayed by either (a) “Force Majeure,” as that term is defined in Section 29.16 of this Lease, and/or (b) “Tenant Delays”, as that term is defined in Section 5.2 of the Tenant Work Letter.

2.5.2 Completion Deadline Date . In the event that Landlord shall fail to cause the Premises to be Ready for Occupancy prior to October 1, 2012 (the “ Completion Deadline Date ”), then Tenant shall be entitled, by notice to Landlord within five (5) days following the Completion Deadline Date, to terminate this Lease, which termination shall be effective as of the date of Landlord’s receipt of such notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the “Completion Deadline Date” shall be extended on day-for-day basis to the extent the date the Premises are Ready for Occupancy is delayed by either (a) Force Majeure, and/or (b) Tenant Delays; provided, however, that in no event shall the Completion Deadline Date be extended by reason of Force Majeure for a period in excess of sixty (60) days. In the event that Tenant terminates this Lease pursuant to the terms of this Section 2.5.2 , this Lease shall immediately and automatically terminate and be of no further force or effect and Landlord and Tenant shall be relieved of their respective obligations under this Lease as of the effective date of such termination as provided for herein, except those obligations set forth in this Lease that specifically survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE 3

BASE RENT

3.1 In General . Tenant shall pay, without prior notice or demand, to Landlord or Landlord’s agent at the management office of the Project, or, at Landlord’s option, at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing, by a check for currency which, at the time of payment, is legal tender for private or public debts in the United States of America, base rent (“ Base Rent ”) as set forth in Section 4 of the Summary, payable in equal monthly installments as set forth in Section 4 of the Summary in advance on or before the first day of each and every calendar month during the Lease Term, without any setoff or deduction whatsoever (except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Lease). The Base Rent for the first full month of the Lease Term shall be paid at the time of Tenant’s execution of this Lease. If any Rent payment date (including the Lease Commencement Date) falls on a day of the month other than the first day of such month or if any payment of Rent is for a period which is shorter than one month, the Rent for any fractional month shall accrue on a daily basis for the period from the date such payment is due to the end of such calendar month or to the end of the Lease Term at a rate per day which is equal to 1/365 of the applicable annual Rent. All other payments or adjustments required to be made under the terms of this Lease that require proration on a time basis shall be prorated on the same basis.

3.2 Free Base Rent . Notwithstanding anything in Section 3.1 , above, to the contrary, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay (i) an amount equal to $31,729.29 of the Base Rent due for the Premises for each of months two (2) through four (4), inclusive, of the initial Lease Term, and (ii) an amount equal to $36,855.94 of the monthly rent due for each of the sixty-fourth (64 th ) and sixty-fifty (65 th ) months of the initial Lease Term.

ARTICLE 4

ADDITIONAL RENT

4.1 General Terms . In addition to paying the Base Rent specified in Article 3 of this Lease, Tenant shall pay “ Tenant’s Share ” of the annual “ Direct Expenses ,” as those terms are defined in Sections 4.2.6 and 4.2.2 of this Lease, respectively, which are in excess of the amount of Direct Expenses applicable to the “ Base Year ,” as that term is defined in Section 4.2.1 , below; provided, however, that in no event shall any decrease in Direct

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -6-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


Expenses for any “ Expense Year ,” as that term is defined in Section 4.2.6 below, below Direct Expenses for the Base Year entitle Tenant to any decrease in Base Rent or any credit against sums due under this Lease. Such payments by Tenant, together with any and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Additional Rent ”, and the Base Rent and the Additional Rent are herein collectively referred to as “ Rent .” All amounts due under this Article 4 as Additional Rent shall be payable for the same periods and in the same manner as the Base Rent. Without limitation on other obligations of Tenant which survive the expiration of the Lease Term, the obligations of Tenant to pay the Additional Rent provided for in this Article 4 shall survive the expiration of the Lease Term.

4.2 Definitions of Key Terms Relating to Additional Rent . As used in this Article 4 , the following terms shall have the meanings hereinafter set forth:

4.2.1 “ Base Year ” shall mean the period set forth in Section 5 of the Summary.

4.2.2 ““ Direct Expenses ” shall mean “ Operating Expenses ” and “ Tax Expenses .”

4.2.3 “ Expense Year ” shall mean each calendar year in which any portion of the Lease Term falls, through and including the calendar year in which the Lease Term expires, provided that Landlord, upon notice to Tenant, may change the Expense Year from time to time to any other twelve (12) consecutive month period, and, in the event of any such change, Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses shall be equitably adjusted for any Expense Year involved in any such change.

4.2.4 “ Operating Expenses ” shall mean all expenses, costs and amounts of every kind and nature which Landlord pays or accrues during any Expense Year because of or in connection with the ownership, management, maintenance, security, repair, replacement, restoration or operation of the Project, or any portion thereof. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall specifically include any and all of the following: (i) the cost of supplying all utilities, the cost of operating, repairing, maintaining, and renovating the utility, telephone, mechanical, sanitary, storm drainage, and elevator systems, and the cost of maintenance and service contracts in connection therewith; (ii) the cost of licenses, certificates, permits and inspections and the cost of contesting any governmental enactments (which contests are reasonably anticipated to reduce (or prevent an increase in) Operating Expenses), and the costs incurred in connection with a governmentally mandated transportation system management program or similar program; (iii) the cost of all insurance carried by Landlord in connection with the Project as reasonably determined by Landlord; (iv) the cost of landscaping, relamping, and all supplies, tools, equipment and materials used in the operation, repair and maintenance of the Project, or any portion thereof; (v) the cost of parking area operation, repair, restoration, and maintenance; (vi) fees and other costs, including management and/or incentive fees, consulting fees, legal fees and accounting fees, of all contractors and consultants in connection with the management, operation, maintenance and repair of the Project; (vii) payments under any equipment rental agreements and the fair rental value of any management office space; (viii) subject to item (f), below, wages, salaries and other compensation and benefits, including taxes levied thereon, of all persons engaged in the operation, maintenance and security of the Project; (ix) costs under any instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Project; (x) operation, repair, maintenance and replacement of all systems and equipment and components thereof of the Project; (xi) the cost of janitorial, alarm, security and other services, replacement of wall and floor coverings, ceiling tiles and fixtures in common areas, maintenance and replacement of curbs and walkways, repair to roofs and re-roofing; (xii) amortization (including interest on the unamortized cost) over such period of time as Landlord shall reasonably determine, of the cost of acquiring or the rental expense of personal property used in the maintenance, operation and repair of the Project, or any portion thereof; (xiii) the cost of capital improvements or other costs incurred in connection with the Project (A) which are intended to effect economies in the operation or maintenance of the Project, or any portion thereof, or to reduce current or future Operating Expenses or to enhance or improve the safety or security of the Project or its occupants, (B) which are replacements or modifications of nonstructural items located in the Common Areas required to keep the Common Areas in good order or condition, or (C) that are required under any governmental law or regulation; provided, however, that any capital expenditure shall be amortized (including interest on the amortized cost) over such period of time as Landlord shall reasonably determine; and (xiv) costs, fees, charges or assessments imposed by, or resulting from any mandate imposed on Landlord by, any federal, state or local government for fire and police protection, trash removal, community services, or other services which do not constitute “Tax Expenses” as that term is defined in

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -7-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


Section 4.2.5 , below, (xv) cost of tenant relation programs reasonably established by Landlord, and (xvi) payments under any easement, license, operating agreement, declaration, restrictive covenant, or instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs by the Building, including, with out limitation, any covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the property, and reciprocal easement agreements affecting the property, any parking licenses, and any agreements with transit agencies affecting the Project (collectively, “ Underlying Documents ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this Lease, Operating Expenses shall not, however, include:

(a) costs, including legal fees, space planners’ fees, advertising and promotional expenses (except as otherwise set forth above), and brokerage fees incurred in connection with the original construction or development, or original or future leasing of the Project, and costs, including permit, license and inspection costs, incurred with respect to the installation of tenant improvements made for new tenants initially occupying space in the Project after the Lease Commencement Date or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating, painting or redecorating vacant space for tenants or other occupants of the Project (excluding, however, such costs relating to any common areas of the Project or parking facilities);

(b) except as set forth in items (xii), (xiii), and (xiv) above, depreciation, interest and principal payments on mortgages and other debt costs, if any, penalties and interest, costs of capital repairs and alterations, and costs of capital improvements and equipment;

(c) costs for which the Landlord is reimbursed by any tenant or occupant of the Project or by insurance by its carrier or any tenant’s carrier or by anyone else, and electric power costs for which any tenant directly contracts with the local public service company;

(d) any bad debt loss, rent loss, or reserves for bad debts or rent loss;

(e) costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes the Landlord, as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation of the Project (which shall specifically include, but not be limited to, accounting costs associated with the operation of the Project). Costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership or entity which constitutes the Landlord include costs of partnership accounting and legal matters, costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee (except as the actions of the Tenant may be in issue), costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of the Landlord’s interest in the Project, and costs incurred in connection with any disputes between Landlord and its employees, between Landlord and Project management, or between Landlord and other tenants or occupants;

(f) the wages and benefits of any employee who does not devote substantially all of his or her employed time to the Project unless such wages and benefits are prorated to reflect time spent on operating and managing the Project vis-a-vis time spent on matters unrelated to operating and managing the Project; provided, that in no event shall Operating Expenses for purposes of this Lease include wages and/or benefits attributable to personnel above the level of Project manager;

(g) amount paid as ground rental for the Project by the Landlord;

(h) except for a Project management fee (subject to the limitation set forth in item (u), below), overhead and profit increment paid to the Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of the Landlord for services in the Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such services rendered by qualified, first-class unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

(i) any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by the Landlord, provided that any compensation paid to any concierge at the Project shall be includable as an Operating Expense;

(j) rentals and other related expenses incurred in leasing air conditioning systems, elevators or other equipment which if purchased the cost of which would be excluded from Operating

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -8-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


Expenses as a capital cost, except equipment not affixed to the Project which is used in providing janitorial or similar services and, further excepting from this exclusion such equipment rented or leased to remedy or ameliorate an emergency condition in the Project;

(k) all items and services for which Tenant or any other tenant in the Project reimburses Landlord or which Landlord provides selectively to one or more tenants (other than Tenant) without reimbursement;

(l) any costs expressly excluded from Operating Expenses elsewhere in this Lease;

(m) rent for any office space occupied by Project management personnel to the extent the size or rental rate of such office space exceeds the size or fair market rental value of office space occupied by management personnel of the comparable buildings in the vicinity of the Building, with adjustment where appropriate for the size of the applicable project;

(n) costs arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees, vendors, contractors, or providers of materials or services;

(o) costs incurred to comply with laws relating to the removal of hazardous material (as defined under applicable law) which was in existence in the Building or on the Project prior to the Lease Commencement Date, and was of such a nature that a federal, State or municipal governmental authority, if it had then had knowledge of the presence of such hazardous material, in the state, and under the conditions that it then existed in the Building or on the Project, would have then required the removal of such hazardous material or other remedial or containment action with respect thereto; and costs incurred to remove, remedy, contain, or treat hazardous material, which hazardous material is brought into the Building or onto the Project after the date hereof by Landlord or any other tenant of the Project and is of such a nature, at that time, that a federal, State or municipal governmental authority, if it had then had knowledge of the presence of such hazardous material, in the state, and under the conditions, that it then exists in the Building or on the Project, would have then required the removal of such hazardous material or other remedial or containment action with respect thereto; and

(p) in-house legal and/or accounting (as opposed to office building bookkeeping) fees;

(q) legal fees and costs, settlements, judgments or awards paid or incurred because of disputes between Landlord and its employees or contractors, Landlord and Tenant, or Landlord and other tenants or prospective occupants or prospective tenants/occupants or providers of goods and services to the Project;

(r) legal fees and costs concerning the negotiation and preparation of this Lease or any litigation between Landlord and Tenant;

(s) any reserves retained by Landlord;

(t) any charitable or political contributions made by Landlord and all costs, fees and expenses related thereto;

(u) fees payable by Landlord for management of the Project in excess of four percent (4%) of Landlord’s gross rental revenues, adjusted and grossed up to reflect a one hundred percent (100%) occupancy of the Project with all tenants paying full rent (specifically disregarding free or abated rent), including base rent, pass-throughs, and parking fees (but excluding the cost of after hours services or utilities) from the Project for any calendar year or portion thereof;

(v) costs incurred due to the violation by Landlord or any tenant of the terms and conditions of any lease.

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -9-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


If Landlord does not carry earthquake or terrorism insurance for the Building during the Base Year but subsequently obtains earthquake or terrorism insurance for the Building during the Lease Term, then from and after the date upon which Landlord obtains such earthquake or terrorism insurance and continuing throughout the period during which Landlord maintains such insurance, Operating Expenses for the Base Year shall be deemed to be increased by the amount of the premium Landlord would have incurred had Landlord maintained such insurance for the same period of time during the Base Year as such insurance is maintained by Landlord during such subsequent Expense Year.

If Landlord is not furnishing any particular work or service (the cost of which, if performed by Landlord, would be included in Operating Expenses) to a tenant who has undertaken to perform such work or service in lieu of the performance thereof by Landlord, Operating Expenses shall be deemed to be increased by an amount equal to the additional Operating Expenses which would reasonably have been incurred during such period by Landlord if it had at its own expense furnished such work or service to such tenant. If the Project is not at least ninety-five percent (95%) occupied during all or a portion of the Base Year or any Expense Year, Landlord shall make an appropriate adjustment to the components of Operating Expenses for such year to determine the amount of Operating Expenses that would have been incurred had the Project been ninety-five percent (95%) occupied; and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been the amount of Operating Expenses for such year. Operating Expenses for the Base Year shall not include market-wide cost increases due to extraordinary circumstances, including, but not limited to, Force Majeure, boycotts, strikes, conservation surcharges, embargoes or shortages, or amortized costs relating to capital improvements. In no event shall the components of Direct Expenses for any Expense Year related to Project insurance, security or utility costs be less than the components of Direct Expenses related to Project insurance, security or utility costs, respectively, in the Base Year.

4.2.5 Taxes .

4.2.5.1 “ Tax Expenses ” shall mean all federal, state, county, or local governmental or municipal taxes, fees, charges or other impositions of every kind and nature, whether general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, (including, without limitation, real estate taxes, general and special assessments, transit taxes, leasehold taxes or taxes based upon the receipt of rent, including gross receipts or sales taxes applicable to the receipt of rent, unless required to be paid by Tenant, personal property taxes imposed upon the fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems and equipment, appurtenances, furniture and other personal property used in connection with the Project, or any portion thereof), which shall be paid or accrued during any Expense Year (without regard to any different fiscal year used by such governmental or municipal authority) because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing and operation of the Project, or any portion thereof.

4.2.5.2 Tax Expenses shall include, without limitation: (i) Any tax on the rent, right to rent or other income from the Project, or any portion thereof, or as against the business of leasing the Project, or any portion thereof; (ii) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge in addition to, or in substitution, partially or totally, of any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge previously included within the definition of real property tax, it being acknowledged by Tenant and Landlord that Proposition 13 was adopted by the voters of the State of California in the June 1978 election (“ Proposition 13 ”) and that assessments, taxes, fees, levies and charges may be imposed by governmental agencies for such services as fire protection, street, sidewalk and road maintenance, refuse removal and for other governmental services formerly provided without charge to property owners or occupants, and, in further recognition of the decrease in the level and quality of governmental services and amenities as a result of Proposition 13, Tax Expenses shall also include any governmental or private assessments or the Project’s contribution towards a governmental or private cost-sharing agreement for the purpose of augmenting or improving the quality of services and amenities normally provided by governmental agencies; (iii) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge allocable to or measured by the area of the Premises or the Rent payable hereunder, including, without limitation, any business or gross income tax or excise tax with respect to the receipt of such rent, or upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operating, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises, or any portion thereof; and (iv) Any assessment, tax, fee, levy or charge, upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party, creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises.

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -10-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


4.2.5.3 Any reasonable costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ and consultants’ fees) incurred in attempting to protest, reduce or minimize Tax Expenses shall be included in Tax Expenses in the Expense Year such expenses are incurred. Tax refunds or abatements (including any amounts obtained by Landlord pursuant to Proposition 8, subject to the terms of Section 4.2.5.4 , below) shall be credited against Tax Expenses and refunded to Tenant regardless of when received, based on the Expense Year to which the refund is applicable, provided that in no event shall the amount to be refunded to Tenant for any such Expense Year exceed the total amount paid by Tenant as Additional Rent under this Article 4 for such Expense Year. If Tax Expenses for any period during the Lease Term or any extension thereof are increased after payment thereof for any reason, including, without limitation, error or reassessment by applicable governmental or municipal authorities, Tenant shall pay Landlord upon demand Tenant’s Share of any such increased Tax Expenses. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.2.5 (except as set forth in Section 4.2.5.1 , above), there shall be excluded from Tax Expenses (i) all excess profits taxes, franchise taxes, gift taxes, capital stock taxes, inheritance and succession taxes, estate taxes, transfer taxes, federal and state income taxes, and other taxes to the extent applicable to Landlord’s general or net income (as opposed to rents, receipts or income attributable to operations at the Project), (ii) any items included as Operating Expenses, (iii) any items paid by Tenant under Section 4.5 of this Lease, and (iv) all penalties and interest on any Tax Expenses as a result of Landlord’s failure to pay the same as and when due. All assessments which are not specifically charged to Tenant because of what Tenant has done, which can be paid by Landlord in installments, shall be paid by Landlord in the maximum number of installments permitted by law (except to the extent inconsistent with the general practice of landlords of buildings comparable to and in the vicinity of the Building) and shall be included as Tax Expenses in the year in which the assessment installment is actually paid.

4.2.5.4 The amount of Tax Expenses for the Base Year attributable to the valuation of the Project, inclusive of tenant improvements, shall be known as the “ Base Taxes ”. If in any comparison year subsequent to the Base Year, the amount of Tax Expenses decreases below the amount of Base Taxes, then for purposes of all subsequent comparison years, including the comparison year in which such decrease in Tax Expenses occurred, the Base Taxes, and therefore the Base Year, shall be decreased by an amount equal to the decrease in Tax Expenses.

4.2.6 “ Tenant’s Share ” shall mean the percentage set forth in Section 6 of the Summary.

4.3 Cost Pools . Landlord shall have the right, from time to time, to equitably allocate some or all of the Direct Expenses for the Project among different portions or occupants of the Project (the “ Cost Pools ”), in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Such Cost Pools may include, but shall not be limited to, the office space tenants of a building of the Project or of the Project, and the retail space tenants of a building of the Project or of the Project. The Direct Expenses within each such Cost Pool shall be allocated and charged to the tenants within such Cost Pool in an equitable manner.

4.4 Calculation and Payment of Additional Rent . If for any Expense Year ending or commencing within the Lease Term, Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for such Expense Year exceeds Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses applicable to the Base Year, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in the manner set forth in Section 4.4.1 , below, and as Additional Rent, an amount equal to the excess (the “ Excess ”).

4.4.1 Statement of Actual Direct Expenses and Payment by Tenant . Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to give to Tenant, within one hundred eighty (180) days following the end of each Expense Year, a statement (the “ Statement ”) which shall state the Direct Expenses incurred or accrued for such preceding Expense Year, and which shall indicate the amount of the Excess. Upon receipt of the Statement for each Expense Year commencing or ending during the Lease Term, if an Excess is present, Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of Base Rent due, the full amount of the Excess for such Expense Year, less the amounts, if any, paid during such Expense Year as “ Estimated Excess ,” as that term is defined in Section 4.4.2 , below, and if Tenant paid more as Estimated Excess than the actual Excess, Tenant shall receive a credit in the amount of Tenant’s overpayment against Rent next due under this Lease or, if the Lease Term has expired or been terminated, Landlord

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -11-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


shall promptly refund to Tenant any amounts due to Tenant hereunder. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Statement for any Expense Year shall not prejudice Landlord or Tenant from enforcing its rights under this Article 4 . Even though the Lease Term has expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made of Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for the Expense Year in which this Lease terminates, if an Excess if present, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days following demand by Landlord, pay to Landlord such amount, and if Tenant paid more as Estimated Excess than the actual Excess, Landlord shall, within thirty (30) days, deliver a check payable to Tenant in the amount of the overpayment. The provisions of this Section 4.4.1 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, provided that, other than Tax Expenses and costs incurred for utilities, Tenant shall not be responsible for Tenant’s Share of any Direct Expenses which are first billed to Tenant more than eighteen (18) months after the end of the Expense Year to which such Direct Expenses relate.

4.4.2 Statement of Estimated Direct Expenses . In addition, Landlord shall give Tenant a yearly expense estimate statement (the “ Estimate Statement ”) which shall set forth Landlord’s reasonable estimate (the “ Estimate ”) of what the total amount of Direct Expenses for the then-current Expense Year shall be and the estimated excess (the “ Estimated Excess ”) as calculated by comparing the Direct Expenses for such Expense Year, which shall be based upon the Estimate, to the amount of Direct Expenses for the Base Year. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Estimate Statement for any Expense Year shall not preclude Landlord from enforcing its rights to collect any Estimated Excess under this Article 4 , nor shall Landlord be prohibited from revising any Estimate Statement or Estimated Excess theretofore delivered to the extent necessary. Thereafter, Tenant shall pay, within thirty (30) days following demand by Landlord, a fraction of the Estimated Excess for the then-current Expense Year (reduced by any amounts paid pursuant to the last sentence of this Section 4.4.2 ). Such fraction shall have as its numerator the number of months which have elapsed in such current Expense Year, including the month of such payment, and twelve (12) as its denominator. Until a new Estimate Statement is furnished (which Landlord shall have the right to deliver to Tenant at any time), Tenant shall pay monthly, with the monthly Base Rent installments, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the total Estimated Excess set forth in the previous Estimate Statement delivered by Landlord to Tenant.

4.5 Taxes and Other Charges for Which Tenant Is Directly Responsible .

4.5.1 Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay ten (10) days before delinquency, taxes levied against Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and any other personal property located in or about the Premises. If any such taxes on Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and any other personal property are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property or if the assessed value of Landlord’s property is increased by the inclusion therein of a value placed upon such equipment, furniture, fixtures or any other personal property and if Landlord pays the taxes based upon such increased assessment, which Landlord shall have the right to do regardless of the validity thereof but only under proper protest if requested by Tenant, Tenant shall upon demand repay to Landlord the taxes so levied against Landlord or the proportion of such taxes resulting from such increase in the assessment, as the case may be.

4.5.2 If the tenant improvements in the Premises, whether installed and/or paid for by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not affixed to the real property so as to become a part thereof, are assessed for real property tax purposes at a valuation higher than the valuation at which tenant improvements conforming to Landlord’s “building standard” in other space in the Building are assessed, then the Tax Expenses levied against Landlord or the property by reason of such excess assessed valuation shall be deemed to be taxes levied against personal property of Tenant and shall be governed by the provisions of Section 4.5.1 , above, provided that in no event shall amounts be due from Tenant under this Section 4.5.2 as a result of the Tenant Improvements constructed by Landlord under the Tenant Work Letter (provided that same are consistent with the “Space Plan,” as that term is defined in Section 1.2 of the Tenant Work Letter, as referenced in the Tenant Work Letter as of the date of this Lease). To the extent that Landlord enforces the terms of this Section 4.5.2 against Tenant, then Landlord shall not include in Tax Expenses taxes assessed against any other tenant improvements in the Project to the extent such taxes relate to the value of such tenant improvements in excess of the building standard amount.

4.5.3 Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency any (i) rent tax or sales tax, service tax, transfer tax or value added tax, or any other applicable tax on the rent or services herein or otherwise respecting this Lease, (ii) taxes assessed upon or with respect to the possession, leasing,

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -12-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises or any portion of the Project, including the Project parking facility; or (iii) taxes assessed upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises (excluding any agreements that Landlord or its lender may request of Tenant related to the Project (e.g., subordination agreements).

4.6 Landlord’s Books and Records . Within one hundred eighty (180) days after receipt of a Statement by Tenant, if Tenant disputes the amount of Additional Rent set forth in the Statement, an independent certified public accountant (which accountant is a member of a nationally recognized accounting firm and is not working on a contingency fee basis), designated and paid for by Tenant, may, after reasonable notice to Landlord and at reasonable times, inspect Landlord’s records with respect to the Statement at Landlord’s offices, provided that Tenant is not then in default under this Lease after the expiration of any applicable cure period and Tenant has paid all amounts required to be paid under the applicable Estimate Statement and Statement, as the case may be. In connection with such inspection, Tenant and Tenant’s agents must agree in advance to follow Landlord’s reasonable rules and procedures regarding inspections of Landlord’s records, and shall execute a commercially reasonable confidentiality agreement regarding such inspection. Tenant’s failure to dispute the amount of Additional Rent set forth in any Statement within one hundred eighty (180) days of Tenant’s receipt of such Statement shall be deemed to be Tenant’s approval of such Statement and Tenant, thereafter, waives the right or ability to dispute the amounts set forth in such Statement. If after such inspection, Tenant still disputes such Additional Rent, a determination as to the proper amount shall be made, at Tenant’s expense, by an independent certified public accountant (the “ Accountant ”) selected by Landlord and subject to Tenant’s reasonable approval; provided that if such determination by the Accountant proves that Direct Expenses were overstated by more than four percent (4%), then the cost of the Accountant and the cost of such determination shall be paid for by Landlord. Tenant hereby acknowledges that Tenant’s sole right to inspect Landlord’s books and records and to contest the amount of Direct Expenses payable by Tenant shall be as set forth in this Section 4.6 , and Tenant hereby waives any and all other rights pursuant to applicable law to inspect such books and records and/or to contest the amount of Direct Expenses payable by Tenant with respect to such Statement.

ARTICLE 5

USE OF PREMISES

5.1 Permitted Use . Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the Permitted Use set forth in Section 7 of the Summary and Tenant shall not use or permit the Premises or the Project to be used for any other purpose or purposes whatsoever without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. Tenant shall not be required to continuously occupy the Premises or to continuously operate its business at the Premises, provided that Tenant otherwise complies with all of the terms and conditions of this Lease.

5.2 Prohibited Uses . Tenant further covenants and agrees that Tenant shall not use, or suffer or permit any person or persons to use, the Premises or any part thereof for any use or purpose contrary to the provisions of the Rules and Regulations set forth in Exhibit D , attached hereto, or in violation of the laws of the United States of America, the State of California, the ordinances, regulations or requirements of the local municipal or county governing body or other lawful authorities having jurisdiction over the Project) including, without limitation, any such laws, ordinances, regulations or requirements relating to hazardous materials or substances, as those terms are defined by applicable laws now or hereafter in effect, or any Underlying Documents. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way damage the reputation of the Project or obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building, or injure them or use or allow the Premises to be used for any improper, unlawful or objectionable purpose, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises. Tenant shall comply with, and Tenant’s rights and obligations under this Lease and Tenant’s use of the Premises shall be subject and subordinate to, all recorded easements, covenants, conditions, and restrictions now or hereafter affecting the Project (in any event, “ Matters of Record ”); provided, however, that except as required by Applicable Laws, Tenant’s obligation to comply with Matters of Record recorded after the date of this Lease shall be subject to Tenant’s prior consent, which shall not be withheld unless the same would materially affect Tenant’s rights under this Lease.

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -13-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


ARTICLE 6

SERVICES AND UTILITIES

6.1 Standard Tenant Services . Landlord shall provide the following services on all days (unless otherwise stated below) during the Lease Term.

6.1.1 Subject to limitations imposed by all governmental rules, regulations and guidelines applicable thereto, Landlord shall provide heating and air conditioning (“ HVAC ”) when necessary for normal comfort for normal office use in the Premises from 8:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M. Monday through Friday, and on Saturdays from 9:00 A.M. to 12:00 P.M. (collectively, the “ Building Hours ”), except for the date of observation of New Year’s Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Memorial Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day and, at Landlord’s discretion, other locally or nationally recognized holidays which are observed by other buildings comparable to and in the vicinity of the Building (collectively, the “ Holidays ”).

6.1.2 Landlord shall provide adequate electrical wiring and facilities for connection to Tenant’s lighting fixtures and incidental use equipment, provided that (i) the connected electrical load of the incidental use equipment does not exceed an average of two (2) watts per usable square foot of the Premises, calculated during Building Hours, on a monthly basis, and the electricity so furnished for incidental use equipment will be at a nominal one hundred twenty (120) volts and no electrical circuit for the supply of such incidental use equipment will require a current capacity exceeding twenty (20) amperes, and (ii) the connected electrical load of Tenant’s lighting fixtures does not exceed an average of one (1) watt per usable square foot of the Premises, calculated during Building Hours, upon a monthly basis, and the electricity so furnished for Tenant’s lighting will be at a nominal two hundred seventy-seven (277) volts, which electrical usage shall be subject to applicable laws and regulations, including Title 24. Subject to the foregoing limitations regarding the electrical wiring and facilities to be provided by Landlord, Landlord shall only provide electricity for Tenant’s lighting fixtures during the Building Hours, excluding Holidays. Tenant shall bear the cost of replacement of lamps, starters and ballasts for non-Building standard lighting fixtures within the Premises.

6.1.3 Landlord shall provide city water from the regular Building outlets for drinking, lavatory and toilet purposes in the Building Common Areas.

6.1.4 Landlord shall provide janitorial services to the Premises Monday through Friday, except the date of observation of the Holidays, in and about the Premises and window washing services in a manner consistent with other comparable buildings in the vicinity of the Building.

6.1.5 Landlord shall provide nonexclusive, non-attended automatic passenger elevator service during the Building Hours, shall have one elevator available at all other times, including on the Holidays.

6.1.6 Landlord shall provide nonexclusive freight elevator service subject to scheduling by Landlord.

6.1.7 Landlord shall provide access control service at the Building at least materially consistent with such service provided at buildings comparable to and in the vicinity of the Building. Although Landlord agrees to provide such access control service, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, neither Landlord nor the “Landlord Parties,” as that term is defined in Section 10.1 of this Lease, shall be liable for, and Landlord and the Landlord Parties are hereby released from any responsibility for any damage either to person or property sustained by Tenant incurred in connection with or arising from any acts or omissions of any access control personnel. Subject to the terms of this Lease (including the Tenant Work Letter or Article 8 hereof, as the case may be), Tenant may, at its own expense, install its own security system (“ Tenant’s Security System ”) in the Premises. Tenant may coordinate Tenant’s Security System to provide that the Building’s system and Tenant’s Security System will operate on the same type of key card, so that Tenant’s employees are able to use a single card for both systems, but shall not otherwise integrate Tenant’s Security System with the Building systems. Tenant shall be solely responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, for the installation, monitoring, operation and removal of Tenant’s Security System.

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -14-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


Tenant shall cooperate fully with Landlord at all times and abide by all regulations and requirements that Landlord may reasonably prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of the HVAC, electrical, mechanical and plumbing systems.

6.2 Overstandard Tenant Use . Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, use heat-generating machines, machines other than normal fractional horsepower office machines, or equipment or lighting other than Building standard lights in the Premises, which may materially affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system or materially increase the water normally furnished for the Premises by Landlord pursuant to the terms of Section 6.1 of this Lease (provided that that Landlord’s consent shall not be required for typical quantities of typical office desktop computers, copiers, and other, similar typical office equipment (“ Customary Tenant Equipment ”)). If Tenant uses water, electricity, heat or air conditioning in excess of that supplied by Landlord pursuant to Section 6.1 of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon billing, the actual cost of such excess consumption, the cost of the installation, operation, and maintenance of equipment which is installed in order to supply such excess consumption, and the cost of the increased wear and tear on existing equipment caused by such excess consumption; and Landlord may install devices to separately meter any increased use and in such event Tenant shall pay the increased cost directly to Landlord, on demand, at the rates charged by the public utility company furnishing the same, including the cost of installing, testing and maintaining of such additional metering devices. Tenant’s use of electricity shall never exceed the capacity of the feeders to the Project or the risers or wiring installation, and subject to the terms of Section 29.31 , below, Tenant shall not install or use or permit the installation or use of any computer or electronic data processing equipment in the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed (provided that Landlord’s consent shall not be required for Customary Tenant Equipment). If Tenant desires to use heat, ventilation or air conditioning during hours other than those for which Landlord is obligated to supply such utilities pursuant to the terms of Section 6.1 of this Lease, Tenant shall give Landlord such prior notice, if any, as Landlord shall from time to time establish as appropriate, of Tenant’s desired use in order to supply such utilities, and Landlord shall supply such utilities to Tenant at such hourly cost per zone to Tenant (which shall be treated as Additional Rent) as Landlord shall from time to time establish. Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Landlord’s standard charge for any services provided to Tenant which Landlord is not specifically obligated to provide pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

6.3 Interruption of Use . Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for damages, by abatement of Rent (except as specifically set forth in Section 19.5.2 of this Lease to the contrary) or otherwise, for failure to furnish or delay in furnishing any service (including telephone and telecommunication services), or for any diminution in the quality or quantity thereof, when such failure or delay or diminution is occasioned, in whole or in part, by breakage, repairs, replacements, or improvements, by any strike, lockout or other labor trouble, by inability to secure electricity, gas, water, or other fuel at the Building or Project after reasonable effort to do so, by any riot or other dangerous condition, emergency, accident or casualty whatsoever, by act or default of Tenant or other parties, or by any other cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control; and such failures or delays or diminution shall never be deemed to constitute an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises or relieve Tenant from paying Rent (except as specifically set forth in Section 19.5.2 of this Lease to the contrary) or performing any of its obligations under this Lease. Furthermore, Landlord shall not be liable under any circumstances for a loss of, or injury to, property or for injury to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including, without limitation, loss of profits, however occurring, through or in connection with or incidental to a failure to furnish any of the services or utilities as set forth in this Article 6 , provided that nothing contained in this Section 6.3 shall reduce or limit Tenant’s rights under Section 19.5.2 of this Lease.

ARTICLE 7

REPAIRS

Landlord shall maintain in good condition and operating order and keep in good repair and condition the structural portions of the Building, including the foundation, floor/ceiling slabs, roof, curtain wall, exterior glass and mullions, columns, beams, shafts (including elevator shafts), landscaping, exterior Project signage (specifically excluding any signage of Tenant provided pursuant to the terms of this Lease), base building stairwells, elevator cabs, plazas, art work, sculptures, men’s and women’s public washrooms, parking areas, Building mechanical,

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -15-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


electrical and telephone closets, and all Common Areas and public areas (collectively, “ Building Structure ”) and the base building mechanical, electrical, life safety, plumbing, sprinkler systems and HVAC systems excepting any portion thereof located within the Premises which was constructed by or for Tenant and/or which exclusively services the Premises (collectively, the “ Building Systems ). Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall be responsible for all costs to repair the Building Structure and/or the Building Systems to the extent required because of Tenant’s use of the Premises for other than normal and customary general office use, or as a result of damage caused by Tenant’s negligence or willful misconduct. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, keep the Premises, including all improvements, fixtures, furnishings, and systems and equipment therein (including, without limitation, plumbing fixtures and equipment such as dishwashers, garbage disposals, and insta-hot dispensers), the finished floor or floors of the Building on which the Premises are located and any damage to the floors thereunder caused by Tenant or its improvements, in good order, repair and condition at all times during the Lease Term. In addition, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own expense, but under the supervision and subject to the prior approval of Landlord, and within any reasonable period of time specified by Landlord, promptly and adequately repair all damage to the Premises and replace or repair all damaged, broken, or worn fixtures and appurtenances, except for damage caused by ordinary wear and tear or beyond the reasonable control of Tenant; provided however, that, at Landlord’s option, or if Tenant fails to make such repairs, Landlord may, but need not, make such repairs and replacements, and Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost thereof, including a percentage of the cost thereof (to be uniformly established for the Building and/or the Project) sufficient to reimburse Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs or expenses arising from Landlord’s involvement with such repairs and replacements forthwith upon being billed for same. Landlord may, but shall not be required to, enter the Premises at all reasonable times to make such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the Project or to any equipment located in the Project as Landlord shall desire or deem necessary or as Landlord may be required to do by governmental or quasi-governmental authority or court order or decree. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights under and benefits of subsection 1 of Section 1932 and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code or under any similar law, statute, or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

ARTICLE 8

ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS

8.1 Landlord’s Consent to Alterations . Tenant may not make any improvements, alterations, additions or changes to the Premises or any mechanical, plumbing or HVAC facilities or systems pertaining to the Premises (collectively, the “ Alterations ”) without first procuring the prior written consent of Landlord to such Alterations, which consent shall be requested by Tenant not less than thirty (30) days prior to the commencement thereof, and which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned by Landlord, provided it shall be deemed reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any Alteration which adversely affects the structural portions or the systems or equipment of the Building or is visible from the exterior of the Building. Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, Tenant shall have the right, without Landlord’s consent but upon five (5) business days prior notice to Landlord, to make non-structural additions and alterations to the Premises (“ Cosmetic Alterations ”) that do not (i) affect the exterior appearance of the Premises or Building, or (ii) affect the Building’s electrical, ventilation, plumbing, elevator, mechanical, air conditioning or other systems. Notwithstanding that Landlord’s consent shall not be required for any Cosmetic Alterations, Tenant shall otherwise comply with the terms of this Article 8 in connection therewith. The construction of the initial improvements to the Premises shall be governed by the terms of the Tenant Work Letter and not the terms of this Article 8 .

8.2 Manner of Construction . Landlord may impose, as a condition of its consent to any and all Alterations or repairs of the Premises or about the Premises, such requirements as Landlord in its reasonable discretion may deem desirable, including, but not limited to, the requirement that Tenant utilize for such purposes only contractors, subcontractors, materials, mechanics and materialmen selected by Tenant from a list provided and approved by Landlord, the requirement that upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, remove such Alterations upon the expiration or any early termination of the Lease Term; provided, however, that if Tenant’s request for approval of any Alteration requests a determination by Landlord as to whether or not Tenant shall be required to remove the subject Alteration upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease in accordance with the terms hereof, then Landlord shall include in its consent (if granted) notice as to whether the subject Alteration shall be required to be removed prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, and corresponding repairs

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -16-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


made. Tenant shall construct such Alterations and perform such repairs in a good and workmanlike manner, in conformance with any and all applicable federal, state, county or municipal laws, rules and regulations and pursuant to a valid building permit, issued by the City of Los Angeles, all in conformance with Landlord’s construction rules and regulations; provided, however, that prior to commencing to construct any Alteration, Tenant shall meet with Landlord to discuss Landlord’s design parameters and code compliance issues. In the event Tenant performs any Alterations in the Premises which require or give rise to governmentally required changes to the “Base Building,” as that term is defined below, then Landlord shall, at Tenant’s expense, make such changes to the Base Building. The “ Base Building ” shall include the structural portions of the Building, and the public restrooms, elevators, exit stairwells and the systems and equipment located in the internal core of the Building on the floor or floors on which the Premises are located. In performing the work of any such Alterations, Tenant shall have the work performed in such manner so as not to obstruct access to the Project or any portion thereof, by any other tenant of the Project, and so as not to obstruct the business of Landlord or other tenants in the Project. Tenant shall not use (and upon notice from Landlord shall cease using) contractors, services, workmen, labor, materials or equipment that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, would disturb labor harmony with the workforce or trades engaged in performing other work, labor or services in or about the Building or the Common Areas. In addition to Tenant’s obligations under Article 9 of this Lease, upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant agrees to cause a Notice of Completion to be recorded in the office of the Recorder of the County of Los Angeles in accordance with Section 3093 of the Civil Code of the State of California or any successor statute, and Tenant shall deliver to the Project construction manager a reproducible copy of the “as built” drawings of the Alterations as well as all permits, approvals and other documents issued by any governmental agency in connection with the Alterations.

8.3 Payment for Improvements . If payment is made by Tenant directly to contractors, Tenant shall (i) comply with Landlord’s requirements for final lien releases and waivers in connection with Tenant’s payment for work to contractors, and (ii) sign Landlord’s standard commercially reasonable contractor’s rules and regulations. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable, actual, out-of-pocket costs and expenses actually incurred in connection with Landlord’s review of any Alterations to the extent the same consist of other than typical, general office tenant improvements.

8.4 Construction Insurance . In addition to the requirements of Article 10 of this Lease, in the event that Tenant makes any Alterations, prior to the commencement of such Alterations, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence that Tenant or its contractor carries “Builder’s All Risk” insurance in an amount reasonably approved by Landlord covering the construction of such Alterations, and such other insurance as Landlord may reasonably require, it being understood and agreed that all of such Alterations shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Article 10 of this Lease immediately upon completion thereof. In addition, Tenant’s contractors and subcontractors shall be required to carry Commercial General Liability Insurance in an amount reasonably approved by Landlord and otherwise in accordance with the requirements of Article 10 of this Lease. Landlord may, in its discretion in connection with any Alteration reasonably anticipated to cost $150,000.00 or more, require Tenant to obtain a lien and completion bond or some alternate form of security satisfactory to Landlord in an amount sufficient to ensure the lien-free completion of such Alterations and naming Landlord as a co-obligee.

8.5 Landlord’s Property . All Alterations, improvements, fixtures, equipment and/or appurtenances which may be installed or placed in or about the Premises, from time to time, shall be at the sole cost of Tenant and shall be and become the property of Landlord, except that Tenant may remove any Alterations, improvements, fixtures and/or equipment which Tenant can substantiate to Landlord have not been paid for with any Tenant improvement allowance funds provided to Tenant by Landlord, provided Tenant repairs any damage to the Premises and Building caused by such removal and returns the affected portion of the Premises to a building standard tenant improved condition as determined by Landlord. Furthermore, Landlord may, subject to the terms of Section 8.2 of this Lease, by written notice to Tenant prior to the end of the Lease Term, or given following any earlier termination of this Lease, require Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, to remove any Alterations and/or improvements and/or systems and equipment within the Premises and to repair any damage to the Premises and Building caused by such removal and return the affected portion of the Premises to a building standard tenant improved condition as determined by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall Tenant be obligated to remove from the Premises (i) any typical general office tenant improvements, and (ii) the Tenant Improvements constructed by Landlord under the Tenant Work Letter (provided that same are consistent with the Space Plan referenced in the Tenant Work Letter as of the date of this Lease), provided that the foregoing shall not limit or reduce Tenant’s obligation to remove

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -17-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


“Lines,” as that term is defined in Section 29.31 of this Lease, subject to and in accordance with the terms of Section 29.31 of this Lease. If Tenant fails to complete any required removal and/or to repair any damage caused by the removal of any Alterations and/or improvements and/or systems and equipment in the Premises and return the affected portion of the Premises to a building standard tenant improved condition as reasonably determined by Landlord, Landlord may do so and may charge the reasonable cost thereof to Tenant. Tenant hereby protects, defends, indemnifies and holds Landlord harmless from any liability, cost, obligation, expense or claim of lien in any manner relating to the installation, placement, removal or financing of any such Alterations, improvements, fixtures and/or equipment in, on or about the Premises, which obligations of Tenant shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

ARTICLE 9

COVENANT AGAINST LIENS

Tenant shall keep the Project and Premises free from any liens or encumbrances arising out of the work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by or on behalf of Tenant, and shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims, liabilities, judgments or costs (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs) arising out of same or in connection therewith. Tenant shall give Landlord notice at least fifteen (15) days prior to the commencement of any such work on the Premises (or such additional time as may be necessary under applicable laws) to afford Landlord the opportunity of posting and recording appropriate notices of non-responsibility. Tenant shall remove any such lien or encumbrance by bond or otherwise within fifteen (15) business days after notice by Landlord that such lien has been filed against the Project or any interest therein, and if Tenant shall fail to do so, Landlord may pay the amount necessary to remove such lien or encumbrance, without being responsible for investigating the validity thereof. The amount so paid shall be deemed Additional Rent under this Lease payable upon demand, without limitation as to other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease. Nothing contained in this Lease shall authorize Tenant to do any act which shall subject Landlord’s title to the Building or Premises to any liens or encumbrances whether claimed by operation of law or express or implied contract. Any claim to a lien or encumbrance upon the Building or Premises arising in connection with any such work or respecting the Premises not performed by or at the request of Landlord shall be null and void, or at Landlord’s option shall attach only against Tenant’s interest in the Premises and shall in all respects be subordinate to Landlord’s title to the Project, Building and Premises.

ARTICLE 10

INSURANCE

10.1 Indemnification and Waiver . Except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, Tenant hereby assumes all risk of damage to property or injury to persons in, upon or about the Premises from any cause whatsoever (including, but not limited to, any personal injuries resulting from a slip and fall in, upon or about the Premises) and agrees that Landlord, its partners, subpartners and their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors (collectively, “ Landlord Parties ”) shall not be liable for, and are hereby released from any responsibility for, any damage either to person or property or resulting from the loss of use thereof, which damage is sustained by Tenant or by other persons claiming through Tenant. Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless the Landlord Parties from any and all loss, cost, damage, expense and liability (including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees) (collectively, “ Claims ”) incurred in connection with or arising from any cause in, on or about the Premises (including, but not limited to, a slip and fall), any acts, omissions or negligence of Tenant or of any person claiming by, through or under Tenant, or of the contractors, agents, servants, employees, invitees, guests or licensees of Tenant or any such person, in, on or about the Project or any breach of the terms of this Lease by Tenant, either prior to, during, or after the expiration of the Lease Term, provided that the terms of the foregoing indemnity shall not apply to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord and the Landlord Parties. Should Landlord be named as a defendant in any suit brought against Tenant in connection with or arising out of Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, Tenant shall pay to Landlord its costs and expenses incurred in such suit, including without limitation, its actual professional fees such as reasonable appraisers’, accountants’ and attorneys’ fees, provided that Tenant shall only be obligated to pay such amounts pursuant to the terms of this sentence to the extent Landlord or the Landlord Parties is

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -18-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


not determined to be liable in such action. Landlord shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless Tenant, its partners, and their respective officers, agents, servants, employees, and independent contractors (collectively, “ Tenant Parties ”) from any and all loss, cost, damage, expense and liability (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising from the negligence or wilful misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Parties in, on or about the Project, except to the extent caused by the negligence or wilful misconduct of the Tenant Parties. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, either party’s agreement to indemnify the other party as set forth in this Section 10.1 shall be ineffective to the extent the matters for which such party agreed to indemnify the other party are covered by insurance required to be carried by the non-indemnifying party pursuant to this Lease. Further, Tenant’s agreement to indemnify Landlord and Landlord’s agreement to indemnify Tenant pursuant to this Section 10.1 are not intended to and shall not relieve any insurance carrier of its obligations under policies required to be carried pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, to the extent such policies cover, or if carried, would have covered the matters, subject to the parties’ respective indemnification obligations; nor shall they supersede any inconsistent agreement of the parties set forth in any other provision of this Lease. The provisions of this Section 10.1 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease with respect to any claims or liability arising in connection with any event occurring prior to such expiration or termination.

10.2 Landlord’s Liability and Fire and Casualty Insurance . Landlord shall carry commercial general liability insurance with respect to the Building during the Lease Term, and shall further insure the Building and the Project during the Lease Term against loss or damage due to fire and other casualties covered within the classification of fire and extended coverage, vandalism coverage and malicious mischief, sprinkler leakage, water damage and special extended coverage. Such coverage shall be in such amounts, from such companies, and on such other terms and conditions, as Landlord may from time to time reasonably determine. Additionally, at the option of Landlord, such insurance coverage may include the risks of earthquakes and/or flood damage, terrorist acts and additional hazards, a rental loss endorsement and one or more loss payee endorsements in favor of the holders of any mortgages or deeds of trust encumbering the interest of Landlord in the Building or the ground or underlying lessors of the Building, or any portion thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.2 , the coverage and amounts of insurance carried by Landlord in connection with the Building shall, at a minimum, be comparable to the coverage and amounts of insurance which are carried by reasonably prudent landlords of buildings comparable to and in the vicinity of the Building (provided that in no event shall Landlord be required to carry earthquake or terrorism insurance), and Worker’s Compensation and Employer’s Liability coverage as required by Applicable Law. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, comply with all insurance company requirements pertaining to the use of the Premises. If Tenant’s conduct or use of the Premises for other than typical general office use causes any increase in the premium for such insurance policies then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any such increase. Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations or requirements of the American Insurance Association (formerly the National Board of Fire Underwriters) and with any similar body.

10.3 Tenant’s Insurance . Tenant shall maintain the following coverages in the following amounts.

10.3.1 Commercial General Liability Insurance on an occurrence form covering the insured against claims of bodily injury, personal injury and property damage (including loss of use thereof) arising out of Tenant’s operations, and contractual liabilities (covering the performance by Tenant of its indemnity agreements) including a Broad Form endorsement covering the insuring provisions of this Lease and the performance by Tenant of the indemnity agreements set forth in Section 10.1 of this Lease, and including products and completion operations coverage, for limits of liability on a per location basis not less than:

 

Bodily Injury and    $5,000,000 each occurrence
Property Damage Liability    $5,000,000 annual aggregate
Personal Injury Liability    $3,000,000 each occurrence
   $3,000,000 annual aggregate
   0% Insured’s participation

Tenant shall have the right to maintain the liability insurance required hereunder through an “umbrella policy” of insurance, provided that the policy contains an aggregate per location endorsement that provides the required levels of protection for the Premises and that such umbrella policy shall comply with the terms hereof.

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -19-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


10.3.2 Physical Damage Insurance covering (i) all office furniture, business and trade fixtures, office equipment, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions, merchandise and all other items of Tenant’s property on the Premises installed by, for, or at the expense of Tenant, (ii) the “ Tenant Improvements ,” as that term is defined in the Tenant Work Letter, and any other improvements which exist in the Premises as of the Lease Commencement Date (excluding the Base Building) (the “ Original Improvements ”), and (iii) all other improvements, alterations and additions to the Premises. Such insurance shall be written on an “all risks” of physical loss or damage basis, for the full replacement cost value (subject to reasonable deductible amounts) new without deduction for depreciation of the covered items and in amounts that meet any co-insurance clauses of the policies of insurance and shall include coverage for damage or other loss caused by fire or other peril including, but not limited to, vandalism and malicious mischief, theft, water damage of any type, including sprinkler leakage, bursting or stoppage of pipes, and explosion, and providing business interruption coverage for a period of one year.

Tenant shall have the right to provide the casualty insurance required by this Section 10.3.2 pursuant to blanket policies, but only if such blanket policies expressly provide, on a per occurrence basis, that a loss that relates to any other location does not impair or reduce the level of protection available for the Premises below the amount required by this Lease.

10.3.3 Worker’s Compensation and Employer’s Liability or other similar insurance pursuant to all applicable state and local statutes and regulations.

10.4 Form of Policies . The minimum limits of policies of insurance required of Tenant under this Lease shall in no event limit the liability of Tenant under this Lease. Such insurance shall (i) name Landlord, and any other party the Landlord so specifies, as an additional insured, including Landlord’s managing agent, if any; (ii) specifically cover the liability assumed by Tenant under this Lease, including, but not limited to, Tenant’s obligations under Section 10.1 of this Lease; (iii) be issued by an insurance company having a rating of not less than A-VIII in Best’s Insurance Guide or which is otherwise acceptable to Landlord and licensed to do business in the State of California; (iv) be primary and noncontributory insurance as to all claims thereunder and provide that any insurance carried by Landlord is excess and is non-contributing with any insurance requirement of Tenant; (v) be in form and content reasonably acceptable to Landlord; and (vi) provide that said insurance shall not be canceled or coverage changed unless thirty (30) days’ prior written notice shall have been given to Landlord and any mortgagee of Landlord. Tenant’s obligation to have its insurer(s) provide Landlord with any notices of changes or cancelations of policies shall be limited to the extent notice requirements are provided for under the then generally prevailing available insurance policies and ACORD certificates, but Tenant shall provide Landlord with notices required hereunder (within the time period provided hereunder) to the extent that Tenant’s insurer(s) shall not. Tenant shall deliver certificates of policies required hereunder to Landlord on or before the Lease Commencement Date and at least thirty (30) days before the expiration dates thereof. In the event Tenant shall fail to procure such insurance, or to deliver such policies or certificate, Landlord may, at its option, procure such policies for the account of Tenant, and the cost thereof shall be paid to Landlord within ten (10) days after delivery to Tenant of bills therefor.

10.5 Subrogation . Landlord and Tenant intend that their respective property loss risks shall be borne by reasonable insurance carriers to the extent above provided, and Landlord and Tenant hereby agree to look solely to, and seek recovery only from, their respective insurance carriers in the event of a property loss to the extent that such coverage is agreed to be provided hereunder. The parties each hereby waive all rights and claims against each other for such losses, and waive all rights of subrogation of their respective insurers, provided such waiver of subrogation shall not affect the right to the insured to recover thereunder. The parties agree that their respective insurance policies are now, or shall be, endorsed such that the waiver of subrogation shall not affect the right of the insured to recover thereunder, so long as no material additional premium is charged therefor.

10.6 Additional Insurance Obligations . Tenant shall carry and maintain during the entire Lease Term, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, increased amounts of the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article 10 and such other reasonable types of insurance coverage and in such reasonable amounts covering the Premises and Tenant’s operations therein, as may be reasonably requested by Landlord, but in no event in excess of the amounts and types of insurance then being required by landlords of buildings comparable to and in the vicinity of the Building, provided that (i) in no event shall Tenant be obligated to carry increased amounts of insurance or new forms of insurance hereunder prior to the expiration of the initial Lease Term, and (ii) in no event shall Landlord increase or modify Tenant’s insurance obligations under this Article 10 pursuant to the terms of this Section 10.6 before January 1, 2016 nor more than once during the Lease Term.

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -20-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


ARTICLE 11

DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

11.1 Repair of Damage to Premises by Landlord . Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any damage to the Premises resulting from fire or any other casualty. If the Premises or any Common Areas serving or providing access to the Premises shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, Landlord shall promptly and diligently, subject to reasonable delays for insurance adjustment or other matters beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, and subject to all other terms of this Article 11 , restore the Base Building and such Common Areas. Such restoration shall be to substantially the same condition of the Base Building and the Common Areas prior to the casualty, except for modifications required by zoning and building codes and other laws or by the holder of a mortgage on the Building or Project or any other modifications to the Common Areas deemed desirable by Landlord, which are consistent with the character of the Project, provided that access to the Premises and any common restrooms serving the Premises shall not be materially impaired. Upon the occurrence of any damage to the Premises, upon notice (the “ Landlord Repair Notice ”) to Tenant from Landlord, Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s insurance required under Section 10.3.2(ii) and (iii)  of this Lease, and Landlord shall repair any injury or damage to the Tenant Improvements and the Original Improvements installed in the Premises and shall return such Tenant Improvements and Original Improvements to their original condition; provided that if the cost of such repair by Landlord exceeds the amount of insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Tenant’s insurance carrier, as assigned by Tenant, the cost of such repairs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord prior to Landlord’s commencement of repair of the damage. In the event that Landlord does not deliver the Landlord Repair Notice within sixty (60) days following the date the casualty becomes known to Landlord, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, repair any injury or damage to the Tenant Improvements and the Original Improvements installed in the Premises and shall return such Tenant Improvements and Original Improvements to their original condition. Whether or not Landlord delivers a Landlord Repair Notice, prior to the commencement of construction, Tenant shall submit to Landlord, for Landlord’s review and approval, all plans, specifications and working drawings relating thereto, and Landlord shall select the contractors to perform such improvement work. Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or its visitors, or injury to Tenant’s business resulting in any way from such damage or the repair thereof; provided however, that if such fire or other casualty shall have damaged the Premises or Common Areas necessary to Tenant’s occupancy, and the Premises are not occupied by Tenant as a result thereof, then during the time and to the extent the Premises are unfit for occupancy, the Rent shall be abated in proportion to the ratio that the amount of rentable square feet of the Premises which is unfit for occupancy for the purposes permitted under this Lease bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. In the event that Landlord shall not deliver the Landlord Repair Notice, Tenant’s right to rent abatement pursuant to the preceding sentence shall terminate as of the date which is reasonably determined by Landlord to be the date Tenant should have completed repairs to the Premises assuming Tenant used reasonable due diligence in connection therewith.

11.2 Landlord’s Option to Repair . Notwithstanding the terms of Section 11.1 of this Lease, Landlord may elect not to rebuild and/or restore the Premises, Building and/or Project, and instead terminate this Lease, by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within sixty (60) days after the date of discovery of the damage, such notice to include a termination date giving Tenant sixty (60) days to vacate the Premises, but Landlord may so elect only if the Building or Project shall be damaged by fire or other casualty or cause, whether or not the Premises are affected, and one or more of the following conditions is present: (i) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, repairs cannot reasonably be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of discovery of the damage (when such repairs are made without the payment of overtime or other premiums); (ii) the holder of any mortgage on the Building or Project or ground lessor with respect to the Building or Project shall require that the insurance proceeds or any portion thereof be used to retire the mortgage debt, or shall terminate the ground lease, as the case may be; (iii) the damage is not fully covered by Landlord’s insurance policies; or (iv) the damage occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term; provided, however, that if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease pursuant to Landlord’s termination right as provided above, and either (a) the repairs cannot, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date Landlord becomes aware of

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -21-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


the damage, or (b) in the event that the casualty occurs during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term, Tenant shall be precluded by the casualty from conducting its business at the Premises for more than one hundred twenty (120) days, Tenant may elect, no earlier than sixty (60) days after the date of the damage and not later than ninety (90) days after the date of such damage, to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord effective as of the date specified in the notice, which date shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than sixty (60) days after the date such notice is given by Tenant. Furthermore, if neither Landlord nor Tenant has terminated this Lease, and repairs required of Landlord are not actually completed by Landlord within such 240 days following the date Landlord becomes aware of the damage, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by notice to Landlord (the “ Damage Termination Notice ”) delivered within ten (10) days following the expiration of such 240-day period, effective as of a date set forth in the Damage Termination Notice (the “ Damage Termination Date ”), which Damage Termination Date shall not be more than sixty (60) days following Tenant’s delivery of the Damage Termination Notice. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 11.2 , Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease under this Section 11.2 only if, as a result of the damage, Tenant cannot reasonably conduct business from the Premises.

11.3 Waiver of Statutory Provisions . The provisions of this Lease, including this Article 11 , constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project, and any statute or regulation of the State of California, including, without limitation, Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) of the California Civil Code, with respect to any rights or obligations concerning damage or destruction in the absence of an express agreement between the parties, and any other statute or regulation, now or hereafter in effect, shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises, the Building or the Project.

ARTICLE 12

NONWAIVER

No provision of this Lease shall be deemed waived by either party hereto unless expressly waived in a writing signed thereby. The waiver by either party hereto of any breach of any term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained. The subsequent acceptance of Rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such Rent. No acceptance of a lesser amount than the Rent herein stipulated shall be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to receive the full amount due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or payment or any letter accompanying such check or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the full amount due. No receipt of monies by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease shall in any way alter the length of the Lease Term or of Tenant’s right of possession hereunder, or after the giving of any notice shall reinstate, continue or extend the Lease Term or affect any notice given Tenant prior to the receipt of such monies, it being agreed that after the service of notice or the commencement of a suit, or after final judgment for possession of the Premises, Landlord may receive and collect any Rent due, and the payment of said Rent shall not waive or affect said notice, suit or judgment. Tenant’s payment of any Rent hereunder shall not constitute a waiver by Tenant of any breach or default by Landlord under this Lease nor shall Landlord’s payment of monies due Tenant hereunder constitute a waiver by Landlord of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease.

ARTICLE 13

CONDEMNATION

If the whole or any part of the Premises, Building or Project shall be taken by power of eminent domain or condemned by any competent authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose, or if any adjacent property or street shall be so taken or condemned, or reconfigured or vacated by such authority in such manner as to require the use, reconstruction or remodeling of any part of the Premises, Building or Project, or if Landlord shall grant a deed or other instrument in lieu of such taking by eminent domain or condemnation, Landlord shall have the option to

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -22-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority. If more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the rentable square feet of the Premises is taken, or if access to the Premises is substantially impaired, in each case for a period in excess of one hundred eighty (180) days, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to the authority. Tenant shall not because of such taking assert any claim against Landlord or the authority for any compensation because of such taking and Landlord shall be entitled to the entire award or payment in connection therewith, except that Tenant shall have the right to file any separate claim available to Tenant for any taking of Tenant’s personal property and fixtures belonging to Tenant and removable by Tenant upon expiration of the Lease Term pursuant to the terms of this Lease, and for moving expenses, so long as such claims do not diminish the award available to Landlord, its ground lessor with respect to the Building or Project or its mortgagee, and such claim is payable separately to Tenant. All Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination. If any part of the Premises shall be taken, and this Lease shall not be so terminated, the Rent shall be proportionately abated. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to Section 1265.130 of The California Code of Civil Procedure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 13 , in the event of a temporary taking of all or any portion of the Premises for a period of one hundred and eighty (180) days or less, then this Lease shall not terminate but the Base Rent and the Additional Rent shall be abated for the period of such taking in proportion to the ratio that the amount of rentable square feet of the Premises taken bears to the total rentable square feet of the Premises. Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award made in connection with any such temporary taking.

ARTICLE 14

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

14.1 Transfers . Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, or permit any lien to attach to, or otherwise transfer, this Lease or any interest hereunder, permit any assignment, or other transfer of this Lease or any interest hereunder by operation of law, sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or enter into any license or concession agreements or otherwise permit the occupancy or use of the Premises or any part thereof by any persons other than Tenant and its employees and contractors (all of the foregoing are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as “ Transfers ” and any person to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is hereinafter sometimes referred to as a “ Transferee ”). If Tenant desires Landlord’s consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing, which notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) shall include (i) the proposed effective date of the Transfer, which shall not be less than fifteen (15) business days nor more than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of delivery of the Transfer Notice, (ii) a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred (the “ Subject Space ”), (iii) all of the terms of the proposed Transfer and the consideration therefor, including calculation of the “ Transfer Premium ”, as that term is defined in Section 14.3 below, in connection with such Transfer, the name and address of the proposed Transferee, and a copy of all existing executed and/or proposed documentation pertaining to the proposed Transfer, including all existing operative documents to be executed to evidence such Transfer or the agreements incidental or related to such Transfer, (iv) current financial statements of the proposed Transferee certified by an officer, partner or owner thereof, business credit and personal references and history of the proposed Transferee and any other information reasonably required by Landlord which will enable Landlord to determine the financial responsibility, character, and reputation of the proposed Transferee, nature of such Transferee’s business and proposed use of the Subject Space, and (v) an executed estoppel certificate from Tenant in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E . Any Transfer made without Landlord’s prior written consent shall, at Landlord’s option, be null, void and of no effect. Whether or not Landlord consents to any proposed Transfer, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable review and processing fees, as well as any reasonable, out-of-pocket professional fees (including, without limitation, attorneys’, accountants’ and consultants’ fees) incurred by Landlord, within thirty (30) days after written request by Landlord, provided that in no event shall such costs and expenses exceed $2,000.00 for a Transfer in the ordinary course of business.

14.2 Landlord’s Consent . Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any proposed Transfer of the Subject Space to the Transferee on the terms specified in the Transfer Notice. Without limitation as to other reasonable grounds for withholding consent, the parties hereby agree that it shall be reasonable under this Lease and under any applicable law for Landlord to withhold consent to any proposed Transfer where one or more of the following apply:

14.2.1 The Transferee is of a character or reputation or engaged in a business which is not consistent with the quality of the Building or the Project;

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -23-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


14.2.2 The Transferee intends to use the Subject Space for purposes which are not permitted under this Lease;

14.2.3 The Transferee is either a governmental agency or instrumentality thereof;

14.2.4 The Transferee is not a party of reasonable financial worth and/or financial stability in light of the responsibilities to be undertaken in connection with the Transfer on the date consent is requested;

14.2.5 The proposed Transfer would cause a violation of another lease for space in the Project, or would give an occupant of the Project a right to cancel its lease; or

14.2.6 Landlord has space in the Project reasonably capable of satisfying the proposed Transferee’s requirements and either the proposed Transferee, or any person or entity which directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the proposed Transferee, is negotiating with Landlord or has negotiated with Landlord during the three (3) month period immediately preceding the date Landlord receives the Transfer Notice, to lease space in the Project.

If Landlord consents to any Transfer pursuant to the terms of this Section 14.2 , Tenant may within six (6) months after Landlord’s consent, but not later than the expiration of said six-month period, enter into such Transfer of the Premises or portion thereof, upon substantially the same terms and conditions as are set forth in the Transfer Notice furnished by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Section 14.1 of this Lease, provided that if there are any material changes in the terms and conditions from those specified in the Transfer Notice (i) such that Landlord would initially have been entitled to refuse its consent to such Transfer under this Section 14.2 , or (ii) which would cause the proposed Transfer to be materially more favorable to the Transferee than the terms set forth in Tenant’s original Transfer Notice, Tenant shall again submit the Transfer to Landlord for its approval and other action under this Article 14 .

14.3 Transfer Premium . If Landlord consents to a Transfer, as a condition thereto which the parties hereby agree is reasonable, Tenant shall pay to Landlord fifty percent (50%) of any “ Transfer Premium ,” as that term is defined in this Section 14.3 , actually received by Tenant from such Transferee. “ Transfer Premium ” shall mean all rent, additional rent or other consideration payable by such Transferee in connection with the Transfer in excess of the Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease during the term of the Transfer on a per rentable square foot basis if less than all of the Premises is transferred, after deducting the reasonable expenses incurred by Tenant for (i) any changes, alterations and improvements to the Premises in connection with the Transfer, (ii) any free base rent reasonably provided to the Transferee, (iii) any brokerage commissions in connection with the Transfer, and (iv) legal fees reasonably incurred in connection with the Transfer. “ Transfer Premium ” shall also include, but not be limited to, key money, bonus money or other cash consideration paid by Transferee to Tenant in connection with such Transfer, and any payment in excess of fair market value for services rendered by Tenant to Transferee or for assets, fixtures, inventory, equipment, or furniture transferred by Tenant to Transferee in connection with such Transfer. The determination of the amount of Landlord’s applicable share of the Transfer Premium shall be made on a monthly basis as rent or other consideration is received by Tenant under the Transfer.

14.4 Intentionally Deleted .

14.5 Effect of Transfer . If Landlord consents to a Transfer, (i) the terms and conditions of this Lease shall in no way be deemed to have been waived or modified, (ii) such consent shall not be deemed consent to any further Transfer by either Tenant or a Transferee, (iii) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, promptly after execution, an original executed copy of all documentation pertaining to the Transfer in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (iv) Tenant shall furnish upon Landlord’s request a complete statement, certified by an independent certified public accountant, or Tenant’s chief financial officer or another qualified officer of Tenant, setting forth in detail the

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -24-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


computation of any Transfer Premium Tenant has derived and shall derive from such Transfer, and (v) no Transfer relating to this Lease or agreement entered into with respect thereto, whether with or without Landlord’s consent, shall relieve Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease from any liability under this Lease, including, without limitation, in connection with the Subject Space. Landlord or its authorized representatives shall have the right at all reasonable times to audit the books, records and papers of Tenant relating to any Transfer, and shall have the right to make copies thereof. If the Transfer Premium respecting any Transfer shall be found understated, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after demand, pay the deficiency, and if understated by more than four percent (4%), Tenant shall pay Landlord’s costs of such audit.

14.6 Additional Transfers . For purposes of this Lease, the term “ Transfer ” shall also include (i) if Tenant is a partnership, the withdrawal or change, voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the partners, or transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of partnership interests, within a twelve (12)-month period, or the dissolution of the partnership without immediate reconstitution thereof, and (ii) if Tenant is a closely held corporation ( i.e. , whose stock is not publicly held and not traded through an exchange or over the counter), (A) the dissolution, merger, consolidation or other reorganization of Tenant or (B) the sale or other transfer of an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting shares of Tenant (other than to immediate family members by reason of gift or death), within a twelve (12)-month period, or (C) the sale, mortgage, hypothecation or pledge of an aggregate of fifty percent (50%) or more of the value of the unencumbered assets of Tenant within a twelve (12)-month period.

14.7 Occurrence of Default . Any Transfer hereunder shall be subordinate and subject to the provisions of this Lease, and if this Lease shall be terminated during the term of any Transfer, Landlord shall have the right to: (i) treat such Transfer as cancelled and repossess the Subject Space by any lawful means, or (ii) require that such Transferee attorn to and recognize Landlord as its landlord under any such Transfer. If Tenant shall be in default under this Lease, Landlord is hereby irrevocably authorized to direct any Transferee to make all payments under or in connection with the Transfer directly to Landlord (which Landlord shall apply towards Tenant’s obligations under this Lease) until such default is cured. Such Transferee shall rely on any representation by Landlord that Tenant is in default hereunder, without any need for confirmation thereof by Tenant. Upon any assignment, the assignee shall assume in writing all obligations and covenants of Tenant thereafter to be performed or observed under this Lease. No collection or acceptance of rent by Landlord from any Transferee shall be deemed a waiver of any provision of this Article 14 or the approval of any Transferee or a release of Tenant from any obligation under this Lease, whether theretofore or thereafter accruing. In no event shall Landlord’s enforcement of any provision of this Lease against any Transferee be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to enforce any term of this Lease against Tenant or any other person. If Tenant’s obligations hereunder have been guaranteed, Landlord’s consent to any Transfer shall not be effective unless the guarantor also consents to such Transfer.

14.8 Non-Transfers . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 14 , neither (i) an assignment of this Lease to a transferee of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of Tenant, (ii) an assignment of the Premises to a transferee which is the resulting entity of a merger or consolidation of Tenant with another entity, nor (iii) an assignment or subletting of all or a portion of the Premises to an affiliate of Tenant (an entity which is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with, Tenant), shall be deemed a Transfer under this Article 14 , provided that Tenant promptly notifies Landlord of any such assignment or sublease. Tenant shall promptly supply Landlord with any documents or information reasonably requested by Landlord regarding such assignment or sublease or such affiliate, and further provided that such assignment or sublease is not a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid its obligations under this Lease. “ Control ,” as used in this Section 14.8 , shall mean the ownership, directly or indirectly, of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting securities of, or possession of the right to vote, in the ordinary direction of its affairs, of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting interest in, any person or entity.

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -25-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


ARTICLE 15

SURRENDER OF PREMISES; OWNERSHIP AND

REMOVAL OF TRADE FIXTURES

15.1 Surrender of Premises . No act or thing done by Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord during the Lease Term shall be deemed to constitute an acceptance by Landlord of a surrender of the Premises unless such intent is specifically acknowledged in writing by Landlord. The delivery of keys to the Premises to Landlord or any agent or employee of Landlord shall not constitute a surrender of the Premises or effect a termination of this Lease, whether or not the keys are thereafter retained by Landlord, and notwithstanding such delivery Tenant shall be entitled to the return of such keys at any reasonable time upon request until this Lease shall have been properly terminated. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, whether accepted by Landlord or not, or a mutual termination hereof, shall not work a merger, and at the option of Landlord shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of all subleases or subtenancies affecting the Premises or terminate any or all such sublessees or subtenancies.

15.2 Removal of Tenant Property by Tenant . Upon the expiration of the Lease Term, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, subject to the provisions of this Article 15 , quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in good order and condition, reasonable wear and tear and repairs which are specifically made the responsibility of Landlord hereunder and casualty damage excepted. Upon such expiration or termination, Tenant shall, without expense to Landlord, remove or cause to be removed from the Premises all debris and rubbish, and such items of furniture, equipment, business and trade fixtures, free-standing cabinet work, movable partitions and other articles of personal property owned by Tenant or installed or placed by Tenant at its expense in the Premises, and such similar articles of any other persons claiming under Tenant, and Tenant shall repair at its own expense all damage to the Premises and Building resulting from such removal.

ARTICLE 16

HOLDING OVER

If Tenant holds over after the expiration of the Lease Term or earlier termination thereof, with or without the express or implied consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be from month-to-month only, and shall not constitute a renewal hereof or an extension for any further term, and in such case Rent shall be payable at a monthly rate equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Rent applicable during the last rental period of the Lease Term under this Lease. Such month-to-month tenancy shall be subject to every other applicable term, covenant and agreement contained herein. Nothing contained in this Article 16 shall be construed as consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant, and Landlord expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Lease upon the expiration or other termination of this Lease. The provisions of this Article 16 shall not be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided herein or at law. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the termination or expiration of this Lease, in addition to any other liabilities to Landlord accruing therefrom, Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss, costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) and liability resulting from such failure, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded upon such failure to surrender and any lost profits to Landlord resulting therefrom.

ARTICLE 17

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

Within ten (10) business days following a request in writing by Landlord, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate, which, as submitted by Landlord, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit E , attached hereto (or such other form as may be required by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of the Project, or any portion thereof), indicating therein any exceptions thereto that may exist at that time, and shall also contain any other information reasonably requested by Landlord or Landlord’s mortgagee or prospective mortgagee. Any such certificate may be relied upon by any prospective mortgagee or purchaser of all or

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -26-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


any portion of the Project. Tenant shall execute and deliver whatever other commercially reasonable instruments may be reasonably required for such purposes. At any time during the Lease Term, but only in connection with a sale, financing or refinancing of the Project, or any portion or interest therein, Landlord may require Tenant to provide Landlord with a current financial statement and financial statements of the two (2) years prior to the current financial statement year. Such statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, if such is the normal practice of Tenant, shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant.

ARTICLE 18

SUBORDINATION

This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to all present and future ground or underlying leases of the Building or Project and to the lien of any mortgage, trust deed or other encumbrances now or hereafter in force against the Building or Project or any part thereof, if any, and to all renewals, extensions, modifications, consolidations and replacements thereof, and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security of such mortgages or trust deeds, unless the holders of such mortgages, trust deeds or other encumbrances, or the lessors under such ground lease or underlying leases, require in writing that this Lease be superior thereto. Tenant covenants and agrees in the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any such mortgage or deed in lieu thereof (or if any ground lease is terminated), to attorn, without any deductions or set-offs whatsoever, to the lienholder or purchaser or any successors thereto upon any such foreclosure sale or deed in lieu thereof (or to the ground lessor), if so requested to do so by such purchaser or lienholder or ground lessor, and to recognize such purchaser or lienholder or ground lessor as the lessor under this Lease, provided such lienholder or purchaser or ground lessor shall agree to accept this Lease and not disturb Tenant’s occupancy, so long as Tenant timely pays the rent and observes and performs the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be observed and performed by Tenant. Landlord’s interest herein may be assigned as security at any time to any lienholder. Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days of request by Landlord, execute such further commercially reasonable instruments or assurances as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm the subordination or superiority of this Lease to any such mortgages, trust deeds, ground leases or underlying leases.

ARTICLE 19

DEFAULTS; REMEDIES

19.1 Events of Default . The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a default of this Lease by Tenant:

19.1.1 Any failure by Tenant to pay any Rent or any other charge required to be paid under this Lease, or any part thereof, when due unless such failure is cured within five (5) business days after notice; or

19.1.2 Except where a specific time period is otherwise set forth for Tenant’s performance in this Lease, in which event the failure to perform by Tenant within such time period shall be a default by Tenant under this Section 19.1.2 , any failure by Tenant to observe or perform any other provision, covenant or condition of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant where such failure continues for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided that if the nature of such default is such that the same cannot reasonably be cured within a thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if it diligently commences such cure within such period and thereafter diligently proceeds to rectify and cure such default; or

19.1.3 The failure by Tenant to observe or perform according to the provisions of Articles 5 , 17 , 18 or 21.6.1 of this Lease where such failure continues for more than five (5) business days after notice from Landlord.

The notice periods provided herein are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice periods provided by law.

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -27-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


Landlord shall mitigate its damages resulting from a Tenant default under this Lease to the extent required by Applicable Law.

19.2 Remedies Upon Default . Upon the occurrence of any event of default by Tenant, Landlord shall have, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity (all of which remedies shall be distinct, separate and cumulative), the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies, each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever (except as required by applicable law).

19.2.1 Terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender the Premises to Landlord, and if Tenant fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Tenant and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for prosecution or any claim or damages therefor; and Landlord may recover from Tenant the following:

(i) The worth at the time of award of the unpaid rent which has been earned at the time of such termination; plus

(ii) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(iii) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Lease Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(iv) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, specifically including but not limited to, brokerage commissions and advertising expenses incurred, expenses of remodeling the Premises or any portion thereof for a new tenant, whether for the same or a different use, and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; and

(v) At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.

The term “ rent ” as used in this Section 19.2 shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in Sections 19.2.1(i) and (ii) , above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the rate set forth in Article 25 of this Lease, but in no case greater than the maximum amount of such interest permitted by law. As used in Section 19.2.1(iii) above, the “ worth at the time of award ” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

19.2.2 Landlord shall have the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (lessor may continue lease in effect after lessee’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if lessee has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all rent as it becomes due.

19.2.3 Landlord shall at all times have the rights and remedies (which shall be cumulative with each other and cumulative and in addition to those rights and remedies available under Sections 19.2.1 and 19.2.2 , above, or any law or other provision of this Lease), without prior demand or notice except as required by applicable law, to seek any declaratory, injunctive or other equitable relief, and specifically enforce this Lease, or restrain or enjoin a violation or breach of any provision hereof.

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -28-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


19.3 Subleases of Tenant . If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, as set forth in this Article 19 , Landlord shall have the right to terminate any and all subleases, licenses, concessions or other consensual arrangements for possession entered into by Tenant and affecting the Premises or may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, succeed to Tenant’s interest in such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements. In the event of Landlord’s election to succeed to Tenant’s interest in any such subleases, licenses, concessions or arrangements, Tenant shall, as of the date of notice by Landlord of such election, have no further right to or interest in the rent or other consideration receivable thereunder.

19.4 Efforts to Relet . No re-entry or repossession, repairs, maintenance, changes, alterations and additions, reletting, appointment of a receiver to protect Landlord’s interests hereunder, or any other action or omission by Landlord shall be construed as an election by Landlord to terminate this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, or to accept a surrender of the Premises, nor shall same operate to release Tenant in whole or in part from any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, unless express written notice of such intention is sent by Landlord to Tenant. Tenant hereby irrevocably waives any right otherwise available under any law to redeem or reinstate this Lease.

19.5 Landlord Default .

19.5.1 General . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Lease, Landlord shall not be in default in the performance of any obligation required to be performed by Landlord pursuant to this Lease unless Landlord fails to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days after the receipt of notice from Tenant specifying in detail Landlord’s failure to perform; provided, however, if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in default under this Lease if it shall commence such performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently pursue the same to completion. Upon any such default by Landlord under this Lease, Tenant may, except as otherwise specifically provided in this Lease to the contrary, exercise any of its rights provided at law or in equity.

19.5.2 Abatement of Rent . In the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or any portion thereof, as a result of (i) any repair, maintenance or alteration performed by Landlord, or which Landlord failed to perform, after the Lease Commencement Date and required by this Lease, which substantially interferes with Tenant’s use of the Premises, or (ii) any failure to provide services, utilities or access to the Premises as required by this Lease, or (iii) any “Renovations,” as that term is defined in Section 29.29 of this Lease (any such set of circumstances as set forth in items (i) through (iii), above, to be known as an “ Abatement Event ”), then Tenant shall give Landlord notice of such Abatement Event, and if such Abatement Event continues for three (3) consecutive business days after Landlord’s receipt of any such notice (the “ Eligibility Period ”), then the Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses shall be abated or reduced, as the case may be, after expiration of the Eligibility Period for such time that Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or a portion thereof, in the proportion that the rentable area of the portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, bears to the total rentable area of the Premises; provided, however, in the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, a portion of the Premises for a period of time in excess of the Eligibility Period and the remaining portion of the Premises is not sufficient to allow Tenant to effectively conduct its business therein, and if Tenant does not conduct its business from such remaining portion, then for such time after expiration of the Eligibility Period during which Tenant is so prevented from effectively conducting its business therein, the Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses for the entire Premises shall be abated for such time as Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises. If, however, Tenant reoccupies any portion of the Premises during such period, the Rent allocable to such reoccupied portion, based on the proportion that the rentable area of such reoccupied portion of the Premises bears to the total rentable area of the Premises, shall be payable by Tenant from the date Tenant reoccupies such portion of the Premises. Such right to abate Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Direct Expenses shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive rent abatement remedy at law or in equity for an Abatement Event. Except as provided in this Section 19.5.2 and as otherwise specifically set forth in this Lease, nothing contained herein shall be interpreted to mean that Tenant is excused from paying Rent due hereunder.

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -29-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


19.6 Landlord’s Waiver of Security Interest in Tenant’s Personal Property . Landlord hereby acknowledges and agree that any and all of Tenant’s movable furniture, furnishings, trade fixtures and equipment at the Premises (“ Tenant’s Property ”) may be financed by a third-party lender or lessor (an “ Equipment Lienor ”), and Landlord hereby (a) subordinates any rights of Landlord to Tenant’s Property to such Equipment Lienor, and (b) agrees to recognize the rights of any such Equipment Lienor, subject to and in accordance with a commercially reasonable waiver agreement to be entered into by and between Landlord and the Equipment Lienor following request by Tenant. In addition, Landlord hereby waives any lien or security interest in Tenant’s Property that Landlord may otherwise have at law or in equity, provided that the foregoing shall not alter or reduce Landlord’s rights or remedies (whether with respect to a lien or security interest in Tenant’s Property or otherwise) in the event of a default by Tenant under this Lease after the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period.

ARTICLE 20

COVENANT OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

Landlord covenants that Tenant, on paying the Rent, charges for services and other payments herein reserved and on keeping, observing and performing all the other terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements herein contained on the part of Tenant to be kept, observed and performed, shall, during the Lease Term, peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises subject to the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements hereof without interference by any persons lawfully claiming by or through Landlord. The foregoing covenant is in lieu of any other covenant express or implied.

ARTICLE 21

LETTER OF CREDIT

21.1 Delivery of Letter of Credit . Tenant shall deliver to Landlord concurrent with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, as protection for the full and faithful performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under this Lease, and for all losses and damages Landlord may suffer (or which Landlord reasonably estimates that it may suffer) as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease, an unconditional, clean, irrevocable negotiable standby letter of credit (the “ L-C ”) in the amount set forth in Section 8 of the Summary (the “ L-C Amount ”), substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F , payable in the City of Los Angeles, California, running in favor of Landlord, drawn on a bank (the “ Bank ”) reasonably approved by Landlord and at a minimum having a long term issuer credit rating from Standard and Poor’s Professional Rating Service of A or a comparable rating from Moody’s Professional Rating Service (the “ Credit Rating Threshold ”), and otherwise conforming in all respects to the requirements of this Article 21 , including, without limitation, all of the requirements of Section 21.2 , below, all as set forth more particularly hereinbelow. In the event of an assignment by Tenant of its interest in this Lease (and irrespective of whether Landlord’s consent is required for such assignment), the acceptance of any replacement or substitute letter of credit by Landlord from the assignee shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, and the attorney’s fees incurred by Landlord in connection with such determination shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days of billing. Any such substitute L-C shall conform with all of the requirements of this Article 21 . Tenant shall pay all expenses, points and/or fees incurred by Tenant in obtaining and maintaining the L-C.

21.2 In General . The L-C shall be “callable” at sight, permit partial draws and multiple presentations and drawings, and be otherwise subject to the Uniform Customs and Practices for Documentary Credits (1993-Rev), International Chamber of Commerce Publication #500, or the International Standby Practices-ISP 98, International Chamber of Commerce Publication #590. Tenant further covenants and warrants as follows:

21.2.1 Landlord Right to Transfer . The L-C shall provide that Landlord, its successors and assigns, may, at any time and without notice to Tenant and without first obtaining Tenant’s consent thereto, transfer (one or more times) all or any portion of its interest in and to the L-C to another party, person or entity, regardless of whether or not such transfer is separate from or as a part of the assignment by Landlord of its rights and interests in and to this Lease. In the event of a transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Building, Landlord shall transfer the L-C, in whole or in part, to the transferee and thereupon Landlord shall, without any further agreement between the parties,

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -30-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


be released by Tenant from all liability therefor, and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment of the whole or any portion of said L-C to a new landlord. In connection with any such transfer of the L-C by Landlord, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, execute and submit to the Bank such applications, documents and instruments as may be necessary to effectuate such transfer, and Tenant shall be responsible for paying the Bank’s transfer and processing fees in connection therewith.

21.2.2 No Assignment by Tenant . Tenant shall neither assign nor encumber the L-C or any part thereof. Neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns will be bound by any assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance by Tenant in violation of this Section.

21.2.3 Replenishment . If, as a result of any drawing by Landlord on the L-C pursuant to its rights set forth in Section 21.3 , below, the amount of the L-C shall be less than the L-C Amount, Tenant shall, within five (5) days thereafter, provide Landlord with (i) an amendment to the L-C restoring such L-C to the L-C Amount or (ii) additional L-Cs in an amount equal to the deficiency, which additional L-Cs shall comply with all of the provisions of this Article 21 , and if Tenant fails to comply with the foregoing, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 19.1 above, the same shall constitute an incurable default by Tenant under this Lease (without the need for any additional notice and/or cure period).

21.2.4 Renewal; Replacement . If the L-C expires earlier than the date (the “ LC Expiration Date ”) that is sixty (60) days after the expiration of the Lease Term, Tenant shall deliver a new L-C or certificate of renewal or extension to Landlord at least sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the L-C then held by Landlord, without any action whatsoever on the part of Landlord, which new L-C shall be irrevocable and automatically renewable through the LC Expiration Date upon the same terms as the expiring L-C or such other terms as may be acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion. In furtherance of the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant agree that the L-C shall contain a so-called “evergreen provision,” whereby the L-C will automatically be renewed unless at least sixty (60) days’ prior written notice of non-renewal is provided by the issuer to Landlord; provided, however, that the final expiration date identified in the L-C, beyond which the L-C shall not automatically renew, shall not be earlier than the LC Expiration Date.

21.2.5 Bank’s Financial Condition . If, at any time during the Lease Term, the Bank’s long term credit rating is reduced below the Credit Rating Threshold, or if the financial condition of the Bank changes in any other materially adverse way (either, a “ Bank Credit Threat ”), then Landlord shall have the right to require that Tenant obtain from a different issuer a substitute L-C that complies in all respects with the requirements of this Article 21 , and Tenant’s failure to obtain such substitute L-C within ten (10) days following Landlord’s written demand therefor (with no other notice or cure or grace period being applicable thereto, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary) shall not constitute a default of this Lease but shall entitle Landlord, or Landlord’s then managing agent, to immediately draw upon the then existing L-C in whole or in part, without notice to Tenant, as more specifically described in Section 21.3 , below. Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of any and all costs incurred with the review of any replacement L-C (including, without limitation, Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees), which replacement is required pursuant to this Section or is otherwise requested by Tenant.

21.3 Application of Letter of Credit . Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Landlord is entering into this Lease in material reliance upon the ability of Landlord to draw upon the L-C as protection for the full and faithful performance by Tenant of all of its obligations under this Lease and for all losses and damages Landlord may suffer (or which Landlord reasonably estimates that it may suffer) as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease. Landlord, or its then managing agent, shall have the right to draw down an amount up to the face amount of the L-C if any of the following shall have occurred or be applicable: (A) such amount is due to Landlord under the terms and conditions of this Lease, or (B) Tenant has filed a voluntary petition under the U. S. Bankruptcy Code or any state bankruptcy code (collectively, “ Bankruptcy Code ”), or (C) an involuntary petition has been filed against Tenant under the Bankruptcy Code, or (D) the Bank has notified Landlord that the L-C will not be renewed or extended through the LC Expiration Date, or (E) a Bank Credit Threat or Receivership (as such term is defined in Section 21.6.1 , below) has occurred and Tenant has failed to comply with the requirements of either Section 21.2.5 above or 21.6 , below, as applicable. If Tenant shall breach any provision of this Lease or otherwise be in default hereunder, or if any of the foregoing events identified in Sections 21.3 (A) through (E) shall have occurred, Landlord may, but without obligation to do so, and without notice to Tenant, draw upon the L-C, in

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -31-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


part or in whole, and the proceeds may be applied by Landlord (i) to cure any breach or default of Tenant and/or to compensate Landlord for any and all damages of any kind or nature sustained or which Landlord reasonably estimates that it will sustain resulting from Tenant’s breach or default, (ii) against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that is not paid when due and/or (iii) to pay for all losses and damages that Landlord has suffered or that Landlord reasonably estimates that it will suffer as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease. The use, application or retention of the L-C, or any portion thereof, by Landlord shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided by this Lease or by any applicable law, it being intended that Landlord shall not first be required to proceed against the L-C, and shall not operate as a limitation on any recovery to which Landlord may otherwise be entitled. Tenant agrees not to interfere in any way with payment to Landlord of the proceeds of the L-C, either prior to or following a “draw” by Landlord of any portion of the L-C, regardless of whether any dispute exists between Tenant and Landlord as to Landlord’s right to draw upon the L-C. No condition or term of this Lease shall be deemed to render the L-C conditional to justify the issuer of the L-C in failing to honor a drawing upon such L-C in a timely manner. Tenant agrees and acknowledges that (i) the L-C constitutes a separate and independent contract between Landlord and the Bank, (ii) Tenant is not a third party beneficiary of such contract, (iii) Tenant has no property interest whatsoever in the L-C or the proceeds thereof, and (iv) in the event Tenant becomes a debtor under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, neither Tenant, any trustee, nor Tenant’s bankruptcy estate shall have any right to restrict or limit Landlord’s claim and/or rights to the L-C and/or the proceeds thereof by application of Section 502(b)(6) of the U. S. Bankruptcy Code or otherwise.

21.4 Letter of Credit not a Security Deposit . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that in no event or circumstance shall the L-C or any renewal thereof or any proceeds thereof be (i) deemed to be or treated as a “security deposit” within the meaning of California Civil Code Section 1950.7, (ii) subject to the terms of such Section 1950.7, or (iii) intended to serve as a “security deposit” within the meaning of such Section 1950.7. The parties hereto (A) recite that the L-C is not intended to serve as a security deposit and such Section 1950.7 and any and all other laws, rules and regulations applicable to security deposits in the commercial context (“ Security Deposit Laws ”) shall have no applicability or relevancy thereto and (B) waive any and all rights, duties and obligations either party may now or, in the future, will have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws.

21.5 Proceeds of Draw . In the event Landlord draws down on the L-C pursuant to Section 21.3 , above, the proceeds of the L-C may be held by Landlord and applied by Landlord against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that is not paid when due and/or to pay for all losses and damages that Landlord has suffered as a result of any default by Tenant under this Lease. Any unused proceeds need not be segregated from Landlord’s other assets. Tenant hereby (i) agrees that (A) Tenant has no property interest whatsoever in the proceeds from any such draw, and (B) such proceeds shall not be deemed to be or treated as a “security deposit” under the Security Deposit Laws, and (ii) waives all rights, duties and obligations either party may now or, in the future, will have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws. Landlord agrees that the amount of any proceeds of the L-C received by Landlord, and not (a) applied against any Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease that was not paid when due or (b) used to pay for any losses and/or damages suffered by Landlord (or reasonably estimated by Landlord that it will suffer) as a result of any breach or default by Tenant under this Lease (the “ Unused L-C Proceeds ”), shall be paid by Landlord to Tenant (x) upon receipt by Landlord of a replacement L-C in the full L-C Amount, which replacement L-C shall comply in all respects with the requirements of this Article 21 , or (y) within thirty (30) days after the LC Expiration Date; provided, however, that if prior to the LC Expiration Date a voluntary petition is filed by Tenant, or an involuntary petition is filed against Tenant by any of Tenant’s creditors, under the Bankruptcy Code, then Landlord shall not be obligated to make such payment in the amount of the Unused L-C Proceeds until either all preference issues relating to payments under this Lease have been resolved in such bankruptcy or reorganization case or such bankruptcy or reorganization case has been dismissed.

21.6 Bank Placed Into Receivership .

21.6.1 Bank Placed Into Receivership . In the event the Bank is placed into receivership or conservatorship (any such event, a “ Receivership ”) by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any successor or similar entity (the “ FDIC ”), then, effective as of the date such Receivership occurs, the L-C shall be deemed to not meet the requirements of this Article 21 , and, within fifteen (15) business days following Landlord’s notice to Tenant of such Receivership (the “ LC Replacement Notice ”), Tenant shall (i) replace the L-C with a substitute L-C from a different issuer reasonably acceptable to Landlord and that complies in all respects with the requirements of

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -32-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


this Article 21 or (ii) in the event Tenant demonstrates to Landlord that Tenant is reasonably unable to obtain a substitute L-C from a different issuer reasonably acceptable to Landlord and that complies in all respects with the requirements of this Article 21 within the foregoing fifteen (15) day period, deposit with Landlord cash in the L-C Amount (the “ Interim Cash Deposit ”); provided, however, that, in the case of the foregoing sub-clause (ii), Tenant shall, within seventy-five (75) days after the LC Replacement Notice, replace the L-C with a substitute L-C from a different issuer reasonably acceptable to Landlord and that complies in all respects with the requirements of this Article 21 , and upon Landlord’s receipt and acceptance of such replacement L-C, Landlord shall return to Tenant the Interim Cash Deposit, with no obligation on the part of Landlord to pay any interest thereon. If Tenant fails to comply in any respect with the requirements of this Section 21.6.1 , then, notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall have the right to (a) if applicable, retain such Interim Cash Deposit until such time as such default is cured by Tenant, which retention shall not constitute a waiver of any right or remedy available to Landlord under the terms of this Lease or at law, and (b) pursue any and all remedies available to it under this Lease and at law, including, without limitation, if Tenant has failed to provide the Interim Cash Deposit, treating any Receivership as a Bank Credit Threat and exercising Landlord’s remedies under Section 21.2.5 above, to the extent possible pursuant to then existing FDIC policy. Tenant shall be responsible for the payment of any and all costs incurred with the review of any replacement L-C (including, without limitation, Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees), which replacement is required pursuant to this Section or is otherwise requested by Tenant.

21.6.2 Interim Cash Deposit . During any period that Landlord remains in possession of the Interim Cash Deposit (any such period, a “ Deposit Period ”), it is understood by the parties that such Interim Cash Deposit shall be held by Landlord as security for the full and faithful performance of Tenant’s covenants and obligations under this Lease. The Interim Cash Deposit shall not constitute an advance of any Rent, an advance payment of any other kind, nor a measure of Landlord’s damages in case of Tenant’s default. If, during any such Deposit Period, Tenant defaults with respect to any provisions of this Lease, including, but not limited to, the provisions relating to the payment of Rent, the removal of property and the repair of resultant damage, then Landlord may but shall not be required to, from time to time, without notice to Tenant and without waiving any other remedy available to Landlord, use the Interim Cash Deposit, or any portion of it, to the extent necessary to cure or remedy such default or failure or to compensate Landlord for all damages sustained by Landlord or which Landlord reasonably estimates that it will sustain resulting from Tenant’s default or failure to comply fully and timely with its obligations pursuant to this Lease (collectively, the “ Permitted Cash Deposit Uses ”). Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord on demand any amount so applied in order to restore the Interim Cash Deposit to its original amount, and Tenant’s failure to immediately do so shall constitute a default under this Lease. In the event Landlord is in possession of the Interim Cash Deposit at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, and Tenant is in compliance with the covenants and obligations set forth in this Lease at the time of such expiration or termination, then Landlord shall return to Tenant the Interim Cash Deposit, less any amounts deducted by Landlord to reimburse Landlord for any sums to which Landlord is entitled under the terms of this Lease, within sixty (60) days following both such expiration or termination and Tenant’s vacation and surrender of the Premises. Landlord’s obligations with respect to the Interim Cash Deposit are those of a debtor and not a trustee. Landlord shall not be required to maintain the Interim Cash Deposit separate and apart from Landlord’s general or other funds, and Landlord may commingle the Interim Cash Deposit with any of Landlord’s general or other funds. Tenant shall not at any time be entitled to interest on the Interim Cash Deposit. In the event of a transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Building, Landlord shall transfer the Interim Cash Deposit, in whole or in part, to the transferee and thereupon Landlord shall, without any further agreement between the parties, be released by Tenant from all liability therefor, and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment of the whole or any portion of said Interim Cash Deposit to a new landlord. Tenant hereby irrevocably waives and relinquishes any and all rights, benefits, or protections, if any, Tenant now has, or in the future may have, which (i) establish the time frame by which a landlord must refund a security deposit under a lease, or (ii) provide that a landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by a tenant, or to clean the subject premises. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that (A) any statutory time frames for the return of a security deposit are superseded by the express period identified in this Section 21.6.2 , above, and (B) rather than be so limited, Landlord may claim from the Cash Deposit (a) any and all sums expressly identified in this Section 21.6.2 , above, and (b) any additional sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any and all losses or damages caused by Tenant’s default of this Lease, including, but not limited to, all damages or rent due upon termination of this Lease. In no event shall the waivers by Tenant set forth in this Section 21.6.2 permit Landlord to use or apply the Interim Cash Deposit for any purpose other than the Permitted Cash Deposit Uses.

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -33-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


21.7 Reduction in L-C Amount . Provided that Tenant is not in monetary or material non-monetary default of this Lease after the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period as of the applicable “Reduction Date,” as set forth, below, the L-C Amount shall be reduced to an amount equal to the applicable “Reduced L-C Amount,” as of the applicable Reduction Date. Any such reduction of the L-C Amount pursuant to the terms hereof shall be accomplished by Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, by an amendment to the Letter of Credit in form and content satisfactory to Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Except as specifically set forth herein, the L-C Amount shall not be subject to reduction.

 

Reduction Date

   Reduced L-C Amount  

First day of 40 th full calendar month of Lease Term

   $ 125,000.00   

First day of 51 st full calendar month of Lease Term

   $ 75,000.00   

ARTICLE 22

INTENTIONALLY DELETED

ARTICLE 23

SIGNS

23.1 Full Floors . Subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, in its reasonable discretion, and provided all signs are in keeping with the quality, design and style of the Building and Project, Tenant, if the Premises comprise an entire floor of the Building, at its sole cost and expense, may install identification signage anywhere in the Premises including in the elevator lobby of the Premises, provided that such signs must not be visible from the exterior of the Building.

23.2 Multi-Tenant Floors . If the floor on which the Premises are located is a multi-tenant floor, Tenant’s identifying signage shall be provided by Landlord, at Tenant’s cost, and such signage shall be comparable to that used by Landlord for other similar floors in the Building and shall comply with Landlord’s then-current Building standard signage program.

23.3 Prohibited Signage and Other Items . Any signs, notices, logos, pictures, names or advertisements which are installed and that have not been separately approved by Landlord may be removed without notice by Landlord at the sole expense of Tenant. Tenant may not install any signs on the exterior or roof of the Project or the Common Areas. Any signs, window coverings, or blinds (even if the same are located behind the Landlord-approved window coverings for the Building), or other items visible from the exterior of the Premises or Building, shall be subject to the prior approval of Landlord, in its sole discretion.

23.4 Building Directory . An electronic building directory will be located in the lobby of the Building. Tenant shall have the right, at no cost to Tenant, to designate the names of Tenant’s employees working at the Premises to be displayed in such directory.

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -34-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


ARTICLE 24

COMPLIANCE WITH LAW

Tenant shall not do anything or suffer anything to be done in or about the Premises or the Project which violates any law, statute, ordinance or other governmental rule, regulation or requirement now in force or which may hereafter be enacted or promulgated (“ Applicable Laws ”). Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly comply with any Applicable Laws which relate to (i) Tenant’s use of the Premises, (ii) any Alterations made by Tenant to the Premises, and any tenant improvements in the Premises, or (iii) the Base Building, but as to the Base Building, only to the extent such obligations are triggered by Alterations made by Tenant to the Premises, or the tenant improvements, or use of the Premises for non-typical general office use. Should any standard or regulation now or hereafter be imposed on Landlord or Tenant by a state, federal or local governmental body charged with the establishment, regulation and enforcement of occupational, health or safety standards for employers, employees, landlords or tenants, then Tenant agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to comply promptly with such standards or regulations. Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, to make all alterations to the Premises as are required to comply with the governmental rules, regulations, requirements or standards described in this Article 24 . The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant in any judicial action, regardless of whether Landlord is a party thereto, that Tenant has violated any of said governmental measures, shall be conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant. Landlord shall comply with all Applicable Laws relating to the Base Building, provided that compliance with such Applicable Laws is not the responsibility of Tenant under this Lease, and provided further that Landlord’s failure to comply therewith would prohibit Tenant from obtaining or maintaining a certificate of occupancy for the Premises, or would unreasonably and materially affect the safety of Tenant’s employees or create a significant health hazard for Tenant’s employees. Landlord shall be permitted to include in Operating Expenses any costs or expenses incurred by Landlord under this Article 24 to the extent consistent with the terms of Section 4.2.4 , above.

ARTICLE 25

LATE CHARGES

If any installment of Rent or any other sum due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord’s designee within five (5) business days after Tenant’s receipt of written notice from Landlord that said amount is due, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of the overdue amount. The late charge shall be deemed Additional Rent and the right to require it shall be in addition to all of Landlord’s other rights and remedies hereunder or at law and shall not be construed as liquidated damages or as limiting Landlord’s remedies in any manner. In addition to the late charge described above, any Rent or other amounts owing hereunder which are not paid within ten (10) days after the date they are due shall bear interest from the date when due until paid at a rate per annum equal to the lesser of (i) the annual “ Bank Prime Loan ” rate cited in the Federal Reserve Statistical Release Publication H.15, published on the first Tuesday of each calendar month (or such other comparable index as Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably agree upon if such rate ceases to be published) plus two (2) percentage points, and (ii) the highest rate permitted by applicable law.

ARTICLE 26

LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO CURE DEFAULT; PAYMENTS BY TENANT

26.1 Landlord’s Cure . All covenants and agreements to be kept or performed by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any reduction of Rent, except to the extent, if any, otherwise expressly provided herein. If Tenant shall fail to perform any obligation under this Lease, and such failure shall continue in excess of the time allowed under Section 19.1.2 , above, unless a specific time period is otherwise stated in this Lease, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, make any such payment or perform any such act on Tenant’s part without waiving its rights based upon any default of Tenant and without releasing Tenant from any obligations hereunder.

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -35-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


26.2 Tenant’s Reimbursement . Except as may be specifically provided to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon delivery by Landlord to Tenant of statements therefor: (i) sums equal to expenditures reasonably made and obligations incurred by Landlord in connection with the remedying by Landlord of Tenant’s defaults pursuant to the provisions of Section 26.1 ; (ii) sums equal to all losses, costs, liabilities, damages and expenses referred to in Article 10 of this Lease; and (iii) sums equal to all reasonable expenditures made and obligations incurred by Landlord in collecting or attempting to collect the Rent or in enforcing or attempting to enforce any rights of Landlord under this Lease or pursuant to law, including, without limitation, all reasonable legal fees and other amounts so expended. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 26.2 shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease Term.

ARTICLE 27

ENTRY BY LANDLORD

Landlord reserves the right at all reasonable times and upon reasonable notice to Tenant (except in the case of an emergency) to enter the Premises to (i) inspect them; (ii) show the Premises to prospective purchasers, or to current or prospective mortgagees, ground or underlying lessors or insurers or, during the last nine (9) months of the Lease Term, to prospective tenants; (iii) post notices of nonresponsibility; or (iv) alter, improve or repair the Premises or the Building, or for structural alterations, repairs or improvements to the Building or the Building’s systems and equipment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 27 , Landlord may enter the Premises at any time to (A) perform services required of Landlord, including janitorial service; (B) subject to Applicable Laws, take possession due to any breach of this Lease in the manner provided herein; and (C) perform any covenants of Tenant which Tenant fails to perform. Landlord may make any such entries without the abatement of Rent, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, and may take such reasonable steps as required to accomplish the stated purposes. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s use of and access to the Premises in connection with any entries under this Article 27 (except under item (B), above). Tenant hereby waives any claims for damages or for any injuries or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, lost profits, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned thereby, provided that the foregoing shall not limit Landlord’s liability for personal injury and/or property damage to the extent caused by Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct. For each of the above purposes, Landlord shall at all times have a key with which to unlock all the doors in the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults, safes and special security areas designated in advance by Tenant. In an emergency, Landlord shall have the right to use any means that Landlord may deem proper to open the doors in and to the Premises. Any entry into the Premises by Landlord in the manner hereinbefore described shall not be deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant from any portion of the Premises. No provision of this Lease shall be construed as obligating Landlord to perform any repairs, alterations or decorations except as otherwise expressly agreed to be performed by Landlord herein.

ARTICLE 28

TENANT PARKING

Tenant shall have the right to rent from Landlord, commencing on the Lease Commencement Date, the amount of parking passes set forth in Section 9 of the Summary (the “ Tenant Allocated Passes ”), on a monthly basis throughout the Lease Term, which parking passes shall pertain to the Project parking facility. Subject to the foregoing, Tenant may increase or decrease the number of Tenant Allocated Passes rented by Tenant upon not less than thirty (30) days notice to Landlord. Subject to availability as determined by Landlord and the terms of this Article 28 , Tenant shall have the right to lease unreserved parking passes in the Building parking facility in addition to the Tenant Allocated Passes (such additional parking passes to be referred to herein as the “ Additional Passes ”). Any Additional Passes shall be subject to termination by either Landlord or Tenant at any time upon not less than thirty (30) days notice to the other party. Tenant shall pay to Landlord for parking passes rented by Tenant, on a monthly basis, an amount (the “ Parking Charge ”) equal to the prevailing rate charged by Landlord from time to time (the “ Prevailing Parking Rate ”); provided, however, that during the first Lease Year of the initial Lease Term, the Parking Charge with respect to the Tenant Allocated Passes (and not the Additional Passes) shall be deemed to equal seventy percent (70%) of the Prevailing Rate. In addition to the Parking Charge, Tenant shall at all times be

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -36-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


responsible for the full amount of any taxes imposed by any governmental authority in connection with the renting of such parking passes by Tenant or the use of the parking facility by Tenant. Tenant’s continued right to use the parking passes is conditioned upon Tenant abiding by all rules and regulations which are prescribed from time to time for the orderly operation and use of the parking facility where the parking passes are located (including any sticker or other identification system established by Landlord and the prohibition of vehicle repair and maintenance activities in the Project’s parking facilities), and Tenant’s reasonable cooperation in seeing that Tenant’s employees and visitors also comply with such rules and regulations. Tenant’s use of the Project parking facility shall be at Tenant’s sole risk and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever for damage to the vehicles of Tenant, its employees and/or visitors, or for other personal injury or property damage or theft relating to or connected with the parking rights granted herein or any of Tenant’s, its employees’ and/or visitors’ use of the parking facilities. Tenant’s rights hereunder are subject to the terms of any Underlying Documents. Landlord specifically reserves the right to change the size, configuration, design, layout and all other aspects of the Project parking facility at any time and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord may, without incurring any liability to Tenant and without any abatement of Rent under this Lease, from time to time, temporarily close-off or restrict access to the Project parking facility for purposes of permitting or facilitating any such construction, alteration or improvements. Landlord may delegate its responsibilities hereunder to a parking operator in which case such parking operator shall have all the rights of control attributed hereby to the Landlord (but such delegation shall not relieve Landlord of the obligation to provide Tenant or cause to be provided to Tenant the parking rights provided for hereunder). The parking passes rented by Tenant pursuant to this Article 28 are provided to Tenant solely for use by Tenant’s own personnel and such passes may not be transferred, assigned, subleased or otherwise alienated by Tenant without Landlord’s prior approval. Tenant may validate visitor parking by such method or methods as the Landlord may establish, at the validation rate from time to time generally applicable to visitor parking.

ARTICLE 29

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

29.1 Terms; Captions . The words “ Landlord ” and “ Tenant ” as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular. The necessary grammatical changes required to make the provisions hereof apply either to corporations or partnerships or individuals, men or women, as the case may require, shall in all cases be assumed as though in each case fully expressed. The captions of Articles and Sections are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to limit, construe, affect or alter the meaning of such Articles and Sections.

29.2 Binding Effect . Subject to all other provisions of this Lease, each of the covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall extend to and shall, as the case may require, bind or inure to the benefit not only of Landlord and of Tenant, but also of their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors or assigns, provided this clause shall not permit any assignment by Tenant contrary to the provisions of Article 14 of this Lease.

29.3 No Air Rights . No rights to any view or to light or air over any property, whether belonging to Landlord or any other person, are granted to Tenant by this Lease. If at any time any windows of the Premises are temporarily darkened or the light or view therefrom is obstructed by reason of any repairs, improvements, maintenance or cleaning in or about the Project, the same shall be without liability to Landlord and without any reduction or diminution of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

29.4 Modification of Lease . Should any current or prospective mortgagee or ground lessor for the Building or Project require a modification of this Lease, which modification will not cause an increased cost or expense to Tenant or in any other way materially and adversely change the rights and obligations of Tenant hereunder, then and in such event, Tenant agrees that this Lease may be so modified and agrees to execute whatever documents are reasonably required therefor and to deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) business days following a request therefor. At the request of Landlord or any mortgagee or ground lessor, Tenant agrees to execute a short form of Lease and deliver the same to Landlord within ten (10) business days following the request therefor.

29.5 Transfer of Landlord’s Interest . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has the right to transfer all or any portion of its interest in the Project or Building and in this Lease, and Tenant agrees that in the event of any

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -37-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


such transfer, Landlord shall automatically be released from all liability under this Lease that accrues after the date of transfer (to the extent that such obligations are assumed by the transferee) and Tenant agrees to look solely to such transferee for the performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder after the date of transfer and such transferee shall be deemed to have fully assumed and be liable for all obligations of this Lease to be performed by Landlord, including the return of any Security Deposit, and Tenant shall attorn to such transferee.

29.6 Prohibition Against Recording . Except as provided in Section 29.4 of this Lease, neither this Lease, nor any memorandum, affidavit or other writing with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Tenant or by anyone acting through, under or on behalf of Tenant.

29.7 Landlord’s Title . Landlord’s title is and always shall be paramount to the title of Tenant. Nothing herein contained shall empower Tenant to do any act which can, shall or may encumber the title of Landlord.

29.8 Relationship of Parties . Nothing contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed by the parties hereto or by any third party to create the relationship of principal and agent, partnership, joint venturer or any association between Landlord and Tenant.

29.9 Application of Payments . Landlord shall have the right to apply payments received from Tenant pursuant to this Lease, regardless of Tenant’s designation of such payments, to satisfy any obligations of Tenant hereunder, in such order and amounts as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may elect.

29.10 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease in which time of performance is a factor.

29.11 Partial Invalidity . If any term, provision or condition contained in this Lease shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term, provision or condition to persons or circumstances other than those with respect to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each and every other term, provision and condition of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent possible permitted by law.

29.12 No Warranty . In executing and delivering this Lease, Tenant has not relied on any representations, including, but not limited to, any representation as to the amount of any item comprising Additional Rent or the amount of the Additional Rent in the aggregate or that Landlord is furnishing the same services to other tenants, at all, on the same level or on the same basis, or any warranty or any statement of Landlord which is not set forth herein or in one or more of the exhibits attached hereto.

29.13 Landlord Exculpation . The liability of Landlord or the Landlord Parties to Tenant for any default by Landlord under this Lease or arising in connection herewith or with Landlord’s operation, management, leasing, repair, renovation, alteration or any other matter relating to the Project or the Premises shall be limited solely and exclusively to an amount which is equal to the interest of Landlord in the Building. The limitations of liability contained in this Section 29.13 shall inure to the benefit of Landlord’s and the Landlord Parties’ present and future partners, beneficiaries, officers, directors, trustees, shareholders, agents and employees, and their respective partners, heirs, successors and assigns. Under no circumstances shall any present or future partner of Landlord (if Landlord is a partnership), or trustee or beneficiary (if Landlord or any partner of Landlord is a trust), have any liability for the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, nor shall the Landlord Parties have any liability for the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease. Notwithstanding any contrary provision herein, neither Landlord nor the Landlord Parties shall be liable under any circumstances for injury or damage to, or interference with, Tenant’s business, including but not limited to, loss of profits, loss of rents or other revenues, loss of business opportunity or loss of goodwill, in each case, however occurring. The foregoing limitations on Landlord’s liability under this Lease shall be deemed to apply to Landlord’s obligations pertaining to monetary damages, and shall not be deemed to constitute a waiver by Tenant of any non-monetary legal or equitable remedies by Tenant against Landlord as a result of breach of this Lease by Landlord.

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -38-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


29.14 Entire Agreement . It is understood and acknowledged that there are no oral agreements between the parties hereto affecting this Lease and this Lease constitutes the parties’ entire agreement with respect to the leasing of the Premises and supersedes and cancels any and all previous negotiations, arrangements, brochures, agreements and understandings, if any, between the parties hereto or displayed by Landlord to Tenant with respect to the subject matter thereof, and none thereof shall be used to interpret or construe this Lease. None of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease can be modified, deleted or added to except in writing signed by the parties hereto.

29.15 Right to Lease . Landlord reserves the absolute right to effect such other tenancies in the Project as Landlord in the exercise of its sole business judgment shall determine to best promote the interests of the Building or Project. Tenant does not rely on the fact, nor does Landlord represent, that any specific tenant or type or number of tenants shall, during the Lease Term, occupy any space in the Building or Project.

29.16 Force Majeure . Any prevention, delay or stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, acts of war, terrorist acts, inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes therefor, governmental actions, civil commotions, fire or other casualty, and other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party obligated to perform, except with respect to the parties’ respective monetary obligations, including obligations imposed with regard to Rent and other charges to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease (collectively, a “ Force Majeure ”), notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, shall excuse the performance of such party for a period equal to any such prevention, delay or stoppage and, therefore, if this Lease specifies a time period for performance of an obligation of either party, that time period shall be extended by the period of any delay in such party’s performance caused by a Force Majeure. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Force Majeure shall not extend the repair time periods provided for in Article 11 of this Lease.

29.17 Waiver of Redemption by Tenant . Tenant hereby waives, for Tenant and for all those claiming under Tenant, any and all rights now or hereafter existing to redeem by order or judgment of any court or by any legal process or writ, Tenant’s right of occupancy of the Premises after any termination of this Lease.

29.18 Notices . All notices, demands, statements, designations, approvals or other communications (collectively, “ Notices ”) given or required to be given by either party to the other hereunder or by law shall be in writing, shall be (A) sent by United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested (“ Mail ”), (B) delivered by a nationally recognized overnight courier, or (C) delivered personally. Any Notice shall be sent, transmitted, or delivered, as the case may be, to Tenant at the appropriate address set forth in Section 10 of the Summary, or to such other place as Tenant may from time to time designate in a Notice to Landlord, or to Landlord at the addresses set forth below, or to such other places as Landlord may from time to time designate in a Notice to Tenant. Any Notice will be deemed given (i) three (3) business days after the date it is posted if sent by Mail, (ii) the date the overnight courier delivery is made, or (iii) the date personal delivery is made. As of the date of this Lease, any Notices to Landlord must be sent, transmitted, or delivered, as the case may be, to the following addresses:

c/o Beacon Capital Partners, LLC

11755 Wilshire Boulevard

Suite 1770

Los Angeles, California 90025

Attention: Mr. Jeremy B. Fletcher

and

c/o Beacon Capital Partners, LLC

200 State Street, 5 th Floor

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

Attention: General Counsel

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -39-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


and

Allen Matkins Leck Gamble Mallory & Natsis LLP

1901 Avenue of the Stars

Suite 1800

Los Angeles, California 90067

Attention: Anton N. Natsis, Esq.

29.19 Joint and Several . If there is more than one Tenant, the obligations imposed upon Tenant under this Lease shall be joint and several.

29.20 Authority . If Tenant is a corporation, trust or partnership, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in California and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Lease and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so. In such event, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after execution of this Lease, deliver to Landlord satisfactory evidence of such authority and, if a corporation, upon demand by Landlord, also deliver to Landlord satisfactory evidence of (i) good standing in Tenant’s state of incorporation and (ii) qualification to do business in California.

29.21 Attorneys’ Fees . In the event that either Landlord or Tenant should bring suit for the possession of the Premises, for the recovery of any sum due under this Lease, or because of the breach of any provision of this Lease or for any other relief against the other, then all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by the prevailing party therein shall be paid by the other party, which obligation on the part of the other party shall be deemed to have accrued on the date of the commencement of such action and shall be enforceable whether or not the action is prosecuted to judgment.

29.22 Governing Law; WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY . This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California. IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING HEREFROM, LANDLORD AND TENANT HEREBY CONSENT TO (I) THE JURISDICTION OF ANY COMPETENT COURT WITHIN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, (II) SERVICE OF PROCESS BY ANY MEANS AUTHORIZED BY CALIFORNIA LAW, AND (III) IN THE INTEREST OF SAVING TIME AND EXPENSE, TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER OR THEIR SUCCESSORS IN RESPECT OF ANY MATTER ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, AND/OR ANY CLAIM FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE, OR ANY EMERGENCY OR STATUTORY REMEDY.

29.23 Submission of Lease . Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of, option for or option to lease, and it is not effective as a lease or otherwise until execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant.

29.24 Brokers . Landlord and Tenant hereby warrant to each other that they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, excepting only the real estate brokers or agents specified in Section 12 of the Summary (the “ Brokers ”), and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Each party agrees to indemnify and defend the other party against and hold the other party harmless from any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, costs and expenses (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of any dealings with any real estate broker or agent, other than the Brokers, occurring by, through, or under the indemnifying party. The terms of this Section 29.24 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term.

29.25 Independent Covenants . If Landlord fails to perform its obligations set forth herein, Tenant shall not be entitled to make any repairs or perform any acts hereunder at Landlord’s expense or to any setoff of the Rent or other amounts owing hereunder against Landlord.

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -40-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


29.26 Project or Building Name and Signage . Landlord shall have the right at any time to change the name of the Project or Building and to install, affix and maintain any and all signs on the exterior and on the interior of the Project or Building as Landlord may, in Landlord’s sole discretion, desire. Tenant shall not use the name of the Project or Building or use pictures or illustrations of the Project or Building in advertising or other publicity or for any purpose other than as the address of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord.

29.27 Counterparts . This Lease may be executed in counterparts with the same effect as if both parties hereto had executed the same document. Both counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute a single lease.

29.28 Intentionally Deleted .

29.29 Building Renovations . It is specifically understood and agreed that Landlord has no obligation and has made no promises to alter, remodel, improve, renovate, repair or decorate the Premises, Building, or any part thereof and that no representations respecting the condition of the Premises or the Building have been made by Landlord to Tenant except as specifically set forth herein or in the Tenant Work Letter. However, Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord is currently renovating or may during the Lease Term renovate, improve, alter, or modify (collectively, the “ Renovations ”) the Project, the Building and/or the Premises. Tenant hereby agrees that such Renovations shall in no way constitute a constructive eviction of Tenant nor entitle Tenant to any abatement of Rent (except as specifically set forth in Section 19.5.2 of this Lease to the contrary). Landlord shall have no responsibility and shall not be liable to Tenant for any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the Renovations, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or damages from Landlord for loss of the use of the whole or any part of the Premises or of Tenant’s personal property or improvements resulting from the Renovations, or for any inconvenience or annoyance occasioned by such Renovations, provided that the foregoing shall not reduce or limit Tenant’s rights under Section 19.5.2 of this Lease. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 29.29 to the contrary, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to perform all Renovations so as to minimize any material, adverse interference with Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use.

29.30 No Violation . Tenant hereby warrants and represents that neither its execution of nor performance under this Lease shall cause Tenant to be in violation of any agreement, instrument, contract, law, rule or regulation by which Tenant is bound, and Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless against any claims, demands, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, arising from Tenant’s breach of this warranty and representation.

29.31 Communications and Computer Lines . Tenant may install, maintain, replace, remove or use any communications or computer wires and cables serving the Premises (collectively, the “ Lines ”), provided that (i) Tenant shall obtain Landlord’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), use an experienced and qualified contractor approved in writing by Landlord, and comply with all of the other provisions of Articles 7 and 8 of this Lease, (ii) an acceptable number of spare Lines and space for additional Lines shall be maintained for existing and future occupants of the Project, as determined in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, (iii) the Lines therefor (including riser cables) shall be appropriately insulated to prevent excessive electromagnetic fields or radiation, shall be surrounded by a protective conduit reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and shall be identified in accordance with the “Identification Requirements,” as that term is set forth hereinbelow, (iv) any new or existing Lines servicing the Premises shall comply with all applicable governmental laws and regulations, (v) as a condition to permitting the installation of new Lines, Landlord may require that Tenant remove existing Lines located in or serving the Premises and repair any damage in connection with such removal, and (vi) Tenant shall pay all costs in connection therewith. All Lines shall be clearly marked with adhesive plastic labels (or plastic tags attached to such Lines with wire) to show Tenant’s name, suite number, telephone number and the name of the person to contact in the case of an emergency (A) every four feet (4’) outside the Premises (specifically including, but not limited to, the electrical room risers and other Common Areas), and (B) at the Lines’ termination point(s) (collectively, the “ Identification Requirements ”). Landlord reserves the right, upon notice to Tenant at any time prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, to require that Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, remove any Lines located in or serving the Premises prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -41-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


29.32 Transportation Management . Tenant shall reasonably comply with all present or future programs intended to manage parking, transportation or traffic in and around the Project and/or the Building, and in connection therewith, Tenant shall take reasonable and responsible action for the transportation planning and management of all employees located at the Premises by working directly with Landlord, any governmental transportation management organization or any other transportation-related committees or entities. Such programs may include, without limitation: (i) restrictions on the number of peak-hour vehicle trips generated by Tenant; (ii) increased vehicle occupancy; (iii) implementation of an in-house ridesharing program and an employee transportation coordinator; (iv) working with employees and any Project, Building or area-wide ridesharing program manager; (v) instituting employer-sponsored incentives (financial or in-kind) to encourage employees to rideshare; and (vi) utilizing flexible work shifts for employees.

29.33 Good Faith . Except (i) for matters for which there is a standard of consent or discretion specifically set forth in this Lease; (ii) matters which could have an adverse effect on the Building Structure or the Building Systems, or which could affect the exterior appearance of the Building, or (iii) matters covered by Article 4 (Additional Rent), or Article 19 (Defaults; Remedies) of this Lease (collectively, the “ Excepted Matters ”), any time the consent of Landlord or Tenant is required under this Lease, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and, except with regard to the Excepted Matters, whenever this Lease grants Landlord or Tenant the right to take action, exercise discretion, establish rules and regulations or make an allocation or other determination, Landlord and Tenant shall act reasonably and in good faith.

29.34 Payments Due Tenant; Payment Due Dates . Provided that Tenant has not delivered the Termination Notice and is not in monetary or material non-monetary default of this Lease after the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period as of the applicable “Payment Due Date,” as that term is defined, below, Landlord shall pay to Tenant, within twenty (20) days following notice (each, a “ Payment Notice ”) received by Landlord from Tenant following the applicable Payment Due Date, an amount equal to $6,936.50. In the event that a Tenant default after the expiration of any applicable cure period shall prevent Tenant from receipt of payment that would otherwise be due to Tenant hereunder, at such time as the subject default is cured by Tenant, Tenant shall be permitted to deliver a new Payment Notice and, thereafter, the terms of this Section 29.34 shall be applicable (including, without limitation, Landlord’s obligation to pay the amount due to Tenant hereunder within twenty (20) days following receipt of the notice). For purposes of this Section 29.34 , a “ Payment Due Date ” shall mean each of (i) the Lease Commencement Date, (ii) the first (1 st ) anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date, (iii) the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date, (iv) the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date, and (v) the fourth (4 th ) anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date. In the event that (a) Landlord shall fail to timely pay amounts due to Tenant under this Section 29.34 , (b) Tenant delivers a second notice to Landlord that such amounts are due hereunder, and (c) Landlord fails to pay the amount due to Tenant within five (5) days following receipt of such second notice, Tenant shall, as Tenant’s sole remedy, be entitled to deduct the amount due to Tenant from Landlord under this Section 29.34 from the next Base Rent due under this Lease. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in no event shall the aggregate of Landlord’s payments and any deduction from Base Rent pursuant to the terms of this Section 29.34 exceed a total of $34,682.50.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -42-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be executed the day and date first above written.

 

LANDLORD :     TENANT :
600 WILSHIRE PROPERTY LLC, a     DESTINATIONRX, INC.,
Delaware limited liability company     a Delaware corporation
By:   BCSP IV U.S. INVESTMENTS, L.P., a Delaware     By:  

/s/ Michael Finn

  limited partnership, its sole member    
           

Michael Finn

  By:   BCSP REIT IV, Inc., a Maryland       Print Name
    corporation, its sole general partner      
            Its:  

CFO

    By:  

/s/ Jeremy B. Fletcher

     
      Name:   Jeremy B. Fletcher      
      Title:   Senior Managing Director     By:  

 

           

 

              Print Name
            Its:  

 

 

600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD

[DestinationRX, Inc.]


EXHIBIT A

600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD

OUTLINE OF PREMISES

 

LOGO

 

  EXHIBIT A   600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -1-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


EXHIBIT A-1

OUTLINE OF FIRST OFFER SPACE

 

LOGO

 

  EXHIBIT A-1   600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -1-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


EXHIBIT B

600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD

TENANT WORK LETTER

This Tenant Work Letter shall set forth the terms and conditions relating to the construction of the tenant improvements in the Premises. This Tenant Work Letter is essentially organized chronologically and addresses the issues of the construction of the Premises, in sequence, as such issues will arise during the actual construction of the Premises. All references in this Tenant Work Letter to Articles or Sections of “this Lease” shall mean the relevant portion of Articles 1 through 29 of the Office Lease to which this Tenant Work Letter is attached as Exhibit B and of which this Tenant Work Letter forms a part, and all references in this Tenant Work Letter to Sections of “this Tenant Work Letter” shall mean the relevant portion of Sections 1 through 6 of this Tenant Work Letter.

SECTION 1

COMMON AREA WORK; TENANT IMPROVEMENTS

1.1 Common Area Work . Landlord shall, using Building standard methods, materials, and scope as reasonably determined by Landlord, perform modifications to the finishes located in the common area corridors and common area elevator lobby on the floor on which the Premises are located in order to cause the same to be consistent with Building standard finishes for other common area corridors and common area elevator lobbies in the Building (the “Common Area Work”). Landlord agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to substantially complete the Common Area Work on or before February 1, 2012 (the “Deadline Date”); provided, however, that the Deadline Date shall be extended on a day-for-day basis for each day that Landlord’s substantial completion of the Common Area Work is delayed as a result of one or more events of Force Majeure. In connection with the foregoing, events of Force Majeure shall specifically include, without limitation, any delays in obtaining any governmental permits for the Common Area Work and any delays resulting from the unavailability or delayed availability of any Building standard materials to be used by Landlord in connection with Common Area Work.

1.2 Tenant Improvements . Landlord and Tenant have approved that certain space plan for the Premises prepared by Interior Architects, dated August 3, 2011, job number 011384.00 (the “Space Plan”). Immediately following Tenant’s execution and delivery of this Lease, Tenant shall cooperate in good faith with Landlord’s architects and engineers to supply such information as is necessary to allow the Landlord’s architects and engineers to complete the architectural and engineering drawings for the Premises, and the final architectural working drawings in a form which is complete to allow subcontractors to bid on the work and to obtain all applicable permits and in a manner consistent with, and which are a logical extension of, the Space Plan (as reasonably determined by Landlord) and otherwise in accordance with Building standards (collectively, the “Approved Working Drawings”). Landlord shall, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense (subject to the terms of Section 2, below), construct the improvements in the Premises (the “Tenant Improvements”) pursuant to the Approved Working Drawings. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that, as part of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall construct a building standard demising wall that separately demises the Premises from other space on the 11 th floor not leased by Tenant. Tenant shall make no changes or modifications to (i) the Space Plan, or (ii) once completed, the Approved Working Drawings, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion if such change or modification would directly or indirectly delay the “Substantial Completion,” as that term is defined in Section 5.1 of this Tenant Work Letter, of the Premises or increase the cost of designing or constructing the Tenant Improvements.

 

  EXHIBIT B   600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -1-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


SECTION 2

OVER-ALLOWANCE AMOUNT

In the event that after Tenant’s execution of this Lease, any revisions, changes, or substitutions shall be made to (i) the Space Plan, (ii) the Approved Working Drawings (once the same are completed), or (iii) the Tenant Improvements, or in the event that Tenant requests revisions, changes, or substitutions which cause the Approved Working Drawings to not be a logical extension of the Space Plan, then any additional costs which arise in connection with such revisions, changes or substitutions shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) business days following Landlord’s request, which request shall include reasonable documentation as to such additional costs.

SECTION 3

CONTRACTOR’S WARRANTIES AND GUARANTIES

Landlord hereby assigns to Tenant all warranties and guaranties by the contractor who constructs the Tenant Improvements (the “Contractor”) relating to the Tenant Improvements, and Tenant hereby waives all claims against Landlord relating to, or arising out of the construction of, the Tenant Improvements.

SECTION 4

TENANT’S COVENANTS

Tenant hereby indemnifies Landlord for any loss, claims, damages or delays arising from the actions of Tenant’s space planner/architect on the Premises or in the Building.

SECTION 5

COMPLETION OF THE TENANT IMPROVEMENTS;

LEASE COMMENCEMENT DATE

5.1 Ready for Occupancy . The Premises shall be deemed “Ready for Occupancy” upon the Substantial Completion of the Premises. Subject to delays beyond the reasonable control of Landlord (including, without limitation, delays resulting from Force Majeure and/or “Tenant Delays,” as that term is defined in Section 5.2 of this Tenant Work Letter), Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to have the Premises Ready for Occupancy on or before February 1, 2012. For purposes of this Lease, “Substantial Completion” of the Premises shall occur upon the completion of construction of the Tenant Improvements in the Premises pursuant to the Approved Working Drawings (as reasonably determined by Landlord), with the exception of any punch list items and any tenant fixtures, work-stations (including any related fixture and/or equipment electrification), built-in furniture, or equipment (including security and other Tenant systems) to be installed by Tenant or under the supervision of Contractor.

5.2 Delay of the Substantial Completion of the Premises . Except as provided in this Section 5.2, the Lease Commencement Date shall occur as set forth in the Lease and Section 5.1, above. If there shall be a delay or there are delays in the Substantial Completion of the Premises or in the occurrence of any of the other conditions precedent to the Commencement Date, as set forth in of the Lease, as a direct, indirect, partial, or total result of:

5.2.1 Tenant’s failure to timely approve any matter requiring Tenant’s approval;

5.2.2 A breach by Tenant of the terms of this Tenant Work Letter or the Lease;

5.2.3 Tenant’s request for changes in the Space Plan, the Tenant Improvements, or, once completed, the Approved Working Drawings, or Tenant’s request for changes which cause the Approved Working Drawings to not be a logical extension of the Space Plan;

5.2.4 Tenant’s requirement for materials, components, finishes or improvements which are not available in a commercially reasonable time given the anticipated date of Substantial Completion of the Premises, as set forth in the Lease, or which are different from, or not included in, Landlord’s standard improvement package items for the Building;

 

  EXHIBIT B   600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -2-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


5.2.5 Changes to the base, shell and core work of the Building required by the Approved Working Drawings; or

5.2.6 Any other acts or omissions of Tenant, or its agents, or employees;

(each, a “Tenant Delay”) then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Lease or this Tenant Work Letter and regardless of the actual date of the Substantial Completion of the Premises, the date of Substantial Completion of the Premises shall be deemed to be the date the Substantial Completion of the Premises would have occurred if no Tenant delay or delays, as set forth above, had occurred.

5.3 Punchlist . Within thirty (30) days following the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant shall be entitled to deliver to Landlord a punchlist of the items comprising the Tenant Improvements which require correction or completion and Landlord shall diligently perform the work necessary to complete the Tenant Improvements pursuant to the Approved Working Drawings.

SECTION 6

MISCELLANEOUS

6.1 Tenant’s Entry Into the Premises Prior to Substantial Completion . Provided that Tenant and its agents do not interfere with Contractor’s work in the Building and the Premises, Contractor shall allow Tenant access to the Premises prior to the Substantial Completion of the Premises for the purpose of Tenant installing overstandard equipment or fixtures (including Tenant’s data and telephone equipment) in the Premises. Prior to Tenant’s entry into the Premises as permitted by the terms of this Section 6.1, Tenant shall submit a schedule to Landlord and Contractor, for their approval, which schedule shall detail the timing and purpose of Tenant’s entry. Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless from and indemnify, protect and defend Landlord against any loss or damage to the Building or Premises and against injury to any persons caused by Tenant’s actions pursuant to this Section 6.1.

6.2 Freight Elevators . Landlord shall, consistent with its obligations to other tenants of the Building, make the freight elevator reasonably available to Tenant in connection with initial decorating, furnishing and moving into the Premises.

6.3 Tenant’s Representative . Tenant has designated Mr. Michael Finn as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, who, until further notice to Landlord, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Tenant as required in this Tenant Work Letter.

6.4 Landlord’s Representative . Landlord has designated Ms. Vicki Conrad as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, who, until further notice to Tenant, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Landlord as required in this Tenant Work Letter.

6.5 Tenant’s Agents . All subcontractors, laborers, materialmen, and suppliers retained directly by Tenant shall all be union labor in compliance with the then existing master labor agreements.

6.6 Time of the Essence in This Tenant Work Letter . Unless otherwise indicated, all references herein to a “number of days” shall mean and refer to calendar days. In all instances where Tenant is required to approve or deliver an item, if no written notice of approval is given or the item is not delivered within the stated time period, at Landlord’s sole option, at the end of such period the item shall automatically be deemed approved or delivered by Tenant and the next succeeding time period shall commence.

6.7 Tenant’s Lease Default . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Lease, if an event of default as described in the Lease, or a default by Tenant under this Tenant Work Letter, has occurred at any time on or before the Substantial Completion of the Premises, then (i) in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to Landlord pursuant to the Lease, Landlord shall have the right to cause Contractor to cease the construction of the Premises (in which case, Tenant shall be responsible for any delay in the Substantial Completion of the Premises caused by such work stoppage as set forth in Section 5 of this Tenant Work Letter), and (ii) all other obligations of Landlord under the terms of this Tenant Work Letter shall be forgiven until such time as such default is cured pursuant to the terms of the Lease.

 

  EXHIBIT B   600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -3-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


6.8 Cooperation by Tenant . Tenant acknowledges that the timing of the completion of the Approved Work Drawings and the Tenant Improvements is of the utmost importance to Landlord. Accordingly, Tenant hereby agrees to fully and diligently cooperate with all reasonable requests by Landlord in connection with or related to the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements, and in connection therewith, shall respond to Landlord’s requests for information and/or approvals, except as specifically set forth herein to the contrary, within two (2) business days following request by Landlord.

 

  EXHIBIT B   600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -4-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


EXHIBIT C

600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD

NOTICE OF LEASE TERM DATES

 

To:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Re: Office Lease dated     , 20    between     , a     ( “Landlord ), and     , a     ( “Tenant ) concerning Suite     on floor(s)     of the office building located at , 600 Wilshire Boulevard, Los Angeles, California.

Gentlemen:

In accordance with the Office Lease (the “ Lease ”), we wish to advise you and/or confirm as follows:

 

  1. The Lease Term shall commence on or has commenced on             for a term of             ending on             .

 

  2. Rent commenced to accrue on             , in the amount of             .

 

  3. If the Lease Commencement Date is other than the first day of the month, the first billing will contain a pro rata adjustment. Each billing thereafter, with the exception of the final billing, shall be for the full amount of the monthly installment as provided for in the Lease.

 

  4. Your rent checks should be made payable to             at             .

 

“Landlord”:  

 

  ,
  a  

 

 
  By:    
    its:  

 

 

 

 

Agreed to and Accepted as

of             , 20    .

“Tenant”:
 

 

  a  

 

  By:  

 

    Its:  

 

 

  EXHIBIT C   600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -1-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


EXHIBIT D

600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD

RULES AND REGULATIONS

Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the following Rules and Regulations. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the nonperformance of any of said Rules and Regulations by or otherwise with respect to the acts or omissions of any other tenants or occupants of the Project, provided that Landlord shall not enforce the Rules and Regulations in a discriminatory manner against Tenant. In the event of any conflict between the Rules and Regulations and the other provisions of this Lease, the latter shall control.

1. Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new or additional locks or bolts on any doors or windows of the Premises without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall bear the cost of any lock changes or repairs required by Tenant. Two keys will be furnished by Landlord for the Premises, and any additional keys required by Tenant must be obtained from Landlord at a reasonable cost to be established by Landlord. Upon the termination of this Lease, Tenant shall restore to Landlord all keys of stores, offices, and toilet rooms, either furnished to, or otherwise procured by, Tenant and in the event of the loss of keys so furnished, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of replacing same or of changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key if Landlord shall deem it necessary to make such changes.

2. All doors opening to public corridors shall be kept closed at all times except for normal ingress and egress to the Premises.

3. Landlord reserves the right to close and keep locked all entrance and exit doors of the Building during such hours as are customary for comparable buildings in the downtown Los Angeles, California area. Tenant, its employees and agents must be sure that the doors to the Building are securely closed and locked when leaving the Premises if it is after the normal hours of business for the Building. Any tenant, its employees, agents or any other persons entering or leaving the Building at any time when it is so locked, or any time when it is considered to be after normal business hours for the Building, may be required to sign the Building register. Access to the Building may be refused unless the person seeking access has proper identification or has a previously arranged pass for access to the Building. Landlord will furnish passes to persons for whom Tenant requests same in writing. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom Tenant requests passes and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons. The Landlord and his agents shall in no case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person. In case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement, or other commotion, Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building or the Project during the continuance thereof by any means it deems appropriate for the safety and protection of life and property.

4. No furniture, freight or equipment of any kind shall be brought into the Building without prior notice to Landlord. All moving activity into or out of the Building shall be scheduled with Landlord and done only at such time and in such manner as Landlord designates. Landlord shall have the right to prescribe the weight, size and position of all safes and other heavy property brought into the Building and also the times and manner of moving the same in and out of the Building. Safes and other heavy objects shall, if considered necessary by Landlord, stand on supports of such thickness as is necessary to properly distribute the weight. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such safe or property in any case. Any damage to any part of the Building, its contents, occupants or visitors by moving or maintaining any such safe or other property shall be the sole responsibility and expense of Tenant.

5. No furniture, packages, supplies, equipment or merchandise will be received in the Building or carried up or down in the elevators, except between such hours, in such specific elevator and by such personnel as shall be designated by Landlord.

 

  EXHIBIT D   600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -1-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


6. The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon application at the management office for the Project or at such office location designated by Landlord. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord.

7. No sign, advertisement, notice or handbill shall be exhibited, distributed, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the Premises or the Building without the prior written consent of the Landlord. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit, peddle, or canvass any occupant of the Project and shall cooperate with Landlord and its agents of Landlord to prevent same.

8. The toilet rooms, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed, and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein. The expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees shall have caused same.

9. Tenant shall not overload the floor of the Premises, nor, except in connection with normal and customary office decorations, mark, drive nails or screws, or drill into the partitions, woodwork or drywall or in any way deface the Premises or any part thereof without Landlord’s prior written consent. Tenant shall not purchase spring water, ice, towel, linen, maintenance or other like services from any person or persons not approved by Landlord.

10. Except for vending machines intended for the sole use of Tenant’s employees and invitees, no vending machine or machines other than fractional horsepower office machines shall be installed, maintained or operated upon the Premises without the written consent of Landlord.

11. Tenant shall not use or keep in or on the Premises, the Building, or the Project any kerosene, gasoline or other inflammable or combustible fluid, chemical, substance or material.

12. Tenant shall not without the prior written consent of Landlord use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord.

13. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept, any foul or noxious gas or substance in or on the Premises, or permit or allow the Premises to be occupied or used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Project by reason of noise, odors, or vibrations, or interfere with other tenants or those having business therein, whether by the use of any musical instrument, radio, phonograph, or in any other way. Tenant shall not throw anything out of doors, windows or skylights or down passageways.

14. Tenant shall not bring into or keep within the Project, the Building or the Premises any animals, birds, aquariums, or, except in areas designated by Landlord, bicycles or other vehicles.

15. No cooking shall be done or permitted on the Premises, nor shall the Premises be used for the storage of merchandise, for lodging or for any improper, objectionable or immoral purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Underwriters’ laboratory-approved equipment and microwave ovens may be used in the Premises for heating food and brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages for employees and visitors, provided that such use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state, county and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations.

16. The Premises shall not be used for manufacturing or for the storage of merchandise except as such storage may be incidental to the use of the Premises provided for in the Summary. Tenant shall not occupy or permit any portion of the Premises to be occupied as an office for a messenger-type operation or dispatch office, public stenographer or typist, or for the manufacture or sale of liquor, narcotics, or tobacco in any form, or as a medical office, or as a barber or manicure shop, or as an employment bureau without the express prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall not engage or pay any employees on the Premises except those actually working for such tenant on the Premises nor advertise for laborers giving an address at the Premises.

 

  EXHIBIT D   600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -2-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


17. Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of these Rules and Regulations.

18. Tenant, its employees and agents shall not loiter in or on the entrances, corridors, sidewalks, lobbies, courts, halls, stairways, elevators, vestibules or any Common Areas for the purpose of smoking tobacco products or for any other purpose, nor in any way obstruct such areas, and shall use them only as a means of ingress and egress for the Premises.

19. Tenant shall not waste electricity, water or air conditioning and agrees to cooperate fully with Landlord to ensure the most effective operation of the Building’s heating and air conditioning system, and shall refrain from attempting to adjust any controls.

20. Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within the interior of the Premises. No material shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles if such material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of trash and garbage in Los Angeles, California without violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal. All trash, garbage and refuse disposal shall be made only through entry-ways and elevators provided for such purposes at such times as Landlord shall designate.

21. Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency.

22. Any persons employed by Tenant to do janitorial work shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, and while in the Building and outside of the Premises, shall be subject to and under the control and direction of the Building manager (but not as an agent or servant of such manager or of Landlord), and Tenant shall be responsible for all acts of such persons.

23. No awnings or other projection shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord, and no curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises other than Landlord standard drapes. All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in the Premises or spaces along the perimeter of the Building must be fluorescent and/or of a quality, type, design and a warm white bulb color approved in advance in writing by Landlord. Neither the interior nor exterior of any windows shall be coated or otherwise sunscreened without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall abide by Landlord’s regulations concerning the opening and closing of window coverings which are attached to the windows in the Premises, if any, which have a view of any interior portion of the Building or Building Common Areas.

24. The sashes, sash doors, skylights, windows, and doors that reflect or admit light and air into the halls, passageways or other public places in the Building shall not be covered or obstructed by Tenant, nor shall any bottles, parcels or other articles be placed on the windowsills.

25. Tenant must comply with requests by the Landlord concerning the informing of their employees of items of importance to the Landlord.

26. Tenant must comply with the State of California “ No-Smoking ” law set forth in California Labor Code Section 6404.5, and any local “No-Smoking” ordinance which may be in effect from time to time and which is not superseded by such State law.

27. Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord shall have no obligation to provide guard service or other security measures for the benefit of the Premises, the Building or the Project. Tenant hereby assumes all responsibility for the protection of Tenant and its agents, employees, contractors, invitees and guests, and the property thereof, from acts of third parties, including keeping doors locked and other means of entry to the Premises closed, whether or not Landlord, at its option, elects to provide security protection for the Project or any portion thereof. Tenant further assumes the risk that any safety and security devices, services and programs which Landlord elects, in its sole discretion, to provide may not be effective, or may malfunction or be circumvented by an

 

  EXHIBIT D   600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -3-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


unauthorized third party, and Tenant shall, in addition to its other insurance obligations under this Lease, obtain its own insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against losses related to such occurrences. Tenant shall cooperate in any reasonable safety or security program developed by Landlord or required by law.

28. All office equipment of any electrical or mechanical nature shall be placed by Tenant in the Premises in settings approved by Landlord, to absorb or prevent any vibration, noise and annoyance.

29. Tenant shall not use in any space or in the public halls of the Building, any hand trucks except those equipped with rubber tires and rubber side guards.

30. No auction, liquidation, fire sale, going-out-of-business or bankruptcy sale shall be conducted in the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.

31. No tenant shall use or permit the use of any portion of the Premises for living quarters, sleeping apartments or lodging rooms.

Landlord reserves the right at any time to reasonably change or rescind any one or more of these Rules and Regulations, or to make such other and further reasonable Rules and Regulations as in Landlord’s judgment may from time to time be necessary for the management, safety, care and cleanliness of the Premises, Building, the Common Areas and the Project, and for the preservation of good order therein, as well as for the convenience of other occupants and tenants therein. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenants, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules or Regulations against any or all tenants of the Project. Tenant shall be deemed to have read these Rules and Regulations and to have agreed to abide by them as a condition of its occupancy of the Premises.

 

  EXHIBIT D   600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -4-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


EXHIBIT E

600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD

FORM OF TENANT’S ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

The undersigned as Tenant under that certain Office Lease (the “ Lease ”) made and entered into as of             , 20    by and between                     as Landlord, and the undersigned as Tenant, for Premises on the             floor(s) of the office building located at 600 Wilshire Boulevard, Los Angeles, California, certifies as follows:

1. Attached hereto as Exhibit A is a true and correct copy of the Lease and all amendments and modifications thereto. The documents contained in Exhibit A represent the entire agreement between the parties as to the Premises.

2. The undersigned currently occupies the Premises described in the Lease, the Lease Term commenced on                     , and the Lease Term expires on                     , and the undersigned has no option to terminate or cancel the Lease or to purchase all or any part of the Premises, the Building and/or the Project.

3. Base Rent became payable on                     .

4. The Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified, supplemented or amended in any way except as provided in Exhibit A .

5. Tenant has not transferred, assigned, or sublet any portion of the Premises nor entered into any license or concession agreements with respect thereto except as follows:

6. Tenant shall not modify the documents contained in Exhibit A without the prior written consent of Landlord’s mortgagee.

7. All monthly installments of Base Rent, all Additional Rent and all monthly installments of estimated Additional Rent have been paid when due through                     . The current monthly installment of Base Rent is $                    .

8. To the best of Tenant’s actual knowledge, all conditions of the Lease to be performed by Landlord necessary to the enforceability of the Lease have been satisfied and Landlord is not in default thereunder. In addition, the undersigned has not delivered any notice to Landlord regarding a currently existing breach or default by Landlord thereunder.

9. No rental has been paid more than one (1) month in advance of the applicable due date under the Lease and no security has been deposited with Landlord except as provided in the Lease.

10. To the best of Tenant’s actual knowledge, as of the date hereof, there are no existing defenses or offsets, or, to the undersigned’s knowledge, claims or any basis for a claim, that the undersigned has against Landlord.

 

  EXHIBIT E   600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -1-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


11. If Tenant is a corporation or partnership, each individual executing this Estoppel Certificate on behalf of Tenant hereby represents and warrants that Tenant is a duly formed and existing entity qualified to do business in California and that Tenant has full right and authority to execute and deliver this Estoppel Certificate and that each person signing on behalf of Tenant is authorized to do so.

12. There are no actions pending against the undersigned under the bankruptcy or similar laws of the United States or any state.

13. Other than in compliance with all applicable laws and incidental to the ordinary course of the use of the Premises, the undersigned has not used or stored any hazardous substances in the Premises.

14. To the best of Tenant’s actual knowledge, all tenant improvement work to be performed by Landlord under the Lease has been completed in accordance with the Lease and has been accepted by the undersigned and all reimbursements and allowances due to the undersigned under the Lease in connection with any tenant improvement work have been paid in full.

The undersigned acknowledges that this Estoppel Certificate may be delivered to Landlord or to a prospective mortgagee or prospective purchaser, and acknowledges that said prospective mortgagee or prospective purchaser will be relying upon the statements contained herein in making the loan or acquiring the property of which the Premises are a part and that receipt by it of this certificate is a condition of making such loan or acquiring such property.

Executed at                     on the         day of                     , 20        .

 

“Tenant”:  

 

  ,

a

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 
  Its:  

 

 

By:

 

 

 
  Its:  

 

 

 

  EXHIBIT E   600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  -2-   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


INDEX

Page(s)

EXHIBIT F

FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT

 

   COMERICA BANK
   INTERNATIONAL TRADE SERVICES
FAX NO: 310-297-2890    2321 ROSECRANS AVE., 5TH FLOOR
SWIFT: MNBDUS6S LAX    EL SEGUNDO, CA 90245

 

BENEFICIARY:    DATE OF ISSUE: MMDDYYYY
600 WILSHIRE PROPERTY LLC   
C/O BEACON CAPITAL PARTNERS   
200 STATE STREET, 5TH FLOOR   
BOSTON, MA 02109   
ATTENTION: KATHLEEN LAUBENTHAL   

WE HEREBY OPEN OUR IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. [INSERT L/C NO.] IN YOUR FAVOR, FOR ACCOUNT OF DESTINATIONRX, INC., 3530 WILSHIRE BLVD., SUITE 1500, LOS ANGELES, CA 90010, FOR A SUM NOT EXCEEDING USD 200,000.00 (TWO HUNDRED THOUSAND AND 00/100’S U.S. DOLLARS) AVAILABLE BY YOUR DRAFT(S) AT SIGHT ON COMERICA BANK (IN THE FORM ATTACHED HERETO AS ANNEX A), WHEN ACCOMPANIED BY:

1. THE ORIGINAL OF THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT AND AMENDMENT(S) IF ANY, OR AS OTHERWISE INDICATED BELOW.

2. BENEFICIARY’S STATEMENT DATED AND SIGNED BY THE BENEFICIARY, INDICATING NAME AND TITLE OF THE SIGNER STATING ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:

A. THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THIS DRAWING UNDER COMERICA BANK STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. [INSERT L/C NO.] IN THE AMOUNT OF USD (INSERT AMOUNT) IS BEING MADE AS SUCH AMOUNT IS DUE TO THE BENEFICIARY AS LANDLORD UNDER THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THAT CERTAIN OFFICE LEASE, AS AMENDED (THE “LEASE”)DATED AS OF [NEED DATE] THAT EXISTS BY AND BETWEEN 600 WILSHIRE PROPERTY LLC (“LANDLORD”) AND DESTINATIONRX, INC. (“TENANT”).

OR

B. THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT WE HAVE RECEIVED A WRITTEN NOTICE OF COMERICA BANK’S ELECTION NOT TO EXTEND THEIR STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. [INSERT L/C NO.] AND HAVE NOT RECEIVED A REPLACEMENT STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT OR ANY OTHER FINANCIAL ASSURANCE SATISFACTORY TO US WITHIN AT LEAST SIXTY (60) DAYS PRIOR TO THE PRESENT EXPIRATION DATE FROM DESTINATIONRX, INC.

OR

C. THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT BENEFICIARY IS ENTITLED TO DRAW DOWN THE FULL AMOUNT OF USD (AMOUNT) UNDER COMERICA BANK’S STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. [INSERT L/C NO.] AS THE RESULT OF THE FILING OF A VOLUNTARY PETITION UNDER THE U.S. BANKRUPTCY CODE OR A STATE BANKRUPTCY CODE BY DESTINATIONRX, INC., WHICH FILING HAS NOT BEEN DISMISSED AT THE TIME OF THIS DRAWING.

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  (iii)   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


Page(s)

 

OR

D. THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT BENEFICIARY IS ENTITLED TO DRAW DOWN THE FULL AMOUNT OF USD (AMOUNT) UNDER COMERICA BANK’S STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. [INSERT L/C NO.] AS THE RESULT OF THE FILING OF AN INVOLUNTARY PETITION HAVING BEEN FILED UNDER THE U.S. BANKRUPTCY CODE OR A STATE BANKRUPTCY CODE AGAINST DESTINATIONRX, INC., WHICH FILING HAS NOT BEEN DISMISSED AT THE TIME OF THIS DRAWING.

SPECIAL CONDITIONS:

ALL SIGNATURES MUST BE MANUALLY EXECUTED IN ORIGINALS.

ALL INFORMATION REQUIRED WHETHER INDICATED BY BLANKS, BRACKETS OR OTHERWISE, MUST BE COMPLETED AT THE TIME OF DRAWING.

PARTIAL DRAWINGS AND MULTIPLE PRESENTATIONS MAY BE MADE UNDER THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT EACH SUCH DEMAND THAT IS PAID BY US SHALL REDUCE THE AMOUNT AVAILABLE UNDER THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT.

IT IS A CONDITION OF THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT THAT IT SHALL BE DEEMED AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED WITHOUT AMENDMENT FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM THE PRESENT OR ANY FUTURE EXPIRATION DATE, UNLESS AT LEAST SIXTY (60) DAYS PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE WE SEND YOU NOTICE BY OVERNIGHT COURIER THAT WE ELECT NOT TO EXTEND THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT FOR ANY SUCH ADDITIONAL PERIOD. SAID NOTIFICATION WILL BE SENT TO THE ADDRESS INDICATED ABOVE, UNLESS A CHANGE OF ADDRESS IS OTHERWISE NOTIFIED BY YOU TO US IN WRITING BY RECEIPTED MAIL OR COURIER. ANY NOTICE TO US WILL BE DEEMED EFFECTIVE ONLY UPON ACTUAL RECEIPT BY US AT OUR DESIGNATED OFFICE. IN NO EVENT, AND WITHOUT FURTHER NOTICE FROM OURSELVES, SHALL THE EXPIRATION DATE BE EXTENDED BEYOND A FINAL EXPIRATION DATE OF <need final expiration date> .

THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY BE TRANSFERRED SUCCESSIVELY IN ITS ENTIRETY ONLY UP TO THE THEN AVAILABLE AMOUNT IN FAVOR OF A NOMINATED TRANSFEREE (“TRANSFEREE”), ASSUMING SUCH TRANSFER TO SUCH TRANSFEREE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE U.S. LAWS AND REGULATIONS. AT THE TIME OF TRANSFER, THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT AND ORIGINAL AMENDMENT(S) IF ANY, MUST BE SURRENDERED TO US TOGETHER WITH OUR TRANSFER FORM (AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST) . ALL COSTS RELATING TO THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, INCLUDING ANY AND ALL TRANSFER RELATED COSTS SHALL BE PAID BY THE APPLICANT. PAYMENT OF ANY TRANSFER FEES AND/OR ANY TRANSFER RELATED COSTS SHALL NOT BE A CONDITION PRECEDENT TO TRANSFER.

ALL DRAFTS REQUIRED UNDER THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT MUST BE MARKED: “DRAWN UNDER COMERICA BANK IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. [INSERT L/C NO.].”

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  (iv)   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


Page(s)

 

ALL DOCUMENTS ARE TO BE DISPATCHED BY COURIER SERVICE TO COMERICA BANK INTERNATIONAL TRADE SERVICES, 2321 ROSECRANS AVE., 5TH FL., EL SEGUNDO, CA 90245, ATTN: STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT DEPT, TEAM 44.

ALL COMMUNICATIONS TO US WITH RESPECT TO THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT MUST BE ADDRESSED TO US IN WRITING AT OUR OFFICE ADDRESS AS INDICATED ABOVE.

WE HEREBY ENGAGE WITH YOU THAT DRAWING(S) MADE UNDER AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT WILL BE DULY HONORED UPON PRESENTATION TO US IN PERSON OR VIA COURIER SERVICE TO OUR ADDRESS: COMERICA BANK, INTERNATIONAL TRADE SERVICES, 2321 ROSECRANS AVE., 5TH FLOOR, EL SEGUNDO, CA 90245, ATTN: STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT, TEAM 44 ON OR BEFORE <need initial expiry date> , 2012, OR ANY AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED DATE. PRESENTATION MAY ALSO BE EFFECTED BY FACSIMILE TO COMERICA BANK FAX NUMBER 310 297-2890 CONFIRMED BY PHONE CALL AT 310 297-2840. WHEN PRESENTATION IS MADE BY FACSIMILE, IN LIEU OF PRESENTATION OF THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT, THE BENEFICIARY MAY PRESENT BENEFICIARY’S STATEMENT THAT 600 WILSHIRE PROPERTY LLC IS IN POSSESSION OF THE ORIGINAL LETTER OF CREDIT, AND THAT THE AMOUNT AND DATE OF THIS PRESENTATION HAS BEEN NOTED ON THE BACK OF SUCH ORIGINAL. IN THE EVENT OF FACSIMILE DRAWING, THE DRAFT(S) REQUIRED HEREUNDER WILL BE CONSIDERED TO HAVE BEEN PRESENTED TO COMERICA BANK IF COPIES OF SUCH DRAFT(S) ARE RECEIVED BY COMERICA BANK BY MEANS OF A FACSIMILE AT THE FAX NUMBER NOTED ABOVE. HOWEVER, THE DRAFT MUST INCLUDE THE FRONT AND BACK OF THE DRAFT IN ORDER TO EVIDENCE ENDORSEMENT THEREOF.

WE HEREBY AGREE WITH YOU THAT IF DRAFTS ARE PRESENTED TO COMERICA BANK UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AT OR PRIOR TO 11:00 A.M., PACIFIC TIME, ON A BANKING DAY, AND PROVIDED THAT SUCH DRAFTS PRESENTED CONFORM TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, PAYMENT SHALL BE INITIATED BY US IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS BY OUR CLOSE OF BANKING ON THE SUCCEEDING BANKING DAY. IF DRAFTS ARE PRESENTED TO COMERICA BANK UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AFTER 11:00 A.M., PACIFIC TIME, ON A BANKING DAY, AND PROVIDED THAT SUCH DRAFTS CONFORM WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, PAYMENT SHALL BE INITIATED BY US IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS BY OUR CLOSE OF BANKING ON THE SECOND SUCCEEDING BANKING DAY. AS USED IN THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, “BANKING DAY” SHALL MEAN ANY DAY OTHER THAN A SATURDAY, SUNDAY OR A DAY ON WHICH BANKING INSTITUTIONS IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA ARE AUTHORIZED OR REQUIRED BY LAW TO CLOSE. IF THE EXPIRATION DATE FOR THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL EVER FALL ON A DAY WHICH IS NOT A BANKING DAY, THEN SUCH EXPIRATION DATE SHALL AUTOMATICALLY BE EXTENDED TO THE DATE WHICH IS THE NEXT BANKING DAY.

THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT SETS FORTH IN FULL THE TERMS OF OUR UNDERTAKING AND SUCH UNDERTAKING SHALL NOT BE IN ANY WAY MODIFIED, AMENDED OR AMPLIFIED BY REFERENCE TO ANY DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN OR IN WHICH THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT IS REFERRED TO OR TO WHICH THIS IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT RELATES, AND ANY SUCH REFERENCE SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO INCORPORATE HEREIN BY REFERENCE ANY DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT.

EXCEPT SO FAR AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY STATED HEREIN, THIS STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBJECT TO THE “INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICES” (ISP 98) INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE (PUBLICATION NO. 590).

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  (v)   [DestinationRX, Inc.]


Page(s)

 

ANNEX A

SIGHT DRAFT

 

DATE:                                                  REF. NO.                                               
   
              ARTICLE 1AT SIGHT
PAY TO THE ORDER OF                                                               US$                                                              
 
US DOLLARS                                                                                                                                                            
 
“DRAWN UNDER COMERICA BANK, IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT
NUMBER NO.                          DATED                      , 2011”
   
TO:    COMERICA BANK           
     2321 ROSECRANS AVE., 5 TH  FL      

 

(INSERT NAME OF BENEFICIARY)

    
     EL SEGUNDO, CA 90245           
              

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

    

GUIDELINES TO PREPARE THE SIGHT DRAFT :

 

1. DATE: ISSUANCE DATE OF DRAFT.

 

2. REF. NO. : YOUR REFERENCE NUMBER, IF ANY.

 

3. PAY TO THE ORDER OF : BENEFICIARY’S NAME

 

4. US$ : AMOUNT OF DRAWING IN FIGURES.

 

5. US DOLLARS: AMOUNT OF DRAWING IN WORDS.

 

6. LETTER OF CREDIT NUMBER: OUR STANDBY L/C NUMBER THAT PERTAINS TO THE DRAWING.

 

7. DATED: ISSUANCE DATE OF OUR STANDBY L/C.

NOTE: BENEFICIARY’S NAME SHOULD BE PRINTED AT THE BACK OF THE SIGHT DRAFT WITH ENDORSEMENT.

 

    600 WILSHIRE BOULEVARD
  (vi)   [DestinationRX, Inc.]

Exhibit 10.10.1

 

LOGO

December 15, 2011

Douglas Schneider

3511 Saybrook Ve

Cincinnati, OH 45208

 

Re: Terms of Employment

Dear Doug:

Connecture, Inc. (the “Company”) has agreed to employ you as its Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”). Your starting date will be December 31, 2011 (the “Effective Date”).

You will report directly to the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”). You agree to perform all duties that are consistent with your position and that may otherwise be assigned to you from time-to-time by the Board. You agree to (i) devote all necessary working time required of your position, (ii) devote your best efforts, skill, and energies to promote and advance the business and/or interests of the Company, and (iii) fully perform your obligations under this Agreement. During the term of your employment, you will not render services to any other entity, regardless of whether you receive compensation, without the prior written consent of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, you may: (a) engage in community, charitable, and educational activities, (b) manage your personal investments, and (c) with the prior written consent of the Company, serve on corporate boards or committees, provided that such activities do not conflict or interfere with the performance of your obligations under this letter or conflict with the interests of the Company.

In addition, during the term of your employment, the Company will provide the following compensation and benefits to you:

 

    The Company will pay you a base salary of $25,000 per month ($300,000 on an annualized basis), minus applicable withholdings and paid in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices. The Board, or the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”), will review your annual base salary at least annually to determine whether to adjust it.

 

    Within one (1) week after the Effective Date, the Company will pay you a signing bonus of $150,000. Upon receipt, you will execute a promissory note providing that if your employment terminates for any of the reasons set forth in Sections 2(a)-(e) of the SPA (as hereinafter defined) prior to the first anniversary of the Effective Date, you agree to repay the Company 1/12 th of the signing bonus for each full month remaining prior to the first anniversary of the Effective Date.

 

    During the Employment Period, you will be eligible to receive an annual bonus (the “Annual Bonus”) with a target payment of 50% of your then current annual base salary, based on (i) your performance and the Company’s performance, measured against (ii) the achievement of certain objectives (the “Annual Bonus Objectives”) established from year-to-year by the Compensation Committee and approved by you, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld by you. The Compensation Committee will determine, in its sole and absolute discretion, whether the Annual Bonus Objectives have been achieved based on your performance and the Company’s performance. You will not receive any Annual Bonus if, for any reason, you are not employed on the last day of the calendar year for which the Annual Bonus is to be paid. The Annual Bonus will be subject to all applicable withholdings and will be paid within sixty (60) days after the end of the calendar year.

 

1


    On the first and second anniversaries of the Effective Date, you will be eligible to receive an annual anniversary bonus (the “Anniversary Bonus”) of $50,000 each based on the achievement of certain objectives (the “Anniversary Bonus Objectives”) established from year-to-year by the Compensation Committee and approved by you, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld by you. The Compensation Committee will determine, in its sole and absolute discretion, whether the Anniversary Bonus Objectives have been achieved. You will not receive any Anniversary Bonus if, for any reason, you are not employed on the anniversary of the Effective Date for which the first or second Anniversary Bonus, respectively, is to be paid. The Anniversary Bonus will be subject to all applicable withholdings and will be paid within sixty (60) days after the expiration of the first and second anniversaries of the Effective Date, respectively.

 

    You will be eligible to participate in all benefit plans in effect for executives and employees of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of such plans.

 

    You will be entitled to receive all other fringe benefits available to executives of the Company, including, but not limited to, health insurance, disability, and 401K plan.

 

    You will be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the Company’s policy.

 

    The Company will reimburse you for reasonable living expenses, as determined by the Board in its sole and absolute discretion, directly relating to your relocation and transition to Milwaukee, Wisconsin for up to three (3) weeks during the month of January, 2012 (the “Transitional Living Expenses”). The Transitional Living Expenses must be pre-approved by the Board.

 

    The Company will promptly reimburse you for all approved business expenses incurred by you in the performance of your duties under this Agreement in accordance with the policies and procedures of the Company.

 

    The Company will reimburse you for professional fees, dues, and/or continuing education seminars in accordance with the policies and procedures of the Company.

Following your “separation from service” (as defined in Code §409A(a)(2)(A)(i)), the Company has agreed to provide to you the pay and benefits described in the Separation Pay Agreement attached as Exhibit A (the “SPA”). In addition, in exchange for the consideration set forth above, you are required to execute the Employment Covenants Agreement attached as Exhibit B (the “ECA”).

As soon as administratively practicable following your execution of the SPA and the ECA, the Company will request that the Board grant you an option to purchase 22,286,024 shares of common stock of the Company issued pursuant to the Company’s 2010 stock incentive plan to be evidenced by a stock option agreement in the form attached as Exhibit C.

This letter shall be interpreted and administered in a manner so that any amount or benefit payable hereunder shall be paid or provided in a manner that is either exempt from or compliant with the requirements of Code §409A and applicable Internal Revenue Service guidance and Treasury Regulations issued thereunder (and any applicable transition relief under Code §409A). All reimbursements of expenses provided under this letter shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Code § 409A, including, where applicable, the requirement that: (i) any reimbursement is for expenses incurred during the term of your employment, (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement during a calendar year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other calendar year, (iii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense will be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the year in which the expense is incurred, and (iv) the right to reimbursement is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

2


Nevertheless, the tax treatment of the benefits provided under this letter are not warranted or guaranteed. Neither the Company nor its directors, officers, employees, or advisers shall be held liable for any taxes, interest, penalties, or other monetary amounts owed by the you as a result of the application of Code §409A. Any right to a series of installment payments under this letter shall, for purposes of Code §409A, be treated as a right to a series of separate payments.

Your employment relationship with the Company is at-will. You may terminate your employment with the Company at any time and for any reason whatsoever simply by notifying the Company. Likewise, the Company may terminate your employment at any time with or without cause or advance notice.

The benefits described in this letter are provided for informational purposes only. At the Company’s discretion, policies and benefits may be changed at any time, and this letter does not establish any vested rights in benefits. This letter does not create a contract of employment or a contract for benefits.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this letter, your employment with the Company is contingent upon (i) your execution of the SPA and the ECA, and (ii) the successful completion of a background check.

Sincerely,

/s/ David A. Jones, Jr.

David A. Jones, Jr.

Chairman and Managing Director, Chrysalis Ventures

Chairman of the Board of Directors, Connecture

 

3


EMPLOYMENT COVENANTS AGREEMENT

This EMPLOYMENT COVENANTS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), by and between Connecture, Inc. (the “Company”) and Douglas Schneider (“You” or “Your”)(collectively, the “Parties”) 1 , is made and entered into as of December 31, 2011 (the “Effective Date”).

 

For and in consideration of the Company’s agreement to employ You, You agree to the following terms:

1. Acknowledgments . You acknowledge that:

 

  (a) Your position is a position of trust and responsibility with access to Confidential Information, Trade Secrets, and information concerning employees and customers of the Company;

 

  (b) the Trade Secrets and Confidential Information, and the relationship between the Company and each of its Employees and Customers, are valuable assets of the Company and may not be used for any purpose other than the Company’s business; and

 

  (c) the restrictions contained in this Agreement are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate business interests of the Company, and will not impair or infringe upon Your right to work or earn a living in the event Your employment with the Company ends.

1. Trade Secrets and Confidential Information.

 

  (a) You represent and warrant that:

 

  (i) You are not subject to any legal or contractual duty or agreement that would prevent or prohibit You from performing Your duties for the Company or complying with this Agreement, and

 

  (ii) You are not in breach of any legal or contractual duty or agreement, including any agreement concerning trade secrets or confidential information owned by any other party.

 

  (b) You shall not:

 

  (i) use, disclose, or reverse engineer the Trade Secrets or the Confidential Information for any purpose other than the Company’s business, except as authorized in writing by the Company;
  (ii) during Your employment with the Company, use, disclose, or reverse engineer (a) any confidential information or trade secrets of any former employer or third party, or (b) any works of authorship developed in whole or in part by You during any former employment or for any other party, unless such works are owned by you or you are authorized in writing by the former employer or third party; or

 

  (iii) upon Your resignation or termination, (a) retain Trade Secrets or Confidential Information, including any copies existing in any form (including electronic form) which are in Your possession or control, or (b) destroy, delete, or alter the Trade Secrets or Confidential Information without the Company’s written consent.

 

  (c) The obligations under this Agreement shall:

 

  (i) with regard to the Trade Secrets, remain in effect as long as the information constitutes a trade secret under applicable law; and

 

  (ii) with regard to the Confidential Information, remain in effect during the Restricted Period.

 

(d) The confidentiality, property, and proprietary rights protections available in this Agreement are in addition to, and not exclusive of, any and all other rights to which the Company is entitled under federal and state law, including, but not limited to, rights provided under copyright laws, trade secret and confidential information laws, and laws concerning fiduciary duties.

1. Non-Disclosure of Customer Information . During the Restricted Period, You will not, except as authorized by the Company, divulge or make accessible to any person or entity (a) the names of Customers, or (b) any information contained in Customer’s accounts.

1. Non-Solicitation of Customers . During the Restricted Period, You will not directly or indirectly solicit any Customer of the Company for the purpose of providing any

 

 

1  

Unless otherwise indicated, all capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in the “Definitions” attached as Exhibit A. Exhibit A is incorporated by reference and is included in the definition of “Agreement.”

 

   1   
     


goods or services competitive with the Business. The restrictions set forth in this Section apply only to Customers with whom You had Contact.

1. Non-Recruit of Employees . During the Restricted Period, You will not, directly or indirectly, solicit, recruit or induce any Employee to (a) terminate his or her employment relationship with the Company, or (b) work for any other person or entity engaged in the Business.

6. Non-Competition . During the Restricted Period, You shall not, on Your own behalf or on behalf of any person or entity, engage in the Business in the Territory. This restriction is specifically limited to the performance of any of the activities which You performed, or which are substantially similar to those which You performed, for or on behalf of the Company.

7. Work Product . Your employment duties may include inventing in areas directly or indirectly related to the business of the Company or to a line of business that the Company may reasonably be interested in pursuing. All Work Product shall constitute work made for hire. If (a) any of the Work Product may not be considered work made for hire, or (b) ownership of all right, title, and interest in and to the Work Product will not vest exclusively in the Company, then, without further consideration, You assign all presently-existing Work Product to the Company, and agree to assign, and automatically assign, all future Work Product to the Company.

The Company will have the right to obtain and hold in its own name copyrights, patents, design registrations and continuations thereof, proprietary database rights, trademarks, rights of publicity, and any other protection available in the Work Product. At the Company’s request, You agree to perform, during or after Your employment with the Company, any acts to transfer, perfect and defend the Company’s ownership of the Work Product, including, but not limited to: (a) executing all documents (including a formal assignment to the Company) for filing an application or registration for protection of the Work Product (an “Application”), (b) explaining the nature of the Work Product to persons designated by the Company, (c) reviewing Applications and other related papers, or (d) providing any other assistance reasonably required for the orderly prosecution of Applications.

You agree to provide the Company with a written description of any Work Product in which You are involved (solely or jointly with others) and the circumstances surrounding the creation of such Work Product.

8. License . During Your employment and after Your employment with the Company ends, You grant to the Company an irrevocable, nonexclusive, worldwide, royalty-free license to: (a) make, use, sell, copy, perform, display,

distribute, or otherwise utilize copies of the Licensed Materials, (b) prepare, use and distribute derivative works based upon the Licensed Materials, and (c) authorize others to do the same. You shall notify the Company in writing of any Licensed Materials You deliver to the Company.

9. Release . During Your employment and after Your employment with the Company ends, You consent to the Company’s use of Your image, likeness, voice, or other characteristics in the Company’s products or services. You release the Company from any cause of action which You have or may have arising out of the use, distribution, adaptation, reproduction, broadcast, or exhibition of such characteristics. You represent that You have obtained, for the benefit of the Company, the same release in writing from all third parties whose characteristics are included in the services, materials, computer programs and other deliverables that You provide to the Company.

10. Post-Employment Disclosure . During the Restricted Period, You shall provide a copy of this Agreement to persons and/or entities for whom You work or consult as an owner, partner, joint venturer, employee or independent contractor. If, during the Restricted Period, You work or consult for another person or entity as an owner, partner, joint venturer, employee or independent contractor, You shall provide the Company with such person or entity’s name, the nature of such person or entity’s business, Your job title, and a general description of the services You will provide.

11. Injunctive Relief . If You breach this Agreement, You agree that:

 

  (a) the Company would suffer irreparable harm;

 

  (b) it would be difficult to determine damages, and money damages alone would be an inadequate remedy for the injuries suffered by the Company; and

 

  (c) if the Company seeks injunctive relief to enforce this Agreement, You will waive and will not (i) assert any defense that the Company has an adequate remedy at law with respect to the breach, (ii) require that the Company submit proof of the economic value of any Confidential Information, or (iii) require the Company to post a bond or any other security.

Nothing contained in this Agreement shall limit the Company’s right to any other remedies at law or in equity.

12. Independent Enforcement . The covenants set forth in Sections 2 – 6 of this Agreement shall be construed as agreements independent of (a) any other agreements, or

 

 

2


(b) any other provision in this Agreement, and the existence of any claim or cause of action by You against the Company, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, regardless of who was at fault and regardless of any claims that either You or the Company may have against the other, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Company of the covenants set forth in Sections 2 – 6 of this Agreement. The Company shall not be barred from enforcing the restrictive covenants set forth in Sections 2 – 6 of this Agreement by reason of any breach of (a) any other part of this Agreement, or (b) any other agreement with You.

13. At-will Employment . This Agreement does not create a contract of employment or a contract for benefits for any specific duration. Your employment relationship with the Company is at-will. This means that at either Your option or the Company’s option, Your employment may be terminated at any time, with or without cause or prior notice.

14. Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of litigation relating to this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover attorneys’ fees and costs of litigation in addition to all other remedies available at law or in equity.

15. Waiver . Neither party’s failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall act as a waiver of that or any other provision. Neither party’s waiver of any breach of this Agreement shall not act as a waiver of any other breach.

16. Severability . The provisions of this Agreement are severable. If any provision is determined to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions and any partially enforceable provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

17. Governing Law/Consent to Jurisdiction and Venue . This Agreement and the rights and obligations hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Wisconsin. The Parties agree that any and all disputes related to or involving this Agreement shall be litigated in a state or federal court of competent jurisdiction in the city of Waukesha, Wisconsin. The Parties waive (a) any objection to jurisdiction or venue, or (b) any defense claiming lack of jurisdiction or improper venue, in any action brought in such courts.

18. No Strict Construction . If there is a dispute about the language of this Agreement, the fact that one Party drafted the Agreement shall not be used in its interpretation.

19. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, including Exhibit A which is incorporated by reference, constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties concerning the subject matter of this Agreement. This Agreement supersedes any

prior communications, agreements or understandings, whether oral or written, between the Parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.

20. Amendments . This Agreement may not be amended or modified except in writing signed by both Parties, except that, as a condition of employment and a material term under this Agreement, You agree that, at any time during Your employment, as may be requested by the Company, You shall sign an amendment to this Agreement which would modify the scope of any of the restrictive covenants set forth in Sections 2 - 6 above (the “Amendment”) (i) based on changes to Your duties or the “Territory”, (ii) if the Company relocates You to another state, and/or (iii) changes in the law regarding restrictive covenants. You agree that You shall not be entitled to any additional consideration to execute the Amendment, unless applicable law requires otherwise, in which case the Company shall determine, in its sole and absolute discretion, the amount of additional consideration to provide to You in exchange for the Amendment. You agree that Your refusal to sign any such Amendment shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement. The Agreement may not otherwise be amended or modified except in writing signed by both Parties.

21. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be assignable to, and shall inure to the benefit of, the Company’s successors and assigns, including, without limitation, successors through merger, name change, consolidation, or sale of a majority of the Company’s stock or assets, and shall be binding upon You. You shall not have the right to assign Your rights or obligations under this Agreement. The covenants contained in this Agreement shall survive cessation of Your employment with the Company, regardless of who causes the cessation or the reason for cessation.

22. Return of Company Property/Materials . Upon the termination of Your employment for any reason or upon the Company’s request at any time, You shall immediately return to the Company all of the Company’s property, including, but not limited to, keys, passcards, credit cards, confidential or proprietary lists (including, but not limited to, customer, supplier, licensor, and client lists), rolodexes, tapes, laptop computer, software, computer files, marketing and sales materials, and any other property, record, document, or piece of equipment belonging to the Company. You will not (i) retain any copies of the Company’s property, including any copies existing in electronic form, which are in Your possession or control, or (ii) destroy, delete, or alter any Company property, including, but not limited to, any files stored on a laptop computer, without the Company’s prior written consent. The obligations contained in this Section shall also apply to any property which belongs to a third party, including, but

 

 

3


not limited to, (i) any entity which is affiliated or related to the Company, or (ii) the Company’s customers, licensors, or suppliers.

23. Affirmation . You acknowledge that You have carefully read this Agreement, You know and understand its terms and conditions, and You have had the opportunity to ask

the Company any questions You may have had prior to signing this Agreement. You acknowledge that the Company encouraged You to consult with an attorney or other advisor of Your choice regarding the terms of this Agreement, and You have either done so or intentionally chosen no to do so.

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have signed this Agreement, effective as of the Effective Date.

 

Connecture, Inc.    

/s/ Robert Douglas Schneider

      Employee Signature
By:  

/s/ David A. Jones, Jr.

   

Robert Douglas Schneider

Name:  

David A. Jones, Jr.

    Print Name of Employee
Title:  

Chairman, Board of Directors

   
Address:  

 

    Executed by Employee in Waukesha, Wisconsin.

 

   

 

4


EXHIBIT A

DEFINITIONS

 

A. “Business” means (i) those activities, products, and services that are the same as or similar to the activities conducted and products and services offered and/or provided by the Company within two (2) years prior to termination of Your employment with the Company; and (ii) the business of: (a) developing, marketing, selling, and implementing computer software which enables insurers, third party administrators, and other insurance industry enterprises to automate insurance processes and exchange information through internet-based applications (the “Software”), and (b) providing maintenance, hosting, and customer and support services, related to the Software.

 

B. “Confidential Information” means (a) information of the Company, to the extent not considered a Trade Secret under applicable law, that (i) relates to the business of the Company, (ii) possesses an element of value to the Company, (iii) is not generally known to the Company’s competitors, and (iv) would damage the Company if disclosed, and (b) information of any third party provided to the Company which the Company is obligated, by contract or otherwise, to treat as confidential (such third party to be referred to as the “Third Party”), including, but not limited to, information provided to the Company by its licensors, suppliers, or customers. Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, (i) future business plans, (ii) the composition, description, schematic or design of products, future products or equipment of the Company or any Third Party, (iii) communication systems, audio systems, system designs and related documentation, (iv) advertising or marketing plans, (v) information regarding independent contractors, employees, clients, licensors, suppliers, customers, or any Third Party, including, but not limited to, customer lists compiled by the Company, and customer information compiled by the Company, and (vi) information concerning the Company’s or the Third Parties’ financial structure and methods and procedures of operation. Confidential Information shall not include any information that (i) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of an unauthorized disclosure, (ii) has been independently developed and disclosed by others without violating this Agreement or the legal rights of any party, or (iii) otherwise enters the public domain through lawful means.

 

C. “Contact” means any interaction between You and a Customer which (i) takes place in an effort to establish, maintain, and/or further a business relationship on behalf of the Company and (ii) occurs during the last two (2) years of Your employment with the Company (or during Your employment if employed less than two (2) years).

 

D. “Customer” means any person or entity to whom the Company has sold its products or services, or solicited to sell its products or services.

 

E. “Employee” means any person who (i) is employed by the Company at the time Your employment with the Company ends, (ii) was employed by the Company during the last two (2) years of Your employment with the Company (or during Your employment if employed less than two (2) years), or (iii) is employed by the Company during the Restricted Period.

 

F. “Licensed Materials” means any materials that You utilize for the benefit of the Company, or deliver to the Company or the Company’s customers, which (i) do not constitute Work Product, (ii) are created by You or of which You are otherwise in lawful possession, and (iii) You may lawfully utilize for the benefit of, or distribute to, the Company or the Company’s customers.

 

G. “Restricted Period” means the time period during Your employment with the Company, and for one (1) year after Your employment with the Company ends.

 

H. “Territory” means within each of the following discrete, severable, geographic areas:

(i) Any (a) state, (b) county, and/or (c) city in the United States in which You performed services for or on behalf of the Company during the last two (2) years of Your employment with the Company;

(ii) a twenty-five (25) air mile radius around each of the Company’s offices located at (a) One Riverwood Place, N17W24222 Riverwood Drive, Suite 330, Waukesha, WI 53188-1168, (b) 101 Marietta Street, Suite 1600, Atlanta, GA 30303, and (c) 314 Farmington Ave, Suite 120, Farmington, CT 06032;

(iii) the United States of America (including the following states: Alabama, Alaska, Arizona, Arkansas, California, Colorado, Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Idaho, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, North Dakota, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming); and

(iv) the following specific entities that are engaged in the Business, and any of their business units, business divisions, successors, assigns, affiliates, subsidiaries, related companies, and parents that are engaged in the Business: [insert].

 

I.

“Trade Secrets” means information of the Company, and its licensors, suppliers, clients and customers, without regard to form, including, but not limited to, technical or nontechnical data, a formula, a pattern, a compilation, a program, a device, a method, a technique, a drawing, or a process which is not commonly known by or available to the public and which information (i) derives economic value, actual or

 

5


  potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily ascertainable by proper means by, other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use, and (ii) is the subject of efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain its secrecy.

 

J. “Work Product” means (a) any data, databases, materials, documentation, computer programs, inventions (whether or not patentable), designs, and/or works of authorship, including but not limited to, discoveries, ideas, concepts, properties, formulas, compositions, methods, programs, procedures, systems, techniques, products, improvements, innovations, writings, pictures, audio, video, images of You, and artistic works, and (b) any subject matter protected under patent, copyright, proprietary database, trademark, trade secret, rights of publicity, confidential information, or other property rights, including all worldwide rights therein, that is or was conceived, created or developed in whole or in part by You while employed by the Company and that either (i) is created within the scope of Your employment, (ii) is based on, results from, or is suggested by any work performed within the scope of Your employment and is directly or indirectly related to the business of the Company or a line of business that the Company may reasonably be interested in pursuing, (iii) has been or will be paid for by the Company, or (iv) was created or improved in whole or in part by using the Company’s time, resources, data, facilities, or equipment.

 

6

Exhibit 10.10.2

Connecture, Inc.

18500 W. Corporate Drive

Suite 250

Brookfield, WI 53045

October 18, 2014

Mr. Robert Douglas Schneider

136 N. Milwaukee Street

Apt 509

Milwaukee, WI 53202

 

Re: Compensation Changes

Dear Doug:

As you know, Connecture, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), is contemplating an initial public offering (“IPO”) of the Company’s common stock. In consideration for your work for the Company, if the IPO closes and is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission by December 31, 2014, then beginning as of January 1, 2015, your base salary will be increased to $400,000 per year and the target for your Annual Bonus (as defined in your offer letter, dated December 15, 2011) will be increased from up to 50% of your then current base salary to up to 125% of your then current base salary. Also, your Annual Bonus, if earned, may be paid in the form of cash or equity securities of the Company, as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board.

Thank you for your continued support of the Company.

Please acknowledge your agreement to the foregoing by countersigning this letter in the space provided below.

 

Connecture, Inc.
By:  

/s/ James Purko

  James Purko, CFO

 

Acknowledged and agreed:    

/s/ Robert Douglas Schneider

      Date: October 18, 2014
Robert Douglas Schneider      

Exhibit 10.10.3

TRANSACTION BONUS AGREEMENT

This Transaction Bonus Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of October 26, 2012, by and between Connecture, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Robert Douglas Schneider (“ Executive ”).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

The Company desires to incentivize Executive to further the growth and profitability of the Company.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises hereof, and of the mutual promises and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. Transaction Bonus . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Company will pay to Executive a transaction bonus in an amount equal to $76,199, payable in a single lump sum within ten (10) business days after the closing date of the first Transaction that occurs after the date of this Agreement (the “ Transaction Bonus ”). For purposes of this Agreement, “ Transaction ” has the meaning given such term in the Executive Performance Option Agreement by and between the Company and the Executive dated December 31, 2011. The Transaction Bonus may be paid in cash or in kind, or in some combination thereof, as determined by the Company.

2. Forfeiture . In order to receive the Transaction Bonus described above, Executive must be employed by the Company continuously from the date of this Agreement through the closing date of the Transaction in the position of Chief Executive Officer of the Company. If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates for any reason before the closing date of the Transaction, or Executive ceases to be the Chief Executive Officer of the Company before the closing date of the Transaction, then any and all rights to a Transaction Bonus shall terminate and be forfeited, and no payment shall be made. The Company will deduct from any payments made pursuant to this Agreement an amount equal to the federal, state and local taxes, if any, required by law to be withheld by the Company with respect to such payments.

3. 280G Compliance . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any portion of the Transaction Bonus would constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), the amount of the Transaction Bonus shall be reduced to the amount that would result in no portion of the Transaction Bonus being subject to the excise tax imposed pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code.

4. Effect on Other Benefits; Unfunded, Unsecured Obligation .

(a) Any payments made pursuant to this Agreement shall not be counted as compensation for purposes of any other employee benefit plan, program or agreement sponsored, maintained or contributed to by the Company unless expressly provided for in such employee benefit plan, program or agreement.


(b) This Agreement shall at all times be entirely unfunded, and no provisions shall at any time be made with respect to segregating assets of the Company for payment of any benefits hereunder. Additionally, nothing contained herein shall be construed as giving Executive, his beneficiary, or any other person or entity, any equity or other interest of any kind in any assets of the Company or creating a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship of any kind between the Company and any such person. As to any claim for any unpaid amounts under this Agreement, Executive, his beneficiary, and any other person having a claim for payment shall be unsecured creditors.

5. No Obligation . This Agreement shall not give Executive any right to continued employment or service with the Company or its subsidiaries or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or its subsidiaries to terminate Executive’s employment or service at any time.

6. Miscellaneous . Executive shall not have the power or right to transfer, assign, anticipate, mortgage, or otherwise encumber his interest under this Agreement, nor shall such interest be subject to seizure for the payment of Executive’s debts, judgments, alimony, or separate maintenance or be transferable by operation of law in the event of Executive’s bankruptcy, insolvency, divorce or separation. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns. This Agreement supersedes all previous agreements, written or oral, between the parties related to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may be amended only by written agreement signed by the parties. Upon payment of the Transaction Bonus, or any earlier dissolution, wind-down or split-up of the Company, this Agreement will be cancelled and of no further effect. The payment under this Agreement is intended to be exempt from Section 409A of the Code under the “short-term deferral” exemption. The Company does not guarantee any particular tax treatment of the compensation arrangement in this Agreement.

7. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

Executive:

/s/ Robert Douglas Schneider

Robert Douglas Schneider
C ONNECTURE , I NC .
By:  

/s/ James Purko

Name: James Purko
Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

3

Exhibit 10.10.4

Connecture, Inc.

18500 W. Corporate Drive

Suite 250

Brookfield, WI 53045

December 31, 2013

Mr. Douglas Schneider

136 N. Milwaukee Street

Apt 509

Milwaukee, WI 53202

 

Re: Bonus Agreement

Dear Doug:

In consideration for your work for Connecture, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the Company will pay you a Bonus (as described below) upon the earliest Payment Event (as defined below) to occur after the date of this letter (the “ Agreement ”), subject to the conditions described herein, so long as you are continuously employed by the Company (or any controlled affiliate) or its successor from the date of this Agreement through the Payment Event. If your continuous employment with the Company (or any controlled affiliate) and its successor terminates for any reason before the Payment Event, you will forfeit any and all rights to the Bonus.

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Bonus will be paid to you upon the earliest to occur of the following payment events (“ Payment Event ”): (i) on or within 20 days after the closing of the first public offering of capital stock of the Company that is effected pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“ IPO ”); provided, however if either the Company or the Company’s underwriters determine that payment of the Bonus on or within 20 days after the IPO may jeopardize the success of the IPO or subject the Company to other adverse consequences, the Bonus related to an IPO will be paid on October 1, 2014; (ii) on the closing of a Change of Control (“ Change of Control ”), as defined in the Connecture, Inc. 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, as may be amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”); (iii) on or within 20 days after the closing of an equity financing that results in gross proceeds to the Company of at least $20,000,000 (“ Financing ”); or (iv) October 1, 2014.

The amount of the Bonus will depend on which Payment Event triggers the right to payment as follows:

 

IPO     Change of Control     Financing     October 1, 2014  
$ 1,300,000      $ 1,000,000      $ 1,000,000      $ 1,000,000   

The Company will pay the Bonus to you in a single lump sum; provided, however, that if net sale proceeds payable upon a Change of Control are contingent, deferred, or conditional (i.e., escrowed or subject to any earn-out or similar arrangement), then a corresponding portion of the Bonus will be paid to you on the earlier of (x) the date on which such deferred portion is paid so long as you are continuously employed by the Company (or any controlled affiliate) or its successor from the date of this Agreement through such date, or (y) the date your employment is terminated by the Company (or any controlled affiliate) or its successor without Cause (as defined in the Plan). For purposes of this Agreement, an asset sale transaction will not be considered a termination of your employment if you are employed by the successor.


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if the Payment Event is October 1, 2014, the Company’s obligation to make any Bonus payment will be suspended to the extent and for so long as (x) the making of such Bonus payment would result in a violation or a breach of any covenant contained in any loan or other bona fide agreement to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or (y) the Company and its subsidiaries do not have a sufficient amount of cash to support the working capital needs of its business, as determined by the Company’s board of directors in its sole discretion, and, in each case, subject to Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder; provided, however, that, with respect to any suspended Bonus payment, if at any time after such suspension the conditions in clause (x) and (y) above are both no longer present, then the Company shall make such Bonus payment within 5 business days thereafter.

The Bonus may be paid in cash or in kind, or in some combination thereof, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion.

All payments under this Agreement will be subject to all applicable tax withholdings. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that any portion of any payment to you under this Agreement or otherwise may become subject to the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “ Code ”) or may be nondeductible to the Company (or any affiliate) or its successor under Section 280G of the Code, payment of those amounts shall be contingent upon the Company obtaining the approval of Company stockholders as provided in Section 280G of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, and the Company is under no obligation to seek such approval. If such stockholder approval is not obtained, then the portion of the payment under this Agreement that would otherwise cause any amount to be nondeductible to the Company or its successor under Section 280G of the Code shall be forfeited and you will have no further claim of right to such amount.

This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the Company and you with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior understandings, written or oral. This Agreement may be amended or otherwise modified only by a written instrument signed by both the Company and you. This Agreement and the rights hereunder will be governed by and construed in all respects in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. You are not permitted to assign this Agreement or any of your rights hereunder to any other party.

You acknowledge that you are an employee “at-will” and the Company may terminate your employment at any time for any reason, with or without cause. You agree that you will sign a release of claims in favor of the Company and its affiliates no later than the date of the first scheduled payment of the Bonus, and no Bonus will be paid if you do not sign the release by that date. Upon payment of the Bonus, or any earlier dissolution or wind-down of the Company, this Agreement will be cancelled and of no further effect.

The payments under this Agreement are intended to be exempt from application of Section 409A of the Code. The Company does not guarantee any particular tax treatment of the compensation arrangement in this Agreement.

This Agreement may be executed in counterparts which together shall be deemed to constitute one instrument.

 

- 2 -


Please acknowledge your agreement to the foregoing by countersigning this Agreement in the space provided below.

 

Connecture, Inc.
By:  

/s/ James Purko

Name:   James Purko
Title:   CFO

 

Acknowledged and agreed:

/s/ Robert Douglas Schneider

Douglas Schneider

[Signature Page to Bonus Agreement]

 

- 3 -

Exhibit 10.10.5

SEPARATION PAY AGREEMENT

THIS SEPARATION PAY AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), by and between Connecture, Inc. (the “Company”) and Douglas Schneider (“You”)(the Company and You each a “Party”, collectively the “Parties”), is entered into and made effective as of December 31, 2011 (the “Effective Date”).

WHEREAS, the Company and You have agreed to the terms of the separation pay the Company will pay You upon the termination of Your employment, and the Parties desire to express the terms and conditions in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Company’s agreement to employ You and in further consideration of the mutual agreements set forth herein, it is agreed:

1) EMPLOYMENT PERIOD . Your employment relationship with the Company is at-will. You may terminate Your employment with the Company at any time and for any reason whatsoever simply by notifying the Company. Likewise, the Company may terminate Your employment at any time with or without cause or advance notice. The period during which You are employed by the Company shall be referred to as the “Employment Period.”

2) TERMINATION . Your employment may be terminated for any or no reason, including any of the following:

 

  a) Your death;

 

  b) Your disability which renders You unable to perform the essential functions of Your job even with reasonable accommodation;

 

  c) Mutual agreement between You and the Company at any time;

 

  d) For Cause . For Cause means:

 

  i) Willful insubordination;

 

  ii) Any act or omission by You which is, or is likely to be, intentionally injurious to the Company or the business reputation of the Company;

 

  iii) Your willful misconduct, dishonesty, fraud, or malfeasance that results in injury to the Company; or

 

  iv) Your arrest, indictment for, or conviction of, or Your entry of a plea of guilty or no contest to: (a) a felony, or (b) crime involving moral turpitude;

 

  e) Your resignation for any or no reason, other than for Good Reason. If You resign Your employment with the Company, You shall provide the Company with thirty (30) days advance written notice of such resignation (the “Notice Period”); provided, however, that the Company may, at any time during the Notice Period, terminate Your employment for any or no reason. If the Company terminates Your employment for any reason prior to the expiration of the Notice Period, then: (i) the Company will pay You all accrued but unpaid wages through the date of termination based on Your then current base salary, and (ii) such termination shall still be considered a resignation under this Section 2(e). Nothing in this Section 2(e) shall alter the at-will employment relationship between You and the Company as set forth in Section 1 above; or

 

  f) Without Cause . Without Cause means any termination of employment by the Company which is not defined in Sections 2(a) - 2(e) above.

 

  g)

Good Reason . Good Reason means Your resignation if: (i) the Company, without Your written consent, (a) materially reduces Your then current authority, duties, or responsibilities, (b) materially reduces Your then current base salary, unless substantially all other executive management employees’ base salary is similarly or proportionately reduced, or (c) materially changes the geographic location at which You must perform services for the Company; (ii) You provide written notice to the Company of any such action

 

1


  within sixty (60) days of the date on which such action first occurs and provide the Company with thirty (30) days to remedy such action (the “Cure Period”); (iii) the Company fails to remedy such action within the Cure Period, and (iv) You resign within ten (10) days of the expiration of the Cure Period. Good Reason shall not include any isolated, insubstantial, or inadvertent action that (a) is not taken in bad faith, and (b) is remedied by the Company within the Cure Period.

3) Obligations of Company on Termination of Employment .

 

  a) If this Agreement terminates for any of the reasons set forth in Sections 2(a) – 2(e) above, then all of the Company’s obligations hereunder shall immediately cease and terminate, and You shall thereupon have no further right or entitlement to additional salary, incentive compensation payments or awards, or any perquisites from the Company whatsoever, except for the payment of Your then current base salary through the date of termination.

 

  b) If this Agreement terminates as described in Section 2(f) or Section 2(g) above, then the Company shall pay to You all accrued but unpaid wages through the termination date based on Your then current base salary. In addition, after Your “separation from service” (as defined in Code §409A(a)(2)(A)(i)) from the Company, the Company shall (i) pay You an amount equal to nine (9) months of Your then current annual base salary, to be paid over a period of nine (9) months on the first day of each month, in equal installments (each a “Salary Installment”), beginning on the first day of the next month immediately following the expiration of the 60-Day Release Period (defined below), and (ii) reimburse Your and Your eligible dependents’ actual Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“COBRA”) premium under the Company’s major medical group health plan on a monthly basis for a period of nine (9) months. If the first day of the month falls on a weekend or a legal holiday, the respective Salary Installment will be paid on the business day immediately preceding such day. Except as provided in the previous sentence, under no circumstances may any Salary Installment to be made under this Section 4(b) be accelerated or deferred unless agreed to in writing by Company and You.

The separation payments set forth in this Section 4(b) are subject to applicable withholdings, including, but not limited to, withholdings required by Code §3401. Except as provided in this Section 4(b), the Company shall have no further obligations to You, including under this Agreement, Company policy, or otherwise. The separation payments set forth in this Section 4(b) shall constitute full satisfaction of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement. The Company’s obligation to provide the separation payments set forth in this Section 4(b) shall be conditioned upon: (i) Your execution and non-revocation of an effective Separation & Release Agreement in a form prepared by and satisfactory to the Company, which includes, but is not limited to, Your release of the Company from any and all liability and claims of any kind (provided that such agreement must be executed and become irrevocable within sixty (60) days after the date of Your “separation from service” (the “60 Day Release Period”)), and (ii) Your compliance with the restrictive covenants set forth in the Employment Covenants Agreement between You and the Company dated January 2, 2012 (the “ECA”), and all other post-termination obligations to which You may be subject, including, but not limited to, the obligations contained in this Agreement. If You do not execute, or if You execute and then revoke, a Separation & Release Agreement as set forth above, the Company shall have no obligation to provide any separation payments to You under this Section 4(b), or any other payments to You. The Company’s obligation to make the separation payments set forth in this Section 4(b), or any other payments, shall terminate immediately upon any breach (“Breach”) by You of any post-termination obligations to which You are subject, including, but not limited to, the post-termination obligations set forth in the ECA. Further, if You Breach, the Company shall be entitled to recover any payments made to You or on Your behalf, including, but not limited to, payments made pursuant to this Section 4(b), and You shall reimburse the Company for all reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by the Company arising out of any such Breach. The remedies set forth above shall be in addition to any other legal or equitable remedy the Company may have, but shall not apply to any challenge to the validity of the waiver and release of Your rights under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (the “ADEA Waiver”), if applicable. The Company’s right to recover attorneys’ fees and costs in connection with an ADEA Waiver, if applicable, shall be governed by the provisions of the ADEA.

 

2


4) GENERAL PROVISIONS .

 

  a) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties concerning the subject matter of this Agreement. This Agreement supersedes any prior communications, agreements or understandings, whether oral or written, between the Parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, the Company’s offer letter to You dated December 6, 2011.

 

  b) This Agreement and the rights and obligations hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Wisconsin. The Parties agree that any and all disputes related to or involving this Agreement shall be litigated in a state or federal court of competent jurisdiction in the city of Waukesha, Wisconsin. The Parties waive (a) any objection to jurisdiction or venue, or (b) any defense claiming lack of jurisdiction or improper venue, in any action brought in such courts.

 

  c) In the event of litigation relating to this Agreement, the Company shall, if it is the prevailing party, be entitled to recover attorneys’ fees and costs of litigation in addition to all other remedies available at law or in equity.

 

  d) The provisions of this Agreement are severable. If any provision is determined to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions and any partially enforceable provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

 

  e) This Agreement will be assignable to, and will inure to the benefit of, the Company’s successors and assigns, including, without limitation, successors through merger, name change, consolidation, or sale of a majority of the Company’s stock or assets, and will be binding upon You and Your heirs and assigns.

 

  f) If You have any outstanding obligations to the Company upon and/or following the termination of this Agreement for any reason, You hereby authorize the Company to deduct any amounts that You owe to the Company from: (i) Your final paycheck, and/or (ii) any amounts that would otherwise be due to You, including, but not limited to, under Section 3(b) above, except to the extent that any such amounts constitute deferred compensation subject to Code §409A.

 

  g) This Agreement shall be interpreted and administered in a manner so that any amount or benefit payable hereunder shall be paid or provided in a manner that is either exempt from or compliant with the requirements of Code §409A and applicable Internal Revenue Service guidance and Treasury Regulations issued thereunder (and any applicable transition relief under Code §409A).

Nevertheless, the tax treatment of the benefits provided under the Agreement is not warranted or guaranteed. Neither the Company nor its directors, officers, employees, or advisers shall be held liable for any taxes, interest, penalties, or other monetary amounts owed by the You as a result of the application of Code §409A. Any right to a series of installment payments under this Agreement shall, for purposes of Code §409A, be treated as a right to a series of separate payments.

5) AFFIRMATION . You acknowledge that You have carefully read this Agreement, You know and understand its terms and conditions, and You have had the opportunity to ask the Company any questions You may have had prior to signing this Agreement. You acknowledge that the Company encouraged You to consult with an attorney or other advisor of Your choice regarding the terms of this Agreement, and You have either done so or intentionally chosen no to do so.

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement, to be effective as of the Effective Date.

 

CONNECTURE, INC.     DOUGLAS SCHNEIDER
By:  

/s/ David A. Jones, Jr.

   

/s/ Robert Douglas Schneider

Title:   Chairman, Board of Directors     Date:  

December 30, 2011

Date:   December 15, 2011     Executed by Employee in Waukesha, Wisconsin.

 

4


AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO

SEPARATION PAY AGREEMENT

This Amendment No. 1 to Separation Pay Agreement (this “ Amendment ”), dated as of August 1, 2014 (the “ Effective Date ”), is by and between Connecture, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Robert Douglas Schneider (the “ Executive ”).

WHEREAS, the Executive and the Company are parties to a Separation Pay Agreement dated and effective as of December 31, 2011 (the “ Separation Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, the Executive and the Company now wish to amend the Separation Agreement to modify the “good reason” definition and increase the severance period from 9 to 12 months.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows effective as of the Effective Date:

1. Section 2(g) of the Separation Agreement is amended and restated to read as follows:

Good Reason . Good Reason means Your resignation if: (i) the Company, without Your written consent, (a) materially reduces Your then current authority, duties or responsibilities or changes your job title and You resign within three hundred sixty-five (365) days of the date on which such action first occurs, (b) materially reduces Your then current base salary, unless substantially all other executive management employees’ base salary is similarly or proportionately reduced, or (c) materially changes the geographic location at which You must perform services for the Company; and (ii) in the case of subsections 2(g)(i)(b) and (c), (1) You provide written notice to the Company of any such action within sixty (60) days of the date on which such action first occurs and provide the Company with thirty (30) days to remedy such action (the “Cure Period”); (2) the Company fails to remedy such action within the Cure Period, and (3) You resign within ten (10) days of the expiration of the Cure Period. Good Reason shall not include any isolated, insubstantial, or inadvertent action that (a) is not taken in bad faith, and (b) with respect to subsections 2(g)(i)(b) and (c) is remedied by the Company within the Cure Period.

2. Section 3(b) of the Separation Agreement is amended and restated to read as follows:

If this Agreement terminates as described in Section 2(f) or Section 2(g) above, then the Company shall pay to You all accrued but unpaid wages through the termination date based on Your then current base salary. In addition, after Your “separation from service” (as defined in Code section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i)) from the Company, the Company shall (i) pay You an amount equal to twelve (12) months of Your then current annual base salary, to be paid over a period of twelve (12) months on the first day of each month, in equal installments (each a “Salary Installment”), beginning on the first day of the next month immediately following the expiration of the 60-Day Release Period (defined below), and (ii) reimburse Your and Your eligible dependents’ actual Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“COBRA”) premium under the Company’s major medical group health plan on a monthly basis for a period of twelve (12) months. If the first day of the month falls on a weekday or a legal holiday, the respective Salary Installment will be paid on the business day immediately preceding such day. Except as provided in the previous sentence, under no circumstances may any Salary Installment to be made under this Section 3(b) be accelerated or deferred unless agreed to in writing by the Company and You.


3. Section 4(g) of the Separation Agreement is amended to add the following additional paragraph thereto:

If a payment obligation under this Agreement or other compensation arrangement arises on account of Your separation from service while You are a “specified employee” (as defined under Section 409A and the Treasury Regulations thereunder), any payment of “deferred compensation” (as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(1), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12)) that is scheduled to be paid within six (6) months after such separation from service shall accrue without interest and shall be paid within 15 days after the end of the six-month period beginning on the date of such separation from service or, if earlier, within 15 days after the appointment of the personal representative or executor of Your estate following Your death.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the Effective Date.

 

CONNECTURE, INC.
By:  

/s/ James Purko

  Name:   James Purko
  Title:   CFO
Executive:

/s/ Robert Douglas Schneider

Robert Douglas Schneider

 

- 2 -

Exhibit 10.11.1

Connecture, Inc.

18500 W. Corporate Drive

Suite 250

Brookfield, WI 53045

December 31, 2013

Mr. Dave Sockel

1235 Zimmer Drive

Atlanta, GA 30306

 

Re: Bonus Agreement

Dear Dave:

In consideration for your work for Connecture, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the Company will pay you a Bonus (as described below) upon the earliest Payment Event (as defined below) to occur after the date of this letter (the “ Agreement ”), subject to the conditions described herein, so long as you are continuously employed by the Company (or any controlled affiliate) or its successor from the date of this Agreement through the Payment Event. If your continuous employment with the Company (or any controlled affiliate) and its successor terminates for any reason before the Payment Event, you will forfeit any and all rights to the Bonus.

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Bonus will be paid to you upon the earliest to occur of the following payment events (“ Payment Event ”): (i) on or within 20 days after the closing of the first public offering of capital stock of the Company that is effected pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“ IPO ”); provided, however if either the Company or the Company’s underwriters determine that payment of the Bonus on or within 20 days after the IPO may jeopardize the success of the IPO or subject the Company to other adverse consequences, the Bonus related to an IPO will be paid on October 1, 2014; (ii) on the closing of a Change of Control (“ Change of Control ”), as defined in the Connecture, Inc. 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, as may be amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”); (iii) on or within 20 days after the closing of an equity financing that results in gross proceeds to the Company of at least $20,000,000 (“ Financing ”); or (iv) October 1, 2014.

The amount of the Bonus will depend on which Payment Event triggers the right to payment as follows:

 

IPO     Change of Control     Financing     October 1, 2014  
$ 300,000      $ 250,000      $ 250,000      $ 250,000   

The Company will pay the Bonus to you in a single lump sum; provided, however, that if net sale proceeds payable upon a Change of Control are contingent, deferred, or conditional (i.e., escrowed or subject to any earn-out or similar arrangement), then a corresponding portion of the Bonus will be paid to you on the earlier of (x) the date on which such deferred portion is paid so long as you are continuously employed by the Company (or any controlled affiliate) or its successor from the date of this Agreement through such date, or (y) the date your employment is terminated by the Company (or any controlled affiliate) or its successor without Cause (as defined in the Plan). For purposes of this Agreement, an asset sale transaction will not be considered a termination of your employment if you are employed by the successor.


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if the Payment Event is October 1, 2014, the Company’s obligation to make any Bonus payment will be suspended to the extent and for so long as (x) the making of such Bonus payment would result in a violation or a breach of any covenant contained in any loan or other bona fide agreement to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or (y) the Company and its subsidiaries do not have a sufficient amount of cash to support the working capital needs of its business, as determined by the Company’s board of directors in its sole discretion, and, in each case, subject to Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder; provided, however, that, with respect to any suspended Bonus payment, if at any time after such suspension the conditions in clause (x) and (y) above are both no longer present, then the Company shall make such Bonus payment within 5 business days thereafter.

The Bonus may be paid in cash or in kind, or in some combination thereof, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion.

All payments under this Agreement will be subject to all applicable tax withholdings. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that any portion of any payment to you under this Agreement or otherwise may become subject to the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “ Code ”) or may be nondeductible to the Company (or any affiliate) or its successor under Section 280G of the Code, payment of those amounts shall be contingent upon the Company obtaining the approval of Company stockholders as provided in Section 280G of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, and the Company is under no obligation to seek such approval. If such stockholder approval is not obtained, then the portion of the payment under this Agreement that would otherwise cause any amount to be nondeductible to the Company or its successor under Section 280G of the Code shall be forfeited and you will have no further claim of right to such amount.

This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the Company and you with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior understandings, written or oral. This Agreement may be amended or otherwise modified only by a written instrument signed by both the Company and you. This Agreement and the rights hereunder will be governed by and construed in all respects in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. You are not permitted to assign this Agreement or any of your rights hereunder to any other party.

You acknowledge that you are an employee “at-will” and the Company may terminate your employment at any time for any reason, with or without cause. You agree that you will sign a release of claims in favor of the Company and its affiliates no later than the date of the first scheduled payment of the Bonus, and no Bonus will be paid if you do not sign the release by that date. Upon payment of the Bonus, or any earlier dissolution or wind-down of the Company, this Agreement will be cancelled and of no further effect.

The payments under this Agreement are intended to be exempt from application of Section 409A of the Code. The Company does not guarantee any particular tax treatment of the compensation arrangement in this Agreement.

This Agreement may be executed in counterparts which together shall be deemed to constitute one instrument.

 

- 2 -


Please acknowledge your agreement to the foregoing by countersigning this Agreement in the space provided below.

 

Connecture, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Robert Douglas Schneider

Name:   Doug Schneider
Title:   CEO

 

Acknowledged and agreed:

/s/ Dave Sockel

Dave Sockel

[Signature Page to Bonus Agreement]

 

- 3 -

Exhibit 10.11.2

SEPARATION PAY AGREEMENT

THIS SEPARATION PAY AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) by and between Connecture, Inc. (“Company”) and David Sockel (“You” or “Your”) (collectively, the “Parties”), is entered into and effective as of the 23rd of July, 2012 (the “Effective Date”).

WHEREAS, You will continue to be employed by the Company;

WHEREAS, the Company and You have agreed to the terms of the separation pay the Company will pay You upon termination of Your employment Without Cause (defined below), and the Parties desire to express the terms and conditions in this Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Company’s agreement to continue to employ You and in further consideration of the mutual agreements set forth herein, it is agreed:

1. At-Will Employment . This Agreement does not create a contract of employment. Your employment relationship with the Company is at-will. This means that at either Your option or the Company’s option, Your employment may be terminated at any time and for any or no reason. This Agreement does not alter the at-will employment relationship.

2. Termination of Employment . Your employment may be terminated for any or no reason, including any of the following events:

 

  A. Your death;

 

  B. Your disability which renders You unable to perform the essential functions of Your job even with reasonable accommodation;

 

  C. Mutual agreement between You and the Company at any time;

 

  D. For Cause , as defined below:

 

  1. Willful insubordination;

 

  2. Any act or omission by You which is, or is likely to be, intentionally injurious to the Company or the business reputation of the Company;

 

  3. Your willful misconduct, dishonesty, fraud, or malfeasance that results in injury to the Company;

 

  4. Your arrest, indictment for, or conviction of, or Your entry of a plea of guilty or no contest to: (a) a felony, or (b) crime involving moral turpitude; or

 

  E. Your resignation. If You resign Your employment with the Company, You shall provide the Company with thirty (30) days advance written notice of such resignation (the “Notice Period”); provided, however, that the Company may, at any time during the Notice Period, terminate Your employment for any or no reason. If the Company terminates Your employment for any reason prior to the expiration of the Notice Period, then: (i) the Company will pay You all accrued but unpaid wages through the 30th date of termination based on Your then-current base salary, and (ii) such termination shall still be considered a resignation under this sub-section E. Nothing in this sub-section E shall alter the at-will employment relationship between You and the Company as set forth in Section 1 above.

 

  F. Without Cause . Without Cause means any termination of employment by the Company which is not defined in sub-sections A-E above.

 

- 1 -


3. Post-Termination Payment Obligations . If, the Company terminates Your employment Without Cause (as defined in sub-section 2F above), then the Company will:

 

  A. Pay You all accrued but unpaid wages through the termination date based on Your then-current base salary, and

 

  B. After Your “separation from service” as defined in Internal Revenue Code §409A(a)(2)(A)(i):

 

  (i) make payments to You in six (6) equal installments for a period of six (6) months (the “Separation Pay Period”) on the last day of each month (each such payment to be a “Separation Payment”). Each Separation Payment shall be for an amount equal to one twelfth (1/12) of Your then-current annual base salary. If the last day of the month falls on a weekend or a legal holiday, the respective Separation Payment will be paid on the business day immediately preceding such day. Except as provided in the previous sentence, under no circumstances will any Separation Payment to be made under this sub-paragraph be accelerated or deferred;

 

  (ii) reimburse Your and Your eligible dependents’ COBRA premium under the Company’s major medical group health plan on a monthly basis for a period of six (6) months; and

 

  (iii) pay You a lump sum payment for Your accrued, unused vacation as of the date of termination.

All payments made pursuant to this Section 3 will be subject to applicable withholdings, including, but not limited to, withholdings required by Internal Revenue Code §3401. Except as set forth in this Section 3 , the Company shall have no other obligations to You, including under any provision of this Agreement, Company policy, or otherwise. The separation payments set forth above shall constitute full satisfaction of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement. In addition, the Company’s obligation to make the separation payments pursuant to this Section 3 shall be conditioned upon Your:

 

  1. Execution and non-revocation of a Separation & Release Agreement in a form prepared by the Company, which includes, but is not limited to, Your release of the Company from any and all liability and claims of any kind;

 

  2. Compliance with (i) the restrictive covenants contained in Section 4 below, and (ii) all other post-termination obligations to which You are subject; and

 

  3. Cooperation with the Company as is reasonably necessary during the Separation Pay Period to support an effective transition of the position, duties, and responsibilities You performed immediately preceding the termination of Your employment.

If You do not execute an effective Separation & Release Agreement as set forth above, the Company shall have no obligation to provide any separation payments to You under this Section 3. The Company’s obligation to continue to provide the separation payments set forth above shall terminate immediately upon: (i) any breach by You of any post-termination obligations to which You are subject, and/or (ii) any failure by You to cooperate with the Company during the Separation Pay Period as set forth above.

 

- 2 -


4. You acknowledge that: (i) You r position is a position of trust and responsibility with access to Confidential Information, Trade Secrets, and information concerning employees, customers, and prospective customers of the Company, (ii) the Trade Secrets and Confidential Information, and the relationship between the Company and each of its employees, customers, and prospective customers are valuable assets of the Company which may not be used for any purpose other than the Company’s Business, (iii) the names of customers and prospective customers are considered Confidential Information of the Business which constitutes valuable, special, and unique property of the Company, (iv) customer and prospective customer lists, and customer and prospective customer information which have been compiled by the Company represent a material investment of the Company’s time and money, (v) the Company has invested and will invest its time and money in the development of Your skills in the Business, (vi) the restrictions contained in this Section are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate business interests of the Company, and they will not impair or infringe upon Your right to work or earn a living when Your employment with the Company ends.

A. Trade Secrets and Confidential Information . You represent and warrant that: (i) You are not subject to any legal or contractual duty or agreement that would prevent or prohibit You from performing Your duties for the Company or otherwise complying with this Agreement, and (ii) You are not in breach of any legal or contractual duty or agreement, including any agreement concerning trade secrets or confidential information owned by any other person or entity.

You agree that You will not: (i) use, disclose, or reverse engineer the Trade Secrets or the Confidential Information for any purpose other than the Company’s Business, except as authorized in writing by the Company; (ii) during Your employment with the Company, use, disclose, or reverse engineer (a) any confidential information or trade secrets of any former employer or third party, or (b) any works of authorship developed in whole or in part by You during any former employment or for any other party, unless authorized in writing by the former employer or third party; or (iii) upon the termination of Your employment for any reason (a) retain Trade Secrets or Confidential Information, including any copies existing in any form (including electronic form), which are in Your possession or control, or (b) destroy, delete, or alter the Trade Secrets or Confidential Information without the Company’s prior written consent.

The obligations under this Section 4A shall: (i) with regard to the Trade Secrets, remain in effect as long as the information constitutes a trade secret under applicable law, and (ii) with regard to the Confidential Information, remain in effect during the Restricted Period. The confidentiality, property, and proprietary rights protections available in this Agreement are in addition to, and not exclusive of, any and all other rights to which the Company is entitled under federal and state law, including, but not limited to, rights provided under copyright laws, trade secret and confidential information laws, and laws concerning fiduciary duties.

B. Non-Disclosure of Customer or Prospective Customer Information . During the Restricted Period, You will not, except as authorized by the Company, divulge or make accessible to any person or entity (i) the names of Customers or Prospective Customers, or (ii) any information contained in Customer’s or Prospective Customer’s accounts.

C. Non-Solicitation of Customers . During the Restricted Period, You will not, directly or indirectly, solicit any Customer of the Company for the purpose of selling or providing any products or services competitive with the Business. The restrictions set forth in this sub-section apply only to Customers with whom You had Contact during the term of Your employment. Nothing in this sub-section shall be construed to prohibit You from soliciting any Customer of the Company for the purpose of selling or providing any products or services competitive with the Business: (i) which You never sold or provided while employed by the Company; (ii) to a Customer that explicitly severed its business relationship with the Company unless You, directly or indirectly, caused or encouraged the Customer to sever the relationship; or (iii) which products or services the Company no longer offers.

D. Non-Solicitation of Prospective Customers . During the Restricted Period, You will not, directly or indirectly, solicit any Prospective Customer of the Company for the purpose of selling

 

- 3 -


or providing any product or service competitive with the Business. The restrictions set forth in this sub-section apply only to Prospective Customers with whom You had Contact during the last year of Your employment with the Company (or during Your employment if employed less than a year). Nothing in this sub-section shall be construed to prohibit You from soliciting any Prospective Customer of the Company for the purpose of selling or providing any products or services competitive with the Business which the Company no longer offers.

E. Non-Recruit of Employees . During the Restricted Period, You will not, directly or indirectly, solicit, recruit, or induce any Employee to (i) terminate his or her employment relationship with the Company, or (ii) work for any other person or entity engaged in the Business. The restrictions set forth in this sub-section shall apply only to Employees (a) with whom You had Material Interaction, or (b) You, directly or indirectly, supervised.

F. Definitions . For purposes of this Section 4, only, capitalized terms shall be defined as follows:

(i) “Business” shall mean the business of: (a) developing, marketing, selling, and implementing computer software which enables insurers, third party administrators, and other insurance industry enterprises to automate insurance processes and exchange information through internet-based applications (the “Software”); and (b) providing (i) maintenance, (ii) hosting, and (iii) customer and support services, related to the Software.

(ii) “Confidential Information” means (a) information of the Company, to the extent not considered a Trade Secret under applicable law, that (i) relates to the business of the Company, (ii) possesses an element of value to the Company, (iii) is not generally known to the Company’s competitors, and (iv) would damage the Company if disclosed, and (b) information of any third party provided to the Company which the Company is obligated to treat as confidential, including, but not limited to, information provided to the Company by its licensors, suppliers, or customers. Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, (i) future business plans, (ii) the composition, description, schematic or design of products, future products or equipment of the Company or any third party, (iii) communication systems, audio systems, system designs and related documentation, (iv) advertising or marketing plans, (v) information regarding independent contractors, employees, clients, licensors, suppliers, customers, or any third party, including, but not limited to, customer lists compiled by the Company, and customer information compiled by the Company, and (vi) information concerning the Company’s or a third party’s financial structure and methods and procedures of operation. Confidential Information shall not include any information that (i) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of an unauthorized disclosure, (ii) has been independently developed and disclosed by others without violating this Agreement or the legal rights of any party, or (iii) otherwise enters the public domain through lawful means.

(iii) “Contact” means any interaction between You and a Customer or Prospective Customer which takes place in an effort to establish, maintain, and/or further a business relationship on behalf of the Company.

(iv) “Customer” means any person or entity to whom the Company has sold its products or services.

(v) “Employee” means any person who (i) is employed by the Company at the time Your employment with the Company ends, or (ii) was employed by the Company during the last year of Your employment with the Company (or during Your employment if employed less than a year).

(vi) “Material Interaction” means any interaction with an Employee which relates or related, directly or indirectly, to the performance of Your duties or the Employee’s duties for the Company.

(vii) “Prospective Customer” means any person or entity to whom the Company has solicited to sell its products or services.

 

- 4 -


(viii) “Restricted Period” means the time period during Your employment with the Company and for one (1) year after Your employment with the Company ends.

(ix) “Trade Secrets” means information of the Company, and its licensors, suppliers, clients, and customers, without regard to form, including, but not limited to, technical or nontechnical data, a formula, a pattern, a compilation, a program, a device, a method, a technique, a drawing, a process, financial data, financial plans, product plans, a list of actual customers, clients, licensors, or suppliers, or a list of potential customers, clients, licensors, or suppliers which is not commonly known by or available to the public and which information (i) derives economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily ascertainable by proper means by, other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use, and (ii) is the subject of efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain its secrecy.

G. Injunctive Relief . If You breach any of the restrictions set forth in this Section 4, You agree that: (i) the Company would suffer irreparable harm; (ii) it would be difficult to determine damages, and money damages alone would be an inadequate remedy for the injuries suffered by the Company; and (iii) if the Company seeks injunctive relief to enforce this Agreement, You will waive and will not (a) assert any defense that the Company has an adequate remedy at law with respect to the breach, (b) require that the Company submit proof of the economic value of any Trade Secret or Confidential Information, or (c) require the Company to post a bond or any other security. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall limit the Company’s right to any other remedies at law or in equity.

H. Independent Enforcement . The covenants set forth in this Section 4 shall be construed as agreements independent of (i) any other agreements, or (ii) any other provision in this Agreement, and the existence of any claim or cause of action by You against the Company, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, regardless of who was at fault and regardless of any claims that either You or the Company may have against the other, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Company of the covenants set forth in this Section 4. The Company shall not be barred from enforcing the restrictive covenants set forth in this Section 4 by reason of any breach of (i) any other part of this Agreement, or (ii) any other agreement with You.

5. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties concerning the subject matter of this Agreement. This Agreement supersedes any prior communications, agreements or understandings, whether oral or written, between the Parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, any offer letter from the Company to You and/or any employment agreement between the Company and You. Other than terms of this Agreement, no other representation, promise or agreement has been made with You to cause You to sign this Agreement.

6. Release of Claims . You release and discharge the Company from any claim or liability that occurs on or before the day You sign this Agreement, whether known or unknown, arising out of or relating to any agreement and/or understanding between You and the Company relating to Your employment, including, but not limited to, any offer letter from the Company to You and/or any employment agreement between the Company and You.

7. Governing Law . The laws of the State of Georgia shall govern this Agreement. If Georgia’s conflict of law rules would apply another state’s laws, the Parties agree that Georgia law shall still govern.

8. Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of litigation relating to this Agreement, the Company shall, if it is the prevailing party, be entitled to recover attorneys’ fees and costs of litigation in addition to all other remedies available at law or in equity.

9. Waiver . The Company’s failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not act as a waiver of that or any other provision. The Company’s waiver of any breach of this Agreement shall not act as a waiver of any other breach.

 

- 5 -


10. Severability . The provisions of this Agreement are severable. If any provision is determined to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions and any partially enforceable provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

11. No Strict Construction . If there is a dispute about the language of this Agreement, the fact that one Party drafted the Agreement shall not be used in its interpretation.

12. Amendments . This Agreement may not be amended or modified except in writing signed by both Parties.

13. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be assignable to, and shall inure to the benefit of, the Company’s successors and assigns, including, without limitation, successors through merger, name change, consolidation, or sale of a majority of the Company’s stock or assets, and shall be binding upon You. You shall not have the right to assign Your rights or obligations under this Agreement. The covenants contained in this Agreement shall survive cessation of Your employment with the Company, regardless of who causes the cessation or the reason for the cessation.

14. Consent to Jurisdiction and Venue . You agree that any claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be brought in a state or federal court of competent jurisdiction in Georgia. You consent to the personal jurisdiction of the state and/or federal courts located in Georgia. You waive (a) any objection to jurisdiction or venue, or (b) any defense claiming lack of jurisdiction or improper venue, in any action brought in such courts.

15. Execution . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, including, but not limited to, facsimiles. Each counterpart shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and each counterpart shall constitute this Agreement.

16. Affirmation . You acknowledge that You have carefully read this Agreement, You know and understand its terms and conditions, and You have had the opportunity to ask the Company any questions You may have had prior to signing this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

CONNECTURE, INC. :     DAVID SOCKEL:
By:  

/s/ Robert Douglas Schneider

   

/s/ David Sockel

       
Date:  

7/25/2012

    Date:  

7/20/2012

 

- 6 -

Exhibit 10.12.1

Connecture, Inc.

18500 W. Corporate Drive

Suite 250

Brookfield, WI 53045

December 31, 2013

Mr. Mark Granville

412 Grosvenor Drive

Raleigh, NC 27615

 

Re: Bonus Agreement

Dear Mark:

In consideration for your work for Connecture, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the Company will pay you a Bonus (as described below) upon the earliest Payment Event (as defined below) to occur after the date of this letter (the “ Agreement ”), subject to the conditions described herein, so long as you are continuously employed by the Company (or any controlled affiliate) or its successor from the date of this Agreement through the Payment Event. If your continuous employment with the Company (or any controlled affiliate) and its successor terminates for any reason before the Payment Event, you will forfeit any and all rights to the Bonus.

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Bonus will be paid to you upon the earliest to occur of the following payment events (“ Payment Event ”): (i) on or within 20 days after the closing of the first public offering of capital stock of the Company that is effected pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“ IPO ”); provided, however if either the Company or the Company’s underwriters determine that payment of the Bonus on or within 20 days after the IPO may jeopardize the success of the IPO or subject the Company to other adverse consequences, the Bonus related to an IPO will be paid on October 1, 2014; (ii) on the closing of a Change of Control (“ Change of Control ”), as defined in the Connecture, Inc. 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, as may be amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”); (iii) on or within 20 days after the closing of an equity financing that results in gross proceeds to the Company of at least $20,000,000 (“ Financing ”); or (iv) October 1, 2014.

The amount of the Bonus will depend on which Payment Event triggers the right to payment as follows:

 

IPO     Change of Control     Financing     October 1, 2014  
$ 300,000      $ 250,000      $ 250,000      $ 250,000   

The Company will pay the Bonus to you in a single lump sum; provided, however, that if net sale proceeds payable upon a Change of Control are contingent, deferred, or conditional (i.e., escrowed or subject to any earn-out or similar arrangement), then a corresponding portion of the Bonus will be paid to you on the earlier of (x) the date on which such deferred portion is paid so long as you are continuously employed by the Company (or any controlled affiliate) or its successor from the date of this Agreement through such date, or (y) the date your employment is terminated by the Company (or any controlled affiliate) or its successor without Cause (as defined in the Plan). For purposes of this Agreement, an asset sale transaction will not be considered a termination of your employment if you are employed by the successor.


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if the Payment Event is October 1, 2014, the Company’s obligation to make any Bonus payment will be suspended to the extent and for so long as (x) the making of such Bonus payment would result in a violation or a breach of any covenant contained in any loan or other bona fide agreement to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or (y) the Company and its subsidiaries do not have a sufficient amount of cash to support the working capital needs of its business, as determined by the Company’s board of directors in its sole discretion, and, in each case, subject to Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder; provided, however, that, with respect to any suspended Bonus payment, if at any time after such suspension the conditions in clause (x) and (y) above are both no longer present, then the Company shall make such Bonus payment within 5 business days thereafter.

The Bonus may be paid in cash or in kind, or in some combination thereof, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion.

All payments under this Agreement will be subject to all applicable tax withholdings. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that any portion of any payment to you under this Agreement or otherwise may become subject to the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “ Code ”) or may be nondeductible to the Company (or any affiliate) or its successor under Section 280G of the Code, payment of those amounts shall be contingent upon the Company obtaining the approval of Company stockholders as provided in Section 280G of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, and the Company is under no obligation to seek such approval. If such stockholder approval is not obtained, then the portion of the payment under this Agreement that would otherwise cause any amount to be nondeductible to the Company or its successor under Section 280G of the Code shall be forfeited and you will have no further claim of right to such amount.

This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the Company and you with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior understandings, written or oral. This Agreement may be amended or otherwise modified only by a written instrument signed by both the Company and you. This Agreement and the rights hereunder will be governed by and construed in all respects in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. You are not permitted to assign this Agreement or any of your rights hereunder to any other party.

You acknowledge that you are an employee “at-will” and the Company may terminate your employment at any time for any reason, with or without cause. You agree that you will sign a release of claims in favor of the Company and its affiliates no later than the date of the first scheduled payment of the Bonus, and no Bonus will be paid if you do not sign the release by that date. Upon payment of the Bonus, or any earlier dissolution or wind-down of the Company, this Agreement will be cancelled and of no further effect.

The payments under this Agreement are intended to be exempt from application of Section 409A of the Code. The Company does not guarantee any particular tax treatment of the compensation arrangement in this Agreement.

This Agreement may be executed in counterparts which together shall be deemed to constitute one instrument.

 

- 2 -


Please acknowledge your agreement to the foregoing by countersigning this Agreement in the space provided below.

 

Connecture, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Robert Douglas Schneider

Name:   Doug Schneider
Title:   CEO

 

Acknowledged and agreed:

/s/ Mark Granville

Mark Granville

[Signature Page to Bonus Agreement]

 

- 3 -

Exhibit 10.12.2

SEPARATION PAY AGREEMENT

THIS SEPARATION PAY AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) by and between Connecture, Inc. (“Company”) and Mark Granville (“You” or “Your”) (collectively, the “Parties”), is entered into and effective as of the 10th of September, 2012 (the “Effective Date”).

WHEREAS, You will continue to be employed by the Company;

WHEREAS, the Company and You have agreed to the terms of the separation pay the Company will pay You upon termination of Your employment Without Cause (defined below), and the Parties desire to express the terms and conditions in this Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Company’s agreement to continue to employ You and in further consideration of the mutual agreements set forth herein, it is agreed:

1. At-Will Employment . This Agreement does not create a contract of employment. Your employment relationship with the Company is at-will. This means that at either Your option or the Company’s option, Your employment may be terminated at any time and for any or no reason. This Agreement does not alter the at-will employment relationship.

2. Termination of Employment . Your employment may be terminated for any or no reason, including any of the following events:

 

  A. Your death;

 

  B. Your disability which renders You unable to perform the essential functions of Your job even with reasonable accommodation;

 

  C. Mutual agreement between You and the Company at any time;

 

  D. For Cause , as defined below:

 

  1. Willful insubordination;

 

  2. Any act or omission by You which is, or is likely to be, intentionally injurious to the Company or the business reputation of the Company;

 

  3. Your willful misconduct, dishonesty, fraud, or malfeasance that results in injury to the Company;

 

  4. Your arrest, indictment for, or conviction of, or Your entry of a plea of guilty or no contest to: (a) a felony, or (b) crime involving moral turpitude; or

 

  E. Your resignation. If You resign Your employment with the Company, You shall provide the Company with thirty (30) days advance written notice of such resignation (the “Notice Period”); provided, however, that the Company may, at any time during the Notice Period, terminate Your employment for any or no reason. If the Company terminates Your employment for any reason prior to the expiration of the Notice Period, then: (i) the Company will pay You all accrued but unpaid wages through the 30th date of termination based on Your then-current base salary, and (ii) such termination shall still be considered a resignation under this sub-section E. Nothing in this sub-section E shall alter the at-will employment relationship between You and the Company as set forth in Section 1 above.

 

  F. Without Cause . Without Cause means any termination of employment by the Company which is not defined in sub-sections A-E above.


3. Post-Termination Payment Obligations . If, after Your completion of six (6) consecutive months of employment with the Company, the Company terminates Your employment Without Cause (as defined in sub-section 2F above), then the Company will:

 

  A. Pay You all accrued but unpaid wages through the termination date based on Your then-current base salary, and

 

  B. After Your “separation from service” as defined in Internal Revenue Code §409A(a)(2)(A)(i):

 

  (i) make payments to You in three (3) equal installments for a period of three (3) months (the “Separation Pay Period”) on the last day of each month (each such payment to be a “Separation Payment”). Each Separation Payment shall be for an amount equal to one twelfth (1/12) of Your then-current annual base salary. If the last day of the month falls on a weekend or a legal holiday, the respective Separation Payment will be paid on the business day immediately preceding such day. Except as provided in the previous sentence, under no circumstances will any Separation Payment to be made under this sub-paragraph be accelerated or deferred;

 

  (ii) reimburse You for any out of pocket COBRA premium expenses as they relate to Yours and Your eligible dependents’ under the Company’s major medical group health plan, on a monthly basis, for a period of three (3) months; and

All payments made pursuant to this Section 3 will be subject to applicable withholdings, including, but not limited to, withholdings required by Internal Revenue Code §3401. Except as set forth in this Section 3 , the Company shall have no other obligations to You, including under any provision of this Agreement, Company policy, or otherwise. The separation payments set forth above shall constitute full satisfaction of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement. In addition, the Company’s obligation to make the separation payments pursuant to this Section 3 shall be conditioned upon Your:

 

  1. Execution and non-revocation of a Separation & Release Agreement in a form prepared by the Company, which includes, but is not limited to, Your release of the Company from any and all liability and claims of any kind;

 

  2. Compliance with (i) the restrictive covenants contained in Section 4 below, and (ii) all other post-termination obligations to which You are subject; and

 

  3. Cooperation with the Company as is reasonably necessary during the Separation Pay Period to support an effective transition of the position, duties, and responsibilities You performed immediately preceding the termination of Your employment.

If You do not execute an effective Separation & Release Agreement as set forth above, the Company shall have no obligation to provide any separation payments to You under this Section 3. The Company’s obligation to continue to provide the separation payments set forth above shall terminate immediately upon: (i) any breach by You of any post-termination obligations to which You are subject, and/or (ii) any failure by You to cooperate with the Company during the Separation Pay Period as set forth above.

4. You acknowledge that: (i) You r position is a position of trust and responsibility with access to Confidential Information, Trade Secrets, and information concerning employees, customers,

 

- 2 -


and prospective customers of the Company, (ii) the Trade Secrets and Confidential Information, and the relationship between the Company and each of its employees, customers, and prospective customers are valuable assets of the Company which may not be used for any purpose other than the Company’s Business, (iii) the names of customers and prospective customers are considered Confidential Information of the Business which constitutes valuable, special, and unique property of the Company, (iv) customer and prospective customer lists, and customer and prospective customer information which have been compiled by the Company represent a material investment of the Company’s time and money, (v) the Company has invested and will invest its time and money in the development of Your skills in the Business, (vi) the restrictions contained in this Section are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate business interests of the Company, and they will not impair or infringe upon Your right to work or earn a living when Your employment with the Company ends.

A. Trade Secrets and Confidential Information . You represent and warrant that: (i) You are not subject to any legal or contractual duty or agreement that would prevent or prohibit You from performing Your duties for the Company or otherwise complying with this Agreement, and (ii) You are not in breach of any legal or contractual duty or agreement, including any agreement concerning trade secrets or confidential information owned by any other person or entity.

You agree that You will not: (i) use, disclose, or reverse engineer the Trade Secrets or the Confidential Information for any purpose other than the Company’s Business, except as authorized in writing by the Company; (ii) during Your employment with the Company, use, disclose, or reverse engineer (a) any confidential information or trade secrets of any former employer or third party, or (b) any works of authorship developed in whole or in part by You during any former employment or for any other party, unless authorized in writing by the former employer or third party; or (iii) upon the termination of Your employment for any reason (a) retain Trade Secrets or Confidential Information, including any copies existing in any form (including electronic form), which are in Your possession or control, or (b) destroy, delete, or alter the Trade Secrets or Confidential Information without the Company’s prior written consent.

The obligations under this Section 4A shall: (i) with regard to the Trade Secrets, remain in effect as long as the information constitutes a trade secret under applicable law, and (ii) with regard to the Confidential Information, remain in effect during the Restricted Period. The confidentiality, property, and proprietary rights protections available in this Agreement are in addition to, and not exclusive of, any and all other rights to which the Company is entitled under federal and state law, including, but not limited to, rights provided under copyright laws, trade secret and confidential information laws, and laws concerning fiduciary duties.

B. Non-Disclosure of Customer or Prospective Customer Information . During the Restricted Period, You will not, except as authorized by the Company, divulge or make accessible to any person or entity (i) the names of Customers or Prospective Customers, or (ii) any information contained in Customer’s or Prospective Customer’s accounts.

C. Non-Solicitation of Customers . During the Restricted Period, You will not, directly or indirectly, solicit any Customer of the Company for the purpose of selling or providing any products or services competitive with the Business. The restrictions set forth in this sub-section apply only to Customers with whom You had Contact during the term of Your employment. Nothing in this sub-section shall be construed to prohibit You from soliciting any Customer of the Company for the purpose of selling or providing any products or services competitive with the Business: (i) which You never sold or provided while employed by the Company; (ii) to a Customer that explicitly severed its business relationship with the Company unless You, directly or indirectly, caused or encouraged the Customer to sever the relationship; or (iii) which products or services the Company no longer offers.

D. Non-Solicitation of Prospective Customers . During the Restricted Period, You will not, directly or indirectly, solicit any Prospective Customer of the Company for the purpose of selling or providing any product or service competitive with the Business. The restrictions set forth in this sub-section apply only to Prospective Customers with whom You had Contact during the last year of Your

 

- 3 -


employment with the Company (or during Your employment if employed less than a year). Nothing in this sub-section shall be construed to prohibit You from soliciting any Prospective Customer of the Company for the purpose of selling or providing any products or services competitive with the Business which the Company no longer offers.

E. Non-Recruit of Employees . During the Restricted Period, You will not, directly or indirectly, solicit, recruit, or induce any Employee to (i) terminate his or her employment relationship with the Company, or (ii) work for any other person or entity engaged in the Business. The restrictions set forth in this sub-section shall apply only to Employees (a) with whom You had Material Interaction, or (b) You, directly or indirectly, supervised.

F. Definitions . For purposes of this Section 4, only, capitalized terms shall be defined as follows:

(i) “Business” shall mean the business of: (a) developing, marketing, selling, and implementing computer software which enables insurers, third party administrators, and other insurance industry enterprises to automate insurance processes and exchange information through internet-based applications (the “Software”); and (b) providing (i) maintenance, (ii) hosting, and (iii) customer and support services, related to the Software.

(ii) “Confidential Information” means (a) information of the Company, to the extent not considered a Trade Secret under applicable law, that (i) relates to the business of the Company, (ii) possesses an element of value to the Company, (iii) is not generally known to the Company’s competitors, and (iv) would damage the Company if disclosed, and (b) information of any third party provided to the Company which the Company is obligated to treat as confidential, including, but not limited to, information provided to the Company by its licensors, suppliers, or customers. Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, (i) future business plans, (ii) the composition, description, schematic or design of products, future products or equipment of the Company or any third party, (iii) communication systems, audio systems, system designs and related documentation, (iv) advertising or marketing plans, (v) information regarding independent contractors, employees, clients, licensors, suppliers, customers, or any third party, including, but not limited to, customer lists compiled by the Company, and customer information compiled by the Company, and (vi) information concerning the Company’s or a third party’s financial structure and methods and procedures of operation. Confidential Information shall not include any information that (i) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of an unauthorized disclosure, (ii) has been independently developed and disclosed by others without violating this Agreement or the legal rights of any party, or (iii) otherwise enters the public domain through lawful means.

(iii) “Contact” means any interaction between You and a Customer or Prospective Customer which takes place in an effort to establish, maintain, and/or further a business relationship on behalf of the Company.

(iv) “Customer” means any person or entity to whom the Company has sold its products or services.

(v) “Employee” means any person who (i) is employed by the Company at the time Your employment with the Company ends, or (ii) was employed by the Company during the last year of Your employment with the Company (or during Your employment if employed less than a year).

(vi) “Material Interaction” means any interaction with an Employee which relates or related, directly or indirectly, to the performance of Your duties or the Employee’s duties for the Company.

(vii) “Prospective Customer” means any person or entity to whom the Company has solicited to sell its products or services.

 

- 4 -


(viii) “Restricted Period” means the time period during Your employment with the Company and for one (1) year after Your employment with the Company ends.

(ix) “Trade Secrets” means information of the Company, and its licensors, suppliers, clients, and customers, without regard to form, including, but not limited to, technical or nontechnical data, a formula, a pattern, a compilation, a program, a device, a method, a technique, a drawing, a process, financial data, financial plans, product plans, a list of actual customers, clients, licensors, or suppliers, or a list of potential customers, clients, licensors, or suppliers which is not commonly known by or available to the public and which information (i) derives economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily ascertainable by proper means by, other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use, and (ii) is the subject of efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain its secrecy.

G. Injunctive Relief . If You breach any of the restrictions set forth in this Section 4, You agree that: (i) the Company would suffer irreparable harm; (ii) it would be difficult to determine damages, and money damages alone would be an inadequate remedy for the injuries suffered by the Company; and (iii) if the Company seeks injunctive relief to enforce this Agreement, You will waive and will not (a) assert any defense that the Company has an adequate remedy at law with respect to the breach, (b) require that the Company submit proof of the economic value of any Trade Secret or Confidential Information, or (c) require the Company to post a bond or any other security. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall limit the Company’s right to any other remedies at law or in equity.

H. Independent Enforcement . The covenants set forth in this Section 4 shall be construed as agreements independent of (i) any other agreements, or (ii) any other provision in this Agreement, and the existence of any claim or cause of action by You against the Company, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, regardless of who was at fault and regardless of any claims that either You or the Company may have against the other, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Company of the covenants set forth in this Section 4. The Company shall not be barred from enforcing the restrictive covenants set forth in this Section 4 by reason of any breach of (i) any other part of this Agreement, or (ii) any other agreement with You.

5. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties concerning the subject matter of this Agreement. This Agreement supersedes any prior communications, agreements or understandings, whether oral or written, between the Parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, any offer letter from the Company to You and/or any employment agreement between the Company and You. Other than terms of this Agreement, no other representation, promise or agreement has been made with You to cause You to sign this Agreement.

6. Release of Claims . You release and discharge the Company from any claim or liability that occurs on or before the day You sign this Agreement, whether known or unknown, arising out of or relating to any agreement and/or understanding between You and the Company relating to Your employment, including, but not limited to, any offer letter from the Company to You and/or any employment agreement between the Company and You.

7. Governing Law . The laws of the State of Georgia shall govern this Agreement. If Georgia’s conflict of law rules would apply another state’s laws, the Parties agree that Georgia law shall still govern.

8. Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of litigation relating to this Agreement, the Company shall, if it is the prevailing party, be entitled to recover attorneys’ fees and costs of litigation in addition to all other remedies available at law or in equity.

9. Waiver . The Company’s failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not act as a waiver of that or any other provision. The Company’s waiver of any breach of this Agreement shall not act as a waiver of any other breach.

 

- 5 -


10. Severability . The provisions of this Agreement are severable. If any provision is determined to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions and any partially enforceable provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

11. No Strict Construction . If there is a dispute about the language of this Agreement, the fact that one Party drafted the Agreement shall not be used in its interpretation.

12. Amendments . This Agreement may not be amended or modified except in writing signed by both Parties.

13. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be assignable to, and shall inure to the benefit of, the Company’s successors and assigns, including, without limitation, successors through merger, name change, consolidation, or sale of a majority of the Company’s stock or assets, and shall be binding upon You. You shall not have the right to assign Your rights or obligations under this Agreement. The covenants contained in this Agreement shall survive cessation of Your employment with the Company, regardless of who causes the cessation or the reason for the cessation.

14. Consent to Jurisdiction and Venue . You agree that any claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be brought in a state or federal court of competent jurisdiction in Georgia. You consent to the personal jurisdiction of the state and/or federal courts located in Georgia. You waive (a) any objection to jurisdiction or venue, or (b) any defense claiming lack of jurisdiction or improper venue, in any action brought in such courts.

15. Execution . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, including, but not limited to, facsimiles. Each counterpart shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and each counterpart shall constitute this Agreement.

16. Affirmation . You acknowledge that You have carefully read this Agreement, You know and understand its terms and conditions, and You have had the opportunity to ask the Company any questions You may have had prior to signing this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

By: Connecture, Inc. [Representative]     Mark Granville: [Employee]
By:  

/s/ James Purko

    By:  

/s/ Mark Granville

  Jamie Purko, CFO       Mark Granville
Date:  

10/22/12

    Date:  

9/10/12

 

- 6 -

Exhibit 21.1—List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

Name of Subsidiary

     

Jurisdiction of Organization

DestinationRX, Inc.     Delaware, United States of America
Insurix, Inc.     Connecticut, United States of America
RxHealth Insurance Agency, Inc.     Delaware, United States of America

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated August 29, 2014 relating to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule of Connecture, Inc. appearing in the prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Milwaukee, Wisconsin

October 17, 2014

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Connecture, Inc. of our report dated August 28, 2014 related to the consolidated financial statements of Destination RX, Inc. as of January 14, 2013 and December 31, 2012 and for the period from January 1, 2013 through January 14, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012, appearing in the prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Milwaukee, Wisconsin

October 17, 2014